Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 10th May 2025, 08:46:21 EEST

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Date / Time 
 
 
Session Overview
Date: Tuesday, 27/Aug/2024
9:15 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS G: Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion at conferences and in research
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nicole Brown
Workshop. Pre-registration NOT required
Please bring: Laptop; your own presentation that will be presented during ECER 2024
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion at conferences and in research

Nicole Brown

UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Brown, Nicole

This workshop is aimed at all members of the academy so they may gain confidence in developing more accessible practices in carrying out and disseminating research.

Over the past few years, academia has become more consciously aware of the need for fairer approaches to delivering research and conferences (e.g. Irish, 2020; Walters, 2019; Brown et al., 2018) and its own role in fostering equality, diversity, and inclusion, with EDI strategies and initiatives springing up continually. However, academics, researchers, as well as conference and events organisers often feel overwhelmed when it comes to implementing such strategies (Brown, 2021) and putting into practice activist demands.

This hands-on, interactive workshop offers delegates the opportunity to practically engage with ways and measures to make their own research practices more inclusive and accessible for all.

Considering all phases of the research, and drawing on our own experiences in and with research, we will examine what it means to foster Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion in data collection, analysis and dissemination. Delegates will experiment with alternative forms of data collection and analysis, whilst also considering their own circumstances as researchers needing to guarantee their own safety and wellbeing. When exploring accessible research dissemination, delegates will have the opportunity to put their learning into practice immediately during the ECER Nicosia conference by considering good microphone etiquette, and/or colour schemes for slides, for example.

In line with the pedagogical principles of social constructivism the course is delivered as a mixture of interactive group tasks, discussions and mini-lectures to enable active and experiential learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Brown, N. (2021). Lived Experiences of Ableism in Academia: Strategies for Inclusion in Higher Education. Bristol University Press.
Brown, N., Thompson, P., & Leigh, J. S. (2018). Making academia more accessible. Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice, 6(2).
Irish, J. E. (2020). Increasing participation: Using the principles of universal design to create accessible conferences. Journal of Convention & Event Tourism, 21(4). pp. 308-330.
Walters, T. (2019). A tripartite approach to accessibility, diversity, and inclusion in academic conferences. In: Finkel, R., Sharp, B., & Sweeney, M. (eds.). Accessibility, Inclusion, and Diversity in Critical Event Studies. Routledge. pp. 230-241.
 
9:15 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS L: MAXQDA and AI on Education Research – A Starter Workshop Session
Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Francisco Freitas
Workshop Please bring your Laptop. Based on Pre-registration
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

MAXQDA and AI on Education Research – A Starter Workshop Session

Francisco Freitas

MAXQDA - Verbi Software GmbH, Portugal

Presenting Author: Freitas, Francisco

This workshop is designed for researchers and practitioners willing to learn about computer assisted qualitative and mixed-methods research. This hands-on session will comprise the presentation of the main options available for coding and extracting meaning from data using MAXQDA. Workshop participants will grant the possibility of testing different options, ranging from the more traditional approaches to automation using Artificial Intelligence (AI) tools.

The workshop will consist of a quick guided practice tour through the opening stages of a research data project. Main features and tasks will be practiced in detail, including importing data, creating and applying codes, performing searches and queries, writing memos, retrieving selected coded data segments, analyzing data, and reporting results using some of the special features available (e.g. summaries, QTT, reports, AI Assist). The main goal of this workshop is to provide an overview of the data analysis process relying on MAXQDA assistance, a state-of-the-art software package for qualitative and mixed-methods research. Upon completing the session, workshop participants will identify important options available for tackling their qualitative research data.

Verbi GmbH (2023), MAXQDA User Manual (https://www.maxqda.com/help-mx22/welcome)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.:
References
:
 
9:30 - 11:0000 SES 0.5 WS A (NW01): Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen
Session Chair: Michelle Helms-Lorenz
Workshop. Pre-registration required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe

Hannu Heikkinen1, Michelle Helms-Lorenz2, Eva Merete Bjerkholt3

1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Groningen, Netherlands; 3University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Heikkinen, Hannu; Helms-Lorenz, Michelle; Bjerkholt, Eva Merete

The induction phase is crucial for teachers' professional growth. A key approach to help support new teachers to enter the profession is mentoring, which supports teachers to cope with the complexity of their work. Today, mentoring is seen not just as a transfer of knowledge but as a dynamic process of peer learning and dialogue. This open workshop aims to reframe how mentoring is used and explored in contemporary teacher professional learning and development. The workshop is based on the "Ecosystems of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME)" project, launched in 2021 under the EERA Network 1 activities (Professional Learning and Development).

The workshop is a get-together for European educationalists interested in induction and mentoring, promoting networking and collaboration between researchers, and paving the way for future projects. This includes joint publications, symposia, meetings and the application for research funding for collaborative projects across Europe.

If professional learning and development for teachers is of particular interest to you, especially at the beginning of your career, you are warmly welcome to join us!


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
9:30 - 11:00100 SES 00 - LC 1: Link Convenors Meeting part 1
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo
Governance Meeting
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

Link Convenor Meeting - 1

Fabio Dovigo

Northumbria University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dovigo, Fabio

.

 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 A: Ignite Talks
Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell
Ignite Talks Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Making of Educational Technologies: A Media Ethnographic Study Proposal to Research the Genesis of Educational Media Technology

Julie Lüpkes

University of Oldenburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lüpkes, Julie

With the emergence of a multitude of new educational technology (EdTech) and the simultaneous opacity of the capabilities, limitations, and methods used by a digital tool or platform, it is becoming increasingly challenging for teachers, school administrators, and education policy makers to make sufficiently informed decisions about the use of technology in schooling. As EdTech remains a ‘black box’ (Hartong, 2021) in terms of both its functionality and emergence, sociotechnical imaginaries and algorithmic logics are inadvertently being implemented into the technology´s educational concept (Decuypere, 2019; Macgilchrist, 2019; Troeger et al., 2023).

Due to their methodology, previous studies on the development of educational media technologies have only been able to hypothesize about the discrepancy between the pedagogical conception and the actual implementation of an EdTech product (e.g., Weich et al., 2021). Meanwhile, ethnographies of the EdTech sector have either been rather event-based (Player-Koro et al., 2022) or have not yet focused on the development processes of technology (Ames, 2019; Macgilchrist, 2019; Ramiel, 2021). I would like to close this gap with my thesis by critically observing developers as they work in a relatively young venture, using a media ethnography approach. Over a time span of at least six months, I would like to investigate which, how, and why fundamental design decisions are made when translating pedagogical concepts into algorithmic environments.

The planned project is situated in two contexts. On the one hand, it is characterized by the assumption that educational media technologies emerge in an interplay of socio-technically negotiated ideas and social construction (Bijker et al., 1987), coming into being through “situated action” (Suchman, 2006, p. 70) and practices (Pink et al., 2016). A technology is therefore an expression of a certain image of educational and learning processes, of pedagogical theories and didactic concepts on the part of its developers. How exactly this image is translated into algorithmic or digital environments, how it is programmed and implemented, is the subject of a variety of negotiation processes. These are embedded in a social working context, characterized by translation practices between different internal and external actors and professions that need to be captured.

On the other hand, my dissertation project assumes that the European educational media production is undergoing a decisive digital transformation, with new players entering the market and fundamentally changing it. While established educational media publishers have to reinvent themselves in order to meet the social and political pressure of digitalization, platform-based technologies and products dominate the school EdTech market, especially from supposedly 'disruptive' start-ups (Ramiel, 2021). These new private-sector actors introduce a wide array of new sociotechnical imaginaries (Jasanoff, 2015) of education, not only to the European EdTech market, but also to more general educational discourses (Eynon & Young, 2021; Nivanaho et al., 2023). However, young EdTech organizations are also interesting for my research in that it is precisely the negotiation processes in the early founding and development phase of a venture that shape fundamental socio-technically influenced concept decisions. Therefore, this moment seems suitable for researching the medial construction of educational concepts ‘in the making’, so to speak.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I chose to implement a media ethnographic approach to research EdTech start-ups and their inner workings. With this, I will be able to conduct educational organizational and conceptual research at the micro and meso level, for which a qualitative methodology seems appropriate. As shown, previous studies have so far refrained from ‘in situ’ research of such design processes and have only been able to ascertain that discrepancies become visible between the statements of developers about their educational ideals and the pedagogical end product of their work. The media ethnographic approach of participant observation, on the other hand, will allow me to gain a differentiated insight into pedagogical production decisions and processes. For this reason, my research project combines several data collection methods: In order to gain an overview of the research context and the startup team, ethnographic interviews will be conducted first, which will then be followed by participant observation to “study the differences between what people say they do and what they do” (Boellstorff, 2021, p. 51), for at least 6 months. Concluding interviews complete the survey, which will then be analysed with a grounded theory approach (Glaser & Strauss, 1999) and a special focus on “rich points” (Agar, 1996, p. 31) in my material.
The startup will be sampled along three criteria. First, the stage of development of the company is taken into account. Only projects that are still in an early phase, i.e. are either about to be founded (pre-seed phase) or have recently been founded (seed-phase), are considered, because it can be assumed that interesting fundamental technical and educational product development decisions are made here. A second criterion is the possible access to the company. This does not only mean the possibility of being able to research a case in a purely practical way, but also the accessibility of the researched team and an openness to critical research and participant observation (Cunliffe & Alcadipani, 2016). The third (soft) criterion I apply is the relevance potential of the company to be examined, i.e. the presumed infrastructural and/or market reach of the envisaged EdTech. The reason for this is that my project is intended to gain knowledge about the algorithmic modelling of pedagogical processes across school subjects and competencies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As my contribution to the ERC is about proposing a research design, which I intend to implement by September 2024 in my PhD project, I will not be able to present any results. Instead, I would like to use this opportunity as a newcomer to the ERC to reflect on my research proposal, to learn from my peers, and to hear about their experiences with the topic of EdTech development and the methodology of (media) ethnography.
Especially in the European context, the matter of digital future-making seems to be a cross-cutting issue. The digitalisation and mediatisation of education and schooling are worldwide meta processes that cannot be dealt with in a regional understanding, but need a global, and especially a European perspective. EU-wide policy papers like the Digital Competence Framework for Educators show the relevance and normalisation of emerging technologies in the classroom. Digitalisation seems to be one of the few certain futures in European education. It is important to understand not only the practical impact of this ‘digital turn’ on schooling, how it changes classroom culture, competencies, and media usage in schools. It is also crucial to turn to the media production side of digitalisation in education, to ask critical questions about what parts of pedagogical theory and practice can be digitalised and how this is done, to look at new actors like EdTech startups and their imaginations of digital futures that are inscribed in EdTech.

References
Agar, M. (1996). The professional stranger. Academic Press.
Ames, M. G. (2019). The Charisma Machine. MIT Press.
Bijker, W. E., Hughes, T. P., & Pinch, T. (Eds.). (1987). The Social construction of technological systems. MIT Press.
Boellstorff, T. (2021). Rethinking Digital Anthropology. In H. Geismar & H. Knox (Eds.), Digital anthropology (pp. 44–62). Routledge.
Cunliffe, A. L., & Alcadipani, R. (2016). The Politics of Access in Fieldwork: Immersion, Backstage Dramas, and Deception. Organizational Research Methods, 19(4), 535–561.
Decuypere, M. (2019). Researching educational apps: Ecologies, technologies, subjectivities and learning regimes. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–16.
Eynon, R., & Young, E. (2021). Methodology, Legend, and Rhetoric: The Constructions of AI by Academia, Industry, and Policy Groups for Lifelong Learning. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 46(1), 166–191.
Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1999). The discovery of grounded theory. Aldine Transaction.
Hartong, S. (2021). The power of relation-making: Insights into the production and operation of digital school performance platforms in the US. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 34–49.
Jasanoff, S. (2015). Dreamscapes of Modernity: Sociotechnical Imaginaries and the Fabrication of Power (S. Jasanoff & S.-H. Kim, Eds.). University of Chicago Press.
Macgilchrist, F. (2019). Cruel optimism in edtech: When the digital data practices of educational technology providers inadvertently hinder educational equity. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 77–86.
Nivanaho, N., Lempinen, S., & Seppänen, P. (2023). Education as a co-developed commodity in Finland? A rhetorical discourse analysis on business accelerator for EdTech startups. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–15.
Pink, S., Horst, H. A., Postill, J., Hjorth, L., Lewis, T., & Tacchi, J. (Eds.). (2016). Digital ethnography: Principles and practice. SAGE.
Player-Koro, C., Jobér, A., & Bergviken Rensfeldt, A. (2022). De-politicised effects with networked governance? An event ethnography study on education trade fairs. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 1–16.
Ramiel, H. (2021). Edtech Disruption Logic and Policy Work: The Case of an Israeli Edtech Unit. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(1), 20–32.
Suchman, L. (2006). Human-Machine Reconfigurations: Plans and Situated Actions. Cambridge University Press.
Troeger, J., Zakharova, I., Macgilchrist, F., & Jarke, J. (2023). Digital ist besser!? – Wie Software das Verständnis von guter Schule neu definiert (pp. 93–129). Springer VS.
Weich, A., Deny, P., Priedigkeit, M., & Troeger, J. (2021). Adaptive Lernsysteme zwischen Optimierung und Kritik: Eine Analyse der Medienkonstellationen bettermarks aus informatischer und medienwissenschaftlicher Perspektive. MedienPädagogik, 44, 22–51.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Digitally Divided? The Fabrication of 'Technology' and 'Social Background' in the International Comparative School Achievement Study ICILS 2018

Felix Büchner

University of Oldenburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Büchner, Felix

Over the past 20-30 years, international comparative school achievement studies have established themselves as a key influence for designing educational processes in European schools and beyond (Martens et al., 2016). They have led to the immense prominence of educational standards and thus to a paradigm shift at almost all levels of education in schools (Vogt & Neuhaus, 2021). In this sense, the logics of international educational standards have become deeply inscribed in the logic of European educational research and practice. Accordingly, what is considered 'education' today is largely configured by the international circulation of educational standards through international comparative studies. Following the success of the PISA study, it is therefore not surprising that the way students use digital media technologies in schools is also being surveyed according to these logics and recorded with the help of standardisation and international comparison. The international comparative school performance study ICILS (International Computer and Information Literacy Study) plays a central role in this by attempting to assess the so-called computer and information literacy of eighth-graders in 2018, as it did in 2013. As expected, there was a great deal of media attention in Germany when the study was published, as its results seemingly suggested that students "learnt nothing" (Schmoll, 2019; transl.) with regard to their digital skill and a large number of them are "left behind" (Unterberg, 2019; transl.). What didn’t find its way into this reception were the techniques, methods and apparatus with which such comparable standards and forms of knowledge are fabricated and organised in the first place.

This Ignite Talk takes a critical look at the ICILS 2018 study and these standardisation dynamics. A particular focus is put on the categories and items that are included or not included in the fabrication of comparable school performance data. To exemplify, this contribution questions the items 'technology' and 'social background' as well as their relationship. Although both categories are central and controversially discussed in European educational research, their constructions in international comparative studies such as PISA or ICILS are not self-explanatory. What constitutes a 'technology' or a 'social background' must first be operationalised in the study designs – it has to be constructed in a certain way in order to be surveyed. These operationalisations are contingent and depend, among other things, on disciplinary logics, research pragmatics and institutional power dynamics (Eckhard & Mattmüller, 2017). Accordingly, the research questions of this talk are: How are 'technology' and 'social background' fabricated as categories for computer and information literacy in the international comparative study ICILS 2018? And what implications do these fabrications have for the understanding of and the encounter with digital inequality in European classrooms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these questions the ICILS 2018 study was first subjected to a close reading, in which particularly the chapters and sections in which the categories 'technology' and 'social background' were introduced and applied were analysed. In analysing these sections, a historical-critical stance was adopted in order to counter the assumptions that have become entrenched in comparative studies and are not (or no longer) questioned. Following the "genealogy of the critical stance" (Foucault, 1996, p. 178; transl.), this analysis was devoted to the "problematizations" (ibid., 179) of truth, i.e. those forms of knowledge that are situationally recognised as truth and serve as basis for action. Such an analysis of problematizations in their historical context allows a critical view of the inherent power relations in the knowledge systems as well as their becoming – which usually remains invisible without this step of investigation. Finally, the reconstructed problematizations that are inscribed in the categories of 'technology' and 'social background' were contrasted with a critique generated from the critical literature on educational technologies (EdTech). This critique builds on a socio-technical understanding (Selwyn, 2022) of the connections between digitality and society and offers an alternative look at digital media in European schools.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This contribution shows how the ICILS study employs a narrow concept of technology that outsources various contexts - above all the societal context - and diametrically opposes it to the technological. This conceptual separation of the technological from the societal brings advantages for the operationalisation of various study items of the quantitative comparative study on the one hand, but on the other hand leads to a simplification of the entanglements of the technological and societal and a trivialisation of the phenomenon of sociodigital inequality (Helsper, 2021). In summary, both the ICILS study's understanding of technology and the digital divide concept it employs apply a technodeterministic perspective. This perspective harbours the risk of ignoring the social contexts in which technology acts, simplifying the study item 'social background' and correspondingly underestimating the complex phenomenon of sociodigital inequality in European classrooms.
References
Eckhard, S., & Mattmüller, J. (2017). Verwaltungseinfluss und Verhandlungsergebnisse in internationalen Organisationen. Moderne Staat, 2, Article 2. https://doi.org/10.3224/dms.v10i2.04
Foucault, M. (1996). Diskurs und Wahrheit: Die Problematisierung der Parrhesia: 6 Vorlesungen, gehalten im Herbst 1983 an der Universität von Berkeley/Kalifornien (J. Pearson, Ed.; M. Köller, Trans.). Merve Verlag.
Helsper, E. (2021). The digital disconnect. SAGE Publications Ltd.
Martens, K., Niemann, D., & Teltemann, J. (2016). Effects of international assessments in education – a multidisciplinary review. European Educational Research Journal, 15(5), 516–522. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668886
Schmoll, H. (2019, November 5). Bildung: Schüler haben bei Digitalkompetenz nichts dazugelernt. FAZ.NET. https://www.faz.net/aktuell/politik/inland/bildung-schueler-haben-bei-digitalkompetenz-nichts-dazugelernt-16469645.html
Selwyn, N. (2022). Education and technology: Key issues and debates (Third edition). Bloomsbury Academic.
Unterberg, S. (2019, November 5). Computerkompetenz: Ein Drittel der Schüler ist abgehängt. Der Spiegel. https://www.spiegel.de/lebenundlernen/schule/computernutzung-ein-drittel-der-schueler-ist-abgehaengt-a-1294424.html
Vogt, M., & Neuhaus, T. (2021). Fachdidaktiken im Spannungsfeld zwischen kompetenzorientiertem fachlichen Lernen und inklusiver Pädagogik: Vereinigungsbemühungen oder Verdeckungsgeschehen? Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 14(1), 113–128. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-020-00093-5


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Impact of AI on Teaching: Teachers' Motivations and Concerns

Jurgita Bagdonaite

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Bagdonaite, Jurgita

In the rapidly evolving landscape of education, the integration of AI, particularly Chatbots, presents a fundamental area of exploration. My research is centered around the critical question: "How does the integration of AI, particularly Chatbots, affect the professional activities of teachers, and how do educators envision their roles with these AI tools?" This inquiry delves into the transformative impact of artificial intelligence on educational practices. The theoretical framework of this research is multi-faceted, intertwining educational philosophy paradigms with contemporary socio-technological theories.

At its core, the research utilizes a constructivist paradigm, inspired by the works of Papert (1971), Kay (2011), Ilic et al. (2021) viewing AI as a dynamic tool enhancing the learning process. It actively transforms education and motivates teachers to prepare students for the future. These tools simplify complex concepts by relating them to familiar ones within the environment and have the potential to create their models of the world. Complementing this, the postmodern perspective, particularly Foucault's and other Foucauldian scholars contributing to this discourse's insights on power dynamics and knowledge creation, offers a lens to examine the interaction between technology and educators. It probes into how these interactions influence societal structures and control within the educational realm.

Furthermore, the application of Actor-Network Theory (ANT), as conceptualized by Latour (2005), provides a nuanced understanding of AI in education. ANT posits that both technology and humans, in this case, educators, are co-actors in the social world, shaping and being shaped by each other. This theory is particularly relevant in exploring how educators interact with AI tools like Chatbots, forming a symbiotic relationship that redefines the educational landscape.

The research also draws attention to the broader European and international dimensions, reflecting on the insights from UNESCO which underscore the importance of technology in future educational models. The response of European countries, as noted by the OECD and the European Parliament, especially during the Covid-19 pandemic, highlights the strength and adaptability of implementing AI in various sectors, including education.

This research aims not only to provide a theoretical understanding of these dynamics but also to offer practical insights for educators and policymakers. The increasing necessity for teacher professional development in line with technological advancements is a crucial aspect of this study. It addresses the potential risks of a future where educators might be unprepared for the integration of modern AI tools in their teaching practices.

In conclusion, this research analyzing the motivations, implications, and future prospects of AI integration in teacher professional activities, it aims to contribute significantly to the discourse on technology and education, ensuring that educators are well-equipped to harness the benefits of AI in their professional lives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In my PhD research, I am planning to use Actor-Network Theory (ANT) as both a theoretical and methodological approach to explore the intricate relationship between educators and artificial intelligence tools, particularly Chatbots. ANT, a framework developed in the field of Science and Technology Studies, offers a unique lens through which the complex networks of interactions between human and non-human actors can be examined. In the context of my research, this involves understanding how educators, as human actors, interact with and are influenced by AI technologies, which are non-human actors in the educational landscape.
However, I am currently conducting a survey with teachers to gather data on their readiness and motivation to use digital tools, particularly AI technologies like Chatbots. The survey seeks to understand the educators' level of engagement with these technologies, their perceptions of its benefits and challenges, and their willingness to integrate such tools into their teaching practices.

Therefore, in this conference, I will also present this dynamic to provide a more holistic understanding of the impact of AI on teaching and teachers' motivations to use these tools. This mixed-methods approach allows for a more comprehensive exploration of the topic. The qualitative aspect focuses on the nuanced, detailed experiences and perceptions of educators, while the quantitative aspect offers a broader, statistically significant perspective.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the primary expected outcomes is a detailed insight into educators readiness and motivation to incorporate AI tools in their teaching practices. The survey conducted with teachers is likely to reveal varied levels of engagement with these technologies, influenced by factors such as technological proficiency, perceived benefits and challenges, and the existing educational infrastructure. These findings will contribute to a deeper understanding of the factors that drive or hinder the adoption of AI in education.

In general this research is expected to provide comprehensive findings on the integration of AI in education, with a focus on the perspective of teachers. It aims to inform future practices in educational technology, ensuring that the incorporation of AI tools like Chatbots is effectively aligned with the needs and capabilities of educators. This alignment is crucial for maximizing the potential of AI in enhancing educational outcomes and preparing students and teachers for a future increasingly influenced by technological advancements.

References
Ausat, A. M. A. (2022). Positive Impact of The Covid-19 Pandemic on The World of Education. Jurnal Pendidikan, 23(2), 107-117.
Ausat, A. M. A., Massang, B., Efendi, M., Nofirman, N.,  Riady, Y. (2023). Can Chat GPT Replace the Role of the Teacher in the Classroom: A Fundamental Analysis. Journal on Education, 5(4), 100-106
Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault and education: Disciplines and knowledge. Routledge.
Fenwick, T., Edwards, R. (2010). Introduction: Reclaiming and renewing actor network theory for educational research. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43(sup1), 1-14.
Gough, N. (2004). RhizomANTically Becoming-Cyborg: Performing posthuman pedagogies. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 36(3), 253-265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2004.00066.x
Foucault, M. (1975). Discipline and punish: The birth of the prison. Vintage.
Heimans, S., Biesta, G., Takayama, K., & Kettle, M. (2023). ChatGPT, subjectification, and the purposes and politics of teacher education and its scholarship. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 51(2), 105-112. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2023.2189368
Ilic, M. P., Paun, D., Popovic Ševic, N., Hadžic, A., Jianu, A. (2021). Needs and performance analysis for changes in higher education and implementation of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and extended reality. Education Sciences, 11(10), 568.
Kay, A. C. (1991). Computers, networks and education. Scientific American, 265(3), 138-149.
Latour, B. (2005) Reassembling the Social: An introduction to actor-network theory, (Oxford, Oxford University Press).
OECD (2021). OECD Digital Education Outlook. Retrieved from: https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/oecd-digital-education-outlook-2021_589b283f-en#page5
Papert, S. (1993). The children's machine: Rethinking school in the age of the computer. Basic Books, a Division of HarperCollins Publishers.
Rabinow P., Rose N. (2006) Biopower today. BioSocieties 1.2: 195-217.
Simanowski, R. (2016). Digital humanities and digital media conversations on politics, culture, aesthetics, and literacy. London.
UNESCO. (2021). Pathways to 2050 and beyond: Findings from a public consultation on the futures of higher education. Retrieved from: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379985
Vaswani, A., Shazeer, N., Parmar, N., Uszkoreit, J., Jones, L., Gomez, A. N., Kaiser, L., & Polosukhin, I. (2017). Attention is all you need. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, 30.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 B: Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Investigating Levels of Pre-service Teacher Motivation and Confidence to Teach Numeracy.

David Clements

Victoria University, Australia

Presenting Author: Clements, David

In an increasingly complex and uncertain world, proficiency in numeracy skills provides students essential cognitive tools to interpret evidence, evaluate risk and rewards, and make informed decisions. Thus, effective numeracy instruction offers students hope by empowering them with capacities for reasoning and problem solving vital for personal agency and civic participation. This highlights an imperative within teacher education programs worldwide. However, teaching numeracy poses significant challenges for many preservice teachers. Specifically, conceptual ambiguity regarding numeracy presents difficulties for both teacher educators and future teachers across many countries. These difficulties are further compounded by growing attention given to numeracy in educational policies and standards in places like the UK, US, Canada and Australia. These policies increasingly mandate that all subject area teachers take responsibility for teaching numeracy concepts relevant to their disciplines. For example, in the UK, the National Numeracy Strategy instituted a requirement that numeracy be explicitly addressed across all subjects in primary and secondary schools. Similarly, countries like Australia and Canada have introduced standardized literacy and numeracy tests for entrance into many teacher preparation programs. However, international research indicates personal numeracy competence does not necessarily equate to pedagogical expertise in teaching numeracy. Furthermore, pedagogical knowledge alone does not necessarily translate into positive teacher beliefs about their own motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy. Extensive previous research reinforces that these affective variables exert significant influence on student numeracy outcomes. This highlights an imperative within teacher education programs worldwide to intertwine building content expertise with efforts to cultivate positive teacher beliefs. Presently, limited data has emerged regarding pre-service teachers’ own motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy across different subjects and age groups. Additional perspectives are needed to evaluate teacher educators’ views on best practices for developing pre-service teachers’ beliefs and competencies. Further comparative investigation of the roots of pre-service teachers’ self-beliefs and motivations towards teaching numeracy is therefore vital and could illuminate improvements to initial teacher education involving numeracy curriculum and pedagogy internationally.

The present research examines preservice teachers’ levels of motivation and self-efficacy for teaching numeracy using a mixed methods design. Quantitative findings derived from a newly developed survey instrument demonstrated variability in levels of motivation and self-efficacy beliefs among 729 teacher candidates. Factor analysis indicated that both motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy represented valid and reliable factors reflective of Goos’ rich interpretation of numeracy. Subsequent interviews with nine teacher educators yielded qualitative themes such as the significance of previous mathematical education and experience, and the role of teacher educators in fostering critical thinking of pre-service teachers. Integrating the quantitative and qualitative results highlights the need for sustained efforts to understand and improve teacher motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy within teacher education. Further research is needed to continue to improve the reliability and validity of the newly developed measure in conjunction with longitudinal and intervention studies. Overall, findings provide additional knowledge to inform ongoing program development and empirical inquiry regarding the field of numeracy teaching within initial teacher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design employed in this study can be referred to as a mixed-methods approach, using methods that capture both quantitative and qualitative data. The research design can also be described as a descriptive cross-sectional study rather than an explanatory or experimental one. In this study, data collection through the survey questionnaire and interviews occurred at a single point in time, providing a snapshot of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence levels and the perspectives of teacher educators. This approach does not involve experimental manipulation or intervention, nor does it seek to establish causal relationships or explanations for observed phenomena. Furthermore, the research design emphasizes the measurement and description of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence, rather than attempting to manipulate variables to determine causation. Thus, the study's primary focus is on describing and understanding the current state of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence in numeracy instruction, making it consistent with a descriptive cross-sectional research design.
The research can also be divided into two perspectives. The first perspective was gained through the development and administration of a survey questionnaire designed to measure levels of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. The survey instrument was crafted based on a thorough review of relevant literature and subjectd to exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis to ensure validity and reliability. Data collected through the survey provided quantitative insights into the levels of motivation and confidence among pre-service teachers.
The second perspective was developed from qualitative interviews with teacher educators using thematic analysis. These semi-structured interviews were conducted to gain an additional understanding of the nature of and factors that influence pre-service teacher motivation and confidence in teaching numeracy.
The combination of these two research methods—quantitative survey data and qualitative interviews with teacher educators—allowed for a comparative examination of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence in numeracy teaching. By integrating both perspectives, this research design ensures a more robust and nuanced exploration of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence to teach numeracy, contributing to a deeper understanding of this critical aspect of teacher preparation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main contribution of this research has been the development of a new measure of motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. Having been developed through two successive studies, the developed measure achieved very acceptable validity and reliability data. Its factor structure for both the motivation and confidence scales revealed support for a conceptualisation of numeracy teaching in broad alignment with Goos’ 21st century rich model of numeracy. The descriptive data and associations between factors contributed to an understanding of the nature and structure of numeracy teaching. The measure that resulted from the first two studies provided the pre-service teacher perspective. The third study interviewed both mathematics and non-mathematics background teacher educators on their thoughts regarding pre-service teachers’ motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. Again, given the lack of literature on this issue, this research has produced insights helpful for the improvement of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs. The resulting themes portray the extent to which teacher educators see their job as developing pre-service teachers’ motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. This also gives voice to what such educators see as problematic and challenging thereby offering suggestions for potential policy or educational initiatives in ITE. The three studies have therefore contributed knowledge to an understanding of pre-service teachers’ levels of motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. Furthermore, when taken together, they form an interesting and perhaps more nuanced and rigorous picture. Important similarities and differences can be seen when comparing the pre-service teacher and teacher educator perspectives. In particular, the importance of mathematics education was highlighted by both. Overall, this research has contributed both conceptually and empirically to the issue of numeracy teaching in ITE and has therefore provided an additional basis from which to articulate future recommendations for research and practice.
References
Askew, Mike (2015). Numeracy for the 21st century: a commentary. ZDM Mathematics Education 47(4), 707–712.

Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman.

Bennison, A. (2016). Teacher identity as an embedder-of-numeracy: Identifying ways to support teachers to promote numeracy learning across the curriculum [Doctoral dissertation, University of Queensland].

Frejd, P., Geiger, V. (2017): Exploring the Notion of Mathematical Literacy in Curricula Documents. In G. Stillman, W. Blum, & G. Kaiser (Eds.), Mathematical Modelling and Applications (pp. 255–263). Springer

Geiger, V., Goos, M., Forgasz, H. (2015). A rich interpretation of numeracy for the 21st century: a survey of the state of the field. ZDM Mathematics Education, 47(4), 531–548.

Karaali, G., Hernandez, E. H. V., Taylor, J. A. (2016). What's in a Name? A Critical Review of Definitions of Quantitative Literacy. Numeracy, 9(1).

Goos, M., O’Sullivan, K. (2023). The Evolution and Uptake of Numeracy and Mathematical Literacy as Drivers for Curriculum Reform. In F. Leung & J. Dorier (Eds.), Mathematics Curriculum Reforms Around the World (pp. 345–357). Springer.

Han, J., Yin, H., Boylan, M. (2016). Teacher motivation: Definition, research development and implications for teachers. Cogent Education, 3(1).

Liljedahl, P. (2015). Numeracy task design: a case of changing mathematics teaching practice. ZDM Mathematics Education, 47(4), 625–637.

O'Sullivan, K. (2022). Investigating pre-service teachers' knowledge of numeracy and their ability to teach numeracy for disciplinary learning [Doctoral dissertation, University of Limerick].

Pajares, F. (1996). Self-Efficacy Beliefs in Academic Settings. Review of Educational Research, 66(4), 543–578.

Schunk, D., DiBenedetto, M. (2020). Motivation and social cognitive theory. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 60.

Schunk, D., Pintrich, P, Meece, J. (1996). Motivation in education: theory, research, and applications. Merrill.

Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching:Foundations of the New Reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1–23.

Steen, L. (2001). Mathematics and democracy. The case for quantitative literacy. NCED.

Tsatsaroni, A., Evans, J. (2014). Adult numeracy and the totally pedagogised society: PIAAC and other international surveys in the context of global educational policy on lifelong learning. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 87(2), 167–186.

Vacher, H. L. (2019). The Second Decade of Numeracy: Entering the Seas of Literacy. Numeracy, 12(1).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Facilitating Compassionate Learning: An Ethnographic Study of Education and Care in Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities in Sweden.

Maria Sjölin, Alexandra Jonasson

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Sjölin, Maria

Contribution

Education serves as a key to independence and personal development. In Sweden, children with intellectual disabilities attend a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities. The education is adapted to the needs of each pupil and aims to provide knowledge, personal development and well-being. There is high staff density with special education teachers and paraprofessionals. Much of the educational practice is conducted by teaching assistants without any formal academic training and there is evidence that communication regarding these teaching and learning processes between teachers and paraprofessionals to be a hurdle. There is limited research that has engaged with the everyday practices within these school settings.

Incorporated within a broader research initiative, this study is conducted within the framework of a larger research project carried out in collaboration between a specialised compulsory school and university: "The path towards collaboration for education in a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities: in the tension between teaching, care, physiotherapy, and occupational therapy."

The study is grounded in the Sociocognitive theory formation (Bandura, 1977), which emphasizes how learning and knowledge development are influenced by interactions among individuals, their environment, and their own cognitive processes. In the context of Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities, the focus will be how teaching and care are shaped and impacted by social and cognitive factors.

The research investigates how teaching and care in Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities take shape within the framework of sociocognitive theory. The study will shed light on how teachers and students can interact to create a conducive learning environment and how sociocognitive processes can influence students' well-being and knowledge development.

Within Sociocognitive theory, self-efficacy, also known as confidence or self-capability (Bandura, 1997), is a central concept. Self-efficacy refers to an individual's perceived ability to successfully perform a task within a specific context. In this study, the sociocognitive theory with a focus on self-efficacy will be utilised as the theoretical framework for interpreting the results.

In this study, sociocognitive theory with a focus on self-efficacy will be used as the theoretical framework to interpret the results and describe how self-efficacy, according to sociocognitive theory, can impact teaching and care in Compulsory school for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities.

The analysis explores how self-efficacy manifests itself in students and how it affects their engagement, goal setting, and perseverance in the learning process, as well as how teachers' beliefs in students' abilities influence instruction.

The individual's belief in their ability to perform a specific task, according to Bandura's theory of self-efficacy, influences the goals they set and their confidence in achieving them. The level of self-confidence affects how much effort the individual invests in reaching these goals and the degree of persistence when facing challenges (Caprara, G.V., Barbaranelli, C., Steca, P. & Malone, P.S., 2006).

The purpose of the study is to examine the relationship between teaching and care in a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities. The study describes how teaching and care take place and how these factors can interact to benefit students' knowledge development.

The purpose is further specified in the following research questions:

  • How does teaching occur in Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities?

  • How does care take place in Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities?

  • How can teaching and care interact to promote students' knowledge development in Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method

The study adopts an ethnographic approach, aiming to gain a profound understanding of the specific context and intricate dynamics of collaboration between care and teaching and its impact on students' learning. Employing an ethnographic approach in the investigation of teaching and care in Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities involves immersing oneself in the daily environment and culture of the school to comprehend and interpret social interactions and behaviours. The data comprises 50 hours of video observations and field notes documenting educational practices.

Collecting empirical data through video documentation enables a more in-depth analysis of interactions among individuals, groups, and contexts compared to observations solely relying on written documentation (Eidevald, 2022). Conducting observations supported by video technology allows for the study of interaction situations and highlights subtle signals (Andersson and Tvingstedt, 2009; Tanner and Roos, 2017). This study is conducted in an environment where various forms of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) play a central role in participant interactions. Hence, video documentation is a favorable method for gathering empirical data as it facilitates a detailed examination of teacher and student interactions through both verbal and non-verbal communication (Tanner and Roos, 2017).

To capture details and provide a comprehensive description, video observations were complemented with field notes during all observation sessions. Field notes are a crucial component of data collection in the execution of a condensed ethnographic study.  

 

 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes

The purpose of the study is to examine the relationship between teaching and care in a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities. The study describes how teaching and care take place and how these factors can interact to benefit students' knowledge development.

The analysis is based on the empirical data collection methods outlined above. The analysis explores how self-efficacy manifests itself in students and how it affects their engagement, goal setting, and perseverance in the learning process, as well as how teachers' beliefs in students' abilities influence instruction.

The staff's competence in Alternative and Augmentative Communication (AAC) is a direct influencing factor on students' level of participation in education. To enable knowledge development, trust in the abilities of both students and teachers is crucial. By possessing adequate knowledge and skills in AAC, opportunities for increased communicative interaction are created, thereby fostering students' complete engagement and participation in the learning process.

 

 

References
References
                                                                                  

Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning theory. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall.


Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: the exercise of control. Basingstoke: W. H. Freeman.              

Eidevald, C.  (2022). Videoobservationer. Ahrne, G. och Svensson, P. (Red.), Handbok i kvalitativa metoder. (Upplaga 3). (s. 139-152). Stockholm: Liber.

Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: a relational approach to ethics & moral education. (Second edition, updated). Berkeley, California: University of California Press.

Plantin Ewe, L. (2022). Lärares relationskompetens i möte med elever med ADHD. Diss. (sammanfattning): Malmö universitet, 2022. Malmö.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Diffracting Environmental Education in Uncertain Times: A Critical Posthuman and Decolonial Approach to Utopia as Method

Haley Perkins

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Perkins, Haley

While contemporary research affirms we will soon arrive at the point of irreconcilable ecological breakdown, new technologies are advancing rapidly, imbricating themselves into every facet of our lives. Yet today’s mainstream Environmental Education (EE) research lacks thorough exploration of the onto-epistemological origins surrounding how education could/should exist within current entanglements of technology with/in nature. In fact, EE, as positioned in its neoliberal context, driven by a Eurocentric research community, has defaulted to anthropocentric perspectives which force a nature/culture binary (Aikens et al., 2016). What’s more, potentially promising alternative (or ‘transformative’) approaches remain fragmented across EE and are oftentimes inaccessible to teachers.

This paper is thus positioned within the critical current of posthumanism, which brings together critiques of exclusionary, hierarchical, and anthropocentric humanisms from, for example, feminist, decolonial, queer, ecofeminist, STS, and environmental studies (Braidotti, Jones, & Klumbytė, 2022). Critical posthumanism includes decolonial perspectives, which challenge narratives that promote unbridled technological progress by unravelling human/tech, human/nature, and nature/tech binaries and can centre EE within the ever-plural, entangled nature that includes all environments (biological, social, technological), viewing these environments as ontologically and epistemologically entangled (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017). Critical posthuman onto-epistemologies are particularly relevant to this aim of reconceptualising EE in an ecologically and technologically uncertain world as they stress the hybrid, intersectional, and relational aspects of existence where humans are irreducibly entangled with technology and the environment, co-evolving alongside one another. (Barad, 2007; Braidotti, Jones, & Klumbytė, 2022)

As a result, in my ongoing research as a doctoral scholar, I argue that EE should engage more critically and deeply with envisioning and enacting new ways of being in the world. I propose a reconceptualisation of education that disrupts the constraints of an anthropocentric education system in the Global North, and engages with transformative approaches that do not perpetuate epistemic, social, ecological or technological violence, so we might collectively and effectively help our students navigate the realities of their future and our changing world. I ask: what does living, thriving and dying well on a damaged planet ask from Environmental Education? I draw from the ‘real utopia’ movement within social sciences and humanities research, which formulate concrete proposals to address systemic injustices designed to challenge and transform existing paradigms (Wright, 2010). To do so, this research takes a decolonial approach to Levitas’ (2013) three-staged methodological-philosophical framework ‘Utopia-as-Method’ (UAM) to not only critically analyse the current discourse in EE but also to imagine and construct alternative habits of knowing and being which take into account the technological realities of today’s world.

In this project, UAM’s first stage, Archaeology, involves a critical exploration of current trends, underlying assumptions and metanarratives in EE through a critical hermeneutic literature review, serving as a basis for envisioning transformative alternatives. Stage 2, Ontology, is grounded on an exploration of alternative ways of being and possibilities for the future through decolonial diffractive readings, while Stage 3, Architecture, is where I seek to build alternative EE futures drawing on a research-creation method. This paper will briefly discuss the trends emerging from Stage 1, including, for example, the aforementioned anthropocentric, Western-centric research community, resulting in various instances of colonial modernity and techno-optimism.

The methodological approach of Stage 2 (decolonial diffractive readings) will then be discussed in detail. Having critically considered and unearthed many underlying assumptions and conditions in EE, Stage 2, the Ontology stage of UAM, is grounded on an exploration of alternative ways of being and possibilities for the future, challenging existing ideas and boundaries. Finally, this paper will discuss the implications of these findings on the final UAM Stage within the broader research project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach for this study will engage with central ideas from the area of Decolonial Research, which is an ontological and socio-political position from which to approach and enact research methodologies (Tuck et al., 2014). Decoloniality in research methods highlights the context in which research problems are conceptualised and their implications and relationship to power, creating different orientations to research (Smith, 2012). The ontological task here is one grounded on decolonial perspectives, informed by critical posthuman (post-qualitative) inquiry, through diffractive reading. This decolonial diffractive approach allows for new insights and unexpected connections that differ from the aforementioned Eurocentric trends I seek to reconceptualize in EE.

Diffractive reading is a departure from normative representational readings toward a reading that embraces a more fluid, relational, and contextually situated approach to inquiry, where multiple perspectives and voices are considered and engaged with (Mazzei, 2014). This approach involves reading one discipline/text/approach with detailed, attentive care through another, allowing them to intersect and influence each other (Fox & Alldred, 2023). In doing so, the material and the discursive become entangled through the diffractive apparatus, producing unpredictable patterns of thought and knowledge (Mazzei, 2014). This approach to reading explores openings for transformative action in EE and observes how they shape each other and/or produce new ideas surrounding what ‘education’ in uncertain times entails. Thus, I will detail my process of thinking with theory, and of deploying concepts to see how they entangle and change/generate thinking.

The findings summarised in Stage 1 will be the luminaries to Stage 2, highlighting what needs further exploration, including discourses not currently (or prominently) featured in EE literature. My diffractive apparatus is built around the notion of defamiliarisation to destabilise colonial norms of knowing and thinking in research and education. I explore seemingly different material-discursive phenomena in relationship with one another and pay attention to the patterns of difference generated. While this research is still ongoing, I anticipate the diffractive readings will engage with pedagogy, Indigenous cosmologies, ecofeminism and deep ecology, AI/technology philosophy, and personal narratives. The aim is to bring these ostensibly different texts in dialogue together to see what emerges. This process includes close readings of the texts followed by diffractive readings and researcher reflexivity using a journal. These journal entries include reflections and memories as a teacher to serve as a bridge from the diffractive process back into education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Exploring seemingly different material-discursive phenomena in relationship with one another can generate unpredictable patterns of behaviour. For example, in one diffractive reading within this Stage 2, Ubuntu–a southern African ethic/philosophy (Murove, 2012) was read through Le Guin’s (2019) feminist view of storytelling and technology, The Carrier Bag Theory. In doing so, both Ubuntu and Carrier Bag were made unfamiliar and seen anew in light of the patterns they create, offering insights for understanding technology as a receptacle for togetherness–community, sharing, and communication. This diffractive methodology then brings forth the impetus to question the dominating Eurocentric epistemologies of the Global North, while also examining how technology and human-machine interfaces influence how we perceive and experience. When linked with other diffractive readings on pedagogy and ecology, I expect unique ways of educating in contemporary times to emerge, which this paper will discuss.

As mentioned, EE has been overwhelmingly informed by an anthropocentric philosophical underpinning that promotes an ontological separateness of human/nature/technology with roots in coloniality. As such, this paper aims to interrogate onto-epistemologies often overlooked in mainstream EE, and their potential contributions to teachers’ work around EE in formal contexts of education. Despite the rapid technological advancements and ecological emergencies that define the zeitgeist of contemporary life (Daub, 2020), ontological questions surrounding technology are an area of relative neglect within EE literature. Nevertheless, this type of thinking is necessary for transforming EE. What’s more, many EE scholars call for a new way of being with regard to education and nature (Morrell & Connor, 2002), but do not seem to be able to articulate what a human-nature-technology shift entails. Where traditional EE falls short in its neoliberal, anthropocentric habits, this paper proposes critical posthuman and decolonial methodological approaches can move us into new habits of being and educating in uncertain times.

References
Aikens, K., McKenzie, M., & Vaughter, P. (2016). Environmental and Sustainability
Education Policy Research: A systematic review of methodological and thematic trends. Environmental Education Research, 22(3), 333–359.

Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.

Bozalek & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two
methodologies in educational research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 30(2), 111–127.

Braidotti, Jones, E., & Klumbytė, G. (2022). More Posthuman Glossary / Rosi Braidotti, Emily Jones, Goda Klumbyte.

Daub. (2020). What tech calls thinking : an inquiry into the intellectual bedrock of Silicon Valley / Adrian Daub. (First edition.).

Fox, & Alldred, P. (2023). Applied Research, Diffractive Methodology, and the
Research-Assemblage: Challenges and Opportunities. Sociological Research Online, 28(1), 93–109. https://doi.org/10.1177/13607804211029978

Le Guin, 2019. The carrier bag theory of fiction (introduced by Donna Haraway). London: Ignota

Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as Method: The Imaginary Reconstitution of Society. Palgrave
Macmillan.

Mazzei. (2014). Beyond an Easy Sense. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(6), 742–746.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414530257

Morrell & O’Connor. (2002). Introduction. In: Expanding the boundaries of transformative
learning: Essays on theory and praxis. Edited by E. O’Sullivan, A.

Murove, M. (2012). Ubuntu. Diogenes (English Ed.), 59(3-4), 36–47. https://doi.org/10.1177/0392192113493737

Smith, Linda Tuhiwai. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous
peoples (Second ed.) London: Zed books

Tuck, E., McKenzie, M., & McCoy, K. (2014). Land Education: Indigenous, post-colonial,
and decolonizing perspectives on Place and Environmental Education Research. Environmental Education Research, 20(1), 1–23.

Wright, E. O. (2010). Envisioning Real Utopias. Verso. New York, NY.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 C: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eleni Damianidou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers’ Role in Reducing Inequalities for Roma Students: Case Studies in Serbia

Nina Perišić

Charles University, Faculty of Education

Presenting Author: Perišić, Nina

Roma, Europe’s biggest ethnic minority, continue to face prejudice and social exclusion (European Commission, 2020). European Agency for Fundamental Human Rights (FRA, 2023) reports ongoing deprivation and discrimination in all the key areas, cautioning about the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and inflation. While global challenges amplify the struggle Roma face in Europe, it could be argued that Roma continue to live in uncertainty irrespective of them. Similar to other European countries, research in Serbia indicates stigmatization, lower levels of employment, participation in preschool, school and higher education, lower academic achievements, higher absenteeism and risk of early school leaving, and segregation in education (Civil Rights Defenders, 2018; FRA, 2023; Jovanović et al., 2013; Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia & UNICEF, 2019). One of the priority areas of the Strategic Action Plan on Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020-2025) is “supporting access to inclusive quality education and training” (European Commission, 2020). Britton (2014) emphasizes that quality education is crucial for oppressed minorities: without quality education, Roma are unable to change the circumstances they live in, fight discrimination and obtain other basic human rights.

Grounded in the theoretical framework of social justice education, this study emphasizes teachers as key actors in enhancing Roma students' learning opportunities and life chances. Inclusive education is related to “challenging the ways in which educational systems reproduce and perpetuate social inequalities” (Liasidou, 2012, p. 168). Aims to eliminate the oppression and marginalization of some groups of students are rooted in critical pedagogy (Giroux 1992; McLaren 1998, as cited in Liasidou, 2012). Teachers can have a crucial role in fostering trust between Roma students and schools and motivating them to participate (Bhopal, 2011, 468, as cited in Zachos, 2017). By choosing teaching and classroom management methods teachers either support or hinder students’ performances (Zachos, 2017). While critical pedagogy and social justice discourse are criticized for being abstract and neglecting learning goals, this study focuses on their practical aspects such as integrating students' personal experience into teaching, fostering critical thinking (Katz, 2014), empathy, activism (Burke & Collier, 2017), multiple perspectives and discussions, valuing diversity, and challenging the curriculum (Cochran‐Smith et al., 2009). Moreover, Cochran-Smith et al. (2009) argue that social justice teaching focuses on high achievements as a basis for challenging inequalities. This study also relies on the concept of teacher agency for social justice as defined by Pantić and Florian (2015). They combine the model of teacher agency (Pantić, 2015) with the framework for evidencing inclusive pedagogy in action (Florian & Spratt 2013), referring to teachers’ agency as their sense of purpose, competence, autonomy and reflexivity (Pantić & Florian, 2015, pp. 344–346). Teacher’s agency depends on micro, meso and macro level factors such as institutional structures and assumptions or teachers’ implicit beliefs (Pantić, 2021). Therefore, this study focuses on the role of the teacher in reducing inequalities for Roma pupils. The research questions are:

1) How do teachers view their role in promoting high achievements and social justice for Roma students?

2) How do teachers promote high achievements and social justice for Roma students through teaching, supporting relationships between students and collaboration with families?

3) How do other actors of the school community view the teacher’s role in promoting high achievements and social justice for Roma students?

4) What are the challenges and support mechanisms that teachers recognize in promoting high achievements and social justice for Roma children in Serbia?

As Lingard & Mills (2007, p. 234) warn, it is important not to be “too optimistic” nor “too pessimistic” about teachers' influence on social justice, but exploring different perspectives can help provide important insights into this potential.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study presents the first phase of qualitative doctoral dissertation research employing a multiple case study design conducted in two primary schools in Belgrade, Serbia, with high proportions of Roma students (the second phase will be set in two schools in the Czech Republic). The sample was purposive and prioritized the schools with a high proportion of Roma students, that were more accessible for data collection (Stake, 2006). An indicator of a high number of Roma students was the employment of a pedagogical assistant to support Roma students. To explore different contexts, one selected school had 99% Roma students, manifesting ethnic segregation, and the other had around 15%, with 2 to 5 Roma students in classrooms. Case studies were chosen because they allow various methods and multiple sources (Yin, 2018). The study included lesson observations using the ICALT observational tool and notes to record indicators of the teaching quality of Roma students specifically and in general. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with class teachers (6 from one, and 5 from the other school), counseling staff (school psychologist and/or school pedagogue), pedagogical assistants, Roma students (4 from the first school and 3 from the second school) and Roma family members (3 from the first school and 7 from the second school). All participants were informed of the study's purpose, assured confidentiality and the right to withdraw, and provided written consent to participate. For children, parental consent was obtained. Two classes in each school were studied as embedded units of analysis, involving lesson observations and interviews with class teachers, Roma students, and family members. The inability to reach some parents in the first school limited the interviews with no parents from two embedded units participating and no parental consent for students from one of the units. In the second school, a visit to the Roma settlement with the pedagogical assistant was possible to interview the family members and note the living conditions. In the first school apart from the two embedded units, two more classes were visited for lesson observation on the initiative of the class teacher. Teacher interviews delved into their role in Roma students' education, teaching methods, addressing specific needs, their agency for societal changes, obstacles, and support systems in education. Other participants deepened the understating of the teacher’s role in the education of Roma students and the needs of Roma families, with each group of participants sharing their authentic experience.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The initial findings reveal the complexity of teachers' role in addressing Roma students' needs. Other participants see teachers as the main factor in motivating Roma students to learn and attend school. Reflecting on the teacher agency for social justice (Pantić & Florian, 2015), the teachers' sense of purpose differs, with some prioritizing literacy in the first school due to high absenteeism, while teachers in the second school focus on fostering tolerance as the classes are mixed. However, prioritizing social acceptance over learning goals may perpetuate the unprivileged position of Roma students (Jovanovic, 2018). Following previous findings, some teachers transfer responsibility to families (Jovanovic et al., 2014; Peček & Macura-Milovanović, 2012), believe in Roma privilege and minority status abuse (Dimitrijevic et al., 2017; Simić & Vranješević, 2022). Conversely, Roma families and children emphasize the significance of education for improving their living conditions.
Regarding competence for social justice, observations show that teachers vary in their success at creating inclusive classrooms that foster critical thinking and engagement. Roma children mostly see their teacher as a motivator, source of knowledge, support, trust and understanding. Similar to earlier research (Cochran‐Smith et al., 2009; Picower, 2011), teachers perceive their role in effecting change mainly at the classroom level (e.g., they undertake humanitarian actions, promote education, tolerance, empathy, or foster high achievements).
As for autonomy and reflexivity, teachers highlight the importance of collaboration with their colleagues in providing quality education for all. As in other studies (Cochran‐Smith et al., 2009; Katz, 2014; Lingard & Mills, 2007; Picower, 2011), teachers cite system limitations (monitoring, high expectations, rigid curriculum, lack of trust). However, they fall short in acknowledging Roma culture, language and the significance of their participation in the societal changes. Intercultural dialogue is necessary in Serbia and other European countries for developing tolerance and eliminating exclusion (Rutigliano, 2020).

References
Britton, E. (2014). The right to education of Roma children in the Czech Republic, Hungary, Romania and Slovakia [University of Birmingham].
Cochran‐Smith, M., Shakman, K., Jong, C., Terrell, D. G., Barnatt, J., & McQuillan, P. (2009). Good and Just Teaching: The Case for Social Justice in Teacher Education. American Journal of Education, 115(3), 347–377. https://doi.org/10.1086/597493
Dimitrijevic, B., Petrovic, D., & Leutwyler, B. (2017). Teachers’ implicit beliefs about the students of the Roma and the Hungarian cultural group. Zbornik Instituta Za Pedagoska Istrazivanja, 49(1), 55–76. https://doi.org/10.2298/ZIPI1701055D
European Commission. (2020, October 7). Roma equality, inclusion and participation in the EU - European Commission. https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/policies/justice-and-fundamental-rights/combatting-discrimination/roma-eu/roma-equality-inclusion-and-participation-eu_en
FRA. (2023). Roma in 10 European countries: Main results. Publications Office of the European Union.
Jovanovic, O., Simic, N., & Rajovic, V. (2014). Students at risk: Perceptions of Serbian teachers and implications for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(2), 220–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2013.858693
Katz, L. (2014). Teachers’ Reflections on Critical Pedagogy in the Classroom. InterActions: UCLA Journal of Education and Information Studies, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.5070/D4102017865
Liasidou, A. (2012). Inclusive Education and Critical Pedagogy at the Intersections of Disability, Race, Gender and Class. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 10(1), 168–184.
Lingard, B., & Mills, M. (2007). Pedagogies making a difference: Issues of social justice and inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 11(3), 233–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701237472
Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311
Peček, M., & Macura-Milovanović, S. (2012). Who is responsible for vulnerable pupils? The attitudes of teacher candidates in Serbia and Slovenia. European Journal of Teacher Education, 35(3), 327–346. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2012.686105
Picower, B. (2011). Resisting Compliance: Learning to Teach for Social Justice in a Neoliberal Context. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 113(5), 1105–1134. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811111300503
Rutigliano, A. (2020). Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives (OECD Education Working Papers 228; OECD Education Working Papers, Vol. 228).
Simić, N., & Vranješević, J. (2022). I fight, therefore I am: Success factors of Roma university students from Serbia. Psiholoska Istrazivanja, 25(2), 205–223.
Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia, & UNICEF. (2019). Serbia Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey and Serbia Roma Settlements Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey, 2019, Survey Findings Report.
Zachos, D. T. (2017). Teachers’ perceptions, attitudes and feelings towards pupils of Roma origin. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(10), 1011–1027. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1326176


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Examining the Impact of Principal Leadership on Inclusive Education Implementation: A Case Study of One South Kazakhstani Inclusive School

Assel Menlibayeva

NIS Taldykorgan, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Menlibayeva, Assel

Recently, Kazakhstan established a policy on inclusive education. By making adjustments to existing policies and introducing new ones, the country aims make the educational system inclusive with the goal of having 70% of all schools enrolled by the end of 2025 (Makoelle, 2020). The most recent developments in Kazakhstan indicate that inclusive education is still associated with special needs students and, as a result, only sometimes accommodates all forms of diversity. According to Zholtayeva et al. (2013, as cited in Makoelle, 2020), inclusive education in the Kazakh context entails integrating all students with special needs into the classroom, placing a focus on the use of a variety of methodologies and learning resources, as well as having school staff choose from a variety of approaches to the learning process.

Research on inclusive policies and practices implies that inclusive leadership poses a distinct challenge. In line with Ryan's (2006) perspective, inclusive leadership involves collaborative procedures that broaden the scope of leadership to address matters such as teacher involvement, the presence of administrators at different organizational levels, and engagement with the school community. Therefore, this research aims to explore the following questions:

• What leadership practices does the principal employ to promote inclusive education within the school?

• What obstacles does the principal encounter while fostering and guiding inclusive education initiatives?

• How does the principal support school staff and educators in adopting inclusive education principles in their classrooms?

This research seeks to study the actions of a school leader in Taldykorgan that promote inclusive education. Their views could provide insights into how the school administration, staff, teachers, and parents establish inclusive practices in their contexts. This study will examine school leader's overall views and understanding of inclusion, their specific strategies and the problems they experience while implementing inclusive education.

The study underscores the significance of inclusive education as a crucial factor for school improvement, with a school leader playing a pivotal role in expanding learning opportunities for all students. The research holds importance in multiple ways: Firstly, it advances inclusive education in Kazakhstan by highlighting successful practices that can be adopted by other school leaders to foster more inclusive school cultures, resulting in better student outcomes. Secondly, the study identifies leadership skills and strategies that can facilitate the development of effective leadership practices, benefiting policymakers and school leaders seeking to enhance their leadership capabilities. Lastly, the research offers evidence-based recommendations to inform policy decisions to enhance inclusive education in Kazakhstan, promoting inclusive schools' growth and practical leadership approaches. Given the limited research on leaders' perspectives in this domain, the study substantially contributes to the existing literature on inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Creswell (1998) explains that data generation methods refer to the techniques employed to collect data for empirical research. In case studies, it is common to utilize various sources of information to ensure a comprehensive analysis of the phenomenon under investigation.
The semi-structured interview will be conducted on a one-on-one basis and will comprise of open-ended questions that enable participants to share their ideas freely. As stated by Johnson and Christensen (2012), open-ended questions will facilitate the collection of comprehensive and accurate information regarding the research topic. They are an essential aspect of qualitative research, which seeks to understand the subjective experiences of the participants using their own language.
Furthermore, observations will be conducted as one of the data collection methods. According to Morgan et al., (2017), observation methods offer the advantage of going beyond other techniques that primarily or exclusively rely on self-reported data. Observations involve systematically watching and recording participants behaviors, interactions, and activities in their
natural setting (Creswell, 2013). By observing the participants within the school environment, the researcher can gain valuable insights into how inclusive practices are implemented and experienced on a day-to-day basis. The observations will be guided by a predefined observation protocol to ensure consistency and relevance to the research objectives. Notes, field
observations, and records will be taken during the observation process to document the observed behaviors and interactions.
As a means of triangulation I will use document analysis, as organizational and
institutional documents have long been a fundamental component of qualitative research. In recent times, there has been a rise in research reports and journal articles that incorporate document analysis as a crucial part of their methodology (Bowen, 2009). As a researcher I aim to enhance credibility through triangulation, which involves bringing together multiple sources
of evidence (Eisner, 1991, p. 110). By analyzing data obtained through various methods, the researcher can validate findings across different datasets, thereby minimizing the influence of potential biases inherent in a single study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research examining the impact of principal leadership on inclusive education implementation in a South Kazakhstani inclusive school is expected to yield valuable insights into various critical aspects of inclusive education. This comprehensive investigation aims to shed light on the following key outcomes:
Firstly, the study is likely to identify effective leadership practices employed by school principals that positively influence the successful implementation of inclusive education. This may encompass strategies for fostering an inclusive school culture, promoting collaboration among staff members, and addressing the diverse needs of students.
Moreover, the research is poised to uncover insights into how principals facilitate and encourage teacher collaboration within the school. Effective leadership may be linked to the promotion of professional development opportunities that enhance teachers' abilities to support diverse learners.
Another significant aspect of the research involves examining how principals allocate resources to support inclusive education. This encompasses not only staffing considerations but also the allocation of material resources. Additionally, the study may identify effective support systems for students with diverse needs.
Furthermore, the study is expected to provide recommendations for educational policies at regional or national levels that can support and enhance the implementation of inclusive education. This may involve highlighting areas where policy adjustments could be beneficial.
Additionally, the role of principals in developing community and parental involvement in inclusive education will be explored. Effective leadership may be linked to creating partnerships with the community and ensuring parents are actively engaged in the inclusive education process.
To contextualize the findings, the research may compare its results with international best practices in inclusive education leadership. This comparative analysis could provide insights into global trends and successful models that can be adapted to the South Kazakhstani context.

References
Ainscow, M., Booth, T. and Dyson, A. (2004), “Understanding and developing inclusive practices in schools: a collaborative action research network”, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), pp. 125-139.
Ainscow, M. (2005). Developing inclusive education systems: what are the levers for change?. Journal of educational change, 6(2).
Ainscow, M. (2007). From special education to effective schools for all: a review of progress so far. The SAGE handbook of special education, 146-159.
Ainscow, M., & Sandill, A. (2010). Developing inclusive education systems: The role of organisational cultures and leadership. International journal of inclusive education, 14(4), 401-416.
Booth, T., Ainscow, M., Black-Hawkins, K., Vaughan, M., & Shaw, L. (2002). Index for inclusion. Developing learning and participation in schools, 2.
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40.
Carrington, S. and Robinson, R. (2004) A case study of inclusive school development: a journey of learning, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), pp. 141-153.
Connelly, L. M. (2010). What is phenomenology?. Medsurg Nursing, 19(2), 127.
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Pearson Education, 4th edition. University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Forlin, C. (1995). Educators beliefs about inclusive practices in Western Australia. British Journal of Special Education, 22(4), 179-185.
Forlin, C., Keen, M., & Barrett, E. (2008). The concerns of mainstream teachers: Coping with inclusivity in an Australian context. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 55(3), 251-264.
Forlin, C. (2013). Changing paradigms and future directions for implementing inclusive education in developing countries. Asian Journal of Inclusive Education, 1(2), 19-31.
Makoelle, T. M. (2020). Schools’ transition toward inclusive education in post-Soviet countries: Selected cases in Kazakhstan. Sage Open, 10(2), 2158244020926586.
Moberg, S., & Savolainen, H. (2003). Struggling for inclusive education in the North and the South: Educators perceptions on inclusive education in Finland and Zambia. International Journal of Rehabilitation Research, 26(1), 21-31.
Morgan, S. J., Pullon, S. R., Macdonald, L. M., McKinlay, E. M., & Gray, B. V. (2017). Case study observational research: A framework for conducting case study research where observation data are the focus. Qualitative health research, 27(7), 1060-1068.
Roberts, M. & Guerra, F. R. (2017). Principals perceptions of their knowledge in special education. Current Issues in Education, 20(1), 1-16.
Ryan, J. (2006). Inclusive leadership and social justice for schools. Leadership and Policy in schools, 5(1), 3-17.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Reconceptualising the Value of Vulnerability for Vocational Education and Training and Workplace Education

Ute-Maria Lang

University of Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Lang, Ute-Maria

Even though 750 millions classify as vulnerable, vulnerable workers with generally lower levels of human capital, are scientifically understudied As a result of a literature review, vulnerability has been widely used in VET as a synonym for being disadvantaged, stereotyped, marginalized, or theorized and conceptualized loosely or not at all. The theoretical concept of vulnerability allows the link between VET and social justice, here conceptualized as educational equity, to be captured. The term vulnerability represents that oppression is structurally present in all systems, including workplace education. (Lopez-Fogues, 2016).

Vulnerability is not understood as only physically, but as relational vulnerable in the context of its social situatedness (Burghardt et al., 2019). This tries to capture individuals as well as groups as being part of bigger systems of power and hierarchies, which are being re-produced, re-negotiated and re-discussed in interpersonal relationships which leads to differing levels of vulnerability. Organizations and practices, such as VET, play a double role in a) constituting and b) depending on social infrastructure (Scheibmayr, 2023).

Limitations of certain groups, such as vulnerable workforce, are usually not considered when designing training (Carvajal Muñoz, 2022). If recognised as a concept in VET, it can be used as an anthropological category which inevitably brings the pedagogical obligation to avoid violation (Burghardt et al., 2019).

In order to conceptualize vulnerability in vocational education and training (VET) at both the individual and the organizational level, the question arises as to whether existing theories, focusing on work-based learning (WBL) theories, are applicable. The idea is to identify common conceptualizations and theorizations of vulnerability in VET in order to reconceptualize it's value as a tool for exploring the underlying social structure of organizational practice in VET, with a focus on WBL. Following the example of Corlett et al. (2019), vulnerability should be used here as an alternative, more humane idea of the individual learner in VET. This can offer an alternative way of seeing human limits and provide alternative discourses to the dominant neoliberal ones.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project is planned to be of a conceptual form. Theoretical relevance is given by the fact that relevant research is still at an exploratory and theory-building level concerning vulnerable workforce in general (Restubog et al., 2021, 2023; VETNET, 2023).

To fully do justice to vulnerable workforce, any vulnerabilities have to be considered in conjunction with the concept of intersectionality (Gilodi et al., 2022). Another challenge comes with the aimed group itself, as it makes deepened ethical considerations necessary (Restubog et al., 2023). This comes due to the fact that the use of the vulnerability concept may reproduce paternalistic patterns as well as stereotypes and may give authority to certain agencies (Scheibmayr, 2023) or may be misused as a tool for oppression or control (Gilodi et al., 2022).

The work can be categorised as post-structuralist, as it uses Butler's concept of vulnerability and refers to Foucault's question of how people become subjects in many theoretical constructs. The aim is to overcome categorical and conceptual dichotomies. (Ricken & Balzer, 2012).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The contribution is used on several levels. It can be used as epistemology, ontology or ethics and can therefore contribute to a broader research agenda in VET. As VET is at the intersection of work and education, it is important to understand the challenges associated with vulnerable workers in order to identify whether personal or contextual elements contribute to workers' vulnerability. Vulnerability as a concept is valuable here as it theorises shared interdependence and dependence on social infrastructure. (Scheibmayr, 2023).

The relevance lies in the fact that vulnerability as a workplace issue contributes to the development of social justice (McWhirter & McWha-Hermann, 2021). It may also be of organisational relevance, as preventing access to HRM practices and skills development may reproduce (educational) inequality (Amis et al., 2020; Piasna et al., 2013). Therefore, the findings of this study may have implications for human resource development, especially concerning educational programmes, which may lead to the implementation of more inclusive and equitable training programmes.

References
Burghardt, D., Dederich, M., Dziabel, N., Krebs, M., Lohwasser, D., Noack Napoles, J., Stöhr, R., & Zirfas, J. (2019). Die Frage der Vulnerabilität. Eine Einleitung. In R. Stöhr, D. Lohwasser, J. Noack Napoles, D. Burghardt, M. Dederich, N. Dziabel, M. Krebs, & J. Zirfas, Schlüsselwerke der Vulnerabilitätsforschung (S. 1–14). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-20305-4_1

Carvajal Muñoz, M. R. (2022). Training policy among vulnerable unemployed groups: Its contextualisation and difficult relationship with the capabilities approach. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2022.2159860

Corlett, S., Mavin, S., & Beech, N. (2019). Reconceptualising vulnerability and its value for managerial identity and learning. Management Learning, 50(5), 556–575. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507619865650

Gilodi, A., Albert, I., & Nienaber, B. (2022). Vulnerability in the Context of Migration: A Critical Overview and a New Conceptual Model. Human Arenas. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42087-022-00288-5

Guile, D., Unwin, L., Brown, C., McMullen, M. B., File, N., Hall, G. E., Gollnick, D. M., Quinn, L. F., Shapiro, H., Saltman, K. J., Means, A., Beach, D., Bagley, C., Metzger, S. A., Harris, L. M., Jeynes, W., Hughes, M. T., Talbott, E., Waite, D., … Surry, D. (o. J.). The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training.

Restubog, S. L. D., Deen, C. M., Decoste, A., & He, Y. (2021). From vocational scholars to social justice advocates: Challenges and opportunities for vocational psychology research on the vulnerable workforce. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 126, 103561. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2021.103561

Restubog, S. L. D., Schilpzand, P., Lyons, B., Midel Deen, C., & He, Y. (2023). The Vulnerable Workforce: A Call for Research. Journal of Management, 49(7), 2199–2207. https://doi.org/10.1177/01492063231177446

Ricken, N., & Balzer, N. (Hrsg.). (2012). Judith Butler: Pädagogische Lektüren. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-94368-8

Scheibmayr, I. (2023). Organizing vulnerability exploring Judith Butler’s conceptualization of vulnerability to study organizations. Gender, Work & Organization, gwao.13103. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.13103


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Group Work in Intercultural Learning Environments in Higher Education

Kalypso Filippou

University of Umeå, Sweden

Presenting Author: Filippou, Kalypso

Student mobility has been constantly growing across the globe (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010). More and more students participate in short-term mobility programmes such as the ERASMUS+ exchange study programme, and the provision of English-taught programmes has been expanding. Following this global trend, Finland has also increased the number of English-taught programmes and courses across universities (Wächter & Maiworm, 2014) which led to a steadily increase of international degree students. Indicatively, in 2001 the number of international students in Finland was 6,877 and in two decades it tripled to 20,868 in 2020 (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2018, 2022a). These developments increased the cultural diversity inside higher education classrooms which subsequently raised the need to use flexible and culturally diverse teaching methods (Leask, 2009), as well as to implement inclusive approaches and responsive strategies (Larke, 2013). Furthermore, teachers are expected to consider students’ experiences and knowledge to construct new knowledge (Biggs & Tang, 2011) while students familiarise themselves with the new learning environment, have their own expectations (Stier, 2003) and points of reference (Hahl, 2016).

Forming culturally diverse groups has been shown to have a positive impact on students’ academic and sociocultural adaptation (Wang, 2012). Yet, group work between culturally diverse students does not ensure intercultural interaction (Moore & Hampton, 2015) as it can be affected by different communication styles, values, and approaches (Reid & Garson, 2017). Following the work of Reid and Garson (2017) this paper discusses how students’ experience group work in a culturally diverse environment in higher education. The research questions are: 1) What aspects of group work contribute most positively to students’ learning experiences in an intercultural setting? 2) What are the most common challenges faced by students in an intercultural group setting? 3) What strategies were most effective in overcoming those challenges?

The participants of this course were mainly exchange students in their bachelor’s level studies and a few students from the master’s degree programmes (international and Finnish students) who attended a course on Multicultural Education. The course’s participants were mainly from European countries (n=20) followed by Asian (n=16), African (n=1), and Central American countries (n=1). As a compulsory task for the course, the students were instructed to spend approximately 8 hours to read a case study (provided by the teacher), discuss it withing their group and then prepare a 20-minute presentation about it. Instructions about the focus of the presentation were also provided. The case studies were authored by the course book and were based on interviews with high school students. These case studies included the reflections of these high school students on their academic life, personal experiences, and their ties with their cultural background and family. In addition, each case study focuses on a significant theme relevant to the high school student profile such as immigration matters, language and cultural dynamics, stereotypes, identity etc. The goal of this activity was to engage in a critical analysis and discussion of the case study, exchange perspectives, develop teamwork abilities, create a presentation, and highlight effective strategies for teachers who teach in culturally diverse classrooms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
After the presentations, an email was sent to all the participants with the research privacy notice, a cover page informing the participants about the purpose of the study, including information on data management. The participants were free to accept or decline participation and their participation was done on a voluntarily basis. In the same email a consent form was also provided as well as the link to the online survey. In total the research invitation was sent to 38 participants in autumn 2023. After a week, a reminder was sent to the participants which also informed them that the link will close after three weeks. In total, out of 38 participants, 22 responded so the response rate was 58%. It has to be noted, that questions related to personal characteristics such as, gender, ethnicity, prior educational experiences were not asked in the survey to protect participants’ identity and avoid bias.
The online survey was chosen as it gave the possibility to the participants to respond at their own time without the researcher being present (Braun et al., 2021). In the survey there were ten open-ended questions and a Likert-scale statement to evaluate the group work experiences. Six of the open-ended questions were adapted from Reid and Garson’s study (2017). These questions are marked with an asterisk (*) and the one without an asterisk was created by the researcher. The next questions were analysed for this study:
1. What was the best part of working in a group for this course?*
2. What was the worst part of working in a group for this course?
3. Which part of group work did you find most challenging and what were some of the strategies you used to deal with the challenges?*
To analyse the qualitative data content analysis method was employed (Miles & Huberman, 1984). The participants’ responses were read multiple times while notes were taken simultaneously on differences and similarities between the responses. Then broader categories were defined with specific coding rules. After data coding, the results were analysed to identify patterns and themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings indicate that the opportunity to discuss about the case study, while listening, sharing, and exchanging perspectives and personal stories contributed most positively to students’ learning experiences. Students’ attitudes on being respectful to each other, expressing their views openly and freely were also noted by the students. Moreover, students described that this activity helped them develop negotiation skills, cultural awareness and sensitivity. The most common challenge faced by students related to practical matters such as, finding a common time to work together as students had different schedules. In addition, task division and ensuring that everyone knows their own role and responsibility was also noted. To overcome those challenges, students applied a variety of strategies such as having a leader who oversees the work progression, having a mutual participation in the fair division of the tasks, and considering what each person prefers to do. Dealing with these challenges led the students to become more aware of their position and role in a team e.g., when it is important to step back, how much to argue, how much space to give to others, which will have a positive impact in their future group work and professional career. Although the study was conducted in Finland, its findings and potential applications can be relevant to group work and instructional methods in other higher education settings.
References
Biggs, J. B., & Tang, C. (2011). Teaching for quality learning at university. Maidenhead, UK: Open University Press.
Braun, V., Clarke, V., Boulton, E., Davey, L. & McEvoy, L. (2021). The online survey as a qualitative research tool. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. 24(6), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805550
Finnish National Agency for Education. (2018). Statistics on foreign degree students in Finnish higher education institutions in 2017. Retrieved from https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/167121_factsexpress9b_2018_0.pdf
Finnish National Agency for Education. (2022a). International full degree students in Finnish higher education institutions (universities and universities of applied sciences) 2010-2020. Retrieved from: https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/International%20full%20degree%20students%20in%20Finnish%20HE%202010-2020.pdf
Hahl, K. (2016). Co-constructing meaning and context in international teacher education. Journal of English as a Lingua Franca, 5(1), 83–105. doi:10.1515/jelf-2016-0004
Larke, P. (2013). Culturally responsive teaching in higher education: What professors need to know. Counterpoints, 391, 38–50.
Leask, B. (2009). Using formal and informal curricula to improve interactions between home and international students. Journal of Studies in International Education, 13(2), 205–221. doi:10.1177/1028315308329786
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1984). Drawing valid meaning from qualitative data: Toward a shared craft. Educational Researcher, 13(5), 20–30. doi:10.2307/1174243
Moore, P., & Hampton, G. (2015). “It’s a bit of a generalisation, but . . .”: Participant perspectives on intercultural group assessment in higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 40(3), 390–406.
Reid, R., & Garson, K. (2017). Rethinking multicultural group work as intercultural learning. Journal of Studies in International Education, 21(3), 195-212.
Stier, J. (2003) Internationalisation, ethnic diversity and the acquisition of intercultural competencies. Intercultural Education, 14(1), 77–91. doi:10.1080/1467598032000044674
Wang, Y. (2012). Mainland Chinese students’ group work adaptation in a UK business school. Teaching in Higher Education, 17(5), 523–535.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 D: Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Antonis Tampouras
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role of Educational Administration for Inclusion in School Education – A Systematic Narrative Literature Review

Lisa-Katharina Moehlen

TU Braunschweig, Germany

Presenting Author: Moehlen, Lisa-Katharina

Data as well as policy evaluation results indicate that the ratification of the CRPD – by Austria in 2007 and Germany in 2009 – can rarely make an impact on the implementation of the right to inclusive education in central European countries (EASNIE, 2020; KMK, 2022; Statistik Austria, 2022). A glance at the numbers shows that Germany represents the European average (7.02%) with 7.2% of students with SEN while Austria is below the average at 5.3%. This ranks both countries in the middle of the field regarding the percentage of students with SEN.

Like all European countries, Austria and Germany operate with assessment strategies to categorize students according to their abilities. The local school authorities organize the procedure to examine and assign eight to nine different SEN labels. A consistent and coherent examination strategy, nevertheless, is missing, but international classification systems like ICD-10 guide the diagnostic procedure (Buchner & Proyer, 2020; Gasterstädt et al., 2021). Thus, the organization of education and learning is shaped by traditional disability categories rather than an inclusive understanding guided by fostering participation, empowerment, and self-determination (Florian, 2014; Prengel, 2022). Based on an inclusive understanding, scholars and practitioners proclaim the organization of assessments that consider environmental factors, are conducted by multi-professional teams, and include inclusive classifications like ICF (Moretti et al., 2012; Sanches-Ferreira et al., 2014). This requires shifting the focus from diagnostics to pedagogics and thus administration with bottom-up rather than top-down approaches.

It results in the trilemmatic situation of administrating (inclusive) education regarding (1) the impact of (inter)national policies, (2) the bureaucratically top-down SEN assessment systems, and (3) attempts for inclusive bottom-up practices on the ground. This leads to the following question: What aspects constitute the research field of educational administration and inclusion in school education?

The paper contributes to the scientific debate on policy-making to implement inclusion in school education with a special focus on the role of educational administration in fostering social inclusion and diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper presents the central parts of my Ph.D. desk research consisting of a Systematic Narrative Literature Review (SNRL). The research field of inclusive education and its nexus to educational administration has rarely been researched so far. Thus, the SNLR as an innovative method in educational research combines a traditional systematic approach with a snowballing strategy (Baumeister & Leary, 1997; Halász, 2019). It aims to map the research field of inclusion in school education and educational administration rather than limiting it to one specific aspect. The methodological focus of the SNLR helps to identify the theoretical implications and narratives that shape the highly interdisciplinary research topic.

For the first research cycle, I used the three databases [Scopus, Jstor, and FIS Bildung] to start the review procedure with the following keywords »inclusive education OR inclusion OR special education«. The entry of »AND primary school OR secondary school OR school system« narrowed down the area of education. The terms »organizational education OR organisation OR administration OR bureaucracy ” finalized the search strategy intending to review the nexus of inclusion and educational administration across all school system levels. The German database was fed with the equivalent terms “Inklusion”, “Schule”, “Organisation”, “Administration” and “Bürokratie”. The search presented 292 papers. Following the research purpose, the selection criteria included a) English or German language, b) publishing date < 2007, c) theoretical, empirical, and methodological approaches on inclusion in school education and educational administration, and d) abstract. 57 papers met the inclusion criteria and were scanned by their abstract and full availability. Then, nine papers suit the research purpose. The second research cycle switched to snowballing to identify further literature, which was not considered by the first cycle because the SNLR is not limited to scientific literature but includes working papers, grey literature, etc. (Boyle et al., 2014). 105 documents expanded the literature corpus and finally included 114 relevant pieces.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that the research activities in the field of inclusion in school education and educational administration are very promising in terms of understanding the implementation of inclusion holistically. The SNRL revealed three main narratives: the policy narrative, the steering narrative, and the assessment narrative. All narratives vary from different ontological, epistemological, and methodological origins. They reveal different (practical) approaches with overlapping top-down and bottom-up characteristics to implement inclusion on the ground. The SNLR pictures the interplay of politics and individuals as key for successful implementation.
All three narratives appear in the Austrian and German school context and describe the systematical interplay between education policies and the individuals’ practices to implement inclusion on the ground. The second narrative referred to as the steering narrative can be defined as predominately in Austria and Germany. Thereby, the Special Educational Needs Assessment constitutes the governance of inclusive education. The administration of inclusion seems to have pure steering characteristics rather than explicit pedagogical implications for students´ education and learning processes as the assessment narratives promote. The underresearched policy narrative points to the relevance of education policies and their impact but also their reproduction on the ground. As the systematical interplay between education policies and individual practices seems to be key for the implementation of inclusion on the ground, the talk shed light on the policy narrative.

Using a traditional systematic review approach emerged as insufficient due to the little high-impact research and resulting from the gap in the research topic of inclusion in school education and educational administration. Thus, the extension towards an SNRL proved to be a suitable method for an overview of a wide range of interdisciplinary research.

References
Baumeister, R. F.; Leary, M. R. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. In Review of General Psychology 1 (3), p. 311-320. DOI: 10.1037//1089-2680.1.3.311.
Boyle, E. A.; MacArthur, E. W.; Connolly, T. M.; Hainey, T.; Manea, M. Kärki, A. & van Rosmalen, P. (2014). A narrative literature review of games, animations and simulations to teach research methods and statistics. In Computer & Education 74, 1-14. DOI: 10.1016/j.compedu.2014.01.004.
Buchner, T. & Proyer, M. (2020). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for school and teacher education. In European Journal of Teacher Education 43 (1), S. 83–94. DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992.
EASNIE (2020). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2018 Dataset Cross-Country Report. Odense, Denmark.
Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), p. 286–294. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.933551.
Gasterstädt, J.; Kistner, A. & Adl-Amini, K. (2021). Die Feststellung sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs als institutionelle Diskriminierung? Eine Analyse der schulgesetzlichen Regelungen. In: Zeitschrift für Inklusion (4). Under https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/551
Halász, G. (2019). Doing Systematic Literature Review - `Net Fishing´ or `Whale Hunting´? In M. Honerød Hoveid, L. Ciolan, A. Paseka & S. Marques Da Silva (eds.). Doing educational research. Overcoming challenges in practice (p. 91-113). London: SAGE Publications Ltd.
KMK (2021). Sonderpädagogische Förderung an Schulen. Berlin. Under https://www.kmk.org/dokumentation-statistik/statistik/schulstatistik/sonderpaedagogische-foerderung-an-schulen.html
Moretti, M.; Alves, I. & Maxwell, G. (2012). A systematic literature review of the situation of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health and the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health-Children and Youth version in education: a useful tool or a flight of fancy? In American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation 91 (13), 3-17. DOI: 10.1097/PHM.0b013e31823d53b2.
Prengel, A. (2022). Schule inklusiv gestalten. Eine Einführung in die Gründe und Handlungsmöglichkeiten. Opladen; Berlin; Toronto: Budrich.
Sanches-Ferreira, M.; Silveira-Maia, M. & Alves, S. (2014). The use of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, version for Children and Youth (ICF-CY), in Portuguese special education assessment and eligibility procedures: the professionals’ perceptions. In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), S. 327-343. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.908025.
Statistik Austria (2022). Schulstatistik ab 2006. Wien. Under https://statcube.at/statistik.at/ext/statcube/jsf/dataCatalogueExplorer.xhtml


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Compulsory Schooling in Sweden - The Legal Responsibility When Children do not Attend School

Sara Lyrenäs

Umeå universitet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Lyrenäs, Sara

In Sweden compulsory education means that children must participate in education from the age of six, which includes one mandatory preschool year followed by nine years of compulsory school (The Education Act (2010:800) chapter 7 section 4). Children are also entitled, but not obligated, to take part in education, in for example preschool from ages 1-5 and upper secondary school.

Children who do not attend school is an increasing concern, both in Sweden and in other countries (Gren-Landell et al, 2015; Kreitz-Sandberg and Fredriksson, 2023; prop. 2017/18:182). There is a lot of focus on how to get children back to school but there is a lack of research about school´s legal responsibility in this area. In the general debate the school is highlighted as an important actor for children’s well-being. Research has shown that children with a history of problematic school attendance are at risk of early school leaving and run increased risks of weak connections to the labor market and poor health (Sundelin et al, 2023). To leave school with incomplete grades can also lead to social vulnerability and exclusion (prop. 2017/18:182). The project takes its starting point in these societal issues and investigates and analyses the legal responsibility for various actors regarding children´s fulfillment of compulsory schooling.

The right to education is a fundamental right which is protected by the Swedish constitution (The Swedish Instrument of Government), the European Convention on Human Rights and the Convention on the Rights of the Child. There is a potential conflict when children with a right to education do not participate in school. In most cases it is not possible to opt out of the right to education when the child is also subject to compulsory schooling and therefore has an obligation to attend school. On the other hand, there is a risk that the right to education will not be upheld if the child does not participate in school.

The legal responsibility for children’s non-attendance at school is shared across several actors. For example, teachers, principals, the education providers, and municipalities. Except for the actors’ mentioned, student health also has a central role in the work with school absences. my goal is to elucidate the legal responsibilities of each party, examining both preventive and reactive measures. I will also investigate the legal regulations and analyse if the legal responsibility is clear as to when it starts and how extensive it is.

One part of the study is the focus in recent years on cooperation between schools and other authorities (prop. 2017/18:182; förordning (2023:179) om statsbidrag för personalkostnader för skolsociala team). When a child has problems with school absenteeism many authorities can be involved, not only internal cooperation with teachers, principals, municipalities, and students’ health. External cooperation with for example healthcare, social service and the police can also be relevant. There might also be a conflict between different actors concerning the purpose of preventive and reactive actions; Is the purpose for example, to focus on children’s long-term well-being or knowledge development? (Strandler and Harling, 2023). Depending on what role the actor has, it might affect the type of responsibility they have. The legal conditions for cooperation will therefore be investigated.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the aims of the project, a legal-dogmatic method is used. This method involves drawing conclusions about the content of law based on the hierarchy of legal sources. These sources include legislation, above all the Swedish Education Act, preparatory works, court decisions and legal literature (Pescenik, 1995). Here, this method is used to assess content and the extent of compulsory schooling as well as regarding the responsibilities of compulsory school attendance and school absenteeism, through mapping of different pieces of legislation and identification of gaps in relation to the societal problems.

One part of the project is historical, where I will identify the government’s objectives of compulsory education from when it started in year 1882. To understand the legal meaning with compulsory schooling over time, legislation and preparatory works have primarily been analysed.

The actors of focus of my project are principals, teachers, the education providers, municipalities, and student health. The analysis includes an examination of how wide mandates the legislators have given the actors in relation to problematic school attendance. This is analysed to find the roles and legal responsibilities of the actors in both preventive and reactive measures.

Some challenges have been identified in the legal material. Since not many decisions from principals or other authorities can be appealed, there is a shortage of case-law. Instead, there is extensive guidance material and decisions from school authorities; the Swedish National Agency for Education and the Swedish Schools Inspectorate, which will investigated. This kind of material is not a traditional legal source. However, since fundamental principles, as equivalent education (Education Act chapter 1 section 9), governs the application of law this kind of material serves a purpose and will be used in the project (Pescenik, 1995.)

The definitions of absenteeism or truancy are not consistent (Forsell, 2020; SOU 2016:94). Terms frequently used are for example absenteeism or problematic absenteeism or school attendance problems (Kreitz-Sandberg and Fredriksson, 2023). In my project I will focus on both attendance and absenteeism and at this stage in the project I am not only using one term to address the problem. Later on, it might be necessary to define and problematize terms relevant for a legal definition.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of my preliminary results concerns the scope of compulsory schooling in a legal context.
The fact that the compulsory schooling requirement may met in different ways, means that students may fulfill this obligation through a variation of educational arrangements that may not always align with the legislator's original intended purposes behind the requirement. For example, there is a clearly stated objective of children to be educated, which in long term are expected to contribute to the higher and even more long-term goal of supporting future participation in the labor market and in social life in general.

These goals are closely linked to the legal requirements for participation and an important factor is therefore how the requirements for attendance at school should be interpreted based on the legal rules. That compulsory schooling exists according to the Education Act is clear, after investigation and analysis of the legal rules in the Education Act it has become clear that compulsory schooling can be fulfilled in different ways, not only in school. After assessments in the individual case based on the individual children´s needs, for example, certain education can be obtained at home or in another location. The analysis of current legal regulations can therefore form the basis for discussing whether it is possible to talk about different types of compulsory schooling and problematize the attendance requirement. The next step in my project is to investigate the different actor’s role in relation to the fulfillment of the school obligation when the children is not in school. What the actors can, should and must do based on the legal material.

References
Forsell, Tobias ”Man är ju typ elev, fast på avstånd”: problematisk skolfrånvaro ur elevers, föräldrars och skolpersonals perspektiv. Umeå: Umeå Universitet, 2020

Gren-Landell Malin, Ekerfelt Allvin Cornelia, Bradley Maria, Andersson Maria and Andersson Gerhard Teachers’ views on risk factors for problematic school absenteeism in Swedish primary school students.. Educational Psychology In Practice, volume 31(4), 2015, p. 412-423.

Kreitz-Sandberg Susanne and Fredriksson Ulf. Comparative Perspectives on School Attendance, Absenteeism, and Preventive Measures in Europe and Beyond. European education 2023, Vol. 55,  Nos. 3–4, 137-147.

Pescenik Aleksander, Vad är rätt? : om demokrati, rättssäkerhet, etik och juridisk argumentation, Stockholm: Fritze, 1995.

Prop. 2017/18:182 Samling för skolan.

SOU 2016:94 Saknad! Uppmärksamma elevers frånvaro och agera.

Strandler Ola and Harling Martin. The Problem of “Problematic School Absenteeism” – On the Logics of Institutional Work with Absent Students’ Well-Being and Knowledge Development. European education 2023, Vol. 55, Nos. 3–4, 172–185.

Sundelin Åsa, Lindgren Joakim and Lundahl Lisbeth: Young People’s Stories of School Failure and Remedial Trajectories – Clues to Prevention of School Absenteeism and Early School Leaving. European Education, Volume 55, 2023 - Issue 3-4


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Navigating Citizenship, Competitiveness, and Societal Dynamics:A Policy Analysis of International School Policies in the Global South

Linjie Zhang

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Zhang, Linjie

topic:

International schools in policy discussions face complexity within the network of globalization and national development strategy interests (Ball, 2012). Global South (GS) countries engage in the international education market to enhance international competitiveness with globalization, aligning with the 'competition state' concept that emphasizes economic performance and increased marketization within national borders (Cerny, 1997).

However, GS governments find themselves at a crossroads, as global capital's ascendancy challenges sovereign states' authority (Held & McGrew, 2007). Also, citizenship and national identity issues complicate the formulation of internationalized education policies (Hansen, 2012). Moreover, international school policies’ implementation simultaneously faces a democratic deficit, as noted by Brown (2000), where citizens are excluded from decisions on credential competition rules when international schools operate outside national systems.

Regulations on international schools delineate national education system boundaries (Komljenovic & Robertson, 2017), determining who can opt out of mainstream education for a market-oriented educational environment. One current international school policies’ primary objective is to manage market participation. Allowing local students access to international schools enables departure from the conventional education system and circumventing socialization’s significant aspects. This access may constitute a covert form of educational marketization, facilitating a quiet process that directly influences critical issues such as citizenship, inequality, national identity, and the country's strategy and position on talent in economic globalization context.

The convergence of economic globalization, Southern economic development, and middle-class growth, coupled with IB’s increasing popularity, marks a significant epoch. Through international school policies, GS nations strive to reconcile citizenship and stratification concerns with competitiveness. This confluence of economic forces and educational trends demands careful scholarly examination to comprehend global education’s evolving dynamics and its far-reaching societal implications.

Research questions & objectives:

Using evidence from four GS countries (China, India, Mexico, South Africa),the research will compare and analyse their international school policy from following aspects:

Evolution of International School Policies Over Time:

  • How have GS states' international school policies evolved over time in response to changing economic, social, and political contexts, and what patterns or trends can be identified in their development?

Strategic Positioning and Talent Development:

  • How do GS countries strategically position themselves for talent development through international schools amid economic globalization, and what policies support or regulate this alignment?
  • How do policies advocating international education align with or influence broader economic development strategies in GS countries?
  • How do GS governments address challenges posed by the rise of global capital, especially in formulating and implementing internationalized education policies?

Impact on Education Systems and National Identity:

  • How do international schools regulations impact national education system boundaries and determine mainstream education opt-out eligibility?
  • To what extent does public intervention shape education marketization, impacting citizenship, inequality, and national identity?
  • In what ways do international school policies in the GS reflect or challenge national identity facing increasing globalization? How does international education promotion align with or challenge national cultural values?

Theoretical Framework:

Policy Process Model (Sabatier & Jenkins-Smith, 1993) provides a robust theoretical framework for effective policy analysis of this research. This model is suitable for exploring policy evolution’s multifaceted dimensions, formulation, and implementation. Emphasizing the dynamic and complex nature of policy development, the Policy Process Model considers stages like agenda setting, policy formulation, adoption, implementation, and evaluation.

Several scholars argue for the Policy Process Model’s applicability in education policy analysis (Ball, 1994; McLaughlin, 1987). Sabatier (2007) emphasizes the model's capacity to adapt to changing economic, social, and political contexts influencing policy development. Using this model, researchers can systematically investigate the historical trajectory of international school policies in the GS, identifying patterns, trends, and influential factors at each stage of the policy process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1. Data Collection:
Policy Documents:
• Laws, regulations, guidelines, and official reports related to international education.
• Systematic collection of policy documents related to international school policies in the global South from relevant government agencies, education ministries, and international organizations.
• Inclusion of historical and current policy documents to trace the evolution of international school policies over time.
multimedia materials:
• Statements and speeches of policymakers, views of experts and stakeholders, media coverage, public feedback and comments, relevant research, and academic literature
• By collecting and analysing these diverse materials, researchers can gain a more holistic understanding of the formation and evolution of policy discourse. This comprehensive approach allows for a deeper analysis of the policy context, influencing factors, and societal responses.

2. Data Analysis: Thematic Analysis
Thematic analysis stands as the chosen approach to scrutinize the collected data from policy documents and materials. This method involves a multi-step process, beginning with familiarization through repeated readings/watching to gain a profound understanding of the content (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Initial coding will identify key themes and patterns, followed by systematic searching for additional themes and their subsequent review. The final step involves defining and naming these themes to accurately represent the policy documents' content. This thematic analysis provides a structured and nuanced approach to uncovering the complexities within the policies (Nowell, Norris, White & Moules, 2017).

3. Coding Framework Development
The development of a coding framework is crucial for organizing and interpreting the data effectively. The codebook, which serves as the guide for the analysis, will include clearly defined codes corresponding to the themes and patterns identified during the thematic analysis (Saldaña, 2015). The hierarchical structure of the codebook ensures that the complexity and interrelation of themes are appropriately represented (Huberman,2014).

4. Data Interpretation
Following the coding process, the interpretation of the data involves placing the identified themes within their historical, social, and economic context. This contextualization is essential for understanding the nuanced aspects of policy decisions. Comparative analysis across different policy documents and time frames will be employed to discern patterns and shifts within the policies (Huberman,2014). The aim is to construct a coherent and comprehensive narrative that captures the evolution of international school policies in the global South, highlighting key turning points, challenges, and underlying motivations. This interpretative phase contributes to the depth and richness of the qualitative analysis (Elliott, Fischer, & Rennie, 1999).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
With assistance of the Policy Process Model, the findings revel the evolving mechanisms of international school policies in the global South in response to changing economic, social, and political contexts. The comparison and analysis of policy documents and multimedia materials   from different global south government reveals various patterns of strategic positioning, driven by aspirations for international competitiveness and economic growth. The growth of the middle class and its increasing access to international education underscore the transformative role of international schools in shaping both domestic and global policies and institutions.

Furthermore, the study highlights the complex interplay between international school policies, marketization pressures, and challenges related to citizenship, inequality, and national identity. Policies promoting international education often intersect with broader economic development strategies, reflecting the tension between citizenship concerns and competitiveness imperatives. The democratic deficit observed in the implementation of international school policies raises critical questions about inclusivity and public participation in education governance.

Overall, the findings underscore the importance of international school policies as key instruments for managing participation in the global education market. By allowing local students access to international schools, governments in the global South seek to leverage education as a strategic tool for talent development and economic growth. However, these policies also raise concerns about equity, social cohesion, and national identity, highlighting the need for careful policy design and implementation.

The research contributes to a deeper understanding of the multifaceted dynamics of international school policies in the global South, offering insights into their historical evolution, policy trajectories, and societal implications. By elucidating the complex interplay between economic globalization, education policies, and national development strategies, the study provides a valuable foundation for future research and policy discussions in this area.


References
Ball, S. (1994). Education reform. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).
Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.—New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Oxon: Routledge.
Belfield, C. R., & Levin, H. M. (Eds.). (2007). The price we pay: Economic and social consequences of inadequate education.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Brown, E. (2000). Socrates the cosmopolitan. Stanford Agora (1): 74–87.
Cerny, Philip G. 1997. “Paradoxes of the Competition State: The Dynamics of Political Globalization.” Government and Opposition 32 (2): 251–274.
Elliott, R., Fischer, C. T., & Rennie, D. L. (1999). Evolving guidelines for publication of qualitative research studies in psychology and related fields. British journal of clinical psychology, 38(3), 215-229.
Hansen, D. T. (Ed.). (2012). John Dewey and our educational prospect: A critical engagement with Dewey's democracy and education. State University of New York Press.
Held, D., and A. McGrew. 2007. Globalisation Theory. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Huberman, A. (2014). Qualitative data analysis a methods sourcebook.
Komljenovic, Janja, and Susan Lee Robertson. 2017. “Making Global Education Markets and Trade.” Globalisation, Societies and Education 15 (3): 289–295.
McLaughlin, M. W. (1987). Learning from experience: Lessons from policy implementation. Educational evaluation and policy analysis, 9(2), 171-178.
Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International journal of qualitative methods, 16(1), 1609406917733847.
Sabatier, P. (2000). Theories of the policy process.
Sabatier, P. A., & Jenkins-Smith, H. C. (1993). Policy change and learning: An advocacy coalition approach.
Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. The coding manual for qualitative researchers, 1-440.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Anticipatory Governance of Global Agendas in Education

Pravindharan Balakrishnan1, Dayana Nayan2, Nurul Ain Johar3

1King's College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 3University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Balakrishnan, Pravindharan; Johar, Nurul Ain

This paper explores the rise of anticipatory governance by international organizations (IOs) and global technology corporations through the deployment of global agendas to govern education futures (Berten & Kranke, 2022; Miller, 2018; Poli, 2018). In recent years, international organizations have taken up the role of ‘guardians of the future’ through their work on education visions (Robertson, 2022). Simultaneously, the Covid-19 crisis not just accelerated global technology corporations to embed educational technology (EdTech) in the classroom but also to bypass national laws and security concerns (Williamson & Hogan, 2020). Thus, taken together, education visions and EdTech are global agendas that play an influential role in contemporary education policies and practice, particularly in the governing of futures in education. Global agendas are a broad term, and I follow the definition of Elfert and Ydesen (2023) that global agendas act “as a key instrument of the global governance of education and are global targets that aim at uniting all relevant actors – national governments, IOs, non-governmental organizations, and other non-state actors behind a supposedly universal agenda of critical significance” (p. 200). Therefore, in such scenario, global agendas in education can include agenda-setting initiatives such as Education for All (EFA), international large-scale assessments, Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Bandola-Gill et al., 2022), accountability mechanisms and other relevant agendas that function through the ‘politics of convergence’ (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023, p. 103).

In a time of uncertainty, IOs as well as technology corporations have resorted to imbue anticipatory mechanisms within their global agendas to exert their authority and gain dominance in the complex architecture of the global education landscape. In the spirit of the conference theme, this paper will investigate Google For Education (an EdTech service from global technology giant – Google) and the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA), an international large scale assessment launched by the Organization of the Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) to understand how anticipation methods and tools are utilized in order to steer education futures. Therefore, this paper seeks to understand how anticipatory governance in global agendas in education attempt to influence contemporary education policies and practice (Flyverbom & Garsten, 2022). In order to understand this, I employ a combination of qualitative content analysis and technography, to capture the anticipatory practices imbued in both Google For Education (Solomon, 2023) and PISA. I also deploy the key concepts of ‘sustainable futures’ and ‘techno-solutionism’ as conceptual frameworks to further tease out how PISA and Google For Education leverage on these two key concepts to steer education policies and practices. Initial findings suggest that the anticipatory practices in both Google For Education and PISA have considerable influence in the reorganization of education policies and practices (Gulson et al., 2021). For example, Google For Education relies on micro-credentialing professional development courses rooted in the discourse ‘preparing teachers for the future of learning’ to perpetually expand itself within teacher organisations. As for PISA, the ranking of nation-states in a vertical table creates anticipation for future rankings. Therefore, this research concludes that anticipatory governance in global agendas is on the rise as international organizations and global technology corporations seek for authority in the global education space.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper uses an innovative conceptual framework of two key conceptual vocabulary in a time anticipatory governance - sustainable futures and techno-solutionism. Sustainable futures are associated with the humanistic-emancipatory agenda and techno-solutionism is related to the ‘economics of education’ movement and represents the unwavering belief that technology will save us all. Based on these key words, I construct a conceptual framework that attempts to capture how global agendas leverage on these two key concepts through anticipation processes. In terms of method, I will apply “technography”, which can be described as a “descriptive social science of technology that examines human and machine/ tool interaction” (Jansen & Vellema, 2011). Simultaneously, “technography” also involves a close analysis of technical documentation and secondary sources (Perotta et al., 2021). Drawing on a close analysis of technical documentation, relevant media articles, and official guidelines from technology corporations, I will make the case for Google For Education. In terms of exploring anticipatory governance in PISA, I deploy a qualitative content analysis which involves a documentary analysis of PISA publications. This also involves concept notes, trend reports, extended reports and videos.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings suggest that the anticipatory practices in both Google For Education and PISA have considerable influence in the reorganization of education policies and practices (Gulson et al., 2021). For example, Google For Education relies on micro-credentialing professional development courses rooted in the discourse ‘preparing teachers for the future of learning’ to perpetually expand itself within teacher organisations. As for PISA, the ranking of nation-states in a vertical table creates anticipation for future rankings. Therefore, this research concludes that anticipatory governance in global agendas is on the rise as international organizations and global technology corporations seek for authority in the global education space.
References
Bandola-Gill, J., Grek, S., & Tichenor, M. (2022). Governing the sustainable development goals: Quantification in Global Public Policy (p. 165). Springer Nature.

Berten, J., & Kranke, M. (2022). Anticipatory global governance: International Organisations and the politics of the future. Global Society, 36(2), 155-169.

Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (Vol. 24). Springer Nature.

Flyverbom, M., & Garsten, C. (2021). Anticipation and organization: Seeing, knowing and governing futures. Organization Theory, 2(3), 26317877211020325.

Gulson, K., Perrotta, C., Williamson, B. & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Should We be Worried about Google Classroom? The Pedagogy of Platforms in Education. Journal of Professional Learning. Retrieved from https://cpl.asn.au/journal/semester-2-2021/should-we-be-worried-about-google-classroom-the-pedagogy-of-platforms-in

Miller, R. (2018). Transforming the future: Anticipation in the 21st century (p. 300). Taylor & Francis.

Morris, J., Couture, J. C., & Phelan, A. M. (2023). Riding Fences: Anticipatory Governance, Curriculum Policy, and Teacher Subjectivity. Canadian Journal of Education, 46(3), 517-544.

OECD. (n.d.). Technology governance. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/sti/science-technology-innovation-outlook/technology-governance/

Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97-113.

Poli, R. (2017). Introduction to anticipation studies (Vol. 1). Springer.
Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the future: International organisations, anticipatory governance and education. Global Society, 36(2), 188-205.
Solomon, J. (2023, March 23). New tools for more collaborative, personal and accessible learning. Google Blog. Retrieved from https://blog.google/outreach-initiatives/education/bett-2023-google-for-education-updates-/

Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 E: Language and Education
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Second Language and Migration, the Intercultural Perspective for Social Inclusion

Aurora Bulgarelli

University of Roma Tre, Italy

Presenting Author: Bulgarelli, Aurora

In Europe, the assessment of language proficiency in the Second Language (SL) of migrants once they arrive in the country of immigration, if not even prior to this moment, is crucial for permanence in the destination territory of migration. Consequently language can tip the scale that decides against the fate of migrants in the migratory context, based on the assessment of linguistic and grammatical skills, founded on the criteria defined by the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Beyond these regulatory and normative connotations, SL has a central role in the path of social inclusion in the host society and, for this reason, the right to language education is fundamental to the migrant's effective and active participation and, indeed, can be defined precisely as the most important skill to be acquired with a view to medium- or long-term stay in the host country (OECD, 2021).

The linguistic dimension, however, is much more heterogeneous, biographical and, at the same time, cultural. For these reasons, in addition to the acquisition of grammatical and lexical skills alone, it is unthinkable not to consider identity and social aspects as well in the construction of pathways of education, hosting and inclusion. Such consideration ensures that the formative and educational experience is not characterized by the assimilationist paradigm, but, rather, by a curious, supportive and humanizing attitude toward otherness.

The intercultural perspective in SL learning allows for the recognition of all the cultural and identity aspects that characterize the linguistic biography of the subject who, in migration, finds himself interacting with other languages and other identities. In the communicative relationship with otherness, dialogue is fundamental and cannot be excluded from pedagogical and cultural reflection, which is essential in order to effectively direct educational interventions toward an intercultural and socially inclusive society. In this perspective, plurilingualism arising, also, from migration encourages and promotes forms of participation of "otherness" that, among other things, predisposes the overcoming of power dynamics inherent also to the linguistic dimension. Indeed, it is recognized that forms of cultural racism also find in language a mode of expression of relations of domination and that Fanon (1952), specifically, identifies the promotion of the colonizer's language as a civilizing language, defining a relational hierarchy dependent on cultural and identity factors. The risk inherent in the imposition of the acquisition of the language of the country of immigration at the expense of the linguistic and cultural background of which the migrant person is the bearer would, in fact, entail the adoption of the assimilationist paradigm by the country of immigration, favoring passive coexistence instead of social interaction resulting from inclusive processes.

For these reasons, the realities of non-formal language training for migrants were investigated, paying attention to the inclusion practices applied in these contexts and noting the criticalities of this sector and the unmet needs of users. At the theoretical level, the project is guided by the analysis of migration, the encounter between cultures and the processes of inclusion captured through an intercultural, post-colonial and intersectional perspective of the phenomenon under investigation. The three research questions that guided the investigation of the phenomenon are: 1. What are the characteristics, strengths and weaknesses of non-formal language training practices for migrants? 2. What are the educational, cultural and social needs of migrants?3. In particular, what training tools are effective in empowering migrants attending SL courses (also in the recent pandemic situation)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was carried out in the city of Rome, Italy, between October 2021 and September 2022, a period in which 60 semi-structured interviews were administered to 8 SL schools. The schools that have joined are mostly part of the panorama of associations and only one is part of the institutional school. Of the people interviewed, 25 were teachers (volunteers, operators and tenured teachers) and 35 students, from A0 level of language proficiency to B1 level according to CEFR criteria, And all respondents participated in the survey on a voluntary basis.
Based on the role played by the respondents were formulated two grids of interview, one directed to teachers and one to students, but both built on the same thematic areas: 1. biographical area; 2. the school and the language courses; 3. SL during the Covid-19 pandemic period; 4. SL and inclusion.
Given the linguistic competence of the respondents, particular attention has been paid to the interviewer’s interview skills and the communication asymmetries inherent in the use of the aforementioned survey tool. Language is one of the fundamental elements of the interview relationship, especially with subjects who have or perceive a vulnerability in this field, for these reasons the language of the researcher is adapted to that of the interviewee.
As regards the transcription of the interviews have been reported in the form of the literal transcription, without any adaptation or manipulation,  as this attitude enhances the words of the students of the courses, who carried out the interview in the SL and, if they did not have sufficient language skills to carry out the interview in Italian, they had the opportunity to use mediation languages, in particular English, French and Spanish.
Furthermore, the literal transcription of the interviews was considered to be the most suitable method for the analysis as the attitude adopted towards the data was illustrative and aimed at a thematic analysis of the content of the interviews. Themes and sub-themes have been identifies within the interview, in order to allow comparison. the interview extracts used in the analysis of the themes are then treated crosswise, bringing out the relevant content through a kind of conversation between the interviewees.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
What has emerged is that language courses pay special attention to all those elements that could limit access to training services, and this awareness allows for proposals to counter social and educational marginality, particularly for immigrant women and illiterate people. The importance of the territorial network and contacts between schools emerged, which are confirmed to be fundamental in the construction of educating communities and effective paths of social inclusion. The focus on the intercultural inclusion project is also confirmed by the numerous workshop and experiential activities that go along with SL learning and encourage interaction among class members, but also with the reality of immigration. Regarding the pandemic period, social, economic and gender inequalities are also confirmed in the introduction of online learning, which saw many students, but also many teachers, cut off from the possibility of accessing language education. Regarding the connection between language learning and the migrant's path to inclusion, SL learning has a strong potential for empowerment and self-determination if understood from an intercultural perspective, although it emerges how there are numerous elements that hinder language training, in fact some of the interviewees undertake this education many years after migration. For these reasons, numerous critical issues have been identified, such as the influence of the community of origin in the territory of migration and the absence of relationships of schools with these realities, leading to the lack of language acquisition and social inclusion not only of an individual, but of an entire migrant community settled in the territory. Other elements relate to the desire to strengthen relations with territorial services, communication methods to promote SL services and the need to invest more in intercultural activities in which natives are also involved.
References
Abdallah-Pretceille, M. (2015). L’interculturel comme paradigme de transgression par rapport au culturalisme. Voix plurielles, vol.12 (2), 251-263.
Coste, D., Moore, D. & Zarate, G. (2009). Plurilingual and pluricultural competences. Studies towards a Common European Framework of Reference for language learning and teaching. Language Policy Division.
Davis, A. (1983). Women, Race and Class. Vintage Books.
Fanon, F. (2015). Pelle nera, maschere bianche (S. Chiletti, Trans.). ETS (original work published 1952).
Fiorucci, M., Pinto Minerva, F. & Portera, A. (2017). Gli alfabeti dell’intercultura. Edizioni ETS.
Freire, P. (2018). Pedagogia degli oppressi (L. Bimbi, Trans.). Edizioni Gruppo Abele (original work published in 1970)
Gümüsay, K. (2022). Speaking and belonging. How language binds and frees us. Profile Books.
Hill Collins, P. (2019). Intersezionality, as a critical social theory. Duke University Press
Hill Collins, P. (2008). Black Feminist Though: Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment. Routledge.
hooks, b. (1982). Ain’t I a woman?. Pluto Press.
hooks, b. (1984). Feminist theory: from margin to center. South End Press.
hooks, b. (2015). Yearning. Race, gender and cultural politics. Routledge.
Lo Bianco J., Liddicoat A.J. & Crozet C. (1999). Striving for the third place. Intercultural competence through language education. Language Australia
Moraga, C.L. & Anzaldúa, G.E. (1981). This bridge called my back. Writings by radical women of color. Persephone Press.
OECD (2021). Language Training for Adult Migrants, Making Integration Work. OECD Publishing.
Pratt, M.L. (1992), Imperial eyes. Travel writing and transculturation, Routledge.
Quijano, A. (1992). Colonialidad y modernidad-racionalidad. In H. Bonilla (a cura di), Los conquistados. 1492 y la población indígena de las Américas (pp. 437-447). Tercer Mundo Editores.
Spivak G. C. (1985), Can the subaltern speak?. In P. Williams & L. Chrisman (a cura di), Colonial discourse and post-colonial theory. A reader (pp. 66-111). Columbia University Press.
Tabouret-Keller, A. (1998). Language and Identity. In F. Coulmas (a cura di), The Handbook of Sociolinguistics (pp. 315-326). Oxford.
Velez, E. & Tuana, N. (2020), Tango Dancing with María Lugones Toward Decolonial Feminisms. Critical Philosophy of Race, vol. 8 (1-2), 1-24.
Zoletto, D. (2023). Riflessività postcoloniale e ricerca pedagogica nei contesti ad alta complessità socioculturale. Educational Reflective Practices, n. 1, 139-150.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Multilingual Learning and Teaching Agency in Chinese Tertiary LOTE Education

Yuchong Zhang

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Zhang, Yuchong

English as a global language has predominated over languages other than English (LOTEs) in language education studies for ages. This trend has been emphasised in non-Anglophone countries' higher education systems, which resulted in a decline in LOTE education worldwide (Gao & Zheng, 2019; Lanvers, 2018). On the other hand, the Chinese government has initiated a programme of multilingual reform in education as a concomitant of the “Belt and Road Initiative” (B&R) in 2013. As a substantial China-led infrastructure project, the B&R initiative focuses on transnational construction, railways, and highways which has connected East Asia and Europe and extended to Africa, Oceania, and Latin America within a decade. To date, 147 countries are participating or showing interest in the B&R initiative which involves more than 50 official languages other than English. Since the scope of the bilateral economic relations between China and other non-Anglophone countries has been expanded, the significance of LOTEs has drawn the attention of the government of China mainland, which promotes the development of LOTE education in Chinese tertiary education (Chen et al., 2021). The promotion of LOTE programmes in national language policies in China will diversify the multilingual journey of stakeholders at the local level, such as language teachers and college students. However, there is a general paucity of empirical research describing how the national language policy is being understood by meso-level (institutional) actors in higher education in China. Meanwhile, few studies have examined the potential contribution of institutional agency work to the language policy and planning (LPP) concerning LOTEs (Hamid et al., 2018) and the consequences of current LPP for the learner agency of LOTE students in Chinese universities.
Generally, agency is the ability to make decisions, on which people act to change their lives. A widely circulated definition of agency was proposed by Ahearn (2001, p. 112) as ‘a socio-culturally mediated capacity to act’, which includes socio-affective factors like motivation, attitudes, and actions (Hatoss, 2018). Lantolf and Thorne (2006) further explain agency as ‘socioculturally mediated and dialectically enacted’ (p. 238), which can be in relation to the reciprocal influence of language teaching and learning (Glasgow & Bouchard, 2019).
To address the above-mentioned research gap, this study aims to investigate the agency meso-level LPP actors in a prestigious university in China underpinned by Glasgow and Bouchard (2019)’s Model for studying agency in LPP. Overall, the objective of this research is to explore how individual actors including educators and students exercise their agency in shaping different LOTE programs and investigate the interaction of individual agency between actors across different social layers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research employs a qualitative case study to capture the agentic actions in the context of LOTE education in a Chinese tertiary institution from the perspective of educators and undergraduates. An emic approach has been undertaken to describing the phenomena of LOTE education in China, which is an insider’s view of reality.
This study involved a university teacher and five final year undergraduates who majored in Arabic and German from a well-famed university in Shanghai. Semi-structured interviews are used as the main research tools to elicit Chinese undergraduates’ multilingual learning trajectories and language use and the perceptions and implementation of national and institutional language policy by meso-level actors in the LOTE contexts.
In this research, the educator participated in one-to-one interviews which revolved around their understanding and appropriation of national and institutional language policy and potential factors influencing they exerting agency in teaching and scaffolding students in the LOTE classrooms. Meanwhile, LOTE learners were invited to interviews which elicited Chinese undergraduates’ experiences of learning LOTEs in the university context, their investment in LOTE learning, their interaction with teachers regarding formal LOTE study and the underlying factors influencing their language trajectories and use. In addition, both students and educators’ narratives from interviews will be coded through the use of thematic analysis based on the themes generated from Glasgow and Bouchard (2019)’s Model for studying agency in LPP, such as prevailing socio-cultural values and ideologies, enabling and/or constraining effects of policy, agentive response(s) to policy and the outcomes of agentive responses. Currently, the data analysis process is still ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this study will contribute to our understanding of individual agency regarding language planning at an institutional level in the context of LOTE education within China, contributing empirical evidence to support academic debate and policy. The study offers some important insights into guiding policy decision-makers to balance the impact of disproportionate individual power in implementing language planning and develop a more supportive environment for the enactment of individual agency at the local level regarding LOTE education in China. The results of this study will contribute to the evaluation of the compatibility between national language policy, institutional language planning and individual language learners’ aspirations in relation to LOTE program development. In addition, the study tries to illustrate the language learning experiences of LOTE learners including identity, motivation and attitudes. This research sheds new light on contextual factors promoting and prohibiting LOTE teaching and learning within Chinese tertiary education. The objective of this research is to offer advice to policymakers, university administrators, course organizers and ordinary teachers to make a concerted effort to enhance the teaching and learning of LOTEs in China.
References
Ahearn, L. 2001. Language and agency. Annual Review of Anthropology, pp.109-137.
Chen, X., Tao, J. & Zhao, K. 2021. Agency in meso-level language policy planning in the face of macro-level policy shifts: a case study of multilingual education in a Chinese tertiary institution. Current issues in language planning, 22, pp. 136-156.
Gao, X. & Zheng, Y. 2019. Multilingualism and higher education in Greater China. Journal of multilingual and multicultural development, 40, 555-561.
Glasgow, G. P. & Bouchard, J. 2019. Introduction. In: BOUCHARD, J. & GLASGOW, G. P. (eds.) Agency in language policy and planning : critical inquiries Abingdon, Oxon Routledge.
Hamid, O., Nguyen, H. T., Nguyen, H. V. & Phan, T. T. H. 2018. Agency and Language-in-Education Policy in Vietnamese Higher Education. In: GLASGOW, G. P. & BOUCHARD, J. (eds.) Researching agency in language policy and planning. New York: Routledge, pp.102-124.
Hatoss, A. 2018. Language awareness and identity in diasporic communities. In: COTS, P. G. J. M. (ed.) Handbook of language awareness. London: Routledge, pp.418 - 434.
Lantolf, J. P. & Thorne, S. L. 2006. Sociocultural theory and the genesis of second language development / J.P. Lantolf, S.L. Thorne, Oxford ;, Oxford University Press.
Lanvers, U. 2018. ‘If they are going to university, they are gonna need a language GCSE’: Co-constructing the social divide in language learning in England. System (Linköping), 76, pp.129-143.
Phillipson, R. & Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 2017. English, Language Dominance, and Ecolinguistic Diversity Maintenance. In: FILPPULA, M., KLEMOLA, J. & SHARMA, D. (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of World Englishes, Oxford Handbooks. online edn: Oxford Academic.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Trilingual Policy in education: Teacher Power, Agency, and Ideology in Kazakhstani mainstream schools in urban and rural contexts

Dinara Shaimakhanova

University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shaimakhanova, Dinara

This qualitative case-study research explores the role of EFL (English as a Foreign Language) teachers in the language in education policy context.

In the modern society it is very common to promote bilingual or even trilingual educational policies, where learners will be able to acquire languages which are recognised by the government as essential for its development (Ferguson, 2006; McKay, 2010, Spolsky, 2003; Mehisto, Kambatyrova and Nurseitova, 2012). Considering economically, socially, and politically important goals for the development of Kazakhstan in future, English became the strategic language of international relations in the trilingual policy on a par with Kazakh (the State language) and Russian (the inter-ethnic language) in Kazakhstan. However, the task was about how to make the implementation of English successful since it was not used widely in the country. The EFL teachers are not only those who promote foreign language knowledge and skills, but as well they play one of the essential roles in imparting educational values which are the basis of education in the language policy context. In this study the role of English language teachers in Kazakhstani mainstream schools in urban and rural contexts in trilingual policy in education enactment process is explored through the analysis of multiple case-studies conducted in secondary school system in Kazakhstan. As noted by Radha (2016) teachers’ role is vital in nation building since they build every single student’s character. We might even assume that future generations depend on teachers, as teachers shape them to prepare to the world. This study presents the preliminary findings of a wider research (PhD) which is been conducted during 2020-2024.

The main research objective is to offer insights how the policy is understood and enacted in specific teaching context.

The main theoretical framework for this research is the Spolsky's triad of language policy and language planning, where professor Bernard Spolsky (2022) suggested the theory on how to analyse language policy through the perspective of both top-down and bottom-up decisions, practices, and beliefs of education policy makers and language teachers (2004). This triad is important to this study, as the trilingual policy in Kazakhstani mainstream schools is being viewed through the perspective of teacher beliefs (ideology), teacher practice (power), and teacher agency. In this study I was following the critical realist case study approach. Critical realism philosophical paradigm can be defined as there are two dimensions of the world where one is observed, and the other is real (not observed). Ontologically speaking, in this project I have observed whether teachers’ ideologies are reflected in their practice, as critical realists claim knowledge is partial and context dependent (Creamer, 2018). It means that if teachers have any beliefs or attitudes related to teaching and learning process considering educational values as one of the ways of effective trilingual policy enactment, then do they use their teacher agency and power to implement the elements of value-led education in their practice. From the epistemological view of critical realism, I want to know how teachers perceive their role in relation to imparting educational values as one of the main directions of trilingual education policy in Kazakhstan aslso viewed as curriculum-based values. As it is described, critical realists admit the possibility of multiple valid interpretations of the same phenomenon (Maxwell and Mittapalli, 2010). That is why the phenomenon of trilingual education policy and its constituencies might differentiate in teachers’ viewpoints which might hypothetically be caused by their personal viewpoints, ideologies, agency, and power they either possess and exercise or do not.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative case study research has been conducted in the mainstream secondary schools (rural and urban) in Kazakhstan in January - June 2023. After the schools (3 case study schools) have been recruited. 11 teachers of English from secondary schools participated in this study during 6 months period. The research participants were involved into the sequence of the first face-to-face interviews, lesson observations 2-4 lessons (English), and the second face-to-face interviews, which were conducted with all participating teachers of English from the case study schools. Simultaneously the researcher has collected the documents and the artefacts from the schools for further policy analysis (documentary analysis). The final part of data collection process was online focus group interviews with teachers of urban and rural schools (separate focus groups). The qualitative data was analysed in accordance with Braun and Clarke's (2021) thematic analysis (deductive coding) method. Following the ideas of the main theoretical and conceptual framework, the main 7 codes were identified for applying to further analysis. The main concepts applied to this research were Teacher Power, Teacher Ideology, Teacher Agency, The values of Education: Lifelong learning, Autonomous language learning, Critical thinking, and Intercultural competence. The Spolsky's (2021) language policy analysis triad was used as the main data analysis framework. The data on teacher beliefs (ideology), the power they have been exercising in policy enactment process and the teacher agency applied in their teaching process were analysed within the policy planning theories (Spolsky (2021), Ricento and Hornberger (1996). The operational definitions of the main concepts of the study originated from the theories of Foucault and Habermas (Power), Eagleton (Ideology), Gourd (teacher Agency), and the studies on the educational values Benson (Autonomous language learning), Fleming (Lifelong learning), Facione (Critical thinking) and Bennet (Intercultural competence).
  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings revealed that Kazakhstani EFL teachers from mainstream schools in urban and rural areas share the same ideological views towards trilingual language policy in Kazakhstan, paying a lot of attention to the status of Kazakh language, as the one representing the national identity, that is why teachers exercise their agency and power during the lessons using code-switching and translanguaging for promoting all three languages (with the emphasis on Kazakh language) while conducting the English language lesson. Regarding the imparting of main values stated in trilingual policy in education, teachers operate them and develop the skills of critical thinking and autonomous language learning in learners, they are aware of intercultural competence and lifelong learning;  however, they might probably not conceptualise it properly. At the same time EFL teachers believe that English language is very important for their learners in future, but they do not possess enough power to improve the language learning situation at once and quickly. The preliminary findings also revealed that EFL teacher professional life has changed with the language-in-education policy implementation process; although the changes are promising the positive impact, the reality shows various teachers' attitudes towards the policy implementation process and its impact on teachers professional life.      
References
Ball, S. J. (1993). Education Policy, Power Relations and Teachers’ Work. British Journal of Educational Studies, 41(2), pp. 106–121.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis : a practical guide. SAGE.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education 8th ed. London: Routledge.
Collier, A. (1994). Critical realism. An introduction to Roy Bhaskar’s Philosophy.  UK: Verso.
Cenoz, J., Hufeisen, B. and Jessner, U. (2001). Towards Trilingual education, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 4(1), pp. 1–10.
Cooper, R.L.L. (2000). Language planning and social change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Creamer, E. (2018).  Chapter 3 Distinguishing paradigmatic assumptions in Creamer, E. (2018).  
Eagleton, T. (2007). Ideology. An Introduction. London: Verso.
Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), pp. 777–795. USA: University of Chicago Press.
Grosjean, F. (2008). Studying Bilinguals. UK: Oxford University Press.
Gourd, T. Y. (2015). Toward a theory for understanding teacher agency: Grounded theory with inclusion co-teachers. Seattle, WA: University of Washington Press.
Gourd, T.Y. (2018) Chapter 1: Teacher, Power, and Agency in Gourd, T.Y. (2018) (ed.) Radial Educators Rearticulating Education and Social Change: Teacher Agency and Resistance, Early 20th century to the Present.
Hüttner, J., Dalton-Puffer, C., and Smith, U. (2013) The Power of Beliefs: Lay theories and their influence on the implementation of CLIL programmes. International Journal of Bilingual education and Bilingualism, 16 (3); 267-284.
Karabassova, L. (2022) Teachers’ conceptualization of content and language integrated learning (CLIL): evidence from a trilingual context. International Journal of Bilingual Rfucationa and Bilingualism, 25 (3) pp. 787-799.
Karabassova, L. (2021) English-medium education reform in Kazakhstan: comparative study of educational change across two contexts in the country. Current Issues in Language Planning, 22 (5), pp.553-573.
Lowe, R. J. (2020). Uncovering ideology in English language teaching: identifying the 'native speaker' frame (Ser. English language education, v. 19).
Macaro, E. (2018) English Medium Instruction. UK: Oxford University Press. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-46231-4.
Ricento, T. K., & Hornberger, N. H. (1996). Unpeeling the onion: language planning and policy and the elt professional. Tesol Quarterly, 30(3), 401–427.
Shohamy, E. G. (2006). Language policy : hidden agendas and new approaches. Routledge.
Spolsky, B. (2007). Towards a theory of language policy. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics (WPEL), 22(1), 1.
Spolsky, B. (2009). Language Management. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511626470
Spolsky, B. (2021). Rethinking language policy. Edinburgh University Press.
Tollefson, J. W., & Tollefson, J. W. (2013). Language policies in education : critical issues (2nd ed.). Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Relationship between Continuous Professional Development and Foreign language Teachers Self-efficacy: A Secondary Data Analysis of OECD Countries

Natalia Dombinskaya

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Dombinskaya, Natalia

The present quantitative study is a secondary data analysis of lower secondary foreign language school teachers’ professional development from 30 OECD countries who participated in the 2018 Teaching and Learning International Study (TALIS). The analysis focuses on the OECD countries as they subscribe to shared educational aims of promoting policies that will improve the economic and social wellbeing of people in the member states (OECD, 2013).

The data analysis aims to cross-nationally estimate foreign language (FL) teachers’ self-efficacy and how it is related to continuous professional development (CPD) across the countries as perceived by the participants of the survey in terms of its content, form, impact on teaching practices and to review what types of CPD are crucial for teachers in order to promote, sustain teachers' CPD and keep them up to date as “teachers are called upon not only to acquire new knowledge and skills but also to develop them continuously” (Teachers’ professional development 2010:12).

This study uses three research questions to investigate the correlation between the CPD and teacher self-efficacy. These research questions include the following:

1.How much of the variation in FL teachers’ self-efficacy can be explained by differences between school and teachers’ characteristics across the OECD countries?

2. Which teacher and school characteristics explain variations in lower secondary school teachers of FL self-efficacy?

3. What types of professional development activities explain variations in teacher self-efficacy?

The secondary data analysis not only endeavors to extend evidence about relationship between CPD and FL teachers’ self-efficacy but also presents compelling support for the cross-national investigation as only a small number of studies cross nationally examine these issues in the field of foreign language teaching. A greater understanding of the relation between different areas included into CPD and teacher efficacy beliefs may be valuable to those who develop, deliver, and evaluate foreign language teachers’ preparation, accreditation, and certification programs.

In order to provide a solid conceptual foundation for this secondary analysis, different research on the relationship between CPD and FL teachers’ self-efficacy have been reviewed. A range of previous research has highlighted the contribution of CPD towards teacher self-efficacy. According to Darling-Hammond et.al (2017), professional development aims to expand teacher knowledge and might impact teachers' practices, self-efficacy and, as a result, student learning outcomes. Although self-efficacy has been extensively researched, comparatively few studies have directly examined self-efficacy within the field of language learning and teaching. In investigating teacher efficacy in this area, research examined teacher self-efficacy in a number of cross-cultural contexts exploring the correlation between FL teachers’ self-efficacy and their CPD, demographic variables (qualification, years of experience, gender) and second language proficiency (Atay, 2007; Chacon, 2005; Göker, 2006; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007; Swanson, 2010a; Tsui & Kennedy, 2009; Choi & Lee, 2016, Thompson, 2020).

The conceptual framework for this secondary data analysis draws on Thomson’s (2020) conceptual framework of the Japanese FL teacher efficacy beliefs. Modified from Borg’s conceptual framework of teacher cognition for FL teacher self-efficacy beliefs (Borg. 2006) and integrated triadic reciprocal causation from Bandura’s social cognitive theory (1977, 1986), Thomson’s (2020) conceptual framework is a solid foundation for the current research as it enables the researcher to explore the correlations between personal factors (self-beliefs), environmental factors (teaching context) and behaviours (teaching activities). The present research also adopts Bray & Thomas’s (1995) model of multilevel analysis which enables the researcher to compare the relations between constructs engaging different dimensions. Two dimensions have been employed in the current research: personal factors of teachers (individual level) and environmental factors (school level and country level).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study employed the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018 dataset, obtained from the official website of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/talis-2018-data.htm), as the primary data source. Five international teacher datasets were merged to create a comprehensive dataset, which underwent a rigorous data cleaning process to eliminate any duplicate entries. Subsequently, the raw dataset was filtered to focus solely on teachers working at the lower secondary school level of foreign languages, adhering to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) level 2 criteria (ISCED, 2011).
The TALIS 2018 self-administered online teacher-questionnaire (main data collection mode) and paper questionnaire (substitute or fallback mode) were used to provide the study with the perspectives of FL teachers on their teaching and learning environments, as well as contextual information on schools from the OECD countries (OECD, 2018, p.9). Therefore, only the dataset which focuses on areas included in the professional development of lower secondary school teachers of FL and their self-efficacy was employed (questions 19-28 from the Teacher Questionnaire, respectively).
In order to perform high-quality data analysis and ensure the best results, a computer software package that supports the management of quantitative data: International Business Machines Statistical Packages for the Social Sciences (IBM SPSS, version 26), the International Database (IDB) Analyzer and EXCEL software were used. Thus, data were entered by the researcher into Microsoft Excel and then analyzed using SPSS and IDB Analyzer.
To investigate the correlation between foreign language teachers’ self-efficacy and their engagement in CPD, a series of rigorous statistical analyses were conducted. Initially, frequency analyses were performed to examine the distribution patterns of the key variables of interest within the dataset.
Subsequently, regression analysis was employed to assess the associations between several independent variables and teacher self-efficacy across multiple countries. The independent variables examined in this analysis included gender, age, years of experience as a teacher, the proportion of students from socioeconomically disadvantaged homes, the number of hours dedicated to CPD and types of professional development activities. By scrutinizing the influence of these independent variables, the study aimed to ascertain their significance in shaping teacher self-efficacy, the dependent variable of interest.
In essence, the statistical analyses conducted in this study aimed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the interplay between teacher self-efficacy and various factors, including teacher and school characteristics, as well as professional development activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given the comparative nature of the study, the analysis displayed deviations in distribution of gender, age, educational levels and years of experience among FL teachers as well as their variance with teacher self-efficacy in the countries surveyed. The most important finding pertains to the evidence that FL teacher self-efficacy operates differently in dissimilar cultures and contexts. Based on the importance of culture and context in shaping FL teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs, the study supports the recommendation that both, culture and context, should be considered when planning teacher professional development programs.
The study revealed that gender (female) correlated positively with teacher self-efficacy across most OECD countries. The most positive association of age and self-efficacy was in the group of teachers aged 30-49. Similar to other research, this study demonstrated that years of experience is related positively to self-efficacy in most OECD countries with exception of Columbia, Korea, Latvia, Mexico and Turkey.
The types of professional development undertaken by FL teachers are much the same in terms of attendance at such CPD activities as “Knowledge and understanding of subject fields”, “Pedagogical competences and teaching subject fields” across the OECD countries. This finding is consistent with the previous research that content knowledge was highly valued by the great majority of foreign language teachers (Swanson, 2013; Hoang & Wyatt, 2021).
Although the findings of the study are based on self-reported data, which implies certain built-in limitations, they do provide a foundation for further research about teacher efficacy in the FL setting. More qualitative studies are needed to elaborate on the links between FL teachers’ self-efficacy and their professional development activities. Together with further research this study will provide useful information to education policymakers and practitioners in governments, universities, and schools concerning how to increase FL teachers’ self-efficacy and therefore, improve classroom practice.

References
Atay, D. (2007). Beginning teacher efficacy and the practicum in an EFL context. Teacher Development, 11(2), 203-219. doi:10.1080/13664530701414720
Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84, 191-215.
Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall
Borg, S. (2006). Teacher cognition and language education: Research and practice. London: Continuum.
Bray, M., Thomas, R., Moray (1995). Levels of Comparison in Educational Studies: Different Insights from Different Literatures and the Value of Multilevel Analyses. Harvard Educational Review, 65 (3): 472–491.
Chacón, C. T. (2005). Teachers’ perceived efficacy among English as a foreign language teacher in middle schools in Venezuela. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21, 257-272.
Choi, E., & Lee, J. (2016). Investigating the relationship of target language proficiency and self-efficacy among nonnative EFL teachers. System, 58, 49-63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2016.02.010
Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler M., & Gardner M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development, Learning Policy Institute, Palo Alto, CA
Göker, S. D. (2006). Impact of peer coaching on self-efficacy and instructional skills in TEFL teacher education. System, 34, 239-254
Hoang T., Wyatt., M. (2021). Exploring the self-efficacy beliefs of Vietnamese pre-service teachers of English as a foreign language. System, 96, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2020.102422
International Standard Classification of Education ISCED 2011, (2012). UNESCO Institute for statistics
OECD. (2018). Teacher Questionnaire. Main Survey Version. https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/talis2018questionnaires.htm
OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 Technical Report. Paris: OECD
Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611-625. doi:10.1037/0022-0663.99.3.611
Smith, E. (2008). Using secondary data in educational and social research. Open University Press
Swanson, P. B. (2010a). Efficacy and language teacher attrition: A case for mentorship beyond the classroom. Northeast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages Review, 66, 48-72.
Teachers’ professional development (2010). Europe in international comparison. An analysis of teachers’ professional development based on the OECD’s Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS). Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Union
Thompson, G. (2020). Exploring language teacher efficacy in Japan. London: Multilingual Matters.
Tsui, K. T., & Kennedy, K. J. (2009). Evaluating the Chinese version of the teacher sense of efficacy scale (C-TSE): Translation adequacy and factor structure. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 18(2), 245-260.
  Wyatt, M. 2018a. ‘Language Teachers’ Self-Efficacy Beliefs: An Introduction.’ In Language Teacher Psychology, edited by S. Mercer and A. Kostoulas. Bristol: Multilingual Matters
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 F: Teachers Professionalism
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The New Appointment System in Education in Cyprus: Outlining the ideal primary school teacher as a professional.

Theopisti Panteli

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Panteli, Theopisti

Teachers in Cyprus have been traditionally appointed to public schools through the appointment system of ‘Epetirida’ (Yearbook), which put candidates in a chronological waiting list ordering the mainly on their year of graduation. However, since the 1980s, there have been several discussions around the qualification of teachers appointed to public schools. Also the number of teacher candidates in the Yearbook was large in relation to the appointment needs of the state, resulting in most of them waiting for many years (even decades) until their appointment. In this context, and after a series of negotiations between different stakeholders, the appointment system changed. More particularly, the New Appointment System in Education (NASE), was legislated in 2015 and has been implemented from 2017 onwards. In this study the NASE is theorized as a governmental technology through which the state regulates and controls the teachers who want to work in public schools. This paper argues that the NASE is a governmental technology mobilized by the state to choose a particular kind of teachers as professionals for public education. In this way, the state can govern education and its teachers, since as Foucault (2012) points out governance, for a certain historic period, was aimed exclusively at the prosperity of the state, subjecting teachers to the ideas of the state about education. Moreover, in this paper the body is theorized as a surface on which events are recorded and the subject is created by sacrificing the body (Butler, 2009). It is argued that NASE governs teachers to shape them as ideal subjects by transforming them into submissive bodies. More specifically, the teachers who expect to be appointed to the public education have to conform to the requirements of NASE. The purpose of this paper is to trace the emergence of a new type of an ‘ideal’ professional subject: the primary school teacher who can succeed in this specific recruitment system, including its written examinations. NASE changed the way teachers were appointed in the public sector, introducing additional criteria and written examination processes of teacher selection by the state. These criteria and processes mark an increase in the regulation and control by the state of the knowledge, qualification, and nature of professionalism anticipated by the ‘ideal’ teachers.

Within this governmental technology, the written examination formulates a specific technique, since NASE requires passing a written examination by candidate teachers (who need to be university graduates to be eligible for the exam) before they can be considered for appointment to public schools. Primary teachers are tested on the official school curriculum of two subject-areas (Greek Language and Mathematics); on General Didactic Skills; and on their Knowledge of the Greek Language; the last two components are required for all candidates). Those candidates who pass the exam, can enter a new waiting list (per level of education), in which they are ranked along other criteria: their first Degree’s GPA (8%), additional qualification (e.g. Master degree/Phd 9%), professional experience in education (20%), graduation year (10%) and military service (3%). The written examination is conducted every two years and any teacher planning to take it has to declare their interest and later pay a fee. Four examination procedures have been conducted since the introduction of the NASE in 2015. Before each examination, the examinable content is provided, for every level of education, subject-area and educational specialty and provides general information to the candidates regarding anything new about the legislation, or the procedure they have to follow, through a web-site dedicated to NASE. In a similar way, after every examination procedure the solutions to the tests and the results are shared.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main purpose of this paper is to examine how  primary candidate teachers are construed as subjects through the official policy documents, practices and  examination tests of NASE.  Teacher professionalism is defined as a fluid concept shaped by the changing political and socioeconomic conditions. Since such socio – economic conditions are both local and broader/international at the same time, a systematic literature review was undertaken on teacher professionalism and teacher selection/recruitment processes at a local and international level. In that way, the professionalism of teachers in Cyprus was mapped along both  the local history of the profession of teaching and teacher professionalism as well as broader discourses of professionalism in the international literature.   This paper focuses on the following research question: ‘How are primary school teachers  construed as professionals-subjects in NASE and especially in  the 2023 examination tests?’
To address this research question, the data collection involved the collection and analysis of multiple NASE legal, policy and examination documents as well as interviews with 20 teacher candidates of varied experiences of NASE since 2017.  In this paper, I focus on the analysis of the documentation produced for the most recent round of NASE in 2023, which are the following: the legislation about NASE as applicable in 2023, the state announcements before, during and after the 2023 examination, the relevant information documents of the whole 2023 procedures, the examination content announced, the 2023 examination tests for primary teachers, the results of the examination for primary teachers and the statistical analysis of those results.  The analysis of this data draws on the theoretical framework  of professionalism, as  internationally and locally mapped.  For this purpose, thematic and content analysis methods were combined to trace how certain meanings of teacher professionalism were produced by the policy documents and tests.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As teacher professionalism is informed by socio – economic conditions and broader conditions in the local and international level, the results are expected to demonstrate that connection.  In this way, the results are expected to show elements of de-professionalization of teachers and restriction in their autonomy, as the ‘new professionalism’ movement shows (Beck, 2008).  Also, the results are expected to outline a certain kind of teacher, more appropriate for the public education, highlighting the dependence of teachers on the state. This kind of teacher professional is shaped  by the state and especially the examination procedures to have certain kinds of knowledge and skills, as defined and assessed in the tests. Furthermore, stereotypical perceptions about the teaching profession (such as gender of teachers, the duration and the kind of their education) may be detected in the official policy documents and in the types of questions comprising the examination tests of NASE. More specifically  the NASE was established mobilizing an ‘excellence’ rhetoric, with the aim to select the ‘best’ among the candidate teachers for public schools.  In relation to the school curriculum in particular, the ideal teacher-subject is construed as the one who can pass the NASE exam in two school subjects, rendering those as more significant and sidelining all other subject areas of the primary school curriculum. Moreover, the constriction of these two subject-areas’ curriculum contents to the types and topic of the test questions outline the restricted curricular and overall autonomy of teachers, since they must conform to particular knowledge, skills and attitudes in the profession, as these are assessed in the tests, in order to enter the profession in its larger sector, that of public education.
References
Beck, J. (2008). Governmental professionalism: Re – professionalizing or De – professionalizing teachers in England?. British journal of Education Studies, 56 (2), 119 -143. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2008.00401.x
Butler, J. (2009). Η ψυχική ζωή της εξουσίας. Μτφρ. Τ. Μπέτζελος. Αθήνα: Πλέθρον. Δαφέρμος, Μ. (2008). Κοινωνικός κονστρουξιονισμός και Ανάλυση Λόγου. Ελεύθερνα, 4, 67-90.
Goodwin, A. L. (2011). “Teaching as a Profession: Are We There Yet?” In The Routledge International Handbook of Teacher and School Development, edited by C. Day, 44–56. Abingdon, UK: Taylor & Francis.
Φουκώ, Μ. (2012). Η γέννηση της Βιοπολιτικής. Μτφρ. B. Πατσογιάννης. Αθήνα: Πλέθρον.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Sustainable and Future-proofed Teaching Professionalism

Wanda Möller

Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Möller, Wanda

Education is a fundamental element of our society and accompanies every person

from the very beginning and spans the entire lifespan. It is a potential opportunity for integration for all levels of society with all its diversity. It aims to promote participation in society, the development of individual potential, democratization, the development of human capital and human ontogenesis. However, educational processes also harbor the potential for selection and the prevention of developments. Education therefore has a decisive influence on society.

Empirical educational research now provides reliable evidence that individual developments and transitions in the education system as well as in the employment system are significantly and sustainably influenced by the actions and decisions of teachers and thus have an impact on individual life courses as well as on the realization of tasks for society as a whole (Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia et al., 2009).

Teachers are therefore one of the greatest influencing factors on the quality and the corresponding 'outcomes' of the education system (ibid.; Hattie, 2013). For this reason, their professionalism is increasingly being publicly discussed and scientifically investigated. On this basis, validated competence models have been developed (e.g. Baumert & Kunter, 2006), which can depict professional competences in teaching contexts in a structured way.

In times of uncertainty and transformation, however, the question also arises in this context (see current debates in professional society) as to which changes must be considered and which adjustments are considered adequate, which processes this requires and which results (like future skills) should be achieved (e.g. Ehlers, 2020; Stifterverband & McKinsey, 2021; OECD, 2021).

The current crises and transformations in our society (globalization, digitalization, individualization and the climate crisis, among others) are changing educational processes as well as social processes. Specifically, this affects educational participants, all stakeholder groups, the starting conditions and educational goals. If education continues to serve the participation in the (also future) society of its education participants, this goal is also constituted from the crises or transformations of society and the corresponding uncertainty. This fundamental assumption results in a new professional and competence profile for teachers and thus also the need to adapt previously established and validated competence models.

Based on this, three process steps were developed in this doctoral project:

The 1st process step research question is: 'What is sustainable teaching professionalism? For this purpose, previously validated competence models for teaching contexts were expanded with the results of current future skills research (ibid.) and the facets of the structural core of professional action (e.g. Helsper et al. 2000). The result is a profession-oriented competence model for sustainable teaching (Möller, 2023), which is to be tested as a theory-based thesis in a research process.

The 2nd process step research questions are: 'How do groups involved in educational processes describe sustainable teaching professionalism? Which facets are prioritized by which group? What indications can be derived from this for teacher (further) training?

This serves to record the currently perceived competence requirements in the various groups, to compare these on the basis of the competence model (validated by experts), to examine a theory-practice-gap and as a basis for deriving group-specific recommendations for teacher (further) training.

The 3rd process step research question is: 'Which reflection processes contribute to the future-oriented professionalization of teachers?‘

The thesis developed here is based on the assumption that the model developed, with its presentation and description, provides a broader view of the complex structure of a professional ability to act in the teaching context and a deeper understanding of these competence facets and thus stimulates a comprehensive reflection on one's own future-oriented teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research process for the 1st process step serves to validate the competency model developed. A Delphi survey with quantitative and qualitative question types was conducted for this purpose. This was used to map (using a Likert scale) the assessed importance of the various model facets and the model structure, to introduce further perspectives or missing facets and to validate the content by forming a consensus (as the basis of the Delphi method). In contrast to previous research activities in the area of future skills, experts (n = 12) from the educational context were interviewed in this project.

In the research process for the 2nd process step, the validated competency model serves as the basis for evaluating structured interviews on the question of which facets of future-proof teaching professionalism are prioritized by which group and classified as relevant in the future in order to derive corresponding implications for teacher training. The interviewees here were pupils (n = 240), primary school teachers (n = 19), student teachers (n = 48) and university lecturers in the field of teacher training (n = 20). The transcription process is currently almost complete, so that the evaluation using qualitative content analysis (according to Kuckartz, 2018) can begin and the first prepared results can be shown for presentation.

In the research process for the third process step, the validated competency model provides an up-to-date overview of requirements in teaching activities and serves as the basis for the creation of reflection portfolios for teacher training and university teaching. These reflection portfolios are implemented with three different reflection processes. These are peer reflection, self-reflection and reflection with generative AI. These are currently being evaluated in a test procedure (using a questionnaire with quantitative and qualitative question types). In this process, feedback on the usability of the reflection portfolio and on the different reflection processes and the differences between them is collected and evaluated. The presentation will show the first tendencies of this research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The validation process of the profession-oriented competence model for future-oriented teaching shows that educational experts from German-speaking countries see the importance of combining the competence model with the currently discussed future skills and profession-oriented facets, thereby establishing a model that reflects current social transformations. This can create a basis on which implications for teacher training and the further development of university lecturers can be developed. The interviews with the named groups show which topics each group is currently focusing on and in which areas there is a need for further training or which areas are only marginally perceived by the groups and seen as relevant for their area. On this basis, strategic indications for the design of teacher training courses can be developed.

The validation process also shows that educational experts see reflective competencies as a central element for dealing with current social transformations. In order to establish a holistic reflection process for (prospective) teachers, a reflection portfolio was developed based on the profession-oriented competency model for sustainable teaching. This reflection portfolio is suitable for longer reflection phases spanning the course of study and professional life and provides guidance for differentiated and 'further training' reflection, as it contains the theoretical foundations of the model.

At this point in the process, it seems appropriate to present the profession-oriented competence model for sustainable teaching, the results of the Delphi survey and the initial trends of the structured interviews as well as the work with the reflection portfolios with the different reflection processes mentioned to an international audience for discussion.

References
Baumert, J. & Kunter, M. (2006). Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9 (4), S. 469-520.

Ehlers, Ulf-Daniel (2020). Future Skills. Lernen der Zukunft – Hochschule der Zukunft. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Hattie, J. (2013). Lernen sichtbar machen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider-Verlag Hohengehren.

Helsper, W., Krüger H.-H. & Rabe-Kleberg, U. (2000). Professionstheorie, Professions- und Biographieforschung - Einführung in den Themenschwerpunkt. ZBBS, Heft 1/2000, S. 5-19.

Hippler, H. (Hrsg.) (2015). Glossar HRK (Projekt nexus). Online: http://www.hrk-nexus.
de/meta/glossar/, zugegriffen: 25.05.2020.

Kultusministerkonferenz (2015). Darstellung von kultureller Vielfalt, Integration und Migration
in Bildungsmedien - Gemeinsame Erklärung der Kultusministerkonferenz, der Organisationen
von Menschen mit Migrationshintergrund und der Bildungsmedienverlage (Beschluss
der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 08.10.2015) Berlin, Bonn: Sekretariat der Ständigen Konferenz
der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.

Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung, 4. Auflage, Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa.

Kunter, M., Baumert, J., Blum, W., Klusmann, U., Krauss, S. & Neubrand, M. (Hrsg.) (2011). Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprogramms COACTIV. Münster: Waxmann.

Möller, W. (2023). Ein professionsorientiertes Kompetenzmodell für die zukunftsfähige Lehre. Workingpaper. Universität Rostock, https://doi.org/10.18453/rosdok_id00004412

Nittel, D., Tippelt, R., Dellori, C. & Siewert-Kölle, A. (2014). Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede
der pädagogischen Berufsgruppen. In D. Nittel, J. Schütz & R. Tippelt (Hrsg.), Pädagogische
Arbeit im System des lebenslangen Lernens. Ergebnisse komparativer Berufsgruppenforschung.
Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. S. 60-98.

OECD: OECD Future of Education and Skills. Abgerufen unter:
https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/ (Zuletzt aufgerufen
27.09.2021).

Stifterverband/McKinsey (2021). Future Skills 2021. 21 Kompetenzen für eine Welt im Wandel. Essen: Stifterverband für die Deutsche Wissenschaft e.V.

Terhart, E. (1996). Berufskultur und professionelles Handeln. In A. Combe & W. Helsper
(Hrsg.), Pädagogische Professionalität. Untersuchungen zum Typus pädagogischen Handelns. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, S. 448-471.

Terhart, E. (2011). Lehrerberuf und Professionalität. Gewandeltes Begriffsverständnis – neue Herausforderungen. In W. Helsper & R. Tippelt (Hrsg.), Pädagogische Professionalität. Weinheim: Beltz, S. 202-224.

Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, O., Beck, K., Sembill, D., Nickolaus, R. & Mulder, R. (2009). Perspektiven
auf „Lehrprofessionalität". In O. Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, K. Beck, D. Sembill, R. Nickolaus &
R. Mulder (Hrsg.), Lehrprofessionalität: Bedingungen, Genese, Wirkungen und ihre Messung.
Weinheim: Beltz. S. 13-33.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 G: Gender and Education
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Leaning into the ‘Discomfort’ of Inequitable Representation: Gendered and Racialised Barriers for Women Academics of Colour in British STEM Academia

Abimbola Abodunrin

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Abodunrin, Abimbola

This study explores the underrepresentation of women academics of colour (WAC) in British STEM academia, building upon a substantial body of literature highlighting the glaring and seemingly intractable lack of diversity within UK STEM faculties and across global STEM academia (WISE, 2019). Beyond numerical inequities, existing evidence points to a higher likelihood of WAC being disproportionately concentrated in junior academic positions, indicative of unequal power relations (APPG, 2021). This is compounded by nuanced issues relating to idealised and masculinised cultures prevalent across STEM disciplines (Carlone and Johnson, 2007) as well as issues of knowledge otherness – referring to how WAC are epistemologically marginalised/silenced (Ong et al., 2018). Even more is the prevailing tendency to prioritise gender as the primary focus in inequity discussions, often overshadowing race (Bhopal and Henderson, 2021), and other categories such as class, age, sexuality, and disability within initiatives and policy actions aimed at promoting equity in STEM. This tendency may, in part, stem from the discomfort surrounding discourses of sexism, racism, and experiences of marginalisation as well as the challenges associated with addressing these issues at institutional levels (Ahmed, 2012).

It is therefore not surprising that while there are substantial scholarly works on the underrepresentation of women in STEM as well as a disproportionate underrepresentation of WAC in British higher education, there remains a dearth of research studies exploring gender-race intersectionality in STEM, particularly within the UK context (e.g., Casad et al., 2021; Ong et al., 2018; most of which are studies conducted in the US). This is a gap this study seeks to support in literature, contributing to pressing calls to decolonise British STEM academia while extending research on the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM beyond gender and race-based discrimination to complex issues relating to epistemological hegemony, cultural conformity, and counter-technologies, all of which are interlinked with the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM. Against this backdrop, the study seeks to address the overarching question of how orientalist power dynamics serve to perpetuate and/or exacerbate inequitable patterns of representation for these women in STEM faculties. More specifically, it explores ways in which WAC’s gender and racial/ethnic identities intersect to constrain their progression, retention, and equitable representation more broadly in STEM. This includes how these women subvert the power of dominant discourses through micro-practices of resistance and techniques of power (Ahmed, 2012; Ong et al., 2018).

In search for answers around the intersectional barriers and the underlying processes that pose obstacles towards equitable representation for these women, I adopt a post-colonial perspective, drawing on Said’s (1978) epistemological conception of orientalism. Said defines this as a discursively constructed power relation between two constructed regions - the ‘Orient’ and ‘Occident’. Underpinning this power relation are discourses that work to explicitly or implicitly present the knowledge and ideas of the West/Occident as ‘developed’ and superior while the Orient/East is essentialised as ‘underdeveloped’ and inferior. In addition to postcolonial scholars, as well as post-colonialist feminists such as Spivak (1988) and Subedi and Daza (2008), I draw on complementary work from Foucauldian poststructuralist feminism. This approach views power relations – including gender - as discursively constructed and fluid (Foucault, 1988; Butler, 1990; Hall, 1996), shifting the study's focus from discursive narratives based on participants’ sense of subjectivity to a structural understanding of how STEM cultures and practices perpetuate inequities on gender and ‘race’ lines.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Underpinned by an interpretivist perspective (Dean, 2018), the study employs a qualitative approach involving 15 online semi-structured interviews facilitated through timeline maps. These maps aided participants in charting pivotal moments and influences shaping their career trajectories which in turn proved useful in unpacking the complexities and dynamics of participants' experiences. Participants encompass WAC of diverse racial groups (including Africans, Afro-Caribbeans, South Asians, and Black Brits), and across various career stages within STEM faculties in seven British universities. Five initial participants were purposively selected drawing on networks established through my professional contacts, employing three primary criteria including participants: 1) self-identifying as women,  2) having African, Afro-Caribbean,  South-Asian or black British backgrounds/ethnicities, and 3) working and/or studying in STEM disciplines. Subsequently, the original sample was broadened through a snowballing strategy, wherein participants were asked for referrals. To minimise sampling bias, efforts were made to include individuals who were predominantly colleagues of acquaintances or those recommended by participants interviewed within the study.

Adopted for cost-effectiveness and its perceived user-friendliness, Zoom videoconferencing proved vital for facilitating interviews with a diverse and geographically dispersed group of participants (Archibald et al., 2019). Its use was not only safe and essential, preventing COVID-19 infections and mitigating conflicts arising from finding suitable interview spaces, but also environmentally conscious, avoiding unnecessary travel impact on the climate. Conducting the interviews from the privacy of my flat allowed considerable control over disruptions and maintaining confidentiality, yet unanticipated challenges, such as unexpected post deliveries, PC malfunctions, internet issues, and family dynamics, arose. Despite these, Zoom was instrumental in facilitating the interviews and maintaining research progress.

Data analysis was conducted using a mix of thematic and discourse analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021) allowing the exploration of key themes, as well as an analysis of the dynamics of the discourses that participants use to articulate their experiences. Interlinked with epistemologically orientalist power dynamics, this informed an analysis of the ways in which discursive practices shape and influence the conduct of WAC in STEM spaces (Arribas-Ayllon & Walkerdine, 2017).  Put together, this analytical approach was useful in exploring nuanced aspects of inequities such as epistemological hegemony and their links to the under-representation of WAC in STEM rather than solely focusing on individual instances of discrimination and simply charting numerical underrepresentation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the study point toward four overarching themes including:
Firstly, "the masculinity of science identity" - deconstructing power imbalances within discourses of 'science identity,' highlighting its performative nature. This construct implicitly frames non-conforming bodies/performances as 'outsiders-within’, requiring additional support, surveillance, and (re)socialisation into the science culture. Secondly, "checking the colour box" - unpacking the contradictory positioning of WAC, with their representation often tokenised as diversity markers, while their epistemological contributions are deemed academically short of the perceived ‘standard’. Thirdly, "the partnership and motherhood penalty" - analysing how societal expectations regarding gender roles in partnership/motherhood act as significant barriers for WAC in STEM, exploring the overlap between a woman’s biological clock, her career clock, and her partner’s career clock. Lastly, "Out of place yet unrelated to gender and/or race identity" - exploring various forms of dissonance, with participants associating gendered and racialised experiences with cultural dynamics. This theme references hegemonic meritocratic discourses prevalent in STEM and internalised responses to gendered and racialised experiences, potentially contributing to the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM.

These findings extend an invitation to conference participants to lean into the discomfort and engage/contribute to discourses around gendered and racialised barriers, including epistemological hegemonic cultures and practices that serve to perpetuate and/or exacerbate the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM. Informed by the study’s findings, these discussions have the potential to facilitate equitable and cultural changes in policies and practices. This includes implications for a renewed commitment to targeted recruitments, inclusive mentoring, family-friendly policies, cultural intelligence training, and a critical (re)evaluation of existing criteria and perceptions of epistemological competence.

References
Ahmed, S. 2012. On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

All-Party Parliamentary Group (APPG) on Diversity and Inclusion in Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM), 2020. Inquiry into Equity in the STEM Workforce.

Archibald, M. M., Ambagtsheer, R. C., Casey, M. G. and Lawless, M. 2019. Using Zoom videoconferencing for qualitative data collection: Perception and experiences of researchers and participants. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18: 1-8.

Arribas-Ayilon, M. & Walkerdine, V., 2017. “Foucauldian Discourse Analysis.” In The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psychology, edited by Carla Willig and Wendy Stainton-Rogers. London: SAGE, 91–108.

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. 2021. Thematic analysis: a practical guide. London: SAGE Publications Ltd, I-338

Bhopal K. and Henderson, H. 2021. Competing inequalities: gender versus race in higher education institutions in the UK, Educational Review, 73(2): 153-169.

Butler, J., 1990. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York: Routledge, 1-272.

Carlone, H.B. and Johnson, A., 2007. Understanding the science experiences of successful women of color: Science identity as an analytic lens. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(8): 1187-1218.

Casad BJ, Franks JE, Garasky CE, Kittleman MM, Roesler AC, Hall DY, Petzel ZW. 2021. Gender inequality in academia: Problems and solutions for women faculty in STEM. Journal of Neurosciences Research, 99:13–23.

Dean, B. A., 2018. The Interpretivist and the Learner. International Journal of doctoral studies, 13: 1-8.

Foucault, M., 1988. “Truth, Power, Self: An Interview with Michel Foucault, October 25, 1982.” In Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault, edited by Luther H. Martin, Patrick

Hall, S., 1996. Introduction: Who needs ‘identity’? in S. Hall & P. du Gay (eds.), Questions of Identity. London: SAGE Publications Ltd, 1-17.

Ong, M. Smith, J. M. & Ko, L. T., 2018. ‘Counterspaces for Women of Color in STEM Higher Education: Marginal and Central Spaces for Persistence and Success’. Journal of Research in Science Teaching. 55(2): 206–245.

Said, E. W., 1978. Orientalism. London: Routledge, pp. 1-92.

Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the subaltern speak? In C. Nelson & L. Grossberg (Eds.), Marxism and the interpretation of culture (pp. 271–313). University of Illinois Press

Subedi, B. & Daza, S. L., 2008. The possibilities of postcolonial praxis in education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 11(1): 1-10.

WISE Campaign. 2019. 2019 workforce statistics – 1 million women in STEM in the UK. Accessed 21 Sept 2021 at: https://www.wisecampaign.org.uk/annual-core-stem-stats-round-up-2019-20/


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Culture of Choice: Decision-Making of Prospective Female Doctoral Students in Chinese Higher Education

Ting Lin, Zhen Li

University of Nottingham Ningbo China

Presenting Author: Lin, Ting

Topic:

Under-representation of female doctoral students has been identified as a gender-specific injustice of higher education restricting women from academic careers (UNESCO UIS, 2017). In China, this phenomenon is the case. Female participation has exceeded 50% in both Bachelor’s and Master’s programmes since 2011, but is significantly lower in doctoral programmes. Take the latest data as an example, in 2022, female students accounted for 52.90% in Bachelor’s programmes, 52.89% in master's programmes, but only 41.91% in doctoral programmes (Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China, 2023). However, since educational choice is seen as personal, this issue is ignored and under-researched, or explained away as opt-out through a group decision preference. It is imperative to understand the actual ‘choices’ prospective female doctoral students have and how they make the decision of either pursuing or giving up doctoral studies.

Research Objectives:

The project is designed to 1) identify the choice dilemmas in the personal decision-making experience of these female students; 2) understand, in a Chinese cultural context, how they identify options available to them and make their decisions; 3) identify root causes of female students opting out of doctoral studies after considered decision-making.

Research Questions:

Research question 1: What choice dilemmas do prospective female doctoral students face when making the decision on pursuing doctoral studies?

Research question 2: When faced with choice dilemmas, how do they make their own choices or how do they delegate their autonomy of choice to others? What choice skills and relevant identification or reflection involved, respectively?

Research question 3: In the process of decision-making, how do the constituents in these dilemmas interact with cultural discourses and then limit their agency of decision-making?

Theoretical framework:

The paper uses the theoretical framework of Schwarz's cultural sociology of choice centered on culture, choice and agency. Schwarz (2018) has argued for a cultural theory of choice and decision-making as a more valid account of actual social behaviour than the interpretations and predictions offered by rational choice-inspired theory. Choices are cultural and choice processes are culture-specific ways of doing based on normativity, which rely on both cultural-specific choice techniques and culturally knowledge of the options.

Significance:

This study contributes to the understanding of choice and its process as ever-changing social phenomena and the examination of gender equality in Chinese doctoral education based on cultural sociology of choice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper reports on a purely qualitative study in which detailed experiences of Chinese female students in their decision-making in pursuing doctoral education are the key focus. 30 in-depth interviews with semi-open structure were conducted with prospective female students, who are either considering or in the process of applying for doctoral study. Respondents are recruited by judgement sampling mainly through two ways: 1) researcher send a recruitment request in his/her own social circle and contact some acquainted female students who are considering or applying for a doctoral programme; 2) gain some samples by introduction by these prospective students and researcher’s social circle. After sifting, finally, diverse research sample with different characteristics is established according to their life or research backgrounds such as marital status, whether they have children, and research fields. Respondents of different marital status include 10 single females, 10 females in relationships, and 10 married females, 6 of whom have children. Respondents of different research fields include 11 prospective students majoring in humanities, 11 in STEM and 8 in business. All interviews are conducted face-to-face, being recorded with well-guaranteed anonymity and confidentiality. Participants are presented with Consent Form and document that clearly stats their rights and where they could contact when feeling disturbed after interviewing. Each form of data was treated with utmost discretion and confidentiality.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are three main findings:
1) prospective female doctoral students significantly value doctoral studies, but they face dilemmas caused by a cultural incompatibility between pursuing doctoral studies and other choices. These include getting married and/or having children before they are in their 30s; becoming employed in order to settle down early in an intensely competitive job market; ceding financial investment to another family member whose development and/or family status takes priority; taking on childcare; keeping emotionally safe from harm from stereotypes of a female doctor; and simply acting as a ‘dutiful’ daughter.
2) This incompatibility, in nature, tells of the absence of genuine choice for females to pursue doctoral studies, which is caused by constant discouragement from cultural-specific discourses during the whole process of decision-making. Specifically, choices are constrained by culturally powerful, shared normative and epistemological horizons shaping females either to delegate to parents - and/or husband - crucial choices, or to make their own choices but consider the expectations of their family or cultural community. When options chosen are culturally right, female individuals may gain a sense of identity and morality. If not, they experience feedback that serves the culturally privileged telling them they are not making right choices and may be pushed to choose again until their choices are culturally right.
3) Choice of pursuing doctoral studies is not impossible, which is always based on a premise that those who are allowed pursuing doctoral studies are considerably expected to ‘do both’ – to finish life tasks contained in the option which is not chosen but is considered as more culturally right, during or even before the years of their doctoral studies.

References
Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China (2023) Number of Students of Formal Education by Type and Level. Available at: http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_sjzl/moe_560/2022/quanguo/202401/t20240110_1099535.html (Accessed: 20 January 2024).

Schwarz, O. (2018) ‘Cultures of choice: towards a sociology of choice as a cultural phenomenon’, The British Journal of Sociology, 69(3), pp. 845-864. doi: 10.1111/1468-4446.12305.

UNESCO UIS (2017) Women are Missing from the Ranks of Higher Education and Research. Available at: https://uis.unesco.org/en/news/women-are-missing-ranks-higher-education-and-research (Accessed: 20 January 2024).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Transcultural Journeys: Unveiling Hybrid Identities and Superdiversity Among Young Quota Refugees in Iceland

Muhammed Emin Kizilkaya, Guðbjörg Ottósdóttir, Eyrún María Rúnarsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Kizilkaya, Muhammed Emin; Ottósdóttir, Guðbjörg

This paper presents preliminary findings from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI)

After generations of upbringing in migration destinations, children and young people grow up within communities with strong transnational ties to countries of origin (Olwig, 2011, 2013). Children’s identification and sense of belonging also refer to local places in the countries of residence (Olwig, 2003) such as school, a place children identify strongly with. Children thus operate with multiple, shifting identities, developing multiple relationships and a sense of belonging (Motti-Stefanidi & Masten, 2017; Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2018a; Tran & Lefever, 2018). Belonging has been argued to be multidimensional involving four distinct dimensions, such as a fundamental need to belong; a need to be connected to people and places and sharing memberships; belonging to a distinct social group; and a process of power and politics on micro and macro levels where children become excluded and included (Johansen & Puroila, 2021). Research shows that young Syrian refugees use social media platforms like Facebook, WhatsApp, and Snapchat to strengthen ties and connect across cultural divides (Veronis, Tabler, & Ahmed, 2018) and globally, unaccompanied refugees use Facebook, WhatsApp, Viber, and Skype for emotional bonding despite geographical distance (Gillespie et al., 2016; Kutscher and Kress, 2018). Social media platforms also play a role in symbolic acculturation, reflecting identity expression and a desire for successful integration (Thorpe and Wheaton, 2021).

Communication technologies play a crucial role in negotiating changes during migration and resettlement (Thorpe and Wheaton, 2021). The virtual world facilitates emotional connections across borders, preserving a sense of unity for families experiencing forced migration (Robertson et al., 2016; Kutscher and Kress, 2018). Social media has become a tool for communication, information sharing, and resource exchange among geographically distant individuals, influencing local resettlement experiences (Marlowe, 2020). The process of sharing information in mobilized virtual communities impacts rapid dissemination within online filter bubbles and echo chambers (Urry, 2016; Pariser, 2011). Virtual technologies enable transnational socio-virtual groups, fostering common interests irrespective of cultural differences (Marlowe, 2020).

The ESRCI project aims to critically explore the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory, and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings. Pillar 3 specifically engages with social inclusion and aims to explore wellbeing, social relationships and positions of refugee children and youth, identity, and intersections. It aims to comprehend the ways in which young refugees adapt to unfamiliar social and cultural surroundings, with a particular focus on the influence of social media in promoting transcultural experiences. The research also examines the ideas of hybridity and superdiversity, investigating the interaction between physical and virtual platforms in the context of transcultural communities. The ultimate objective is to provide valuable insights into the complex social environments encountered by young refugees in Iceland.

Research questions

  1. In what ways do young refugees in Iceland perceive and navigate new social and cultural environments, encountering different ideas and lifestyles? Additionally, does the use of social media platforms facilitate transculturality through communication and networking in these unfamiliar physical environments for young refugees?
  1. To what extent do the concepts of hybridity and superdiversity contribute to our understanding of the experiences of young refugees in Iceland, particularly considering the interplay between physical and virtual platforms and their connections to transcultural societies.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative ESRCI research project involves Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth of different genders and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, altogether 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors, in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. The municipalities are located in different parts of Iceland: Southwest (Capital area), Northwest, West Fjords, Northeast, East and South Iceland. Purposive sampling is used to select the children and parents and professionals in schools and municipalities.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This pillar aims to thoroughly study the challenges and opportunities faced by young refugees as they establish themselves in Iceland, navigating the diverse norms, systems, and cultures of their unfamiliar environment. The study seeks to unveil the dynamics in the formation of hybrid identities, stemming from the imperative to engage with multiple environments that encompass a variety of ideas and cultures. These environments include their homes, where different norms, languages, cultures, and religions are taught, and the Icelandic public sphere, which introduces additional language differences, norms, religions, and cultural nuances, influencing various aspects of their perception and prosperity in Iceland.

These hybrid identities become superdiverse as they further intertwine with transcultural tendencies through the virtual world. The virtual world involves endless diverse ideas, cultures, and information, adding another layer of complexity to the formation of the young refugees' identities. In this context, young refugees may transform into distinct virtual travelers, maintaining connections with their home countries through cross-border communication. Conversely, virtual spheres might also facilitate increased interaction with Icelanders, presenting an opportunity for further integration and cultural exchange. While conducted in Iceland, this study introduces innovative frameworks to comprehend the mixed social and virtual dimensions shaping refugee socialization and integration in a new society. Simultaneously, it aims to provide insights into the experiences of the contemporary younger generation in the Western world. Serving as a guide for future research on understanding young refugees' perceptions and establishment in a foreign society, it also offers a pathway for comprehending the broader experiences of contemporary younger generations in the West – the "gen Z and gen ALPHA." Anticipated findings encompass indications of stigmatization, exclusion, isolation, or parallel mobilization, with potential implications for the well-being, prosperity, productivity, and education of these individuals.

References
Alarcón, X., Bobowik, M., & Prieto-Flores, S. (2021). Mentoring for Improving the Self-Esteem, Resilience, and Hope of Unaccompanied Migrant Youth in the Barcelona Metropolitan Area. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(10), 5210. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18105210

Gupta, A., & Ferguson, J. (1997). Beyond “culture.” Culture, Power, Place, 33–51. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822382089-001

Korkiamäki, R., & Gilligan, R. (2020). Responding to misrecognition – A study with unaccompanied asylum-seeking minors. Children and Youth Services Review, 119, 105687. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105687

Kutscher, N., & Kreß, L. M. (2018). The Ambivalent Potentials of Social Media Use by Unaccompanied Minor Refugees. Social Media + Society, 4(1), 205630511876443. https://doi.org/10.1177/2056305118764438

Johansson, E. & Puroila, A.-M. (2021). Research perspectives on the politics of belonging in early years education. International Journal of Early Childhood. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-021-00288-6.

Marlowe, J. (2020). Refugee resettlement, social media and the social organization of difference. Global Networks, 20(2), 274–291. https://doi.org/10.1111/glob.12233

Masten, A. S. (2014). Ordinary magic: Resilience in development. New York, NY: Guilford Press.

Motti-Stefanidi, F., & Masten, A. S. (2017). A resilience perspective on immigrant youth adaptation and development. In N. J. Cabrera & B. Leyendecker (Eds.), Handbook on positive development of minority children and youth. DOI 10.1007/978-3-319-43645-6_2

Pariser, E. (2012). The filter bubble: what the Internet is hiding from you. London: Penguin Books

Olwig, K. F. (2003). Children’s places of belonging in immigrant families of Caribbean background. In K. Fog Olwig & E. Gulløy (Eds.). Children’s places, cross-cultural perspectives. London: Routledge.

Olwig, K. F. (2011). ´Integration´: Migrants and refugees between Scandinavian welfare societies and family relations. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 37(2), 179–196. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2010.521327

Olwig, K. F. (2013). Notions and practices of difference: An epilogue on the ethnography of diversity. Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power, 20(4), 471–479. https://doi.org/10.1080/1070289X.2013.822378

Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Hama, S. R. (2018a). Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Experiences of families and schools. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & S. Lefever (Eds.), Icelandic studies on diversity and social justice in education (pp. 82–104). Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Press.

Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2016). Mobilizing the new mobilities paradigm. Applied Mobilities, 1(1), 10–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/23800127.2016.1151216

Veronis, L., Tabler, Z., & Ahmed, R. (2018). Syrian Refugee Youth Use Social Media: Building Transcultural Spaces and Connections for Resettlement in Ottawa, Canada. Canadian Ethnic Studies, 50(2), 79–99.

Vertovec, S. (2021). The social organization of difference. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 44(8), 1273–1295. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2021.1884733
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 H: Research on Arts Education
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Julio Cesar Estrada Monterroso
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Effect of Visual Reasoning on Arithmetic Word Problem Solving

Ana-Maria Purcar1, Mușata-Dacia Bocoș2, Alexandra-Lucia Pop3

1Babeș-Bolyai University, Romania; 2Babeș-Bolyai University, Romania; 3College of Tourism Services “Napoca”

Presenting Author: Purcar, Ana-Maria

Problem-solving is an important part of the primary school mathematics curriculum. The purpose of problem-solving activities in the classroom is to apply abstract mathematical concepts to real-world situations. (Verschaffel et. al, 2000; Mellone, et. al, 2014) Riley et. al (1983) described the conceptual knowledge required to solve simple addition or subtraction word problems in terms of semantic relations residing between quantitative information existing in problem text: compare, combine and change.

For primary school pupils, comprehending word problems at the early stages of learning to read, is a difficult task. Despite their lack of understanding, some pupils still engage in the solving process, employing arbitrary strategies, such as randomly combining numbers existing in the problem into mathematical operations suggested by specific keywords in the problem i.e. “more” for addition and “less” for subtraction (Schoenfeld, 1991).

Research on mathematical reasoning evidenced that mental representations of abstract mathematical concepts appear to be visual, originating in one's visually sensed experiences. (Bishop, 1989) Arcavi (2003) described visualization as the ability, process and product of creation, interpretation, use and reflection upon pictures, images, and diagrams in our minds or paper or with other technological means to describe and communicate information, develop thinking, and advance understanding of new ideas. Dreyfus (1991) described visual reasoning in mathematics as a process of expressing verbal information in concrete visual representations that illustrate the relationships between mathematical expressions and concepts. By advancing the use of visual reasoning in mathematics learning, comprehension is translated into one's ability to use the given information to solve problems. (Mayer, 1989)

To improve pupils' problem-solving abilities, recent studies explored different methods of facilitating the understanding of mathematical relations in word problems. In his research, Glenberg et al. (2012) improved elementary school pupils' problem-solving performance by having them physically manipulate objects that recreated the problem situation, which supported forming accurate mental representations of the relations between quantitative information in the problem. Dewolf et. al (2017) investigated the effect of representational illustrations that accompanied problematic word problems in solving process, expecting to help pupils mentally imagine the situation and solve the problems more realistically by employing everyday life knowledge. The findings evidenced no positive effect on realistic problem-solving.

Research question/ hypothesis

The current study investigates the effect of visual reasoning on the solving process of a mathematical word problem which involves part-whole relations between sets of elements. To test our hypothesis, we worked on word problems commonly encountered in the first-grade mathematics curriculum, which required addition and subtraction operations to determine the problem solution. We also aimed to investigate and describe the correlation between students' reading comprehension abilities and their visual and mathematical reasoning performances.

We expect that visual reasoning will help pupils form accurate mental representations of the mathematical relations in the problem, improving their comprehension of the problem situation and increasing the number of correct problem solutions afterwards.

  1. Is it possible to improve first-graders' word problem comprehension by asking them to create visual representations of the problem situation by drawing?
  1. Will the number of correct problem solutions increase if pupils create correct visual representations of the problem situation, by drawing?
  2. Will pupils with average reading comprehension abilities create accurate visual representations of the problem situation, by drawing and determining the correct problem solution afterwards?

We hypothesized that asking first-grade pupils to create visual representations of the problem situation by drawing will improve comprehension, determining an increased number of correct problem solutions.

We also predicted that pupils with average reading comprehension abilities would create correct visual representations of the problem situation leading them to perform the appropriate operations to determine the correct problem solution.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design: quasi-experiment, one group pretest-post-test.
Participants: 45 first-grade pupils (22 boys and 23 girls) with ages of 7 and 8 years old (mean age 7.13). The pupils belonged to two first-grade classes from the same urban primary school in Cluj-Napoca, Romania. The pupils were assigned to each class randomly, following the Romanian class formation legislation in 2021.
At the beginning of the experiment, pupil's mathematics performances and reading comprehension abilities (RCA) were globally assessed by their teacher, by completing an individual form. The individual mathematical abilities (IMP) ranged from very good (= 27 participants, 15 boys and 12 girls), good (= 10 participants, 2 boys and 8 girls); sufficient (= 6 participants, 4 boys and 2 girls), to insufficient (= 2 participants, 1 male and 1 female). The reading comprehension abilities ranged from 1 (poor) to 5 (high) as follows: 1 (= 5 participants, 3 boys and 2 girls), 2 (= 3 participants, 1 boy and 2 girls), 3 (= 8 participants, 3 boys and 2 girls), 4 (= 16 participants, 8 boys and 8 girls), to 5 (= 13 participants, 7 boys and 6 girls).
The participants were tested in two different contexts:
In normal context, pupils received the following word problem, containing compare and combine semantic relations between sets of objects, in an individual paper-and-pencil task during a usual mathematics class: Radu has 3 pencils, and Tudor has 4 more pencils than Radu. How many pencils do children have altogether? The problem was read aloud once by the teacher. Pupils were instructed to read the problem again and solve it independently, writing down the solution procedure and the answer on paper.
In visual context, a similar word problem was given during another regular mathematics class: 5 frogs are sitting on a water lily leaf and 3 less frogs are sitting on the leaf nearby. How many frogs are sitting on the lily leaves altogether?
The problem was written on the board and read aloud once, by the teacher. The pupils were instructed to individually read and illustrate the problem situation by drawing, following the information in the problem statement. Afterwards, they were required to perform the mathematical operations and determine the numerical solution of the problem, on the back of the page.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Problem solutions and visual representations were categorised as follows::
Correct Problem Solution (= CPS): participants determined the number of elements required by the problem statement, performing one or two operations;
Solution Error (= SE/ pSE): participants only performed subtraction 5–3=2 (=partial solution error, pSE) or provided other numeric solution than CPS;
No Answer (= N/A)

Correct Visual Representation (= CVR): accurate illustration of numeric information and of the relations between the two sets of elements;
Representation Error (= RE): incorrectly illustrates the sets of elements that must be combined to determine the whole value.
In normal context, we assumed that understanding the problem situation was associated with the amount of CPS. Solving problems in visual context revealed increased comprehension of the problem situation, reflected by the amount of CVR. Data analysis in SPSS revealed a significant correlation (p=0.044<0.05) between the problem solutions determined in normal context and the problem solutions determined in visual context. Findings evidenced significantly improved problem solutions when pupils solved the problem in visual context compared to problem solutions determined in normal context. Pupils with higher RCA and IMP levels who determined CPS in normal context maintained their performance in visual context. About a third of pupils that provided pSE in normal context, most of them with very good IMP and medium RCA, determined CPS in visual context.
Despite the positive effect of using visual reasoning in solving problems, about half of the participants with CVR  couldn’t determine CPS. Participants with CVR who provided SE couldn’t associate mathematical operations required to determine the numeric solution and combined numbers in the problem into a subtraction suggested by the keyword “less”. Therefore, illustrating the problem situation by drawing can be a helpful tool in current teaching practice because of its positive effect on problem comprehension and solving process.

References
Arcavi, A. (2003). The role of visual representations in the learning of mathematics. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 52, 215–241. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1024312321077
Bishop, A. J. (1988). A review of research on visualization in mathematics education. In A. Borbás (Ed.), Proceedings of the 12th PME International Conference (vol. 1, pp. 170–176). OOK Printing House.
Dewolf, T., Dooren, W., & Verschaffel, L. (2017). Can visual aids in representational illustrations help pupils to solve mathematical word problems more realistically? European Journal of Psychology of Education, 32(3), 335–351. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-016-0308-7
Dreyfus, T. (1991). On the status of visual reasoning in mathematics and mathematics education. In F. Furinghetti (Ed.), Proceedings of the 15th PME International Conference, 1, 33-48.
Glenberg, A., Willford, J., Gibson, B., Goldberg, A., & Zhu, X. (2012). Improving Reading to Improve Math. Scientific Studies of Reading, 16(4), 316–340. 10.1080/10888438.2011.564245
Riley, M. S., Greeno, J. G., & Heller, I. J. (1983). Development of Children’s Problem-Solving Ability in Arithmetic.  In H. P. Ginsburg (Ed.), The Development of Mathematical Thinking (pp. 153–196). Academic Press.
Mayer, R. E. (1989). Models for Understanding. Review of Educational Research, 59(1), 43–64. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543059001043
Mellone, M., Verschaffel, L., & Van Dooren, W. (2014). Making sense of word problems: The effect of rewording and dyadic interaction. In P. Liljedahl, S. Oesterle, C. Nicol & D. Allan (Eds.), Proceedings of the Joint Meeting of PME 38 and PME-NA 36, Vol. 4, (pp. 201‒208). https://www.pmena.org/pmenaproceedings/PMENA%2036%20PME%2038%2020
14%20Proceedings%20Vol%204.pdf
Schoenfeld, A. H. (1991). On mathematics as sense-making: An informal attack on the unfortunate divorce of formal and informal mathematics. In J. F. Voss, D. N. Perkins, & J. W. Segal (Eds.), Informal reasoning and education (pp. 311–343). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Verschaffel, L., Greer, B., & De Corte, E. (2000). Making sense of word problems. Swets and Zeitlinger.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Amsterdam Model of Learning Environments (AMOLE) – A conceptual approach for linking pedagogy and architecture

Michelle Laux

University of Ed. Freiburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Laux, Michelle

The question of how an optimal learning environment should be designed is probably as old as the building task itself. It has always been and continues to be a reflection of constantly changing educational, social, and technological conditions. Despite the small field of research, the scientific debate on the subject has gained attention since its beginnings in the 1920s, especially in the past decade. The fact that physical space can influence learning has already been proven several times (e.g. Rance et al., 2023; Baloch et al. 2021; Barrett et al., 2015; Walden, 2008). However, there is still no theoretical model that takes a holistic view of the architectural aspects of a learning environment and at the same time addresses current research and school development.

Today, we are faced with a fundamentally changed pedagogical understanding, even if some demands in this respect were already made at the beginning of the 20th century by the New Education Movement (Renz, 2016). Findings from educational research have influenced teaching methods and goals of education in the last decades: Lessons should include different social forms, be skills-oriented, and take individualised learning into account (Saalfrank, 2017; Corno, 2008; Helmke, 2007; Weinert, 2001). In addition, the role of schools has changed since the Emotional Turn in the 1990s, meaning the topic of well-being is receiving increasing attention (Hascher & Balloid, 2000). This also raises the question of social responsibility: to what extent can schools respond to the challenges of our time, such as inclusion, division of society, strengthening democracy, and the climate crisis? In addition to these pedagogical and social demands, however, there are also changing technological and construction-specific conditions (digitalization, climate-neutral buildings, resource conservation, etc.), which on the one hand call for increased responsibility, but also open up opportunities to find answers for the school building question.

In construction practice, this is usually based on the orientation of positive examples and building guidelines, but also increasingly through participation processes in which, for example, teachers and pupils are involved in the concept planning (Montag Stiftungen Jugend und Gesellschaft, 2017). Although this is fundamentally a positive development, it is also associated with the problem that this approach is tailored to the personal needs of individual groups at a specific point in time and therefore does not represent the whole. To date, an orientation towards Evidenced Based Design in (school) construction is hardly common (Hamilton & Watskin, 2009), which is due on the one hand to the common professional practice of architects, but also to the small field of research. Even here, the presentation of positive examples takes up a large space, and empirical research methods are still only used sporadically. What is more, the knowledge that has already been gained is seldom bundled and prepared for practical use – as a result, there is hardly any scientific communication. In addition to the problem of the very limited number of studies, there is also little cooperation between the various scientific disciplines, which means that architecture, educational science, and architectural psychology (which is generally underrepresented) usually act separately from each other.

This results in the need for an interdisciplinary approach that, on the one hand, maps the different aspects of a learning environment as comprehensively as possible and, at the same time, takes current pedagogical, social, and technological developments into account. It raises the question of how architectural-psychological and pedagogical requirements of the school learning environment can be mapped in a theoretical model – and thus serves as a basis for empirical research, as a planning aid, and for the evaluation of school buildings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the course of a metatheoretical reorientation in empirical social research, a plea is made for multiple modes of representation that place theories and conceptual models consequently in the centre of attention (Renkl, 2022; Dreier, 2013). To present the complex relationships between teaching/learning and architectural psychology coherently, a multi-layered theoretical model has been designed as follows:

Initially, innovative new and existing school buildings (N=42), mainly in the Netherlands,  but also in Germany, and Austria were inspected using the environmental psychology observation method Casual Observation with the purpose “to inform the direction of a possible future study“ (Sussman, 2016, p.13) to obtain a practical, up-to-date approach to the topic. In addition, a literature review was carried out, focusing on conceptual models for the built (learning) environment (Preiser, 1983; Vischer, 2005; Walden, 2008; Gifford, 2014; Barrett et al., 2015; Seidel, 2023). While being flexible to be applied to different typologies that are currently being pursued (e.g. classroom plus, cluster, learning studio), social changes that are already increasingly being integrated into current pedagogy (inclusion, digitalization, sustainability, etc.) are mapped with an architectural reference on a theoretical level. As the model focuses on environmental psychology, the central concepts of privacy, personal space, territory, crowding (Altman, 1975), and environmental control (Walden, 2008) are taken into account.

This systematic analysis is followed by a conceptualisation of the new model in terms of content and graphics (although the visualisation cannot be attached here, it will form the basis of the explanation during the presentation). Subsequently, a literature review is now being conducted to re-examine each of the aspects of the model in terms of their organisation into sub-groups and the current state of research from different perspectives (environmental psychology, architecture, and teaching/learning research). Finally, based on this analysis, hypotheses about correlations within the model will be formulated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The literature review has shown that no model exists to date that takes pedagogical, architectural, and environmental psychological aspects into account and can be applied to new learning environments at the same time. Taking into account the fragmented nature of previous research, the aim was to develop a basic theoretical framework that would allow for the elaboration of interrelationships: The AMOLE is divided into two main areas: On the left are the General Requirements, including Basic, Physical, and Aesthetical Aspects – i.e. components that every type of building should fulfill. On the right are the Specific Requirements, including Functional and Pedagogical Aspects – i.e. aspects that are particularly relevant to learning environments. Both areas are not strictly separated but must be considered with flowing transitions. At the same time, the individual components of the aspects influence each other (size/openness, for example, significantly determines acoustics). The different zones of a learning environment with their Transition Requirements (Activity Setting, School Building, School Grounds, Neighborhood) represent the question of how connections are created – spatially and in terms of cooperation. All in all, the areas are enclosed by the Ethical Requirements, thus: What is the message that a school should send in terms of social issues (inclusion, diversity, sustainability)?

Focusing on Environmental Psychology, the presented model aims to provide a foundation for practice and research upon which further work can be built. It does not claim to be complete but provides a framework for development. As a next step, it could serve as a basis for a generally applicable Post-Occupancy Evaluation (POE) survey tool. In addition, the model may be used in the future to look more closely at individual areas, such as those of Educational Aspects to derive recommendations in the sense of an Evidenced Based Design.

References
Altman, I. (1975). The Environment and Social Behavior. Privacy, Personal Space, Territory, Crowding. Books/Cole Publishing Company.

Baloch, R. M., Maesano, C. N., Christofferson, J., Mandin, C., Csobod, E., De Oliviera Fernandes, E., Annesi-Maesano, I. (2021). Daylight and School Performance in European  Schoolchildren. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18, 258.

Barrett, P., Fay, D., Zhang, Y., Barrett, L. (2015). The impact of classroom design on pupils’ learning: Final results of a holistic, multi-level analysis. Building and Environment 89, 118–133.

Corno, L. (2008). On Teaching Adaptively. Educational Psychologist, 43(3), 161–173.

Dreier, V. (2013). Modelle, Theorien und empirische Daten. zum Beitrag der modernen Wissenschaftstheorie für eine metatheoretische Neuorientierung in der empirischen Sozialforschung. Zeitschrift für Theoretische Soziologie 1, 116–134.

Gifford, R. (2014). Environmental Psychology: Principles and Practice (5th Edition). Optimal Books.

Hamilton, D. K. & Watskin, D. H. (2009). Evidence-based Design for Multiple Building Types. John Wiley & Sons.

Hascher, T., Balloid, J. (2000). Auf der Suche nach dem Wohlbefinden in der Schule. Schweizer Schule, 87(3), 3–12.

Helmke, A. (2007). Was wissen wir über guten Unterricht? Wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse zur Unterrichtsforschung und Konsequenzen für die Unterrichtsentwicklung. Bildung. koeln.de/imperia/md/content/selbst_schule/downloads/andreas_helmke_.pdf

Montag Stiftungen Jugend und Gesellschaft (2017). Schulen planen und bauen 2.0. (2. Aufl.). Jovis.

Preiser, W. F. E. (1983). The hability framework: a conceptual approach towards linking human behaviour and physical environment. Design Studies 4(2), 84–91.

Rance, G., Dowell, R. C. & Tomlin, D. (2023). The effect of classroom environment on literacy development. npj Science of Learning, 8(9).

Renz, K. (2016). Testfall der Moderne. Transfer und Diskurs im Schulbau der 1950er Jahre. Wasmuth.

Renkl, A. (2022). Meta-analyses as a privileged information source for informing teachers’ practice? Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie 36(4), 217–231.

Saalfrank, W.‐T. (2012). Differenzierung. In E. Kiel (Hrsg.), Unterricht sehen, analysieren, gestalten (2. Aufl.). UTB GmbH.

Seidel, O. (2023). Anforderungen an ein Schulgebäude. Lernräume – Arbeitsräume – Lebensräume. Klett Kallmeyer.

Sussman, R. (2016). Observational Methods: The First Step in Science. In R. Gifford (Ed.), Research Methods for Environmental Psychology (pp.9–28). John Wiley & Sons.

Vischer, J. C. (2005) Space meets status: Designing workplace performance. Taylor and Francis/ Routledge.

Walden, R. (2008). Architekturpsychologie: Schule, Hochschule und Bürogebäude der Zukunft. Pabst Science Publishers.

Weinert, F. E. (2001) (Ed.). Leistungsmessungen in Schulen. Beltz


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

In the Sign of Dialogue. Traces of Creativity Teaching in Primary School

Sofia Marina Antoniello

University of Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Antoniello, Sofia Marina

The development of creative skills (UNESCO, 2006) appears to be one of the most urgent challenges in today's complex (Morin, 2017) and 'fluid' (Bauman, 2007) society, characterized by uncertainty and instability. This is because creativity is not an adaptive response to needs and difficulties but an exactive (Vrba & Gould, 1982) opportunity to be in relation to the context. In fact, the concept of creativity has multiple definitions: it is a performative skill, a transformative process (Edwards, Grandini & Forman, 2017; Munari, 2017; Rodari, 2010), an improvisational attitude (Zorzi, 2020), a generative capacity (Tiozzo Brasiola, 2020), a political condition and a dimension of complex thinking (Lipman, 2005). Moreover, creativity is a higher psychic function present in all human beings since childhood (Vygotsky, 2010) and a process historically and culturally mediated. Creativity is a necessary educational condition to imagine otherness, to think in terms of differences, and to welcome the thought of the other (Santi, 2006a) to nurture open and democratic societies. Hence, schools are in charge of cultivating it, so that it becomes a different opportunity to relate with others and with the world.

If and how can creativity be taught? In the Italian language, the word "teach" comes from the Latin word "insignare" and means to put things into signs, to leave a mark. According to Peirce (1980), sign is a dialogical relationship between three semiotic entities: object, representamen and interpreter. The transition between them occurs through a creative mediation, which is possible only when the sign participates in the nature of thought. For this reason, creative mediation allows signs to always have other interpretations thus inserting them into a process of unlimited semiosis. What results is the generativity of the sign through thought. In this sense, sign, like creativity, is also uncertain, indefinite, never completely clear. As a result, teaching creativity understood as putting creativity into signs can only involve the dimension of thought.

According to Lipman (1988, 2005), creativity is one of the dimensions of complex thinking that can be finds expression in Philosophy for Children (P4C), an educational practice characterized by the dialogic-argumentative method and the didactic model of the research community (Santi, 2005). In the literature, there are many researches aimed at investigating creative thinking through P4C (De Puig, 2003; Sátiro, 2006, 2019; Santi, 2007), but no studies highlighting the possible link between generativity and creative thinking through signs in the perspective of complex thinking. Therefore, mobilizing generativity as an interpretative model to read an empirical investigation of creativity promoted through P4C can open a new pedagogical and didactic view of what has already been explored. The research aspires to give a generative reading of creativity, as an object of teaching, by investigating the horizon of generative didactics of creativity through PhilosophArt.

PhilosophArt is an educational-didactic practice that aims to generate creativity through art and dialogue in the community, taking into account the complexity of thought. It combines the dialogical-discursive method and the research community of P4C with the realization of community works of art through graphic signs (Kandinsky, 1968, 2005). P4C develops creative, critical and free minds in community members so that they can live in today's complex, unstable and uncertain society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research questions are:
1. How can the complex thinking approach be reinterpreted through a generative outlook in order to redefine the concept of creativity at school?
2. What is generative creativity didactics?
3. Can PhilosophArt be an educational-didactic activity that moves creative-generative thinking?
3.1 What signs of creative-generative thinking are moved through PhilosophArt?
The research involved the entire school community of a primary school in the Veneto Region, Italy. More specifically, 120 students and 13 teachers. This school was chosen because it is a small public school, located on the outskirts of the city and with a school timetable suitable for hosting a medium-term research project. Furthermore, the teachers decided to join the research by highlighting the urgency of promoting creativity education in their school.  
In line with the participants and the research topic, the Participatory Art-Based Research has been chosen for this exploratory study (Barone & Eisner, 2012; Lenette, 2022). The use of arts-based participatory research methods fosters research practices that are more collaborative, creative, and respectful of co-researchers' perspectives (Lenette, 2022).
The research design involves three phases.
The first phase (October 2022) was an exploration of the structural, organizational, and methodological-didactic aspects of the school context. This has been done through a community of inquiry with all teachers in the school. The macro-topics of the focus group refer to an INDIRE questionnaire on creative practices and they concern 1) the concept of creativity, 2) didactics and creativity, and 3) creativity space.
The second step (October 2022-February 2023) of the research was an experimental phase: PhilosofArt sessions were proposed in each classroom of the school.
In the concluding phase (March 2023), we did a community of inquiry with the teachers of the school complex around the macro-topics investigated in phase 1 in the light of the observed PhilosophArt experience and its reflections on everyday teaching.
The collected data were analyzed with the video-analysis software "Transana." The dialogue between the collected data and Kandinsky's theory brought out the meanings the community attributed to the abstract graphic signs used in the PhilosophArt sessions. A possible model of thinking in signs emerged.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research is part of a national and international overview that strongly believes in creativity as the key to 21st-century education (UNESCO, 2006, OCSE, 2022). There are many meanings that psychology and pedagogy have been attributing to creativity for years, but few of them are their educational nuances. On this gap in the literature, the research intends to fit.
The educational and pedagogical value of research on creative and generative thinking in the historical, social and cultural context of today's schools shows how it can be an opportunity to cope with the uncertainty and instability of today's society. In this horizon, PhilosophyArt can be an opportunity to promote creative thinking through its signs. Indeed, in this educational practice, the conceptual indefiniteness of creativity is reflected in all the meanings that are attributed by the community to signs. Signs suggest, invite, evoke something that is never certain, clear and equal for all. This uncertainty that inhabits meaning also encroaches on gesture, on the way of leaving a graphic and verbal trace. In addition, in PhilosophyArt, the cultural diversity of creativity promotes inter-subjective exchange, growth of knowledge and openness to different perspectives also through different languages of communication. Finally, this educational practice fosters the contextual diversity of creativity, as artistic and dialogical signs do not have value in themselves but in relation to others and the world (Lotman, 2022). The questioning of the sign and the discussion about the sign thus create a habit of uncertainty in the community of enquiry.
A school that creates the conditions for creativity to reproduce itself becomes a school that generates different opportunities for all in relation to others, the world, and culture.  

References
Barone, T., Eisner, E. (2012). Arte Based Research. SAGE
Bauman, Z. (2007). Liquid times: Living in an age of uncertainty. Polity Press.
De Puig, I. (2003). Pensar. Percebre, sentir i pensar. Universitat de Girona
Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman G. (2017). I cento linguaggi dei bambini. L’approccio di Reggio Emilia all’educazione dell’infanzia. Edizioni junior
Kandinsky, V. (1968). Punto linea superficie. Contributo all'analisi degli elementi pittorici. Milano: Adelphi
Kandinsky, V. (2005). Lo spirituale nell'arte. SE
Knowles J. G., Cole A. L. (2008). Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research: Perspectives, Methodologies, Examples, ans Issues. SAGE
Lenette, C. (2022). Cultural Safety in Participatory Arts-Based Research: How Can We Do Better?
Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 3 (1)
Lipman, M. (1988). Philosophy goes to school. Temple Univ Pe
Lipman, M. (2005). Educare al pensiero. Vita e Pensiero
Lotman, J. M. (2022). Il girotondo delle muse: Semiotica delle arti. Milano: Bompiani
McNiff, S. (2009). Art-Based Research. Jessica Kingsley
Morin, E. (2017). La sfida della complessità. Le Lettere.
Munari, B. (2017). Fantasia. Editori Laterza.
National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education (1999). All our futures: Creativity, culture & education. Sudbury, Suffolk: Department for Education and Employment.
OECD (2022). Thinking outside the box. The PISA 2022. Creative Thinking Assessment
Peirce, C. (1980). Semiotica. Einaudi
Rodari, G. (2010). La grammatica della fantasia. Einaudi Ragazzi
Santi, M. (cur.). (2005). Philosophy for Children: un curricolo per insegnare a pensare. Liguori Editore
Santi, M. (2006a). Costruire comunità di integrazione in classe. Pensa MultiMedia
Santi, M. (2007). How students understand art: a change in children through Philosophy. Childhood & Philosophy, 3, n.5, 19-33
Sátiro, A. (2006). Pensar creativamente. III Seminario Iberoamericano
Sátiro, A. (2019). Personas creativas ciudadanos creativos. Corporación Universitaria Minuto de Dios – UNIMINUTO
Tiozzo Brasiola, O. (2020). Didattica generativa della solidarietà: generare creatività e creare generatività. Formazione & Insegnamento, XVIII, 1, 737-746
UNESCO (2006). World conference on arts education, building creative capacities for the 21st century. Lisbon, Portugal, 6–9 March 2006. Working document. Lisbon: UNESCO
Vrba E.S., Gould S.J., (1982). Exaptation. A missing term in the science of form, «Paleobiology», VIII, 1, 4-1
Vygotskij, L. (2010). Immaginazione e creatività nell’età infantile. Editori Riuniti university press
Zorzi, E., Antoniello, S.M. (2020). Promuovere creatività nelle intelligenze multiple: filoso-fare a scuola negli atelier. Encyclopaideia, XXIV, 58, 59-73
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 I: Curriculum
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Agni Stylianou-Georgiou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Educational Design Research as a Form of Teacher Professional Learning: A Systematic Literature Review

Mengting Liu

University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Liu, Mengting

Teacher quality and quality teaching are crucial when we talk about quality matters in education. It has been exemplified by policy developments in many countries, including Australia and the US, through the adoption of standards-based reforms relating to teachers and teaching (Lewis et al., 2019). A variety of university-based teacher training and professional development initiatives are emerging worldwide in response to the policy vision. While the attempt at standardization can never be fully realized in practice, as they can never use the easy-to-measure characteristics to assess complex, ever-changing classrooms with unavoidable uncertainty (Biesta, 2014). This explains a turn toward practice-based teacher education (Zeichner, 2012) and a shift from passive and intermittent professional development to that which is “active, consistent, based on the teaching environment, supported by peers in a professional learning community” (Stewart, 2014, p. 28).

Educational Design Research (EDR) is a genre of research that fits the substantive aspects outlined above, for its being situated in real educational contexts, focusing on the design and testing of interventions, using mixed methods, involving multiple iterations, stemming from a partnership between researchers and practitioners, yielding design principles; and concerned with an impact on practice (Anderson & Shattuck, 2012). With these characteristics, EDR can involve teachers and researchers collaborating throughout the process of studying teaching and learning in a specific subject area, to improve both teaching practices and theoretical understandings through cycles of testing and refining (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). Accordingly, we can assume that EDR can be a form of teacher professional learning during this process (Juuti, et al., 2017). It has been proven in some studies (e.g., Dunn et al., 2019; Lim, 2022) but there is no paper that reviews the studies on this topic.

It is not easy to improve teacher quality and teaching quality. According to the review, using EDR as a viable alternative can change teachers and their practices over a long-term, deliberately designed process. As a counterbalance to the performance-based professional development in the past that is evidence-based, manageable, and sustainable, this research advocates more integrated, job-embedded professional learning, demonstrating “the power of protest” as seen in teacher education discourse. In this study, we suggest design heuristics or learning principles for EDR or other EDR-like professional learning initiatives that can be used by policymakers, teacher educators, and school leaders. A further contribution of this research is to examine the existing knowledge base of EDR and build up knowledge of EDR as a form of teacher professional learning. This can inform future research to systematically explore teachers’ learning in the context of EDR or to notice teachers' learning as a vital aspect alongside their EDR studies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Thus, this research documents the trends in the literature and offers a groundbreaking look at the structural and content patterns in the knowledge base of teacher professional learning within EDR, by using a topographic methodology. The methodology is recommended when the available literature is insufficient and lacks essential findings needed for synthesis (Walker & Hallinger, 2015). Although EDR has been a mature research area, EDR as a form of teacher professional learning has not been adequately explored. Teachers’ learning has been acknowledged when EDR is used to design, develop, and evaluate a variety of interventions, such as educational products, processes, programs, or policies (McKenney & Reeves, 2019), while only a few studies intentionally explore teachers’ professional learning in the context of EDR interventions. Both conditions will be examined in this study to investigate teacher professional learning. Topographical analysis is thus an appropriate method for reviewing literature in such a complex, newly developing research field. With the methodology, this study systematically analyses 131 peer-reviewed journal articles, sourced from Scopus, WoS, ProQuest, and ERIC databases, and published up to 2022.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The literature maintained a steady growth from its initial publication in 2006 until 2018, culminating in a surge that began in 2019 and reached its peak in 2022. However, a gap exists in the literature across national settings and systems, with the US dominating publications, followed by Australia, Canada, Korea, and Singapore. Despite the limited number of publications, the fact that authors from over 36 countries have contributed to this field shows its global importance. These studies varied in their data collection and analysis methods based on their research purposes. Out of the 131 EDR studies, 83 utilized qualitative research methods, 34 employed mixed methods, and 14 used quantitative methods. This suggests a wider range of methods employed in EDR methodology.

In addition to the structural patterns from publication metrics, the review yielded three prominent themes. First, it is the role of teachers in EDR. While some collaborations involve data extractions where teachers act solely as practitioners, others involve clinical partnerships where teachers are also collaborators who work with researchers to design, conduct, and report the inquiry. However, it is rare for teachers to become practitioner-researchers who reach co-learning agreements with researchers to advance the inquiry together. Second, it is the changes of teachers in EDR. It is found that teachers change their knowledge, perspectives, emotions, and practices in different partnerships. Third, the influences that impact teachers’ change in EDR, range from personal, community, and organizational to external factors. Finally, a framework is proposed to understand how teacher learning occurs during EDR by linking the three themes to varying partnerships.

References
Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research? Educational Researcher, 41(1), 16-25.
Biesta, G. (2014). The beautiful risk of education. Educational Theory, 64(3), 303-309.
Lim, F. V. (2022). A Design-Based Research Approach to the Teaching and Learning of Multiliteracies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 1-13.
Juuti, K., Lavonen, J., Salonen, V., Salmela-Aro, K., Schneider, B., & Krajcik, J. (2021). A teacher–researcher partnership for professional learning: Co-designing project-based learning units to increase student engagement in science classes. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 32(6), 625-641.
Lewis, S., Savage, G. C., & Holloway, J. (2020). Standards without standardisation? Assembling standards-based reforms in Australian and US schooling. Journal of Education Policy, 35(6), 737-764.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. Routledge.
Stewart, C. (2014). Transforming professional development to professional learning. Journal of Adult Education, 43(1), 28-33.
Walker, A., & Hallinger, P. (2015). A synthesis of reviews of research on principal leadership in East Asia. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(4), 554-570.
Zeichner, K. (2012). The turn once again toward practice-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 63(5), 376-382.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers as Macro Curriculum Makers - National Curriculum Committees in the Norwegian LK20

Tiril Smerud Finnanger

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Finnanger, Tiril Smerud

Modern curriculum making can be perceived as a social practice undertaken in different sites across the education system (Priestley et al., 2021). Research has shown that teachers are defined as key actors in education reform, and they are expected to participate in curriculum work and to act as agents of change (Priestley et al., 2012). Thus, participatory approaches to macro curriculum making and involvement of teachers in reform work is becoming increasingly common internationally (Almeida & Viana, 2023; Soini et al., 2021). Yet, a well-known issue in participatory approaches is that they can give the illusion of symmetrical relationships. The process can create the appearance of equal influence among the participating actors, when the reality is that government institutions have more power, which gives them more influence over the outcome (Vaillancourt, 2009). Thus, such processes can conceal hierarchies and power structures that are inherent in them. The current study focuses on a central part of macro curriculum making, namely government-appointed curriculum committees consisting of teachers and subject experts who work alongside government officials in the development of a new curriculum. The article zooms in on a recent curriculum making process in Norway. In 2020, Norway introduced a new national curriculum, called the Knowledge Promotion Reform 2020 (LK20), where co-construction and partnerships with the education sector were important policy elements of the development process. From the literature, we know that national curriculum development processes are highly governed and controlled by central authorities (Humes, 2022; Levin, 2008; Westbury et al., 2016), and teachers’ role in such processes is not always clear. We also know that even when teachers are involved in macro curriculum making, they do not necessarily have any significant influence over the outcome of the process (Finnanger & Prøitz, forthcoming; Theodorou et al., 2017). Thus, the aim of the study is to investigate how documents present the teachers’ mandate, and to explore how these findings resonate with the teachers’ understanding of the mandate and their perceived contribution to the final national curriculum. The research questions that have guided the investigation are:

How is teachers’ mandate as national curriculum makers described in documents? How does this resonate with teachers’ understanding of the mandate and their perception of contribution to the final national curriculum?

Theoretically, the study is guided by the understanding that curriculum making is a social practice. Modern curriculum theorists argue that curriculum making is a complex, interactive, non-linear, social practice that occurs and flows across various contexts (Alvunger et al., 2021; Priestley et al., 2021). It is a dynamic and transactional process of interpretation, mediation, negotiation, and translation, involving different actors, activities and sites across the education system (Alvunger et al., 2021). Central to this heuristic is that curriculum making happens in sites, and that it is the type of activity and not the involved actors, that determines the site. This way of conceptualizing curriculum making infers that actors can move between sites. The process is shaped by the beliefs, values, and professional knowledge of the involved actors, as well as by their room to manoeuvre and the interplay between actors, contested spaces, contextual factors, and power relations (Alvunger et al., 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study relies on two types of data – documents and qualitative interviews. First, a selection of documents was sampled and used to gain a broad understanding of the curriculum making process (Bowen, 2009). It was important that the documents could provide information relevant for the aim of the study and the research question, and the sampling can thus be considered purposeful. The documents included policy documents, the strategy for the LK20 reform, the contract for the curriculum committee members, and communication between the Ministry of Education and the Directorate for Education and Training. As a second source of data, interviews were conducted with six teachers who participated in three different curriculum committees within the field of English as a foreign language, and one interview with a subject supervisor from the Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training who participated in and oversaw the process of developing the LK20 curriculum. The recruitment of informants was done purposefully based on who and what could provide the most suitable data for the research question and scope of the study. The analysis of the documents and interview transcripts was conducted using a combination of deductive and inductive approaches. All material was first coded deductively using the two broad categories mandate and contribution. Then the categorized parts were coded inductively. Through the inductive analysis, the aim was to construct patterns of similarities, while also considering parts that stood out or were surprising (Saldana, 2011).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results shows that the curriculum committees’ mandate is vague. None of the studied documents state precisely what the committees’ mandate is. A clear pattern is vagueness regarding whether the curriculum committees’ documents would be the final macro curriculum or whether changes would be done after the documents were submitted to the Directorate for Education and Training. This finding is mirrored in the interviews, where the teachers show diverging understandings of their mandate and about the status of their final documents. Another pattern in the documents is that teachers were expected to contribute with their professional experiences and practical knowledge from classrooms in the national curriculum making process. However, how those practical experiences should be materialized in the curriculum making process or in the final curriculum is not specified. When talking about their contribution, the teachers focus on practical aspects of the curriculum and particularly how the curriculum can be suited to different student groups. Finally, the analysis of interviews revealed that the teachers – though involved in most of the curriculum making process – were excluded from the final decision-making process, and some of the teachers reacted strongly to changes that were made to their curriculum documents by central authorities after the committees submitted their final recommendations.
References
Almeida, S. d., & Viana, J. (2023). Teachers as curriculum designers: What knowledge is needed? The Curriculum Journal, 34(3), 357-374. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.199
Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 273-293). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/ https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27-40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027
Finnanger, T. S., & Prøitz, T. S. (forthcoming). Teachers as national curriculum makers: Does involvement equal influence?
Humes, W. (2022). THE ‘IRON CAGE’ OF EDUCATIONAL BUREAUCRACY. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(2), 235-253. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1899129
Levin, B. (2008). Curriculum Policy and the Politics of What Should be Learned in Schools. In F. M. Connelly, M. F. He, & J. Phillon (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of curriculum and instruction (pp. 7-24). SAGE.
Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A., & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Maneouvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42(2), 191-214. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2012.00588.x
Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making: a conceptual framework. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited.
Saldana, J. (2011). Fundamentals of qualitative research. Oxford university press.
Soini, T., Pyhältö, K., & Pietarinen, J. (2021). Shared Sense-Making as Key for Large Scale Curriculum Reform in Finland. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 247-272). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211012
Theodorou, E., Philippou, S., & Kontovourki, S. (2017). Caught between worlds of expertise: Elementary teachers amidst official curriculum development processes in Cyprus. Curriculum Inquiry, 47(2), 217-240. https://doi.org/10.1080/03626784.2017.1283591
Vaillancourt, Y. (2009). SOCIAL ECONOMY IN THE CO-CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC POLICY. Annals of Public and Cooperative Economics, 80(2), 275-313. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8292.2009.00387.x
Westbury, I., Aspfors, J., Fries, A.-V., Hansén, S.-E., Ohlhaver, F., Rosenmund, M., & Sivesind, K. (2016). Organizing curriculum change: an introduction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 729-743. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186736


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

AI Tools as Part of Everyday School Life? Where Hopes meet great Uncertainties.

Katarzyna Ammann-Kapa

Universität Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Ammann-Kapa, Katarzyna

Have AI tools found their way into schools using the freely accessible ChatGPT tool as an example? How eagerly do students use the new tools for their school work? How uncertain are teachers about their role as initiators and facilitators of the learning process?

AI tools have not only existed since February 2023, when the ChatGPT tool was made available to the public. Zhang & Begum Aslang (2021) and Feng & Law (2021) summarized several years researching the use of AI applications in schools and universities and their implications for education. Zhang & Begum (2021) report having reviewed 40 empirical studies on AI in education published between 1993 and 2020. Feng & Law (2021) reviewed more than 1800 articles on artificial intelligence in education from 2010 and 2019.

However, since the release of the ChatGPT tool, the topic has reached a wider audience and gained a new emotional intensity. People of different professions, ages, and educational backgrounds have felt compelled to engage with it more intensively. Artificial intelligence has become part of our everyday lives. It has changed them, and it will most likely continue to change them. VanLehn (2011) was able to show that personalised, digital 1:1 support and fine-grained feedback lead to similar learning outcomes as human support. The change that has already begun has aroused emotions such as curiosity, enthusiasm for the new possibilities, but also fears about whether and how to keep up with the change. In many cases, schools have also responded with concerns about the role of the teacher and the learning effectiveness of school homework in the future. The uncertainty seems justified. After all, the ChatGPT chatbot is a technology that can process natural human language and generate a response, and it can be used for tasks such as content generation in both native and foreign languages, explanation, translation, and much more. Even if the tasks are not part of everyday school life, it is assumed here that the AI tools are used in a school context at home. This has an influence on the institutionalised educational processes, which are not independent of the processes that take place outside. The question of how their benefits affect learning outcomes remains under-researched (de Witt, 2023).

In this contribution I will first present the theoretical background. Then I will present the first results of the survey I conducted for my PhD thesis. The aim of the survey is to take a closer look at the use of ChatGPT among students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample consists of more than 100 students in Austria at secondary level 1 and 2. The surveyed students were between 12 and 19 years old. The survey took place in the schools in the form of paper-pencil questionnaires. In addition, semi-structured interviews were conducted to find out the specific concerns and hopes of teachers. The interviews are analysed using grounded theory (Glaser & Strauss, 2010), which is established as a hypothesis-generating method. The results  form the initial basis for further research.  The data from the surveys are analysed using descriptive statistics with IBM SPSS Statics version 27.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results should reflect the current status of the use of AI tools in Austrian schools. It is hypothesised that, in addition to enthusiasm for the new possibilitiesof AI in education, there is also  uncertainty on the part of both students and teachers. The contribution will end with the short summary and an outlook for the further research.
References
De Witt, C., Gloerfeld, C. & Wrede, S. E. (Ed.) (2023). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Bildung. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-40079-8
Feng, S. & Law, N. (2021). Mapping artificial intelligence in education research: A network-based keyword analysis. International Journal of Artificial intelligence in Education, 31, 277–303.
Glaser, B. G. & Strauss, A. L. (2010): Grounded theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Huber.
VanLehn, K. (2011). The relative effectiveness of human tutoring, intelligent tutoring systems, and other tutoring systems. Educational Psychologist, 46(4), 197–221. https://doi. org/10.1080/00461520.2011.611369.
Zhang, K., & Begum Aslan, A. (2021). AI technologies for education: Recent research & future directions. Computers and Education Artificial Intelligence, 2(2021), 100025, 1– 11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100025.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 K: Children, Youth and Education
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Session Chair: Kyriakos Demetriou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What do You Want to Be? Preliminary Findings from a Study of Diverse Primary School Children’s Career Aspirations, Including Teaching.

Kaitlin Kaufman, Elaine Keane

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Kaufman, Kaitlin

The constructivist grounded theory (CGT) study upon which this paper draws explores the career aspirations of senior (aged 10-13) primary school pupils from different social class backgrounds, including in relation to teaching as a career, in two school environments, one a designated disadvantaged school (hereafter, Chester school) and one non-disadvantaged school (hereafter, Duke school) in the west of Ireland. Our focus is an exploration and comparison of Irish pupils’ perspectives about their futures, with particular reference to their views about progressing to higher education (HE), considering various careers, including teaching, and their views about diversity, or the lack thereof, amongst the teaching profession. An underlying objective is to ascertain the role of social class, and any other relevant socio-demographic factors, in influencing their aspirations.

Research in the UK points to the over-representation of higher social classes in more ‘prestigious’ professions, including law, medicine, and veterinary studies (Macmillan, Tyler and Vignoles 2015), even when controlling for university qualifications (cf. Freidman and Laurison 2019). Research in Canada (Andres and Adamuti-Trache 2008) and the USA (Fang and Tilsik 2022) demonstrate strong links between social class background and degrees of occupational prestige. In Ireland, class (and other) disparities in relation to HE access, and, to an extent, different professions, are tracked by the Higher Education Authority (HEA). Despite the work related to National Access Plans (cf. HEA 2015) and institutions’ widening participation activities, those from lower socio-economic groups remain under-represented in HE (HEA 2022) and in teaching (Keane and Heinz 2015; Heinz and Keane 2018). The rationale for diversifying the teaching profession has been premised on two grounds, a) an equity of access perspective, in that opportunities are provided to those who wish to become teachers but who may otherwise encounter barriers, and b) the significant benefits that accrue to both minority and majority groups of having a more diverse teaching population (cf. Childs et al. 2011; Goodwin and Keane 2023).

What is missing from the literature is the voices of children about future aspirations, particularly it is in childhood and adolescence that occupational aspirations develop (Helwig 2001, 2021; Schultheiss 2005). We know relatively little about children’s reasons for considering (or not) various careers, specifically teaching, or how such reasons compare for those from different social class backgrounds. Of the small amount of research conducted, it has been found that children in less disadvantaged schools are more likely to consider more prestigious professions (Chambers et al. 2018; Connolly and Healy 2004), with those from more disadvantaged backgrounds more likely to identify aspirations for careers such as hairdressing, retail, or nursing (Chambers et al. 2018; Fuller 2009), including in Ireland (cf. Olsthoorn 2019), and to highlight the role of locality in mediating career perspectives, with those from lower socio-economic groups preferring ‘working class’ positions near home (Connolly and Healy 2004). While such research suggests a link between children’s career aspirations and social class, we do not know children’s reasons for considering or not considering certain careers, specifically teaching, or how these reasons compare for those from different class backgrounds. In this context, the study upon which this paper draws, utilising constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2000, 2006, 2014) (CGT), aims to examine and develop a substantive theory about the perspectives and experiences of senior primary school pupils about their future aspirations in terms of progressing to HE and various careers, including teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This in-depth qualitative study employs Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) (Charmaz, 2000, 2006, 2014) as a methodology to develop a substantive theory about the experiences and perspectives of senior primary school pupils from diverse social class backgrounds regarding their higher education and career aspirations, particularly in relation to teaching. Two primary schools were selected for the study based on the socio-demographic profile of their student populations, one disadvantaged and one non-disadvantaged. Data generation commenced with four 45-minute focus groups, with a total of 19 participants, in school 1 (‘Duke school’), the non-disadvantaged school, broadly exploring pupils’ educational experiences and aspirations for the future, including teaching as a potential career. The focus groups were transcribed and coded following completion, with some amendments to the interview schedule as we went along. Following a full analysis of the four transcripts, provisional categories were constructed and reviewed to identify questions and ‘gaps’ in preparation for theoretical sampling in school 2 (‘Chester school’), the disadvantaged school. The next round of focus groups consisted of seven 45-minute focus groups with 28 participants. Coding and analysis followed the same approach as the previous stage, resulting in an updated set of provisional categories developed and key questions and gaps identified for the following theoretical sampling stage. Next, individual interviews commenced in Duke school with 13 participants, each lasting about 30 minutes, focused on further expanding on the provisional categories and filling gaps in the emerging analytic frame. Following the transcription and coding of an individual interview, some amendments were made to the interview schedule as we went along. As before, an updated set of provisional categories resulted from the formal analysis of these interviews, with more questions and gaps identified for the final round of theoretical sampling, which involved individual interviews, also of about 30 minutes in duration, with 10 participants in Chester school. Following the analysis of these final interviews, the final categories were devised and finalised through various iterations of refinement. Reflective journaling and critical analytic memoing were conducted throughout the above stages of data generation and analysis to adhere to the framework set out by the CGT methodology, which greatly facilitated the development of the overall conceptual theory which is still being refined.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the time of writing, the categories for this study are: 1) Family Funnelling, 2) You can be what you want to be, but..., and 3) Anyone can be a teacher, but some don’t, and others won’t; with the overall conceptual theory still being established. However, while the overall theory and relationships therein are still being finalised and they are only treated in summary form here given that this paper is focused on the first category listed here: ‘Family Funnelling’. Thus, in this paper we examine this emerging category relating to the children’s career aspirations, focusing on the influence family background has on respective career choices, and how these perspectives were mediated by social class and ethnicity. In this regard, we examine participants' perceived levels of support from parents, and how this support results, or not, in choosing career aspirations similar to parent occupation. Following this, we consider participants’ understanding of respective career paths, as well as plans for higher education, and how these were influenced by social class and ethnicity. Lastly, we discuss how participants in this study were differentially prioritizing for the future depending on their social class or ethnic backgrounds. While this study takes place in Ireland, we also interrogate these early emerging findings in the context of international previous research and theory relating to diversifying the teaching profession, and social class and ethnicity in education more generally, and consider implications for policy, practice, and future research
References
Andres, L. and Adamuti-Trache, M. (2008) Life-course transitions, social class, and gender: A 15-year perspective of the lived lives of Canadian young adults. Journal of youth studies, 11(2), pp.115-145.

Chambers, N., Kashefpakdel, E.T., Rehill, J. and Percy, C. (2018) Drawing the future: Exploring the career aspirations of primary school children from around the world. London: Education and Employers.

Charmaz, K. (2000) Grounded theory: Objectivist and constructivist methods. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 509–535). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Charmaz, K. (2006) Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. London: Sage.

Charmaz, K. (2014) Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed). London: Sage.

Childs, R. A., Broad, K., Gallagher-Mackay, K., Sher, Y., Escayg, K., and McGrath, C. (2011) Pursuing Equity in and through Teacher Education Program Admissions. Education Policy Analysis Archives/Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas. 19(1), pp. 1-22.

Connolly, P. and Healy, J. (2004) Symbolic violence, locality and social class: the educational and career aspirations of 10-11-year-old boys in Belfast. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 12(1), pp.15-33.

Fang, R.T. and Tilcsik, A. (2022) Prosocial occupations, work autonomy, and the origins of the social class pay gap. Academy of Management Journal, 65(3), pp.903-929.

Friedman, S., & Laurison, D. (2020). The Class Ceiling: Why it Pays to be Privileged. Policy Press.
Fuller, C. (2009) Sociology, gender and educational aspirations: Girls and their ambitions. A&C Black

Goodwin, D. (2020) Social class and ‘becoming’ a post-primary teacher in Ireland: Imagining, investing, and sinking, swimming, or sailing in ITE and into the profession. Unpublished thesis (PhD), National University of Ireland Galway.

Heinz, M. and Keane, E. (2018) Socio-demographic composition of primary initial teacher education entrants in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 37(4), pp.523-543.

Higher Education Authority (HEA) (2015) Key Facts and Figures 2013–2014. Dublin: HEA.

Higher Education Authority (HEA) (2022) National Access Plan: A strategic plan for equity of access, participation and success in Higher Education 2022-2028. Dublin: HEA

Keane, E. and Heinz, M. (2015) Diversity in initial teacher education in Ireland: The socio-demographic backgrounds of postgraduate post-primary entrants in 2013 and 2014. Irish Educational Studies, 34(3), pp.281-301.

Macmillan, L., Tyler, C. and Vignoles, A. (2015) Who gets the top jobs? The role of family background and networks in recent graduates’ access to high-status professions. Journal of Social Policy, 44(3), pp.487-515.

Olsthoorn, A. (2020) An examination of the career aspirations of Irish children within the framework of goal contents theory.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Voices for Education in Uncertain Times: The Transformative Role of Education Coalitions toward Right to Education

Zain Ul Abidin

University of Glasgow, UK

Presenting Author: Abidin, Zain Ul

This empirical research critically examines the instrumental role of direct action within the landscape of education, with a specific emphasis on education coalitions and their corresponding strategies for advocating the right to education. It provides an in-depth analysis of the mechanisms through which education coalitions harness the power of direct action to instigate meaningful reform and foster education systems that embody the principles of inclusivity and equity. The research centers on the Pakistan Coalition for Education (PCE), a primary advocate for accessible education in a turbulent landscape. As Pakistan's leading education coalition, PCE collaborates with the Global Campaign for Education (GCE), striving to uphold education as a fundamental human right. Employing Whole Network Analysis, the study offers a comprehensive illustration of the intricate dynamics within education coalitions. The study's focus on PCE underscores its pivotal role at international, national, and local levels, combating neoliberal tendencies towards privatization and championing the cause of free, high-quality public education for all.

Theoretical Framework: The research is guided by a holistic theoretical framework, drawing from seminal works in education advocacy. It incorporates Cortina & Lafuente's (2018) insights on Civil Society Organizations (CSOs) and their cooperative frameworks, essential for understanding the collaborative dynamics in Pakistan's education coalitions. Verger and Novelli's (2010) exploration of education coalition action repertoires provides a spectrum of strategies crucial for this study, ranging from direct engagements with decision-makers to large-scale public awareness campaigns. Arvidson et al.'s (2018) work on the evolving nature of insider and outsider advocacy strategies, especially in the digital age, informs the study's exploration of modern advocacy tactics, including the role of social media. This framework aims to capture the breadth and depth of activities undertaken by education coalitions in Pakistan, discerning strategies that are most effective in this unique socio-political context.

By integrating insights from these research works with Pakistani realities, the study develops a comprehensive understanding of the role of education coalitions. The overarching aim is to set a solid theoretical foundation for a detailed empirical examination of these coalitions, ensuring relevance and applicability to the Pakistani milieu. The narratives of coalition members, policymakers, and civil society leaders are expected to bring theoretical constructs to life, making this study a reflection of the aspirations and challenges in promoting education rights in Pakistan.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopts a mixed-methods approach, incorporating a broad spectrum of data sources to construct a comprehensive and nuanced view of the subject matter. These sources include pivotal education coalition documents such as mission statements, annual reports, policy briefs, and meeting minutes, as well as social media handles, which illuminate the coalition's objectives, strategic approaches, collaborative activities, and policy stances. Central to this approach is the use of Social Network Analysis (SNA) to map and analyze the intricate network of relationships and interactions among coalition members. This method is crucial for understanding the dynamics of coalition advocacy and for identifying key influencers and patterns of collaboration within the education sector.
In addition to SNA, the study harnesses the insights gained from Key Informant Interviews (KIIs) with coalition members. These interviews provide firsthand narratives of their experiences, elucidating their strategies and perspectives in advocating for education rights. To further deepen the understanding of these dynamics, the research also involves Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) with PCE members and associate members. These discussions offer a platform for a more interactive and detailed exploration of their collective experiences, challenges, and advocacy strategies used in the field. Crucially, the study also examines the role of social media as a vital tool in the coalition's strategy. The research investigates how PCE leverages these platforms to amplify its message, engage with a broader audience, and create a more resilient and interconnected network of advocates for educational reform.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This investigation significantly contributes to educational discourse by highlighting the central role of direct action in education, especially in contexts of uncertainty. The findings emphasize the importance of collaborative networks, effective communication, and evidence-based advocacy as catalysts for advancing inclusive and equitable education systems. These insights are particularly valuable for policymakers, researchers, and practitioners, offering guidance in promoting education justice in challenging times.
In conclusion, the study not only underscores the transformative potential of education coalitions in the landscape of protest-driven educational reform but also resonates with the ECER 2024 theme by exemplifying the role of educational research in fostering hope and resilience amidst global challenges. By employing a robust theoretical and methodological framework, the study emphasizes the significance of direct action as a powerful tool for generating momentum and facilitating positive change in education, illuminating effective strategies for fostering globally inclusive and equitable education systems.

References
Cortina, R., & Lafuente, C. (Eds.). (2018). Civil Society Organizations in Latin American Education: Case Studies and Perspectives on Advocacy (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315104874
Verger, A., & Novelli, M. (Eds.). (2012). Campaigning for “Education for All”: Histories, strategies and outcomes of transnational advocacy coalitions in education. Springer Science & Business Media.
Arvidson, M., Johansson, H., Meeuwisse, A., & Scaramuzzino, R. (2018). A Swedish culture of advocacy? Civil society organisations' strategies for political influence. Sociologisk Forskning, 341-364.
 
9:30 - 11:0099 ERC SES 07 L: Research in Higher Education
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Shosh Leshem שוש
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Revenue Diversification Strategies: Insights from Public and Private Universities in Kazakhstan

Moldir Tazhibekova

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Tazhibekova, Moldir

The purpose of this study is to investigate the process of revenue diversification at the universities of Kazakhstan what challenges they are facing, and how they are dealing with them. It seeks to explore the understanding, practices, and results of revenue diversification from the perspective of university leadership and faculty and to propose solutions supported by an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses found in the existing literature.

Given this purpose, this study aims to address the following question: How do two (public and private) universities in Kazakhstan implement revenue diversification to enhance their financial sustainability?

To address the research question and achieve the study’s objectives, two theoretical frameworks are employed: cost-sharing theory (Johnstone, 2002) and resource dependence theory (RDT) (Pfeffer & Salancik, 2003). According to cost-sharing in higher education costs are divided among four parties: students, parents, industry, and government. The costs paid by these parties contribute to HEIs as income. There are both internal and external factors that motivate universities to generate income from various sources. RDT asserts that the ability of organizations to survive is contingent upon acquiring and sustaining resources (Pfeffer & Salancik, 2003). However, this task is challenging due to environmental conditions marked by scarcity and uncertainty. Organizations must adapt to the requirements of key resource providers, and an open-systems perspective underscores the necessity for organizations to interact with those who control resources (Katz & Kahn, 1966). The degree of autonomy an organization experiences is influenced by the significance and concentration of its resource sources. This theory explains external forces faced by HEIs which encompass both global and national contexts. Furthermore, RDT analyzes the results of revenue diversification. As discussed in the previous section, there are some risks to the core mission of HEIs, which involves teaching and research, when they increase the amount of income generated from diverse sources.

Using these theories as a foundation and based on the literature reviewed, a conceptual framework for analyzing revenue diversification and the impact of diversification on student satisfaction was developed. The given theories and concepts discussed in the following sections will be synthesized to construct a framework for capturing a complex structure of revenue diversification. The internal setting of HEIs plays a crucial role in the process of revenue diversification. Factors such as a university’s mission, status, strategic development, organizational structure, history, size, location, teaching and research activities, and other related aspects contribute to the quality of revenue diversification. The internal parameters of the universities selected as research sites will be discussed in future chapters. By combining cost-sharing theory and RDT, the motivations, incentives, barriers, and possible outcomes of revenue diversification in HEIs are explored. In the context of HE in Kazakhstan and beyond, this research will contribute to our understanding of how institutions manage the challenges of resource dependencies and institutional goals.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employs a qualitative multiple case study research design. Conducting multiple case study allows for an in-depth examination of two different types of universities as cases. In addition, this design provides opportunities for the triangulation of data sources, which can increase the validity and reliability of the results. According to Stake (1995), validity and reliability of the findings can be achieved by gaining the same results from multiple data sources. Moreover, the complex phenomenon can often be better understood through multiple case study, allowing a researcher to examine various situations, contexts, and perspectives (Yin, 2009).
Two universities (one state and one public) are units of analysis in this case study. Multiple case study with two cases has several advantages for this research. The validity of the research findings can be enhanced by conducting multiple case study and comparing and contrasting them to identify shared patterns or themes (Miles et al., 2014). Patterns that emerge across multiple cases are more likely to apply to other situations, increasing the generalizability of the research. A significant rationale for conducting a multiple case study is investigating how a program or phenomenon operates in diverse environments (Stake, 2013).
Although multiple case study is advantageous in various terms, Merriam (2014) points out that managing it can be difficult. This is because working on multiple sites can be confusing, with diverse data to keep track of. Once the first case study is completed, subsequent cases become more manageable. However, the various statuses of selected universities in this study may be an obstacle in using the same framework for two cases.
In this research, the purposeful sampling process targets university leadership members, including rectors or vice-rectors, financial managers, deans, and other officials responsible for financial and strategic decision-making in HEIs for semi-structured interviews.
Participants for the second data collection instrument – focus group discussions will be selected among faculty members in different departments. In selecting the faculties, it is important to cover a different range of schools and departments. For this reason, in this process, Biglan’s (1973) classification of scientific disciplines will be utilized.
Data collection is planned to be conducted in February and March 2024, with initial findings expected to be ready by May 2024.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study will contribute insights into the complex process of revenue diversification in universities, shedding light on the unique dynamics and practices in the Kazakhstani context. This study aims to articulate the primary challenges, opportunities, potential outcomes, and policy recommendations emerging from the research findings. This research serves as a valuable resource for university leadership, middle management, and policymakers seeking effective strategies to enhance financial sustainability in higher education institutions in Kazakhstan.
References
Johnstone, B. D. (2002). Challenges of financial austerity: Imperatives and limitations of revenue diversification in higher education. The Welsh Journal of Education, 11(1), 18–36. https://doi.org/10.16922/wje.11.1.3

Katz, D., & Kahn, R. L. (1966). The social psychology of organizations. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldana, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis. SAGE.

Pfeffer, J., & Salancik, G. R. (2003). The external control of organizations: A resource dependence perspective. Stanford, CA: Stanford Business Books.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Beneath the Surface: A Review of Underlying Pedagogical Principles for Generic Skill Development

Ainsley Loudoun1, Laurie Delnoij1, Inken Gast1, Nicole Kornet2, Sjoerd Claessens2, Simon Beausaert1

1School of Business and Economics, Maastricht University; 2Faculty of Law, Maastricht University

Presenting Author: Loudoun, Ainsley

Students are navigating an ambiguous post-graduate landscape, marked by global crises, shifting societal demands, and dynamic careers (Redecker et al., 2011). This uncertainty poses challenges for graduates, as they often feel ill-prepared when transitioning from the stable confines of higher education to the dynamic and often unfamiliar professional realm (De Schepper et al., 2023). Recognising this, higher education institutions are adjusting their focus, moving from job-specific skills to cultivating a broader set of competences that are transferable across diverse contexts (Trinidad et al., 2021). As such, the importance of ‘generic skills’ has grown increasingly evident within higher education and related research.

The term ‘generic skills’, synonymous with soft skills, transferable skills, 21st-century skills, and employability competences, encompasses critical thinking, collaboration, creativity, problem-solving, and ethical skills (Tuononen et al., 2022). Broadly defined, these skills constitute a “dynamic combination of cognitive and meta-cognitive skills, interpersonal, intellectual and practical skills” that empower individuals to navigate challenges effectively, within both professional and personal realms (Haselberger et al., 2012, p. 67). It is important to note that this call for ‘21st-century-skills’ is not necessarily novel, as these competences, such as critical thinking, have been components of education throughout history. However, as highlighted by Rotherham and Willingham (2010), “[w]hat’s actually new is the extent to which changes in our economy and the world mean that collective and individual success depends on having such skills” (p. 17).

This growing emphasis on generic skills has prompted various initiatives, ranging from comprehensive programmes and standalone workshops, to seamlessly integrating skills training into content courses. Notably, within this landscape, specific skill-development practices have gained prominence. For instance, some institutions have integrated competence-based coaching approaches into their curricula, emphasising a supportive and reciprocal coach-coachee relationship as means to cultivate skill development (Nuis & Beausaert, 2020). Alternatively, other institutions have adopted problem-based learning methods, concentrating on facilitating skill development through the resolution of complex, authentic problems (Carvalho, 2015), or portfolio systems, wherein students compile diverse documents to illustrate their learning goals and competence development (Heymann et al., 2021). These efforts have also been echoed within research, as scholars aim to understand what skills are needed (e.g., García-Álvarez, 2022), as well as how to effectively cultivate these types of competences in educational settings (e.g., Tuononen et al., 2020).

However, despite well-intentioned endeavours, these efforts often yield mixed results. Extensive research has explored diverse skill-development methods, such as those mentioned above, spanning various contexts, including medical and business domains. This diversity makes it challenging to discern the effective mechanisms in different settings, highlighting the need to consolidate these efforts and cultivate a more systematic understanding of their practical functioning and efficacy (Abelha et al., 2020; Cranmer, 2006). Moreover, the optimal strategy for implementing skill development into higher education remains debated, whether through curriculum integration, optional courses, or work-related experiences (Abelha et al., 2020). Crucially, Tuononen et al. (2022) reveal that factors influencing skill development are contextual, related to teaching and learning environments, rather than individual student factors. In other words, higher education institutions and educators have a degree of control in the success of skill development programmes, particularly if there is effective understanding and implementation of evidence-informed principles.

As such, this study recognises existing efforts and aims to address the above uncertainty by providing a comprehensive overview of effective skill development practices and their contextual conditions, addressing the research question: What pedagogical principles underlie effective generic skill development in higher education? By delving into this complexity, this study aims to contribute to the theoretical understanding of effective skill development, as well as provide insights for the practical implementation of evidence-informed frameworks in educational settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The review process for this study adheres to the procedural steps for systematic reviews by Petticrew and Roberts (2006). To begin, a search strategy was devised based on the proposed research question, utilising a combination of synonyms for three sets of terms: (1) higher education, (2) skill development, and (3) pedagogy. Two large databases, Web of Science and EBSCOhost, were chosen to ensure a broad selection of studies across diverse educational domains. To narrow down the scope, the search was limited to peer-reviewed journal articles published in English between 2006 (the year of implementation of the Bologna Declaration) and 2023. The literature search was conducted in November 2023, yielding a total of 16.166 articles.

Following the initial search, 1.440 duplicate records were removed, leaving 14.726 articles for further review. Titles and abstracts were then screened to identify studies meeting the inclusion criteria, which require an empirical evaluation of generic skill development for students within higher education. Next, the selected articles will undergo a thorough assessment of their full text to ensure alignment with the research objectives, as well as a critical appraisal to evaluate their quality.

Upon completion the review process, the analysis will employ a ‘realist synthesis method’ to help uncover underlying pedagogical principles evident in the selected empirical studies. This analytical approach was chosen for its capacity in revealing the interplay between context, mechanism and outcome (e.g., Kusurkar et al., 2023), a feature that effectively aligns with the research objective. This choice is particularly suitable considering the existing diversity of skill-development methods across various domains and the recognition that the effectiveness of such initiatives is contingent on context (e.g., Tuononen et al., 2022). In relation to this research, the ‘context-mechanism-outcome’ approach will facilitate the identification of which pedagogical principles lead to what (level of) skills in which educational contexts.

It is important to note that this comprehensive review process, as well as the subsequent analysis, will be carried out over the next six months. As such, a more detailed description of the methodology and exhaustive findings will be presented during the ERC 2024 conference.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The spotlight on cultivating generic skills among higher education students has sparked considerable attention and recognition. Despite this, a theoretical underpinning of how to effectively design and implement these programmes is lacking. This review study aims to fill this gap by systematically delving into empirical studies that delineate various pedagogical approaches for developing generic skills within education. This focus is on uncovering principles underpinning teaching and learning practices that foster generic skills, particularly through a focus on the ‘context-mechanism-outcome’ approach.

For example, De Backer et al. (2014) explore how peer tutoring can promote students’ metacognitive cognition. Through the application of the ‘realist synthesis method’, educational systems that emphasise independent learning (context), reciprocal peer tutoring, which involves feedback provision (mechanism), can be harnessed to facilitate the development of metacognitive regulation skills (outcome).

The overarching objective is to establish a robust theoretical foundation, shedding light on the intricacies of these pedagogical approaches. The expected results will not only contribute to a deeper understanding of the theoretical landscape but also offer practical insights for future studies to explore the nuanced application of these evidence-informed principles. Furthermore, higher education institutions seeking to create impactful skill development trajectories can benefit from leveraging these informed principles for more effective implementation.

References
Abelha, M., Fernandes, S., Mesquita, D., Seabra, F., & Ferreria-Oliveira, A.T. (2020). Graduate employability and competence development in higher education – A systematic literature review using PRISMA. Sustainability, 12, 1-27. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12155900

Cranmer, S. (2006). Enhancing graduate employability: Best intentions and mixed outcomes. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 169-184.

De Backer, L., Van Keer, H., & Valcke, M. (2014). Promoting university students’ metacognitive regulation through peer learning: the potential of reciprocal peer tutoring. Higher Education, 70, 469-486. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-014-9849-3

De Schepper, A., Clycq, N., & Kyndt, E. (2023). Socioeconomic differences in the transition from higher education to the labour market: A systematic review. Journal of Career Development, 50(1), 234-250. https://doi.org/10.1177/08948453221077674

García-Álvarez, J., Vázquez-Rodríguez, A., Quioga-Carrillo, A., & Priegue Caamaño, D. (2022). Transversal competencies for employability in university graduates: A systematic review from the employers’ perspective. Education Sciences, 12, 1-37. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030204

Haselberger, D., Oberheumer, P., Perez, E., Cinque, M. Capasso, D. (2012). Mediating soft skills at higher education institutions. ModEs Project, Life-Long Learning Programme. https://gea-college.si/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/MODES_handbook_en.pdf

Heymann, P., Bastiaens, E., Jansen, A., van Rosmalen, A., & Beausaert, S. (2021). A conceptual model of student reflective practice for the development of employability competence, supported by an online learning platform. Education + Training, 64(3), 380-397. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2021-0161

Kusurkar, R.A., Orsini, C., Somra, S., Artino, A.R., Daelmans, H.E.M., Schoomade, L.J., & van der Vleuten, C. (2023). The effect of assessments on student motivation for learning and its outcomes in health professions education: A review and realist synthesis. Academic Medicine, 98(9), 1083-1091. http://doi.org/10.1097/ACM.0000000000005263

Nuis, W., & Beausaert, S. (2020). The what and How of Mentoring for Student Reflection in Higher Education: A Literature Review, Paper Presented at EARLI 2019, Aachen, Germany.

Petticrew, M., & Roberts, H. (2006). Systematic reviews in the social sciences: A practical guide. Blackwell Publishing. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v10n3p268

Redecker, C., Leis, M., Leendertse, M., Punie, Y., Gijsbers, G., Kirschner, P., Stoyanov, S., & Hoogveld, B. (2011). The future of learning: Preparing for change. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2791/64117

Rotherham, A.J., & Willingham, D.T. (2010). “21st-Century” Skills: Not new, but a worth challenge. American Educator. 17-20. https://www.aft.org/sites/default/files/periodicals/RotherhamWillingham.pdf

Trinidad, J.E., Raz, M.D., & Magsalin, I.M. (2021). “More than professional skills:” student perspectives on higher education’s purpose. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2021.1891043

Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education – enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Recognition of Prior Learning in Irish Higher Education- A Qualitative Study

Deirdre Goggin, Margaret Linehan, Irene Sheridan

Munster Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Goggin, Deirdre

This paper explores why, despite inclusion in national strategy and position papers, the practice of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) remains at low levels in Irish higher education.

The study focuses, in particular, on the recognition of informal and non-formal learning and seeks to elucidate the elements which have most influence on practice. In Irish higher education, RPL can include formal, informal, and non-formal learning. The recognition process seeks to validate the learning in the context of a specified destination award from level one to ten on the national framework of qualifications (European Commission; Cedefop; ICF International, 2014, p. 3). The research conducted focused on exploring academics understanding of RPL, its position within their institutional context, and identifying opportunities and perceived challenges to practice and implementation.

The study addresses a knowledge gap in Irish RPL literature regarding the reasons for diminished support and practice of RPL despite evident backing in national published sources and initiatives. The study is focused on exploring the beliefs of academics in relation to why implementation of RPL remains low. It also seeks to determine if there is a correlation between staff beliefs and RPL in practice with the intention of informing future systems and structures for RPL within higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research study adopts a constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2006) and interpretative approach to examine the reasons for limited practice of RPL, with a particular focus on informal and non-formal learning in higher education. The qualitative research study gathered empirical data through 31 semi-structured interviews conducted over two years, 2019 and 2020. The data includes the views of 17 senior academic and 14 academic staff from 11 higher education institutions. Purposive sampling was initially employed to identify potential participants within the study, snowball sampling was subsequently used, as participants identified colleagues with experience of RPL in practice who had an interest in contributing to the research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings demonstrate the diversity of the views of academic staff regarding RPL in practice in higher education. There are a number of barriers in current national and institutional settings that have impact on practice. Three dominant causal effects arose from the study, namely, culture, resources, and motivation (national, institutional and individual staff).  These factors emerged as exerting most influence on the practice and implementation of RPL in Irish higher education.  Responsibility for the implementation of RPL also emerged as a challenge from the research.  A framework to address these factors is proposed as a mechanism to ensure greater engagement with RPL at three levels: national, institutional, and individual staff.
This study of the practice and implementation of RPL in Irish higher education is significant, as it makes a unique contribution to identifying the factors influencing the implementation of RPL and the findings have implications for policy, practice, and future research of RPL. The study has relevance at a European and international level in the development of validation practice and policy. It also has relevance to national, European and international development of lifelong learning and adult education.

References
Cedefop, 2023. European guidelines for validating non-formal and informal learning, Luxembourg: Publications Office Cedefop reference series No 124.
Charmaz, K., 2006. Constructing Grounded Theory:Practical guide through qualitative analysis. London: Sage Publications Inc..
Charmaz, K., 2014. Constructing Grounded Theory. Introducing Qualitative Methods series. 2nd ed. London: Sage.
European Commission; Cedefop; ICF International, 2014. European Inventory on validation of non-formal and informal learning 2014 : country report Ireland, Brussels: European Commission.
OECD, 2021. The recognition of prior learning in adult basic education. [Online]
Available at: https://www.oecd.org/els/emp/skills-and-work/adult-learning/Prior_learning.pdf [Accessed 21 December 2022].
UNESCO, 2023. International trends of lifelong learning in higher education. Germany: UNESCO.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The International Mobility of Early-Career Researchers: Contextual Structures and Agential Practices

Yuqing Huang

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Huang, Yuqing

Studies on early-career researchers (ECRs) as an emerging field of higher education research has gained an increasing attention in the past 20 years (McAlpine & Amundsen, 2018). Traditionally, cross-border mobility is commonly believed to promote academic success and is regarded as an unconditional good. However, with the underlying neoliberal influence and the changing landscape in the internationalisation of HE, literature has revealed a more complex picture of international mobility with conflicting outcomes. Literature highlights a diverse range of motivations driving ECRs to engage in international mobility. Career advancement, access to cutting-edge research facilities, and collaboration opportunities emerge as prominent factors (Teichler, 2004; Horta, Jung, & Santos, 2020; Poole & Xu, 2022); while fierce competitions juxtapose with the positive discourse lead to normalized or even coerced practices of international mobility among ECRs that may lead to risks such as increased precarity and the loss of social capital (Ackers, 2005; Bauder, 2020). Despite the flow of ECRs from Global South to Global North, which still remains as a major mobility pattern, a growing inclination of returning mobility to their home countries in the Global South has been noticed. Studies have discussed the benefits and challenges brought by the mobility experience for the returning ECRs, however limited research has been done to reveal how they negotiate with macro structures through exercising agency. Therefore, a nuanced understanding of rationales and experiences behind the different mobility patterns of staying or returning is needed. As context matters for comparative analysis, China and UK are chosen as the two research sites for this study. UK is the top destination in Europe while China being the largest sending country in the non-EU region not only for students but also for international staffs at HEIs (OECD, 2022; HESA, 2022). This study aims to understand the stay/return rationales and experiences among Chinese ECRs in the UK and those who have returned to China, specifically, the author asks:

RQ1. In the context of China and UK, what roles do structural factors play in attracting, recruiting, retaining, and developing of international ECRs?

RQ2. For Chinese ECRs with a UK PhD degree, what factors influence their stay/return decisions of international mobility?

RQ3. For internationally trained Chinese ECRs in UK and returned to China, how do they navigate through their academic career and personal life trajectories?

a) What are the similarities and differences in their exercise of agency?

b) How do the different contextual structures shape their exercise of agency?

This study adopts Glonacal Agency Heuristic as the conceptual framework (Marginson & Rhoades, 2002). Glonacal stands for global, national and local, the three interconnected levels in the process of globalization of higher education. This heuristic pinpoints six nods on each level, including people individually or collectively as agencies in 1) polities, 2) economies, and 3) higher education, and 4) organizations and entities in/of governmental and non-governmental agencies, 5) economics agencies and markets, and 6) educational and professional agencies. The nods form a set of three hexagons, indicating the direct or indirect reciprocal interplay between forces of different levels. It is adopted in this study particularly for its power in conceptualizing agency representing both entities and organizations at global, national and local level, and people’s ability to exercise agency. National level and individual agency will be the main focus for this study, with only some necessary discussions on the practice of institutions based on data analysis, since in the context of both UK and China, national policies play a much prominent role in attracting and recruiting internationally trained ECRs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This empirical study reconciles ontological Critical Realism and epistemic relativism through comparative case study. Critical Realism offers a philosophical foundation for understanding reality as multi-layered, with observable events influenced by underlying structures and generative mechanisms. Epistemic relativism informs the significance of a context-based interpretation of individuals’ experience. It allows the current research to combine empirical investigation with critical analysis to gain a more comprehensive understanding of the mobility of ECRs and address the interconnection between structure and agency.

Following the stance of ontological Critical Realism and epistemic relativism, I intend to adopt the qualitative method of comparative case study (CCS) to investigate my research questions (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017). The two countries, China and the UK, are the two cases for examining stay/return mobility of Chinese ECRs. Its approach to horizontal comparisons (between the two cases of UK and China) and vertical comparisons (across organisations and individuals within one case) also aligns with my conceptual framework.

I intend to adopt documentary analysis, website analysis, semi-structured interview, and focus group to address my research questions. For documentary analysis, the UK and China’s major policies pertaining to the attraction, recruitment, retaining, and developing of ECRs at national level will be analyzed. Documents from mainly the immigration department, education bureau, and national academic organisations will be analyzed. Website analysis mainly focuses on the academic organisations at national level. I intend to investigate the vision and mission statements of academic organisations such as UK Research and Innovation and National Natural Science Foundation of China. It is conducive to identify the major forms of supports such as funding opportunities and training programmes that open to international ECRs. By cross-case comparisons, potential structural enablements and constraints influencing the development of ECRs might be identified.

In the current study, ECRs are defined as academics who are within ten years of completing their doctorates. For interview and focus group participants of ECRs in the UK, it will include postdocs and other academic staffs with Chinese nationality who are not recipients of funding opportunities that require their return to China; for interview and focus group participants of ECRs in China, it will include postdocs and other academic staffs who returned to China with a UK doctorate. Nvivo will be used for coding and thematic analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aims to explore the motivations and decision-making process influencing the international mobility of ECRs, examining their experiences and the intricate relationship between contextual structures and their agential practices within the evolving landscape of internationalization in HE. More specifically, the study delves into the interplay of national structural constraints and opportunities for UK-trained Chinese ECRs. It unveils the complex factors influencing their choices, including staying in the host country, returning to China, or even re-expatriating to the Global North, and sheds light on the challenges faced by ECRs within the neoliberal-influenced HE systems of both the UK and China.

This study contributes to the literature on the internationalisation of HE with a particular focus on the mobility of ECRs. The critical discussions on the rationales of the flow of ECRs from Global North to Global South and the opposite, together with a systematically examination of its influence on the experience of ECRs could reveal the emerging dynamics within the changing landscape of international academic mobility.

Though financial gains offered by the talent recruitment programs in China may still be one of the largest reasons for the return of ECRs, it is expected to discover other cultural, social, and political factors that support their long-term development in China, or on the contrary, that prompt their plan to re-expatriate in the future. While for Chinese researchers in the UK, the financial aspects may have lost its attractiveness in retaining ECRs, but it might not be the only concern of returnees in China and stayer in the UK. It is also expected to find the practice of agency to form a transnational space where they are not fully “accultured”, but are collectively acting to create a more diverse and dynamic academic community in both the host and home countries.

References
Ackers, L. (2005). Moving people and knowledge: Scientific mobility in the European Union. International Migration, 43(5), 99–131.
Altbach, P., & de Wit, H. (2018). The Challenge to Higher Education Internationalisation. University World News.
Archer, M. (2000). Being human: The problem of agency. Cambridge University Press.
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative case studies: An innovative approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1(1), 5-7.
Bauder, H. (2020). Migrant solidarities and the politics of place. Progress in Human Geography, 44(6), 1066-1080.
Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2011). Student mobilities, migration and the internationalization of higher education. Springer.
Cantwell, B. (2021). Concepts for understanding the geopolitics of graduate student and postdoc mobility. U.S. Power in International Higher Education, edited by J. J. Lee, Ithaca, NY: Rutgers University Press, pp. 94-110.
Cao, C., Baas, J., Wagner, C. S., & Jonkers, K. (2020). Returning scientists and the emergence of China’s science system. Science and Public Policy, 47(2), 172–183.
De Wit, H., & Altbach, P. G. (2021). Internationalization in higher education: Global trends and recommendations for its future. In Higher Education in the Next Decade (pp. 303-325). Brill.
Hayhoe, R. (2017). China's universities, 1895-1995: A century of cultural conflict. Routledge.
Horta, H., Jung, J., & Santos, J. M. (2020). Mobility and research performance of academics in city-based higher education systems. Higher Education Policy, 33, 437–458.
Kehm, B. M., & Teichler, U. (2007). Research on internationalisation in higher education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 11(3-4), 260-273.
Kim, D., Bankart, C. A., & Isdell, L. (2011). International doctorates: Trends analysis on their decision to stay in US. Higher Education, 62, 141-161.
Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International higher education, (33), 2-3.
Laudel, G., & Bielick, J. (2019). How do field-specific research practices affect mobility decisions of early career researchers?. Research Policy, 48(9), 103800.
Lee, J. T. (2015). The regional dimension of education hubs: Leading and brokering geopolitics. Higher Education Policy, 28, 69-89.
Marginson, S., & Rhoades, G. (2002). Beyond national states, markets, and systems of higher education: A glonacal agency heuristic. Higher Education, 43, 281-309.
McAlpine, L., & Amundsen, C. (2018). Identity-trajectories of early career researchers. Palgrave Macmillan.
Zweig, D. (2006). Competing for talent: China's strategies to reverse the brain drain. International Labour Review, 145, 65-90.
 
9:30 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS B (NW21): Reading and Discussing Monographs: a Clinical Device for Research in Education
Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Session Chair: Patrick Geffard
Workshop. Pre-registration required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Reading and Discussing Monographs: a Clinical Device for Research in Education

Arnaud Dubois1, Patrick Geffard2, Elisa Colay3, Sandrine Jullien Villemont1

1Rouen University, France; 2Paris 8 University, France; 3Paris-Est Créteil University, France

Presenting Author: Dubois, Arnaud; Geffard, Patrick

This workshop is a follow-up to the work started during ECER 2023 in Glasgow, on clinical methods for research in education and particularly on monographic writing.

This workshop focuses on a clinical research method centred on the analysis of professional practices in education and training. The monographic method will be briefly presented, in comparison with other research methods involving group writing (Stamenova and Hinshelwood, 2018; Orsenigo and Ulivieri-Stiozzi, 2018; Rustin, 2019).

The method we will use is inspired by works conducted in the ‘Institutional Pedagogy’ current (Vasquez & Oury, 1967), that authors of the proposal both practice since a few decades. The leaders of the device proposed during the workshop have been conducting this type of working group for more than twenty years with different publics in the field of education and training.

In this field, to write and to read monographs in group situations is a way to analyze the unconscious psychic processes potentially at work in professional situations and in educational relationships. The aim of those analysis is both to train professionals to take into account what is happening on a subjective level during educational situations and also to provide data for research focusing on psychical processes in the same field of education and training.

  • In the first step, after a brief introduction to the workshop, the leaders will submit a monograph to the participants. This text will be read aloud and followed by a short time for understanding questions only, without comments at that stage.
  • In the second step, each participant will be invited to write her/his reflections and/or associative thoughts, from her/his reception of the monograph with any possible links with her/his own experience as researcher and/or teacher.
  • In the third step, the individual writings produced at step 2 will be openly discussed in one or two group(s). Wherever possible, we will arrange two groups of no more than eight participants each.
  • In the fourth step, the participants will be invited to write short comments in small groups. The comments will be written up together in a common document which will be shared with the participants after the workshop.

The workshop will end with a closing session during which each participant will be able to say a few words about their experience.

Our analyses will focus mainly on the transferential issues at work in this kind of working group. The group is a place of transference, both onto the group leaders and between the participants. We consider the monographic writing group as a mediated device (Brun et alii, 2013) where the monograph – a written narrative of a lived professional experience – is a mediator object. This mediating object, in its concrete materiality, is also the object of transfers. A discussion period will be dedicated for evoking these transfers in the group with the participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Brun, A., Chouvier, B. et Roussillon, R. (dir.) (2013). Manuel des médiations thérapeutiques. Dunod.

Orsenigo, J. et Ulivieri-Stiozzi, S. (2018). La Clinica della formazione in Italia. Cliopsy, 20, 23-37

Oury, F. & Vasquez, A. (1967). Vers une pédagogie institutionnelle. Maspero.

Rustin, M. (2019). Researching the Unconscious. Principles of Psychoanalytic Method. Routledge.

Stamenova, K. & Hinshelwood, R. D. (2018). Methods of Research into the Unconscious. Applying Psychoanalytic Ideas to Social Science. Routledge.
 
9:30 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS E (NW 09 A): ***CANCELLED*** Getting started with R in Rstudio
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Erika Majoros
Workshop. Pre-registration required
9:30 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS F (NW 09 B): ICCS 2022 – How to Analyze Secondary Students’ Civic Knowledge and Attitudes Towards Democracy
Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez
Session Chair: Sabine Meinck
Workshop. Pre-registration required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

ICCS 2022 – How to Analyze Secondary Students’ Civic Knowledge and Attitudes Towards Democracy

Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez, Sabine Meinck

IEA, Germany

Presenting Author: Mejía-Rodríguez, Ana María; Meinck, Sabine

The primary objective of this workshop is to explore how data from international assessments can be used for research regarding outcomes and contexts of civic and citizenship education. The workshop will put emphasis on how data from studies conducted by the IEA (International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement) could provide further insights for policy and practice.

As a leading organization in the field of educational research for more than 60 years, the IEA promotes capacity building and knowledge sharing to facilitate innovation and foster quality in education. IEA studies approach the reality of educational learning outcomes in its complexity by collecting a huge variety of background information that can be related to students’ achievement, knowledge, and attitudes.

This workshop will introduce participants to the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022. The ICCS 2022 database was published in February 2024 and provides a fresh and rich source for secondary research of outcomes related to civic and citizenship education (CCE) across the world, and in particular in Europe with more than 21 European countries and education systems participating. ICCS 2022 is the 3rd cycle of IEA’s study on CCE, following the administrations in 2009 and 2016.

The workshop will include an overview of ICCS, covering its background, conceptual framework and design. It will present some key findings from the 2022 data collection. Participants will be introduced to the survey instruments and database, and be provided with access paths to data sources, technical documentation, analysis guides and software tools. There will also be a presentation about available variables such as students’ civic knowledge, their attitudes towards civic principles and democratic values, characteristics of teachers of that student cohort, and class- and school-level learning contexts.

With this information, participants will formulate and discuss research questions that can be addressed with ICCS 2022 data. The instructors will be available to mentor the development of research ideas and design as well as to answer data related and technical questions. Research questions from individual attendants will be presented to all participants in order to provide opportunities to share ideas.

No prior knowledge about large-scale international studies is required. Basic knowledge about statistical analysis is not required but is an advantage.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
- Introduction (20 mins)
- ICCS (20 mins)
- Group work (40 mins)
- Break (10 mins)
- Example Analysis (20 mins)
- Group work (60 mins)
- Summary & closing (10 mins)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Afana, Y., Brese, F., Kowolik, H., Cortes, D., & Schulz, W. (forthcoming). ICCS 2022 user guide for the international database. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).

Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge. The International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer.

Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 assessment framework. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20113-4

Schulz, W., Friedman, T., Fraillon, J., & Losito, B. (forthcoming). ICCS 2022 technical report. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).
 
9:30 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS J (NW28): Environmental Futures Workshop
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Diego Alatorre Guzmán
Workshop. Pre-registration NOT required.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Environmental Futures Workshop

Diego Alatorre Guzmán, Nuno Coelho

University of Coimbra, Center for Interdisciplinary Studies

Presenting Author: Alatorre Guzmán, Diego; Coelho, Nuno

Ethics is a historical process by which we reflect upon the impact of new ideas and technologies on our lives. In terms of its practice, ethics is a discipline that has evolved from a classic philosophy, centred on humanistic values, to a post-human approach that goes beyond our individuality, integrating other epistemologies and sources of knowledge.

What has been labelled as undesirable attitudes changes across cultures and throughout time. Even if there is a general consensus that murder and child abuse are nefarious, there are other forms of structural violence which have not yet reached the same degree of broad consensus, as ongoing social struggles and disputes show. Many times these challenges are labelled “controversial” because social movements or individuals challenge the status quo that maintains privileges for certain fringes of society or individuals.

Our aim with this workshop is to build an environmental future scenario where participants can reflect, from an intersectional perspective, on their own subjectivity and “place of speech”, envisioning possible scenarios where privilege is used against structural forms of violence.

Based on a collective journey in the FUTUROSCOPIO, this scenario will be built by integrating the feelings and perceptions of multiple crews across their journey and turned into an on-site installation to invite EERA attendees and passersby to experience a shared future vision.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We are looking forward to engaging with future enthusiasts, people from diverse backgrounds, multiple disciplines, and across all different ages interested in exploring the Pluriverse’s Future, what we have called, the Futuriverse. We invite everyone to join in: our only requirement is that participants dare to stop thinking that only by thinking they can solve their problems, and start feeling, sharing and trusting each other as sponsors of a collective project.

We are committed to making the most out of your time by offering emotionally available real-time assistance, plus future-oriented creative facilitation by certified experts, working hybridly across the world. Particularly for this call, we intend to take some extra time to build an environmental prototype capable of sharing the generated insights by placing the outcome of the workshop in an open space, where other EERA attendees and passersby can interact with and reimagine the future.

Our Futuroscopic exploration service includes personalised one-on-one attention to ensure the best possible experiences along the journey to the future and a pleasant comeback. Our tools have been adapted to work smoothly in local, hybrid and online setups, allowing for multiple crews all around the world to share their ideas and to build common future scenarios in parallel.

The overall time required to complete a Futuroscopic exploration journey to the future and back depends on the detail by which each crew intends to describe their experience, visualise their perceptions and reflect on their journey. To make the best out of this experience, we suggest the overall workshop to last 3 hours, time to take the participants into their future and back, across the following itinerary:
 
Introduction of the Workshop and the participants 10 min
Operating the FUTUROSCOPIO (tables / break-out rooms) 60 min
Deconstruction of the Present (RIFADO method) 20 min
Time Travel (choosing one portal into the Future)   5 min
Future Reconstruction (Futuroscopic map) 25 min
Backcasting (coming back to the present) 15 min

BREAK 15 min

Experimental Future Representation (building a common scenario) 25 min
Environmental Prototyping 50 min
Testing 30 min
Feedback 20 min
Conclusion (sharing learnings) 20 min

TOTAL: 180 minutes

Our tools have been adapted to work smoothly in local, hybrid and online setups. In any of these scenarios, the ideal crew size is about six people and we can take from one to 12 teams from all around the world in parallel.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Gathered over an infinity of future visions, we hold a few pieces of evidence of what previous crews have discovered throughout their Futuroscopic journeys. Every chance to engage with future enthusiasts represents an opportunity to extend our FUTURES LIBRARY, adding new scenarios into a comprehensive reader of the times-to-come.

This compilation aims at raising awareness on the biopolitical mechanisms of control and liberation that ideas such as universal history, time and future reflect and perpetuate. We truly believe that role playing alternative futures may be the first step to actually making things happen, relegating those who live their present absorbed by their past, unprepared to face increasingly complicated challenges and consequently more likely to abandon their expectations: demotivated, unwillingly adapting to others’ desires and away from their own needs.

In the quest to liberate us from domestication, FUTUROSCOPIO invites players to stop and change the points of view by which usually perceive reality, weaving new memories, embedded in between synapses that keep identity vivid, acknowledging our agency to transform our present into better possible places, while extending the scale of the circle of influence by choosing play as an open attitude for a meaningful long-life education.

From this perspective FUTUROSCOPIO is not only a roleplay game, but a provocation to deal with complex issues over fantastic narratives that bring out the best from each participant, appealing to them as active writers of a common story.

References
This project has been played, presented and exhibited in the following events:

2019: Miradas desde 2050 - Centro de Investigaciones de Diseño Industrial, UNAM
2020: 2a Bienal de Artes y Diseño - Museo Universitario de Ciencias y Artes, UNAM
2020: FUTUROSCOPIO - Selected and exhibited at Premio Diseña México [Finalists]
2020: FUTUROSCOPIO - Selected and exhibited at Abierto Mexicano de Diseño
2020: Ministr3s del Pluriverso - Centro de Cultura Digital [PDF]
2021: Estética Lúdica Futuroscópica - Conferencia magistral [Video]
2022: Converting a Tabletop Serious Game Into a Digital Version, by Joanna Gladh [MAU]
2023: Futuroscopio - Interesting worlds to come [STS Italia Conference]
2023: FUTUROSCOPIO [Print and Play]
 
9:30 - 12:0000 SES 0.5 WS C (NW33): Methodological and Theoretical Perspectives on Intersectionality; Confronting Positionality in Research
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Session Chair: Andrea Abbas
Workshop. Pre-registration required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Methodological and Theoretical Perspectives on Intersectionality; Confronting Positionality in Research

Victoria Showunmi1, Andrea Abbas2

1UCL, United Kingdom; 2University of Bath, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Showunmi, Victoria; Abbas, Andrea

The workshop will be of interest to early career researchers. The session will be interactive and focus on the importance of critical reflection to enable researchers to develop insights into the importance of who they are to shaping their research findings. The workshop explores how this is not a case of bias, but an inevitable, important and valuable aspect of doing research and building knowledge. To do this aspect of research rigorously and well, all researchers need to regularly subject themselves, their research practices, findings and theorisations to reflection and scrutiny. The audience will be invited to challenge their beliefs as we explore well-known phenomena through the fresh lens of unacknowledged and hidden forms of sexism, racism and other forms of prejudice.

Workshop Objectives

  • To explore how a researcher’s perspective shapes their research focus and the analysis of data.
  • To raise awareness of the risk of bias in the interpretation of findings, taking account of the impact of lived experience.
  • To sensitise reseachers to the complexity of intersectionality and the many layers of positionality which have the potential to distort research results.

By the end of this session, participants will be better able to:

Identify and eliminate the propensity for personal perspectives to influence the interpretation of research data.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
9:30 - 12:0000 SES 0.5 WS D (NW 07): Learning to talk in/with research: Recognition and power in consultation-conversational methodologies
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir
Workshop. Pre-registration required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Learning to Talk in/with Research: Recognition and Power in Consultation-Conversational Methodologies

Eunice Macedo1, Hanna Ragnarsdóttir2, Sofia Santos1, Ghazala Bhatti3

1Porto University, Portugal; 2University of Iceland, Iceland; 3University of Oxford, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Macedo, Eunice; Ragnarsdóttir, Hanna; Santos, Sofia; Bhatti, Ghazala

To choose or not to choose consultation-conversational methodologies, that is the question!

In terms of the structure, the session will start with a gathering moment by means of the 'my place' exercise. A Focus Group Discussion will follow on 'the conditions surrounding my research'; leading to dialogical exploration of the theoretical and procedural foundations of FGD and conversational learning, expressed ”in our own voice(s)”.

The session departs from the assumption of the essential role of communication/ consultation/ conversation as a research method that allows for deepening personal and joint production of data which goes beyond ’common-sense’. Deriving from the first assumption, we argue that the recourse to a communicational paradigm makes sense only and if only it stands on both the recognition of the value of human relations and of the asymmetries of power among researchers and the participant ”researchees” (and in between participant ”researchees”) and there is a conscious intent to find ways to reduce such verticality. This implies authentic and humanized communication(s) in which all the voices feel they have space to express, be heard and make a difference. Moreover, consultation-conversational methodologies may be of great use if you want to make the best of the interrelations between participants and focus on the cultures produced by means of their unique interaction within a unique research situation. The place attributed/recognized to participants as coauthors of the data produced and of the research as a whole has implications in the way(s) in which you lead your research with the due respect to your research agenda. Last but not least, we argue that the recognition of voices(s) has implications not only on the way(s) in which you collect and produce data but also in the way(s) we build your analysis so that all voices are accounted for and the currently silenced voices emerge and assert their place in the world. ”Conflict of interpretation”, dissense and the exploration of disagreement are at the core and in the horizon of consultation-conversational methodologies, such as focus group discussion, which will be explored.

Some points to be discussed are: How to resist the prejudice of the divisive dichotomy quantitative vs qualitative? What is the role of the researcher? What is the role of the participants? What is the place given to different voices? How to register and manage subjectivities and the intersubjective vision and cultures constructed through multiple dialogue? How to make sense of different levels of research and methodological options? What decisions need to be made in terms of the potential methodological complementarities and clashes? How to move from the theory as a thought trough method to the method as theory in action respecting the principles and values of a ’good’ and multiple expressive marriage?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
9:30 - 12:00100 SES 0.5 (ISSPP) 2: NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting - Part 2
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig
Internal Working Meeting
 
26. Educational Leadership
Meetings/ Events

NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting - Part 2

Helene Ärlestig

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ärlestig, Helene

.

 
9:45 - 11:4500 SES 0.5 WS I (NW28): Navigating the Postdoc Phase
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ofir Sheffer
Workshop. Pre-registration required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Navigating the Postdoc Phase

Ofir Sheffer

MOFET INSTITUTE, Israel

Presenting Author: Sheffer, Ofir

A workshop tailored for post-doctoral from all networks and communities.

Postdoctoral scholars face the demanding task of crafting an impactful academic portfolio within a limited timeframe. Achieving success during this pivotal stage frequently hinges on securing financial resources for research endeavors. However, many researchers encounter challenges when it comes to fundraising.

To assist researchers in navigating this phase, EERA Network 28 invites you to participate in a three-hours workshop focusing on the essentials of fundraising as a means of personal leverage in academic careers. The workshop, especially addressed to post-doc researchers, aims to present and discuss the essential elements for growth inherent in the postdoctoral/early career research phase and life.


Workshop program:

9:45-10:30
Opening, introduction, getting to know each other, sharing in groups

10:30-11:00
Academic career: from postdoctoral student to researcher, how to build an optimal portfolio for academic advancement and how to deal with years without publications.
Guest speaker: Professor Gad Yair, who will talk about the "lean years" in his career and tips for coping.

11:00-11:45
Fundraising as a tool for personal leverage in academic careers.
Guest speaker: Professor Miri Yamini, who won ERC 2024.

Join us for a deeper understanding of how fundraising can not only finance your research but also enhance your professional standing and unlock new opportunities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
10:15 - 11:4500 SES 0.5. WS H(NW 12): Empowering Research: A Workshop on Navigating Educational Literature
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Christoph Schindler
Workshop. Pre-registration NOT required
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Empowering Research: A Workshop on Navigating Educational Literature

Jens Röschlein, Christoph Schindler

DIPF, Germany

Presenting Author: Röschlein, Jens; Schindler, Christoph

The search and selection of research literature are fundamental aspects of academic work, with researchers being experts in finding necessary studies, ranging from short lookup through exploratory searches to systematic literature reviews. Systematic reviews and other forms of research synthesis have drawn attention to the need for transparent approaches to research, directing focus towards infrastructures supporting research. There is a variety of literature databases of heterogenious quality, different publication types, and inclusion of publications in different languages. Many literature services are not explicit about the scope of their databases. Educational research often requires a transdisciplinary knowledge base, dispersed across multiple platforms. However, the choice of literature databases for a search influences the results (Wanyama et al., 2022; Heck et al., 2023).

To navigate the search process effectively, a combination of knowledge about different databases, retrieval methods, and search strategies is essential. Since there is no universal solution in information seeking, the selection of databases, search engines, and academic social networks remains an individual decision tied to research objectives.

The workshop will provide an overview of existing literature services, considering the publishing norms in educational science and focusing on specialized databases in the field, along with their advantages and disadvantages regarding media coverage, access methods, and disciplinary focus. Next, the workshop will encourage discussions allowing participants to exchange their experiences regarding bibliographic work in educational research and within national contexts.

The objectives of the workshop are:

  • To raise awareness among participants regarding various paths and methods in bibliographic searches, outlining the pros and cons of selected literature services and search strategies.

  • To foster discussion on experiences and needs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Heck, T., Keller, C., Rittberger, M. (2023). Coverage and similarity of bibliographic databases to find most relevant literature for systematic reviews in education. International Journal on Digital Libraries, https://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00799-023-00364-3

Wanyama, S. B., McQuaid, R. W., & Kittler, M. (2022). Where you search determines what you find: The effects of bibliographic databases on systematic reviews. International Journal of Social Research Methodology: Theory & Practice, 25(3), 409–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2021.1892378
 
11:00 - 11:3099 ERC SES 07.5 A: ERC Poster Exhibition
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Basement Level / Open Area
ERC Poster Exhibition
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

ERC Poster Exhibition

N. N.

N.N.

Presenting Author: N., N.

Invitation to see all posters which have been presented in the ERC sessions in the coffee break.

 
11:00 - 11:30Break 04: ERC Coffee Break
11:00 - 12:3030 SES 0.5: Workshop and Provocative Panel: Implications of Policy in the Field of ESE in Europe: examples and reflections
Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Workshop and Panel
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Research Workshop

Workshop and Provocative Panel: Implications of Policy in the Field of ESE in Europe: examples and reflections

Elsa Lee

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lee, Elsa

Provocations from: Aravella Zacchariou, Arjen Wals, Nicola Walshe, Sobhi Tawil, Kate Greer, and Keri Facer Facilitators: Elsa Lee, Ole Andreas Kvamme, Stefan Bengtsson Presentations will provide concrete examples of policy frameworks that have implications for ESE research and practice across Europe and beyond. The frameworks include UNECE, ACE from UNFCCC, and the UNESCO Futures of Education report. Some of the presentations will be live and streamed, while others will be provided as video materials a week before the event. On the day, the workshop will open with four 10 minute presentations, followed by some questions to the panel and then a whole group discussion, using padlet to feedback ideas for a plenary.
This is a hybrid event and we encourage online participation from the whole network very much including people who are not attending the conference this year in person. You do not need to have paid the conference fee to join us! The online conversation will be managed through breakout rooms. Here are some questions to think about to frame those conversations: What has been your own experience in your own settings with what policy? What does thinking about policy reveal, and what does it occlude? What is made visible and what is made invisible when we think though the implications of policy. NOTE: there may be some slight changes to the panel


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 A: Systematic Literature Review
Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Motivation in Adult Education: a Systematic Review

Michaela Bílá

Tomas Bata University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Bílá, Michaela

Motivation plays a crucial role in adult learning and education. In view of the rapid development of society and the transformation of the world in which we live, the concept of lifelong learning is becoming increasingly important (Ilie, 2019). Although motivation for adult learning is one of the classic research topics in the field of adult education, it has received relatively little empirical attention in the last decade (Boeren 2012a, 2012b; Kalenda & Kočvarová, 2021).

Considering the importance of lifelong learning, which is central to personal and professional development, it is essential to understand what motivates adults to engage in learning (Sogunro, 2014) and apply this knowledge in practice. Understanding the factors that drive adults to pursue further education is critical for educators, policymakers, and employers (Gardner et al., 2021).

The topic of adult motivation for learning is important for several reasons. First, motivated adults are more likely to actively engage in the learning process and persist through challenges (Sogunro, 2014). This increases the chances that adults will complete their education in both formal and non-formal settings.

Second, adult learners are often driven by practical considerations such as applying newfound knowledge or skills to their work or daily responsibilities. This makes it possible to discern what direction the current revision of the curricula should take to reflect the current needs and demands of adults (Creighton & Hudson, 2002).

Third, adults could improve their chances of success in the labour market through further organised learning (Boeren et al., 2012a).

Finally, successful completion of training programmes can motivate adults to participate in further education even more, increase their self-esteem and self-confidence, improve working conditions and increase belief in their own abilities (Mara, Cascón-Pereira, & Brunet Icart, 2022)

This presentation will bring the systematic review aimed at exploring the motivations of adults for education, considering both the individual and environmental factors that influence their decision to participate in educational programs. The main objective of this review study is to describe the relationship between motivation and adult learning through an analysis of published empirical studies since the 1960s. A secondary aim is to provide an overview of the directions and trends that these two interrelated concepts have taken.

In this presentation, we address the following research questions:

  • Which topics within adult motivation and learning were discussed in the studies?
  • Which theories were applied in the studies?
  • Which methodologies were used in the studies?
  • In which geographical/cultural setting research was done?

In this systematic review, we will examine the existing literature on adult education motivation to identify key themes, trends, and gaps in the current understanding of this topic. By synthesizing the findings from a range of studies, we aim to provide a comprehensive overview of the motivational factors that influence adults' decisions to engage in educational activities. Our review will contribute to a deeper understanding of adult education motivation and provide valuable insights for practitioners and researchers in the field.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to collect relevant and comprehensive data for this review study, we conducted a thorough literature search using two key databases. We worked with Web of Science and Scopus databases. We selected the keywords "Motivation" AND "Adult Education". This resulted in 676 research studies. We further worked with the result and defined the selection conditions, which were a focus on the thematic areas of "Social Sciences" and "Psychology". Subsequently, we selected the document type "Article". We have reached a total of 417 studies. We then chose the last category, namely studies in English only.
This brings us to the result of 362 studies, covering the period of 1960 to 2023. Based on the abstract, we excluded the irrelevant ones. The selected studies will be subjected to a more in-depth analysis. Our orientation will be to follow the development of the topic, the theories and methodology used, the geographical/culture location of the researchers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This review study will offer an overview of research on motivation in adult education research between 1960 and 2023. The paper will offer a new periodisation  of the development of adult education research focused on motivation and show the structure of research with respect to prevailing topics, theories, methodology, geographical setting of research.
References
1.BOEREN, E., HOLFORD, J., NICAISE, I., & BAERT, H. (2012a). Why do adults learn? Developing motivational typology across twelve European countries. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 10(1), 247–269. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/14767724.2012.678764.
2.BOEREN, E., NICAISE, I., ROOSMAA, E. L., & SAAR, E. (2012b). Formal Adult Education in the spotlight: Profiles, motivation, and experiences of participants in 12 countries. In S. Riddel, J. Markowitsch, & E. Weeden (Eds.), Lifelong learning in Europe: Equality and efficiency in balance (pp. 63–86). Bristol: Polity Press.
3.CREIGHTON, S., HUDSON, L. (2002). Participation Trends and Patterns in Adult education: 1991 to 1999: Statistical Analysis report. http://www.education.rekom.ru/2_2007/32.html.
4.GARDNER, A., MAIETTA, H N., GARDNER, P D., & PERKINS, N. (2021). Postsecondary Adult Learner Motivation: An Analysis of Credentialing Patterns and Decision Making Within Higher Education Programs. Adult Learning, 33(1), 15-31. https://doi.org/10.1177/1045159520988361.
5.ILIE, V. (2019). Study on adult learning motivation. The International Journal of Human and Behavioral Science, 5(1), 11-28. doi: 10.19148/ijhbs.543980.
6.KALENDA, J., & KOČVAROVÁ, I. (2021). Od mimoprofesní seberealizace k nezbytnosti pracovně orientovaného vzdělávání: Proměna motivace k neformálnímu vzdělávání dospělých v ČR. Sociologický časopis / Czech Sociological Review, Vol. 57, No. 1: 75–100 https://doi.org/10.13060/csr.2021.001.
7.Mara, L.-C., Cascón-Pereira, R., & Brunet Icart, I. (2022). Perceptions of empowerment and motivation as outcomes of a continuing vocational education and training (CVET) programme for adults. Education + Training, Vol. 64 No. 3, pp. 433-444. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-12-2020-0389.
8.SOGUNRO, O. A. (2014). Motivating Factors for Adult Learners in Higher Education. International Journal of Higher Education, 4(1). doi:10.5430/ijhe.v4n1p22.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Integration of Generative AI in Foreign Language Teacher Education: A Systematic Literature Review

Laura Kilde

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Kilde, Laura

Foreign language teachers’ digital competencies have undoubtedly become significant for effective teaching practices not only due to the rapid advancement in technology. Recently, the importance of teachers’ AI competencies has been highlighted as a result of the release of ChatGPT at the end of 2022, which provoked a huge number of discussions over the effects of Generative AI (GAI) on language instruction. There is no doubt that foreign language teacher training programmes should ensure the enhancement of future language teachers’ AI digital competencies in order to avoid old-fashioned teaching and learning practices, promote innovative methodologies, and prepare student teachers for an effective teaching in the future. However, there are certain difficulties and challenges that still hinder the integration of GAI in teacher training programmes. Thus, it is significant to carry out a systematic analysis of international practices of GAI integration in teacher education for enhancing foreign language teachers’ competencies. This paper describes the practical bases of GAI integration in language teacher education around the world from 2022 to 2024. The purpose of this review is to identify research trends and potential directions that would help to establish knowledge about empirical research on GAI integration in foreign language teacher training. It does not only examine the most novel practices of applying its models, but also describes these practices, evaluates challenges, emphasizes the most interesting experiences, and contributes with an overview for researchers, teacher educators, educational authorities on how foreign language teacher education can develop student teachers’ AI digital competencies necessary for the future use in classroom instruction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This systematic review is carried out according to the preferred methods for systematic reviews. It consists of four processes known as identification, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. In order to find the related papers and resources included in this systematic literature review, two databases, namely Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus, were referred to.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Among the conclusions it is defined that foreign language teacher training programmes should be designed in a way that would enhance student teachers’ positive approaches towards GAI and their comprehension of pedagogical opportunities and limitations of GAI integration for teaching and learning purposes. It is also argued that the employment of GAI tools should be assessed as the area that enhances new competencies as well as the method for creating innovative learning environments for student teachers.
References
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Boston, Mass.: Pearson.
Baltynova, A., Kamariyash, K., Muzdbaeva, T., Bolat, Y., Beleukhanova, K., Zharikova, D., Mollakuqe, E. (2023). Pedagogical Conditions for the Training of Future Teachers Based on Digital Educational Technologies. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 18(18), pp. 121–137. https://doi.org/10.3991/ijet.v18i18.43209
Biletska, I. O., Paladieva, A. F., Avchinnikova, H. D., & Kazak, Y. Y. (2021). The use of modern technologies by foreign language teachers: developing digital skills. Linguistics and Culture Review, 5(S2), 16-27. https://doi.org/10.37028/lingcure.v5nS2.1327
Chernysh, V. V., Vaseiko, Y., Kaplinskіy, V., Tkachenko, L., & Bereziuk, J. (2020). Modern Methods of Training Foreign Language Teachers. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(7), 332. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v9n7p332
Gough, D.; Oliver, S.; Thomas, J. (2017). Introducing systematic reviews. In An Introduction to Systematic Reviews, 2nd ed.; Gough, D., Oliver, S., Thomas, J., Eds.; Sage: London, UK.
Kaminskienė, L., Järvelä, S., & Lehtinen, E. (2022). How does technology challenge teacher education? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 19(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-022-00375-1
Kairienė, A., & Mažeikienė, N. (2023). The Cartography of Rhizomatic Learning of English: Unravelling Students’ Nomadic Wanderings. Pedagogika / Pedagogy, 150(2), 191–211. https://doi.org/10.15823/p.2023.150.10
Kildė, L. (2023). ESL Teachers’ Approaches towards the Acceptance of Educational Technology Integration in Non-Formal Education: A Case from Kenya. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 14(1), 634-649.
Ma, S., & Lei, L. (2024). The factors influencing teacher education students’ willingness to adopt artificial intelligence technology for information-based teaching. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2024.2305155
Meirovitz, T., Russak, S., & Zur, A. (2022). English as a foreign language teachers’ perceptions regarding their pedagogical-technological knowledge and its implementation in distance learning during COVID-19. Heliyon, 8(4), e09175. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e09175
Moorhouse, B. L. (2024). Beginning and first-year language teachers’ readiness for the generative AI age. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, 100201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100201
Ng, D. T. K., Leung, J. K. L., Su, J., Ng, R. C. W., & Chu, S. K. W. (2023). Teachers’ AI digital competencies and twenty-first century skills in the post-pandemic world. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(1), 137–161. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-023-10203-6
Salas-Pilco, S., Xiao, K., & Hu, X. (2022). Artificial Intelligence and Learning Analytics in Teacher Education: A Systematic Review. Education Sciences, 12(8), 569. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12080569


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Challenges of Managing Sino-UK Transnational Education

Rachel Du Croz

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Du Croz, Rachel

There has been an exponential growth in Transnational Education (TNE) by UK universities in the last two decades (Healey, 2017). This has provided UK Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) with a method to export high quality education and brand to diversify their international activities and income streams, and to enhance their reputation (Hatakenaka, 2004).

TNE, as opposed to international student recruitment, is commonly understood in the UK to mean the delivery of education from a university in the UK, to students in a different country (JISC, 2020). Rather than the students coming to the UK for their education, the university will deliver education via collaboration with another partner, at an international branch campus (IBC), or via some form of online method.

In 2012 the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) reported 70 UK HEIs were involved in TNE activities specifically with China (QAA, 2013). According to the 2022 British Council research piece into TNE, nearly all UK HEIs are engaged in some type of TNE activity, with 133 respondents declaring some form of collaborative arrangement with a Chinese partner, demonstrating a 50% increase in a decade (British Council, 2022). Similarly, during this time China has been looking to improve its tertiary education by importing the best of the West, as can be seen from updates to the Chinese - Foreign Cooperation in Running Schools (CFCRS) policies which date from 2003, (State Council, 2003).

As a major contributor to the UK international student market, China has been seen as a key target for the export of UK higher education. Over the last 30 years, China’s tertiary education has been evolving rapidly (QAA, 2013) during which time there has been a growing interest in UK Universities entering partnership agreements in China.

The first TNE partnerships in China involving UK HEIs can be seen in the joint campus arrangements of University of Nottingham Ningbo (UNNC), which opened in 2004, and Xi’An Jiaotong Liverpool University (XJTLU), established in 2006. Creating such campus models is incredibly complex and expensive (Feng, 2013). As a result, most UK HEIs have preferred to look towards the Joint Institute (JI) or Joint Education Programme (JEP). These models require the foreign partner to contribute one third of the staff, hours, modules, and credits of the degree, based on the Chinese award requirements. The main difference between them is that the former contains two or more programmes while the latter is a single programme. The number of students which can be recruited to each is also capped at 300 for a JI or 120 for a JEP. At present there are 44 JI collaborations between UK and Chinese Universities.

In this paper I will explore the literature around the challenges faced in managing staff working within TNE, and will address the following questions:

  1. What can we learn from existing pedagogy about the challenges staff may experience working in TNE Joint Institute activity in China?
  2. Where are there gaps in the literature which need addressing?

Research conducted in previous studies, limited by a very small sample of participants, has primarily focused on those teaching at International Branch Campuses (Healey, 2017; Richardson & McKenna, 2002; Tran, Le, Phan, & Pham, 2021). This focus means that evidence is limited and somewhat anecdotal in nature and has not taken account of the challenges of working in partnership with another organisation. This research will look to apply prior knowledge and develop the pedagogy around these new types of complex collaborations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Undertaking a critical review of current literature I will investigate the landscape of Sino-UK TNE by examining existing scholarly works which include, but is not limited to, the relevant terms of Sino-UK educational collaboration, TNE, Managerial Challenges.  I will investigate and critically analyse the methods and sampling used within this work to identify common themes and gaps which can inform opportunities to develop the pedagogy in this expanding area.  

My research will begin with a systematic and purposive approach to major databases such as ERIC and JSTOR; academic journals such as Review of Educational Research, Studies in Higher Education, Higher Education and the Journal of Higher Education, where the focus will be on peer reviewed articles.  I will also look at previous conference papers and governmental reports.  I will prioritise work from the last 20 years and use key search terms such as “UK-Sino TNE”, and “Transnational Education” and other related phrases to broaden the scope of the literature review.

Ethical considerations will be paramount throughout the research process, proper citation and acknowledgement of sources will be maintained to uphold academic integrity and respect intellectual property rights.  

The proposed timeline for this work will be 6 months.  The first 3 months will be dedicated to an extensive literature search and secondary data gathering.  Thereafter I will spend 2 months synthesizing the findings, and the final month drafting and finalising the conference paper and presentation.

This research hopes to offer a comprehensive understanding of the UK-Sino TNE landscape, shedding light on the challenges and drawing thematic conclusions on the issues surrounding staff working in these complex collaborations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research will form a core part of my PhD, researching the emergence and management of collaborations between UK and Chinese Universities to better understand their context, operation, and, most importantly, the challenges faced in managing them.  Adding to the pedagogy of these initiatives is imperative as the UK universities look to diversify their income streams, student recruitment, and global branding while maintaining control of their unique selling points.  It is also necessary to understand why UK universities are interested in this type of activity, cynically, one could say, referred to as HiEdBiz (Collini, 2012).  

Higher Education as a business sits uncomfortably for many within the sector, this should not mean that universities do not take a considered and strategic approach to this type of development, not least when we consider that the career of an academic can be boundaryless, the number of staff engaging in TNE delivery will only increase (Richardson & McKenna, 2002).  The aim of this research is to shed light on the complexities of these opportunities, while also providing guidance and best practice on how UK universities can continue to provide high quality education on a global scale.  

References
British Council. (2022). Environment for Transnational Education Partnerships and UK Qualifications: Challenges and Opportunities China and UK. London: British Council.

Collini, S. (2012). What are universities for? London: Penguin.

Feng, Y. (2013). University of Nottingham Ningbo China and Xi'an Jiaotong-Liverpool University: globalization of higher education in China. Higher Education , 65(4), 471-485.

Hatakenaka, S. (2004). Internationalisation in Higher Education: A review. Higher Education Policy Institute.

Healey, N. (2017). The Challenges of managing transnational education partnerships: The views of "home-based" managers vs "in-country" managers. International joural of Educational Management, 32(2), 241-256. doi:10.1108/IJEM-04-2017-0085

JISC. (2020). Transnational Education (TNE). Retrieved from https://www.jisc.ac.uk/rd/projects/transnational-education#:~:text=This%20project%20was%20archived%20on%2031%20December%202021&text=Transnational%20education%20(TNE)%20is%20an,country%20to%20students%20in%20another
QAA. (2013). Review of UK transnational education in China 2012. Retrieved from https://www.qaa.ac.uk/docs/qaa/international/tne-china-overview-(1).pdf

Richardson, J., & McKenna, S. (2002). Leaving and experiencing: why academics expatriate and how they experience expatriation. Career Development International, 7(2), 67-78. doi:10.1108/13620430210421614

State Council. (2003). Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Chinese -foreign cooperation in running schools. Retrieved from http://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2003/content_62030.htm

Tran, L. T., Le, T. T., Phan, H. L., & Pham, A. (2021). Induction and off you go: professional development for teachers in transnational education. Oxford Review of Education, 47(4), 529-547. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2020.1867524
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 B: Education in an Age of Uncertainty
Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Fiona Hallett
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

(Re)Imagining and (Re)Organizing Care: Unveiling Practices in Times of Uncertainty

Kardelen Dilara Cazgir

Philipps-University Marburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Cazgir, Kardelen Dilara

This paper delves into the discourse surrounding the crisis of care, particularly in the aftermath of the Covid-19 pandemic, and seeks alternative perspectives that expose the shortcomings of neoliberal capitalism. The focus on the inhumanity and criminality of such a system (Saad-Filho, 2020) is heightened in the context of the pandemic, considered "the worst global crisis since World War II" (ILO, 2020: p. 2). The paper argues that amidst crises such as wars, conflicts, climate change, and economic downturns, there is an opportunity to envision a society that serves the majority and avoids repeating suffering and disgraceful outcomes.

The primary objective is to explore feminist, political economy, and post-human theoretical approaches to the 21st-century crisis and its connection to the crisis of care. Care, as emphasized by Fisher and Tronto (1990), is portrayed as a fundamental aspect of our lives, essential for maintaining, continuing, and repairing our world. Given the current global crisis characterized by pandemics, climate crises, social inequality, and economic troubles, the significance of care becomes more pronounced, leading to a specific focus on the crisis of care.

From feminist discussions about contradictions related to care within social reproduction, Nancy Fraser, a prominent social reproduction theorist, contends that while social reproduction is essential for sustained capital accumulation, capitalism's relentless pursuit of unlimited growth has the potential to destabilize the very processes of social reproduction on which it relies (Fraser, 2016, p.100). In the realm of social reproduction, significant contributions have been made by feminist scholars such as Bhattacharya (2015; 2017) and Fraser (2016). It is argued that social reproduction, involving the production of life, plays a central role in the accumulation of capital. Moreover, by incorporating feminist critiques, some scholars also criticize the gendered aspect of care in organizing and advocate for a 'care revolution' (Winker, 2015; 2020; Habermann, 2009; 2016) that confronts the crisis of social reproduction.

In light of the devaluation and extensive commodification of care, there has been a consequential emergence of fractured care cycles, leading to distinct separations among caring-about, taking-care-of, care-giving, care-receiving, and even caring-with (Tronto, 1993, 2009). This fragmentation underscores the complex nature of contemporary care dynamics. Recently, there has been a surge in feminist researchers and social movements advocating for a "Care Revolution" (Winker 2015; 2021; Habermann 2009; 2016). Regional networks have formed, bringing together groups and individuals from diverse fields of care, collectively confronting the crisis of social reproduction. The vision behind the "care revolution" is to steer society away from profit-driven orientations towards a focus on genuine needs. Advocating for fundamental changes, the movement calls for a deeper exploration of political economy and formulates a utopian vision emphasizing the participation of all and (self)care for all (Brückner 2016). Communities engaged in these efforts envision, reimagine, and reorganize care issues through joint initiatives. The concept of commons is integral to this transformation, expanding the understanding of care beyond traditional caregiving services for specific demographics. Care is viewed broadly as caring for each other, demonstrating concern and interest in the community as a whole. The issue of care is deliberately positioned at the heart of commons and commoning (Helfrich & Bollier 2020; Habermann 2009; 2016). By starting from people's own needs and envisioning care beyond the confines of the neoliberal capitalist system, commoning serves as a means to showcase "other possible" care practices. This approach recognizes that needs are the starting points for reproduction commoning, fostering community building not based on identity or status but on shared material and life conditions (Zechner, 2021, p.35).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper focuses on the organizational practices of women's cooperatives in "re-imagining" and re-inventing care, with the primary aim of answering the question, "How and to what extent do women's cooperatives reimagine and reorganize care?"

During the empirical data collection process, semi-structured and in-depth interviews were conducted with 23 members from 19 women's cooperatives in Izmir between August and September 2020. The data collection was originally undertaken within the scope of my master's thesis, designed to address a different research question. However, I now aim to reexamine the organizational practices of women's cooperatives, focusing specifically on their experiences with care. A qualitative research approach was employed to explore and comprehend potential patterns in the given theme. In the analysis phase, a narrative approach was utilized. The current study involves revisiting and re-analyzing the collected data to extract new insights and perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper concludes by raising critical questions regarding the practical implementation of reimagining and reorganizing care. It explores whether these transformations manifest as tangible strategies and provides examples of collective self-organization, thereby evolving into a practice for the future. The inquiry extends to the generalizability of these examples into a broader political strategy of commoning, questioning whether they embody the essence of commoning as a revolutionary "realpolitics."

The concept of transformation, envisioned as a series of contested steps, involves the formation of collective organizing of commoning at local and regional levels, constituting a societal practice of commoning from the grassroots. Commoning, as a transformative concept, prompts a reconsideration of our relationships with nature and non-human entities. This reevaluation challenges prevailing extractive capitalist systems, striving for the collective establishment of a shared identity.

Drawing from scholars like Federici (2019) and Moore (2018), the paper emphasizes that commoning practices are not merely freely accessible resources but methods of producing and managing shared resources. Moore further characterizes commoning as a practice centered on cultivating and caring for the relationships intertwined with the production of shared resources (Moore, 2018:18; 16).

The conclusion underscores the importance of the commoning perspective as a dynamic and participatory approach that transcends conventional notions of resource accessibility, advocating for a paradigm shift in societal practices towards shared responsibility and collective well-being. Basis on the emprical finding, I intend to demonstrate how women's cooperatives engage in caring for their members, other women’s co-ops/their network, the local community, and the planet to connect with real-life politics.

References
Bhattacharya, T. (2015) How not to skip class: social reproduction of labor and the global working class, Viewpoint, 31 October, https://viewpointmag.com/2015/10/31/how-not-to-skip-class-social-reproduction-of-labor-and-the-global-working-class/.
Bhattacharya, T. (ed) (2017) Social Reproduction Theory: Remapping Class, Recentering Oppression, London: Pluto.
Brückner, M. (2016). Rezension: Gabriele Winker: Care-Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft [Rezension des Buches], Femina Politica – Zeitschrift für feministische Politikwissenschaft, 25(1), S. 191-193. (abgelegt)
Fisher, B., & Tronto, J. (1990). Towards a Feminist Theory of Care. In E. E. Abel & M. Nelson (Eds.), Circles of Care. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
Fraser, N. (2016). Contradictions of Capital and Care. New Left Review, 100, 99-117
Habermann, F. (2009): Halbinseln gegen den Strom: Anders Leben und Wirtschaften im Alltag. Ulrike Helmer Verlag.
Habermann, F. (2016): Ecommony. UmCARE zum Miteinander, Ulrike Helmer Verlag.
Helfrich, S. &. Bollier, D. (2020): Frei, Fair & Lebendig. Bielefeld: transcript.
Helfrich, S.; Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung (Eds.) (2012): Commons. Für eine neue Politik jenseits von Markt und Staat. Bielefeld: transcript.
ILO. (2020). ILO Monitor  : COVID-19 and the world of work 2 nd edition: updated estimates and analysis.
Moore, S. (2018) The “Care-full” Commons: Open Access and the Care of Commoning. In Deville, J., Moore, S., and Nadim, T. (eds), The Commons and Care, Coventry, Post Office Press and Rope Press.
Saad-Filho, A. (2021). Endgame: from crisis in neoliberalism to crises of neoliberalism. Human Geography, 14(1), 133–137. https://doi.org/10.1177/1942778620962026
Winker, G. (2015): Care Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft. s.l.: transcript Verlag (X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft).
Winker, G. (2020). Aufbau einer solidarischen und nachhaltigen Care Ökonomie. Ein Plädoyer in Zeiten von Corona. In M. Volkmer & K. Werner (Hrsg.), Die Corona-Gesellschaft, Analysen zur Lage und Perspektiven für die Zukunft. Bielefeld transcript.
Winker, G. (2021): Solidarische Care-Ökonomie. Bielefeld: transcript Verlag
Zechner, M. (2021) Commoning Care & Collective Power: Childcare Commons and the Micropolitics of Municipalism in Barcelona. Vienna: Transversal Texts


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Identity in Flux: Chinese Students' Academic Journey Through Pandemic-Era UK

Chufan Qiu

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Qiu, Chufan

This study aims to explore the dynamics of academic identity negotiation and (re)construction among Chinese students in the UK and the factors that affected the identity negotiation and (re)construction during this process. The pandemic era introduces additional complexities and challenges, making this research particularly timely and relevant. As globalisation forges ahead, an increasing number of Chinese students choose to study abroad, with those in the UK representing a significant proportion. In this context, comprehending how these students navigate and reshape their academic identities amidst the unique challenges of the pandemic and post-pandemic periods becomes crucial.

While there are previous studies related to identity negotiation and (re)construction of Chinese international students abroad, it often narrowly focused on doctoral students, thus overlooking the substantial cohort of master’s students. Furthermore, much of the existing literature presented fragmented insights and lacks a comprehensive, longitudinal perspective on the students’ identity development trajectory.

Drawing from post-structuralist stance of identity and incorporating theories of agency along with Norton’s notion of investment, this study analysed how Chinese students dynamically negotiated and (re)constructed their identities during their studies in the UK, especially under the extraordinary circumstances brought about by the pandemic. The post-structuralist perspective on identity acknowledges its dynamic, fluid, and sometimes contradictory nature. The theoretical framework of agency and investment is suitable for analysing students’ identity in my study as it emphasises the active role students play in their language learning and identity formation. Agency highlights learners’ intentional actions to shape their learning experiences and identity, emphasising the dynamic and proactive nature of identity construction. Investment, on the other hand, links learners' commitment to language learning with their identity and social context, showing how learners invest in their language skills as part of their identity and social membership. This framework is applicable to my study as it can provide insights into how Chinese students studying abroad actively engage in and shape their academic and social experiences, negotiating and constructing their identities in a new linguistic and cultural environment.

The study's significance is manifold: it aims not only to facilitate Chinese students’ adaptation to new academic environments in these unprecedented times but also to equip educators and policymakers with a profound understanding of the students' academic identity (re)construction and negotiation processes. This, in turn, will improve the support systems available to these students during and after the pandemic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of this study was meticulously designed to ensure a robust and comprehensive understanding of the participants' experiences. Lasted for approximately six months, the research was conducted at a prestigious Russell Group university. The study recruited a diverse group of 11 participants from different academic programmes, thereby ensuring a rich variety of perspectives and experiences.

At the heart of this research was the mini-ethnographic approach, a qualitative method particularly well-suited for in-depth and nuanced exploration of social phenomena within their natural context. The data collection was multifaceted, incorporating semi-structured interviews, audio diaries, and informal conversations. These methods were carefully chosen to facilitate a deeper engagement with the participants, allowing for a more comprehensive understanding of their lived experiences and the meanings they attach to them.

An essential aspect of the methodology was the linguistic approach. All interactions with the participants were conducted in Mandarin, ensuring comfort and authenticity in their responses. This choice was crucial, as it allowed participants to express themselves in their native language, providing richer and more nuanced data. Following the interactions, permission was obtained from the participants to record these interactions, ensuring ethical transparency and respect for their privacy.
The subsequent phase involved meticulous transcription of the interactions. A bilingual approach was adopted in the analysis phase, where specific parts of the transcriptions were translated into English. This practice was not only essential for the broader accessibility of the research findings but also ensured that the nuances and subtleties of the original Mandarin discourse were preserved and accurately represented in the analysis.

The analytical process was conducted using NVivo to facilitate a rigorous thematic analysis, allowing for a systematic and comprehensive exploration of the data.  

  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study uncovered the intricate narrative of the academic identity evolution among second language (L2) learners during the pandemic. Initially, participants actively crafted an academic identity, aspiring to the image of L2 learners who preferred characteristics associated with native speakers. Over time, however, pragmatic use became their priority consideration.

A significant shift occurred in their perception of English. Learners moved away from an ideology centered on adhering to native English standards. Instead, they began to appreciate English as a lingua franca, recognising its role in fostering global communication. This shift marked a broader, more inclusive understanding of language use, extending beyond traditional native norms.

Conscious learners employed various strategies to enhance their English proficiency, leveraging existing cultural capital or digital tools to facilitate learning. Conversely, others improved their English unconsciously, employing diverse strategies. Some participants unintentionally enhanced their language skills through social capital investments like friendships or through everyday interactions. While most participants reported improving their English, consciously or not, they also noted disparities in their progress, such as differences between everyday and academic English proficiency or uneven development in specific academic language areas.

Meanwhile, parental influence proved pivotal throughout learners' educational journeys. Parents played a crucial role not only in initial decisions to study abroad but also in shaping students' post-graduation aspirations and plans, highlighting the profound impact of family expectations and support in navigating foreign academic environments.

Moreover, the findings suggested a shift in identity and cognitive adaptation, reflecting a deeper integration of the second language identity. This shift involves not only language acquisition but also a profound reinterpretation of learners' understanding of language, academia, and their broader personal identities.

References
Binah-Pollak, A., & Yuan, S. (2022). Negotiating identity by transnational Chinese students during COVID-19. China Information, 0(0), 0920203X211065013. https://doi.org/10.1177/0920203x211065013
Blackledge, A., & Pavlenko, A. (2001). Negotiation of identities in multilingual contexts. International Journal of Bilingualism, 5(3), 243-257. https://doi.org/10.1177/13670069010050030101
Copland, F., & Creese, A. (2015). Linguistic Ethnography: Collecting, Analysing and Presenting Data. In. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473910607
Creese, A. (2015). Linguistic Ethnography: Collecting, Analysing and Presenting Data. In. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473910607
Darvin, R., & Norton, B. (2015). Identity and a Model of Investment in Applied Linguistics. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 35, 36-56. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0267190514000191
Darvin, R., & Norton, B. (2021). Investment and motivation in language learning: What's the difference? Language Teaching, 56(1), 29-40. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444821000057
Jin, R., & Wang, X. (2022). “Somewhere I belong?” A study on transnational identity shifts caused by “double stigmatization” among Chinese international student returnees during COVID-19 through the lens of mindsponge mechanism. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 1018843.
Jung, J. (2021). Learning experience and academic identity building by master's students in Hong Kong. Studies in Higher Education, 46(4), 782-795. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1652811
Li, B., Jiang, W., & Chakma, U. (2023, 2023/05/19). Negotiating identities in western academia: an autoethnographic study of international doctoral students in Australia. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(4), 888-902. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2022.2082388
Özdil, B. M., & Kunt, N. (2023). Do Bi/Multilingual Learners Play by the Rules of the Game? A Postmodern Approach to L1/L2 Use and Learner Investment. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2023.2180372
Tran, L. T., & Vu, T. T. P. (2018). 'Agency in mobility': towards a conceptualisation of international student agency in transnational mobility. Educational review (Birmingham), 70(2), 167-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2017.1293615
Vaughn, M. (2020). What is student agency and why is it needed now more than ever? Theory into practice, 59(2), 109-118. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2019.1702393
Walshaw, M. (2013). Post-Structuralism and Ethical Practical Action: Issues of Identity and Power. Journal for research in mathematics education, 44(1), 100-118. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.44.1.0100


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Looking for Meaningfulness Across Different Types of International Learning Experiences: Is it about us or about the world?

Marianthi Kontelli

University of Toronto / Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, Canada

Presenting Author: Kontelli, Marianthi

The presentation topic is located in the intersection of internationalization in higher education and formal and non-formal educational activities. Learning abroad, especially in higher education, but also in the non-formal education field, receives a lot of attention in the last decades. Emerging neoliberal pressures have affected the domain of learning abroad and keep pushing towards the direction of sending future professionals overseas in order for them to acquire valuable skills and competencies for their education and future career (Moscovitz & Zahavi, 2019; Rizvi, 2011; Thimmel, 2013; Waldow, 2018; Yang, 2020). These developments have fueled the further diversification of the available programs for learning abroad and, as a result, an increasing number of individuals has visited multiple countries today by getting involved in several types of learning experiences (e.g., study abroad, volunteering, language courses, au-pair, work & travel).

The objective of this research is to collect experiences of current higher education students as well as recent graduates who have participated in at least two different types of international learning experiences. Individuals with multiple experiences abroad were chosen as the most suitable group to determine what people find meaningful across different types of international learning experiences because of their ability to compare their experiences overseas. This presentation focuses on one aspect of the wider research project that is being conducted, and attempts to discover to what extent participants of formal and non-formal international learning experiences find meaningfulness in personal development aspects and/or aspects regarding their contribution to/influence on the world.

Regarding the conceptual framework, I examine meaningfulness mainly in subjective terms (Yeoman, 2019). This means that the assessment of worthiness and the subsequent feelings cultivated by the interviewees should imply that the action is perceived by the individual as meaningful, irrespectively of whether the results could be characterized as ‘objectively meaningful’. The interviewees’ assessment is taken into account first and foremost. Further, to determine and categorize where individuals find meaningfulness and if this is primarily associated with the self or the world, I take into account two theories regarding the sources of meaning (Aguinis & Glavas, 2019; Rosso et al., 2010 in Yeoman, 2014: 18). These theories mention the self, others, the context (skill variety, task identity, task significance), and spiritual life as major sources of meaningfulness.

The analysis under the above-mentioned lens offers a better understanding of what individuals aspire to gain when choosing to go abroad for learning purposes. Following Baumeister (2018), a differentiation is made between happiness and meaningfulness in international learning experiences. This means that positive feelings of happiness during an experience abroad do not necessarily guarantee meaningful results and vice versa. Approaching international experiences from a lifelong perspective, meaningfulness is examined under a lifelong lens in order to help future students and current professionals in the field of internationalization to choose their international learning experiences more consciously.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research paradigm that the study adopts is social constructivism / interpretivism (Creswell & Creswell, 2018: 7-8; Mason, 2002: 56). According to this framework, each individual seeks to understand the world around them by developing their own unique subjective meanings of their experiences. The research design is exploratory, since there is a very limited number of studies that investigate the phenomenon of multiple international learning experiences, as most research until today has either focused on a very limited spectrum of target groups (mainly university students going abroad to study) or has primarily compared only up to two different target groups with one another (e.g., Streitwieser et al., 2019; Gu et al., 2010; Hudson & Inkson, 2006). Also, the topic of meaningfulness has been approached from psychological and educational perspectives, but has not been investigated specifically in relation to learning abroad apart from the model of Thomas and Kerstetter (2020). As a result, an exploratory, inductive methodological design that is data-driven instead of theory-driven has been selected.
Within this framework, the chosen methodological approach is hermeneutical phenomenology (van Manen, 1990 in Creswell, 2013: 79-80). Phenomenology focuses on the lived experiences of individuals who all have experienced the phenomenon which is being investigated. Consequently, this approach is aligned with the research outlined above, since it aims to investigate common or shared experiences of different types of programs for learning abroad based on the individuals’ perception of meaningfulness. Hermeneutical phenomenology, more specifically, engages in an interpretive process during which the researcher attempts to bridge the gap between different meanings (the several meanings coming from each research participant and the researcher’s own meanings and interpretations). As a researcher with experience of multiple formal and non-formal learning abroad programs, I intend to actively use my own lens to interpret the data through a reflexive lens.
In terms of sampling, purposive sampling has been applied which is used in cases where it is not possible to identify and list all the individuals belonging to the population that is being investigated (Blaikie, 2000: 205; Silverman, 2022: 294). Interviewees were recruited from Europe (Germany, Greece) and Canada. Lastly, the data will be triangulated by combining the verbal data (semi-structured interviews) with visual data (visual creations by the interviewees, based on the method of the ‘river of experience’ – Iantaffi, 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most interviewees mention that they found meaningfulness in their international learning experiences in terms of personal development on an individual level. Experiences abroad that led them to make important decisions for their lives, even if they were challenging ones, were described as more meaningful. When asked about the impact of their activities on the world, most interviewees mentioned that they did not think of their actions as irreplaceable and extremely meaningful. On the contrary, some individuals concluded that their 'impact on the world' is rather limited or not detectable at all. Therefore, situations of ‘dynamic stability’ (Long, 2014) that offered circumstances between stability and growth on an individual level were characterized as more meaningful. Furthermore, the way how the experience abroad is embedded into one’s life (preparation before departure, life phase) seems to be of great importance regarding whether an experience is more or less meaningful to the individual.
References
Aguinis, H., & Glavas, A. (2019). On Corporate Social Responsibility, Sensemaking, and the Search for Meaningfulness Through Work. Journal of Management, 45(3), 1057–1086.
Baumeister, R. F. (2018). Happiness and meaningfulness as two different and not entirely compatible versions of the good life. The social psychology of living well, 1, 37-49.
Blaikie, N. (2000). Designing Social Research: The Logic of Anticipation. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Creswell, J. W. & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design (5th ed.). Sage Publications.
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). Sage Publications.
Gu, Q., Schweisfurth, M. & Day, C. (2010). Learning and growing in a ‘foreign’ context: Intercultural experiences of international students. Compare, 40(1), 7-23.
Hudson, S. & Inkson, K. (2006). Volunteer overseas development workers: the hero's adventure and personal transformation, Career Development International, 11(4), 304-320.
Iantaffi, A. (2012). Travelling along ‘rivers of experience’: personal construct psychology and visual metaphors in research. In Visual Methods in Psychology (pp. 305-317). Routledge.
Long, T. (2014). Work Engagement and Meaningfulness: The Application of Personal Construct Theory in Iterative, Exploratory Research. SAGE Publications, Ltd.
Mason, J. (2002). Qualitative Researching (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications.
Moscovitz, H. & Zahavi, H. (2019). The Bologna Process as a foreign policy endeavour: motivations and reactions to the externalisation of European higher education, European Journal of Higher Education, 9(1), 7-22.
Rizvi, F. (2011). Theorizing student mobility in an era of globalization. Teachers and Teaching, 17(6), 693–701.
Silverman, D. (2022). Doing Qualitative Research (6th edition). London: Sage Publications.
Streitwieser, B., Bryantb, F. B., Dranec, D. & Light, G. (2019). Assessing student conceptions of international experience: Developing a validated survey instrument. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 68, 26-43.
Thimmel, A. (2013). Linking Youth Work and Learning Mobility- The Research Perspective. Mobility Spaces – Learning Spaces - European Platform on Learning Mobility, Berlin.
Waldow, F. (2018). “Commentary to Part III: Why Is “Being International” so Attractive? “Being International” as a Source of Legitimacy and Distinction.” In Elite Education and Internationalisation, 247-253. Palgrave Macmillan.
Yang, P. (2020). Toward a framework for (re)thinking the ethics and politics of international student mobility. Journal of Studies in International Education, 24(5), 518-534.Yeoman 2019
Yeoman, R. (2014). Meaningful Work and Workplace Democracy. Palgrave Macmillan UK.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Euro-superdiversity and Sense of Belonging: The School Experiences of Polish Children in Post-Brexit England

Thi Bogossian

University of East Anglia, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bogossian, Thi

Children of immigrants navigate the complex terrain of multiple ethnic identities and spaces of belonging, a process shaped by diverse contextual influences that can foster assimilation into the host culture or nurture connections to their parents' homeland. Schools, as primary institutions of the host country, wield considerable influence in this negotiation, with interactions among peers and adults contributing significantly to the development of ideas about ethnic self and others. The current global climate, steeped in anti-immigrant rhetoric and exclusionary immigration policies, exacerbates the challenges faced by these children. The United Kingdom's (UK) Brexit referendum stands as a poignant example, reflecting a culmination of hostility towards migrant and ethnic minorities in Britain (Benson and Lewis, 2019; Burrell and Schweyher, 2019). This paper positions itself within the neo-assimilationist context illuminated by Zontini and Peró (2020), seeking to explore how migrant children, particularly the largest community of Polish pupils in the UK, perceive and experience their school climate.

The Brexit context adds a layer of significance to the experiences of Polish children, who rapidly established themselves in the UK following the 2004 enlargement of the European Union. Despite initial expectations of seamless integration due to their whiteness and shared cultural background, the shifting socio-political landscape has exposed vulnerabilities and challenges for this migrant group (Lumsden et al., 2019). In this dynamic context, the paper explores the web of social interactions with peers and adults, investigating how these interactions contribute to Polish pupils' sense of belonging within the school environment. Additionally, the exploration of the overall school atmosphere provides insights into how these children navigate the neo-assimilationist climate and the broader implications for their well-being.

The theoretical framework grounding this research draws from the concept of school climate (Thapa et al., 2013), offering a nuanced lens to understand social relationships, safety perceptions, and the institutional environment for learning. Beyond the conventional focus on teaching and learning and academic achievements, this study uncovers the multifaceted ways in which Polish children navigate their school environment, shedding light on the socio-cultural dynamics that shape their educational experiences. By examining the socio-political landscape and the experiences of Polish children in UK schools, this research contributes to the broader conversation surrounding migration, education, and social cohesion in a post-Brexit era.

The study's focus on Polish children aligns with the European/international dimension, as Brexit is not an isolated phenomenon but a microcosm of the challenges faced by migrant communities within the larger exclusionary European context. The experiences of Polish pupils in the UK reflect broader trends of increasing anti-immigration sentiments across Europe and globally, making this research relevant to educational practitioners, policymakers, and researchers working within an international framework.

Furthermore, this research serves as a platform to amplify the voices of marginalised children, providing them with an opportunity to be heard in a landscape where their perspectives are often overlooked. This study contributes to developing an understanding of the school experiences of Polish children in England post-Brexit, offering insights into the intricate dynamics of their social interactions, sense of belonging, and overall school climate. By focusing on the largest community of migrant pupils in the UK, the research illuminates broader trends of anti-immigration sentiments, making a compelling case for the importance of fostering inclusive and culturally sensitive educational environments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Inspired by symbolic interactionism, this study employs a qualitative and ethnographic approach to make sense of the school experiences of Polish children in this new context. I spent 3 months conducting participant observation in a multi-ethnic Catholic school in the Southeast of England. I observed classrooms and common spaces of the school, including assembly and dining halls, corridors, shared learning areas, the library, the kitchen suite, and outdoor areas, including the field, the multi-use game area, playgrounds, and the parking space. Through participant observation, I examined the everyday practices of Polish children, how they interact with teachers and peers, what kind of friendship groups they form, where they sit, whom they play with and so on. During participant observation, I also engaged in spontaneous conversations with pupils, who functioned as informants of my observations. I participated in classroom learning sessions, individual and group parallel support sessions (when Polish children were present), lunches, and spent break time with children.

In addition, 15 Polish pupils (8 boys and 7 girls) aged 9-11 years old participated in a palette of child-centred creative methods, namely drawings, photo voice, and Persona Dolls. In those sessions, groups of 2-4 Polish were separated from their classroom and invited to a shared learning space to talk about their experiences through these creative means. This space provided an opportunity for children to talk freely about their educational and social experiences of growing up as children of migrants. I created vignettes about these conversations, which were part of the corpus of written data. Moreover, I asked children about their drawings and photographs and also noted these interactions in my fieldnotes.

Data analysis consisted of a thick ethnographic description (Geertz, 1973) of the interactions and relationships developed in the field. In particular, grounded theorising (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007) was employed, where concepts and categories that were part of children’s accounts (codes) were then transformed into general analytical ideas and framework. In addition to the ethnographic notes, children also produced visual data in the form of drawings and photographs. As drawings and other visual materials and the accompanying narrative are not separate entities (Einarsdottir et al., 2009), the vignettes were also associated with the ethnographic corpus of data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this multi-ethnic context, my participants developed a positive attachment to their educational institution, feeling valued and respected for their ethnic diversity. This is mainly due to the euro-superdiverse (Vertovec, 2007) feature of the school, which provides various opportunities for identity matching (Reynolds, 2008) and for the formation of intra and cross-ethnic friendships, and to the school’s ethos that promotes inclusivity, tolerance, and respect, which help them to create a sense of belonging. Their ethnic background is both unique and ordinary in the sense that it does not stand out due to the demographics of the school. My participants recognise that prejudice and racism are things that happen in other schools and settings, but they see their school as a safe haven and refuge against the external world (Suárez-Orozco and Suárez-Orozco, 2002), a place where everyone can ‘fit in’. Moreover, it shows how schools that actively cultivate an atmosphere of diversity, inclusion, tolerance, and respect can significantly enhance the overall educational experience of migrant children. For these children, their school was not only a place to acquire new knowledge, but a place where they can feel valued, appreciated, and part of a big family. This underscores the profound impact of the school's diverse and inclusive ethos on children's perceptions, highlighting the pivotal role educational environments play in shaping a sense of belonging and development of identity for young migrants in England. These findings illustrate that the experiences of European children in the post-Brexit context are complex and multi-faceted and cannot be reduced only to experiences of othering and discrimination. It advances knowledge about how children develop positive relationships in their superdiverse local context against the background of an (inter)national hostile environment.
References
Benson, M., Lewis, C., 2019. Brexit, British People of Colour in the EU-27 and everyday racism in Britain and Europe. Ethnic and Racial Studies 42, 2211–2228. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2019.1599134

Botterill, K., Burrell, K., 2019. (In)visibility, privilege and the performance of whiteness in Brexit Britain: Polish migrants in Britain’s shifting migration regime. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space 37, 23–28. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263774X18811923e

Burrell, K., Schweyher, M., 2019. Conditional citizens and hostile environments: Polish migrants in pre-Brexit Britain. Geoforum 106, 193–201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2019.08.014

Einarsdottir, J., Dockett, S. and Perry, B. (2009) ‘Making meaning: children’s perspectives expressed through drawings’, Early Child Development and Care, 179(2), pp. 217–232. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430802666999.

Geertz, C. (1973) The interpretation of cultures: selected essays. New York: Basic Books.

Hammersley, M. and Atkinson, P. (2007) Ethnography: principles in practice. 3rd edn. London: Routledge.

Lumsden, K., Goode, J., Black, A., 2019. ‘I Will Not Be Thrown Out of the Country Because I’m an Immigrant’: Eastern European Migrants’ Responses to Hate Crime in a Semi-Rural Context in the Wake of Brexit. Sociological Research Online 24, 167–184. https://doi.org/10.1177/1360780418811967

Reynolds, G. (2008) The Impacts and Experiences of Migrant Children in UK Secondary Schools. Working paper 47. Brighton: Sussex Centre for Migration Research. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/migrant-integration/library-document/impacts-and-experiences-migrant-children-uk-secondary-schools_en (Accessed: 25 July 2023).

Suárez-Orozco, C. and Suárez-Orozco, M.M. (2002) Children of immigration. Cambridge, Massachusetts, and London, England: Harvard University Press (The developing child series).

Thapa, A. et al. (2013) ‘A Review of School Climate Research’, Review of Educational Research, 83(3), pp. 357–385. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313483907.

Vertovec, S. (2007) Super-diversity and its implications, Ethnic and Racial Studies, 30(6), pp. 1024-1054.

Zontini, E. and Però, D. (2020) ‘EU Children in Brexit Britain: Re‐Negotiating Belonging in Nationalist Times’, International Migration, 58(1), pp. 90–104. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/imig.12581.
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 C: Sociologies of Education
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: George Olympiou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

"Objectivity in Evaluation. Coding."

Maslikhat Zamirbekkyzy, Symbat Issa

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Zamirbekkyzy, Maslikhat

This study presents a quantitative analysis of empirical research on the objectivity of evaluation throughout the term's summative assessment in specialized schools.

In the field of education, evaluation is the process of determining the efficacy, caliber, or performance of curriculum, instructors, pupils, or organizations. The purpose of evaluation is to collect data that will enable decision-makers to make well-informed choices on the efficacy and enhancement of educational initiatives. Evaluation criteria may include time, purpose, evaluator, focus, criteria, kind of data, and level. The assessment based on timing is the main topic of the work.

In Kazakhstan's educational system, examinations are always very important. While each academic has given their own explanation of the importance of assessment, it is important to note the observations of S. Mirseitova, who supplied three definitions of assessment:

Evaluation: To make well-informed judgments, evidence must be gathered, analyzed, and interpreted. A wider range of tasks are included in evaluation with the goal of determining how well educational procedures and results work.

Assessment (Monitoring): This phrase refers to the ongoing monitoring and assessment of students' academic performance as they move through the learning process. Evaluation aids in monitoring modifications and modifying instructional tactics for improved outcomes.

Grade (Mark or Grade): This is the phrase used to describe the final assessment of a student's academic performance. A grade is an evaluation, either numerical or letter-based, that shows the student's degree of knowledge and proficiency in a certain area.

For the purpose of comprehending and evaluating the efficacy of Kazakhstan's educational system, each of these concepts is crucial. (2004)

In the event of examining the data and literature of researchers who have already defined and conducted studies regarding objective assessment of learners, it’s clear to observe that their conclusions match. “Although academics, instructors, and students are interested in this issue, the current method for measuring knowledge is far from flawless.” stated G. Romashkina (2005) and A. Slobodin (2002). “There is no absolutely objective evaluation.” concluded B. Walvoord (1998). When it came to defining objectivity as fairness or honesty, Robin Dee Tierney provided an expanded definition that was considered a crucial finding of the study. Fairness in educational evaluation is required by several imperatives, including pedagogical, technological, and democratic imperatives. Since fairness is neither binary nor a characteristic of an evaluation task or instrument, it is comparable to the measurement attributes of validity and reliability. (2013)

Two years ago, a new school in Kazakhstan opened its doors for the purpose of conducting the research. Overestimating the present school evaluation was a concern during the first academic year. In this sense, the current academic year saw the coding of summative works. We may make the following deductions after examining the acquired average indicators of quality and learning accomplishment throughout a two-year period of study: Learning success is at 100%. The degree of knowledge lies between excellent and acceptable. However, in the second academic year, the caliber of knowledge declines. In the first quarter the quality of knowledge amounted to 42.03%, in the second quarter it amounted to 62.55%. While in the last academic year it amounted to 70.19%.

The study's significance is defined by the necessity to enhance the present evaluation technique for students' knowledge and to identify students' current knowledge and abilities in dynamics.

Due to the large range of assessment methods, the research problem—the absence of impartiality in the evaluation of students' summative work—is pervasive.

The objective of this research is to quantify the development of evaluation objectivity and academic outcomes to the previous year after introducing and implementing new assessment methods, in particular “coding”, that can increase impartiality.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study is being conducted in Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkestan city during the 2023-2024 academic year. There are 555 students and 111 teachers overall.
To ensure triangulation, three research methods were used: questionnaires (after first and second terms), analyzing pedagogical reports, which reflect the correlation analysis between subjects, monitoring results, the gap between current assessment in school and observation of the procedure for checking summative works.
Teachers were given an algorithm for evaluating pupils' work for the current academic year. The students' data was coded by the school principal for academic work at the start of the assessment week. Teachers collected the papers without student data after the summative week and went over them. To do this, they designated a location, and all of the instructors from that parallel took a seat to begin grading the work of the kids.  A link to the online report card including student data was sent to the teacher leaders following the review of the summative assessments. Following verification of summative works, the heads of methodological associations were supplied with a connection to online declarations including student data. The outcomes of students' summative assessments for the quarter were statistically and psychometrically examined.
Coding was implemented cautiously, and all educators and students were given advance notice. In the cover sheets of each quarterly test paper for each subject, there was no indent for learners’ names, but rather an indent for a special and individual code for each of them, the decoding of which was known only to the students themselves, the vice principal, and the teacher-organizer - curator of each class.

As expected, the indicator of knowledge quality decreased significantly in percentage during the first quarter of the 2023-2024 academic year when compared to the fourth quarter of the 2022-2023 academic year, but this did not have a negative impact on students' behavior or psychology; rather, it motivated them to study the curriculum more thoroughly.
503 students and parents participated in the questionnaire. Students as well as their parents were surveyed at the conclusion of the first quarter to find out what they thought about coding. 92% of parents and students had good opinions, stating that the most reliable way for parents to determine their children's academic achievement and level of knowledge is through objective evaluation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The predicted performance discrepancy between the first and second quarters was already evident since this grading approach was quickly adopted. This time, however, the approach was changed in response to the recommendations and demands of a significant number of students (76.3%), who made such requests. On the cover page, a new column was introduced for verifying the teacher's signature in addition to the one for student input. This decision turned out to be the best one yet since the student gets in touch with the teacher who was reviewing his or her work after receiving it and asks for a detailed critical analysis. Consequently, most students were once again convinced that their work had been assessed impartially and objectively. Students started to believe in the assessment's objectivity, even though the workload has somewhat increased as a result of the decoding process taking a long time and because, for the most part, teachers tried to assign grades as well as provide a reasonable explanation for each additional point. They began to examine on their own how well they were mastering the offered course contents and how well they were achieving their educational objectives. Given the results of this study report, it is expected that summative assessments for the quarter will still be decided using coding checklists. Furthermore, throughout the upcoming quarters, a somewhat positive movement in the students' knowledge quality is anticipated. Second, in this method, both teachers and students may accurately offer feedback on how well learning objectives are met. Thirdly, we would want to draw attention to the positive effects that this assessment approach has on students' fundamental human values in both their academic and overall lives. One of the primary goals of every institute is to educate the well-rounded and truth worthy individual.
References
1. Мирсеитова, С. С. Транспозиция вопросительных предложений в современном английском языке. 2004
2. Ромашкина Г.Ф. Оценка качества образования: опыт эмпирического исследования. Университетское управление: практика и анализ, 2005, №5, c. 83–88.
3. Слободин А.В. Часовских В.П. Совершенствование оценки знаний методом тестирования. Телематика 2002. Труды Всероссийской научно-методической конференции. СПб., 2002.
4. Walvrood B.E. Effective Grading: A Tool for Learning and Assessment. 1998.
5. Tierney R.D. Fairness in Classroom Assessment. SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment (J.H. McMillan, Ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE, 2013.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Comparative Case Study of Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion in the Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland.

Sevinj Rustamova

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Rustamova, Sevinj

The demographics of students in schools are more diverse than ever in today’s globalized world due to the growing cultural, linguistic, and developmental diversity in classrooms (Florian, 2017).1994 Salamanca Statement and Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities has started international movement for inclusion to be norm and promoting all students to have equal rights to access to education. Within growing advocacy and policy reforms, inclusive education has been recommended as the most practical way to educate students with needs (Chow et al.). Teachers are seen as key figures/ agents to implement inclusive education and determine the success of inclusion in mainstream schools (de Boer et al., 2011; Feng, 2012; Moberg et al., 2020; Robo, 2014; Shevchenko et al., 2020). In other words, the success of inclusive education heavily relies on teachers using appropriate methods to be able to address to different needs of learners. Yet, teachers reporting lack of competence, insufficient knowledge and not being supported raise an issue (Seo, 2020).

In view of the fact and considering that higher education institutions are offering Teacher Education (TE) programmes for pre-service teachers to be qualified to teach in mainstream classes which in turn raise concerns about how adequate teacher education programmes are and how pre-service teachers should be prepared sufficiently respond to students with diverse needs. TE is divided into two main stages: Initial teacher education and Continuing Professional Development (CPD) in which this research will based on ITE for Inclusion in two divergent contexts: Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland.

This comparative research will discuss the teachers’ role in shaping inclusive education in two contrasting cultural settings: Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland with a focus on ITE for Inclusion. The research aims to present latest situation of inclusive education, introducing ITE programmes and how inclusion is embedded in the programs. Furthermore, information on how/ what pre-service teachers are being taught to be prepared to teach students with needs in both given contexts will be provided.

The research will employ two theoretical framework: Amarta Sen's capacity approach to explore how ITE programs contribute to building capabilities in pre-service teachers for inclusive practices, and a cross-cultural comparative analysis approach to illuminate factors that foster similarities and differences in ITE programs for inclusion between two countries characterized by divergent educational and cultural norms.

The research question and sub-questions guiding the study are:

1. How does initial teacher education (ITE) programmes prepare pre-service teachers for inclusive practices in the Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland?

1.1 What differences and similarities exist between Azerbaijani and Scottish’s ITE programmes for inclusion?

1.2 What are experiences of senior pre-service teachers in their involvement with ITE programmes for Inclusion?

1.3 What are the experiences of teacher educators in the context of ITE programs for inclusion?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is designed as comparative case-study research which will include higher education institutions in two countries and recruiting teacher educators and last year pre-service teachers to participate in the research. A qualitative approach is considered as the most appropriate way to collect data for the study compiling three research methods: semi-structured interviews, focus group discussions and document analysis.  Document analysis will be applied to review a wide range of documents related to teacher education, teacher education programmes and inclusive education. Data analyses is an effective method as a way of collecting data and at the same time can be used as supplementary method for data triangulation and trustworthiness (credibility) measures (Kutsyuruba, 2023).  Teacher educators from various higher education institutions in both mentioned contexts engaged in giving lectures/ seminars or teaching subjects regarding inclusion will be invited to attend semi-structured interviews to receive in depts understanding of their experience in ITE programmes for inclusion.  Semi-structured interviews, in contrast to unstructured interviews, allow to explore different directions as conversation unfolds between interviewer and interviewees while maintaining the main focus determined earlier (Magaldi & Berler, 2020).  For this reason, it  seemed like an appropriate choice to include semi-structured interviews  as one of the methods.  In addition, senior pre-service teachers attended those ITE programmes will be invited to participate in focus group discussions to reflect on their experiences they obtained in the programmes. Given that focus groups can be utilized in research to learn about students' experiences of a specific teaching (Breen, 2006),  and it seems reasonable to use this technique to conduct group interview with student teachers to learn regarding their experiences of ITE programmes for inclusion.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study is in the early stages and data predicted to be collected commencing from May. However, the study has formulated research gap,  presenting research questions and engaged with deep literature review. Prior the conference starting date, it is expected to obtain some raw data to be presented at the conference.
While I won’t be able to present the complete study results listed below due to the study is ongoing and will continue both during and after the conference, I will share data gathered before the conference begins. Specifically, the presentation will delve into the complexities of ITE programs for inclusion drawing comparison between Scotland and Azerbaijan.
The research outcomes are expected to add crucial contributions to the existing literature by comparing two divergent countries and highlighting how ITE programmes prepare pre-service teachers for inclusion in mainstream schools in Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland and if there, what similarities and differences between countries emerged during the data collection process. Additionally, the study will explore the reflections of last year pre-service  teachers’ experiences who have studied in those programs.  

References
Breen, R. L. (2006). A Practical Guide to Focus-Group Research. Journal of geography in higher education, 30(3), 463-475. https://doi.org/10.1080/03098260600927575

Chow, W. S. E., de Bruin, K., & Sharma, U. A scoping review of perceived support needs of teachers for implementing inclusive education. International journal of inclusive education, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2244956

de Boer, A., Pijl, S. J., & Minnaert, A. (2011). Regular primary schoolteachers' attitudes towards inclusive education: a review of the literature. International journal of inclusive education, 15(3), 331-353. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110903030089

Feng, Y. (2012). Teacher career motivation and professional development in special and inclusive education: perspectives from Chinese teachers. International journal of inclusive education, 16(3), 331-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.489123

Florian, L. (2017). Teacher Education for the Changing Demographics of Schooling: Inclusive Education for Each and Every Learner. In L. Florian & N. Pantić (Eds.), Teacher Education for the Changing Demographics of Schooling: Issues for Research and Practice (pp. 9-20). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-54389-5_2

Kutsyuruba, B. (2023). Document Analysis. In J. M. Okoko, S. Tunison, & K. D. Walker (Eds.), Varieties of Qualitative Research Methods: Selected Contextual Perspectives (pp. 139-146). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-04394-9_23

Magaldi, D., & Berler, M. (2020). Semi-structured Interviews. In V. Zeigler-Hill & T. K. Shackelford (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Personality and Individual Differences (pp. 4825-4830). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-24612-3_857

Moberg, S., Muta, E., Korenaga, K., Kuorelahti, M., & Savolainen, H. (2020). Struggling for inclusive education in Japan and Finland: teachers' attitudes towards inclusive education. European journal of special needs education, 35(1), 100-114. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1615800

Robo, M. (2014). Social inclusion and inclusive education. Academicus international scientific journal, V(10), 181-191. https://doi.org/10.7336/academicus.2014.10.12

Seo, J. (2020). Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion: A Literature Review of Special Educational Needs and Disabilities in the United Kingdom and in South Korea. International journal of special education, 35(2), 83. https://doi.org/10.52291/ijse.2020.35.16

Shevchenko, Y., Dubiaha, S. M., Melash, V. D., Fefilova, T., & Saenko, Y. О. (2020). The Role of Teachers in the Organization of Inclusive Education of Primary School Pupils. International Journal of Higher Education.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Professional Identity and Practice of Teachers in Ireland’s Reformed Further Education and Training Sector?

Sean Manley, Margaret Farren

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Manley, Sean

In the past 10 years, the Further Education and Training (FET) sector in Ireland has undergone fundamental reform (Rami & O’Leary, 2017). FET in Ireland is now an umbrella term to describe all post-compulsory education and training outside of Higher Education. SOLAS (An tSeirbhis Oideachais Leanunaigh agus Scileanna which translates as Further Education and Skills Service) was formed in 2013 as the state organisation responsible for funding, planning and coordinating FET in Ireland.

This study is driven by the question, ‘What impact has sectoral reform has had on the professional identity and practice of teachers in Ireland’s FET sector?’ As the first phase of wider multi-phase study, this systematic literature review will provide the initial groundwork for mapping the activity system (Engeström, 2016) of teachers in FET. This mapping will inform conceptual and theoretical frameworks for subsequent study phases.

Ireland’s national FET strategy (SOLAS, 2020) proposes an evolution of the FET sector in Ireland, prioritising agility and responsiveness to changing societal and economic needs. Owing to the separate evolution of ‘Further Education’ and ‘Training’ sectoral components, reform has raised ideological tensions within FET. Criticism from those within adult and further education traditions have claimed reforms represent a neo-liberal paradigm-shift (Glanton, 2023) with a bias towards training traditions. A top-down re-organisation of the sector and the acceleration to align education with employability is noted by O'Neill and Fitzsimons (2020) as contributing to a "contested profession" of FET teacher.

The current Irish FET sector will be explored through the Three-Perspectives Model of VET (Cedefop, 2023), representing overlapping and competing perspectives of Socioeconomic/Labour Market, Education System and Pedagogical/Epistemological. This lens allows comparative analysis of the Irish FET system reforms and other relevant national VET systems in Europe.

A Socioeconomic/Labour Market perspective focuses on FET’s place in Irish society. The SOLAS sectoral reforms have prioritised an outcome-based approach to FET and prioritised jobs creation. This has led to a perceived commoditisation and marketisation of education, leading to FET being subservient to the interests of the economy rather than being driven by emancipatory educational goals (O'Brien, 2018).

From an Educational System perspective, we will examine the infrastructure that has developed under sectoral reform. The role of FET within the wider education system will be reviewed. A performative funding model has been criticism as contributing to a shift from a flexible learner-centred approach to a simplified funder-centred system-driven model (O'Brien, 2018), similar to the new public management approach to further education in England (Smith & O’Leary, 2013).

The role of the FET teacher will be examined from a Pedagogical/Epistemological perspective. Terms such as ‘adult education’ have disappeared from the FET narrative, while others such as ‘inclusion’ and ‘lifelong learning’ have been redefined within an FET driven by a neo-liberal training agenda (Glanton, 2023). The reframing of ‘Teachers’ in FET as ‘Learning Practitioners’ (SOLAS & ETBI, 2017; SOLAS & ETBI, 2020) further demonstrates the contested professional status of teachers (O'Neill & Fitzsimons, 2020) within a reformed sector.

Finally, building from the Pedagogical/Epistemological perspective findings, the Activity System (Engeström, 2016) of FET teachers will be mapped. This unit of analysis helps to frame the professional identity and practice of teachers in FET, and identify inner contradictions and tensions stemming from sectoral reform.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic review of literature was undertaken to answer the question ‘What impact has sectoral reform has had on the professional identity and practice of teachers in Ireland’s FET sector?’ This approach allowed for a comprehensive and structured synthesis of several studies investigating the same research area, representing the state of knowledge in the field of study (Boland, Cherry and Dickson, 2017). The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) 2020 Statement (Page et al., 2021) informed the planning and conducting of the review to ensure a transparent, complete and accurate account was provided.

To develop the initial inclusion criteria for the systematic review, an adaption of the Population, Intervention, Comparator and Outcome (PICO) Framework was used. The key components of the research were identified, along with surrogate terms to develop the following initial search terms.

Population: Teacher, Trainer, Educator
Intervention: Reform*, Change, Improvement
Context: Further Education and Training, Vocational Education and Training, Post-Compulsory Education, Adult Education
Context: Ireland, Irish, Europe*, EU
Outcome: Identity, Practice
The following terms were used to exclude results.
NOT: Teacher Education, Teacher Educators, Teacher Trainers

The search terms were used to search the literature databases of Academic Research Complete, Education Research Complete and ERIC, resulting in the return of 176 matching results. The following exclusion criteria were applied resulting in the reduction of sources retained for review to the number indicated below.

Date range (2013 – 2024) – 79
English Only – 72
Peer-reviewed Journal Articles – 56
Title Read for relevance – 23
Duplicates Removed – 18
Abstract Read for Relevance – 15

Full text versions of 15 retained journal articles were assessed for eligibility to the research question and how reform of the FET sector has impacted the identity and practice of teachers. Studies from other European countries were also considered for inclusion if covering the same research area in comparable VET systems. This final selection process was to exclude reports that did not focus on the professional identity or practice of teachers in FET/VET sectors at times of change or reform. Additional literature was identified for inclusion following backwards and forwards citation searching.

Informed by the research question, the analysis of the final literature selection was guided by the Three-Perspectives Model of VET (Cedefop, 2023) and the Activity System triangular model (Engeström, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from this systematic literature review will be used to map the impact that sectoral reform has had on the professional identity and practice of teachers in Ireland’s FET sector.

Initial study findings indicate that FET and VET are increasing acknowledged as contested terrains (Avis, 2018) and the teacher within it a contested profession (O’Neill & Fitzsimons, 2020). The dominant discourse of national strategy informed by European Union policy is resulting in a narrowed professional field of view for teachers in FET (Glanton, 2023). The emancipatory and social justice language of education is being appropriated to drive the alternative agenda of sectoral reform (Shannon, 2019), with new top-down reporting systems dominating agendas, and professional recognition of teachers being significantly reduced (Kyle, 2020).

This systematic literature review represents the first phase of a transformative mixed-methods cyclical design (Mertens, 2018) study into Understanding and Facilitating the Changing Role of Further Education and Training Teachers. It is hoped this wider study will develop a framework, with supporting tools and platforms, that will support the collaborative co-creation of value between FET teacher, stakeholders and industry.

The analysis of literature review findings through the Three-Perspectives Model of VET (Cedefop, 2023) and the Activity System triangular model (Engeström, 2016) will provide a foundation from which to further explore the interconnected activity systems of FET teachers, sectoral stakeholders and industry professionals.

The mapping of interdependent activity systems will help to highlight opportunities for Expansive Learning (Engeström, 2016) between stakeholders. This learning will not be limited to transmitting and preserving cultures or processes, but rather the process of transformation and creating culture within a reform FET sector. By better understanding the reformed FET sector, the professional role of teachers can be developed to meeting new challenges while retaining professional values and standards.

References
Avis, J. (2018). Crossing Boundaries: VET, the Labour Market and Social Justice. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 5(3), 178–190. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.5.3.2

Boland, A., Cherry, M. G., & Dickson, R. (Eds.). (2017). Doing a systematic review: A student’s guide (2nd edition). SAGE Publications.

CEDEFOP. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: 50 dimensions of vocational education and training : Cedefop’s analytical framework for comparing VET. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/57908

Engeström, Y. (2016). Studies in Expansive Learning: Learning What Is Not Yet There (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316225363

Glanton, N. (2023). Adult education in a neoliberal policy paradigm. Irish Educational Studies, 42(4), 787–803. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2023.2259377

Kyle, S. (2018). Assessing the Health of Community Education: The Experience of Change from the Perspective of Community Education Practitioners. Adult Learner: The Irish Journal of Adult and Community Education, 50–67. eric.

O’Brien, T. (2018). Adult literacy organisers in Ireland resisting neoliberalism. Education + Training, 60(6), 556–568. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-03-2018-0055

O’Leary, M., & Rami, J. (2017). The impact of austerity in Further Education. In B. Bartram (Ed.), International and Comparative Education (1st ed., pp. 74–86). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315563091-7

O’Neill, J., & Fitzsimons, C. (2020). Precarious professionality: Graduate outcomes and experiences from an Initial Teacher (Further) Education programme in Ireland. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 25(1), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2020.1720143

Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71

Shannon, D. (2019). A Tale of a Discursive Shift: Analysing EU Policy Discourses in Irish Adult Education Policy—From the ‘White Paper’ to the ‘Further Education and Training Strategy’. Adult Learner: The Irish Journal of Adult and Community Education, 98.

Smith, R., & O’Leary, M. (2013). New Public Management in an age of austerity: Knowledge and experience in further education. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(3), 244–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.796913

SOLAS. (2020). Future FET: Transforming Learning. SOLAS. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/64d0718c9e/solas_fet_strategy_web.pdf

SOLAS & Education and Training Boards Ireland (ETBI). (2017). FET Professional Development Strategy 2017–2019. SOLAS. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/4e966c3112/solasfetpds.pdf

SOLAS & Education and Training Boards Ireland (ETBI). (2020). The FET Professional Learning & Development: Statement of Strategy 2020-2024. SOLAS. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/1e2e117467/solas-professional-dev-strategy.pdf
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 D: Participation in Education
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eleni Damianidou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Agonistic Democracy and Student Participation in Daily School Decision-Making

Gintė Marija Ivanauskienė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Ivanauskienė, Gintė Marija

In today's world, pervasive alienation and detachment from democratic processes underscore the urgency of addressing political challenges, particularly the rise of populist rhetoric (Ruitenberg, 2009; Tryggvason, 2018). The potential decline in civic engagement and trust in democracy among students is linked to their limited exposure to lived democracy, often absent in decision-making processes at school; for instance, over 70% of Lithuanian students don’t believe that their voice can make a difference in decision-making (NVO Švietimo tinklas, 2017). This disillusionment often leads students to relinquish decision-making to authorities and detachment from institutions.

Despite the endorsement of children's participation by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, translating this ideal into practice poses challenges. Despite the school's routine featuring non-formal civic education situations related to conflicts, student voices, and school governance, negative attitudes persist (Lo, 2017). Mere adoption of a democratic formal system is insufficient; authentic democratic institutions flourish when rooted in a democratic culture with values, attitudes, and practices (Council of Europe, 2016). Consistently upholding these values within the school community is vital for fortifying democracy, embracing pluralism, and transcending mere imitation (Thornberg; 2009). This significantly shapes how students develop democratic competence, particularly as the younger generation, disillusioned with traditional political processes, seeks alternative ways to engage in and reshape democracy (Thomas & Percy-Smith, 2023).

Their evolving approach to school participation may align with agonistic democracy, as proposed by Chantal Mouffe. Arising as a reaction to global polarization and in contrast to deliberative democracy, agonistic democracy sees conflict not as a hazard but as a driving force for democracy (Mouffe, 2000, 2013). Shifting attitudes toward conflict and viewing them as opportunities for educating democratic citizenship in schools could bring transformative changes in student participation and learning processes (Lo, 2017; Ruitenberg, 2009). Understanding how students learn about democracy and develop attitudes toward democratic values in today's world requires exploring pupil participation from an agonistic perspective, with an emphasis on the positive role of conflict to foster a dynamic and participatory school environment.

Within the historical context of Lithuania, where democratic citizenship education emerged three decades ago following the restoration of independence, marking a departure from almost half a century of totalitarian rule, there exists a noticeable gap in the study of student participation in daily school life. Consequently, this research aims to address this gap by evaluating students' current participation in daily school life and, through participatory action research, identifying and exploring ways to instigate change, potentially by implementing approaches rooted in agonistic democracy.

Research questions:

  • How do students express their participation in daily school life, and in what contexts and settings does this manifestation occur? What types of students actively engage in these participatory experiences?
  • How do various stakeholders perceive agonistic participation in relation to fostering democratic education? What insights do students gain from this participation, and how do they reflect on their learning experiences?
  • How do teachers either enhance or impede the seamless integration of agonistic perspectives into students' democratic learning experiences, and what measures could be implemented to improve this integration?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Ethnographic research strategy and Participatory Action Research (PAR) are considered to be chosen for this project.

The first one, ethnography, is commonly employed to illuminate cultural groups and their shared patterns in behavior, beliefs, and language, as well as dynamics like power, resistance, and dominance (Creswell, 2007). For this study, ethnography is selected to offer a detailed, in-depth description of students' daily lives and activities, focusing on their involvement in decision-making processes within the school, their natural environment. Conducting ethnography requires the researcher to fully immerse in the daily lives of the people to establish trust, aiming to transition from an outsider to an insider and deeply comprehend the community's perspectives and practices. Consequently, the data gathering period for this research, focusing on pupils aged 11-15 from two schools, will span a minimum of 5 months. This age group was chosen given the fact that at the secondary school, the aim is to provide students with a foundation in civic education, but it is mostly young people (i.e., 14 years and above) or 8th graders who are studied.

In ethnographic research, diverse methods are utilized for data collection. In this instance, triangulation is pursued through participant observation, interviews, and the incorporation of photovoice. This approach seeks to engage teenagers in a dialogue about their school participation, offering them an alternative means to express their voices. Information will be documented through field notes, interviews, and observational protocols, with coding and thematic analysis applied for data interpretation.

While ethnographic research initially integrates participatory approaches, aiming to move beyond mere description to enact change, it will be followed by Participatory Action Research (PAR). PAR, a transformative methodology, actively engages educators, students, and stakeholders collaboratively, transcending traditional research paradigms and seeks democratization of the research process itself (Udvarhelyi, 2020). This approach seamlessly aligns with the research's objectives. Through iterative cycles of planning, action, reflection, and adjustment, PAR cultivates a dynamic learning environment, effectively addressing intricate educational challenges like student participation and democratic learning experiences. By integrating varied voices (in this case, emphasis on the students’ voices) and fostering a sense of ownership, PAR ensures research outcomes are pertinent, practical, and genuinely reflective of the actual needs within the educational community.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The landscape of student participation in daily school life in Lithuania has been largely overlooked, as civic engagement assessments predominantly focus on broader societal aspects like involvement in elections and public organizations rather than within the school community. Despite the integration of democratic education principles in elementary and secondary schools, existing research on civic engagement primarily centers around older adolescents (14 years old and above).
Furthermore, the significance of this study transcends the boundaries of education to encompass wider societal challenges, including global issues like climate change, migration, technological crises, and ongoing wars that pose significant threats to democratic principles. Beyond merely providing a profound understanding of the state of democratic education in Lithuania, this research aims to offer valuable recommendations for decision-makers and practitioners.
Moreover, the exploration of agonistic democracy in education worldwide has predominantly taken a theoretical rather than empirical approach (Sant, 2019; Sant et al., 2021). This study seeks to fill this gap by providing empirical insights, underscoring the potential global relevance of its findings. Through a nuanced examination of student participation and the potential application of agonistic democracy through PAR, the research aspires not only to enrich the understanding of democratic education in Lithuania but also to contribute actionable insights for fostering democratic principles in educational systems globally.


References
Council of Europe (2016). Competences for Democratic Culture: Living Together as Equals in Culturally Diverse Democratic Societies. Strasbourg: Council of Europe
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Inquiry and Research Design. Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage publications.
NVO švietimo tinklas (2017). Pilietiškumo studija.
Lo, J. C. (2017). Empowering Young People through Conflict and Conciliation: Attending to the Political and Agonism in Democratic Education. 25.
Mouffe, C. (2000). The Democratic Paradox. Verso.
Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: Thinking The World Politically (1st edition). Verso. https://monoskop.org/images/3/31/Mouffe_Chantal_Agonistics_Thinking_the_World_Politically_2013.pdf
Ruitenberg, C. W. (2009). Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-008-9122-2
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493
Sant, E., McDonnell, J., Pashby, K., & Menendez Alvarez-Hevia, D. (2021). Pedagogies of agonistic democracy and citizenship education. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 16(3), 227–244. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197920962373
Thomas, N. P., & Percy-Smith, B. (2023). Introduction: The shifting landscape of children and young people’s participation: looking forward, looking back. In A Handbook of Children and Young People’s Participation (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Thornberg, R. (2009). School democratic meetings: pupil control discourse in disguise. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26, 924-932
Tryggvason, Á. (2018). Democratic Education and Agonism: Exploring the Critique from Deliberative Theory. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1–9.
Udvarhelyi, É. T. (2020). Participatory action research as political education. Action Learning: Research and Practice, 17(1), 24–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767333.2020.1712839


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Intercultural Learning as Socialisation into the Discourse of Difference

Nicanora Wächter

PH Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany

Presenting Author: Wächter, Nicanora

The presented study is based on the observation of the implementation of an intercultural project offered in secondary schools in Germany. Intercultural competence has been deemed as one of the possibilities to tackle the forces that broaden the gap between migrated and established members of society in a time of political and societal uncertainty all over Europe.The primary argument of the paper is however, that the intercultural education currently offered in schools is not an exercise in reducing individual stereotypes in order to strengthen societal unity; rather, it involves the active engagement with, utilization of, and reflection on social situations from the perspective of the societal diversity discourse which carries the danger of strengthening mechanisms of exclusion by reproducing not only differentiating categories but the idea of dividing difference which is embedded in a social imaginary no longer attuned to societal reality (Schmidt/Wächter 2023). Though the study is working with a program designed for a national context, conclusions for the improvement of intercultural education in a European context will be drawn.

The research was triggered when it became clear that teachers and instructors of the program reinterpreted situations of conflict brought up by students during discussions by applying the predominant categories of differentiation such as “migrational background” or “nationality” even when these categories were not initially invoked by the participants. This divide between the participants' narrated experiences and the interpretations by instructors and teachers suggests that the courses can be viewed as reinforcing the existing discourse and socializing students into it.

The central argument of this paper is that intercultural education in schools, at times, falls short of its stated objectives. Instead of achieving a deeper understanding as theorized by Bredendiek (2015) and Deardoff (2009), it often serves as an initiation of learners into the discoursive system that perpetuates societal differentiation. More specifically, the program engages in the addressing and discussion of categories commonly employed in public discourse to interpret social problems, thus training participants to argue along those lines. Consequently, participants become socialized into the discourse and the associated narratives, as well as the societal roles imposed upon them through the lense of social identities.

Throughout the program, participants attended three distinct sessions, wherein group dynamic exercises and discussions aimed to enhance understanding and acceptance among students of diverse backgrounds and identities. Despite the program's claim to be grounded in current research on intersectionality and the constructed nature of societal categories, it adhered to traditional methods and beliefs of intercultural education which are widely criticized by Mecheril/Rangger (2022) and Gogolin/Krüger-Potratz (2020). They characterize current intercultural education as it is performed in schools as accepting a seemingly ontological differentiation between "us and them," focusing solely on acceptance rather than understanding or deconstruction of differences. Despite its claimed departure from problematic traditions and Eurocentrism, the program seemingly faces the same pitfalls as similar predecessors. The observations reveal that participants, enrolled due to conflicts within the group as perceived by the teachers, seldom attributed the conflicts to the categories discussed by the program. Instead, it was the explicit discussion of categories such as nationality or culture that incorporated them into the participants' argumentative patterns. Often, it was the teachers or instructors who actively reinterpreted participants' discussions through the lense of discursive categories such as "culture" or "belonging."


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data the study is based on was gathered through participatory observation of projects in eleven different secondary schools over three school terms. Three workshops each were observed. The schools were chosen in a way to cover a wide range of school forms and social contexts such as faith based, private and public schools, rural and urban areas. Following the grounded theory approach (Bryant/Charmaz 2019), categories of observation were formed from within the field and discussed by a panel of observants. A critical discourse analysis (Jäger 2015) was performed on the texts that were produced during the observations. The protocols of observation were enriched using audio tapes of the dialogues within the classroom which were transcribed verbatim at crucial points within the workshop. The categorization of the data was peer reviewed among the observants and colleagues who had not been in the situation. The analysis was done using MaxQDA.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper argues that the discourse of diversity or difference is pervasive in the observed schools and intertwined with the institutional setting (Emmerich/Moser 2020; Emmerich/Hormel 2013; Gomolla/Radtke 2009). While the discourse asserts the insignificance of categories, it paradoxically reinforces their use and transforms the handling of diversity into a moral metagood (Nieswand 2021). This mechanism stops intercultural education from adapting to theoretical developments and transforms schools into spaces that perpetuate established discourses. The paper will try to address some suggestions how trainings of this kind can be approved by changing the construction of identity to a Social Identity Approach (Hornsey 2008) in order to harvest their potential for improving societal unity and fighting discrimination within schools. A European perspective is thereby important as one solution suggested is the promotion of a European outlook on diversity rather than a more national one.
References
Bredendiek, M. (2015). Menschliche Diversität und Fremdverstehen. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien.
Bryant, A.; Charmaz, K. (2019). The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory. Los Angeles: Sage.
Deardorff, D. K. (2009). The Sage handbook of intercultural competence. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage.
Emmerich, M., Hormel, U. (2013). Semantik und Diskurs: Soziale Unterscheidungen zwischen Systemreferenz und Klassifikation. In: Heterogenität - Diversity - Intersektionalität. Springer VS, Wiesbaden.
Gogolin, I.; Krüger-Potratz, M. (2020): Einführung in die Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Geschichte, Theorie und Diskurse, Forschung und Studium. 3. Ed. Opladen, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Gomolla, M.; Radtke, F. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule. 3. Ed. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Jäger, S. (2015). Kritische Diskursanalyse. Eine Einführung. 7.Ed. Münster: Unrast.
Hornsey, Matthew J. (2008). Social Identity Theory and Self-categorization Theory: A Historical Review. In: Social and Personality Psychology Compass 2 (1), p. 204–222.
Mecheril, P.; Rangger, M. (2022). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft. Differenz- und machttheoretische Reflexionen einer praxisorientierten Fortbildungsreihe. Wiesbaden, Heidelberg: Springer VS.  
Nieswand, Boris: Die Diversität der Diversitätsdiskussion. In: Handbuch Migrationssoziologie, p. 1–26.
Schmidt, C.; Wächter, N. (2023). Die Moralisierung der Diversität im baden-württembergischen Bildungsplan. In:  heiEDUCATION Journal. Transdisziplinäre Studien zur Lehrerbildung: Werte – Bildung – Neutralität, p. 55-79.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Participating in a Meaningful Setting? - A Performative Approach to Explore the Everyday School Life of Pupils with a Refugee Experience

Caroline Junge

Humboldt University of Be, Germany

Presenting Author: Junge, Caroline

In her book 'Belonging: a culture of space', bel hooks writes 'living away from my native place I become more consciously Kentuckian than I was when I lived at home' (hooks 2009/2019, p. 13). This quote shows the significance of places in relation to one's own feelings of belonging. This is exactly where my doctoral project comes in, in which I ask how students with a refugee background experience everyday life in secondary schools in Berlin (Germany). Based on a relational understanding of space, I differentiate between place and space (Löw 2001/2019).

The focus on space in this case becomes interesting when we understand space as a product of physical, mental and social elements where the physical cannot be seen in isolation from the social and relational (Lefebvre). Space therefore can be described as a combination of what is physically present and what is imagined (Soja). The relation between school and out-of-school spaces will be explored, as will the self-positioning of the students within everyday life at school - beyond the classroom. In this context, moments of agency and well-being that arise in the students' everyday life are of particular research interest.

Focusing on a young refugees' perspective can be understood as a form of 'strategic essentialism' (Spivak 1981), that serves to contribute to a systematic thematization of migration, which is still a young phenomenon in the academic landscape. At the same time it is intended to counteract the dominant discourse in which the connection between education and migration is discussed primarily in the context of successful integration (into the existing system) (Mecheril 2013).

In this paper I want to put a special focus on methodological topics around participatory and creative research with students with a refugee background in schools: Which personas do play a key role?, In which way is the research influenced by the structures of the school itself?, and one of the most important questions, how can the participants be recruited in a participatory manner?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The work is orientated towards a performative research logic and draws on creative, artistic and embodied inquiries.
In this case, creating a research environment where the well-being of the students is ethically the main priority, playful and experimental elements are significant.
During a workshop at a school, it has already been established that the students are very interested in photography. Photography should therefore be used – as part of the Photo Voice method – to explore their own living environment in everyday life.
The research perspective is guided by
a) a praxeological perspective through which school orders and aspects of materiality can be analysed, as well as
b) phenomenological approaches to the students' experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the discourse of a so-called critical migration pedagogy, the aim is to visualise the lived experiences and self-positionings of the students with a refugee background. Contradictory perspectives and counter-narratives can in this case subvert powerful structures.
In the sense of a participatory and transformative research design, a rhizomatic logic is followed instead of linear knowledge production.
The results should also be made visible to the public, therefore exhibitions inside and outside of the school are an integral part of the research process. Most importantly, students are not seen as objects of the research, but are given the opportunity to engage in an environment that is meaningful to them and, at best, empowering.

References
Beier, Frank (2019): Vom repräsentativen zum ästhetischen Regime – Für eine andere Empirie. In: Mayer, R./Schäfer, A./Wittig, S. (Ed.): Jaques Rancière. Pädagogische Lektüren. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 91-112.
Buchner, Tobias und Köpfer, Andreas (2022): Mapping the field: spatial relations in research on inclusion and exclusion in education. In: International Journal of Inclusive Education. DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2022.2073058.
Burles, Meridith and Thomas, Roanne (2014). “I Just Don’t Think There’s any other Image that Tells the Story like [This] Picture Does”: Researcher and Participant Reflections on the Use of Participant-Employed Photography in Social Research. In: International Journal of Qualitative Methods, p. 185–205. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940691401300107.
Hillebrandt, Frank (2014): Praxistheorie und Schulkultur. In: Böhme, J./Hummrich, M./Kramer, R.-T. (Ed.): Schulkultur. Theoriebildung im Diskurs. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 429-444.
Holm, Gunilla (2008). Photography as a Performance. Forum: Qualitative Social Research 9, 2. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-9.2.394.
hooks, bell (2009/2019): Belonging: a culture of space. London: Taylor & Francis.
Illich, Ivan (1995): Deschooling Society. London: Marion Boyars Publishers.
Kara, Helen (2020): Creative Research Methods. A Practical Guide. Bristol: Policy Press.
Kessel, Fabian (2016): Erziehungswissenschaftliche Forschung zu Raum und Räumlichkeit. Eine Verortung des Thementeils „Raum und Räumlichkeit in der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Forschung. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 62 (2016) 1, p. 5-19. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Kogler, Michaela and Wintzer, Jeannine (2021): Raum und Bild – Strategien visueller raumbezogener Forschung. Berlin: Springer Spektrum.
Lefebvre, Henri (2016/1968): Das Recht auf Stadt. Hamburg: Edition Nautilus.
Leigh, Jennifer and Brown, Nicole (2021): Embodied Enquiry. Research Methods. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Löw, Martina (2001): Raumsoziologie. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp.
Mecheril, Paul (2013): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Erkundung eines epistemischen Anliegens in 57 Schritten. In: Mecheril, Paul et al. (Ed.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Konturen einer Forschungsperspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 7-58.
Peez, Georg (2003): Fotoanalysen im Rahmen kunstpädagogischer qualitativer Forschung. In: Ehrenspeck, Y./Schäffer, B. (Ed.): Film- und Fotoanalyse in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. Opladen: Leske+Budrich, p. 289-306.
Ploder, Andrea (2013): Widerstände sichtbar machen. Zum Potenzial einer performativen Methodologie für kritische Migrationsforschung. In: Mecheril, Paul et al. (Ed.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Konturen einer Forschungsperspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 141-156.
Ruby, Jay (1991): Sharing the Power. Perspektief Magazine No 41.
Sontag, Susan (1977/2010): On photography. München: Penguin.
Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty (2007): Can the Subaltern Speak? Postkolonialität und subalterne Artikulation. Wien: Turia + Kant.
Strom, Kathrin J./ Martin, Adrian D. (2017): Becoming-Teacher. A Rhizomatic Look at First-Year Teaching. Rotterdam/Boston/Taipei: Sense Publishers.
von Unger, Hella (2014): Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 F: Sociologies of Education
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Vafa Gasimova
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Learning of Infamous People

Christopher Zirnig

University of Hohenheim, Germany

Presenting Author: Zirnig, Christopher

There is a consensus about lifelong learning (LLL) being at the centre of a rapidly changing world. The idea is that change happens in “such a frantic pace that […] we all need to be lifelong learners. We need to continually keep our skills sharp and up to date so that we have an edge in all we do” (Laal & Salamati, 2012, p. 1). Luckily, “of course, we all have a natural desire to learn for adapting to change, enriching and fulfilling our lives” (ibid.). European policy has embraced this zeitgeist and developed several strategies towards LLL. However, the concepts of LLL and the associated concepts knowledge economy/society lack clear analytical distinctions, contributing to a conceptual ambiguity (Peters, 2001). This is not merely definitional but shapes and legitimates knowledge (Hughes, 2002). Brine (2006) differentiates between high knowledge-skilled (HKS) individuals, typically graduates, and low knowledge-skilled (LKS) individuals. Brine (2006)also reveals a persistent association between LLL and employability, especially for LKS learners and despite the shift of employment from the first to the fourth aim of LLL, the European Commission continued to prioritise the relationship between LLL and employability in its White Papers (CEC, 2000). The White Papers construct the LKS learner as at risk and the threat, to the knowledge society. The White Papers outline the individualised, pathologised, LKS learner who, unlike the HKS learner, has personal identifiable needs: basic skills (numeracy, literacy, information technology), entrepreneurship and social skills. Those who have not been able, for whatever reason, to acquire the relevant basic skills threshold must be offered continuing opportunities to do so. However often they may have failed to succeed to take up what has been offered so far (CEC, 2000, p. 11). In this sense, Field (2006, p. 114) states that “[l]ifelong learning is actively reproducing inequality.” Field (2006, p. 116) raises four reasons for that: 1) the closure of options for those deemed unskilled; 2) rising general expectations; 3) new politics of poverty and welfare; 4) absence from new learning culture can become a mechanism for legitimating existing inequalities. And so, inequalities in education carry on throughout life even if those who suffer the most from it are often the least aware of it (Becker, 2013; Hadjar, 2008). Because those who have benefited least from educational opportunities in the past are also far the most likely to express little or no wish to return to education in the future (Aldridge, 2005, pp. 15-17). And so, another important aspect of LLL to consider is resistance. Some adults simply have no interest in taking up the so-called opportunities that are on offer (Field, 2006, p. 131). For them, not being a school type can be a positive form of self-identity.

Working out the perception and subsequent coping strategies of this form of inequality and/or resistance is the aim of this research. The focus of this project is on the relationship between educational and job-related experiences and the resulting attitudes towards LLL. This relationship describes the exercise, production, and accumulation of knowledge and cannot be dissociated from the power mechanisms with which they maintain complex relations (Foucault, 1994, p. 291). This work will therefore analyse how the LLL discourse, including societal expectations and exclusion, affect people whose lives are shaped by educational inequality. The research question is:

What patterns of perception, interpretation and potential coping strategies are evident in people who suffer from educational inequality regarding the perceived pressure coming from LLL discourse?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to understand the mechanisms of disadvantage, affected individuals will be interviewed with the help of biographical interviews. Interview partners will be recruited, in Germany, amongst lower educated employees as well as amongst the long term unemployed. Employees with lower educational histories are affected by disruptive technologies and are hence under pressure for LLL. The long term unemployed are forced to visit educational programmes by the state and must therefore also cope with a pressure for LLL. Expected results will be coping strategies and structures of meaning concerning pressure as well as opportunities for LLL. LKS learner’s awarded abilities, needs and wishes for LLL are widely shaped by their educational experiences and the discourse around LLL, and hence, by society. A decisive argument was put forth, by Rosenthal (1993) to navigate away from the impasse of the subject-society dualism through the utilization of the concept of biography. The exploration of the biographical as a social entity encompasses both the inquiry into the social role of biographies and the examination of the social processes that shape them (Fischer-Rosenthal, 1991, p. 253).
In biographical interviews, biographers are prompted with an opening question to spontaneously narrate their life events. The uninterrupted main narrative, facilitated by nonverbal cues, allows for a comprehensive account. The subsequent questioning phase delves into elaborations on mentioned topics and addresses blocked-out issues. Analysis involves two levels: genetical (reconstructing biographical meaning and chronological sequence of experiences) and narrated (thematic field analysis for present meanings and temporal order). Thematic field analysis explores the selection mechanisms guiding the biographer’s textual elements. The goal is to reconstruct the form and structure of the narrated life story, emphasizing the dialectical link between experienced life history and narrated life story. Considering biography as a social construct that encompasses both social reality and the subjective experiential realm focuses on methodological and procedural aspects of reconstructing narrated life stories, aiming to address the relationship between educational experiences, decision-making and behaviour and the discourse of LLL. In short, the aim of the biographical interviews is to gain insights into the LKS learner perspective on LLL. So far, the needs of LKS learner have been defined by others, top-down. This research aims to inquire from the ground-up, self-defined learning described by LKS learners as well as to understand the meaning of learning for LKS learners.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The technological progress and the frantically paced change lead to contradictory developments in LLL: On the one hand, in many areas, more complex work equipment increases the pressure on employees to learn new things as a means of ensuring employability. This can lead to uncertainty and additional stress for employees and the unemployed in two ways. Firstly, their own perceived employability is weakened when knowledge and skills lose their (perceived) half-life (Jackson & Wilton, 2017; Yeves et al., 2019). Secondly, a confusing and contradictory technology discourse leads to uncertainties regarding relevant knowledge. The market for continuing education programmes reflects this confusion. On the other hand, technologies that foster human-machine interaction can result in jobs that require no skills or qualification (Autor, 2015). LKS learners, hence, are still needed but in fewer numbers. So, the discourse of LLL can help to blame the unfortunate life situation of marginalised learners (e.g., long-term unemployment) on themselves, as all the options for LLL (the cure for all their ills) are always at hand.
Because LKS learners are often problematised as a threat to society, there is only little research on potential positive meaning of non-participation in education and its relationship to the LLL discourse. Rather, the needs of the LKS learners are described as basic skills, skills to increase inclusion, vocational education, basic social skills and skills to increase entrepreneurship and increase employability (Thompson, 2002). However, if individual employability, the economy and even the nation itself ride on lifelong learning, the infamous and the reluctant are of interest, too.

References
Aldridge, F. (2005). Better news this time? The niace survey on adult participation in learning 2005. NIACE.

Autor, D. H. (2015). Why are there still so many jobs? The history and future of workplace automation. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29(3), 3-30. https://doi.org/10.1257/jep.29.3.3

Becker, R. (2013). Bildungsungleichheit und gerechtigkeit in der schweiz. Swiss Journal of Educational Research, 35(3), 405-424.

Brine, J. (2006). Lifelong learning and the knowledge economy: Those that know and those that do not—the discourse of the European Union. British Educational Research Journal, 32(5), 649-665. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920600895676

CEC, Commission of the European Communities (2000). Commission staff working paper: A memorandum on lifelong learning.

Field, J. (2006). Lifelong learning and the new educational order. ERIC.

Fischer-Rosenthal, W. (1991). Biographische methoden in der soziologie. Flick, U./Kardorff, E. v./Keupp, H./Rosenstiel, Lv/Wolff, St.(Hg.)(1991): Handbuch Qualitative Sozialforschung. München: Psychologie Verlags Union, 253-256.

Foucault, M. (1994). Interview conducted by d. Trombadori 1978, first published 1980. In: J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Michel Foucault: Essential works of Foucault 1954–1984. Volume 3: Power. Sage.

Hadjar, A. (2008). Meritokratie als legitimationsprinzip. Springer.

Hughes, C. (2002). Key concepts in feminist theory and research. Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9780857024459

Jackson, D., & Wilton, N. (2017). Perceived employability among undergraduates and the importance of career self-management, work experience and individual characteristics. Higher Education Research & Development, 36(4), 747-762.

Laal, M., & Salamati, P. (2012). Lifelong learning; why do we need it? Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 31, 399-403. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.12.073

Peters, M. (2001). National education policy constructions of the ‘knowledge economy’: Towards a critique. The Journal of Educational Enquiry, 2(1).

Rosenthal, G. (1993). Reconstruction of life stories: Principles of selection in generating stories for narrative biographical interviews. The Narrative Study of Lives, 1(1), 59-91.

Thompson, J. (2002). Life politics and popular learning. In: J. Field & M. Leicester (Eds.) Lifelong learning: education across the lifespan (pp. 134-145). Routledge.

Yeves, J., Bargsted, M., Cortes, L., Merino, C., & Cavada, G. (2019). Age and perceived employability as moderators of job insecurity and job satisfaction: A moderated moderation model. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 799.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Evidence Claims in the Systematic Reviews of Qualitative Studies in Education: a Systematic Review

Rita Marzoli

University of Verona, Italy

Presenting Author: Marzoli, Rita

There is a growing interest in conducting Systematic Reviews in education for both research purposes and evidence-based policy making. Education research is a critical domain that grants us valuable insights into the intricate processes of learning and teaching. Within this dynamic field, researchers employ a diverse array of methods and approaches to investigate a wide spectrum of educational facets, ranging from the dynamics of classroom environments and teacher-student interactions to the far-reaching consequences of education policies and practices on student outcomes (Creswell & Poth, 2019).

Typically, education research is categorized into two overarching paradigms: qualitative and quantitative research. However, it's worth noting that mixed-method research occupies a distinctive paradigm of its own. This comprehensive approach brings with it unique foundational perspectives on social reality and research, distinct ontological and epistemological viewpoints, and a set of axiologies and methodologies exclusive to its domain.

However, Systematic Reviews synthesising qualitative research evidence still pose theoretical and methodological challenges at all stages of the process (from the formulation of research questions to the evidence claim made by the authors).

In the field of education, the synthesis of qualitative studies within systematic reviews has long been a shared challenge. Education, inherently qualitative in nature, presents a complexity of variables that complicates the calculation of a straightforward combining effect size in meta-analysis (Borenstein, 2009). Moreover, the profound insights into educational settings and perceptions derived from the synthesis of qualitative studies hold immense value. Understanding not just whether a practice was successful, but why it was, offers a deeper perspective. However, the diversity in how qualitative research is conducted and reported poses significant challenges in synthesizing these findings (Sandelowski & Barroso, 2006).

While there's a prevailing belief that qualitative research can be systematically reviewed and synthesized, distinguishing methodically conducted qualitative research from those lacking rigor remains a necessity. Furthermore, a consensus on various aspects of the research process and its reporting still eludes the field (Garside, 2014).

Qualitative systematic reviews in Education provide valuable insights into the characteristics of knowledge claims made within the field. These reviews are designed to synthesize and analyse qualitative research studies to generate comprehensive and nuanced understandings of educational phenomena. The characteristics of knowledge claims in qualitative systematic reviews are distinct and supported by the review authors through rigorous methodology and transparent reporting. Critical reflection on facts and the interpretation of evidence lies at the core of all research, particularly when using research findings to guide policies and practices. Within the context of a systematic review, this process takes on added significance. Here, it is not only essential to deliberate upon the review methodology but also scrutinize the studies that have been incorporated into the review and dissect the resultant findings (Gough et al., 2017). This interconnected triplet – the research question, research methods, and research data – forms the linchpin of constructing knowledge claims within the purview of qualitative systematic reviews in the field of Education. Against this backdrop, this review aims at answering the following research question:

What are the characteristics of the knowledge claims made in qualitative systematic reviews in the field of education and how are they supported by the authors of the reviews?

a) conducting a systematic review of existing systematic reviews of qualitative studies in the education field with a focus on student, teacher and parents’ subjective experiences, beliefs, opinions and attitudes;

b) developing a comprehensive theoretical framework by integrating Toulmin's Argumentation Model and Gough's Claim Appraisal Framework (Gough, 2022; Toulmin, 1958) to identify methodological characteristics and reporting practices of qualitative systematic reviews in the education field.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This review is preceded by an iterative protocol including detailed inclusion and exclusion criteria, a structured search process to locate and select relevant existing reviews, and a formal process to extract data. The screening process will be documented using the PRISMA Flow Diagram (Page et al., 2021)
For the purposes of this study, only systematic reviews focused on qualitative studies that included the subjective experiences of students, teachers and parents were considered. Only primary or secondary education was taken into account.
An initial search of ERIC database was undertaken. The search strategy used to construct clear and meaningful objectives was developed around three main concepts informed by the PCC framework (Pollock et al., 2023):
Population: students, teachers, parents.
Concept: students, teachers’ and parents’ subjective experiences (beliefs, attitudes, perceptions, opinions, experiences).
Context: school environment, from primary to secondary education within the formal educational system where students engage in structured learning activities.
Following the search, all identified citations have been collated into Zotero and then uploaded into Rayyan where duplicates were removed.
The records in Rayyan were deemed eligible for inclusion if they met the following eligibility criteria.
Inclusion criteria:
1. Must be a systematic review (a review and synthesis of existing primary research studies with reported methods)
2. The primary studies included in the systematic review should use qualitative methods (i.e investigate the views/ beliefs/ attitudes/ perceptions/ opinions/ experiences of participants using text / narrative/ speech as data).
3. The systematic review must use a qualitative method of synthesis.
4. The participants should be students, teachers, or parents in primary or secondary school settings (from grade 1 to 12).
5. The topic of the research should be education or learning broadly conceived.  
 
Exclusion criteria:  
1. A review without methods and/ or primary research studies.
2. The primary studies included in the systematic review use quantitative methods (data is in the form of numbers).
3. The systematic review uses a statistical method of synthesis.
4. The participants are not students, teachers, or parents in primary or secondary school settings (from grade 1 to 12).
5. The topic of the research is health

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research study is part of a PhD project which aims to explore the intricacies of 'knowledge claims' within the existing literature, particularly within qualitative reviews. To accomplish this goal, from a theoretical and conceptual perspective, an integration of Toulmin's model (Toulmin, 1958) with Gough's framework (Gough, 2022) will be enhanced. This synergistic approach will enable a comprehensive analysis of the characteristics inherent in these knowledge claims as they are portrayed in the body of qualitative research literature.
The search strategy in ERIC yielded 335 studies, of which two were removed as duplicates. The remaining 333 studies were screened against the inclusion and exclusion criteria. The systematic review is still in progress, but the author expects to proceed simultaneously in two directions: (i) screening of studies for inclusion and (ii) construction of the framework for assessing the 'fit for purpose' of evidence claims by integrating Toulmin's model of argumentation and Gough's framework. This step is necessary to code the eligible studies (systematic reviews) that used qualitative research designs. These will be categorised into broader, higher order themes based on the integrated framework.

References
- Borenstein, M. (2009). Effect sizes for continuous data. In L. V. H. H. Cooper &. J. C. Valentine (Eds. ). (A c. Di), The handbook of research synthesis and meta-analysis (1–Book, Section, pp. 221–235). Russell Sage Foundation.
- Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2019). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE Publication.
- Garside, R. (2014). Should we appraise the quality of qualitative research reports for systematic reviews, and if so, how? Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 27(1), 67–79.
- Gough, D. (2022a). Appraising Evidence Claims. Review of Research in Education, 45(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X20985072
- Gough, D. (2022b). Appraising Evidence Claims. Review of Research in Education, 45(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X20985072
- Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2nd ed.). SAGE.
- Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., (et al.) (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71
- Pollock, D., Peters, M. D. J., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Alexander, L., Tricco, (et al.) (2023). Recommendations for the extraction, analysis, and presentation of results in scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 21(3), 520–532. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00123
- Sandelowski, M., & Barroso, J. (2006). Handbook for synthesizing qualitative research. Springer publishing company.
- Toulmin, S. (1958). The uses of argument. University Press
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 G: Science in Education
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Erich Svecnik
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Implementing the Primary Science Capital Teaching Approach in a Scientist-Facilitated Intervention

Shannon Stubbs, Jennifer DeWitt, Muriel Grenon

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Stubbs, Shannon

Topic and theoretical framework

Previous research across the Irish (SFI, 2021), European (Archer et al., 2020; El Takach & Yacoubian, 2020) and international (Dickson et al., 2021) context has illustrated that young people generally have positive views of and are interested in science while in school. Despite this, many, especially those from underrepresented backgrounds, struggle to envision themselves as scientists (Archer, 2020). Some restrictive and possibly exclusionary perceptions about science and scientists persist within Ireland, the UK and other European countries (Brumovska et al., 2022; Christidou et al., 2019; Shimwell et al., 2023). These perceptions can act as a barrier to positive engagement with science, within the educational ‘pipeline’ or outside of it. Science capital, based on Bourdieu’s social and cultural capital (Bourdieu, 1990), is a construct that encapsulates all science-related knowledge, attitudes, experiences, and social contacts that a person may have (Archer et al., 2015). Since its conception, the theoretical lens of science capital has been applied to better understand science engagement in other countries such as Spain (Salvadó et al., 2021) and China (Du & Wong, 2019). The social justice-oriented pedagogy embedded in the Primary Science Capital Teaching Approach (PSCTA) focuses on changing the field of science education to become more equitable and personalised (Godec et al., 2017; Nag Chowdhuri et al., 2021). Currently there is little published research on how the PSCTA might be applied in a once-off, scientist-facilitated intervention and any potential impacts on young people’s perceptions of scientists.

Intervention description

The aim of the “Meet The Cell Explorer’s (CE) Scientist” intervention is to widen young people’s perceptions of what it means to be a scientist, challenge stereotypes associated with science and being a scientist, and therefore widen the reach of science to more students. The session also aims to contribute towards students’ social science capital by introducing them to a diverse range of local scientist role models, many with hobbies, interests, and backgrounds similar to themselves.

In the intervention, groups of 4-6 CE scientists visit 10-13 year old pupils in their school classrooms. During the hour-long session, scientists introduce themselves and engage in Q&A discussions in small groups of 3-6 young people per scientist, focusing on topics such as the scientist’s hobbies and interests, where they are from, their journey to becoming a scientist and their daily lives as scientists. Young people are given topic names to aid in focusing the discussion but are free to ask any questions they wish to the scientist in their small group, with an additional “ask anything” section at the end of the intervention. These topics aim to integrate the science capital dimensions of knowing someone in a science-related role, knowledge about the transferability of science, and science-related attitudes, values, and dispositions.

Cell Explorer's scientists comprise of volunteer undergraduate and postgraduate science students, and staff based at the university. The scientists receive specialized training to enhance their support for young people’s science capital and using the PSCTA. Through an online module and a 1.5 hour in-person training workshop, the scientists are trained in how to help young people identify their own funds of knowledge that may be useful as a scientist, to make links between the young people’s interests and science, and to address restrictive misconceptions about science and scientists.

Research objective

This study aims to explore the potential short-term effects of a once-off, scientist-facilitated intervention implementing the PSCTA on young people’s perceptions of science and scientists.

Research question

How, if at all, does a once-off, scientist-facilitated classroom intervention implementing elements of the PSCTA contribute towards supporting young people's science capital, specifically their perceptions of scientists?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study context
This research project took place within the context of the primary level of the Irish formal education system, comprising the first 8 years of schooling. It focuses on the senior part of the system - 4th to 6th class, which typically spans ages 10-13 years old.

Intervention design
The "Meet the Cell EXPLORERS Scientist" intervention was developed through the application of Design-Based Research (DBR) principles. The intervention was refined through multiple cycles of design, implementation, and evaluation. Initial design stages involved developing and evaluating the delivery of the intervention in an online format, followed by an in person round of pilots, whereafter intervention content, materials and scientist training was re-evaluated. Iterative adjustments were made to improve the intervention and alignment of the scientist training seminars with science capital dimensions and the PSCTA. Data collection materials were revised through a similar iterative refinement cycle.

Research approach
This research employed a predominantly qualitative study methodology utilising a mixed methods approach for data collection. Quantitative data pertaining to the young people’s demographics and science capital was collected via a written pre- and post-intervention questionnaire. Qualitative data was collected via field observations during the intervention and semi-structured interviews before and after the intervention.

Participant demographics
Six classes in five schools across Galway, Ireland, recruited through convenience sampling, participated in the research. A total of 161 children between 9 and 13 years old completed the questionnaire between April and May 2023. The sample included 61 girls and 91 boys, and 9 children who preferred not to indicate their gender.

Questionnaire analysis
The science capital of 9-13 year old pupils from senior cycle of primary school (n=161) was assessed using a questionnaire developed from research on science capital in primary students (Nag Chowdhuri et al., 2021). Responses were used to calculate a science capital score for each participant. Open-ended responses, not used in the calculation of science capital, were analysed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). A post-questionnaire (n=126), investigating the children’s opinions on session quality and their perceptions of scientists, was administered by their teacher a day after the intervention.

Interview analysis
A total of 22 pupils were interviewed pre- and post-intervention and observed during the intervention. Interviews were analysed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis on NVivo.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Consistent with previous research in the UK (Archer et al., 2020), most children surveyed had medium science capital. Children across all levels of science capital held largely positive perceptions of scientists before the intervention, though stereotypical perceptions were evident. Most of the children interviewed asserted that anyone could become a scientist, though this is restricted by factors such as interest, effort and specific personality traits. For example, 14/22 children interviewed specified that scientists must be smart. An 11 year old girl with a low level of science capital, explained that to become a scientist the person must be “very smart… and you have to like usually be brave because if you do something wrong something bad can happen”.

After participating in the intervention, children recalled a positive experience with the scientists and reported gaining insights into their daily lives. Most (74%) felt they knew more about the lives of scientists than before and 81% considered the scientists to be like normal people. Some participants reported in interview that the intervention positively influenced their belief in their ability to become a scientist by broadening their understanding of what counts in science and science-related careers, now seeing clearer links between their existing interests and science. For some others, existing perceptions were shifted. An 11 year old boy with low science capital explained that he “kind of expected [the scientists] to be a bit nerdy and they wouldn’t really be that cool… or have an interest in most things. But what I think of scientists now is that…. they can be cool and interesting”.

This research offers practical insights for the development of similar non-formal, brief interventions, emphasizing the importance of training scientists in evidence-based pedagogies, while bringing scientists’ interests, personalities and backgrounds to the forefront.

References
Archer, L., Dawson, E., DeWitt, J., Seakins, A., & Wong, B. (2015). “Science capital”: A conceptual, methodological, and empirical argument for extending bourdieusian notions of capital beyond the arts. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(7), 922–948.

Archer, L., Moote, J., MacLeod, E., Francis, B., & DeWitt, J. (2020). ASPIRES 2: Young people’s science and career aspirations, age 10-19. UCL Institute of Education.

Bourdieu, P. (1990). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture (second edition). In London, England: SAGE.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE.

Brumovska, T. J., Carroll, S., Javornicky, M., & Grenon, M. (2022). Brainy, Crazy, Supernatural, Clumsy and Normal: Five profiles of children’s stereotypical and non-stereotypical perceptions of scientists in the Draw-A-Scientist-Test. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 100180.

Christidou, V., Hatzinikita, V., & Kouvatas, A. (2019). Public visual images of Greek scientists and science: Tracing changes through time. International Journal of Science Education, Part B, 9(1), 82–99.

Dickson, M., McMinn, M., Cairns, D., & Osei-Tutu, S. (2021). Children’s perceptions of scientists, and of themselves as scientists. LUMAT: International Journal on Math, Science and Technology Education, 9(1).

Du, X., & Wong, B. (2019). Science career aspiration and science capital in China and UK: a comparative study using PISA data. International Journal of Science Education, 41(15).

El Takach, S., & Yacoubian, H. A. (2020). Science Teachers’ and Their Students’ Perceptions of Science and Scientists. International Journal of Education in Mathematics, Science and Technology, 8(1), 65.

Godec, S., King, H., & Archer, L. (2017). THE SCIENCE CAPITAL TEACHING APPROACH: engaging students with science, promoting social justice. University College London.

Nag Chowdhuri, M., King, H., & Archer, L. (2021). The Primary Science Capital Teaching Approach: Teacher handbook.

Salvadó, Z., Garcia-Yeste, C., Gairal-Casado, R., & Novo, M. (2021). Scientific workshop program to improve science identity, science capital and educational aspirations of children at risk of social exclusion. Children and Youth Services Review, 129, 106189.

Science Foundation Ireland (2021). SFI Science in Ireland Barometer 2020 Research Report. https://www.sfi.ie/engagement/barometer/SFI-Science-in-Ireland-Barometer-2020-Research-Report.pdf

Shimwell, J., DeWitt, J., Davenport, C., Padwick, A., Sanderson, J., & Strachan, R. (2023). Scientist of the week: Evaluating effects of a teacher-led STEM intervention to reduce stereotypical views of scientists in young children. Research in Science & Technological Education, 41(2), 423–443.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Understanding the Factors Influencing Upper Secondary School Students STEM Career Aspirations

Elisa Vilhunen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Vilhunen, Elisa

The aim of this study is to examine upper secondary school students’ perceptions about careers on science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) related fields, and to understand factors influencing their career choices. Despite the global need for STEM professionals, there is a persistent decline in students' interest in STEM studies and careers, especially in Europe (OECD, 2016; Osborne & Dillon, 2008; Potvin & Hasni, 2014). Various factors, both intrinsic and extrinsic, contribute to this decline, including socio-economic status, learning opportunities, attitude towards science, and limited knowledge of STEM careers (e.g., Holmegaard et al., 2014). Recognizing the multifaceted nature of these challenges, efforts to address declining interest include specially designed instructional interventions with integrated career-based perspectives to enhance students' understanding of STEM careers and boost interest in science (Drymiotou et al., 2021; Gago et al., 2005; OECD, 2016). lisää drymioutou

Social cognitive career theory (Lent et al., 1999) provides a framework for understanding how cognitive, social, and environmental factors interact to shape career choices and development over time. The theory emphasizes, for example, the role of self-efficacy beliefs, outcome expectations, interests and goals, environmental influences, performance and choice expectancies, and contextual supports and barriers in shaping an individual's career choices and actions. Furthermore, previous research has shown that for example other people’s recognition and STEM identity (Ladachart et al., 2023; Nugent et al., 2015; Simpson & Bouhafa, 2020), receiving career information (Kaleva et al., 2023), preconceptions about STEM careers (Holmegaard et al., 2014) and instructional activities in school (Drymiotou et al., 2021) can influence adolescents’ STEM related career choices.

Upper secondary school experiences can significantly influence students' career aspirations, impacting their motivation and choices of science subjects and subsequent academic and career paths (Simpkins et al., 2006). Understanding students’ conceptions about science and STEM related careers is important. It can help teachers and other professionals to develop and implement better learning opportunities that enhance students' beliefs and understanding of STEM related fields. In the present study, the factors influencing upper secondary school students’ STEM career choices are examined through semi-structured interviews. The research questions are:

RQ1: What factors do students described as being influential for their career choices?

RQ2: What kind of conceptions do students have about science and STEM related fields?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research took place in the context of Finnish upper-secondary education, providing general education for students aged 16 to 19. The majority of students complete their studies in a three-year timeframe, with the duration ranging from two to four years based on individual study plans. The participants (N = 10) were second- and third-year students in a single upper secondary school located in southern Finland. Five students identified themselves as female and five as male. Prior to the interviews, descriptive background data from a larger sample of students was collected using a set of closed- and open-ended questions on career aspirations as well as interest and motivation on science subjects. Ten students were chosen to participate the study based on their consent for subsequent inquiries and their indications of STEM related career aspirations.

The data collection took place in school year 2022-2023. During the school year, the author of this paper worked in the school as a science teacher and a guidance counselor. The author was also responsible for the data collection and analyses. Semi-structured interviews were employed for data collection, with the aim of ensuring consistency while also allowing for spontaneous discussions. The interview questions were categorized into three sections: (1) career aspirations in general, (2) factors that have influenced the career decision, and (3) conceptions about desired education or profession. The interview data was first transcribed and then analyzed through inductive content analysis to classify the responses into categories. The purpose of such analysis is to achieve a concise yet comprehensive representation of a phenomenon, resulting in the identification of categories or concepts that describe the phenomenon (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). The process begun with the preparation stage, during which the specific portions of data relevant to the scope of this study were identified. Next, the data was allotted into units of analysis, each accompanied by a note or preliminary code. These units of analysis represented meaningful segments that ranged in length from parts of sentences to lengthy paragraphs. Following iterative examinations of the data, final codes were assigned to the units of analysis. Finally, these codes were grouped under higher-order categories, which were further organized under the main categories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Out of the 10 participants, 4 pursued a career in engineering and technology, 3 in medicine, 2 in environmental sciences and 1 in aviation. According to the qualitative content analysis of the semi-structured interviews, students described several factors that had influenced their career choices. These factors were categorized under 5 main themes, following the terminology of social cognitive career theory: self-efficacy beliefs, outcome expectations, interests and values, environmental influences, and contextual barriers. Self-efficacy beliefs included student descriptions of their skills and abilities, outcome expectations included sub-themes on employment and prestige of the profession, interests and values included detailed descriptions on personal interests and important values, environmental influences included sub-themes of family- and school-related factors, and contextual barriers included factors related to the admission to the desired education. Furthermore, students described both negative and positive conceptions about science and STEM related fields, and also, changes in their conceptions that had affected their career aspiration.

The findings of this study have important implications to both upper secondary school science instruction and career counselling. Students’ need more information and realistic conceptions about the STEM related careers. These challenges can be addressed through informed instructional and counselling interventions.

References
Drymiotou, I., Constantinou, C. P., & Avraamidou, L. (2021). Enhancing students’ interest in science and understandings of STEM careers: the role of career-based scenarios. International Journal of Science Education, 43(5), 717–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2021.1880664

Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x

Gago, J. M., Ziman, J., Caro, P., Constantinou, C. P., Davies, G. R., Parchmann, I., Rannikmae, M., & Sjoberg, S. (2005). Europe needs more scientists: Increasing human resources for science and technology in Europe.

Holmegaard, H. T., Madsen, L. M., & Ulriksen, L. (2014). To Choose or Not to Choose Science: Constructions of desirable identities among young people considering a STEM higher education programme. International Journal of Science Education, 36(2), 186–215. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2012.749362

Kaleva, S., Celik, I., Nogueiras, G., Pursiainen, J., & Muukkonen, H. (2023). Examining the predictors of STEM career interest among upper secondary students in Finland. Educational Research and Evaluation, 28(1–3), 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2022.2161579

Ladachart, L., Sriboonruang, O., & Ladachart, L. (2023). Whose recognition is meaningful in developing a STEM identity? A preliminary exploration with Thai secondary school students. Research in Science Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-023-10151-4

Lent, R. W., Hackett, G., & Brown, S. D. (1999). A Social Cognitive View of School‐to‐Work Transition. The Career Development Quarterly, 47(4), 297–311. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2161-0045.1999.tb00739.x

Nugent, G., Barker, B., Welch, G., Grandgenett, N., Wu, C., & Nelson, C. (2015). A Model of Factors Contributing to STEM Learning and Career Orientation. International Journal of Science Education, 37(7), 1067–1088. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2015.1017863

OECD. (2016). PISA 2015 results (Volume I): Excellence and equity in education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264266490-en

Osborne, J., & Dillon, J. (2008). Science education in Europe: Critical reflections (Vol. 13). The Nuffield Foundation.

Potvin, P., & Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at K-12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research. Studies in Science Education, 50(1), 85–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2014.881626

Simpkins, S. D., Davis-Kean, P. E., & Eccles, J. S. (2006). Math and science motivation: A longitudinal examination of the links between choices and beliefs. Developmental Psychology, 42(1), 70–83. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.42.1.70

Simpson, A., & Bouhafa, Y. (2020). Youths’ and Adults’ Identity in STEM: a Systematic Literature Review. Journal for STEM Education Research, 3(2), 167–194. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41979-020-00034-y
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 H: Teachers and Social Justice
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Critical Voices of Social Justice in Education: Four Teachers’ Stories from Rural Peru

Silvia Espinal Meza

University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Espinal Meza, Silvia

Over the previous three decades, social justice in education has become increasingly relevant to debates on globalisation, capitalism, and inequalities around the world (Rawls, 1971; Young, 1990; Fraser, 1997; Zajda, 2006; Rizvi, 2009; Taylor et al, 1997). In the Latin American context, neoliberalism has become hegemonic in the last 30 years with Peru adopting this model in 1990. However, neoliberalism has affected communities in distinct ways, creating further disparities between a minority who have benefitted from this model and more than one third of the population still living in poverty and exclusion in countries like Peru. For example, the latest national assessments on quality education reveal that 66.4% of children in Huancavelica (rural Peru) do not achieve the expected level of literacy for Year 2 (primary level). By contrast, in regions like Tacna (a predominantly urban region) 55.7% of children achieved the expected level (MINEDU, 2022). Moreover, the neoliberal model has served to marginalise the voices of rural teachers and their practices of social justice in Peru.

As teachers play a central role in educational process, the Peruvian scenario shows that rural teachers’ voices who are engaged in the praxis of social justice have not been sufficiently heard at the level of national debates or been part of large studies. The previous research have been largely focused on the analysis of Peruvian teachers’ policy including aspects of remuneration, quality, performance, among others (Cuenca & Stojnic, 2008; UNESCO, 2017; Montero & Uccelli, 2023). For instance, Cuenca (2020), has published a book of six Peruvian teachers’ stories by analysing aspects of teachers’ identities in the last ten years in the country. The author focuses on teachers' concept of work, the value they place on vocation and the way in which they recognise and are recognised as professionals (Cuenca, 2020). Although the author mentions aspects of critical pedagogies in one of the teaching typologies, the study does not will delve into these aspects through the teachers’ stories from a social justice perspective. And this is a gap in Peruvian educational research that this study seeks to fill in.

Thus, the main research question is: How do a group of schoolteachers in rural Peru conceptualise and practice their commitment to social justice through critical pedagogies within the constraints of the neoliberal policy landscape? As secondary questions:

What do a group of rural teachers in Peru understand by social justice and critical pedagogies?

How do they implement critical pedagogies through their practices as rural teachers?

In what ways could the praxis of social justice through critical pedagogies from these group of rural teachers run into tension within the neoliberal policies?

To discuss the above questions, the theoretical framework focuses on critical pedagogies by reviewing key Freirean concepts such as critical consciousness, problem posing and dialogue. For Freire, critical consciousness is integrated with reality where things and facts exist empirically in their causal and circumstantial correlations (Freire, 1974: 39). While problem-posing education is revolutionary in its futurity and its prophetic and hopeful ethos mediated by dialogue as an act of creation (Freire, 1970).

Although the study discusses the Peruvian case, this research sheds light on broader issues connected to discriminatory processes and injustices that affect educational spaces in European contexts. In particular, this study focuses on the role of teachers as key actors in promoting social justice transformations in highly diverse contexts such as Europe. This is an approach to transforming teaching practices, the construction of knowledge(s), the institutional structure and the material relations of wider society (Pica-Smith, 2018; Breunig, 2005).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research uses a narrative inquiry approach within the tradition of qualitative studies. The study of narratives refers to the plural ways humans experience the world (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990). Narrative inquiry embraces narrative as both the method and phenomena of study (Pinnegar & Daynes, 2007).Based on the research questions, four rural teachers from Cusco and Ayacucho (two of the poorest regions in the southern highlands of Peru) were selected based on the following criteria:
• Those who have at least five years of teaching experience working with critical pedagogies/social justice perspectives in rural areas of Peru.
• Those who identify themselves as critical educators.
• Those who have a trajectory not only as a teacher but also as activists, leaders or members of networks working in line with critical pedagogies/social justice in education
Alongside the support of two Peruvian NGOs working with social justice perspectives, two teachers from Cusco and two from Ayacucho joined the study. Based on a narrative approach, a set of in-depth interviews were carried out as a main tool to grasp the teacher’s stories about their experiences and meanings around social justice in education.
Following Ritchie et al (2014), the in-depth interviews used open questions to allow the participants the opportunity to express their ideas without the restrictions of closed questions that require yes/no answers. In this sense, based on the model of Riessman (1993), I created the following broad questions:
• Tell me, how did you decide to become a teacher? Could you share about this experience?
• You said you had (example: a very difficult experience teaching in rural schools), can you tell me a bit more about this experience?
• How did you start your engagement with critical pedagogies? Could you tell me about this experience?
• How do you apply critical pedagogies in the classroom with children? Could you provide some examples?
• Would you say, in your own words, what is social justice in education for you? Why?
Thus, I held extensive dialogues with these four teachers in their local schools over a period of four months in Peru followed by online meetings to delve into aspects that they wanted to expand on.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following the paradigmatic analysis (Polkinghorne, 1995), a set key dimensions were identified based on the teacher’s narratives. In this sense, the analysis in-progress reveals the important role of dialogue and critical consciousness in reappraising the native culture as a practice of social justice in education. For example, one teacher from Cusco is problematising the historical discrimination against native culture through the explanation of meanings associated with Quechua surnames. For example, meanings associated with “guidance” and “strength” are helpful to empower students to be proud of their indigenous roots by reflecting critically about their own heritage and history. As this teacher said, “So, I give each student a mission [based on their surnames and meanings] and they work together. So, it is how to bring that cosmovision to put each one "in their spirit". It is not monetary value, it's spiritual value. It's emotion”.
Another key dimension of the practice of social justice is the engagement with the community in reappraising and exalting indigenous knowledge production. For instance, these teachers encourage students to talk with the “Yachaq” (wise elders in the rural Andes) in Quechua (native language) to stimulate use of the language while preserving their cultural elements. For example, one teacher from Ayacucho invites “Yachaqs” to teach students how to cultivate the land while others are invited to give talks about festivities and/or important dates relevant for the community. This cultural information is key in building the communal calendar at the beginning of each year. As one teacher from Ayacucho says: “These activities motivate us as a family, all of us who are there, showing our emotional expressions of joy and sadness, and being united”
Thus, these narratives are emerging from rural teachers who are making their voices heard from a social justice approach.  

References
Breunig, M. (2005). Turning experiential education and critical pedagogy theory into praxis. Journal of Experiential Education, 28 (5), 106– 122.

Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of Experience and Narrative Inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2–14

Cuenca, R & Stojnic, L (2008). La cuestión docente Perú: carrera pública magisterial y el  discurso  del  desarrollo  profesional. Buenos Aires: Fundación Laboratorio de Políticas Públicas.

Cuenca, R (2020). La misión sagrada: seis historias sobre qué es ser docente en el Perú. Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Perú.

Fraser, N. (1997). Justice Interruptus: Critical Reflections on the "Postsocialist" Condition (1st ed.). Routledge.

Freire, P (1970) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, Continuum

Freire, P (1974) Education for Critical Consciousness. New York, Continuum, 1974

Ministerio de Educación del Perú (MINEDU, 2022) Unidad de Medición de la Calidad Educativa. Evaluación Muestral 2022.

Montero y Uccelli (2023). De ilusiones, conquistas y olvidos. La educación rural en el Perú. Lima: Documento para el Informe GEM 2020 América Latina y el Caribe

Pica-Smith, Cinzia, et al. (2018) Social Justice Education in European Multi-Ethnic Schools: Addressing the Goals of Intercultural Education, Taylor & Francis Group

Pinnegar, S., & Daynes, J. G. (2007). Locating Narrative Inquiry Historically: Thematics in the Turn to Narrative. In D. J. Clandinin (Ed.), Handbook of narrative inquiry: Mapping a methodology (pp. 3–34). Sage Publications

Polkinghorne, D (1995) Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 8:1, 5-23, DOI: 10.1080/0951839950080103

Rawls, John. 1971. A Theory of Justice. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press
Rizvi, F & Engel L. (2009) Neo-Liberal Globalization, Educational Policy, and the Struggle for Social Justice. In: Ayers, W. et al. Handbook of social justice in education. Routledge

Riessman, C. K. (1993). Narrative analysis. Sage Publications, Inc.

Ritchie, J; Lewis, J., McNaughton Nicholls, C., & Ormston, R. (2014). Qualitative research practice: a guide for social science students and researchers. SAGE publications.

Taylor, S., Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Henry, M. (1997). Education Policy and the Politics of Change. London: Routledge

UNESCO Lima (2017) Una Mirada a la profesión docente en el Perú: futuros docentes, docentes en servicio y formadores de docentes.
Young, I. M. (1990). Justice and the politics of difference. Princeton University Press

Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (2006) Education and Social Justice: Issues of Liberty and Equality in the Global Culture. In: Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (eds) Education and Social Justice. Springer, Dordrecht


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Bridging Educational Divides: Han Chinese Teachers' Perceptions of Indigenous Students in Taiwan

Liang Yu Ong, Paicu Usaiyana

National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Ong, Liang Yu; Usaiyana, Paicu

Students in Indigenous societies worldwide often lack enthusiasm for traditional schooling, mainly due to the cultural clash between colonizers and Indigenous people (Battiste, 2002). In alignment with Indigenous communities in other countries, the Indigenous peoples of Taiwan have endured a history marked by both physical and symbolic violence, manifested through military subjugation, the dismantling of social structures, cultural suppression, and forceful assimilation (Sun, 2000; Pawan, 2009). This has left a legacy of colonization that fails to acknowledge or value Indigenous culture and knowledge in public education (Kawagley et al., 1998). With Taiwan's democratic transition and recent advocacy for Indigenous historical justice and transitional justice, the government has enacted several education policies such as Education Act for Indigenous Peoples, Indigenous Languages Development Act, and Development of National Languages Act, safeguarding the education, language, and cultural rights of Indigenous communities. In 2019, amendments to the Education Act for Indigenous Peoples expanded its scope from Indigenous students to encompass all teachers, students, and citizens, marking the formal commencement of an “Indigenous Education for All” era.

While educational policies and regulations play a crucial role in preserving Indigenous languages and cultures and fostering reconciliation between Indigenous and Han Chinese communities, the success of policy implementation and curriculum transformation hinges on teaching and learning, as well as interactions between teachers and students. However, with the migration of Indigenous peoples from Homeland to urban and the significant increase in urban Indigenous students (Huang & Liu, 2016), coupled with the inclusion of Indigenous-related topics in the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-year Basic Education, which implemented in 2019 (Taiwan Ministry of Education, 2019), Han Chinese teachers often find Indigenous-related issues challenging to teach in classrooms with both Indigenous and Han Chinese students, posing challenges to building relationships and interactions with Indigenous students.

A substantial literature indicates that teachers’ perceptions of students influence their expectations, teacher-student interactions, and teaching method (Fang, 1996; Nespor, 1987; Pajares, 1993), thus understanding teachers’ perceptions of Indigenous students and how these perceptions may change is crucial in responding to the challenges they face. Like every human being, teachers harbor preconceived notions about members of different ethnicities, genders, social classes, etc., which are often stable and resistant to change (Tatto, 1996). While qualitative research on Han Chinese teachers’ perceptions of Indigenous students suggests that they may hold stereotypical impressions, adopt a cultural deficit perspective, and even exhibit cultural blindness(Chou, 2005, 2007), recent quantitative survey research on Han Chinese teachers’ knowledge about Indigenous students has identified discrepancies between teachers’ self-reported positive, open, and encouraging attitudes toward Indigenous students and their perceived cultural deficiencies in the students (Couch, Nesterova, & Nguyen, 2023). The authors of both researches argue that such phenomena exist due to teachers’ perceptions being shaped by the contextual environment in which they exist, and these perceptions often align with the mainstream societal views of Indigenous peoples. However, they could not explain the mechanisms through which the context influences teachers’ beliefs of Indigenous students.

Expanding on earlier studies, this research delves deeper into the influence of context on teachers' views of Indigenous students. The purpose of this study is:

  1. To understand teachers' perspectives, expectations, and awareness of the needs of Indigenous students from different ethnic groups
  2. To explore how structural contexts influence teachers’ perceptions of Indigenous students

Our study aims to enhance the practice of teachers in creating a safe learning environment and providing suitable opportunities for Indigenous students. Additionally, the research aspires to contribute to discussions on the construction of shared cultural interweaving spaces among different cultural groups.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on the research purposes, we interviewed 11 in-service teachers to gain insights into their perceptions of, expectations of, and knowledge about Indigenous students. The participants were chosen from regular urban junior high or high schools with a low Indigenous student population (3 schools), regular urban junior high or high schools with a higher Indigenous student population (3 schools), Indigenous-focused schools (schools where Indigenous students constitute over one-third of the total student population in Indigenous areas or schools with over one hundred Indigenous students or one-third of the total student population in non-Indigenous areas)  in non-Indigenous area (1 school), and Indigenous-focused schools in Indigenous areas with a majority of Indigenous students (2 schools). These schools were located in metropolitan areas and rural areas. Among the 11 interviewees, 4 were Indigenous teachers, and 7 were Han Chinese teachers. The four Indigenous teachers had diverse backgrounds, representing four out of the sixteen officially recognized Indigenous groups in Taiwan.
The two researchers conducting the interviews brought distinct backgrounds to the study. One researcher, a Han Chinese from Malaysia, with Mandarin as her native language, and had taught in high school, is familiar with both Chinese culture and the educational system in Taiwan. The other researcher, an Indigenous female who grew up in her Homeland, had over 20 years of experience teaching in a regular urban junior high school in the northern metropolitan area. Despite residing in a city, she maintained close ties to both urban Indigenous communities and her Homeland. Considering the delicate social relations between Taiwan Han Chinese and Indigenous peoples, we decided the first researcher to conduct interviews with Han Chinese teachers, while the second researcher interviewed Indigenous teachers.
The primary data sources were semi-structured in-depth interviews. All interviewees provided their informed consent and consented to the audio recording of the interviews. Following the verbatim transcription of the interviews, key points were summarized and provided to the interviewees for member checks. Data analysis was collaboratively conducted by both researchers. Our diverse cultural backgrounds and experiences allowed us to cross-verify our interpretations, enhancing our understanding of the perspectives of Han Chinese and Indigenous teachers. Additionally, throughout the data analysis and interpretation process, we engaged in discussions with other academic peers, which facilitated identifying biases, assumptions, and fallacies in our study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study reveals that Han Chinese teachers' perceptions of Indigenous students vary depending on the proximity of the school to Indigenous communities. In schools distant from Indigenous communities, where urban Indigenous students are rare and unwilling or unable to live out their cultural identity, Han Chinese teachers often have limited exposure to the group, hindering their understanding of the diversity within urban Indigenous students which had discovered by Indigenous teachers, and thus failed to address the needs of Indigenous students.

Conversely, in schools near Indigenous communities or with a high Indigenous student population, Han Chinese teachers interact frequently with Indigenous communities, and thus accumulate first-hand knowledge of Indigenous life, culture, and values. These teachers, similar to their Indigenous counterpart, effectively respond to the unique needs of Indigenous students. They even begin to adopt an Indigenous perspective, engaging in critical self-reflection through Indigenous culture and regarding it as respected learning resources. Through hybridity formed from the amalgamation of two cultures, they have carved out a third space (Bhabha, 1994), transcending the dichotomies of Han Chinese and Indigenous identities. This establishment of a third space prompts transformative shift in their praxis. In doing so, they contribute to stretched the boundaries of the constrained gaps for the preservation of Indigenous cultural heritage (Liao & Hsu, 2004).

Even though the public education system is considered as “culturally insensitive, contextually irrelevant and [has an] irresponsive curriculum” (Nesterova, 2019) by Indigenous elites, this study found that non-indigenous teachers, who proactively engage with Indigenous communities and engage in critical self-reflection, may become what Freire (2000) refers to as “the converts”, and bring a glimmer of hope to the somewhat bleak educational landscape. This study suggests that teacher training should provide opportunities for teachers to have meaningful interactions and engage in cultural exchange with individuals from diverse cultures.

References
Battiste, M. (2002). Indigenous knowledge and pedagogy in First Nations education: A literature review with recommendations. Ottawa: Indian and Northern Affairs Canada.

Bhabha, K. H. (1994). The location of culture. New York: Routledge.

Chou, Hui-Min (2005). Educating urban Indigenous students in Taiwan: Six teachers’ perspectives. PhD Thesis, University of Maryland, College Park, MD.

Chou, Hui-Min (2007). Teachers’ beliefs about teaching urban indigenous students in Taiwan. Report downloaded from https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED495652

Couch, D., Nesterova, Y. & Nguyen, H. (2023) Examining non-Indigenous teacher perceptions of Indigenous students in Taiwan through a Strategic Relational Approach. Asia Pacific Education Review, published online (28 Feb 2023) https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-023-09830-8

Fang, Zhi-hui (1996). A review of research on teacher beliefs and practices. Educational Research, 38(1), 47-65, DOI: 10.1080/0013188960380104

Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). New York, NY: The
Continuum. (Original work published 1968)

Huang, Shu-min & Liu, Shao-Hua (2016). Discrimination and incorporation of Taiwanese indigenous Austronesian peoples. Asian Ethnicity, 17(2), 294-312. 10.1080/14631369.2015.1112726.

Kawagley, A. Oscar, Norris-Tull, D., & Norris-Tull, R. (1998). The Indigenous worldview of Yupiaq culture: Its scientific nature and relevance to the practice and teaching of science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 35(2), 133-144.

Liao, Chian-Hui & Hsu, Chih-Hsing (2004). Hybridity and creativity: Another thinking and interpretation for cultural situation and education of aboriginals in Taiwan. Aboriginal Education Quarterly, 34, 81-106.

Nespor, J. (1987). The role of beliefs in the practice of teaching. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 19(4), 317-328, DOI: 10.1080/0022027870190403

Nesterova, Y. (2019). Teaching Indigenous children in Taiwan: Tensions, complexities, and opportunities. Global Studies of Childhood, 9(2), 156-166.

Pajeres, F. (1993). Preservice teachers’ beliefs: A focus for teacher education. Action in Teacher Education, 15(2), 45-54.

Pawan, C. (2009). Indigenous language education in Taiwan. UC Berkeley: Department of Linguistics. Retrieved from https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8wm6g4cf

Sun, Da-Chuan. (2000). Ethnic construction in the cracks: The language, culture and politics of Taiwan Indigenous people. Taipei, Taiwan: UNITAS Publishing.

Taiwan Ministry of Education (2019). Curriculum guidelines of 12-year basic education.

Tatto, M. T. (1996). Examining values and beliefs about teaching diverse students: Understanding the challenges for teacher education. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 18(2), 155-80.
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 I: Histories of Education
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Selected Historical Models of Educating Vulnerable Young People in the Context of Contemporary Czech Care

Lenka Hessova

Uni of South Bohemia, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Hessova, Lenka

Due to the high number of young vulnerable people in need, residential care still occupies an important place in the Czech social care system, even though it is often criticised by all. The adoption of Act No. 189/2016 Coll. has renewed the discussion on the current form of institutional re-educational care, which has been ongoing in the Czech Republic for several decades. The widest possible range of educational resources is being sought, and forms of appropriate institutional action are constantly being discussed.

The paper presents my dissertation that contributes to the above-mentioned discussion by turning to the past, as it examines older models and looks for the possible application of some of their elements in the contemporary context of re-education practice. The dissertation presents projects from the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries that were successful in their time. This historical period was chosen as it was a time of all kinds of experiments. A close examination of the older projects shows that their founders often had to face the same challenges that accompany today's institutional re-educational care of a child. The same issues were present and had to be addressed so studying the operation of historical projects can provide examples of good practice in re-education even for today. The dissertation, in the form of qualitative historical research, follows the development of institutional care for at-risk children. The focus is on a detailed description of eight innovative projects created at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries. The paper focuses on Junior Republic (USA), Ford Republic (USA), Little Commonwealth (UK), Baumgarten (Austria), Boys Town (USA), House of Orphans (Poland), Gorky Colony (Soviet Union), and Summerhill (Great Britain) – as these models are only briefly described in Czech scholarly literature.

Looking back and describing successful solutions to care issues in the past can contribute to the current discussion on the effective form of institutional care for at-risk youth in the Czech Republic. To achieve its goals the research relies on the combination of a direct method and a multiple case study. For triangulation, various primary data sources are used. Topics that have emerged in the past relate to the present situation via Standards of Quality of Care (2015), with 17 inspection reports from residential institutions caring for at-risk children, and 17 annual educational plans.

When exploring the history of care for vulnerable young people with focus on selected residential care projects from the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries I ask these questions:

  • On what pedagogical concepts were the projects based?
  • What elements of successful re-education emerged in the projects?
  • What elements of successful re-education were specific to a particular project? Why?
  • What elements of successful re-education can work in contemporary residential care education in our country?

To meet these objectives:

  • To describe the history of care for vulnerable young people up to the mid-1920s.
  • To describe inspiring projects from the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries dealing with the re-education of children and young people.
  • To identify common features that made the projects successful.
  • To find possible links between inspirational projects from the late 19th and early 20th centuries and current practice in education in residential care

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I chose the historical-pedagogical research design because I want to examine the history of institutional re-educational care with a focus on inspiring models created at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries, and I want to trace possible parallels with current practice in residential care in the Czech Republic. I use the direct method of historical research, supplemented by the multiple case study methodology of qualitative research.
In examining the selected projects, I present as detailed a picture as possible, based on information from a variety of sources. The selection criteria to include the projects in the dissertation were: the date of their creation, the fact that they were initiated by an individual, the innovativeness of the project compared to other institutions of the time and the experimentation with elements of self-governance. For a better understanding of the context, the factual data in the research report are also supplemented by the researcher's thoughts and reflections.
In the dissertation I show that the issues that preoccupy educators today were at least equally preoccupying more than a hundred years ago. Several recurring themes are explored in more detail. These are: the founder of the project, the sources of inspiration, the aim of education, the means of education, the environment and organisation, the conditions of admission, the form of self-government, the concept of punishment, the use of the media, the school, life after leaving the institution and the obstacles to the operation of the project. I used these themes to identify the concepts on which the projects were based, the elements that made them successful and were common to all the projects and the elements that were specific to a particular project.
Due to the Covid 19 situation, I decided to link good practice from the past with the present, using theoretical requirements for current re-education practice. These requirements are represented by the Quality Standards of Childcare in School Facilities for the Performance of Institutional and Protective Education and Preventive Educational Care (Pacnerová et al., 2015). This is a legally binding document issued by Czech Ministry of Education. Another objective link to the present, used in the dissertation, is the publicly accessible inspection reports of the Ministry of Education and Culture of the Czech Republic from visits to 17 institutions in 2020.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The key factors for the projects of the past that may still be viable today are the active approach of the facility managers in raising funds, giving more responsibility to the residents (shared responsibility model), more rigorous development of financial literacy, developing the facility culture by spending time together, aftercare support for former residents, and making full use of modern technology.
I conclude the dissertation by looking at two models of re-education established at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries that have survived their founders and are still functioning today. They represent two very different approaches to the search for good practice in residential education for young people at risk. Summerhill's way of providing freedom, which can only be controlled by living, is described. But also, the organised and disciplined approach of today's Boys Town, which still builds on the legacy of Flanagan's call to faith, hope, leadership, and love.

References
Bernfeld, S. (1921). Kinderheim Baumgarten. Bericht uber einen ersthaften Versuch mit neuer Erziehung. Berlin: Judischer Verlag.
Cervinkova-Riegrova, M. (1887). Ochrana chude a opustene mladeze. Rozhledy po lidumilstvi v Evrope. Praha: Spolek Ochrana opustenychch a zanedbanych divek.
Dekker, J.H.  (2009). Children at risk in history: a story of expansion. Paedagogica Historica, 45(1–2), 17–36. Retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230902746206
Foucault, M. (1994). Dejiny silenstvi, (Czech translation by Dvorakova). Praha: Nakladatelstvi Lidove noviny.
Francke, A. H. (1867).  Faith´s Work Perfected: Francke’s Orphan House at Halle, (English translation by W.L. Gage). New York: Anson D F Randolph
Gear, C. G. (1999). Industrial Schools in England, 1857 – 1933. “Moral Hospitals” or “Oppressive Institutions”? Dissertation. University of London.
George, W. R. (1909). The Junior Republic: Its History and Ideals. New York/London: D. Appleton and Company.
Hessova, L. (2022): Vybrane modely prevychovne institucionalni pece o dite z prelomu 19. a 20. stoleti v kontextu soucasne ceske etopedicke praxe: historicko-pedagogicky vyzkum. Dissertation. Univerzita Karlova.
Higginbotham, P. (2017). Children´s Homes: A History of Institutional Care for Britain´s Young. Barnsley: Pen & Sword History.
Holl, J. M. (1971). Juvenile Reform in the Progressive Era. William R. George and the Junior Republic Movement. Ithaca/London: Cornell University Press.
Jacobi, J. (2009). Between charity and education: orphans and orphanages in early modern times. Paedagogica Historica, 45(1–2), 51–66. Retrieved from: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00309230902746396
Kamp, J. M. (2006).  Kinderrepubliken: Geschichte, Praxis und Theorie radikaler Selbstregierung in Kinder- und Jugendheimen (pdf print). Retrieved from: http://paed.com/kinder/kind/kinderrepubliken.pdf
Kasper, T. (2008). Nemecke vychovne ustavy – analyza reformne pedagogickeho konceptu a priklad Svobodne skolni obce v Litomericich v mezivalecne CSR. Praha: UK.
Neill, A. S. (2015). Summerhil. Pribeh prvni demokraticke skoly na svete. (Czech translation by V. Jurek). Praha: PeopleComm.
Oursler, F., & Oursler, W. (1949). Father Flanagan of Boys Town. New York: Doubleday &Company.
Pacnerova et al., (2015). Standardy kvality pece o deti ve skolskych zarizenich pro vykon ustavni a ochranne vychovy a preventivne vychovne pece. (Czech Standards). Retrieved from:
Pecha, L. (1999). Kruta Poema Makarenko-jak ho nezname. Doplnek: Brno.
Reilly, H., & Warneke, K. (2008). Father Flanagan of Boys Town. A Man of Vision. Nebraska: Boys Town Press.
Riis, J. A.  (1890). How the other half lives. Studies among the Tenements of New York. New York: Charles Scribner´s Sons.
Toth, S. A. (2019). Mettray. A History of France's Most Venerated Carceral Institution. Cornell University Press.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Discourse Systems in History of Education and its Transnational Transmission: Semantic Analysis of German and Chinese Textbooks (1794-1948)

Wei Luo

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Luo, Wei

The role of history of education as an organizational framework for educational knowledge has been pivotal in the creation and diffusion of educational knowledge. However, there remains a gap in empirical research concerning the semantic structure of history of education knowledge and its transnational transmission. This study addresses this gap by employing complex network science and natural language processing techniques to construct semantic networks for history of education textbooks in German and Chinese. The goal is to explore the early development of the discourse system within the field of "history of education" and investigate the aspects of stability and variability in the process of transnational transmission.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve this, a comprehensive collection of 125 history of education textbooks published in Germany from 1794 to 1933 and 59 history of education textbooks published in China from 1901 to 1948 was systematically compiled. Subsequently, a computer-processable full-text corpus with a total word count of approximately 25.8 million was created through optical character recognition. The study utilizes distribution-based semantic proximity metrics to reconstruct the semantic networks between high-frequency words in the two corpora.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that the semantic networks of both German and Chinese history of education textbooks exhibit similar overall topological structures, comprising around six interrelated conceptual core categories.

For instance, German history of education textbooks encompass key categories, including the institutional foundation of education centered around "school and teacher," family education with "child and parent" as the core, curriculum and teaching emphasizing "student and teaching," philosophical and religious category focusing on "human and spirit," and a category labeled "educational theory," with "education and pedagogy" at its core. These categories are intricately linked by historical elements at the heart of the network, establishing the foundational discourse system in German history of education textbooks. Remarkably, this methodology unveils connections between categories, challenging preconceived notions present in German history of education. Notably, terms like Bildung and Pädagogik, traditionally emblematic of German pedagogy, do not hold a central position in the network.

Further comparative analysis reveals an isomorphism between the semantic categories of Chinese and German history of education textbooks, with differences in local topological structures, such as historical categories not occupying a central position but being connected to specific semantic categories. Additionally, China's distinctive educational institutions, figures, and ideas are embedded in specific positions in the network.

In the next phase, the study plans to introduce time and social dimensions to examine the dynamic mechanisms of knowledge structure replacement in history of education textbooks, along with the social background (or institutional conditions) of history of education knowledge producers. The methodological framework proposed by this study offers a new approach for researching discourse systems in pedagogy from a comparative perspective.

References
Erdmann, D., & Vogel, K. (Hrsg.) (2021). Erziehungswissenschaft aus der Distanz: empirische Studien (Erziehungswissenschaftliche Studien). Göttingen: Universitätsverlag. doi:10.17875/gup2021-1586
Gonon, P. (1999). Historiographie als Erziehung. Zur Konstitution der pädagogischen Geschichtsschreibung im 19. Jahrhundert. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 45(4), 521–530. pedocs.
Jörg-W. Link (2021). Geschichte der pädagogischen Historiographie (utb-Titel ohne Reihe). Studienbuch Erziehungs- und Bildungsgeschichte (S. 31–51). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/10.36198/9783838557083-31-51 [Stand: 27.10.2021].
Manza, J., Sauder, M., & Wright, N. (2010). Producing Textbook Sociology: European Journal of Sociology. Archives Européennes de Sociologie, 51(2), 271–304. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/S0003975610000135
Oelkers, J. (1999). Die Geschichte der Pädagogik und ihre Probleme. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 45(4), 461–483.
Prondczynsky, A. von (1999). Die Pädagogik und ihre Historiographie. Umrisse eines Forschungsfeldes. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 45(4), 485–504.
Prondczynsky, A. von (2009). Historische Bildungsforschung: Auf der Suche nach dem systematischen Ort der Bildungsgeschichte. In M. Caruso, H. Kemnitz & J.-W. Link (Hrsg.), Orte der Bildungsgeschichte (S. 15–29). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Rule, A., Cointet, J.-P., & Bearman, P. S. (2015). Lexical shifts, substantive changes, and continuity in State of the Union discourse, 1790–2014. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 112(35), 10837–10844. doi:10.1073/pnas.1512221112
Tenorth, H.-E. (2010). Historische Bildungsforschung. In R. Tippelt & B. Schmidt-Hertha (Eds.), Handbuch Bildungsforschung (3., durchgesehene Auflage, pp. 135–152). VS-Verlag.
Wiegmann, U. (2008). Pädagogikgeschichtliche Gesamtdarstellungen, Quellenbände und Periodika. Berlin: Bibliothek für Bildungsgeschichtliche Forschung. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-40816 [Stand: 13.11.2020].


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Towards an Education of the Senses (EoS): An alternative pragmatic view on STEAM

Alexander Pessers, Charlotte Sermeus, Paul Niebroer

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Sermeus, Charlotte; Niebroer, Paul

This abstract is based on a a PhD project to be conducted by three researchers from the KU Leuven. The PhD Project is interdisciplinary, bringing together the fields of Pedagogy, Arts and the Sciences. In doing so it hopes to make connections that go beyond just an enriched curriculum, and that are to be found in the very fiber of the different disciplines. It is this what a pragmatic view on STEAM entails, to avoid a bifurcation between the Sciences and the Arts and see them both as sensory ways of being in and getting to know the World.

The starting point of this research project is not to investigate the efficiency and effectiveness of STEAM education as a vehicle for the acquisition of predefined learning outcomes. Rather this project aims to investigate how STEAM, as a composition of science and arts, carries the potential to reconsider it through the lens of an Education of the Senses (EoS). Approaching STEAM as an educational design that activates students' imaginative engagement with the world and with the future, and that allows the student and the teacher to get away from a predefined understanding of it. Theoretically, this project builds further onto the sociological approach of Bruno Latour (2018), starting from the claim that today’s environmental and social problems are a consequence of the irreversible destruction we ourselves have brought to the world we inhabit through our post-enlightenment endeavours. Hence, what we take away from Latour is that we will have to learn to relate to the world differently. Investigating this new form of learning is precisely what we want to perpetuate with our refashioning of STEAM.

As Dutch educationalist Gert Biesta (2006) asserts, to find sustainable pedagogical answers to these ecological and social issues, it is thus needed to look at educational practices through a different lens. To do so, we want to distance ourselves from education as being singularly associated with 'learning', as often happens, by rethinking ‘the school’ as a place where one is allowed to start relating to the world and society in the face of daring challenges. The school is then an intermediary space where efficiency logics are held at a (relative) distance to make way for questions such as "what is the subject under study trying to say to me?" (Vansieleghem, 2021). In this way students may develop a caring sensitivity to said world.

To realise such a world-oriented approach of education, this research project wants to look at a more general educational reconceptualization of pedagogy that goes beyond the limits of instrumentalist logic, on the basis of pragmatic ideas such as those of the educationalist scholar John Dewey and the importance he places on practice-bound learning through experiencing.

Drawing on pragmatic frameworks linked to experiential learning, particularly influenced by John Dewey, our focus extends beyond conventional socialization, emphasizing an education centered on familiarity with and sensitivity to significant matters. Building on this, our second objective [RO2] takes a practical turn, aiming to conceptualize education as an 'Education of the Senses' (EoS). This involves developing protocols and maxims, integrating the efficacy of lab and studio practices through an ArtScience co-creation. Such a convergence of scientific and artistic methods contributes to the formulation of a comprehensive EoS thinking framework. In pursuit of our third objective [RO3], we aim to devise a concrete curricular design for a radical reimagining of STEAM education rooted in EoS. This design, crafted collaboratively with field practitioners, aims to offer a practical and applicable STEAM solution for Flemish schools, with broader implications for addressing global environmental and social challenges.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main research methodology will follow a theoretical hourglass trajectory. Roughly summarised, this process will start from the current approach of STEAM, and conceptually address the model’s shortcomings. In this way, a new vision on education will be formulated as an Education of the Senses. Starting from that Education of the Senses, a new curricular implementation of STEAM packages can then be designed in line with the vision that was set out in EoS; from STEAM, to EoS, to STEAM, or in other words we are moving from STEAM, to STEAM, through a lens of an Education of the Senses.  

 

 As stated, in order to genuinely stay true to concrete practices and to recognise the added value of practitioner expertise, this main research will moreover be underpinned by practitioner research. Concretely this practitioner research will take place in STEM project classes with pupils aged 16 or above during two school years with regular contact intervals . In this way, the design will be developed in collaboration with students and teachers from STEM fields as co-researchers qnd co-creators. The practitioners and doctoral researchers will together engage in investigating, discussing and designing lab and studio practices in several lessons during hours reserved by schools to work on STEM. More concretely - by taking into account the research data collected by the researchers in the primary research - they will together think about and develop both an Education of the Senses and, based on this, what a redesign of STEAM might look like in practice. This means that the teachers and students will actively be participating in the field study as well as the design of EoS, in line with the ethics of practitioner research (de Vugt et al., 2017).   Our conception of what might indicate valuable STEAM practices are not only theoretically derived and practically tested, but are also deducted from observational fieldwork in artisitic studio practices and scientific laboratory environments.  More specifically, through the analysis of these studio and lab practices, the researchers will then shape the framework for an Education of the Senses; by investigating what happens in these studio and lab practices, the researchers will stipulate protocols; which procedures, (hidden) rules and relationships are at the core of such practices that make them educational? These protocols in turn make it possible to formulate core maxims for an Education of the Senses to be realised.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this proposed research endeavor, we embark on a transformative journey to reimagine STEAM education beyond the conventional paradigms. Departing from the typical scrutiny of STEAM's efficiency, our project places a novel emphasis on Education of the Senses (EoS). The overarching objective is not merely to ascertain predetermined learning outcomes but to delve into the profound potential of STEAM as an immersive, imaginative experience that transcends traditional boundaries.

The theoretical foundation, rooted in the sociological insights of Bruno Latour, propels us to confront the dire consequences of irreversible environmental degradation and social upheavals resulting from our post-enlightenment pursuits. In response to these challenges, we posit that education must cease to be a mere repository of predefined knowledge and embrace a paradigm shift. Gert Biesta's call for sustainable pedagogical answers prompts us to view education as an intermediary space—a realm where efficiency logics yield to profound questions about the subject under study and the world's entreaties.

Practitioner research, a cornerstone of our approach, actively involves students and teachers in shaping an EoS and crafting a new STEAM curriculum. The interdisciplinary lens we adopt, transcending traditional disciplinary boundaries, seeks inspiration from studio and laboratory practices. This unique perspective encourages a cross-disciplinary pollination, challenging doctoral researchers to venture outside their comfort zones and discover innovative insights.

As we weave together theoretical insights and real-world practices, this research envisions a future where STEAM emerges not as a rote pursuit of knowledge but as an immersive, transformative journey—an Education of the Senses that fosters a deep, caring sensitivity to the world and its challenges.  

References
Affifi, R. (2020a). Beauty in the Darkness: Aesthetic Education in the Ecological Crisis. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1126–1138. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12475
Biesta, G. (2006) Beyond Learning. Democratic Education for a Human Future (Boulder, Paradigm).
Biesta, G. (2017). Letting art teach.
de Vugt, A., Castelein, T., & De Baets, T. (2017). Ticket to ride : praktijkonderzoek in muziekeducatie (A. de Vugt, T. Castelein, & T. De Baets, Eds.). Garant.
Duurzaam onderwijs: visie en ambities. (2022). KU Leuven.
Greene, M. (1986). The Spaces of Aesthetic Education. The Journal of Aesthetic Education, 20(4), 56–62. https://doi.org/10.2307/3332600
Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble : making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822373780
Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2018). Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy. punctum books. 11. https://doi.org/10.21983/P3.0193.1.00
Hoezo AstroSounds? (z.d.). AstroSounds.
https://doi.org/10.14619/016
https://www.astrosounds.be/
https://www.kuleuven.be/duurzaamheid/duurzaam-onderwijs/visie
Ingold, T. (2018). Anthropology and/as Education. London/NY: Routledge.
Ingold, T. (2022). Knowing from the inside. Bloomsbury Academic
James, W. (2005). Talks To Teachers On Psychology; And To Students On Some Of Life’s Ideals. Project Gutenberg.
Latour, B. (2008). What is the style of matters of concern? Assen: Van Gorcum.
Latour, B. (2018). Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climatic Regime. In Anthropological Quarterly (Vol. 93, Issue 2). Polity Press. https://doi.org/10.1353/ANQ.2020.0036
Lewis, T. E., & Hyland, P. (2022). Studious Drift : Movements and Protocols for a Postdigital Education. University of Minnesota Press.
Meirieu, P. (2018). Le plaisir d’apprendre. Autrement.
Schatzki, T. R. . (1996). Social practices : a Wittgensteinian approach to human activity and the social. Cambridge University press.
Schildermans, H. (2019). Making a University. Introductory Notes on an Ecology of Study Practices (Doc- toral dissertation). KU Leuven, Belgium
Sennett, R., & van Paassen, W. (2008). De ambachtsman: de mens als maker. (W. van Paassen, Trans.). Meulenhoff.
Stengers, I. (2015). In Catastrophic Times: Resisting the Coming Barbarism. Open Humanities Press.
Vansieleghem, Nancy; 2021. The Point of Study Practices Is to Discover the Kind of Questions That We 'Also' Should Ask. Philosophy and Theory in Higher Education; 2021; pp. 107 - 118
Vlieghe, J. & KU Leuven. (2022). Opvoeden: Oorspronkelijkheid zonder oorsprong. Lessen voor de 21ste eeuw, Leuven, Belgium.
Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-centred Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. 11. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16003-6
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 K: Sustainability in Education Research
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Joe O'Hara
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How Does Action Competence Explain Young People's Sustainability Action?

Iikka Oinonen, Tuija Seppälä, Riikka Paloniemi

Finnish Environment Institute (Syke), Finland

Presenting Author: Oinonen, Iikka

Societal change calls for thorough readjustment of human agency to align with sustainability visions. Individual and collective actions that promote sustainability are required at many levels, including in the private lives of people and in the public sphere. Actions are needed to lower the environmental footprint of individuals and, at the same time, to catalyze a system-level adoption of sustainability. In recent years, young people have been at the forefront of collective sustainability efforts. Since its inception, the Fridays For Future -events have mobilized hundreds of thousands of predominantly young participants worldwide each year (“Strike Statistics”, 2024). In addition to strikes and demonstrations young people express their agency and drive sustainability in diverse ways (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023; Trott, 2021; Tayne, 2022).

To engage in action towards sustainability may require a variety of skills, knowledge, and attitudes. Frameworks that capture these sustainability competencies have been under intensive development during the last decade (e.g., Bianchi et al., 2022; UNESCO, 2017). Of particular interest has been action competence for sustainability, which has been defined as the overall will, confidence, and knowhow to bring about sustainability transformations (Sass et al., 2020). Action competence has been understood as an educational approach (Mogensen & Schnack, 2010) as well as an educational outcome, an underlying latent capacity of individuals and groups (Olsson et al., 2020). However, these is a lack of knowledge of how action competence and its subconstructs are related to different kinds of actions and behaviors that promote sustainability. Especially the role of knowledge of action possibilities in determining sustainability efforts is in a need for clarification. As complexity and uncertainty are fundamental parts of sustainability challenges (e.g., Lönngren & van Poeck, 2021), it is hard to know which efforts will produce the desired effects. Instead, actions emerge from a knowledge base that is always incomplete (Almers, 2013). The notion of pluralism in action-oriented knowledge emphasizes that multiple kinds of knowledge and different ways of knowing are involved in actions for sustainability (Caniglia et al., 2021; Wals, 2010). Therefore, reaching an end-goal of enough knowledge is not feasible when tackling wicked sustainability problems. This concerns particularly collective actions that are directed on system-level change, since tracing their legacies is a tedious task even for experts (Amenta et al., 2010).

To investigate the relationship between action competence and sustainability actions, we conducted a national survey of 15 to 29-year-olds (N = 940) in Finland. We asked how action competence for sustainability is related to both private sphere behavior and collective action that drive change. Results of structural equation modeling show that the overall measure of self-perceived action competence for sustainability strongly predicts private sphere behavior, but the association is nonexistent with system-oriented sustainability action. Further analysis on the components of action competence reveals that high perceived knowledge and low outcome expectations predict low engagement in sustainability action. Knowledge and outcome expectations also affect behavior indirectly via willingness to act. Based on our results we argue that actions and behaviors have different antecedents, and that the ability to recognize outcome uncertainty affects how young people’s sustainability agency is manifested.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The survey measures were translated, adapted to the Finnish context, and tested with four groups of young people. We requested a sample of 1000 Finnish speaking young people aged 15–29 from an online panel maintained by Kantar Media Finland Oy. After screening the data, 940 participants were retained, of which 43% were male, 56% female, and 1% did not specify. 25% were aged between 15–19, 37% were aged between 20–24, and 38% were aged between 25–29 years old.

Action competence was measured with the Self-Perceived Action Competence for Sustainability -scale (Olsson et al., 2020) which consists of 12 items covering three subconstructs: knowledge of action possibilities, confidence in one’s own influence and willingness to act. The scale has a 5-point response format (1 = strongly disagree … 5 = strongly agree). Sustainability action was measured with 16 items adapted from Alisat and Riemer’s (2015) Environmental Action Scale. These actions range from low-profile efforts, such as participating in events and raising awareness in social media, to highly devoted activism, such as organizing protests or public events. Sustainability behavior was measured with eight private sphere behavior items, such as preferring vegetarian meals, buying eco-labelled products, and educating oneself. Actions and behaviors were assessed on a 5-point scale (0 = never … 4 = very frequently) according to the rate at which the respondent had performed them in the last six months.

We used the structural equation modeling framework to assess two competing models. In model A, we estimated how action competence for sustainability as a higher order factor predicts sustainability action and behavior. In model B, we disaggregated action competence in its sub-scales to see how they were associated with sustainability efforts. In addition, in model B we specified direct associations from knowledge of action possibilities and confidence in one’s own influence on willingness to act, in order to estimate their indirect effects on sustainability action and behavior.

We evaluated local and global fit of the models by inspecting the correlation residual matrices and examining a set of fit statistics (model chi-square, RMSEA, CFI and SRMR). We refrained from hanging onto firm cutoff criteria and evaluated the fit indices in the context of the scales’ measurement quality (McNeish et al., 2018). The models were run using the ‘lavaan’ package in R with two estimators: maximum likelihood with Satorra-Bentler scaling and weighted least squares mean and variance adjusted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results suggest that action competence as a higher order construct is positively related to personal practices, such as preferring a plant-based diet, but it doesn’t predict collective actions that are targeted at a system-level change, such as organizing sustainability-themed events and protests. This is unexpected, since the theory of action competence emphasizes action that aims to solve the problems or change the conditions that created the problems (Mogensen & Schnack, 2010). Furthermore, we found that scoring high on knowledge of action possibilities is associated with less sustainability action, and that the relationship is nonexistent with private-sphere behavior.

We argue that respondents who score high on the knowledge subconstruct represent young people who have more confidence in their knowledge base and possibly disregard the uncertainties of sustainability challenges, thus having little motivation to take actions with unforeseeable outcomes. By contrast, respondents who score less on the knowledge subscale are not necessarily short of knowledge, but they may recognize their limits of knowing and deliberate more thoroughly on their agency. These young people acknowledge the uncertainties and risks that are an inevitable part of sustainability, which is precisely why they have a greater urge to make sustainability efforts targeted at the system level.

Our findings are of key relevance for sustainability education and to understand youth engagement. Strong arguments have been made that sustainability education should support the development of thinking skills that help learners to embrace uncertainty, reflect on their values, appraise the adequacy of their knowledge base, and adjust their actions accordingly (Bianchi et al., 2022; Mogensen & Schnack, 2010; UNESCO, 2017). These skills and competencies are strongly linked to the ways in which young people’s sustainability agency might emerge.

References
Alisat, S., & Riemer, M. (2015). The environmental action scale: Development and psychometric evaluation. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 43, 13–23.

Almers, E. (2013). Pathways to action competence for sustainability—Six themes. The Journal of Environmental Education, 44(2), 116-127.

Amenta, E., Caren, N., Chiarello, E., & Su, Y. (2010). The political consequences of social movements. Annual Review of Sociology, 36, 287-307.

Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

Caniglia, G., Luederitz, C., von Wirth, T., Fazey, I., Martin-López, B., Hondrila, K., König, A., von Wehrden, H., Schäpke, N. A., Laubichler, M. D. & Lang, D. J. (2021). A pluralistic and integrated approach to action-oriented knowledge for sustainability. Nature Sustainability, 4(2), 93-100.

Lönngren, J., & Van Poeck, K. (2021). Wicked problems: A mapping review of the literature. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology, 28(6), 481-502.

McNeish, D., An, J., & Hancock, G. R. (2018). The thorny relation between measurement quality and fit index cutoffs in latent variable models. Journal of personality assessment, 100(1), 43-52.

Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental education research, 16(1), 59–74.

Oinonen, I. & Paloniemi, R. (2023) Understanding and measuring young people’s sustainability actions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 91, 102124.

Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742–760.

Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292-305.

Strike Statistics. (2024, January 23.) In Fridaysforfuture. https://fridaysforfuture.org/what-we-do/strike-statistics

Tayne, K. (2022). Buds of collectivity: student collaborative and system-oriented action towards greater socioenvironmental sustainability. Environmental Education Research, 28(2), 216-240.

Trott, C. D. (2021). What difference does it make? Exploring the transformative potential of everyday climate crisis activism by children and youth. Children's Geographies, 19:3, 300-308.

UNESCO (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO publishing.

Wals, A. E. (2010). Between knowing what is right and knowing that is it wrong to tell others what is right: On relativism, uncertainty and democracy in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 143-151.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Embracing Uncertainty: Holistic Education in Lithuania's Primary Schools for an Ever-Changing Future

Brigita Miseliūnaitė

Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Miseliūnaitė, Brigita

In the 21st century, it is surprising to witness that alongside climate change and technological advancements, a dearth of empathy and compassion has emerged. The ongoing conflict in Ukraine, the unrest in Israel, and the inhumane treatment of fellow global inhabitants serve as poignant reminders that the fundamental question of our humanity, "What constitutes the essence of being human?", remains unanswered.

According to a report published by UNESCO (2023), the discourse on post-COVID education revolves around the incorporation of technologists and artificial intelligence to establish a personalized and inclusive learning environment for all. However, the report highlights that the integration of technology in education is often driven by the profit-oriented agendas of technology companies, rather than being aligned with the specific needs of both students and teachers. In the present era, marked by post-humanist and anthropocentric ideologies, and confronted with pressing challenges like climate change, inequality, and conflict, it becomes essential to redirect our focus towards holistic education. Additionally, it is important to reexamine the very notion of "being human" in this rapidly evolving, technology-driven world.
The United Nations, in their 'Report on the 2022 Transforming Education Summit' (2023), emphasizes the significance of understanding education as a comprehensive learning process. The report asserts that education should empower individuals to acquire lifelong learning skills, navigate the complexities of a dynamic world, foster harmonious coexistence with respect for one another and the environment, and ultimately enable individuals to lead fulfilling and meaningful lives (p. 1).

Over twenty-five years ago, UNESCO-APNIEVE (1998) raised a thought-provoking inquiry about the essence of learning to coexist and thrive together:
"The process of learning to live harmoniously and peacefully together is a dynamic, comprehensive, and lifelong journey through which individuals internalize and put into practice shared values... This process initiates with cultivating inner peace within the hearts and minds of individuals who strive for truth, knowledge, and understanding..." (APNIEVE, 1998, p. 4).
Even after the passage of more than a quarter-century, we continue to reflect upon the fundamental question of what it truly means to "live together" and how we can maintain harmony with our surroundings. This entails being in tune with both living and non-living elements of nature, our fellow human beings, the rapid advancements in technology, and with our own selves, encompassing our bodies, minds, and spirits. Consequently, UNESCO (2015) affirms that:
"While education cannot single-handedly resolve all development challenges, an approach to education rooted in humanism and holistic ideals has the potential to contribute towards realizing a new paradigm of development" (p. 10).

The significance of holistic education and its potential role in addressing worldwide challenges begs the question of its essence and its capacity to offer solutions. Essentially, the paradigm of holistic education is rooted in the notion that fully educating a child necessitates addressing their intellectual, social, emotional, physical, spiritual, and artistic needs in a balanced manner (Bhatta, 2009; Hare, 2010; Preston, 2012; Rudge, 2016; Miller, 2010, 2019; Pong, 2021; Miseliunaite et al., 2022). Considered a transformative educational approach, Hare (2010) asserts that holistic education equips students with lifelong learning skills, emphasizing life skills, attitudes, and personal awareness necessary for navigating an increasingly intricate world (p. 6).
This research posits that holistic education holds the potential to contribute to resolving global problems by cultivating individuals who assume accountability for their actions and evolve into global citizens. Specifically exploring the application of holistic education within Lithuania's primary education system, the study investigates how it prepares younger generations to navigate an uncertain future. Employing a philosophical and pragmatic investigation, the research identifies key characteristics of holistic education within this particular context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1.1 Research Questions:
This research aims to explore the features and manifestations of holistic education in the Lithuanian primary education system. The following research questions will guide the study:
R1: What are the features of holistic education in the Lithuanian primary education system?
R2: How are the features of holistic education manifested in Lithuanian primary education?
1.2 Data Collection Methods:
To ensure the reliability and comprehensiveness of the collected data, a triangulation approach was employed, drawing on multiple data collection methods (Denscombe, 2014, p. 154-5):
1. Collection of Lithuania's updated primary curriculum documents (2022): The primary curriculum documents will provide valuable insights into the educational policies and frameworks encompassing holistic education.
2. Classroom Observations: Observations were conducted in primary schools, with a total of 30 lessons observed across various primary school teachers. These observations offer a firsthand understanding of how holistic education practices are implemented in real classroom settings.
3. Semi-structured In-depth Interviews: Semi-structured interviews were conducted with education policy makers. A total of five interviews were conducted to gain insights into their perspectives on holistic education and its integration within the primary education system.
1.3 Data Analysis Methods:
A mixed methods approach, combining quantitative and qualitative analysis, was employed to address the research questions and achieve a comprehensive understanding of the features and manifestations of holistic education in Lithuanian primary education (Leavy, 2017, p. 164).
- Thematic Analysis: The qualitative data collected from the curriculum documents, observations, and interviews will be analyzed using the MAXQDA software. Thematic coding will be applied to identify recurring themes and patterns related to holistic education.
- Quantitative Coding: The quantitative data obtained from the observations and curriculum documents will be coded using Microsoft Excel, allowing for numerical analysis to identify prevalent features of holistic education.
1.4 Data Interpretation and Synthesis:
Data interpretation and synthesis will be guided by an interpretative paradigm (Leavy, 2017) and a combination of deductive and inductive reasoning. Deductive reasoning will be employed to analyze the curriculum documents and observations, while inductive reasoning will be utilized to explore insights gained from the interviews with education policy makers. By triangulating these different perspectives, a comprehensive interpretation and synthesis of the analyzed data will be achieved.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings:
• The study findings emphasize the need to prioritize spirituality as an essential component of holistic education, which fosters coherence, self-awareness, and resilience amidst global challenges.
• Observations in Lithuanian primary education indicates an imbalance favouring transmissive and transactional teaching methods over transformative education, leading to limited emphasis on spirituality as a key component of holistic education.
• Lithuanian education policy makers recognize the importance of coherence, collaboration, teacher training, and a shift in assessment methods to successfully implement holistic education in the primary curriculum.
• The potential impact of a holistic education paradigm in equipping the younger generation for an uncertain future lies in fostering well-rounded individuals with a holistic mindset and harmonious relationships, yet the practical implementation faces challenges due to resource and competence requirements, along with a lack of conscious integration of transformative education and spirituality in education policy and methods, as exemplified in Lithuania.

References
UNESCO (2023). Global Education Monitoring Report. Technology in education: A tool in whose terms? https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000385723
United Nations (2023). Report on the 2022 Transforming Education Summit. Convened by the
UN Secretary-General.https://www.un.org/sites/un2.un.org/files/report_on_the_2022_transforming_education_summit.pdf
UNESCO-APNIEVE (1998). Learning To Live Together in Peace and Harmony. Sourcebook No. 1. Bangkok:  UNESCO-APNIEVE. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED440028.pdf
UNESCO (2015). Rethinking Education Towards a Global Common Good? UNESCO: Paris, France, 2015; 10–86. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232555
Bhatta, C. P. (2009). Holistic Personality Development through Education. Journal of Human Values, 15(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.1177/097168580901500104  
Hare, J. (2010). Holistic Education: An Interpretation for Teachers in the IB Programmes. International Baccalaureate Organization: Geneva, Switzerland. (pp. 3–8). https://balicurriculum.files.wordpress.com/2010/08/holistic-education-an-interpretation-for-teachers-in-the-ib-programmes.pdf
Preston, J.P. (2012). Holistic Education: A Pioneer Narrative. Informal Learn. Flex. Contexts Divers. Dimens., 5, 251–267. https://doi.org/10.36510/learnland.v5i2.564
Rudge, L. T. (2016). Holistic Pedagogy in public Schools: A case study of three alternative schools. Other Education, 5(2), 169–195. https://www.othereducation.org/index.php/OE/article/download/152/172
Miller, J.P. (2010). Whole child education. https://www.amazon.com/Whole-Child-Education-John-Miller/dp/144261143X  
Miller, J.P. (2019). The Holistic Curriculum (3rd ed.). University of Toronto Press: Toronto, ON, Canada.
Pong, H. (2021). The cultivation of university students’ spiritual wellbeing in holistic education: longitudinal mixed-methods study. International Journal of Children’s Spirituality, 26(3), 99–132. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364436x.2021.1898344
Miseliunaite, B., Kliziene, I., & Cibulskas, G. (2022). Can Holistic Education Solve the World’s Problems: A Systematic Literature Review. Sustainability, 14(15), 9737. MDPI AG. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su14159737
Denscombe, M. (2014). The Good Research Guide (4th Edition). Maidenhead, UK: Open University Press.
Leavy, P. (2017). Introduction to Social Research. In Research Design: Quantitative, Qualitative, Mixed Methods, Arts-Based, and Community-Based Participatory Research Approaches (1st ed). New York, NY: The Guilford Press.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Sustainability on the University Campus: A Multiple-case Analysis

Julio Cesar Estrada Monterroso

University of Vechta (Germany), Rafael Landívar University (Guatemala)

Presenting Author: Estrada Monterroso, Julio Cesar

This research brings an overview of the characteristics and impacts of “sustainability on campus” as living laboratories for sustainable development initiatives of Europe, in comparison to other geographical, cultural, social and environmental contexts (continents).

Higher education for sustainable development has been a global trend on recent years. Among the most relevant addressed issues are the challenge to transfer sustainable development approaches to universities (Adomssent et.al., 2007), the integration of sustainability in education through changes in higher education (Barth, 2011), the student´s points of view on higher education as an innovative approach to provoke changes (Barth et. al., 2011) and the analysis of key competencies for sustainable development (Rieckmann, 2012). With regards to campus sustainability in higher education evaluation measures, Townsend and Barrett (2015) in Jain, S., et. al. (2017), states that limited information is available, highlighting the need to develop specific tools or frameworks that may be used for assessing the sustainability initiatives on university campuses.

Starting on a theoretical basis, sustainability science has been defined as a discipline that addresses the understanding of the dynamics of human-environment systems and facilitates the design, implementation, and evaluation of practical interventions (Clark & Dickson (2003) in Zen, I. S. (2017)). On this regard, Zizka, L., et. al. (2021) emphasizes the potential and relevance that academic institutions have to promote change and therefore contribute directly in the implementation of sustainable development priorities. The same author continues to argue that besides the political willing at the international and national levels to address the role of higher education institutions on sustainable development, there is still the need of deepening and expanding studies related to concepts like “green university” or “sustainability on campus”.

Alshuwaikhat and Abubakar (2008) in Martek, I. et. al. (2022), with reference to sustainability initiatives in universities, states that traditional practices and regulations related to environmental issues are mainly implemented in a reactive manner, with a high degree of inefficiency and low guarantee of being sustainable on a long term.

Another topic that has recently emerged is the analysis of operating the university campus as a living laboratory for sustainability problem-solving institution. McMillin and Dyball (2009) in Cohen, B. (2018) refer to the connections that are made visible to students and campus community between theory and practice. Shawe, R., et. al., (2019) have also found evidence in the literature predominantly concentrating on campus actions and changes, without addressing university outreach activities. 


Following these findings, the current research aims to identify what are the common variables that characterizes the current trends of “sustainability on campus” initiatives as a living laboratory for sustainable development. A holistic multiple case study will be conducted on five selected universities. Therefore, the general objective is to identify common variables that characterize current trends in “sustainability on campus” initiatives as “living laboratories” for sustainable development.

Three specific research objectives are formulated as follows: (1) define a theoretical and conceptual framework of the university campus as a living laboratory for sustainable development; (2) identify commonalities and differences among selected variables of current “sustainability on campus” practices on different environmental contexts; and, (3) design a systematic scheme of variables that represents a university campus as a living laboratory for sustainable development.

The research questions related to the data to be collected are: How are the common variables of the “Sustainability on Campus” initiatives functioning as a living laboratory for sustainable development? and, how is the natural environment impacting on the built environment sustainability initiatives of each university campus?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Multiple-case analysis is a method for in-depth exploration of similarities and differences across cases in support of conceptual generalizability and theoretical predictions. This method facilitates the comparison of commonalities and differences in events, activities, and processes of the units of analyses (Yin, 1994). According to Dawson (1997), Snow & Thomas (1994) and Wolfgramm (1997) in Chaves and Weiler (2016), as an empirical investigation that studies a contemporary phenomenon within its real-life context, a multiple-case study searches to expand and analyze a theory (analytical generalization) rather than enumerate frequencies (statistical generalization).

Through a replication logic analysis, the selected cases will be tested through two contradictory theories: (1) sustainability on campus initiatives as living laboratories for sustainable development are necessary for the implementation of an Education for Sustainable Development approach in higher education institutions; and,  (2) There is no need of establishing and implementing sustainability on campus initiatives as living laboratories for sustainable development in order to promote an Education for Sustainable Development approach in higher education institutions.

On this regard, the theoretical propositions to be analyzed in the multiple case study are: “sustainable development is implemented as an institutional initiative of the university”; “sustainability on campus” initiatives aim to link Education for Sustainable Development in higher education institutions to campus design and facility management; “sustainability on campus variables belongs to a social, economic, environmental and institutional systemic approach” and, “a university campus as a living laboratory involves its institutional framework and all daily activities derived or not from a specific initiative”.
 
The units of analysis of the multiple–case study are five different university campuses. Two of them are campuses that have sustainability on campus and living laboratories initiatives under an ongoing implementation process and three of them are universities that do not have sustainability on campus and living laboratories initiatives currently undergoing.

The collected data from each unit of analysis will be related to the above mentioned contradictory theories and theoretical propositions. This analysis will include a combination of data collection techniques, such as interviews, documents analysis, webpages revision and collaboration with experts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Sustainability in higher education literature emphasizes the need to project a system´s approach (Lidstone L., et. al. 2015). This implies a whole holistic institutional effort to implement “sustainability on campus” initiatives.  In this case, the same author refers to learning activities beyond the classroom that could include all facets of the university on campus daily life: education (curricula), research (student and faculty research for sustainability), operations (transforming building, procurement, maintenance practices, human resources, and student administration), and community outreach (including the broader community in these efforts).

The initiatives to implement “sustainable campuses” or “green campuses” have grown in the last years across the world. However, according to Garrido-Yserte, R., & Gallo-Rivera, M.-T., 2020) there are different definitions of sustainable university campus and different interpretations or approaches to implement “sustainability on campus” initiatives. Therefore, although “sustainability on campus” has been included in the most recent debate on strategies to promote sustainability in universities, its implementation strategies lack of an international or regional consensus.

The expected outcomes or findings of this research are to contrast the inclusion and exclusion theoretical framework (starting point) through the identification of the most relevant variables that coincide with the “implementation” and “put into practice” of the science of sustainability framework in higher education institutions.
 
The geographical context of the current study reaches contemporary cases that are located in different environmental-geographical contexts (continents), in order to identify a link between diverse natural environments and their respective built environment sustainability management characteristics. The emphasis of the study will be focus on European higher education institutions that coincide with the above mentioned methodological criteria in order to have comparison parameters with other institutional strategies that are focused on the implementation of “sustainability on campus” initiatives as living laboratories for sustainable development.

References
Chaves and Weiler (2016) Los estudios de casos como enfoque metodológico.

Cohen, B., Lawrence, K. T., Armstrong, A., Wilcha, M., & Gatti, A. (2018). Greening Lafayette: A model for building sustainable community. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 19(7), 1239-1258.

Garrido-Yserte, R., & Gallo-Rivera, M.-T. (2020). The Potential Role of Stakeholders in the Energy Efficiency of Higher Education Institutions. Sustainability, 12(21), 8908.

Jain, S., Agarwal, A., Jani, V., Singhal, S., Sharma, P., & Jalan, R. (2017). Assessment of carbon neutrality and sustainability in educational campuses (CaNSEC): A general framework. Ecological Indicators, 76, 131-143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2017.01.012

Lidstone, L., Wright, T., & Sherren, K. (2015). An analysis of Canadian STARS-rated higher education sustainability policies. Environment, Development and Sustainability, 17(2), 259-278.

Martek, I., Hosseini, M. R., Durdyev, S., Arashpour, M., & Edwards, D. J. (2022). Are university “living labs” able to deliver sustainable outcomes? A case-based appraisal of Deakin University, Australia. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 23(6), 1332-1348.  

Shawe, R., Horan, W., Moles, R., & O’Regan, B. (2019). Mapping of sustainability policies and initiatives in higher education institutes. Environmental Science & Policy, 99, 80-88.

Yin, R. (1994): Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks.

Zen, I. S. (2017). Exploring the living learning laboratory: An approach to strengthen campus sustainability initiatives by using sustainability science approach. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 18(6), 939-955.

Zizka, L., McGunagle, D. M., & Clark, P. J. (2021). Sustainability in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) programs: Authentic engagement through a community-based approach. Journal of Cleaner Production, 279, 123715.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Expression of Sustainable Mindset Traits in Lithuanian Primary School Curriculum

Greta Matuseviciute

Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Matuseviciute, Greta

The pressing global challenges necessitate a paradigm shift in how humanity lives, prompting education systems to adapt and incorporate learning objectives aligned with sustainability principles (UNESCO, 2017). Acknowledging this imperative, acquiring new mindsets becomes crucial (Broo, 2022; Lees, 2021; Rimanoczy, 2020). This shift involves a profound transformation of individuals' inner worlds, encompassing radical changes in values, thoughts, and lifestyles (Jančius et al., 2022). Recognizing that primary education shapes the future, integrating sustainability values into curricula becomes essential, influencing children's lifelong perspectives (Chawla, 2007; Lloyd & Gray, 2014).

While it is vital for curricula to reflect global issues, there is a risk of schools merely disseminating information without fostering critical engagement (Bourn et al., 2016). It becomes paramount to guide children in establishing harmonious relationships with the Earth and others, addressing issues like climate change, global poverty, and gender equality (Herbert, 2008). However, research indicates a scarcity of sustainability-related content in primary education, with existing studies indirectly linked to sustainability (Andersen, 2018). Despite holistic aspects of sustainability education in primary schools, the lack of effective didactic approaches hampers influencing students' attitudes and behaviors (Taylor et al., 2019; Nepraš et al., 2022).

Moreover, teachers' discomfort in discussing uncomfortable or controversial topics with primary students adds a layer of complexity (Mundy & Manion, 2008; Oberman et al., 2012; Robinson & Sebba, 2010). This unease is exacerbated by the fact that sustainability competences have traditionally been studied in higher education, leaving a dearth of knowledge about their development in primary education (Brundiers et al., 2020; Redman & Wiek, 2021; Vesterinen & Ratinen, 2023).

To address this gap and uncover the potential of developing a sustainable mindset in primary education, the research question posed is: How are the characteristics of a sustainable mindset reflected in the Lithuanian primary curriculum? The study's aim is to reveal the expression of sustainable mindsets in the primary curriculum.

Research Objectives:

  1. Analyze the concept and features of the construct of a sustainable mindset.
  2. Justify the methodology for researching the traits of a sustainable mindset in the primary education curriculum.
  3. Identify the peculiarities of the development of sustainable mindset traits in the primary education curriculum.

The theoretical conceptual frameworks guiding this study include:

  • The concept of sustainable education, emphasizing the acquisition and application of skills, competences, attitudes, and values necessary for sustainable development (Sterling, 2001).
  • The concept of a sustainability mindset, emphasizing a way of thinking and living rooted in ecosystem understanding, social sensitivity, and introspective awareness of personal values (Kassel et al., 2018).
  • The model of sustainable mindset traits, covering areas such as ecological worldview, ecological mindset, emotional and spiritual intelligence, and fostering development through ecological literacy, personal contribution, long-term thinking, and other elements (Rimanoczy, 2020). This model aims to bridge the historical gap between sustainable thinking, mindset, and being.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative research approach was used to uncover the expression of sustainability mindset in the primary curriculum.  The study analysed Lithuanian Common Curriculum for pre-primary, primary, secondary and basic education (the Common Curriculum provisions and 12 curriculum annexes) and 12 textbooks on integrated primary content. The study only analysed the content of the curricula and the curriculum annexes that are included in primary education. In this study, in order to uncover the expression of sustainable mindset in the primary curriculum, individual sections of selected curriculum annexes were analysed in the following ways: general provisions; aim and objectives; development of competences; achievement domains and outcomes; content of the curriculum; students’ levels of achievement by area of achievement. For the analysis of the chapter on students’ levels of achievement by area of achievement, data are collected from the higher levels of achievement. In order to see the broader possibilities for the development of  sustainable mindset in the primary curriculum, the integrated content textbooks for grades 1-4. " Vaivorykštė" were also analysed. The analysis is carried out in two stages. The first stage involves the development of a coding tool for the analysis. The analysis codes are based on the model of the expression of the traits of a sustainable mindset in primary education presented in the theoretical part. The traits of a sustainable mindset are divided into characteristics and these into criteria. In the second part, the data are analysed by reading the texts carefully and dividing the text segments into units of analysis, to which analysis codes are assigned.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of scientific literature revealed that sustainability is a multi-layered construct
encompassing economic, ecological, social, and cultural aspects, whose interaction is directed
towards preserving the planet and ensuring the well-being of present and future generations. The
integration of sustainability into education can occur through external and internal perspectives. The external perspective emphasizes the development of competencies, skills, and attitudes necessary to address sustainability-related challenges. The internal perspective serves as the foundation for sustainability mindset and highlights the integration of sustainability principles into decision-making and operational processes. The adapted model of sustainability mindset revealed the possibilities of integrating sustainability mindset into the primary education curriculum. The document analysis, conducted using content analysis methodology and a coding instrument developed based on the model of sustainability mindset expression in primary education, showed that the expression of assumptions underlying the development of sustainability mindset in Lithuanian primary education programs is partial. The expression of sustainability mindset traits is most prominent in the content of ethics, natural sciences, and ethnic culture programs. These programs emphasize criteria associated with specific characteristics of sustainability mindset, such as collaboration, the creation and adherence to agreements, and the understanding of global human and cultural diversity. Characteristics of sustainability mindset that are directly related to sustainable development, nature conservation, and sustainability are mostly developed in optional education content. The programs prioritize an external perspective on sustainability education, with less emphasis on the development of an internal perspective. The analysis of primary education textbooks revealed that subject integration creates favourable conditions for the development of sustainability mindset traits at the primary education stage. The integrated format of textbooks facilitates the development of sustainability mindset across all subject lessons by integrating themes horizontally and expanding the content vertically throughout the educational year.

References
Broo, D. G. (2022). Transdisciplinarity and three mindsets for sustainability in the age of cyber-physical systems [Article]. Journal of Industrial Information Integration, 27, 100290. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2021.100290
Chawla, L. (2007). Childhood Experiences Associated with Care for the Natural World: A Theoretical Framework for Empirical Results. Children, Youth and Environments, 17(4), 144–170. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7721/chilyoutenvi.17.4.0144
Hermes, J., & Rimanoczy, I. (2018). Deep learning for a sustainability mindset [Article]. The International Journal of Management Education, 16(3), 460–467. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijme.2018.08.001
Kassel, K., Rimanoczy, I., & Mitchell, S. F. (2018). A sustainability mindset model for management education. In Developing a Sustainability Mindset in Management Education (pp. 3–37). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351063340-1
Lees, M. (2021). Sustainable Compassionate Education Leadership in a Global Society. In A. A. Ritz & I. Rimanoczy (Eds.), Sustainability Mindset and Transformative Leadership (pp. 225–240). Sustainable Development Goals Series. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-76069-4_11
Nepraš, K., Strejčková, T., & Kroufek, R. (2022). Climate Change Education in Primary and Lower Secondary Education: Systematic Review Results. Sustainability, 14(22), 14913. https://doi.org/10.3390/su142214913
Redman, A., & Wiek, A. (2021). Competencies for Advancing Transformations Towards Sustainability. Frontiers in Education, 6, 484. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.785163
Rimanoczy, I. (2020). The Sustainability Mindset Principles: A Guide to Developing a Mindset for a Better World. Routledge. https://books.google.lt/books?id=LZ-GzQEACAAJ
Rimanoczy, I., & Klinberger, B. (2021). The Sustainability Mindset Indicator: A Personal Development Tool. Journal of Management for Global Sustainability, 9(1), 43–79. https://doi.org/10.13185/JM2021.09103
Ritz, A. A., & Rimanoczy, I. (2021). Sustainability Mindset and Transformative Leadership [Book]. Springer International Publishing AG.
Sterling, S. (2001). Sustainable Education: Re-Visioning Learning and Change. Schumacher Briefings.
Vesterinen, M., & Ratinen, I. (2023). Sustainability competences in primary school education – a systematic literature review. Environmental Education Research, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2170984
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 L: Educational Leadership
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nagima Sarsenbayeva
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Grassroots Innovations in Schools: Barriers and Ways to Overcome Them

Anastasia Andreeva, Daria Miroshnikova

HSE, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Andreeva, Anastasia; Miroshnikova, Daria

The innovations proposed by educational organisation staff are a specific case of so-called "bottom-up" or grassroots innovations, which arise from the initiative of individuals, as opposed to the "top-down" reform of the educational system.. An important characteristic of grassroots innovations is their orientation towards local needs and context [Gupta, 2020]. According to previous research, compared to "top-down" innovations, grassroots innovations are less constrained by institutional frameworks, are more responsive to emerging demands and opportunities, thus enabling the system to incorporate fresher and more creative solutions to existing problems [Koroleva and Khavenson, 2015; Seyfang and Smith, 2007]. In this context, innovations are understood to encompass both radically new approaches and methods, as well as existing practices adapted to the specific school context [Vincent-Lancrin et al., 2019].

The emergence of grassroots innovations has been described in previous studies as a complex and risky process [Glor, 2002]. Innovations, even if they have proven their effectiveness, encounter numerous obstacles during their implementation and dissemination, especially in conservative systems such as the education system [Halasz, 2018]. Barriers associated with the dissemination of innovations and modernisation of the school environment have been addressed in previous research [Sucha et al., 2021; Koroleva and Naushirvanov, 2020]. Key barriers include funding shortages, staffing needs, and a low willingness to adopt innovations, absence of motivation among teachers, administrators, families, and society. The next logical step would involve considering ways to overcome the identified barriers, as they are currently described only fragmentarily in the literature.

In some studies focusing on barriers and drivers within organisations similar to schools, levels at which certain barriers and drivers operate have been emphasised. For example, Sucha et al. [2021] examine the barriers and drivers of innovations in Czech libraries at four different levels: personal, local, organisational, and structural. We hypothesise that such an approach could be beneficial for studying the emergence and diffusion of innovations in the field of education. Furthermore, an in-depth understanding of these results would involve a transition from a linear correspondence between barriers and levels (according to the methodology of the Czech study, a barrier cannot occur at different levels simultaneously, which seems to be an oversimplification) to an exploration of the connections between barriers and opportunities at different levels. Thus, our research questions are:

How do innovators navigate between opportunities and barriers at different levels? What happens if a barrier arises at one level while opportunities exist at other levels?

We study these issues based on the case of one region. It allows for a detailed understanding of the barriers and strategies to overcome them. Although the local specificity is important, we believe that the result might be relevant to other regions and countries as meta-analyses show that teachers from different countries face similar challenges that might affect innovation processes in schools: high workload, insufficient funding, well-being and burnout, conservative views on the education system, and so on.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical data collected during the spring of 2022 in one of the Russian regions which can be considered a typical region from the point of social-economic situation and a successful region in terms of educational quality. This combination of characteristics warrants the investigation and dissemination of its experience.
Within the region, the sample was constructed based on the principle of maximum variation. The research was conducted in 8 cities, allowing for a diverse socioeconomic context. To find informants, the snowball sampling method was employed. Entry points into the field included 1) public information about innovative projects; 2) requests to representatives of regional universities, municipal education authorities, and school administrations.
In each school, efforts were made to speak with representatives of the innovative project teams and the school administration. In total, 88 interviews were conducted in 30 schools. The majority of informants in the sample were teachers of various subjects (N=55). There was also a significant proportion of administrative staff, including 23 deputy directors and 10 headteachers. With few exceptions, the respondents were female, reflecting the actual gender distribution in schools. The study was conducted in 18 regular secondary schools, 4 secondary schools with in-depth study of specific subjects, 5 gymnasiums, 2 lyceums, and 1 private school.
Semi-structured interviews were chosen as the primary method of data collection. The interview guide included questions about interest in innovation, experience in implementing new projects for the school, interaction and knowledge exchange with colleagues.
Thematic analysis of the interviews was conducted using Atlas.ti software [Bryman, 2016; Braun and Clarke, 2006]. Following the merger of two classifications, two groups of two-level codes were developed: the first group denotes the substantive essence of the barrier or driver [Koroleva and Naushirvanov, 2020; Sucha et al, 2021], while the second group distinguishes the level of the barrier or driver [Sucha et al., 2021]. The substantive codes can be divided into several groups: relationships with stakeholders, financial and material-technical infrastructure, characteristics of the collective, personal qualities, laws, and competencies. The levels considered include personal, organisational, community, regional, and federal. Moreover, it is noteworthy that each barrier and driver may occur at each of the five levels. The strategy for overcoming barriers were identified based on the logic of open coding [Blair, 2015].

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the interviews, we have identified the key barriers that school staff face in initiating innovative projects. The identified barriers include shortage of innovative ideas, high workload of educators, resistance to innovation from teachers and parents,  the inability to establish contacts with external actors, deficiency in competencies, staff shortages, lack of funding and material-technical infrastructure.
In addition, we highlighted and systemized innovators’ strategies to overcome those barriers. For example, in response to the high workload of educators hindering their professional development, we suggested transitioning training to an online format, creating a comfortable learning environment, conducting training outside of active educational cycles, and delegating training to the most competent staff members or specially hired personnel. Summarising various mechanisms of overcoming, it can be observed that interaction between the school and external organisations within the locality not only helps to overcome barriers but also encourages school staff to embrace new innovations. In case, there is no opportunity to overcome the barrier, the innovators adapt a project so that it can work with existing resources, for instance, implementing a project at the school level if it is not feasible at the city level, and so on.
Using online resources should be seen as an important strategy for overcoming barriers, including those related to limitations of a specific locality. It cannot be reduced to any of the stated levels at the previous classification of Sucha et al. (2021), so we propose to expand this classification.
Also, based on investigating the relation between the level of a barrier and the level of overcoming it, we argue that a barrier arising at one level does not necessarily need to be overcome at the same level. In cases where essential project resources are lacking, innovators have sought alternative solutions or bridged gaps using personal resources.

References
Blair E. A reflexive exploration of two qualitative data coding techniques //Journal of Methods and Measurement in the Social Sciences. – 2015. – Т. 6. – №. 1. – С. 14-29.
Braun V., Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology // Qualitative Research in Psychology. - 2006. - №3(2). - P. 77–101.
Bryman A. Social research methods. - Oxford university press, 2016
Glor, E. Innovation patterns // The Innovation Journal: The Public Sector Innovation Journal. – 2002.
Gupta S. Understanding the feasibility and value of grassroots innovation //Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science. – 2020. – Т. 48. – С. 941-965.
Halász G. Measuring innovation in education: The outcomes of a national education sector innovation survey //European Journal of Education. – 2018. – Т. 53. – №. 4. – С. 557-573.
Koroleva D. O., Khavenson T. E. The portrait of a twenty-first century innovator in education //Russian Education & Society. – 2015. – Т. 57. – №. 5. – С. 338-357.
Seyfang G., Smith A. Grassroots innovations for sustainable development: Towards a new research and policy agenda //Environmental politics. – 2007. – Т. 16. – №. 4. – С. 584-603.
Sucha L.Z., Bartosova E., Novotny R. [et al.] Stimulators and barriers towards social innovations in public libraries: Qualitative research study // Library and Information Science Research. - 2021. - №43. - P. 1–7.
Vincent-Lancrin S. Urgel, J., Kar, S., & Jacotin, G Measuring innovation in education 2019. – OECD: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2019.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Does Mentors’ Socioeconomic Background Influence Their Self-evaluation?

Gergely Horváth

University of Pécs, Hungary

Presenting Author: Horváth, Gergely

Mentoring is implemented in several educational contexts as a tool for equitable intervention. The presentation focuses on university students who as mentors, participate in a mentor program situated in Hungary, that provides mentoring as an equitable service for mostly rural primary school pupils in Hungary in which pupils of low socioeconomic status (SES) and the largest Hungarian minority, the Roma minority is also overrepresented (Andl et al., 2020) leading people in the area to have intersectional difficulties (Varga, 2017). Mentoring began in the Autumn 2019 with the inclusion of Hungarian universities. All university students are free to join the mentor-training course and after its completion, they can become mentors of pupils aged c. 12-15 (Godó, 2021, Horváth, 2022). Pupils in the program are mostly at-risk youth as they face obstacles due to their SES, and racial prejudices, thus they are in an intersectional position (Varga, 2017). Mentoring aims at the manifestation of career guidance that pupils of low SES generally lack (Bereményi, 2020). Mentoring can be understood as prevention as it is to prevent early-school leaving (Bocsi, Varga & Fehérvári, 2023; Fehérvári & Varga, 2023). The presentation focuses on mentors, who also benefit from joining mentoring programs (Beltman, Herker & Fischer, 2019). Based on the literature, mentors’ success and development are based on various factors, for instance professional background (Berei, 2020), personality (Lakind, Eddy & Zell, 2014), experience in mentoring (Beltman, Herker & Fischer, 2019; Jones & Blankenship, 2020) and psycho-sociological background (Nagy, 2014). In this presentation the latest is given special attention: as primary school pupils’ primary socialization differs from the institutional secondary school socialization sphere; they are thought to undergo bicultural socialization (LaFromboise, Coleman & Gerton, 1993; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013; Stogianni et al, 2021). Mentors, who are of similar socialization patterns as mentees are expected to be found in the program – even though they are underrepresented at universities (Varga et al., 2021). Thus, inquiring about participating mentors’ SES is essential as it allows us to reveal the benefits of their bicultural selves in the process of mentoring pupils of similar backgrounds. Considering SES as an independent variable, the research aimed to answer the following three research questions. What are mentors’ motivations to join and their expectations about themselves? What do mentors highlight as successes and obstacles in their work? How do mentors evaluate their emotional, social, and professional development? The introduced data collection involved mentors at a Hungarian university (P=180; S=50). The applied questionnaire inquired about mentors’ perceptions and assumptions about mentoring and their success as mentors. Items included in the research have followed the patterns of the process-based model of inclusivity (Varga & Trendl, 2022), respondents have reflected (retrospectively) on their joining to the program (input), their participation (process) and expected outcomes (output). Based on SES data two subsamples have been created: 1) students of similar SES as the pupils (SLowSES=15) and 2) students of higher SES than the other group (SHigherSES=35). Data from the research shows tendencies that are to describe the sample and its subcategories. Socio-economic status influenced mentors’ demands towards their work and the evaluation of their results as mentors. Respondents in both sample groups have set out high expectations towards themselves as mentors that they could not achieve as planned in their mentoring outcomes. Participants of low SES have been more determined than their peers and set even higher mentoring goals. Data show that mentors perceived their participation in the program as beneficial, yet summarized hardships. Results of the research send lessons to learn in mentor training, as they reveal the main advantages and challenges of participation in the program.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is based on the analysis of macro-statistical data about mentors at the analysed university. Databases have been provided by the program leader at the university. The analysis included the description of students being involved in the preparatory, mentor-training course and those who joined the mentor program later (the analysis also included analysing tendencies in their drop-out of the program). Mentors’ (and mentor trainees’) mentoring duration (if any), university program/majors and demographic data have been included in the description. The presented research is based on an online questionnaire that consisted of open and closed questions. The introduced data collection involved (alumni) students at a Hungarian university. The research aimed to involve and reach out to all participants in the program who have worked as mentors from Autumn 2019 to Spring 2022. Many late mentors have finished their studies and could be reached only via informal channels, thus snowball-method sampling has been carried out (P=180; S=50). Respondents participated in the research without any compensation and agreed to be involved in the data collection. Participation was anonymous and data collection and storing of respondents’ data followed the ethical guidelines and research norms. Data collection took place in September 2022. The applied research tool, a mixed-method questionnaire consisted of 27 closed-, and open-ended items. Data has been analysed via descriptive statistics; qualitative, open-ended items have been coded via content analysis. Based on the respondents’ socioeconomic status (SES) two groups were created: 1) students of similar SES as the pupils (S*LOWSES=15) and 2) students of higher SES (S*HigherSES*=35). Respondents were also categorised based on their university majors and their connection to mentors’ work (S*STRONG CONNECTION*=27; S*WEAK CONNECTION*=12; S*NO CONNECTION*=11). These subsamples have functioned as the basis of analysis as independent variables. As data on students’ distribution in higher education shows, students of Roma minority and/or low SES are underrepresented in Hungarian higher education, the total estimated number of the two student groups and their overlap are thought not to exceed 1.5% (Varga et al, 2021, p. 74), thus the sample overrepresents students of lower SES.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The process-based model applied allows the description of the sample on three levels that are in harmony with the research aims. Social and economic status influenced mentors’ demands towards their work and the evaluation of their results as mentors. The research has revealed data about the mentors at the analysed university: their motivations to join social responsibility have been highlighted. Bicultural mentors (SLowSES) have set out higher goals than their peers when joining the program, but they could complete these with higher success than monocultural mentors. This tendency can be explained by that bicultural students wish to return and help their communities. The successes and advantages of being a mentor and its hardships have been also evaluated. Evaluation of the mentoring process was also linked to the chosen independent variable. Bicultural mentors have evaluated their emotional, social, and professional development (outcome of being a mentor) as more beneficial than their monocultural peers. Results of the research send lessons to learn in mentor training, as they reveal the main advantages and challenges of participation in the program. The introduced research has limitations. Firstly, repetition of the research at other Hungarian universities could be beneficial for the getting more detailed data. Secondly, some of the findings could not be explained based on the research tool, thus involving qualitative (interview-format) methods could strengthen triangulation of data.
References
Andl H., Arató, F., Orsós, A., & Varga, A. (2021). Így fejlődünk MI - A Tanítsunk Magyarországért! program hatása az egyetemi hallgatókra. Anyanyelv-pedagógia, 14(1), 47-63. DOI: 10.21030/anyp.2021.1.4
Beltman, S., Helker, K. & Fischer, S. (2019). ’I really enjoy it’: Emotional Engagement of University Peer Mentors. International Journal of Emotional Education, 11(2), 50-70.
Berei, E. B. (2020). The Social Responsibility among Higher Education Students. Education Sciences, 10(3), 66. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10030066
Bereményi, Á. (2020). Career guidance inequalities in the context of labour shortage. The case of Roma young people in Hungary. Working Paper Series, 2020(5). Central European University
Bocsi, V., Varga, A., & Fehérvári, A. (2023). Chances of Early School Leaving—With Special Regard to the Impact of Roma Identity. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 13(5). http://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050483
Fehérvári, A., & Varga, A. (2023). Mentoring as prevention of early school leaving: a qualitative systematic literature review. FRONTIERS IN EDUCATION, 8. http://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1156725
Godó, K. (2021). Big Brother Mentoring in the Let’s Teach for Hungary Program. CENTRAL EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH, 3(3), 114–141. http://doi.org/10.37441/cejer/2021/3/3/10158
Horváth, G. (2022) "Mentoring Students of Disadvantaged Background in Hungary — “Let’s Teach for Hungary!” as an Equitable Intervention in the Public School System," Journal of Global Awareness, 3(1), Article 6. DOI: https://doi.org/10.24073/jga/3/01/06
Jones, I., & Blankenship, D. (2020). Mentoring as seen through the lens of doctoral students. Research in Higher Education Journal, 38. (Letöltve, 2022. 06. 28.) https://www.aabri.com/manuscripts/193107.pdf
LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L. K., & Gerton, J. (1993). ‘Psychological impact of biculturalism: evidence and theory’ Psychology Bulletin, 114(3), 395-412.
Nagy T. (2014). A mentor szerepe a tehetséggondozásban. In. Gefferth É. (szerk.) (2014). Mentorálás a tehetséggondozásban, (pp. 41-51). Magyar Tehetségsegítő Szervezetek Szövetsége.
Nguyen, A. M. D., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2013). ‘Biculturalism and adjustment: Ametaanalysis’ Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 44(1), 122-159.
Stogianni, M., Bender, M., Sleegers, W. W. A., Benet-Martinez, V., & Nguyen, A. (2021). Sample Characteristics and Country Level Indicators Influencing the Relationship Between Biculturalism and Adjustment: An Updated Meta-Analysis.
Varga, A. (2017). Inkluzivitás napjainkban: hátrányos helyzetű, roma/cigány fiatalok életútja. Educatio, 26 (3), 418–430. DOI: 10.1556/2063.26.2017.3.8
Varga, A., Vitéz, K., Orsós, I., Fodor, B., & Horváth, G. (2021). Diversity and Inclusion in Higher Education. TRAINING AND PRACTICE, 19 (1-2). 70-81. https://doi.org/10.17165/TP.2021.1-2.7
Varga, A., & Trendl, F. (2022). Roma Youth and Roma Student Societies in the Hungarian Higher Education in the Light of Process-based Model of Inclusion. Autonomy and Responsibility Journal of Educational Sciences, 7(1), 19–36. https://doi.org/10.15170/AR.2022.7.1.2.
 
11:30 - 13:0099 ERC SES 08 M: Research on Citizenship Education
Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teaching Difficult Knowledge from Lived Experiences with Violence. Narratives of Chilean Teachers and Challenges for Affective Citizenship Education

Gerardo Ubilla Sánchez

Universidad Católica, Chile

Presenting Author: Ubilla Sánchez, Gerardo

Most Chilean teachers in public schools teach in marginalised contexts. Social segregation, racism, drug trafficking and gender violence are some of the problems they face every day in their communities (Matus et al., 2019). The situation is even more complex when the curriculum prescribes teaching these problems, which become difficult knowledge (MINEDUC, 2019). Teachers must confront the difficult issues in the school subjects (e.g., social studies, citizenship education, science, philosophy). This request interacts with their personal experiences with different forms of violence (Kim, 2021; Sonu, 2023). In short, teaching decisions are inserted in a complex assemblage that interests the field of citizenship education (CE), which is the focus of this research.

In the last decades, teaching difficult and controversial issues at school has represented a relevant topic for researchers in CE (Barton & Ho, 2021; Pace, 2021). Most studies have addressed teachers' beliefs, student's cognitive skills, and teaching methodologies (Journell, 2022). Recently, some scholars have been interested in studying the relationship between teachers' personal experiences and pedagogical practices (e.g., Sonu, 2023; Zembylas & Loukadis, 2021). The research agenda in the area has been developed under a humanistic and modern paradigm (Zembylas, 2022). As a result, the affective and embodied dimensions of teaching difficult knowledge have been unrepresented.

This study aims to analyse the affects produced by the encounter between teachers' experiences with violence and teaching difficult knowledge; from the new materialism theory (Barad, 2007) and the posthumanism (Braidotti, 2019). I understand the affects from Deleuze and Guattari's (1988) definition, as forces or energies produced by the encounter between human (e.g., students, teachers, families) and non-human bodies (e.g., social discourses, materialities, nature), changing the ability to act. These changes can manifest in different intensities and directions. Thus, these theoretical frameworks allow to understand the teaching of difficult knowledge, considering the embodied and affective dimensions that need more exploration.

This research contributes to the field of citizenship education, and particularly for those interested in teaching difficult and controversial issues in school contexts. In particular, at least three contributions could be named: first, teaching decisions depends on teachers' personal and affective relationships with curricular content; second, it contributes to understanding teaching difficult knowledge from a complex and holistic theoretical perspective; and third, it allows us to recognise the value of affects and corporeality on creating alternative teaching methodologies to face these issues in challenging contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I conducted a post-qualitative study (Lather & St. Pierre, 2013) under a narrative approach (Tamboukou, 2021) to analyse the experiences of 4 teachers of public schools in the Metropolitan Region of Chile. It should be noted that the decision to focus on public schools lies in my interest in exploring the entanglements between the sociopolitical problems faced (e.g., racism, homophobia, classism) and the teaching decisions.  To produce data, I conducted two narrative interviews with each teacher to delve deeper into the intersection between their teaching decisions about difficult knowledge, the social problems faced by the schools, and teachers lived experiences. One of these interviews embraces Springay and Truman's (2017) proposal of walking data production. To do this, each teacher selected a location where personal experiences and teaching decisions intersect. In this instance, teachers shared photographs, class plans, and learning resources that they selected previously.  

After the narrative interviews, I met with the four teachers in a participatory mapping session (Risler & Ares, 2013). On this occasion, with the provided materials (e.g., drawings, pencils, magazines), teachers mapped an experience of teaching difficult knowledge intertwined with their lived experience and the social problems faced by schools. Each teacher designed their map and explained it to the group, and we collectively dialogue about the possibilities and challenges of affective citizenship education.  

Finally, I carried out a narrative interview with each teacher to deepen into the participatory mapping session, assess their participation in the research and discuss about the affects and body reactions produced by the research. To analyse the narrative data, I used rhizoanalysis (Masny, 2013) and intra-action analysis (Jackson & Mazzei, 2011). The records on my field diary were part of the data research and were analysed in their affective interrelationship with the teachers' narratives.  

This study followed the requirements of the university's ethics committee and developed an adverse event protocol due to the emotionally sensitive nature of the topics addressed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results described the human and non-human elements that constitute the teachers' narratives. The interrelation between teachers' life stories and students' lived experiences stood out among the human elements. Regarding non-human elements, it appeared that teachers' narratives are tensioned by social discourses that pressure them not to address difficult issues. Also, their narrative intraact with the curricular prescriptions and the deficient infrastructure of public schools.  

 In addition, the findings showed the intertwining between experiences teaching difficult knowledge and teachers' personal experiences with race, gender, and class discrimination. The broad sociopolitical context and challenges their schools address affect teachers' decisions. Finally, the affects of censorship, nostalgia and resistance appeared more strongly in teachers' narratives.  

In the discussion, I propose to build an affective CE that values the pedagogical potential of affects and recognises teachers as subjects full (and not empty) of experiences. Likewise, I theorise difficult knowledge and school citizenship education from new materialisms and posthumanities. These frameworks challenge the modern and rationalist view of teaching and teacher subjectivity and call to understand students' citizenship learning experiences entangled with teachers' political, affective, and embodied experiences.  

References
Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.  

Barton, K. C., & Ho, L. C. (2021). Curriculum for justice and harmony: Deliberation, knowledge, and action in social and civic education. Routledge.

Braidotti, R. (2019). A Theoretical Framework for the Critical Posthumanities. Theory, Culture & Society, 36(6), 31-61. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276418771486

Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1988) A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia, trans. Massumi, Brian. London: The Athlone Press.

Jackson, A., & Mazzei, L. (2011). Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research: Viewing Data Across Multiple Perspectives (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203148037

Journell, W. (2022). Classroom Controversy in the Midst of Political Polarization: The Essential Role of School Administrators. NASSP Bulletin, 106(2), 133-153. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365221100589

Kim, Y. (2021). Imagining and teaching citizenship as non-citizens: Migrant social studies teachers’ positionalities and citizenship education in turbulent times. Theory & Research in Social Education, 49(2), 176-200. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2021.1885543

Lather, P. & St. Pierre, E. (2013) Post-qualitative research, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26:6, 629-633, 10.1080/09518398.2013.788752

Masny, D. (2013). Rhizoanalytic Pathways in Qualitative Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 19(5), 339-348. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800413479559

Matus, C., Rojas-Lasch, C., Guerrero-Morales, P., Herraz-Mardones, P. C., & Sanyal-Tudela, A. (2019). Difference and Normality: Ethnographic Production andIntervention in Schools. Magis. Revista Internacional de Investigacion en Educacion, 11(23), 23-39.

Ministerio  de  Educación  de  Chile.  (2019).  Bases  Curriculares  3°  y  4°  medio.  Unidad  de  Curriculum  y  Evaluación. https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/articles-91414_bases.pdf

Pace, J. L. (2021). Hard questions: Learning to teach controversial issues. Rowman & Littlefield.  

Risler, J., & Ares, P. (2013). Manual de mapeo colectivo: recursos cartográficos críticos para procesos territoriales de creación colaborativa. Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Sonu, D. (2023) From criticality to shame: Childhood memories of social class and how they matter to elementary school teachers and teaching, Theory & Research in Social Education, 51:4, 503-529, DOI: 10.1080/00933104.2023.2210081  

Springgay, S. & Truman, S. (2017). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world: WalkingLab. Routledge.

Tamboukou, M. (2021) Narrative rhythmanalysis: the art and politics of listening to women’s narratives of forced displacement, International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24:2, 149-162, DOI: 10.1080/13645579.2020.1769271

Zembylas, M., & Loukaidis, L. (2021). Affective practices, difficult histories and peace education: An analysis of teachers’ affective dilemmas in ethnically divided Cyprus. Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103225 in Education, 106(1), 59-76. https://doi-org/10.1177/0034523719890367

Zembylas, M. (2022). Decolonizing and re-theorizing radical democratic education: Toward a politics and practice of refusal. Power and Education, 14(2), 157-171. https://doi.org/10.1177/17577438211062349


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Avatar Citizenship: Ethnoreligious Minority Youth and International Education “Bubbles” in Israel’s Contested Cities

Lance Levenson

The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Presenting Author: Levenson, Lance

Processes of globalisation have drawn us into an increasingly interconnected world, yet stark divisions continue to exist in conflict and post-conflict societies, where minority and majority populations are involved in deep-seated ethnonational and religious conflicts. Among such divided communities engaged in violent conflict, schooling is often characterised by the existence of separate, parallel education systems divided along ethnoreligious lines. Although such segregated schooling often perpetuates conflict by maintaining separate ethnonational identities (e.g., Davies 2010; Fontana 2016), we must not overlook possibilities for religious education to promote peace and develop cosmopolitan identities and citizenships within societies facing protracted political conflict (Loukaidis & Zembylas 2017; Papastephanou 2005). This potential is particularly relevant when we consider multicultural and/or international curricula in faith-based schools serving religious minorities, such as Israel’s colonial-international Church schools (e.g., Levy & Monterescu 2022). This comparative ethnographic study of colonial-international Church schools in two of Israel’s contested cities (the Armenian School in Jerusalem and the Scottish School in Jaffa, both of which use the British-based International GCSE) unpacks how international education shapes the citizenship practices of local ethnoreligious minority youth against the background of protracted conflict and institutionalised discrimination against non-Jewish minorities.

In Israel, a sector-based education system keeps most students religiously and linguistically segregated, with the Jewish majority and non-Jewish minorities attending separate schools. Israeli government policies maintain large inequities between Jewish and Arab systems to control and subordinate the Palestinian minority. Schools within the Arab sector are underfunded, overcrowded, short-staffed, and subject to surveillance, with the curriculum controlled and censored to delegitimize and exclude minority narratives and youth identities. Consequently, large achievement gaps exist between Jewish and non-Jewish students (e.g., Nasser & Abu-Nimer 2022). To circumvent the inequitable Arab state school system, many ethnoreligious minorities have turned to private Christian schools, several of which utilise international curricula.

The greatest expansion of international education is now occurring in local markets, where families aim to provide their children with perceived economic advantage (e.g., Hayden 2013) through the accrual of international (Resnik 2018) and cosmopolitan capital (Igarashi & Saito 2014). Besides providing enhanced access to academic and economic opportunities within global markets, internationalisation in education strives towards education for global citizenship (Ortloff et al. 2012), which materialises in multiple forms, including cosmopolitan and advocacy models (Oxley & Morris 2013). Given the exclusion of Arab-Palestinian identity in the Israeli curriculum, as Arab-Palestinian youth seek alternative ways of collective belonging (Pinson 2008), global citizenship education has the potential to offer attachments to a global society which may compensate for the lack of recognition within the Israeli national narrative (Goren, Maxwell & Yemeni 2019). In recent decades, globalisation processes have encouraged youth to (re)imagine and (re)produce such post-national identities challenging traditional conceptions of nationhood and national identity (e.g., David, Dolby & Rizvi 2010).

Although the relationship between the internationalisation of education and global citizenship is the subject of much contemporary scholarship, how such global citizenship discourses unfold within international schools serving marginalised ethnoreligious groups remains an under-researched aspect of international education’s increasingly widespread reach. The present study addresses this lacuna, as it grapples with the multiple subjectivities circulating within the Armenian and Scottish schools. Examining how minority youth in these colonial-international Church schools negotiate citizenships on local, global, and transnational scales, I consider the novel forms of global citizenship which emerge within a contentious sociopolitical environment. The research draws on and contributes to the anthropology of education, postcolonial sociology, comparative education, and conflict studies, calling attention to contemporary questions surrounding identity and citizenship in an era when divisions within cities may be wider and more perilous than those across oceans.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on seven years of fieldwork from the perspective of a teacher-ethnographer, this study relies on a variety of ethnographic methods, including participant observation, intensive interviewing, and content analysis of school Facebook pages. Although this comparative ethnography focuses on two individual colonial-international Church schools, I regard the Armenian School in Jerusalem and the Scottish School in Jaffa not as singular, bounded entities, but as embedded within multilayered social, historical, and political contexts at municipal, national, transnational, and global levels. Consequently, my fieldwork and the resulting ethnography extend beyond classroom walls and schoolyard fences, taking us into local communities and churches, to public protests and sporting events, to imagined homelands abroad, and into the digital worlds of cyberspace.

In each school, I conducted participant observation during school assemblies, holiday celebrations, field trips, and other community events, and engaged faculty, parents, and students in informal conversations. Participant observation enabled holistic data collection concerning key actors’ practices, attitudes, perspectives, and motivations, drawing on emic discourses to understand how multiple subjectivities constructed within the school serve minority interests. I recorded fieldnotes and conversation logs during each visit, and later wrote full observation protocols. In several cases, audio recordings supplemented fieldnotes.

A total of forty-three intensive interviews were conducted with faculty and alumni of the Armenian and Scottish schools. Beyond the collection of basic biographical information, faculty were asked questions about the mission of the school, the school population, and the use of the international curriculum in order to understand how the school shapes local and global youth identities. Alumni interviews aimed to understand the link between the graduates’ phenomenology of identity and citizenship and those discourses present within the school.  A consideration of both faculty and alumni perspectives is essential to understand the degree to which institutional and community expectations regarding citizenship and identity formation are reflected in students’ lived experiences.

Finally, posts (texts, images, videos) on the schools’ Facebook pages were sampled throughout the academic year. Adapting the methodology of Miller and Sinanan (2017), I analysed posts to identify genres and emergent patterns using principles of ethnographic content analysis (Altheide & Schneider 2013). Applying grounded theory (Charmaz, 2014), data analysis entailed coding and categorising key concepts and themes within the data, uncovering recurring patterns and relationships between categories, and developing theory rooted in these patterns and relationships about the use of international education by marginalised communities and its impact on citizenship practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Complex intersections of global curricula, religious tradition, colonial legacies, local ethnonational agendas, and multicultural discourses construct the Church schools under study as international education “bubbles” isolated from the surrounding conflict-ridden landscape. Both the Armenian and Scottish schools aim to maintain the distinctiveness of the minority communities they serve through the use of politically “neutral” international curricula. For minority youth, international education within a Christian school offers alternative avenues to attain educational equity, employment opportunities, and belonging by accumulating international capital and developing pragmatic forms of global citizenship. Considering the exclusion of non-Jewish minority identities within the bounds of the Jewish state, these schools create spaces encouraging students to forge new international attachments and allegiances, challenging traditional conceptions of belonging and citizenship. Beyond facilitating the accrual of international capital among their students, these schools shape students as citizens of imaginary worlds. In Jerusalem’s Armenian School, diaspora nationalism finds expression via key ethnosymbols and diasporic narratives which promulgate a powerful sense of belonging to an imagined Armenian transnation, captivating Armenian and non-Armenian students alike. Meanwhile, in the complete absence of Scottish students, the Church of Scotland School encourages transnational ties with a romanticised Scotland while simultaneously positioning Christianity as a uniting force for all peoples within an idealised narrative of coexistence. Within the imaginary worlds created by these schools, I argue that minority students find space for belonging that is otherwise inaccessible in Jaffa or Jerusalem. I contend that these sheltered oases promote a novel form of global citizenship, which I term “avatar citizenship.” Rather than fashioning students as citizens of the world, graduates of the Armenian and Scottish schools emerge as citizens of imaginary worlds, where experimentation with crossing boundaries of time, distance, and cultures forges multiple selves who simultaneously belong both everywhere and nowhere.
References
Altheide, D. L., & Schneider, C. J. (2013). Qualitative media analysis. Los Angeles: Sage.

Charmaz, K. (2014).Constructing grounded theory. London: Sage.

David, S., Dolby N., & Rizvi, F. (2010). Globalization and postnational possibilities in education for the future: Rethinking borders and boundaries. In J. Zajda (Ed.), Global Pedagogies: Schooling for the Future (pp. 35–46). Dordrecht: Springer.

Davies, L. (2010). The different faces of education in conflict.Development53, 491–497.  https://doi.org/10.1057/dev.2010.69

Fontana, G. (2016). Religious education after conflicts: promoting social cohesion or entrenching existing cleavages? Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 46(5), 811-831. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2015.1099422

Goren, H., Maxwell, C., & Yemeni, M. (2019). Israeli teachers make sense of global citizenship education in a divided society – religion, marginalisation and economic globalisation. Comparative Education, 55(2), 243–263. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2018.1541660.

Hayden, M. (2013). A review of curriculum in the UK: Internationalising in a changing context.Curriculum Journal,24(1), 8-26. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2012.744328

Igarashi, H., & Saito, H. (2014). Cosmopolitanism as cultural capital: Exploring the intersection of globalization, education, and stratification. Cultural Sociology, 8(3), 222–239. https://doi.org/10.1177/1749975514523935.

Levy, N. & Monterescu, D. (2022): Radical conservatism and circumstantial multiculturalism: Jews, Christians and Muslims in a French Catholic School in Israel, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2022.2049690

Loukaidis, L. & Zembylas, M. (2017) Greek-Cypriot teachers’ perceptions of religious education and its contribution to peace: perspectives of (in)compatibility in a divided society. Journal of Peace Education, 14(2), 176-194. https://doi.org/10.1080/17400201.2016.1269732

Miller, D., and Sinanan, J. (2017).Visualising Facebook: A comparative perspective. UCL Press. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/1543315/1/Visualising-Facebook.pdf

Nasser, I. & Abu-Nimer, M. (2022). Marginalizing Palestinians in historic Palestine (Israel) through education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1805

Ortloff, D.H., Shah, P.P., Lou, J. & Hamilton, E. (2012). International education in secondary schools explored: A mixed-method examination of one Midwestern state in the USA. Intercultural Education, 23(2), 161–180. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2012.686023

Oxley, L. & Morris, P. (2013). Global citizenship: A typology for distinguishing its multiple conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 301– 325.

Papastephanou, M. (2005). Religious teaching and political context: The case of Cyprus. Journal of Beliefs & Values, 26 (2), 139-156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13617670500164262.

Pinson, H. (2008). The excluded citizenship identity: Palestinian/Arab Israeli young people negotiating their political identities. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 29(2), 201–212. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690701837554

Resnik, J. (2018). Shaping international capital through international education: The case of the French-Israeli school in Israel.Journal of Curriculum Studies,50(6), 772–788. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 00220272.2018.1499808.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Controversial Issues in School Context. Student Learning and Unforeseen Events Reported by International Literature

Gerardo Ubilla Sánchez1, Carmen Gloria Zúñiga2

1Universidad Católica, Chile; 2Universidad Católica, Chile

Presenting Author: Ubilla Sánchez, Gerardo

Liberal democracy is in crisis (Sant, 2021). The deepening of structural inequalities, ideological polarization, and advancing neo-fascist discourses are concrete manifestations of this scenario (Askanius & Mylonas, 2015). In the educational field, efforts have been made to address this panorama through education for democratic citizenship (EDC) (Eurydice, 2018; UNESCO, 2016). An ECD pedagogical response is the discussion of controversial issues (DCI) (Cassar, 2023; Ho et al., 2017), where teachers and students exchange perspectives based on empathetic listening and deliberation on matters of difficult consensus. Migration policies, hate speech in social media, and the State´s role in facing wealth concentration are examples of controversial issues that spark hated debates in the public space.

Researchers in EDC argue that DCI among school students has high educational potential (Ho et al., 2017). In addition, they maintain that DCI promotes the acquisition of civic knowledge, skills, and attitudes for democratic life (Kohlmeier & Saye, 2014; Misco, 2016). They also suggest that schools are ideal contexts for discussing controversial issues since there is more social and ideological diversity than students usually find in their social circle of belonging (Parker, 2010).

Based on the above, DCI in the school classroom has represented a relevant area of research for citizenship education (e.g., Hess & McAvoy, 2015; Journell, 2022; Wansink et al., 2023). Recently, Theory & Research in Social Education, one of the most important journals in the area, has published that "Why teachers address unplanned controversial issues in the classroom" (Cassar et al. 2023) was the most downloaded article of 2023. This data shows the considerable interest in this topic.

Unfortunately, studies report that DCI in a school context is rare and is concentrated in social studies. The teachers' lack of knowledge and training experiences and the fear of the reactions of students, families, and administrators are among the main reasons for their low presence (Cassar et al., 2023). However, recent literature has shown that discussion of public controversies arises spontaneously in the classroom. Discussing controversial issues at school occurs as unplanned and unforeseen experiences to which the literature needs to pay more attention (Cassar et al., 2023; Pace, 2021).

Considering this background, we set out to systematically review empirical studies that have deployed DCI among primary and secondary students in different school areas (e.g., sciences, arts, social studies). The questions that guided our review were: What findings about students learning in discussing controversial issues at schools are reported on empirical research? What unforeseen situations during the discussion are informed by the literature?

Our review contributes to the field of EDC and to academics interested in DCI in the school space first because it maps the production of knowledge in the area and recognizes research gaps second because it identifies research and findings from different school areas, not just social studies. Third, because informs teacher educators and teachers in preparation and practice about the characteristics and challenges of teaching strategies for DCI and contributes to their institutional and didactic decisions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We analysed articles published between 2012-2023 in Web Of Science, Scopus, and Scielo. These databases lead the academic discussion of American, European, and Ibero-American concerts. For the search, we developed a syntax with words associated with three dimensions: discussion of controversial issues, citizenship education, and students' educational level. The words we combined were deliberation, discussion, controversial issues, conflict teaching, citizenship education, civic education, citizen training, citizenship teaching, student, elementary school, primary education, key stage 1, key stage 2, school middle, secondary, and K 12. Following the PRISMA protocol (Page et al., 2021) we applied inclusion and exclusion criteria to 451 articles obtained from the three databases. The focus of the search was to find empirical research that activated discussions among school students to identify their findings regarding student learning and unforeseen situations. Therefore, and under expert judgment, we excluded literature reviews, quantitative works that analysed secondary databases, documentary studies, works on conceptions and beliefs of students and teachers, research on teacher training in preparation and service, theoretical articles, and research that did not have DCI as an object of study. The 30 selected articles were subjected to systematization. We register the theoretical approach, design, purposes, sample, country, school level, teaching strategy, topics under discussion, learning findings, and unforeseen situations. The reflective thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) of the findings resulted in four emergent themes: a. the conceptual complexity of DCI; referred to the evidence presented by empirical studies about the sophistication of the conceptual complexity that encourages the discussion of controversies among school students; b. the skills to participate in DCI; referred to the evidence presented by studies in the area regarding the gain of discussion skills by the students; c. the role of DCI in critical analysis of the reality; referred to the findings that show the benefits of discussion for reflection and questioning of reality; d. DCI for social coexistence; referred to the results of a group of research that showed the contribution of discussion to the promotion of democratic values, such as empathy and collaboration. To answer the second question of the review, we decided to report the unforeseen situations reported by the literature for each of the four major themes.

 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We present the results of the review with two focuses. The first refers to the presentation of a mapping of empirical research in the area (geographical origin, methodologies, school levels, teachers' participation, teaching strategies, discussed topics). The second focus responds to the review questions by reporting the four categories from the qualitative analysis. We decided to write the unforeseen situations for each of the four major themes to answer the second review question. Some of these situations are rapid acceptance of the conclusions raised in the discussion, search for the correct answer in the face of controversy, censorship, verbal aggression, and emotional silence of some students. A relevant finding of our review is that most unforeseen events coexist with learning contributions.  

We discuss the results of the review with some emphasis. First, we expose challenges for the academic community around the democratization of knowledge production and the relationship during fieldwork with school teachers. Second, we will present our point of view on the results that show the coexistence between the contributions of DCI to student learning and unforeseen events associated with undemocratic practices. An agonistic and affective perspective of DCI could constitute an alternative to face this challenge.

Finally, we present the value of our review for trainer educators and pre-service and practicing teachers interested in citizenship education through DCI. The presence of the DCI in university and school contexts is relevant. However, the international literature review poses challenge we must face through collective reflection and specific pedagogical proposals. ECER 2024 is a great space to promote discussion and create possible scenarios.

We acknowledge Agencia Nacional de Investigación y Desarrollo ANID and Beca de Doctorado Nacional 21220336 and Fondecyt 1241017 for the funding that supports these research processes and outputs.

 

 

References
Askanius, T. y Y. Mylonas (2015): “Extreme-right Responses to the European Economic Crisis in Denmark and Sweden: The Discursive Construction of Scapegoats and Lodestars”, Journal of the European Institute for Communication and Culture, 22(1), pp. 55-72. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13183222.2015.1017249

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa 

Cassar, Ch., Oosterheert, I. & Meijer, P. (2023) Why teachers address unplanned controversial issues in the classroom, Theory & Research in Social Education, 51:2, 233-263, 10.1080/00933104.2022.2163948

European Commission, European, E., Culture Executive, A., Sigalas, E., & De Coster, I. (2019). Citizenship education at school in Europe, 2017. Publications Office

Hess, D. E., & McAvoy, P. (2015). The political classroom: Evidence and ethics in democratic education. Routledge.

Ho, L.-C., McAvoy, P., Hess, D., & Gibbs, B. (2017). Teaching and learning about controversial issues and topics in the social studies: A review of the research. In C. M. Bolick & M. M. Manfra (Eds.), The Wiley handbook of social studies research (pp. 321–335). Wiley Blackwell.

Journell, W. (2022). Classroom Controversy in the Midst of Political Polarization: The Essential Role of School Administrators. NASSP Bulletin, 106(2), 133-153. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365221100589 

Kohlmeier, J., & Saye, J. W. (2014). Ethical Reasoning of U.S. High School Seniors Exploring Just Versus Unjust Laws. Theory & Research in Social Education, 42(4), 548-578. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2014.966218

Misco, T. (2016). “We are only looking for the right answers”: The challenges of controversial issue instruction in South Korea. Asia Pacific Journal Education, 36(3), 332-349. 10.1080/02188791.2014.940031 

Pace, J. L. (2021). Hard questions: Learning to teach controversial issues. Rowman & Littlefield.  

Page, M. J., J. E. McKenzie, P. M. Bossuyt, I. Boutron, T. C. Hoffmann, C. D. Mulrow, et al. 2021. “The PRISMA 2020 Statement: An Updated Guideline for Reporting Systematic Reviews.” BMJ 372 (71), doi:10.1136/bmj.n71.
Parker, W. (2010). Listening to strangers: Classroom discussion in democratic education. Teachers College Record, 112(11), 2815-2832. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811011201104

 Sant, E. (2021). Educación política para una democracia radical. Revista Departamento de Ciencia Política, 20, 138-157. https://doi.org/10.15446/frdcp.n20.84203 

Unesco. (2016). Educación para la ciudadanía mundial: preparar a los educandos para los retos del siglo XXI. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000244957

Wansink, B. G. J., Mol, H., Kortekaas, J., & Mainhard, T. (2023). Discussing controversial issues in the classroom: Exploring students' safety perceptions and their willingness to participate. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104044


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers Views on Pedagogical Challenges During Post-war Return in Mosul

Ricarda Derler1, Heike Wendt1, Anna Aleksanyan1, Lubab Zeyad Mahmood2

1University of Graz, Austria; 2University of Mosul, Iraq

Presenting Author: Derler, Ricarda

The Human Development Index shows that almost 60% of countries ranked 'low' on the HDI have experienced conflict since the 1990s (The World Bank, 2005). It is argued that education and conflict influence each other and that this relationship is considered to be complex and multifaceted (The World Bank, 2005). It is also explained that education plays an essential role in post-conflict reconstruction, as conflicts often flare up again (The World Bank. 2005). This is why Fiedler et al. (2016) refer to the importance of a multidimensional peacebuilding approach. Approaches to education in emergency and conflict settings and post-conflict reconstruction are widely discussed in the literature. Particular attention is paid to specific challenges (UNESCO, 2011), such as humanitarian risks, infrastructural conditions (Jones & Naylor, 2014), self-sufficiency issues (Sommers, 2002) and forced migration (UNHCR, 2014). Pedagogical challenges, such as building student-teacher relationships, classroom management, creating safe spaces, large and consistent groups, and dealing with heterogeneity in terms of achievement, are often mentioned but not explored further (Symeonidis et al., 2023). Our paper aims to further unfold the multiple complexities of post-war educational challenges in the first five years after severe violent conflict. Our study is set in Mosul, Iraq, a city that has been affected by conflict for many years and is just recovering from the occupation of the city by the terrorist militia ISIS from 2014 to 2017. In this paper, therefore, we analyse the different pedagogical challenges that teachers face in the context of conflict in Iraq and the pedagogical approaches that teachers use in schools. Therefore, we asked the following research question: "What pedagogical challenges do teachers describe in conflict contexts?" and "What pedagogical concepts do teachers describe as essential in conflict contexts?".


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To do this, we conducted qualitative interviews with 10 primary and secondary teachers working in inner-city schools in Mosul. Our aim is to illustrate how the complex interplay of infrastructure and reconstruction of school organisation affects teachers' ideas and learning environments. Interviews were conducted in Arabic, translated into English and analysed by a working group. The interviews will be analysed using qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2010).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Iraq has been in conflict for many years. Due to the occupation by IS, Mosul is a conflict context that has been and continues to be affected by various challenges. In education, the main challenges of conflict in general are related to language and teaching materials, curricula, but also the perception or exclusion of conflict in the curriculum. The physical and psychological trauma of people living in conflict is also affected and therefore has an impact on the education system (Thabet & Vostanis, 2015). However, the impact is not only relevant during the conflict, as there are also challenges after the conflict has ended (The World Bank, 2005). It is important to understand the complex relationship between education and conflict, and to address the educational challenges that arise during such times. Education is a fundamental right for every child and should not be compromised during conflict.
Our findings provide valuable insights into the lived experiences of teachers in Mosul. Our study shows how the complex interplay of infrastructure and rebuilding of school organisation affects teachers' perceptions and learning environments. This contributes to a more nuanced, differentiated and context-sensitive understanding of pedagogical work in war and conflict contexts, providing valuable insights for peacebuilding.

References
Bush, K., & Saltarelli, D. (2000). The two faces of education in ehtnic conflict: Towards a Peacebuilding Education for Children.
Fiedler, C., Mroß, K., & Grävingholt, J. (11/2016). Building Peace after war: the knows and unknows of external support to post-conflict-societies. German Institute of Development and Sustainability.
Jones, A., & Naylor, R. (2014). The quantitative impact of armed conflict on education: counting the human and financial costs. https://inee.org/sites/default/files/resources/CfBT_023_Armed_Conflict_Online.pdf
Kuckartz, U. (2010). Einführung in die computergestützte Analyse qualitativer Daten. (3. akutalisierte Auflage). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften: Wiesbaden
Smith, A., & Vaux, T. (2003). Education, Conflict and International Development.
Sommers, M. (2002). Children, education and war: reaching education for all (EFA) objectives in countries affected by conflict. Conflict Prevention and Reconstruction Unit Working Papers, 1, o. S.
Symeonidis, V., Senger, F., Wendt, H., Zedan, A, Salim Dawood, S., & Jabrail, F. (2023). Teacher education in conflict-affected societies The case of Mosul University after the demise of the Islamic State. In: Madalińska-Michalak, J. (Eds.) Quality in Teaching and Teacher Education. International Perspectives from a Changing World (pp. 203-228). Brill. doi.org/10.1163/9789004536609_011
Thabet, A. A. M., & Vostanis, P. (2015). Impact of Trauma on Palestinian Children´s and the Role of Coping Strategies. British Journal of Medicine & Medical Research, 5(3), 330–340.
UNESCO. (2011). Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2011: The hidden crisis: Armed conflict and education. GEM Report UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54676/CIHD8631
UNESCO (Ed.). (2014). UNESCO roadmap for implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000230514
UNHCR. (2014). UNHCR Global Trends. https://www.unhcr.org/sites/default/files/legacy-pdf/5399a14f9.pdf
The World Bank. (2005). Reshaping the future: education and post conflict reconstruction
 
12:00 - 12:4500 SES 00: Opening Ceremony ECER 2024
Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid
ECER Opening
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events

ECER Opening Ceremony

Marit Honerød Hoveid

Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway

Presenting Author: Honerød Hoveid, Marit

EERA and the Local Organizers of ECER 2024 would like to formally welcome you to ECER 2024, Nicosia “Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future”.

This year's ECER is a joint collaboration, organised by the University of Cyprus and EERA.

 
12:45 - 13:15Break 07: ECER Break
13:00 - 14:0099 ERC SES 08.5: Lunch Break Event: Lunch Break with Local Academics (sign-up required)
Location: Cafeteria
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic
Lunch Break Event
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

Lunch Break with Local Academics

Dragana Radanovic1, Sofia Eleftheriadou2

1KU Leuven, Belgium; 2University College London, UK

Presenting Author: Radanovic, Dragana; Eleftheriadou, Sofia

Lunch Break with Local Academics

 
13:00 - 14:00Break 05: ERC Lunch Break
13:15 - 14:4501 SES 01 A: Workload, Values and Onboarding
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Birgitte Lund Nielsen
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Transition as new Educator in Higher Education – in the Context of a Strategic Decision about a central Pedagogical Unit

Henriette Duch, Birgitte Lund Nielsen

VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Duch, Henriette; Nielsen, Birgitte Lund

Professional development for educators in higher education is a field with a growing international awareness (Irby & O'Sullivan, 2017; Vanderlinde et al., 2016). However, organizational initiatives for such development in higher education are complex when the intention is to involve all faculty members, covering various aspects such as technology, organizational development and teaching (Camblin & Steger, 2000). In general, the term 'onboarding' is used for initiatives focusing on new employees (Bauer, 2015). The onboarding is important for the assimilation of new staff and their well-being (Ellis et. al., 2015).

The focus of this study is the onboarding and the further process for new assistant professors at a large university college. The framework conditions have changed due to a new strategic initiative (2022) establishing a central organizational unit, the Educational Academy, tasked with leading and hosting professional development for all educators across the college's campuses in seven cities. The college, with approximately 2000 employees and 40,000 students, offers professional bachelor programs in fields such as nursing, teacher education, business administration, engineering, and computer graphics.

Due to stakeholder-interests, e.g. among those who previously managed the mandatory program on teaching skills for assistant professors, the initiative introduces both potentials and tensions within the organization (Duch & Nielsen, 2023). In 2023 the Educational Academy among other things initiated a completely redesigned program for assistant professors. This paper focuses on the initial development as professional educator from the perspective of the assistant professors within this program. The aim is to track the professional development of assistant professors transitioning towards being associate professors, exploring the shift from their previous identity, and understanding of teaching, which is influenced by diverse educational backgrounds and job experiences. The research seeks to answer the following questions: 1) How do new assistant professors perceive their role as an educator at a university college? 2) How do assistant professors with diverse educational backgrounds and work experiences understand the profession they are educating for? 3) How do they perceive to be supported in their development in the program for assistant professors at the Educational Academy?

Theoretical inspiration is drawn from Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner (2015), who utilize the metaphor of learning in a landscape and the concept of boundary crossing. Wenger (1999) previously introduced the term 'broker' to comprehend the relationship between different contexts, each hosting distinct communities of practice. He discusses 'boundary objects' as "artifacts, documents, terms, concepts, and other forms of reification around which communities of practice can organize their interconnections" (Wenger, 1999, p. 105). The process of becoming a professional educator in higher education can be viewed as a journey from legitimate peripheral participation to achieving full membership. This journey unfolds in a new landscape with multiple boundaries to traverse. By observing assistant professors throughout the transition period, we can witness the development of meaningfulness, identity, and collaboration with colleagues within the program where they are teaching and in the context of the activities designed by the Educational Academy.

Research indicates that content focus, active learning, coherence, duration, and collective participation are crucial elements in professional development (Desimone, 2009). However, for a program designed for diverse educators in higher education and not limited to teacher educators, where we know most from previous research (MacPhail et al., 2018; Vanderlinde et al., 2016), the transition from being social worker, engineer, nurse, etc., based on varied educational backgrounds, is equally significant. Additionally, the ongoing changes in vocational education (Smeby, 2013) play a crucial role. These changes may influence identity development on micro and macro levels, encompassing personal identity, professional identity, and identity within the profession (Wackerhausen, 2009; Heggen, 2013; Nielsen et al., 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is part of a large-scale mixed method study (Creswell & Clark, 2018) initiated in 2022 within the context of the newly established Educational Academy. Initially, document analyses were performed to grasp the strategic perspective, followed by a range of interviews with the unit manager and stakeholders representing various perspectives within the unit (Duch & Nielsen, 2023). Subsequently, newly designed short courses for associate professors, where professional inquiry is a central part, have been monitored using a primarily qualitative questionnaire (Braun et al., 2021), e.g. to understand the associate professors’ needs and experiences, and to broadly comprehend the pedagogical thinking guiding the Educational Academy. This presentation is based on the subsequent phase of the research involving repeated individual interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2008) with eleven assistant professors participating in the new program designed for this group. These interviews will be conducted every six months throughout the four-year program. The informants represent nine different higher education institutions located on four different campuses. Thus, the interviews aim to capture the diversity among educators at the University College, representing various professions and geographic locations.
In the first phase of this longitudinal research our interest lies in understanding the assistant professors' perspectives on teaching and educating for a profession. The interview themes encompass: 1) the decision to become an educator, 2) initial experiences as an educator 3) collaboration with colleagues, and 4) the experiences from the first part of the new program for assistant professors in the Educational Academy.
Sampling included inviting the 56 participants in the program to participate in the research. Following an initial email, where the majority of the eleven associate professors responded, selected participants were contacted again to ensure an adequate number of participants and a broad representation of professional educations. The interviews, conducted in January 2023, lasted approximately 60 minutes each and were subsequently transcribed.
Subsequent interviews will delve into research competencies, further development of identity as an educator and the written assignments required to attain associate professor status. These future interviews will be complemented by observations (Gold, 1958) and focus group interviews on different settings of the program for assistant professors. Thus, the long-term development will be tracked.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings reveal a diversity of understandings regarding being an educator. Some of the variation is due to the culture and pedagogical thinking in the educational program they are transitioning into, e.g. an engineering educator argues referring to the principles of problem-based learning used in the unit. Another element is their educational background and work experiences. Some of them have a close connection to the professions, while others have an academic background in a specific discipline, e.g. one teacher educator has a degree in Nordic languages while another is transitioning from being a Mathematics teacher with a subsequent degree in pedagogical sociology. However, even when the connection to the profession is close, pedagogical perspectives vary, and while some educators have prior teaching experience and possess a broad understanding of pedagogy others are relatively new to teaching. Some of them find preparation, structuring, and interaction with students challenging.
The landscape appears distinct across the various programs. Some assistant professors engage in close cooperation with colleagues, receiving feedback and support. Others find themselves in a more solitary position. Nevertheless, all of them mention at least some of the activities in the program at the Educational Academy as affecting their pedagogical thinking and practice. In particular there are high expectations for the newly established learning groups where they collaborate around professional inquiry with other assistant professors. Despite this, their evaluations of the program differ, with some emphasizing the significance of talks from experts, while others stress the importance of meetings and discussions with assistant professors from different parts of the college.
Summing up, the results suggest a highly diverse landscape where assistant professors navigate through a variety of boundaries. The complexity of onboarding new educators at a large university college must account for this diversity and be designed to differentiate and facilitate accordingly.

References
Bauer, T. (2015). Onboarding: Maximizing role clarity and confidence. https://doi.org//10.13140/RG.2.1.1834.8887 .
Braun, V., Clarke, V., Boulton, E., Davey, L., & McEvoy, C. (2021). The online survey as a qualitative research tool. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24(6), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805550  
Camblin, L.D., Steger, J.A. (2000). Rethinking faculty development. Higher Education 39, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1003827925543
Creswell, J.W. & Clark, V.L.P (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research (third ed.). SAGE.
Duch & Nielsen (2023). Organisatorisk rammesætning af kompetenceudvikling for undervisere på videregående uddannelse. Dansk Universitetspædagogisk Tidsskrift 18 (35). https://doi.org/10.7146/dut.v18i35.136250
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Towards better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X0833114
Ellis, M. A.; Bauer, T. N.; Mansfield, L. R. Erdogan, B.; Truxillo, D. M. & Simon, L. S. (2015). Navigating Uncharted Waters. Journal of Management 41(1), 203-235. DOI: 10.1177/0149206314557525
Gold, R. L. (1958). Roles in sociological field observations. Social Forces, 36(3), 217–223
Heggen, K. (2013). Profesjon og identitet. In A. Molander & L.I. Terum (ed.) Profesjonsstudier (p. 321-332). Universitetsforlaget.
Irby, D. M. & O´Sullivan, P. S. (2017). Developing and rewaring teachers as educators and scholars: remarkable progress and dauting challenges. Medical Education (52), 58–67. https://doi.org//10.1111/medu.13379
Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2008). InterView. (2. ed.) Hans Reitzels Forlag
MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education- based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 848-861. https://doi.org//10.1080/19415257.2018.1529610
Nielsen, B. L., Lang, N. R., Grosen, T. H., & Høyer, H. (2023). Professionsidentitet på tværs: Hvordan er vi som professionelle, hvordan er jeg, og hvad tænker de andre? Tidsskrift for professionsstudier, 19(36), 38-48. https://doi.org/10.7146/tfp.v19i36.13997
Smeby, J.C. (2013). Profesjon og udtanning. I: A. Molander & L.I. Terum (eds), Profesjonsstudier (p. 87-102). Universitetsforlaget.
Wackerhausen, S. (2009). Collaboration, professional identity and reflection across boundaries. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 23(5), 455-473. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820902921720
Vanderlinde, R.; Tuytens, M.; De Wever, B. & Aeltermann, A. (2016). An introduction. In B. De Wever; R. Vanderlinde, M. Tuytens & A. Aelterman Professional learning in education challenges for teacher educators, teachers and student teachers (s. 9-22). Academia Press.
Wenger, E. (1999). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press.
Wenger-Trayner, E. & Wenger-Trayner, B (2015). Learning in a landscape of practice: A framework. In E. Wenger-Trayner; M. Fenton-O´Creevy; S. Hutchinson, C. Kubiak & B. Wenger-Trayner, B. Learning in Landscapes of Practice. Routledge.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Value Creation in the Context of an International Summer Academy for Teacher Educators

Helma Oolbekkink-Marchand1, Gerry Czerniawski3, Bruno Oldeboom2

1HAN University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands; 2University of Applied Sciences Windesheim, The Netherlands; 3University of East London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Oolbekkink-Marchand, Helma; Oldeboom, Bruno

Teacher educators, responsible for educating both prospective and in-service teachers, have been the subject of research, especially regarding their professional development. Teacher educators have a strong desire for continuous professional learning influenced by the context they work in (Czerniawski et al., 2017). However, teacher educators are only moderately satisfied with professional development opportunities, while teacher educators find opportunities in collaborative professional development and research important (McPhail et al., 2021; Van der Klink et al., 2017). Studies indicate that professional development for teacher educators is often self-initiated and induction in the profession is frequently absent.

Research has drawn particular attention to the importance of network learning and learning communities. Both in teaching and teacher education numerous studies have shown the importance of (professional) learning communities (Hadar & Brody, 2010; Prenger et al., 2019) as a way for professional development, innovation, the quality of professional practice, and for breaking isolation within the profession. Some studies have indicated positive outcomes of participation in a (professional or networked) learning community in terms of satisfaction and impact on professional practice (Prenger et al. 2019). International comparative needs analyses of higher education-based teacher educators and school-based teacher educators (Czerniawski et al., 2017; Czerniawski et al., 2023) has built on this literature by emphasising the ways in which teacher educators, as both teachers and researchers, want to be part of a collaborative community where they can feel supported, listened to, and share their practices and experiences.

Both networks and communities of practice offer learning opportunities, but assessing the value of this learning is a complex issue. The concept of value creation is central to understanding the benefits derived from participation in such groups. De Laat et al. (2014) identify five cycles of value creation: immediate value, potential value (knowledge capital), applied value, realized value, and reframing value. To gauge the overall value added by network participation, individuals are encouraged to share their "value narratives." These narratives involve participants articulating the overall benefits of their involvement in a network or community and detailing specific instances of value creation, such as contributions to networks or improvements in professional practice.

In this study, teacher educators participating in an international professional development one-week programme, the so-called InFo-TED Summer Academy, are asked to describe their personal value narratives. The Summer academy is organized by InFo-Ted, an international forum working to promote professional development of teacher educators. This involves reflecting on the overall added value of their participation in the programme and identifying specific instances of value creation that they experienced during the programme.

The main aim of our study was to gain insight in the perceived impact of an international professional development initiative on teacher educators professional learning. In this study, we explore to what extent professional learning of teacher educators is influenced by such factors as their own values, those of their institutional context and national and international policy contexts for teacher education (Czerniawski, 2018; Lunenberg & Dengerink, 2021). Focusing on participants of the Summer Academy, the study examines how this experience broadens their value perspectives, introducing them to new roles, professional contacts, and institutional expectations, thereby enriching their professional development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The International Forum of Teacher Educator Development (InFo-TED) launched the Summer Academy to enhance the professional growth of teacher educators, foster networking among them, and support their role in developing fellow educators. Two iterations of the Summer Academy took place: a face-to-face event in Trondheim, Norway, in 2018 with 24 participants from seven jurisdictions, and an online version in 2021 (due to de COVID-19 pandemic) via MS Teams with 66 participants from nine jurisdictions. Despite differences, both academies shared similar learning opportunities: thematic kick-offs, storylines, collaborative groupwork, and individual reflection (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 20.

Data collection
In this study teacher educators, who participated in one of the InFo-TED summer academes, were invited for an online interview. Participation in the interview was voluntary. Sixteen teacher educators responded and were interviewed, and these included eleven women and four men. Participants came from Belgium (1), Ireland (4), Norway (1), the Netherlands (2), Portugal (1) and United Kingdom (7). Nine participants were university-based teacher educators, five were School-based teacher educators. All participants gave active and informed consent for the interviews to be recorded. They were asked to describe their personal narrative by reflecting on the overall added value of participation and the specific instances of value creation. A template value narrative was constructed based on work of De Laat et al. (2014) and send in advance to prepare for the interview. Overall, the interviews lasted between 45-60 minutes.

Data analysis
A qualitative content analysis approach was chosen to analyse the interview transcripts (Hsieh & Shannon, 2015). More specifically, the transcripts of the interviews were analysed by the research team in three different ways. The first researcher coded inductively, by studying all interviews and looking for common themes in the interviews (convential content analysis). All interviews were open and axial coded by the second researcher, selecting salient quotes and connecting themes to them (directed content analysis). The third researcher coded deductively, by focusing in the transcripts on themes related to impact (directed/summative content analysis).
Engaging in research with these multiple methods of qualitative data analysis, as described in the tripartite approach to coding interviews, offered several advantages. The arguments for utilizing this method were: to accommodate the comprehensiveness and richness of the data, triangulation, mitigation of researcher bias and comprehensive understanding of the context of the Summer Academies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three main outcomes were identified. The Summer Academy had impact on three areas. There was perceived impact on professional identity, perceived impact on professional networks and there was perceived impact on the professional practice of teacher educators.
The perceived impact on one's professional identity as a Teacher Educator included several key aspects. It involved awareness of belonging to a professional group, which is a significant part of identity formation. This sense of belonging fosters a connection, leading to feelings of validation and acceptance within the professional group. Furthermore, participants mentioned a realisation that a researcher identity can coexist with, or even become an integral part of, the teacher educator identity. This integration enhances the professional persona of a Teacher Educator, enriching their role with the analytical and inquisitive qualities of a researcher.
The perceived impact on the professional networks was diverse. For teacher educators, the main influence from the Summer Academy was increased working on collaborative research. Some described pursuing professional doctorates, starting to work on (research) publications, starting up new research or research collaborations. This was especially the case for early career teacher educators.
The perceived impact of the InFo-TED Summer Academy on the professional practice was three folded. Some, and not all, participating teacher educators began to start their lessons with practice before theory. They developted a mixed pedagogical perspective on teaching and they began to emphasise the importance of embodying the principles they teach.

The findings suggest that professional development programmes such as the InFo TED Summer Academy can play a role in shaping a next generation of teacher educators and influence the practice of teacher education. However, as one of the attendees pointed out, teacher educators need more time to process the new knowledge acquired during the Summer Academy to be able to influence future teachers.

References
Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., & MacPhail, A. (2017). The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: an international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127-140.

Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., MacPhail, A., & Vanassche, E. (2023). Identifying school-based teacher educators’ professional learning needs: an international survey. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-16.

De Laat, M., Schreurs, B., & Sie, R. (2014). Utilizing informal teacher professional development networks using the network awareness tool. The architecture of productive learning networks, 239.

Hadar, L., & Brody, D. (2010). From isolation to symphonic harmony: Building a professional development community among teacher educators. Teaching and teacher education, 26(8), 1641-1651.

Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288.

MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education-based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional development in education, 45(5), 848-861.

Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., Meijer, P. C., & Lunenberg, M. (2021).Teacher educators' professional development during an international Summer Academy. Teacher Educators and their Professional Development, 92.

Prenger, R., Poortman, C. L., & Handelzalts, A. (2019). The effects of networked professional learning
communities. Journal of teacher education, 70(5), 441-452.

Van der Klink, M., Kools, Q., Avissar, G., White, S., & Sakata, T. (2017). Professional development of teacher educators: What do they do? Findings from an explorative international study. Professional development in education, 43(2), 163-178.
 
13:15 - 14:4501 SES 01 B: Mentoring
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sally Windsor
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Power of Students on Practice Placements: Discursively Uncovering Power Dynamics in Mentoring Dyads

Hannelore van der Kloot1, Erik Driessen2, Eline Vanassche1

1KU Leuven, Kulak, Belgium; 2Maastricht University, the Netherlands

Presenting Author: van der Kloot, Hannelore

Mentoring practice is a widely established practice in preparing students for professional practice in various professions (Peiser et al., 2018). This is translated into extended placements in the field setting with formal mentorship opportunities; providing the integration of theory and practice (Orland-Barak, 2010). Mentoring practice typically has set roles: the mentor as the experienced expert whose role is to support the student’s development, and the student as inexperienced professional who needs to build her/his professional and personal skills (Kram, 1985). Mentoring practice is therefore inherently hierarchical, with the mentor as powerful and the student as less powerful.

In uncertain times with changing roles, the roles of mentor and student, respectively, are also at a tipping point. It is true that the mentor exercises power, but, what is often overlooked is that the student also can exercise power: that in and by his/her speaking and acting s/he also directs the conversation and thereby influences the learning. In line with recent work (e.g., Ben-Harush & Orland-Barak, 2018; Mullen & Klimaitis, 2021) that urges to redefine mentoring, focusing on a more dynamic relationship and bidirectional learning; the purpose of this study is to uncover if and how students can (also) be powerful in mentoring practices and influence the focus of their learning.

To explore this, power was discursively conceptualized. This means that power is viewed as the effect of how actors interact with each other (Martín Rojo, 2001). Actors do power, resulting in a continuous flux of power in interactions (Hayward, 1998). Power is thus not conceptualized as something that an individual possesses (or lacks), but rather as something that is performed relationally. It is about 'power to' rather than 'power over' someone (Hayward, 1998).

Such a discursive approach to power is operationalized further using a combination of positioning theory (PT) (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999) and frame analysis (FA) (Dumay, 2014). Central to PT is the idea that actors continuously position themselves and others in interaction (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999). ‘Positioning’ entails a continuous dynamic, relational process wherein the actors assign specific rights and duties to themselves and others (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999). These positionings are then interpreted from the frame on which they are looking at the placement. Frames are defined as cognitive structures that actors bring to a situation but always evolve and develop in interaction with others (Dumay, 2014). Actors’ frames are linked to their prior experiences, informed by their beliefs and expectations for (mentoring) practice, and help them to explain and make sense of the situation they find themselves in. FA provides the tools to see how frames over time emerge, gain meaning, adapt, merge or clash. As such, the combination of PT and FA results in a better understanding of the flow of power dynamics.

This resulted in following research question: (How) Do students exercise power based on the confluence of positionings and frames, and how does this influence the focus of their learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Empirically, the study draws on extensive observation of two mentoring dyads (mentor-student) in medical education during their six-week placement period. These students were in their third and final year of their master’s prgramme in medical education, doing their final elective placement in general practice before specializing. The context of mentoring in medical education in many ways mirrors the ‘standard’ practice emerging from the literature: an experienced professional with several years of experience as a doctor, supervising a junior colleague on placement.

Central to the research design were weekly non-participant observations of workplace practice (Jerolmack & Khan, 2014). We observed interactions during workplace practice (i.e., a mentor interrupting a mentee or inquiring his/her mentee’s decision-making process while s/he is performing) as well as their interactions away from or about workplace practice (i.e., feedback and evaluation meetings). Repeated observations afforded insight in the development of mentoring relations over time, as well as shifts in the nature and focus of the mentoring activities and conversations (cfr. positionings). The observations were supported through extensive field note writing, used to document (non-)verbal language use and important contextual information (Montgomery & Bailey, 2007). Periodic, focused ethnographic interviews with both mentors and students focused on building a better understanding of their developing expectations and goals for mentoring practice (cfr. frames) and communicatively validating preliminary insights and reflections from the analysis (Reeves et al., 2013). Participants were further invited to make sense of their experiences by asking them to document critical incidents that occurred in the absence of the researcher in an audio diary shared before each interview (see e.g., Wijbenga et al., 2021).

For the analysis, field notes, interviews and audio diaries were first thoroughly read through and memos on initial interpretations and power dynamics (positionings; frames) were written (Miles et al., 2014). A detailed analysis of the positionings (field notes) followed later in the analysis by identifying micro-identities as positionings (Kayı-Aydar, 2019). These specific positionings were then clustered and deepened in dialogue with the larger dataset over time. The interviews were inductively coded to identify expectations and goals of the individual actors, resulting in identified frames. These frames were subsequently re-ordered and interpreted over time. The final step in the analysis specifically related the identified positionings and frames to the focus of learning, starting from the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the first dyad, the student was allowed to do consultations largely independently from the beginning, with the mentor insisting on discussing the diagnosis and treatment each time. This allowed the student to practice indepentenly while the mentor maintained control over what happens to “his patients” (frame). However, in order to gain self-confidence, the student experessed the wish to complete consultations completely independent (frame). At some stage in the placement, the student starts enacting this frame by not calling up on the mentor for confirming the diagnosis and treatment. Increasingly, the student positions the mentor as a supporter (or supplement) rather than a supervisor: she decides when to call on the mentor for help. Learning eventually focuses more on personal (self-confidence) rather than academic development (perfecting her content knowledge), consistent with the student's frame.

In the second dyad, the student indicates from the beginning the importance of getting along with the mentor in order to achieve good results (frame), positioning the mentor as a friend. During placement, the student increasingly initates informal conversations, replacing more case-driven or substantive conversations. As a result, feedback and information on the student’s performance diminishes over the course the placement; in line with the student’s framing of the placement as about good grades and enjoyment rather than learning.

These cases show that students can effectively exercise power in the mentoring dyad, directing their learning. This highligths that the interplay between the mentor and student within the specific time-spatial context determines how mentoring practice takes shape and thus what is learned, more than the capacities of the individuals involved. These results imply that, beyond existing research in which power is a fixed characteristic, the roles of mentors and students should be viewed critically and dynamically.

References
Ben-Harush, A., & Orland-Barak, L. (2019). Triadic mentoring in early childhood teacher education: The role of relational agency. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 8(3), 182-196. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-10-2018-0055

Dumay, X. (2014). How do teachers coordinate their work? A framing approach. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 27, 88-91. http://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2012.737045

Hayward, C. R. (1998). De-facing power. Polity, 31(1), 1-22.

Jerolmack, C., & Khan, S. (2014). Talk is cheap: Ethnography and the attitudinal fallacy. Sociological Methods & Research, 43(2), 178-209. https://doi.org/10.1177/0049124114523396

Kayı-Aydar, H. (2019). Classroom discourse for positioning research. In: Positioning Theory in Applied Linguistics. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97337-1_5

Kram, K. (1985). Mentoring at work: Developmental relationships in organizational life. Scott Foresman.

Martín Rojo, L. (2001). New developments in discourse analysis: Discourse as social practice. Folia Linguistica, 35(1-2), 41-78. https://doi.org/10.1515/flin.2001.35.1-2.41

Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. A. (1994). Qualitative analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage.

Montgomery, P., & Bailey, P. H. (2007). Field notes and theoretical memos in grounded theory. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 29(1), 65-79. https://doi.org/10.1177/0193945906292557

Mullen, C. A., & Klimaitis, C. C. (2021). Defining mentoring: A literature review of issues, types, and applications. New York Academy of Sciences, 1483, 19-35. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.14176

Orland-Barak, L. (2010). Learning to Mentor-as-Praxis: Toward a conceptual framework. Learning to Mentor-as-Praxis, 23-30. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-0582-6

Peiser, G., Ambrose, J., Burke, B., & Davenport, J. (2018). The role of the mentor in professional knowledge development across four professions. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 7(1), 2-18. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-07-2017-0052

Reeves, S., Peller, J., Goldman, J., & Kitto, S. (2013). Ethnography in qualitative educational research: AMEE Guide No. 80. Medical Teacher, 35(8), e1365-e1379. https://doi.org/10.3109/0142159X.2013.804977

van Langenhove, L., & Harré, R. (1999). Introducing positioning theory. In R. Harré & L. van Langenhove (Eds.), Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action (pp. 14-31). Blackwell Publishers.

Wijbenga, M. H., Teunissen, P. W., Ramaekers, S. P. J., Driessen, E. W., & Duvivier, R. J. (2021). Initiation of student participation in practice: An audio diary study of international clinical placements. Medical Teacher, 43(10), 1179-1185. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142159X.2021.1921133


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Growing Through Mentoring – The Professional Development of Mentors in Sweden

Sally Windsor, Irma Brkovic, Ali Yildirim, Ilona Rinne, Anna Maria Hipkiss

Gothenburg University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Windsor, Sally

The purpose of this research project, a three-year study funded by the Swedish Research Council (2022-2024), is to investigate how the mentoring of student teachers can contribute to the professional development of the mentor teachers themselves. Professional development in this study refers to teachers´ perceived experiences of growth in professional knowledge, skills and dispositions in connection to the mentorship activities they carry out with student teachers.

We conducted a large-scale survey study, through a questionnaire design based on the previous literature on mentoring, explorative interviews with mentors, and the thematic areas proposed in Activity Theory (Engeström, 1999). The participants include a nationwide sample of teachers who mentor student teachers enrolled in teacher education programs at the primary school level (Grades 4-6) in Sweden. Through the analysis of the data, we have built a model that demonstrates how mentoring activities and mentor teachers´ characteristics can be potential predictors of their professional development.

We conducted a number of analyses of the survey data:

  1. We investigated the individual and contextual factors determining mentor teachers´ self-efficacy (SE) beliefs in their role mentoring role. Self-efficacy as a concept is derived from Social Cognitive Theory and is defined as “beliefs in one´s capabilities to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments” (Bandura, 1997). There is much research on teacher SE, yet SE in mentoring is little researched. High SE is found to be predictive for educators’ increased sense of identity, shared perspectives and job satisfaction (Andreasen et. al., 2019). However, because the determinants that contribute to higher mentoring self-efficacy beliefs remain unclear the data could provide us with some insights specifically about the SE of those who take on the role of mentoring.
  2. Drawing on concepts from Legitimation Code Theory (LCT- Maton, 2014) which is concerned with how mentor teachers respond to the relations between who one is (being a mentor) and what one knows (having certain knowledge). LCT has provided insights into the dichotomy of tacit and explicit knowledge (or knowledge for-in-on practice).
  3. We have identified mentors that have received formal training in mentoring and compared different variables to see how and what aspects of training has enhanced mentor perceptions of their own professional development.
  4. Model development and testing – Our model was built drawing upon aspects of activity theory which enabled us to test our hypotheses in the data. Our model includes: independent variables such as mentoring activities, mentoring resources (i.e., tools such as curriculum documents, observation forms, discussion with university teachers); and, dependent variables such as professional development, school improvement and student development. Correlational and regression analysis were carried out to test the size and significance of the relations among these variables.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The preliminary phase of this study involved two parts: a) an extensive review of the mentoring literature with a focus on the mentoring of pre-service teachers, and b) exploratory interviews with 6 teachers who were either currently mentoring student teachers or have done so within the six months that preceded data collection. The findings from the interview phase, together with a review of the mentoring in education literature, and the thematic areas posited in Activity Theory (Engström, 1999) guided the construction of the (pilot and final) questionnaire. The questionnaire was designed to identify the relations between concepts related to the mentoring context, activities, processes, and the possible professional knowledge developed as an outcome. A valid and reliable measurement of the key concepts primarily depends on development of a conceptual framework that has both content and construct validity, and so we used the conceptual elements of Engeström´s (1999) Activity theory, (i.e., tools, rules, contexts/conditions, community and division of labour), to represent the central components of mentoring.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings

The presentation will share the overall findings of the project which are related to: mentoring self efficacy, mentor knowledge and attributes, mentor training, professional development, reasons for starting to mentor student teachers, challenges mentors face,  and various background factors (eg. gender, school type, location, no of mentees, hours of mentoring)

References
Andreasen, J., Bjørndal, C., & Kovač, V. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281-291.
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman, NY.
Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Y. Engeström, R. Miettinen, & R. Punämaki (Eds.), Perspectives on activity theory. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lopez‐Real, F., & Kwan, T. (2005). Mentors' perceptions of their own professional development during mentoring, Journal of Education for Teaching, 31(1), 15-24.
Maton, K., (2014). Knowledge and knowers. Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge.
 
13:15 - 14:4502 SES 01 A: VETNET Opening Session
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Barbara E. Stalder
Session Chair: Christof Nägele
VETNET Opening Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Panel Discussion

VETNET Opening Session: A Common Labour Market

Christof Nägele1, Özge Altay2, Paolo Nardi3, Barbara E. Stalder4

1University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland; 2Bahcesehir Cyprus University; 3European Forum of Technical and Vocational Education and Training; 4Bern University of Teacher Education

Presenting Author: Nägele, Christof; Altay, Özge; Nardi, Paolo; Stalder, Barbara E.

We are planning a session on VET on the island of Cyprus and its specific challenges.

This information will be updated later. All participants who submitted to VETNET will receive further information in due time by email. Participants who submitted to other networks, interested in attending this session, will find further information in the conference app, later.


References
Make yourself familiar with the education systems on the island of Cyprus.
Chair
Barbara E. Stalder
 
13:15 - 14:4503 SES 01 A: The written curriculum as a complex message system
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum and Pedagogy - Two Sides of the Same Coin?

Daniel Muijs

Queen's University Belfas, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Muijs, Daniel

The topic of pedagogy has long been a contested one in education. While there is a level of agreement in terms of the importance of factors such as feedback and interaction, there are nevertheless fundamental disagreements between proponents of more constructivist and discovery-oriented approaches and those that lean on direct instruction and teacher-led approaches (Taber, 2011 ; Hirsch, 2016). In recent decades, there has also been increased dissonance around curriculum, with a skills- and competencies-based approach increasingly contrasted with knowledge-rich curricula (Guile, Lambert & Reiss, 2018). The two debates are often linked, in that a knowledge-rich curriculum is often seen as best delivered through direct instruction, while competency and skills-based curricula are associated with more constructivist approaches to pedagogy (see e.g. Hirsh's advocacy of direct instruction).

An ongoing question, however, is to what extent these perceived differences actually translate into differential practice in the classroom. In this study we make use of a ‘natural experiment’ to compare two jurisdictions that are culturally relatively similar, but have taken a radically different approach to curriculum over the past decade, England and Northern Ireland, with the former transitioning to a strongly knowledge-based curriculum since 2010, while the latter has since 2007 followed a strongly skills- and competency-based approach. The relative cultural similarity between these two English-speaking jurisdictions, which are both part of the UK, allows us to overcome some of the issues present when doing international comparisons.

In this study we use data from PIRLS 2021 to compare the two education systems.

Theoretically we draw from a number of frameworks. Firstly, we draw on the distinction between the intended and enacted curriculum (Pak et al, 2020). This relates to the question to what extent we can expect national curriculum frameworks to actually be present in schools and classrooms. The second theoretical lens we will be employing is that of complexity theory in public policy, which will shine a light on the complexity of policy enactment, especially in multi-layered systems such as education (Cairney, 2012).

To look at the relationship between curriculum and pedagogy we will ask the following questions:

1. To what extent do official and espoused pedagogies and curriculum differ between England and Northern Ireland?

2. To what extent do enacted curriculum and pedagogy accord with official curriculum in England and Northern Ireland, and to what extent do they vary within country?

3. To what extent do enacted curriculum and pedagogy differ between England and Northern Ireland?

4. What is the relationship between curriculum, pedagogy, and student attainment?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer research question 1 we will conduct a policy study, analysing official documents from England and Northern Ireland, such as curriculum documents, government policy papers, and guidance documents related to curriculum and pedagogy produced by education ministries or related bodies such as the Education and Testing Inspectorate in Northern Ireland or Ofsted in England

To study research questions 2-4 we will use the PIRLS 2021 dataset. The PIRLS study provides us with a range of useful data, as in addition to the tests, the study utilised a curriculum questionnaire, comparing aspects of the curriculum in each country. PIRLS also contains a range of relevant scales and items in its surveys. The teacher survey contains a range of items and scales relating to pedagogy, both specifically in relation to reading (which of course has been a major area of pedagogical contention) and in relation to general pedagogy, as well as items relating to curriculum knowledge and implementation, as does the school questionnaire. The student questionnaire provides useful data on student views on teaching in their school.

To analyse the data, items relating to pedagogy will first be theoretically assigned to the different pedagogical approaches. Confirmatory Factor Analysis will be used to test whether the data fit this structure, in itself a measure of the validity of the dualistic framework that often characterises educational debate. Multilevel regression models will be used to model relationships between pedagogy, curriculum and attainment, controlling for pupil and school characteristics.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The policy study, which has been completed, shows clear differences in curricular intent between England and Northern Ireland. The NI curriculum is based on a framework employing 6 cross-currricular areas of learning. According to the curriculum “teachers should, where appropriate, integrate learning across the six areas to make relevant connections for children”  (CCEA, 2007, p.4). The English national curriculum for primary, by contrast, is organised around 11 separate subjects, and stresses the knowledge to be learnt in each subject in each year through separate programmes of study for each subject. The English curriculum in England puts a strong emphasis on phonics, while the ‘Language and Literacy’ strand of the Northern Irish curriculum tends to see this as one element of a broader approach. Similar differences can be seen in the approaches of the school inspectorates, with the English inspection framework having a strong focus on subject curriculum (through subject ‘deep dives’), while the focus in Northern Irish inspections is much more strongly on generic pedagogical strategies such as differentiation.

The quantitative data analysis has not yet been completed, but will be presented in full at the conference.

References
Cairney, P. (2012). Complexity Theory in Political Science and Public Policy. Political Studies Review, 10(3), 346-358. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1478-9302.2012.00270.x

Guile, D., Lambert, D. & Reiss, M. (2018). Sociology, Curriculum Studies and Professional KnowledgeNew Perspectives on the Work of Michael Young. Abingdon: Routledge

Hirsch, E. D. (2016). Why knowledge matters: Rescuing our children from failed educational theories. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Education Press.

Pak, K., Polikoff, M. S., Desimone, L. M., & Saldívar García, E. (2020). The Adaptive Challenges of Curriculum Implementation: Insights for Educational Leaders Driving Standards-Based Reform. AERA Open, 6(2). https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858420932828

Taber, K. S. (2011). Constructivism as Educational Theory. In: Hassakah, J. (Ed.). Educational Theory. Pp. 39-61. New York: Nova Science Publishers


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

‘We Are Not Aiming to Cultivate artists’:Art Curriculum Textbooks Discourse and Teachers’ Interpretation in China’s Secondary Schools

Ruini Huang1, Shuiyun Liu2, Wenyu Song2, Kris Rutten1

1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Bejng Normal Univesity, China

Presenting Author: Huang, Ruini

Aligned with the reorientation of the arts and culture in the educational field in the EU and the US(Commission, 2019; Heilig, Cole, & Aguilar, 2010), China’s government has been working on enhancing schools' arts and aesthetic education in recent decades. On 20 December 2023, China's Ministry of Education issued a new educational policy titled ‘Notice on Comprehensive Implementation of School Arts Education Immersion Initiatives’(2023). This policy serves as a further amendment since a series of state-level policy came out in the last decade related to school arts education(2015; 2020; 2014). As stated in this policy, arts education is supposed to foster a mentally and physically wholesome personality in students and to involve arts immersion among students, teachers, and schools(2023). These aspects, to some extent, reflect the ambition of the government to emphasize arts education in school settings. However, there exists a tension between the expectation and the reality as the current reality of arts education remains problematic (e.g., ) in schools(Sun & Fan, 2018; Yu, 2016). There are some studies about policy and practice(Wang & Zhao, 2022; Xu, 2018), especially none of the previous literature examined the gap and the transition process between the policy and its implementations or, in other words, the reality in China’s school practice.

Apart from the ideal concepts and guidelines present in the policy, we consider the artistic textbooks and the national standards as important perspectives to understand and investigate the aims and the practice of school arts education in China. They are official and ‘persuasive texts’, representing a series of dominant knowledge(s) and governmental expectations(Wang, 2019). More importantly, they are directly received by the diverse participants in schools, arguably act as the ‘bridge’ between the institutional assumptions and the practice(Issitt, 2004). In this case, we formed research question: ‘What functions are reflected(framed) in artistic textbooks, and how are they perceived and interpreted by teachers?’ .


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we adopt the critical discourse analysis, specifically, the Discourse-Historical Approach (DHA). The content of textbooks is neither static nor value-neutral, it is intertwined with contextual knowledge(s) and with specific educational, political and cultural purposes(Jackson et al., 2023; Wang, 2019) in the other words, textbooks are material-political-social-cultural artefacts(Macgilchrist, 2018). Additionally, the discourse in textbooks is vital and situated in the teaching and learning process involving different actors(Kolbeck & Röhl, 2018). The commonly-used content analysis cannot thoroughly examine the underlying power dynamics, while DHA brings contextual, intertextual, and interdiscursive perspectives to understanding the specific texts and helps to understand the ways in which meaning is stabilized(Barbara Christophe et al., 2018; Reisigl & Wodak, 2015). Given the problem-oriented nature of DHA, we have specified the research questions into several sub-questions: 1)What functions are brought into artistic textbooks? 2)What are the textbook structural and discursive strategies? 3) What are the teacher's perceptions and interpretations of the textbooks?
Data selection: In China's secondary schools, the official arts curriculum includes visual arts, music, dance, drama and digital arts, with music and visual arts compulsory in all schools. Despite the variety of textbook editions, two popular ones come to our attention. One is the Fine Art (People's Education Edition,) and the other is the Music (People's Music Publishing House Edition), both of which are used in Xiamen, China, where the interviews are conducted. These two textbook editions are the primary genre in our analysis process, in addition to the selected data:
• 2022 China’s National art curriculum standard
• Interviews with 3 editors (2 chair editor, and 1editor for renewal version of the fine arts, grade 9)
• Interviews with 24 teachers (3 researchers, 13music teachers and 10 Fine art teachers, convenience sampling)
Analytical process: First, we organized the data by addressing contextual information. We then conducted the qualitative pilot analysis to select analytical categories, focusing on three dimensions of discourse themes, discursive strategies (i.e., nomination, argumentation, and framing as focal points, especially in this study), and major claims about the functions of arts education in selected texts. This was followed by a detailed case study in the entire section of data, and we did an interdiscursive analysis across different genres. Finally, we formulated the critique and went back to the board economic and political context and discursive practice  , then report the results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The report is formulated to address three research questions. It provides an overview of the primary functions (i.e., aesthetic appreciation, moral and political cultivation, sound personality development, etc.) outlined in the textbooks. This overview is based on an examination of the textbook's objectives and content choices and is aligned with the goals of the national curriculum standards. Notably, there is emphasis on Chinese culture in both editions, reflecting a concerted effort to integrate cultural identity into the educational framework. This cultural emphasis is intertwined with a robust intertextuality among the national standards, the textbooks and policy discourse. Detailed description of discursive strategies contains the claims and assumptions, nominative construction. The ideal-interpretation-implementation loop reveals some autonomy and flexibility of teachers in adapting textbooks to real-world practices and goals, although under certain ideological guidelines. They mentioned the tendency and requirements on emphasizing native and patriotic consciousness, which on the other hand weakens the part of intercultural understanding of art, even the content of the textbook has not been renewed. In relation to the historical context, the political discursive turn in Chinese society promotes the increasing demands for highlighting cultural confidences in terms of the art curriculum. However, there are potential challenges to achieving a balanced and culturally diverse arts education under the state's assumptions.
References
Barbara Christophe, Annekatrin Bock, Eckhardt Fuchs, Felicitas Macgilchrist, Otto, M., & Sammler, S. (2018). New Directions. In E. Fuchs & A. Bock (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Textbook Studies. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-53142-1_30
Opinion of the European Committee of the Regions on ‘Creative Europe and A New European Agenda for Culture’, 37-48 168 (2019). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52018AR3890
Coucil, C. s. S. (2015). The Opinions on Comprehensively Strengthening and Improving Aesthetic Education in Schools.  Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xxgk/moe_1777/moe_1778/201509/t20150928_211095.html
Council, C. s. S., & Committee, G. O. o. t. C. C. (2020). The Opinions on Comprehensively Strengthening and Improving the Aesthetic Education in Schools in the New Era Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xxgk/moe_1777/moe_1778/202010/t20201015_494794.html
Education, C. s. M. o. (2014). The Opinions on Promoting the Development of Arts Education in Schools Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/srcsite/A17/moe_794/moe_795/201401/t20140114_163173.html
Education, C. s. M. o. (2023). Notice on Comprehensive Implementation of School Arts Education Immersion Initiatives.  Retrieved from https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/zhengceku/202401/content_6924205.htm
Heilig, J. V., Cole, H., & Aguilar, A. (2010). From Dewey to No Child Left Behind: The Evolution and Devolution of Public Arts Education. Arts Education Policy Review, 111(4), 136-145. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2010.490776
Issitt, J. (2004). Reflections on the study of textbooks. History of Education, 33(6), 683-696. https://doi.org/10.1080/0046760042000277834
Jackson, L., Apple, M. W., Yan, F., Lin, J. C., Jiang, C., Li, T., & Vickers, E. (2023). The politics of reading textbooks: Intergenerational and international reflections on China. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2023.2239446
Kolbeck, G., & Röhl, T. (2018). Textbook Practices: Reading Texts, Touching Books. The Palgrave Handbook of Textbook Studies, 399-410.
Macgilchrist, F. (2018). Textbooks. In J. Flowerdew & J. E. Richardson (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Critical Discourse Studies (pp. 525-539). Routledge.
Reisigl, M., & Wodak, R. (2015). The discourse-historical approach (DHA). In R. Wodak & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd Edition ed.). Sage. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315739342
Sun, Y., & Fan, G. (2018). The Current Situation, Problems and Countermeasures of School Aesthetic Education in China. Educational Science Research(10), 70-75.
Wang, H., & Zhao, l. (2022). The Centennial Evolution of Chinese Aesthetic Education under the Influence of Educational Policies Journal of Southwest University(Social Sciences Edition), 48(01).
Wang, P. (2019). The Methodological Construction of the Discourse Analysis of Textbooks. Educational Research, 5, 51-59.
Xu, H.-S. (2018). Improving School Aesthetic Education —A Study on Key Policies of School Aesthetic Education
during the Past 40 Years of Reforming and Opening. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 9(06), 17-25.
Yu, G. (2016). On Art Education For a Perfect Person [Doctor, Suzhou Univerisity]. https://d.wanfangdata.com.cn/thesis/ChJUaGVzaXNOZXdTMjAyMTA1MTkSCUQwMTAwNzM5ORoIMnR4ZWd1cms%3D


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Successful Integration of Media-related Competencies in All Subjects of Teacher Education: Support Structure as the Key to Success

Marion Susanne Visotschnig, Stefanie Schnebel

University of Education Weingarten, Germany

Presenting Author: Visotschnig, Marion Susanne

The research relates to a teacher education programme (TEP) and pedagogical concepts in teacher education, but has already been highlighted at national conferences for transfer to other degree programmes in the context of digitalisation initiatives at universities, e.g. for implementation in all degree programmes at the university. Key research questions: How can a compulsory additional programme for all students to foster digital and 21st century skills be anchored in the curriculum? What prerequisites for success have been identified? The paper discusses the necessity of a change management process in the context of digitalisation initiatives at universities and presents a designing process for advancing digital transformation. Especially the promotion of digitisation-related competences among teachers is an educational policy concern in the context of the digital transformation. Therefore, the question of how prospective teachers can be better prepared for the effective and productive use of digital technologies in their lessons has been under investigation for some time. Media-related and cross-cutting competences should be specifically promoted (e.g. KMK 2012; 2017; Baumert & Kunter 2006; Koehler & Mishra 2009). A key challenge of teacher education is to develop learning opportunities and learning paths that enable teachers to acquire the required competences.

Teacher education is a core area of degree programmes at the University of Education Weingarten, Germany (UEW), as around 2/3 of its students are currently enrolled on TEP. UEW has chosen a comprehensive approach in the context of the project "Teacher Education goes Digital" (TEgoDi), to the sensitive modification of its TEP on the basis of an interdisciplinary concept in teacher education grounded in educational theory (Müller et al., 2021). Modification result: All teacher students complete two mandatory media projects, aimed at promoting digital competences within subject-specific topics. Media pedagogical and media (subject) didactic competences are strengthened within the TEP. A pedagogical makerspace, CoLiLab, equipped with digital tools, provides the necessary learning and production environment. Results, anchored in subject didactics and educational science curricula, are documented and reflected on via an e-portfolio.

University's decision-making processes, especially with regard to changes in the university’s TEP, are not organised top-down, but take their course through the university’s faculties and departments (Graf-Schlattmann et al. 2020). For this reason, TEgoDi included dedicated change agents attached to the faculties acting as experts for e-learning. They promote and mediate communication and cooperation between lecturers, university management, faculties and project staff (Stratmann et al., 2021).

Our paper presents approaches and means for the successful integration of this programme at UEW. For this purpose, the obligatory curricular elements in connection with the digital skills and competences required of teachers and the implementation of various support structures are briefly presented. In addition, the various instruments used in the project under discussion are described in order to systematically and appropriately involve all stakeholders at the university in the change process. As a central element, we consider an actor-specific perspective with action variables to increase the willingness to change. (Grassinger et al., 2022; Stratmann et al. 2021). In addition, the challenges of curricular anchoring are addressed by discussing the difficulties we have encountered in dealing with research and interventions. The curricular integration with all subjects participating in the TEP facilitated the most effective form of implementation. No add-on was introduced, which is often chosen as a solution for implementation. Instead, the existing course offerings were expanded to incorporate the aspect of enhancing digital-related skills, and the workload was relieved from subject disciplines through the support structures. Aims: 2024 formally linked to the existing study and examination regulations by a transitional statute, from 2025 on, compulsory part for all teacher students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We worked with different work packages to establish demand-oriented support services for lecturers and students to ensure quality and to anchor the two digital media projects in the curriculum. In doing so, we used the method of design-based research (DBR) (Hoadley & Campos, 2022; Reinmann, 2017). DBR models usually assume that existing problems in practice form the starting point of the research, for the solution of which an intervention is developed, which is then tested, evaluated and successively improved. The designation and presentation of the phases vary. We also found this to be the case. TEgoDi applies a participatory change management approach, promoting and maintaining collective willingness to change in the entire university. This approach is comparable to the model of collective readiness for change developed by Graf-Schlattmann et al. (2020).
The formative evaluation follows the iterative development procedure (Allen & Sites, 2012), which encompasses three major development loops. Each loop is evaluated using feedback from students and lecturers (as different target groups) and tutors or board members (as additional stakeholders). The summative evaluation focusses primarily on the effect of the two digital media-based projects on two levels: (1) On students level the central question is the effect on different individual variables, e.g. digital media self-efficacy (Pumptow & Brahm, 2020) or digital media-related competencies (Ghomi & Redecker, 2019). (2) On the level of lectures the acceptance of digital media in teaching–learning processes (Venkatesh & Bala, 2008) or the increased use of digital media during lectures are of interest. Further, it is intended to identify the critical success factors for sustainability of the implemented processes and structures as well as to publish them to transfer knowledge to upcoming projects with similar challenges (Müller et al. 2021).
Firstly, the measures that contribute to the successful implementation of media projects in teacher training are analysed. This is done through a quantitative analysis that involves the use of measurable indicators. These indicators include learning outcomes, utilisation of media resources and students' experiences with the TEgoDi concept. This quantitative approach enables a systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of the TEgoDi concept in improving the digital media literacy of teacher students. Change agents evaluated the need, readiness and acceptance quantitatively in online surveys and qualitatively in workshops with all subjects (initially subject-specific and later interdisciplinary) as well as in meetings with early adopters. Early adopters have integrated media projects into their courses for trialling in 2021-2023.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In accordance with the requirements for TEP in Baden-Württemberg/Germany the connection to study and examination regulations was realised, the module handbooks were revised for the systematic and binding integration of media-related competence acquisition in all subjects. Transparency in the module handbooks enables a systematic and targeted processing of teaching and learning from the perspective of digital social change and the associated reflexive examination of subject/learning cultures. This way, the curricular anchoring in all subjects was ensured through acceptance and willingness.
Extensive support services were set up and evaluated at the university as part of the TEgoDi project. To ensure quality, the students are professionally supervised by lecturers in whose courses the projects are located. Part of the decision-making process was the agreement on interdisciplinary standards for both media projects for quality assurance. In addition to templates for lecturers and material for media-didactic and technical input, media-didactic and technical learning guides support the implementation of projects in courses, providing adequate support materials to assist them in collaborating with students on the planning and reflection of media-based learning scenarios in a reflexive, theory-based manner (Janssen et al., 2013). 1. Demand-oriented support services: including an online self-assessment to reflect on one's own media-related didactic competences, the TEgoDi material collection as a digital advice centre and digital self-learning materials on the university’s DokuWiki and moodle lead them on their individual learning path. 2. Extensive support services for students: The learning support team of various learning and teaching labs and service points. While technical solutions simplify the scalability of the support services, learning guides support students individually and according to their needs on their way to acquiring competences. Workshops should enable learners to support each other in planning media-supported teaching and learning settings (Schnebel & Kreis 2014). In addition, the CoLiLab also provides technical equipment.

References
Allen M. & Sites R. (2012). Leaving ADDIE for SAM. An agile model for developing the best learning experiences. Danvers: ASTD Press.
Baumert, J. & Kunter, M. (2006). Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9(4), 469–520. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2.
Graf-Schlattmann, M., Meister, D. M., Oevel, G. & Wilde, M. (2020). Kollektive Veränderungsbereitschaft als zentraler Erfolgsfaktor von Digitalisierungsprozessen an Hochschulen. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 15(1), 19–39. https://doi.org/10.3217/zfhe-15-01/02.
Grassinger, R., Bernhard, G., Müller, W., Schnebel, S., Stratmann, J., Weitzel, H. et al. (2022). Fostering Digital Media-Realted Competences of Student Teachers. SN Computer Science, 3(258). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42979-022-01135-8.
Ghomi M. & Redecker C. (2019). Digital competence of educators (Dig-CompEdu): development and evaluation of a self‐assessment instrument for teachers' digital competence. In: Proceedings of the 11th international conference on computer supported education (CSEDU 2019), 1, 541–548.
Hoadley, Christopher & Campos, Fabio C. (2022) Design-based research: What it is and why it matters to studying online learning, Educational Psychologist, 57:3, 207-220, https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2022.2079128.
Koehler M. & Mishra P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK)? Contemp Issues Technol Teach Educ., 9(1), 60–70.
Kreis, A., Schnebel, S. & Musow, S. (2017). What do pre-service teachers talk about in collaborative lesson planning dialogues? Results of an intervention study with content focused peer coaching. Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand, Sonderheft, 80-106.
Mishra, P. & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A Framework for Teacher Knowledge. Teacher College Record, Volume 108(6).
Müller, W., Grassinger, R., Schnebel, S., Stratmann, J., Weitzel, H., Aumann, A. et al. (2021). Integration of Digital Competences into a Teacher Education Program: A Sensitive Approach. Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computer Supported Education - Volume 1: CSEDU, 232–242. https://doi.org/10.5220/0010527202320242.
Pumptow M. & Brahm T. (2020). Students’ digital media self-efficacy and its importance for higher education institutions: development and validation of a survey instrument. Technol Knowl Learn. 2020(26), 555–75.
Reinmann, G. (2017). Design-based Research. In D. Schemme & H. Novak (Eds.), Gestaltungsorientierte Forschung – Basis für soziale Innovationen. Erprobte Ansätze im Zusammenwirken von Wissenschaft und Praxis (49-61). Bielefeld: Bertelsmann.
Stratmann, J., Visotschnig, M. S., Widmann, J. & Müller, W. (2021). Change-Management an Hochschulen im Rahmen strategischer Digitalisierungsprojekte. In H.-W. Wollersheim, M. Karapanos & N. Pengel (Eds.), Bildung in der digitalen Transformation,143–152. Münster: Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830994565
Venkatesh V, Bala H. Technology acceptance model 3 and a research agenda on interventions. Decis Sci. 2008;39(2):273–315. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-5915.2008.00192.x.
 
13:15 - 14:4504 SES 01 A: Assessment in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Andrea Kogler
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Assessment of Children with Learning Difficulties and Support Classes: Hope or Barrier to Their Future?

Eleni Damianidou, Anastasia Tiliakou

European University Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Tiliakou, Anastasia

The Preamble to the UN Convention on the Rights of People with Disabilities underlines the importance of equal access to education for all. To this end, according to Articles 8b and 24, states should encourage respect for the rights of children with disabilities, because of their right to equal opportunities in education without discrimination (United Nations, 2008). The education systems in Europe then should be inclusive at all levels and all the time. This means that children with learning difficulties should not be excluded because of having difficulties to learn in the same way or at the same pace as children without learning difficulties (Charitaki, Marasidi & Soulis, 2018). In contrast, they should be supported to learn on an equal basis together with their peers. To this end, there should be provision of reasonable accommodation and individualized support, which should be ensured by the state (Damianidou & Phtiaka, 2018). The promotion of inclusive education is also one of the priority areas set up by the European Disability Strategy 2010-2020, which is supported by the Academic Network of European Disability experts (ANED) (European Commission, 2020).
However, despite the growing interest of European countries regarding the promotion of inclusive education as the hope for a better future in the era of uncertainty, the implementation of international conventions and national legislation at the school level does not always guarantee inclusion (Symeonidou & Mavrou, 2020). For example, the support classes that function in many European schools (e.g. in Greece and Cyprus) and the assessment process with which children are classified as students needing special provision in such classes may actually reproduce discrimination and raise barriers to inclusion (Charitaki, Marasidi & Soulis, 2018). According to Bourdieu (1984), social action takes place in a field, which represents the dominating system of power relations. Social positions in the field are not randomly allocated; in contrast their availability depends on constraints and rules imposed by the most powerful. To this end, the displacement of students with learning difficulties, as not fitting the prevalent ‘normality’ may be easily achieved through the misinterpretations, delays and malpractices that are often observed in the function of support classes (Lindner & Schwab, 2020).
In Greece, for example, the apparent aim of support classes is to promote inclusion by offering personalized support to students that deviate from the norm, such as children with learning difficulties (Charitaki, Marasidi & Soulis, 2018). Since, though, support classes actually represent the two-tier system, by taking students out of their original class, sometimes for the whole day, significant challenges and barriers remain, which may result to the children’s exclusion from social networks of peers and participation in the same learning opportunities as children without learning difficulties (Pappas, Papoutsi & Drigas, 2018). Based on the above, the aim of this study was to explore the system of assessment of children with learning difficulties, the implementation of the support class and the consequences on equal learning opportunities and inclusion of children with learning difficulties. Moreover, the study aimed to formulate recommendations to overcome the barriers to inclusion, offering a useful guide for practitioners and parents.
The main research questions were the following: a) What is the apparent and the underlying purposes of the assessment process regarding children with learning difficulties? b) What is the impact of support classes on learning and inclusion of children with learning difficulties? c) How the displacement of children with learning difficulties that are enrolled in support classes may be prevented?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since this research aimed to explore the personal experience and interpretations of prevalent education practices, we decided to employ a qualitative methodology. Our aim was to gain in-depth insights from key informants in order to develop grounded theory. We interpreted our findings within the framework of the medical and social model of disability, which postulate that the restrictions that disabled people have to confront are not a consequence of disability but represent the barriers constructed by the powerful society that values and promotes ‘normality’ on the one hand and condemns deviance on the other, considering it as illness and a source of misery (Oliver, 1996). Hence disability is not a real situation that stems from inside the person, as the medical model postulates, but an externally imposed plasmatic category that serves the reproduction of existing power relationships and the positioning of disabled people in social hierarchy.
Our main research tool was the semi-structured interview. Our questions focused on how children with learning difficulties are affected by the assessment process and their enrolment in support classes. Each interview lasted between one to two hours and was based on the informed consent of the participants. A grounded theory method was employed; thus, the interviews were driven by the participants’ perceptions. We started by asking the participants to tell us their stories of the assessment process of children with learning difficulties and the consequences of the children’s enrolment in support classes, regarding their development and learning opportunities. Then we used prompts and probes to steer the conversation through the following topics: the meaning and the experience of assessment, the effectiveness of the teaching methods used, feelings of being part of a support class, learning opportunities and barriers to inclusion. The interviews were tape-recorded and transcribed verbatim.
In total, our sample comprised of 15 primary education teachers teaching in support classes and 10 parents with children with learning difficulties that are enrolled in support classes. Brinkmann and Kvale (2015) suggest that five to 25 people represent an adequate sample for qualitative studies. Even though we cannot postulate that we selected a representative sample that reflects the enormous range of the experiences and perspectives of persons involved in the education of children with learning difficulties, we tried to recruit a diverse group of participants with different backgrounds. To this end, we employed a combination of purposive and snowball sampling methods.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The proliferating percentage of children with learning difficulties in contemporary European schools and their right to equal opportunities in education highlight the necessity to implement policies that may dismantle the barriers to inclusion and ensure the participation of all children in schooling and social life (Buchner et al., 2021). To this end, as the participants stated, there are assessment processes in Greece, with which children with learning difficulties may be identified and educated in support classes, according to their needs. However, as the participants revealed, the assessment process does not seem to promote inclusion or facilitate learning, since the delays that are usually observed and the placement of children according to the availability of support classes, and not their needs, seem to indicate an underlying intention to reproduce the social hierarchy instead of satisfying the children’s needs. On the other hand, both the participating teachers and parents highlighted the importance of home-school partnership to maximize the children’s potential and enhance learning. The participating teachers though expressed their disappointment because of the lack of co-operation with the general teachers, which seem to raise barriers to the inclusion of children with learning difficulties, when they attend lessons at the general class. Ironically, both parents and teachers observed children’s decreased confidence and lack of self-efficiency. However, they did not attribute the latter to the shortcomings of the assessment system and the services provided, but on the children, reproducing the medical model of disability and facilitating the placement of children with learning difficulties in the lowest levels of social hierarchy, as not fitting the prevalent ideal of the confident and self-efficient student. It seems then that it is essential to realize the oppression of students with learning difficulties to render the support system a hope for the future (Damianidou, 2021).
References
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. London, UK: Routledge.
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (Vol. 3). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Buchner, T., Shevlin, M., Donovan, M. A., Gercke, M., Goll, H., Šiška, J., & Corby, D. (2021). Same progress for all? Inclusive education, the United Nations Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities and students with intellectual disability in European countries. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 18(1), 7-22.
Charitaki, G., Marasidi, Y., & Soulis, S. G. (2018). School adjustment: A case of an adolescent diagnosed with specific learning disabilities. Open Journal of Social Sciences, 6(04), 15-23.
Damianidou, E. (2021). Curriculum and the power to ex(in)clude disabled students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2021.1994034.
Damianidou, E., & Phtiaka, H. (2018). Implementing inclusion in disabling settings: The role of teachers’ attitudes and practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(10), 1078-1092.
European Commission. (2020). European Disability Strategy 2010-2020 helped to remove barriers. Available from https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=89&furtherNews=yes&newsId=9835&langId=en
Lindner, K. T., & Schwab, S. (2020). Differentiation and individualisation in inclusive education: a systematic review and narrative synthesis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2020.1813450.
Oliver, M. (1996). Understanding disability: From theory to practice. New York, NY, US: St Martin's Press.
Pappas, M. A., Papoutsi, C., & Drigas, A. S. (2018). Policies, practices, and attitudes toward inclusive education: The case of Greece. Social sciences, 7(6), 90-109.
Symeonidou, S., & Mavrou, K. (2020). Problematising disabling discourses on the assessment and placement of learners with disabilities: can interdependence inform an alternative narrative for inclusion?. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(1), 70-84.
United Nations. (2008). Convention On The Rights Of Persons With Disabilities (CRPD). Availabe from https://social.desa.un.org/issues/disability/crpd/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-crpd


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Assessment, Measurement or Diagnostics? The Potential of Systematic Reviews to Create Common Understandings in International Contexts

Katja Beck, Sophia Laux, Dieter Katzenbach, Michael Urban

University Frankfurt, Germany

Presenting Author: Beck, Katja; Laux, Sophia

As has already been discussed in various publications (e.g., Gasterstädt, 2021, Artiles & Dyson 2005) and in the context of panels at ECER 2023 (e.g., 04 SES 02 D), the fuzzy nature of terms sometimes is an obstacle to the discourse about inclusive education as well as their realisation. On the one hand, the adaptation of inclusion-related concepts, as those set out in international conventions, across different levels of national/ regional education systems leads to (re)contextualisations such as the creation of specific terms in school practice. On the other hand, we experience the same phenomenon in scientific contexts in the form of separate strands of development linked to language-specific terms.

With the so-called meta-projects, the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) in Germany has introduced a so far internationally little-known organisation type between project sponsors and funded third-party projects, which is intended to promote the networking of the projects assigned to them in a non-hierarchical manner as well as promoting the utilisation of their results. One of the aims of the ‘Meta-project inclusive education’ (MInkBi), based at Goethe University Frankfurt from 2017-2026, is to analyse the state of research in the academic discourse on an international level in order to situate the results of the 66 funded projects within it. In the form of a systematic review, the meta-project is working on relating the concept of “förderbezogene Diagnostik“ (support-related diagnostics), which is specific to the German-speaking community, to the English-speaking dominating debates internationally. By trying to (re)connect terminology and concepts behind it we aim to open up research efforts from all over Germany to the global community. The difficulty here is that these terms cannot simply be translated literally into English, nor can they be understood detached from their specific local and language-bound context.

In the DACH countries of the 1960s, originally medical diagnostic procedures were linked to learning processes, and the term "pädagogische Diagnostik” (pedagogical diagnostics) was coined by Ingenkamp (Ingenkamp & Lissmann, 2008). Over the course of time, a large number of different categorisations and subcategories emerged, for example, the distinction between educational diagnostics in the narrow vs. broad sense, assignment, learning process, status, and support diagnostics (Beck 2023). The currently evolving review is an attempt to place the phenomenon of “förderbezogene Diagnostik“ (support-related diagnostics) in an international context and to identify what is known about comparable issues. To this end, an endeavour is made to answer the following questions:

  • What empirical research results and conceptual or theoretical approaches are available internationally as an equivalent to the subject of ‘support-related diagnostics’ in the German-speaking discourse?
  • How are comparable approaches researched and defined internationally?

It can be assumed that similar challenges arise anywhere when it comes to developing more inclusive education systems and practices as well as when conducting research on this topic, which is why the discourse about international parallels and differences promises valuable synergies. With this paper, we would like to provide an insight into the method and conceptual design of the systematic review. We hope that our contribution will lead to an exchange on potentials and limitations of the approach presented and that we will receive valuable feedback by opening up the discussion within network four.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The term systematic review refers to a large number of scientific studies that, despite sometimes differing approaches, all endeavour to provide an overview of the current state of knowledge, guided by a research question or a specific topic. They therefore have the collection, assessment and presentation of available research findings (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005) in common. The component of these procedures referred to as systematic is the methodological approach, which must be presented in a comprehensible manner on the basis of generally recognised methodology in order to withstand criticism with regard to quality issues such as plausibility and bias (Pati & Lorusso, 2018).
The structure of this review is based on the SALSA method according to Grant & Booth (2009), which as an acronym describes the four consecutive work steps: Search, AppraisaL, Synthesis and Analysis. The process was also orientated on the basis of the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). The search was conducted using ProQuest and EBSChost to to identify peer reviewed literature in English across seven databases: PSYNDEX Literature with PSYNDEX Tests, APA PsycArticles, APA PsycInfo, ERIC, ASSIA, IBSS, LLBA. In order to avoid unintentionally limiting the field of research in advance due to bias, the following key words as English counterparts of ‘support-related diagnostics’ were developed from conversations with colleagues from different countries: inclusive diagnostics/ assessment/ measurement. In order to make the search as comprehensive as possible, three individual keyword searches were carried out in each of the two databases:
1. ‘assessment’ AND ‘inclusi*’
2. ‘diagnos*’ AND ‘inclusi*’
3. ‘measurement’ AND ‘inclusi*’
As the UNCRPD was adopted in December 2006, the preliminary period chosen for the publication dates of papers was 2007 until the time of the search run in July 2023. In total, this resulted in 1.236 search hits, which were imported into a literature management programme. After duplicates were removed (n = 126) the sample was reduced to 1.110 records. Records are currently being screened for ‘reference to formal (pre-/school) education’ and subsequent screening steps and coding procedures are being discussed within the research team. Therefore next steps are the selection in reference to appropriate types of literature, a focus on diagnostics/ assessment/ measurement and a target perspective on (social) inclusion/ integration. In accordance with our research objectives, we aspire to develop a review of ‘configurative’ nature (Gough et al., 2012), drawing in particular on the thematic synthesis according to Thomas & Harden (2008).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the main aims of the project MInkBi is to conduct a systematic review that brings together research findings from around the world in the form of a synthesis which promises the possibility of situating the construct of ‘support-related diagnostics’ shaped by the German discourse. The initial results of our work reflect the need for extensive research, communication and translation efforts, which are essential for drawing connections between concepts of different origins on an international level. We have realised that certain strands of argumentation are also represented in educational research publications in English from around the world and that different conceptualisations are associated with the individual terms assessment, measurement and diagnostics, which we aim to identify with our forthcoming work. So far we can describe our perception that a distinction is being drawn internationally between more medically oriented concepts, which seem to be often characterised by the term diagnostics, and more learning-oriented measures, which tend to be associated with the term assessment. Since the German-language discourse deals with a dimension of diagnostics in relation to the performance of pupils and international comparative studies also concern the aspect of performance measurement, it can be assumed that this aspect might also be reflected to a certain extent in the researched studies. At this point in time, it is unfortunately only possible to draw up expected outcomes in the sense of assumptions, but we are confident that we will be able to present our final findings and synthesis in August 2024.
References
Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616

Artiles, A.; Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age: The promise of comparative cultural-historical analysis. In: David Mitchell (Ed.): Contextualizing Inclusive Education: Routledge, 37–62.

Beck, K. (2023). Inklusion zum Systemerhalt – die widersprüchliche Steuerungsfunktion sonderpädagogischer Diagnostik im Rahmen der inklusiven Bildungsreform in Baden-Württemberg. In: Robert Kruschel und Kerstin Merz-Atalik (Eds.), Steuerung von Inklusion!?, Educational Governance 52. Wiesbaden: Springer, 253-269.

Gasterstädt, J. (2021). Same same but different – Ein Vergleich der Entwicklung inklusiver Strukturen in zwei Bundesländern in Deutschland. In: Andreas Köpfer, Justin J. W. Powell und Raphael Zahnd (Eds.): Handbuch Inklusion international. Globale, nationale und lokale Perspektiven auf Inklusive Bildung = International handbook of inclusive education: global, national and local perspectives. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich, 179–196.

Gough, D., Thomas, J. & Oliver, S. (2012). Clarifying differences between review designs and methods. Systematic reviews, 1, 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/2046-4053-1-28

Grant, M. J. & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health information and libraries journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x

Ingenkamp, K.; Lissmann, U. (2008). Lehrbuch der pädagogischen Diagnostik (6. Auf.). Beltz Pädagogik.

Page, M. J., Moher, D., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., . . . McKenzie, J. E. (2021). PRISMA 2020 explanation and elaboration: updated guidance and exemplars for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ (Clinical research ed.), 372, n160. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n160

Pati, D. & Lorusso, L. N. (2018). How to Write a Systematic Review of the Literature. HERD, 11(1), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1177/1937586717747384

Thomas, J. & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC medical research methodology, 8, 45. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-45


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Counseling Parents/guardians During the Assessment Process for Special Educational Needs (SEN) in Austria - the Perspective of the Involved Experts.

Sabrina Temel1,2, Andrea Kogler1,2, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera1,2

1University of Graz (Austria), Inclusive Education Unit, Institute of Education Research and Teacher Education; 2University of Graz (Austria), Research Center for Inclusive Education

Presenting Author: Kogler, Andrea

In Austria, children with disabilities are assigned with the label “special educational needs (SEN)” in order to provide appropriate educational support for them. The guidelines for the organization and implementation of SEN in Austria are summarized in Circular No. 7/2019 of the Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research (BMBF [Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung]) and are valid nationwide. Students should be assigned with SEN if they are unable to follow lessons without special educational support due to a disability. The application for the assignment of SEN is usually submitted by the parents/guardians. During the SEN assessment process the parents/guardians have several rights. Among others they have the right to select the school for their child which means they should be able to choose between a general and a special school (BMBWF, 2019). Although this right exists, the decision between different schools often is very difficult for parents/guardians. On the one hand, families usually prefer a general school for their child. But they often have to fight for it (Hausmanns & Wingerter, 2013; Lalvani & Hale, 2015; Pinetz, 2019).

Many families opt for a special school because they are better adapted and offer more flexibility and more possibilities for their child (Kalcher & Gasteiger-Klicpera, 2021; Kobelt Neuhaus, 2017). Some families have no other choice (Thoms, 2023). However, rather privileged parents/guardians with academic qualifications and a higher-class affiliation (Lalvani & Hale, 2015; Sasse, 2004) or parents/guardians who are more assertive (Klicpera, 2005) can be credited with getting through this "fight" (Lalvani & Hale, 2015). This results in significant disadvantages for families with social disadvantages and/or a migration background. In addition, existing language barriers makes it difficult to obtain the necessary information. However, this is essential to be able to assert the rights of parents/guardians and children (Pinetz, 2019).

In order to support all parents/guardians in their decision, adequate counseling is required (Kalcher & Gasteiger-Klicpera, 2021; Klicpera, 2005, 2007). However, Kalcher and Wohlhart (2021) found that the majority of respondents had no or only limited professional counseling. Furthermore, the decision for a particular school was often not based on a choice from several options (Gasteiger-Klicpera, Klicpera, Gebhardt & Schwab, 2013; Klicpera, 2005, 2007; Pinetz, 2019; Thoms, 2023). The advice was often focused on the existing resources (Hausmanns & Wingerter, 2013) or interests of the counseling persons (Klicpera, 2005). Although this problem is well known and the legal regulations prescribe the obligation to offer counselling for parents/guadians, this still is not sufficiently implemented. Therefore, it is necessary to analyze the counselling processes and align it more closely to the needs of the parents/guardians.

The aim of this study was to examine the counselling and support of parents/guardians during the SEN assessment process from different perspectives, that of the parents/guardians, teachers, head teachers and diversity managers. The study aimed to identify challenges and critical aspects and to discover opportunities for improvement and consequences for further development of this process of accompanying the parents during this difficult decision process.

The following research question should be answered:

  • How are parents/guardians informed and supported from the different involved groups during the SEN assesment process?

The steps in the process consist of (1) justification and application, i.e. informing the parents/guardians about the importance of the SEN, explaining why SEN is necessary and explaining what this means for the child's future career, (2) choosing the right school, deciding on curriculum allocation and support measures and (3) decision and communication about the outcome of the SEN assessment process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was part of the project "Evaluation of the assessment process for SEN in Austria", which was carried out from 2022 to 2023 on behalf of the BMBWF (Gasteiger-Klicpera et al., 2023). The central aim of this study was to obtain a detailed overview of the current SEN assessment process.
As part of this study, a quantitative survey and a qualitative interview study were conducted with all expert groups involved in the entire process.
For the quantitative survey four target group-specific questionnaires were designed, with questions about child-specific data, the procedure and individual perceptions, the outcome and consequences, satisfaction with the procedure and confidence in the child's future, problems and suggestions for improvement, criteria for allocating resources and socio-demographic data of the participants. A total of 293 persons took part in the survey. This sample consisted of 52 parents/guardians (female 86.5 %, male 13.5 %), 67 teachers (female 88.1 %, male 10.4 %, diverse 1.5 %), 72 head teachers (female 76.4 %, male 23.6 %) and 102 diversity managers (female 83.3 %, male 11.8 %, diverse 4.9 %). This involved 293 SEN assessment processes between January 2022 and May 2023. The procedures evaluated refer to 293 children with SEN (female 37.5 %, male 62.5 %) with an average age of 9.97 years (SD = 2.30, R = 5-17, n = 265).

The interviews were conducted using a semi-structured interview guide with four blocks of questions: (1) procedure and documentation of the procedure, (2) significance and impact of the circular nr. 7/2019, (3) information and openness towards the diagnosis of "disability" and (4) suggestions for optimizing the procedure. The interview study was conducted with experts who were involved in the SEN assessment process, i. e. school quality managers, diversity managers, head teachers, teachers and parents/guardians. The interviews took place between September and December 2022 in all federal states of Austria. A total of 31 people took part in the interview study.

The evaluation was based on descriptive statistics (SPSS) and content analysis (MaxQDA).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study shows that counseling plays a crucial role in the SEN assessment process. All groups of experts emphasized the importance and significance of counselling and support for parents. However, the participants reported different perceptions regarding the continuity of the counseling process. While some parents/guardians considered the counseling opportunities to be too limited, the other participating experts pointed out that they had given the parents/guardians comprehensive advice. It also emerged that parents/guardians were satisfied with their decision for a specific school for their child. This could indicate that the responsible persons involved have mostly succeeded in establishing a trustful relationship with the parents/guardians. However, it may also indicate that parents/guardians feel dependent on the school, so that they avoid criticism out of concern for their child.

In summary, it was shown that the teachers, head teachers and diversity managers endeavor to provide parents/guardians with sound advice and guidance, but it is not clear enough whose re-sponsibility it is to continuously support parents/guardians in this process. Sometimes it is the diversity management and sometimes it is the school that takes on parts of the communication. This confirms that the responsibility for this process has not been clarified. It should also be considered that one-off information for parents/guardians is not enough. It would be essential to provide regular, reciprocal information in the sense of a symmetrical exchange based on partnership (Schürer & Lintorf, 2023), which focuses on well-founded support of the child from both perspectives, the parents/guardians and the school.

References
BMBWF [Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung]. (2019). Rundschreiben Nr. 7/2019: Richtlinien zur Organisation und Umsetzung der sonderpädagogischen Förderung. Bun-desministerium Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. https://rundschreiben.bmbwf.gv.at/rundschreiben/?id=808

Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Buchner, T., Frank, E., Grubich, R., Hawelka, V., Hecht, P., Hoffmann, M., Hoffmann, T., Holzinger, A., Hölzl, C., Kahr, S., Kreilinger, M., Lüke, T., Proyer, M., Raich, K., Rümmele, K., Schuster, S., Steiner, M., Prammer, W., . . . Wohlhart, D. (Eds.). (2023). Evaluierung der Vergabepraxis des sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs (SPF) in Österreich: Abschlussbericht, September 2023. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung.

Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Klicpera, C., Gebhardt, M., & Schwab, S. (2013). Attitudes and experiences of parents regarding inclusive and special school education for children with learning and intellectual disabilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(7), 663–681. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2012.706321

Hausmanns, S., & Wingerter, E. K. (2013). Unabhängige Beratung als Qualitätsmerkmal. In V. Moser (Ed.), Die inklusive Schule. Standards für die Umsetzung (2. Auflage, pp. 223–235). Kohlhammer.

Kalcher, M., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2021). Herausforderungen für Eltern von Kindern mit Behinderungen, die Regelschulen besuchen. Eine Interviewstudie. Vierteljahresschrift Für Heilpädagogik Und Ihre Nachbargebiete, 90, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.2378/vhn2021.art13d

Kalcher, M., & Wohlhart, E. (2021). Beratung und Unterstützung von Familien mit Kindern mit Be-hinderung: Erfahrungen von Eltern aus Österreich. Schweizerische Zeitschrift Für Heilpädagogik, 27(12), 16–23.

Klicpera, C. (2005). Elternerfahrung mit Sonderschulen und Integrationsklassen. Eine qualitative Interviewstudie zur Schulwahlentscheidung und zur schulischen Betreuung in drei österreichischen Bundesländern. Integrations- und Heilpädagogik: Bd. 1. LIT Verlag.

Klicpera, C. (2007). Erfahrungen von Eltern und Schulaufsicht mit dem Elternwahlrecht in der Ent-scheidung über den Unterrichtsort. Integrations- und Heilpädagogik: Bd. 2. LIT Verlag.

Lalvani, P., & Hale, C. (2015). Squeaky Wheels, Mothers from Hell, and CEOs of the IEP: Parents, Privilege, and the “Fight” for Inclusive Education. Understanding & Dismantling Privilege, 5(2), 21–41.

Pinetz, P. (2019). Schulische Integration ist für uns Eltern ein langer Kampf.: Ein Beitrag aus Elternsicht. In E. Feyerer & W. Prammer (Eds.), Inklusion konkret. Verstehen und Handeln (pp. 33–45). BZIB.

Schürer, S., & Lintorf, K. (2023). Erziehungs- und Bildungspartnerschaften mit Eltern von Kindern mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf. Ein einlösbarer Anspruch am Grundschulübergang? In M. Haider, R. Böhme, S. Gebauer, C. Gößinger, M. Munser-Kiefer, & A. Rank (Eds.), Nachhaltige Bildung in der Grundschule (pp. 158–164). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:27739

Thoms, E.‑M. (2023). Reden wir über das Elternwahlrecht. Eine für alle - Die inklusive Schule für die Demokratie (Schriftenreihe). Heft 8. https://eine-fuer-alle.schule/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Heft8Igstadt-Thomsf.Web_.pdf
 
13:15 - 14:4504 SES 01 B: Inclusion in Higher Education
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Istvan Orsos
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Excellence and Neurodiversity in Higher Education: Explorative Research Using a Process Model of Inclusion

Zsofia Julia Toszegi

University of Pécs, Hungary

Presenting Author: Toszegi, Zsofia Julia

This conference paper will offer a literature review on the most recent findings of the current Diversity, Equality, and Inclusion research in the context of higher education students with disability, especially with a focus on students with neurodiversity in Hungary. This presentation will summarize the basic principles of neurodiversity, explaining why diversity and equity indeed contribute to the academic excellence of all universities. Despite the affirmative action received by those whose special education diagnosis was documented, due to the stigma on IEPs in our orthodox education system (Gallagher Et Al., 2003), our hypothesis is that many of our students with learning differences come without diagnosis and attend university without accommodation and support services, which may result in tangible disadvantages that could be tracked with the help of our database. Neurodiversity as an approach challenges ableism (Armstrong, 2011) by boldly asserting, that in a learning community, individuals are not solely limited by their own physical, sensory, or speech disabilities nor by their mental or cognitive developmental states, but they are in fact primarily disabled by their environment, and the lack of university-wide inclusion policies which do not accept and/or not able to adapt to unique learning needs (NTOMBELA-MAHMANGU, 2019). The social model of disability has allowed a structural analysis of the social exclusion of people with disabilities and demand for accessibility and reasonable accommodations from all HE institutions (HASLER, 1993; SHAKESPEARE & WATSON, 2001). The results of academic research support the paradigm shift: instead of pathologizing our university citizens who think differently, learn differently, and access learning differently we should focus on the acceptance of biodiversity, the benefits and relative strength of brain variation, and outstanding sub-skills and the creation of opportunities for inclusive learning development in communities of inquiry and practice (SKIDMORE, 2004; RANKIN, 2021). To what extent has this academic shift in approach become translated into practice in Hungarian HE? Has the inclusive environment been able to 'break out of the bubble of individual problem solving' (FAZEKAS ET AL., 2020) towards starting to build institutional strategies that follow European standards? What are the next steps according to Support Service staff and program participants? What are the experiences of students with disabilities arriving at universities? Is “preferential treatment” enough to retain neurodivergent individuals and help them successfully graduate, and transition to meaningful jobs after experiencing inclusion in HE (Bjarnason, 2004)? We sought answers to these questions in a mixed methods research.

In an exploratory & descriptive research our Inclusive Excellence Reseaarch Group at University of Pécs analyzed data over a period of 10 years and described the state of inclusion in status reports (Varga et al., 2021). Looking for correlations between data figures led me to take interest in a group of disabled students with very high latency, called students with specific learning differences (Elmer at al., 2021) or in other word, neurodivergent individuals (Singer, 1999; Armstrong, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I have built my mixed-method research on the Processed-based Model of Inclusion (VARGA, 2005:7) and created a survey based on the original Booth-Ainscow “Index for Inclusion” and used its validated version for higher education (LOSADA PUENTE ET AL., 2021). I have also created a survey for faculty members based on a self-evaluation tool, titled Inclusivity Tips for Educators (CHARM-EU, 2022). The aims of these survey instruments are to explore the characteristics of inclusiveness at UP, with a special focus on the experiences of students with disabilities and neurodiversity. First, we will summarize the quantitative results from our time-series data analyses from a decade's data from the Neptun Unified Education System at the University of Pécs, Hungary (student N:68 602; study track N:83 067) using SPSS data analysis software with a special focus on students with disabilities, especially neurodivergent individuals’ educational outcome (in particular students with dyslexia, ADHD and autism spectrum condition). Furthermore, additional qualitative data was derived from student and faculty surveys. The instruments were translated adapted and validated for Hungarian higher education use with the authors’ consents. In addition, semi-structured focus group interviews with neurodivergent university students (N=12), students with other disabilities (N=11), Support Service staff (N=12), and educational leaders (N=6) responsible for inclusion, diversity and human rights protection at UP and its partner institutions.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although the survey sample is not yet representative, it is informative, and results gained from the interviews and the open-ended survey questions (N=31) continue to give valuable insights into student experiences that can be thematically clustered around the pillars of the Process Model of Inclusion (VARGA, 2005:7) showing challenges that need to be tackled as well as best practices worth disseminating.
Quantitative results from the Neptune data show that the proportion of neurodivergent persons follows an inverted U-shaped trend over time, declining again after a peak in 2015-17.  There is a very high latency due to the stigma against diagnosis in the Hungarian public education system. Due to the exemptions received by many diagnosed dyslexic students, the proportion of neurodivergent people without language proficiency test is much higher than average (65.9%), which impedes their academic mobility. When attempting multivariate modelling that estimate the probability of a person successfully completing a training track (model 1), having a language exam (model 2), having at least one passive semester (model 3) and receiving a scholarship (model 4), for all models, except for model 4, the effect is significant (p < 0.05) (TOSZEGI, ERAT & VARGA, 2023). Qualitative results suggest that it would be important for leadership and faculty members to agree on a common set of criteria as to what constitutes an inclusive approach in HE when redesigning curriculum or planning professional developments. Most faculty members claim that they are not prepared to apply inclusive practices and academic language support for vulnerable groups as they believe that they lack the training and competences, which necessitates institution-wide strategies. Higher education in our region needs to recognize that diversity without equity has only brought symbolic and financial benefits to universities, but no meaningful benefits to underrepresented student groups.

References
Armstrong, T. (2011): Neurodiversity. The Perseus Books Group.
Bjarnason, Dóra (2004). Disability and Young Adulthood: New Voices from Iceland. NY. Nova Science Publishers.
CHARM-EU Consortium. (2022). CHARM-EU D6. 2-Good Practices in the field of inclusion and diversity.
Elmer, D., Kertész, Á., Magdali, Cs., Molnár, Gy., Montag, B. & Zobokiné Gergely, N. (2021). Szolgáltatások a fogyatékossággal élő hallgatók inklúziójáért a PTE-n. In Vitéz, K. (Ed.). Befogadó egyetem – itt és most. Pécsi Tudományegyetem Bölcsészet- és Társadalomtudományi Kar Neveléstudományi Intézet. Pécs.
Fazekas, Á. S., Alonso I Fernández, J., De Vocht, L., Zimonjić, B., Telesca, B. &amp; Bittnerova, A.(2020). Mapping the challenges and enablers of international Mobility for students with disabilities. Erasmus Student Network AISBL. Brussels.
Gallagher, Deborah, Heshusius, Lous, Iano, Richard P and Skrtic, Thomas M (2003) Challenging orthodoxy in special education: dissenting voices. Denver, Colorado: Love Publishing.
Hasler, F. (1993). Developments in the Disabled People’s Movement. In Swain, J., Finkelstein,V., French, S. &amp; Oliver, M. (Eds.) (1993). Disabling Barriers Enabling Environments. Sage.
Jacobs, G. Introverts Can Succeed with Cooperative Learning. Online Submiss. 2014, 4, 83–94. [Google Scholar]
Losada Puente, L., Fiuza Asorey, M. & Baña Castro, M. (2021). What Defines Inclusion in Higher Education Institutions? Validation of an Instrument Based on the ‘Index for Inclusion’. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(1), 91-105. DOI: 10.1080/1034912X.2021.1992752
Ntombela, S., & Mahlangu, V. P. (2019). The Inclusion and Support of Students with Disabilities in the South African Higher Education System: Supporting Students with Disabilities. In Diversity, equity, and inclusivity in contemporary higher education (pp. 195-210). IGI Global.
Rankin, S. (2021, January 15). Raising Awareness of Neurodiversity in the Scientific Workplace.http://sangerinstitute.blog/2020/04/03/raising-awarness-of-neurodiversity-in-the-scientific-workplace
Singer, J. (1999). “Why can’t you be normal for once in your life?” From a problem with no name to the emergence of a new category of difference. In Corker M., & French, S. (Eds.). Disability Discourse. (pp. 59–67). Open University Press.
Shakespeare, T. &amp; Watson, N. (2002). The Social Model of Disability: An outdated ideology? Social Science and Disability, 2002(2), 9-28.
Skidmore, D. (2004). Inclusion: The Dynamic of School Development. Open University Press.
Varga, A., Vitéz, K., & Széll, K. (2021). Characteristics of Diversity and Inclusion at the University of Pécs: A Case Study. Iskolakultúra, 31(09), 45-62.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Equal Access to Learning: Overcoming Barriers in Higher Education for Students with Disabilities

Randi Elisabeth Hagen

Inland Norway University of Ap, Norway

Presenting Author: Hagen, Randi Elisabeth

Theme/topic:
This paper addresses the critical theme of implementing universal design in digital learning resources within higher education in Norway. It explores how lecturers perceive and enact accessibility in their teaching materials and the extent to which their methods are inclusive for all students, particularly those with disabilities.

Research Questions:

  1. How do lecturers in higher education implement accessibility in their learning resources?
  2. Are their teaching methods inclusive, and if not, what measures need to be implemented to achieve inclusivity?

Theoretical Framework:
Previous studies (Sanderson, Kessel & Chen, 2018; Svendby, 2020) have shown that lecturers in higher education have a positive attitude towards universal design of ICT, but that they lack the necessary competence and workings conditions.
The study is anchored in Lipsky's concept of street-level bureaucracy (1980, 2010), which serves as a foundational framework. This theory is central in examining the challenges that lecturers in higher education face when they function as front-line implementers of policies related to universal design. It provides insight into how educators, as street-level bureaucrats, navigate and interpret educational policy, and how this policy is translated into practical application in the context of universal design
A hermeneutic phenomenological approach, deeply rooted in Gadamer's philosophy, is employed to gain a comprehensive understanding of the lecturers' experiences and perspectives, focusing on the theme of accessibility.
Method: (see next field)

Intended Purpose: The paper aims to:

  • Highlight the discrepancies between the positive attitudes towards universal design and its practical implementation in higher education.
  • Emphasize the need for comprehensive training and development programs for lecturers in universal design principles.
  • Advocate for institutional policy and practice reassessment to support the effective implementation of universal design.
  • Provide actionable recommendations for enhancing the accessibility of digital learning materials in higher education.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodological Approach: The study utilized a qualitative research method, conducting in-depth interviews with eighteen lecturers from twelve different universities in Norway. These lecturers were selected through employee lists on university websites and were interviewed to explore their practices and attitudes towards universal design in tools such as Canvas, PowerPoint, Word, and videos. The hermeneutic phenomenological approach guided the thematic analysis of the interview data, emphasizing the iterative process of understanding, reflecting the Gadamerian hermeneutic circle. This method allowed for a nuanced exploration of the lecturers' narratives, recognizing the researchers' biases and preconceptions and achieving a 'fusion of horizons' in the analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings: The analysis revealed several key themes:

* A lack of time and institutional support for discussing and implementing pedagogical work.
* Challenges in creating accessible content, particularly with automated captioning in Norwegian dialects.
* A gap between regulatory expectations and the practical feasibility of implementing universal design.
* A general unpreparedness for inclusive teaching, particularly in digital environments like Canvas.
* A recognition that intuitive ICT skills are insufficient for ensuring true accessibility.
* The crucial role of leadership in prioritizing and supporting accessibility initiatives.

Conclusion: The paper concludes with specific recommendations for making learning resources accessible:

* Anchoring the importance of accessibility at the leadership level.
* Providing lecturers with access to professional and updated training materials, including online asynchronous resources with practical examples and interactive tasks.
* Facilitating discussions on universal design within professional communities.
* Enhancing the understanding among lecturers of why accessibility is crucial for an inclusive learning environment.

This paper contributes to a deeper understanding of the challenges and potential strategies for implementing universal design in higher education, underscoring the important role of lecturers in bridging the gap between policy and practice.

References
Lipsky, M. (2010). Street-level bureaucracy : dilemmas of the individual in public services (30th anniversary expanded ed., pp. XXIII, 275). Russell Sage Foundation.

Sanderson, N. C., Kessel, S., & Chen, W. (2022). What do faculty members know about universal design and digital accessibility? A qualitative study in computer science and engineering disciplines. Universal Access in the Information Society, 21(2), 351–365. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10209-022-00875-x

Svendby. (2020). Lecturers’ Teaching Experiences with Invisibly Disabled Students in Higher Education: Connecting and Aiming at Inclusion. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/http://doi.org/10.16993/sjdr.712


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

An Example Of An Inclusive Community In Higher Education In Hungary From The Perspective Of Roma Youth

Aranka Varga, Gergő Horváth, István Orsós, Fanni Trendl

University of Pécs, Hungary

Presenting Author: Varga, Aranka; Orsós, István

In 2022 a complex research project was organized to investigate the inclusiveness of a student society where mostly Roma low SES students are the participants. Their aim was to gain a new perspective on the role of this organization through the experiences of former members of the student society. A fundamental characteristic of the topic is that the situation of the Roma population in higher education is rarely discussed, with few international publications dealing with it. There are, of course, historical, social, economic reasons for this, which are not discussed in detail in this paper, but which can serve as an important contribution to the discussion of the situation of the target groups of inclusion.

Theoretical background related to the need for higher education for marginalized groups, such as Roma children and individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, is often questioned. However, the socio-economic advantages of obtaining higher education are widely acknowledged. The expansion of higher education has resulted in a more diverse student population in Hungarian universities, which has been a focus of research both internationally and in Hungary.

Inclusive Excellence movements, such as the one in the U.S., have emphasized the importance of creating a diverse learning environment in higher education institutions. Research has shown that diverse student environments contribute to academic excellence. The concept of inclusiveness in higher education is defined as a process-based approach that encompasses the conditions supporting entry into an inclusive organization, the components of the time spent in the community, and indicators of achievement.

Research around the world has identified new groups that have been historically underrepresented in higher education and is exploring ways to make institutions more inclusive. In Hungary, social groups such as people with disabilities, individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, parents of young children, Hungarians living outside the borders, and foreign students are recognized in legislation as groups to be supported. Although Roma individuals are not specifically mentioned in legislation, research is focusing on their inclusion in higher education. Intersectionality, which examines the intersection of multiple categories of inequality, is also an important aspect of research in this field.

Studies have highlighted the underrepresentation of Roma individuals in higher education across European countries. The proportion of Roma individuals with tertiary education ranges from 1% to 4%, making them one of the most underrepresented groups. Research has shown that Roma individuals with successful educational outcomes often have a supportive family background and strong community capital. The presence of ties to the majority society also plays a significant role in their education.

Hidden costs and the capital accumulation and conversion processes of socially mobile individuals are factors that impact the educational outcomes of underrepresented individuals. Support programs and community networks can significantly reduce or compensate for these costs. While schooling is increasingly valued in Roma communities, inequalities in education continue to persist. Involvement, recognition, and a network of contacts can help open pathways to mobility for Roma families and students.

Support systems for Roma children and students throughout their entire school careers are limited in Europe. In Hungary, support for Roma youth in higher education has been initiated in recent years, from early childhood interventions to primary and secondary schooling. The Roma Student Society Network, established in 2011 with EU funding and now state-funded, provides support for Roma students across the country.

In summary, the theoretical background related to higher education for marginalized groups emphasizes the need for inclusiveness and support mechanisms to ensure equal opportunities for all individuals, irrespective of their socio-economic background or ethnic identity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the research the focus was also on aspects of the student society that were important in supporting social mobility, as most students were first-generation intellectuals and young Roma. We considered anyone to be Roma who identified themselves as Roma and to be of disadvantaged background if at least one parent did not have a high school certificate or higher qualification. As a research tool, a life course interview was applied with structured questions covering the whole life course of the individual, focusing also on the components of the development of resilience. In the interview questions, the period until entering university was also inquired about, but in this analysis the period of higher education and the role of the student society is discussed.
Based on the process-based model of inclusion, the following questions are explored:
(1.) How did the research participant enter the student society? Were there any accessibility aids and tools?
(2) What motivation and expectations did they have towards the student society at the time of entry?
(3.) What has the student society offered to the research participant, and why was this important for them?
The content analysis of the interviews was carried out by two independent coders, based on a pre-designed coding scheme that was slightly modified during the coding process. The coding scheme reflected the model of inclusion, resilience factors, and types of capital. During the coding process, multiple mentions of a theme were also recorded so that the analysis can be done in two ways. Analysis is based on 1) if a theme appeared or not and 2) if the frequency of the theme appearing is also considered. The independent variables were gender (male/female), length of time spent in the student society (less than 1 year, between 1-2 years, more than 2 years), Roma/non-Roma origin, and social status (parents' education and financial situation). Data on the total membership of the student society are available from the organization’s documentation. SPSS was used for the analysis and, in addition to descriptive statistics, Chi-square tests were performed to explore correlations. Due to the small size of the sample, the reliability of this is severely limited, so we only point to a few correlations that are not mathematically significant. The strength of the significant relationship between variables was measured using Cramer's V index.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A key issue is the facilitation of access to supportive communities, which is one of the tasks of an inclusive organization and which it achieves through its personal network of contacts in cooperation with informal and formal networks. Social capital played a major role in access, which was the network of family, peer group, and educators. The role of the peers in engaging new students is also of particular importance, as they authentically transmit information and their self-directed work in building their own communities. This is an important finding of the research, as no similar findings have been discovered in research on the progress of Roma youth in higher education.
The narratives of our interviewees also pointed out that regardless of the inclusiveness of higher education, there is a need for smaller communities where first-generation Roma or non-Roma intellectuals can find support. This finding is in line with studies that emphasize the retaining power of the social network of Roma student societies and identify the capital of such communities as "Roma community capital". The organization we studied operated a communal space in the process of inclusiveness, characterized by an attitude and sense of inclusion. Both peers and facilitators (e.g., university teachers) were prominent as community builders in the organization, and their role was exemplary and supportive as described in bicultural socialization theory. The importance of community is indicated by the fact that the mention of student society services was more often related to some kind of community experience. This result is also novel from an organizational point of view, as the results of the study show that equitable support is better used by linking it to the community.

References
Adler, P. S. (1975). Beyond cultural identity: Reflections on cultural and multicultural man. Samovar, L. & Porter, R. (Eds.) Intercultural Communication. Belmont. CA: Wadsworth. pp. 327-378.
Boros, J. & Bogdán, P. & Durst, J. (2021). Accumulating Roma cultural capital: First-in-family graduates and the role of educational talent support programs in Hungary in mitigating the price of social mobility. Review of Sociology 2021, 31(3), 74–102. DOI: 10.51624/SZOCSZEMLE.2021.3.4
Cooper, M. (Ed.) (2010). Changing the Culture of the Campus: Towards an Inclusive Higher Education – Ten Years on. European Access Network, London, UK.
Hoffman, J. & Blessinger, P. & Makhanya, M. (Eds). (2019).  Strategies for Facilitating Inclusive Campuses in Higher Education. International Perspectives on Equity and Inclusion.  Innovations in Higher Education Teaching and Learning. Volume 17. Emerald Publishing Limited. Howard House, UK. p. 309.
Hugh, F. & Marlier, E. (2011). Promoting the Social Inclusion of Roma. Synthesis Report. EU Network of Independent Experts on Social Inclusion. https://www.euromanet.eu/upload/03/11/synthesis_report_2011-2_final_3.pdf
Hurtado, S. & Alvarez, C. L. & Guillermo-Wann, C. & Cuellar, M. & Arellano, L. (2012). A Model for Diverse Learning Environments. The Scholarship on Creating and Assessing Conditions for Student Success. Smart, J. C. & Paulsen, M. B. (Eds.): Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, 27. Springer Science Business Media B.V. 41-122.
Lukács, J. Á. & Szabó, T. & Huszti, É. & Komolafe, C. & Ember, Zs. & Dávid, B. (2023). The role of colleges for advanced studies in Roma undergraduates’ adjustment to college in Hungary from a social network perspective. Intercultural Education 34 : 1 pp. 22-42.
Rutigliano, A. (2020). "Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives", OECD Education Working Papers, No. 228, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/19939019
Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose Culture Has Capital? A Critical Race Theory Discussion of Community Cultural Wealth. Race, Ethnicity and Education 8(1), 69–91. DOI: 10.1080/1361332052000341006
 
13:15 - 14:4504 SES 01 C: Professional collaboration for Inclusive Education
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Thomas Barow
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Soft Skill of Collaboration in General and Special Education Teachers: A Systematic Literature Review

Aikaterini Vrachna, Assimina Tsibidaki

University of the Aegean,, Greece

Presenting Author: Vrachna, Aikaterini

Research on teachers’ soft skills is an interesting and important field of research that has attracted the interest of experts in recent years (Vasanthakumari, 2019). An important soft skill that teachers should have been collaboration, which is one of the social skills. Collaboration refers to the action that is jointly planned (Vangrieken et al., 2015). A more recent definition of collaboration refers to the process of exchange in which individuals share information, material, or knowledge (Bush & Grotjohann, 2020). Through collaboration, teachers can observe and rethink everything that is done, change strategies, and aim to improve themselves, the students, and the school in general (Giakoumi & Theofilidis, 2012).

In the international arena, surveys focus on secondary school teachers and students (Onabamiro et al., 2014). In Greece, studies on social skills are limited. The present research investigates the skill of collaboration adopted by general and special education teachers, its contribution to the educational process, but also in the development of their own, as well as the ways of cultivating it. The research questions posed were:

- How do general and special education teachers conceptualize the soft skill of collaboration?

- In what ways does a general and special education teacher develop the skill of collaboration?

- How is the contribution of collaboration skills to the educational process assessed?

- How is the contribution of collaboration skills to the development and progression of general and special education teachers assessed?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study constitutes qualitative research, and particularly a systematic literature review. Regarding the sample, the literature search was focused on the following databases: Science Direct, Heal Link, Google Scholar, Research Gate, PubMed, Wiley Online Library, ERIC, Taylor & Francis, Elsevier, and the National Documentation Centre. The criteria for the inclusion of the studies in this literature review were the following: a) The language of writing should be one of the following: English and Greek, b) the articles should be published in reputable journals, c) the articles should focus on the soft skill of general and/or special education teachers’ collaboration, d) the access should be either open or through the University of the Aegean (academic access). The exclusion criteria were as follows: a) the articles to be duplicates, b) articles written in a language other than the above, c) unpublished studies, and d) the content of the studies should not be related to the research questions. Thirty (30) titles were identified in the international literature. However, seventeen (17) scientific articles were relevant to the topic in terms of content and the research objectives of the study. Therefore, the study constitutes a systematic literature review of seventeen (17) articles published in reputable international scientific journals during the period 1997–2020. The results were extracted using the PRISMA flow diagram (PRISMA Flow Diagram, 2009). The data analysis was qualitative, and it was a thematic analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purported outcomes of this study are to explore whether teachers perceive the importance of collaboration and to what extent. Additionally, to highlight its contribution, its development, and most importantly, its utilisation for the individual and professional development of teachers, but also the development of the educational process. Finally, to suggest ways of cultivating the skill of collaboration.
The findings of the study indicated that most research focuses on the fact that the skill of collaboration is valued as significant by general and special education teachers. Regarding the contribution of this skill to the educational process, teachers point out its importance as well as the difficulties that may arise from various factors that limit its implementation, such as the heavy workload of teachers, the large number of students in the classroom, the lack of awareness of the importance of collaboration, the lack of pre- and in-service training, and the negative attitudes of teachers. In most of the studies under review, collaboration is found to contribute mainly to the teacher’s professional development. In addition, teachers mention further training and the support required from the school environment and the students’ families as ways of developing collaboration. The general conclusion of the study is that teachers, overall, perceive the skill of collaboration as highly assessable.
According to the above findings, the need for more research on the soft skill of collaboration is underlined, focusing on general and special education teachers and the way it emerges between teachers, students, and families.

References
Bush, A., & Grotjohann, N. (2020). Collaboration in teacher education: A cross-sectional study on future teachers’ attitudes towards collaboration, their intentions to collaborate and their performance of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102968. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102968

Giakoumi, S., & Theofilidis, C. (2012). Collaborative culture as a supportive tool in teachers’ work. Proceedings of the 12th Conference of the Cyprus Pedagogical Society (pp. 474 - 483). Cyprus Pedagogical Society. [in Greek]

Onabamiro et al. (2014). Teachers’ perception of teaching and assessing soft skills in secondary schools. Education, 4(5), 2014, 109-115. https://doi.org/10.5923/j.edu.20140405.01

Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002

Vasanthakumari, S. (2019). Soft skills and its application in work place. World Journal of Advanced Research and Reviews, 3(2), 66-72. https://doi.org/10.30574/wjarr.2019.3.2.0057


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Fostering Professional Collaboration in the Education of Pupils with Severe Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities: an Action Research-inspired Project in Sweden

Thomas Barow1, Maria Sjölin3, Alexandra Jonasson3, Niss Kerstin Hallgren3, Shruti Taneja Johansson2

1Örebro University; 2University of Gothenburg; 3Lerum Municipality

Presenting Author: Barow, Thomas; Sjölin, Maria

The education of children with severe multiple disabilities represents a significant challenge in inclusive education across many countries (cf. Agran et al., 2020; Kleinert, 2020; Cologon, 2022). Despite the UN Convention on the Rights of People with Disabilities, these children are often educated separately. The general school system frequently faces various obstacles, prompting Slee's question, "Who is in and who is out?" (Slee, 2013, 905).

While inclusive education is a central goal of Swedish school legislation, several pupils are outside the general education system. Currently, approximately 0.5 percent of all Swedish children attend compulsory school for pupils with severe intellectual disabilities. They follow a separate curriculum covering five areas: aesthetics, communication, physical coordination, everyday activities, and perception of reality. Many of these children rely on comprehensive aids, particularly in communication and mobility. Nursing assistance and care are essential in this context, often with a perceived tension in their relationship to curricular content. Overcoming the dichotomy between care and education is crucial in this regard (Östlund, 2015). The existence of different professions in educational practice must also be considered, such as special education teachers and teaching assistants in the classroom, the latter characterized by an intermediate position between the teacher and the pupils (Östlund et al., 2021). Additionally, the children are supported by habilitation and therapeutic professionals such as occupational and speech therapists.

The purpose of the presented project is to ensure the right to education for students with severe intellectual disabilities, often combined with neurodevelopmental and physical disabilities. The goal is to enhance students' opportunities for education, personality development, participation, and autonomy. The overarching research question is how the various professional groups involved can develop collaboration that benefits the students' education. This question has not been addressed in a Swedish context before, and the project may also provide new impulses for collaboration regarding other target groups in education, mainly within Sweden. Given the focus on the specific target group of children with severe intellectual disabilities, this research is also relevant to an international audience, highlighting the need for collaboration in an interdisciplinary educational context.

The study's theoretical foundation is based on a collaboration model that integrates horizontal and vertical forms of cooperation (Axelsson & Bihari Axelsson, 2013). All forms of collaboration occur within a social context where various domains interact and mutually influence one another. This can be elucidated through Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological approach, where the individual – in our case, the pupil – is placed at the center. Surrounding the pupil is a microsystem comprising, among other elements, family, and school, which, in turn, interacts within a mesosystem and is connected to a broader exosystem (social services, legislation, etc.) and an overarching macrosystem (attitudes, culture, etc.). This theoretical approach can be correlated with neo-institutional perspectives involving the four analysis levels of the political domain, professional domain, administrative domain, and the users' domain (Danermark & Kullberg, 1999). In our research, a clear understanding of the collaborative nature and collaboration factors and integration of systems-theoretical and neo-institutional perspectives contribute to a deeper understanding of the processes in education. These theoretical approaches assist in comprehending the interaction among various professionals and their relationship with pupils.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The action research-inspired project and its methods are approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority. The ongoing research involves two schools in one municipality and is conducted across four phases, currently transitioning from phase 2 to 3. In phase 1, data was collected from practice to serve as a mapping for planning and identifying areas of development in the operation. Phase 2 involved planning interventions in consultation with stakeholders to enhance teaching practices. Phase 3 includes the implementation and documentation of the plan and intervention. The analysis and documentation of the change process take place in phase 4, with feedback provided to participants. The accumulated documentation serves as the foundation for ongoing collegial discussions and reflections throughout the process, and it will also be integrated into both schools’ systematic quality work.

In phase 1 of the project, three methods were employed: structured video observations, semi-structured interviews, and focus group interviews (Bryman, 2016). The data was collected by both researchers and students working on advanced-level theses, establishing a connection between research and education.

1. Structured video observations: This method aims to map pupils' instructional time, time spent on their care needs and on physiotherapy. Video observations are selected based on the complexity of the instruction, the effort to avoid influencing the proceedings through observation, and the possibility of using the recorded material as part of the action research process.

2. Semi-structured interviews: This method, conducted with pupils' caregivers and professionals from habilitation services, aims to provide interviewees with the opportunity to share their thoughts and perspectives on collaboration. The analysis involved coding themes raised by the interviewees.

3. Focus group interviews: These interviews were conducted with educators and teaching assistants, focusing on the shared meaning construction of the interviewed individuals who collaborate daily in the work team. The analysis also involves coding of themes.

 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings are based on the diverse empirical data collection methods outlined above. Given the ongoing nature of the project presented here, these outcomes should be regarded as interim steps toward a more comprehensive reporting of the results. On both the vertical and horizontal levels, factors that are either supportive or hindering were identified. Supportive factors included clear task distribution and the mutual complementation of competencies among professionals with diverse skills. Educational professionals highly positively evaluate the provision of adapted tools by habilitation staff. On the other hand, hindering factors include unclearly expressed expectations and everyday events that disrupt the learning process. These obstacles include interruptions due to treatments deemed unnecessary in the school routine (e.g., school dentist), time-consuming room changes, and unreliable student transportation. While these hindrances are attributed to the microsystem, other challenges lie in the meso- and partially in the exosystem, such as staffing shortages and the absence of training opportunities. On the macrosystem, hindering attitudes become obvious, in particular varying perspectives on educational needs. From a neo-institutional viewpoint, the results primarily touch upon the professional and users' domains, but issues in the political and administrative domains are also evident.
The limitations of this research and development project pertain to the limited empirical material based on the schooling of children with severe intellectual disabilities in one municipality. Simultaneously, it is assumed that in the further course of the project, ways will be developed to address the outlined challenges. The preliminary results extend previous Swedish research (Östlund, 2015; Östlund et al., 2021). At the same time, these first results are encouraging and indicate paths on how the educational processes of children in precarious life situations can be influenced in a way that strengthens their autonomy.

References
Agran, M., Jackson, L., Kurth, J. A., Ryndak, D., Burnette, K., Jameson, M., Zagona, A., Fitzpatrick, H. & Wehmeyer, M. (2020). Why Aren’t Students with Severe Disabilities Being Placed in General Education Classrooms: Examining the Relations Among Classroom Placement, Learner Outcomes, and Other Factors. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 45(1), 4-13

Axelsson, R. & Bihari Axelsson, S. (2013). Samverkan som samhällsfenomen – några centrala frågeställningar. Axelsson; R. & Bihari Axelsson, S. (eds.). Om samverkan – för utveckling av hälsa och välfärd (17-38). Lund: Studentlitteratur

Bradbury, H. (ed.) (2015). The SAGE handbook of action research (Third edition) Los Angeles, Calif.: SAGE

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press

Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. (Fifth edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Cologon, K. (2022). Is inclusive education really for everyone? Family stories of children and young people labelled with ‘severe and multiple’ or ‘profound’ ‘disabilities’. Research Papers in Education, 37(3), 395-417  

Danermark, B. & Kullberg, C. (1999). Samverkan: välfärdsstatens nya arbetsform. Lund: Studentlitteratur

Kleinert, H. L. (2020). Students With the Most Significant Disabilities, Communicative Competence, and the Full Extent of Their Exclusion. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 45(1), 34-38

Östlund, D. (2015). Students with profound and multiple disabilities in education in Sweden: teaching organisation and modes of student participation. Research and practice in intellectual and developmental disabilities, 2(2), 148-164

Östlund, D., Barow, T., Dahlberg, K. & Johansson, A. (2021). In between special needs teachers and students: Paraprofessionals work in self-contained classrooms for students with intellectual disabilities in Sweden. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(2), 168-182

Slee, R. (2013). How do we make inclusive education happen when exclusion is a political predisposition? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(8), 895-907


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Significance of Collaborative Approaches in Organising Multilingual Students with Special Needs: An Investigation of Practices in light of Inclusion.

Anne-Kari Remøy

Volda University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Remøy, Anne-Kari

The presentation explores the education of multilingual students with special educational needs in Norway. It questions how the teaching is characterized and organised, considering the Education Act’s requirement for individually adapted teaching. The presentation highlights the importance of culturally responsive perspectives, recognizing students’ languages and backgrounds as resources, and discuss further the challenges in identifying factors that define good special education and the need for coherence between special and regular education for positive learning outcomes (Festøy & Haug, 2017). In a complementary understanding of teaching, the quality of the regular teaching procedures greatly influences both the need for extra measures, and also the value of these same accommodations (Haug, 2017, p. 386). The theoretical perspectives are drawn from multicultural pedagogy and special education. The research question I seek to answer is: “How does the organisation of multilingual students in special education affect the inclusion process?”

Identifying factors for effective special education remains challenging, leading to exploration of its pedagogic signature. Disagreements persist in literature regarding distinctions between special and regular education. The signature comprises three levels: surface structure, deep structure, and implicit structure (Haug, 2015). A culturally responsive perspective, recognizing students’ languages and cultures as resources, is central across all levels (Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024).

Despite some adaptations, much of the teaching lacks sufficient adjustment, particularly in regular classes where their linguistic and cultural backgrounds are often overlooked. The premises for adapted teaching are minimally fulfilled, suggesting schools may lack awareness of the potential scope for action within their organisation. There is minimal difference between the content of adapted teaching, special education, and regular provisions. Special education methods often mirror regular teaching, leading to fragmented routines and lack of cohesion for students. Segregation from regular teaching for special education and language instruction can hinder both academic and social inclusion. Students can be excluded on several levels through active exclusion from the teaching in the regular class, but also through exclusion in the teaching that is part of the education offered (Nes, 2017).

The findings show that the school leaders care about the education as a whole and wish to build on the linguistic and cultural experiences that the students bring with them. Thus they base the school’s practice on a culturally sensitive pedagogy, in which adapted teaching also involves being aware of and using the linguistic and cultural accomplishments of the pupils (Ladson-Billings, 1995; Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024). Although, however, the pupils’ experiences are highly valued, the language does not appear to function as a tool in the teaching, but instead is reduced to a transition ritual with a compensatory value. This is reflected in the various ways of organizing the education.Even though the administrations at the case-schools were mindful of the role of the first language in their education and claimed that they were very concerned about taking into account the culture and language the pupils brought with them to school, we see the gap between good intentions and what is actually possible to do on a daily basis at school (Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024).
The lacking realisation in practice of the intentions weakens the long-term perspective that Paris (2012) speaks of as being necessary to anchor the culturally sensitive pedagogy in the school’s systems. This implementation depends on continuity and integration in the way school is conceived (Gay, 2013; Paris, 2012). However, when these intentions are not translated into practice, and the L1 is only used sporadically, the education of these pupils becomes random and can hardly be thought of as qualifying the multilingual pupils to participate in society (Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My PhD-project is part of a research cooperation between Volda University College, Hedmark University College and the Norwegian Research Council (The Function of Special Education/ The SPEED project) . The project was conducted as a case study and focuses on four multilingual students with special needs. Data was collected through participatory observation and field conversations with key actors around the students. In this presentation I focus on interviews with the teachers and the principals. The intention is to gain further understanding about the phenomenon multilingual students in special education.

The design can be defined as exploratory. The case study is both descriptive in the way that I wish to describe a phenomenon in the real world, but also explanatory by focusing on explaining how and why something happened in the special way.  The case-study is an intrinsic case-study in the way that each case is important in itself (Stake, 2000). Contextual understanding of each case is crucial for interpretation. Observations include both ‘thin’ (factual) and ‘thick’ (interpretive) descriptions. An experience-near approach was used for first-order interpretation, with more experience-distant forms of analysis for second-order interpretation. At the same time the analytical generalization depends on the theoretical framework of the study to establish a logic that can be relevant also in other situations (Yin, 2012).
Analysis was based on thematic network analysis, with recurring themes of teacher expertise, organisation, use of first language, and academic content. The study is registered with the Norwegian Centre for Research Data (NSD) and adheres to ethical guidelines for research on vulnerable groups.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Organisation of the students was explained on both academic and pragmatic grounds. Academically the multilingual students are continually assessed in relation to their Norwegian-language capabilities, which results in placement in various group constellations linked to different levels. At the same time, we find that it can be an untenable situation for the teachers to have the multilingual pupils in class. Those pupils who are taught outside the regular provisions thus serve a double function, whereby the teaching that is intended to accommodate these pupils, at the same time serves as a relief for the teacher. A pertinent question then is whether the level placement provides ideal circumstances for a dynamic differentiation of the adapted teaching, or whether it is more a static placement based on a snapshot of the Norwegian-language proficiency, or even a practical solution that shows more consideration for the teachers than for the multilingual pupils with special educational needs.

The organisation of special education can be built around different types of pedagogical support systems, (Nordahl & Overland, 2021), the same can be said about multilingual education. The need to look at the organisation of multilingual students who are learning Norwegian, requires increased competence among all the teachers in the school about inclusion (Hanssen et al., 2024, p. 273). The organisation of the teaching has a great significance for the content and the conditions for an inclusive education. The way the teaching is organized around one of the students in this study, it is easier to create coherence than is the case with the other students. However, the study shows that the services offered to the multilingual students who receive special education are shaped by the premises for the organisation of the teaching and by the enthusiasm and expertise of each individual teacher.


References
Festøy, A. R. F., & Haug, P. (2017). Sambandet mellom ordinær opplæring og spesialundervisning i lys av inkludering. In Ordinær opplæring og spesialundervisning i lys av inkludering (S. 52-73. ed.). Samlaget.

Gay, G. (2013). Teaching to and through cultural diversity. Curriculum Inquiry, 43(1), 48–70.

Hanssen, N. B., Harju-Luukkainen, H., & Sundqvist, C. (2024). Inclusion and Special Needs Education for Immigrant Students in the Nordic Countries - what are the lessons? In N. B. Hanssen, H. Harju-Luukkainen, & C. Sundqvist (Eds.), Inclusion and Special Needs Education for Immigrant Students in the Nordic Countries (First edition. ed., pp. 270-287). Routledge.

Haug, P. (2015). Spesialundervisning og ordinær opplæring. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 1. https://doi.org/10.17585/ntpk.v1.121

Haug, P. (2017). Kva spesialundervisning handlar om, og kva funksjon den har. In P. Haug (Ed.), Spesialundervisning. Innhald og funskjon (pp. 386-411). Samlaget.

Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy. American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465–491.

Nes, K. (2017). Mer ekskludering på ungdomstrinnet? In (S. 146-169. ed.). Samlaget.

Nordahl, T., & Overland, T. (2021). Tilpasset opplæring og inkluderende støttesystemer : høyt læringsutbytte for alle elever. Gyldendal.

Paris, D. (2012). Culturally Sustaining Pedagogy: A Needed Change in Stance, Terminology, and Practice. Educational Researcher, 41(3), 93–97.

Remøy, A.-K., & Skrefsrud, T.-A. (2024). Teaching multilingual learners entitled to special education.

Stake, R. E. (2000). Case Studies. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research  (2 ed., pp. 435-454). Sage.

Yin, R. K. (2012). Applications of case study research. SAGE.
 
13:15 - 14:4504 SES 01 D: Intersectionality in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marina Democratous
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

(Re)thinking Intersectionality and Dis-ability through Post-humanist Intra-viewing

Elizabeth Done, Cara Baer

University of Plymouth

Presenting Author: Done, Elizabeth; Baer, Cara

The United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals prioritise the elimination of poverty and inequalities, and position education as key to civic and cultural participation (UN, 2015). At a European level, it is claimed that social diversity and equality in higher education (HE) are conditions of European competitiveness in the context of Europe’s changing demographic profile (Claeys-Kulik, Jørgensen, & Stöber, 2019). Yet, despite the Paris Declaration of EU member states that promoted citizenship, freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education (European Education and Culture Executive Agency, 2016), at an institutional level, research undertaken by the European University Association has identified barriers to the realisation of strategic objectives specifically related to equity, diversity and inclusion (EDI), particularly, lack of both resources and awareness (Claeys-Kulik, Jørgensen, & Stöber, 2019).

In contrast to the pervasive liberal humanist discourse of equality of opportunity, EDI initiatives in higher education imply awareness that students from socially marginalised demographics are likely to require additional resource and support in order to achieve equal outcomes, thereby complementing the use of participation rates as accountability-related institutional demonstrations of the inclusion of specific demographics. However, the aforementioned report notes variability in the extent to which intersectionality is addressed, where intersectionality describes student identification with ‘various dimensions of diversity’ (Claeys-Kulik, Jørgensen, & Stöber, 2019, p.24) such as gender, socio-economic disadvantage, disability. In Deleuze’s (1995) configuration of the ‘control’ society, reconfigured by Rouvroy (2013, p.157) as ‘algorithmic governmentality’, participation rate data comprises ‘infra-individual digital traces of impersonal, disparate, heterogeneous, dividualized facets of daily life and interactions’, meaning that, for instance, the embodied intersection of dis-ability and disadvantage or lower socio-economic status is neglected. The reported small-scale study focuses on higher education students’ experience of this specific intersection but problematises an additive configuration of intersectionality (the accumulation of oppressions) in favour of a working hypothesis that intersectionality denotes variable and qualitatively distinctive experiences.

Following (Charteris & Smardon, 2019, p.6), the notion of voicework is problematic, risking tokenism and unaltered hegemonic institutional power relations. Nevertheless, this research can be read as contributing to ‘discourses of refusal’ that ‘trouble structures of neoliberal accountability and responsibilisation through setting up new spaces of refusal and reflexivity’, in contrast to discourses of governmentality and accountability which position students as, respectively, passive consumer informants (Demetriou, 2001) or as assurers of the quality of institutional provision (Keddie, 2015). We refer to the interview as intra-viewing, drawing on Foucault’s (1980, 2012) configuration of power as relational, and Deleuze’s (1994, p.29) refusal to view difference solely in terms of contradiction or opposition and positing of an underlying radical relationality. When applied to the interview, researcher and researched remain imbricated in the discourses associated with institutionally codified ethical practice, which assume a power relation and the vulnerability of socially marginalised participants (British Educational Research Association, BERA, 2018); yet, concurrent with and beneath such socially constructed individuated identities, they are also ‘larval subjects’ (Deleuze, 1994, p.78) - subjects-in-process in a relational space characterised by fluidity not fixed categories of identity.

Project aims:

1) To investigate the lived experience of students classified as dis-abled and of lower socio-economic status.

2) To reconfigure the interview process as a generative process (not only as a power differential between researcher-researched), affording more control to participants.

3) To reconsider the concept of intersectionality (rejecting additive conceptualisations) and identifying any distinctive features associated with the intersection of socio-economic status and dis-ability.

4) To contribute to the literature on HE student 'voice' (examining discourses around 'voice' in the context of our findings).

Research question:

What is the embodied experience of the intersection of dis-ability and lower socio-economic status for HE students in an English university?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Ethical approval was granted by a Faculty Research Ethics and Integrity Committee at the University of Plymouth, UK, in January 2024. The adopted methodology is qualitative with data collection involving relatively unstructured interviews, conceived as intra-views to reflect the relational conceptualisation of power in Foucault (1980, 2012) and the radical intra-subjectivity posited by Deleuze (1994). This strategy permits adherence to BERA (2018) and institutional ethical research practice guidelines while also being informed by posthumanist theorising which precludes the objectification of participants as ‘other’ and posits an interview process in which the binary of researcher and researched is replaced by the recognition that, despite socially ascribed and fixed identities, individuals ‘express their perspectives through a necessarily vague assemblage of affects and sensations’ when encountering the possible worlds that others present  (Stark, 2012, p.105); hence the generative nature of the intra-view.
Participants will be recruited through professional and student networks in a purposive and opportunistic sampling process (Cohen, Manion and Morrison, 2014), following distribution of a participant information sheet advising of the aims and objectives of the research. Consent forms will be signed prior to intra-views which will be recorded and transcribed.
The sample is likely to include 5-10 students drawn from undergraduate and postgraduate levels of study that are classified within the institution as having a disability and self-identifying as of lower socio-economic status or working class.
Intra-views will last approximately one hour and be transcribed by the interviewer. No harm or distress caused to intra-viewees is envisaged, however, should this occur, the intra-viewer will signpost appropriate sources of support. Participants will be assured of anonymity and confidentiality through, for example, the use of fictionalised names at analysis and reporting stages, and strict adherence to secure data storage guidelines.  
A validation exercise will be undertaken, permitting participants to contribute to any necessary refinement of the analytic process  (Pascoe Leahy, 2021).
Data will be collated using NVivo software and data analysis will be executed collaboratively and reflexively, following Braun and Clarke (2020), in a reflexive, deductive, and inductive thematic analysis to identify key themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The outcomes are uncertain as the study is intended to be exploratory (with the potential for upscaling), however, it is anticipated that the results will contribute to an international literature that questions the positioning of students from the selected demographic:
The tendency in research narratives and institutional discourse related to intersectionality to homogenise experiences through descriptors such as ‘disabled students’ and ‘disadvantaged students’ will be found to be problematic. Such unitary categories risk the neglect of the complex interplay of marginalising processes, institutional discourses, and individuated student trajectories (Shuttleworth, Wedgewood & Wilson, 2012).
Similarly, it is highly likely that the uncritical mobilisation of the descriptor ‘inclusive education’ in institutional and policy discourse will be critiqued (Romstein, 2015).
The influence of other marginalising factors and discourse such as gender will be shown to complicate the students’ experience of varied dis-abilities and lower socio-economic status (Jung Kim, Parish & Skinner, 2017).
Primarily, the specificity of different experiences of an intersection of varied dis-abilities and relative economic disadvantage will be highlighted, prompting a reconfiguration of intersectionality.
It is envisaged that participants will comment on their experiences of institutional discourses around ‘voice’ and voicework, and the extent to which their expressed views are acknowledged and acted upon.
Data analysis will be completed early in 2024 and it is anticipated that data analysis will identify some of these issues and participant perspectives pertaining to them, and additional themes to be derived inductively.


References
Braun, V.,  & Clarke, V.  (2020): One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, DOI: 10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238

British Educational Research Association. 2018. Ethical guidelines for education research (4th edition). https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-2018

Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. 2019. Democratic contribution or information for reform? Prevailing and emerging discourses of student voice. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 44 (6), 1-18. https://doi.org/ 10.14221/ajte.2018v44n6.1

Claeys-Kulik, A.-L., Ekman Jørgensen, T. & Stöber, H. 2019. Diversity, equity and inclusion in European higher education institutions. European University Association.
 
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. 2001. Research methods in education (5th edition). Routledge Falmer.

Deleuze, G. 1994. Difference and repetition. Trans. P. Patton. Columbia University Press.

Deleuze, G. 1995. Negotiations. Trans. M. Joughin. Columbia University Press.
 
Demetriou, D.Z. 2001. Connell’s concept of hegemonic masculinity: A critique. Theory and Society, 30, 337-361. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017596718715

European Education and Culture Executive Agency. 2016. Promoting citizenship and the common values of freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education: Overview of education policy developments in Europe following the Paris Declaration of 17 March 2015. Publications Office, 2016. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/396908

Foucault, M. (1980) The history of sexuality, Vol. 1: An introduction, transl. Robert Hurley
Pantheon.

Foucault, M. (2012). The courage of truth: The government of self and others II. Palgrave Macmillan.

Jung Kim, E., Parish, S. L. & Skinner, T. 2017. The impact of gender and disability on the economic well-being of disabled women in the United Kingdom: A longitudinal study between 2009 and 2014. Social Policy and Administration,  53 (7), 1064-1080.

Keddie, A. (2015). Student voice and teacher accountability: Possibilities and problematics. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 23 (2), 225–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2014.977806

Pascoe Leahy, C. (2022) The afterlife of interviews: explicit ethics and subtle ethics in sensitive or distressing qualitative research, Qualitative Research, 22 (5), 777-794.

Romstein, K. 2015. Neoliberal values and disability: Critical approach to inclusive education. Quality, Social Justice and Accountability in Education Worldwide, 13 (1), 327-322.

Rouvroy, A. 2013. The end(s) of critique: Data-behaviourism vs. due-process. In M. Hildebrandt & K. De Vries (eds.), Privacy, due process and the computational turn. Philosophers of law meet philosophers of technology (pp.143-168). Routledge.

Shuttleworth, R., Wedgewood, N., & Wilson, N. J. 2012. The dilemma of disabled masculinity. Men and Masculinities, 15 (2), 174-194.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1097184X12439879

Stark, H. 2012. Deleuze and love. Angelaki, 17 (1), 99-113. DOI:10.1080/0969725X.2012.671669


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Childhood and Disability - An Intersectional Analysis of Adultist and Ableist Entanglements

Bettina Lindmeier1, Christian Lindmeier2, Katrin Ehrenberg1, Lea-Sophie Giese1, Anne Schröter1

1Leibniz University of Hannover, Germany; 2Martin-Luther-University of Halle-Wittenberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lindmeier, Bettina; Lindmeier, Christian

While the discourse on the rights and participation of disabled people is hardly focusing on children, the discourse on children's rights is hardly ever considering children with disabilities. The proposal aims to analyse the largely separate discourses on childhood and disability, children's rights and the rights of disabled people and their participation. In doing so, it intends to emphasise the potential of discourse entanglement for the implementation of the rights of children and young people with disabilities.

The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UN-CRC, UN 1989) calls for the realization of 'protection', 'provision' and 'participation'. One of the four guiding principles of the UN CRC stipulates that 'the best interests of the child' (Art. 3, para. 1) should be taken into account in the best possible way in all measures that affect them. However, in Germany, as in many other countries, the innovative potential of the UN CRC is underestimated. All Children but especially children who contradict norms of a presumed ‘normal childhood’, such as children with disabilities, are treated in a patronising way, with children's rights being reduced to the legal groups of protection rights and rights to care and services and participatory rights being neglected. Such a practice contradicts UN CRC, which recognises children as independent legal subjects from birth, doing so in a binding form under international law for the first time (Lindmeier 2023). The UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD, UN 2006) which aims to ensure the rights of disabled people of all ages, also implies a comprehensive recognition of the interests, participation rights and subject status of children in Art. 7 para. 3 (Rossa, 2014). This assures the right of disabled children to be heard (Art. 12 UN CRC) in a double manner.

Nevertheless, there are serious deficits in the establishment of sustainable and effective participation opportunities for children and young people with disabilities and their agency(Lindmeier, 2023; Mac Arthur et al. 2007). In practice, the participation of children with disabilities does not sufficiently fulfil the requirements of both conventions. In particular, participants do not have sufficient clarity about their roles and functions and the resulting power to influence. There is also a lack of transparency and accessible communication, and the interests of children with disabilities are hardly represented, "not to mention by children and young people themselves" (Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte, 2015, 10).

The proposal analyses the concepts of disability and childhood, agency and vulnerability, using critical discourse analysis. In doing so, it aims at changing the view of children with disabilities by paying more attention to children's agency (Ehrenberg 2023; Priestley, 2020), informed by an understanding of children as active social actors. A general attribution of children with disabilities as vulnerable bears the risk of stigmatizing them instead of building upon their resources, and the risk of distracting from social inequality and emerging power relations instead of critically discussing and breaking them down (Schmitt, 2019). In order establish an inclusive childhood education, it is necessary, on the one hand, to focus more strongly on children's interests and, on the other hand, not to neglect group-specific vulnerability. In addition, it is necessary to take into account the communicative conditions under which disabled children can assert their right to be heard. The final question is therefore how disabled children realize agency under these conditions and what significance the perspective on children's rights and interests has. This will be discussed in conclusion with reference to the authors' initial empirical work and will result in suggestions on participatory research methods suitable to involve disabled children in a meaningful way.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The proposal uses the method of critical discourse analysis to analyse, critically discuss and emphasize dominant knowledge structures and bring together different discourses (Traue et al. 2014). Firstly, the right to participation and agency of children with disabilities is analysed on the basis of international human rights documents. In particular, General Comment No. 7 on the right to participation of the UN CRPD is analysed. This is followed by an exemplary analysis of press releases from international organisations on the 30th anniversary of the UN CRC, which shows that the participation rights and agency of children are, at first glance, relevant. A power-critical analysis is used to determine whether the voices of the children merely serve to amplify and authorize the voices of the adult actors, and what image of an "ideal childhood" they produce. Discourses are producing a social meaning through communicative and strategic action in a situationally enduring way. Critical discourse analysis was theoretically founded by Michael Foucault, among others, who defines discourses as “procedures that act as principles of classification, arrangement and distribution” (Foucault 2014, 17) and emphasizes the reciprocal relationship between knowledge and power in discourses. Consequently, knowledge is generated as well as structured and transported through discourse. In this case, it is knowledge about children and people with disabilities as (not) capable of speech and as beings with (limited) potential for autonomy. Embedded in this is both the image of an ‘ideal child’ and a ‘good childhood’ (Sünker & Bühler-Niederberger, 2020).
As discourse analysis aims to examine contemporary concepts and the knowledge embedded in them, the focus is on their historical context as well as their temporal and situational localization and the subjectivations contained therein (Traue et al. 2014). The knowledge disseminated therein specifically guides interpretation processes, produces truths and creates classifications (Kerner 2017). Thus, the relationship between power and knowledge in discourses becomes recognizable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis shows that in the relationship between power and knowledge, an image of disabled children emerges which, leads to a double vulnerability of disabled children through prejudice and the denial of rights. The intersectional discourse analysis shows that childhood and disability both have an inherent construction of imperfection linked to concepts of ability. Both children and people with disabilities are addressed as insufficiently capable, dependent and deficient compared to non-disabled adults. In intersection of disability with childhood as a specifically vulnerable phase of life, an ascribed double vulnerability emerges, which restricts the the opportunities for agency and participation of children with disabilities.
Thus, the interaction of adultism and ableism leads to discrimination which is not even discussed openly but hidden beneath a protective approach. The aim of inclusive childhood education should be to understand and address the relationship between independence and dependency, the significance of vulnerability and agency (Schmitt, 2019) and the generational order (Eckermann & Heinzel, 2018) more precisely in the context of disability.

References
Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte (2015). Parallelbericht an den UN-Fachausschuss für die Rechte von Menschen mit Behinderungen anlässlich der Prüfung des ersten Staatenberichts Deutschlands gemäß Artikel 35 der UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention. Berlin: Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte.

Eckermann, T. & Heinzel, F. (2018). Kindheitsforschung: Eine erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektive. In A. Kleeberg-Niepage & S. Rademacher (Hrsg.), Kindheits- und Jugendforschung in der Kritik: Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf zentrale Begriffe und Konzepte (S. 251–272). Heidelberg, Berlin: Springer.

Ehrenberg, K. (2023): Das aktuelle Thema. Agency von Kindern. Sonderpädagogische Förderung heute 68(2), 121-122.

Foucault, M. (2014): Die Ordnung des Diskurses. In M. Foucault & R. Konersmann (Hrsg.): Die Ordnung des Diskurses. (13. Aufl., S. 7- 49). Frankfurt am Main: Fischer Taschenbücher.

Kerner, I. (2017).  Postkoloniale Theorien zur Einführung. 3.Aufl. Hamburg.

Liebel, M. (2015). Kinderinteressen. Zwischen Paternalismus und Partizipation. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.

Lindmeier, C. (2011). Inklusive Bildung und Kinderrechte. In: Gemeinsam leben. Zeitschrift für Inklusion 19, 205-218.

Lindmeier, C. (2023). Partizipation behinderter Kinder und Jugendlicher aus kinderrechtlicher Perspektive. In: Gemeinsam leben 31/1, 26-36.

MacArthur, J., S.Sharp, B. Kelly, and M. Gaffney. 2007. Disabled children negotiating school life: Agency, difference and teaching practice. International Journal of Children’s Rights 15(1): 99–120.

Priestley, A. (2020). Care-Experienced Young People: Agency and Empowerment. Children & Society 34 (6): 521–536.  

Rossa, E. (2014). Kinderrechte. Das Übereinkommen der Rechte des Kindes im internationalen und nationalen Kontext. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag.

Schmitt, C. (2019). Agency und Vulnerabilität. Soziale Arbeit 68 (8), 282–288. doi:10.5771/0490-1606-2019-8-282

Schröter, A., Meyer, D.; Ehrenberg, K.; Giese, L.-S. & Lindmeier, B. (in press).  Machtkritische Perspektiven auf Agency und Teilhabe von Kindern. In S. Schuppener, A. Langner, A. Goldbach, K. Mannewitz & N. Leonhardt (Hrsg.), Machtkontexte – Kritische Reflexionen von Wissensordnungen, Wissensproduktion und Wissensvermittlung.

Sünker, H. & Bühler-Niederberger, D. (2020). Kindheit und Gesellschaft. In: R. Braches-Chyrek, C. Röhner, H. Sünker & M. Hopf (Hrsg.): Handbuch Frühe Kindheit. 2. Aufl. Opladen, Berlin & Toronto, S. 43-53.

Traue, B., Pfahl, L. & Schürmann, L.: Diskursanalyse. In: N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.): Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung. Wiesbaden 2014, S. 493-508.  

United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). https://www.unicef.org/child-rights-convention/convention-text

United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with disabilities. (2006). https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

An Intersectional Approach Towards the Experiences of Women with Disabilities in Education and Society

Marina Democratous, Simoni Symeonidou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Democratous, Marina

This study falls within the feminist approach of Disability Studies and Inclusive Education. It also draws upon the concept of intersectionality which is addressed by Critical Disability Studies and other disciplines.

Personal experiences of disability are considered important by disability feminists, since they lead to unique experiences which vary even for persons who live in the same cultural contexts (Morris, 1996; Thomas, 1999). Disability feminists highlight the fact that women with disabilities are oppressed on the basis of disability and gender. They also argue that they may also experience multiple oppression because of their gender, race, and disability giving a more comprehensive understanding of personal experiences (Vernon, 1996, 1998). More recently, Critical Disability Studies scholars draw upon the concept of intersectionality to further highlight that the identities of women with disabilities intersect and define their experiences in different areas of life (Goodley, 2017). This concept was developed by Crenshaw (1989, 1991) and has been informing different disciplines. Furthermore, Goodley, Lawthom, and Runswick-Cole (2014) refer to the DisHuman, and they focus on the ways in which people with disabilities tend to be considered "less human" and dehumanized.

The narratives shared by people with disabilities regarding their experiences within the educational system, taking into account their intersecting identities and how these aspects influence their educational or social integration or exclusion, highlight the significance of implementing fair pedagogical approaches that are deeply connected to the diverse identities and experiences of students (Janzen, 2019; Schwitzman, 2019). Therefore, the adoption of an intersectional perspective in education is not just beneficial but essential for fostering inclusion and ensuring equitable opportunities for all students. Most of the literature focusses on the barriers posed by segregating or mainstream settings and call for inclusive education. Personal experiences during school life may enhance this argument and shed light on how the identified barriers impact children’s lives. At the same time, personal experiences may illuminate new parameters that define school experiences. These experiences may be relevant to children’s different identities and their intersections and the relevance of these identities to other factors such as the family and the cultural context. Thus, it is important to consider personal experiences in education if we are to adopt a social justice perspective in policy and practice, infused by inclusive education ideology (Liasidou, 2013).

This study aims to examine how the experiences of women with disabilities at school and their intersectional identities can help us conceptualize how the education system and other factors oppresses or empowers them. The research question is: How do the intersectional identities of women with disabilities and other factors influence their life trajectory through their experiences in the education system?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper constitutes a part of a PhD research project and will focus on the experiences of women with disabilities in education from the perspective of intersectionality.
A sample of 12 women was selected through purposive and chain sampling (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2008), meeting the criteria set for the study, i.e. women with any type of impairment; with two or more identities for which they are likely to experience discrimination, including disability (e.g. sexual orientation, social class, immigrant/refugee background); aged between 18-70 years old.
Specifically, the participants included two women with hearing impairment, two women with visual impairment, four women with various physical impairments, one woman with intellectual disability, one woman with mental health issues, one woman with multiple sclerosis, and one woman with cerebral palsy, all aged between 25 and 65 years old. Their experiences in the education system varied in several aspects, particularly concerning the context in which they studied (mainstream or special) and how each context interacted with their intersecting identities or characteristics.
The methodology involved gathering data through an audio-recorded oral history interview, followed by a second interview centered on the participant's personal objects or artifacts. Prior to participation, all individuals were provided with comprehensive information regarding the research focus and their rights throughout the process, encompassing aspects such as anonymity, the right to withdraw at any point, and the right to verify interview transcriptions. Informed consent was obtained through signed consent forms. The oral history interviews were conducted by one of the abstract's two authors, who took measures to ensure that her background did not act as barrier, fostering an environment where participants felt at ease sharing their stories (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2008). Data were analyzed in the language that the interviews were contacted.
Thematic narrative analysis was selected as a content analysis method as it merges well with the concept of intersectionality and highlights important aspects of one’s intersecting identities contextualizing the story in numerous different ways (Esposito & Evans-Winters, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis reveals that the experiences of women with disabilities in education are affected by numerous factors and differ, mainly according to the framework in which they studied as children. For example, Athena, a woman with visual impairment found her transition from a special school consisting only of girls to a mainstream school shocking, impacting her life trajectory:
“I spent primary education at the School for the Blind, I only had 4 female classmates…So after [experiencing] this protective environment, high school inclusion came to me as a psychological and a social shock.”
The educational framework seems to play a crucial role in women’s experiences in education. However, intersecting identities and other factors such as family perspectives, affect their experiences both at school and adult life. Specifically, Athena’s life trajectory was also affected by the extreme protectiveness of her mother. One of the important topics she raised was her emancipation, something she had also confirmed through a personal object:  
“This is the first keyring of my apartment keys. It was such a nice feeling […], that yes, this is my space, my home. I got the responsibility of looking after it, clean it.”
The independence she needs because of the experiences she had mainly in the educational and family context, seems to affect other areas as well, such as love relationships:
“Regarding relationship issues, I have settled on one but I’m not looking for anything more. It's just a relationship, [...] self-understanding that it's… It's something I keep a secret from everyone. And it doesn't bother me, I'm calm. Emotionally I value him, […] but we are friends, sex friends.”
In conclusion, this paper calls for a focussed discussion on how the intersecting experiences of women with disabilities in education can inform inclusive education and contribute in reducing ableist thinking.

References
Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2008). The Methodology of Educational Research. London and NY: Routledge.
Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A Black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 189, 139-167.
Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 46, 1241-1299.
Esposito, J. & Evans-Winters, V. (2022). Introduction to Intersectional Qualitative Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
Goodley, D. (2017). Disability Studies: An Interdisciplinary Introduction. London: Sage Publications.
Goodley, D., Lawthom, R. & Runswick Cole, K. (2014b). Dis/ability and austerity: Beyond work and slow death. Disability and Society, 29(6), 980-984.
Janzen, M. D. (2019). Children’s “mis”behaviours: An ethical engagement with the mystery of the other. Journal for Curriculum Theory (JCT) Special Issue: The Curriculum of Disability Studies: Multiple Perspectives on Dis/Ability. 34(1), 91-99.
Liasidou, A. (2013).  Intersectional understandings of disability and implications for a social justice reform agenda in education policy and practice. Disability & Society, 28(3), 299-312.
Morris, J. (1996). Introduction. In J. Morris (Ed.), Encounters with strangers: Feminism and disability. London: The Women’s Press.
Schwitzman, T. E. (2019). “Dealing with Diversity and Difference”: A DisCrit analysis of teacher education curriculum at a Minority Serving Institution. Journal for Curriculum Theory (JCT) Special Issue: The Curriculum of Disability Studies: Multiple Perspectives on Dis/Ability. 34(1), 50-71.
Thomas, C. (1999). Female forms. Experiencing and understanding disability. Buckingham: Open University Press.
Vernon, A. (1996). A stranger in many camps: The experience of disabled black and ethnic minority women. In J. Morris (Ed.), Encounters with strangers: Feminism and disability. London: The Women’s Press.
Vernon, A. (1998). Multiple oppression and the disabled people’s movement. In T. Shakespeare (Ed.), The disability reader. London: Continuum.
 
13:15 - 14:4504 SES 01 E: Accessibility and school design
Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Foteini Pasenidou
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Community Participation in the Redesign of a Modern School Building: The research project for the renovation of José Falcão School

Gonçalo Canto Moniz1, Carolina Coelho2, António Cordeiro3, Luís Alcoforado4, Valentina Gutierrez5

1University of Coimbra, Centre for Social Studies, Department of Architecture; 2University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Department of Architecture; 3University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Arts and Humanities; 4University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences; 5University of Coimbra, Department of Architecture

Presenting Author: Coelho, Carolina

The Portuguese school buildings were built during the 20th century promoted by educational policies based on four main political regimes – monarchy until 1910, republic from 1910 to 1926, dictatorship from 1926 to 1974, and democracy since 1974 (Moniz & Cordeiro, 2019). These regimes used the schools not only to educate the population but also to represent their power relations. In most cases, the students were not the center of the education process, as John Dewey claimed already in 1916 in his book “Education and Democracy”, where students should “learn by doing”.

Beyond some interesting experiences in the 1960s and 1970s, in the late days of the dictatorship and the early days of democracy, school buildings were designed by architects without any interaction with the school community. The governmental institution prepared an architectural brief based on technical and programmatic regulations, and architects developed proposals supported by their contemporary architecture culture – neoclassic, modern, pavilions, brutalist, minimalist, etc. Beautiful school buildings were designed and built, but without the engagement of the school community - although the rector or the school director was involved in some cases (Moniz, 2018).

Since the beginning of the 21st century, the Portuguese government started a programme to renovate secondary school buildings, named Parque Escolar, that worked between 2007 and 2017, where 100 buildings were refurbished. Although the programme aimed for community participation, in most cases that was not possible due to the short time to develop the architectural project and to a lack of participation culture.

Today, the government is transferring the management of the secondary school buildings to the municipalities and an opportunity is created to do things differently, due to the proximity between the municipalities and the schools (Cordeiro et al, 2023). The question is how can the school community be engaged in the redesign of their school buildings and what are the goals that may be achieved with this participation process?

The case of the José Falcão Secondary School, the former Lyceum of Coimbra (Moniz, 2004, 2008; Coelho, 2018a), can offer answers and guidance to achieve a more inclusive education supported by an architectural and pedagogical design process developed with the school community.

The building was designed in 1930 and built in 1936 in the frame of the national competition for modern lyceums, promoted by the dictatorship, in the early years of the so-called New State. The renovation of this school building was not included in the Parque Escolar programme because the teachers were not involved in the decision, and they refused the transformation of the school into a music school – the conservatory of Coimbra. Due to this lack of consensus, the school was excluded from the programme and the renovation is today very urgent and delicate because the building is a national monument, and it has a strong sense of belonging for Coimbra society.

The Municipality of Coimbra understood the exceptional character of this building and started a competition for a research-in-action project opened to universities with research centers in architecture, education and engineering. The University of Coimbra presented a proposal, led by the Department of Architecture, in partnership with the Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences and the Department of Civil and Mechanics Engineering, and several research centers.

This paper aims to discuss the proposal submitted by the University of Coimbra and to present the first results of the participatory process that was developed between November 2023 and January 2024.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the last months, several teams are developing the first phase of the research-in-action project, surveying the school in architectural and engineering terms, to know more about the present physical condition of the building. In parallel, an interdisciplinary team is promoting a participatory process with the school community to engage them in its redesign process.
The team is replicating the methodologies developed previously in two European projects, where concepts, methods and tools were developed and tested to answer these challenges: RMB – Reuse of Modernist Buildings (coordinated by HfM Detmold) (Moniz & Ferreira, 2016) and CoRed – Collaborative Redesign with Schools (coordinated by Newcastle University) (Woolner, 2018). The University of Coimbra was a partner in these projects and members of these teams are now developing the research-in-action project for the renovation of José Falcão Secondary School.
The methodology is focused on the participatory process developed with the school community between December 2023 and January 2024 to build together the functional programme and to rethink the use of the existing school spaces’ according to the experience of its daily users. The research activities are based on the Survey on Student School Spaces methodology (S3S) (Coelho et al, 2022) developed in the CoReD project  (https://www.ncl.ac.uk/cored/).
This current process integrates surveys, walkthroughs, workshops, interviews and a school assembly, and involves 500 participants among a community of 1000 members. Specifically, students (aged 12-19), teachers and staff were asked to participate in an online survey about their activities and feelings in the school’s common spaces. This was followed by walkthroughs with the several groups that detailed their feedback. Finally, all the school community was invited to an assembly where conclusions were displayed and programme proposals analysed, to inform the subsequent design process.
Additionally, this was complemented by workshops with former students and with the school council; and by walkthroughs to identify the specificities related to the labs, classrooms, arts and sports areas. Furthermore, the School Direction and the Municipality are also involved as active stakeholders, in a state-of-the-art redesign process that involves all the school community in the refurbishment of a modern school building.
The final programme proposed by the research team is the product of the dialogue between the community voices and the modern building principles, and also the result of conflicts and opportunities mediated by a participatory process that included all the school’s stakeholders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This project seeks to renovate a nearly nine-decade-old school, national heritage site, using participatory methods for full school community engagement. Uncommon in a traditionally centralized country, the functional program is defined collaboratively, a departure from previous Municipality or Government-driven decisions lacking input from daily users.
Six workshops and ten walkthroughs conveyed representatives from diverse groups of the educational community, with workshop attendance ranging between 15-20 individuals and walkthroughs hosting around 5-10 participants. The online survey gathered 524 responses (80% students, 17% teachers and 3% staff), followed by four walkthroughs and one workshop, which were conducted for further data clarification. The school assembly, attended by more than 150 participants, facilitated the presentation of the project’s initial conclusions and invited active participation in refining the programme proposal.
In summary, the comprehensive engagement through all the activities fostered a collaborative environment, encouraging diverse stakeholders to contribute to the refinement of the proposed educational program in development. With more than 500 participants, this was a rare time in Portugal when open and participatory work was carried out in the context of the refurbishment of a school facility.
Additionally, this project is taking place at a time when society expects schools to involve all children and youngsters for longer, as an adaptable and sustainable learning environment that doesn't discriminate against anyone (Coelho, 2018b). Thus, the participation of the community, implies the educational spaces to be inclusive, to answer users’ functional and mobility requirements, and to enable the teaching-learning processes according to the current paradigm. This encompasses a profound update of the school’s facilities, the refurbishment of its physical condition, its preservation as a national heritage building, and also its redesign as a contemporary urban, social and educational hub, which the participatory process aims to achieve through the active engagement of all the school community.

References
. Coelho, C.; Cordeiro, A.R.; Alcoforado, L.; & Moniz, G.C. (2022). Survey on Student School Spaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings12040392

. Coelho, C. (2018a). In search of modernist adaptability. A systematic approach for discussing the adaptive reuse potential of José Falcão School. Joelho. Journal of Architectural Culture #9. “Reuse of Modernist Buildings: pedagogy and profession”, n. 9, 202-223. ISSN 1647-9548. e-ISSN 1647-8681. Coimbra: e|d|arq - Department of Architecture. https://doi.org/10.14195/1647-8681_9_12

. Coelho, C. (2018b). Life within Architecture from Design Process to Space Use. Adaptability in School Buildings Today - A Methodological Approach. Ph.D. Thesis, Universidade de Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal. https://hdl.handle.net/10316/86931

. Cordeiro, A.R.; Coelho, C.; Oliveira, C., et al., (2023). Rede Escolar – 20 anos de Transformação com Fundos Europeus na Região Centro. Lisboa: Direção-Geral dos Estabelecimentos Escolares. ISBN 978-989-33-4659-4. https://www.dgeste.mec.pt/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Rede_Escolar_20_anos_de_Transformacao_com_Fundos_Europeus_na_Regiao_Centro.pdf

. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education.

. Moniz, G.C.; & Ferreira, C. (2016). The school as a city and a city as a school:Future architectural scenarios for the school. In U. Stadler-Altmann (Org.). Lernumgebungen Erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektiven auf Schulgebäude und Klassenzimmer. (pp. 125-137). Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://shop.budrich.de/produkt/lernumgebungen/?v=35357b9c8fe4

. Moniz, G.C. (2018). Democratic Schools for an Authoritarian Regime: Portuguese Educational and Architectural Experiences in the 1960s. In I. Grosvenor & L. Rosén Rasmussen (Eds.). Making Education: Material School Design and Educational Governance. Educational Governance Research, vol 9. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97019-6_3

. Moniz, G.C. (2008). O Liceu de Coimbra, do Liceu Dr. Júlio Henriques à Escola Secundária José Falcão, Rua Larga, 19. Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. http://www.uc.pt/rualarga/anteriores/19/11

. Moniz, G.C. (2004). O Liceu Moderno – do Programa-tipo ao Liceu-máquina. Arquitectura Moderna Portuguesa 1920-1970. (pp. 68-81). Lisboa: IPPAR.

. Moniz, G. C.; & Cordeiro A.R. (2019). A Educação e a Rede de Equipamentos Escolares no Estado Novo. In J. Brites & L.M. Correia (Eds.) Obras Públicas no Estado Novo. (pp. 225-250).Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra.

. Woolner, P. (2018). Collaborative Re-design: Working with School Communities to Understand and Improve their Learning Environments. In R. A. Ellis, & P. Goodyear (Ed.). Spaces of teaching and learning: Integrating perspectives on research and practice. Springer.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive School Design Oriented Towards the Future and in Response to the Past

Foteini Pasenidou

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Pasenidou, Foteini

Although, UNESCO (2019) calls for schools to become “welcoming spaces … where respect and appreciation for the diversity of all students prevail” (pp. 11, 15), educators and educational systems continue to stive to promote all students’ right to presence, participation and achievement in their education. For inclusive education to be realised, an intersectionality of architecture and inclusive education is emerging in the policy context (UNESCO, 2019, 2020), calling “State parties”/governments to take measures for “removing architectural … barriers to mainstream education” (UN, 2016, p. 15). This paper contributes to the emerging field of the role of architecture in supporting the translation of inclusive policy into practice for all students.

Affirming a collective responsibility to promote inclusive education, the Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG4) – Education 2030 in the “Incheon Declaration and SDG4 – Education 2030 Framework for Action” established the need for the enactment of inclusive education to be “country-led”, requiring a “whole of government” approach. The Framework for Action was informed by three principles: education as a “fundamental human right and an enabling right”, ensuring equal access to inclusive education “free and compulsory, leaving no one behind”; education as a “public good” and a “shared societal endeavour”; and gender equality ensuring access, completion and empowerment for “girls and boys”, “women and men” (UNESCO, 2016, p. 28). Within the “whole of government” approach, the Framework for Action recognised that governments “will need the support of all stakeholders”, that is, “civil society, teachers and educators, the private sector, communities, families, youth and children” and understanding that they “all have important roles in realizing the right to quality education” (UNESCO, 2016, pp. 28, 60). However, this raises the question of how the right to quality education can be fully realised. According to UNESCO’s Sustainable Development Goal 4 (2019) “school infrastructure must be improved, creating safe, accessible spaces” (p. 11). Therefore, allowing the affordances of architecture to emerge, ensuring safety in the architectural design of a school responds to students’ needs, while meeting policy requirements.

Richard Meier (1984) at the 1984 Pritzker Architecture Prize Ceremony described architecture as “vital and enduring because it contains us; it describes space, space we move through, exist in and use” (p. 1). School spaces have been reported in the literature for their role in the education of students with disabilities (Buchner, 2021; Jin et al., 2018), students with English as an additional language (Everatt et al., 2019; Wrench et al., 2018), and all students (Kallio, 2018; Ytterhus & Åmot, 2021). Space has been recommended as one of the resources affecting student learning (OECD, 2013, p. 24) with research providing evidence that school architecture that meets the qualities of being “accessible, suitable and appropriate” is deemed to “benefit all learners” (Ackah-Jnr & Danso, 2019 p. 205). It is now widely accepted globally that inclusive education refers to “an optimum learning environment [that] benefits all students” (Boyle & Anderson, 2020, p. 208). However, this raises the question of what an optimum learning environment for all looks like. Informing the intersectionality of architecture with inclusive education, this case study in a primary school setting in metropolitan South Australia reports on student and educator experiences of ‘suitable’ and ‘designed specifically for children’ material-economic arrangements enabling students’ inclusive education.

The research questions that underpinned the study were:

  • What role does architecture play in students’ inclusive education?
  • What do school community members perceive to be the enabling and/or challenging arrangements to students’ inclusive education?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study explored the intersectionality of architecture and inclusive education in a single case study of a primary school (students aged 5-12 years) in metropolitan South Australia with implications for schools worldwide. Appreciating cultural and linguistic diversity, the school was selected “on the recognition of attempts to respond to diversity” (Bristol, 2015, p. 817) with a reported diversity of ‘50 different ethnic and cultural groups in the school’ and with ‘approximately 60% of the enrolments’ meeting the English as additional language (EALD) criteria (2019 Annual General Meeting); the school was categorised among the most educationally disadvantaged schools in South Australia. Therefore, implications of this study can inform inclusive practices for the education for all worldwide.

Being committed to a systemic whole school (OECD, 2007; UN, 2006; UNESCO, 2017) and intersectional approach to inclusive education (Migliarini et al., 2019), this study explored the role of architecture as an intersubjective space in a school community. The study employed a qualitative case study participatory co-design approach with its epistemological and ontological premises informed by a practice architectures (PA) lens. Practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) can enable researchers to explore and identify “how some particular sets of sayings (language) come to hang together with a particular set of doings (in activity, or work) and a particular set of relatings (e.g., particular kinds of power relationships or relationships of inclusion or exclusion)” (Mahon et al., 2017, p. 8).

Participants included three parents/carers and 34 educators of the school community including two school leaders, 21 teachers, 9 staff members who did not specify their role, one Education Support Officer and one teacher/numeracy support staff member. Additionally, promoting students’ rightful participation to express their views freely (UN, 2006, 2016) and support “meaningful change” (Dollinger et al., 2021, p. 751), the researcher worked closely with two student cohorts i.e., ten from Reception (aged 5-6) and 21 from Year 4 (aged 9-10) including nine students with disabilities; speech delay, Autism Spectrum, Asperger’s syndrome, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), intellectual disability and arbitrary disorder. Data was collected through; surveys with parents/carers and educators, as well as focus groups and visual participatory co-design methods including auto-photography, digital and hand-made storybooks, and digital construction models using Tinkercad. Data was imported into a qualitative computer software, NVivo. The coding process followed a thematic content analysis combining inductive and deductive approaches (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Nowell et al., 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Informing ways to promote sustainable changes in students’ inclusive education, one staff member recommended that ‘good quality educational furniture’ would support students’ inclusive education, whereas one of the school leaders identified a future direction towards ‘safe’ and ‘quality furniture’. This school leader identified furniture used in the past as ‘poorly made’ and not ‘sustainable’ as opposed to the new furniture at school, which was ‘well-made’, ‘suitable’ and ‘designed specifically for children’ in line with one of the school’s values stated on the school website: ‘We have established the architecture of the class to provide the best learning environment’.

Prioritising furniture ‘designed specifically for children’ suggests that the furnishing was user-friendly. Having user-appropriate and user-friendly furnishing for all students has been supported as a tenet of inclusive education. Through an intersectional lens, findings affirm that material-economic arrangements ‘suitable’, ‘flexible’, ‘inviting’ and ‘comfortable’ can further enable students’ inclusive education, with their right to ‘safety’ through inclusion of cushions and beanbags being reinforced by students in the current study.

Educators in this study referred to ‘quality’ and ‘sustainability’, terms further supported by the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4 on education suggesting the need to support and sustain inclusive practices in the future. The school leader ‘re-imagined all learning areas’ including classroom décor in a collaborative consultation with teachers and architects, all of whom considered what ‘children like[d]’. Such a collaboratively informed approach has the potential for change to be sustainable in the future as an inclusive practice. Sustainability further supports an orientation towards future and in response to the past. Having taught and researched in schools in Central Greece and South Australia, the presenter will discuss findings of this study and their implications for students’ right to access and succeed in safe, inviting, multi-functional and diverse learning environments within global inclusive education initiatives.

References
Ackah-Jnr, F. R., & Danso, J. B. (2019). Examining the physical environment of Ghanaian inclusive schools: How accessible, suitable and appropriate is such environment for inclusive education? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(2), 188-208. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1427808
Boyle, C., & Anderson, J. (2020). The justification for inclusive education in Australia. Prospects, 49, 203-217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09494-x
Buchner, T. (2021). On ‘integration rooms’, tough territories, and ‘places to be’: the ability-space-regimes of three educational settings at Austrian secondary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1950975
Bristol, L. (2015). Leading-for-inclusion: Transforming action through teacher talk. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(8), 802-820. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.971078
Everatt, J., Fletcher, J., & Fickel, L. (2019). School leaders’ perceptions on reading, writing and mathematics in innovative learning environments. Education 3-13, 47(8), 906-919. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2018.1538256
Jin, J., Yun, J., & Agiovlasitis, S. (2018). Impact of enjoyment on physical activity and health among children with disabilities in schools. Disability and Health Journal, 11(1), 14-19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dhjo.2017.04.004
Kallio, J. M. (2018). Participatory design of classrooms: Infrastructuring education reform in K-12 personalized learning programs. Journal of Learning Spaces, 7(2), 35-49. http://libjournal.uncg.edu/jls/article/view/1727
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer.
Meier, R. (1984). Laureate, Ceremony Acceptance Speech. The Pritzker Prize Ceremony Speech. https://www.pritzkerprize.com/sites/default/files/inline-files/Richard_Meier_Acceptance_Speech_1984.pdf
Migliarini, V., Stinson, C., & D’Alessio, S. (2019). ‘SENitizing’ migrant children in inclusive settings: Exploring the impact of the Salamanca Statement thinking in Italy and the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 754-767. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622804.
Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1), 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F1609406917733847
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2013). Innovative learning environments. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264203488-en
UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action towards inclusive and equitable quality education and lifelong learning for all. http://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/education-2030-incheon-framework-for-action-implementation-of-sdg4-2016-en_2.pdf
UNESCO. (2019). Final report: International forum on inclusion and equity in education.  https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000372651
UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718
United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, General comment No. 4 (2016), Article 24: Right to inclusive education, 2 September 2016, CRPD/C/GC/4, available at: https://www.refworld.org/docid/57c977e34.html


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

“We do it Together!”: An Interview Study on Using Widgit Online Graphic Symbols to Promote Primary School Accessible Learning Environment

Liselotte Kjellmer, Maria Sundqvist, Shruti Taneja Johansson

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Kjellmer, Liselotte

The aim of this study was to increase the knowledge about teachers’ experiences of implementing and using visual support with the graphic symbol program “Widgit Online” (WO) in a Swedish primary school to promote an accessible learning environment. As the overarching theoretical framework the study used inclusive pedagogy, which involves a pedagogical practice that compensates for individual student differences during whole-class teaching and activities (Brennan et al., 2021; Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The pedagogical practice should focus on creating rich learning opportunities accessible to all students enabling participation for everyone (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Within the Swedish discourse, however, the term employed is "accessible learning environment" instead of "inclusive pedagogy." Essentially, the essence of this concept corresponds with that of inclusive pedagogy. The Swedish National Agency for Special Needs Education and Schools (SpecialPedagogiska SkolMyndigheten; SPSM, 2023b) states that “accessibility encompasses the conditions necessary for all children and students to participate in an inclusive school environment”. According to “The Accessibility Model” developed by SPSM, creating accessible learning environments involves adapting the pedagogical, social, and physical environment to support the learning of all students (SPSM, 2023a). The model is widely referred to in Swedish schools and aligns with the Swedish education act (SFS 2010:800) stating that in education, it is essential to address the diverse needs of students, providing support and stimulation to maximize their development while striving to equalize student differences. Accessible learning environment was therefore used as a second theoretical framework in the current study.

The use of visual supports of different kinds are one way of creating an accessible learning environment in schools. Previous studies have shown that visual supports in the school context may be beneficial to students with disabilities, such as language disorders, autism, ADHD, and intellectual disability (Lequia et al., 2012; McDougal et al., 2022; Van Dijk & Gage, 2019; Wellington & Stackhouse, 2011) as well as second language learners (e.g., Dixon et al., 2020). Importantly, however, visual supports have also demonstrated broad benefits for all students in a classroom setting, contributing to vocabulary development, supporting listening skills, enhancing social communication skills, aiding literacy, and improving higher-order thinking and language skills (Crosskey & Vance, 2011; Gil-Glazer et al., 2019; John & Vance, 2014; Mavrou et al., 2013; Pampoulou & Detheridge, 2007). The notion of using visual supports as part of the everyday pedagogical practice to support the learning of all students in the classroom thus aligns with both the accessible learning environment as well as the inclusion pedagogy theoretical frameworks.

One type of visual support is graphic symbol sets, systematically designed to symbolize all types of words in a language, such as Widgit symbols (Kambouri et al., 2016). Widgit symbols in Swedish schools have become more prevalent with the widespread adoption of the web-based program WO, which also comprises a variety of templates, such as mind-maps and schedules. WO is accessible in many classrooms across Sweden, often with individual teacher access. Widgit symbols and the specific WO program are also available in several countries in Europe and beyond. Yet, there is a paucity in research investigating the implementation and utilization of visual support with graphic symbols and programs such as WO in mainstream classrooms. Through an interview study with nine primary school teachers we thus aimed to explore the following research questions: 1. How do the teachers describe implementation and use of WO as a tool for promoting an accessible learning environment? 2. What impact does use of WO have on the students’ learning, development, and participation, according to the teachers? 3. What important organizational factors are described in implementing and using visual support with WO?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The first and second authors conducted semi-structured interviews with nine early years teachers from a primary school in a mid-sized Swedish municipality, encompassing pre-school class through year 6 as well as school-age educare. Pre-school class for 6-year-olds is part of the Swedish compulsory school. School-age educare is open for students before and after school hours and supplements the school education. The school had a total enrollment of four hundred and eighty students during the study, whereof about 30% had Swedish as a second language. The particular school was a convenience selection as the authors had knowledge of the school’s structured and innovative work with visual support using WO. Specifically, the study focused on early years teachers, involving four from pre-school classes, one from year 1, two from year 2, and two from the school-age educare who consented to participate in the interviews.
To prevent data loss from technical issues, interviews were recorded on two separate digital devices and promptly transferred to a secure digital storage space approved by the University of Gothenburg. The verbatim transcription initially involved using the transcribing function in Word on a secure university platform, followed by careful listening to the recordings and adjusting the transcriptions to accurately reflect the spoken content. Data was organized and coded in the software program NVivo and analyzed using qualitative content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings reveal that teachers utilized Widgit Online (WO) in diverse ways to enhance an accessible learning environment, aiding in structuring lessons and activities, organizing materials, reinforcing content, assisting memory, and supporting language and communication development. A significant and innovative aspect was the interactive utilization of WO, where the teacher and students collaboratively generated mind-maps or other visual support structures in real time on a particular theme or concept. Simultaneously, the emerging output was displayed on the classroom screen for collective viewing. Further, teachers noted increased clarity for students, promoting accessibility for all in general and for those with Swedish as a second language or a language disorder in particular. The use of WO also led to increased student independence, active engagement, group cohesion, and heightened participation in teaching activities, according to the teachers. Regarding organizational aspects in implementing and utilizing WO, teachers emphasized the crucial role of school leadership in establishing a clear purpose, offering various training sessions, and allocating time and platforms for collaborative learning among colleagues.
In conclusion, the preliminary findings underscore the flexible and varied use of graphic symbols with WO by early year primary teachers to promote an accessible learning environment, both in the classroom and the school-age educare. The interactive features, such as real-time collaboration on visual support structures, contribute significantly to this goal. The positive outcomes noted by teachers, including increased clarity, enhanced student independence, and heightened participation, emphasize the impact of visual support using WO on creating an inclusive pedagogical approach. Moreover, the recognition of school leadership's pivotal role in providing clear objectives, comprehensive training, and opportunities for collaborative learning highlights the importance of organizational support in ensuring the successful implementation of visual support using the graphic symbol program WO for the benefit of an accessible and inclusive educational environment.

References
Crosskey, L., & Vance, M. (2011). Training teachers to support pupils’ listening in class: An evaluation using pupil questionnaires. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 27(2), 165-182.

Dixon, C., Thomson, J., & Fricke, S. (2020). Evaluation of an explicit vocabulary teaching intervention for children learning English as an additional language in primary school. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 36(2), 91-108.  

Florian, L. & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813–828.

Gil-Glazer, Y. A., Walter, O., & Eilam, B. (2019). PhotoLingo—Development and Improvement of Higher-Order Thinking and Language Skills Through Photographs. Journal of Education, 199(1), 45-56.

John, P. S. & Vance, M. (2014). Evaluation of a principled approach to vocabulary learning in mainstream classes. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 30, 255-271.

Kambouri, M., Pampoulou, E., Pieridou, M., & Allen, M. (2016). Science learning and graphic symbols: an exploration of early years teachers’ views and use of graphic symbols when teaching science. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 12(9), 2399-2417.

Lequia, J., Machalicek, W., & Rispoli, M. J. (2012). Effects of activity schedules on challenging behavior exhibited in children with autism spectrum disorders: A systematic review. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6(1), 480-492.

Mavrou, K., Charalampous, E., & Michaelides, M. (2013). Graphic symbols for all: using symbols in developing the ability of questioning in young children. Journal of Assistive Technologies, 7(1), 22-33.

McDougal, E., Tai, C., Stewart, T. M., Booth, J. N., & Rhodes, S. M. (2023). Understanding and supporting attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in the primary school classroom: Perspectives of children with ADHD and their teachers. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 53(9), 3406-3421.

Pampoulou, E., & Detheridge, C. (2007). The role of symbols in the mainstream to access literacy. Journal of Assistive Technologies, 1(1), 15-21.

SFS 2010:800. Skollag. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800

SPSM. (1 June 2023a). Tillgänglighetsmodellen. https://www.spsm.se/stod-och-rad/skolutveckling/tillganglig-utbildning/tillganglighetsmodell/

SPSM. (27 December 2023b). Tillgänglig utbildning. https://www.spsm.se/stod-och-rad/skolutveckling/tillganglig-utbildning/

Van Dijk, W., & Gage, N. A. (2019). The effectiveness of visual activity schedules for individuals with intellectual disabilities: A meta-analysis. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 44(4), 384-395.

Wellington, W. & Stackhouse, J. (2011). Using visual support for language and learning in children with SLCN: A training programme for teachers and teaching assistants. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 27, 183-201.
 
13:15 - 14:4506 SES 01 A: Educational Ecosystems and Open Learning
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Musical Digital Assets for the Diffusion of Immaterial Cultural Heritage

Alessio Di Paolo1, Michele Domenico Todino1, Argyro Fella2, Stefano Di Tore1

1University of Salerno, Italy; 2University of Nicosia, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Di Paolo, Alessio

This research aims to explore how Musical Digital Assets can enhance inclusive processes through listening, bringing people closer to the rich cultural heritage that characterized ancient peoples, particularly the Mediterranean populations. In this sense, Musical Digital Asset represents a frontier that improves the educational context (Turchet, 2023). In this regard, digital technologies have transformed how music educators convey knowledge, offering a wide range of resources and learning opportunities (Sibilio et al., 2023). Digital libraries, streaming platforms, and sound production tools provide an inexhaustible source of educational materials, enabling educators to customize teaching to meet the needs of users, with a particular focus on artificial intelligence, which has recently been the subject of numerous studies about music and its application in education and inclusivity (Miranda, 2021; Caramiaux & Donnarumma, 2021; Di Paolo et al., 2022).In this context, transmitting cultural heritage based on digital assets enriches users’ repertoire and promotes interactivity and active participation. Through modern technologies, users can explore and experience theoretical concepts that can be learned in a virtual museum. Digitally assisted production allows them to apply theoretical skills, stimulating creativity and problem-solving. Furthermore, integrating digital resources prepares users for the challenges of the contemporary landscape, where technological competence is often essential for professional success (McPherson & Tahıroğlu, 2020).In a practical context, the integration of digital musical heritage can occur using streaming platforms to access historical and contemporary recordings, allowing users to compare interpretive styles and analyze performance dynamics. In particular, the Mediterranean populations, have left various cultural testimonies that should be paid attention to under the artistic-musical profile. For the user, therefore, approaching, and exploring music that in some way echoes the history of that population allows for greater reflection on immaterial cultural heritage, opening new perspectives for interpretation (Li & Sun, 2023).Specialized software offers the user the opportunity to listen attentively and repeatedly to a given composition, enhancing understanding of its harmonic structures and historical features. Open-access multimedia resources that are always available to the user, not but in a virtual context, allow flexible access to materials and in-depth study of complex topics that belong not only to historiography or museology but to musicology and its possible relationship to other disciplines.In this context, Transmitting cultural heritage based on digital assets enriches users’ repertoire and promotes interactivity and active participation. Through modern technologies, users can explore and experience theoretical concepts that can be learned in a virtual museum. Digitally assisted production allows them to apply theoretical skills, stimulating creativity and problem-solving. Furthermore, the integration of digital resources prepares users for the challenges of the contemporary landscape, where technological competence is often essential for professional success (McPherson & Tahıroğlu, 2020).In a practical context, the integration of digital musical heritage can occur using streaming platforms to access historical and contemporary recordings, allowing users to compare interpretive styles and analyze performance dynamics. In particular, the Mediterranean populations, have left various cultural testimonies that should be paid attention to under the artistic-musical profile. For the user, therefore, approaching, and exploring music that in some way echoes the history of that population allows for greater reflection on immaterial cultural heritage, opening new perspectives for interpretation (Li & Sun, 2023).Specialized software offers the user the opportunity to listen attentively and repeatedly to a given composition, enhancing understanding of its harmonic structures and historical features. Open-access multimedia resources that are always available to the user, not but in a virtual context, allow flexible access to materials and in-depth study of complex topics that belong not only to historiography or museology but to musicology and its possible relationship to other disciplines.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A 3D scan of a reproduction of a Mediterranean flute was created to be included in a virtual museum to link auditory channels with visual ones in this virtual educational context. Using headsets and joypads, users can approach the artifact and experiment with its sound. In a subsequent phase, eye movements will also be recorded using the sensors of the Meta Quest 2 virtual reality headset. This is motivated by previous studies that have demonstrated the utility of fixation eye movements for enhancing learning (e.g., Chan et al., 2022). Given the inclusion of textual elements in the virtual museum, the examination of eye movements (e.g., fixations, saccades, and regressions) becomes even more significant, particularly in the context of individuals with reading difficulties (Fella et al., 2023). It is noteworthy that the virtual museum incorporates text utilizing a font specifically optimized for dyslexics, augmented with Greek alphabet letters, developed in collaboration between the University of Salerno and the University of Nicosia (Bilotti, et al.,2023) and it is likely that in the future works of art and artifacts from Cyprus will become part of the virtual exhibition. The reproduction of Mediterranean melodies is based on previous studies, based on archaeomusicology studies (Bellia, 2021), seeking to create original compositions that evoke sounds that are not present in current scores. Using Sibelius software, scores were created for a Mediterranean dance in three variants: flute solo, accompaniment with tambourines, and a version with singing and ritual text. These compositions were converted into various audio formats, including MIDI, and MP3, to adapt to the specifications of audio cards and adjust bitrates.
Virtuality allows users to "touch" the flute and contributes to an improved perception of cultural identity, following theses related to psycho-materiality and cultural psychology (Iannaccone, 2010; Valsiner, 2012)
The project involves a three-phase implementation, integrating the scanned flute and compositions into the dedicated virtual museum. In summary, this initiative combines technology, history, and culture to offer an engaging and multisensory educational experience, enriching users' understanding of musical and archaeological pasts, and promoting appreciation of the rich cultural heritage through digital innovation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The innovative approach to education aims to create a temporal bridge, allowing users to fully immerse themselves in the nuances of past daily life through music (Rogers et al., 2020).
Through virtuality, the objective is to transmit not only the sound of ancient instruments, specifically the Mediterranean, but to somehow try to re-propose the same atmosphere and emotion that listening to them aroused. Certainly, these experiments represent best practices, and efforts are already underway to replicate virtual museums with countries in the Alpine region, particularly Switzerland. Collaborations have been established with various universities, further expanding the project's content. This initiative aims to increasingly internationalize its scope beyond Mediterranean areas.
This hands-on dimension enriches the learning experience, developing tangible musical and cultural skills (Turchet et al., 2021). The proposal aims to transform users into true operators of cultural and musical heritage, inspiring them to keep this richness alive through their active participation and sharing of learned experiences. In this way, the project's mission is not only to educate but also to transform cultural heritage into a living treasure, continuously enriched and transmitted through generations.

References
Bellia A. (2021), From Digitalisation and Virtual Reconstruction of Ancient Musical Instruments to Sound Heritage Simulation and Preservation, «Archeologia e Calcolatori»
Bilotti, U., Todino, M. D., & Fella, A. (2023). Implementation of Greek alphabet characters according to the OpenDyslexic standard and teacher's guide for font use. Journal of Inclusive Methodology and Technology in Learning and Teaching, 3(1sup).
Caramiaux, B., & Donnarumma, M. (2021). Artificial intelligence in music and performance: a subjective art-research inquiry. Handbook of Artificial Intelligence for Music: Foundations, Advanced Approaches, and Developments for Creativity, 75-95.
Chan, A.S., Lee, TL., Sze, S.L. et al. Eye-tracking training improves the learning and memory of children with learning difficulty. Sci Rep 12, 13974 (2022).
Di Paolo, A., Beatini, V., Todino, M. D., & Di Tore, S. (2022). From artificial intelligence to musical intelligence for inclusive education: reflections and proposals. Italian Journal Of Health Education, Sport And Inclusive Didactics, 6.
Evidence for Simultaneous Cognitive Processing in Reading. Children, 10(12), 1855.
Iannaccone, A. (2010). Le condizioni sociali del pensiero. Contesti sociali e culturali. Unicopli.
Li, Y., & Sun, R. (2023). Innovations of music and aesthetic education courses using intelligent technologies. Education and Information Technologies, 1-24.
Magnusson, T. (2021). The migration of musical instruments: on the socio-technological conditions of musical evolution. Journal of New Music Research, 50.
McPherson, A., & Tahıroğlu, K. (2020). Idiomatic patterns and aesthetic influence in computer music languages. Organised sound, 25(1), 53-63.
Rogers, K., Milo, M., Weber, M., & Nacke, L. E. (2020). The potential disconnect between time perception and immersion: Effects of music on vr player experience. In Proceedings of the Annual Symposium on Computer-Human Interaction in Play (pp. 414-426).
Sibilio, M., Di Tore, S., Todino, M. D., Lecce, A., Viola, I., & Campitiello, L. (2023). MetaWelt: Embodied in Which Body? Simplex Didactics to Live the Web 3.0. In International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction (pp. 111-119). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland.
Turchet, L. (2023). Musical Metaverse: vision, opportunities, and challenges. Personal and Ubiquitous Computing, 1-17.
Turchet, L., Hamilton, R., & Çamci, A. (2021). Music in extended realities. IEEE Access, 9.
Valsiner, J. (2014). Needed for cultural psychology: Methodology in a new key. Culture & Psychology, 20(1), 3-30.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Between Playing and Learning - Enablers, Barriers and Frictions of Digital Learning Opportunities in Educational Ecosystems

Claudia Boehme1, Andreas Weich1, Felicitas Macgilchrist2

1Leibniz Institute for Educational Media, Germany; 2University of Oldenburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Boehme, Claudia; Weich, Andreas

With the aim to equip young people with skills, knowledge and competences for dealing with the challenges and uncertainties of the 21st century, educational experts have come to the realisation that this cannot be accomplished by school alone and should not be reduced to subject-specific learning. To understand and enhance students’ ability to navigate a digitally connected world and to steer this world to new futures, studies have adopted broader approaches which involve schooling and educational media and look beyond the school at further relations, practices and systems in which young people live. A decade of research from the Connected Learning Alliance (CLA) has shown that students learn most when educators give them the opportunity to follow their interests, to embed their learning in social relationships, and to connect their learning to real-world opportunities beyond the classroom (Ito et al., 2020).

Many emerging initiatives around the world have taken an ‘ecological’ approach to learning ecosystems (cf. Otto/Kerres 2023), which have been described as ‘a potential game-changer for today’s learners’ (Al-Fadala, WISE, in Hannon et al. 2019, p. i). In connecting different in and out of school learning spaces like schools, museums, libraries, youth centers under the umbrella of “educational ecosystems”, providers aim to offer young people more open and expanded learning opportunities. However, despite the thorough engagement with ecosystem research, projects mostly retain the individualist epistemology underlying mainstream educational research or focus on the communication and governance between the institutions involved (Huber et al. 2020). This stands in tension with a thorough conception of an ecosystem which emphasizes the interconnectedness and inter-relationships among biological, physical and chemical actors. In building on previous research in education we aim to adopt the conception of an ecosystem as ‘a fundamental organizational unit of the biosphere in which biological communities interact with their non-biological environment through energy flows and material cycles’ (Yu et al., 2021, p. 151). In this way, ‘ecosystem science is the study of patterns, processes, and services of ecosystems’ (ibid.).

In our presentation we will present the findings of a study of three such educational ecosystem projects in Germany which are funded by a company foundation. With a common slogan these networks offer STEAM based learning through gaming, robotic, digital production in makerspaces and youth centers or research-based learning in museum and school. Key underlying questions are how digital media technologies are embedded in these ecosystems, how they relate to traditional media and what kind of practices evolve within their contexts. One of the underlying theses of our research is that educational ecosystems can be considered as media ecosystems in which the interplay between different ‘media constellations’ (Weich 2020; 2023) is crucial. Media constellations can be conceptualized as a co-constitutive entanglement of materialities, knowledge/practices, content and subject positions. Between institutions within a given ecosystem, there might be continuities and compatibilities as well as frictions and tensions between their media constellations which can stabilise the ecosystem, helping it to thrive, but could also destabilise the ecosystem, potentially leading to rupture.

The presentation compares these three educational ecosystems with the following questions: Which goals are being pursued by the different actors in the network? Which media constellations do they create to reach their goals? What expectations, fulfillments and disappointments do the actors experience? And which frictions and tensions can be observed in these spaces?

Based on ethnographic research we aim to provide deep insights into how these educational ecosystems are developed, what they offer for participating youth and most importantly what young people make of these opportunities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design is rooted in an ethnographic qualitative research paradigm, with participant observation, interviews, and thematic analysis, and draws from media anthropology (Coman 2005) and media theory (Easterling, 2021; Krämer, 2008). The project focuses on three maximally contrasting cases:

1) Pop-up Makerspace/ City library: Developing/Changing ecosystem
2) Research Learning/Museum of Natural History, Partner schools. Emerging ecosystem
3) Maker mobile/ City, Youth Centers: Stable ecosystem

One key method to explore participants’ experiences is semi-structured interviewing. Providers are interviewed in two stages: Stage 1 explore goals, barriers and enablers. Further interviews with providers and young people are identified via a snowball method, until saturation is achieved. Stage 2 interviews reflect on initial findings, exploring whether findings resonate across cases.
The second key method is an ethnographic sensitivity to ‘following’ threads, i.e., following things, actors and institutions across time and space (Marcus, 1995) within and across media constellations. Interview partners are likely to mention objects, people, institutions, practices, discourse or content which they consider key to the ecosystem. The research team identifies one object and one institution to ‘follow’ for each case study, i.e. to visit, to conduct participant observation, and to write extensive fieldnotes (Emerson et al., 2011). In each case study, two young people have been invited as key informants. The researcher follows their practices across the locations of the ecosystem. The focus lies on observing how media constellations unfold and how objects and students move across media constellations within the ecosystem. Analysis of the interviews and fieldnotes uses thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006; 2020), coding the interview material and fieldnotes, systematising these codes to central themes that respond to the three sub-questions ([i] goals, [ii] barriers and enablers, [iii] harms and benefits). Analysis also crafts contextualised user stories, to add nuance, complexity and narrative richness in order to understand how young people traverse the media constellations in which they are involved. From this, the project develops a systematic broader response to the overarching research question, teasing out which patterns, practices and services are visible in educational ecosystems. This cascade of findings enables the team to identify implications for practitioners creating, catalysing or managing educational ecosystems.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings tease out how divergent media constellations constitute educational ecosystems, what enables them to thrive or fail, and what renders them stable or fragile. By identifying emerging themes and key media constellations across educational ecosystems, the paper presents continuities/compatibilities and frictions/tensions within the ecosystems.
By crafting user stories rooted in young people’s experiences of the ecosystems,  we aim to show their ‘journeys’ between different media constellations, and the impact of these journeys on young people’s narratives of self, community, connections, learning and technology.
In addition to these findings, the project aims to contribute to academic debates on ecosystems in education by exploring the different understandings of this key word “ecosystems” as enacted in practice. The paper ends by reflecting on implications for future research and for creating and sustaining educational ecosystems.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238  

Coman, Mihai. (2005). Media anthropology: An overview. http://www. media-anthropology. net/coman_maoverview. pdf

Easterling, K. (2021). Medium Design: Knowing How to Work on the World. Verso.
Krämer, S. (2008). Medium, Bote, Übertragung: Kleine Metaphysik der Medialität. Suhrkamp.

Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press.

Hannon, V., Thomas, L., Ward, S., & Beresford, T. (2019). Local Learning Ecosystems: Emerging Models. https://www.wise-qatar.org/2019-wise-research-learning-ecosystems-innovation-unit/

Huber, S. G., Werner, R., Koszuta, A., Schwander, M., Strietholt, R., Bacso, M. A., & Nonnenmacher, L. (2020). Zusammenarbeit und Bildungsangebote in Bildungsnetzwerken–Entwicklungen, Nutzen und Gelingensbedingungen. IBB Pädagogische Hochschule Zug.

Ito, M., Arum, R., Conley, D., Gutiérrez, K., Kirshner, B., Livingstone, S., Michalchik, V., Penuel, W., Peppler, K., Pinkard, N., Jean Rhodes, K., Tekinbaş, S., Schor, J., Sefton-Green, J., & Watkins, S. C. (2020). The Connected Learning Research Network. Reflections on a Decade of Engaged Scholarship. Connected Learning Alliance. https://clalliance.org/publications/theconnected-learning-research-network-reflections-on-a-decade-of-engaged-scholarship/

Otto, D., & Michael K. (2023). Distributed Learning Ecosystems in Education: A Guide to the Debate. Distributed Learning Ecosystems: Concepts, Resources, and Repositories. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, 13-30.

Weich, A., Koch, K., & Othmer, J. (2020). Medienreflexion als Teil „digitaler Kompetenzen“ von Lehrkräften? Eine interdisziplinäre Analyse des TPACK und DigCompEdu-Modells. k:ON -Kölner Online Journal für Lehrer*innenbildung, 1(1), 43-64. https://doi.org/10.18716/ojs/kON/2020.1.3

Weich, A. (2023). Medienkonstellationsanalyse. In L. Niebling, F. Raczkowski, & S.Stollfuß (Eds.): Handbuch digitale Medien und Methoden. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36629-2_28-1

Marcus, G. (1995). Ethnography on/of the world system: The emergence of multi-site ethnography. Annual Review of Anthropology, 24, 95-117

Yu, G., Piao, S., Zhang, Y., Liu, L., Peng, J., & Niu, S. (2021). Moving toward a new era of ecosystem science. Geography and Sustainability, 2(3), 151-162.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geosus.2021.06.004
 
13:15 - 14:4507 SES 01 A: Greek Discourse on Migration and Education - Opening Session of Network 7 "Social Justice and Intercultural Education"
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti
Opening Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Greek Discourse on Migration and Education - Opening Session of Network 7 Social Justice and Intercultural Education

Anastasia Kesidou

Aristotle Uni of Thessaloniki, Greece

Presenting Author: Kesidou, Anastasia

Intercultural education has been an issue of importance in Greek education since the 1990s, when Greece became a receiving country for immigrants; this was the time, when educational policy and research started to focus more on the country’s historical and cultural minorities, as a whole. 1997 constitutes a milestone, since four major Programmes were initiated by the Greek Ministry of Education and implemented by Greek universities with regard to the Education of Immigrant and Repatriate Students, the Muslim Minority Children in Thrace, Roma Children, as well as Children of the Greek Diaspora. After the onset of the Greek economic and social crisis in 2009, it became evident that the idea of intercultural education had to be reconsidered and linked more closely with the concepts of democracy, human rights and intercultural citizenship. Since 2015, the refugee crisis, the pandemic and more recently the Ukraine war, have created new demands for inclusion, quality education and education for social justice.

Cyprus also constitutes a particularly multicultural landscape with its main historical communities (Greek Cypriots, Turkish Cypriots, Maronites, Latins and Armenians); additionally, the economic immigrant inflow, especially after Cyprus became a EU member in 2004, has created new challenges for education, from which relevant policies and practices have arisen.

The presentation will focus on the specifics of the Greek discourse on migration and education (areas of discussion and research, controversies and their assumed potential for future developments), taking both educational policy and practice into consideration; it will also pursue the aim to shed light on selected aspects of the Cypriot discourse.

About the presenter

Dr Anastasia Kesidou
is Assistant Professor in Comparative and Intercultural Education at the School of Philosophy and Education, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki. She is a member of the Board of Directors/Scientific Board of the UNESCO Chair on Education for Human Rights, Democracy and Peace of the same university and has been Chair of the Board of the Hellenic Observatory for Intercultural Education, which she co-founded in 2008 (three terms). She has participated as coordinator or researcher in various national and European projects funded by the Greek Ministry of Education and the European Union and publishes (in Greek, German and English) in the areas of comparative and intercultural education, education for human rights and democracy, curriculum and textbook research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
13:15 - 14:4508 SES 01 A: Social and Emotional Learning, Peer Dynamics and Student Perceptions
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ros McLellan
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Understanding Primary School Children’s Perceptions Towards Tanning: the SUN-CHAT Study

Gisselle Tur Porres1, Julie Peconi1, Rachel Abbott2, Helen Lewis1, Emily Marchant1

1Swansea University; 2Cardiff and Vale University Health Board

Presenting Author: Tur Porres, Gisselle

SUN-CHAT is a study funded by Swansea University’s Morgan Advanced Studies Institute (MASI), that engages with children, parents/carers, and primary school educators to scope current tanning perceptions and the perceived effect tanning has on health. The study addresses some of these challenges with a vision of enabling children’s voice and listening to their views (Shier 2001). This paper is focused on an area of activity of this research, that is, the work with children to understand their perceptions and experiences. We make the connection between a healthy environment (school) and better health and wellbeing for all generations in Wales, by exploring perceptions of tanning and how healthier attitudes and behaviours can be encouraged and adopted from a young age to build a resilient and hopeful future. This project addresses a health public issue with ongoing education strengths in Wales by building on the holistic education process proposed in Curriculum for Wales (Welsh Government 2023). We take the known problem of skin cancer and address it by engaging with children through co-constructed activities, to facilitate and prioritise their participation (Dadlani and Orlow 2008; Blaisdell et al. 2018).

Skin cancer, including melanoma and non-melanoma (keratinocyte) now comprises half of all cancers in England and Wales (GIRFT 2021; Public Health Wales 2023). Yet 86% of melanomas can be prevented with safer sun exposure and scientists agree there is no such thing as a ‘safe tan’. As over exposure as a child greatly increases future skin cancer risk, childhood is a critical time for promoting health behaviours such as sun protection. However, both parents (Thoonen et al. 2021) and children (McAvoy et al. 2020) generally have positive perceptions of tanned skin and work is urgently needed to understand and address the misconceptions of the perceived health benefits of tanning. SUN-CHAT aligns with the agenda of the Welsh Government set out in ‘A Healthier Wales’ (Welsh Government 2018) by prioritising prevention and helping people remain healthier. The project is also aligned with the focus of Well-being of Future Generations (WFG) Act (Welsh Government 2015) which aims to ensure that everyone understands how their health behaviours (such as managing their desire for a tan in a healthy way) can benefit their future health. The Curriculum for Wales (Welsh Government 2023) with its designated area for Health and Well-being and autonomy for schools in designing curriculum content, presents an ideal way to facilitate this exploration. One way in which this is being undertaken is via child-led ‘healthy schools’ clubs. Focusing on understanding how different health dimensions, e.g., physical, emotional, and social well-being play a role in children’s lives.

Aims:

  • Gather data regarding perceptions towards tanning to explore the perceived effects of a tan on health.
  • Inform the development and testing of a pilot toolkit for integration within the Curriculum for Wales to encourage positive health behaviours and attitudes of school children towards tanning and sun exposure.

Study Objectives:

• To understand perceptions, attitudes and behaviours of school-aged children (5-8 years of age) in primary schools in Wales, specifically in relation to sun tanning and sun exposure.

• To gather viewpoints on best ways of engaging with school-aged children (5-8 years of age) and their parents/carers about health.

• To understand perceptions, attitudes and behaviours of parents/carers of primary school children in Wales regarding tanning, both for themselves and their children.

• To explore challenges that primary school educators face in engaging with the school community around the Health and Well-being Area of Learning and Experience in Curriculum for Wales, specifically about healthy attitudes to tanning.

• Consolidate evidence to support the development of an educational toolkit for integration within the Curriculum for Wales.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
SUN-CHAT is a mixed methods exploratory study (Caruth 2013) that explore perceptions on tanning comprising three work streams: (a) Workshops with school children; (b) an online multiple-choice survey with parents/carers; (c) a focus group with primary school educators. Three primary schools in South Wales with a Healthy Schools Club were invited to participate in the study using existing networks. These clubs typically consist of 8-10 children across different year groups with an interest in health and well-being. Consent was sought from each of the school’s headteacher, and each school were invited to participate in all three work streams. We received ethical approval to conduct the study from Swansea University’s Medical School Research  Sub-Committee (Ref 2022-0089). This paper presents the qualitative methods to work with children (first work stream) and indicative findings of their perceptions to tanning. We approached the workshops from a children’s right perspective (Children’s Commissioner for Wales 2021) talking to children as empowered participants able to make decisions about taking part via ongoing, negotiated assent (Blaisdell,  Arnott, Wall and Robinson 2018). We  talked children through the informed consent process using appropriate child-friendly language and verbally confirm that they would be audio-recorded prior to beginning the workshop activities (BERA 2018).
The study  is  based on an interpretive research paradigm that enables children’s voices (Boardman 2022). Children’s  ways of expressing their views and opinions are diverse, and hence, creative/artistic activities that facilitate the communication with children and expand on spoken language have been designed to collect data (Clark 2017). Data collection activities comprised colouring, role-play, drawing, collage techniques, videos and posters to enhance children’s voices. Each activity aimed to meet the research aims and objectives, first and foremost, to encourage meaningful conversations with children and ensure their voices are heard.  As an example, children suggested sharing a poster with schools to spread the voice on sun safety tips to help other children’s healthy behaviours. Children were involved in creating the (anonymised) poster, and it was made available to schools online and printed, and it was publicly shared on the project website. We use NVivo12, an online qualitative data analysis software package to analyse workshop transcripts and children’s outputs using thematic analysis following the recommended 6 step  process: familiarisation; coding; generating themes; reviewing themes; defining and naming themes and  writing up (Braun and Clarke 2006). We analyse the resources and pictures children create during the workshop using content analysis (Weber 1990).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data collected in Sun-Chat  is being analysed and findings will be presented at the conference in greater detail. Results will be used to inform future studies and interventions with young children across Wales and beyond. By questioning perceptions of tanning and the effects on young children’s health and well-being, we will also raise critical awareness of sun-safety and skin cancer with future young children's interventions. We will explore differences between perceptions, attitudes and reported behaviours towards tanning to  identify whether there are any differences between knowledge and healthy practices from each of the activities.
Results from this collaborative study will be used to inform development  and testing of an educational toolkit to encourage children’s healthy behaviours towards tanning and  sun exposure as part of future work. Further findings from all workstreams will be written up for publications in suitable journals. A SUN-CHAT webpage hosted on a Swansea University website have been designed to promote real-time study news and provide public updates of the study progress. Video logs (vlogs) have been created and uploaded online to provide lay-friendly updates and public insights into study activities over the study lifetime.

References
BERA (2018). Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for educational-research-2018-online
Blaisdell C, Arnott L, Wall K, Robinson C.  (2018). Look Who’s Talking: Using creative, playful arts-based 457 methods in research with young children. Journal of Early Childhood Research,  17(1):1476718X1880881. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/1476718X18808816

Boardman, K. (2022) Where are the children’s voices and choices in educational settings’ early reading policies? A reflection on early reading provision for under-threes, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30 (1): 131-146, DOI: 10.1080/1350293X.2022.2026437
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Caruth, G. D. (2013). Demystifying Mixed Methods Research Design: A Review of the Literature. Mevlana International Journal of Education, 3 (2): 112–122.
Children’s Commissioner for Wales (2021). The right way - A children’s rights approach. https://www.childcomwales.org.uk/resources/the-right-way-a-childrens-rights-approach/
Clark, A.(2017). Listening to Young Children. Expanded Third Edition: A Guide to Understanding and  Using the Mosaic Approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
Dadlani, C. and Orlow S.J. (2008) Planning for a brighter future: a review of sun protection and barriers to behavioral change in children and adolescents. Dermatology Online Journal https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/19061583/
GIRFT (2021). Level N. Dermatology GIRFT programme national speciality report.
Public Health Wales (2023) Non-Melanoma Skin Cancer Incidence in Wales, 2016-2019. https://publichealthwales.shinyapps.io/nmsc_incidence_wales_2016_2019/
McAvoy, H., Rodríguez, L.M., Költő, A., & Gabhainn, S.N. (2020). Children's exposure to ultraviolet radiation - a risk profile for future skin cancers in Ireland. DOI:10.14655/11971-1084881
Shier, H. (2001). Pathways to Participation: Openings, Opportunities and Obligations. Children & Society 15: 107–117.
Thoonen K, van Osch L, Drittij R, de Vries H, Schneider F. (2021). A Qualitative Exploration of Parental Perceptions Regarding Children's Sun Exposure, Sun Protection, and Sunburn. Front Public Health. doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2021.596253.
Weber, R. (1990). Techniques of content analysis. SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412983488
Welsh Government (2015). Well-being of Future Generations (WFG) Act: the essentials. Gov.Wales.
Welsh Government (2018).  A healthier Wales: long term plan for health and social care. Gov.Wales.
Welsh Government (Updated guideline 31st Jan. 2023). Curriculum for Wales. Gov.Wales. https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Advancing Social-Emotional Learning Through Digital Storytelling: A Design-Based Study in a Primary Classroom

Michael Schlauch

Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Schlauch, Michael

There is substantial empirical evidence linking social-emotional learning (SEL) to improved well-being, positive teacher-child relationships, and greater academic success (Denham & Brown, 2010; Stefan et al., 2022). According to a sociocultural conception of narrative, children engage in various domains of SEL while elaborating their experiences in the form of stories (Bruner, 2004). Thus, storytelling activities provide natural opportunities for social-emotional learning in the classroom.

Recent studies have specifically explored the connection between digital storytelling and SEL. Some emphasize how collaborative digital storytelling creates a conducive environment for SEL (del Moral Pérez et al., 2016; Del-Moral-Pérez et al., 2018; Uslu & Uslu, 2021). Children exercise peer support, adapt to different situations and develop cognitive flexibility and adaptivity as fundamental social abilities (del Moral Pérez et al., 2016, p. 34).

However, there is limited research on how digitally enhanced storytelling activities can be specifically crafted to foster specific dimensions of social-emotional learning, such as self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making (Denham & Brown, 2010; Hecht & Shin, 2015; Payton et al., 2000). Here, SEL encompasses "knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary to understand and manage emotions, set and achieve positive goals, feel and show empathy for others, establish and maintain positive relationships, and make responsible decisions” (Weissberg, 2019).

This research investigates how a guided storytelling tool, which has been developed as part of a wider design-based research project (McKenney & Reeves, 2018), can be adapted and applied for the specific goal of advancing SEL through storytelling. In specific, the aim of the study was to develop a set of guidelines on how to prepare and scaffold collaborative storytelling activities in which children engage with social emotional learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Focusing on the specific research question, "How can storytelling activities enhance social-emotional learning in a primary classroom?" this study explores the utilization of a digital storytelling tool tailored to this particular case.
In the observed classroom, the teacher noticed that some students faced challenges such as low self-esteem, negative social-problem solving patterns, and difficulties in emotion regulation, hindering their full participation and benefit from lessons. Consequently, in accordance with participatory research principles, the study’s aim originated from the research setting, with written permission obtained from parents and caregivers. The research was conducted in a Portuguese public primary school, involving a fourth-grade class with students aged 9-10, where 19 participants took part (11 boys, 8 girls).
The study intervention followed a structured three-part format. In the initial phase, general topics related to social-emotional learning were discussed with the children. They were encouraged to design and draw story elements pertaining to different categories (characters, emotions, events, magic objects) that would later be entered into the database of the digital storytelling tool. Within the tool, children choose between three story-elements at each step, constructing a storyboard-like scaffold for their narration. After the child-made elements were digitalized, during the second part of the intervention children worked collaboratively on their stories in the school’s computer lab. The stories underwent different stages according to the functioning of the storytelling tool, beginning from an oral recount, a storyboard of selected images, and finally a written document. In the third part, children presented and exchanged their stories and reflected on the storytelling process.
Thus, this specific study followed the approach of a qualitative case study (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016, p. 233). The intervention spanned over one and a half months with weekly appointments. The data collected comprised transcripts of semistructured interviews with the teacher, field notes, memos, and children’s creative products, i.e. drawings on emotions, logs of the storytelling tool (pdf exports) and written stories. The qualitative content analysis of these artifacts focused on how children elaborated SEL concepts in a narrative form, such as responsible decision-making and social awareness, starting from their interaction with the digital storytelling interface.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the intervention is composed of three perspectives. First, the interview with the class teacher before and after the intervention was analyzed, along with the observational notes taken during the various sessions. Thanks to the long-term involvement of the researchers with the class and the teacher’s comments, some relevant behavior can be related to the learning trajectory of some children. Further, a graphical analysis of the drawings children made to generate the story element library provides valuable information on the children’s perceptions and interpretations of emotions. An additional examination of selection preferences lets us see how children relate to drawings made by peers. Third, a content analysis of the produced narratives reveals if and how children accomplished SEL through the elaboration of stories.
In a meta-analysis, Durlak et al. (2011, p. 410) recommend school programs for SEL to be structured (1) as sequenced and connected activities, (2) through active forms of learning, (3) focused on a specific personal or social skill and (4) explicitly targeted towards a SEL dimension. This study enhances these guidelines by developing an evaluation rubric to assess how children’s stories relate to different domains of SEL. Considering that children express their reflections on various social-emotional issues, such as social and self-awareness, through the behavior of the protagonists in their stories, the research advocates for focused storytelling activities as a means to promote social-emotional learning.

References
Bruner, J. (2004). Life as narrative. Social research: An international quarterly, 71(3), 691–710.

Del Moral Pérez, M.E., Martínez, L.V., & Piñeiro, M.d.R.N. (2016). Habilidades sociales y creativas promovidas con el diseño colaborativo de digital storytelling en el aula. Digital Education Review, (30), 30–52.

Del-Moral-Pérez, M.E., Villalustre-Martínez, L., & del Rosario Neira-Piñeiro, M. (2018). Teachers’ perception about the contribution of collaborative creation of digital storytelling to the communicative and digital competence in primary education schoolchildren. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 32(4), 342–365. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2018.1517094

Denham, S.A., & Brown, C. (2010). ’plays nice with others’: Social–emotional learning and academic success. Early Education and; Development, 21(5), 652–680. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2010. 497450

Durlak, J.A., Weissberg, R.P., Dymnicki, A.B., Taylor, R.D., & Schellinger, K.B. (2011). The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: A meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Development, 82(1), 405–432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x

Hecht, M.L., & Shin, Y. (2015). Culture and social and emotional competencies. In Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp.50–64). The Guilford Press.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research (2nded.). Routledge.

Merriam, S.B., & Tisdell, E.J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (4thed.). Jossey-Bass.

Payton, J.W., Wardlaw, D.M., Graczyk, P.A., Bloodworth, M.R., Tompsett, C.J., & Weissberg, R.P. (2000). Social and emotional learning: A framework for promoting mental health and reducing risk behavior in children and youth. Journal of School Health, 70(5), 179–185. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1746-1561.2000. tb06468.x

Stefan, C.A., Dănilă, I., & Cristescu, D. (2022). Classroom-wide school interventions for preschoolers’ social-emotional learning: A systematic review of evidence-based programs. Educational Psychology Review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09680-7

Uslu, A., & Uslu, N.A. (2021). Improving primary school students’ creative writing and social-emotional learning skills through collaborative digital storytelling. Acta Educationis Generalis, 11(2), 1–18. https://doi. org/10.2478/atd-2021-0009

Weissberg, R.P. (2019). Promoting the social and emotional learning of millions of school children. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 14(1), 65–69. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691618817756


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Effects of Peer Interactions and the Social Environment on Students’ Current Academic Motivation in the Classroom: An Experience Sampling Study

Margarita Knickenberg1, Carmen Zurbriggen2

1Paderborn University, Germany; 2University of Fribourg, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Knickenberg, Margarita

The importance of peers for academic motivation is a crucial issue in educational psychology. According to the General Motivation Model (Heckhausen & Rheinberg, 1980), motivation affects concentration, enjoyment, and subjective experience during learning. The model emphasizes that motivation is influenced by personal characteristics, such as general motivation and interests, but also by situational and variable factors, such as the level of demands or the learning environment with its social norms. This leads to the conclusion that academic motivation is, on the one hand, highly variable and context-dependent (e.g., Pekrun & Marsh, 2022) and, on the other hand, highly sensitive to the social context (e.g., Deci & Ryan, 2012), which is strongly determined by peers. Peer relationships provide children with companionship and entertainment, help with problem solving, personal and emotional support, and a foundation for identity development throughout childhood and adolescence.

Self-determination theory also highlights the importance of a sense of belonging as a basic psychological need, alongside the need for autonomy and the experience of competence (Ryan & Deci, 2000). According to this theory, students perceive themselves as more self-determined and motivated in their actions when they feel that they belong to, and are accepted and supported by, their peer group. Empirical evidence supports the importance of peers for emotional experiences, that are closely related to students’ motivational and behavioural outcomes: Students are more motivated and engaged when working with peers (high positive activation), but also less stressed or nervous (low negative activation) than in individual situations (e.g., Knickenberg et al., 2020; Zurbriggen & Venetz, 2016). Although the relevance of peers for academic motivation is well established, individuals’ perceptions of peer support, e.g. in terms of social classroom climate, have (still) received little attention in current research. Social classroom climate can be characterized by mutual respect or a willingness to cooperate. Such a climate makes it easier for young people to establish and maintain positive contacts with each other. There is little evidence of a differentiated relationship between a more prosocial classroom climate and an increase in individual students’ social skills (Hoglund & Leadbeater, 2004). Another study showed that the social and emotional behavioural norms within a classroom community can serve as a reference norm for emotional experience and behaviour at the individual level, to which students can orient themselves (Barth et al., 2004). Specifically in relation to academic motivation, research suggests that student motivation can be enhanced by a positive social classroom climate (e.g., Wang et al., 2020), particularly the perception of supportive peers and teachers (e.g., Raufelder et al., 2013).

Against this theoretical and empirical background, we aim to examine the relationships between aspects of current motivation and peer-related predictors at both the situational (L1) and person levels (L2), in order to gain a deeper understanding of the impact of peer dynamics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To account for the variability of current motivation, a pilot study was conducted using the Experience Sampling Method (ESM; e.g., Hektner et al., 2007), which allows motivation to be assessed close to the situation. Other advantages of ESM are that it captures people’s subjective experiences in real situations with as little measurement bias as possible. The real-time and in-situ measurement reduces retrospective effects (Zurbriggen et al., 2021), while simultaneously capturing characteristics of the situation and the person (Bolger & Laurenceau, 2013).
The study involved NL2=145 fifth graders (M=10.97 years, SD=.09; 56.7% male) from six classes in two secondary schools in North-Rhine Westphalia in Germany. They were asked to report on their current social context (i.e., social interaction with peers) four to five times a day during class over a school week (Monday to Friday). As aspects of current motivation, positive activation (PA; e.g. “exited vs. bored”; Schallberger, 2005), enjoyment of learning (e.g., “It gives me great pleasure.”) and concentration (e.g., “I am completely absorbed in the matter.”; Zurbriggen & Venetz, 2016) were measured simultaneously on a 7-point Likert-scale. In this way, NL1=3099 ‘snapshots’ were collected in the classroom. One short questionnaire took approximately 2 to 3 minutes to fill out. Data were collected offline with the help of tablet computers referring to the movisens application.
Participants also completed a conventional questionnaire on social classroom climate (e.g., “We all stick together in class.”; Rauer & Schuck, 2003) and their perceptions of their peers and teachers as motivators (PPM: e.g., “My classmates and I motivate each other at school.”; TPM: e.g., “I will try harder if I think the teacher believes in me.”; Raufelder et al., 2013) measured with six items each on a 4-point Likert-scale. Multilevel structural equation models (MSEM) were specified in Mplus to examine the effects of social interactions (L1), social classroom climate, PPM, and TPM (L2) on students’ current motivation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First descriptive results show that the students worked alone in more than half of the measurement times (55.9%), in pairs in 13.3% of the measurement times and in a group or with the class in 20.6% of the measurement times (in the other cases they listened to their teacher or classmates). The intra-class coefficients (ICCs) in a null model indicate that between 26.9% and 41.0% of the total variance in the dependent variables (PA, enjoyment of learning, and concentration) can be attributed to differences between the students. This means that there is sufficient variance at L2 to justify a multilevel analytical approach.
The results of a first random-intercept model, which initially considered only L1 predictors, suggest that both students’ PA (b=.17, p<.05) and enjoyment of learning (b=.16, p<.05) are higher when they interact with peers. This indicates that students enjoy learning more and are more motivated when working with a peer or in groups. There is no significant effect of social interaction on students’ concentration. When L2 predictors (PPM, TPM and social classroom climate) were added in a second random-intercept model, the previously significant effects of the L1 predictor (social interaction) decreased. However, person-level (L2) predictors can explain additional variance in the dependent variables: Students report higher PA when they rate the classroom social climate higher (b=.28, p<.05). Furthermore, they enjoy learning when they perceive their peers as motivators (b=.48, p<.05). In contrast, TPM has no significant predictive value. The variance in students’ concentration could not be explained significantly by the predictors on L1 and L2.
Based on our findings, the relevance of peers for students’ current academic motivation in the classroom will be discussed, along with the challenges and limitations of assessing social interaction in during lessons using ESM.

References
Barth, J. M., Dunlap, S. T., Dane, H., Lochman, J. E., & Wells, K. C. (2004). Classroom environment influences on aggression, peer relations, and academic focus. Journal of School Psychology, 42, 115–133.
Bolger, N., & Laurenceau, J.-P. (2013). Intensive longitudinal methods. An introduction to diary and experience sampling research. The Guilford Press.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2012). Motivation, personality, and development within embedded social contexts: An overview of self-determination theory. In R. M. Ryan (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Human Motivation (pp. 85–107). Oxford University Press.
Heckhausen, H., & Rheinberg, F. (1980). Lernmotivation im Unterricht, erneut betrachtet. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 8, 7–47.
Hektner, J. M., Schmidt, J. A., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2007). Experience sampling method: Measuring the quality of everyday life. Sage.
Hoglund, W. L., & Leadbeater, B. J. (2004). The effects of family, school, and classroom ecologies on changes in children’s social competence and emotional and behavioral problems in first grade. Developmental Psychology, 40(4), 533–544.
Knickenberg, M., Zurbriggen, C., & Schmidt, P. (2020). Peers als Quelle aktueller Motivation? Wie Jugendliche mit heterogenen Verhaltensweisen Peerinteraktionen in Abhängigkeit des behavioralen Klassenumfeldes erleben. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 37(3), 173–187.
Pekrun, R., & Marsh, H. W. (2022). Research on situated motivation and emotion: Progress and open problems. Learning and Instruction, 81, 101664.
Rauer, W., & Schuck, K. D. (2003). FEESS 3–4: Fragebogen zur Erfassung emotionaler und sozialer Schulerfahrungen von Grundschulkindern dritter und vierter Klassen. Manual. Beltz Test.
Raufelder, D., Drury, K., Jagenow, D., Hoferichter, F., & Bukowski, W. (2013). Development and validation of the Relationship and Motivation (REMO) scale to assess students’ perceptions of peers and teachers as motivators in adolescence. Learning and Individual Differences, 24, 182–189.
Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self‐determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well‐being. American Psychologist, 55, 68–78.
Schallberger, U. (2005). Kurzskalen zur Erfassung der Positiven Aktivierung, Negativen Aktivierung und Valenz in Experience Sampling Studien (PANAVA-KS). Psychologisches Institut, Universität Zürich.
Wang, M.-T., Degol, J. L., Amemiya, J., Parr, A., & Guo, J. (2020). Classroom climate and children’s academic and psychological wellbeing: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Developmental Review, 57, 100912.
Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Jendryczko, D., & Nussbeck, F. W. (2021). Rosy or blue? Change in recall bias of students’ affective experience during early adolescence. Emotion, 21(8), 1637–1649.
Zurbriggen, C. & Venetz, M. (2016). Soziale Partizipation und aktuelles Erleben im gemeinsamen Unterricht. Empirische Pädagogik, 30(1), 98–112.
 
13:15 - 14:4509 SES 01 A: Doubly-Latent Models of Compositional Effects:An Illustration Using Educational Large-scale Assessment Data
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ioulia Televantou
Research Workshop
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Research Workshop

Doubly-Latent Models of Compositional Effects:An Illustration Using Educational Large-scale Assessment Data

Ioulia Televantou

European University Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Televantou, Ioulia

This workshop discusses the methodological framework of recent empirical studies (Marsh et al., 2009; Televantou et al., 2015) that have addressed the impact of correcting for measurement error in student-level measures (i.e., student achievement) on compositional effects’ estimates. A compositional effect is revealed when students’ outcomes are associated with the aggregated characteristics of their peers in the school or the classroom, after controlling for pre-existing differences at the student level. Research findings often support what is taken to be the conventional wisdom, suggesting a positive, but weak effect of class- or school-aggregated achievement on students’ academic outcomes. Thus, for example, they suggest a positive association between the peers’ average achievement and a student’s academic achievement. Still, there is remarkably little agreement on this matter.
The present workshop begins by explaining how failing to account for measurement error at level 1 distorts derived estimates of school/class compositional effects. On the basis of illustrative analysis using large-scale data from education, it demonstrates how the use of doubly latent models can help overcome this problem. The demonstration shows in an empirical way how measurement error bias systematically leads to a positive bias in the school-/class. composition effect estimates. This suggests that non-existent, or even negative, school composition effects may misleadingly be estimated as positive and statistically significant—an artifact of the inadequacy in the underlying statistical methodology.

Further, the workshop considers academic self-concept toward mathematics as an educational outcome (Dicke et al., 2018; Televantou et al., 2021; 2023), showing how doubly latent models can be used to investigate the so-called big-fish-little-pond effect (BFLPE). The BFLPE suggests that average achievement at the classroom level or the school negatively predicts academic self-concept, despite the positive effect of achievement on self-concept at the individual level, and it is a robust finding concerning controls for measurement in compositional analysis (Dicke et al., 2018; Televantou et al., 2021).
The workshop concludes with a discussion of related theoretical, substantive, and methodological issues and with some guidelines for future research.
The methodology proposed by Marsh et al. (2009) can be relevant for any researcher concerned about how individuals may be affected by their interaction with other individuals within similar settings and whenever the variables involved in the analysis are subject to unreliability (e.g., in econometrics and health, in organizational psychology, social psychology, etc.). Specifically, in relation to school (and teacher) effectiveness studies, these models can be applied whenever the substantive interest lies in the investigation of the impact that the characteristics of the fellow students in a school (or a class) have on an individual’s outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The conventional approach to the investigation of compositional effects is multilevel analysis. Multilevel modeling effectively considers the hierarchical structure of educational data (e.g., students nested within schools, with Level 1 representing individual-level variables nested within Level 2 or group-level variables). The methodological framework typically used until recently to control for unreliability due to measurement error was one of single-level confirmatory factor analysis and Structural Equation Modeling (SEM). SEM research is concerned with issues related to the factor structure: how multiple indicators are related to the latent variables (factors) they are intended to represent, the assessment of measurement error, and the investigation of relationships among the latent variables after controlling for measurement error (Marsh et al., 2009).The problem with using these models in educational settings is that, conventionally, they fail to take potential clustering in the data into account. These two dominant approaches in educational research, multilevel modeling and structural equation modeling, have been integrated into a single framework. Using the Big-Fish-Little-Pond-Effect hypothesis as their substantive basis—a classic compositional effect widely investigated in the field of educational psychology—Marsh et al. (2009) demonstrated a 2x2 taxonomy of multilevel structural equation models. Marsh, et al., used the term “manifest” in relation to measurement error or sampling error when no adjustments are made for the corresponding source of error and “latent” when measurement or sampling error is adjusted for.In this way, the doubly manifest model is the conventional multilevel model that makes no adjustments for measurement or sampling error, while the doubly latent model accommodates both measurement error at level 1 and level 2 as well as sampling error in the higher-level aggregates. The models control for measurement error using multiple indicators and for sampling error, assuming latent rather than manifest aggregation.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The proposed workshop seeks to familiarize the attendees with the literature on the mixed findings regarding the magnitude and direction of school/class compositional effects on students’ individual outcomes. It aspires to spur discussion on the validity of empirical results from past and current research that evaluates compositional effects based on sub-optimal models failing to control for measurement error. Meanwhile, it demonstrates the robustness of the BFLPE to different modeling specifications and datasets used. Importantly, this workshop aims to equip educational researchers with the methodological knowledge that allows them to quantify the amount of bias in the compositional effect estimates that could be attributable to a failure to control for measurement error. Hence, by the end of this session, attendees will have achieved the following outcomes:
I. Gain a comprehensive understanding of the significance of correcting for measurement error when testing compositional effects in educational contexts.
II. Have been presented with research questions that could potentially be answered using large-scale educational survey data and doubly latent models.
III. Understand how to perform relevant statistical analyses in the Mplus statistical package.
IV.  Be equipped with information on further resources for continued learning on the topics presented.

References
Dicke, T., Marsh, H. W., Parker, P. D., Pekrun, R., Guo, J., & Televantou, I. (2018). Effects of school-average achievement on individual self-concept and achievement: Unmasking phantom effects masquerading as true compositional effects. Journal of Educational Psychology, 110(8), 1112–1126. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000259
Marsh, H.W., Lüdtke, O., Nagengast, B., Trautwein, U., Morin, A.J.S., Abduljabbar, A.S. and Köller, O. (2012) Classroom climate and contextual effects: Conceptual and methodological issues in the evaluation of group-level effects. Educational Psychologist, 47 (2), pp. 106-124. 10.1080/00461520.2012.670488
Marsh, H.W., Lüdtke, O., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., Muthén, B. and Nagengast, B. (2009) Doubly-latent models of school contextual effects: Integrating Multilevel and structural equation approaches to control measurement and sampling error. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 44 (6), pp. 764-802.
Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Dicke, T., & Nicolaides, C. (2021). Phantom and big-fish-little-pond-effects on academic self-concept and academic achievement: Evidence from English early primary schools. Learning and Instruction, 71, 101-399.
Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Kyriakides, L., Nagengast, B., Fletcher, J. & Malmberg, L-E. (2015). Phantom effects in school composition research: consequences of failure to control biases due to measurement error in traditional multilevel models. School Effectiveness and School Improvement. 26(1), 75-101. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2013.871302
Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Xu, K. M., Guo, J., & Dicke, T. (2023). Peer Spillover and Big-Fish-Little-Pond Effects with SIMS80: Revisiting a Historical Database Through the Lens of a Modern Methodological Perspective. Educational Psychology Review, 35(4), 100.
 
13:15 - 14:4509 SES 01 B: Insights into Learning and Assessment
Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sarah Howie
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Dangers of the Skip-Button - How Learning Analytics Can Enhance Learning Platforms and Student Learning

Judith Hanke, Kirsten Diehl

University of Flensburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hanke, Judith

A high number of European students face challenges in reading (Betthäuser et al., 2023; Mullis et al., 2023) and require reading support as the new Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) displayed last year. Consequently, it is crucial to employ formative diagnostics to record the learning levels of students, enabling the design of targeted interventions at an early stage. As a result, the German Kultusminsterkonferenz [Commission of the Conference of Ministers of Education] advocates for the early implementation of nationwide diagnostics (Köller et al., 2022). Furthermore, the PIRLS, is not only conducted through a computer-based assessment since 2016, but also has a focus point in digital forms of reading (Mullis & Martin, 2019). Formative assessment serves not only to monitor the students’ learning but also to provide ongoing feedback, refine teaching approaches, and address the unique needs of individual students (OECD, 2005; OECD, 2008). Formative assessment is essential for both students and teachers. Additionally, in the realm of monitoring and aggregating student data, is learning analytics, which plays a vital role for researchers and developers of educational applications. Researchers seek to understand students' learning behaviors and their utilization of platforms, while developers strive to leverage this information for enhancing learning platforms (SoLAR, 2021).

In the project DaF-L an adaptive, digital, and competence-oriented reading screening with aligned reading packages, consisting of literary texts and reading exercises, was developed, tested, standardized, and subsequently made available as an Open Education Resource (OER) on the online learning platform Levumi (Gebhardt et al., 2016) for primary schools in Germany.

The digital reading packages were developed for three reading ability levels, in which the students were sorted into through the screening. The packages’ reading ability levels consist of the same story line for the literary texts and the same exercise formats with some variation depending on the ability level.

One key importance of the reading packages is the digitalization. The reading packages support different ability levels and an individualized learning where students can work on the exercises at their own speed with integrated tools such as immediate individualized feedback, second try-options, and solutions. Additionally, and essential is that the reading packages can be used as a diagnostic tool, which enables teachers to support students in the best way possible. Teachers are required and encouraged to conduct and to employ diagnostics with the focus to support their students. However, it is very time consuming and difficult for teachers to execute as they often do not know what ability test/s they should convey, how to determine if the application was helpful, if students used their full potential to answer questions, where they might need help, and what tools were helpful or unnecessary in an application. Therefore, the DaF-L project provides diagnostic tools for teachers with everything they need in order to support their students.

Furthermore, through the intervention study, researchers who developed the digital reading packages received essential data. The gathered data offered insights into the reading packages, allowing for an assessment of the reading packages' strengths and weaknesses. This information was utilized to make essential adjustments, ensuring the development of the most optimal application.

Moreover, the research conducted a four-week intervention in a regular classroom setting continuously gathering data to gain a deeper understanding of students' learning behaviors and their utilization of the learning platform.

The presentation will discuss the digitalization of the reading packages with focusing on learning analytics. With the objective of exploring how learning analytics, such as examining the time dedicated to reading literary texts, time spent on answering questions, and assessing the use of the skip-button, can improve learning platforms worldwide.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The collaborative project follows a multi-method design.
An ABA-design was selected for the intervention study (Graham et al., 2012). The study was expedited from April 2023 until July 2023 and collected quantitative data of individuals, groups, and classes. It consisted of a survey group (N = 59) and a control group (N = 53).

A)    Start of the initial testing started, which consisted of the self-developed digital and competence-oriented reading screening and the ELFE 2, which is an established diagnostic test.

B)    Approximately two weeks later, in the first lesson the students took a self-developed digital a-version test tailored to their reading packages, marking the initiation of a four-week intervention phase. The intervention (reading support) occurred three times a week for 30 minutes within a classroom setting. Students were provided with a reading package based on their proficiency levels and worked on them individually. Throughout all intervention sessions students’ responses as well as any additional information regarding their learning and their platform usage were digitally recorded. At the end of the intervention, students participated in the b-version of the aligned test as well as a second administration of the competence-oriented reading screening and the ELFE 2.

A) A follow-up was conducted with the ELFE 2, the screening, and the c-version of the aligned test.

Throughout the study, educators were interviewed, and observation protocols were employed. The learning platform Levumi and digital reading packages underwent adjustments based on insights gleaned from these interviews and observation protocols. However, the most intriguing insights of the students’ learning behavior emerged from the data collected during the intervention (learning analytics). This data encompassed various aspects, including the duration students spent completing the entire reading package, the time allocated to each exercise, the time students devoted to initially reading the literary text, the time spent on text rereading, whether students attempted exercises a second time, and the frequency of skip-button usage. Moreover, the scrutinized learning behavior could also be compared with the test results, examining whether factors such as the duration spent on reading materials align with test scores.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The insights gained from interviews with educators and the observation protocols played a crucial role in advancing and enhancing the learning platform Levumi and the digital reading packages. While the observation protocols partially revealed intriguing findings, the data, especially concerning the misuse of the skip-button, was a noteworthy revelation. The collected information also shed light on important aspects of students' reading and response behavior, including the time spent reading the text before tackling exercises, the duration devoted to each exercise, utilization of the text-going-back function for rereading, use of the showing solution feature, engagement with the 2nd attempt, and the frequency of skip-button usage.

Furthermore, based on the collected data, adjustments were made to the reading packages. Others such as the removal of the skip-button, in response to the observed misuse, are planned.

Moreover, the learning behavior could also be examined in correspondence with the results of the tests, such as if an excessive usage of the skip-button has a negative effect on the test results or if a short reading time correlates with the test results.

Additionally, the insights gained on the project can be applied to other learning platforms worldwide in order to enhance those.

References
Betthäuser, B. A., Bach-Mortensen, A. M. & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature human behaviour. Vorab-Onlinepublikation.

Gebhardt, M., Diehl, K. & Mühling, A. (2016). Online Lernverlaufsmessung für alle SchülerInnen in inklusiven Klassen. www.LEVUMI.de. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 67(10), 444-454.

Graham, J. E., Karmarkar, A. M., Ottenbacher, K. J. (2012). Small Sample Research Designs for Evidence-Based Rehabilitation: Issues and Methods. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 93(8, Supplement), 111-S116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2011.12.017

Köller, O., Thiel, F., van Ackeren, I., Anders, Y., Becker-Mrotzek, M., Cress, U., Diehl, C., Kleickmann, T., Lütje-Klose, B., Prediger, S., Seeber, S., Ziegler, B., Kuper, H., Stanat, P., Maaz, K. & Lewalter, D. (2022). Basale Kompetenzen vermitteln – Bildungschancen sichern. Perspektiven für die
Grundschule. Gutachten der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK). SWK: Bonn.

Mullis, I.V.S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K.A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342

Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2019). PIRLS 2021 Assessment Frameworks. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2021/frameworks/

Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD). (2008). Assessment for Learning - Formative Assessment . AE Assessment for Learning . https://www.oecd.org/site/educeri21st/40600533.pdf

Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD). (2005). Formative Assessment: Improving Learning in Secondary Classrooms. Policy Brief. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/35661078.pdf

PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2021/frameworks/
Society for Learning Analytics Research (SoLAR). (2021). What is Learning Analytics?. Society for Learning Analytics Research (SoLAR). https://www.solaresearch.org/about/what-is-learning-analytics/

Stanat, P., Schipolowski, S., Schneider, R., Sachse, K. A., Weirich, S. & Henschel, S. (2022). IQB-Bildungstrend 2021: Kompetenzen in den Fächern Deutsch und Mathematik am Ende der 4. Jahrgangsstufe im dritten Ländervergleich. Waxmann Verlag.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Missing Piece in Multi-Informant Assessments? A Systematic Review on Self-Reports of School-Aged Participants with ADHD.

Katharina Jakob1, Katharina Theresa Lindner1, Susanne Schwab1,2

1University of Vienna, Austria; 2North-West University, Research Focus Area Optentia, Vanderbijlpark, South Africa

Presenting Author: Jakob, Katharina

Recent evidence suggests that multi-informant assessments of children and adolescents with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and co-occurring problems are more likely to provide sufficient sensitivity and specificity for population screening and clinical use than single measures (De Los Reyes et al., 2015); however, the perspectives of children and adolescents are underrepresented in scientific studies (Caye et al., 2017; for review see Mulraney et al., 2022). The question remains whether children and adolescents are reliable sources of information about their own ADHD symptoms. This may point to the need to investigate the complex interplay between self- and other (i.e. teachers, parents) reported ADHD symptoms (e.g. hyperactivity, inattention) and other externalizing (e.g. aggression) and internalizing (e.g. anxiety) problems. This review aims to systematically analyze and examine existing empirical studies that have focused on the comparison of self-reported and other-reported ADHD symptoms and co-occurring behavior problems in children and adolescents with ADHD. The purpose is to evaluate (1) the overall inclusion of self-reports in the assessment process (2) the agreements between informants (3) which types of informants are frequently used and (4) the instruments utilized.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Eligible studies published over the past decade in four major databases (PubMed, ERIC, PsycINFO, Web of Science) and retrieved from educational and psychological peer-reviewed journals through a thorough manual hand-search process were identified. Following PRISMA 2020 (Brennan & Munn, 2021) guidelines for inclusion and exclusion criteria, the study focuses on prospective data collection of school-aged participants to minimize recall bias associated with retrospective data reported in previous studies (von Wirth et al., 2021).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Only 11 studies out of 467 selected studies published between 2003 and 2023 that involved a sample of diagnosed school-aged participants met the pre-defined inclusion criteria. Agreements of raters differ by (1) type of other informants (i.e. teachers or parents), (2) methodological procedures, (3) utilized assessment instruments and their psychometric properties, and (4) measured constructs. A variety of screening measures were utilized, with questionnaires predominating over interviews. In addition to teacher reports, parent reports were commonly included, with only one study gathering information from objective measurement methods. The review emphasizes that researchers who include self-reports need to be aware that young participants with ADHD often tend to underreport their behavior problems. Considering the strengths and limitations of the study, implications for practice and future research concerning existing inconsistencies in the conceptualization of externalizing problems are discussed.

References
Brennan, S. E., & Munn, Z. (2021). PRISMA 2020: A reporting guideline for the next generation of systematic reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 19(5), 906–908. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-21-00112

Caye, A., Machado, J. D., & Rohde, L. A. (2017). Evaluating parental disagreement in ADHD diagnosis: Can we rely on a single report from home? Journal of Attention Disorders, 21(7), 561–566. APA PsycInfo. https://doi.org/10.1177/1087054713504134

De Los Reyes, A., Augenstein, T. M., Wang, M., Thomas, S. A., Drabick, D. A. G., Burgers, D. E., & Rabinowitz, J. (2015). The validity of the multi-informant approach to assessing child and adolescent mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 141(4), 858–900. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038498

Mulraney, M., Arrondo, G., Musullulu, H., Iturmendi-Sabater, I., Cortese, S., Westwood, S. J., Donno, F., Banaschewski, T., Simonoff, E., Zuddas, A., Döpfner, M., Hinshaw, S. P., & Coghill, D. (2022). Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: Screening Tools for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder in Children and Adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 61(8), 982–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaac.2021.11.031

von Wirth, E., Mandler, J., Breuer, D., & Döpfner, M. (2021). The Accuracy of Retrospective Recall of Childhood ADHD: Results from a Longitudinal Study. Journal of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 43(2), 413–426.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Relationship Between Students’ Response Times and Their Socioeconomic Status in European Countries: A Case of Achievement Motivation Questionnaire Items

Martin Bosko, Hana Vonkova, Ondrej Papajoanu

The Anchoring Center for Educational Research, Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Bosko, Martin; Vonkova, Hana

Student questionnaire data, typically collected via Likert-scale items, is commonly used to compare different groups of students, be it across countries or based on student characteristics such as gender and socioeconomic status (e.g., OECD, 2017). However, such analyses can lead to inaccurate conclusions as the data might be biased due to the differences in reporting behavior between different groups of students (e.g., He & van de Vijver, 2016; Kyllonen & Bertling, 2013). Students can, for example, differ in the amount of effort they put into filling in the questionnaire.

Our theoretical framework relates to reporting behavior in surveys. Terms careless responding or insufficient effort responding have been used to describe responding patterns in which respondents lack motivation to answer accurately and do not pay attention to the content of items and survey instructions (Goldammer et al., 2020). A number of approaches have been suggested to identify such careless responding, the analysis of response time (to the whole survey or parts of it) being one of them (Curran, 2016; Goldammer et al., 2020). It rests on an assumption that there is a minimum time needed to read and answer a questionnaire item (Goldammer et al., 2020). The term “speeding” has been used for responding too fast to questionnaire items to give much thought to answers (Zhang & Conrad, 2014).

The analysis of response times is a promising tool for identification of the differences in the amount of effort put into filling in questionnaire surveys between different groups of students. It could help identify careless responding (a) between different groups of students during a single wave of measurement as well as (b) changes in careless responding of particular groups of students across different waves of measurement. This could be exploited, for example, in longitudinal research studies using questionnaires (e.g., [foreign language] learning motivation studies) as well as international large-scale assessment (ILSA) studies such as, for example, Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). So far, however, the knowledge concerning the differences in questionnaire item response times between different groups of students in the context of ILSA studies is rather limited.

Previous research has suggested that students’ reporting behavior may differ across different socioeconomic groups (Vonkova et al., 2017), encouraging further exploration of the reporting behavior-socioeconomic status relationship. In this contribution, we address this research area. Our aim is to analyze the relationship between students’ response times to achievement motivation questionnaire items and their socioeconomic status in European PISA 2015 participating countries. Our research question is: How do questionnaire response times to achievement motivation items differ between students with parents achieving different education levels in European PISA 2015 participating countries?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We analyze data from the PISA 2015 questionnaire, focusing on 171,762 respondents from 29 European countries who were administered the questionnaire via computer. Specifically, we look at the response time to question ST119 (Achievement motivation), and we use the highest achieved education by parents (PISA variable HISCED) as an indicator for the socioeconomic status of students. Only respondents, who had complete information on all analysed variables were included in this analysis.
In the question ST119, respondents were asked to answer five statements on achievement motivation using responses Strongly disagree (1), Disagree (2), Agree (3), and Strongly agree (4). The five statements were: (1) I want top grades in most or all of my courses, (2) I want to be able to select from among the best opportunities available when I graduate, (3) I want to be the best, whatever I do, (4) I see myself as an ambitious person, and (5) I want to be one of the best students in my class (OECD, 2014).
Response times were taken from the response time dataset for PISA 2015, specifically the variable ST119_TT. They were logged for each screen (in this case screen containing five items relating to achievement motivation) and they were logged in milliseconds. For the purposes of our analysis, we have set an upper limit of two minutes for students to be included in the analysis. That is because a vast majority of respondents were able to respond in this time interval and only 406 respondents took longer. These were typically respondents who took extremely long (one even nearing an hour spent on the screen) and as such would negatively impact the analysis through not displaying standard response behavior.
Information on parental education levels (HISCED) was extracted from the PISA 2015 dataset which uses the ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 1997 classification. HISCED categories ranged from 0 to 6, representing various levels of educational attainment. HISCED0 represents unfinished ISCED 1 level, HISCED1 and HISCED2 represent ISCED 1 and 2 levels, respectively, HISCED3 represents ISCED 3B and 3C, HISCED4 represents ISCED 3A and 4, HISCED5 represents ISCED 5B, and HISCED6 represents ISCED 5A and 6. Due to the low number of observations, we combined HISCED 0-2 categories for the purposes of our analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our initial analysis showed a notable inverse relationship between mean response times to question ST119 and HISCED for European countries. Specifically, respondents from families with a lower educational background took longer when answering. This is further highlighted when looking both at median times and results of linear regression with country fixed effects (time being the explained variable and HISCED levels and country dummies being the explanatory variables), both of which display the same trend. However, when examining the variation in each HISCED group, data showed that HISCED0-2 group had fairly higher variation of response time than all other HISCED groups, the lowest being in the HISCED5 group. This suggests that there is a greater heterogeneity in response time within the HISCED0-2 group. This indicates that this group consists of a mix of respondents with low and high response times to the question ST119. Our results show that it is necessary to take response times into consideration when comparing groups of respondents, as they can potentially affect the analysis. Further research may be focused on the relationship of response times and home possessions or other indicators of socioeconomic status. Additionally, further research may also analyze other world regions and compare them with the European results.  
References
Curran, P. G. (2016). Methods for the detection of carelessly invalid responses in survey data. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 66, 4–19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2015.07.006

Goldammer, P., Annen,H., Stöckli, P.L., & Jonas, K.(2020). Careless responding in questionnaire measures: Detection, impact, and remedies. The Leadership Quarterly, 31(4), Article 101384. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2020.101384

He, J., & Van de Vijver, F. J. R. (2016). The motivation-achievement paradox in international educational achievement tests: Toward a better understanding. In R. B. King & A. B. I. Bernardo (Eds.), The psychology of Asian learners: A festschrift in honor of David Watkins (pp. 253–268). Springer Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-287-576-1

Kyllonen, P. C., & Bertling, J. (2013). Innovative questionnaire assessment methods to increase cross-country comparability. In L. Rutkowski, M. von Davier, & D. Rutkowski (Eds.), A handbook of international large-scale assessment data analysis: Background, technical issues, and methods of data analysis (pp. 277–285). Chapman Hall/CRC Press.

OECD. (2014). PISA 2015 student questionnaire (computer-based version). https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/CY6_QST_MS_STQ_CBA_Final.pdf

OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 results (volume III): Students' well-being. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en

Vonkova, H., Bendl, S., & Papajoanu, O. (2017). How students report dishonest behavior in school: Self-assessment and anchoring vignettes. The Journal of Experimental Education, 85(1), 36-53. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2015.1094438

Zhang, C., & Conrad, F. (2014). Speeding in web surveys: The tendency to answer very fast and its association with straightlining. Survey Research Methods, 8(2), 127–135. https://doi.org/10.18148/srm/2014.v8i2.5453
 
13:15 - 14:4510 SES 01 B: Internationalisation in Teacher Education: Innovation and Diversity in the Classroom
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Diverse Internationalisation of Teacher Education: What, why and how?

Thiago Freires1, Fátima Pereira1, Małgorzata Kopalska2

1University of Porto, Portugal; 2University of Szczecin, Poland

Presenting Author: Freires, Thiago

Internationalisation in higher education was primarily defined as the process of integrating an international, intercultural or global dimension into the purpose, functions or ways of delivery of tertiary education (Knight, 2003). Hence, internationalisation can be assumed either as a response to globalisation or as an agent of globalisation itself. In this context, the internationalisation of teacher education, which is considered a sub-field in teacher education, seems to derive from international/global education in general and particularly from the internationalisation of higher education (Koh et al., 2022). It emerges together with the recognition of teaching as a cosmopolitan work and profession amidst critical and economic relations to flows, contexts and consequences linked to the globalisation of dimensions centred on economy and culture (Luke, 2004). Apparently, the internationalisation of teacher education has become imperative in the last decades, with important global players in education, such as UNESCO and the OECD, devoting themselves to developing and endorsing policies to enhance education and societies (Sieber & Mantel, 2012). Obviously, while internationalisation is comprehended as a means to develop society as a whole, in light of an international competence that reveals to be critical to the cultural, technological, economic and political health of nations, institutions and individuals (Yemini et al., 2017), different organisations influencing its processes certainly detain varied, if not opposing, purposes (Sieber & Mantel, 2012). Within this scenario, more recently, the internationalisation debate has also shed light on a different nuance – the idea of internationalisation at home, i.e., the purposeful integration of international and intercultural dimensions into the formal and informal curriculum for all students in the scope of domestic learning environments (Beelen & Jones, 2015). Internationalisation at home is realised as promoting the development of international/global understanding and intercultural skills (Wächter, 2016) while equipping students with transversal competencies essential to thrive in a globalised world (Beelen & Jones, 2015). The approached theoretical framework is the basis of the project DITE – Diverse Internationalisation of Teacher Education, which focuses on the element of internationalisation (at home) to increase the capabilities of future teachers by sensitising Teacher Education students to international perspectives. The project network comprises six partners, namely, two networks specialised in the theme of internationalisation, and four higher education institutions spread over three countries - Portugal, Spain and Poland. In the project's first phase, an empirical study was led to explore the current state of the internationalisation of teacher education in the participating higher education institutions. In this communication, we explore the results of this study, organising how different stakeholders (course directors, teacher educators, students, etc.) conceptualise internationalisation and associated values, challenges, enablers and barriers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical study that informs this communication was led under the project DITE – Diverse Internationalisation of Teacher Education (2021-1-PL01-KA220-HED-000031129), which focuses on the element of internationalisation to increase the capabilities of future teachers by sensitising Teacher Education students to international perspectives. DITE relies especially on internationalisation at home (IaH), counterbalancing the usual perspective on mobility, to develop a model of globalised teacher education through diverse internationalisation with a focus on students becoming teachers in upper secondary education. At the beginning of the project, the team conducted research centred on understanding the current state of internationalisation of teacher education in the context of four higher education institutions which are partners in this endeavour, namely, the University of Porto (Portugal), the University of Szczecin (Poland), the Adam Mickiewicz University (Poland) and the University Rovira i Virgili (Spain). The collected data consists of 25 interviews carried out with different higher education stakeholders, such as students, teacher educators, course directors, department directors and a vice-dean. Moreover, a series of six focus groups were organised with course directors, teacher educators and students. These materials were transcribed and categorised according to content analysis techniques. The analysis of thematic nature resulted in a model arranged around six main domains: conceptualisation of internationalisation of teacher education (ITE), values underpinning ITE, enablers of ITE, barriers to ITE, challenges of ITE and good practices of ITE. A series of suggestions for fostering the ITE were also put together based on the overall results.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of our study centred on the current state of internationalisation of teacher education in four European higher education institutions suggest that, in these contexts, internationalisation of teacher education is understood as an attempt to incorporate a global and/or intercultural perspective in daily teaching. Different stakeholders agree that the focus is to broaden students’ (future teachers’) horizons and help them realise global problems and think of international solutions in the teaching profession. Overall, the internationalisation of teacher education has positive connotations, although its potential risks are not ignored – e.g., the indoctrination aspect, which might be activated via processes of knowledge transference. Also, different actors realise cooperation is a key idea when portraying internationalisation. This concept is commonly linked to values in the scope of cultural sharing, inclusion and respect for diversity. Regarding challenges, there is agreement that labour market dynamics interfere with fostering teacher education internationalisation, the same way rigid national systems for teacher education may emerge as an issue. A final remark would be that achieving an overarching strategy towards internationalisation of teacher education at the university level is a key factor if successful and sustainable practices are meant to be implemented.
References
Beelen, J., & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining internationalization at home. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi, & P. Scott (Eds.), The European Higher Education Area: Between Critical Reflections and Future Policies (pp. 59–72). Springer International Publishing.

Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International Higher Education, 33, 2-3.

Koh, A., Pashby, K., Tarc, P. & Yemini, M. (2022). Editorial: Internationalisation in teacher education: discourses, policies, practices. Teachers and Teaching, 1-14.
https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.211938i

Luke, A. (2004). Teaching after the market: From commodity to cosmopolitan. Teachers
College Record, 106(7), 1422–1443. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2004.00384.x

Sieber, P. & Mantel C. (2012). The internationalization of teacher education: An introduction. Prospects, 42, 5–17. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-012-9218-x

Wächter, B. (2016). An introduction: Internationalisation at home in context. Journal of Studies in International Education, 7(1), 5-11. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315302250176

Yemini, M., Hermoni, J., Holzmann, V., Shokty, L., Jayusi, W., & Natur, N. (2017). The
implementation of internationalisation in Israeli teacher training colleges. European Journal of Education, 52(4), 546-557. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12239


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

How Can Finland Support Developing Countries in Implementing and Strengthening Teacher Education?

Outi Kyrö-Ämmälä1, Maria Helena Feluane2

1University of Lapland, Finland; 2Pedagogical University of Maputo, Mozambique

Presenting Author: Kyrö-Ämmälä, Outi

In this presentation, a developmental case based on a project named The Theory-Practice Balance in Teacher Education (TEPATE) will be introduced. The project is funded by Finland’s Higher Education Institutions Institutional Cooperation Instrument (HEI ICI) that supports cooperation projects between higher education institutions in Finland and the developing world. The project started in 2020 and will run for four years, ending in August 2024. The TEPPATE project is designed to tackle the problems related to alarmingly low learning outcomes in Mozambique by enhancing the theory-practice balance of teacher education at two Mozambican Higher Education Institutions: Universidade Pedagógica de Maputo (Pedagogical University of Maputo) and Instituto Superior de Educação e Tecnologia–One World (ISET One world). By doing this, the project contributes to the aim of the Government of Mozambique to achieve the Sustainable Development Goal 4 of the United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. In other words, TEPATE project aims at improving the quality and relevance of initial teacher training at the Mozambican partner HEIs and by so doing, support the efforts of the Mozambican government to improve the overall quality of education in the country.

The teaching profession requires theory-based pedagogical thinking, which is embedded in the teacher's daily activities (cf. Zanting et al., 1998). Often, teacher training is considered too theoretical and does not provide graduating teachers with sufficient pedagogical skills to apply learner-centered pedagogy in practice (Allen & Wright, 2013; Hoy & Woolfolk, 1989). The TEPATE project focuses on improving the balance between theory and practice in teacher education in Mozambican partner universities, and the presentation focus on teaching practice. Internships are an essential part of teacher education, as they provide prospective teachers with an authentic environment in which to practice the pedagogical skills.

In Mozambique, school attendance has improved significantly over the last decade, but unfortunately school completion rates and learning outcomes have not improved at the same pace (Chimbutane, 2013). According to the most recent household budget survey, Inqurito sobre Orcamento Familiar (IOF) 2014/2015, two thirds (68%) of young people aged 13-17 do not complete primary education (UNICEF, 2020). Moreover, the Ministry of Education and Human Development (MINEDH) published similar statistics, showing that in 2017 only 29 percent of all students had completed primary school and 13 percent had completed secondary school (MINEDH, 2019). In addition, 94 percent of girls attend primary school, but more than half drop out of primary school before completing the 5th grade (MINEDH, 2020).

The analysis confirms that the older the child becomes, the less likely he or she will stay on track, with the possibility of not catching up to their more successful peers diminishing every year. This may lead to the loss of motivation, one of the reasons for lack of attendance, age-appropriate skills and knowledge, which in turn leads to school dropout leads.

The teacher Education System in Mozambique is guided by the general principles of education, culture, training, balanced and inclusive human development where everyone has equal rights. It is responsible for promoting education, as an integral part of educational action in the terms defined by the Constitution of the Republic, aiming to provide fundamental skills, general knowledge about the world around them, and the means to progress in work and lifelong learning. This system is guided by the pedagogical principles of capacity development and personality in a harmonious, balanced, and constant way, as well as the Freedom to learn, teach, research, and disseminate culture, thought, art and knowledge. Currently the whole country has 15 Universities, six state universities and nine private universities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation focuses on one part of the TEPATE study, which aimed to analyse the current situation of teaching practice in Mozambique. The following research question was set for the study:
How do Mozambican student teachers, teachers and teacher educators understand and experience teaching practice as part of teacher education?
The study was carried out using a phenomenographic research approach. Phenomenography is a qualitative study that examines the different ways in which people can understand certain phenomena or parts of the world around them (Marton, 1986).

In this study, the different actors built the data together: twenty-seven actors responded to a semi-structured questionnaire about their experience of teacher training in teacher education programmes. In addition to the background questions, the questionnaire included open-ended questions on the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats of teaching practice. The questionnaire was distributed via an internet link and responses were collected using the webropol application. A total of 27 responses were received, of which 10 were from student teachers (37.0%), two from teachers (7.4%) and 15 from teacher educators (55.6%). The data was collected during the autumn 2022.

Open-ended questions were used to allow respondents to decide as freely as possible what issues they wanted to raise in their answers (cf. Marton, 1988). The aim was that the questionnaire would delve as deeply as possible into the experiences of the respondents, which is why the responses were collected without personal data. It was important to create an atmosphere of trust and openness so that respondents could share their experiences honestly and confidentially.

The data was analysed using phenomenographic analysis (see e.g. Marton, 1986), guided by the research questions. Uljens (1996) and Marton (1988) point out that there is no precise description or step-by-step method for phenomenographic data analysis. It should be noted that analysis is not based on theory and categories are not decided in advance, but are formed during the process of analysis. It can be said that the aim of this research was to describe how the teaching practice is experienced, rather than the teaching practice as such (cf. Marton and Booth, 1997). Through careful examination of the raw data, the research was structured into meaning units and further into descriptive categories and finally into an outcome space. The results of the study describe a hierarchically organised set of outcomes space, representing different ways of experiencing the phenomenon under study: teaching practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will assess the existing structure and practices of teaching practice: presenting the current strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats to practical training in the teacher education units in Mozambique, as perceived by students, teachers and teacher educators.

According to the research there are already many good and effective practices in teacher education in Mozambique. These are e.g. students’ possibility to enable professional development and to practice in a real environment during the study program. Respondents saw the opportunity for professional development both as a teacher and as a student, and reflection as an essential element in this development process. The responses also show that teaching practice also provides an opportunity to combine theory, and practice and to apply what has been learned.

At the same time, however, there is a high risk that these practices are not implemented at the same high level in all schools and teacher education institutions. This was reflected in the fact that respondents also highlighted the same issues as weaknesses in teaching practices. In addition, they cited lack of resources, particularly time, as a key weakness.

In conclusion, particular attention needs to be paid in the future to the adequacy of resources and the commitment of teachers and teacher trainers to guidance and mentoring. There is also a need to focus on ensuring that the voice of local teachers is heard and rewarded. One effective way to develop teacher training would be to train supervisors and teachers together to build collaboration and networking between them.

Based on these results and insights, further development actions will be planned. The expected outcome is an increase in the capacity of Mozambican higher education institutions to develop programmes that will better equip student teachers to put learner-centred pedagogy into practice.

References
Allen, J.M. & Wright, S.E. 2013. Integrating theory and practice in the preservice teacher education practice. Teachers and Teaching 20:2. 136–151.

Chimbutane, F. 2013. Mozambique: Binding Quantitative and Qualitative Goals. In  

Harper, C. Education in Southern Africa: Patterns and Issues. Bloomsbury Education. London: Bloomsbury. 123–144

Hoy, W.K. & Woolfolk, A.E. 1989. Supervising student teachers. In Woolfolk, A.E. Research perspectives in the graduate preparation of teachers (pp. 108–131). Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

Marton, F. 1986. Phenomenography - A research approach investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(2), 28-49.

Marton, F. 1988. Phenomenography: a research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. In: Sherman, R. and Webb, R. eds. Qualitative research in education: focus and methods. Lontoo: Falmer. 141–161.

Marton, F. and Booth, S. 1997. Learning and awareness. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

MINEDH (2019). Análise do Sector de Educação (ESA) Relatório Final. Maputo July 2019.

MINEDH (2020). Plano Estratégico da Educação 2020 – 2029 (5th Draft) Maputo.

Uljens, M. 1996. On the philosophical foundations of phenomenography. In: Dalla’Alba G. and Hasselgren, B. eds. Reflections of phenomenography: toward a methodology. Göteborg: Acta univeritatis Gothoburgensis. 103–128.

UNICEF (2020). Attendance and Educational Attainment of Primary School Children in Mozambique. Longitudinal Assessment of School Dropout: Results of the 2018 Round.  Available from https://www.unicef.org/mozambique/media/3911/file.

Zanting, A., Verloop, N., Vermunt, J .D. & van Driel, J. H. (1998) Explicating Practical Knowledge: an Extension of Mentor Teacher’s Role. European Journal of Teacher Education 21 (1), 11–28.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Making Appropriate Use of the Students’ Home Languages (HLs) in Linguistically Diverse Norwegian EAL Classrooms

Georgios Neokleous, Ingunn Ofte

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Neokleous, Georgios; Ofte, Ingunn

Making appropriate use of the students’ home languages (HLs) has been one of the greatest challenges English as an additional language (EAL) teachers face in linguistically diverse classrooms (Flores & Aneja, 2017; Hall & Cook, 2012). Because of the lack of research on HL use in Nordic contexts, but also because the topic is rarely discussed in teacher training programs, teachers often assume that students prefer an environment that makes little to no use of their HL (Haukås et al., 2021; Shin et al., 2020). Research undertaken thus far in Norwegian settings illustrates that while HL use is quite prevalent as the medium of instruction, teachers feel guilty about its presence (Neokleous & Ofte, 2020). However, with classrooms becoming increasingly multilingual and multicultural, students along with their teachers do not seem to share a common language and are encouraged to adopt a multilingual approach to teaching with HLs being actively present (García & Wei, 2014; Lin & He, 2017). The updated Norwegian curriculum for the subject of English in primary education (Norwegian Directorate of Education & Training, 2020) states that the students’ HL should have a role in the classroom particularly in identifying linguistic similarities and differences between two languages. However, it does not state the classroom purposes and functions it should serve. As a result, Neokleous and Krulatz (2018) argued that this dearth of more specific guidelines can prompt teachers to adopt an approach that favours almost-exclusive usage of the TL (Neokleous & Krulatz, 2018). Trying to unearth Norwegian teacher attitudes towards HL usage in the classroom, Neokleous and Ofte’s (2020) study revealed that while the four teacher participants acknowledged the potential of HL usage, they also felt guilty about making recourse to Norwegian, particularly since their reported use did not always reflect their classroom behaviours.

The lack of empirical studies that would shed light on how teachers should foster multilingual approaches has left teachers confused as to whether they should use the majority language in the classroom or not and for what purposes (Singleton & Aronin, 2019). The purpose of this presentation is to broaden the research lens by focusing on the perception of EAL in-service teachers and students on HL use and the pivotal role teachers could serve in adopting multilingual pedagogies. Thus far, studies venturing to explore the topic in Norwegian settings primarily focused on the teacher perspective through surveys and questionnaires (Haukås et al., 2021; Krulatz, et al., 2016; Neokleous & Krulatz, 2018). Neokleous and Ofte’s (2020) study was the first study that brought classroom and interview data together to explore how in-service teachers perceived HL integration, compared this perception to their actual practice, and also how they interpreted the lack of clear teaching guidelines in the curriculum. This presentation delves deeper into the teacher perspectives on the topic but also explore the student voice. The study explores the attitudes of four teachers and their students in EAL classrooms situated in geographically different parts of Norway. Trying to elicit the views of in-service EAL teachers and young EAL learners in Norway, the purpose of this article is to address the following questions: a) What do students think of the general presence but also their teachers’ use of the HL in the classroom? b) What is the value of using the HL as a resource for learning English as seen by the participants? c) How do in-service EAL teachers in multilingual environments address the presence of different HLs in the classroom? Do they make recourse to the students’ HLs? If so, when?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, a qualitative approach was adopted. Data were collected through classroom observations and the use of semi-structured interviews. The participants were four in-service EAL teachers and their students in three different schools situated in geographically disparate areas of the whole of Norway. The four teacher participants were EAL instructors at the upper primary education level in grades 5-10 and have been teaching English for over five years in public schools. The six classrooms were observed four times during an entire academic year. To maintain a clearer and sharper focus on the observations, as the sessions were not recorded, an observational protocol was developed based on Neokleous’ and Ofte’s (2020) study. At the end of the academic year, the six teachers and fifty-seven students of these classes were individually interviewed: thirteen students from Emilie’s (9) class, nine students from Astrid’s (9) class, twelve students from Sigurd’s (10) class, eleven students from Morten’s (8) class and twelve students from Ingrid’s (8) class. Notes taken during the observations were later written up as field notes and constituted the third data collection strategy. The observations assisted the researchers in pinpointing instances during which teachers but also students indulged in HL usage and gather an understanding as to how the teachers address the presence of different HLs in the classroom, which was the third research questions of the study. The interviews enabled the teacher and student participants to delve deeper into their general attitudes towards HL usage in the classroom, which was the focus of the first and the second research questions. As interviews with the teachers and students were semi-structured in nature, based on the notes gathered during the observations, additional questions were formulated that enabled the teacher and the student interviewees to elaborate on HL classroom practices and strategies that the researchers deemed worthy of discussing.

An interpretational approach was adopted to answer the research questions. Abiding by the interpretational guidelines, the individual interviews with the teacher and student participants were transcribed and coded using Saldaña’s (2009) two coding cycle methods. The objective was to unravel in-service teacher and student attitudes towards HL use in the classroom along with their beliefs as to what are the advantages associated with its use as well as the strategies and techniques the teachers adopted in their classrooms.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study indicated that both the teacher and the student participants displayed a positive stance towards HL use in the classroom. For both groups, the greatest benefit associated with its use is its ability to ensure understanding. Relatedly, teachers also felt that its integration in the classroom sustains motivation while it also serves as a time-saving strategy. On the other hand, along with increasing their TL understanding, students also felt that making recourse to the HL allows them to maintain a conversation in the TL while it also assists struggling students in coping with learning the TL.

Despite acknowledging the value of HL integration, the teacher participants held strong views about the importance of using the TL in the classroom. The four teachers believed that strong reliance on HL could have a detrimental effect both on the students but also the teachers. As the results also indicated, integrating the HL still triggers feelings of guilt with teachers stressing the need to justify this classroom practice either for fear of practicing an incorrect classroom strategy or of having students believe that their command of English is limited. On the other hand, students were adamant about the importance of employing Norwegian to clarify and exemplify questions that could potentially arise during the course of the lesson. They also, however, cautioned about the overreliance that could lead to “an English class being transformed into a Norwegian class”. With multilingual classrooms becoming the norm, it is of paramount importance that future research would contribute toward ensuring a school environment that embraces students’ diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds. Further, teacher education must ensure that future teachers feel confident to make use of their students' cultural and linguistic diversities in the EAL classroom.

References
Flores, N., & Aneja, G. (2017). "Why needs hiding?" Translingual (Re) orientations in TESOL teacher education. Research in the Teaching of English, 51(4), 441–463.
Hall, G., & Cook, G. (2012). Own-language use in language teaching and learning. Language Teaching, 45(3), 271-308.
Haukås, Å., Storto, A., & Tiurikova, I. (2021). The Ungspråk project: Researching multilingualism and multilingual identity in lower secondary schools. Globe: A Journal of Language, Culture and Communication, 12, 83-98.
Krulatz, A., Neokleous, G., & Henningsen, F.V. (2016). Towards an understanding of target
language use in the EFL classroom: A report from Norway. International Journal for
21st Century Education, 3(Special), 137–152.
Lin, A. M. & He, P. (2017) Translanguaging as dynamic activity flows in CLIL classrooms. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 16(4), 228–244.
Neokleous, G., & Krulatz, A. (2018). Investigation into Norwegian teachers’ perspectives on the use of students' mother tongue in the EFL classroom. Journal of Linguistics and Language Teaching, 9(2), 1-28.
Neokleous, G., & Ofte, I. (2020). In-service teacher attitudes toward the use of the mother tongue in Norwegian EFL classrooms. Nordic Journal of Modern Language Methodology, 8(2), 68-88.
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2020). English subject curriculum. Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/lk20/eng01-04
Saldaña, J. (2009). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. London: Sage.
Shin, J. Y., Dixon, L. Q., & Choi, Y. (2020). An updated review on use of L1 in foreign
language classrooms. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 41(5),
406-419.
Singleton, D. & Aronin, L. (Eds.). (2019). Twelve lectures on multilingualism. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.
 
13:15 - 14:4510 SES 01 D: Teacher Wellbeing and Emotions
Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Eleni Dimitrellou
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Curricular Autonomy, Work Engagement and Teacher Well-being: A Systematic Review

Elsa Estrela1, Felisberto Kiluange1, Paula Paulino2, Sónia Vladimira3, Rosa Serradas Duarte1, Louise Lima1

1Lusofona University, CeiED, Portugal; 2Lusofona University, Hei-Lab, Portugal; 3Lusofona University, CIDEFES, Portugal

Presenting Author: Estrela, Elsa; Kiluange, Felisberto

Scientific research has pointed to the importance of understanding the relation between curricular autonomy, work engagement and teachers’ well-being. To our knowledge few efforts have been made from a theoretical framework, and no systematic evidence has been provided regarding the interrelation between these three concepts. This study concerns an initial phase of a larger project entitled “Times of change and changing times: a study of the relationships between curricular autonomy and teacher engagement and well-being of teachers” which aims to: understand the relationship between the development of autonomy policies and curricular flexibility in educational contexts and the professional involvement and well-being of teachers to analyse the ways in which autonomy and curricular flexibility policies have been received, interpreted, appropriated and put into practice by teachers. The aim of this study is to collect and analyse scientific articles, identify gaps in the literature, and provide research trends and suggestions for future studies.The starting question for this study was: What is the relationship among curricular autonomy, professional involvement and teacher well-being between 2015 and 2023? This time period was chosen given the start of legislation on curricular autonomy in Portugal, begun in 2016, following the Pilot Projects for Pedagogical Innovation (PPIP), which preceded a modification of the curriculum in Decree-Law 55/2018.

Curriculum management is recognised as a complex and dynamic process that takes place at various levels, as stated by Roldão and Almeida (2018), from the macro level (decisions made by the supervisory body regarding common learning at national level), the meso level, which includes the institutional context (school and its educational and curricular projects) and the group level (through the projects that each educational team draws up for a class) to the micro level (concerning each teacher, on a daily basis in the classroom). On the other hand, during the period in which this study is being conducted, the world has also come up against a change in times: the times of digitalisation, distance learning and the pandemic.

In these changing times, schools and teachers have also introduced new terms, concepts, working times and spaces to their professional work, taking into account the priority of addressing the increasing inequalities between pupils. As a result of new problems and ongoing needs, the performance of the teaching role is likely to promote both burnout and professional engagement. In line with more recent approaches to positive psychology, teacher well-being is a growing field of study, with a steady increase in literature in recent years (Dreer, 2023; McCallum, 2021; Salmela-Aro, Hietajärvi, & Lonka, 2019). Subjective well-being, as described by Keyes (2002), can be seen as a measure of mental health, made up of three dimensions: emotional, social and psychological.

The benefits of well-being seem to go beyond psychological advantages for individuals and employee retention for institutions, as evidenced by studies in different organisations. well-being fosters the development and maintenance of positive relationships between teachers and students, as well as the establishment of a supportive learning climate and learning (Barroso et.al. 2019). On the other hand, work engagement is a relatively new concept when applied to teachers, in regard to work expectations and commitment to their performance. Some authors define work engagement as an enthusiastic state of involvement of the individual in crucial and personal activities, which is diametrically opposed to burnout (Dreer, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to accomplish the stated goals and respond to the initial question, a systematic review of the literature is being conducted and qualitatively analysed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) method, which is divided into three phases: identification, screening, and inclusion of studies (Page et al., 2021; Vilelas, 2020; Shamseer et al., 2015).The search and analysis are ongoing.  For the evidence-gathering process we will use the data extraction tool Covidence.
The inclusion criteria defined are scientific articles, published between January 2015 and December 2023, in English, Portuguese, Spanish and French retrieved from the Portuguese Open Access Databases (RCAAP), Scientific Electronic Library Online (SciELO), ScienceDirect and Scopus, considering the subjects Social Sciences, Psychology, Decision Sciences, Arts and Humanities. The exclusion criteria selected are theses, dissertations, book chapters and communications at conferences, protocols, duplicate documents, studies with unavailable full texts or in languages other than those selected for inclusion, or with a different focus.
As Costa and Rouco (2023) point out, the review process will follow a strict protocol per database, in order to avoid bias in the data collection process and, consequently, in the process of analysing and discussing the data. Thus, the review process will be conducted by two reviewers, under the supervision of other project members, who will resolve any conflicts that might emerge.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Considering that systematic review uses rigorous and explicit procedures to identify, select, and critically evaluate relevant research, it is expected  to present a description of the studies screened using a flowchart using the PRISMA method, as well as a table of the studies selected for the review.
We expect  that this research can help identify different approaches to curricular autonomy, work engagement and teacher well-being, in order to find some correlations and summarise a theoretical frame of reference that will be discussed. Thus, this systematic review aims to contribute to a more in-depth understanding of the relation between concepts that have been identified as emerging issues in educational processes. It also attempts to provide a broader view of the authors' different perspectives on the phenomena under study, bearing in mind that the relation between curricular autonomy, teachers' work engagement and well-being may be enhanced by the diversity of school contexts.
In regards to reviewing the authors' methodological strategies, including study design, sample characteristics, measures, and data analysis, we aim to synthesise a methodological framework. Furthermore, this will allow us to identify gaps in the literature that might guide the directions for future studies, which can be particularly important given the current challenges that new technologies pose to the teaching profession, along with the recent introduction of legislation on curricular autonomy in Portugal.

References
Barroso, I. M. Monteiro, M. J., Rodrigues, V., Antunes, M. C., Almeida, C. M., Lameirão, J.R., & da Conceição Rainho, M. (2019). Estilos de vida e bem-estar em Professores. Motricidade, 15(4), 21-25.
Costa, F.K.F. da and Rouco, J.C.D. (2023) ‘Mapping Military Leadership Competencies: A Systematic Literature Review’, European Conference on Management Leadership and Governance, 19(1), pp. 583–592. https://doi.org/10.34190/ecmlg.19.1.1966
Decreto Lei nº 54/2018. Diário da República (2018). https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/54/2018/07/06/p/dre/pt/html
Decreto Lei nº 55/2018. Diário da República (2018). https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/55/2018/07/06/p/dre/pt/html
Dreer, B. (2023) On the outcomes of teacher wellbeing: a systematic review of research. Front. Psychol. 14:1205179. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1205179
Keyes, C. L. M. (2002). The mental health continuum: From languishing to flourishing in life. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 43(2), 207–222. https://doi.org/10.2307/3090197
McCallum, F. (2021). Teacher and Staff Wellbeing: Understanding the Experiences of School Staff. In: Kern, M.L., Wehmeyer, M.L. (eds) The Palgrave Handbook of Positive Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-64537-3_28
Page, M.J. et al. (2021) ‘The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews’, BMJ, p. n71. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71

Roldão, M. D. C., & Almeida, S. (2018). Gestão curricular: Para a autonomia das escolas e professores. Direção-Geral da Educação - Ministério da Educação.
Salmela-Aro, K., Hietajärvi, L., & Lonka, K. (2019). Work burnout and engagement profiles among teachers. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, Article 2254. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02254
Shamseer, L. et al. (2015) ‘Preferred reporting items for systematic review and meta-analysis protocols (PRISMA-P) 2015: elaboration and explanation’, BMJ, 349, p. g7647. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.g7647
Vilelas, J. (2020) Investigação: o processo de construção do conhecimento. 3a Ed. Edições Sílabo.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The Relationship between Curriculum Autonomy, Work Engagement and Teacher Well-Being – in Changing Times

Elsa Estrela1, Rosa Serradas Duarte1, Louise Lima1, Sónia Vladimira2, Paula Paulino3, Felisberto Costa1

1Lusofona University, CeiED, Portugal; 2Lusofona University, CIDEFES, Portugal; 3Lusofona University, Hei-Lab, Portugal

Presenting Author: Estrela, Elsa; Serradas Duarte, Rosa

The changes in education systems brought about, among other reasons, by digitalization and the societal transformations, have been imposed in all countries.
In 2016, in the form of "pilot projects", Portugal began to make curricular and organizational changes aimed at encouraging school autonomy to better respond to different audiences in different contexts. The recent legislative changes have highlighted, especially through the evaluative study of this policy (Cosme, Ferreira, Lima & Barros, 2021), the need to "monitor, as systematically as possible, some of the critical points of a process as demanding as this one" (p.106).

This communication addresses the relationship between the development of autonomy and curricular flexibility policies and the professional engagement and well-being of teachers in educational contexts. The research underpinning this paper is part of a cross-cutting, interdisciplinary, collaborative project that brings together researchers from different areas - education, sociology, and psychology - and different generations, as well as teachers from schools with different pedagogical-didactic situations, with an emphasis on reflection and direct action. The concepts involved in this project have been studied by themselves, but never all together by the same instrument. Therefore this approach allows an analysis of the different levels of involvement applied in a specific professional situation.

This study regards the period from 2016 to 2023, considering that the world has also faced a change in times: the time of digital, the remote teaching, and the pandemic. In these new times, it is also schools and teachers who have introduced new terms, concepts, times, and workspaces to their professionalism, taking into account the priority of combating the growing inequalities between students. The complex nature of teachers' work is a challenge to teacher well-being and teacher burnout has been recognized as a problem worldwide (Salmela-Aro, Hietajärvi, & Lonka, 2019).
The benefits of well-being seem to go beyond psychological advantages for individuals and employee retention for institutions, as evidenced by studies in different organizations. These are diverse not only because well-being favors the development and maintenance of relationships between teachers and students, but also because it stimulates the establishment of a positive learning climate and teacher well-being, which, in the words of Jennings and Greenberg (2009), plays a central role in both the school environment and learning.

According to the literature, well-being influences the quality of the teacher-student relationship, classroom management and the effective application of social-emotional education (Carvalho et al., 2021). In addition, teacher well-being is linked to a variety of desirable elements and outcomes, including teacher retention, positive teacher-student interactions, and student performance (Dreer, 2023).
Professional engagement is a relatively new concept when applied to teachers, in terms of work expectations and commitment to tasks. Some authors define professional engagement as an enthusiastic state of involvement of the individual in crucial and personal activities, which is diametrically opposed to burnout.

Understanding the complex dynamics between curricular autonomy, teacher well-being and teaching engagement will help to characterize educational policies within the scope of Curricular Autonomy and Flexibility in Portugal, in the period 2016 - 2023; to identify professional engagement and well-being of teachers in the context of curricular autonomy and flexibility policies; and to prepare a comparative analysis to be applied in the future in the various intervention contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on the question "What links exist between the development of autonomy and curricular flexibility policies and the work engagement and well-being of teachers in educational contexts?", this study is part of a mixed-method investigation (quantitative and qualitative) and has several dimensions (curricular autonomy, professional engagement and teachers’ well-being). The combination of quantitative and qualitative approaches makes it possible to broaden and deepen the results, which, through the triangulation of techniques, provides diversified readings and a multiplication of analysis perspectives (Dal-Farra & Lopes, 2013).
Since the aim is to study the relationship between the proposals for curricular autonomy, the engagement of teachers in this process, which began in 2016, and teachers’ well-being, the most appropriate methodological approach will be developed in two phases in order to allow triangulation between theory and practice.
Although the study to be developed includes other phases, namely intensive studies in the form of multiple case studies, in this communication we will only focus on the preliminary phase of document analysis and the development of the necessary instruments for the extensive study that the research entails, presenting its first results, which are part of phase 0 and phase 1.
Phase 0 - Document analysis - focuses on:
i) legislation framing the educational/curriculum policies of the years 2016-2023
ii) “gray literature” and other reports produced in this period on the object of analysis
Phase 1 - carrying out an extensive study - using a questionnaire that makes use of previously defined and validated scales - The Mental Health Continuum-Short Form (MHC-SF; Keyes, 2006; Portuguese version by Matos et al, 2010); The Utrecht Work Engagement Scale, UWES-S (Schaufeli et al., 2002; Portuguese version by Sinval et al., 2018); adapted from Estudo Avaliativo da Autonomia e Flexibilidade Curriular (Cosme, Ferreira, Lima & Barros, 2021). This questionnaire is focused on three dimensions, namely:
i) Teachers' perceptions of autonomy and curricular flexibility
ii) Subjective well-being
iii) Teachers' professional engagement
The Ecological Approach to Teacher Agency developed by Priestley et al. (2015) will be considered, as the authors propose the analysis of teacher agency through the interactions that occur between three domains that promote the realization of agency:
i) iterational (related to the teacher's beliefs and convictions and their personal and professional life experience);
ii) practical-evaluative (related to cultural, structural and material factors);
iii) projective (what teachers imagine as the future in the short and long term).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes are:
a) to understand whether there is a direct relationship between curricular autonomy, which the system aims for, and teachers’ well-being.
b) to further analyze the extent to which curricular autonomy develops feelings and actions of greater engagement and accountability in decision-making about the curriculum and, therefore, the school.
c) to reflect on whether teachers' decision-making autonomy in many aspects of curriculum management is experienced as an extra-responsibility stress factor or used for their professional development.
d) to identify the presence of teacher agency in its various domains.

References
Carvalho, J. S., Oliveira, S., Roberto, M. S., Gonçalves, C., Bárbara, J. M., de Castro, A. F., Pereira, R., Franco, M., Cadima, J., Leal, T., Lemos, M. S., & Marques-Pinto, A. (2021). Effects of a mindfulness-based intervention for teachers: A study on teacher and student outcomes. Mindfulness, 12(7), 1719–1732. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12671-021-01635-3
Cosme, A., Ferreira, D.,  Lima, L. & Barros, M. (2021). Avaliação externa da autonomia e flexibilidade curricular. Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação da Universidade do Porto.
Dal-Farra, R. A., & Lopes, P. T. C. (2014). Métodos mistos de pesquisa em educação: pressupostos teóricos. Nuances: Estudos Sobre Educação, 24(3), 67–80. https://doi.org/10.14572/nuances.v24i3.2698
Dreer, B. (2023) On the outcomes of teacher wellbeing: a systematic review of research. Front. Psychol. 14:1205179. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1205179
Jennings, P. A., & Greenberg, M. (2009). The prosocial classroom: Teacher social and emotional competence in relation to child and classroom outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 79(1), 491-525. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308325693
Keyes, C. L. M. (2002). The mental health continuum: From languishing to flourishing in life. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 43(2), 207–222. https://doi.org/10.2307/3090197
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency - An Ecological Approach (1o). Bloomsbury. https://archive.org/details/teacheragencyecoOOOOprie
Salmela-Aro, K., Hietajärvi, L., & Lonka, K. (2019). Work burnout and engagement profiles among teachers. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, Article 2254. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02254
Schaufeli, W.B. (2017). General Engagement: Conceptualization and Measurement with the Utrecht General Engagement Scale (UGES). J well-being assess 1, 9–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41543-017-0001-x
Schaufeli, W. B., Salanova, M., González-Romá, V., and Bakker, A. B. (2002). The measurement of engagement and burnout: a two sample confirmatory factor analytic approach. J. Vocat. Behav. 3, 71–92. doi: 10.1023/A:1015630930326


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Has the Explicit Teaching of Emotions a Place in the Secondary School Curriculum?

Eleni Dimitrellou, George Koutsouris, Alison Pearson

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dimitrellou, Eleni; Koutsouris, George

Introduction: The benefit of socio-emotional learning (SEL) to student behaviour and academic attainment is widely known. Teachers are nowadays expected to deliver packaged programmes on socioemotional learning (SEL) interventions that they find hard to agree, seeing them be beyond the remit of their responsibilities and completely alienated from their subject knowledge.

Research Questions:

  • Is there space for SEL-oriented teaching in PE lessons?
  • To what extent is LS an effective approach to integrate SEL in the national subject of PE?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method: This paper draws on the findings of a novel pilot project, the first of its kind, that employs a lesson study (LS) approach to actively involve teacher trainees in curriculum development and explicitly introduce socioemotional-oriented teaching in the context of physical education (PE). LS is a collaborative professional development approach for teachers to assess, evaluate and plan a sequence of lessons with a specific focus. The project was conducted in partnership with one mainstream secondary school in the Southwest of England for a period of two months during the summer term 2021-2022. Two teacher trainees and one qualified PE teacher agreed to design, evaluate and plan a sequence of 4 research lessons focusing on integrating SEL instruction in PE. Data collection involved 4 focus groups and 6 in dept evaluation interviews.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results: Our findings provide insights into the tensions, challenges and significance of introducing explicitly socioemotional-oriented teaching in the national secondary curriculum highlighting the effectiveness of a lesson study approach in empowering teachers’ involvement in curriculum development.

Conclusion: Evidence suggests that teacher trainees are motivated to teach SEL learning when it is integrated in their subject topic. Practical implications for teacher training and professional development are discussed.

References
Durlak J, Weissberg R, Dymnicki A, Taylor R, Schellinger K. (2011).The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: a meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Dev, 82(1), 405–432.
Gómez, E. S., Núñez, M. J. S., Gómez, A. I. P., & Trapero, N. P. (2015). Lesson study and the development of teacher’s competences: From practical knowledge to practical thinking. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 4(3), 209-223.
 
13:15 - 14:4511 SES 01 A: Adult Education: From Theory to Practice
Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Valerija Drozdova
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Transferring Results of Professional Development into Practice: Designing a framework for systematic review

Dita Nimante, Maija Kokare, Sanita Baranova, Svetlana Surikova

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Nimante, Dita; Kokare, Maija

Although significant resources are yearly allocated to the professional development of adults in Latvia, there is a lack of evidence on whether the implemented professional development policies and activities has brought the expected practical results, resonating with the insights arrived at worldwide (Kennedy, 2019; Botma et al., 2015; Hughes et al., 2021, etc.), revealing the encountered challenges when transferring the acquired knowledge into practice. The problems still exist despite some early research on transfer of learning (Curry et al., 1994) and many follow up publications on the transfer and impact of professional development. (Borg, 2018; Brion, 2020, 2023; Kennedy, 2016; King, 2014; Blume, et al., 2010; Curry et al., 2005)

Besides, these problems are compounded by the lack of clarity about what effectiveness of transfer really means, and also the lack of evidence on how to transfer professional development results into practice effectively. Despite the concept of transfer is being thoroughly explored, it still requires an in-depth look into the factors influencing the process of applying and transferring training results into practice. (Blume, et als, 2010)

In the context of Latvia, only indirect evidence can be provided on the existence of such transfer. For example, the report "Results of adult education survey" (CSBL, 2018) mentions that 50.7% of respondents in formal education and 65.3% in non-formal education indicated adult education having led to better job performance. Besides, with teachers being one of the most relevant target groups when learning and professional development are in the focus, it should be noted that in 2018, 88.6 % of teachers in Latvia admitted a positive impact on their teaching practices over the 12 months prior to the survey (OECD, 2020). One of the most recent studies on teachers' work and professional development, (UL Interdisciplinary Centre for Educational Innovation, 2023) points to the need for a qualitative transformation of the professional development system for teachers, including the development of a targeted and goal-oriented support system within the organization. Measuring the impact and quality of implementation of professional development was another important finding, as well as preparing professional support staff for different needs.

Nowadays understanding of the nature, implementation and results of professional development has evolved, and there are many definitions, models and approaches to the concept, most of them related to the teacher professional development. The current study seeks to further elaborate the definition of the concept by focusing on holistic perspective of processional development, thus including various forms of learning - formal and informal learning, training, workplace learning, coaching, mentoring, etc.

To find evidence-based solutions for developing effective and efficient ways of professional competences of adults and assessing of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia, first of all, it is necessary to raise awareness of the existing knowledge base, conduct a conceptual feasibility study, and identify indicators for the transfer of professional development results which in the current situation sufficiently reflect the transfer efficiency revealing also methodological concerns (including the recognition that self-reflected evidence produce ’inflating’ effect; see Blume, et al., 2010) related to the measurement and conclusions.

Three research questions are stated for systematic literature analysis:

1) What characterizes effective professional development? 2) Which theoretical concepts in the scientific literature represent the transfer of adult professional development into practice? 3) What processes and indicators show effective ways of transferring results professional learning outcomes into practice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research questions will be addressed by using guidelines of Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA, Page at al., 2021). A systematic review attempts to collect all the existing knowledge on the topic area (Grant & Booth, 2009) and uses a systematic approach to synthesize findings of relevant studies, which is why the research is organized in three steps.
First, a preliminary qualitative research of the already published systematic reviews and meta-analysis regarding the transfer of professional development results into practice, the total of 99 units, is done by searching relevant databases (Scopus, ERIC, EBSCO, Sage Journals, SpringerLink Contemporary Journals, Wiley Online Library, Taylor & Francis Library, ScienceDirect, MDPI, Emerald eJournals Premier). The goal of this preliminary research is to identify objectives, keywords, the main theoretical concepts, processes and sectors, and to propose the eligibility criteria (i.e., the inclusion and exclusion criteria related to publication year, language, type of publication, target group, research context, field, etc.) and data sources for the systematic literature analysis according to PRISMA statement (Page at al., 2021).
Then, the research field shall be narrowed to the most appropriate published systematic reviews for the specific project objective selected for detailed analysis to identify indicators for measuring how effective professional development and transfer of professional results into practice are. A decision was made to narrow down the databases where articles were searched (Web of Science and Scopus), as it is mostly possible to find articles published by other publishing houses in these databases.
This will allow to move into the final research stage – the analysis of new original studies (not systematic reviews) to provide answers to the research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The proposed systematic literature review (January-March 2024) will identify the main relevant theoretical concepts, processes, models, solutions as well as performance indicators related to effective professional development and effective transfer of its results into practice. So far we conclude that the system is recommended to be designed so that it was focused, personalized and effective, which can be achieved by designing specific, flexible targeted programs according to the needs of different teaching profiles, commissioning/financing forms of professional development that have an impact on practice, both workplace learning and a flexible choice of different modules (micro-courses), etc. The results of systematic literature analysis will empower the next steps of the research, namely, identification of good practice examples transferable into the socio-cultural and legislative contexts in Latvia. This includes the tools for measuring how effective and efficient transfer of professional development into practice is.
This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and Science Republic of Latvia, project “Elaboration of evidence-based solutions for effective professional competence development of adults and assessment of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia”, project No. VPP-IZM-Izglītība-2023/4-0001.

References
Blume, B. D., Ford, J. K., Baldwin, T. T., & Huang, J. L. (2010). Transfer of Training: A Meta-Analytic Review. Journal of Management, 36(4), 1065-1105.
Borg, S. (2018). Evaluating the impact of professional development. RELC Journal, 49(2), 195-216.
Botma, Y., Van Rensburg, G. H., Coetzee, I. M., & Heyns, T. (2015). A conceptual framework for educational design at modular level to promote transfer of learning. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 52, 499–509.
Brion, C. (2020). Learning transfer: The missing linkage to effective professional development. Journal of Cases in Educational Leadership, 23(3), 32-47. https://doi.org/
Brion, C. (2023). The impact of local culture on adult learning transfer: Implications for human resources professionals. Human Resource Development International, 26(3), 331-340.
CSBL - Central Statistical Bureau of Latvia (2018). Results of adult education survey. https://admin.stat.gov.lv/system/files/publication/2018-03/Nr%208%20Apsekojuma%20Pieauguso%20izglitiba%20rezultati%20%2818_00%29%20LV_EN.pdf
Curry, D. H., Caplan, P. & Knuppel, J. (1994). Transfer of training and adult learning (TOTAL). Journal of Continuing Social Work Education, 6(1), 8-14.
Curry, D., McCarragher, T. & Dellmann‐Jenkins, M. (2005). Training, transfer, and turnover: Exploring the relationship among transfer of learning factors and staff retention in child welfare. Children and Youth Services Review, 27(8), 931-948.
Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91-108.
Hughes, A. M., Zajac, S., Woods, A. L., & Salas, E. (2020). The Role of Work Environment in Training Sustainment: A Meta-Analysis. Human Factors, 62(1), 166-183.
Kennedy, M. M. (2016). How does professional development improve teaching? Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 945-980.
Kennedy, M. M. (2019). How We Learn About Teacher Learning. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 138-162.
King, F. (2014). Evaluating the impact of teacher professional development: An evidence-based framework. Professional Development in Education, 40(1), 89-111.
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D. et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71).
OECD (2020), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris,
UL Interdisciplinary Centre for Educational Innovation. (2023). Kā izglītības sistēma var atbalstīt skolotāju, lai skolēni varētu apgūt 21. gadsimta prasībām atbilstošu izglītību? Ieteikumi izglītības politikas veidotājiem [Recommendations for education policy makers on how the education system can support teachers to provide students with a 21st century education]. UL ICEI. https://www.siic.lu.lv/fileadmin/user_upload/lu_portal/projekti/siic/LU_Izglitibas_Sistemas_Atbalsts_Skolotajiem.pdf


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Leadership and School Improvement in Swedish Municipal Adult Education

Ingela Portfelt

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Portfelt, Ingela

In times of global instability because of climate change, international conflicts, war, and increased migration, the interest in adult education has become global. Adult education is seen as the potential driving force for paving the way for human rights, emancipation, citizenship, multiculturalism, equality, and sustainable societies, and brings hope for a peaceful world (UNESCO, 2022). For this reason, UNESCO emphasizes the need for enabling participation in adult education for more individuals over the world. Swedish municipal adult education, MAE, is the largest in the world per capita (Fejes & Henning Loeb, 2021), and therefore, may seem successful. However, viewing participation in itself as a measure of quality in education is questionable, as the educational mission is often complex and related to the national educational system context, which sets the conditions for practice. While UNESCO concludes that most countries have reported progression in quality in adult education, the trends within Swedish MAE are contrasting. Swedish MAE is facing severe challenges in terms of quality, such as many students leaving MAE without passing (65% of all registered students in 2022, according to the Swedish National Agency for Education, 2023), increased detection of grade fabrications (Fejes, Runesdotter & Wärvik, 2015), and mass exodus of professional practitioners (Portfelt, 2021). While the reasons for this condition have mostly been studied from a critical policy analysis perspective, there is a lack of school improvement research. There is consequently a call for such research studies (Fejes & Henning Loeb, 2021).

This study reports on the research project Leadership and school improvement within Swedish MAE that started in 2019 in collaboration between a researcher (author) and two practitioners working within MAE. The collaborative practice was set up as an action research approach, and the multimethod project evolved over time. The research set-up contrasts with the dominating trends in international research on adult education, and responds to a lack of studies using multimethod and/or quantitative methods (Boeren, 2019; Fejes & Nylander, 2019). We eventually came to study eight local MAE institutions in terms of internal quality work and indirectly, their surrounding practices. Analytically, we defined quality work as the practitioners’ systematic work with supporting each student in their learning and progression, based on the students’ individual pre-conditions, learning capacity, and needs, as far as possible to succeed in their studies.

The aim of this study is to explore the preliminary findings from the research project and shed light on how practices emerge in the local MAE institutions in terms of quality work, and what prefigures practice. Research questions are;

- How is the quality work of the local MAE institutions carried out in practice?

- What aspects enable as well as constrain the systematic quality work of the local MAE institutions?

The study uses the theory of practice architecture, TPA, as an analytical framework (Kemmis et al., 2014). Here, practice is defined as social processes that emerge in the interplay between individuals, cultures, and structures, as a result of historical as well as ongoing processes. The focus is on practices and how they are brought into the site. Kemmis et al. (2014) emphasize that practices are constituted by the sayings, doings, and relatings that interplay in relation to the studied phenomena in a specific practice. The sayings, doings, and relatings are prefigured by practice architectures that are present or emerging into the site; sayings by cultural-discursive arrangements, doings by material-economic arrangements, and relatings by social-political arrangements.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data is generated by multimethod, such as qualitative policy analysis, a survey completed by teachers in eight local MAE institutions analyzed by factor analysis, multivariate analysis, descriptive statistics, and qualitative content analysis of free text options, and interviews with principals in the eight local MAE institutions.

The research project has been approved by the local university’s ethical committee. No personal data have been collected from the respondents. The participants were fully informed about the research project and their rights in accordance with research ethics, and have given their consent to participate in recordings, survey analyses, and reports of the findings. The research project has followed all the ethical guidelines and recommendations of the Swedish Research Council (“Good Research Practice” from 2017, a new edition forthcoming in 2024).

All preliminary findings will be integrated and meta-analyzed through the framework theory of practice architecture. Due to the variety of data and findings, the meaning of findings from each study in the research project will be coded into sayings, doings, and relatings in accordance with the theoretical framework. These codes will then be analyzed to identify the surrounding arrangements. Finally, the interrelations between the arrangements will be analyzed to reveal the practice architecture of the local MAE institutions in terms of quality work, and its constraining and enabling traits (Kemmis et al., 2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
How the quality work of the local MAE institutions is carried out in practice
Participating practitioners in the study seem to have big interest in and compassion for MAE students. However, the quality work of local MAE institutions emerges as unsystematic, sporadic, optional, and coincidental. Principals are mostly described as absent as pedagogical leaders. Professionals emerge as loosely coupled, and there are no systems or routines in place to support professionals in quality work. Individuals, or small sub-groups of professionals with a particular interest in working systematically with quality work, invent their own systems. As a consequence, several parallel systems sometimes exist and compete with one another within one and the same local MAE, which fragments the efforts to work with quality even more. This tends to produce radical introvertism among some of the professionals within MAE, promote the emergence of informal leaders, and create a type of professional autonomy that make practitioners refuse to be led by a formal leader.



Aspects that enable as well as constrain the systematic quality work of the local MAE institutions
On the one hand, social-political arrangements enable quality work, as the content in policy focuses systematically on supporting students in their learning. On the other hand, social-political arrangements constrain such quality work by putting MAE into an educational market, forcing local MAE institutions to compete by reducing efforts and costs, not requiring special education teachers or student health, and allowing municipalities to organize MAE under school boards with no knowledge of the educational assignment of MAE. Local quality work is enabled by principals that prioritize their pedagogical leadership, educate their local school board about the mission of MAE, arrange their local MAE to focus on students’ learning and progression, and use scientific approaches to professionalize local MAE professions.

References
Boeren, E., Cabus, S. & Mackie, A. (2023). Participation in Adult Learning: System Characteristics and Individuals’ Experiences. In: Holford, J., Boyadjieva, P., Clancy, S., Hefler, G., Studená, I. (eds) Lifelong Learning, Young Adults and the Challenges of Disadvantage in Europe. Palgrave Studies in Adult Education and Lifelong Learning. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-14109-6_4
Fejes, A., Nylander, E. (2019). Introduction: Mapping the Research Field on Adult Education and Learning. In: Fejes, A., Nylander, E. (eds) Mapping out the Research Field of Adult Education and Learning. Lifelong Learning Book Series, vol 24. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-10946-2_1
Fejes, A., & Henning Loeb, I. (2021), Om komvux och skolutveckling. (About MAE and school improvement) In Hirsh, Å. & Olin, A. (red), (2021). Skolutveckling i teori och praktik. Malmö: Gleerups Utbildning AB.
Fejes, A., Runesdotter., C., & Wärvik, G.B. (2016). Marketisation of adult education: Principals as business leaders, standardised teachers and responsibilised students. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 2016. 35(6), pp.664-681. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2016.1204366
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Singapore: Springer Science-Business Media. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-47-4.
Portfelt, I.  (2021). Komvuxrektorers professionella autonomi – frivillig eller påtvingad? I Att jobba som rektor: - om rektorer som professionella yrkesutövare / [ed] Ahlström, B., Berg, G., Håkansson Lindqvist, M. & Sundh, F., Lund: Studentlitteratur , 2021, 1, s. 137-151.
UNESCO (2023). Fifth Global Report on Adult Learning and Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000381666


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Teaching/Learning Methodologies for Solving Internal Communication Challenges in Tourism and Hospitality Enterprises

Ineta Luka

Turiba University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Luka, Ineta

The development of information and communication technologies, the spread of various social networks, the development of AI, has greatly impacted organizations, the way how they manage communication. This is especially true about the industries where communication is directly related with selling their product, tourism and hospitality industry among them.

Communication is a complex, social and never-ending process which takes place in a definite socio-cultural environment. Communication has been defined as ‘the exchange of knowledge (founded upon information exchange)' (Gontier, 2022), ‘a transmission of information that implies the emission of the message’ (Matias & Cardoso, 2021, 133), ‘a unique, powerful, and complicated form of human behaviour' (Waldron 2022: 1), and ‘the use of symbols that represent ideas, which then create meanings that can be shared’ (Topić, 2023, 537).

Communication happens in different contexts, among different interlocutors and for various purposes. In ECER2022, the author presented the article on intergenerational communication problems in tourism enterprises (Luka, Šakytė-Statnickė, Budrytė-Ausiejienė, 2023). In ECER2023 teaching/learning initiatives to organize adult learning to solve intergenerational communication problems were presented (Šakytė-Statnickė, Budrytė-Ausiejienė, Luka, Drozdova, 2023). The contribution of ECER2024 will focus on internal organizational communication, its challenges and the skills and knowledge necessary for efficient internal communication and the methodologies on how they could be developed.

Theoretical framework is based on the theories of organizational communication, focusing on internal communication, and the development of knowledge and skills required for efficient internal organizational communication.

Business communication refers to information exchange between a company and its employees ‘based on an examination of the structure and operation of communication networks and systems’ (Kraljević, Russo, 2022, 112). Communication in organizations is divided into internal and external communication. In turn, internal communication may be further subdivided into two-way symmetrical communication (a dialogue between the management and the employees) and asymmetrical communication (upward or downward) (Balakrishnan, Angusamy, & Rosli, 2024).

The latest research presented in literature higlights the following knowledge and skills crucial for efficient internal organizational communication: 1) knowledge of understanding internal communication and its role within an organization, organizational culture, crisis management, strategic use of digital media and understanding multicultural and global issues 2) oral communication skills, listening, empathy, flexibility to change, teamwork, interpersonal communication and leadership (Yue, Thelen, 2023; Gomes, Santos, Martins, 2023; Verčič, Špoljarić, 2020; Verčič, Men, 2023; Waititu, Barker, 2023).

Therefore, it is essential to apply such teaching/learning methods that would increase the employees’ essential knowledge and develop skills mentioned above in various contexts, practising symmetrical and asymmetrical communication situations. Integration of digital and analogue learning methods and tools may be beneficial therein (Orr, Luebcke, Schmidt, et al., 2020). It is especially important because in the future the contrast between a physical and a virtual space will become less and less important, the two spaces will probably merge.

Reciprocal questioning is of utmost importance as well. In practice, learners are trained to ask generic questions of each other, following the teaching of a piece of content. For example: What is the main idea here? How would you compare this with . . .? Collaborative learning groups, jigsaw groups, chatrooms, concept mapping, problem-solving tasks are other opportunities (Biggs, Tang, 2011).

Project-based and games-based learning are usuful as well (Council Recommendtion, 2018) as they incraese learner engagement.

The aim of the research presented in ECER2024 is to analyze internal organizational communication goals, practices, benefits and challenges in tourism and hospitality enterprises and offer teaching/learning methods to eliminate the existing problems.

Research question: What challenges of internal communication do tourism and hospitality industry companies face and what teaching/learning methods may be applied to educate employees in managing more efficient internal organizational communication?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research was conducted in the Nordplus Adult Development project „NordTourNet-3: Solving Communication Problems of Different Generations in Tourism Companies” (NPAD-2020/10015; 2020-2023). The project partners are three education institutions from Lithuania, Latvia and Sweden implementing adult education programs.
The qualitative exploratory research conducted is in line with interpretivism paradigm to understand ‘individual cases and situation’ and meanings holistically (Coe, 2017, 6).
Qualitative exploratory research (Collis, Hussey, 2009) applying 12 semi-structured interviews and 9 unobtrusive social observations in tourism companies were done (Aurini, Heath, Howells, 2016).
This contribution employs the data derived from 12 in-depth semi-structured expert interviews with top level tourism and hospitality industry management representatives and business owners conducted in Lithuania, Latvia and Sweden face-to-face onsite or using video conferencing applications (Zoom or Cisco Webex) (Aurini, Heath, Howells, 2016). The interviews were transcribed, coded and analysed applying qualitative content analysis (Croucher, Cronn-Mills, 2019, 162).
Criterion sample was created, involving 4 participants from Lithuania, 5 participants from Latvia and 3 participants from Sweden representing 4 accommodation enterprises, 2 catering enterprises, 6 participants represented tour organization (travel agencies, tour operating companies, tourist information centres). The companies employed from 2 to 23 employees.
The interview guide included 5 parts. This contribution focuses on the data of Part 2 (information about participants and their companies), Part 3 (internal communication of the company, including the social media used), Part 5 (different communication problems encountered in the company and their reasons).
The research was conducted during the Covid-19 period and post-Covid period from January 2021 to June 2022.
Research limitations: participants managed or owned small or medium-sized enterprises. This is a typical situation in the target countries, wherein a great majority of accommodation and catering enterprises are family run businesses. However, providing the sample had included also participants from large enterprises, the results could have differed. Another limitation was the Covid-19 period since all companies had to sack part of their employees as tourism was among the first industries to suffer from the crisis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
3 categories of themes were defined: 1) the main goals of internal communication in the organization, 2) the internal communication channels used in the organization, and 3) the strengths and weaknesses of internal communication in the organization.
The main goals of internal communication depend on the type of the company. Below LV, LT, SE stand for the respective country:
1) For accommodation business: pass on information to the employees (LV2, LV5, LT1), ensure that daily duties are fulfilled properly (LV5), get feedback from employees about job satisfaction (LT1), improve language skills (SE3).
2) For catering business: ensure reputation (LT4), improve language skills (SE2), escape miscommunication and eliminate disagreements (SE2).
3) For tour organization: provide high standard of services (LV1, LT2, LT3), set goals and reach them (LV3), make sure that the information is passed to all employees (LV4, LT2, SE1), brainstorm business ideas (LV4).
The internal communication channels are similar to all countries:
1) Written: e-mail (LV2, LV3, LV4, LV5, LT2, LT3, SE2), WhatsApp or FB group (LV3, LV5, LT1, LT3, LT4, SE2), messaging (LT2, SE3), google drive (LT1, LT3).
The predominance of e-mail is explained by participant LT2: ‘Email is the main means of communication because all information has to be in writing’.
2) Oral: phone calls (LV2, LV3, LT1, LT2, LT3, SE2, SE3), F2F meetings (LV4, LT1, LT2, LT3, LT4, SE1, SE2, SE3), visits (LV3, LT1), video conferencing application (LT3).
F2F communication is preferred in all businesses, disregarding the company size.
Such weaknesses were discovered: cultural differences (LV1), lack of information, quality of information passed (LV2, LV5, LT2, LT3, LT4), language problems (LV2, LV5), lack of feedback (LV3, LT1, LT2), communication barriers (LV2, LV3, LV4, SE2), breaking the rules (LT2), intergenerational communication conflicts (LT2, LT3), different approaches to communication channels (LT2).

References
*Aurini, J.D., Heath, M., Howells, S. (2016). The How to of Qualitative Research. Sage.
*Balakrishnan, K., Angusamy, A., Rosli, M.D.R. (2024). Two-way asymmetrical communication mediating internal communication and employee engagement. Environment and Social Psychology, 9(2), 2074.
*Biggs, J., Tang, C. (2011). Teaching for Quality Learning at University. What the student does. McGraw-Hill Education.
*Coe, R.J. (2017). The nature of educational research. R.J. Coe (Eds.), Research Methods & Methodologies in Education, (5-14), Sage.
*Collis, J., Hussey, R. (2009). Business Research. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
*Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning, 2018/C 189/01.
*Croucher, S.M., Cronn-Mills, D. (2019). Understanding Communication Research Methods. Routledge.
*Gomes, P., Santos, E., Martins, E. (2023). An exploratory analysis of internal communication in times of the COVID-19 pandemic. Global Business and Organizational Excellence (GBOE), 42, 37-49.
*Gontier, N. (2022). Defining Communication and Language from Within a Pluralistic Evolutionary Worldview. Topoi, 41, 609-622.
*Kraljević, S., Russo, A. (2022). Communication in the Management Process -Productive Communication. Pomorski zbornik, 62, 111-124.
*Luka, I., Drozdova, V., Šakytė-Statnickė, G., Budrytė-Ausiejienė, L. (2023). Solving Intergenerational Communication Problems in Tourism and Hospitality Enterprises. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 14(1), 207-228.
*Matias, A. & Cardoso, L. (2021). Defining communication: factors and barriers of a complex concept. European Journal of Social Sciences Studies, 7(1), 131-141.
*Orr, D., et al. (2020). Higher Education Landscape 2030: A Trend Analysis based on the AHEAD International Horizon Scanning. Springer Open.
*Šakytė-Statnickė, G., Budrytė-Ausiejienė, L., Luka, I., Drozdova, V. (2023). Internal and External Communication between Employees of Different Generations: Emerging Problems in Lithuanian, Latvian, and Swedish Tourism Organizations. Journal of Tourism and Services, 14(26).
*Topić, M. (2023) Editorial 28.4: Interpersonal Communication and Social Listening. Corporate Communications: an international journal, 28(4), 537-543.
*Verčič, A.T., Men, L.R. (2023). Redefining the link between internal communication and employee engagement. Public Relations Review, 49, 102279.
*Verčič, A.T. Verčič, D., Čož, S., Špoljarić, A. (2024). A systematic review of digital internal communication. Public Relations Review, 50, 102400.
*Waititu, P., Barker, R. (2023). Employees’ Perceptions on the use of Online Internal Communication for Knowledge Sharing. The Electronic Journal of Knowledge Management, 21(2), 103-113.
*Waldron, V.R. (2022). Foreword: Yes, reading interpersonal communication theory can be life changing. In Braithwaite, D.O., Schrodt, P. (eds.), Interpersonal Communication: Multiple Perspectives, 1-7. Taylor & Francis.
*Yue, C.A., Thelen, P.D. (2023). The state of internal communication in Latin America: An international Delphi study. Public Relations Review, 49, 102262.
 
13:15 - 14:4513 SES 01 A: War and Education
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski
Opening Panel
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Panel Discussion

Opening Panel

Ian Munday1, Zelia Gregoriou2, Marianna Papastephanou2, Michalinos Zembylas3

1University of Galway, Ireland; 2University of Cyprus; 3Open University of Cyprus

Presenting Author: Munday, Ian; Gregoriou, Zelia; Papastephanou, Marianna; Zembylas, Michalinos

There is a tradition in our Network where we invite scholars affiliated with or connected to the current location to form a panel to open the Network sessions. We are both delighted and excited to announce that esteemed colleagues Zelia Gregoriou, Marianna Papastephanou, and Michalinos Zembylas have accepted our invitation and will be speaking on the theme of war and education


References
.
Chair
Ian Munday
 
13:15 - 14:4514 SES 01 A: Parental Involvement in Schools and Communities.
Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Katinka Bacskai
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Parents' Personal Characteristics as Predicting Parental Help-Giving to Children in Learning at the Home Arena

Yosi Yaffe1, Gal Harpaz2, Yael Grinshtain1,2

1Tel-Hai Academic College, Israel; 2The Open University of Israel

Presenting Author: Yaffe, Yosi

The present study investigates parental involvement in learning processes while focusing on the parent-child helping relations in the context of learning at home. The theoretical framework of this study is based on integration of educational and psychological perspectives that examine the effect of a parent’s personal characteristics while giving assistance to the child in academic matters at home. Much attention has been given in recent years to family-school collaboration and creating a partnership (Addi-Raccah et al., 2022; Epstein, 2018; Sheldon & Turner-Vorbeck, 2019). Epstein (2010) conceptualizes family involvement as occurring on multiple levels, considers the overlapping spheres of influence that families and schools have on students and how those spheres interact, and calls for a greater overlap between roles than often exist in schools as well as for greater partnerships between home and school. Studies conducted in recent years have supported the importance of this collaboration (Sanders-Smith et al., 2020) which have encouraged learning-at-home activities and a strong relationship between the home and school arenas (Erdener & Knoeppel, 2018; Ihmeideh et al., 2020) and have demonstrated the variety of ways that families are involved in children’s education as well as the positive outcomes in terms of better performance, better attitudes toward school, and higher graduation rates (Epstein & Van Voorhis, 2012; Henderson et al., 2007; Sanders-Smith et al., 2020).

The parent-teacher-student relationship has been examined from different angles. Epstein (2010) distinguished between parental school-based activities, such as volunteering, communicating, decision-making, and collaborating and home-based activities, such as parenting or learning at home. Accordingly, Medwell and Wray’s research (2019) indicates that the vast majority of teachers felt that practice and learning assignments at home promoted partnership between the school and parents in regard to their child’s learning.

In the present study, we focus on the involvement of a parent in their children's learning processes at home and specifically, in parental help-giving with learning assignments and academic matters at home. The main goal of the present study is to examine a parent’s personal characteristics that are associated with the type of help the parent provides to their child in academic assignments. We see importance in understanding the helping relations in this area because of the impact of different types of involvement which may contribute to encouraging effective and proactive assistance for the child, in addition to the understandable importance of parental involvement in their children's educational processes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants and Procedure
The research is based on 306 Israeli parents with at least one child in elementary school (156 females, 150 males) aged 27-59 (M=40.06; SD=5.90). After receiving approval from the research ethics committee, the sample was collected in December 2021 by online participants' recruitment surveys based on over 100,000 paid participants from Israel. The sample population were parents who had at least one child in elementary school.
Measures
Parents were asked to answer the next questionnaires:
Short Grit scale (Grit-S). Duckworth and Quinn’s (2009). Reliability of Cronbach α = 0.70.
The satisfaction with life scale (SWLS) (Diener et al., 1985). Cronbach α = 0.91.
Advice/affect management (Segrin et. al., 2012), subscales of Overparenting (Segrin et. al., 2012). Cronbach α = 0.88.
Parenting sense of competence scale (PSOC) (Gibaud-Wallston & Wanderson, 1978). Cronbach’s α = .85.  
Parental help-giving orientations scale (P-HGOs) (Author et al., 2023). Sub-scale Autonomy help-giving orientation, Cronbach’s α = .81 and Dependent help-giving - parent as a student, Cronbach’s α = .83.
General background questionnaire includes gender, age, family status, number of children, children’ grades, socioeconomic status (SES).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The general correlations between the study variables initially confirmed our research hypotheses, as the independent variables of the parent’s personal characteristics (i.e., grit, advice/affect management, Subjective Wellbeing-SWB, and Parental Self-efficacy-PSE) were inversely associated with P-HGO (parental help-giving orientation) of parent as a student (i.e., negatively) and autonomy help-giving (i.e., positively). In the path analysis we established, a parent’s grit was negatively associated with parent as a student orientation, both directly and indirectly (via self-efficacy). A parent’s grit was also indirectly associated with parental autonomy help-giving, meaning that those two variables are positively associated due to the mediation effect of high PSE. Likewise, parental advice/affect management was found to be positively associated with parental autonomy help-giving both directly and indirectly (via PSE) and also negatively-indirectly associated with parent as a student. Parental SWB was associated with the P-HGO in a similar way (i.e., positively and negatively), as expected via PSE as a mediator. Taken together, our proposed model showed a good fit to the data, with the parental  characteristics explaining proportions of 32% and 22% of variances of the autonomy help-giving and parent as a student variables (respectively). The present study aimed to advance the understanding of the relationship between parent’s personal characteristics and the kind of help given to a child in academic assignments at home. Generally, in accord with our primary expectations, the findings identified inverse links between a parent’s personal characteristics and the P-HGO of a parent as student (with negative associations), parental autonomy (with positive associations), with all of these observed effects to be at least partially mediated by the PSE.
References
Addi-Raccah, A., Dusi, P., & Seeberger Tamir, N. (2022). What can we learn about research on parental involvement in school? Bibliometric and thematic analyses of academic journals. Urban Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/00420859211017978
Author, Author, & Author (2023).
Dempsey, I., & Dunst, C. J. (2004). Helpgiving styles and parent empowerment in families with a young child with a disability. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability, 29(1), 40-51.‏ https://doi.org/10.1080/13668250410001662874

Diener, E. D., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of personality assessment, 49(1), 71-75.‏ https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13
Duckworth, A. L., & Quinn, P. D. (2009). Development and validation of the Short Grit Scale (GRIT–S). Journal of personality assessment, 91(2), 166-174.‏ https://doi.org/10.1080/00223890802634290
Epstein, J. L. (2010). School/family/community partnerships: Caring for the children we share. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(3), 81–96. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200326
Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 397-406.‏ https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2018.1465669
Epstein, J. L., & Van Voorhis, F. L. (2012). The changing debate: From assigning homework to designing homework. In Contemporary debates in childhood education and development (pp. 277-288). Routledge.‏
Erdener, M.A., & Knoeppel, R.C. (2018). Parents’ perceptions of their involvement in schooling. International Journal of Research in Education and Science (IJRES), 4(1), 1-13.
Gibaud-Wallston, J., & Wandersman, L. P. (1978). Parenting Sense of Competence Scale (PSOC) [Database record]. APA PsycTests. https://doi.org/10.1037/t01311-000
Henderson, A. T., Mapp, K. L., Johnson, V. R., & Davies, D. (2007). Beyond the bake sale: The essential guide to family-school partnerships. The New Press.‏
Ihmeideh, F., AlFlasi, M., Al-Maadadi, F., Coughlin, C., & Al-Thani, T. (2020) Perspectives of Family–School relationships in Qatar based on Epstein’s Model of Six Types of Parent Involvement. Early Years, 40(2), 188-204. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2018.1438374
Medwell, J., & Wray, D. (2019). Primary homework in England: The beliefs and practices of teachers in primary schools. Education 3-13, 47(2), 191-204.‏ https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2017.1421999
Sanders-Smith, S. C., Smith-Bonahue, T. M., & Soutullo, O. R. (2020). ‘The parents are locked out’: policies, practices, and perspectives undermining family engagement. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29(3), 250-273.‏ https://doi.org/10.1080/09620214.2020.1768881
Segrin, C., Woszidlo, A., Givertz, M., Bauer, A., & Taylor Murphy, M. (2012). The association between overparenting, parent‐child communication, and entitlement and adaptive traits in adult children. Family Relations, 61(2), 237-252.‏ https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3729.2011.00689.x
Segrin, C., Givertz, M., Swaitkowski, P., & Montgomery, N. (2015). Overparenting is associated with child problems and a critical family environment. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 24(2), 470-479.‏ https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-013-9858-3
Sheldon, S. B., & Turner-Vorbeck, T. A. (Eds.). (2019). Family, school and community relationships in education. Wiley Blackwell.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Hard-to-reach Parents? Parental Involvement in Case of Low SES and SEN Students.

Katinka Bacskai

, MTA-DE-Parent-Teacher Cooperation Research Group, Hungarian Academy of SciencesUniversity of Debrecen, Hungary

Presenting Author: Bacskai, Katinka

In an inclusive school, the parents are involved, in both the SEN and non-SEN students (Paseka & Schwab, 2020). Several empirical studies have examined the relationship between parental involvement (PI) and academic achievement (Domina, 2005; Driessen et al., 2005; Sheldon and Epstein 2005; Erdem and Kaya 2020; Naite 2020), however, neither the PI itself nor the relationship between the two factors is shared equally by the researchers in the studies (Boonk et al. 2018, Nyitrai et al. 2019). In families with low socioeconomic backgrounds, the PI volume is lower than in high SES families. Students with special educational needs are more likely to be impacted by the PI because of its relevance to them. We have a great deal of cross-sectional studies, which look at the school-family collaboration in families with low socioeconomic status and in the case of families with special needs students, but we have very little information about the longitudinal changes of the PI and its influence over time.

This study aimed to examine the association beetween the PI and the school sucess in inclusive classrooms using a longitudinal database. We aim to analyze how the PI has changed over time as the school years progress. In our analysis highlighted the low SES SEN students, whose parent’s are fare from the schoollife.

All students in the 6th, 8th, and 10th grades in Hungary take part in a process called the National Assessment of Basic Competencies (NABC), which is a kind of census. From the years 2015-2019, we have merged the three based databases based on Student IDs and built a longitudinal database that covers the 6th through the 10th grade. During the four years of the school's existence, we want to analyse and understand how to change the PI and the variables that describe the success of the school for low SES and SEN students during the four years.

We found that students from low SES and those with special needs are at high risk of dropping out, but the amount of involvement they receive at school can help counterbalance this risk. When compared to the average population, the volume of the PI is higher in the case of the SEN students, but in the case of the low SES families with SEN students, the correlation is not valid. As a result, one of the main conclusions from the study is that access to the hard-to-reach parents is very important for the schools in order to improve the educational opportunities students have in their schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we built an longitudinal database. The database used for the research was created by merging data at the student level. Our baseline year was the 2015 NABC measurement in Year 6, with Year 6 students as the base. We first merged the student and institution databases, and then repeated this step for the 2017 grade 8 and 2019 grade 10 databases. We then compiled a database based on the individual identifiers of Year 6 students, which can track students' achievements and backgrounds over four years in the case of an unbroken learning pathway. Our initial database contains 91956 students, the final merged database of data from three different years contains 104110 rows, i.e. the number of students with measurement IDs. The discrepancy between the two numbers indicates the problem that our response gap will be very high for many questions. The construction of the database is based on the fact that students who appear in one of the three years with their individual identifiers are included, i.e. they may have dropped out, repeated a class and thus dropped out or entered our database.
A special attention was paid to students who could not be identified in the subsequent databases and therefore could have dropped out.
The low SES and SEN student cathegory is recorded administratively in the central database.
We used descriptive statistics and 2-level Hierarchical Linear Modeling (student nested in school).
Since both academic achievement (Beta=0.34) and parental involvement (Beta=0.13) are strongly correlated with social background, we used the residuals of the regression for the descriptive statistics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our expected outcomes are at different levels. Our results show that the percentage of SEN pupils in the total population in Grade 6 is 5.9%. If we calculate the percentage by social background, it is distributed in a ratio of 1:2, i.e. the proportion of SEN pupils in the cumulatively deprived group is twice as high as in the non-deprived group. At higher grades, however, the proportion of non-deprived SEN pupils does not decrease to the same extent, i.e. it is more likely that pupils from the deprived groups crumble and disappear from the database. The proportion of SEN pupils who are not severely disadvantaged is 4.2%, while the same figure for the severely low SES group is 11%.
In general, parents of SEN children are more involved and parents in low SES families are less involved. Less involvement is also typical for parents of SEN children if the family is disadvantaged. However, when we look at students who have an unbroken learning path, i.e. who have not dropped out but have fulfilled the requirements of the school system up to the age of 16, we see a different correlation. For successful (not dropped out) students, parents of disadvantaged SEN students show increasing levels of involvement. As a result, one of the main conclusions from the study is that access to hard-to-reach parents is very important for schools to improve the educational opportunities students have in their schools.

References
- Boonk, L., Gijselaers, H. J. M., Ritzen, H., & Brand-Gruwel, S. (2018). A review of the relationship between parental involvement indicators and academic achievement. Educational Research Review, 24, 10–30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.02.001
- Domina, T. (2005). Leveling the home advantage: Assessing the effectiveness of parental involvement in elementary school. Sociology of Education, 78, 233–249.
- Driessen, G., Smit, F., & Sleegers, P. (2005). Parental involvement and educational achievement. British Educational Research Journal, 31(4), 509–532. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920500148713
- Sheldon, S. B., & Epstein, J. L. (2005). Involvement Counts: Family and Community Partnerships and Mathematics Achievement. The Journal of Educational Research, 98(4), 196–206. https://doi.org/10.3200/JOER.98.4.196-207
Kuru Cetin, S., & Taskin, P. (2016). Parent involvement in education in terms of their socio-economic status. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 66, 105-122 http://dx.doi.org/10.14689/ejer.2016.66.6
- Paseka, A., & Schwab, S. (2020). Parents’ attitudes towards inclusive education and their perceptions of inclusive teaching practices and resources. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(2), 254–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1665232
- Schwab, S. 2019. “Inclusive and Special Education in Europe.” Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Accessed 13 June 2019. https://oxfordre.com/education/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-1230
- Xu, M., Benson, S. N. K., Mudrey-Camino, R., & Steiner, R. P. (2010). The relationship between parental involvement, self-regulated learning, and reading achievement of fifth graders: A path analysis using the ECLS-K database. Social Psychology of Education, 13, 237–269. https://doi.org/ttps://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-009-9104-4
- Lavan, A.; Reiter, S.; Heiman, T. Educational Involvement of Parents of Mainstreamed Special Needs Children. Contemp School Psychol 2019, 23 (4), 401–411. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-018-0202-1.
- Gedfie, M.; Getahun, D. A.; Negassa, D. Parent’s Involvement in the Education of Their Children with Disabilities in Primary Schools of Bahir Dar City, Ethiopia: Voices of Parents. IJSE 2021, 35 (1). https://doi.org/10.52291/ijse.2020.35.6.
 
13:15 - 14:4516 SES 01 A: Chatbots and Robotics
Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ruth Wood
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

A Meta Scoping Review of Programming and Robotics in K-12 Education: Characteristics, Benefits and Challenges

Sanna Forsström1, Melissa Bond1,2

1The Knowledge Centre for Education, University of Stavanger, Norway; 2EPPI Centre, University College London

Presenting Author: Forsström, Sanna

The digitalisation of education offers transformative potential, enriching teaching practices and broadening instructional possibilities within schools. However, this shift also introduces a set of complex challenges that impact both pedagogy and curriculum. Within this evolving digital landscape, which includes domains such as artificial intelligence, data management, cloud computing, and sustainable technologies (González-Pérez & Ramírez-Montoya, 2022), teachers are faced with complex considerations, including classroom management, assessment, ethical concerns, and the integration of digital technologies. A key area of focus within digital transformation is the development of computational thinking through programming and educational robotics, targeting 21st-century skills such as collaboration, critical- and ethical thinking (González-Pérez & Ramírez-Montoya, 2022; Ye et al., 2022).

In response to these educational imperatives, programming has been integrated into the school curricula of several countries. While some countries have introduced programming as a separate subject or as a subsection of Mathematics, others like Finland and Norway have embraced a cross-curricular approach, incorporating programming into diverse subjects such as Art and Design, Music, and Science, in addition to Mathematics.

Based on the interdisciplinary landscape of programming education, its research intersects with various academic disciplines and pedagogical approaches. In order to shed light on how these interdisciplinary perspectives are brought together in current K-12 programming research, as well as to gauge the scope and quality of evidence syntheses that have been undertaken previously, as well as identify research gaps, a meta scoping review (Booth et al., 2022) was undertaken. The overarching research question guiding this study is:

What is the nature and scope of evidence synthesis on programming and robotics in primary and secondary education?

To provide a comprehensive answer to this main research question, the study is broken down into the following sub-questions:

  1. What types of evidence syntheses have been conducted, and in what years were they published?
  2. In which journals are these evidence syntheses published?
  3. What is the geographical distribution of the authors, their affiliations and disciplines?
  4. To what extent is there collaboration in the systematic reviews on programming in primary and secondary education?
  5. What is the quality of K-12 programming evidence synthesis?
  6. What overlap and gaps exist among research questions across evidence syntheses in terms of topic or subject area?
  7. What benefits and challenges of programming in K-12 education have been identified?

By conducting this meta scoping review, the study aims to lay a foundational groundwork for future primary and secondary research in the domain of programming education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to answer the research questions, a meta scoping review was conducted (Booth et al., 2022), using explicit and predefined criteria (Gough et al., 2012; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020), with the reporting guided by the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). A scoping meta-review is a type of tertiary review (Kitchenham et al., 2009), which synthesises secondary research such as systematic reviews and meta-analyses. The review was undertaken based on previous tertiary reviews (Bond et al., 2024; Buntins et al., 2023), with the first search conducted in April 2023, and subsequent searches conducted until 17 January 2024 to ensure the inclusion of extant literature. The platforms and databases searched were the Web of Science, Scopus, EBSCOHost (including ERIC), and Progress, with the OpenAlex platform (Priem et al., 2022) also searched via evidence synthesis software EPPI Reviewer (Thomas et al., 2023). A search string was developed based on two previous tertiary reviews (Bond et al., 2024; Buntins et al., 2023), focusing on programming, computational thinking and robotics in K-12, as well as variations of evidence synthesis (Sutton et al., 2019).

The search strategy yielded 4,369 items, which were exported as a .txt or .ris file and imported into EPPI Reviewer. Following the automatic removal of 485 duplicates, two reviewers screened the same 200 items on title and abstract (2 x 100), applying the inclusion/exclusion criteria, to ensure inter-rater reliability. After achieving perfect agreement, the remaining 3,684 items were screened on title and abstract. Studies were included if they explored programming or computational thinking in K-12, were a journal article published after 2010 in English, and were a form of evidence synthesis, leaving 195 items to screen on full text. To ensure continued inter-rater reliability, a further 10 items were double screened at this stage, and again the reviewers were in complete agreement. After screening the remaining items, 121 evidence syntheses were identified for data extraction and synthesis within EPPI Reviewer. For the purposes of this paper, however, only the 50 reviews pertaining to programming and robotics will be included.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This meta scoping review explores the evolution, distribution, and quality of evidence syntheses in programming education research from 2011 to 2023, focusing on primary and secondary education. Whilst analysis is currently ongoing, systematic reviews and meta-analyses have been dominant, with a gradual increase in the number and range of syntheses being conducted since 2021. The 50 journal articles in the corpus were published in 37 unique journals, reflecting a wide interest in not only the topic, but in synthesis methods also.
Geographically, authors span five continents, with most authors hailing from Europe (42%) and Asia (38%), suggesting worldwide engagement in this research area. However, there was a notable lack of representation from Africa and Oceania. Collaboration patterns showed a heavy preference for domestic partnerships (64.8% of co-authored articles), with only 18% of research published by international research teams. The quality of studies also varied, with a preponderance of medium and low-quality evidence, with very few higher quality studies, highlighting the need for more rigorous and transparent approaches to evidence synthesis, echoing findings in the wider field of education (Bond et al., 2024; Buntins et al., 2023).
Thematic analysis revealed a focus on sub-themes such as skill development, teaching methods, and pedagogical goals. However, gaps were evident, particularly in subjects like Mathematics, on the ethical considerations of AI and robotics, and the role of teachers in programming education. The benefits of programming and robotics education emerged as significant, enhancing cognitive development, creativity, and interdisciplinary learning. Challenges included resource constraints, curriculum integration, teacher training needs, cognitive load concerns, and the need for more parental involvement in robot-assisted learning.
While programming education research is extensive and diverse, areas identified for future exploration, particularly in underrepresented regions, include ethical issues in technology use, and more inclusive pedagogical strategies.

References
Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., Pham, P., Chong, S.W., & Siemens, G. (2024). A meta systematic review of Artificial Intelligence in Higher Education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z

Booth, A., Sutton A., Clowes, M., Martyn-St James, M. (2022). Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature Review. SAGE  

Buntins, K, Bedenlier, S., Marín, V., Händel,  M., & Bond, M. (2023). Methodological approaches to evidence synthesis in educational technology. A tertiary systematic mapping review. MedienPädagogik Research Syntheses, 54, 167–191. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/54/2023.12.20.X

González, M.Á., Rodríguez-Sedano, F.J., Llamas, C.F., Gonçalves, J., Lima, J., & García-Peñalvo, F.J. (2020). Fostering STEAM through challenge‐based learning, robotics, and physical devices: A systematic mapping literature review. Computer Applications in Engineering Education, 29, 46 - 65.

Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (Eds.). (2012). An introduction to systematic reviews. SAGE.

Kitchenham, B., Pearl Brereton, O., Budgen, D., Turner, M., Bailey, J., & Linkman, S. (2009). Systematic literature reviews in software engineering – A systematic literature review. Information and Software Technology, 51(1), 7–15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.infsof.2008.09.009

Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M.,  . . . Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71

Priem, J., Piwowar, H., & Orr, R. (2022). OpenAlex: A fully-open index of scholarly works, authors, venues, institutions, and concepts. ArXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2205.01833

Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: Exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 36(3), 202–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/hir.12276

Thomas, J., Graziosi, S., Brunton, J., Ghouze, Z., O'Driscoll, P., Bond, M., & Koryakina, A. (2023). EPPI Reviewer: advanced software for systematic reviews, maps and evidence synthesis. EPPI Centre Software. UCL Social Research Institute. London. https://eppi.ioe.ac.uk/cms/Default.aspx?alias=eppi.ioe.ac.uk/cms/er4

Ye, J., Lai, X., & Wong, G. K.‑W. (2022). The transfer effects of computational thinking: A systematic review with meta‐analysis and qualitative synthesis. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(6), 1620–1638. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12723  

Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (Eds.). (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Harnessing AI to Scale Dialogic Education and Reduce Polarization

Yifat Ben-David Kolikant, Omri Hadar, Asaf Salman

Hebrew university of Jerusalem, Israel

Presenting Author: Ben-David Kolikant, Yifat

Dialogic education has promising potential for reducing polarization, widely seen as a threat to democracy (Wegerif, 2022; Parker, 2023). Engaging students in an internally persuasive discourse (IPD) (Bakhtin, 1981) means creating a space where students examine their vested truth in light of critique and alternatives presented by a different, conflicting Other (Matusov, 2009). Successful implementation of IPD increases students’ polyphony, manifested in legitimizing the right of other opinions (other voices) to exist and engaging in a dialogic relationship with this voice (Parker, 2023). It could bring democracy to life inside the school (Apple & Beane, 2007; Gilbert, 2020).

In previous work, we developed and successfully implemented a pedagogical model aimed at IPD. Our design relied on the replete evidence in the literature that a dyadic interaction — students with textual, inanimate representations of the Other, conflicting voice — is less likely to generate IPD because students’ reading is mediated by the mechanism of appropriation/resistance (Wertsch, 1998). Namely, students tend to unquestionably accept representations in line with their in-group voice and ignore or reject (with ostensive argumentative efforts) the Other voice (Brand et al., 2023).

We thus structured a triadic interaction— students from both sides of the conflict and text. The hypothesis was that the animated Other is flexible and attuned to one’s voice, thereby metaphorically “amplifying” the text. Nonetheless, meticulous scaffolding is required to (a) prevent the deterioration of hot discussions into mere disputes, (b) enable a safe space to argue and criticize, and (c) encourage reasoning and re-examination.

In one successful implementation of this model, Israeli post-secondary students, Jewish and Arabs, e-investigated an event from the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. As expected, the discussions were disputatious. Nonetheless, they were fruitful. While students did not abandon their in-group narratives, their voices became polyphonic, that is, enriched by the Other voice. This was expressed, for example, in moving from a zero-sum viewpoint on historical events and employing moral judgment to a portrayal of an entangled relationship between the agents and assuming (some) accountability towards in-group historical agents (Ben-David Kolikant & Pollack, 2015).

Intuitively, chatbots based on large-language models (LLMs) (e.g., ChatGPT, Llama, Bard) can be used to scale dialogical education because, owing to their nature, they could enable, provoke, and facilitate a productive dyadic interaction—student and text. Specifically, the text that a chatbot provides is not inanimate, it “talks” and hence can dynamically attune the responses to the interlocutor. Moreover, it can introduce students to a myriad of voices and ideas attuned to the unfolding conversation.

The use of chatbots also lessens the need for careful structuring of the encounter, aimed at preventing “explosions”, students being offended or stressed by the Other, which may lead to the opposite result, a boost to polarization. Since chatbots are not human, there is no fear they would be offended by interlocutors. Additionally, students can feel safe to utter their voices and critique, ask for clarifications, experience uttering the Other’s voice, and admit that they changed their minds or realized there is merit in the other’s viewpoint without feeling that they betrayed themselves and/or their in-group.

To gain insights into the potential and limitation of LLMs to scale dialogic education, in particular the engagement of students in IPD, we fine-tuned an LLM with a corpus of discussions in which IPD was evident. Then, we conducted discussions on controversial topics with the chatbot and analyzed its discursive moves. Our focus was on how, if at all, the chatbot provokes and enables its interlocutors to revisit their ideas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We fine-tuned “Llama-2-7b-chat-hf” with a corpus of 1000 discussions taken from Reddit/Change My View (CMV). Llama 2 is a collection of pre-trained and fine-tuned generative text models, which (a) range in scale from 7 billion to 70 billion parameters; (b) are auto-regressive language models that use optimized transformer architecture; and, importantly, (c) can be optimized for dialogue use cases. We named the chatbot obtained “LlamaLo” (meaning ‘why not’, in Hebrew).
CMV is self-described as “A place to post an opinion you accept may be flawed in an effort to understand other perspectives on the issue” (www.reddit.com/r/changemyview/). CMV is heavily moderated. To encourage users to respond to each other, whoever succeeds in shifting or expanding (i.e., changing) the view of the original poster can be rewarded with a Delta (∆).
The idea was that LlamaLo would grasp the discursive “ground rules” embedded in discussions with Delta and use them in future conversations. Owing to the high quality of discussions in CMV, they are commonly used for natural language processing (NLP) and social science research, ranging from argument mining to the study of the effects of forum norms and moderation (Dutta et al., 2020; Na & DeDeo, 2022; Nguyen & Young, 2022). The Delta reward is perceived in those studies as an indicator of a productive discussion since it declares change or expansion in view.
We then discussed with LlamaLo 10 controversial topics (e.g., religion and state; bi-national conflicts). We examined its responses to several discursive situations we had created (e.g., unreasoned disagreement, fake knowledge, complex argumentation, and critical questions).    
We analyzed the conversations, focusing on LlamaLo’s (a) quality of arguments presented, (b) extent of knowledge added, (c) transactivity, i.e., building on the interlocutor’s utterances, and (d) discursive acts that invite the interlocutor to expand and refine their voice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The significance of this work is in the proof of concept of the possibility to scale dialogic education, employing a dyadic interaction between a chatbot and users. Specifically, our preliminary findings are encouraging. LlamaLo, for the most part, presented alternative ideas using well-grounded claims and added relevant knowledge. It mitigated the disagreement (i.e., softening) and provided to-the-point critique and alternative claims. It also made discursive moves, inviting the interlocutor to continue the conversation with probing questions, such as “What do you think?”. However, similarly to other LLM-based chatbots, it was not free of flaws, such as hallucinations. Also, sometimes it stuck to one point rather than enabling the conversation to expand.
We are now in the process of further improving Llamalo by fine-tuning the base model and formulating effective prompts in order to scrutinize the potential and limits of such a tool. This phase lays the ground for future work, in which we will carefully and thoughtfully design a pedagogical model that leverages the learning potential of the dyadic interactions—student and chatbot. Then we will carry out design-based research to examine and improve the learning that takes place when the model is implemented in schools.

References
Apple, M. W., & Beane, J. A. (2007). Schooling for Democracy. Principal leadership, 8(2), 34-38.
Bakhtin, M. (1981). The dialogical imagination: Four essays. (C. Emerson and M. Holquist, Trans.). Austin: University of Texas Press.
Ben-David Kolikant, Y., & Pollack, S. (2015). The dynamics of non-convergent learning with a conflicting other: internally persuasive discourse as a framework for articulating successful collaborative learning. Cognition and Instruction, 33(4), 322-356.
Brand, C. O., Brady, D., & Stafford, T. (2023, June 27). The Ideological Turing Test: a behavioural measure of open-mindedness and perspective-taking. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/2e9wn
Dutta, S., Das, D., & Chakraborty, T. (2020). Changing views: Persuasion modeling and argument extraction from online discussions. Information Processing & Management, 57(2), 102085.
Gibson, M. (2020). From deliberation to counter-narration: Toward a critical pedagogy for democratic citizenship. Theory & Research in Social Education, 48(3), 431-454.
Matusov, E. (2009). Journey into dialogic pedagogy. Nova Science Publishers.
Na, R. W., & DeDeo, S. (2022). The Diversity of Argument-Making in the Wild: from Assumptions and Definitions to Causation and Anecdote in Reddit's" Change My View". In J. Culbertson, A. Perfors, H. Rabagliati & V. Ramenzoni (Eds.), Proceedings of the 44th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 969-975).
Nguyen, H., & Young, W. (2022, March). Knowledge Construction and Uncertainty in Real World Argumentation: A Text Analysis Approach. In LAK22: 12th International Learning Analytics and Knowledge Conference (pp. 34-44).
Parker, W. C. (2023). Education for Liberal Democracy: Using Classroom Discussion to Build Knowledge and Voice. Teachers College Press.
Wegerif, R. (2022). Beyond democracy: Education as design for dialogue. In Liberal democratic education: A paradigm in crisis (pp. 157-179). Brill mentis.
Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. Oxford university press.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

The Prompt, A Crucial Component for the Use of the Chatbots to Support Written Feedback and Assessment Routines

Stefanie A. Hillen

University of Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Hillen, Stefanie A.

As one of the main insights working with Chatbots as teacher or instructor is their proper and reflected use. Specifically, one first and decisive step is a thoroughly created prompt. A prompt in generative AI is a specific way of interaction between a human and a large language model that let the model generate the intended output, in this study the constructive feedback for the learner.

One can almost say that this is already a research result, the prompts’ importance, starting to work and apply chatbots systematically and for educational purposes. This is not different from the old proverb that “we reap what we sow” one need to thoroughly consider how to design a prompt. Whereas chat bot applications for learners are implemented and under research for instance in Learning Management Systems (Lee et al., 2020) to assist student learning (Edubots, n.d.), applications for teachers specifically on assessment are less in focus with some exceptions. Just 6 % of the Edubots support assessment activities (Okonkwo & Ade-Ibijola, 2021, p.5-6). Therefore, the prompts and approaches researched here should support teacher’s feedback work on student learning. Beside different types of prompts to address different purposes and styles of answers, one need to respect principles which one can find in publications developed by the experience of language modelers for AI bots (Atlas, 2023). This will have influenced the approaches developed and presented in this paper.

These principles are described differently in the literature but as summarized here one can find the following basic handling principles:

• choose the words carefully

• define the conversation’s purpose

• define the conversations focus

• specify and be concise

• provide context

Other recommendations are to include the following types of components (Research project at our university, n.d.):

• role (the expertise or the perspective which should be taken)

• task (the specific task, objective your bot should conduct)

• format (intended presentation format for the bot answer)

Ekin (2023, p.4) is presenting five factors influencing the so-called “engineering” of prompts which in away include the handling principles and the types of components but add a bigger picture on the understanding of the technology itself used.

User intent: Understand the user’s goal and desired output. This helps in crafting a prompt that aligns with the user’s expectations.

Model understanding: Familiarize yourself with the strengths and limitations of ChatGPT. This knowledge assists in designing prompts that exploit the model’s capabilities while mitigating its weaknesses. Keep in mind that even state-of-the-art models like ChatGPT may struggle with certain tasks or produce incorrect information.

Domain specificity: When dealing with a specialized domain, consider using domain-specific vocabulary or context to guide the model towards the desired response. Providing additional context or examples can help the model generate more accurate and relevant outputs.

Clarity and specificity: Ensure the prompt is clear and specific to avoid ambiguity or confusion, which can result in suboptimal responses. Ambiguity can arise from unclear instructions, vague questions, or insufficient context.

Constraints: Determine if any constraints (e.g., response length or format) are necessary to achieve the desired output. Explicitly specifying constraints can help guide the model towards generating responses that meet specific requirements, such as character limits or structured formats.

Independent which kind of factors to consider, basic principles to follow or components to apply there is a need to make a choice to be able to use the bots purposeful and efficient. One can find literature and training programs for the so-called “prompt engineering” (see Ekin, 2023). The research question is: How will the use of different prompt-types influence the support for teachers’ writing feedback?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology, methods, research instruments and sources used
This study includes a summarizing literature study on ‘prompts engineering’ as well 2 approaches conducted at our university. These approaches can be understood as an incremental development by experiences made and by increasing practice as well as theoretical development of knowledge; creating on the one hand useful prompts and on the other hand analyses useful educational framework for providing chatbot supported feedback.
•The first approach use data from a university course on the bachelor’s level in international education. The students’ midterm assignments were used as data source for the written chatbot-supported feedback
•The second approach uses midterm reports which applies specific structured prompts (rubric) on a course on bachelor level in English
An analysis will be done on two levels. The prompts will be analyzed regarding their structure, principals or factors used related to the feedback quality given by applying those.
Another guiding question will be how one can design tasks for coursework respecting in advance the prompts logic embraced by the given syllabus or the teaching plan given.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the results is to provide an overview of studies on prompt guidelines, principles or factors. The second result will show which types of the analyzed prompts will lead to which kind of results respecting the educational assignment and context given. As well a third result will be a recommendation on which kind of assignment type can be properly supported by AI feedback.
References
Literature:

Atlas, S. (2023). Chatbot Prompting: A guide for students, educators, and an AI-augmented workforce. University of Rhode Island. Independent publication. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/367464129_Chatbot_Prompting_A_guide_for_students_educators_and_an_AI-augmented_workforce


Edubots (n.d.). Best Practices of Pedagogical Chatbots in Higher Education. https://uploads-ssl.webflow.com/5eb417ec5e1a81e0e30258a0/6241a9addc2a994a9b1018ec_WP5_D6_Whitepaper_Best_Practices_of_Chatbots_in_higher_education.pdf

Ekin, S. (2023). Prompt Engineering For ChatGPT: A Quick Guide To Techniques, Tips, And Best Practices. 10.36227/techrxiv.22683919.v1.

L. -K. Lee, Y. -C. Fung, Y. -W. Pun, K. -K. Wong, M. T. -Y. Yu and N. -I. Wu,(2020). "Using a Multiplatform Chatbot as an Online Tutor in a University Course," 2020 International Symposium on Educational Technology (ISET), Bangkok, Thailand, 2020, pp. 53-56, doi: 10.1109/ISET49818.2020.00021.

Lizarraga, C.; Okonkwo, C. W.; Abejide Ade-Ibijola (2021). Chatbots Applications in Education: A Systematic Review” Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence.

Our project (n.d.). University information website specified after review.
 
13:15 - 14:4517 SES 01 A: Thinking Historically about Temporality, Innovation, and Policy in Education
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Geert Thyssen
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Tensions in Temporality: The ‘Use’ of the Past to Govern an Uncertain Future – A Critical Analysis of Education Policies

Ainsley Loudoun1, Sarah Van Ruyskensvelde2

1Maastricht University; 2Katholieke Universiteit Leuven

Presenting Author: Loudoun, Ainsley; Van Ruyskensvelde, Sarah

We live in a future-focused present. The predicted, yet unknown, crises that our world is set to face to the coming decade are undoubtedly salient. In response, governments are increasingly turning to anticipatory governance – a proactive approach to navigate these ambiguous futures (Muiderman et al., 2020). This approach extends beyond general modes of governance, in that it reveals a palpable intent to shape an unpredictable future (Rose & Abi-Rached, 2013).

To aid in this anticipatory mode of governance, policymakers often employ rhetorical strategies, including referencing the past to help defend arguments to shape the future. This tactic is also evident in education policies, where 'educational futures' are emphasised by “projecting the past and present into planning of the future” (Popkewitz, 1997, p. 401). In doing so, these policies instrumentalise the past to govern the future.

Scholars stress that such ‘instrumental uses of the past’ differ from drawing on historical perspectives to analyse contemporary issues (Dougherty, 2009), which remains highly valuable in educational research (Westberg, 2021). Instead, instrumentalising the past, as many future-oriented education policies do, involves “creating different pasts so they match (or not) the futures that we deem preferable” (Galviz, 2022, p. 31). Consequently, the past is used in service of certain ideologies, which not only prompts a biased and incomplete interpretation of history (Hess, 2010), but also risks producing ‘instrumental futures’ (Michael, 2000).

Therefore, this paper will investigate the use of historical narratives in two contemporary and future-oriented policies. Specifically, this study delves into the concept of 'politics of temporality', exploring how the past is instrumentalised to govern and shape future education reform, especially in response to global uncertainties. In doing so, it emphasises the power of supranational organisations in guiding this education reform, particularity within the current knowledge economy.

Utilising recent scholarship of ‘applied history of education’ (cf. Westberg, 2021; Westberg & Primus, 2023) and drawing inspiration from the work of, amongst others, Seixas (2005), who emphasises the need for historical thinkers – policymakers included – to think more historically, this research employs Jörn Rüsen’s staged scheme of development in historical consciousness. This framework identifies four ‘types’ of historical thinking – traditional, exemplary/progressive, critical, and genetic – ranging from basic to more advanced. Thus, the analysis aims to pinpoint the mode of historical consciousness employed in the selected policies, intending to prompt a ‘window of opportunity’ for the development of more sophisticated historical thinking in education policies.

As such, this research has a dual objective: firstly, to unveil instrumental readings of history within contemporary education policies, and secondly, to analyse how these readings may both hinder our understanding of history and serve as rhetorical devices for advocating disruptive futures. In other words, this study aims to uncover both what education policy discourse says and what the discourse does. It argues that instrumentalising the past not only distorts histories of education, but also serves as a powerful tool for policymakers to advance specific agendas in education. Accordingly, this research advocates for a critical reflection on the uses of the past in education policy-making and calls for the development of critical and genetic modes of historical consciousness, arguing that this may facilitate a dialogue among policymakers and historians (of education) in reflecting on educational futures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study analyses two policies from differing governing levels – i.e., supra/international and national. These policies were selected based on their future-oriented emphasis, as well as on the skills required to cope with this future, or ‘knowledge imaginary’ (Fairclough, 2003). In doing so, both policies present a “powerful narrative about social change that is driven by economic process” (Seddon, 2009, p. 260).

The first policy selected for this paper, the 'Future of Education and Skills 2030' by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), represents an international discourse. This OECD project encompasses a variety of “scripts’ for reordering society” (Simons & Voß, 2018, p. 31), with one particular policy ‘script’ being selected due to its comprehensive overview of the project. The second policy, 'Ending the Big Squeeze of Skills: How to Futureproof Education in Britain' by the Tony Blair Institute (TBI), provides a national perspective within the European context. This report, part of the ‘Future of Britain’ project, provides recommendations for education reform, emphasising accountability measures and critiquing past shortcomings.

The OECD’s global influence, described as “catalysts for confluence of interests and agendas” (Ydesen, 2021, p. 120), warrants a close examination of its rhetoric and advocating reform. On the other hand, the TBI’s national focus allows for a nuanced exploration of how the past is leveraged to advocate for future reform, aligning with the notion of history being “simplified and telescoped, used mainly to explain problems and failure” (McCulloch, 2011, p. 57). Moreover, with the UK being an OECD member, its policies are likely to reveal rhetorical strategies that align with global, knowledge economy ideals.

To unravel the use of the past within these policies, the analysis was inspired by the work of Fairclough (1989, 2003), particularly his method of Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA). Discourse analysis, as Taylor (1997) highlights, helps to illuminate how policy ‘problems’ (e.g., ‘future skills’) are being presented within policy agendas (e.g., through uses of the past). Fairclough (1989) demonstrates that CDA can expose power mechanisms within discourse, and particularly how language aids in this governance. As such, Fairclough’s CDA-framework was used to guide the analysis, particularly due to its ability in making visible the uses of the past within policy (‘what the discourse says’), as well as in furthering our understanding of its discursive and governing effects (‘what the discourse does’).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis reveals that the selected future-oriented education policies predominantly operate from an ‘exemplary/progressive’ mode of historical reasoning – leveraging the past to advocate for future changes. This insight emerged from a thorough examination of each policy, leading to the identification of distinctive themes in their 'use' of the past.

For OECD’s policy, four themes were identified: ‘The past is information for the future’; ‘The past was painful, and education (reform) is the cure’; ‘We have changed, and so should education’; and ‘We will show you where to go’. Notably, the policy uses historical facts and figures, often without adequate historical sources, to justify educational reform and advocate for continual evolution to address current and future challenges. For Britain’s Futureproof Education policy, three themes were identified: ‘Defaming the past, and those who created it’; ‘The past is too old for new economy’; and ‘If we don’t change, we will lose’. This policy document portrays past educational systems negatively, using terms like 'narrow' and 'misguided', to contrast it to the proposed modern, sophisticated reforms. It highlights the imperative for educational change to keep pace with economic and societal developments, stressing the risk of ‘falling behind’ without reform.

Based on this, three overall strategies are recognised and discussed: 'We do not want to repeat history,' 'We are different from our past,' and 'We must change to win.' Through an exploration of these strategies and existing (histories of education) scholarship, this study raises questions about the instrumental use of history in policy, as it potentially oversimplifies and distorts complex historical realities to serve contemporary educational agendas. The study suggests a ‘window of opportunity’ for policymakers to embrace higher levels of historical thinking (Seixas, 2005), allowing for a more nuanced understanding of histories of education, in the collective ‘shaping’ of educational futures.

References
Dougherty, J. (2009). Conflicting questions: Why historians and policymakers miscommunicate on urban education. In K.K Wong & R. Rothman (Eds.), CLIO at the table: Using history to inform and improve education policy (pp. 251–262). Peter Lang.

Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge.

Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and power. Longman Group.

Galviz, C. L. (2022). The Paris boulevard autrement. In K. Facer, J. Siebers, & B. Smith (Eds.), Working with time in qualitative research: Case studies, theory, and practice (pp. 1–233). Routledge.

McCulloch, G. (2011). The struggle for the history of education (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203828854

Michael, M. (2000). Futures of the present: From performativity to prehension. In N. Brown, B. Rappert, & A. Webster (Eds.). Contested futures: A sociology of prospective techno-science (pp. 21–39). Ashgate.

Popkewitz, T. S. (1997). Educational sciences and the normalization of the teacher and child: Some historical notes on current USA pedagogical reforms. Paedagogica Historica, 33(2), 386–412. https://doi.org/10.1080/0030923970330201

Seddon, T. (2009). Knowledge economy: Policy discourse and cultural resource. In M. Simons, M. Olssen, & M. A. Peters (Eds.), Re-reading education policies: A handbook studying the policy agenda of the 21st century (pp. 257–276). Sense.

Seixas, P. (2005). Historical consciousness: The progress of knowledge in a postprogressive age. In J. Straub (Ed.), Narration, identity, and historical consciousness (pp. 141–159). Berghahn Books.

Westberg, J. (2021). What we can learn from studying the past: The wonderful usefulness of history in educational research. Encounters in Theory and History of Education, 22, 227–248. https://doi.org/10.24908/encounters.v22i0.14999

Westberg, J., & Primus, F. (2023). Rethinking the history of education: Considerations for a new social history of education. Paedagogica Historica, 59(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2022.2161321

Ydesen, C. (2021). Extrapolated imperial nationalisms in global education policy formation: An historical inquiry into American and Scandinavian agendas in OECD policy. In D. Tröhler, N. Piattoeva, & W.F. Pinar (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2022: Education, schooling and the global universalization of nationalism (pp. 119–135). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003137801-10

Primary Sources (The selected policies)
Coulter, S., Iosad, A., & Scales, J. (2022). Ending the big squeeze on skills: How to futureproof education in England. Tony Blair Institute for Global Change.

Organisation of Economic and Cooperative Development. (2019). OECD future of education and skills 2030: project background


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Educational Innovation (1970-1990): Tracing the Origins and Development of a Concept

Alberto Sánzchez-Rojo, Tania Alonso-Sainz

Complutense University of Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: Sánzchez-Rojo, Alberto; Alonso-Sainz, Tania

Educational innovation is nowadays an indispensable concept when describing and understanding educational systems. It has been a key line of action in the reform processes globally implemented to adapt educational systems to the needs and societies of the 21st century (Caldwell & Spinks, 2013; Hallgarten & Beresford, 2015; Leadbeater & Wong, 2010). It has gained such centrality in the school environment that the OECD has announced what it calls "the imperative of innovation" (2015, p. 16). However, the widespread adoption of educational innovation in discursive and practical levels has not been accompanied by research and analysis efforts, leading to a lack of scientific knowledge regarding its conceptualization.

The term "educational innovation," despite its broad use by individuals from various fields, remains undefined. The word “innovation” is associated with the introduction of something new, implying a novel idea or element for an individual or group, from which a change in a system is derived. In the educational field, such change is associated with an idea of improvement in student learning and the quality of education (Rodríguez & Zubillaga, 2020). It can take the form of a theory, an organizational structure at the school or educational system level, a teaching-learning process, content, methodology, or teaching resource.

However, the term's meaning has not been precisely outlined, resulting in an ongoing lack of consensus and even contradictory meanings (Hill et al., 2022). This ambiguity makes it difficult to focus the debate and distinguish the purposes to which innovation responds. Consequently, although innovation has been established as imperative in current educational discourses, its meaning has remained vague and diffuse, hindering the assessment of its alignment with the quality and equity objectives that shape the global educational agenda for educational systems.

This communication aims to clarify this concept and address the limitation of current discourses and studies. To achieve this, it is necessary to delve into the origins of the term and observe its evolution. In the mid-20th century, there was a sharp interest in educational innovation understood as an improvement in students' academic performance, neglecting a more holistic vision of educational innovation related to human growth. This more integrated conceptualization progressively fades from the mid-20th century onwards in favor of school effectiveness, measuring its effects through educational performance and school profitability (Cogan, 1976). While it is a gradual process, it is primarily from the 1970s onwards when the concept of 'educational innovation' focuses predominantly on factors enabling the improvement of students' learning outcomes. For this reason, we concentrate the study on the meanings attributed to the concept of innovation in scientific research in the educational field between the 1970s and the 1990s.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology employed has been a scoping review (Arksey and O’Malley, 2005). It involves a comprehensive and meticulously structured analysis of the scientific literature available on educational innovation. The search for key references was conducted in several phases. Firstly, a scoping review was conducted in JCR and Scopus as they are the main research databases with impact metrics. The JCR was searched using the term 'innovación educativa' in Spanish and 'educational innovation' in English. In Spanish, 0 results were obtained, and in English, 258 results were found. In Scopus, 0 results were found in Spanish, and 287 were found in English. This search had a disadvantage for the specific search period (1970-1990), as many important journals were not indexed during that time and, therefore, did not appear in the results. For this reason, the search was extended to include Google Scholar and JSTOR. Google Scholar returned 2990 articles in Spanish and 16,400 in English, making it challenging to screen. Therefore, the research team decided to exclude Google Scholar due to the abundance of documents that did not meet minimum scientific quality. This was the reason for choosing JSTOR, whose precision in the type of documents and sources was reliable for the search. In JSTOR, 46 documents were found in Spanish and 2,557 in English. By applying filters for "academic articles" and 'education' as the field of knowledge, the results were narrowed down to 1716 documents. The manual screening was then conducted based on the following criteria: non-university educational scope, non-specific didactic experiences, not focused on a specific discipline, and having a conceptual nature. The result after this screening was 54 documents: 10 in Spanish, 2 in French, and 42 in English. For the content analysis of the 54 selected documents, a table was created with columns for the year, title, authors, journal, key idea of the article – synthesis, innovation concept, models, trends, schools, related words (nomological network), areas of application of the concept (school organization, methodology, teacher training...), comments, and other references worth noting from this article.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the mid-20th century, but especially from the 1970s onwards, there is a surge in educational innovation linked to factors that enable the improvement of students' learning outcomes (McGeown, 1979), as well as the effectiveness of teaching by educators and school leadership (Kozuch, 1979). However, some authors resist this trend, emphasizing the school's role as a space for cultural transmission (Eisner, 1990), the importance of the teacher's voice (Helsel, 1972), the need to consider contexts rather than isolated elements of the educational system (González Faraco, 1996), advocating for the ethical rather than technical nature of education (Jacob, 1997).

The result is consistent with the initial hypothesis we held regarding the confusion and vagueness of the concept and the clarification that delving into history provides. The conceptual transformations of 'educational innovation' from the 1970s onward represent a concrete manifestation of the school effectiveness movements that emerged in response to the Coleman Report in the mid-1960s. This understanding of innovation focused on teaching effectiveness contrasts with a conceptualization of innovation as human growth and development that predates these years.

In this sense, this communication provides a nomological network of the term 'educational innovation' and its related terms (renewal, change, improvement, progress), contributing to the current context of the imperative for innovation by offering clarification and systematization of the concept.

References
Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International journal of social research methodology, 8(1), 19-32.  https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616

Caldwell, B. J. & Spinks, J. M. (2013). The self-transforming school. Routledge.
 
Cogan, M. L. (1976). Educational Innovation: Educational Wasteland. Theory Into Practice, 15(3), 220–227.

Eisner, E. W. (1990). Who Decides What Schools Teach? The Phi Delta Kappan, 71(7), 523–526. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20404201

González Faraco, J. C. (1999). El currículum atrofiado: del pensamiento innovador en la práctica docente. Estudio longitudinal de la educación ambiental en Andalucía. REP, nº 213.

Hallgarten, H. V., & Beresford, T. (2015). Creative Public Leadership: How School System Leaders Can Create the Conditions for System-wide Innovation. WISE.

Helsel, A. R. (1972). Teachers’ Acceptance of Innovation and Innovation Characteristics. The High School Journal, 56(2), 67–76.

Hill, K. L., Desimone, L., Wolford, T., Reitano, A. & Porter, A. (2022). Inside school turnaround: what drives success? Journal of Educational Change. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09450-w

Jacob, E. (1997). Context and Cognition: Implications for Educational Innovators and Anthropologists. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 28(1), 3–21.

Kozuch, J. A. (1979). Implementing an Educational Innovation: The Constraints of the School Setting. The High School Journal, 62(5), 223–231.

Leadbeater, C. & Wong, A. (2010). Learning from the Extremes. Cisco.

McGeown, V. (1979). School Innovativeness as Process and Product. British Educational Research Journal, 5(2), 221–235.

OCDE. (2015). Schooling Redesigned: Towards Innovative Learning Systems, Educational Research and Innovation. OECD Publishing.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264245914-en

Rodríguez, H. & Zubillaga, A. (Coords.) (2020). Reflexiones para el cambio: ¿Qué es innovar en educación? ANELE.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Educational Policy and Civil Society Associations: The Configuration of Spanish Education during the Transition to Democracy 1970-1990.

Tamar Groves, Ignacio Navarrete-Sánchez

Extremadura University, Spain

Presenting Author: Groves, Tamar; Navarrete-Sánchez, Ignacio

For many years the emergence of civil society was seen as an important element in the rise, maintenance and consolidation of democracy around the world (Botchway 2018; Diamond, 1994). Nevertheless, there are differences with regard to what counts as civil society, and how it supports democratization (Edwards, 2009;.Jensen, 2006). There is also research that points out that civic associational life sometimes coexists with authoritarian regimes (Lorch & Bunk, 2017) or that civil society can, under specific conditions, even bring to the faltering of democracy (Sombatpoonsiri, 2020).

Research on the contribution of civil society to democratization highlights that it provides spaces for democratic deliberation and facilitates bringing grassroots issues to public attention due to their inclusion in the public sphere. But civil society is also important to support democracy as it can limit the power of the state. Casanova (2001) highlights the case of church-state interaction maintaining that in situations in which the church is disengaged from the state it contributes to processes of normative contestation in the public sphere. In Spain, due to the death of the dictator, Francisco Franco, in 1975, the Catholic Church was clearly relocated from its privileged role as a close ally of the state to civil society, becoming a central actor. In collaboration with a net of catholic civic associations it mobilized in order to protect its interests, especially in the sphere of education. The 1970 educational reform which was launched under the Franco regime recognised the privileged place of the catholic religion, while the reforms of 1985 and 1990 initiated by the newly elected socialist government installed a lay and public model of state education. This process was accompanied by large scale social mobilizations of teachers, parents and school associations both against and in favour of government educational policy.

In this paper we look at the role of civil society educational organisations in the consolidation of the Spanish democratic educational system. On the one hand we continue with a well-established line of inquiry which shows how educational associations and social movements opposing to the dictatorship and its legacy interacted with state and society in order to impact educational legislation, pedagogical practice and teacher training (Groves, 2014; Groves et al., 2017;Parcerisa et al., 2023). On the other hand, we complement and contrast this analysis with a novel enquiry into the role of catholic educational networks in the configuration of the Spanish education system during this period. The transition to democracy in the 1970s has dissolved their privileged position vis a vi the Franco regime which fused its nationalistic project with Catholicism. Due to the new democratic context they were obliged to reformulate their attitude toward the state which in its turn incorporated, after forty years of social and political exclusion, the world view of progressive social actors. As catholic schools and associations were identified with the barriers for the implementation of a post-dictatorial democratic education, their mobilization and incorporation into civil society has been hardly studied. Thus we know very little about their strategies of influence and interaction with the state.

In this paper we sustain that by comparing the mobilization of the catholic educational network with that of the progressive educational initiatives we can discern how their different position vis a vi the state influenced their educational discourse and legitimacy strategies. This comparison also enriches the understanding of the interaction between the state, civil society and education policy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As our interest lies in the public sphere we mainly look at the press and other publications which can serve to analyse the open discourse adopted by the lay associations of teachers and families identifies with progressive education on the one hand and of the Catholic Church and civil society associations on the other hand. We also analyse oral interviews with activists from both types of organisations and finally when it is possible we look at internal and external correspondence across educational civil society associations.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both groups mobilised in the streets and their activities were widely covered by the media. While the educational progressive lay groups enjoyed open access to government officials and maintained close relationship with the ministry of education, the catholic associations had no direct access to state officials. Many of the ideas echoed by the progressive educational associations penetrated legislation, especially their views about the functioning of schools in what they called a democratic way and the role of teachers as autonomous agents. The catholic organisations had contacts with political figures from the conservative right but they were not directly involved in legislation. As a result, they used the vocabulary of pluralism and democracy to defend the religious character and funding of their schools and appealed to international support to maintain a plural education system which would permit them to maintain authoritarian running of schools and teachers who identify with a specific religious doctrine. Their agenda was also incorporated into the educational legislation, although in a subtler way, fusing their version of democracy with that of the progressive educational civil society associations. We thus hope to show that both types of civic associations, while developing opposing discourses and using distinct strategies, contributed to the consolidation of a democratic education system and a vibrant civil society.
References
Casanova, J. (2001). Civil society and religion: Retrospective reflections on Catholicism and prospective reflections on Islam. Social Research, 1041-1080.
Diamond, L. (1994). Toward democratic consolidation. J. democracy, 5, 4.
Edwards, M. (2009). Civil society. Polity. https://books.google.es/books?hl=en&lr=&id=_RI9uH2sQJgC&oi=fnd&pg=PR5&dq=edwards+civil+society&ots=3kS3JCK384&sig=H1N_1W6LVmwsGDwitWShSzhviIw
Groves, T. (2014). Teachers and the Struggle for Democracy in Spain, 1970-1985. Springer.
Groves, T., Townson, N., Ofer, I., Herrera, A., & Parishes, N. (2017). Social Movements and the Spanish Transition. Springer.
Jensen, M. N. (2006). Concepts and conceptions of civil society. Journal of Civil Society, 2(1), 39-56. https://doi.org/10.1080/17448680600730934
Lorch, J., & Bunk, B. (2017). Using civil society as an authoritarian legitimation strategy: Algeria and Mozambique in comparative perspective. Democratization, 24(6), 987-1005. https://doi.org/10.1080/13510347.2016.1256285
Parcerisa, L., Collet-Sabé, J., & Villalobos, C. (2023). The (im)possibilities of an ideal education reform. Discourses, alliances and construction of alternatives of the Rosa Sensat movement in Catalonia. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 55(3), 290-306. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2022.2153813
Sombatpoonsiri, J. (2020). ‘Authoritarian civil society’: How anti - democracy activism shapes Thailand’s autocracy. Journal of Civil Society, 16(4), 333-350. https://doi.org/10.1080/17448689.2020.1854940
 
13:15 - 14:4518 SES 01 A: Curriculum and Policy in Physical Education
Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Bryant
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Uncovering Critical Perspectives Through UK Cross-Border Dialogue

Shirley Gray1, Julie Stirrup2, Oliver Hooper2, Anna Bryant3, Rachel Sandford2, Stephanie Hardley1

1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2University of Loughborough, United Kingdom; 3Cardiff Metropolitan University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hooper, Oliver

For decades, scholars internationally have explored and advocated for critical perspectives and pedagogies within the context of Physical Education (PE) (see Pringle, Larsson & Gerdin, 2020). For example, researchers have investigated the extent to which PE marginalises and/or privileges young people in relation to issues of gender (Oliver & Kirk, 2015), ethnicity (Hill & Azzarito, 2012) and ability (Wilkinson & Penney, 2022). Much of this research has focused on uncovering the social inequalities prevalent within PE, and seeks to develop alternative ways of thinking about and doing PE so that all young people feel that PE can be a space for them. However, it is important to note that these approaches remain themselves on the margins, and have had relatively limited impact on how PE is conceptualised across the UK (Gray et al., 2022, 23) and internationally (Philpot et al., 2021; Tinning, 2019). Overall, PE continues to be a rather exclusive space, primarily for those young people who have the physical capacities to engage in competitive sports.

In this presentation, and building on our previous UK PE cross-border research (e.g., Gray et al., 2022; Stirrup et al., 2023), we propose that PE teachers from across the four nations of the UK might be supported to think critically about PE curriculum through opportunities to engage in cross-border dialogue. By comparing knowledge and experiences of curriculum across England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales, exploring similarities and differences and all the complexities around these, teachers might begin collectively to develop new knowledge, or ‘alternative vocabularies’ (Evans, 2014, p. 555), around the purposes of PE.

Acknowledging the complexities working critically with curriculum (Priestley et al., 2012), and considering critical thinking as a useful entry point for teachers on a journey towards change (Hickey & Mooney, 2019), we planned a series of workshops bringing PE teachers together from England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales to engage in activities intended to stimulate cross-curriculum discussion, critical thinking and the development of new ideas. The four countries of the UK present an interesting and somewhat unique research context in that each devolved government within the UK is responsible for setting their own educational agenda, which inevitably leads to points of divergence across each system (Gray et al., 2022; Stirrup et al., 2023). As such, this context is notable because those points of convergence can support collaboration through initiating and sustaining productive dialogue, while points of divergence can open up opportunities to disrupt and re-imagine (O’Connor & Jess, 2019).

Recognising the novelty of our approach, this project was 'tentative and exploratory' (Lupton and Leahy 2019, p. 636-637) in nature. It is one part of a larger proof of study project focused on the feasibility and possible outcomes of cross-border learning (see Gray et al., 2022a; 2023). As a result, we were guided by research questions that were intentionally ‘open’ to allow an organic and emergent research process:

1. What discussions or themes are evident when PE teachers from across the four nations of the UK are invited to share curriculum knowledge and experiences?

2. In what ways (if any) do discussions encourage critical perspectives to emerge?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawing from participatory methods, we planned a series of workshops (three series in total, with two workshops per series), bringing together PE teachers from across the four nations to discuss the UK PE curricula. In the present study, we report on the data from the first participatory workshops of each series, which took place between February 2023 and April 2023 and which focused on sharing and learning from curriculum knowledge and experiences. Seventeen participants (n=8 male and n=9 female) attended the first workshops across the three series including four from Wales, seven from Scotland, four from England and two from Northern Ireland. Participants were recruited through social media (Twitter/X), where a message was sent inviting teachers from across the four nations of the UK to express their interest in participating in the workshops. All those teachers who expressed an interest in participating (n=40) were sent an information sheet and consent form. Out of the 40 teachers who expressed an interest in taking part in the workshops, 25 teachers returned a consent form and 17 attended the first workshops.
The aim of the first workshop was to explore each of the curricula across the UK. To do so, participants created word clouds and engaged in discussions that focused on the purposes and defining strengths of their respective curricula. To support these discussions, participants were also presented with a summary of our previous research that has analysed the PE curricula across the UK (Gray et al., 2022). Participants used Padlet to (anonymously) note their responses to this presentation, which were then used to guide further discussions. All of the discussions in each workshop were recorded using Microsoft Teams and transcribed for subsequent analysis. Text from the chat function on Teams was copied into a Word document and analysed along with the artefacts produced from the workshop activities (e.g., Padlet posts).
To make sense of the data that was generated from the workshops, we undertook a process of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019), engaging in a systematic, but also collaborative, flexible and iterative, process of generating codes and themes. Guided by the researchers’ discussions and notes, this involved assigning phrases to relevant units of texts to reflect/summarise meaning, and then grouping similar units of meaning (codes) together to generate themes. This process was carried out for each workshop separately, before bringing the themes from each workshop together to identify themes across groups.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Evidence from the discussions suggest that the teachers found it interesting, and at times surprising, to learn about the different UK curricula. For example, several of the teachers highlighted the curriculum in England as being notably different from the other curricula in terms of the limited detail presented within the curriculum document and the overt focus on developing pupils’ performance within this. For some teachers, this knowledge of different curricula was subsequently used as a basis to reflect on the relative strengths and weaknesses of their own curriculum. It was also through cross-border discussions that the teachers seemed to become more aware of how health was conceptualised differently in PE curricula across the UK.
It is important to note that, although our analysis revealed some evidence of critical thinking, our findings also suggest the persistence of traditional PE discourses related to organising curricula in blocks of activity as well as a focus on teaching games. This suggests that, while the teachers were perhaps on the journey to becoming critical, more time  was necessary for them to further interrogate and disrupt the prevailing discourses in PE in order to allow new ways of thinking and acting on the world to emerge (Priestley et al., 2012).
Overall, the findings indicate that thinking critically is challenging, even for those teachers already on their journey towards criticality. Thus, time and support are required to help them become critical, to develop alternative perspectives and to bring these perspectives to their reading and enactment of curricula. We argue that ongoing cross-border dialogue and collaborative learning might be one way to support teachers on this journey towards becoming critical where, with time to explore and interact with others from different contexts, new idea might emerge - ideas driven by issues of social justice and inclusion.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597.
Evans, J. (2014) Neoliberalism and the future for a socio-educative physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 19(5), 545-558.
Gray, S. et al. (2022). A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK. European Physical Education Review, 28(3), 575–593.
Hickey, C. & Mooney, A. (2019). Critical scholarship in physical education teacher education: A journey, not a destination. In R. Pringle, H. Larsson & G. Gerdin (Eds.), Critical research in sport, health and physical education (pp. 147-159). Routledge.
Hill, J. & Azzarito, L. (2012) Representing valued bodies in PE: a visual inquiry with British Asian girls. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 17(3), 263-276.
Lambert, L., & O'Connor. J.  (2018) Breaking and making curriculum from inside ‘policy storms’ in an Australian pre-service teacher education course. The Curriculum Journal, 29(2), 159-180.
O’Connor, J., & Jess, M. (2020) From silos to crossing borders in physical education, Sport, Education and Society, 25:4, 409-422.
Oliver, K., & Kirk, D. (2015). Girls, gender and physical education. Routledge.
Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A. & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Manoeuvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42, 191-214.
Pringle, R., Larsson, H., & Gerdin, G. (2019). Introduction: Are we making a difference? In R. Pringle, H. Larsson & G. Gerdin (Eds.), Critical research in sport, health and physical education (pp. 1-24). Routledge.
Stirrup, J. et al. (2023). Exploring the re-legitimisation of messages for health and physical education within contemporary English and Welsh curricula reform. Sport, Education and Society.
Wilkinson, S., & Penney, D. (2022). ‘The participation group means that I'm low ability’: students’ perspectives on the enactment of ‘mixed-ability’ grouping in secondary school physical education. British Educational Research Journal. 48, 932-951.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Stakeholder Perspectives on Physical Education (PE) as a Core Subject in England

Oliver Hooper1, Rachel Sandford1, Shirley Gray2, Naomi Harte1

1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hooper, Oliver

There has been much debate – both nationally and internationally and over a sustained period of time – about the subject of physical education (PE) and its place and purpose within schools (Kirk, 2010; Ekberg, 2021; Gray et al., 2022a). It has long been recognised by those within the subject that it has much potential for realising learning across multiple domains (Hooper, Sandford & Jarvis, 2020; Lamb et al., 2021) and for supporting the holistic development of young people (Bailey et al., 2009; Luguetti & Oliver, 2020). However, questions have continued to be raised about the educative capacity of the subject and the contribution it makes – or is able to make – to the education of young people (Quennerstedt, 2019). These questions typically stem from what has been considered to be the relatively limited change with regard to how PE has been conceptualised and enacted in practice (Kirk, 2010; Herold, 2020; Gray et al., 2022a) and the continued dominance of particular agendas (i.e., health) within PE (Jung, Pope & Kirk, 2016; Lindsey et al., 2020; Gray et al., 2022b). Nonetheless, advocates of the subject have continued to ‘make the case’ for the subject and to argue its value to and for young people (see UNESCO, 2017; afPE, 2019). Calls for PE to become a core subject are not new, though in England these were formalised by Harris (2018) on behalf of the PE Expert Group.

It is notable that PE is the only foundation subject that is compulsory from Key Stage 1 to Key Stage 4 but while this is somewhat akin to core status it is not an equivalent and interpretations of this in practice have been varied. As such, there has continued to be sustained interest and advocacy – following the formal call from Harris (2018) – in making PE a core subject and momentum has been gained in this regard following the formation of the Association for PE (afPE) Taskforce in 2020. The afPE Taskforce was assembled to consider (and make recommendations on) the future of PE within England and comprised expert representatives from across the PE sector with support from a wider advisory group. As part of their work, the afPE Taskforce published a report on putting PE at ‘The Heart of School Life’. The afPE Taskforce report set out to make recommendations to Government about the subject of PE with two of the headline recommendations relating to making PE a core subject. However, despite the House of Lords responding positively to the recommendation to make PE a core subject, the Government’s official response was less positive, affirming that they “do not currently plan to make PE a core subject” (HM Government, 2022, p. 11). As such, despite a strong case being put forward by Harris (2018) and continued interest and advocacy in making PE a core subject, the Government remain unconvinced.

Whilst there is evidently much enthusiasm for making PE a core subject, from a range of stakeholders, there is a lack of consensus as to what might constitute PE as a core subject and what this might 'look like'. This present challenges when trying to ‘make the case’ for PE as a core subject when – even amongst the PE community itself – there remains uncertainty. As such, this paper presents findings from a project that seeks to address this notable gap, by engaging with key stakeholders (e.g., teachers of PE, PE subject leaders, PE teacher educators, PE consultants) across England to explore their visions of PE as a core subject.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research outlined with this paper took place from June to October 2023 and adopted a mixed methods approach, drawing on both qualitative and quantitative data to generate rich insights. Data were generated via online surveys sent to key stakeholders (e.g., teachers of PE, PE subject leaders, PE teacher educators, PE consultants) across England. Surveys were disseminated – with support from the Association for Physical Education (afPE) – via social media and newsletters. In total, 332 complete survey responses were received from participants. Data analysis is ongoing but quantitative data will be used to generate descriptive statistics and qualitative data will undergo a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). This is an inductive (i.e., ‘bottom up’) process where themes are derived from close examination and interpretation of the data itself. Data will firstly be read and re-read before codes are assigned to portions of text and memos noted. Themes will then be developed from codes before being reviewed and refined.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As noted, data analysis for this paper is ongoing. However, it is anticipated that this project will extend existing work in this space by Hooper et al. (2023) on PE as a core subject in England.
References
Association for Physical Education (2019) Outcomes of Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/Outcomes-Poster-2019-Final.pdf
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77–101. DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Ekberg, J-E. (2021) Knowledge in the school subject of physical education: a Bernsteinian perspective, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26:5, 448-459, DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2020.1823954
Herold, F. (2020) ‘There is new wording, but there is no real change in what we deliver’: Implementing the new National Curriculum for Physical Education in England, European Physical Education Review, 26:4, 920-937. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X19892649
Jung, H., Pope, S. and Kirk, D. (2016) Policy for physical education and school sport in England, 2003–2010: vested interests and dominant discourses, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 21:5, 501-516. DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2015.1050661
Gray, S., Sandford, R., Stirrup, J., Aldous, D., Hardley, S., Carse, N., Hooper, O. & Bryant, A. (2022a) A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK, European Physical Education Review. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X211059440
Gray, S., Hooper, O., Hardley, S., Sandford R., Aldous, D., Stirrup, J., Carse, N. & Bryant, A. (2022b) A health(y) subject? Examining discourses of health in physical education curricula across the UK, British Educational Research Journal. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3820
Harris, J. (2018) The Case for Physical Education becoming a Core Subject in the National Curriculum. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/PE-Core-Subject-Paper-20-3-18.pdf
HM Government (2022) Response to House of Lords National Plan for Sport, Health and Wellbeing. Available at: https://committees.parliament.uk/publications/8874/documents/89382/default/
Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Jarvis, H. (2020) Thinking and feeling in/through physical education: What place for social and emotional learning? In F. Chambers, D. Aldous and A. Bryant (Eds.), Threshold Concepts in Physical Education: A Design Thinking Approach (137-148). London: Routledge.
Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Gray, S. (2023) Scoping the Potential of Physical Education (PE) as a Core Subject: Challenges, Opportunities and Need for Support. Available at: https://cdn.ymaws.com/www.afpe.org.uk/resource/resmgr/downloads/pe_as_a_core_subject_-_scopi.pdf
Kirk, D. (2010) Physical Education Futures. London: Routledge.
Lindsey, I., Metcalfe, S., Gemar, A., Alderman, J. and Armstrong, J. (2020) Simplistic policy, skewed consequences: Taking stock of English physical education, school sport and physical activity policy since 2013, European Physical Education Review, 27:2, 278-296. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X20939111
Quennerstedt, M. (2019) Physical education and the art of teaching: transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy, Sport, Education and Society, 24:6, 611-623. DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1574731
UNESCO (2017) Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000231101
 
13:15 - 14:4519 SES 01 A: Methodological reflections on educational ethnography
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Anja Sieber Egger
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

Collective Co-construction of Ethnographic Data

Audra Skukauskaitė1, Stephanie Couch2, Liudmila Rupsiene3, Rūta Girdzijauskienė3

1University of Central Florida; 2Massachusetts Institute of Technology; 3Klaipeda University

Presenting Author: Skukauskaitė, Audra; Rupsiene, Liudmila

Ethnographic research and writing are often considered the work of lone academics, writing for their particular fields and academic journals. While this view of ethnographic research has been changing (Beach et al., 2018; Eisenhart, 2018; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019) over the past few decades with growing popularity of participatory, critical, and collaborative approaches and technological advancements (Beneito-Montagut et al., 2017) for dissemination of knowledge on social media, blogs, newsletters, video, etc., most ethnographic data collection and analysis still occurs by one ethnographer. As ethnography expands across disciplines within academia and into the varied industries and organizations (e.g., EPIC, 2024), researchers and program leaders have begun exploring how to leverage different resources and people from varied backgrounds in generating ethnographic data and insights relevant to the multiple stakeholders. In this presentation we draw on two different projects across two countries and disciplinary fields to share the processes and contributions of collaborative construction of ethnographic data and insights.

The first project comes from an online Student Fellows program in the field of invention education. Three experienced ethnographers developed a six-week program for undergraduate students from varied disciplines to learn about and conduct an ethnographic study. The eight undergraduate students came from three different universities and disciplines of engineering, computer science, anthropology, communications, and political science. The eight undergraduate and one high school students became primary ethnographers who collected data in a two-week invention education summer workshop offered online for high school students in the U.S. and other countries. The online workshop was a collaboration by an invention-education program at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and a large biotechnology company with offices across the U.S. and internationally.

The Student Fellows program in which undergraduate students were introduced to ethnography through lectures and a hands-on-ethnographic study was co-designed by three experienced ethnographers representing two universities as well academic and service-organization perspectives. The service organization and its funder were the primary clients for the ethnographic report produced through the 6-week Student Fellows program. Data consisted of audiovisual recordings of the Student Fellows program meetings over the six weeks, the online course modules and student reflections and discussion posts in the learning management system, the final report produced for the client, as well as the data undergraduate student fellows generated by conducting participant observation and ethnographic interviewing during the two-week workshop for high school students.

The second project comes from a 4-year EU funded project conducted in Lithuania at the intersection of educational and health care research. Researchers from Education facilitated the project and included participants from health care organizations, higher education programs for healthcare, and people with disabilities and their caregivers across Lithuania. Driven by ethnographic goals, the project involved multiple data collection methods and researchers. Data generated included interviews and surveys with varied stakeholders in the healthcare and healthcare education system, observational data in education programs, and reports prepared by academic researchers for presentation and publication to Lithuanian and international audiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this presentation, we selected sample ethnographic fieldnotes, interview transcripts, and published reports generated in the two projects. We also draw on written and recorded student and researcher reflections to explore the processes and outcomes of generating ethnographic data collectively.  For a contrastive analysis of what became possible through a collaborative co-construction of ethnographic data, from the first invention education ethnography project we juxtapose three event maps and fieldnotes records. From the second project in Lithuanian healthcare education, we draw on published reports to conduct a taxonomic and network analyses demonstrating links among people and organizations involved over time.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on two different projects across countries and disciplines, we provide insights on ways of engaging multiple people with different disciplinary and methodological expertise in co-constructing data for ethnographic and ethnographically-informed studies. As ethnographers have argued over the decades, ethnography is an epistemology, not a mere methodology (Anderson-Levitt, 2006; Green et al., 2012). As a way of thinking and constructing knowledge (Atkinson, 2017), it is open to multiple perspectives, theories, and methods for data generation and representation (Green & Bridges, 2018; Skukauskaitė, 2023; Walford, 2020). While researchers have written about ethnographic collaborations with communities and participants (Guerrero et al., 2023; Lassiter, 2005; Nichols & Ruglis, 2021), fewer studies show how ethnographic data can be constructed through collaborations among ethnographers of different backgrounds (Beneito-Montagut et al., 2017; Safronov et al., 2020) and geographic spaces. By sharing practical examples and analytic perspectives on the processes and challenges of collective data construction, this paper contributes to the emerging literature on interdisciplinary, intergenerational, and multiple stakeholder collaborations in generating and presenting ethnographic research within and beyond the academic audiences.
References
References

Anderson-Levitt, K. M. (2006). Ethnography. In J. L. Green, G. Camilli, & P. B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of Complementary Methods in Education Research (pp. 279-296). Lawrence Erlbaum & Associates for AERA.
Atkinson, P. (2017). Thinking ethnographically. Sage. https://doi.org/https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781473982741
Beach, D., Bagley, C., & Marques da Silva, S. (2018). Ethnography of education: Thinking forward, looking back. In D. Beach, C. Bagley, & S. Marques da Silva (Eds.), The Wiley handbook of ethnography of education (pp. 515-532). Wiley Blackwell.
Beneito-Montagut, R., Begueria, A., & Cassián, N. (2017). Doing digital team ethnography: being there together and digital social data. Qualitative Research, 17(6), 664-682. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794117724500
Eisenhart, M. (2018). Changing conceptions of culture and ethnography in anthropology of education in the United States. In D. Beach, C. Bagley, & S. Marques da Silva (Eds.), The Wiley handbook of ethnography of education (pp. 153-172). Wiley Blackwell.
EPIC. (2024). What is ethnography? Epicpeople.org. Retrieved January 10 from https://www.epicpeople.org/what-is-ethnography/
Green, J. L., & Bridges, S. M. (2018). Interactional ethnography. In F. Fischer, C. E. Hmelo-Silver, S. R. Goldman, & P. Reimann (Eds.), International handbook of the learning sciences (pp. 475-488). Routledge.
Green, J. L., Skukauskaite, A., & Baker, W. D. (2012). Ethnography as epistemology: An introduction to educational ethnography. In J. Arthur, M. J. Waring, R. Coe, & L. V. Hedges (Eds.), Research methodologies and methods in education (pp. 309-321). Sage.
Guerrero, A. L., Peña, I. N., & Dantas-Whitney, M. (2023). Collaborative ethnography with children: Building intersubjectivity and co-constructing knowledge of place. In A. Skukauskaite & J. L. Green (Eds.), Interactional Ethnography: Designing and conducting discourse-based ethnographic research (pp. 163-182). Routledge.
Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: Principles in practice (4th ed.). Routledge.
Lassiter, L. E. (2005). The Chicago guide to collaborative ethnography  [Book]. University of Chicago Press. https://tcsedsystem.idm.oclc.org/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=nlebk&AN=212657&site=ehost-live
Nichols, N., & Ruglis, J. (2021). Institutional Ethnography and Youth Participatory Action Research: A Praxis Approach. In P. C. Luken & S. Vaughan (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Institutional Ethnography (pp. 527-550). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-54222-1_27
Safronov, P., Bochaver, A., Nisskaya, A., & Koroleva, D. (2020). Together apart: Field notes as artefacts of collaborative ethnography. Ethnography and Education, 15(1), 109-121. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2019.1600154
Skukauskaitė, A. (2023). Ethnography: Foundations, challenges, and spaces of possibilities. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Ercikan (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition) (pp. 92-101). Elsevier. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.11011-5
Walford, G. (2020). Ethnography is not qualitative. Ethnography and Education, 15(1), 122-135. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2018.1540308


19. Ethnography
Paper

Entangled Approaches in Educational Fields: Ethnographic Research with Young Humans and More-than-humans in Times of Uncertainty

Felizitas Juen

Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Juen, Felizitas

In ethnography, illuminating the experiences and perspectives of the researched is paramount. However, it is disconcerting to note that some voices are not represented or are only represented in certain disciplines. Seemingly leaving it to educational sciences (Albon/Huf 2021) ethnographic research with (young) children has been neglected by the scientific disciplines from which ethnography has evolved, namely Social and Cultural Anthropology (Hirschfeld 2002 a.o.)[1], as well as Sociology (Alanen 2014 a. o.). With elucidating possible reasons behind this partial neglect, this proposal addresses the significance of future ethnographic research with young humans in the context of posthumanist approaches. Based on new materialist theorist Karen Barad (2007), I argue that a new theoretical perspective on ethnography, a focus on this demographic, but also a shift to the perception and impact of other neglected actors – such as more-than-humans (Taylor/Fairchild 2020) – is crucial. This proposal highlights the need for an inclusive and more entangled understanding of early childhood (Hamilton/Taylor 2017: 112) and early childhood ethnography. By exploring and reflecting on complexities and challenges of ethnographic research in entangled life(s), implying that “precarity is the condition of our time” (Tsing 2015: 20, emphasis in original), contemporary and future aspirations of ethnographic research are outlined to think differently about entanglements of human/nature/technology (Taylor/Hughes 2016) and the paradox of focusing more on young humans while at the same time decentring them theoretically and analytically (Pacini-Ketchabaw/Taylor/Blaise 2016).

When childhood as a social category is not considered as entangled becoming-with (Bollig 2020) it can manifest itself in an age range or discourse construction alienating young humans as humans who are not yet fully developed, no real humans yet. In this contribution, I argue that research on childhood can be conducted differently from research with children. Research on childhood usually means a top-down approach to young humans (and their lives) that turns actors into objects of research, often represented by their caregivers or legal representatives. Thus, a reason for the neglect of ethnographic research may be due to the perception of a cognitive and communicative incompetence of young humans. Underestimating their experiences and with that denying their significance, ethnographic researchers in Sociology, STS or Cultural Studies seemingly prioritize older age groups (e.g. Heath/Brooks/Cleaver/Ireland 2009) or, it seems, young humans are being researched “indirectly” by analysing artefacts of childhood, like toys, clothing, or literature/media (e.g. in German Cultural Studies: Weber-Kellermann 1979).

Nevertheless, by exploring and being with young humans in educational settings ethnographically, researchers gather valuable insights into lived experiences (e.g. Lareau 2011). Furthermore, from a new materialist perspective “deep hanging out” (Geertz 1998) means deep entanglement. Ethnography in the context of Agential Realism indicates the researcher as an agential part of the research process, which presupposes that there is no objectivity and no observer “from outside”. Consequently, this is opposed to research about young humans, about objects of research – but, on the contrary, means research with young humans: Research with and within humans and more-than-humans, as it is all entangled-with, also the researcher him- or herself, to “further learn them and ourselves in action” (Tsing 2013: 34, emphasis in original).

Regarding current uncertainties and future challenges in educational contexts, another vital but neglected perspective comes into focus: The entanglement of humans and more-than-humans. Advances in technology do already and will further impact ethnographic research, e.g. by altering communication or data collection. Moreover, it will also change how researchers “think ethnography”: Posthumanist approaches question what “being human” means.


[1] With exceptions: Lancy, D. F. (2022). The Anthropology of Childhood. Cherubs, Chattel, Changelings (3rd ed.), Cambridge University Press; Mead, M. (1931). Growing up in New Guinea. London Routledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
STS' perspectives challenge ideas about nature and the so-called nature/culture divide (e.g. Latour 1993; Haraway 2016). They have also trickled into childhood theory, embracing non-anthropocentric approaches like NatureChildhoods (Malone/Tesar/Arndt 2020) or The Posthuman Child (Murris 2016). This crossing of the perimeters of theory (Spyrou 2017) can be understood as subversive in many respects, as they irritate dominant hegemonic concepts of childhood – like e.g., the closeness of children and nature (Taylor 2013). Thus, not only childhood theory is infused with new perspectives when previously unacknowledged relations materialize, but also humanist attitudes. The presentation will discuss the challenges and potential problems of ethnographic posthumanist research in educational contexts. It is challenging to conduct research from posthumanist perspectives in the apparently “most humanistic” of all fields – namely education – when researchers themselves have grown up in precisely this worldview and have been deeply influenced by it. But a shift to acknowledging entanglements and complexities is called for in a time of uncertainties.
However, in conducting fieldwork, this immersive and participatory “observation” often raises ethical concerns. Issues related to consent and confidentiality seem to have deterred researchers from engaging in ethnographic studies with this demographic – even though ensuring the safety, privacy, and emotional welfare of the researched is a fundamental commitment that should (by now) have been implemented in every ethnographic conduct, always (Hammersley 2020).
Thus, ethnographic research leads to a problem particularly evident in institutional settings, in which a large part of European childhood takes place today: Conducting ethnographic research with young humans demands significant time and resources. The challenges associated with gaining access to early childhood settings, and establishing relations with young humans and their institutional caregivers and gatekeepers may have contributed to the neglect of this group in many disciplinary strands of ethnographic studies.
Another challenge of ethnographic research with young humans is the navigation between the paradox of young humans’ vulnerability and their agency. On the one hand, recognizing their agency is the basic assumption of ethnography with young humans. On the other hand, the vulnerability attributed to them becomes evident in e.g. extensive clarifications on data protection and personal rights before the research project.
The presentation will draw on empirical material from my PhD thesis fed by long-term ethnographic research with 4–6-year-olds, reflecting the above-mentioned issues of ethnography with young humans and focusing on a perspective of ethnography with and not about young humans and more-than-humans.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In my contribution, I will outline Karen Barad's Agential Realism and the concept of entanglement to elaborate my theoretical perspective. In conclusion, new materialist ethnographic research with young humans and more-than-humans is vital for a better understanding of the complexities of human, more-than-human and the researchers' entanglements within educational settings.
While scientific neglect may be attributed to misconceptions about young humans’ experiences and agency, ethical concerns, and resource constraints, it is imperative to recognize the importance of ethnographic research with young humans and more-than-human entanglements. By doing so, we can not only enrich educational research but also invite other ethnographic disciplines into educational fields and pave the way for broader perspectives and interdisciplinarity.
I aim to emphasise what this research perspective has to offer for transdisciplinary ethnographies in educational contexts, particularly focusing on why young humans should be given more relevance in research projects. Additionally, I argue for entangled researching-with and not researching-about approaches. This presentation aims to shed light on the urgency of embracing ethnographic research with young humans and more-than-humans, advocating for a shift that acknowledges entanglement – also on the researcher’s side.

References
Alanen, L. (2014). Theorizing childhood. Childhood, 21(1), 3–6. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568213513361
Albon, D. & Huf, C. (2021). What matters in early childhood education and care? The contribution of ethnographic research. In: Ethnography and Education, 16(3), p. 243–247, DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2021.1916978
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Bollig, S. (2020). Children as becomings. Kinder, Agency und Materialität im Lichte der neueren ‚neuen Kindheitsforschung’. In: J. Wiesemann et al. (Hrsg.): Digitale Kindheiten. Kinder - Familie – Medien. Wiesbaden: Springer, 21–38.  
Geertz, C. (1998). Deep hanging out. The New York review of books, 45(16), 69–72.
Hamilton, L., & Taylor, N. (2017). Ethnography after humanism: Power, politics and method in multi-species research. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-53933-5
Hammersley, M. (2020). Ethics of Ethnography. In: Iphofen, R. (eds): Handbook of Research Ethics and Scientific Integrity. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16759-2_50
Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press.
Heath, S., Brooks, R., Cleaver, E., & Ireland, E. (2009). Researching young people's lives. SAGE Publications Ltd, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446249420
Hirschfeld, L.A. (2002). Why Don't Anthropologists Like Children? In: American Anthropologist, 104, 611–627. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.2002.104.2.611
Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal Childhoods: Class, Race, and Family Life. University of California Press (2nd ed.). http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.1525/j.ctt1ppgj4
Latour, B. (1993). We Have Never Been Modern. Cambridge Harvard University Press.
Malone, K., Tesar, M., & Arndt, S. (2020). Theorising Posthuman Childhood Studies. Springer Singapore.
Murris, K. (2016). The Posthuman Child. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718002
Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., Taylor, A., Blaise, M. (2016). Decentring the Human in Multispecies Ethnographies. In: Taylor, C.A., Hughes, C. (eds.): Posthuman Research Practices in Education. Palgrave Macmillan UK, 149–167. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137453082_10
Spyrou, S. (2017). Time to decenter childhood? In: Childhood 24/4, 433–437.
Taylor, A. (2013). Reconfiguring the Natures of Childhood. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203582046
Taylor, C. A., & Hughes, C. (eds.) (2016). Posthuman Research Practices in Education. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137453082
Taylor, C. A. & Fairchild, N. (2020). Towards a posthumanist institutional ethnography: viscous matterings and gendered bodies. In: Ethnography and Education 15 (4), 509–527. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2020.1735469.
Tsing, A. (2013). More-than-Human Sociality. A Call for Critical Description. In: Kirsten Hastrup (eds.): Anthropology and Nature. New York Routledge, 27–42.
Tsing, A. (2015). The Mushroom at the End of the World: On the Possibility of Life in Capitalist Ruins. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873548
Weber-Kellermann, I. (1979). Die Kindheit. Kleidung und Wohnen, Arbeit und Spiel. Eine Kulturgeschichte. Frankfurt am Main.
 
13:15 - 14:4520 SES 01 A: Enhancing School Communities to Support Refugees and Migrants through Innovative Intercultural Practices
Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

School Communities that Better Support Refugees and Migrants' and Respond to Their Needs for a Sense of Belonging

Maria Papathanasiou1, Dimitrios Georgiadis2

1University of Thessaly, Greece; 2Ministry of Migration and Asylum

Presenting Author: Papathanasiou, Maria; Georgiadis, Dimitrios

Sense of belonging, particularly for immigrants, is a complex tapestry woven from threads of cultural continuity, adaptation, community ties and social recognition. It is a dynamic process shaped by personal narratives, cultural interactions and the wider socio-political context, highlighting the resilience and adaptability of individuals in their search for a place to call home (Nikolaides, et al, 2022). Greeks have been eternal migrants/refugees, whereas the last decades the country has been hosting migrants and refugees itself. It has been their turn to welcome, communicate and bequeath such a sense and make everyone “feel like home”.

While first-generation refugees and migrants may grapple with adapting to a new culture, subsequent generations often develop a hybrid identity that seamlessly integrates aspects of both their heritage and the host culture (Georgiadis, 2023a, 2023b). However, their journey is fraught with challenges, and among those are the acquisition of a new language that stands out as a transformative and empowering endeavor. Language learning goes beyond mere communication; it becomes a key tool for integration, understanding, and unlocking opportunities. Resilience, courage, and persistent search for stability in the face of displacement are the lifeline to navigate the complexities of a new life. Peer support for both children and their parents can create a space for emotional connection, where shared experiences would foster a profound understanding of the challenges faced by refugee families. Parents and children may find solace in knowing that their struggles and fears are validated by others who walked a similar path.This validation is a crucial aspect of building resilience. Therefore, the question that arises is how a community and particularly, a school community that includes students, teachers and the parents/guardians can better provide a sense of trust, care and belonging to migrant/refugee and asylum seekers families (Papathanasiou, 2022b).

Peer support can aid refugee children in their academic journey, especially in language learning. Fellow students who have already navigated language barriers can provide guidance, tutoring, and encouragement. Understanding the nuances of a new educational system and culture is facilitated through peer interactions, creating a smoother transition for refugee children. In addition to peer support, a linguistic and culturally responsive pedagogy would serve as the bridge to immediate needs such as accessing services, seeking employment, and communicating with the local community. It is a fundamental skill that empowers individuals to navigate their new environment, gain a deeper understanding of the customs, traditions, and societal norms of their host country, and facilitate a smoother integration process.

Certain factors, such as parents' socioeconomic situation, educational level, and race but also their different perceptions of their involvement in their children’s education, can directly or indirectly influence learning literacy skills for their children (Brooks-Gunn & Markman, 2005). Nonetheless, the same and other researchers state that the key to the emergence of language learning is neither the profession and education, nor the financial situation and race of the parents, but the way in which the parents organize the appropriate activities and engage their children in them, that ultimately facilitates the emergence of writing and reading (Bornstein & Cheah, 2006, Rowe et al, 2016). In latest research, it has been also stated that one of the main responsibilities of parents is to build a positive family environment that will encourage the development and learning of children (Van Voorhis et al, 2013). Why then not invite parents to an activity in which everyone participates, regardless of age, language, and socio-economic level, as it is a tool that enhances primarily dialogue that incorporates critical thinking and reflection which begins with an inquiry that is triggered with a story, art, or a song.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As a tool to test our research questions, we choose qualitative research. As we all know, qualitative research is very important in educational research as it addresses the "how" and "why" research questions and allows for a deeper understanding of experiences, phenomena and context. Qualitative research allows you to ask questions that cannot easily be put into numbers to understand the human experience. Understanding the everyday reality of a social phenomenon and studying important questions as they are actually practiced contributes to the expansion of knowledge and understanding. To do this, you need to understand the philosophical position of qualitative research and work from it to develop your research question, study design, data collection methods, and data analysis.
The researchers have built and used an interview guide with open-ended questions that allow participants to express their thoughts freely. Leading questions that might bias responses are avoided. They also developed probing techniques to elicit deeper and more detailed responses. This may involve asking follow-up questions or seeking clarification. There has been a pilot test with a small sample to refine the interview guide, identify potential issues, and ensure that questions are clear and effective. They begin the interview by building rapport with the participant. Clearly restate the purpose of the study and reassure them about confidentiality.
It has been decided to employ a suitable sampling strategy, such as purposive sampling or snowball sampling, based on the research aims and participant characteristics. In particular, our sample consists of 10 subjects from the Turkish and Afghan communities who live in Athens and know Greek well.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Sharing personal stories and coping strategies can be therapeutic, addressing the mental health challenges that often accompany displacement. Therefore, peer support could possibly serve as an informal counseling platform. Community building could assemble a network that creates a sense of belonging, reduces the isolation capable to contribute to mental health issues.
Language acquisition on the other hand is integral to cultural integration. Through language, refugees and migrants gain a deeper understanding of the customs, traditions, and societal norms of their host country, facilitating a smoother integration process.
In essence, peer support for refugee children and their parents is a testament to the strength of human connections. Beyond offering practical assistance, it serves as a source of emotional sustenance, cultural enrichment, and empowerment, embodying the resilience that defines the refugee experience. Similarly, a linguistically and culturally responsive pedagogy (Cummins, 2021), can unlock the immense potential within these individuals, fostering a more compassionate and integrated future where language becomes the bridge that unites rather than divides. Considering community-based strategies that respond to migrants and refugees’ language learning needs as well as their sense of belonging to a new society cannot be a panacea but it could possibly support, empower and respect those people’s identity, linguistic and cultural background, new language, and provide new opportunities.

References
Bornstein, M.H., & Cheah, C. S. L. (2006). The place of “culture and parenting” in the ecological contextual perspective on developmental science. In K. H. Rubin, & O. B. Chung (Eds.), Parenting beliefs, behaviors, and parent–child relations. New York: Psychology Press.
Brooks-Gunn, J. & Markman, L.B. (2005). The contribution of parenting to ethnic and racial gaps in school readiness. The Future of children, 15(1), 139–168. https://doi.org/10.1353/foc.2005.0001
Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual students: A critical analysis of theoretical claims. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters.
Georgiadis, D. (2021). Unaccompanied Minors in Greece: An Empirical Research, The
Migration Conference, London, UK.
Georgiadis, D. (2023a). Human Rights, Racism and Migration: A philosophical approach
Interdisciplinary Research in Counseling, Ethics and Philosophy, vol. 3, issue 7, 2023: pages. 1-
12. ISSN: 2783-9435 © IRCEP.
Georgiadis, D. (2023b). The European Management of Immigrants in the mediterranean: The
Case of Italy, Athens: Jean Monnet European Centre of Excellence, National and Kapodistrian
University of Athens. http://dx.doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22077.03041
Pantazis, V. Georgiadis, D. (2023). Social Pedagogy [Undergraduate textbook]. Kallipos, Open Academic Editions. http://dx.doi.org/10.57713/kallipos-333
Hertel, S. & Jude, N. (2016). Parental Support and Involvement in School. In S. Kuger, E. Klieme, N. Jude, D. Kaplan (Eds.), Assessing Contexts of Learning. Int. Springer Cham: Switzerland.
Nicolaides, A., Eschenbacher, S., Buergelt, P. T., Gilpin-Jackson, Y., Welch, M., & Misawa, M. (Eds.). (2022). The Palgrave handbook of learning for transformation.
Papathanasiou, M. (2019). Parents’ philosophical community: When parents go to school! Childhood and Philosophy, 15:1-28, 10.12957/childphilo.2019.38746
Papathanasiou, M. (2022a). Parents-Teachers Transformational Community of Philosophical Inquiry: An Innovative Model. University of Naples, Federico II, Italy. Papathanasiou, M. (2022b). Enhancing Parents’ Engagement to Enhance Children’s Learning (270322-091656) in Handbook of Research on Family Literacy Practices and Home School Connections (Eds) ISBN13:9781668445693
Rosenblum, M. Tichenor, D. (2018). The Politics of International Migration, Oxford University Press.
Rowe, M. Denmark, N., Harden, B. & Stapleton, L. (2016). The Role of Parent Education and Parenting Knowledge in Children's Language and Literacy Skills among White, Black, and Latino Families. Infant and Child Development. 25. 10.1002/icd.1924.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Informal Encounters Strengthen the Connection between the School and African Immigrant Families

Michal Ganz-Meishar

Levinsky-Wingate Academic College, Israel

Presenting Author: Ganz-Meishar, Michal

International immigration brought about a change in the human public sphere in Israel and created tensions against the background of differences related to religion, culture, tradition, and language. The education system tries to provide solutions to strengthen non-Jewish immigrant families and community resilience. Additionally, established social initiatives innovative of humanitarian organizations and associations: "Soul Group," which operates according to Waldorf's educational concept, and "Elifelet," citizens for refugee children (https://www.elifelet.org/?lang=en). These organizations support schools, and their goal is to promote a shared life of tolerance, inclusion, and mutual respect while providing equal opportunities for children and their families for social integration, creating social cohesion, health, and security now and in the future days (McAuliffe & Khadria, 2020; Wittenberg, 2017; Magner, 2016).

Social integration helps families to be more protected in the foreign environment in terms of language, behavior, tradition, and appearance of skin color. Immigrants live in a reality of economic and social uncertainty, loneliness, and a sense of foreignness. To create protection and community as a substitute for the nuclear family, the immigrants create communion and live in a neighborhood with residents from the same country of origin and socioeconomic status. This social cohesion contributes to maintaining identity, assistance in raising children, administrative procedures, and finding a job. In terms of the education systems in Israel and the world, there is a trend towards segregation, and immigrant families' children study in culturally homogenous schools that were established as a response to this communalism (International Organization for Migration (IOM), 2022; Kugler & Price, 2009; Schleicher, 2017).

Interactions between different social groups and informal encounters may lead to a discourse involving obedience, acceptance of the authority of a majority group, and absorption of expressions of violence and racism. Therefore, educators and parents from the majority group need to build relationships on trust, inclusion, and respect. The dialogues with the parents are not based only on the transfer of knowledge but also on understanding the trauma experienced by the immigrant parents from difficulties in The conversations with the parents are not based only on the transfer of knowledge but also on understanding the trauma experienced by the immigrant parents from the problems in their new life. Positive feelings towards the "other" dissolve the concepts of "us and them," which causes considerable tension and separation. It was found that forming an image of peace education, which operates according to the principles of "Restorative justice pedagogy," promotes self-awareness of others and the ability to deal effectively with stereotypes and prejudices (Lee & Walsh, 2017; Ratnam, 2020; Ogilvie & Fuller, 2017).

Educators from the majority group, who hold cultural encounters between the parents, must create a safe environment of trust and mutual appreciation with the understanding that there are differences between people and groups, which create the uniqueness of the individual. This will allow partnerships to be built that help the parents and the school define goals and accept joint responsibility for promoting the students' learning and cultural integration processes in the new cultural and linguistic environment (Lerner, 2012; Pharaoh & Li, 2022).

The study examines the contribution of the shared experience in informal encounters between Israeli families whose children attend Waldorf education and immigrant families from Africa and its implications on building the relationships and partnerships between African parents and the school in south Tel Aviv.

The study questions are: (1) In what way do these informal encounters promote the partnership between the school and African immigrant parents? (2) What are the challenges and consequences of informal activities in developing pedagogical, social, and personal responses for immigrant families in the receiving society?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research approach is a qualitative-interpretive case study, which allows for in-depth observation of the phenomenon within a specific context of real life to understand the case: informal encounters between parents from Israel who believe in Waldorf education and parents from immigrant families. This allows local to global generalizations and examines the studied case's processes, actions, and behaviors. The encounters took place in parks for playing, creative crafts, listening to music, authentic refreshments, and intimate conversations. The participants are 72 families, teachers, and organizers: 34 African immigrant parents from a minority group with a different cultural background, 27 parents from Israel whose children attend Waldorf education schools, 3 program managers, 5 educators, the school principal, and two assistants from a school for children from African families' Immigrants from Tel-Aviv.
The data were collected by three research tools: (1) 3 open observations by a researcher acting as an observer as a participant who does not have a role in the groups being studied, (2) semi-structured in-depth interviews lasting about an hour, which took place after participating in the encounters (3) documents such as invitations and verbal and voice correspondence in the WhatsApp groups.
To create a complete understanding of the activities, the researcher participated as an active observer and held spontaneous conversations with the participants, writing shortlists, observing, and participating in the activities while maintaining a distance from the participants to create objectivity (Merriam, 2009; Adler & Adler, 1994; Kawulich, 2005). Interviews were conducted with 20 participants in a focus group of up to 10 participants from all groups of parents, as well as with 5 teachers, the program coordinators from the association, the school principal, and the management team. The interviews took place face-to-face, on Zoom, and in a phone call for about forty minutes (Griffin & Care, 2015).
The data was analyzed using content analysis, focusing on what the participants said, reflecting their actions, feelings, beliefs, and knowledge. Moreover, the content analysis allows a description of the data and drawing valid conclusions for a broad context (Krippendorff, 2004).
According to the analysis of the findings, a general categorical thematic was conducted to help consolidate and clarify the meanings and create generalizations (Englander, 2020). The ethical rules were observed. The chief scientist at the Ministry of Education approved the study. The ethical practices were observed. The chief scientist at the Ministry of Education approved the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study offers unique and innovative informal encounters and highlights the social aspect of school education for immigrant children's future to strengthen personal and community resilience for integration into society. The informal encounters helped the African immigrant parents get closer to the school and understand its critical role in their children's education. These encounters allowed parents from immigrant families to participate in an open space with families of the dominant majority group. The immigrant families usually meet publicly with the Israeli community, where hierarchical order is very prominent. As opposed, the informal encounters between the two groups of families create an atmosphere of equality: all are parents of children seeking to bring about humane and social values.
The cooperative atmosphere contributed to the understanding that closeness outweighs distance, and everyone is troubled by similar issues of parenting, enjoyment for children, and a shared desire to be good citizens while demonstrating tolerance, reciprocity, and respect. At the same time, the minority of participants in the third encounter may reveal doubts and uncertainty about parents' abilities. Other social organizations that believe in the full integration of immigrants may want to benefit more from these activities. Therefore, they have interfered with the decisions of the families of the immigrants and prevented them from joining.
Meetings between different communities may develop an intercultural competence not satisfied with empathy, listening, and inclusion but work actively to create belonging. The study enriches academic knowledge about the importance of expanding the circles of support for immigrant families. A school must open the door to additional collaborations to provide diverse answers to the children's needs. It can help determine a holistic policy for educating in multicultural schools and promote principles to emphasize the immigrant's identity and our identity as a global society that receives immigration.

References
Adler, P. A. & Adler, P. (1994). Observation techniques. In Norman K. Denzin & Yvonna S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp.377–392). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Creswell, J. W., Poth, C. N., & Hall, M.  (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE.
Englander, M. (2020). Phenomenological psychological interviewing. The Humanistic Psychologist, 48(1),54–73.
Griffin, P., & Care, E. (Eds.). (2015). Assessment and teaching of 21st-century skills: Methods and approach. Dordrecht: Springer.
International Organization for Migration (IOM) (2022). Protection and Assistance for Migrants Vulnerable to Violence, Exploitation and Abuse: Household/Family Assistance.
Kawulich, B. B. (2005). Participant Observation as a Data Collection Method [81 paragraphs]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(2), Art. 43, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0502430.
Krippendorff, K. (2004). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology. Thousand Oaks: Sage.
Kugler, E. G., & Price, O. A. (2009). Go beyond the classroom to help immigrant and refugee students succeed. Phi Delta Kappan, 91(3), 48–52. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172170909100310.
Lee, S. J., & Walsh, D. (2017). Socially just, culturally sustaining pedagogy for diverse immigrant youth: Possibilities, challenges, and directions. In D., Paris & H. S., Alim (Eds.), Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world (pp. 83–98). Teachers College Press.  
Lerner, A. B. (2012). The educational resettlement of refugee children: Examining several theoretical approaches. Multicultural Education, 20(1), 9–14.
Magner, T. (2016). Refugee, Asylum, and Related Legislation in the US Congress: 2013–2016. Journal on Migration and Human Security, 4, 166–189.
McAuliffe, M., & Khadria, B. (2020). World Migration Report. IOM UN MIGRATION, International Organization for Migration.
Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation.  Jossey-Bass.
Ogilvie, G., & Fuller, D. (2016). In the classroom: Restorative justice pedagogy in the ESL classroom: Creating a caring environment to support refugee students. TESL Canada Journal, 33(10), 86–96.
Pharaoh, L., & Li, J. (2022). Strategies to Develop Intercultural Competence of Students in a Multicultural Set Up. Journal of Learning and Development Studies, 2(3), 14–22. https://doi.org/10.32996/jlds.2022.2.3.3
Ratnam, T. (2020). Provocation to Dialog in a Third Space: Helping Teachers Walk Toward Equity Pedagogy. Frontiers in Education 5.
https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.569018
Schleicher, A. (2017). Seeing Education through the Prism of PISA. European Journal of Education, 52(2).124–130. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12209
Wittenberg, L. (2017). Managing Mixed Migration: The Central Mediterranean Route to Europe. International Peace Institute, (pp. 2-9).


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Conflicting Historical Narratives as a Starting Point for Educational Processes

Daniel Wutti1, Nadja Danglmaier2

1University of Teacher Education Carinthia, Austria; 2Alps Adriatic University, Austria

Presenting Author: Wutti, Daniel; Danglmaier, Nadja

Remembering and storytelling are among the most fundamental human dispositions. Narratives about experienced, inherited and communicated pasts not only have a formative character in the lives of individuals. They are also essential for smaller and larger communities, as the re-presentation of central experiences serves to reaffirm identity and belonging. However, memories need certain media and forms of articulation so that they can fulfil their function of creating identity and meaning. In addition to literature and art, it is above all monuments that play an indispensable role as visible signs in public spaces in the transmission and communication of memory narratives.

By examining the design, history and social reception of commemorative symbols, we can observe the development of public attention for historical events. Meanwhile, gaps in the landscape of remembrance tell us something about marginalised cultures of remembrance. What is remembered in public spaces makes it clear who has the power to occupy it and thus to underpin a specific view of the past as the official one. In this presentation, we would like to show the extent to which the examination of historical narratives and conflicts of remembrance can be used for historical-political educational work and global citizenship education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The public space in Kärnten/Koroška - Carinthia, a historically bilingual region with a recognised autochthonous ethnic group - the Carinthian Slovenes - has been described in the literature as a "battlefield of memory", where various "communities of remembrance" struggle to make their versions of history visible and assert themselves. These ongoing memory conflicts can be illustrated by several specific monuments in the region. In our research from 2023 and 2024, historical monuments that address various themes of the Second World War and National Socialism in the region were systematically examined for their suitability in terms of "dialogical remembering" (Assmann 2020; Brousek/Grafenauer/Wintersteiner/Wutti 2020). In a second step, monuments that represent one-sided historical narratives and thus contradict inclusive memory were identified. In considering these "problematic monuments", the focus was placed on possible options for a new contextualisation of these monuments, associated debates and actionist alliances. This content was in turn prepared for school project lessons in order to make topics such as inclusive, dialogical remembrance, the necessary problematisation of existing, outdated symbols of remembrance and current social aspects of the past accessible to pupils.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While publicly visible monuments mainly reflect national and nationalistic perspectives, their critical contextualisation opens their potential for contemporary discourse. Aspects of dialogical remembering can help identify problematic memorials. By using materials which consider (according to national and local circumstances) dialogical remembering, a mutual view of history and ultimately a greater understanding of the community in a transnational region can emerge. These, in turn, can be used in school lessons to spark a contemporary, democratic discourse with young people and at the same time make them accessible to critical topics of contemporary history. The presentation shows the extent to which the examination of historical narratives and conflicts of remembrance can be used for historical-political educational work and global citizenship education. It will show ways in which pupils can be encouraged to actively shape remembrance discourses as part of school projects.
References
Brousek, Jan/Grafenauer, Danijel/Wintersteiner, Werner & Wutti, Daniel (Eds.) (2020): SLOVENIJA | ÖSTERREICH: Befreiendes Erinnern – Osvobajajoče spominjanje. Dialogische Aufarbeitung der Vergangenheit – Dialoško obravnavanje zgodovine. Drava.

Danglmaier, Nadja (2020): The changing landscape of memorials and its pedagogical possibilities. Jahresbericht 2019 erinnern.at – 20 Jahre erinnern.at. 26–27.

Danglmaier, Nadja/Hartmann, Eva & Wutti, Daniel (2021): Minority topics, ethnic questions and their potentials for memory work at schools. Treatises and documents – Journal of Ethnic Studies. Institute for Ethnic Studies. 33–48.

Danglmaier Nadja/Holfelder Ute/Klatzer Elisabeth & Entner Brigitte (Eds.) (2022). Koroška/Kärnten. Wege zu einer befreienden Erinnerungskultur. Mandelbaum.

Wutti, Daniel/Danglmaier, Nadja & Hartmann, Eva (Eds.) (2020). Erinnerungskulturen im Grenzraum – Spominske kulture na obmejnem območju. Mohorjeva/Hermagoras.

Wutti, Daniel (2023): Traumen und Gesellschaft. Transgenerationale Traumatisierung & Erinnerungskultur in Kärnten/Koroška. Psychologie in Österreich, (3), 214–221.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Between Despair and Hope - Arab Teachers in a Personal, Educational, and National Trap

Dolly Eliyahu-Levi1, Avi Gvura2

1Levinsky-Wingate Academic, Israel; 2Beit Berl College

Presenting Author: Eliyahu-Levi, Dolly; Gvura, Avi

Israeli society is deeply divided, and the mutual relations between Jews and Arabs are characterized by inequality, alienation, lack of dialogue, mutual negation, and increasing polarization between the groups (Epstein, 2016; Jackson & Doerschler, 2016; Paul-Binyamin and Haj-Yehia, 2019). Between Jews and Arabs, there are religious, cultural, national, and linguistic differences, all of which create one of the centers of political-social tension in everything related to the political-social power relations, including the inequality between them. (Shdema & Martin, 2022)

The events of Shiva in October threw Jewish society into the heart of darkness, into a state of trauma and uncertainty, as the dimensions of the massacre are unlike any terrorist events or murders of Jews since the Holocaust. Faced with this reality, the Arabs find themselves in a trap. On the one hand, suspicious voices towards the Arabs are getting stronger, as if they are all terrorists while strengthening the sense of national unity and Jewish identity. On the one hand, moderate voices are heard calling to protect the Arabs of Israel and to leave behind the riots and harassment.

The relations of mutual negation and cultural separation intensified following the "Iron Swords" war, and the Arabs are seen as an illegitimate element in the public systems, including the education system, which plays an essential role in shaping Israeli collective identity (Levy, 2023). According to Samuha (2010), power relations and the lack of equality are particularly prominent in the relationship between the Jewish majority group and the Arab-Palestinian minority in the long-standing national and historical conflict.

In the Israeli education system, Arab students' study in separate schools from the Jews. Thus, the system is characterized by discrimination, injustice, segregation, and inequality and does not allow the creation of a common basis for an authentic multicultural education that enables mutual interaction and recognition of others (Abu-Saad, 2020; Lustick, 2019). According to Allport's contact theory (Allport, 1954), direct and unmediated meetings between groups reduce conflicts and tensions and improve their relations. The lack of contact in formative years may harm intergroup relations (Cehajic et al., 2008). The discrimination between Jews and Arabs is also reflected in the legislation of the "Nationality Law" (2018), which highlights the Jewish nature of the country. It blatantly ignores the democratic nature of the country and the Arab minority (Amara, 2020).

Examining the issue of hiring teachers in Israel reveals that, over the years, there has been a shortage of Jewish teachers. At the same time, hundreds of quality Arab teachers are qualified to teach and are looking for employment. The solution proposed by the state is the integration of Arab teachers in Jewish schools (Shaked, 2016).

Researchers (Fa'or, 2021; Pinuras, 2019; Rajput & Talan, 2017; Halabi &) found that, in general, Arab teachers who teach in Jewish schools report a positive feeling alongside difficulties arising from cultural gaps and mistrust arising from national identity related to the Jewish-Arab conflict. Almelek (2020) claims that Arab teachers are often forced to suppress their political positions and beliefs from their students and colleagues to blur the national-political tension and increase the sense of trust.

The study directs the focus to the issue of the integration of Arab teachers in Jewish schools as it is perceived in the eyes of Arab teachers. This is to act consciously and intelligently to change the existing situation and promote the implementation of democratic values in society. The interviewees' descriptions constitute an authentic human document that reveals new aspects of their experiences in the current social reality. These stories can illuminate how Arab staff deal with complex situations in their professional practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on the qualitative-phenomenological approach that seeks to learn about the issue under investigation by observing a particular phenomenon while focusing on the subjective experience of teachers from Arab society who teach in Jewish schools (Creswell & Poth, 2017). According to this concept, the human experience has meaning for those who experience it and is seen as a significant source of knowledge. Any objective understanding rests on a subjective perception (Eatough & Smith, 2008; Creswell & Creswell, 2018).
Nine Arab teachers, aged 25-32, with two to ten years of teaching experience in a Jewish school, participated in the study. All the teachers are graduates of Jewish colleges, and they teach mathematics, English, science, and Hebrew in Jewish elementary schools, middle schools, and high schools. They are selected by the snowball method.
The research tool was a semi-structured interview about the teaching experience of the participants and the diverse contexts of their personal, educational, social, cultural, national, and religious world through which it is possible to understand their teaching experience and the meanings they attribute to teaching in a Jewish school.
The question addressed to the research participants is, "Describe the teaching experience in the school. Address the challenges in teaching and the main ways to deal with these challenges so that the teaching experience is based on the values of democracy and the promotion of a shared life in Israeli society. Please explain and give examples." During the interview, the Arab teachers shared their feelings, beliefs, educational concepts, and the challenges of socio-cultural integration. The processing of the research data is based on an interpretive content analysis, which allows a look into the inner experience of the Arab teachers while referring to the descriptions of the characteristics of the teaching experience in Jewish schools, the diverse challenges, and ways of coping (Creswell, 2012).
The processing was based on content analysis focusing on what the teachers said in words, descriptions, and the way they presented their words. The cases selected for analysis from the large data set were those with explicit mention of the teaching experience, challenges, and coping methods (Braun & Clarke, 2006).
The accepted rules of ethics were kept. The goals of the interview were explained, full confidentiality and anonymity were guaranteed, and participants signed a consent letter.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are cultural gaps in educational settings where teachers from diverse cultures, nationalities, and religions teach. The Israeli case is complex because it involves a meeting between teachers from two nations who live in parallel worlds and hardly ever meet in everyday life. In such a reality, Arab teachers often report dealing with personal, emotional, social, and cultural challenges in the face of difficult situations they encounter almost daily in a multicultural space saturated with expressions of racism, alienation, injustice, and disparities.
Moreover, they report the fear of expressing themselves freely, of expressing an opinion, of revealing a perception or belief that is not compatible with the perception of the dominant Jewish majority, probably because the school environment is not characterized by the emotional closeness between the Arab teachers and their students or colleagues.
These findings establish and add a new layer to the claims of researchers who examined the integration process of Arab teachers teaching in Jewish schools (Alhaj, 1996; Rodnitsky, 2014; Halabi & Fa'or, 2021).
Moreover, from a critical point of view, the question arises as to why, despite all the descriptions of racism, alienation, and exclusion, none of the teachers reported a desire to return to teaching in a school in the Arab sector. It seems that the Arab teachers understand that social integration is a continuous process that requires a unilateral concession. They know that they must remain open and exposed, because, above all, they are ambassadors of an entire population suffering from alienation, exclusion, inequality, and discrimination. The Arab teachers can deal with the Jewish students and make them understand that Arabs are people just like Jews. Only in this way of educational-social integration is there a chance to shatter stereotypes, reduce cultural gaps, and change perceptions about Arabs and other minority groups.

References
Abu-Saad, I., Khalil, M., Haj-Ali, I., Awad, Y., & Dallasheh, W. (2020). Re-Examination of Hofstede's Cultural Value Orientations Among Beginner Palestinian Arab Teachers in Israel. Sumerianz Journal of Education, Linguistics, and Literature, 3(8), 169-177.
Allport, G. W. (1954). The effect of contact. Addison-Wesley.
Almelek, A. (2020). Emotional closeness and emotional distance in professional and personal relationships between schoolteachers: the case of Arab teachers teaching in Jewish schools. Mofet.
Amara, M. (2020). Teaching the Arabic language in Jewish society in Israel - characteristics and challenges. In: Y. Mendel, M. Aro, T. Abu Ras and G. Kramersky (editors). Arabs, Jews, Arabic: the teaching of Arabic in Israel and its challenges (pp. 28-12). Research report. Van Leer.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Cehajic, S., Brown, R., & Castano, E. (2008). Forgive and forget? Antecedents and consequences of intergroup forgiveness in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Political Psychology, 29(3), 351–367.  
Creswell, J. W. & Creswell, J.D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approach (5th ed). Sage.
Eatough, V., & Smith, J. A. (2007). Interpretative phenomenological analysis. In E. Lyons & A. Coyle (Eds.), Analysing qualitative data in psychology (pp. 35–50). Sage.
Finuras, P. (2019). Culture Differences and Trust. Journal of Intercultural Management and Ethics, 2(4), 5-12.
Halabi, R. and Fa'or, H. (2021). Arab teachers in Jewish schools: suffering and remaining silent. Multifaceted: Research and Discourse, 21, 180-202.
Jackson, P. I., & Doerschler, P. (2016). How safe do majority group members, ethnic minorities, and Muslims feel in multicultural European societies? Democracy and Security, 12(4), 247-277.‏
Levy, N. (2023). Arabs in segregated vs. mixed Jewish–Arab schools in Israel: Their identities and attitudes towards Jews. Ethnic & Racial Studies, 46(12), 2720-2746.
Lustick, I. (2019). Paradigm lost - from two-state solution to one-state reality. Pennsylvania Press.
Paul-Binyamin, I. & Haj-Yehia, K. (2019). Multicultural education in teacher education: Shared experience and awareness of power relations as a prerequisite for conflictual identities dialogue in Israel.  Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 249–259.
Samuha, S. (2013). Do not break the dishes. Index of Arab-Jewish relations in Israel 2012. Israel Democracy Institute.
Shaked, K. (2016). Action to expand the circle of teaching: integration of Arab teachers in Jewish schools. Eye Contact, 260, 34–38.
Shdema, I., & D. Martin. (2022). Place identity among native minorities: Lessons from Arabs in Israel. Geographical Review, 112(2), 286–305.
 
13:15 - 14:4521 SES 01 A: Paper Session 1
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Paper Session
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

The Group as a Thinking Space in the Unknown: Psychoanalytical-pedagogical Reflections on the Training and Further Education of Preschool Teachers

Maria Fürstaller

FH Campus Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Fürstaller, Maria

Like the entire education sector, the field of early childhood education and care is also subject to constant change, which is linked to overall social - global - change processes (see Lehner, Fürstaller 2021; Betz et al. 2017). Individualization, economization, digitalization and globalization are just some of the buzzwords that come to mind here. The demands and challenges faced by educational professionals working with children and families have changed significantly as a result. Relationships and interactions are increasingly being shifted to the digital space, where they are staged and dissociated. The strong shift of childhood into the institutional context has made parents feel insecure in their parenthood. Economization is widening the gap between rich and poor, both within and beyond national borders. Plurality offers many freedoms, but also risky opportunities, because it means that points of orientation and things that used to work are being lost. Such a loss is further exacerbated psychodynamically and psychosocially by the current crises, especially those surrounding the war.

In any case, the developments cited here as examples give rise to (new) uncertainties that are accompanied by uncertainty, powerlessness and discomfort on an unconscious level, but mask themselves as certainties on a manifest level - e.g. in the form of hegemonic claims, populism and social divisions (cf. Klug et al. 2021). Such masking can also be found in pedagogical practice, which must be unmasked through an exploratory and understanding approach. This is an important aspect for pedagogical practice and therefore raises questions for the training and further education of educators: How can teaching succeed in being able to think uncertainties (and discomfort)? How can prospective educators be accompanied in their learning and educational processes in such a way that "responsible action under the conditions of structural uncertainty" (Rabe-Kleberg 2020: 29) becomes possible?
Against the background of these questions, the paper develops the thesis and, with reference to psychoanalytical reference theories, discusses the significance that can be attributed to the group here.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
First, the paper introduces the field of early childhood education and care in the European context (Smidt et al. 2020). Some central lines of discourse on the question of the significance of the above-mentioned overall social developments and crises for the field of early childhood education and care, in practice as well as in (academic) teaching, are presented (cf. Lehner, Fürstaller 2021).

In the second step, the group is discussed as a "safe place" from a psychoanalytical-pedagogical perspective. Here, references to Winnicott's concept of "holding" and "intermediate space" and Bion's container-contained model are established and discussed.

These theoretical considerations are concretized in a third step by presenting a method of practical reflection that is used in the context of university teaching. This is the Work Discussion method developed at the Tavistock Clinic in London (Lehner, Fürstaller 2023). The Work Discussion method sees itself as an instrument for reflecting on practice in order to make unconscious contexts of meaning accessible to conscious reflection and differentiated understanding. In this way, new - desirable - scope for action can be developed. In the course of the so-called work-discussion seminars, practical protocols are written and discussed in the seminar group. The central aim is to grasp the latent psychodynamics of the situation and to be able to understand the inner experience of all those involved. After presenting the basic features of the work discussion, a concrete example of a practice protocol discussion is used to work out how the group can become a space of possibility for thinking in and of the uncertain (cf. Hover-Reisner et al. 2018). In this context, for example, we explain the extent to which the group is important in order to be able to adopt different experiential perspectives in order to understand the dynamic relationships between juxtaposed feelings, wishes and needs.

It is also shown to what extent the group enables enjoyable reflection, even when it comes to difficult content. For this to succeed, it is important that the group treats the discussed content, thoughts, associations and feelings of the group participants in a benevolent, attentive and understanding manner. In this sense, this group mentality enables reflection on oneself (self-perception) and others (external perception). In the course of this presentation, the Work Discussion method is also presented as an instrument for improving the mentalization skills of educators and the importance of the group in this context (Hover-Reisner et a 2018).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to be able to focus on what is special about each specific case, professional forms of understanding and reflection are required - in relation to the other person, but also in relation to one's own actions. In order for this to succeed, an attitude is required that sees itself as "approaching the 'foreign' and also the unquestioningly functioning with questioning and curiosity" and "being able to enter into a critical and reflective relationship with oneself and the social situation" (Nentwig-Gesemann et al. 2011, 20). The central key skills are to devote oneself questioningly and curiously to the practical cases and the people involved, to take up irritations as a door opener to what is not understood, to draw on specialist and theoretical knowledge without losing sight of the specific case and the specific situation. The paper shows how the group - in the context of the work discussion - is important for this.
The Work Discussion also offers a safe and protective external framework: The groups take place regularly at not too great intervals and the group constellation remains the same over a longer period of time. Such clear and routine processes and structures are therefore important in order to remain capable of thinking as a group. However, this also requires the creation of an institutional framework that can offer security and reliability. This therefore relates to the question of how the university can facilitate such places.

References
Betz, T. & Kayser, L. B. (2017): Children and society: Children's knowledge about inequalities, meritocracy, and the interdependency of academic achievement, poverty, and wealth. American Behavioral Scientist, 61(2), 186-203.
Bion, W. (1962). Lernen durch Erfahrung. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M. & Wininger, A. (2018): ‚Holding mind in mind‘: the use of work discussion in facilitating early childcare (kindergarten) teachers‘ capacity to mentalise. Infant Observation, 21/2018, 98-110. DOI: 10.1080/13698036.2018.1539339.
Klug, H., Brunner, M. & Skip-Schrötter (Hg.) (2021): Zum Unbehagen in der Kultur. Psychoanalytische Erkundungen der Gegenwart. Psychosozial-Verlag: Gießen.
Lehner, B. & Fürstaller, M. (2021:. Einfach ist einfacher? Heterogenität in elementarpädagogischen Einrichtungen in Zeiten der Optimierung [Simple is easier? Heterogeneity in day care centers in times of optimization]. Psychosozial, 44(1, Nr. 163), 10-21. DOI: 10.30820/0171-3434-2021-1-10.
Lehner, B. & Fürstaller, M. (2023): Vielfalt in der Elementarpädagogik 2. Von der Reflexion pädagogischer Praxis zum Verantwortungswollen Umgang im Kitaalltag. Frankfurt am Main: Debus Pädagogik Verlag. DOI: https://doi.org/10.46499/2060.
Miller, L. (2002). The relevance of observation skills to the Work Discussion Seminar. Infant Observation. The International Journal of Infant Observation and its Applications, 4(3), 55-72.
Nentwig-Gesemann, Iris/Fröhlich-Gildhoff, Klaus/Harms & Henriette/Richter, Sarah (2011): Professionelle Haltung – Identität der Fachkraft für die Arbeit mit Kindern in den ersten drei Lebensjahren. Eine Expertise der Weiterbildungsinitiative frühpädagogischer Fachkräfte (Wiff). Frankfurt am Main. Verfügbar unter: https://www.weiterbildungsinitiative.de/publikationen/detail/professionelle-haltung-identitaet-der-fachkraft-fuer-die-arbeit-mit-kindern-in-den-ersten-drei-lebensjahren (25.04.2022).
Rabe-Kleberg, U. (2020): Handeln und Haltung. Oder: Brauchen pädagogische Fachkräfte in Kindergärten einen ethischen Kodex? In: Müller, Jens/Fink, Heike/Horak, Renate Elli/ Kaiser, Sabine/Reichmann, Elke (Hg.): Professionalität in der Kindheitspädagogik. Aktuelle Diskurse und professionelle Entwicklungsperspektiven. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto, S. 19-38.
Smidt, W. & Embacher, E.-M. (2020). How do activity settings, preschool teachers’ activities, and children’s activities relate to the quality of children’s interactions in preschool? Findings from Austria. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(6), 864-883. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1836586
Winnicott, D. (1965): Reifungsprozesse und fördernde Umwelt. München: Kindler.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Towards a Psychoanalytic Conception of Uncertainty in Educational Contexts

Wilfried Datler, Margit Datler

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Datler, Wilfried; Datler, Margit

The educational discourse on uncertainty often conveys an undifferentiated view of uncertainty in educational contexts. According to this view, people working in pedagogical fields are constantly confronted with uncertainty. In connection with this, the impression is created that training and further education can at best prepare for this phenomenon, but can hardly influence it beyond that. The reference to psychoanalysis seems to further increase the sense of uncertainty.

The lecture will examine the question of how a differentiated theory of uncertainty in pedagogical contexts can be conceptualised and subsequently developed with reference to psychoanalytical basic assumptions and empirical findings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of the investigation can be categorised as "conceptional research". This kind of "conceptional research" is related to empirical data and findings generated (a) by the investigation of the training and further education of people who work in educational fields and (b) the analysis of protocols generated by Work Discussion and the use of the Tavistock Observational Method.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The authors present as result of their investigation a basic concept of uncertainty with reference to psychoanalytic theories. The authors propose to differentiate between three subject domains:
(1.) In an elaborated theory of uncertainty, it is firstly necessary to specify which type of uncertainty exists with regard to which different aspects. In this context it is reasonable, for example, to assume that no one can be sure how his or her own behaviour or the behaviour of others can be understood. This is to be distinguished from the fact that no one can be sure how children, young people or adults experience educational measures or activities. Another aspect concerns the question of the consequences of specific educational interventions and interactions. The lecture will show how psychoanalytical perspectives help to clarify the specific character of uncertainty with regard to these educational aspects.
(2.) Secondly, the subjective experience of uncertainty should be addressed. In this context, different degrees of uncertainty along a continuum have to be specified. At one end of the continuum are cluelessness, disorientation and panic. At the other end of the spectrum is the denial of uncertainty combined with a manic conviction of knowing the right thing in almost all matters. In this regard, the influence that psychoanalytic education can have on the intensity of the subjective experience of uncertainty needs to be discussed.
(3.) Thirdly it is important to bear in mind that the degree of uncertainty can also vary in different situations for objective reasons. In this respect, the influence that psychoanalytic research can have on assessing the extent of uncertainty should be discussed.
Finally, the authors will discuss whether a special space should also be dedicated to the investigation  of the significance of social and institutional framework parameters for the existence and experience of uncertainty.

References
Bonnet, A., Glazier, J. (2023): The conflicted role of uncertainty in teaching and teacher education. In: Teachers and Teaching 2023, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2023.2272650
Bormann, I. (2015): Unsicherheit und Vertrauen: Komplementäre Elemente pädagogischer Interaktion und ihre institutionelle Überformung. August 2015. Paragrana 24(1):151-163 DOI:10.1515/para-2015-0014
Datler, M. (2012): Die Macht der Emotionen im Unterricht. Psychosozial-Verlag: Gießen.
Gideon, I., Dishon, G., Vedder-Weiss, D. (2022): Pedagogical and epistemic uncertainty in collaborative teacher learning, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 118, 2022, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103808.
Paseka, A., Keller-Schneider, M., Combe, A. (Hrsg.) (2018): Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17102-5_1
Rangell, L. (1976): Gelassenheit und andere menschliche Möglichkeiten. Shrkamp: Frankfurt
Strobl, B., Datler, W. (2020): Emotionen als Gegenstand des Nachdenkens und Sprechens über Praxissituationen. Anmerkungen zur Bedeutung von psychoanalytisch orientierten Aus- und Weiterbildungsprozessen für eine Dimension von psychosozialer Professionalität. In: B. Rauh, N. Welter, M. Franzmann, K. Magiera, J. Schramm, N. Wilder (Hrsg.): Emotion – Disziplinierung – Professionalisierung: Pädagogik im Spannungsfeld von Integration der Emotionen und ‚neuen‘ Disziplinierungstechniken. Opladen et al. Budrich, 2020. S. 207-224
Strobl, B., Datler, W. (2023): Der Blick auf das Theorie-Praxis-Verhältnis im Spannungsfeld von Sicherheit und Unsicherheit. In: Uncertainty in Higher Education: Hochschulen in einer von Volatilität geprägten Welt. Waxmann Münster, 2023. S. 195-206
Trunkenpolz, K., Lehner, B. & Strobl, B. (Hrsg.) (2023): Affekt, Gefühl, Emotion – Zentrale Begriffe Psychoanalytischer Pädagogik? Annäherungen aus konzeptueller, forschungsmethodischer und professionalisierungstheoretischer Perspektive. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. 277 S. (Schriftenreihe der DGfE-Kommission Psychoanalytische Pädagogik, Band 15).
Zwiebel, R. (2017): Was macht einen guten Psychoanalytiker aus? Klett-Cotta: Stuttgart
 
13:15 - 14:4522 SES 01 B: New Models of Learning in HE
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Graça Fernandes
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Does an Evolving Energy Industry Equal a New Education?

Lisa Watson1, Micol Pezzotta2, Kenan Dikilitas3

1Department of Energy Resources, University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Department of Energy and Petroleum Technology, University of Stavanger, Norway; 3Department of Education, University of Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Watson, Lisa

The oil and gas industry is expanding and evolving due to climate, societal, and governmental changes (e.g. Doni et al., 2022; Megura and Gunderson, 2022; García-Amate et al., 2023). How do these changes affect the competences and skills needed in the industry? A Norwegian government-funded research project, Defining Future Subsurface Education Needs in Collaboration with the Energy Industry (SUBSET), attempts to answer this question while creating a framework for course co-creation in collaboration with the energy sector in Norway. The methods and findings of SUBSET might be applicable to education and training in the energy sector internationally as well. The University of Stavanger’s staff worked with five industry partners, two labor organizations, and one governmental advisory board to establish relevance with industry and better understand their current and future needs and expectations. By mapping the competences reported by stakeholders in the workforce now and those needed in the future, the project aims to identify which topics and skills should be offered as continuing or life-long education and which should be included in or excluded from formal degree programs. University courses on subsurface science and technology need to be adapted to accommodate the future needs of the energy industry (Arlett et al., 2010). Our research initiative showcases efforts to bridge the gap between academia and industry and aims to contribute valuable insights for the ongoing transformation of the energy sector. Furthermore, it might serve as a model for fostering contextualized, purposeful, and relevant collaboration between higher education and the dynamic demands of the evolving industry.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
SUBSET was organized in three phases: competence mapping, course co-creation, and course offering and evaluation. The first phase aimed to map competences in the oil and gas industry to improve employability and increase work relevant education (Kipper et al., 2021). Competence mapping consisted of interviews and a workforce survey. Interviews were held with each industry partner to understand what management believes are the skills needed now and in the future. The interviews were then analyzed for repeating themes and provided the basis for the survey. The survey provided input regarding what skills the workforce says they have and what they believe they need in the future. These results were also analyzed using descriptive statistics. The second phase, course co-creation, consisted of a series of workshops with the same industry partners and a team of university scientific and administrative staff where we discussed 1) which skills and what courses are needed; 2) which courses and should be prioritized and created, and 3) what course delivery format could be best tofits the targeted the identified audience. The third phase, course offering, required the course descriptions to be formalized and accredited. Then the courses were run as part of the life-long learning program. Each industry partner and participating labor organization and enrolled students in applicable programs were invited to participate in the courses. Successful participants in the courses received formal university credit. After each course's completion, a course evaluation survey is sent and after a 1 month, 3 months, and 6 months workshops are held to evaluate the knowledge transfer, filling knowledge gaps, and the effects of the course experience. At the time of abstract submission, these workshops are not complete because not enough time has elapsed after course completion. This systematic approach ensures incorporation of ongoing feedback and continuous improvement, which helps the university staffus develop a dynamic and responsive pedagogical framework that adapts to the new skills and competences of the industry.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
SUBSET experimented with a thorough yet time-intensive process yielding valuable insights into industry needs for educational and training purposes. Co-creation in the project setupSUBSET facilitated incorporating input from formal managerial and workforce perspectives, while retaining academic independence. Sustained bidirectional input is deemed as vital post-project to nurture ongoing collaboration also post-project. The two primary themesthemes identified for skill development, were carbon capture, use, and storage (CCUS) and Python programming for skill development. A 10 ECTS fully digital CCUS course, featuring videos and live-streamed instruction, was offered in autumn 2023 and assessed through a project report.  Competencies in the field of CCUS were highly rated by the workforce survey as providing increased professional value and development, as well as increasing the competitive edge of the company. Python programming skills were delivered through four micro-courses totaling 10 ECTS, incorporating physical teaching days and hybrid tutorials with each assessed via a programming project. Recognizing the need for digitalization, artificial intelligence, and machine learning in daily workflows, programming emerged as a crucialfundamental future skill. Despite these innovations, traditional subsurface exploration topics remain essential across evolving markets. Maintaining geoscience, petroleum, and reservoir engineering in educational programs is crucial. Balancing this, educational programs must integrate digital and programming solutions and apply subsurface exploration concepts to emerging technologies. As the industry embraces these technological shifts, fostering a versatile and interdisciplinary approach will be crucialcritical for equipping engineers with adaptive skills.
References
Arlett C., Lamb F., Dales R., Wills L., Hurdle E. “Meeting the needs of industry: the drivers for change in engineering education” Engineering Education 5:2 (2010) 18-25 DOI: 10.11120/ened.2012.05020018
Doni, F., Corvino, A., Bianchi Martini, S. "Corporate governance model, stakeholder engagement and social issues evidence from European oil and gas industry" Social Responsibility Journal 18:3 (2022) 636-662 DOI: 10.1108/SRJ-08-2020-0336
García-Amate, A., Ramírez-Orellana, A., Rojo-Ramírez, A.A. et al. Do ESG controversies moderate the relationship between CSR and corporate financial performance in oil and gas firms?. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 10 (2023) DOI:10.1057/s41599-023-02256-y
Kipper L.M., Iepsen S., Dal Forno A.J., Frozza R., Furstenau L., Agned J., Cossul D. “Scientific mapping to identify competencies required by industry 4.0” Technology in Society 64 (2021) 101454
Megura, M., Gunderson, R. “Better poison is the cure? Critically examining fossil fuel companies, climate change framing, and corporate sustainability reports” Energy Research and Social Science 85 (2022) 102388 DOI: 10.1016/j.erss.2021.102388


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

How Do Degree Apprenticeships In England Fit In The Widening Access Landscape? A Question Of Social Justice

Colin McCaig1, Andrea Laczik2, Kat Emms2, Charlynne Pullen1

1Sheffield Hallam University United Kingdom; 2Edge Foundation

Presenting Author: McCaig, Colin; Laczik, Andrea

This paper discusses whether the introduction of Degree Apprenticeships (DAs) offered by English higher education providers (at Level 6) is enhancing social mobility by widening access to underrepresented groups, as the UK Government claims (DfE 2021; Halfon 2023) and is based on two pieces of research being carried out by researchers at Sheffield Hallam and the Edge Foundation.

Degree Apprenticeships (DAs) were introduced in England from 2015 for roles including digital, automotive engineering, banking, and construction (Hubble and Bolton 2019) and have quickly expanded to include many more occupational areas from retail management to health and social care. The number of DA starts (at level 6) trebled from 6,400 in 2017/18 to 25,000 in 2022/23 (DfE 2023). DAs provide “an innovative new model bringing together the best of higher and vocational education” (DBIS 2015). The incorporation of a full degree within the degree apprenticeship is “crucial to its ‘brand’” (Reeve and Gallacher 2022, p160). Reflecting that conclusion, Universities UK (2019, p15) noted that “degree apprenticeships are seen as having parity of esteem with traditional degrees, thus helping to raise the appeal of vocational education opportunities more broadly.” Even if parity of esteem is not entirely achieved, the introduction of DA contributes to the improved reputation of vocational and technical education and training.

Only few European countries offer apprenticeships at degree level and Scotland is one that introduced Graduate Apprenticeships. Other countries, such as Germany and Austria have hybrid studies. Consequently, this presentation will generate interest from those countries where policies target the inclusion of students from disadvantaged backgrounds in HE, where diversification of vocational students is of interest.

DAs are integral to the UK government’s strategy of improving economic productivity through enhancing the skills of the workforce whilst also addressing social inequality (see DfE 2021). DAs are, therefore, part of a coherent and comprehensive shift in education policy and funding in relation to the perceived needs of the UK economy.

In terms of the make-up of current apprentices on DAs, research finds that there are two main groups of students that are attracted to them. The first group of students is young (18 years old), going into a new job role as a degree apprentice rather than university as an undergraduate, either as part of a cohort in a large organisation or an individual joining a smaller organisation (see also Cavaglia et al., 2022). Such DA students, however, do not match the underrepresentation profile of what are considered ‘widening participation’ cohorts in the UK, in terms of social class background, gender and ethnicity (Cavaglia et al., 2022; McCaig, Rainford and Squire 2022). The second group of degree apprentices are existing staff already in employment and DAs are often offered to them as part of ongoing staff development within organisations; hence they are people that have not attended higher education, and to that extent DAs are ‘widening participation’ to some disadvantaged groups (e.g. mature students) albeit as a secondary consideration.

The UK Government has argued that DAs are a suitable replacement for undergraduate degree programmes, mainly on the basis that degree apprentices don’t accrue student loan debt (Cavaglia et al., 2022) (degrees in England and Wales average around £9,00 per year), so represent a better offer for students from low-income backgrounds. 27% of apprentices on L6 and L7 programme came from the most advantaged areas (CSJ, 2020) and only 13 % lived in the most disadvantaged areas of England. Nevertheless, the extent to which DAs offered by HE providers fit their widening access remits is politically contested given that institutional efforts to improve access is regulated by the Office for Students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on two ongoing pieces of research involving researchers based at Sheffield Hallam University and the Edge Foundation. Thus, the methodology draws on a combination of the different approaches employed.
Project one is Impact of Degree Apprenticeships on Widening Participation Activity by HE providers and employs a case study approach to explore the extent to which DAs overlap with work in the area of widening participation (WP) to HE. It should be noted that HE providers are not mandated to offer DAs (in the UK HE providers are legally autonomous and thus have to be persuaded that provision aligns with their institutional mission and business model) but conversely, they are subject to a regulator (the Office for Students) in relation to access, quality and standards. In this context we are exploring how and in which ways university managers and administrators have pivoted their offer to include consideration of degree apprenticeships in their outreach work. The primary method is semi-structured interviews with key informants (KIs) at two contrasting HE providers offering a spread of provision by DA standards, and secondary data analysis of DA provision. KIs are drawn from a variety of institutional roles, including: employer liaison; marketing and recruitment; outreach; access and participation officers (responsible for compliance with OfS); and programme/course leaders.
Project 2 Degree Apprenticeships in England: What can we learn from the experience of apprentices, employers and HE providers? This research was led by the Edge Foundation and investigated how DAs are perceived and experienced by various stakeholders; their motivations for engaging with DAs, and the challenges and opportunities moving forward, including the extent to which DAs are supporting widening participation into higher learning and contribute to social mobility. The research took a qualitative approach, interviewing 99 stakeholders. Semi-structured interviews were used with policy makers, universities, apprentices, employers and other relevant sector bodies. In relation to widening participation and increasing diversity we have asked questions from participants about, for example, what they aim to achieve via DAs, the characteristics of their apprentices, communications about DAs and recruitment processes. We used thematic content analysis and used NVivo to support data analysis. In order to further increase validity of findings, the research team has regularly discussed individual interviews and themes and sub-themes deriving from them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are two distinct groups of people participating in degree apprenticeships. Firstly, those that have recently left school or college having completed their (usually) A levels with high achievement. They are therefore new, or comparatively new, to the workplace. Secondly, and more frequently, DAs are taken up by existing employees who are already working within and returning to education (often in their mid-20s). In particular DAs were acknowledged for widening participation to university degrees by giving this mature group opportunities that were not available to them first time around at the traditional entry point of university, age 18. A variety of key reasons were given for this, including not being able to afford university, having children or family responsibilities at a young age, having other financial responsibilities (e.g. a mortgage) and broadly considering university was ‘not for them’ at 18. Other reasons participants mentioned they had learning difficulties or the style of learning in HE did not suit their needs.
Case study analysis found that despite universities having a strong commitment to widening participation in higher education of students from under-represented groups, this doesn’t always translate to practices in relation to recruitment of DAs. DAs are primarily recruited by employers;  employer prerequisites take precedence over the university’s desire to widen access. As a result, some university respondents discussed the need to engage more with schools and colleges to provide information and guidance on DAs. Some (mainly larger) employers strategically consider their social responsibilities included in their activities elements of WP, usually with a focus on underrepresented groups. Findings indicate an increasing number of school leavers who wish to pursue DAs, but there are not enough opportunities available to them, in part because opportunities are often offered internally to existing employees

References
Cavaglia, C., McNally, S., and Ventura, G. (2022) The Recent Evolution of Apprenticeships: Apprenticeship pathways and participation since 2015. London: The Sutton Trust. Available at https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/The-recent-evolution-of-apprenticeships.pdf
CSJ (The Centre for Social Justice) (2020). How to reboot apprenticeships and kick-start the recovery. London: The Centre for Social Justice
Department for Education (DfE) (2021). Skills for Jobs: Lifelong Learning for Opportunity and Growth Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/601980f2e90e07128a353aa3/Skills_for_jobs_lifelong_learning_for_opportunity_and_growth__web_version_.pdf
Department for Education (DfE) (2023). Academic year 2022/23: Apprenticeships and traineeships. Published 30 November 2023. Available at: https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/apprenticeships-and-traineeships
Halfon, R, Rt Hon (2023) Ministerial speech to the Higher Education Policy Institute annual conference, 26th June 2023
Hubble, S. and Bolton, P. (2019) Degree Apprenticeships House of Commons Briefing Paper 8471 Published 18 December 2019. Available at: https://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/CBP-8741/CBP-8741.pdf
McCaig, C, Rainford, J and Squire, R (Eds) (2022) The Business of Widening Participation: policy, practice and culture, Emerald Publishing ISBN 9781800430501
Reeve, F and Gallacher, J. (2022) A New Approach to Providing Higher Vocational Qualification: Higher/Degree Apprenticeships and Graduate Apprenticeships, in E. Knight, A.-M. Bathmaker, G. Moodie, K. Orr, S. Webb & L. Wheelahan (eds) Equity and Access to High Skills through Higher Vocational Education Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave MacMillan, pp145-167.
Research by the Edge Foundation and Sheffield Hallam on widening participation and DAs: https://www.edge.co.uk/research/current-research/impact-of-degree-apprenticeships-on-widening-participation-activity-by-he-providers/
Universities UK (2019) The Future of Degree Apprenticeships. Universities UK https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/sites/default/files/field/downloads/2021-07/future-degree-apprenticeships.pdf


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Higher Education in the Post-COVID-19 Era: The Case of the University of Latvia

Dita Nimante, Daiga Kalniņa, Sanita Baranova

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Kalniņa, Daiga

The COVID-19 pandemic challenged higher education (HE), university teachers, and students around the globe in 2020. Overnight, COVID-19 brought sudden changes and unexpected shifts to remote teaching and learning, putting teachers and students in an extraordinary situation. Although much research (e.g., Badiozaman et al., 2023; Bajaj et al., 2021; Baker et al., 2022; Leal Filho et al., 2023) has been conducted across different sectors, universities, countries, and continents involving different actors since COVID-19, there are indications that much more research is needed (Baker et al., 2022; Imran et al., 2023).

Our study departs from and complements the existing literature in multiple ways. Firstly, due to the cultural context, the research tries to determine the pandemic’s implications in the post-COVID era in Latvian HE. Secondly, the research considers the perspectives of both students and teachers using the case of the University of Latvia (UL). Thirdly, although quite a few studies have been conducted about HE during the COVID-19 period in Latvia, none have yet been published about Latvian HE in the post-COVID-19 period. Finally, although the challenges that every university faces are different, the results will be useful for all HE institutions in Latvia and other post-Soviet European countries.

The research questions to be answered are as follows:

RQ1 Since COVID-19, have students and teachers perceived any changes in HE (teaching and learning, e-environment, use of technologies, study modes and design)?

RQ2 Since COVID-19, have students and teachers perceived any positive benefits in the study process?

RQ3 Has the post-COVID-19 era promoted socialization among students?

RQ4 Are there any differences between the two groups of respondents

Previous research indicates that COVID-19 brought both challenges and new advantages to HE (Kalniņa et al., 2023).

The pandemic reshaped the priorities of HE and HE found ways to overcome the COVID-19 crisis through digital transformation technology (Leal Filho et al., 2023). There was hope that this digital transformation would continue in the post-COVID-19 era (Rubene et al., 2021). Furthermore, there was an assumption that HE would be better prepared after COVID-19 to accept and include technology as an essential component of the learning process to make face-to-face learning more flexible and engaging (Benito et al., 2021), thus promoting sustainable development.

Nevertheless, the shift to so-called emergency remote teaching during COVID-19 showed that both teachers and students could adapt to new ways of learning (Baker et al., 2022) and promoted a general sense of flexibility in HE. First of all, this flexibility involved moving into asynchronous modes of pre-recorded lectures, flexible schedules, different paces and engagement with course materials, and hybrid/dual modes (online and in-person delivery of lectures and seminars) (Baker et al., 2022; Siow et al., 2021), simulations, virtual reality, and augmented reality (Chans et al., 2023). Secondly, assessment and assessment policies were modified in order to take barriers affecting students’ learning during COVID-19 into account (Baker et al., 2022; Siow et al., 2021). Thirdly, different engaging activities were provided due to the difficulties of students keeping attention (Kalniņa et al., 2023). Fourthly, students and teachers were supported psychologically and in the study process by providing teachers with support and resources, helping to raise the competencies of educators in online teaching (Siow et al., 2021), and students with additional materials online (Kalniņa et al., 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopted an online survey using a quantitative method of data collection. Based on the literature review, the research team developed a structured QuestionPro questionnaire with 37 questions that was then shared with lecturers and students from UL. The questionnaire consisted of four sections. The first demographic section was composed of 10 questions (gender, age, study level, and position at the university). Section two consisted of 15 questions related to the use of artificial intelligence in HE, section three included questions about the self-directed learning experience in HE, and section four included questions related to students’ experience of HE in the post-COVID-19 era.
This paper analyzes only part of the questionnaire related to the research questions and considers the seven questions on students’ post-COVID-19 experiences in HE. Some questions required respondents to answer using a 4-point Likert scale or were simple yes/no questions, and others were open-ended.
The original questionnaire was reviewed by three field experts to ensure content reliability. Slight modifications were made based on their recommendations. Next, a pilot survey was conducted.
Responses were obtained from 1,053 participants. The study followed UL’s research ethics recommendations, and respondents were guaranteed complete anonymity.  A convenience sampling method was employed to select respondents based on their availability and willingness to participate.
When the data were analyzed, Rather agree and Fully agree responses were combined as positive answers. In the analysis of each question, it was taken into consideration that some respondents (students) did not answer questions or did not have an opinion about changes due to the fact that they were not studying at the time of COVID-19, so comparisons could not be made, and those answers were filtered out.
Descriptive statistics were used to analyze the survey data, and a Mann–Whitney U test was conducted to test the differences. First, we tested the internal consistency of the measurements of the survey instruments using Cronbach’s alpha. An alpha value of 0.7 is conventionally used as a reliability threshold (Taber, 2018). The reliability of all measurements in the survey was excellent (α=.971).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
COVID-19 has impacted and will continue to impact the future of HE. Our research revealed that both teachers and students recognize the transformation of HE in the case of UL. Both groups of respondents agree that teachers have demonstrated greater flexibility in the study process since COVID-19 – they are more ready to adapt to students’ requests, different delivery modes are provided during the study process, many more online study opportunities are provided, and more technologies are used. Overall, UL uses different forms of study organization: fully remote, hybrid, and fully face-to-face. At the same time, more than half of the students admitted that the tendency to return to the old normal mode is a reality.
Our results show that the university’s e-study environment (e-platform) has been improved and is now better adjusted for the students’ needs to study independently, better structured, and better provided with materials for students. Although there was a hope that COVID-19 would bring some changes to HE pedagogies to become more student-centred, inclusive and personalized, our research shows that there is still a long way to go in this regard, despite some initial progress. Regarding the question about students’ socialization, students socialize less than before, although there are some significant differences in how students and teachers responded to this question (students were more positive). In fact, students were much more positive about many aspects analyzed in the current research, and significant differences were indicated between the two groups of respondents in relation to many questions. COVID-19 represented a once-in-a-generation opportunity for the sector to promote long-needed changes to promote changes by enhancing the digitalization, flexibility and inclusiveness of future learning experiences in HE. Thus, we hope that the pandemic’s positive effects will be used to ensure sustainable and more inclusive HE in the future.

References
Badiozaman, I. F. A., Ng, A. & Ling, V. M. (2023). “Here we go again”: Unfolding HE students’ hybrid experience and resilience during post-covid times. Asia Pacific Journal of Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2023.2238324
Bajaj, P., Khan, A., Tabash, M. I., & Anagreh, S. (2021). Teachers’ intention to continue the use of online teaching tools post Covid-19, Cogent Education, 8(1), 2002130. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2021.2002130
Baker, S., Anderson, J., Burke, R., De Fazio, T., Due, C., Hartley, L., Molla, T., Morison, C., Mude, W., Naidoo, L., & Sidhu, R. (2022). Equitable teaching for cultural and linguistic diversity: exploring the possibilities for engaged pedagogy in post-COVID-19 higher education. Educational Review, 74(3), 444-459. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2015293
Chans, G. M., Orona-Navar, A., Orona-Navar, C., & Sánchez-Rodríguez, E. P. (2023). Higher education in Mexico: The effects and consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic. Sustainability, 15(12), 9476. https://doi.org/10.3390/su15129476
Imran, R., Fatima, A., Salem, I. E., & Allil, K. (2023). Teaching and learning delivery modes in higher education: Looking back to move forward post-COVID-19 era. The International Journal of Management Education, 21(2), 100805. https://doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.ijme.2023.100805
23.Leal Filho, W., Lange Salvia, A., Beynaghi, A., Fritzen, B., Ulisses, A., Veiga Avila, L., Shulla, K., Vasconcelos, C. R. P., Moggi, S., Mifsud, M., Anholon, R., Rampasso, I. S., Kozlova, V., Iliško, D., Skouloudis, A., & Nikolaou, I. (2023). Digital transformation and sustainable development in higher education in a post-pandemic world. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2023.2237933
Kalniņa, D., Nīmante, D., Baranova, S., & Oļesika, A. (2023). Remote learning during the Covid-19 pandemic: Opportunities in higher education. In A. Visvizi, M. D. Lytras & H. J. Al-Lail (Eds.), Moving higher education beyond Covid-19: Innovative and technology-enhanced approaches to teaching and learning (pp. 67-86). Emerald.
Rubene, Z., Daniela, L., Sarva, E., & Rūdolfa, A. (2021). Digital transformation of education: Envisioning post-Covid education in Latvia. In L. Daniela (Ed.), Human, technologies and quality of education, 2021 = Cilvēks, tehnoloģijas un izglītības kvalitāte, 2021 (pp. 180-196). University of Latvia.
Siow, M. L., Lockstone-Binney, L., Fraser, B., Cheung, C., Shin, J., Lam, R., Ramachandran, S., Abreu Novais, M., Bourkel, T., & Baum, T. (2021). Re-building students’ post-COVID-19 confidence in courses, curriculum and careers for tourism, hospitality, and events. Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Education, 33(4), 270-287. https://doi.org/10.1080/10963758.2021.1963973
 
13:15 - 14:4522 SES 01 C: Research Work
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Christine Teelken
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Research Groups and Research Group Membership: What Works and Why?

Kathleen Smithers2, Thomas Blom1, Lennart Karlsson1, Susanne Francisco2, Anette Forssten Seiser1

1Karlstad University, Sweden; 2Charles Stuart University, School of Education, Australia

Presenting Author: Smithers, Kathleen; Blom, Thomas

Many university researchers belong to research groups, yet little is known about what makes a research group effective or how they benefit members in terms of developing their capacity to produce high-quality research. This project seeks to examine research groups and their members in order to determine the factors that contribute to an effective research group and to collective as well as individual development within those groups.
For the purposes of this project, we use a broad definition of research groups. Research groups
include any group that engage in research activities as a collective. These activities might include reading groups/circles, peer review, research projects or reflections on research endeavors. These groups may be part of an institution, through internal or external funding, or may exist separately from an institutional structure.
Based on established contacts, this study will be conducted as parallel studies focusing on two regional areas, Australia and the Nordic countries, with similar aims and research questions The Australian study is conducted at Charles Sturt University, Australia. The Swedish one at Karlstad University, Sweden. The fact that these two studies are carried out around the same time and with similar aims, research questions, and methodology and data construction tools creates opportunities for regional in-depth knowledge and understanding as well as international comparisons.
Some argue that research groups (Ion & Del Mar Duran Belloch, 2013) and networks (Heffernan, 2021) are the key to an academic’s career success, with other research suggesting that the support offered in the first five years significantly influences an individual’s career trajectory (Browning et al., 2014).
Previous research has examined the functioning of research groups (Park et al., 2017), the size and composition of research groups (Joshi, 2014) and leadership in research groups (Ion & Del Mar Duran Belloch, 2013; Vebree et al., 2012). Most research focuses on case study groups, how they function and the particular practices that are made possible within them (c.f. Degn, 2018; Mahon et al., 2018). There are also reports of research groups as a method to speak back to, or work within the constraints of, the neoliberal institutions’ metric driven and individualizing nature (Degn, 2018; Mahon et al., 2018).
Research groups have been investigated in many countries including Australia (Mahon et al., 2018), Spain (Ion & Del Mar Duran Belloch, 2013), Denmark (Degn, 2018) and the Netherlands (Degn, 2018). In Australia, there is little research that has explored the functioning of research groups or the factors that make them effective; rather, most studies have focused on the benefits of the group for members (c.f. Larsen et al., 2023; Mahon et al., 2018). Given the Australian research context is slightly different to that of the Nordic countries, with its hyperfocus on productivity and performative metrics, it is important and timely to consider the functioning of research groups in Australia and in the Nordic countries and what role they play for individual researchers.
By examining members’ experiences, research groups can develop targeted strategies to support their members and build research capability. Likewise, institutions will benefit by having qualitative data in relation to the effectiveness of research groups, which may assist with policy and funding decisions.
The research questions are:
1. What factors contribute to effective research groups?
2. Why do researchers belong to research groups?
3. How do researchers define a high-quality research group?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study will utilize a range of data collection and analysis methods based on a two-phase approach, as follows:
Phase 1: Research group member perspectives. The initial phase of the project will survey members of research groups in terms of their perceptions about the effectiveness of the group(s) to which they belong, as well as about their own research careers. An online qualitative survey consisting of multiple choice and open-ended questions will be used. The data will be analysed based on the following membership groupings: higher degree by research student members, early career researcher members, middle career researcher members and established researcher members.
Phase 2: Research group functioning. Based on the findings of Phase 1, this phase of the project will utilize document analysis of policies, meeting minutes and other sources to build a picture of how research groups function. Phase 2 will also use in-depth interviews to determine how the functioning of research groups impacts members and their perceptions as to why this is the case, as well as look at the benefits to members of belonging to a research group. Data will be drawn from the responses to a range of semi-structured open-ended questions asked of participants. Zoom/Teams will be utilized to conduct interviews as these are familiar means of communication.
The Phase 1 data collection will be a qualitative survey, targeted at any social sciences researcher in Australia and in the Nordic countries who is a member of a research group. The researchers will utilize convenience sampling to distribute the survey outside their own universities, by sending the information to their networks and posting about the survey on social media (such as Twitter/X and LinkedIn). Using snowball sampling, respondents will be asked to send the survey to others in their own network. Phase 1 will commence in February 2024, and this presentation will address the initial findings from this stage. The findings from Phase 1 will inform the development of interview questions for Phase 2.
In Phase 2 it is anticipated that between 20 and 25 participants may be interviewed and that up to 10 research groups will provide documents for analysis.
NVIVO software will be used for data analysis and it will be based on the thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2015). Thematic analysis was chosen as it can be applied in different ways to address different research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research aims to qualify the value of research groups to members as well as to universities. Publication in peer-reviewed journals and presentations at research conferences will disseminate the findings.
While it is difficult to determine prior to data collection, expected outcomes from the survey in phase 1 will hopefully include a broad overview of factors that researchers think contribute to effective research groups. This will allow us to probe more deeply into these factors in the second phase of the project, and perhaps give us the opportunity to explore what enables and constrains the development of these factors for research groups.
Similarly, the overview provided by the survey into the various reasons why researchers belong to research groups, and their interpretations of ‘quality’ of research groups will enable us to delve into these reasons in more detail in Phase 2.
An important aspect of this research is that it is a parallel project between a research group at Karlstad University, Sweden (SOL), and Charles Sturt University, Australia (PPLE). Part of the value in this project will be the development of a greater understanding of approaches used in each research group and learning from each other.

References
Browning, L., Thompson, K., & Dawson, D. (2014). Developing future research leaders: Designing early career researcher programs to enhance track record. International Journal for Researcher Development, 5(2), 123-134
Clarke, V., Braun, V., & Hayfield, N. (2015). Thematic analysis. Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods, 3, 222-248.
Degn, L., Franssen, T., Sørensen, M. P., & de Rijcke, S. (2018). Research groups as communities of practice—a case study of four high-performing research groups. Higher Education, 76, 231-246.
Heffernan, T. (2021). Academic networks and career trajectory: ‘There’s no career in academia without networks’. Higher Education Research & Development, 40(5), 981-994.
Ion, G., & Del Mar Duran Belloch, M. (2013). Successful Women Researchers in the Social Sciences: A case study of Catalan public universities. Tertiary Education and Management, 19, 68-84.
Larsen, E., Salton, Y., Fanshawe, M., Gaunt, L., Ryan, L., Findlay, Y., & Albion, P. (2023). Early career researchers’ collective advocacy work within an Australian university context. The Australian Educational Researcher, 1-22
Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Lloyd, A. (2018). Practice architectures and being stirred into academic practices of a research group. In Education in an Era of Schooling: Critical perspectives of Educational Practice and Action Research. A Festschrift for Stephen Kemmis (pp. 167-181). Springer Singapore.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Concepts of Scholarly Publishing and the Novice Author through Metaphor Analysis

Sefika Mertkan1, Gulen Onurkan Aliusta2, Hatice Bayraklı3

1Eastern Mediterranean Uni, Cyprus; 2Eastern Mediterranean Uni, Cyprus; 3Eastern Mediterranean Uni, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Mertkan, Sefika

Neoliberal policies of performativity played a crucial role in creating a higher education system where 'publish or perish' and more recently 'publish or no degree' is the norm in many contexts. These neoliberal manifestations have moulded institutional cultures and practices, transforming higher education institutions into commercial enterprises where competitiveness is promoted (Croucher & Lacy 2022) and a new form of governance based on principles of performativity reigns (Mula-Falcón et al., 2022). By putting pressure on scholars to comply with performative values (Aguinis et al., 2020), this transformation has encouraged scholars to prove their worth through publication performance most often measured by research quantity, impact and reach (Sandy & Shen, 2019) to benefit from research funding, promotion and tenure opportunities (Casadevall & Fang, 2012), also accelerating institutionalization of publishing during candidature (Lei 2019).

Influenced by these developments, the task role of doctoral students and early career researchers has undergone a significant transformation in way that require them 'to be, or to quickly become, proficient and prolific writers' (Aitchison et al. 2012, 435) in early or preparatory stages of their faculty careers (Horta and Santos 2016; Xu 2022). This study focuses on the metaphorical images doctoral students and early career researchers use to describe the publishing process and themselves as novice authors in relation to their publishing experiences while also exploring conceptual themes that emerge from these metaphorical images.

The paper is guided by the figured world and socialization theories. We conceptualize socialization as a process bound to influence inexperienced scholars’ publication experiences (Ramirez, 2016) and their conceptualizations of the publishing process and themselves as novice authors. It is a means through which inexperienced scholars (i.e. doctoral students and early career researchers) get to know the figured world of publishing, a socially constructed realm where certain acts, capitals, discourses and outcomes are privileged over others (Holland et al., 1998). A “discursive social practice embedded in a tangle of cultural, historical practices that are both institutional and disciplinary” (Kamler and Thomson, 2008, p. 508), publishing is loaded with many challenges for inexperienced scholars whose attempts at ‘becoming’ are coupled with the threat of ‘unbecoming’ (Archer, 2008). This is a truism particularly in higher education systems characterized by the use of publications as a basis for recruitment, promotion and funding decisions (Lei, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employs qualitative methodology and uses data generated through semi-structured interviews conducted with 6 early career researchers and 5 doctoral students situated in a context characterized by neoliberal orientations of performativity. Metaphorical images were generated by asking participants to select metaphors that describe themselves as novice authors. Before we asked participants to determine a metaphor that would describe themselves as novice authors, we asked them for a historical timeline of their publications (if any) and inquired about their publishing experiences through a range of questions generated throughout the interviews based on their answers. Following this stage, metaphors were initiated from participating scholars and scholars-to-be, who were also asked to elaborate on their chosen metaphor. Data were analyzed using thematic analysis. First, all initiated metaphorical images were coded and a list of metaphors was prepared. The list was used to group metaphors into conceptual themes, which were abstracted following the analysis of metaphors according to its parts – the target (also called topic), source (also called vehicle) and the ground. Following this stage, metaphors were discussed in relation to participants’ publishing experiences.      
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Several important findings have emerged from our analysis. Metaphorical images of inexperienced scholars reveal the role systemic inequalities embedded in the socialization process play in how they conceptualize the publishing process and themselves as novice authors. Ethically questionable publication practices increasingly evident in different geographies, lack of supervisor support and unsupportive peer review processes were among the most noticeable challenges participants faced, reflected in negative visualizations of publishing as swamp or war and of novice authors as Don Quixote or scattered Lego pieces. Feelings of loneliness, being torn between doing what’s ethical vs what’s profitable, despair and exhaustion prevail in these constructs. The negative influence of these challenges on conceptualizations of publishing and novice authorship was found to be significantly reduced when participants had access to the support of a peer with accumulated cultural capital valued in the figured world of publishing acquired through education or experience.
References
Aguinis, H., Cummings, C., Ramani, R.S., & Cummings, T.G. (2020). An A is an A”: The new bottom line for valuing academic research. Academy of Management Perspectives, 34(1), 135-154.

Croucher, G., & Lacy, W.B. (2022). The emergence of academic capitalism and university liberalism: Perspectives of Australian higher education leadership. Higher Education, 83(2), 279-295.

Holland, D., Lachicotte, D., Skinner, D., and Cain, C. (1998). Identity and Agency in Cultural Worlds. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Horta, H., and J. M. Santos. 2016. “The Impact of Publishing during PhD Studies on Career Research Publication, Visibility, and Collaborations.” Research in Higher Education 57 (1): 28–50.

Kamler, B., and P. Thomson. 2008. “The Failure of Dissertation Advice Books: Toward Alternative Pedagogies for Doctoral Writing.” Educational Researcher 37 (8): 507–14.

Lei, J. (2021). Neoliberal Ideologies in a Chinese University’s Requirements and Rewards Schemes for Doctoral Publication. Studies in Continuing Education 43(1), pp. 68-85.

Lei, J., 2019. “Publishing During Doctoral Candidature from an Activity Theory Perspective: The Case of Four Chinese Nursing Doctoral Students.” TESOL Quarterly 53 (3): 655–84.

Mula-Falcón, J., Caballero, K., & Segovia, J.D. (2022). Exploring academics’ identities in today’s universities: A systematic review. Quality Assurance in Education, 30(1), 118-134.

Ramirez, E. (2016). Unequal Socialization: Interrogating the Chicano/Latino (a) Doctoral Education Experience. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education 10(1), pp. 25-38.

Sandy, W. and Shen, H. (2019). Publish to earn incentives: How do Indonesian professors respond to the new policy? Higher Education, 77(2), 247-263.

Xu, L. 2022. “Chinese International Doctoral Students’ Perceptions of Publishing: A Time–Space Perspective.” Teaching in Higher Education 1–18.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Just Because You Are Staying Does Not Mean You Are Stuck: Conceptualisations of Academic Mobility for Precarious Academics

Kathleen Smithers1,2, Nerida Spina3, Jess Harris2, Sarah Gurr1, Troy Heffernan4

1Charles Sturt University, Australia; 2University of Newcastle, Australia; 3Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 4The University of Manchester, UK

Presenting Author: Smithers, Kathleen; Heffernan, Troy

The romantic image of peregrinate academicus, the privileged scholar who travels in pursuit of knowledge and scholarly exchange (Henderson, 2021), has long been associated with academic life. The wandering intellectual image is built around a particular type of academic, one who can travel freely, without ties like caring responsibilities. In recent years, however, the concept of academic mobility has faced criticism with a growing body of literature exposing how the concept of peregrinate academicus is linked to conditions of inequity (e.g., Henderson, 2021). For many academics in modern, neoliberal universities, the expectation of mobility can be highly problematic – some academics are not afforded opportunities beyond their current institution(s), and many are unable to commit to extended travel for a range of reasons, including finances, care giving responsibilities and safety concerns. Given the increased focus on disparities between academics in insecure work and those in ongoing positions, the issue of mobility warrants further attention.

Binary conceptualisations have previously dominated discussions of academic mobility, with academics perceived as either mobile or immobile (Henderson, 2021). Tzanakou and Henderson’s (2021) concepts of ‘sticky’ and ‘stuck’ were developed to deconstruct this im/mobility binary, with sticky representing remnants of an academic’s past as the “imprint of the previous context in [the academic’s] identity or work practices” (Tzanakou and Henderson, 2021, p. 689). Sticky can also represent mobility that might be restricted through personal circumstances, creating links that ‘stick’ the academic to their family, locality or community. Being ‘stuck’, on the other hand, is conceptualised as being unable to move from a particular location or employment type, which often experienced by those in casual or fixed-term positions.

Changes to the academic workforce, which now see up to 70% of academic staff employed on fixed-term or casual employment contracts, necessitate a reconsideration of the expectation of academic mobility. In this age of uncertainty, academics who are precariously employed often don’t have access to the types of funding, support and international networks required to meet the ideal of the ‘wandering scholar’. Furthermore, privileging the notion of academic mobility creates an inequitable playing field for those who, for myriad reasons, want to maintain specific geographical or institutional ties.

In this paper, we take up the call by Tzanakou and Henderson (2021) to use their conceptualisations and further examine the nuances within discussions of academic mobility, particularly with reference to academics employed in fixed-term or casual positions. We conceptualise ‘stickiness’ as the affective strings which metaphorically connect the mobile scholar to particular localities, including the one from which they originate. In practice, residues across the life course create stretchy strings that bind academics to places, people and institutions, even when they are mobile. These strings can influence a scholar’s short-term mobility (such as conference attendance) or long-term mobility, such as relocating overseas. We also expand on the notion of how academics become ‘stuck’, and identify how staying within one location is viewed as a positive for many academics, while for others it remains a source of frustration.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative, inductive research draws on empirical evidence around academic mobility, collected in interviews with research academics on fixed-term or casual contracts in Australia and the United Kingdom. After institutional Human Ethics approval, participants were recruited through professional networks and a general call on social media. Two of the authors conducted semi-structured interviews (n= 26) which were either face-to-face or via videoconference, depending on the participant’s location or preference. All participants were engaged in, or had been engaged in, some form of contract research. In-depth interviews asked participants about their experiences of precarity, and how it had affected their lives and their beliefs about themselves as academics.

Participants had experience working in a range of institutions in countries including Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States of America. We recruited participants who had experience with contract research; however, due to the nature of precarious employment in the university sector, many were also engaged in casual teaching. It was common for participants to be working on a range of contracts across several institutions at any one time. Most of these participants had spent between 5 and 20 years in a variety of precariously employed academic roles. Each participant has been assigned a pseudonym and we do not report on the specifics of each individual’s institutional history to ensure their identities are obscured. We have, however, found remarkable similarities across the range of countries, employment contracts and disciplinary backgrounds.

Interview transcripts were read, and initially analysed using an inductive open coding format. It was noted that participants frequently talked about travel and were aware of broader institutional discourses around the importance of physical mobility as a lever for acquiring the networks and skills that are valued in Australian universities.  After the first round of open coding, we returned to the data and specifically identified instances of participants discussing mobility. At this point, it became apparent that a more theoretically informed analysis was required, and data was reanalysed using the notion of sticky mobilities. We noted that some contract positions were sticky, which created ramifications and responsibilities extending beyond the life of the contract. We identified two dominant forms of how our participants found themselves ‘stuck’: first, as unable to move for ongoing positions because of stickiness to insecure contracts; and second, being ‘stuck’ to an institution.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis highlighted that sticky ties can create feelings of being stuck for contract researchers, which can have ramifications for gaining ongoing employment. Personal and professional ties included the need to be networked ‘in’, family responsibilities, personal responsibilities or previous work that stuck to them as they tried to gain future employment. In discussions of how contract researchers could gain ongoing employment, many participants referenced the ideal of the wandering scholar who should be free from the stickiness of familial and geographical ties. Yet, in their own lives, there were complex personal and professional factors that influenced mobility and that held people to institutions.

The need to “sell” oneself is reminiscent of the “idealised entrepreneurial academic self’ (Loveday, 2018, p. 160), through which the individual is hypervigilant in finding and responding to opportunities. In looking to become ‘unstuck’ contract researchers may endure financial costs to improve the likelihood of mobility, whether that be in the form of an ongoing contract at another institution, or one that would continue to employ them under precarious conditions. Although previous research has suggested that networks can be useful in gaining ongoing employment (Heffernan, 2021; Spina et al., 2020), creating such networks can be challenging for precariously employed academics. Concerningly, the feeling of cultivating the ties that hold you to an institution led participants to stretch their capacity and engage in overwork (Smithers et al. 2023).

References
Heffernan, T. (2021). Academic networks and career trajectory: ‘There’s no career in academia without networks’. Higher Education Research & Development, 40(5), 981-994.

Henderson, E. F. (2021). Sticky care and conference travel: unpacking care as an explanatory factor for gendered academic immobility. Higher Education, 82(4), 715-730.

Loveday, V. (2018). The neurotic academic: Anxiety, casualisation, and governance in the neoliberalising university. Journal of Cultural Economy, 11(2), 154-166.

Smithers, K., Spina, N., Harris, J., & Gurr, S. (2023). Working every weekend: The paradox of time for insecurely employed academics. Time & Society, 32(1), 101-122.

Spina, N., Harris, J., Bailey, S. & Goff, M. (2020) Making it as a Contract Researcher: A pragmatic look at precarious work. Routledge.

Tzanakou, C., & Henderson, E. F. (2021). Stuck and sticky in mobile academia: reconfiguring the im/mobility binary. Higher Education, 82(4), 685-693.
 
13:15 - 14:4522 SES 01 D: Management and Governance in the World
Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Higher Education Governance Reform in Kazakhstan: Translating Best Management Practices

Dinara Sultan, Tatiana Fumasoli

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sultan, Dinara; Fumasoli, Tatiana

Following the collapse of the Soviet Union, member countries gained independence and sought to adopt educational practices from the West (Silova, 2010) in an attempt to break away from the Soviet model. Kazakhstan, one of those countries, has undergone significant reforms in the higher education system. It aims to transition from a centralised system controlled by the Ministry of Education and Science towards a market-driven structure that allows for greater institutional autonomy. Despite the government’s efforts since independence, the universities remained less competitive with a governance style similar to the Soviet system. The decision-making process lacked academic involvement and transparency and also displayed limited autonomy.

In 2018, the government introduced the Law "On amendments and additions to some legislative acts of the Republic of Kazakhstan on the expansion of academic and managerial autonomy of higher education institutions" to 29 public universities. The objective of the Law was to grant academic and managerial autonomy to higher education institutions by creating independent governing bodies with decision-making powers similar to those in Western countries. The Law was expected to be the foundation for transforming HEIs by enabling institutional flexibility and establishing an accountability system through governing boards. Universities have received increased powers to create endowment funds, open start-up companies, and attract additional sources of financial and material resources to implement statutory activities. Academic autonomy has been extended to determine the content of education programmes. Before the 2018 Law, this was the Ministry's responsibility. This has enabled universities to become more independent from state control and focus more on their core mission of education and research.

Indeed, enacting the 2018 Law transformed the landscape of governance structure, changed decisions and extended academic autonomy. However, transitioning to a more autonomous system through introducing and establishing a new governance model was challenging across the sector.

The study's main objective is to understand the factors of university implementation of the 2018 reform. We analyse how different types of public universities in Kazakhstan responded to, implemented and experienced a new governance model at institutions. Our analytical framework is based on the literature on higher education forms and the public sector. Accordingly, we hypothesise that 1) organisational age and size; 2) institutional type and mission; 3) distribution of resources; 4) geographical, economic and political centrality; 5) organisational identities affect the implementation of reforms. To achieve this, we conducted 46 semi-structured interviews with top management leaders of HEIs and analysed official governance documents such as the Law, by-laws, and institutional meeting minutes. Finally, we used national statistical data to compare universities' evolution over time.

The findings of the empirical study reveal variations in the implementation of governance reform at the organisational level. Interestingly, successful implementation was not contingent upon university age and size, types and missions, research activities, funding, or geographical location. Instead, it was strongly correlated with the active engagement of university leaders in the policymaking process at the governmental level. Findings show that peripheral universities in Kazakhstan successfully implemented the policy reform due to the involvement of the top and middle-level management team in the decision-making process of the Ministry. Based on our analyses, we have shown that the main factors affecting reform implementation are the following. 1) the greater involvement of institutional actors in policy-making activities leads to better implementation of reforms. 2) the key role played by the government in designing the consultations for the reform 3) the importance of the broader political national context 4) the significant role that peripheral universities can play in the reform process as well as in the development of the HE sector.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed qualitative case study approach using semi-structured interviews to gather qualitative data from university leaders, decision-makers, and management team members who participated in the implementation of governance reform at higher education institutions.The study was conducted in five public universities in Kazakhstan. To gain a more comprehensive understanding, universities of different types were selected, and to understand regional aspects towards the implementation of and response to the governance reform, case universities were selected from different geographic regions, including North, East, West, and Central. These universities play essential roles in meeting the needs of regional markets and employers, as well as in economic and social development. Despite having similar goals, regional aspects could differ based on location, potentially impacting the implementation of the reforms. Additionally, document analysis were conducted at national and institutional levels: national level – laws, governmental policies, and regulations; institutional level – charters, regulations, corporate documents, minutes of the Board meetings, institutional reports.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from our empirical study reveal variations in the implementation of governance reform at the organisational level. Interestingly, successful implementation was not contingent upon university age and size, types and missions, research activities, funding, or geographical location. Instead, it was strongly correlated with the active engagement of university leaders in the policymaking process at the governmental level. By successful implementation, we mean the positive impact on the development of institutions, the involvement of various stakeholders and their active engagement in decision-making processes, a strong management team with accountability among stakeholders, and continuous improvement. However, findings demonstrate that academics as main stakeholders are not part of decision-makers and are not involved in institutional policies. Findings show that peripheral universities in Kazakhstan successfully implemented the policy reform due to the involvement of the top and middle-level management team in the decision-making process of the Ministry. These institutions’ practices and learned lessons were being translated into leading national research universities and played an essential role in guiding institutions. Based on our analyses, we have shown that the main factors affecting reform implementation are the following. 1) the greater involvement of institutional actors in policy-making activities leads to better implementation of reforms.  2) the key role played by the government in designing the consultations for the reform 3) the importance of the broader political national context 4) the significant role that peripheral universities can play in the reform process as well as in the development of the HE sector.
References
Amaral, A., Jones, G. & Karseth, B. (Eds.). (2002). Governing higher education: National perspectives on institutional governance. Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Austin, I., & Jones, G. (2016). Governance of higher education: Global perspectives, theories, and practices. New York: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.

Balen, M. E. and Leyton, C. (2015). ‘Policy translation: An invitation to revisit the work of Latour, Star and Marres’. Global Discourse. 6 (1-2), pp. 101 - 115.

Birnbaum, R. (1989) The cybernetic institution: Toward an integration of governance theories. Higher Education, 18, 239-253.

Boer, H., & File, J. (2009). Higher education governance reforms accross Europe. Brussels.

Boer, H. de, Enders, J., & Leišyte, L. (2007). Public sector reform in Dutch higher education: The or-ganizational transformation of the university. Public Administration, 85(1), 27–46.

Clarke, J., Bainton, D., Lendvai, N. and Stubbs, P. (2015). Making policy move: towards a politics of translation and assemblage. Bristol: Policy Press.

Clark, B. R. (1983). The Higher Education System. Academic Organisation in Cross- National Perspective, University of California Press, Berkeley.

Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education. 6th ed. Oxford, England: Routledge.

Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. 4th ed. Los Angeles: Los Angeles: SAGE.

Czarniawska, B., and Sevón, G. (1996). Translating Organizational Change. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Degn, L. Translating Governance Ideas in Danish Higher Education. High Educ Policy 28, 295–313 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1057/hep.2014.12

Dobbins, M., & Knill, C. (2014). Higher educa tion governance and policy change in Western Europe: International challenges to historical institutions . Palgrave http://dx.doi.org/10.1057/9781137399854

Gornitzka, A., & Maassen, P. (2014). Dynamics of convergence and divergence. Exploring accounts of higher education policy change. In P. Mattei (Ed.), University adaptation in difficult economic times (pp. 13–29). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Gornitzka, A., Maassen, P., & de Boer, H. (2017). Change in university governance structures in continental Europe. Higher Education Quarterly, 71, 274–289. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12127


Dobbins, M., & Knill, C. (2009). Higher education policies in Central and Eastern Europe: Convergence toward a common model? Governance 22 ( 397 430.http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1468 0491.2009.01445.

Fumasoli, T. and Stensaker B. (2013). Organisation studies in Higher Education. Higher Education Policy, 26, 479-496.

Maassen, P., Gornitzka, A., Fumasoli, T. (2017) University reform and institutional autonomy: A framework for analysing the living autonomy, Higher Education Quarterly, 71(3).


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Transformative Agency in Higher Education: Ukrainian Universities in the Times of Existential Crisis

Anatoly Oleksiyenko

EdUHK, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Oleksiyenko, Anatoly

Existential crisis can be a major driver of transformations in the universities. Using interviews and survey responses from Ukrainian professors and administrators affected by the Russian invasion of 2014-2022, this paper examines the transformative agency of academic communities in Ukraine. The data are analyzed through the prism of agency as “relational pragmatics” (Emirbayer and Mische, 1998) where determination, creativity, will to power and other qualities of taking actions within social constructs of institutional development are supposed to lead to desired outcomes. Yet, the legacies and values of the previous phases of institutional development often interfere and generate unintended outcomes. Grounded in idiosyncrasies (Kramar 2014), human agency naturally develops tensions with forms of institutional agency that are constructed through the misaligned influences of governments and universities which are often unable to coordinate properly or respond to the stakeholders’ demands in a timely manner.

The agency undergoes a major transformation itself in the context of major crises (Oleksiyenko et al. 2023). In war zones affected by destruction and death existential crisis can be particularly glaring (Benedek, 1997; Oleksiyenko and Terepyshchyj 2023). The loss of intellectuals drastically impoverishes the human habitat and educational landscape of universities and their communities (Milton, 2018). While humanitarian assistance can play a significant role in alleviating the problem, technical intervention is only a temporary solution (Heath, 2009). More sustainable strategies, including the re-establishment of educational institutions and their infrastructure, are usually difficult to advance in the absence of substantial resources, and commitment of donors and local educators and governments. These challenges grow in the absence of respectful conduct among the belligerent parties (Milton, 2021). Leadership and determination for transformations in such environments is particularly back-breaking as hopes are difficult to sustain (Oleksiyenko and Terepyshchyj, 2023).

The reconceptualization of agency and examination of the impact of transformative powers on scholars’ strategies of teaching, research and service are increasingly important, as the war in Ukraine shows (Oleksiyenko and Terepyshchyi, 2023). The transformative agency is in high demand as scholars in vulnerable societies are urged to take a closer look at the processes of value-making and intentionality in their own institutions, especially as demand for strategies of trust- and partnership-building grows among colleagues, students and other members of society. These pressures also show to affect networks abroad. The massive engagement of Ukrainian refugees in the European space of higher education and science has shown to be reshaping the idea of university linkages and responsibilities. This became increasingly obvious as more Western scholars had been striving to reassess and reframe prevalent Russo-centric narratives on their campuses and in their programmes (Aslund, 2023; Prince, 2023). Ukrainians are also urging their colleagues to move away from the old paradigms of thinking about Ukraine as lacking agency, self-determination, and a predisposition to chart a European future.

With conflict-affected areas multiplying around the world, the transformative agency is becoming an intriguing concept which requires more investigation and reframing. In particular, the roles and responsibilities of academic leaders, as the core of transformative agency, grow in importance (Clifford and Montgomery, 2015), especially given that the crisis affects the growing number of stakeholders who believe in solutions to be made by exceptional individualities. The need to reconceptualize the transformative strategies for enhanced security looms thus larger on the academic radars for change management.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on data collected and analysed with the help of interviews engaging 50 participants from across Ukraine. These participants were engaged through online interviews (N40) and emailed or web-based survey responses (N10). Most of them were female, given that many males were conscripted. The study engaged representatives of public and private universities. The responses came from universities representing all parts of Ukraine (13 – Northern, 6 – Southern, 8 – Western, 5 – Eastern, and 8 – Central Ukraine). Given the war-related context of the study, the study has acquired a phenomenological character. Indeed, the participants were located in unusual conditions and environments while being periodically affected by missile attacks, bombing and shelling. Some grieved over losses in their families and institutions. Many were under direct affect of devastation and death. With campuses closing and being restructured in view of declining public budget, many felt a direct threat of precarity with their jobs being terminated. The financial and structural crisis became staggering.

The participants shared their “lived experiences” while answering questions about the nature of crisis, academic responsibilities, and transformative challenges affecting the universities and teaching positions. The interviews were conducted online, recorded, and later transcribed verbatim using conventional guidelines for qualitative research in general (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2018), and interviews in particular (Salmons, 2011). Each interview was semi-structured and lasted between around 40 minutes. Considering participants' competing priorities, potential connectivity disruptions, and the emotional burden imposed by the war, the interviewers were cautious in managing time and respecting the participants' privacy and need for withdrawal, in accordance with the institutional ethics procedures governing data collection in this study. The interviewers posed clarifying questions and encouraged participants to engage in retrospective and prospective analysis of their universities' institutional strategies and transformative approaches.

The study sought opportunities to re-explore the concept of agency within the phenomenological context of the crisis-driven university, and examined how transformative powers of exceptional individualities affect the social construct of agency.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study finds that transformative agency used to transpire at the Ukrainian universities over the past few decades through confrontations with the post-soviet legacy-holders who promoted mediocrity and bullying in expectation to sustain the status quo and reproduce the culture of dependency and peripherality. The legacy-holders often derided innovations. Before the war, very few universities were able to change this organizational culture and some action-driven participants argued to have suffered from uncritical thinking and apathy in their communities and institutions. By using the transformative agency, the activists however sought opportunities to undermine this culture or at least to escape it, while reaching out to peers in partner universities abroad and creating a robust exchange of teaching and research ideas and methods.

The war has brought a range of institutional pressures onto all academics to re-orientate themselves toward “useful” teaching and research agendas. As the larger number of Ukrainian citizens express their commitment to the EU accession and NATO membership, this usefulness implies joining the space of education and development promoting the competitive and accountable science. With Ukrainian universities closing their departments, merging with other institutions in their regions, and terminating redundant and unproductive professoriate, questions however emerge about the sustainability rather than re-orientation of science-based higher education. In the absence of proper resources for high-technology education, which science departments require, the transformative agency, and intellectual leadership as its extension and continuation, has been primarily expanding on the basis of international partnerships with colleagues of the former socialist camp. Meanwhile, such collaborations are not as ample in English-speaking countries, where more resources exist. The westward outreach is often limited in view of colonial legacy of anti-westernization (primarily suspicion to the intentions and capacities of partners abroad), narcissistic self-isolation, and deficient skills in scientific English – the key banes of the soviet-days academia.


References
Aslund, A. (2023, January 4). The end of post-soviet studies? Kyiv Post, retrieved from https://www.kyivpost.com/post/6385

Benedek, W. (1997). International cooperation and support of higher education in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Studies in International Education, 1(1), 69-78.

Clifford, V., & Montgomery, C. (2015). Transformative learning through internationalization of the curriculum in higher education. Journal of Transformative Education, 13(1), 46-64.

Emirbayer, M., and Mische, A. (1998). What is Agency? American Journal of Sociology 103 (4): 962–1023.

Heath, E. (2009). Power structures, politics and change in Kosovo’s higher education system. In Nicolai, S. (ed.). Opportunities for Change: Education Innovation and Reform During and After Conflict (pp. 151–162). Paris: UNESCO/IIEP.

Kramar, R. (2014). Beyond strategic human resource management: is sustainable human resource management the next approach?. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 25(8), 1069-1089.

Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2018). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. Sage Publications.

Milton, S. (2018). Higher Education and Post-Conflict Recovery. Switzerland: Springer International Publishing AG.

Milton, S. (2021). Higher education and sustainable development goal 16 in fragile and conflict-affected contexts. Higher Education, 81(1), 89-108.

Oleksiyenko, A., Mendoza, P., Riaño, F. E. C., Dwivedi, O. P., Kabir, A. H., Kuzhabekova, A., ... & Shchepetylnykova, I. (2023). Global crisis management and higher education: Agency and coupling in the context of wicked COVID‐19 problems. Higher Education Quarterly, 77(2), 356-374.

Oleksiyenko, A., & Terepyshchyi, S. (2023). ‘Hope despite all odds’: academic precarity in embattled Ukraine. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-15.

Prince, T. (2023, January 1). Moscow's invasion of Ukraine triggers 'soul-searching' at Western universities as scholars rethink Russian studies. Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, retrieved from https://www.rferl.org/a/russia-war-ukraine-western-academia/32201630.html

Salmons, J. (2011). Cases in online interview research. Sage Publications.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

A Conceptual Framework for Change Leadership in Higher Education

Trevor McSharry

Atlantic Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: McSharry, Trevor

This paper is part of a Doctorate in Education at Maynooth University in Ireland. Focusing on an emerging technological university, the primary research question is “How do stakeholders experience and value change leadership?” Examining the development and utilisation of a suitable conceptual framework, this paper will provide insights into the inter-relationships between organisational context, leadership, culture and change.

A systematic literature review identified that higher education has multiple change drivers, diverse cultures and various leadership approaches and characteristics. Unsurprisingly many of those discussed ‘complexity’ (e.g., Lazaridou 2019; Drew, 2010). Complexity theorists argue that many forces drive complexity, and the underlying factors are greater interconnectivity and redistribution of power resulting from information flows that are facilitating people to link up and drive change in unprecedented ways (Uhl-Bien and Arena, 2018).

Mason (2008a) states that complexity theory can provide descriptive and pragmatic insights well suited to educationalists and argues that complexity theory’s strength is that it draws existing educational leadership and management theory together using existing and familiar concepts. Hence, this theory was chosen as a suitable theoretical lens for this research. Mason (2008b) outlines that complexity theory looks at complex systems as open systems, which survive through evolution and adaptation. He believes that organisations are complex, with many connected elements or agents, which facilitate the sharing of knowledge through formal bureaucratic structures and informal social networks.

Grant and Osanloo (2014, p.16) argue that a ‘conceptual framework offers a logical structure of connected concepts that help provide a picture or visual display of how ideas in a study relate to one another within the theoretical framework.’ When reflecting on the purpose of this study, related literature, and gaps in knowledge, as well as the theoretical framework of complexity theory and its limitations, a change leadership conceptual framework has been developed. As well as serving as a suitable conceptual perspective for this study, it also intends to address the limitations of complexity theory identified in this study.

The framework synthesises the core areas relevant for this study. Firstly, it incorporates the themes of change drivers, context and staff identified in the literature review. Secondly, key complexity theory and complexity leadership concepts have been added. These include the primary concepts of continuity (Mason, 2008a, 2008b), emergence (Mason, 2008a, 2008b; Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018), alignment (Uhl-Bien and Arena, 2018), and adaptability (Mason, 2008a; Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018). Also, sub concepts of diversity (Tsai et al., 2019), feedback (Mason, 2008a; Tsai et al. 2019), networks (Mason, 2008a; Tsai et al. 2019), linking up (Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018) and sponsorship (Uhl-Bien and Arena, 2018) have been added where appropriate. In addition, complexity leadership components of entrepreneurial leadership, enabling leadership and operational leadership are incorporated (Uhl-Bien, Marion and McKevley, 2007; Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018).

Furthermore, change leadership characteristics are important for this study and the change leadership themes of strategy, tactics, relationships, culture, and capability synthesised from literature are central to this framework as they relate to all types of change. Finally, Cameron and Quinn’s (2011) competing values of clan, adhocracy, market and hierarchy outlined in have been incorporated and link the central concept of culture and other change leadership themes to the other primary concepts through these values. The competing values framework dimensions have also been included (external focus and differentiation, stability and control, internal focus and integration, flexibility, and discretion).

It is hoped that the proposed conceptual framework will be considered by other HEIs so that a better understanding of the complexities of change leadership in higher education can be gained.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From a research design perspective, a mixed methods approach, using both qualitative and quantitative research methods was used in this study. A key feature of this mixed methods approach is its methodological pluralism, which frequently leads to superior results when compared to taking one method (Johnson & Onwuegbuzie 2004). This pluralist approach, generally seen as a pragmatic philosophical paradigm, avails of the strengths of both methods and will help identify actionable, practical solutions for the stakeholders to consider.

The overall scope of this doctoral research focuses on an emerging Technological University (TU) and consisted for four stages as follows:

Stage 1 involved a qualitative review using NVIVO of the TU application document to assess the initial common voice of the emerging TU and assess word frequency and emerging themes.

Stage 2 builds on this context and involved an online focus group with a representative sample of senior management (both academic and support staff) from each of the three merging organisations (18 participants). A pre-focus group survey was conducted to gather demographic data of participants and initial insights into change leadership themes as well as culture. The focus of this stage was on obtaining participant perceptions on change drivers, change and leadership as well as discuss culture for the emerging TU. Stage 2 focus groups were recorded and transcribed as well as coded and analysed using NVIVO.

Stage 3 involved an online survey (using JISC) for all staff in the three organisations. 371 participants successfully completed the survey resulting in confidence level of 95%. SPSS was utilised to analyse the quantitative data from the survey and the open question responses were coded in NVIVO also.

Stage 4 involved an interview with the new TU president to discuss the preliminary findings from the previous stages. Note a pre-interview survey was completed by the President like Stage 2, which included culture assessment. The qualitative data from this interview was transcribed and analysed using NVIVO as per Stage 2.

The primary focus of this paper is the use of the conceptual framework as a lens to view and understand the research findings from all stages.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Having used the conceptual framework as a lens to gain insights into the findings of this research, a better understanding of the conceptual framework itself has been gained. While the framework proved to be a valuable tool for understanding the inter-relationships between context, change leadership, change and culture, some minor refinements are proposed to facilitate future research in this field.

The TU change drivers represent the external organisational context, while culture represents the internal organisational context. Although the conceptual framework had concepts of change drivers, context, and staff located under the concept of continuity, it is proposed that the internal context, including staff perceptions which provide cultural insights, can be represented under the concept of culture. Culture is already located centrally as a change leadership theme and links to the four competing values of compete, control, collaboration and create. Therefore, it is proposed that culture will represent the organisational culture and staff considerations as well as the specific change leadership characteristics directly related to culture. This revision allows for the change leadership themes centrally located in the framework to represent the internal organisation. In addition, the concept of continuity represents the external organisational environment, where the organisation responds to its environment in the marketplace to maintain continuity.

Furthermore, some of the subheadings relating to complexity theory and complexity leadership such as ‘sponsorship, linking up, networks, diversity and feedback were useful to test the framework. However, to refine and streamline the framework for future research, it is proposed that these terms are removed as they can be assumed to be contained within the complexity leadership headings of Emergence, Adaptability and Alignment accordingly.

It is hoped that this research on a change leadership conceptual framework will act as a catalyst for further research in this emerging and important area.

References
Burnes, B., Hughes, M., & By, R. T. (2016). Reimagining organisational change leadership. Leadership. doi:10.1177/1742715016662188
Cameron KM & Quinn RE, (2011). Diagnosing and Changing Organizational Culture. Third edn. Jossey Bass, USA.
Drew, G. (2010). Issues and Challenges in Higher Education Leadership: Engaging for Change. Australian Educational Researcher (Australian Association for Research in Education), 37(3), 57-76. doi:10.1007/BF03216930
Grant, C., & Osanloo, A. (2014). Understanding, Selecting, and Integrating a Theoretical Framework in Dissertation Research: Creating the Blueprint for Your “House”. Administrative Issues Journal Education Practice and Research, 4(2). doi:10.5929/2014.4.2.9
Johnson, R. B., & Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2004). Mixed Methods Research: A Research Paradigm Whose Time Has Come. Educational Researcher, 33(7), 14–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X033007014
Lazaridou, A. (2019). Reinventing a university principal preparation programme: complexity, change, and leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 22(2), 206-221. doi:10.1080/13603124.2017.1360947
Mason, M. (2008a). Complexity Theory and the Philosophy of Education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 4-18. Retrieved from https://login.jproxy.nuim.ie/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eric&AN=EJ812783&site=ehost-live http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00412.x
Mason, M. (2008b). What Is Complexity Theory and What Are Its Implications for Educational Change? Educational Philosophy & Theory, 40(1), 35-49. doi:10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00413.x
Tsai, Y. S., Poquet, O., Gašević, D., Dawson, S., & Pardo, A. (2019). Complexity leadership in learning analytics: Drivers, challenges and opportunities. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(6), 2839-2854. doi:10.1111/bjet.12846
Uhl‐Bien, M., & Arena, M.J. (2018). Leadership for organizational adaptability: A theoretical synthesis and integrative framework. Leadership Quarterly, 29, 89-104.
Uhl-Bien, M., Marion, R., & McKelvey, B. (2007). Complexity Leadership Theory: Shifting leadership from the industrial age to the knowledge era. The Leadership Quarterly, 18(4), 298-318. doi:10.1016/j.leaqua.2007.04.002
 
13:15 - 14:4523 SES 01 A: Teachers and Teaching
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Moira Hulme
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Teachers’ Work and the Marketisation of Schools: Quantitative Analysis of Teacher Control, Fulfilment and Buffering from Business Influences

Emily Winchip

Zayed University, United Arab Emirates

Presenting Author: Winchip, Emily

The increasing presence and influence of international schools is a “well-kept secret” (Hayden & Thompson, 2008) hiding the influence of private organisations on global education policy and outside of national boundaries (Waterson, 2015). The international school sector has increased the non-state actors in global governance of education through privatisation of social service provision with new norms tied to business interests and non-state actors shaping education policy (Gunter & Fitzgerald, 2015). The result of this increasing presence of for-profit education management organisations as authorities on education policy has been significant normalisation of marketisation in education reform around the world. International schools are chronically under-researched, particularly the social processes and influence (Tarc & Mishra Tarc, 2015).

The marketisation of schools occurs in various forms where the lines between public and private provision are blurred (Ball, 2018). With such variety, marketisation may be just one of many interacting influences on schools and teachers’ work. This makes it potentially difficult to research when many confounding factors of governance and operation exist. International schools provide an excellent context in which to research teachers’ work where marketisation is a clear guiding force for school work.

For advocates of creating a market for schools, a competitive market of free enterprise is seen to revolutionise education (Friedman, 1997). The principles of competition, efficiency and accountability structural conditions of markets reinforce principles of rationality, efficiency and accountability. In schools, the market conditions are believed to boost student and school performance as well as the overall quality of education through competition and incentives to satisfy customers while striving to achieve profitable scale (Vander Ark, 2012). While a marketised system of schools is defended as potentially revolutionising education and benefitting teachers, the mechanism for how marketisation affects teachers and their work to obtain this outcome are often unclear. Understanding the work of teachers and schools as workplaces is a necessary step to recognising the process.

Schools are not simply a learning environment housed inside a building, they are workplaces structured by systems, resources, relationships and practises that shape what teachers are able to do and, in turn, what students can learn (Biesta, 2011). An important aspect of research about teachers’ work is the emotional experience of teaching. Teachers’ descriptions of the fulfilment they receive from their work may include pride in their students’ achievement scores or feelings about the events in their teaching career but also key is how teacher’s experience emotions related to the context of their work. In the literature, many different types of emotions are described like hope, passion, emotional labour, burnout and demoralisation among other terms. Within the context of marketisation, it becomes even more important to understand teachers’ work and their workplace. In this research, the marketisation of schools and the implications for teachers’ experiences are the focus.

Previous research has noted the necessity of finding out the relationship between marketisation and teachers’ experiences at work. Specifically for international schools, Bunnell et al (2016) call for research to focus on the “impact and effects not just ideology and existence” (p. 556) of international schools. In the international school sector, the marketisation of schools and its influences on teachers becomes a prominent feature of any discussion. As all kinds of schools are becoming increasingly marketised, it becomes necessary to see teachers as a vital part of the education process and understand how the effects of marketisation impact their work. We must ask: What are teachers’ experiences in marketised contexts? How are the influences on their work related?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysis of this project included three stages of semi-structured interviews to create themes of teachers’ work, a mixed-method pilot of the items created based on those interviews and, finally a large scale quantitative data collection and analysis using Rasch analysis (Rasch, 1960). While the overall project was a mixed-methods investigation, only the quantitative results of two of the scales are included.

To include as many international school teachers as possible for the quantitative data collection, a time-location sampling strategy was used (Magnani, Sabin, Saidel & Heckathorn, 2005). International hiring fairs for international schools occurring in Bangkok, Thailand; Dubai, UAE; and London, England allowed for access to current and prospective international school teachers. A total of 204 responses were collected with 87 (43%) collected at two hiring fairs in Bangkok, 66 (32%) collected in London and 51 (25%) collected in Dubai. The sample included teachers working in many different kinds of schools from around the globe.

The questionnaire items were created based on the main themes of the interviews and to be answerable with Strongly Agree, Agree, Disagree and Strongly Disagree. The questionnaire was piloted and analysed with Mokken Scale Analysis using the software MSP5 (Molenaar & Sijtsma, 2000) to reduce the number of items. The final scales were analysed with Rasch analysis to find the overall pattern of the items, to investigate differential item functioning based on demographics and find misfitting items. The relationship between a participants’s ability and difficulty on a set of related items then allows us to calculate a measurement on that scale for each participant that can be used in further analysis (Bond and Fox, 2015). Winsteps was used for the analysis (Linacre, 2023).

Path analysis was used as the final step of the analysis as an extension of multiple regression to look at more complicated relations among the variables (Streiner, 2005). Path analysis was chosen because it could be used to create the structural model between the Rasch-calibrated measures for each person on each scale. The strength of path analysis is that variables can act as both predictors of other variables and be predicted by other variables. Where multiple regression constricts variables to being either dependent or independent, a variable can play both roles in path analysis. The path analysis was conducted in SPSS AMOS (Arbuckle, 2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall this research demonstrated the patterns related to marketisation of teachers’ work and how it interacts with teachers’ experiences at work. The complexity of the relationship between buffering and fulfilment as well as the importance of control over work are described. The nuance of the patterns of marketisation for teachers across contexts, types of schools and other factors have demonstrated a range of negative effects on teachers within a model of influences on their work. Marketisation could only be assumed a neutral force if teacher fulfilment and professional autonomy are not valued. The humanity of the people working in schools, the quality of their work life, and their perceptions are valuable when we see teachers as integral to the complex process of education in schools. The oversimplification of schools as an industry that can deliver a product of education ignores that teacher fulfilment, control and participation in decision making are vital for successful student outcomes.

This research demonstrates that a marketised school may have successful teachers who feel control over their work, but this potentially is due to the strength of the buffering they receive from business influences, and is unlikely to be a result of market forces improving education. This means that excellent education may be happening in private and marketised schools despite market influences rather than because of them.
While the findings of this research apply to teachers from a variety of types of schools, the understanding of how marketisation affects teachers seems especially pertinent to international schools. With the dramatic growth of international schools and increasing number of students in private, for-profit schools world-wide, school governors must think carefully about the threats to teacher fulfilment and control that come with subjecting teachers to the business influences that inevitably pressure them in a marketised school environment.

References
Arbuckle JL (2014) IBM SPSS Amos 24 [computer software]. Chicago, IL: IBM SPSS.

Ball SJ (2018) Commercialising education: profiting from reform! Journal of Education Policy 33(5): 587–589. DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2018.1467599.

Ball SJ (2007) Education Plc: Understanding Private Sector Participation in Public Sector Education. UK, USA and Canada: Routledge.

Bond, T. and Fox, C.M. (2015) Applying the Rasch Model: Fundamental Measurement in the Human Sciences, Third Edition. 3rd edn. New York, NY, US: Routlege.

Biesta GJ (2011) From Learning Cultures to Educational Cultures: Values and Judgements in Educational Research and Educational Improvement. International Journal of Early Childhood 43(3): 199–210. DOI: 10.1007/s13158-011-0042-x.

Friedman M (1997) Public Schools: Make Them Private. Education Economics 5(3): 341–344. DOI: 10.1080/09645299700000026.

Gunter HM and Fitzgerald T (2015) Educational administration and neoliberalism: historical and contemporary perspectives. Journal of Educational Administration and History 47(2): 101–104. DOI: 10.1080/00220620.2015.1002388.

Hayden M and Thompson J (2008) International Schools: Growth and Influence. Paris, France: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.

Linacre, J. M. (2023) Winsteps® Rasch measurement computer program  (Version 5.6.0). Portland, Oregon: Winsteps.com

Magnani, R. et al. (2005) ‘Review of sampling hard-to-reach and hidden populations for HIV surveillance’, Aids, 19, pp. S67–S72.

Molenaar, I.W. and Sijtsma, K. (2000) ‘MPS5 for Windows. A program for Mokken scale analysis for polytomous items’. Groningen: Iec ProGAMMA.


Rasch, G. (1960) Studies in mathematical psychology: I. Probabilistic models for some intelligence and attainment tests. Oxford,  UK: Nielsen & Lydiche (Studies in mathematical psychology: I. Probabilistic models for some intelligence and attainment tests.).

Tarc P and Mishra Tarc A (2015) Elite international schools in the Global South: transnational space, class relationalities and the ‘middling’ international schoolteacher. British Journal of Sociology of Education 36(1): 34–52. DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2014.971945.

Vander Ark T (2012) Private Capital, For-Profit Enterprises and Public Education. In: Stanfield JB (ed.) The Profit Motive in Education: Continuing the Revolution. London, UK: The Institute of Economic Affairs, pp. 191–203. Available at: http://mikemcmahon.info/EducationInvestment09.pdf.

Waterson M (2015) An analysis of the growth of transnational corporations operating international schools and the potential impact of this growth on the nature of the education offered. Working Papers Series International and Global Issues for Research. University of Bath Department of Education Working Papers Series. Available at: https://www.bath.ac.uk/publications/department-of-education-working-papers/attachments/analysis-of-growth-transnational-corporations-operating-international-schools.pdf.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Strategies for Principled Resistance: the Practical-evaluative Dimension of Teacher Agency at Work

Arda Oosterhoff1, Ineke Oenema1, Alexander Minnaert2

1NHLStenden University, Netherlands, The; 2University of Groningen, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Oosterhoff, Arda

The importance of professional autonomy for the well-being of teachers and for the quality of education has often been demonstrated (e.g. Fullan, 2007). Much research is done about the way in which management can influence a healthy and motivating work environment by creating professional space (Kessels, 2012; Kuijpers et al., 2023; Schaufeli & Taris, 2013). Much less is known, however, about the role that teachers themselves (can) play in influencing that environment. Teachers can reproduce or interrupt cultures and structures (Priestley et al., 2015). Currently, increasing attention is being paid to 'teacher agency', in short defined as: the ability of teachers to exert targeted and effective influence on educational practice (Toom et al., 2015).

To add to this body of research, we focus on the agency of teachers in Dutch Early Childhood Education (ECE). In their ecological approach to agency, Priestley et al. (2015) distinguish three dimensions of agency that play a role in the realization of this agency. The iterational aspect (accumulated expertise) is rooted in the past. The projective dimension (aspirations, motivations) is focused on the future. The practical-evaluative dimension (the day-to-day decisions in the complex context of educational practice) is an important connecting element between the former two dimensions.

Agency is important when it comes to being resilient in the face of educational innovations imposed by the environment (Priestley et al., 2015). Key to this resilience is the ability to critically assess requested changes, based on specific professional expertise (Edwards, 2015). If such an evaluation turns out to be negative, agency takes the form of offering 'principled resistance', that, according to Achinstein and Ogawa (2006), is based on professional principles. These principles are rooted in widely shared beliefs about education and professionalism and cannot do without reflective capacity and the willingness to change.

The literature on agency mostly focuses on the importance of professional dialogue for the substantive evaluation of educational practice (Edwards 2015). In addition, however, it is also important to evaluate: to what extent is it possible to act according to that evaluation? And if this is not sufficiently the case: how can we influence this? With these questions, a more political dimension of agency emerges. Kelchtermans and Ballet (2005) define micropolitical literacy as 'strategies and tactics used by individuals and groups in an organization to defend their interests' (p. 90). Insight into political dynamics is a crucial part of the practical-evaluative dimension of agency, especially in restricted work environments.

In this paper, we focus on the practical-evaluative dimension of agency in ECE teachers. We are specifically interested in the strategies and tactics used by teachers to improve their working conditions in situations where they are hindered in carrying out their daily work in line with their professional views. We therefore pose the research question: How do teachers in groups 1 and 2 of Dutch primary schools respond to autonomy-limiting influences from the environment?

Based on interview stories of teachers who feel constrained by the environment to act according to their professional views, we show that teachers can actively use their specific context as a source for strengthening their agency. The results reveal a multitude of very diverse strategies by which teachers respond to autonomy-limiting circumstances. Analysis shows that successful strategies, i.e. strategies that protect professional autonomy, are based on an open dialogue about, critical reflection on, and inquiry into both educational content and political context.

The results are summarized in a model. This model will be presented, clarified and illustrated with empirical data.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data collection
Examining teacher agency requires studying teachers in their daily practices and methods of inquiry should be aimed at accessing the judgments, intentional actions and evaluations of these teachers (Edwards et al., 2015). In line with these recommendations, we have opted for qualitative research methods. Eight experienced teachers, who have worked for at least ten years in the first two grades of primary school, were interviewed in a series of three extensive, open interviews, at yearly intervals. An exploration of the relevant literature led to a number of broad sensitizing concepts (Boeije, 2012) that functioned as the main topics in the interviews: vision (professional beliefs), context (facilitating and hindering factors in the work environment), effects (consequences for practice) and strategies (reactions to autonomy-limiting influences). An interview guide served as a semi-structured checklist. The interview questions were open and the respondent was given room to follow their own storyline. All interviews were recorded with permission. In this contribution, we report on the analysis of the data related to the topic of Strategies.
Research group
The relatively small research group of eight people made it possible to collect rich information over a longer period of time. The respondents were purposive stratified (Boeije, 2012). The teachers differed equally in two respects. Firstly, their perception of the professional space. To distinguish the participants on this, we asked them the question: Do you experience pressure stemming from your work environment to work with young children in ways other than those you perceive as desirable? (yes/no). Secondly, the respondents' previous education differed equally. Previous research has shown that differences in prior education (KLOS or PABO) influenced the professional belief and perceived competences of teachers in the youngest groups of primary school.
Analysis
Verbatim transcripts have been analyzed thematically (Braun & Clark, 2006). Analysis was done using Atlas.ti, through descriptive coding that alternated between open and axial coding. During this analysis process, research question memos were kept. Regarding specific sub-questions that surfaced in this analysis process, additional deductive analyses was performed.
Reliability
Inter-rater reliability was sought throughout the research process. The developing code tree and research question memos were discussed in the research team at all stages of the research. The analyzed data have been summarized in extensive synthesis texts that have been sent to the respondents. In a follow-up interview, all respondents confirmed the interpretations (member check).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study provides insight into the way in which the practical-evaluative dimension of teacher agency takes shape in everyday ECE practices. The specific context can both facilitatee and hinder the autonomy of teachers, however, teachers themselves can also actively use the context as a source to strengthen their agency. In the interviews, three strategies emerged as the most important: dialogue, critical reflection, and inquiry. A work-environment in which these central strategies are facilitated, for example by making time available to discuss, investigate and reflect on (new) educational content, the environment supports the balance between openness to change and faithfulness to professional expertise and values. In an environment in which innovations are imposed top-down, such a balance is much more difficult to achieve. To stay true to their own professional expertise, teachers also use the three strategies of dialogue, reflection, and inquiry. In doing so, the wider environment of the school is used more. In addition to focusing on the educational content, the three strategies in this restrictive situation also have a stronger focus on the political environment.
The study underlines the importance of collegial relationships. First, regarding the content of teaching, where professional dialogue between colleagues is a source of solid, shared, and conscious expertise and professional self-confidence (see also Fullan, 2007; Wenger, 2010; März & Kelchtermans, 2020). In addition, and especially in restrictive environments, collegial relationships are also of great importance for experiencing emotional support. A well-considered judgement about an imposed change and the perceived support of colleagues are an important basis for offering principled resistance. Additionally, as also shown by Vähäsatanen and Eteläpelto (2015), emotions that arise in this situation can also be a catalyst for teacher agency.
Implications for practice will be discussed during the presentation.

References
Achinstein, B., & Ogawa, R. T. (2006). (In)fidelity: What the resistance of new teachers reveals about professional principles and prescriptive educational policies. Harvard Educational Review, 76(1), 30-63.
Boeije, H. R. (2012). Analyseren in kwalitatief onderzoek: Denken en doen [Analysis in qualitative research. Thinking and doing]. The Hague, the Netherlands: Boom onderwijs.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Edwards, A. (2015) Recognising and realising teachers’ professional agency, Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 779-784, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2015.1044333
Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change (4th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press.
Kelchtermans, G., & Ballet, K. (2005). Micropolitieke geletterdheid en professionele ontwikkeling bij beginnende leerkrachten. Pedagogiek (Assen), 25(2), 89–102.
Kessels, J. W. (2012). Leiderschapspraktijken in een professionele ruimte. Oratie. [Leadership practices in a professional space. Inaugural lecture] The Netherlands: Open University.
Kuijpers, C.T.L., Janssen-Spanbroek, N.F., & van den Hurk M.M. (2023). De invloed van gespreid leiderschap op de professionalisering van leraren. Pedagogiosche Studiën (100) p. 287-308.
März, V., & Kelchtermans, G. (2020). The networking teacher in action: A qualitative analysis of early career teachers’ induction process. Teaching and Teacher Education. https:// doi. org/ 10. 1016/j. tate. 2019. 102933.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G. J. J., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency. An ecological approach. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Schaufeli, W., & Taris, T. (2013). Het job demands-resources model: overzicht en kritische beschouwing. [The Job Demands-Resources Model: Overview and Critical Review.] Gedrag & Organisatie, 26(2), 182-204.
Toom, A., Pyhältö, K. and Rust, F.O. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency in contradictory times, Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 615-623.
Vähäsantanen, K., & Eteläpelto, A. (2015). Professional agency, identity, and emotions while leaving one’s work organization. Professions & Professionalism, 5(3), 1394- 1410.
Wenger, E. (2010). Communities of practice and social learning systems: The career of a concept. In Social Learning Systems and Communities of Practice, edited by C. Blackmore, pp. 179-198. London: Springer-Verlag London Limited.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Teachers' Time Use in Scotland: Workload Intensification in Challenging Times

Moira Hulme1, Gary Beauchamp2, Carole Bignell1, Jeffrey Wood3

1University of the West of Scotland; 2Cardiff Metropolitan University; 3Birmingham City University

Presenting Author: Hulme, Moira; Bignell, Carole

The teaching workforce in and beyond Europe is facing unprecedented challenges. Many European school systems face teacher shortages as recruitment targets are missed and rates of attrition rise. Challenging employment conditions saw industrial action by teachers in France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Spain, Portugal and the UK in 2022 and 2023. The European Trade Union Committee for Education (ETUCE) and European Federation of Education Employers joint Framework of Actions in response to the declining attractiveness of the teaching profession signalled a need for adequate pay, and equitable and sustainable workloads (ETUCE-EFEE, 2023). Teachers report reform fatigue, emotional exhaustion, and burnout as they contend with multiple new initiatives, the impact of the pandemic on learner progress and wellbeing, stringent accountability demands, increasing class size, and diverse learner needs (Heffernan et al., 2022; OECD, 2023). Advances in communications technology mean that educators are increasingly deemed available outside traditional school hours.

This paper reports research commissioned by the largest teacher union in Scotland, the Educational Institute of Scotland, in response to workload concerns expressed by teachers in Scotland’s schools. This examination of teachers’ time use attends to both the number of hours and the nature or constitution of hours spent on work inside and out of the classroom and school. Workload is approached here not just in terms of working hours (volume) but also intensity (i.e., job-related demands in relation to available resources) (Stacey et al., 2022). The study considers the relationship between workload, teacher stress and work intensity and manageability (Creagh et al, 2023; Liu et al., 2023).

Workload reduction initiatives have tended to place primary responsibility on educators rather than the institutional and policy context in which they work (Spicksley, 2022). In contrast, this research adopts a social-ecological approach that acknowledges the importance of context in shaping the capacity of teachers to respond well to job-related stressors.

The following research questions are addressed:

  • What are the main activities that constitute teacher workload?
  • What is the balance of this workload over the working week?
  • What extra hours do teachers, on average and by characteristic (education setting, gender, contract type), work beyond their contractual hours?
  • Where do workload demands come from outwith class contact time?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main methods of data collection were an online time use diary during one calendar week (using QuestionPro online survey platform) followed by semi-structured remote interviews. A survey link was distributed via workplace email to EIS members currently employed in schools. This method allowed for as close-to-real-time registration of activities without placing an undue burden on participants (te Braak et al., 2023). Participants recorded the full range of work-related activities undertaken over the preceding working days (including evenings) and weekend (i.e., the hours they must work, the hours they do work, and the nature and drivers of work-related activity). Digital diaries were preferred to paper leave-behind diaries because they are cost-effective, permit stronger communication with participants and make completion as easy as possible for those taking part (Sullivan et al., 2020)  to not add further to teachers’ workload. They also show no more social desirability issues than offline surveys (Dodou, & de Winter, 2014). A self-completed electronic diary was preferred to a telephone recall diary to eliminate potential for interviewer bias (Allan et al., 2020). Comparison of the quality of data obtained through time-use diaries and direct observation has shown that teachers can reliably self-report their working time retrospectively (Vannest and Hagan-Burke, 2010).
Pre-coded activities in the time use diary were generated in consultation with a volunteer teacher panel comprised of twelve primary and secondary teachers employed in four local authorities with a range of roles and varied length of experience. The contribution of panel members informed the design of the time use diary and reduced the risk of partial completion by respondents. The School Staff Census was used to assess proportionality against teaching and demographic characteristics (self-reported gender, age, main role in school, phase, length of teaching experience, tenure/contract type, local authority (Scottish Government Learning Directorate, 2022).
Phase two of the research involved semi-structured interviews of 45 minutes duration with thirty teachers to deepen the analysis beyond the number of working hours to factors that explain composition of work patterns. Flexibility was offered in terms of the mode of remote interview – telephone or online video call - to accommodate interviewee preferences, availability and location. Analysis of verbatim interview transcripts was supported by NVivo software. A small sample of transcripts was coded independently by two researchers who then met to discuss appropriate codes and clarify inconsistencies. This process of cross-checking informed the coding of the remainder of the transcripts.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research provides new evidence on how statutory and actual working time is spent (nature, scale and scope) and the factors that explain emergent patterns in time use among teachers in Scotland. The findings confirm a marked divergence between actual working time and the time that is recognised. Non-teaching tasks with less direct links to educational benefit for learners are more likely to be perceived as contributing to workload burden. Teachers report a reduction in autonomy over the use of time in face-to-face and non-teaching tasks (i.e., working time inflexibility). In particular, the fragmentation of tasks and escalation of routine administrative activity restricts time available for relationship building and pastoral care. As a result, teachers contend with difficult choices and considerable ambiguity between what constitutes high value core work and directed activity for accountability purposes. Excess working time and limited task discretion have important implications for professional identity, motivation, and career intentions.
References
Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2023) Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: a systematic research synthesis, Educational Review, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2023.2196607.

Dodou, D., & de Winter, J. C. (2014). Social desirability is the same in offline, online, and paper surveys: A meta-analysis. Computers in Human Behavior, 36, 487-495.

ETUCE-EFEE (2023) Framework of Actions on the Attractiveness of the Teaching Profession, https://www.csee-etuce.org/en/resources/policy-papers/5106-framework-of-actions-on-the-attractiveness-of-the-teaching-profession .

Heffernan, A., Bright, D., Kim, M., Longmuir, F., & Magyar, B. (2022). I cannot sustain the workload and the emotional toll’: Reasons behind Australian teachers’ intentions to leave the profession. Australian Journal of Education, 66(2),196–209.

Liu, T., Yang, X., Meng, F. & Wang, Q. (2023) Teachers Who are Stuck in Time: Development and Validation of Teachers’ Time Poverty Scale, Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 16, 2267-2281.

OECD (2023). Unravelling the layers of teachers’ work-related stress, Teaching in Focus, No. 46, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/bca86c20-en.

Scottish Government Learning Directorate (2022) Schools in Scotland 2022: summary statistics. https://www.gov.scot/publications/summary-statistics-for-schools-in-scotland-2022/documents/

Spicksley, K. (2022) Hard work / workload: discursive constructions of teacher work in policy and practice, Teachers and Teaching, 28(5), 517-532.

Stacey, M., Wilson, R. & McGrath-Champ, S. (2022) Triage in teaching: the nature and impact of workload in schools, Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 42(4), 772-785.

te Braak, P., van Tienoven, T. P., Minnen, J., & Glorieux, I. (2023). Data Quality and Recall Bias in Time-Diary Research: The Effects of Prolonged Recall Periods in Self-Administered Online Time-Use Surveys. Sociological Methodology, 53(1), 115-138.
 
13:15 - 14:4523 SES 01 B: Educational Inequality
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Floris Burgers
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Exploring Factors Behind Regional Educational Inequality

Aigerim Kopeyeva

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kopeyeva, Aigerim

Educational inequality is a nuanced and multi-dimensional phenomenon (Ball, 2021), requiring a comprehensive exploration, including that at a regional/subnational level. This subnational analysis is crucial not only due to its political implications but also for the potential transformative impact on addressing social injustices. Existing literature delves into educational inequality at different geographic tiers, encompassing administrative regions (Thomas, 2001; Edgerton et al, 2008), broader geographic regions (Qian and Smyth, 2008; Gumus and Chudgar, 2016), and district levels (Bramley and Fletcher, 1995; Hogrebe et al, 2008; Ataç, 2019). Additionally, studies explore rural/urban divides within countries (Qian and Smyth, 2008; Smanova, 2021). This research specifically focuses on regional educational inequality in Kazakhstan, using international large-scale assessments (ILSAs) as a basis.

Kazakhstan exhibits substantial achievement gaps among students in different regions. Recent ILSAs reveal that students in Western and Southern regions lag behind their counterparts in science, reading, and math by 2-3 years (IAC, 2020; OECD, 2023). Such regional disparities are not unique to Kazakhstan, as OECD experts acknowledge similar trends in other European countries, emphasizing the significance of subnational results in educational assessments (OECD, 2019, p. 63). In Kazakhstan, these differences are compounded by complex historical legacies, varying quality of life, cultural traditions, and even primary language differences, with Russian-speaking regions consistently outperforming their counterparts.

Kazakhstan is a large transcontinental country with a territory greater than that of the whole Western Europe, and its European part including two regional capitals. Bordering two world superpowers, as well as culturally close Central Asian neighbours, it is, historically, a land of contradictions - geographic, political and cultural, which seemed to coexist peacefully until recently (Rees et al, 2021).

While it is rarely mentioned in the European post-colonial academic discourse, Kazakhstan’s unique geopolitical and cultural landscape makes it an ideal case study for understanding the impact of Soviet/Russian colonial influence on contemporary life, including educational disparities (Rees et al, 2021). For example, recent violent unrests which shook the country’s leadership, originated in regions with prevailing share of Kazakh-speaking population and higher levels of socio-economic inequality (Kudaibergenova and Laruelle, 2022). Cultural differences between Southern and Northern regions further shape local attitudes towards education (Diener, 2015; Koch and White, 2016). Despite drastic socio-economic variations across regions, conventional explanations fall short, with both overpopulated, economically poor Southern regions and underpopulated, oil-rich West Kazakhstan demonstrating similarly low academic achievement.

Tsai et al's (2017) assertion that educational policy should strive for both academic excellence and equity resonates with Coleman's (1975) call for addressing the unequal impact of external environments on educational opportunities. This study posits two central research questions: the extent to which regional educational inequality is addressed in national policy and the factors associated with student achievement on national and regional levels, particularly whether these factors vary between regions.

Rooted in the critical educational research paradigm, this study combines Habermas's (1972) knowledge-constitutive interests, encompassing technical knowledge derived from a positivist approach, hermeneutic knowledge acquired through interpretive methodologies, and critical knowledge aimed at emancipating disadvantaged groups (Gibson, 1986). The theoretical framework draws significantly from Habermas's notion of lifeworld and Bourdieu's concepts of cultural and social capital and 'habitus' (Edgerton and Roberts, 2014). These frameworks provide a foundation for exploring causal factors in this educational inequality research, despite Giroux's (1983) caution about the overdetermination of human agency in Bourdieu's works. Caro et al’s (2014) research relying on ILSA data and employing Bourdieu’s three forms of capital, Bernstein’s language code theory and Coleman’s (1988) definition of social capital is one of the primary examples used in this research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopts a mixed methods approach to enhance the reliability and validity of data, employing methodological triangulation (Cohen et al, 2018) to address both the 'what' and 'why' questions surrounding regional educational inequality in Kazakhstan. Utilizing PISA 2018 results, four regions were strategically identified, comprising one top-performing, one average, and two low-performing regions. Within each region, a total of four schools were randomly sampled based on predetermined criteria, encompassing rural/urban and Kazakh/Russian language distinctions.
The data collection process within each school involved a multi-faceted approach, incorporating interviews with school directors, parent focus groups, and supervised online teacher surveys. Additionally, at the regional level, interviews were conducted with education heads. The research extended further to encompass top-level data collection, incorporating an expert focus group and interviews with two high-ranking policy makers. To sum up, the research generated 37 transcripts from interviews conducted across schools and regions, survey results for 4 regions with over 200 teachers in total, 16 parent focus groups, one expert focus group and two policy maker interviews.
This comprehensive dataset offers a unique opportunity to analyze the multifaceted factors influencing student achievement in Kazakhstan from diverse perspectives, spanning all levels of educational policy. The mixed methods approach not only enhances the robustness of the findings but also enables a nuanced exploration of the complex interplay of factors contributing to regional educational inequalities. The triangulation of methods and the depth of data collection underscore the depth and richness of the study, providing valuable insights for policy development and interventions aimed at addressing educational disparities in Kazakhstan.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Currently in the analysis stage, I offer preliminary insights into potential research findings based on the initial data collection and coding efforts. Aligned with the theoretical framework guiding this study, the questionnaire for interviews and online teacher surveys focused on three major prompted themes extensively discussed in educational inequality research: the influence of family (SES, family ethos, etc.), the influence of school (including Teaching quality, School resources, etc.), and the impact of student motivation on academic achievement. Open-ended questions also sought respondents' general opinions on the primary factors influencing student outcomes.
Initial results from Nvivo coding indicate a consistent pattern across all regions and respondent categories. Teaching quality and Family ethos, emphasizing the quality of relationships and emotional well-being at home, emerged as pivotal factors influencing student achievement. However, noteworthy variations include both region-specific and national policy-level impact factors in each region. I.e, various specific factors like economic welfare or cultural predispositions (attitudes to education, corruption) may moderate the effects Teaching quality or Family influence.
Hypothesizing based on these findings, it appears that Teaching quality may emerge as the paramount factor influencing student achievement universally. However, contextual nuances such as socio-economic status, cultural differences, and the quality of regional educational management, coupled with suboptimal oversight of the national education system, contribute to regional disparities and further reinforce the observed achievement gap. This preliminary hypothesis underscores the need for a nuanced understanding of the interplay between universal and context-specific factors, shedding light on the intricate dynamics contributing to regional educational inequalities in Kazakhstan. As the analysis progresses, a more comprehensive and nuanced understanding of these dynamics will emerge, informing policy recommendations and interventions for addressing these disparities.

References
Ball, S. (2021). The Great Education Debate (1976–2021).
Thomas, S. (2001). Dimensions of Secondary School Effectiveness: Comparative Analyses Across Regions.
Edgerton, J., & Roberts, L. (2014). Cultural capital or habitus? Bourdieu and beyond in the explanation of enduring educational inequality.  
Qian, X., & Smyth, R. (2008). Measuring regional inequality of education in China: Widening coast–inland gap or widening rural–urban gap?
Gumus, S., & Chudgar, A. (2016). Factors affecting school participation in Turkey: an analysis of regional differences. Compare:
Bramley, G., & Fletcher, C. (1995). Locality Types and School Types: Towards Baselines for Improvement and Effectiveness in Secondary Schools.
Hogrebe, M. C. et al (2008). Examining Regional Science Attainment and School—Teac her Resources Using GIS. Education and Urban Society, 40(5), 570–589.
Ataç, E. (2019). Modeling Educational Inequalities: Class, Academic Achievement, and Regional Differences in Turkey.
Smanova, N. (2021). Can We Overcome the Achievement Gap between Urban and Rural Students in Kazakhstan through School Resources: Evidence from PISA
OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris
Rees, K. et al (2021). Territorial Belonging and Homeland Disjuncture: Uneven Territorialisations in Kazakhstan.
Kudaibergenova, D. & Laruelle, M. (2022). Making sense of the January 2022 protests in Kazakhstan: failing legitimacy, culture of protests, and elite readjustments.
Diener, A. (2015). Assessing potential Russian irredentism and separatism in Kazakhstan’s northern oblasts.
Koch, N., & White, K. (2016). Cowboys, Gangsters, and Rural Bumpkins: Constructing the “Other” in Kazakhstan’s “Texas”.
Kopeyeva, A. (2020). Understanding Factors behind Regional Inequality in Education in Kazakhstan, Central Asian Affairs, 7(1), 38-79.
Tsai, S., Smith, M., & Hauser, R. (2017). Families, Schools, and Student Achievement Inequality. Sociology of Education, 90(1), 64-88.
Coleman, J. (1975). Equal Educational Opportunity: A Definition. Oxford Review of Education, 1(1), 25-29.
Coleman, J. et al (1966). Equality of Educational Opportunity. U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. Washington.
Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and Human Interests. Beacon Press.
Gibson, R. (1986). Critical Theory and Education. Hodder and Stoughton.
Edgerton, J., & Roberts, L. (2014). Cultural capital or habitus? Bourdieu and beyond in the explanation of enduring educational inequality. Theory And Research In Education, 12(2), 193-220.
Giroux, H. (1983). Theories of Reproduction and Resistance in the New Sociology of Education: A Critical Analysis.  
Caro, D. et al (2013). Cultural, social, and economic capital constructs in international assessments: an evaluation using exploratory structural equation modeling.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Equity Funding Policies in German Municipalities: Approaches to Reduce Educational Inequalities

Sarah Eiden1, Denise Demski1, Gabriele Bellenberg1, Norbert Sendzik2, Marcel Helbig2

1Ruhr-Universität Bochum, Germany; 2Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsverläufe, Germany

Presenting Author: Eiden, Sarah; Demski, Denise

(Inter)national empirical findings repeatedly prove that both socioeconomic status and contextual factors at the level of the learning group, the school, and the social space are decisive for educational opportunities (e.g., OECD, 2019). Equity funding policies might be an effective way to reduce educational inequalities and to create equal life opportunities. Following this approach, schools in challenging circumstances can receive additional staff, funding, or further support. In this regard, resource allocation might be based, for example, on available data (e.g., social indices), application processes, or discretionary of policy makers. According to Verelst, Bakelants, Vandevoort, & Nicaise (2020), more than half of EU countries currently provide some type of equity funding to schools that serve target groups such as low-SES students or children with a migration background. Results from both national and international testing show a strong relationship between students’ socio-economic background and performance. In Germany, this interrelation is particularly strong (e.g., OECD, 2019). Therefore, equity funding policies are meant to compensate for the educational disadvantages of underprivileged students and should lead to an increase in their performance. Moreover, schools in deprived areas often show higher teacher turnover and greater difficulties in attracting qualified teachers and school leaders than school working in more favourable conditions (e.g., Simon & Johnson, 2015; Clotfelder, Ladd, Vigdor, & Wheeler, 2007). Equity funding policies might also counteract these challenges, as a recent meta-analysis highlights the influence of educational policies external to the school on teacher turnover (Nguyen, Pham, Crouch, & Springer, 2020).

However, evidence concerning the effects of equity funding policies is scarce and mixed. Moreover, the implementation of equity funding policies depends on the availability of (additional) resources and the willingness of policy makers to reduce educational inequalities. In the multi-level system, municipalities play a dual role regarding the allocation of funds, as they have their own resources but are also responsible for the concrete distribution of federal or state funds. In line with educational governance theory (e.g., Altrichter, Brüsemeister, & Wissinger, 2007), decision-making on the municipality level is shaped by organizational and political conditions and decision-making on the district or federal level (e.g., Honig, Coburn, & Stein, 2009).

In recent years, evidence-based decision-making has become a topic of growing interest. Following this approach, grounding decisions and actions in evidence and available data should be the case on every level of the school system. This is seen as a prerequisite for an efficient and effective performance and an increase in students’ achievement (e.g., Honig & Coburn, 2008). International findings suggest that the amount of resources and the ways they are (supposed to be) allocated and used influence the effects of equity funding schemes (e.g., Franck & Nicaise, 2022). Based on theoretical assumptions and international findings, different designs of equity funding schemes can be distinguished. In this regard, the following dimensions can be differentiated:

  • allocation of human resources vs. allocation of budget/monetary means
  • earmarking vs. free disposal/usage
  • data-driven allocation (e.g., based on social indices) vs. allocation based on negotiations or expertise

It can be assumed that policy makers have a considerable leeway in allocating resources. Therefore, their attitudes towards justice in educational opportunities are of great importance as they may influence resource allocation. However, there are hardly any findings in Germany regarding the extent, the concrete design, and the effects of equity funding policies. To our knowledge, a systematic overview of the concrete implementation of resource allocation at the municipal level is still lacking and little is known regarding the attitudes of German policy makers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In a current project funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research we address the desiderata described above. The following research questions are guiding our study:
1. What configurations of equity funding policies can be identified in Germany?
2. How and according to what intentions are equity funding policies implemented in practice?
To answer the above research questions, the study makes use of a multimethod approach.
First, we analysed equity funding policies in the field of primary and secondary education in the German federal states and in municipalities by means of a systematic document review. We used content analysis (Mayring, 2007) to evaluate educational reports, websites, policy documents, (draft) resolutions, and other documents. The code system was developed both deductively and inductively and the software MAXQDA 22 (https://www.maxqda.com/) was used. Coding by independent coders and a high degree of communicative validation ensured the quality of the analyses. The document analysis identified municipalities or federal states that have already set up equity funding policies, and the extent and form of resources (e.g., additional staff, funds, further support) as well as modes of resource allocation (e.g., allocation based on data, application, or discretionary of policy makers; earmarked vs. free disposal). To identify further regions with equity funding policies, an additional online survey of the heads of municipal school administrators was conducted. Furthermore, four German municipalities that differ in terms of equity funding were chosen based on the findings of the document review to reconstruct their approaches of equity funding policies. In each of these municipalities, up to twelve interviews with actors – directly or indirectly – involved in the decision-making process of resource allocation in K 12 education were conducted in order to carve out sensemaking processes in the context of equity funding. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and analysed by means of documentary interpretation (Nohl, 2010). In this way, in-depth research of the logics and practices of actors involved in funding policies can be conducted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results show a significant variation concerning the design of equity funding schemes in German municipalities. Monetary and non-monetary resources are available from a variety of sources (federal, state, local, civil society actors) with different objectives. Whereas some municipalities do not use equity funding schemes at all, others allocate a considerable amount of resources to schools in challenging circumstances. The analyses indicate large differences in the distribution of resources in the education system at both the state and the district/local level: variations can be seen in terms of the type of funds (staff positions or budgets for free or earmarked use) and in terms of the distribution principles applied (application-based, experience-based, data-based). When it comes to resource allocation, German policy makers predominantly draw on their own expertise. They also claim to use data on a small scale. Allocating resources based on proposals by schools or school leaders respectively, results of school inspections, or student achievement in standardized tests seem to be rather uncommon practices. Results of the case studies showed differentiated practices and sensemaking processes in the various municipalities; the face-to-face interviews led to a better understanding of the complexity of funding policies. Different knowledge bases were used in the decision-making process and many actors at different levels of control were involved. It can be concluded that municipalities use individual distribution strategies that differ in many components (e.g., combination of distribution principles, advisors and decisions makers, communication strategies, funding providers, impact orientation and controlling). These are closely linked to the different initial situations and framework conditions of the municipalities. Overall, our findings provide important results in a previously neglected field of research and can contribute to the further development of equity funding policies in the municipalities and federal states.
References
Altrichter, H., Brüsemeister, T., Wissinger, J. (2007). Educational Governance, Handlungskoordination und Steuerung im Bildungssystem. Wiesbaden: VS Verlg für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90498-6
Clotfelder, C. T., Ladd, H. F., Vigdor, J. L. & Wheeler, J. (2007). High poverty schools and the distribution of teachers and principals. North Carolina Law Review, 85, 1345–1379.
Coburn, C. E., Honig, M. I., & Stein, M. K. (2009). What’s the evidence on districts’ use of evidence? In J. D. Bransford, D. J. Stipek, N. J. Vye, L. M. Gomez, & D. Lam (Eds.), The role of research in educational improvement (pp. 67–86). Harvard Education Press.
Franck, E., & Nicaise, I. (2022). The effectiveness of equity funding policies in schools in Europe and North America: A systematic literature review. Issues in Educational Research, 32 (2), 494–512.
Honig, M. E., & Coburn, C. (2008). Evidence-based decision making in school district central offices: Towards a policy and research agenda, Educational Policy, 1 (4), 578–608.
Mayring, P. (2007). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative content analysis. Foundations and techniques] (9th ed.). Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlag.
Nohl, A.-M. (2010). Narrative interview and documentary interpretation. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (pp. 195–217). Opladen: Budrich. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-317517 [October 25, 2022].
Nguyen, T. D., Pham, L. D., Crouch, M., & Springer, M. G. (2020). The correlates of teacher turnover: An updated and expanded meta-analysis of the literature. Educational Research Review, 31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100355.
OECD (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume II): Where all students can succeed. Paris: OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en.
Simon, N. & Johnson, S. M. (2015). Teacher turnover in high poverty schools. What we
know and can do. Teachers College Record, 117 (3), 1–36.
Verelst, S., Bakelants, H., Vandevoort, L., & Nicaise, I. (2020). The governance of equity funding schemes for disadvantaged schools: Lessons from national case studies (NESET report). Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi: 10.2766/989607.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A Serious Policy Game for Equal Educational Opportunities

Floris Burgers1, Eddie Denessen1, Floris Burgers2

1Radboud University; 2University of Amsterdam

Presenting Author: Burgers, Floris; Denessen, Eddie

While policies, laws and programs of various kinds have been implemented to address inequality of opportunity in education, achievement gaps caused by background rather than ability are persistent across the world. Looking at unequal educational opportunities as a ‘wicked problem’, we propose that collective action networks consisting of various educational actors, such as policy makers, political leaders, school leaders, teachers, parents and other educational professionals, are needed to refine approaches to tackling unequal educational opportunities.

For such networks to be successful, though, these actors need to be brought together, get to know each other’s role in the context of the problem, and think of unequal educational opportunities as a wicked problem. We propose that a serious policy game can help the educational field to achieve this and to work towards successful collective action networks. In this article, we present the contours of one such game, designed for the Dutch context, and we explain how a similar game can be developed for usage in other contexts.

In doing so, the paper covers two research questions, whereby the second question follows upon our answer to the first: 1) What is needed to refine approaches to tackling the problem of unequal educational opportunities? 2) What does a serious policy game to work towards collective action networks to address unequal educational opportunities look like?

In relation to the first question, the paper builds on the concept of ‘wicked problem’, coined by Ritter and Webber (1973) and further developed by Korsten (2019). Wicked problems are characterized by cognitive, normative and social complexity, and we argue that the problem of inequality of educational opportunities is complex in all these three respects, which makes it a typical wicked problem. This leads us to conclude that this problem needs to be addressed through collective action networks (Duke & Geurts, 2004; Innes & Booher, 2016; Crowley & Head, 2017; Korsten, 2019).

Drawing on game theories, in particular Duke and Geurts’ (2004) 5Cs for serious policy gaming, we propose that a serious policy game is a useful strategy to work towards such networks. In relation to the second question – what such a game would look like – we employ Olejniczak, Wolański and Widawski’s (2020) well established game typology to arrive at a design framework for a policy game on unequal education opportunities. Both the design framework and an example game are presented in this paper.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The design methodology we employed to design the policy game consisted of three elements: goal specification, game type specification and the specification of design principles. To arrive at a series of game goals we explored the literature on wicked problems and action networks. This helped to determine what skills needed to be developed through the policy game. In order to determine the type of game needed to realise these goals, we followed Olejniczak, Wolański and Widawski’s (2018) well-established game typology, differentiating between the type of problem that is addressed in the game (simple or complex) and the type of learning that is to be realized through gaming (learning for game designers or learning for participants). To be able to specify design principles – which we would then adhere to during game design – we first developed a conceptual overview of the educational system of the Netherlands and, based on both literature reviews and expert conversations, we specified the main dynamics therein that feed into inequality of opportunity. Reflecting on this conceptual overview, we then specified how various components of the educational system and the problem of inequality of opportunity had to be treated in the game design. This approach is consistent with Duke and Geurts’ (2004) procedure for policy game design.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After establishing unequal educational opportunities as a ‘wicked problem’ and making the point that such problems require collective action networks, we conclude that serious games can be useful to work towards such networks. We developed a framework for designing such a game and an example game for the Dutch context. The game we designed aimed to improve participants’ understanding of the various mechanisms and variables that are involved in the problem of inequality of educational opportunities (cognitive complexity), participants’ understanding of how different actors view the problem of inequality of educational opportunities (normative complexity) and participants’ understanding of the roles that different stakeholders play in relation to the problem of inequality of educational opportunities, including the role they play themselves (social complexity). The game type, consistent with these goals, is an ‘exploring systems’ game. The designed game can be played with between 15 and 35 participants and is particularly suitable for educational actors at the municipality level: teachers, school leaders, educational boards, policy makers, political leaders and parents.
References
Crowley, K., & Head, B. W. (2017). The enduring challenge of ‘wicked problems’: revisiting Rittel and Webber. Policy Sciences, 50, 539–547.

Crul, L. (2014). Solving wicked problems through action learning. Action Learning: Research and Practice, 11(2), 215–224.

Duke, R. D., & Geurts, J. L. A. (2004). Policy Games for Strategic Management: Pathways To The Unknown. Rozenberg Publishers.

Innes, J. E., & Booher, D. E. (2016). Collaborative rationality as a strategy for working with wicked problems. Landscape and Urban Planning, 154, 8–10.

Korsten, A. (2019). Omgaan met ‘wicked problems’. Beleidsonderzoek Online.

Olejniczak, K., Newcomer, K. E., & Meijer, S. A. (2020). Advancing Evaluation Practice With Serious Games. American Journal of Evaluation, 41(3), 339–366.

Rittel, H. W. J., & Webber, M. M. (1973). Dilemmas in a General Theory of Planning. Policy Sciences, 4, 155–169.
 
13:15 - 14:4523 SES 01 C: Governance
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Kristiina Brunila
Paper Session
13:15 - 14:4525 SES 01 A: Perspectives on Human Rights Education in school
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Human Rights Education for Children with Intellectual Disability in a Swedish School Context

Helena Yourston

Örebro university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Yourston, Helena

This research examines children´s human rights education in compulsory schools for pupils with intellectual disabilities. The writings about children's human rights in the Swedish school´s governing documents (for pupils without and with intellectual disabilities) are consistent with the UN documents, which define human rights education as education about, through, and for human rights (Strouthers, 2015). Through human rights education, children must be allowed to develop and grow as rights holders. A rights holder is a person who has knowledge of their rights and their ability to exercise their own, as well as respect the rights of others. Growing as a rights holder is something children do when they learn about human rights as well as they acquire rights-conscious attitudes, values, and behaviors through being a participant in human interaction.

Sweden has a long tradition of educating pupils with intellectual disability in segregated schools. In Sweden, the education of this group of pupils has a separate national curriculum and course syllabus, and teachers have a rather large room for interpreting values, goals, and regulations (Göransson & Klang, 2021).

Internationally, much research has examined educational institutions as arenas for children´s rights, and human rights education research in formal education is an emerging field of study (Quennerstedt & Moody, 2020). However, the adapted school is an institution where research about Human Rights Education is lacking. Therefore, knowledge about Human Rights Education for pupils with intellectual disability is almost non-existent, both in Sweden and internationally.

Something that has been noticed in research on the teacher's role is that teachers feel uncertain about how to teach human rights (Struthers, 2016; Quennerstedt, 2019; Quennerstedt et al., 2020), and that teachers' knowledge of human rights tends to be too weak and without subject matter depth (Cassidy, Brunner & Webster, 2014). There is a lack of knowledge about how teachers who work with pupils with intellectual disability interpret and implement the curriculum.

A Didaktik approach and terminology create the theoretical framework. Didaktik is the theory and practice of teaching and learning (Gundem, 2011). Collected data are analyzed with qualitative content analysis using Didaktik theory and Dewey's theory of collateral or embedded learning (Dewey, 1938). Dewey´s collateral learning is the lesson learners take from the accidental experience with the lesson rather than from the instructor´s intent.

This study explores the role of teachers educating children with intellectual disability in adapted primary schools about, through, and for human rights.

The purpose of planned teaching about children's human rights is examined, as well as the content and implementation of the teaching. Also, embedded human rights education is examined. The investigation of unplanned/embedded education is directed at two rights themes: equal value and freedom of expression. The following questions guided the research:

- How can planned human rights education take place in an adapted primary school, and how do teachers view planned education as part of human rights education?

- How can embedded human rights education take place in an adapted primary school, and how do teachers view embedded education as part of human rights education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two schools participated in the study that have adapted primary schools for pupils with intellectual disabilities. The pupils in the study are 7 to 12 years old.
Observations of teachers and pupils, and interviews of the teachers in one class per school were carried out. The fieldwork lasted about 4-5 weeks in each school, with about 100 hours of observation per school spread over this time and 2-4 interviews with each teacher. The classes in adapted elementary school include several stacked grades, as there are usually few students in each grade and one to three teachers per school. The teachers were asked by the researcher to undertake planned work with the class on children's human rights. The teacher selected the content, methods, and scope of this work without involvement of the researcher. Other teaching and classroom activities were also observed to identify embedded human rights education.
Semi-structured interviews took place before and after the implementation of the planned teaching. In a pre-interview, the teachers were asked what purpose they had with the teaching, the content and how they intended to work. In a post-interview, the teachers reflected on the completed teaching, and if they would have done something differently if they were to do the lesson again. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. The observations of the planned teaching situations were documented with film recordings.
The embedded human rights education was investigated through observations of other teaching situations and the rest of everyday school life. Field notes documented these observations. The teachers were also interviewed about embedded teaching and were then asked to reflect on teaching and learning in everyday life and unplanned situations. The stimulated recall technique was used during these interviews, i.e., situations the researcher had observed were used as a basis for reflection.
Collected data is then analyzed based on previously developed analytical tools, such as qualitative content analysis using didactic theory and Dewey´s theory of embedded learning. Qualitative content analysis is a process designed to condense raw data into categories or themes based on valid inference and interpretation. Qualitative content analysis is “any qualitative data reduction and sense-making effort that takes a volume of qualitative material and attempts to identify core consistencies and meanings” (Patton, 2015, p.453). This progress uses inductive reasoning. From inductive reasoning, themes and categories emerge from the data through the researcher's careful investigation and constant comparison. Through didactic theory, aim, content, and working methods are separated in the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study is expected to make an essential contribution to the very limited knowledge about pedagogical children´s rights work in adapted schools where pupils with intellectual disability are educated, and particularly about human rights education in adapted schools. Initial findings show that:
Planned (by the teacher) human rights education training
- Time and repetition were highlighted by the teachers as a prerequisite for pupils with intellectual disabilities to learn about rights.

- Communicative aids fulfilled an important purpose in planned teaching through rights where pupils could assert the right to their voice and freedom of expression. However, it also showed the risk of limiting the pupil's actions to what the adults around them thought they should communicate about. An adult perspective on communication means that various tools for communication (image support, materials, room design) are based on the teacher's perspective, where communication is about what they want the students to communicate. Rarely did the communication emanate from the student's perspective and their interaction with peers in play situations and everyday communication.

Embedded human rights education training (unplanned)

- Pupils with a severe disability require a relationship with an adult who recognizes the pupil's body language and signals and can interpret and pay attention to the child's needs, opinions, and wishes. This seems to be particularly important in unplanned teaching where others (pupils and other school staff) outside the “relational sphere” encounter pupils with severe intellectual disabilities. The adult often needed to step in, talk, and stand up for the student's rights.


Planned and embedded human rights education training.
- Many teachers in the classroom, which makes one-to-one-teaching possible risk minimizing teaching situations (planned and unplanned) where the pupils, together with other pupils and/or adults, get to practice experiencing through rights.

References
Cassidy, C., Brunner, R., Webster, E. (2014). Teaching human rights? ‘All hell will break loose!’ Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 9(1), 19–33. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197913475768

Dewey, J. (1938/1997). Experience & Education. New York: Touchstone.

Gundem, B. (2011). Europeisk didaktikk. Tenkning og viten. [European didactics. Thinking and knowing.] Oslo: Universitetsforlaget

Göransson, K. Klang, N. (2021). Lärares uppfattningar om skola och undervisning för elever som läser enligt grund- och gymnasiesärskolans läroplaner. I M. Tideman (Red.), Utbildning och undervisning i särskolan-forskningsinsikter möter lärar-och eleverfarenheter (s. 32 – 58).Natur & Kultur.

Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative Evaluation and Research Methods. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Quennerstedt, A. (2019). Teaching children’s human rights in early childhood education and school (Reports in Education No 21). Örebro: Örebro University.

Quennerstedt, A. Moody, Z. (2020). Educational children’s rights research 1989–2019: Achievements, gaps and future prospects. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 28(1), 183–208. doi:10.1163/15718182-02801003

Quennerstedt, A. Thelander,N. Hägglund.S. (2020). Barns och ungas rättigheter i utbildning
Gleerups Utbildning AB

Struthers, A. (2015) Human rights education: educating about, through and for human rights. The International Journal of Human Rights 19 (1), 53-73

Struthers, A. (2016); Breaking Down Boundaries: Voice and participation in English primary education. The International Journal of Children's Rights 24 (2), 434-468


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Conceptualising a Human Rights Education Approach to Address Global Inequities and Moral Ambiguity at the Compulsory School Level.

Sue Gollifer1, Richard Geeves2

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2Independent

Presenting Author: Gollifer, Sue

Students live in an age of increasing global inequity and moral ambiguity, raising concerns about the purposes of education in schools (Biesta, 2020). Shifting demographics exacerbate social, political, and economic disparities, creating contexts of disadvantage for certain members of society. Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania, Australia are both island communities characterised by increasing cultural diversity in schools. In Iceland this has been the result of a rapidly increasing migrant population. Migration is also a factor in Lutruwita/Tasmania, in addition to assertion of indigenous identity and culture. Additionally, the role of religious studies in state school programmes, one of the main contributors to values formation in the past, has declined (Evans, 2008; Gunnarsson, 2020; Poulter et al., 2017). In Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania there have been discussions about how best to address diversity and the moral development of students through schooling (Aðalbjarnardóttir, 2011; Gunnarsson, 2020; Kristjánsson, 2001; Walker et al., 2012) with attention being paid to multicultural, inclusive and citizenship education.

In this paper, we argue that addressing cultural diversity is interrelated to the debate on schools as a place to foster socio-moral development. We call for social justice pedagogies that engage with the social, economic, cultural, civil, and political dimensions of lived realities in response to the the risk of drawing on particular philosophical or religious beliefs and principles which are culturally specific. We propose an education framework which is transcendental in the sense that it is universally recognised and pays attention to the intersecting moral, legal and political dimensions of life. Although applicable internationally, we focus on the Icelandic and Lutruwitan/Tasmanian school contexts to answer the question: How can human rights education assist lower secondary school students to form values and apply them to make decisions in their own lives and about communities at local, regional and global levels?

HRE is a new field in the school contexts of Iceland and Australia, implemented in fragmented and ad hoc ways dependent on committed individual teachers (Burridge et al., 2016; Gollifer, 2022a, 2022b). Despite democracy and human rights being one of the six fundamental pillars in the general section of the Icelandic national curriculum guides for all levels of schooling, HRE is not a compulsory part of teacher education. Democracy has a longer history in Iceland than human rights, as is the case in other Nordic countries where democracy and human rights tend to be understood as synonymous with national values (Osler & Lybæk, 2014; Strømmen Lile, 2019; Vesterdal, 2016).

In Australia, individual states manage their own state school systems informed by national government curriculum guidelines. The Lutruwita/Tasmanian Department of Education has adopted the Australian National Curriculum for lower secondary students (Yr. 7-10). The Civics and Citizenship strand of the Humanities and Social Science subject area focuses on Australians’ legal and constitutional rights and the parliamentary/democratic process and how they underpin a socially cohesive society. In Year 9 and 10 students look beyond Australia but with a strongly Australian perspective (ACARA, n.d).

The disparate ad hoc approach to addressing social justice and moral concerns in schools through preservative pedagogies that favour national perspectives can dilute attention towards opportunities for students to critically and holistically form value-based beliefs. We propose a HRE conceptual framework that emphasises the core cosmopolitan principles of universality, indivisibility, solidarity, and reciprocity as relevant to multiple country contexts, irrespective of distinct historical and cultural backgrounds.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This conceptual essay is the first of two papers. It proposes a HRE framework that will inform a small-scale case study on how cultural diversity and socio-moral development are addressed in Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania. Guided by the research question How can human rights education assist lower secondary school students to form values and apply them to make decisions in their own lives and about communities at local, regional and global levels?, we seek to create new HRE knowledge by building on carefully selected sources of information which we discuss in relation to previously developed pedagogical concepts and theories (Hirschheim, 2008; Jaakkola, 2020).  

We are two educators with extensive experience working in diverse socio-cultural and political country contexts and who now reside in Iceland (author one) and Lutruwita/Tasmania (author two). The commitment to explore the role of education as a means of addressing social and moral concerns led to our collaboration. Our choice to work with two island communities with distinct historical and cultural backgrounds allows for an international HRE perspective. Furthermore, it provides an opportunity to discuss the tensions between the universality of human rights and calls for contextualised and decolonised HRE responses (Zembylas & Keet, 2019). Tasmania, the most southern, and only island state of Australia, and Iceland share small populations. Both have diversifying populations in terms of culture, language, ethnicity and socio-economic status and colonial pasts that raise questions about the impact of dominant power structures and discourse on groups at risk of being marginalised from mainstream society.

We start by identifying common pedagogical approaches by drawing on and adapting existing social-justice education typologies to categorise pedagogy into conservative/preservative; liberal/progressive; critical/emancipatory; critical/transformative (see Gorski & Parekh, 2020; Tibbitts, 2017). We then draw on Biesta’s (2020) subjectification; critical pedagogy (Freire, 1996); Adami’s (2014) conceptualisation of rights as relational and decolonial ethics (Zembylas, 2020) to argue that HRE can offer a framework where the moral, legal and political intersect to create opportunities for subjectification. These three dimensions encourage cosmopolitan understandings that emphasise the need for plurality in the context of diverse life narratives and highlight a set of ethical orientations that question conventional assumptions about culture and values formed through colonial logic and Eurocentrism.

As stated earlier, our intention is to use the conceptual outcomes of the paper to guide an empirical case study conducted in a small school sample in both Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We conclude that learning about cultural diversity and socio-moral development in lower secondary schools tends to reflect liberal/progressive pedagogies. Critical forms of pedagogy that seek emancipation and/or transformation require opportunities for students to become actively engaged with questions of how they are in the world as opposed to who they are. Biesta (2020) argues for three domains of education. Qualification refers to the transmission of knowledge and skills while socialisation explains the representation of values, norms and practices through the educational process, implicitly or explicitly. The third domain, subjectification, is used by Biesta to explain how education can impact the student by enhancing or restricting individual capabilities. Subjectification is the freedom to act, or not act.  Biesta (2021) argues that while all three domains of education are important, schools place more emphasis on qualification and socialisation at the expense of subjectification. We suggest that Biesta‘s notion of  ‘subjectedness’ can be enhanced through forms of HRE that emphasise the legal, moral and political dimensions of human rights in contexts of lived realities. Dialogue and transformative praxis informed by content and contexts of diverse life narratives provide a cosmopolitan understanding that emphasises the need for plurality. Irrespective of distinct historical and cultural country contexts, transformative HRE places human dignity at its core, underpinned by universal values, indivisible rights contexts, and critical content. Addressing subjectedness through intersecting moral, legal and political dimensions of human rights has great potential to assist lower secondary school students to form values and apply them to make decisions in their own lives and about communities at local, regional and global levels. This conceptualisation contributes to scholarly work on relevant HRE pedagogies in a world of  global inequities and moral ambiguity.  
References
Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA). (n.d). https://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/

Aðalbjarnardóttir, S. (2011). Borgaravitund ungs fólks í lýðræðisþjóðfélagi [Democratic citizenship among young people in a democratic society]. Institute of Educational Research.  

Biesta, G. J. J. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70, 89-104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411

Biesta, G. J. J. (2021). World-Centred Education. A View for the Present. Routledge.

Burridge, N., Buchanan, J., & Chodkiewicz, A. (2014). Human Rights and History Education: An Australian Study. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(3). http://ro.ecu.edu.au/ajte/vol39/iss3/2

Evans, C. (2008). Religious Education in Public Schools: An International Human Rights Perspective. Human Rights Law Review, 8(3), pp. 449-473.https://doi.org/10.1093/hrlr/ngn020

Gollifer, S. E. (2022a). Challenges and possibilities for transformative human rights education in Icelandic upper secondary schools. Human Rights Education Review. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4981  

Gollifer, S. E. (2022b). Inertial constraints to educational change: The case of human rights education in Iceland. Netla. https://ojs.hi.is/netla/article/view/3650/2249 Jónsson, O. P.

Gorski, P. C. & Parekh, G. (2020). Supporting Critical Multicultural Teacher Educators: Transformative teaching, social justice education, and , and perceptions of institutional support, Intercultural Education, 31:3, 265-285, DOI: 10.1080/14675986.2020.1728497

Gunnarsson, Gunnar J. (2020). Facing the New Situation of Religious Education in Iceland. Religions, 11(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/rel11100537

Hirschheim, R. (2008). Some guidelines for the critical reviewing of conceptual papers. Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 9(8), 432–441.

Jaakkola, E. (2020). Designing conceptual articles: four approaches. AMS Review, 10, 18–26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13162-020-00161-0

Osler, A., & Lybæk, L. (2014). ‘Educating “the new Norwegian we”: An examination of national and cosmopolitan education policy discourses in the context of extremism and Islamophobia’. Oxford Review of Education, 40 (5), 543–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.946896

Statistics Iceland. (2023). Population. Inhabitants. https://www.statice.is/statistics/population/inhabitants/    

Tibbitts, F., (2017). "Revisiting ‘Emerging Models of Human Rights Education’," International Journal of Human Rights Education, 1(1) . Retrieved from http://repository.usfca.edu/ijhre/vol1/iss1/2  

Vesterdal, K. (2019). Championing human rights close to home and far away: Human rights education in the light of national identity construction and foreign policy in Norway. Human Rights Education Review, 2(1), 5-24.  

Walker, S., Brownlee, J., Whiteford, C., Cobb-Moore , C., Johansson, E., , Ailwood, J.& Boulton-Lewis, G. (2012). Early years teachers’ epistemic beliefs and beliefs about children’s moral learning. Teachers and Teaching, 18:2, 263-275, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2012.632267  

Zembylas, M. (2020). "Toward a Decolonial Ethics in Human Rights and Peace Education,"  
International Journal of Human Rights Education, 4 (1). https://repository.usfca.edu/ijhre/vol4/iss1/2  
 
Zembylas, M., & Keet, A. (2019). Critical Human Rights Education. Advancing Social-Justice-Oriented Educational Praxes.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Protecting Invisible Children: How Human Rights Education Could Improve School Safeguarding

Ali Struthers

University of Warwick, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Struthers, Ali

This paper brings together two distinct but interrelated fields: human rights education (HRE) and safeguarding. It endeavours to show that the former can be beneficial for the efficacy of the latter. By extending an argument put forward recently by Laura Lundy and Gabriela Martínez Sainz, and subsequently by me in a Human Rights Education Review article, that for Human Rights Education to be effective it must enable children to recognise and respond to lived human rights injustices, the paper places this important issue within the existing framework and processes associated with safeguarding young people in formal education. It attempts to both elucidate and consolidate the connection between HRE and safeguarding, arguing that if HRE were to become an integral part of safeguarding training and delivery, children may be better equipped to recognise and speak up about violations of their human rights, rather than relying on a passive system of adult observation.

This paper places these arguments in the context of an empirical study carried out by me, together with my Co-I, Dr Ruth Brittle, in 2021, which sought to tentatively map the landscape of the interaction between HRE and safeguarding in the separate jurisdictions of Scotland and England. I will present the findings from our scoping survey, offering a glimpse into current attitudes and practice amongst teachers and Designated Safeguarding Leads (DSLs)/Designated Child Protection Officers (DCPOs) in England and Scotland. I will then discuss some of the interesting points raised by the data and offer some tentative concluding observations, as well as suggestions for areas of future research.

If teachers currently lack knowledge and confidence on the topic of human rights, having received little or no training in this area, then simply dictating that HRE should form part of existing safeguarding guidance and training is likely to be an ineffectual route to meaningful change. By mapping a small part of the landscape in this area, we gained a better understanding of the current interaction between safeguarding and HRE in each jurisdiction, thus enabling us to start a conversation about how best to approach the next steps of introducing meaningful change in safeguarding practice that will be beneficial to researchers and practitioners beyond the UK context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to map the landscape as fully as we were able, we created a survey (using the platform SurveyMonkey) that collected scoping data from: (i) primary and secondary teachers; and (ii) Designated Safeguarding Leads (DSLs) in England and Designated Child Protection Officers (DCPOs) in Scotland, regarding their knowledge of, and attitudes towards, human rights. The overall aim of the survey was to tentatively evaluate the extent to which human rights approaches are embedded in school safeguarding practices in both England and Scotland. Data was gathered through a simple survey comprising 13 questions around HRE and safeguarding.

The survey was sent to state primary and secondary schools in both countries, including academies and Multi Academy Trusts (MATs). We focused upon England and Scotland in order to compare knowledge of, and attitudes towards, human rights between the two nations, particularly in light of the Scottish Government’s impending incorporation of the UNCRC into domestic law. With existing research suggesting that attitudes to human rights in Scotland may generally be more positive than in England, we were keen to find out if this tracked through to formal education. We received 617 responses to our survey, comprising 380 teachers and 237 DSLs/DCPOs.

Unfortunately, time and ethical constraints meant that we were unable to circulate a second survey we had prepared amongst children and young people.  We recognise that this limits the value of our data set, as the voice of the child is conspicuous by its absence. We are instead relying on teachers reporting to us what they believe children know and feel about the topics covered in the survey. This is far from ideal and, indeed, speaks to a broader problem (that lies beyond the scope of this paper) of constraints imposed by university ethics committees severely curtailing the abilities of researchers to work directly with children. By allowing adults to speak on behalf of children in this research, we are failing to practice what we preach about the importance and centrality of children’s voices. Faced with the choice between speaking only to teachers or abandoning the research, however, we felt that the former was the preferred course of action, and we agreed to pursue a separate follow-up study that would elicit the views of children on this topic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our data revealed that Scottish teachers and DCPOs tended to have better knowledge of human rights and the UNCRC than their English counterparts. There are various reasons why this is likely to be the case, all relating to the more central position of human rights and the UNCRC within the Scottish educational policy landscape. The UNCRC underpins key legislation and policy documents that inform Scottish educational practice, including: (i) GIRFEC; (ii) the Early Years Framework; and (iii) The Standard for Provisional Registration with the General Teaching Council for Scotland. References to the UNCRC within these documents is ostensibly resulting in human rights terminology being mainstreamed to a greater extent in Scottish teaching practice.

The majority of teachers in both jurisdictions considered human rights to be taught as part of the curriculum, either in planned lessons or in assemblies. This is particularly the case with regard to primary teachers and DSLs/DCPOs across both nations; with the latter category being the most confident that HRE is happening in one form or another. This is a positive finding, and it is particularly reassuring that those whose job it is to safeguard children are most confident of the place of HRE within their schools. There is still work to be done, however, with teachers and DSLs/DCPOs in both Scotland and England reporting that human rights are not taught at all within the curriculum (including in assemblies) or that they are unaware as to whether such teaching is happening.

References
Lundy, L., & Martínez Sainz, G. (2018). The role of law and legal knowledge for a transformative human rights education: Addressing violations of children’s rights in formal education. Human Rights Education Review, 1(2), 4-24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2560  

Struthers, A. (2021). Protecting invisible children in England: how human rights education could improve school safeguarding. Human Rights Education Review, 4(3), 45-64. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4473  

Lord Laming. (2003). The Victoria Climbe Inquiry. Retrieved from https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/273183/5730.pdf.

Haringey serious case reviews: child A (2008). Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/haringey-local-safeguarding-children-board-first-serious-case-review-child-a.HM Government. (2018).  

Department for Education. (September 2021). Keeping children safe in education (2020): Statutory guidance for schools and colleges. Part one: Information for all school and college staff. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/keeping-children-safe-in-education--2  

Watkins, D. (2022). Exploring the role of domestic law in human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 5(2), 98–116. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4578

Draugedalen, K., & Osler, A. (2022). Teachers as human rights defenders: strengthening HRE and safeguarding theory to prevent child sexual abuse . Human Rights Education Review, 5(2), 32–55. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4776

Struthers, A., ‘Building Blocks and Beyond: How Human Rights Education in Initial Teacher Education May Help to Change the Human Rights Landscape in Scotland’ (2015) 47(2) Scottish Educational Review 5-19
 
13:15 - 14:4526 SES 01 A: Supportive School Leadership in Enhancing Teacher Workplace and Professional Support (Part 1)
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: André Meyer
Paper Session Part 1/3, to be continued in 26 SES 06 B
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Exploration of Teacher Commitment to Profession of Secondary School Teachers in the Zhambyl region, Kazakhstan

Renata Alimbekova, Nagima Sarsenbayeva

NIS Taraz, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Sarsenbayeva, Nagima

Research Question:

Main question:

What is the schoolteachers’ understanding of job commitment and what factors influence their commitment to the profession at secondary schools of Zhambyl region?

Subsidiary questions:

How do secondary school teachers understand and define their professional commitment in Zhambyl region?

What factors influence their commitment to the profession?

Objective: The purpose of this mixed-method study is to explore schoolteachers’ understanding of professional commitment and what factors influence job commitment in secondary schools in the Zhambyl region, Kazakhstan.

Theoretical framework

There are several theories concerning professional commitment that guide the study. One of them is Meyer and Allen’s Multidimensional Theory (1997). This theory emphasizes three components of teaching commitment: affective professional commitment (APC), continuance professional commitment (CPC), and normative professional commitment (NPC). According to the affective component, intrinsic factors such as emotional attachment to, identification with, and involvement in the profession impact an individual’s decision to stay in the profession. Continuance Professional Commitment (CPC) is when an individual stays in the job because of recognition of the costs associated with leaving the job (Meyer et al., 1997). Thus, extrinsic factors are more valuable for an individual to retain. Normative professional commitment (NPC) includes elements of intrinsic and extrinsic factors (Meyer et al., 1997). Unfortunately, there is a lack of further research on that theory (Bagraim, 2003).

The second theory exploring the factors influencing the professional commitment of teachers is the Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985, as cited in Sylvester, 2011). This theory (1985) stated that teachers were mostly willing to stay at their job when they met their needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness. SDT suggests that leaders of the organization should foster workplace conditions where employees can feel support for their autonomy (Deci et al., 2017). Thus, it will lead to job satisfaction for employees, and increase work effectiveness (Deci et al., 2017).

The behavior of workers and their attitude towards their jobs are known to be defined by several factors, the exploration of which allows us to understand reactions displayed by individuals. Additionally, individuals' motives are derived from needs. Secondary school teachers like other workers have their unique motives based on necessities, longings, and expectations which power their behavior towards their job and everything it involves (Adiele & Abraham, 2013).

To explore teachers' commitment to the profession and the factors influencing it. The Maslow Hierarchy of Needs (1943) was used as a theoretical framework. This theory can be applied in the context of schools to understand individuals' behavior at the workplace and the reasons leading to it. The theory is based on the belief that human needs are arranged in a hierarchy, with basic physiological needs at the bottom and more complex needs at the top (Kaur, 2013).

This information can help understand the factors influencing the enhancement of the professional commitment of teachers because it provides a framework for understanding human behavior and motivation. In addition, Maslow's hierarchy of needs applies to individuals of different cultures, backgrounds, ages, and genders (Wahba & Bridwell, 1976).

The hierarchy theory (1943) is illustrated as a pyramid consisting of five levels ordered in terms of their significance: physiological, safety, love and belonging, esteem needs, and self-actualization needs. In the school context, psychological needs may be referred to earnings and work conditions; safety needs can be referred to job security; affiliation needs to involve a sense of recognition; respect, autonomy, and accountability can be related to esteem; and realization of teachers' professional potential may be seen as self-actualization needs (Ololube, 2006).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
This study employed an explanatory sequential mixed methods design. This type of design is suitable because the initial quantitative data method allows involving a wide range of participants while a qualitative interview-based study helps to interpret and describe quantitative data as well as hear the voice of participants and gain firsthand, in-depth information (Creswell, 2012). This design allows a more comprehensive understanding of the research question. Another reason for using this research design is that the use of both quantitative and qualitative data allows triangulation of findings (Creswell, 2012). This means that the researcher can compare and contrast the findings to identify commonalities and discrepancies which can validate the results (Creswell, 2012).
Research Sample
According to Cohen et al., (2007), the quality of the study depends not only on the appropriately chosen methodology and accurate use of instrumentation but also on the sampling strategy that is to be utilized. For this reason, the current mixed-methods study simple random sampling for a quantitative phase and purposeful sampling for a qualitative one (Creswell, 2012). Since the study explores the commitment to profession among the secondary school teachers of Zhambyl region, they served as the population for the current research.  
Data Collection Tools
This study adopted the questionnaire by Meyer and Allen about employee commitment to the organization (Meyer et al., 2004) and the questionnaire about the teachers’ motivation by Kassabgy, Boraie, and Schmidt (2001). Overall, the survey included 38 Likert scale survey questions that helped to identify the teachers’ attitudes towards their commitment to the profession as well as what intrinsic and extrinsic factors influence their professional commitment. The survey was provided in three languages: Russian, Kazakh, and English.
The second phase (qualitative) employed a one-on-one semi-structured type of interview protocol as an instrument for the study as it allows the researcher to extract additional information from the interviewee by asking probe questions. Each interview included 34 questions. The interview schedules were prepared in three languages (Russian, Kazakh, and English), so the participants could choose one of the languages that is the most comfortable for them to speak.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students' well-being and academic success were prioritized above all else. Committed teachers understand the role which reflects in their thorough lesson preparation and use of the most effective approaches and methodologies. They establish a trustworthy relationship with students and demonstrate genuine concern for students’ academic performance and engagement. Satisfaction was the most powerful intrinsic factor enhancing teacher commitment. Other personal factors were a sense of achievement, a sense of involvement, job competence, and work experience. Social status, sense of achievement, and involvement are also crucial factors. Factors such as job competence, work experience, and the status of the teaching profession are considered less influential. These suggest that efforts should be made to improve job satisfaction and enhance the social status of the teaching profession to promote commitment. The extrinsic factor as having good relationships and support from school administrators is one of the vital factors in raising the level of professional commitment. The participants expressed dissatisfaction with the managerial style of leadership of their principals and vice principals. From the participants’ perspective reformations in education have many benefits, yet they admit that the policymakers cannot control the implementation of these reforms at the place in every school, where local authorities and school leaders are in charge. Also, the school environment plays a crucial role in promoting job commitment. Such extrinsic factors as salary emerged not to be the leading factor influencing the job commitment of participants. Other extrinsic factors also such as good relationships with students, good relationships with colleagues, fair treatment, adequate workload, flexible working hours, ability to professional development, participation in the school decision-making process, recognition, autonomy, clear rules and procedures along with bonus payments have not deemed a priority among secondary school teachers in the region, it is significant to recognize their role in promoting occupational commitment.
References
Adiele, E. E., & Abraham, N. (2013). Achievement of Abraham Maslow's Needs Hierarchy Theory among Teachers: Implications for Human Resource Management in the Secondary School System in Rivers State. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 2(1), 140-144.
Bagraim, J. J. (2003). The dimensionality of professional commitment. SA Journal of Industrial Psychology, 29(2), 6-9.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007). Research Methods in Education (6th ed.). Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Boston, MA: PearsonEducation.
Deci, E., L. & Ryan, R., M. (1985). The general causality orientations scale: Self-determination in personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 19(2). 109-194. https://doi.org/10.1016/0092-6566(85)90023-6
Deci, E., L. & Ryan, R., M. (1985). The general causality orientations scale: Self-determination in personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 19(2). 109-194. https://doi.org/10.1016/0092-6566(85)90023-6
Kassabgy, O., Boraie, D., & Schmidt, R. (2001). Values, rewards, and job satisfaction in ESL/EFL. Motivation and second language acquisition, 4(2), 213-237.
Kaur, A. (2013). Maslow’s need hierarchy theory: Applications and criticisms. Global Journal of Management and Business Studies, 3(10), 1061-1064. Ololube, N. P. (2006). Teachers job satisfaction and motivation for school effectiveness: An assessment. Essays in Education, 18(1), 9.
Meyer, J. P., & Allen, N. J. (1997). Commitment in the workplace: Theory, research, and application. Sage publications.
Meyer, J. P., Becker, T. E., & Vandenberghe, C. (2004). Employee commitment and motivation: a conceptual analysis and integrative model. Journal of applied psychology, 89(6), 991.
Meyer, J. P., Morin, A. J., Stanley, L. J., & Maltin, E. R. (2019). Teachers' dual commitment to the organization and occupation: A person-centered investigation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 100-111.
Meyer, J. P., Stanley, D. J., Herscovitch, L., & Topolnytsky, L. (2002). Affective, continuance, and normative commitment to the organization: A meta-analysis of antecedents, correlates, and consequences. Journal of vocational behavior, 61(1), 20-52.
Molly S. Eickholt & Alan K. Goodboy (2017) Investment model predictions of workplace ostracism on K–12 teachers’ commitment to their schools and the profession of teaching, Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health, 32:2, 139-157, DOI: 10.1080/15555240.2017.1332483
Moses, I., Admiraal, W., Berry, A., & Saab, N. (2019). Student-teachers’ commitment to teaching and intentions to enter the teaching profession in Tanzania. South African Journal of Education, 39(1), 1-15.
Wahba, M. A., & Bridwell, L. G. (1976). Maslow reconsidered: A review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational behavior and human performance, 15(2), 212-240.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Principal Leadership Practices for Supporting Teacher Collaboration and Collective Teacher Efficacy: A Random Intercept Cross-Lagged Panel Model

André Meyer1, Takumi Yada2, Akie Yada2, Sebastian Kempert1, Dirk Richter1

1University of Potsdam, Germany; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Meyer, André; Yada, Takumi

For the past two decades, scholars have extensively studied teacher collaboration and collective teacher efficacy (CTE), investigating their associations with various outcomes at the teacher level (e.g., job satisfaction, teacher commitment; Klassen et al., 2010), the classroom level (e.g., instructional quality; Goddard & Kim, 2018), and the student level (e.g., reading or maths achievement; Goddard et al., 2015). Teacher collaboration involves interaction within a group with the shared goal of accomplishing a task (Vangrieken et al., 2015). This collaboration manifests in various forms of joint work, such as subject or grade-level teacher teams, co-teaching, or professional learning communities (Vangrieken et al., 2015). CTE refers to the belief individual teachers hold about the collective capability of the entire teaching faculty to make an educational difference for their students, surpassing the educational impact of homes and communities (Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004).

Concerning the causal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE, previous empirical investigations followed two distinct theoretical approaches: (1) Founded in social cognitive theory, CTE can emerge from mastery and vicarious experiences gained through interactions with colleagues and observing their professional behavior (Bandura, 1997). That is, teachers who engage in collaboration are more likely to feel efficacious as a group (Moolenaar et al., 2012). (2) According to expectancy-value theory, however, the anticipation of success plays a pivotal role in predicting an individual's motivation to undertake a specific activity (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000). From this standpoint, teachers are more inclined to collaborate with their colleagues if they anticipate successful joint efforts (Authors, 2020). However, existing studies used cross-sectional data to examine the relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE (Authors, 2020) or missed to investigate bidirectional temporal associations to find evidence for causality (Goddard et al., 2015). Further, the role of principals in shaping the possible interrelations has not been taken into consideration.

In the present study, we suggest that the relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE is likely to be both reciprocal and mutually reinforcing. We further assume that principals play a crucial role in shaping teachers' collaborative efforts because they can guide and support these processes (Honingh & Hooge, 2014). In particular, principals can foster joint work of teachers by creating the necessary conditions for collaboration at the school-level (Authors, 2023; Honingh & Hooge, 2014). That is, principals can establish teacher teams by moderating teacher conferences and allocate time slots for teachers to collaborate when scheduling teachers’ class times (Authors, 2023). Based on our assumption on the reciprocal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE, we finally hypothesize an indirect relationship between PLP and CTE. Therefore, our study aims to explore the causal relationship between teacher collaboration, collective teacher efficacy, and principal leadership practices for collaboration. Using a random intercept cross-lagged panel model (RI-CLPM), we address the following research questions:

  1. Is there a causal relationship between teacher collaboration and collective teacher efficacy?

  2. What is the effect of principals’ leadership practices on teacher collaboration?

  3. What is the effect of principals’ leadership practices on collective teacher efficacy?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We address our research questions by analyzing survey data obtained from a project evaluating the impact of an 18-month professional development program on enhancing principals' leadership practices for school improvement in Germany (Authors, under review). Throughout the project, we collected data from principals and teachers across three measurement occasions. This study utilizes panel data from 1112 teachers (69% female, 31% male) in 29 schools, with 619 teachers at T1, 674 at T2, and 263 at T3. Response rates averaged 60% at T1, 67% at T2, and 54% at T3.

Teachers assessed their principals' leadership practices in terms of providing structures for school-based teacher collaboration (PLP, 4 items, four-point Likert scale; e.g., The principal at our school makes sure that teachers have time for collaboration), the frequency of collaboration (3 items, six-point scale; e.g., exchanging instructional materials with colleagues), and teachers' collective efficacy (CTE, 3 items, four-point Likert scale; e.g., We can make progress in our school as we are pursuing the same goals as faculty staff). Reliability estimates for all scales were satisfactory (0.67 < ω < 0.84; Nájera Catalán, 2019). Intra-class correlation coefficients indicated substantial variance between groups (0.18 < ICC(1) < 0.45), with highly reliable group means on the school level (0.89 < ICC(2) < 0.97; LeBreton & Senter, 2008). All scales exhibited strong factorial invariance over time, making them suitable for longitudinal investigations.

To answer our research questions, we employed a random intercept cross-lagged panel model (RI-CLPM) using manifest variables for principals’ leadership practices (PLP), teacher collaboration, and collective teacher efficacy (CTE) across three measurement occasions. RI-CLPM is a structural equation modelling approach and allows investigations of causal relationships between variables examining cross-lagged correlations, accounting for their time-invariant, trait-like nature (Mulder & Hamaker, 2021). For RQ1 and RQ2, we examined bivariate associations between teacher collaboration and CTE, as well as PLP and teacher collaboration, respectively. RQ3 involved mediation analysis to examine the indirect relationship between PLP and CTE, mediated via teacher collaboration. The final model demonstrated excellent fit to the data (χ² = 23.650, df = 31, p > .05, RMSEA = .00, CFI = 1.00, SRMR = .04).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding RQ1, our findings indicate a reciprocal causal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE. We observed a significant effect of teacher collaboration on CTE (T1–T2: β = .18, p < .01, T2–T3: β = .18, p < .01) and vice versa, with CTE affecting teacher collaboration (T1–T2: β = .25, p < .05, T2–T3: β = .24, p < .05), while controlling for baseline estimates. In essence, teachers engaged in frequent collaboration are more likely to experience heightened collective efficacy, and conversely, those reporting high levels of collective efficacy are more inclined to report increased collaboration. As per recommendations by Orth et al. (2022), these coefficients indicate large cross-lagged effects.

For RQ2, we found a large significant effect for principals’ leadership practices (PLP) on teacher collaboration (T1–T2: β = .28, p < .01, T2–T3: β = .28, p < .01) accounting for baseline PLP estimates. This implies that teachers reporting higher levels of their principal’s leadership practices, specifically in fostering school-based collaboration, are more likely to observe increases in actual teacher collaboration.

With regard to RQ3, our results suggest a significant indirect effect of PLP at T1 on CTE at T3 mediated through teacher collaboration at T2, with moderate effect size (βind = .05, p < .01). Principals facilitating structures for school-based collaboration seem to positively influence teachers’ actual collaboration, subsequently enhancing their perception of collective teacher efficacy.

However, there are some minor methodological limitations to our study that we need to take into account when interpreting these findings, such as participant dropout at T3. Nonetheless, our study significantly contributes to the field of school leadership and school improvement research as it uses longitudinal data to shed light on the causal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE. Additionally, we explore the pivotal role of principals’ leadership practices in fostering collaboration among teachers, thereby enhancing their motivation.

References
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman.

Goddard, R., Goddard, Y., Sook Kim, E., & Miller, R. (2015). A theoretical and empirical analysis of the roles of instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and collective efficacy beliefs in support of student learning. American Journal of Education, 121(4), 501-530. https://doi.org/10.1086/681925

Goddard, Y., & Kim, M. (2018). Examining connections between teacher perceptions of collaboration, differentiated instruction, and teacher efficacy. Teachers College Record, 120(1), 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811812000102

Honingh, M., & Hooge, E. (2013). The effect of school-leader support and participation in decision making on teacher collaboration in Dutch primary and secondary schools. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(1), 75–98. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213499256

Klassen, R. M., Usher, E. L., & Bong, M. (2010). Teachers’ collective efficacy, job satisfaction, and job stress in cross-cultural context. Journal of Experimental Education, 78(4), 464–486. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220970903292975

LeBreton, J. M., & Senter, J. L. (2008). Answers to 20 Questions About Interrater Reliability and Interrater Agreement. Organizational Research Methods, 11(4), 815–852. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428106296642

Mulder, J. D., & Hamaker, E. L. (2021). Three extensions of the random intercept cross-lagged panel model. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 28(4), 638-648. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2020.1784738

Nájera Catalán, H. E. (2019). Reliability, Population Classification and Weighting in Multidimensional Poverty Measurement: A Monte Carlo Study. Social Indicators Research, 142(3), 887–910. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-018-1950-z

Orth, U., Meier, L. L., Bühler, J. L., Dapp, L. C., Krauss, S., Messerli, D., & Robins, R. W. (2022). Effect size guidelines for cross-lagged effects. Psychological Methods. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000499

Tschannen-Moran, M., & Barr, M. (2004). Fostering student learning: The relationship of collective teacher efficacy and student achievement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 189–209. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760490503706

Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002

Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy–value theory of achievement motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 68–81. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1015
 
13:15 - 14:4526 SES 01 B: School Leadership Preparation and Development for Equity, Inclusion and Social Justice
Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: David Gurr
Session Chair: Olof Johansson
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

School Leadership Preparation and Development for Equity, Inclusion and Social Justice

Chair: David Gurr (University of Melbourne)

Discussant: Olof Johansson (University of Umea)

This is a two-part symposium focussed on educational leadership preparation and development and draws upon research from members of the International School Leadership Development Network. The first part has four papers describing programs and ideas focussed on equity, inclusion and social justice, with the second part having four papers focussed on the future through discussion of exemplary existing programs and future trends. The papers in the symposium will eventually be published in an edited book along with other chapters.

School leadership is a priority in education policy internationally, as it plays the essential role in improving school outcomes by motivating teachers, building teacher capacities, and developing good school climate and conditions (Leithwood, Sun, & Schumacker, 2020). A major finding has been that effective educational leadership is important in enhancing quality and equity in schools (Pont, Nusche & Moorman, 2008; Kemethofer, Helm, & Warwas, 2022).

Schools in recent times have faced many challenges and there are many challenges ahead such as: the impact of the COVID pandemic; the rise of AI in schools; teacher shortages in many countries; and massive migration driven through refugee crises in many parts of the world. Along with environmental and humanitarian issues, we know that there is major issues to do with school quality and equity (United Nations, 2015).Leadership preparation development is crucial to building qualified and capable leaders for schools who can take responsibility for fostering students who can deal with the challenges of the world in the long run (Harris & Jones, 2020; Lozano, Garcia, & Sandoval, 2023).

In the face of these challenges, we think it is timely to have a futures focused discussion on educational leadership preparation and development. To facilitate this, we have reached out to members of the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN), one of the largest and longest serving international school leadership research networks, and through an interactive development process identified four broad areas of focus that will be covered through 14 papers:

- Teacher and middle leader preparation and development.

- Preparation and development of leadership for equity, inclusion and social justice

- School, community and university partnerships for leadership preparation and development.

- Leadership Training Programs for Future Leadership Development

For the two-part symposium at ECER, we have eight groups reporting on their research and writing.

Part A: School leadership preparation and development for equity, inclusion and social justice

Part B: Future focussed educational leadership preparation and development

This part is focussed on equity, inclusion and social justice, which have become important issues in recent decades and will continue to be the focus of social development globally through efforts such as UNESCO’s ambitious 2030 sustainable development goals (https://en.unesco.org/sustainabledevelopmentgoals). More research is needed to explore these areas in educational leadership development (Vogel, Reichard, Batistič, & Černe, 2021). In this symposium three papers directly address equity issues: Patricia Silva and colleagues describe the educational leadership preparation and development issues concerning social justice in the complex society context of Catalonia in Spain; Helene Ärlestig and Olof Johansson explore school leadership development in Sweden from a democracy perspective; and, Ian Potter explores leadership for equity in England and the Netherlands using the lenses of context and leader personality. The other paper do so but from a school-community partnership perspective with Alison Mitchell focussing on Scotland and a program that had school, community and university partnerships focussed on developing critically conscious school leaders and communities. All papers will consider implications for the future leadership preparation and development.


References
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times, School Leadership & Management, 40(4), pp. 243-247

Kemethofer,D., Helm, C., & Warwas, J. (2022). Does educational leadership enhance instructional quality and student achievement? The case of Austrian primary school leaders. International Journal of Leadership in Education, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1–25.

Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2020). How School Leadership Influences Student Learning: A Test of “The Four Paths Model.” Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570–599.

Pont, B., Nusche, D., & Moorman, H. (2008). Improving school leadership: Vol. 1: Policy and practice. OECDParis

United Nations (2015). Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1 (NY, NY: United Nations).

Vogel,B.,  Reichard, R. J., Batistič, S., & Černe, M. (2021). A bibliometric review of the leadership development field: How we got here, where we are, and where we are headed. The Leadership Quarterly, 32(5), article 101381

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Path to Respectful Education and Inclusion: Leadership Preparation at the Crossroads

Patricia Silva (University of Barcelona), Charles Slater (California State University Long Beach), Serafín Antúnez (University of Barcelona)

Leadership preparation is at a crossroads so that decisions taken now will have a lasting impact. One path is to continue education of managers who will develop skills to preserve the status quo. The other is to move toward transformative practices, address global issues, and adapt to a digital world that is becoming more diverse. Transformative leadership (Shields, 2017) and practices based on equity (Llorent-Bedmar, Cobano-Delgado & Navarro-Granados, 2019) are appropriate responses from school leaders and teachers to achieve an education that respects the rights of students. Leadership is presented as a practice full of challenges in the coming years. In a constantly changing world focused on the digital age (Navalpotro, 2023), globalization and diversity, school directors must be agile and have the ability to learn as priorities. Educational leadership preparation has acquired a fundamental role in defining future educational objectives, highlighting the skills and values necessary to face a society in constant evolution. Additionally, school leaders are expected to place inclusion and social justice at the center of their professional practices (Slater, Antúnez, Silva, 2021; Silva, Antúnez, Slater, 2022), promoting an environment where the voices of all stakeholders of the educational community are heard, and where sustainability and social responsibility are essential topics, along with the well-being of people and the preservation of the planet. These challenges require school leaders to develop increasingly specific competencies and maintain an open mind to address them. (Slater, Antúnez, Silva, 2021). The paper describes, analyzes, and interprets the professional practices of managers that focus attention on leadership preparation for the cultural and linguistic rights of students, as well as social justice and inclusion. Qualitative data provided by families, teachers and directors who work in highly complex schools in Catalonia are used. Preparation includes best practices of educational leaders, the organizational and didactic strategies implemented to serve students and their families in situations of vulnerability The role of directors and obstacles that they confront are identified to move towards an increasingly inclusive school. In line with Santos-Rego (2014) and Martínez, Fernández and de La Peña (2016), the importance of reviewing and using alternative, particular, and varied organizational models is highlighted to serve children and their families more efficiently.

References:

Llorent-Bedmar, V., Cobano-Delgado, V., & Navarro-Granados, M. (2019). School leadership in disadvantaged contexts in Spain: Obstacles and improvements. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 47(1), 147-164. Martínez-Usarralde, M. J., Fernández-García, C. M., & Ayala-De La Peña, A. (2016). Yo acojo, tú agrupas, ella compensa": Análisis comparado de la política de integración del alumnado inmigrante en tres Comunidades Autónomas, Revista Complutense de Educación, 27(3), 1103. Navalpotro, J. (2023) Cero Grados: La dirección escolar en la era de la inteligencia artificial. Madrid: Edición Fundación Mecenas Educación y Cultura. Santos-Rego, M.A., Julia Crespo- Comesaña, J., Lorenzo-Moledo M., Godas- Otero, A. (2012) Escuelas e inmigración en España ¿es inevitable la segregación? Cultura y Educación, 24 (2), 193-205. Shields, C. (2017). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable and socially just change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge. Silva, P., Antúnez, S., & Slater C.L. (2020). Towards Social Justice in Highly Complex Schools in Catalonia, Spain. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 49(2), 336-351. Slater, C. L., Antúnez, S., & Silva, P. (2021). Social justice leadership in Spanish schools: Researcher perspectives. Leadership and Policy in Schools Journal, 20(1), 111-126
 

Rebuilding Democracy through School Leadership Training Programs

Helene Ärlestig (University of Umea), Olof Johansson (University of Umea)

In almost all societies schools are seen as an important base for transferring knowledge and values on how today´s society works and develop from one generation to the next. To go to school is considered as an opportunity for the individual student to require knowledge and skills to be able to make individual choices and prepare enough skills for a coming employment or occupation. At the same time, we see research report describing schools with problems to attract students, competent teachers and get enough economical founding to support and meet the needs of all students. Besides transferring individual competence and skills, schools have an important task to foster citizens in relation to national policy and culture. Schools plays in that sense an important role in how the national state is understood and valued. Right now, there is globally an increased focus on nationalism with stricter border controls and a stricter view on what to teach in relation to the own countries history and todays governance systems and policy. At the same time, we have global problems related to climate change, war, and organized crime that affects all societies in one way or the other. New technology and AI opens possibilities that we have not seen before. Taken together national and global events and processes change culture, values and norms which directly impact schools and the younger generation. With these issues, we believe that future schooling needs to focus on sensemaking, values and ethics to meet coming challenges where the ambition to sustain and build democratic citizens are crucial. This requires that school leaders generate schools that combine academic learning with issues related to how we interact and work together as individuals as well as organizations and nations. A school where being together, and experience various perspective can build new generations that see the importance of cooperation to meet mutual challenges. This paper is a commentary that explores these issues and the leadership we will argue for is an authentic value-based leadership for democratic improvement focusing on creating an understanding and balance between individual and public good.

References:

Ärlestig, H., Day, C., & Johansson, O. (2016). A decade of research on school principals: Cases from 24 countries. Dordrecht: Springer. Johansson, O., & Bredeson, P. V. (1999). Value orchestration by the policy community for the learning community: Reality or myth. In P. T. Begley (Ed.), alues and educational leadership (pp. 51–72). Albany: State University of New York Press. Johansson, O., & Ärlestig, H. (2019). Bringing Support Structures to Scale: The Role of the State and School Districts, Umeå University, Centre for Principal Development.
 

Political Acuity in School Principalship: A Future Imperative? Implications for Leadership Preparation, Development and Praxis

Alison Mitchell (University of Glasgow)

This paper explores the increasing imperative of political acuity in contemporary school principalship and the implications therein for professional development that will prepare school leaders to leverage social, political and technological dynamics that threaten future democratic education (Norris, 2023). Political literacy, as a leadership attribute, is promoted in many systems globally (GTCS, 2021), increasingly so through the backdrop of the Covid-19 pandemic that heightened and exposed political and systemic injustices. Amidst global turbulence, the development of politically literate principals, who will lead with cognizance of the extent to which educational policy can perpetuate intersectional inequalities, is essential. In short, the world needs principals with the courage and capacity to act as empowered contributors to future local and global policy trajectories (Brooks & Normore, 2010), especially if they are to help reconcile fundamental tensions within education policy and governance structures that privilege performativity or undermine democracy. This chapter is structured in three sections. First, it offers a critical review of contemporary literature around the preparation and development of political literacy in principalship, as a compelling objective to support a more democratic, stable and sustainable educational future. Second, the chapter presents data from a case study research-practice, (university/district) partnership: the Enhanced Political Cognizance program for aspirant school principals in Scotland. Enhanced Political Cognizance was designed to strengthen school leaders’ critical understandings and interrogations of the political foundations of education and social policy, developing the courage and capacity to advance and enact positive social change (Lash & Sanchez, 2022; Magill & Rodriguez, 2022) through their leadership praxis in and beyond their communities. While the Enhanced Political Cognizance program was evaluated positively, the individual leaders still wrested with contextual applications of their learning, which required personal courage, reflexivity and understanding of the “political nature in which they, their privilege and their institutions are positioned” (MacDonald, 2023, p. 2). The chapter concludes with reflections on the tensions experienced in enactment of political acuity in the case study system, the importance of practical application of academic learning through research-practice partnerships and implications therein for education leadership preparation and development globally, if we are to reimagine a democratic and sustainable educational future (Carney, 2022).

References:

Brooks, J. S., & Normore, A. H. (2010). Educational leadership and globalization: Literacy for a glocal perspective. Educational policy, 24(1), 52-82. Carney, K. (2022). Review of Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education: by UNESCO, Comparative Education, 58(4), 568–569. GTCS. (2021). GTC Professional Standards for Teachers. [online] Available at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/professional-standards-for-teachers Lash, C.L. and Sanchez, J.E. (2022). Leading for equity with critical consciousness: how school leaders can cultivate awareness, efficacy, and critical action. The Clearing house: a Journal of Educational strategies, issues and ideas, 95(1), 1-6. MacDonald, K. (2023). Social justice leadership practice in unjust times: leading in highly disadvantaged contexts, International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26:1, 1-17, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2020.1770866 Magill, K. R., & Rodriguez, A. (2022). Intellectual leadership for social justice. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 1-22. Norris, T. (2023). Educational futures after COVID-19: Big tech and pandemic profiteering versus education for democracy. Policy Futures in Education, 21(1), 34-57. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) (2021). Into the Future: Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence, Paris: OECD.
 

Leadership for Equity starts with the Disposition of the Leader

David Gurr (Univeristy of Melbourne), Ian Potter (Association of Education Advisors(Scotland))

The aim of this presentation and paper is to explore the traits of leadership for social justice, drawing on the work to date within the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN), and referring to James et al’s (2017) writings on Ego States. In doing so, an argument will develop about the implications of this thinking for leadership preparation and development for school leaders and how such contemplations need to be contextualised. The paper has 6 parts as follows: 1. Introduction to the leadership for equity, drawing on the ISLDN literature on Social Justice Leadership and my own thinking around conceptualising equity 2. Introduction to the lens of Ego States in understanding how the personal psychology of a leader impacts on their disposition and approach to leadership. 3. An acknowledgement and consideration of the contextual factors that need to be brought to bear on analysing leadership behaviours. This is in order to recognise diversity of situation across the globe and cultural sensitivities are required when evaluating practice. 4. An exploration of case studies in two countries, providing empirical evidence from England and the Netherlands, where leadership for inclusive practices are examined. These case studies are from the ISLDN. 5. The perspectives framed in parts 1 - 3 above will inform a discussion of the data presented in part 4. 6. Implications for leadership preparation and development will be extrapolated and concluding recommendations made. Contributions to knowledge include: ● An intersectionality of psychology and sociological perspectives ● Bringing the concepts of equity and inclusion to the fore when exploring the notion of social justice leadership ● Comparing and contrasting two ‘European’ case studies of policy and practice in schools, and in doing so illuminating the contextual sensitivities when discussing ‘effective’ school leadership ● Providing some evidence-informed theoretical advice for school leadership preparation and development.

References:

James, C., James, J. S. & Potter, I., (2017). An exploration of the validity and potential of adult ego development for enhancing understanding of school leadership, School Leadership and Management, 37(4), 372-390.
 
13:15 - 14:4526 SES 01 C: Distributed Leadership in Education: Global Perspectives and Challenges
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Sandra Fernández-Núñez
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Project Teams: Exploring Distributed Leadership in Russian Schools

Marina Tsatrian1, Konstantin Seregin2

1HSE University; 2HSE University

Presenting Author: Tsatrian, Marina; Seregin, Konstantin

Distributed leadership is considered one of the most effective approaches to leading a school, as this approach assumes that management is not concentrated in the hands of one person - the school principal but goes beyond the boundaries of the school management team and extends to the school staff. There have been various studies on distributed leadership and its effects on the student learning outcomes all over the world. Our research focuses on the phenomenon of project teams as one of the forms of distributed leadership which started to emerge in schools of Moscow (Benoliel, 2021; Moiseev, 2021). In fact, large scale reorganisation of schools that took place in Moscow (launched in 2012) has lead to major shift and changes in the educational landscape and made impossible to lead the school the same way as before. Today about 80% of schools in Moscow have 5 and more buildings (the biggest school has 22 buildings), which poses new challenges for school principals and raises the question of rethinking the role of the principal.

The major debate and question arises: whether leading a school is solely a principal's task or it should involve deputies, teachers etc. as well (Benoliel, 2021)? The concept of distributed leadership assumes that a principal involves school members in leadership. What is more, such leadership is not confined to deputies but involves teaching staff as well (Azorín, Harris & Jones, 2019). In other words, new leadership roles are appearing at schools. Research shows that the emergence of “middle leaders'' in schools has a positive effect on both the educational outcomes of students and the work of teachers (Gurr, 2023).

Bush & Glover (2014, cited in Benoliel, 2021) claim that successful schools build their leadership via creating and developing interdisciplinary teams. The teams work on solving particular school issues which can be related to pedagogical issues as well as administrative. Emergence of the teams has a positive impact on school improvement as well as on the teachers’ involvement and motivation (Lu & Hallinger, 2018) Such teams allow principals to cover the taks, issues which could not be covered by school management team alone and at the same time are significant for improving students’ outcomes.

However, Hall, Gunter, and Bragg (2012) argue that often distributed leadership, delegation of decision-making, turns out to be a facade, an illusion created by the school management team. The question arises: are middle leaders truly included in leading a school and have their “say” in decision-making? If not, what is their main task? What purpose are teams created at school for?

Our team has lead a case-study research on project teams in schools of Moscow to find out the reasons behind emergence of the teams and to answer the following research questions:

What role do project teams play in school management? What issues do they address or focus on?

What does the organizational structure of schools with project teams look like?

What is the role of a school principal in relation to these teams?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research aims at unpacking 5 cases of schools where this approach to distributing leadership was implemented. Convenience sampling was used to define the schools for the studies. The final sample comprised 5 schools of different sizes (schools having from 1840 - 5421 students, 8-18 buildings) and from different parts of Moscow (Tab. 1). The schools were in different stages of implementation of the approach in leading the school. In this way, three schools were developing project teams over years (4-7 years), while two other schools just launched the approach and were testing it.  
School
Quantity of buildings (campuses)
Overall quantity of students
When project teams approach was implemented

The studies involved:
- analysis of Moscow educational system;
- analysis of the  context of each school;
- interviews with principals, deputies, leaders of project teams and members of project teams. In other words we interviewed all the parties involved in project teams, because it was crucial to analyze the role of project teams through different lenses. During the interview principals were also asked to draw the organisational structure with project teams. Studies involved analysis of school documentation (project teams proposal templates and other documentation),
- in some schools we managed to participate in project proposal procedure and the final project listening  (where teams were showing their results).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research unpacked various strategies of leading a school using the project team approach. The organisational structure and the role of project teams in school management differed in schools as the purposes and prerequisites for their emergence differed as well. In all five cases, principals emphasized the importance of project teams in talent search and viewed them as a platform for the professional development of staff. However, it was not the main goal for many of them. Principals pursued different purposes: for some, it was seen as the only mechanism to distribute leadership and address school issues, while for others, it served as a means of quality assurance and staff retention. The research also highlighted changes in the role of the principal depending on the stage of implementation.
References
Bolden, R. (2011). Distributed leadership in organizations: A review of theory and research. International journal of management reviews, 13(3), 251-269.
Benoliel, P. (2021). A team-based perspective for school improvement: The mediating role of school management teams. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 14(2), 442-470.
Lu, J., & Hallinger, P. (2018). A mirroring process: from school management team cooperation to teacher collaboration. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 17(2), 238-263.
Moiseev, A. M. (2021). School project teams: creation, activities, support.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Distributed Leadership in Spanish Schools to Face Difficult Circumstances

Sandra Fernández-Núñez, Julián López-Yáñez, Marita Sánchez-Moreno

Universidad de Sevilla, Spain

Presenting Author: Fernández-Núñez, Sandra

Taken the results and conclusions of two case studies, the paper analyzes and discuss the differences and similarities of the way distributed leadership is promoted by the management teams of two successful secondary schools located in socioeconomically disadvantaged urban contexts (Hallinger, 2018; Moral-Santaella & Raso-Sánchez, 2023). These two schools face difficult circumstances, serving a population with low prerequisites and high ethnic and cultural diversity. However, in both cases, we can speak of success because the management team has been able to care for and to improve the well-being of their educational community without giving up on demanding the best possible academic results of their students. Their common goal is that the majority of students get the maximum benefits, in a broad sense, from their years spent at the school (Day et al., 2016). The study was conducted following the theoretical framework and research protocols of the International School Successful Principalship Project (ISSPP), a project that has conducted case studies on successful school trajectories in more than 25 countries for more than 20 years, identifying the role of school leadership in school success (Day et al., 2022).

Our study focuses on the management teams´ achievements and strategies of the two schools, rather than on the individual role of their principals. The 'management team' is a collegiate school management body with a long tradition in the Spanish educational system (Pérez-García et al., 2018). As the general roles and responsibilities of the management team are set by law, they are common to all schools; however, each school adjusts its internal functioning and its relationship with the other governance bodies to the specific context needs and organizational culture. These two schools also take advantage of the formal aspects of the regulatory macro-system, although they transform and adapt them to implement their own management strategy (Leithwood et al., 2020). What interests us in this study is to show how two different styles of organizing the management team can lead their respective schools to relative success in highly challenging contexts. The theoretical framework that underlies our conclusions focuses on leadership as a distributed phenomenon (Harris et al., 2022); the role of middle leadership (Bennett et al., 2007; Harris et al., 2019) in the Spanish educational system; and the specific organizational conditions affecting schools located in challenging contexts (González-Falcón et al., 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The two secondary schools are state-owned (public schools) and both are located in impoverished urban areas with a high level of immigrants from countries outside the European Union (Morocco, Pakistan, Latin American countries). They serve families with limited economic resources, limited employment opportunities and low educational level, which represents a high risk of reproducing their precarious situation in their children. Diamantino Secondary is placed in Seville, Andalusia, while Migracions Secondary (anonymized) is located in Badalona, Catalunya.
The chosen methodology is the case study, which has been conducted using the recently redesigned multilevel perspective of the ISSPP project. The project protocols were updated in 2022, and translated and adapted to the characteristics of the Spanish educational system. This is a qualitative analysis methodology that collects information through primary and complementary instruments including the following:
For primary data (a) a questionnaire addressed to teachers; (b) semi-structured individual interviews with members of the management team, teachers and other agents from the internal and external school context (e.g. inspection supervisor, municipal education officer, etc); (c) group interviews with other members of the educational community (students and families); and (d) non-participant observation of the management team's day-to-day activities. For complementary data, the following documents were consulted among others: general annual plans; annual reports and other official school documents; inspection reports; reports on approved evaluation indexes; news published by the school or about the school.
Data analysis started with the transcription of the interviews. After transcription we proceeded with the process of coding the qualitative data by assigning labels that represent different themes. These themes or categories were elaborated both inductively and deductively, which allowed an in-depth analysis of each case and a comparative analysis of both cases. The information obtained from the interviews have been triangulated with data from the questionnaire addressed to the teachers and with the complementary sources of information.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Leadership distribution is carried out under patterns that can be very different from school to school, so the scope and the agents involved can vary greatly. At Diamantino Secondary, the management team leaves a significant margin of autonomy to the school departments, and so to the respective heads. This way of managing motivates a broad involvement of the teaching staff in decision making (García-Martínez & Martín-Romera, 2019). The case is different at Migracions Secondary, where the management team is more reluctant to distribute leadership among other school community agents. However, relationships are completely horizontal among the members, and their roles are interchangeable. Strategic decisions are made primarily by the team, although, once made, the reasoning and communication to the rest of the faculty is detailed and transparent (Or & Berkovich, 2023), which facilitates their acceptance.
Besides, Diamantino serves the very high diversity of its students by organizing homogeneous but flexible groups in terms of academic performance, and by providing pedagogic and methodological resources to teachers who need them and want to apply them. The management team is responsible for maintaining groups with an ideal composition to facilitate learning, as well as to avoid disruptive behavior. By contrast, at Migracions the management of diversity is transferred to a team of course-level coordinators and, at the same time, the tutorial action is reinforced in order to offer a more personalized and direct attention to the students.
Both teams achieve, although by means of different strategies, a general climate of trust and collaboration in which both teachers and students participate (López-Yáñez & Sánchez-Moreno, 2021). In both cases the leadership scheme allows flexibility and encourages adaptation, including mechanisms and opportunities for reviewing the effects of their decisions. Thus, the management team might change its strategy to achieve the needed positive impact.

References
Bennett, N., Woods, P., Wise, C., & Newton, W. (2007). Understandings of middle leadership in secondary schools: A review of empirical research. School Leadership and Management, 27(5), 453–470, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632430701606137.

Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2), 221–258. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X15616863.

Day, C., Sun, J., & Grice, C. (2023). Research on successful school leadership. In R.J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, and K. Ercikan, International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition) pp. 62-72, Elsevier, https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.05024-7.

García-Martínez, I., & Martín-Romera, A. (2019). Promoting the pedagogical coordination through the middle leadership in secondary education. A systematic review. Bordón. Revista de Pedagogía, 71(2), 55–70. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2019.67324.

González-Falcón, I., García-Rodríguez, M. P., Gómez-Hurtado, I., & Carrasco-Macías, M. J. (2020). The importance of principal leadership and context for school success: insights from ‘(in)visible school.’ School Leadership and Management, 40(4), 248–265. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1612355.

Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652.

Harris, A., Jones, M., & Ismail, N. (2022). Distributed leadership: taking a retrospective and contemporary view of the evidence base. School Leadership & Management, 42(5), 438–456. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2022.2109620.

Harris, A., Jones, M., Ismail, N., & Nguyen, D. (2019). Middle leaders and middle leadership in schools: exploring the knowledge base (2003–2017). School Leadership and Management, 39(3–4) 255–277, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1578738.

Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership and Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077.

López-Yáñez, J., & Sánchez-Moreno, M. (2021). Network, community, organization. The school as the ecosystem of educational innovation. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 19(4), 31–54. https://doi.org/10.15366/reice2021.19.4.002.

Moral-Santaella, C., & Raso-Sánchez, F. (2023). The Meaning of Successful School Leadership in Disadvantaged Contexts in Spain: Approach from the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). Education Sciences, 13(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13101007.

Or, M. H., & Berkovich, I. (2023). Participative decision making in schools in individualist and collectivist cultures: The micro-politics behind distributed leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(3), 533–553. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211001364.

Pérez-García, P., López, C., & Bolívar, A. (2018). Efficacy of the Educational Leadership in the Spanish Context: The Perspective of Its Agents. NASSP Bulletin, 102(2), 141–160. https://doi.org/10.1177/0192636518774134


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Transformational Potential in the Educational System: Distributed Leadership and Grassroots Innovations as Core Drivers of Change

Daria Tomasova1, Anastasia Andreeva2

1Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation; 2Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Andreeva, Anastasia

Nowadays, the emergence of digital technologies has begun to radically reshape the institutional design of the educational sphere. At the same time, we witness a series of new demands for the educational sphere that arise due to labour market transformation, the demand for inclusiveness and bridging socio-economic gaps. As a result, the educational system still has additional potential for transformation.

We suppose that individual innovative projects or grassroots innovations can become an important development driver in the educational sphere under the conditions of limited resources and global challenges. Simultaneously, innovators in education often find themselves in a situation of resource shortage and high institutional pressure. They also tackle problems related to the lack of peer-to-peer support, as well as a lack of trust between different levels of management in the educational system (Niedlich et al, 2021). Another conjoint problem is the high degree of centralisation of the innovation policy in education [Wu, & Lin, 2020]. Global experience shows that exclusively unidirectional top-down transfer of initiatives through formal channels do not use the full potential of transformation innate to the educational system (Van den Boom-Muilenburg et al., 2022).

We seek to combine some of the issues discussed above in order to create the whole picture of how the landscape of education evolves. To discuss these issues we build upon the concept of grassroots innovations, and we combine it with the concept of distributed leadership to incorporate the aspect of co-creation by considering transformational potential in education. This theoretical lens presents a complex approach to explore when we have to link innovative push, institutional redesign, and urgent society demands in education to provide interactions between innovators and different stakeholders in the educational sphere.

First, we consider grassroots innovations as the initiatives embedded in the local context, they are closely linked to social initiatives. Another feature of grassroots innovation is that they often have a clear social impact and are launched as a response to social injustice and environmental problems (Raj, et al., 2022). A number of authors compare grassroots innovation with inclusive innovation - aimed at ensuring equal access to benefits for vulnerable categories (Tan, & Zuckermann, 2021). Thus, the potential of grassroots innovation relates to the speed and flexibility of responses to educational problems that public institutions cannot afford.

Second, we associate distributed leadership with the number of stakeholders’ viewpoints involved in the decision making process (Denis, et al. 2012) and with a plural leadership view on change (Canterino, et al., 2020). According to previous research, distributed leadership in education develop the professional capital and instructional capacity of teachers (Harris, & DeFlaminis, 2016), impact on teachers’ use of innovative practices (O'Shea, 2021), increase motivation for change, and contribute to more innovative solutions to school challenges (Snoek et al., 2019).

Consequently, public authorities in education need to behave less like traditional public bureaucracies and more like innovation animateurs, boosting new connections. To increase transformational potential, we should support collaboration and provide incentives for experimentation, encourage teachers, innovators and other stakeholders to become involved in educational change and to seize opportunities for diversification.

The aim of this study is to reveal how distributed leadership and community engagement provide necessary resources and expertise support for grassroots initiatives. We pose the following research questions:

  1. To what extent may grassroots innovations be considered as a part of transformational potential within the educational system?

  2. Which formats of distributed leadership may support grassroots dynamism, fill the gaps, remove imbalances, and facilitate connections between different stakeholders in the educational space?

  3. What are the main impacts of community engagement on the sustainability, diffusion, and replication of grassroots innovations?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical study is based on data obtained from the semi-structured interviews. Since the research was designed to study cooperative ties among innovators, the guides for the interviews covered the following topics. The first section contained items to elicit respondents' demographic information, including their professional status in the educational system, as well as the basic information about their innovative project in education. The second section contained items to reveal their motives and barriers for creating an educational project. The third section contained items to describe the exchange and dissemination of innovative ideas in the educational community, the stable and temporary partnerships, and the channels that innovators use to obtain resources, information and expertise.
In total, we established 4 different guides for different types of respondents.
The research setting chosen for the study consisted of  teachers and administrators in schools, regional authorities in the educational sphere, individual innovators, and representatives of museums that carry out educational activities.
There has been much discussion about how to measure innovativeness and how to classify projects as innovative. Conventional measures of a firm's innovative activity are not relevant for educational organisations, especially for those within the formal system. The formal status of federal or regional innovative platforms seems to be an evident criterion, but this approach would exclude a lot of grassroots innovations and informal initiatives. Finally, we define educational innovation as a new local practice or approach in the educational process (new educational product, methodological process or approach to interact with the community of learners). Thus, we considered all organisations and individuals which  implemented these new practices in the fields of general and extra-curricular education.
The research used a non-random sample. To improve the completeness and relevance of the data, we followed 4 principles:
we included representatives from both formal and non-formal education;
the geography of the study covered towns of different types and sizes within the same region;
at least 2 organisations participated in the interview process in each town;
at least 2 respondents participated in the interview process in each organisation.
The data were collected in 3 russian regions during the field expedition. We conducted 150 interviews with specialists from 65 organisations.
The collected data were processed using two-stage thematic coding. First, we identified descriptive codes and categorised them into five sub-themes. Then, we built second-level codes to describe the full range of practices concerning survival, strengthening and dissemination of educational initiatives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We present the following three main results of our study.
First, we explored distributed leadership across and between organisations and even levels of education. We present the differences between internal and external ties.
Internal ties with partners within the educational system rely upon a joint commitment to similar problems and projects, mutual trust and understanding because of common values and experience. These ties strengthen educational initiatives in an exploitative way through in-depth methodological and contextual elaboration of existing educational products. At the same time, external ties provoke the emergence of new educational formats at the intersection of culture, technology, social and entrepreneurial spheres. All of this allows them to find new digital solutions for the educational process, build learning algorithms with the use of business frames, and implement elements of social design in educational activities. Thus, heterogeneity and cross-disciplinarity of knowledge, skills, and experience reinforce the overall level of the quality, diversity and creativity of educational initiatives.
Second, we explored existing formats and types of collaboration within the educational sphere.
Team work involves new participants in joint projects on the basis of common interests, independently of institutional structures.
Formal and informal professional associations reinforce intra-community trust and motivate young teachers.
Personal connections on different platforms. The authors of the projects provide assistance for newcomers in submitting a grant application, preparing for competitions, etc.
Event layer. This format provides an extensive and sporadic exchange of experience through events such as festivals, exhibitions, meetings after professional championships etc.
Third, we identified the role played by non-governmental organisations in these partnerships. They create communities to disseminate educational initiatives with a social impact. Such organisations interact with schools, universities, corporations, media and other influencers, forming an extensive network of leaders and ambassadors of change.

References
Canterino, F., Cirella, S., Piccoli, B., & Shani, A. B. R. (2020). Leadership and change mobilization: The mediating role of distributed leadership. Journal of Business Research, 108, 42-51.
Denis, J. L., Langley, A., & Sergi, V. (2012). Leadership in the plural. Academy of Management Annals, 6(1), 211-283.
Harris, A., & DeFlaminis, J. (2016). Distributed leadership in practice: Evidence, misconceptions and possibilities. Management in education, 30(4), 141-146.
Niedlich, S., Kallfaß, A., Pohle, S., & Bormann, I. (2021). A comprehensive view of trust in education: Conclusions from a systematic literature review. Review of Education, 9(1), 124-158.
O'Shea, C. (2021). Distributed leadership and innovative teaching practices. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 2, 100088.
Raj, G., Feola, G., Hajer, M., & Runhaar, H. (2022). Power and empowerment of grassroots innovations for sustainability transitions: A review. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 43, 375-392.
Snoek, M., Hulsbos, F., & Andersen, I. (2019). Teacher leadership: hoe kan het leiderschap van leraren in scholen versterkt worden?.
Tan, W. L., Gangopadhyay, P., & Hauptman, O. (2021). Introduction to the special issue on “Grassroots and inclusive innovations: Conceptualizing synergies and complementarities”.
Van den Boom-Muilenburg, S. N., Poortman, C. L., Daly, A. J., Schildkamp, K., De Vries, S., Rodway, J., & Van Veen, K. (2022). Key actors leading knowledge brokerage for sustainable school improvement with PLCs: Who brokers what?. Teaching and teacher education, 110, 103577.
Wu, S., & Lin, C. Y. Y. (2020). Innovation and entrepreneurship in an educational ecosystem: Cases from Taiwan. Springer Nature.
 
13:15 - 14:4527 SES 01 A: Insights into Preschool and Primary Education
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Closing the Gap Between Didactics Literacy Pedagogy in ECEC (Early Childhood Education and Care) and school

Inga Kjerstin Birkedal, Elisabeth Filbrandt, Gunn Ofstad, Thomas Moser

University of Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Birkedal, Inga Kjerstin; Filbrandt, Elisabeth

Contribution

The transition between Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) and primary school is one of the major early transitions in a child’s life and can cause both positive and negative experiences regarding well-being, learning and development for the child. This transition is much debated in Norway, where children enter school the year they turn six. 98% of all children in Norway attend ECEC before starting school (Norwegian Directorate for Education, 2023). By law ECEC and schools must collaborate in the child’s transition (Ministry of Education and Research, 1998) to ensure a safe and sound transition and minimizing negative effect due to the change children experience. The municipalities are obliged to define and plan and implement the collaboration between ECEC provisions, schools, and after-schools, with subsequently variations.

A common understanding in Norway is that ECEC provisions and schools have similarities, but also differ in their pedagogical approaches when it comes to didactic literacy pedagogy. In this study we aim to explore if the use of books as transition objects, can bridge these two didactic literacy pedagogies, and provide the opportunity for children to use their literacy competence across the institutions. For this purpose, we have formulated the following research question:

How can books as transition objects bridge the gap between didactic literacy pedagogy in ECEC and school?

In 2023, the municipality of Stavanger (146,000 residents) initiated a project aimed at enhancing collaboration and easing the transition between ECEC, after-school programs, and primary schools. As part of this initiative, a backpack was introduced, containing various transition objects such as two books, a jumping rope, a songbook, figures, and a pamphlet offering tips for engaging activities. This backpack was distributed to ECEC teachers responsible for school-starters, as well as first-grade teachers in schools.

The concept of transition objects has been deliberated in Norway as a strategy to soften the transition process (Hogsnes, 2017). Originally denoted as items providing comfort to children in the context of parental separation (Wakenshaw, 2020), subsequent studies have expounded on their utility in the ECEC-to-school transition (Hogsnes, 2015). Transition objects can involve objects, actions, activities and learning styles (Hogsnes, 2015). The Stavanger municipality project afforded an opportunity for a research-based evaluation of the efficacy of transition objects in bridging the ECEC-to-school transition. This presentation specifically concentrates on the role of books as transition objects, examining their function as a bridge between didactic literacy pedagogies and as scaffolding mechanisms (Bruner, 1985) facilitating the transition.

Within the Norwegian ECEC framework, literacy is conceptualized as emergent literacy, including all reading, and writing behaviours that precede and evolve into conventional literacy (Dickinson & Porche, 2011). During the transition to school, the majority of children remain in this emergent literacy phase, lacking formal reading and writing skills while their focus on the written language intensifies. Both ECEC and schools in Norway adopt a socio-cultural perspective on learning (Säljö, 2000). Nevertheless, literacy didactics in ECEC is characterized by a process-oriented approach, whereas school didactics align more closely with standardized competence goals defined for schools but not for ECEC. The pronounced differences in didactic literacy can be ascribed to modality, where ECEC predominantly emphasizes oral communication, while schools pivot toward written language due to their formalized reading and writing instruction (Skaftun & Wagner, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method  

The total design of the research has a wider perspective and purpose and is a research-based evaluation of the use of the backpack in the transition process. In this study we report on data from teachers in ECEC-provisions, schools, and children transition from ECEC to schools. The intension is to investigate how books as transition objects can bridge the gap between didactic literacy in ECEC and schools. We use triangularisation with online questionnaire and audio-recorded group interview to answer the research question. Informants are children attending ECEC and school. Respondent groups are teachers in ECEC and school.
Data from the total research was collected in three rows 2023: May, August, and September/October. In this study we use data collected from May and September/October. Participation in the study were voluntary and ethical formal standards was followed.
Questionnaire:Eleven ECEC participated (n= 20). Teachers teaching school starters received the questionnaire. Eight schools participated (n= 22). Teachers teaching 1. grade students received the questionnaire.
The questionnaire attended as a first impression of the research object and background for the construction of semi-structures group interviews, the aim was to collect additional depth to information by inviting dialogic exchange. By doing so the respondents could construct answers to questions that may require them to consider issues in a depth not explicitly previously explored in the questionnaire (Fontana & Frey, 2000).

Semi-structured group interviews: In ECEC eight teachers underwent five group interviews/interviews (n=5), while sixteen schoolteachers participated in four group interviews (n=4). Additionally, twenty-six children were interviewed in ECEC across nine group interviews (n=9), and twenty-one children in school across nine group interviews (n=9). The group interviews with children in both settings occurred in familiar environments within groups assigned by their teachers, starting with an examination of transition objects from the backpacks. Notably, the same children were interviewed across three institutions: ECEC, after-school, and school, providing a comprehensive and comparative analysis of their experiences.

All audio recording were transcribed verbatim and anonymized before data analysis. Children’s interviews were also transcribed in verbatim. A thematic analyse (Thagaard. 2019 pp 171-180) combined with cross-section analysis was used. This approach means that we go across the data compare transcripts interview and go in depths on the topics that appear (Mason 2018 pp 194-205). By combining different approaches triangularisation enables us to develop a more thorough understanding of our research topic.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes  
The data analysis is still ongoing, and the final results will be shown at the conference. Yet, in this stage of the analysis we can already mention some preliminary finding supporting the assumptions that books have the potential to serve as transition objects and can bridge the gap between didactic literacy pedagogy in ECEC and school. Data from questionnaire and interviews with ECEC teachers and interviews with children while they still are in ECEC, reveal that the books are used in different activities and that the children show a high literacy competence in relation to the books. Almost all children can re-tell them with great detailing. However, questionnaire and interviews with schoolteachers and interviews with children when they have started school indicate that books are used to a very small extent and only in the context where teachers are reading aloud and the children only listening to the teacher. When asking the teachers whether they could have used the books as a starting point for other reading and writing tasks, all teachers acknowledged the possibility. The teacher’s explanation for not using the books as a way into reading and writing for the children was that they found it hard to implement new didactics in already existing plan for teaching.
Bridging the gap between didactic literacy pedagogy in ECEC and primary school by building on literacy competence that children already acquired in ECEC, appears not to be realized. It seems that schoolteachers need more support to explore the potential in books as transition objects, a potential that they seem to recognise when this topic first is brought up in the interviews.



 

References
Act relating to Primary and Secondary Education and Training (the Education Act), LOV-1998-07-17-61; https://lovdata.no/dokument/NLE/lov/1998-07-17-61

Bruner, J. (1985). Vygotsky: A historical and conceptual primer. I J.V.Wretsch (Red.), Culture, Communication and Cognition (s 21- 34).  University Press.

Dickinson, D. K. & Porche, M.V. (2011) relation between language experience in preschool classrooms and children's kindergartens and fourth-grade language and reading abilities. Child development, 82 (3), 870-886. Doi:10.1111/j.1467-8624.2011.01576.x.

Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2000). The interview: From structured questions to negotiated text. Handbook of qualitative research, 2(6), 645-672.

Hogsnes, H.D. (2017). Bildebokas potensiale for barns erfaringer med sammenheng i overgangen fra barnehagen til skole. Viden om Literacy, Nummer 22, september 2017. National Videncenter for læsning.

Hogsnes, H.D. (2015). Children’s experiences of continuity in the transition from kindergarten to school: the potential of reliance on picture books as boundary objects. International Journal of Transitions in Childhood, Vol.8, 2015.  

Mason, J. (2018). Qualitative researching. (3. utg.). Sage

Säljö, R. (2000). Lärande i praktiken. Ett sociokulturellt perspektiv. Bokförlaget Prisma..

Skaftun, A. & Wagner, Å.K.H (2019). Oracy in year one: a blind spot in Norwegian language and literacy education? L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 19, 1-20. https//doi.org/10.17239/L1ESLL-2019.19.01.09    

Thagaard, T. (2018). Systematikk og innlevelse. En innføring i kvalitative metoder. (5. utg.) Fagbokforlaget

The Norwegian Education Mirror 2022. https://www.udir.no/in-english/the-education-mirror-2022/

Wakenshaw, C. (2020) The use of Winnicott’s concept of transitional objects in bereavement practice. Bereament Care.vol 39. no.3 pp 119.123


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Problems and Solutions of Self-Directed Learning in Preschool

Jana Grava, Vineta Pole

RTU Liepaja Academy, Latvia

Presenting Author: Grava, Jana; Pole, Vineta

In the EU report “10 trends transforming education as we know it' (2019), learning how to learn is mentioned as a value and as one of the current trends and visions for education in 2027.

A learning environment that ensures the opportunity for the child to explore the world, express him/herself and use everyday life experience as a learning experience forms the basis for child’s self-directed learning. In Latvia, the guidelines for pre-school education that envisage children's self-directed learning have been implemented since 2019. Therefore, it is important to identify the challenges and conditions that affect the implementation of children's self-directed learning in teachers’ pedagogical practice, ensuring a balance between the teaching and learning, which forms children's personal understanding of the relationship between interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary connections to everyday real life.

In this context, the research on pre-schoolers’ self-realization and on teachers’ activities when developing a child-centred environment is of great importance (Mikelsone, Grava, 2018; Grava, Pole, 2021) as it reveals such significant factors of child's self-directed learning in preschool as a meaningful teacher’s support, provision of a positive emotional experience and the opportunity to explore, solve the problems. The research also emphasizes the challenges of the pre-school teachers related to the shift in teachers’ understanding on 1) teacher’s professional pedagogical activity, 2) its content, and 3) implementation methods and evaluation of pedagogical strategy.

However, the study of the current situation in Latvia shows contradictions between pre-school education and the implementation of successful learning activities at school, revealing underdeveloped skills of pupils, such as ability to listen, to complete the work, to solve problems independently and express one's own ideas.

Thus, the research objective is to discover the determining factors of the child's self-directed learning, revealing the challenges of the pre-school education teachers in organizing self-directed learning process.

The research question: What are the challenges for pre-school teachers in implementing self-directed learning in preschool?

In our paper, self-directed learning of preschool children is analysed, linking it with the concept of self-realization from a philosophical, pedagogical and psychological point of view, encompassing different approaches in the explanation of the concept. Summarizing the academic research findings, the determining factors of children's self-directed learning are described.

The teacher’s professionalism is characterized by the ability to adapt and assess one's activity and position not emphasizing the reproduction of the knowledge content, but the practical application of knowledge, applying it in the new situations (Bialika, Fadels, Trilings, 2017). We will discover a shift in teachers' understanding of their professional pedagogical activity, its content and implementation methods related to metacognitive abilities, in order to effectively plan, organize and evaluate their pedagogical strategies (Bialika, Fadels, Trilings, 2017).

In our paper, we will stress the need for purposeful teacher’s participation in the learning process, including in learning taxonomy such basic components as learning how to learn, basic knowledge, responsibility, application of knowledge, emotional aspect.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a phenomenological research study, and its design can be described as a mixed sequential qualitative and quantitative study, which implies a qualitative processing of the initial data. In the collection of research data, a mixed approach has been applied, where successive results of a quantitative method are detailed or expanded with a qualitative method.
The obtained data are analysed and interpreted in relation to educational practice, particularly pre-school education. The phenomenological research focuses on a deeper exploration of the problem, focusing on details and interrelationships, describing teachers' experience, pedagogical challenges faced by pre-school teachers in Latvia when implementing self-directed learning in pre-school.
The respondents were selected based on subjective selection criteria, i.e. the convenience technique, justified by non-probability sampling. The questionnaires were distributed in various pre-school educational institutions in Latvia. 150 teachers from different regions and cities of Latvia got involved in the research study and completed the survey.
When developing the questionnaire, it was important to include the questions that would reveal the teachers' pedagogical experience and understanding of the implementation of self-directed learning in pre-school education practice. In order to identify the non-standard or unusual answers, as well as the personal attitude of respondents towards the research problem, the answers to the open-ended questions were organized in the categories and a content analysis was performed.
The interviews were conducted with 7 participants: head-mistresses and methodologists of pre-school educational institutions, and preschool education teachers. The obtained data were analysed using content analysis method. The coding categories were selected on the basis of the scientific literature analysis on conditions of teacher's pedagogical activity for implementation of the child's self-directed learning. In order to give a meaning to the categories derived from the data gathered during the survey and interviews, the main themes were developed and illustrated with quotations from the interviews and questionnaires. Thus, the analysis of data obtained in the interviews significantly complements the survey data allowing to understand deeper the most significant contradictions and challenges.
In this study, 50 pre-school teachers' self-assessments on quality of their professional activity were analysed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the theoretical and empirical research data allows to draw the following conclusions.
In a pre-school learning environment that provides the child with the opportunity to come to his/her own conclusion when solving a problem, the child's desire to explore the surrounding world is promoted. Therefore, it is important to involve children in the planning, organization and implementation of the pedagogical process, offering a possibility to choose and promoting  child’s own ideas.
Learning is an active, creative and problem-oriented process that begins in a familiar everyday environment, when a child encounters the unknown (Sutinen, 2008). The teacher's knowledge drives the child towards a new experience, maintaining a balance between the learning organized by the teacher and the independent learning of a child (Gordon, 2009). Thus, learning cannot be seen only as an individual or only as a social process – individual cognitive and social processes must be integrated into the acquisition of knowledge, as the children learn in different ways: trying independently to solve a problem, collaborating with peers, as well as with the help of a teacher (Gordon, 2009). This allows characterizing the children's self-directed learning as a problem-oriented activity, emphasizing the researcher’s role of the child and the supporter’s role of the teacher.
The analysis of the research data revealed that teachers know and understand the essence of child's self-directed learning, but in practice, it is implemented only partially. This paper describes the following challenges that teachers face during the implementation of children's self-directed learning in pre-school: 1) involvement of children in planning of the learning process, 2) arranging of development promoting environment, 3) balance between the teaching and independent creative activity of a child, 4) organization of child’s self-reflection.

References
Byington, T.A., Tannock, M.T. (2011). Professional Development Needs and Interests of Early Childhood Education Trainers. Early Childhood Research & Practice. Internet-only journal. Vol.13. No 2. http://ecrp.uiuc.edu/v13n2/byington.html.

Care, L., Luo, R. (2016). Assessment of Transversal Competences. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation. Available http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002465/246590E.pdf

Cohen, L., Manion, L., Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. London and New York.

European Political Strategy Centre. (2019). 10 trends transforming education as we know it.  https://op.europa.eu/lv/publication-detail/-/publication/227c6186-10d0-11ea-8c1f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en  

Fadel, Ch., Bialik, M., Triling, B. (2015). Four-Dimensional Education. The Center for Curriculum Redesign, Boston.

Fink, L. D. (2013). Creating Significant Learning Experiences: An Integrated Approach to Designing College Courses. San Francisco: John Wiley & Sons Jossey Bass.

Gordon, M. (2009). Toward A Pragmatic Discourse of Constructivism: Reflections on Lessons from Practice. Educational studies, 45-58.p. http://biologydiva.pbworks.com/f/Toward+a+Pragmatic+Discourse+of+Constructiv ism-Reflections+on+lessons+from+practice.pdf

Grava, J. , Pole, V., (2021). The promotion of self-directed learning in Pre-school: Reflection on teachers' professional practice. Cypriot Journal of Educational Science. 16(5), 2336-2352. https://doi.org/10.18844/cjes.v16i5.6351

Miķelsone, I., Grava, J. (2018). Perspectives for Perfecting the Pedagogical Activity of Preschool Teachers for Implementation of A Child-Centred Learning Approach. (pp.615 – 627). 4th International conference on lifelong education and leadership for all. ICLEL 2018, Lower Silesia University Wroclaw - POLAND. ISBN: 978-605-66495-3-0.
https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/d546b1_838b960259e448e79c90c577bf556d51.pdf

Kolb, D. A. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River.

Sutinen, A. (2008). Constructivism and education: education as an interpretative transformational process. Studies in Philosophy and Education. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ924340

OECD. (2004). Problem Solving for Tomorrow's World: First Measures of Cross-Curricular Competencies from PISA 2003. Paris: OECD. http://www.oecd.org/edu/school/programmeforinternationalstudentassessmentpisa/34009000.pdf


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teaching Aesthetic Sports Techniques at Primary School. What (dis)continuities in Official, Pre-service and In-service Training Discourses?

Benoît Lenzen, Mathias Hofmeister

Université de Genève, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Lenzen, Benoît

From our position as researchers and teacher trainers in didactics of physical education (PE), we note that the transmission of sport techniques is the subject of contrasting discourses. In the field of the history of sports techniques and technologies, there as been an ongoing debate on technique as a cultural object and as an object of teaching, in other words on the relationship between technology and didactics. This debate has centred on a crucial tension which attempts to reconcile two realities (Arnaud, 1986; Garassino, 1980; Robène, 2014): (a) technique as a product of human culture, likely to be historicised as a significant motricity; and (b) body technique understood as a process, i.e. a creative activity. In the PE didactics literature, an evolution is apparent, from an approach privileging the transmissible and rational character of technique as an effective gesture to an approach centred on creativity, innovation and adaptation, opposing the “fixist” dimension of technique to the dynamic of the subject who acts technically (Goirand, 1987; Robène, 2014). We assume that the first approach is the foundation of the teaching tradition “Teaching PE as Sport-Technique”, according to which sports techniques are at the core of PE teaching, using a molecular approach of dividing and segmenting the content to be learned (Forest et al., 2018; Kirk, 2010), while the second approach refers to the teaching tradition “Teaching PE as Physical Culture Education”, according to which the subject to be taught in PE is the rich and complex configuration of knowledge that is at the core of the social practices taken as reference (Cliff et al., 2009; Forest et al., 2018).

In this paper, we focus more specifically on aesthetic sports. Best (1985) contrasts these sports where the aim cannot be specified independently of the means of achieving it with purposive sports, where the aesthetics is not intrinsic to their purpose which is to win by scoring the most goals, tries, baskets, points, runs, or the recording of the best times and distances. Arnold (1990) distinguishes partially aesthetic sports (e.g., gymnastics, skating, trampolining) from artistic activities (dance, mime), the latter being by their very make-up intrinsically concerned with aesthetic considerations. Both can be taken as social practices (Martinand, 1989) for the teaching of PE at primary school. How does technique determine the aesthetics of sports? It as been frequently argued that when sport is technically excellent, it takes on aesthetic qualities (Da Costa & Lacerda, 2016; Kreft, 2014; Wright, 2003). However, while the relationships between technical qualities and aesthetic ones are important, they cannot on their own ensure the aesthetic value of a particular movement or series of movements. The aesthetics in sport involves an emotional response/experience and not just the recognition of a technically efficient or functionally excellent performance (Wright, 2003).

The aim of this paper is to identify (dis)continuities in official (i.e. curriculum), pre-service and in-service training discourses, in terms of teaching techniques in aesthetic sports. What conceptions of sports technique emerge at these different levels? A “fixist” conception and/or a “dynamic” conception? How is technique considered in relation to aesthetics? What PE teaching tradition(s) do these discourses reveal? Answering these questions will give us a better understanding of the possible tensions to which future primary school PE teachers are exposed during their training, which takes place in several successive institutions. This is a first step towards networking the stakeholders from these different institutions, with the aim of achieving a more coherent approach to teacher training in our context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is part of a wider research project funded by Swissuniversities, aimed at analysing the intra- and inter-institutional (dis)continuities that characterise pre-service and in-service teacher training for primary school in music, rhythmics, visual arts and PE, in terms of the transmission of artistic and sports techniques. For the purposes of this project, we conducted semi-structured interviews with managers and trainers (n=13) and observed training practices at the following institutions: two institutions providing pre-service training in music and/or rhythmics; one institution providing pre-service training in the visual arts; one institution providing pre-service training in sports science; and one institution providing in-service training in music, rhythmics, visual arts and PE. The interview guide we have developed for this purpose addresses the following dimensions inherent to sports and artistic techniques: definition of technique in the field; place and status of technique in the programme and/or courses; evaluation of technique in the programme and/or courses; examples of training activities in which technique comes into play. Interviews were audio recorded and transcribed, while observations made during training activities were captured in notes.
For this paper focusing on the teaching of techniques in aesthetic sports as expressed by the actors involved, we analysed the following materials: the curriculum for PE at primary school; the transcriptions of one interview with the head of practical courses and one with a gymnastics instructor from the institution providing pre-service training in sports science; and the transcription of one interview with a didactics trainer from the institution providing in-service training in PE. Based on the content analysis of Bardin (2013), we first carried out an overall reading of our corpus in order to identify the episodes which informed our field of research. We then formulated overall hypotheses relating to our research questions. Finally, we analysed in depth the significant episodes previously identified with regard to clues from the corpus and to pre-established research hypotheses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Aesthetic sports/artistic activities are part of two thematic axes out of the four included in the curriculum for compulsory school (CIIP, 2010): (1) motor and/or expressive activities (body langage, dance, circus); and (2) sporting activities (gymnastics, with purposive sports such as track and field, swimming and orienteering). In these two thematic axes, aesthetic considerations are barely taken into account, and regarding gymnastics, technique is treated as a product to be reproduced. Gymnastics instructor and head of practical courses’ contrasting discourses reveal an intra-institutional discontinuity in terms of the place and status of technique in the programme and courses. The former considers technique as a means of performing gymnastic elements correctly and emphasises the importance of technical bases and the progressiveness of technical learning. He acknowledges that his approach is a fairly technical one. The latter considers that instructors give too much space and place to technique, at the expense of creativity and reflexion. The didactics trainer’s discourse reveals an inter-institutional discontinuity. She makes an important distinction between the sports culture and the school culture. In gymnastics and circus in primary school, she considers it imperative to work on technique, but by integrating it into a whole (gymnastic sequence, circus act). In dance on the other hand, it is possible for her not to teach technique to emphasise creation.
Whether in the curriculum or in the discourses of those interviewed, the relationships between technique and aesthetics, in sports that are nevertheless categorised as aesthetic, are rarely mentioned. We will discuss these results with regard to the PE teaching traditions which influence the content and methods of training in our context (Lenzen, 2023). We will also highlight the need to strengthen the role of epistemological analysis of physical, sporting and artistic activities in teacher training programmes (Lenzen & Cordoba, 2016).      

References
Arnaud, P. (1986). Objet culturel, objet technique, objet didactique. STAPS, 13, 43-55.
Arnold, P.J. (1990). Sport, the aesthetic and art: Further thoughts. British Journal of Educational Studies, 38(2), 160-179.
Bardin, L. (2013). L’analyse de contenu (2e éd.). PUF.
Best, D. (1985). Sport is not art. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 12, 25-40.
Cliff, K.P., Wright, J. & Clarke, D. (2009). What does a ‘sociocultural perspective’ mean in Health and Physical Education? In M. Dinan-Thompson (Ed.), Health and Physical Education (pp. 165-179). Oxford University Press.
Conférence intercantonale de l’instruction publique de la Suisse romande et du Tessin [CIIP] (2010). Plan d’études romand. CIIP.
Da Costa, L.A. & Lacerda, T.O. (2016). On the aesthetic potential of sports and physical education. Sport, Ethics and Philosophy, 10(4), 444-464.
Forest, E., Lenzen, B. & Öhman, M. (2018). Teaching traditions in physical education in France, Switzerland and Sweden: A special focus on official curricula for gymnastics and fitness training. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 71-90.
Garassino, R. (1980). La technique maudite. Revue EP.S., 164, 49-53.
Goirand, P. (1987). Une problématique complexe: des pratiques sociales aux contenus d’enseignement en EPS. Spirale, 1 complément, 7-38.
Kirk, D. (2010). Physical education futures. Routledge, Taylor and Francis.
Kreft, L. (2014). Aesthetics of the beautiful game. Soccer & Society, 15(3), 353-375.
Lenzen, B. (2023). Formation initiale à l’enseignement secondaire et formation continue diplômante à l’enseignement primaire en éducation physique à Genève: Quelle(s) tradition(s) d’enseignement? Revue suisse des sciences de l’éducation, 45(2), 109-126.
Lenzen, B. & Cordoba, A. (2016). Fondements épistémologiques des activités physiques, sportives et artistiques et corporéité des pratiquants. Quels effets de la transposition didactique en éducation physique? Revue suisse des sciences de l’éducation, 38(1), 112-123.
Martinand, J.-L. (1989). Pratiques de référence, transposition didactique et savoirs professionnels en sciences et techniques. Les sciences de l’éducation pour l’ère nouvelle, 1-2, 23-35.
Robène, L. (2014). L’histoire des techniques et des technologies sportives : une matrice “culturelle” franco-française de l’histoire du sport? Movement & Sport Science, 86, 93-104.
Wright, L. (2003). Aesthetic impliciteness in sport and the role of aesthetic concepts. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 30(1), 83-92.
 
13:15 - 14:4528 SES 01 A: Social Imaginaries of the Future
Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Tebeje Molla
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Education for Uprising: The Radical Imagination as a Collective Practice Beyond Hope and Despair

Elke Van dermijnsbrugge

NHL Stenden University of, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Van dermijnsbrugge, Elke

The aim of this paper is to cultivate conceptual and practical possibilities that lie beyond the ubiquity of the crisis narratives that marks research, theory and practice in education and beyond. It is a paper for ‘the ones who stay and fight’ (Jemisin, 2020). Central to the arguments is the development of the radical imagination as a collective practice that can drive what David Graeber (2007) calls ‘insurrectionary moments’ in our work as researchers and practitioners, and in our lives as citizens and human beings. With this work, I set out to contribute to ‘the emergence of a different paradigm for researchers…that puts at the centre concerns with social transformation and the creation of alternative futures through imaginative actions in the present’ (Punk Ethnography, 2023, n.p.).

In earlier work, I explored Ruth Levitas’ utopia as method as a way for educational researchers and practitioners to engage with alternative futures that go beyond problem solving (see Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022). I made the argument that the imagination is hijacked by those who wish to build a singular, prefabricated future that will emerge from solving the problems that the assumed crises are posing. This future is a ‘known territory to be mapped and conquered and fought over’ (Facer, 2016, p. 70) with evidence-based ‘weapons’ that do nothing more than perpetuating a crisis-ridden status quo.

In this paper, I build on the work of utopia as method by looking more closely at the concepts of hope, despair and radical imagination, as well as the very concept of education itself. I reimagine education as a hyperobject (Morton, 2013) that is ‘everything everywhere all at once’ (after the 2022 film by Daniel Kwan and Daniel Scheinert). I problematize the binary opposition between education and non-education and argue that the ‘explosion’ of education - to borrow an image from anarchists Colin Ward and Anthony Fyson (1973) - beyond the institutionalized and limiting spaces of schools and educational institutions is necessary if we want to put the radical imagination to work and contribute to social transformation.

I weave together three arguments that each attempt to respond to a question:

Can we exist beyond the binaries of hope and despair? And if so, what does this place look like?

What is the radical imagination and what are the conditions for it to exist in educational spaces?

So, what do we do now? How can we put the radical imagination to work?

Through responding to each of these questions, I try to offer ways of being, thinking and doing that ‘not only help reveal structures and systems of violence, exploitation and domination…it must also contribute to people’s capacity to imagine and forge paths beyond them.’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 85).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is conceptual as well as practical in nature. I build on earlier work on utopia as method (Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022) and anarchist organizational principles (Chaterlier & Van dermijsbrugge, 2022; Van dermijnsbrugge, 2023) and make use of a wide range of interdisciplinary theoretical as well as practical resources and examples. My personal experiences as an educational researcher and practitioner, summarized in a manifesto (Punk Ethnography, 2023)  offer an additional critical and practically oriented perspective.
The arguments are conceptualized and visualized in a semiotic square of hope and despair, inspired by the work of activists and scholars Haiven and Khasnabish (2014) who developed a semiotic square centered around the concepts of success and failure in their work on researching social movements. The semiotic square ‘offers a profound heuristic tool for taking apart binary thinking and pluralizing the horizons of thought’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 123). I analyze all four ‘sides’ of the semiotic square, thereby also providing examples, ending with the bottom side, which visualizes the non-binary space between not-hope and not-despair. It is in this space, which Haiven and Khasnabish (2014) call ‘the hiatus’, that the radical imagination can be put to work. An important condition for this to happen is Uprising, which is understood as ‘the creation of autonomous communal spaces and modes of interaction’ (Newman, 2017, p. 285).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a response to the first question ‘Can we exist beyond the binaries of hope and despair? And if so, what does this place look like?’, through the analysis of the semiotic square of hope and despair, I argue that we need to think and act beyond the binaries that are limiting our educational work as well as society at large. Binaries are based on the premise of exclusion (this, not that) and are thus not only limiting, but also oppressing and damaging. This brings us to the second question of this paper.  
The second question is concerned with the radical imagination: What is the radical imagination and what are the conditions for it to exist in educational spaces? Drawing on the work of Cornelius Castoriadis and Chiara Bottici, I further develop the notion of the radical imagination as a collective, ethical practice that can play an activating role in our educational communities. This is the important work that needs to happen in education, wherein the field of education has to be reimagined and expanded-or ‘exploded’. I introduce the notion of Uprising and call for the formation of anarcho-syndicates (drawing mainly on the work of Rudolph Rocker), where education and thus the creation of alternative futures can happen, whilst being ‘worthy of the present’ (Braidotti, 2013).
The third and last question ‘So, what do we do now? How can we put the radical imagination to work?’ is a call to action, further developing the notion of Uprising and expressing the need for  ‘insurrectionary moments’ (Graeber, 2007). I draw on anarcho-syndicalist principles and principles of direct action: the boycott, the strike,  and sabotage (Scalmer, 2023) and offer practical suggestions and examples of what we, as educational researchers and practitioners can do to put the radical imagination at work.


References
Braidotti, R. (2013). The posthuman. Polity Press.
Graeber, D. (2007). Revolution in Reverse.  https://theanarchistlibrary.org/library/david-graeber-revolution-in-reverse
Jemisin, N.K.  (2020). The ones who stay and fight. Lightspeed Magazine.  https://www.lightspeedmagazine.com/fiction/the-ones-who-stay-and-fight/
Chatelier, S. & Van dermijnsbrugge, E. (2022). Beyond instrumentalist leadership in schools: Educative leadership and anarcho-syndicates. Management in Education. DOI: 10.1177/08920206221130590
Facer, K (2016). Using the future in education: creating space for openness, hope and novelty. In Lees, H.E. & Noddings, N. (Eds.), The Palgrave international handbook of alternative education (pp. 63–78). Palgrave.
Haiven, M. & Khasnabish, A. (2014). The radical imagination. Fernwood Publishing.
Morton, T. (2013). Hyperobjects: philosophy and ecology after the end of the world. University of Minnesota Press.
Newman, S. (2017). What is an Insurrection? Destituent Power and Ontological Anarchy in Agamben and Stirner. Political Studies. https://doi.org/10.1177/0032321716654498
Punk Ethnography (2023). Manifesto.  https://punkethnography.org/
Scalmer, S. (2023). Direct action: the invention of a transnational concept. International Review of Social History. doi:10.1017/S0020859023000391
Van dermijnsbrugge, E. (2023). Against bullshit jobs and bullshitis: a call for anarchisation. Medium. https://medium.com/@emf.vdm/against-bullshit-jobs-and-bullshitis-a-call-for-anarchisation-5bcf7b78627e
Van dermijnsbrugge, E. & Chatelier, S. (2022). Utopia as method: A response to education in crisis? Asia Pacific Journal of Education. DOI: 10.1080/02188791.2022.2031870
Ward, C. & Fyson, A. (1973). Streetwork: the exploding school. https://www.are.na/block/4897672


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Imaginaries of Past Futures: a Reading of Late State Socialist Romanian Constructions of the Future in Relation to Education

Leyla Safta-Zecheria1,2,3

1West University of Timișoara, Romania; 2Babeș Bolyai University, Romania; 3Democracy Institute/Central European University, Budapest/Vienna

Presenting Author: Safta-Zecheria, Leyla

Recently there is a growing interest in anticipatory regimes and imaginaries in education (Ramiel & Dishon, 2023; Morris, Couture & Phelan, 2023; Webb, Sellar & Gulson, 2020; Amsler & Faser, 2017). These contributions bring together questions about how anticipation as a discursive practice narrows down the future imaginaries that are possible in relation to education. The future when turned into an object of educational policy making loses its open-ended character often over-emphasizing certain aspects of the present social world, for example human capital (Webb, Sellar & Gulson, 2020) as central aspects to thinking about the future of education. Thus uncertainty about an open future is progressively turned into performative certainty.

The proposed paper seeks to contribute to the debate surrounding the limits of this performative certainty through a historical- sociological analysis of the ways in which sociologists of education, futurologists and related scholars and intellectuals of the 1970s and 1980s in state socialist Romania envisioned the future in relation to education. The time frame was chosen as between the publication of the UNESCO Faure report (1972) Learning to be: the world of education today and tomorrow, as a hallmark for the discursive materialization of a global response to the crisis of education (Elfert, 2015) and the events of 1989 as the end of state socialism in large parts of the world and temporarily of the legitimacy of the corresponding social imaginaries of the future. Moreover, this period allows the inclusion of a perspective on the relationship between imaginaries of the future and education from within late state socialism and thus has the potential to balance out the dominance of capitalist-centric reconstructions of this relationship and its impact on present imaginaries.

The investigation builds on archival and library material, primarily academic journal articles and books. In a first step, the inquiry will be focused on the intellectual productions of actors based in Romania that circulated in both Romanian, English, French and German language sources. The analysis will look at the ways in which influential international theories of education of the future, and of the relationship between the future and education, were taken up and responded to in the Romanian context, as well as the interrelationship between conceptual, empirical and political realities. Through this, the project will contribute to a situated and nuanced understanding of the social imaginaries of the future, the roles of education, and the understandings of youth. It will shed light on the ways in which the state socialist system was imagined from within, as a prospectively lasting and continuous future, going well into the 21st century, and the relations that this had with conceptualizing the roles of education. It will shed light both on the limits of anticipatory regimes based on the assumption of continuity, crafted within one political system, thus exposing the fragility of anticipatory practices and the limitations this imposes on prescriptive practices of the roles of education. Moreover, it will help uncover the intellectual traditions of the sociology of education and futurology in Central and Eastern Europe through a Romanian case study, and thus help balance the mostly Western European historic accounts of the European sociology of education. Finally, through a focus on the relationship between socio-cultural reproduction and political-economic system, it will shed lights on the subtle historic differences between educational traditions in Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The proposed paper is built on archival and library research in Romanian, English, German and French language sources. First the libraries of major universities in Romania were searched (University of Bucharest Library, Babeș Bolyai University Cluj, West University of Timișoara etc). Unavailable editions were also searched through websites of antiquarian bookstores. At the same time, an initial archival research was conducted in the digitized archives available through the virtual sociological library (https://bibliotecadesociologie.ro), a digitization project that affords access to contemporary as well as historic sociological literature in Romania. Initial research uncovered several relevant authors (Pavel Apostol, Mircea Herivan, Fred Mahler, Emil Păun, etc) that were then followed through their research careers and publications from that time, as well as a number of edited volumes (Viitorul Comun al Oamenilor, 1976/ The common future of mankind) – an edited collection printed after Bucharest hosted the World Futures Conference in 1972 (World Futures Studies Federation, N.N.) and relevant journals (Viitorul Social / the Social Future). In a next step, the debates were mapped out in relation to the conceptualization of the future, the crisis of education, the role of education, the construction of youth and the political, labor related, but also everyday life oriented importance of education. The footnotes and bibliographies of these works were studied in order to reconstruct the debates and these were followed up enlarging the basis for analysis. In a next step, archival research is planned to be conducted in digital (arcanum adt, etc) and physical archives (Open Society Archives in Budapest) holding professional educational journals, as well as general newspapers and other forms of media archives focused on the ways in which the relationship between future and education was constructed.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis is still in process. However, the following sub-questions will serve as a preliminary guide to the analysis: which aspects of the crisis of education were seen as central to understanding and justifying the transformation of educational practices in Romania in terms of better preparing ‘the youth’ for the future? How was social-cultural reproduction of class privileges through the state socialist educational system addressed, denied or contextualized? What imaginaries of individual and collective futures underlined the ways in which social reproduction was addressed? How was the increased technologization of society and its relationship to education brought into debates about the future of education? How was the right to access knowledge and technology linked to the roles ascribed to education? How was life-long learning conceptualized in relation to these rights and processes? Finally, what were the particularities of the drives to find a humanistic and socialist response to the crisis of education?
The responses to these questions will help inform an understanding of the limits of thinking the future of education through anticipatory practices routed in a present time and how performative certainties can act to render invisible potentialities and uncertainties without precluding their socio-material effects.  

References
Amsler, S., & Facer, K. (2017). Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: exploring alternative educational orientations to the future. Futures, 94, 6-14.
Elfert, M. (2015). UNESCO, the Faure report, the Delors report, and the political utopia of lifelong learning. European Journal of Education, 50(1), 88-100.
Faure, E. (1972). Learning to be: The world of education today and tomorrow. Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000223222
Morris, J., Couture, J. C., & Phelan, A. M. (2023). Riding Fences: Anticipatory Governance, Curriculum Policy, and Teacher Subjectivity. Canadian Journal of Education, 46(3), 517-544.
Ramiel, H., & Dishon, G. (2023). Future uncertainty and the production of anticipatory policy knowledge: the case of the Israeli future-oriented pedagogy project. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 44(1), 30-44.
Webb, P. T., Sellar, S., & Gulson, K. N. (2020). Anticipating education: Governing habits, memories and policy-futures. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(3), 284-297.
World Future Studies Federation (N.N.) History.  https://wfsf.org/history/


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

“I wanted to be on the right side of History”: Educators in Crisis Zones and Evacuation Centers

Ofir Sheffer1, ‪Ofir Sheffer‬‏2

1MOFET INSTITUTE; 2ono academic college

Presenting Author: Sheffer, Ofir

On October 7, tens of thousands of Israeli children and youth were uprooted from their homes by the war in Gaza and transferred to evacuation centers, where they reside to this day. Immediately after this withdrawal, dozens of youth workers turned up at these venues for the sake of rebuilding the youth’s education systems. A few months later, non-formal education centers are operating at hotels and motels throughout the country in an effort to bring succor to youngsters who have undergone severe trauma. The research project at hand is documenting the experiences of these educators, their motivations, and the daily challenges they face with the objective of answering two key questions: how do professionals educate in the absence of a blueprint for the future, to include how long their services will be necessary? And what methods are being used to reach traumatized children of all ages and persuade them to adopt, as much as possible, new routines? To date, we have conducted interviews with 80 educators from different organizations and ranks. Preliminary findings suggest that education under fire concentrates on rebuilding trust and re-forming relationships. On occasion, these pedagogic activities have, for all intents and purposes, kept these youth afloat. At the conference, we will elaborate on the enduring efforts to reach high schoolers. In addition, the researcher shall discuss how these educators grasp and are responding to the situation on the ground, while some of them are families and friends' victims of war.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study features a qualitative ethnographic methodology. Upon receiving approval from my research institute’s ethics committee in November 2023, we contacted local civic-communal organization working in evacuation centers. Data is currently collected from seven organization in Israel, spread national wide. All organizations gave us access to their educators, ages 18-35. Additionally, we interviewed one or two representors from every organization, holding a high-management position. Choosing to focus also on management-level due to their knowledge on strategic planning, organizational challenges and having a comprehensive picture of the national differences from region to region. As is common in Israel, many of the interviewees were graduates of the organizations themselves, growing up in the organization from junior positions to management.
Our interview manual encompassed a set of questions concerning personal inquiry on motivations and the daily challenges they face. Another set of questions on forming, building and operating educational centers for youth who have undergone severe trauma. By means of an inductive analysis of the data, first set of codes from the interviews were formulated with the ATLAS.ti program. The analysis yielded a set of central categories that reflect the words of the interviewees. Among the main categories: A personal-professional experiences: the transition to the evacuation centers as a turning point in the lives of educators; Emotional work: humility and devotion as keys to success in educational work with traumatized communities; "It's a black hole, collapsing inward": lack of tools and professional knowledge on how to reach the high-schoolers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and the Rural Education Department. There for, among our expected results of the research - a model for the establishment of emergency education centers, and key components for training youth workers for emergency times. Research on education during war highlights the significant challenges faced by both educators and students. Sharifian (2019) emphasizes the need to address the psychological needs of teachers and students in war zones. We believe, out-of-school education has advantages in war time, such as mobility, variability, and social orientation, and can play an important role in providing psychological support and organizing leisure activities. One of the most commonly cited effect for these positive outcomes is relationships developed within the after-school time (English, 2020(. These relationships have a decisive impact on the wellbeing of young people under war.
Also, we estimate that from the results of the study knowledge will be accumulated about educational work with different age groups. Drawing on Eccles’ (Eccles et al., 1993) insights concerning “stage-environment fit,” namely the requisite compatibility between adolescent developmental stages and learning environments. The study focus both on educators working with middle school (12-14) and on high schoolers (15-18).
We are currently finishing collecting data, by end of January 2024, the research team will move to an in-depth analysis of the data. We anticipate that by the time of the summer conference we will be able to present a rich overview of conclusions

References
Eccles, J. S., Midgley, C., Wigeld, A., Buchanan, C. M., Reuman, D., & Flanagan, C. (1993).
Development during adolescence. The impact of stage-environment fit on young adolescents’ experiences in schools and in families. American Psychologist, 48(2), 90–101‏.
English, A. (2020). ‘We’re like family and stuff like that’: Relationships in After-School
Programs. Educational Considerations, 46(1), 5.‏ https://doi.org/10.4148/0146-9282.2200
Sharifian, M. S., & Kennedy, P. (2019). Teachers in War Zone Education: Literature Review and
Implications. International Journal of the Whole Child, 4(2), 9-26.‏
 
13:15 - 14:4528 SES 01 B: Regional, European, Global Sociologies of Higher Education
Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Yaqiao Liu
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Higher Education Regimes, the Level of Educational Expansion and the PhD Income Premium in European Countries

Edler Susanne, Andreas Hadjar

University of Fribourg, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Hadjar, Andreas

Since the educational expansion in the 1960s, both the number of candidates pursuing a PhD and subsequently the number of doctoral training programmes have steadily increased, accompanied by a diversification of doctoral degrees (e.g., academic, collaborative, professional or industrial doctorates) and the changing purpose of doctoral education and the doctorate in general (Sarrico, 2022). Achieving a doctoral degree requires strenuous effort, as well as opportunity costs in the form of lost spare time and income. Vis-à-vis the ‘limits of growth‘ (Hirsch, 1976), including limited resources in the economy in particular and especially in the labour market, the question arises as to whether this investment pays off in the later course of an individual’s career or whether the returns are below their level of education. Folk wisdom and public discourses often include doubts, with the image of the ‘taxi driver with a PhD degree’ as an extreme simplification of the 1980s discussion that initiated research on returns on education (e.g., Engelage and Hadjar, 2008; Ponds et al., 2016). These uncertainties are also reflected in scientific debates on the precarity among researchers or ‘academic precariat’ (OECD, 2021; Sarrico, 2022). This relates to educational returns – from a monetary perspective, this is the income people receive due to their (higher) educational qualification, while in a broader sense this concerns education-related monetary and non-monetary life chances. Such educational returns are not constant across different countries. Institutional contexts such as educational and social systems with their distinct policies, as well as labour market conditions, which are influenced by multiple factors, shape educational returns (Müller and Shavit, 1998; Glauser, Becker and Zwahlen, 2016; Hanushek et al., 2017). Furthermore, they are also affected by the degree of educational expansion (Bernardi and Ballarino, 2014).

In this study, we will focus on the distinguishing characteristics of a PhD degree and the mismatch between the demand and supply of tertiary education in countries with a greater educational expansion and examine whether possession of a very high educational qualification is gaining importance in terms of differentiation to improve one’s own income chances, or whether it reduces them due to educational attainment inflation.

In theorising the research issue, we discuss three different aspects: firstly, the PhD degree-income link (PhD premium) relating to classical human capital theory (Becker, 1964) and its application in the Mincer earnings function (Mincer, 1974) as well as to signalling theory and labour queue model (Arrow, 1973; Spence, 1973; Thurow, 1975). Secondly, we theorise the effect of the higher education regime on the base of higher education (HE) system classifications (Pechar and Andres, 2011; Triventi, 2014), which systematise structures and are strongly related to welfare state classifications. Thirdly, the effect of the degree of educational expansion on the PhD premium is conceptualised relating to concepts that center on the idea of education as a positional good. Education functions increasingly as an instrument for distinction in status attainment and labour market careers (Bol, 2015; Hadjar and Becker, 2009), as, referring to prominent conceptual approaches employed in sociology to the issue of the PhD income premium such as the ‘labour queue model’ (Thurow, 1975) and signalling theory (Spence, 1973), a higher qualification is necessary in order to differentiate oneself from others. However, arguments of increasing inflation and thus lower income premiums even for high degrees would point into the opposite direction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We empirically examine our hypothesis by studying the PhD income premiums across 12 European countries, each representing different education regimes. Our investigation is based on data from the Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), covering the years 2006 to 2020. Thus, the base of our multilevel analyses are 89 country-years.
The LIS dataset provides information on individual labour income and detailed data on the proportions of people with higher education levels in certain countries and specific years surveyed in this study. These represent various education systems.
As it is meaningful to compare PhD graduates to higher education graduates at one level below (namely MA graduates) rather than comparing them to all lower-level higher education graduates, we restrict our data to individuals holding a PhD or master’s degree. To obtain a more homogeneous sample, the sample is further limited to individuals within the working age range of 23 to 65 years, allowing us to encompass the youngest workers with a PhD. We exclude individuals who are still enrolled in education and those who are unemployed. Additionally, we confine our sample to individuals working more than 35 hours per week to exclude those engaged in low part-time employment with marginal participation in the labour market.
The dependent variable is the gross annual labour income in the main job in euro. We utilise purchasing power parity (ppp) deflators with the reference year 2017. In our multivariate analyses, we additionally employ the natural logarithm of annual labour income. The key independent variable is whether individuals possess a PhD, with a master’s degree as the reference category. Regarding our conceptual arguments, we generate dummy variables for each education system, including the Anglo-Saxon, continental, Mediterranean, and eastern (post-communist) regimes, and we measure the extent of educational expansion by calculating the country-specific share of working-age individuals (aged 23 to 65) with tertiary education based on the LIS data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis reveals that, on average, individuals holding a PhD benefit from an income premium. Considering country-specific factors, our results indicate that the financial benefit of a PhD degree varies depending on the education regime and the extent of educational expansion. The Anglo-Saxon education regime, categorised as inequality-prone, exhibits the highest PhD income premiums, while the eastern (post-communist) education regime shows no significant differences in incomes between master’s and PhD holders, indicating that PhD degrees may not yield financial benefits in these countries as they do in others. In countries of the Nordic (social-democratic) education regime, known for its low stratification and enhanced redistribution policies, our analyses reveal no significantly lower PhD premiums than in the more inequality-prone Anglo-Saxon and continental education regimes. In contrast, the continental regime, renowned for its strong stratification, is generally perceived as generating greater inequalities. Nevertheless, its countries show a relatively lower PhD income premium, which is significantly lower than in Anglo-Saxon education regime countries. One explanation for the relatively high Phd wage premium in Nordic countries is that due to the generally lower levels of income inequality below the Ph.D. level, the wage increase through a Ph.D. becomes relatively more pronounced. Regarding educational expansion, the results indicate that the rise in tertiary education levels erodes the unique value of PhD certificates as distinguishing criteria, as in countries with a greater degree of educational expansion (proportion of PhD graduates), the income premium of a PhD degree is comparably lower than in countries with a weaker educational expansion.
Overall, obtaining a PhD degree is according to recent data and from an international perspective a signal of distinction and comes with income benefits in most countries, but this benefit varies with the proportion of tertiary-educated people and education regime.

References
Arrow, K. (1973). The theory of discrimination. In Ashenfelter, O. and Rees, A. (Eds.), Discrimination in Labor Markets. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, pp. 3–33.
Becker, G. (1964). Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis. New York: Columbia University Press.
Bernardi, F. and Ballarino, G. (2014). Participation, equality of opportunity and returns to tertiary education in contemporary Europe. European Societies, 16, 422–442.
Bol, T. (2015). Has education become more positional? Educational expansion and labour market outcomes, 1985–2007. Acta Sociologica, 58, 105–120.
Engelage, S. and Hadjar, A. (2010). PhD and career – is a doctoral degree worth it? In Claes, D. and Preston, T. S. (Eds.), Frontiers in Higher Education. At the Interface/Probing the Boundaries, The Idea of Education, Volume 72. Leiden: Brill, pp. 149–165.
Hadjar, A. and Becker, R. (Eds.). (2009). Expected and Unexpected Consequences of the Educational Expansion in Europe and the US. Bern: Haupt.
Hanushek, E. A., Schwerdt, G., Woessmann, L. and Zhang, L. (2017). General education, vocational education, and labor-market outcomes over the lifecycle. Journal of Human Resources, 52, 48–87.
Hirsch, F. (1976). Social Limits to Growth. Harvard: Harvard University Press.
Mincer, J. A. (1974). Schooling, Experience, and Earnings. New York: Columbia University Press.
Müller, W. and Shavit, Y. (1998). The institutional embeddedness of the stratification process. In Shavit, Y. and Müller, W. (Eds.), From School to Work. A Comparative Study of Educational Qualifications and Occupational Destinations. Oxford: Clarendon, pp. 1–48.
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2021). Reducing the Precarity of Academic Research Careers. OECD Science, Technology and Industry Working Papers, No. 113. Paris: OECD Publishing.
Pechar, H. and Andres, L. 2011. Higher-education policies and welfare regimes: international comparative perspectives. Higher Education Policy, 24, 25–52.
Ponds, R., Marlet, G., van Woerkens, C. and Garretsen H. (2016). Taxi drivers with a PhD: trickle down or crowding-out for lower educated workers in Dutch cities? Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy and Society, 9, 405–422.
Sarrico, C. S. (2022). The expansion of doctoral education and the changing nature and purpose of the doctorate. Higher Education, 84, 1299–1315.
Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87, 355–374.
Thurow, L. C. (1975). Generating Inequality. London/Basingstoke: Macmillan.
Triventi, M. (2014). Higher education regimes: an empirical classification of higher education systems and its relationship with student accessibility. Quality & Quantity, 48, 1685–1703.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Globalisation and the Mobilities of International Baccalaureate Teachers in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Singapore

Jack Tsao1, Yu-Chih Li2, Suraiya Abdul Hameed3

1The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2National University of Tainan, Taiwan; 3The University of Queensland, Australia

Presenting Author: Tsao, Jack; Li, Yu-Chih

International Baccalaureate (IB) development in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore is distinct from Asian counterparts like Japan and South Korea due to Chinese cultural influences (Li, Hameed, & Tsao, 2021). These societies share a “re-contextualisation” approach to embedding IB programmes within their local educational systems (Lee, Kim, & Wright, 2021). Hong Kong’s IB schools vie with other diploma options, relying on academic excellence to attract parental support (Tsao, Li, & Hameed, 2023). With limited presence within the local school system, IB in Singapore is mainly adopted in international/independent schools (Morrissey et al. 2014) and exhibits hybrid curricula that balance local/national and international elements. In Taiwan, the IB’s integration came later, primarily within private and international schools, and recently expanded to government schools, scrutinising its alignment with the national curriculum (Li, Hameed, & Tsao, 2021).

In this context, the international mobility of teachers in IB schools presents a rich area for inquiry due to its imbrications with technology, tourism, immigration, and social culture. Teacher mobility in international schools is a byproduct of globalisation, serving the transient needs of expatriate families as a symbol of the school’s global identity and fostering the international mobility of the students. This research aims to dissect and understand the complexities of teacher mobility in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore, where the confluence of Chinese cultural influences, global educational frameworks, assessment-focused culture and local educational policies create unique settings for international education.

The following research questions guide the study:

  1. What are the characteristics and experiences of international mobility among IB school teachers in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore?
  2. How does the establishment and evolution of the IB curriculum influence the international mobility of teachers within these regions?
  3. What implications does international mobility have on the professional trajectories and pedagogical practices of teachers engaged in international education?

The primary objective of this study is to explore the interplay between the international mobility of teachers and the operational dynamics of IB schools in distinct socio-educational landscapes. It seeks to contribute to a deeper understanding of how mobility shapes educational practices and professional identities within the globalised context of IB schooling and European and Western educational contexts. The study is embedded in the conceptual framework of the “mobility turn” in contemporary sociology (Sheller & Urry, 2006), which regards movement and fluidity as central to understanding modern social life. By examining the mobility of teachers as a phenomenon that encompasses not only geographic relocation but also cultural, intellectual, and experiential shifts, our study acknowledges the potential tension outlined by Deleuze and Guattari (1987) between mobility and the fixed. Consequently, it considers the role of state power and educational policies in guiding and constraining teacher movement. This research recognises the “re-contextualisation” of the IB program as a process influenced by both global aspirations and local educational imperatives (Lee, Kim, & Wright, 2021). It views teacher mobility through the lens of this re-contextualisation, considering how teachers navigate and negotiate their professional roles amid different curricular and cultural demands. It will build on the foundational work of scholars such as Madge, Raghuram, and Noxolo (2015) and Sorensen and Dumay (2021), who have highlighted the need for further exploration of the international teaching labour market and its relation to globalisation. The research is also aligned with calls for a more nuanced approach to the study of education and mobility, one that factors in the diverse experiences of teachers and the multifaceted impacts of their mobility on international education (Gulson & Symes, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study responds to Resnik’s (2012) call for research on the sociology of international education to develop conceptual frameworks for understanding the new social constructions impacted by globalisation that incorporate the dimension of teacher mobility. By studying the international mobility of teachers in IB schools in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore, this research project attempts to break through the limitations of nationalist methodology in observing teacher professionalism and teaching careers by using a dynamic comparative approach. This research project further disrupts the boundaries between national territories in education and between global and local contexts (Sorensen & Dumay, 2021) by analysing the context, meaning, and social environment of mobility. Our analysis draws on Cresswell’s (2006, 2010) notions of mobility, which include measurable or analysable mobility, cultural and intellectual mobility, and habits shaped through various mobility experiences, to interrogate international teacher mobility. This is also analysed through postcolonial and critical theoretical lenses to understand the IB’s embedded Western norms and Europe’s legacy within the global economy of knowledge and people.  

Through a comparative qualitative approach, we explored teacher mobility’s complex and nuanced phenomena, including the motivations, challenges, and impacts associated with this mobility process. Data was gathered using two primary methods: semi-structured interviews and archival document analysis. Interviews of schoolteachers and administrators from IB schools across the three contexts elicited rich, detailed narratives of their lived experiences, perceptions, and insights that illuminated how teacher mobility was related to the interplay between personal agency and structural constraints and the resultant professional and pedagogical implications. Schools selected were a mix of public, private, and international schools and targeted teachers and administrators with experience within IB programmes. Reviewing relevant documents from IB schools, such as teaching records, program descriptions, and policy documents, provided the detailed contextual background for our interview data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study makes a substantive contribution to the limited research on teacher mobility in the field of international education, particularly within East Asia. By adopting a comparative perspective across three distinct regions, the study sheds light on IB educators’ shared and divergent experiences and the regional and cultural dynamics that shape their professional paths, illustrating mobility as a multifaceted phenomenon deeply interconnected with the nuances of local curricular demands and global educational movements, that is still saliently shaped by assumptions of European and Western centrality. We, therefore, hope to contribute to how intercultural and mobility practices among European societies act as a reference vis-a-vis the tensions between universal educational models and demands for localised relevance arising from globalisation.

The findings reveal distinct patterns of mobility influenced by regional cultural influences, the presence of international and local educational pathways, and the strategic positioning of IB programmes within these societies. The research highlights how mobility is entangled in the negotiation and construction of teachers’ professional identities and pedagogical practices within these fluid contexts and how their mobility experiences contribute to the broader discourse on international education and globalisation. The anticipated outcomes point towards a complex interplay between personal agency, institutional strategies, and national educational policies shaping IB educators’ mobility and impacting teaching methodologies and career trajectories. The findings also provide insights into how the IB curriculum serves as a vehicle for international mobility and a site of convergence for global and local educational imperatives. The empirical evidence and theoretical insights can inform policymaking, curriculum development, and the professional development of teachers, ensuring the sustainability of high-quality international education that is responsive to the global and local contexts in which it operates.

References
Cresswell, T. (2006). On the move: Mobility in the modern western world. Routledge.

Cresswell, T. (2010). Towards a politics of mobility. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 28(1), 17-31. https://doi.org/10.1068/d11407

Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. (B. Massumi, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press.

Gulson, K. N., & Symes, C. (2019). Making moves: Theorizations of education and mobility. In K. N. Gulson & C. Symes (Eds.), Education and the mobility turn. Routledge.

Li, Y-C., Hameed, S., & Tsao, J. (2021, September). Liminal internationalisation in Southeast Asian societies: Comparing International Baccalaureate schools in Hong Kong, Singapore, and Taiwan. Paper presented at the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2021), Geneva, Switzerland.

Lee, M., Kim, H., & Wright, E. (2021). The influx of International Baccalaureate (IB) programmes into local education systems in Hong Kong, Singapore, and South Korea. Educational Review, 73(3), 345-363. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1891023

Madge, C., Raghuram, P., & Noxolo, P. (2015). Conceptualising international education: From international student to international study. Progress in Human Geography, 39(6), 681-701.

Morrissey, A. M., Rouse, E., Doig, B., Chao, E., & Moss, J. (2014). Early years education in the primary years programme (PYP): Implementation strategies and programme outcomes. Deakin University.

Resnik, J. (2012). Sociology of international education: An emerging field of research. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 22(4), 291-310.

Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2006). The new mobilities paradigm. Environment and Planning A, 38(2), 207-226.

Sorensen, T. B., & Dumay, X. (2021). The teaching professions and globalization: A scoping review of the Anglophone research literature. Comparative Education Review, 65(4), 527-548.

Tsao, J., Y. C. Li & S. A. Hameed (2023) The impacts of International Baccalaureate expansion on professional cultures and assessments in Hong Kong, Taiwan and Singapore, Cambridge Journal of Education, DOI: 10.1080/0305764X.2023.2246397
 
13:15 - 14:4529 SES 01 A: Theatre and drama techniques in educational research
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Jelena Joksimovic
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

When Digital Stuff Plays a Role: A Sociomaterial Performance Analysis of Postdigital Theatre in Education

Felix Büchner1, Sören Traulsen2

1University of Oldenburg, Germany; 2Leibniz University Hannover, Germany

Presenting Author: Büchner, Felix; Traulsen, Sören

In April 2023, a new edition of the prestigious theatre festival Theatertreffen der Jugend opened in Berlin. Seven youth theatre productions invited from various regions of Germany were presented to an international audience of theatre practitioners and experts – the topics ranged from feminism and far-right populism to sustainability (Berliner Festspiele, 2023). Within this, almost every theatre production dealt in some way with social transformation processes through and with digital media technologies. Thus, a trend became apparent that can currently be observed throughout the entire European theatre landscape: 'The digital' is finding its way into theatre (Leeker et al., 2017).

However, it is not self-evident what is understood as 'the digital' in theatre. While some discourse positions understand 'the digital' as playing with technologies on stage, others locate it, for example, in a certain aesthetic or in the lifeworld of the performers (Traulsen and Büchner, 2022). One reason for this diversity of interpretations is our social condition, which can be understood as postdigital. In this postdigital condition (Jandrić et al., 2023; Macgilchrist, 2021), digital technologies have become an integral part of our everyday lives that an ontological distinction between digital/analogue or online/offline no longer seems meaningful (Ralston, 2023). The growing field of postdigital studies aims to analyse these complex entanglements to understand "human relationships to technologies that we experience, individually and collectively" (Jandrić et al., 2018: 896). Following this, a close look at educational contexts has been initiated recently (Fawns, 2019; Jopling, 2023) which also affected arts education research by asking how digital technologies affect contemporary arts as well as students’ lives and learning (Jörissen, 2020).

Within this discourse, theatre in education seems to be a prolific object of analysis, as it bears "the potential to experience and understand digitalization more comprehensively in the context of aesthetic processes and performances than would be possible with purely cognitive means" (Jörissen and Unterberg, 2019: 8, transl.). Thereby, German school theatre plays a unique role in the European arts education, as it is institutionally established as an almost nationwide school subject with a high degree of student participation regarding creative and thematic codetermination in the production of scenes and performative practices (Kup, 2019).

An analysis of school theatre productions can – according to the basic premise of this paper – reconstruct the meaning-making and self-positioning practices of their young performers concerning the topic of the performance as well as their attitudes and affects towards 'the digital' itself. For this analysis, adopting a sociomaterial perspective appears particularly fruitful, as it, like postdigital theory, posits a fundamental interweaving of digital and non-digital phenomena (Selwyn, 2023). In this way, the perspective decentralises human agency and understands social and technological actions as co-constitutive (Gourlay, 2021).

Accordingly, our paper asks, firstly, how 'the digital' is produced performatively and aesthetically in German school theatre productions at the Theatertreffen der Jugend?; and secondly, which of the performers evaluations and positionings towards the postdigital condition can be reconstructed? In this way, we aim to precisely describe postdigital performance strategies in contemporary youth theatre, to improve the conceptualization of postdigital theatre in education (Büchner and Traulsen, 2021). Furthermore, our paper aims to ascertain knowledge about how young participants in arts education take a stance towards the postdigital condition. Although the empirical investigation of this paper is situated in Germany, the research object and its analysis extend beyond this scope and hold significance for the broader European arts education discussion, as the lived experiences of adolescents and postdigital trends like social media or the datafication of daily life transcend regional and national boundaries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to investigate our research questions, two performances of German school theatre were analysed. Both performances took place at the Theatertreffen der Jugend 2023 – a national youth theatre festival funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research. With its focus on being "a place of learning where young theatre makers can negotiate their working methods and […] are encouraged in their individual, artistic forms of expression" (Berliner Festspiele, 2023), rich insights into current trends of the European youth theatre scene can be gained. As the festival can be defined as a place where current discourses on youth theatre and theatre in education condense, it points beyond its local situatedness and towards the general European arts education landscape.

In the performance ERWIN OLAF RE:WORKS 21 students interpret pieces of the digital artwork of Dutch photographer Erwin Olaf and perform them in various scenes. This production is characterized by digital projections of these pieces, which are playfully altered by digital editing, morphing, and glitching as well as by a live DJ who controls sounds directly on stage. In the biographical performance UnGeformt seven students negotiate conflicts between them growing up and societal expectations. Determining for this play are powerful group scenes with all adolescents performing together in form of choral speaking, dancing and (inter-)acting with minimalistic requisites on stage. Video recordings of both performances were used for the analysis.

For the analytical procedure, a phenomenologically oriented performance analysis was used, which allows the examination of performances in the entirety of their characteristics (Roselt, 2019). The performance analysis was expanded to include an explicitly sociomaterial perspective in order to capture the complex interplay of human and non-human actors on and off stage. Through this sociomaterial lens, theatrical effect is produced by the circulating agency of various entities that are social, technical or material in nature (Ernst, 2019).

The first step of the analysis was the identification and documentation of moments in which 'the digital' was performatively or aesthetically present in the respective productions. Secondly, these moments were categorised and generalised into three different dimensions of how 'the digital' is produced. Thirdly, performative strategies were derived to substantiate the three dimensions and to capture performative characteristics of contemporary youth theatre. Lastly, hypotheses on how these strategies relate to their young performers' meaning-making and evaluation processes were generated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The (preliminary) sociomaterial performance analysis shows that 'the digital' is produced in both productions on three different dimensions: (1) the fundamental localisation of 'the digital', (2) the performed mediality and (3) the performance infrastructure. On each of these dimensions, different performative strategies were identified. These are understood as differently located practices on three spectrums of performative practices:

1. Localisation: exhibit <-> report
'The digital' is either exhibited on stage in the form of digital artefacts (digitally produced music, digital photo and video editing) or it is reported on from off stage experiences (personal experiences of performers in dealing with the postdigital condition).
2. Mediality: overwrite <-> reenact
'The digital' is either overwritten in its mediality on stage (performers inscribe themselves with their bodies and actions in photos and videos projected onto the stage and thus overwrite their mediality) or its mediality is reenacted on stage (performers simulate media formats such as advertising films).
3. Infrastructure: being guided <-> being accentuated
'The digital' guides the performance either very actively and governs the performance sequences (personified by the DJ and through conspicuously setting music or lighting cues) or accentuated the action sequences (through subtly setting music or lighting cues).

With regard to the positioning practices of the performers in relation to the postdigital condition, a (preliminary) hypothesis can be stated: the performance strategies on the left-hand side of the three spectrums suggest a rather positivistic-affirmative attitude towards 'the digital', while the strategies on the right-hand side point to critical-reflexive perspectives. This would allow conclusions to be drawn as to how theatre in education can be considered together with knowledge practices and stance formation of its young participants. In this sense, developing and applying performative strategies is closely linked to reflecting on and forming attitudes towards the postdigital condition.

References
Berliner Festspiele (2023) Theatertreffen der Jugend. Available at: https://www.berlinerfestspiele.de/treffen-junge-szene/theatertreffen-der-jugend (accessed 2 December 2023).
Büchner F and Traulsen SJ (2021) ,Postdigitales Schultheater’. Einladung zur Gegenstandserkundung. Zeitschrift für Theaterpädagogik (78): 13–15.
Ernst W-D (2019) Scenography and Actor-Network Theory : Analytical Approaches. London: Methuen Drama, pp. 183–197.
Fawns T (2019) Postdigital Education in Design and Practice. Postdigital Science and Education 1(1): 132–145.
Gourlay L (2021) There Is No ‘Virtual Learning’: The Materiality of Digital Education. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research 10(1): 57.
Jandrić P, Knox J, Besley T, et al. (2018) Postdigital science and education. Educational Philosophy and Theory 50(10): 893–899.
Jandrić P, MacKenzie A and Knox J (2023) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. In: Jandrić P, MacKenzie A, and Knox J (eds) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 3–9.
Jopling M (2023) The Postdigital School. In: Jandrić P (ed.) Encyclopedia of Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 1–6.
Jörissen B (2020) Digital Nature - Wie Digitalisierung all unsere Lebensbereiche verändert. Schultheater theater:digital: 5.
Jörissen B and Unterberg L (2019) Digitale Kulturelle Bildung. Bildungstheoretische Gedanken zum Potenzial Kultureller Bildung in Zeiten der Digitalisierung. KUBI Online. Epub ahead of print 2019.
Kup J (2019) Das Theater der Teilhabe: Zum Diskurs um Partizipation in der zeitgenössischen Theaterpädagogik. Berlin Milow Strasburg: Schibri-Vlg.
Leeker M, Schipper I and Beyes T (eds) (2017) Performing the Digital: Performativity and Performance Studies in Digital Cultures. Digital Society. Bielefeld: transcript.
Macgilchrist F (2021) Theories of Postdigital Heterogeneity: Implications for Research on Education and Datafication. Postdigital Science and Education. Epub ahead of print 15 May 2021.
Ralston SJ (2023) Towards a Theory of Postdigital Parity. In: Jandrić P, MacKenzie A, and Knox J (eds) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 33–49.
Roselt J (2019) Phänomenologie des Theaters. In: Phänomenologie des Theaters. Brill Fink.
Selwyn N (2023) Afterword: So, What *Is* Postdigital Research? In: Jandrić P, MacKenzie A, and Knox J (eds) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 295–298.
Traulsen SJ and Büchner F (2022) ‹Postdigitales Schultheater›: Eine Kartografie zentraler Akteurinnen des Diskurses ‹Theater und Digitalität›. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung: 331–362.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Theater as an Immersive Space for Learning Science: Lessons from Sciencetheater

Jelena Joksimovic1, Natalija Drakulovic2

1Faculty of education Jagodina, Serbia; 2Škograd (Schoolcity), Serbia

Presenting Author: Joksimovic, Jelena

And, with, through, alongside… In scientific literature, all of these words are used to couple drama and learning science. Moreover, phrases such as “using drama in learning science” are equally represented. In this paper, we argue that the marriage between drama and science learning is most fruitful when both are considered equally important for the process of learning, and neither is utilized to enhance the other but the merging, or meeting point, is a qualitatively new ground. On this ground, we created a term "sciencetheater" (Serbian "naukoteatar") as a theater play/workshop integrating topics from science and art in an immersive space. This paper is therefore an evaluative study in which our main research question is how sciencetheater, as a form, contributes to learning engagement. The play we analyze is titled “Story about the Metamorphosis”1 about the naturalist Maria Sibilla Merian, and it was performed 18 times with 450 children aged from 4-10 years.

From the content analysis of children's statements, interviews with teachers, and interviews with the authorial team, we draw lessons about the importance of embodied, immersive, and dramatic ways of learning science.

Modes of learning science through drama can take different levels and forms of participation, with the most commonly mentioned being:

- Appreciating drama

- Performing drama

- Making drama (Baskerville et al., 2023).

Sciencetheater is closest to what is here called performing drama but can also be considered as process drama where the learning experience is in focus, and participating in the plot is more important than displaying it (O’Neill, 1995). In this way, children become "spect-actors," engaged creators of the performance that changes their experience and forms their learning and transformation (Boal, 1995). We map the theoretical background of this study in socio-constructivist theory, rooted in Piagetian and Vygotskian traditions. We aim to move towards ‘discourse communities’ that take space for negotiating and sharing meanings (Driver et al., 1994; Dorion, 2009) by being engaged in dialogues with each other, with actors, with space, and scenography.

Moreover ‘embodied cognition theory’ proposes that cognition is “grounded in the body through sensory-motor processes and interactions with the environment as well as the brain” (Stagg, 2020, p. 255). The immersive environment opens up the possibility for children to undertake responsible tasks and share them with experts, shown to increase their engagement and confidence (Bolton, 1995).

The primary objective of the play/workshop was to raise awareness about the contributions of women to science and the challenges they faced throughout history. To make the scientists come alive, students personally “met them” through acting. It was important that the students were transported to the time the performance takes place in order to understand the difference between the scientific methods of then and now. Costumes, video projection, sound, and the rest of the set design aimed to help children immerse themselves in voyaging through the rainforest. The key scientific concept we focused on was the metamorphosis of the caterpillar and its stages. The last part of the performance, embodying Maria Sibylla Merian, aimed to challenge students’ scientific identity. Although some boys felt uncomfortable taking on the role of a woman, most of them surprisingly responded well to this task. With all this, we recognize that sciencetheater supports the dynamic developmental system of a child by nurturing collaborative learning, a sense of community and motivation and competence (Darling-Hammond et al., 2020).

1The play was created and performed by Jelena Joksimović, Natalija Drakulović, Aleksandra Kojčinović, and Jana Samardžić, with art direction by Sanja Crnjanski, as part of the program at the Center for the Promotion of Science in Belgrade, Serbia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our main research method is content analysis, based on a sample of:
- 98 statements made by children during the performances,
- 2 interviews with teachers,
- 3 interviews with authors.

Key thematic categories include science learning, embodiment, immersiveness, engagement, and gender.

The Context
The context for the sciencetheater play/workshops was the International Day of Women in Science, celebrated on the 11th of February. Learning about metamorphosis is an unavoidable part of the curriculum in Serbia, but the significant contribution of Maria Sibylla Merian to this discovery is never mentioned.

The Plot
Act One: Students are invited to board a ship by the captain. They sit on the floor facing a canvas with a video projection of the ocean. Large nylon on the floor emits blue light, simulating waves. The sounds of the waves and seagulls fill the space. The captain invites Maria and her daughters Dorothea and Johanna to board the ship for Suriname. The voyage begins as the daughters take the nylon and wave. During the journey, Maria shares her work, interest in science, and the challenges she faces as a woman. She displays her paintings of butterflies and caterpillars, but in their excitement, the daughters accidentally drop them into the water. Everyone helps retrieve the drawings.

Act Two: The scene shifts to the Surinamese rainforest. Everyone searches the jungle for a caterpillar to explore metamorphosis and restore the damaged illustrations. When an image appears in scenography (a complex illustration recreated from Maria's original works), students begin helping repair the damage by drawing the missing parts they find in nature. The scene ends with the onset of a storm where actual water drops fall from the sky, causing panic and everyone to board.

Act Three: Present day. Museum. An exhibition about Maria is being opened. The guest, her descendant, a fictional character inserted to discuss the significance of women in science throughout history, gives a speech at the opening and then guides the students through the exhibition. Actresses then bring out a cardboard cutout in the shape of Maria Sibila Merian's body with an empty space instead of her face. Each student has the opportunity to embody Maria by positioning their head through a hole in the cutout and convey a message to the world inspired by the journey they've participated in.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings suggest that sciencetheater:

- Comprises the potential for holistic development, as reported by teachers.
Teacher A stated, “I remember the reaction of two girls who were interested in science and nature. Both girls are also involved in painting, so the combination of science and art of Maria S. was a real revelation to them.”

- Strongly engages children in embodied learning, as reported by teachers and the authorial team.
Teacher A mentioned, “The children were very attentive because the performance was interactive. They were active participants, and there were various activities, so they were attentive and motivated.”
Author N added, “The set design, sound effects, and the rain spraying significantly helped to experience this performance with all senses and therefore remember the whole story better. Although they knew it wasn't real, they allowed themselves to be carried away by the atmosphere.”
Child: “This is like a 7D cinema!”

- Engages children in responsible tasks that support their confidence, as reported by teachers and children themselves.
One child (8 years old) said, “I suggest everyone carry a diary with themselves and write about everything they see in nature.” Many children emphasized how a person can be both an artist and a scientist simultaneously, that everyone has equal rights to education regardless of gender, and that Maria should be included in biology textbooks.
Author N noted, “Provoking interaction and engagement is in every part of the process. For example Johana and Dorotea (daughters of the scientist) couldn't pronounce the word 'metamorphosis' correctly, and they tried many times inspiring children to help them pronounce but in fact engaging them to learn it.”

- Provokes deep interconnections between science and art and deconstructs disciplinary identities of educators (Sochacka et al., 2016), as reported by the authorial team.

References
Baskerville, D., McGregor, D., Bonsall, A. (2023). Re-thinking Theorising About the Use of Drama, Theatre and Performance in Learning Science. In: McGregor, D., Anderson, D. (eds) Learning Science Through Drama. Contributions from Science Education Research, vol 11. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-17350-9_2
Boal, A. (1995). The rainbow of desire. The Boal method of theatre and therapy. (A. Jackson, Trans.). Routledge.
Darling-Hammond L, Flook L, Cook-Harvey C, Barron B, Osher D. (2020) Implications for educational practice of the science of learning and development. Applied Developmental Science. 24: 97–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888691.2018.1537791
Dorion, K. (2009). Science through drama: A multicase exploration of the characteristics of drama activities used in secondary science classrooms. International Journal of Science Education, 31(16), 2247–2270.
Driver, R., Asoko, H., Leach, J., Mortimer, E., & Scott, P. (1994). Constructing scientific knowledge in the classroom. Educational Researcher, 23(7), 5–12.
Sochacka, N., Guyotte, K., & Walther, J. (2016). Learning together: A collaborative auto- ethnographic exploration of STEAM (STEM + the arts) education. Journal of Engineering Education, 105(1), 15–42.
Stagg, B. C. (2020). Meeting Linnaeus: improving comprehension of biological classifcation and attitudes to plants using drama in primary science education. Research in Science & Technological Education, 38(3), 253–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2019.1605347
O’Neill, C. (1995). Drama worlds: A framework for process drama. Heinemann.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Using Drama Techniques during Early Childhood Teachers' Involvement in Sociodramatic and Imaginative Play

Anthia Michaelides, Eleni Loizou

UNIVERSITY OF CYPRUS, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Michaelides, Anthia; Loizou, Eleni

Play indisputably can have an impact on children's learning and development and teacher's involvement is crucial in supporting children’s play skills (Bodrova & Leong, 2003; Einarsdottir, 2012; Fromberg, 2002; Gmitrova, 2013; Jung, 2013; Lohmander & Samuelsson, 2022; Miller & Almon, 2009; Wood & Attfield, 2005). To appropriately participate in and support children's play, teachers need to have the necessary knowledge and develop their own play skills (Avgitidou, 2022; Loizou &Trawick-Smith, 2022; Trawick-Smith & Loizou, 2022). Specifically, teachers’ involvement in children’s’ play is supported by Vygotsky’s Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD), since their involvement can enhance children’s play (Bodrova,2008). Teachers’ involvement in play can take different forms; such as direct and indirect involvement (e.g. giving children the play theme for direct involvement, and offering role choices for indirect) (Trawick-Smith & Dziurgot, 2010; 2011). Other studies indicate characteristics of teachers’ involvement such as role participation, dialogic interactions of the characters, dramatic tension (Bredikyte & Hakkarainen, 2011).

Drama and specifically improvisation fall within the ZPD (Graue, Whyte &Delaney,2014) and Profession Development Programs (PDPs) that use drama develop teachers’ skills (Lobman,2005). There are common features between drama skills and children’s sociodramatic and imaginative play skills. These include roles, tension in play, scenario, verbal and non-verbal communication, language and use of props. It is evident that drama and play have an undeniable connection (Dunn & Stinson,2012) and research suggests drama as a means to support children’s and teachers’ play skills (Lobman,2005). Teacher’s professional development studies have used drama as a means to support teachers play skills and showed positive outcomes (Lee, Cawthon & Dawson, 2013; Lobman, 2005; Raphael & O’Mara, 2002; Stinson, 2009).

This study is part of a doctoral thesis that examined the development of teachers’ play skills through the implementation of a drama PDP focusing on teachers’ socio-dramatic and imaginary play skills. In this study we respond to the following research questions: 1) Which drama techniques can be employed in designing an educational drama program that supports early childhood teachers' (ECTs) social-dramatic and imaginative play skills? and 2) Which drama techniques do early childhood teachers' (ECTs ) use during their involvement in play and how do these techniques relate to their socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a doctoral thesis. Data collection methods comprised of drama literature, through which drama techniques were identified and related to the socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills. Based on the results a PDP focusing on ECTs’ socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills using drama techniques was designed and implemented. Furthermore, interviews before and at the end of the program were conducted, as well as video recordings of teachers involved in a socio-dramatic or imaginary play area before, during and at the end of the program. The video recordings took place during free or/and structure time, 7:45am to 9:05am and had a duration of about eighty minutes. Also, the participants kept a reflective journal and field observations were taken by the researcher.
The participants of the larger study were thirteen in-service ECTs but four provided the data for this study. All participants were in service teachers working either in the public or private kindergarten. Additionally, their classrooms comprised of children of ages 4-6 years old.
Consent forms were given to all parties involved in the research, specifically to the in-service ECT participants, the principal and the classroom assistants. Regarding the children’s assent their parents/guardians gave permission to take part in the study. All necessary permissions were obtained by the Centre of Educational Research and Evaluation. All of the participants had the option to withdraw from the research at any given time. Also, the use of pseudonyms, offered anonymity and confidentiality.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The present study is part of a doctoral thesis.  Through a literature review we were able to determine the ECTs’ socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills. These were: the Role Enactment skill, the Interactive Dialogue skill, and the Interactive dialogue with Role enactment skill. Furthermore, the results of this study revealed a connection between drama techniques and the three socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills that ECTs must have to effectively participate in children's play. By comparing the content of the drama techniques with the characteristics of each of the three skills it was found that there was a connection between the two. Specifically, there were drama techniques that were best related to one skill while other techniques that were associated with more than one skill’s characteristics. The participants during their involvement in children’s play on several occasions implemented the drama techniques: teacher in role, telephone conversations, hot sitting, and reportage. Through using these drama techniques, the characteristics of the three skills were implemented. For instance, in the case of the drama technique of telephone conversations the participants exemplified the characteristics of receiving and accepting of ideas/suggestions.
The conclusions of this study refer to the ECTs Zone of Proximal Active Involvement in which the three skills relate to the ECTs’ general teaching skills while unfolding the principles of improvisation. This study supports ECTsin implementing play pedagogy and provides innovative and new suggestions for developing teachers’ play skills.

References
Avdi, A. & Hadzigeorgiou, M. (2007). The art of drama in education, 48 suggestions for theater education workshops [Η τέχνη του Δράματος στην εκπαίδευση, 48 προτάσεις για εργαστήρια θεατρικής αγωγής]. Athens, Greece: Metaichmium.
Beaty, J. J. (2012). Skills for Preschool Teachers. Boston, USA:Pearson.
Bennett, N., Wood, E., & Rogers, S. (1997). Teaching through Play: Teachers' thinking and classroom practice. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.
Bodrova, E. (2008). Make‐believe play versus academic skills: a Vygotskian approach to today’s dilemma of early childhood education. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 16(3), 357-369. doi: 10.1080/13502930802291777
Bodrova, E., & Leong, D. J. (2003). Chopsticks and Counting Chips: Do Play and Foundational Skills Need To Compete for the Teacher's Attention in an Early Childhood Classroom?. Young Children, 58(3), 10-17.
Bodrova, E., & Leong, D. J. (2003). The Importance of Being Playful. Educational Leadership, 60(7), 50-53.
Bredikyte, M., & Hakkarainen, P. (2011). Play Intervention and Play Development. In C. Lobman, & B. E. O’ Neil (Eds.), Play and Performance. Play & Culture Studies, Volume 11 (pp.59-83). Lanham, USA: University Press of America.
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199. doi: 10.3102/0013189X08331140
Dunn, J. (2017). Do you know how to play? A “Beginner’s Guide” to the vocabularies of dramatic play. In O’Connor, P. & Gomez, C.R. (Eds.), Playing with Possibilities (pp. 34-49). Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Farmer, D. (2011). Learning through drama in the primary years. Drama Resource www.dramaresource.com
Gmitrova, V. (2013). Teaching to play performing a main role–effective method of pretend play facilitation in preschool-age children. Early Child Development and Care, 183(11), 1705-1719. doi: 10.1080/03004430.2012.746970
Lobman, C. (2003). The Bugs Are Coming! Improvisation and Early Childhood Teaching. Young Children, 58(3), 18-23.
Lobman, C., & Lundquist, M. (2007). Unscripted learning: Using improv activities across the K-8 curriculum. New York, USA: Teachers College Press
Logue, M. E., & Detour, A. (2011). " You Be the Bad Guy": A New Role for Teachers in Supporting Children's Dramatic Play. Early Childhood Research & Practice, 13(1), 1-16.
McCabe, U. (2017). The drama in sociodramatic play: implications for curriculum and pedagogy. NJ, 1-11. doi: 10.1080/14452294.2017.1329689
Tsolakidis, E. (2013).  Improvisation in theatre [Ο αυτοσχεδιασμό στο θέατρο]. Athens, Greece: Exandas.
 
13:15 - 14:4530 SES 01 A: Knowing in ESE Beyond the Human
Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

The Existential and the Instrumental Logic in ESE

Ásgeir Tryggvason, Andreas Mårdh, Johan Öhman, Louise Sund

ESERGO, Örebro University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Tryggvason, Ásgeir

Considering the current state of our planet, the need for a vibrant environmental and sustainability education (ESE) is arguably more pressing than ever. However, education at large has also become increasingly characterized by accountability, measurements, and high-stakes testing. Consequently, ESE presently finds itself caught in a tension between two competing educational logics, namely an existential one and an instrumental one.

There is undoubtedly a deeply existential dimension to ESE as the content of its educational practices have profound implications for continued human (and non-human) existence (Affifi & Christie, 2019; Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). ESE involves issues about severe threats to our planet and the extinction of numerous species as well as vast global economic and social inequalities. As such, sustainability issues touch upon the very nerve of what it means to grow up in a society where dreadful visions of the future seem to be closing in. Such visions can spark strong moral emotions in students as well as ignite intense political discussions about the development of society (Sund & Öhman, 2014; Van Poeck et al., 2019). In short, the educational content of ESE carries profound existential implications for both teachers and students that need to be carefully handled in the classroom (Vandenplas et al., 2023).

At the same time, sustainable development is being taught within a broader system of schooling characterized by instrumentalism rather than devotion to existential concerns. Many European educational systems have moved in a direction of increased teacher accountability and a stronger focus on test results and measurable outcomes (Grek, 2020). Taken together, the changing institutional condition of schooling means that teachers and students today face a harsh educational reality where didactical autonomy is being reduced and knowledge requirements are to be met. This means that there is a risk that schoolwork is being presented to students in instrumental terms that encourages them to pursue good grades for the sake of personal benefit rather than a sincere commitment to the survival of life on earth. Put succinctly, teachers and students engaged in ESE are today caught in a tension between two fundamentally different logics – an existential and an instrumental – that pose a serious pedagogical challenge.

The aim of this paper is to theoretically specify the relation between the existential and the instrumental logic in ESE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this theoretical contribution we explore five different aspects of how the relation between the two logics is played out. The five aspects are: (i) the role of emotions, (ii) the role of experiences, (iii) the role of knowledge, (iv) the aim of education, and (v) the temporality in teaching. By exploring the relation with these five aspects, we shed light on challenges that current ESE practices face in relation to the instrumentality of schooling.  

To explore these five aspects, we draw on previous theoretical and empirical research. Our selection of previous research was purpose related and followed two criteria: (1) research that clearly address either the existential logic or the instrumental logic in education, (2) research that is influential in the ESE research field. In analysing selected publications, we followed a purpose related reading and methodology (Säfström & Östman, 1999).

The first strand of previous research consist of publications on the existential logic in ESE (e.g. Affifi & Christie, 2019; Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). In a recent study of the existential tendency in ESE, Vandenplas et al. (2023) identify seven different ways in which the existential tendency is expressed in climate change education practices. In engaging with this result, we outline how the existential logic in ESE establishes a specific relation between the student, the subject matter and the teacher.

The second strand of previous research relates to the instrumental logic of ESE. The instrumental logic of schooling, and its relation to ESE practices, are sometimes referred to a “Stevenson’s gap”. The notion of “Stevenson’s gap” highlights how the very structure of schools and its orientation toward results, achievements and measurable outcomes is at odds with vital ESE practices (Hacking et al., 2007; Stevenson, 2007; Tryggvason et al., 2022).

By bringing these two strands of previous research into dialogue we are able to theoretically specify the relation between the existential and instrumental logic in ESE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A preliminary finding from our exploration of the relation between the two logics is that the relation is characterized by a tension. We identify a tension between the two logics in all the five aspects that we explore. For instance, the existential logic highlights the role of emotions as a crucial part of environmental issues, as well as central part of the learning process (see Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). In comparison, within the instrumental logic of schooling the measurable outcomes are in focus, rather than the students’ own emotions when encountering the subject matter. Moreover, within an instrumental logic the students’ previous experiences of environmental and sustainability issues do not have the same relevance as they have within an existential logic. From an instrumental perspective the question of what student should learn, and why, is already set before the students encounter the subject matter (cf. Öhman, 2014).

In relation to previous conceptualizations of tensions between ESE practices and school structures, such as “Stevenson’s gap” (Hacking et al., 2007) or the “discourse-practice gap” (Vare, 2020), we argue that our conceptualization further contributes and specifies the role of environmental and sustainability issues (ES-issue) in schools. By outlining the two logics, we are able to theoretically specify why a tension arises when ES-issues are brought into current educational system.
In the closing discussion of our paper, we address the wider question discussed in the ESE research field:  Is it realistic to expect current educational system to fully handling ES-issues? Or is it necessary to tame the existential “nature” of ES-issues if they are to be taught in an instrumentalized school system? Even though our contribution does not provide definitive answers to these questions, the distinction between the two logics, and their specification, are helpful theoretical tools in further developing this discussion.

References
Affifi, R., & Christie, B. (2019). Facing loss: Pedagogy of death. Environmental Education Research, 25(8), 1143–1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1446511

Grek, S. (2020). Facing “a tipping point”? The role of the OECD as a boundary organisation in governing education in Sweden. Education Inquiry, 11(3), 175–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1701838

Hacking, E. B., Scott, W., & Barratt, R. (2007). Children’s research into their local environment: Stevenson’s gap, and possibilities for the curriculum. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 225–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701284811

Öhman, J. (2014). Om didaktikens möjligheter—Ett pragmatiskt perspektiv. Utbildning & Demokrati – tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 23(3), 33–52. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v23i3.1023

Säfström, C.A., & Östman, L. (1999). Textanalys [Textual analysis]. Studentlitteratur.

Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701295726

Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2014). On the need to repoliticise environmental and sustainability education: Rethinking the postpolitical consensus. Environmental Education Research, 20(5), 639–659. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2013.833585

Tryggvason, Á., Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2022). Schooling and ESE: Revisiting Stevenson’s gap from a pragmatist perspective. Environmental Education Research, 28(8), 1237–1250. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2075326

Van Poeck, K., Östman, L., & Öhman, J. (Eds.). (2019). Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351124348

Vandenplas, E., Van Poeck, K., & Block, T. (2023). ‘The existential tendency’ in climate change education: An empirically informed typology. Environmental Education Research, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2246694

Vare, P. (2020). Beyond the ‘green bling’: Identifying contradictions encountered in school sustainability programmes and teachers’ responses to them. Environmental Education Research, 26(1), 61–80. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1677859

Verlie, B. (2019). Bearing worlds: Learning to live-with climate change. Environmental Education Research, 25(5), 751–766. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1637823


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Towards Posthuman Climate Change Education

Karen Jordan, Ólafur Páll Jónsson

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Jordan, Karen

Climate change is one of the most critical challenges of our time, requiring significant responses from all aspects of society, including education. The prevailing responses to climate change tend towards treating the crisis as a predominantly scientific and managerial issue that requires technological solutions or behaviour changes. Correspondingly, climate change education (CCE) tends towards teaching climate science and (predominantly individual) behaviour change. Recently, socio-political competencies and climate justice have been advanced, which, while crucial, still do not adequately address the question of how we got here in the first place. What is needed, we argue, is greater attention to how climate change is one of multiple, intersecting sustainability crises (e.g. biodiversity loss, chemical and plastic pollution) rooted in a widespread anthropocentric, extractionist, and instrumental mentality.

Both Sterling (2016) and Bonnett (2021) advocate for a twofold strategy to environmental and sustainability education (ESE): on the one hand, a short-term pragmatic agenda of ‘damage limitation’ that cautiously uses science and technology to lessen environmental damage and social injustice as much as possible; and on the other hand, a long-term agenda to shift the human–more-than-human relationship to one that reflects our interconnectedness with the natural world, which must occur simultaneously, and increasingly inform the short-term strategy.

We suggest posthumanism, with its focus on both decentring the human and simultaneously actively exploring from multiple and supra-disciplinary perspectives, a human self-understanding based on relationality, continuity with the natural world, and the animality and materiality of human beings, could provide the roots and shoots for the long-term shift.

In this paper, we engage with posthuman research, which has had a recent resurgence of interest, including within ESE (Clarke & Mcphie, 2020). We align ourselves with the view of ‘posthumanism’ as a simultaneously critical and creative endeavour that involves interrogating the ‘self-representations and conventional understandings of being human, which “we” have inherited from the past’ (Braidotti, 2019, p. 41) while engaging in the on-going task of learning to think differently about ourselves.

We make the case for why a posthumanist, rather than a critical humanist (Lindgren & Öhman, 2019) approach is needed, by revisiting and challenging some of humanism’s central claims. It should be one of the fundamental concerns of education to challenge human-centredness but not abandon our distinctive human subjectivity entirely. We find Kretz’s (2009) concept of ‘open continuity’ helpful: human identity or self-concept remains very much intact but humans are also considered as ‘situated in ecologically relevant wholes of which [they] are a part’ (2009, p. 131), there is ‘a merging between (what is normally construed as a) self and other’ (2009, p. 123). Such a shift in human self-understanding has far-reaching consequences for the education of current and future generations (Herbrechter, 2018).

We then address the question of how posthumanism might influence ESE/CCE. In particular we examine and contribute to the knowledge on how posthumanism might alter existing frameworks such as UNESCO’s (2017) key competencies for sustainability.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We explore and review the recent surge in research on different ways to tackle posthumanism in education.

Then, to feed into this diverse and growing field, we want to address the reality facing most ESE/CCE educators today, that of finding their own pathways towards posthuman ESE/CCE within existing anthropocentric educational frameworks. We want to explore how these existing frameworks might be posthumanised. Recently, there has been an emphasis in ESE on developing competencies ‘that enable individuals to participate in socio-political processes and, hence, to move their societies towards sustainable development’ (Rieckmann, 2018, p. 41). We chose to examine how UNESCO’s (2017) key competencies for sustainability might be challenged, troubled, and reconfigured – posthumanised, and how learners might develop these competencies in an entangled and embodied way with the more-than-human.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Posthuman ESE/CCE entails learning together with and co-constructing knowledge with the more-than-human (Blenkinsop et al., 2022; Herbrechter, 2018a; Quinn, 2021; Taylor, 2017; Verlie CCR 15, 2020). Much posthuman ESE/CCE falls within the sphere of new materialism and involves a focus on immersing learners in their embedded materiality and relational entanglement with the more-than-human (Clarke & Mcphie, 2020; Lynch & Mannion, 2021; Mannion, 2020; Mcphie & Clarke, 2015). The diverse approaches explored are the beginnings of a wave that is creatively pushing at the edges of current pedagogy and existing ESE/CCE practices.

Posthumanist ideas significantly alter how UNESCO’s (2017) competencies are understood. We draw on Sterling (2009) to posthumanise the systems thinking competency: ‘Systems thinking can be used as a methodology for anti-ecological, as well as ecological, ends’ (p. 78). Ecological thinking, however, is a fundamentally different way of perceiving the world, a worldview, an ontology. Ecological thinking actively resists instrumental rationality, objectivism, and dualism, and extends our boundaries of concern (Sterling, 2009). Posthuman systems thinking would go even further in terms of inclusiveness of the more-than-human and different ways of knowing.

Normative competency involving ‘reflection on the norms and values that underlie one’s actions’ and the Self-awareness competency involving reflection on ‘one’s own role in the local community and (global) society’ (UNESCO, 2017, p. 10) would be interpreted radically differently if posthumanised. Indeed, how different would the Collaborative competency, involving ‘the abilities to learn from others; to understand and respect the needs, perspectives and actions of others; to understand, relate to and be sensitive to others’ (ibid.), be if posthumanised, where ‘others’ includes the more-than-human, entire ecosystems?

Posthumanising UNESCO’s key competencies entails making more porous their boundaries and therefore the boundaries of their associated educational approaches, methods and ways of thinking and learning alongside, through and with the more-than-human.

References
Blenkinsop, S., Morse, M., Jickling, B. (2022). Wild Pedagogies: Opportunities and Challenges for Practice. In: Paulsen, M., Jagodzinski, J., M. Hawke, S. (eds) Pedagogy in the Anthropocene. Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2_2

Bonnett, M. (2021). Environmental consciousness, nature and the philosophy of education: Ecologizing education. Earthscan.

Braidotti, R. (2019). Posthuman knowledge. Polity.

Clarke , D. A. G. & Mcphie, J. (2020). New materialisms and environmental education: editorial, Environmental Education Research, 26(9-10), 1255–1265, https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1828290

Herbrechter, S. (2018a). Posthumanist Education, in Paul Smeyers (Ed.) International Handbook of Philosophy of Education, 727–745. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-72761-5

Kretz, L. (2009). Open continuity. Ethics and the Environment, 14(2), 115–137. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.2979/ete.2009.14.2.115

Lindgren, N., & Öhman, J. (2019). A posthuman approach to human-animal relationships: Advocating critical pluralism. Environmental Education Research, 25(8), 1200-1215.

Lynch, J. & Mannion, G. (2021). Place-responsive Pedagogies in the Anthropocene: attuning with the more-than-human, Environmental Education Research, 27(6), 864–878. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1867710  

Mannion, G. (2020). Re-assembling environmental and sustainability education: orientations from New Materialism, Environmental Education Research, 26(9-10), 1353–1372. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1536926

Mcphie, J. & Clarke, D. A. G. (2015). A Walk in the Park: Considering Practice for Outdoor Environmental Education Through an Immanent Take on the Material Turn, The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(4), 230–250, https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2015.1069250  

Quinn, J. (2021). A humanist university in a posthuman world: relations, responsibilities, and rights, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(5-6), 686–700, https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2021.1922268

Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Eds.), Issues and trends in education for sustainable development (pp. 39-59). UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000261445

Sterling, S. (2009). Ecological intelligence: Viewing the world relationally. In A. Stibbe, The handbook of sustainability literacy (pp. 77–83). Green Books.

Sterling, S. (2016). A commentary on education and Sustainable Development Goals. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 10(2), 208–213. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0973408216661886

Taylor, C. A. (2017). Is a posthumanist Bildung possible? Reclaiming the promise of Bildung for contemporary higher education. Higher Education, 74(3), 419–435.

UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444

Verlie, B. CCR 15. (2020). From action to intra-action? Agency, identity and ‘goals’ in a relational approach to climate change education, Environmental Education Research, 26(9-10), 1266–1280. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1497147


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Teachers Perceptions and Pedagogies With/as Nature: Exploring Environmental Education Possibilities in the Primary School Classroom Through a Posthuman Perspective

Simone M. Blom

Southern Cross University, Australia

Presenting Author: Blom, Simone M.

Abstract

This paper explores Australian primary school years teachers’ perceptions of nature and how this informs pedagogy through a posthuman theoretical framework that is informed by and an entanglement of three posthuman concepts: material-discursive practices (Barad, 2007), affective atmospheres (Ash & Anderson, 2015) and childhoodnature (Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles et al., 2020). This theoretical entanglement purposefully disrupts dichotomies and rejects abuse to marginalised others such as First Nations Peoples, children and nonhuman nature. Such disruptions challenge conventional ways of knowing and being and offer opportunities and possibilities for the reconceptualisation of future learning in environmental education and education more broadly. Moreover, this study adopted a creative methodological approach; a diffractive-ethnographic approach to transqualitative inquiry, that is generative and not reductive, to extend thinking and knowledge in innovative and transformative ways.

Research question

What are Australian primary school classroom teachers’ perceptions of nature and how do they inform pedagogy?

Objectives or purposes

  • To investigate teachers’ perceptions of nature and how this informs their pedagogical practice from a posthuman perspective.
  • To implement creative and innovative approaches to methodological practices.
  • To explore the possibilities for environmental education inclusion in the primary classroom

Perspective(s) or theoretical framework

Doing theory requires being open to the world’s aliveness, allowing oneself to be lured by curiosity, surprise, and wonder. Theories are not mere metaphysical pronouncements on the world from some presumed position of exteriority. Theories are living and breathing reconfigurings of the world. The world theorizes as well as experiments with itself. Figuring, reconfiguring. (Barad, 2012, p.2)

The posthuman theoretical perspective underpinning this research is inspired by the work of quantum physicist and feminist theorist, Karen Barad (2007). As Barad (2012) states in the opening vignette, theories are alive, dynamic and invite people and the world to be involved. Barad puts this to practice in their rich and complex theories; one of which – material-discursive practices (Barad, 2007) – is adopted in the theoretical framework of this study. The other two concepts that inform the overarching posthuman theoretical framework are affective atmospheres (Ash & Anderson, 2015) and childhoodnature (Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles et al., 2020). Together, these three concepts enable future thinking of human/nonhuman relationality, which moves beyond conventional separatist notions and dualistic paradigms of nature/culture, teacher/student, adult/child, black/white.

In line with Sustainable Development Goals (number 4: quality education), this paper is founded on thinking that accepts inclusivity as a natural state despite the tendency of social and cultural systems to perpetuate binary thinking and practice. This framing encourages educators and educational researchers to detach from developmental theories in understanding the child and embrace perspectives that may best inform, challenge and position children and young people for their future lives (Murris, 2016; Taylor et al., 2013). The future scape has never been more uncertain and providing children and young people with authentic opportunities to voice their concerns in messy and non-judgemental ways has never been more critical, or urgent.

Each one of the concepts are theoretically robust each in their own right in disrupting traditional binary-making practices, questioning human exceptionalism, and bringing attention to the mattering of every-thing particularly the agency of human/nonhuman nature, equally so. Together, their conceptual alignment in these matters, provides a fierce theoretical frame to materialise the presentation of the findings as a series of data entanglements.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

To align with the posthuman theory underpinning this paper, a transqualitative methodology has been proposed, utilising a diffractive ethnographic approach.

A transqualitative inquiry (TI) as methodology is here proposed to enable the diffraction of traditional humanistic qualitative approaches (such as ethnography) with/in/through posthuman approaches to intra-act and generate ‘new’ and different ways of doing data. TI offers a methodology that accepts these tensions to explore the possibilities when qualitative ethnographic methodologies are pushed through posthuman theoretical thinking. TI promotes creative and innovative research to be undertaken without the limitations of  conventional qualitative approaches to research.

Diffractive ethnography, as proposed by Gullion (2018), aligns with posthuman thinking in expanding on conventional thought-experiments that silence the material. In a move away from human-centred approaches to research that dismiss the material and nonhuman other as insignificant and not active players in a research setting, diffractive ethnography challenges researchers to think with the nonhuman and be open to exploring the voice and agency of matter. Materiality makes itself known in myriad ways and creates new possibilities for understanding classroom happenings beyond yet including only the human.

In further justification of diffractive methodologies, Murris (2020) stresses how this methodology could offer an education revolution since,

diffraction helps materialize important new insights for posthuman schooling. It disrupts the idea of humanist schooling that knowledge acquisition is mediated by the more expert and knowledgeable other; schooling as a linear journey from child to the more “fully-human” adult. Importantly, the diffractive teacher can be human, nonhuman or more-than-human, contributing to a reconfiguration of the world in all its materiality – a process of “worlding.” Importantly, this process is always relational, not individual. (p. 21)

Here, Murris (2020) decentres the human and enacts the agency of matter including the role of the nonhuman, for example, the role of nonhuman nature in being an educator and teacher for children and students.

Methods

The research design proposes ethnographic methods through posthuman thinking to arrive at three diffractive ethnographic methods of: i) lesson participations, ii) video-stimulated recall conversations with teachers and iii) visual-journaling. These methods are informed by and deeply rooted in posthuman theory applied to educational contexts to ensure they are robust and create data that is rich, authentic and valid; in ‘new’ and different ways of understanding what these terms mean for research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results

The findings from this study suggest that teachers’ perceptions of nature come from a human-centric position despite leaning in to some posthuman ideas. It was evident that while teachers thinking aligned with posthuman notions of humans as nature, this was not communicated in practice. Nature is perceived as something external, ‘out-there’ and as a resource: not in a destructive way, but as a place to appreciate and recharge. From this perception, teachers demonstrated education about, for, and in the environment with little to no explicit education with/as nature. In this paper presentation, the creative works of the teacher-researcher collaboration are shared through the diffractive data entanglement findings. The findings provide an interesting and necessary contribution to understanding how teachers’ perceive nature and how this informs their pedagogy to inform environmental education practices, policies, and future research.

Scholarly significance of the study

The significance of this study crosses three key domains where there are critical gaps in the existing research. Firstly, this study makes a unique contribution to knowledge in environmental education through investigating primary school classroom teachers’ perceptions of nature and how this informs their pedagogy. Secondly, the study introduces transqualitative inquiry as methodology using a diffractive ethnographic approach, that aligns with a conceptually-informed, robust, posthumanist framework proposed for this study. Finally, this research is significant because there is currently limited research that explores primary school classroom teachers’ perceptions of nature using posthuman theory that asserts the human body is nature, and not apart from it (Author, 2020; Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles et al., 2021). There is dire need for research which addresses these current shortfalls; both the field of education and the planet are dependent on it.

References
References

Ash, J., & Anderson, B. (2015). Atmospheric methods. In P. Vannini (Ed.), Non-representational methodologies (pp. 44-61). Routledge.
Author (2020)
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2012b). On touching—The inhuman that therefore I am. differences, 23(3), 206-223.
Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A., Malone, K., & Barratt Hacking, E. (2020). Research handbook on childhoodnature: Assemblages of childhood and nature research (A. Cutter-Mackenzie, K. Malone, & E. Barratt Hacking, Eds.). Springer International Publishing.
Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A., Osborn, M., Lasczik, A., Malone, K., & Knight, L. (2021). The Mudbook: Nature play framework. Queensland Government Department of Education.
Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive Ethnography. Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351044998
Murris, K. (2016). The Posthuman Child: Educational transformation through philosophy with picturebooks. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718002
Murris, K. (2020). Posthuman Child and the Diffractive Teacher: Decolonizing the Nature/Culture Binary. In A. Cutter-Mackenzie, K. Malone, & E. Barratt Hacking (Eds.), Research Handbook on Childhoodnature : Assemblages of Childhood and Nature Research (pp. 1-25). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-51949-4_7-2
Murris, K., & Haynes, J. (2018). Literacies, Literature and Learning: Reading Classrooms Differently. Routledge.
Taylor, A., Blaise, M., & Giugni, M. (2013). Haraway's ‘bag lady story-telling’: relocating childhood and learning within a ‘post-human landscape’ [Article]. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 34(1), 48-62. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2012.698863
 
13:15 - 14:4530 SES 01 B: Local Places in Global Context
Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Alan Reid
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Locally Relevant Education for Sustainable Development: Rural Schools in a Global Context

David Kronlid1, Linda Wilhelmsson2

1Midsweden university, Sweden; 2Midsweden university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Wilhelmsson, Linda

The main aim of the paper is to discuss students' learning and personal development through developing scientific didactic models in education for sustainable development (ESD) based on rural small school conditions. A partial aim is to present a heuristic research methodology where collaboration between school staff, researchers, neighboring local actors, and the local geographical location contributes to developing ESD theory and practice.

Considering present eco-social-cultural challenges and respecting the earth's carrying capacity (Fettes och Blenkinsop, 2023) and planetary boundaries (Oziewicz, 2022) education is an important partner (Jickling et. al 2018). Hence, the need to understand practical challenges and to develop didactical tools for teaching and learning is crucial. Accordingly, this paper presents tentative results from a practice-based research project with three small schools in sparsely populated areas in the middle of Sweden.

The project builds on the assumption that schools’ geographical location is important for the kind of environmental and sustainability education that is possible and desirable. Furthermore, whereas place-based education research is common (see Yemini, Engel & Ben Simon 2023), research that focuses on small schools in sparsely populated communities is uncommon. In particular, the paper addresses questions concerning the potential of the local natural environment as an equally important partner in education. Other sustainability factors taken into consideration are how education can address migration into cities, extending formal education to formal-nonformal education in collaboration with neighboring local actors, and how to understand and organize students' learning in such teaching practice context (Miller, 2015). Furthermore, those schools often engage in the proximity of the local community, place, and the culture and history of local communities.

The paper builds on categorial Bildung-theory and critical constructive didactics (Klafki, 1995) to enable the importance of personal transformation change and the role of education in mastering the global challenges of an uncertain future (Wilhelmsson & Blenkinsop, accepted; Kvamme, 2021). Simultaneously, critical constructive didactics focuses on educational content and didactics as an intersection between theory and practice (Klafki, 2010). Didactic models are realized to the extent that they are used and tested in teaching practice where the practice is seen as both a starting point and frame of reference for didactic theory (Künzli, 2010). Furthermore, late Klafki introduces “epochal key problems” as important issues that are decisive for the future. This underlines the current and future responsibilities of both teachers and students and the readiness for learning and development that leads to mastering complex sustainability problems (Kvamme, 2021).

The research questions addressed are:

What challenges and opportunities are constituted in teaching for sustainable development in small schools in sparsely populated areas?

What are the pluralistic interaction areas for those schools with nature, the local community, and the socio-geographical location?

In what ways does a practical research methodology focusing on didactic models enable a locally relevant education for sustainable development?

Tentative results include:

Insights into how the school engages (and is engaged by) the local community in education for sustainable development.

Didactic models for locally relevant education for sustainable development, including appropriate skills and attributes, that relate critically and constructively to the school's mission.

A scientifically assessed research methodology that strengthens collaboration and is sustainable over time.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study design is based on an abductive logic that enables a continuous didactic reflection where theory and empirical evidence are mutually reinterpreted (Wilhelmsson & Damber, 2022). Accordingly, the reciprocal relationship between theory and empirical practice has a given place in the research process. Abduction's flexible choice of theoretical framework avoids one-sided analysis and uncritical explanations. This is favorable for studying, understanding, and explaining the complexity of education for sustainable development. In addition, a rapidly changing society demands the ability to constantly reconsider theoretical explanations in education and teaching.
Practitioner inquiry is used as methodology. Here, teaching becomes the concrete place for the investigation and thus constitutes a context for professional and cultural understanding and development (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). The methodology, which is critical and reflexive, enables the pedagogues' systematic reflection and thus a purpose-oriented study of local teaching practice.
The abductive design along with practitioner inquiry ensures that participating researchers and educators collaborate in data collection, activities, and analysis and that these activities also become learning opportunities for participating educators and researchers.
Didactic modeling is used throughout the phases of the project as it consists of three components, extraction (construct a tentative model based on empirical data), mangling (successive and purpose-oriented adaptation of the tentative models), and exemplifying (documentation of the use of the models in analysis and teaching) (Hamza and Lundqvist, 2023).
The empirical material consists of reflexive texts produced in direct connection to the teaching experience and through collaborative workshops, writing exercises, seminars, and interactive lectures in dialogue with participating pedagogues. Documentation from teaching planning and student participation constitutes supplementary material. Data is also collected using structured dialogues about central teaching cases, and in-depth follow-up interviews with a strategic selection of participating teachers and neighboring local actors. The processing of the material takes place with the aim of jointly and critically reflecting on the complexity of, and the change in, teaching practice in collaboration with the local community and the geographical location.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project produces insights into how schools engage and are engaged by the local community in establishing ESD; research methods and methodology, partnership with small schools, teaching practices that relate critically to the school's commission; how researchers and practitioners can, in collaboration with neighboring local actors, contribute to developing didactic models for locally relevant ESD; identifying relevant skills for participating practitioners and researchers; didactic models for locally relevant education for sustainable development.
The three evolving themes imply that locally relevant didactical models that relate critically and constructively to the school's mission in a global context should include collaboration with neighboring local community actors, the place, and nature; significant critical perspectives and student participation for student learning and development; conditions that are constitutive for living and working in sparsely populated communities.
The preliminary analysis shows that the three themes are interconnected in most teaching activities and teachers' practice-reflections. The themes also comprise individual student perspectives, teaching practice, and the overall purpose of education. Importantly, although the local community needs and needs of the individual in this specific context is underlined the latter is emphasized in teaching practice. E.g. how to motivate students to learn, what kind of knowledge is underlined, and how to achieve specific competencies in this context. Furthermore, the proximity of the local community, and the culture and history that characterize the geographical location, are celebrated at the same time as social norms and values may be challenged through education to fulfill the school's mission.
Additionally, the practitioner inquiry includes pedagogues' systematic reflection and a purpose-oriented study of local teaching practice that implies an imbalance between researchers and practitioners. Practitioners question if their teaching practice are correct and struggle with theoretical perspectives. Hence, researchers´ efforts to contextualize theory into teachers' practice is important. In addition, the work is time-consuming.

References
Cochran-Smith, M. & Lytle, S.L. (2009) Teacher Research as Stance. The SAGE Handbook of Educational Action Research, Susan E. Noffke, and Bridget Somekh (Red), s. 39–49. SAGE Publications.
Fettes, Mark & Blenkinsop, Sean (2023) Education as the Practice of Eco-Social-Cultural Change. Palgrave Macmillan Cham https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45834-7
Hamza, K &Lundqvist, E. (2023). Mangling didactic models for use in didactic analysis of Classroom interaction. I Lizogate, F., Klette K., och Almqvist, J. (2023) (red) Didactics in a Changing World. European perspectives on Teaching, learning and the curriculum. (s 103–121). Springer Nature Switzerland:
Jickling, B., Blenkinsop, S., Timmerman, N. & De Danann Sitka-Sage, M. (2018). Wild Pedagogies: Touchstones for Re-Negotiating Education and the Environment in the Anthropocene. Springer International Publishing AG.
Klafki, W. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction (Didaktische Anlyse als Kern der Unterrichtsvorbereitung). Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27(1), 13-30. Klafki, W. (2010). The significance of classical theories of bildung for a contemporary concept of allgeminbildung. In, I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a reflective practice: The German didaktic tradition (pp. 85-107). Routledge.
Klafki, W. (2010). The significance of classical theories of bildung for a contemporary concept of allgeminbildung. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a reflective practice: The German didaktic tradition (pp. 85-107). Routledge.
Kvamme, O. (2021). Rethinking Bildung in the Anthropocene: The case of Wolfgang Klafki. Theological Studies, 77 (3), a 6807, 1-9. Künzli, R. (2010). German didactic models of re-presentation, of intercourse, and of experience. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 41-54). Routledge.
Miller, P. (2015). Leading remotely: exploring the experiences of principals in rural and remote School communities in Jamaica. (Case study). International Journal of Whole Schooling, 11(1), 35.
Oziewicz, M. (2022). Planetarianism Now: On Anticipatory Imagination, Young People’s Literature, and Hope for the Planet. In: Paulsen, M., jagodzinski, j., M. Hawke, S. (eds) Pedagogy in the Anthropocene. Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2_12
Yemini, M, Engel, L. & Ben Simon, A. (2023): Placebased education – a systematic review of literature. Educational Review, DOI:10.1080/00131911.2023.2177260
Wilhelmsson, L. & Blenkinsop, S. (accepted). Ecologizing Bildung: Educating for the eco-social-cultural challenges of the twenty-first century: Canadian Journal of Environmental Education. Volume 23.
Wilhelmsson, L. & Damber, U. (2022). Abduktion som alternativ i didaktisk forskning. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 4, ss. 180-202.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Exploring the Interpretation of the Learning Environment for Effective Environmental Outdoor Education

Levente Álmos Szőcs1,2, Attila Varga1

1ELTE Eötvös Loránd Uinversity, Institute of People–Environment Transaction; 2ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Education

Presenting Author: Varga, Attila

The research aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of the interpretations of the out-of-school learning environment of environmental education.

The main research questions arise from a general understanding of the use and interpretation of the learning environment in environmental education.

1. How do teachers interpret the components of the learning environment outside school during the implementation of environmental education?

2. Are there any pattern-like links between teachers' and pupils' interpretations of the out-of-school learning environment in relation to the environmental education and between interpretations and implementation in general?

Our analysis is therefore necessarily preceded by a rethinking of the definition of the learning environment. We focus on the relationship between people and their environment, where understanding individual interpretations of the learning environment can be the key to successful environmental education.

If we think of space as a complex system of effects that provides the framework for the concrete realization of learning, then the continuous temporal variation of the system of effects also means that the conditions of learning are constantly changing (Banyard & Underwood, 2008). Some dimensions of the system of effects conceptualised as space are more closely related to the learning process, while others are indifferent to a particular aspect of the learning process (De Corte et al, 2003). We can define the learning factors that can be described and characterised in a learning space as the elements of the system of effections of the learning space, and thus our related studies also requires a complex approach in which we accept ab ovo that the learning process can only be examined in conjunction with the factors that influences it, along their interrelationships (Tókos et al, 2020). The complex web of relationships between factors that affects the learning space and defines a unit of interaction where abstraction and reflection are associated with learning are continuous or quasi-continuous. This interaction unit is the learning environment. Our understanding of learning environments argues that a given learning environment is always shaped by learning objectives and learning outcomes described in terms of the development of individual and community spaces (Dúll, 2010). In the learning environment, the factors that shape learning form a dynamically changing network and the elements of the network affect the activity system of the individual involved in the learning process in different ways. However, individual activity systems are necessarily interconnected. In most cases individual learning goals are formulated along the lines of the learning goals of the community (Engeström, 1987). So the individual learning outcomes can be interpreted along the lines of community learning outcomes, and community learning outcomes can only be interpreted along the lines of individual learning outcomes (Rusticus et al, 2023).

The learning outcomes of environmental education are linked to space, individual and community spaces, which, for some learning outcomes can be fundamental in determining the ideal learning environment for the learning activity (Agarvall et al, 2003; Varga, 2004). These learning outcomes can not only determine the ideal learning environment, but can also continuously shape it. As a result of the learning process, environmental knowledge is expanded, which allows for new and changing interpretations of the whole system of effects (the space around us). And the ideal learning environment supports the success of the learning process, therefore the precise definition of learning outcomes helps to create the ideal learning environment, as the elements that contribute to the achievement of the learning goals are highlighted in the learning space's effects (Corbett, 2002; Cseh, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research used a mixed methodology which incorporates both quantitative and qualitative elements. In the design of the study, the quantitative unit is complemented by the qualitative one through the observation and case study of concrete learning situations and examples of implementation.
The research tools used in this study therefore reflect the specificities  of the inductive and deductive approaches. The use of an online questionnaire for teachers (n=480) and pupils, to be implemented in the first phase of the data collection, seems to be an ideal solution for the implementation of the environmental education and for exploring the learning environment outside the school at a more general level.
In the second step of the data collection, further data extracted from the focus group interviews (n=30) based on the questionnaire survey data and results. In the interviews, we obtained data specifically on the detailed understanding of the out-of-school learning environment involved in environmental education. The possible correlations between the data collected in this way and the data on environmental education from the questionnaire survey, and their explanation, can be interpreted as expected results of the research.
In the third step of the data collection, we done observation in between teachers (n=14), The purpose of the case studies of specific activities is to analyse the relationship between the understanding of the learning environment outside school and the concrete implementation of environmental education at a deeper level. Furthermore, the main objective is to confirm the validity of the relationships described along the interview data and the findings based on them through practical examples.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected results of the research can be broken down into three broad units, similar to each phase of the data collection. Each phase of the data collection may produce different results that can be interpreted individually. However, the complex interconnectedness of environmental education in the out-of-school learning environment and a deeper understanding of it can only be achieved by interpreting the results of these three phases together. The data from the first phase provide a general picture of the situation of out-of-school environmental education in public education in Hungary, showing the methodological, technical and territorial specificities of its implementation and the factors that help and hinder its systematic implementation.
The main result of the second phase of data collection is an exploratory analysis of the situation, which reveals the similarities and differences between the interpretations of the out-of-school learning environment by environmental educators, with particular reference to the characteristics and features of the environmental education activities implemented along the lines of the different interpretations.
From the analysis of the cases observed in the third phase, the conscious design of the out-of-school learning environment and its impact on students can be described. Another noteworthy result is that the observed cases have resulted in a product of 'good practices' that can be useful for teachers planning environmental education activities in out-of-school learning environments.

References
Agarwal, Adesh and Saxena, A. K.: Pshycological Perspectives in Environmental
and Development Issues, Concept Publishing Company, 2003

Banyard, P., & Underwood, J. (2008). Understanding the learning space. eLearning Papers, (9), 1.

Corbett, J. (2002). Supporting inclusive education. Routledge.

Cseh, A. (2015). Pre Architectura - Learning Through Space. 10.13140/RG.2.2.11833.26723.

De Corte, E., Verschaffel, L., Entwistle, N. & Van Marrienboer, J. (2003, szerk.). Powerful Learning Environments: Unravelling Basic Components and Dimensions. Amsterdam: Pergamon Press.

Dúll A. (2010). Helyek, tárgyak, viselkedés (Places, objects, behaviour). Környezetpszichológiai tanulmányok. L’Harmattan Kiadó.

Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta-Konsultit.

Rusticus, S. A., Pashootan, T., & Mah, A. (2023). What are the key elements of a positive learning environment? Perspectives from students and faculty. Learning Environments Research, 26(1), 161-175.

Tókos, K., Rapos, N., Szivák, J., Lénárd, S., & Kárász, J. T. (2020). Osztálytermi tanulási környezet vizsgálata. Iskolakultúra, 30(8), 41-61.

Varga, A. (2004). A környezeti nevelés pedagógiai, pszichológiai alapjai (Pedagogical and psychological foundations of environmental education). Eötvös Loránd Tudományegyetem Bölcsészettudományi Kar Neveléstudományi Doktori Iskola.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Global Insights, Local Practices: A Qualitative Inquiry on ESD in Flemish and Japanese School Organizations

Dries Verhelst1, Orie Sasaki2, Kae Yoshino2

1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Department of Empirical Social Security Research National Institute of Population and Social Security Research

Presenting Author: Verhelst, Dries; Sasaki, Orie

Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is regarded as one of the main drivers for a sustainable future. Embedding ESD within schools should be the focus of research, practice, and policy (UNESCO, 2020). While there is a growing body of empirical studies on its effects on teaching practices and student outcomes (Boeve-de Pauw et al., 2015; Olsson, 2018), research on the role of schools as organizations in ESD is still lacking, especially in contrast with the literature in educational management and school effectiveness (Creemers and Kyriakides, 2008; Teddlie and Reynolds, 2006; Verhelst et al., 2022; Verhelst et al., 2021). With the Whole School Approach gaining importance for embedding ESD in schools (Bosevska and Kriewaldt, 2020; Sasaki et al., 2023; Wals and Mathie, 2022), the need for a clear understanding of schools organizational functioning is even more evident.

Despite the approval of the school organization’s importance by more and more ESD scholars (Mogaji and Newton, 2020; Mogren, 2019; Scott, 2013; Verhelst et al., 2020), the characteristics that shape such an organizational context are still not very well documented in the international research literature (Kuzmina et al., 2020; Verhelst et al., 2020). Seeing that ESD is strongly shaped by the context wherein it is practiced, there is a strong need for a comparison of ESD within different geographical and cultural contexts (Kopnina and Meijers, 2014). While some frameworks on ESD within the school organization were developed based on insights from educational effectiveness research and school improvement research (Mogren et al., 2019; Verhelst et al., 2020), the generalizability of these frameworks across different contexts is still limited (Verhelst et al., 2021). Moreover, seeing that the general field of educational management and administration tends to be predominantly situated in the Anglo-American research traditions (Hallinger and Kovačević, 2019), cross-cultural comparisons pose a unique challenge, necessitating a deeper exploration to discern the applicability and cultural nuances of these frameworks.

In this presentation, we seek to address this scholarly gap by scrutinizing the complexities of ESD in Flemish and Japanese school organizations, offering a nuanced insight to discern the transferability and cultural intricacies of the implementation of ESD in school organizations. The theoretical framework at the base of this comparison is the framework for an ESD-effective school (Verhelst et al., 2020). The framework describes eight interconnected characteristics on a contextual and a central level, that have been connected to students’ outcomes in ESD (Verhelst et al., 2022). At the contextual level, sustainable leadership and school resources are situated. Sustainable leadership—defined by the adept adjustment of leadership styles considering holism, pluralism, and action orientation—combined with the school's resources, shapes the environment wherein six central characteristics manifest. These include Pluralistic Communication (fostering recognition and dialogue among diverse viewpoints), Supportive Relations (cultivating positive connections within the school and with external partners), Democratic Decision-Making (involving all relevant stakeholders in decision-making processes), Shared Vision of the School (cultivating a unified understanding of ESD and the school's commitment to it), Adaptability (responding effectively to internal and external demands or opportunities for change), and Collective Efficacy (believing that collective efforts positively impact students' ESD learning outcomes). Importantly, these characteristics collectively embody the ESD culture and organizational values, with their interrelated nature meaning that each can influence the others.

Our study aims to examine the factors contributing to the effectiveness of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in Japanese and Flemish schools. Our primary research question is as follows: "To what extent and in what ways are school characteristics perceived and valued as instrumental traits in facilitating ESD in Japanese and Flemish schools?"


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study builds on two qualitative data sets collected in Flanders and in Japan. To obtain an apt sample, we used purposive sampling (Patton, 2015). Via collaboration with educational organizations with expertise in ESD in both Japan and Flanders, suitable schools were identified. Data were gathered via semi-structured interviews, which allowed for interaction between the researcher and the participant (Patton, 2015). While this technique offers a systematic way of asking questions, it did not eliminate the opportunity to discuss relevant information that was not included in the interview guide (Patton, 2015). To mitigate the impact of social desirability, we explicitly communicated to all participants that the interviews were not designed to assess the school's performance. The Japanese data was collected in 2020 among 10 teachers from ESD promoting schools in Yokohama city, 3 primary schools and 3 secondary schools. The Flemish data was collected in 2019 among 12 teachers across nine schools: six primary schools and three secondary schools.
The recordings were transcribed and translated for analysis. After a process of reading and rereading, the transcripts were coded in NVivo (version 12 pro). A coding tree was used to deductively code the data (Benjamin and William, 1999). This coding tree was constructed based on the framework for an ESD-effective school (Verhelst et al., 2020). This coding tree was the basis for the comparison of the two samples. The data from both Japanese and Flemish teachers was analyzed via selective coding, specific fragments were assigned to the coding tree. Subsequently, a combination of selective and open coding was used to go through the data again, until saturation (Cohen et al., 2011). Using peer examination when constructing the coding tree and multiple researchers for analyzing the data, the internal validity of this study was addressed (Cohen et al., 2011). Moreover, during both the development of the coding tree and the coding process itself, attention was devoted to the linguistic and conceptual understandings between research partners (Troman and Jeffrey, 2007). To check the reliability of the data analysis, we double coded 10% of the data to calculate the interrater reliability. After the coding was finalized, we looked for differences between Flemish and Japanese respondents with regards to cultural and context specific differences or similarities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this submission, we present preliminary findings of our ongoing research on the perception of  school characteristics as instrumental traits in enhancing the efficacy of ESD between Japanese and Flemish schools. We look forward to refining and augmenting these findings as our research advances, and we welcome valuable insights and feedback from the conference attendees. In the following, we briefly discuss what we expect to find in our analyses. Seeing that cross-cultural qualitative research knows many challenges related to the conceptual equivalence across contexts and languages (Troman and Jeffrey, 2007), our explorative comparison of the Japanese and Flemish perspectives attempts to establish a foundation of mutual understanding in future comparative research.
Nevertheless, this first explorative inquiry aims to identify any potential differences or similarities in the views of the Flemish and Japanese respondents regarding the conceptual framework of an ESD-effective school. These potential differences could help in understanding how ESD is operationalized in school organizations that have a completely different cultural background. In this we could identify factors related to the organizational system, the curricula, and cultural perceptions regarding ESD. Identifying these potential differences can help researchers understand cultural nuances of ESD within the school organization.
Our aim is to contribute to the documentation of factors influencing the organizational implementation of ESD, taking into account the nuanced geographical and cultural contexts that shape schools and educational practices. Through this research, we endeavor to shed light on the contextual variations in the embodiment of ESD characteristics, fostering a more comprehensive and culturally sensitive perspective on sustainable education.

References
Benjamin and William (1999). Doing Qualitative Research. SAGE Publications.
Boeve-de Pauw, Gericke, Olsson and Berglund (2015). "The effectiveness of education for sustainable development." Sustainability.
Bosevska and Kriewaldt (2020). "Fostering a whole-school approach to sustainability: learning from one school’s journey towards sustainable education." IRGEE.
Cohen, Martin, McCulloch, O'Sullivan, Manion, Morrison and Bell (2011). Data Analysis: Coding and Content Analysis. Research Methods in Education. Routledge.
Creemers and Kyriakides (2008). The Dynamics of Educational Effectiveness: a Contribution to Policy, Practice and Theory in Contemporary Schools. Routledge.
Hallinger and Kovačević (2019). "A Bibliometric Review of Research on Educational Administration: Science Mapping the Literature, 1960 to 2018." RER.
Kopnina and Meijers (2014). "Education for sustainable development (ESD): Exploring theoretical and practical challenges." International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education.
Kuzmina, Trimingham and Bhamra (2020). "Organisational Strategies for Implementing Education for Sustainable Development in the UK Primary Schools: A Service Innovation Perspective." Sustainability.
Mogaji and Newton (2020). "School Leadership for Sustainable Development: A Scoping Review." JSD.
Mogren (2019). Guiding Principles of Transformative Education for Sustainable Development in Local School Organisations: Investigating Whole School Approaches through a School Improvement Lens. Doctoral thesis, Karlstad University.
Mogren, Gericke and Scherp (2019). "Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: a model that links to school improvement." EER.
Olsson (2018). Student Sustainability Consciousness : Investigating Effects of Education for Sustainable Development in Sweden and Beyond Doctoral thesis, comprehensive summary, Karlstad University.
Patton (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. Integrating theory and practice. Los Angeles, Calif., SAGE Publications.
Sasaki, Yonehara and Kitamura (2023). "The influence of the whole school approach on implementing education for sustainable development in Japan." PROSPECTS.
Scott (2013). "Developing the sustainable school: thinking the issues through." The Curriculum Journal.
Teddlie and Reynolds (2006). The international handbook of school effectiveness research. Routledge.
Troman and Jeffrey (2007). "Qualitative data analysis in cross‐cultural projects." Comparative Education.
UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap.
Verhelst, Vanhoof, Boeve-de Pauw and Van Petegem (2020). "Building a conceptual framework for an ESD-effective school organization." JEE.
Verhelst, Vanhoof, De Maeyer, Sass and Van Petegem (2022). "Enabling effective education for sustainable development: Investigating the connection between the school organization and students’ action competence." JEE.
Verhelst, Vanhoof and Van Petegem (2021). "School effectiveness for education for sustainable development (ESD): What characterizes an ESD-effective school organization?" EMAL.
Wals, and  Mathie (2022). Whole School Responses to Climate Urgency and Related Sustainability Challenges. Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. Springer Singapore.
 
13:15 - 14:4531 SES 01 A: Empowering Change: Inclusive Pedagogy, Linguistic Diversity and Social Activism in Teacher Professional Development in Canada, The Netherlands, Germany, New Caledonia
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Emmanuelle Le Pichon-Vorstman
Session Chair: Rahat Zaidi
Symposium
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium

Empowering Change: Inclusive Pedagogy, Linguistic Diversity and Social Activism in Teacher Professional Development in Canada, The Netherlands, Germany, New Caledonia

Chair: Emmanuelle Le Pichon-Vorstman (University of Toronto)

Discussant: Rahat Zaidi (University of Calgary)

The continuous rise in both the number and the diversity of newcomer students in Canada, The Netherlands and Germany along with the imperative of recognizing minority languages in post-colonial educational contexts like Canada and New Caledonia[1], are frequently presented as considerable challenges for educators and school stakeholders. This symposium aims to spotlight the potential inherent in these new student populations to renew classroom dynamics proposing a reevaluation of pedagogical approaches. In these demographically diverse classrooms, teachers navigate a wide range of student profiles, encompassing linguistic, cultural and experiential knowledge while adhering to the school curriculum. In Canada, the Ontario Ministry of Education (2008) emphasizes that all teachers should be capable of supporting language learners. In New Caledonia, the Noumea Accord (1998) acknowledges the importance of indigenous Kanak culture and identity and sustains their re-introduction within the educational system as part of the decolonization process. In all contexts however, most teachers are trained to handle monolingual student populations, leaving them unprepared for the significant linguistic diversity in classrooms and often in denial of its didactic value (Razafimandimbimanana, 2022).

This symposium addresses the critical need for teachers to acquire updated skills for the effective practice of linguistically and culturally responsive pedagogy. By presenting perspectives derived from research conducted in diverse contexts, the session aims to address the global similarity of challenges in supporting teachers in the implementation of inclusive pedagogy. The symposium will delve into innovative solutions, drawing from cutting-edge research across the globe, underlining the didactic value of languages as resources for learning and advocating for the recognition of minority languages rights in education (Ruiz, 1984). The objectives of the symposium include:

- Enhancing our understanding of how to provide support to pre-service and in-service teachers in addressing discrimination faced by students with a migration, minority or indigenous background;

- Providing insights into strategies for ensuring the sustainable implementation of inclusive and equitable teaching practice;

- Discussing the implications for the international applicability and transferability of the proposed strategies.

The papers in this symposium showcase pioneering research grounded in both language as a right and as a resource for learning. All authors share the project of building culturally sensitive educational institutions by empowering silenced cultures and minorities. The first paper discusses the Language Friendly School approach that promotes linguistic inclusion and creates inclusive environments. The analyses based on interviews with educators from Canada and The Netherlands highlight factors contributing to the network's success in impacting engagement and belongingness. The second paper addresses challenges in implementing multilingual pedagogies in Germany, proposing that involving student teachers with civil society organizations can enhance their understanding and integration of multilingualism. The third paper advocates for the use of pluriartistic mediation to decenter linguistic expertise in (post)colonial contexts, emphasizing the principle of epistemic justice and the promotion of cultural sensitivity among future teachers. The fourth paper focuses on challenges faced by educators in Western Canada regarding newcomer students' disempowerment. It presents a project that provides tools for exploring and shaping the intersectional identities in terms of language, culture and literacy development.

Structure of the session. After a brief introduction, we will transition into paper presentations. Then, in discussion with the audience, we will explore, across the diverse contexts (Canada, The Netherlands, Germany, New Caledonia) how the variety of experiences shared enhances our understanding and practice of implementing sustainable pedagogies that are linguistically and culturally responsive. What strategies really promote change through inclusive pedagogy and social activism? Are they applicable to both pre-service and in-service teacher professional development?

[1] A French-governed archipelago located in the South Pacific.


References
Journal officiel de la République française (1998). Lois et décrets (version papier numérisée) n° 0121 du 27/05/1998
Ontario Ministry of Education. (2008). Supporting English  Language Learners A practical guide for Ontario educators. Queen’s Printer of Ontario.
Razafimandimbimanana, E. (2022). « De la diversité des langues à la pluralité des médiations : faire de la recherche un projet d’émancipation sociale ». HDR, Université Paris Sorbonne-Nouvelle.
Ruiz, R. (1984). Orientations in language planning. NABE: The Journal for the National Association for Bilingual Education, 8(2): 15–34.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Fostering Inclusion through In-Service Teacher Professional Development: The Transformative Impact of the Language Friendly School in The Netherlands and Canada

Emmanuelle Le Pichon-Vorstman (University of Toronto), Ellen-Rose Kambel (Rutu Foundation)

The first paper will center on the Language Friendly School approach, introduced by Le Pichon and Kambel in 2019 to advance linguistic inclusion and equitable educational access. Currently, more than 50 schools worldwide hold official certification as Language Friendly Schools (Le Pichon & Kambel, 2022). Grounded in a comprehensive school-wide strategy, each school commits to refraining from penalizing students for using their own languages and leveraging the linguistic and cultural expertise of their student body. Notably, the network's inclusivity spans diverse educational institutions on four continents, including indigenous, public and private schools, international schools, and schools in refugee centers. Despite contextual differences, these schools share a collective goal: fostering inclusive and culturally responsive environments. This presentation will explore the factors perceived by teachers as contributors to the success of the Language Friendly School network. Amidst challenging work conditions for educators, how do these schools implement a holistic strategy that integrates research-based practices to champion linguistic and cultural inclusion? What impact do teachers believe the network has on their respective schools? Using an inductive grounded theory method (Glaser & Strauss, 1967), we analyzed the interviews conducted with school stakeholders (teachers and principals) from two schools in Ontario (primary and secondary schools) and four in The Netherlands, both at the start and after 6 to 12 months of participation in the network. In this presentation, we will show how the collaborative action approach empowered teachers and cultivated an environment conducive to diversity, ultimately benefiting students and their families. The presentation will showcase the impact of the network on student participation, engagement, and the sense of belonging for students, their families, and teachers according to teachers and administrators. We will highlight the results by showing artifacts shared by educators. The discussion will address the factors that empower educators and create an environment conducive to diversity, along with a consideration of the approach's limitations.

References:

Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. (1967). The discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Mill Valley, CA: Sociology Press. Le Pichon, E. & Kambel, E.R. (2022). The Language Friendly School: An Inclusive and Equitable Pedagogy, Childhood Education, 98:1, 42-49, DOI: 10.1080/00094056.2022.2020538
 

Service Learning in Teacher Education Programs to Foster Linguistic Activism and Multilingual Pedagogies across the Curriculum

Sílvia Melo-Pfeifer (University of Hamburg), Lisa Marie Brinkmann (University of Hamburg)

Research into the implementation of multilingual pedagogies shows that even when teachers have positive attitudes towards the linguistic diversity of societies and their students, they still often choose not to implement them in the classroom (De Angelis, 2011; Haukås, 2016; Huxel, 2018). The reasons can be related to a lack of professional preparation, a lack of resources (time, materials, etc.) and skepticism about learning outcomes (Melo-Pfeifer, 2020). This presentation assumes that greater involvement of student teachers with association of civil society working with multilingual populations, through service learning (Aramburuzabala, McIlrath & Opazo, 2019), can lead to a more concrete experience of multilingualism outside the classroom and the university, becoming part of their professional “funds of knowledge”. These professional experiences have the potential to bridge the gap between the lives of the students they will encounter in the classroom and their initial training, thus reducing student teachers’ skepticism towards multilingual pedagogies and overcoming the monolingual habitus they have been through during their education path. Engaging in community service projects that require multilingual communication and the full use of linguistic repertoires, might lead student teachers to see the immediate impact of their language skills, fostering a sense of social responsibility, through the emotionally loaded living of multilingual strategies in their daily lives. This presentation draws on this educational framework, using service learning to promote linguistic activism and the subsequent integration of multilingual pedagogies across diverse academic disciplines (Duarte, Gerritsen, Lourenço, Melo-Pfeifer & Pinto, forthcoming). The proposed approach, developed in the scope of the project BOLD (Building on Linguistic and Cultural Diversity), seeks to empower student teachers of different school subjects as linguistic activists by engaging them in meaningful community service projects that require the application and celebration of individual and societal multilingualism. By intertwining service learning, language education across the curriculum and initial teacher education programs, BOLD aims to foster a deeper understanding of linguistic diversity, linguistic responsive practices at school and beyond school, and social responsibility. In the scope of BOLD, we developed resources about linguistic and cultural diversity to ensure social justice. We will present these resources along with responses of student teachers to them, gained through thinking-aloud protocols. We will show how crisscrossing service learning, linguistic activism, and multilingual pedagogies in initial teacher education programs offers a holistic strategy to prepare student teachers from different school subjects for active participation and implementation of multilingual pedagogies across the curriculum.

References:

Aramburuzabala, P., McIlrath, L., & Opazo, H. (Eds.). (2019). Embedding Service Learning in European Higher Education. Developing a Culture of Civic Engagement. Routledge. De Angelis, G. (2011). Teachers’ beliefs about the role of prior language knowledge in learning and how these influence teaching practices. International Journal of Multilingualism, 8(3), 216–234. Duarte, J.; Gerritsen, N.; Lourenço, M.; Melo-Pfeifer, S., & Pinto, S. (forthcoming). Service learning for linguistic and cultural diversity in Higher Education: proposals for initial (language) teacher education. Education Sciences (Featured paper) Haukås, Å. (2016). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism and a multilingual pedagogical approach. International Journal of Multilingualism, 13(1), 1-18. DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2015.1041960 Huxel, K. (2018). LehrerInsein in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Professionalisierung in einem widersprüchlichen Feld. ZIZU, 7, 109-121. Melo-Pfeifer, S. (2020). “Plurale Ansätze werden mich in der zukünftigen Unterrichtsvorbereitung beeinflussen.” - Unsicherheiten und Dilemmas künftiger Spanischlehrkräfte in Bezug auf plurale Ansätze. In S. Morkötter, K. Schmidt & A. Schröder-Sura (Eds.), Sprachenübergreifendes Lernen. Lebesweltliche und schulische Mehrsprachigkeit (pp. 97-117). Narr Verlag.
 

Empowering Social Minorities by Decentering Linguistic Expertise in Favor of Creatively Inclusive Pre-Service Teacher Education

Elatiana Razafimandimbimanana (University of New Caledonia)

As a “nomad researcher”, I will draw from multiple migration experiences (Madagascar, Kenya, Canada, France, England, New Caledonia, Martinique) as well as a plurilingual standpoint to promote creatively inclusive teacher education. Inclusive pedagogy generally means student-centered approaches. If it equally refers to the principle of epistemic justice (Medina, 2011; Mohanty, 1989; Fricker, 2007), then educators, professors, scientists, trainers – in a word “experts”– have to concede to sharing their expertise status with students, trainees and members of larger society. In this paper, decentering linguistic expertise will be discussed as an ethical education posture especially when it comes to teaching in (post)colonial contexts or with communities that are minorized based on linguistic features. It is also a highly efficient way of preparing future teachers to integrate the didactic value of their classrooms’ cultural, linguistic and experiential diversity. Finally, on a long-term basis, the proactive inclusion of students’ expertise in pre-service teacher education contributes to (re)building every students’ self-esteem. However little it may be, such impact always repercusses to empowering minorized children, families, communities and decision-makers for we are dealing with the preparation of culturally-sensitive professionals in the field of education. As a concrete illustration of decentered language expertise and epistemic justice, I will present a creatively inclusive project carried out in a pre-service teacher program at the University of New Caledonia (2018-2020). In collaboration with local artists, the aim was to foster a better understanding of “linguistic micro-aggressions” (Razafimandimbimanana & Wacalie, 2020) both within student body and larger society. One of the innovative dimensions here was the use of pluriartistic mediation (photography, narrative biographies, street-art) at university level. Decentering linguistic expertise also calls for us researchers to rethink how we produce, share and embody scientific knowledge.

References:

Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic Injustice: Power and the Ethics of Knowing. Clarendon Press. Medina, J. (2011). The Epistemology of Resistance: Gender and Racial Oppression, Epistemic Injustice, and Resistant Imaginations. Oxford University Press Mohanty, C. (1989). « On Race and Voice: Challenges for Liberal Education in the 1990s”. Cultural Critique, no. 14: 179-208. Razafimandimbimanana, E., Wacalie, F. (2020). « Une forme insidieuse de mépris : les micro-agressions linguistiques en Nouvelle-Calédonie », Lidil, 61. URL : http://journals.openedition.org/lidil/7477
 

Intersectionality: a Basis for Hope and Change in the Multilingual/ Cultural Classroom

Rahat Zaidi (University of Calgary)

This presentation will focus on addressing educators who have been acutely and globally impacted by demographic shifts in their classrooms. Both pre-and in-service educators have been witness to increased sentiments of disempowerment and marginalization of newcomer students and have felt the widening chasm between curricula and practices. In this session I describe how a grassroots initiative conducted through a series of studies with educators in Western Canada examined the potential that culturally and ethnically diverse newcomer adolescent students bring to the classroom. The studies included workshops, multimodal and multilingual initiatives, with a heavy emphasis on an arts-based framework and walking methodologies. It led to the opportunity for educators to center, affirm, and develop the potentiality of these students as they enter the classroom in terms of their intersecting language, culture, and religion and how this can be used proactively in an educational setting. This intersectionality, as it has come to be known, involves students’ language, race, gender, sexuality, and religion, and it tends to overlap interdependent systems of discrimination and disadvantage (Núñez, 2014). Pre- and in-service educators’ efforts to help newcomer students to integrate and socialize into classrooms and society has become a challenge. They witness their students cast into various situations where they frequently confront racialization and the inevitable face-to-face reality of power imbalances as they negotiate their multiple and overlapping identities (Compton-Lilly, et al., 2017; Núñez, 2014). These form a fundamental component of the racism and imbalances that are often felt by this demographic, and have the potential to lead to individual denigration and inequalities in society and among power hierarchies (Kubota, 2021). As Creese (2019) suggests, the intersectionality of race and identity are an important component in examining how newcomer students succeed. I discuss an intervention that involves critically engaged literacy workshops (CELWs), a research methodology (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017) that pre-/in-service educators can use to explore participants’ lived experiences through a multimodal and multilingual framework (Zaidi & Sah, 2024). CELWs include experimenting with focus groups, walking narratives and sharing stories that all work toward acknowledging newcomer students’ intersectional identities as they develop their language and literacy development (Storvang et al., 2018). I showcase how this research will provide an excellent opportunity for pre-/in-service educators to experiment with and implement curricular changes and models that help shape their newcomer students' linguistic, cultural, and literacy trajectories.

References:

Compton-Lilly, C., Papoi, K., Venegas, P., Hamman, L., & Schwabenbauer, B. (2017). Intersectional identity negotiation: The case of young immigrant children. Journal of Literacy Research, 49, 115–140. Creese, G. (2019). “Where are you from?” Racialization, belonging and identity among second-generation African-Canadians. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 42(9), 1476-1494. Kubota, R. (2021). Critical antiracist pedagogy in ELT. ELT Journal, 75(3), 237–246. Núñez, A. (2014). Employing multilevel intersectionality in educational research: Latino identities, contexts, and college access. Educational Researcher, 43(2), 85 –92. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X17724740. Ørngreen, R., & Levinsen, K. (2017). Workshops as a research methodology. The Electronic Journal of eLearning, 15(1), 70-81. Zaidi, R., & Sah, P. K. (2024). Multilingual and multimodal literacy interventions to explore youth’s intersectional identities and racialized experiences: A scoping review. SAGE Open.
 
13:15 - 14:4532 SES 01 A: Organizing New Work - Working Practice Architectures
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Session Chair: Andreas Schröer
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Institutionalization of New Work in organizations – An organizational education view

May Blombach, Nicolas Engel

FAU Erlangen-Nuremberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Blombach, May; Engel, Nicolas

“Extreme uncertainty – defined in terms of novelty, magnitude, duration, and the rapid pace of change – generates a difficult operating environment for managers and organizations. The radically changed circumstances call for new forms of leadership, new ways of working, and new operating models.” (Finn et al. 2020, 8) This statement taken from a McKinsey publication exemplifies the enormous relevance of uncertainty to todays’ organizations. As the biggest multi-national management consulting company and one of the most prestigious in the industry, McKinsey claims to condense organizations’ needs based on their work experience with numerous clients. At the same time, their publications shape trends in the business world on a discursive level. Therefore, this “call for new forms of leadership” and “new ways of working” (ibid.) can be interpreted as both a discursive trend and an expression of a need examined in organizational practice. However, the two cannot be considered separately.

The discourse of New Work is one of many referring to the challenges organizations are facing in times of uncertainty. As the example above shows, New Work discourse is a popular-scientific one. Rooted in Frithjof Bergmann’s aspiration in the 1980s to transform radically the ways in which we organize work as society, this politico-economic discourse has always been normatively charged. The term has become increasingly prevalent, especially recently, and it has been interpreted in many ways, with no set definition. Its usage shows a wide range from idealistic attempts resembling the original concept to more business-oriented management-strategies (Taimer & Weckmüller 2020). As the McKinsey example points out, the discourse is manifesting, creating, and reproducing notions and normative expectations. From an organizational education perspective, organizations can be seen as spaces, in which institutions, discourses, and norms are enacted (Engel 2020). Simultaneously, organizations as social structures are actors that manifest and perform these institutions, discourses, and norms in specific ways, by translating the existing it into new variations (Engel & Göhlich 2022). Our contribution aims to examine the relation of institutions and organizations by exploring the institutionalization of New Work in organizations. Our research is characterized by tracing documents closely. Based on Smith’s (2002) approach of institutional ethnography, we are investigating how (selected) organizations refer to New Work discourse, how they translate it into organizational programs, and how they perform it. We wish to examine which phenomena manifest when applying each/which theoretical framework. For this purpose, we will introduce three different theoretical perspectives, making use of discourse and document analysis: A historico-philosophical approach (Adorno 1953), an institution theory perspective (Smith 2002), and a genealogical angle (Foucault 2000, 2006). The advantages of this triangulation will be described in the following.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To propose a heuristic serving the interest described above, we start by giving an overview of the (popular-scientific) New Work discourse. We then examine self-descriptions of selected organizations to identify specific organizational constellations of New Work by using a document-analytical approach (Wolff 2013, Schmidt 2016). Mainly drawing on corporate websites, we aim to examine a selection of documents, systematically using three different theoretical perspectives – not as case studies but to explore their potential for further research: What happens if we apply these perspectives to New Work discourse? Which potentially differing focal points do they reveal? Which blind spots can be illuminated by means of their triangulation?
First, we use Critical Theory, in particular Theodor Adorno’s thesis of the dialectic nature of organizations (1953) as a historico-philosophical approach. This perspective emphasizes the sociality of organizations, namely their role in structuring society. Stating that organizations always hold the potential of being good or evil, Adorno underlines the necessity to critically reflect on their (or their actions’) objectives to be able to evaluate them from a normative perspective. Secondly, we draw on Dorothy E. Smith’s (2002) institutional ethnography as an institution theory perspective. This actor-centered approach looks at people’s everyday lives and explores how they are structured by social relations, especially in terms of social institutions, one of them being work. Thirdly, we want to apply a genealogical angle by making use of Michel Foucault’s concept of governmentality (2000, 2006). It allows us to challenge taken-for-granted truths and knowledge, and therefore opens up possibilities to examine underlying conditions and power structures.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our contribution aims to propose a heuristic for future research in the field of New Work discourse. By applying different theoretical perspectives in a discourse and document analysis, we want to explore different possible emphases for analyzing the relation of institutions and organizations in this field. Our proposition aims at mapping the different actors that institutionalize and materialize New Work in organizations, including a systematic consideration of how – on a programmatic level – the mechanisms and dynamics of institutionalization manifest. This can contribute to further differentiating and defining New Work discourse. By systematically utilizing the theoretical approaches described above, we can identify relevant characteristics to structure the discursive actors, e. g. by focusing on goals, conditions, and power. The resulting heuristic forms the basis for further research, which will use expert interviews and participant observation to clarify how New Work is institutionalized in and by organizations. This research will be continued over the next six months, and the results will be integrated into our paper.
References
Adorno, Theodor W. (1980/1953). Individuum und Organisation. In Soziologische Schriften Band 1 (S. 440–57). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Bergmann, F. (2019/2004). New Work New Culture. Work we want to do and a culture that strengthens us. Alresford: John Hunt Publishing.
Engel, N. (2020). Institution. In G. Weiß, & J. Zirfas (Hrsg.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungsphilosophie (S. 549-560). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Engel, N., & Göhlich, M. (2022). Organisationspädagogik. Eine Einführung. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.
Finn, P., Mysore, M. & Usher, O. (2020). When nothing is normal: Managing in extreme uncertainty. Zugriff am 24.01.2024 von https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/risk-and-resilience/our-insights/when-nothing-is-normal-managing-in-extreme-uncertainty.  
Foucault, M. (2000/2019). Die Gouvernementalität. In Ulrich Bröckling, Susanne Krassmann & Thomas Lemke (Hrsg.), Gouvernementalität der Gegenwart. Studien zur Ökonomisierung des Sozialen (S. 41-67). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Foucault, M. (2006/2017). Die Geburt der Biopolitik. Vorlesungen am Collège de France, 1978-1979. 5. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Schmidt, W. (2016). Dokumentenanalyse in der Organisationsforschung. In S. Liebig, W. Matiaske, & S. Rosenbohm (Hrsg.), Handbuch Empirische Organisationsforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler.
Smith, D. E. (2002). Institutional Ethnography. In T. May (Hrsg.), Qualitative Research in Action (S. 23-45). London: Sage Publications.
Taimer, L., & Weckmüller, H. (2020). New-Work-Diskursanalyse. Humanisierung von Arbeit oder effektives Managen? Personalführung 10/2020, S. 14-21.
Wolff, S. (2000). Dokumenten- und Aktenanalyse. In U. Flick, E. von Kardorff, & I. Steinke (Hrsg.), Qualitative Forschung. Ein Handbuch (S. 502–513). Reinbek: Rowohlt.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Organizational Sales and Service Training in Connected Retail - Through the Lens of Practice Architectures

Charlotte Arkenback

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Arkenback, Charlotte

Connected retail refers to organizations that utilize digital technologies and information systems to connect their physical stores, online platforms, stakeholders, and customers into a digital service ecosystem. This ecosystem aims to create value and service in virtual and physical realms (Bowen, 2016). Although the average person may not notice any changes in the technology interfaces used in physical stores, the digital service ecosystems constantly evolve and alter the activities and roles of human employees and customers in the service chain (Larivière et al., 2017). In a connected retail organization, the conditions that shape the service encounter in physical stores constantly change. Employees must keep updating their skills through organizational learning to stay valuable in such an organization. This means that the conditions comprising the organization's sales and service training, including organizational knowledge, routines, methods, norms, values, and roles, must also change along with the workplace.

This working paper aims to understand how the conditions and content forming organizational sales and service training support or constrain salespeople's new roles and skills development as the service encounter in connected stores transforms. To achieve this, the author draws on recent developments in practice theories, particularly the theory of practice architectures (Mahon et al., 2017), which focuses on how practices are prefigured and shaped through arrangements within specific sites. Addressing the research memorandum of organizational education (Göhlich et al., 2018), the theory of practice architectures (TPA) offers a theoretical and analytical framework that provides resources to explore and describe interaction in the semantic, physical, and social dimensions of an organization and social encounters such as the service encounter.

In the 1970s, the retail industry began its digital transformation by introducing computerized cash registers and point-of-sale (POS) systems. These innovations helped automate the transaction process during service encounters. In parallel, service work and the service encounter emerged as research fields, highlighting the social and emotional aspects of work in service organizations )Ikeler, 2016; Payne, 2009). Over the years, scholars from different disciplines and theoretical perspectives have explored service work, service encounters, and workplace learning within the service sector. However, there has been limited knowledge sharing between these research fields despite the extensive literature available. Additionally, there has been a lack of research on the role of frontline employees in service encounters or workplace learning in retail since around 2000.

There are multiple definitions and understandings of the concept of a "service encounter" in service literature. Surprenant and Solomon's seminal work (1987, p. 87) defines a service encounter as "the dyadic interaction between a customer and a service provider." Initially, the service encounter was seen as a game of people driven by learned behaviors relevant to the situation (i.e., roles) formulated in the organization's service script, a detailed guide for frontline employees to follow during a service encounter. However, since marketing shifted its theoretical focus to a customer perspective on customer value creation around 2000, marketing theory and service research have increasingly expanded the definition of service encounters beyond just a dyadic interaction between a firm and a customer to service encounters as ecosystems (Bowen, 2016).

The automation of transactions could be one explanation for why customer service has been a focus in organizational education since the 1990s. However, the soft skills associated with customer service, also known as emotional labor skills, are not easily captured or measured through traditional means of assessing knowledge and skills. This has led to traditional service jobs, such as sales assistant, clerk, cashier and customer service, becoming entry-level positions in retail organizations that do not require any specific skills and are characterized by short-term employment and low salaries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on the findings of three separate studies that were conducted using qualitative methods. These methods included online research, online video research (Legewie & Nassauer, 2018) and the ethnographic methods of observation, interview, and researchers’ logbook (O'Reilly, 2012). TPA and concepts from this theory was used as the framework to analyze data material produced between June 2018 and April 2024.

The first study aimed at providing a historical and genealogical perspective on organizational sales and service training in retail organizations. For this purpose, online video research was selected as the research method and the public video-sharing YouTube as the data source.  The data material selected for analysis comprised 50 instructional videos for cashier work produced between 1917 and 2021 by retail employers, organizations and tech companies (30 training videos, 10 tutorial videos, and 10 screencast videos). Findings from this study were recently published in a special issue on organizational learning in the Journal of Workplace Learning.

The second study was centered on digital education for sales and service in retail organizations provided by non-formal education providers. To gain insights into the content, purpose, and instructional methods used in such education, a combination of research methods including interviews, online research, and online video research were chosen.

The third study aims to gather insights from salespeople who work in connected stores regarding their sales and service training experiences. The data collection process, which includes ethnographic methods such as observation, work shadowing, field interviews, and logbook keeping, began in January 2022 and is still ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings in this paper suggest that for the past four decades, digital sales and service training in retail organizations have remained largely unchanged While it was found that the connected service encounter comprises two intertwined processes (‘projects’), transactions and customer service, present sales- and service training showed to still model the traditional service encounter. That is, as a game between people with little or no interference from new technologies.

Salespeople play a significant role in service encounters, and their selling practice leads to the co-production of service and value. However, in sales and service training, the selling process is often taught out of context and without any interactions with the digital service ecosystem. There is currently no evidence to suggest that the existing conceptualizations of the selling process in organizational sales and service education address the roles and skills required for the connected service encounter.

One's identity as a salesperson is shaped by their experiences as a customer, the values and norms of their employer, and the collective customer service provided by the retail organization.

References
Arkenback, C. (2022). Workplace Learning in Interactive Service Work: Coming to Practise Differently in the Connected Service Encounter University of Gothenburg]. http://hdl.handle.net/2077/70217
Arkenback, C. (2023). YouTube as a site for vocational learning: instructional video types for interactive service work in retail. Journal of vocational education & training, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1-27. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2180423
Arkenback, C., & Lundin, M. (2023). A century of retail work training: changes in employers’ instructional video modelling of cashier work in service encounters. The journal of workplace learning, 35(8), 752-778. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-12-2022-0179
Arkenback-Sundström, C. (2022). A Postdigital Perspective on Service Work: Salespeople’s Service Encounters in the Connected Store. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-021-00280-2
Bowen, D. E. (2016). The changing role of employees in service theory and practice: An interdisciplinary view. Human Resource Management Review, 26(1), 4-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hrmr.2015.09.002
Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbaek, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research memorandum organizational education. Studia paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215.
Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart: commercialization of human feeling. Univ. of California Press.
Ikeler, P. (2016). Deskilling emotional labour: Evidence from department store retail. Work, Employment and Society, 30(6), 966-983. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950017015609031
Kemmis, S. (2019). A Practice Sensibility: An Invitation to the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-32-9539-1
Larivière, B., Bowen, D., Andreassen, T. W., Kunz, W., Sirianni, N. J., Voss, C., . . . De Keyser, A. (2017). “Service Encounter 2.0”: An investigation into the roles of technology, employees and customers. Journal of Business Research, 79, 238-246. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.03.008
Legewie, N., & Nassauer, A. (2018). YouTube, Google, Facebook: 21st century online video research and research ethics. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 19(3), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-19.3.3130
Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (2017). Exploring Education and Professional Practice: Through the Lens of Practice Architectures. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-2219-7
O'Reilly, K. (2012). Ethnographic methods. Routledge.
Payne, J. (2009). Emotional Labour and Skill: A Reappraisal. Gender, Work & Organization, 16(3), 348-367. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0432.2009.00448.x
Solomon, M. R., Surprenant, C., Czepiel, J. A., & Gutman, E. G. (1985). A role theory perspective on dyadic interactions: the service encounter. Journal of Marketing, 49(1), 99-111. https://doi.org/10.2307/1251180


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Employer Branding as a School Development Strategy in Times of Uncertainty: Theoretical Reflections

Markus Ammann

University Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Ammann, Markus

Schools as socially desired organizations have always been focal points of social, political and economic developments and uncertainties due to the associated mission they have to fulfill. Social change and the omnipresent crises have a direct and indirect impact on organizations, including schools. Crises and uncertainties have the potential to erase or blur existing school structures. In extreme cases, the lack of structures for dealing with these impacts can even threaten the existence of both the organizations and the actors involved, which Weick (1993) illustrated very clearly using the example of a forest fire and the firefighters working there (Weick 1993). In this respect, schools are faced with the question of how they react in moments of crisis and how they manage to handle unexpected situations.

Etymologically, the term crisis can be traced back to the Greek “krisis”, which initially marks a turning point or climax, the end of which is open. The negative connotation that accompanies the use of the term only came into use in today's language (Thießen 2011, p. 63). If one understands a crisis as a turning point or climax, the momentum shifts back to the side of the actively acting actors, who no longer see themselves at the mercy of the situation through passive, reactive behavior, but rather actively shape it, or in the words of Weick and Sutcliffe (2003 ) 'manage' it. A challenge that exists in many European countries - also due to the uncertain times - is the lack of qualified teachers willing to 'manage' the impacts of crisis and therefor the uncertainty in schools. This finding also applies to teachers. Programs for career changers who have previously carried out other professional activities are evidence of this problem. The problem is doubled here: Schools need committed and motivated teachers in order to defy the current uncertainties and are also faced with the situation that there is a shortage of teachers and they have to recruit the most motivated teachers.In this respect, schools as organizations are also required to provide short- and long-term answers to these challenges by asking themselves how they can make themselves attractive as employers for potential teachers. Schools are competing, not only for future students but also for teachers (Altrichter and Feyerer 2017). The perspective of employer branding offers a possible answer to this challange. This term originally comes from strategic corporate management (Sghendo & Said 2022) and is understood as a corporate strategic measure with which companies position themselves as credible and attractive employers (Jepp 2014; Schuhmacher & Gschwill 2014; Biswas 2013). Employer branding can therefore be seen as a concept against the background of which an organization develops as a brand for potential employees and thus stands out from competing organizations. The focus is on so-called attractiveness factors that are relevant when choosing a school as a future employer.

The proposed paper is intended to be a theoretical-conceptual contribution. This article critically discusses the potential of the employer branding approach for the development of an employer brand for schools. The central question here is what contribution schools can make to build an employer brand and what makes an attractive workplace from the perspective of teachers. To this end, the proposed article first outlines the problem. The concept of employer branding is then developed and critically discuesse. The considerations provide an insight into various exemplary attractiveness factors from the perspective of teachers and school management, which we were able to generate as part of an initial exploratory study. The article ends with a summary conclusion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article is basically seen as a theoretical contribution in which the problem is first discussed and then the theoretical concept of employer branding is questioned with regard to its usability for school development processes. The article is enriched with the results of a first exploratory quantitative online survey in which 450 students were asked about their motives for choosing their future workplace.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, a concept for developing an employer brand for schools is introduced and critically discussed. The aim of this is to convince potential applicants of their own school location. The article is enriched with initial empirical results that make a school attractive. Questions such as child care, as well as non-subject lessons or payment, should be mentioned here.
References
Altrichter, H. und Feyerer, E. (2017). Schulentwicklung und Inklusion in Österreich. In B. Lütje-Klose, S. Miller, S. Schwab und B. Streese (Hrsg.), Inklusion: Profile für die Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz (S. 31–42). Waxmann.

Biswas, M. (2013). Employer branding: A human resource strategy. In R. K. Pradhan & C. K. Poddar (Hrsg.), Human Resources Management in India: Emerging Issues and Challenges (S. 160-180). New Century Publications.

Jepp, J. (2014). Employer Branding: Identifikation von Entscheidungskriterien zur Arbeitgeberwahl. Igel Verlag RWS.
Schuhmacher, F. & Geschwill, R. (2014). Employer Branding: Human Resources Management für die Unternehmensführung. Springer Gabler.

Sghendo, M. & Said, E. (2022). The Perceived Value of Church, Independent, and State Schools’ Employer Brands Among School Teachers in Malta. Education, 3(2), S. 154-187.

Thießen, A. (2011). Organisationskommunikation in Krisen. Reputationsmanagement durch situative, integrierte und strategische Krisenkommunikation. VS Verlag.

Weick, K. E. (1993). The Collapse of Sensemaking in Organizations: The Mann Gulch Disaster, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 38, No. 4, S. 301–313.

Weick, K. E. und Sutcliffe, K. M. (2003). Das Unerwartete managen. Wie Unternehmen aus Extremsituationen lernen. Klett-Cotta.
 
13:15 - 14:4533 SES 01 A: Beyond the Binary-Queering Education in an Age of Uncertainty
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Helene Götschel
Session Chair: Helene Götschel
Symposium
 
33. Gender and Education
Symposium

Beyond the Binary – Queering Education in an Age of Uncertainty

Chair: Helene Götschel (Europa Universität Flensburg)

Discussant: Florian Cristobal Klenk (TU Darmstadt)

Educational research on LGBTIQ students and teachers is increasing and has a long tradition at ECER conferences for over a decade. At the same time empirical research is still marginal (De Witte et al. 2021). In this symposium, we spotlight Australia, Germany and Sweden which have all had legal and policy changes concerning gender and sexuality diversity, such as recognition of same-sex marriage or gender diversity (IGLYO 2022). But these legal improvements do not necessarily translate into better conditions for LGBTIQ students and teachers. Educational institutions are shaped by heteronormative traditions and are often structured in binary gendered ways; this is apparent in language, policy, facilities and curriculum taught or omitted at school (Heasley & Crane 2012; McBride & Neary 2021). Teacher training generally omits gender and sexuality diversity, and teachers often feel uncomfortable or incompetent to address gender and sexuality diversity in class (Shepherd 2022). Universities and schools also lack measures to protect LGBTIQ students, teachers, lecturers and staff from bullying and discrimination, and currently violence against gender non-conforming students has increased in the wake of an anti-genderist right wing backlash (EU-FRA 2020; UNESCO 2021).

This symposium brings together researchers who analyze these paradoxes and focus on questions of gender and sexuality diversity in educational settings and practices. Framed within empirical educational research, they study conditions which might help to improve the educational opportunities for trans, intersex, non-binary and gender expansive (TIN) students or support the professionalization of LGBTIQ teachers. The symposium will be composed of presentations from three countries. Lundin will present the narrative of Kim, a trans teacher in a Swedish school. He will present supportive conditions of inclusion and recommendations to educators based on Kim’s narrative. Ferfolja and Ullman will introduce a professional research-informed learning module from Australia with multiple guidance resources, including a short film for teacher education. Fütty and Götschel will discuss challenges and requirements in teachers training at German universities about gender and sexuality diversity at school with a focus on ambivalences, entanglements, and uncertainties in education. The presenters are united in the goal to enable inclusive education systems and the symposium aims to foster synergies between these scholars.


References
De Witte, K., Holz, O., Geunis, L. (Eds.) (2022). A Little Respect? LGBT+ Perspectives on Education from Across Europe. Münster & New York: Waxmann.
EU-FRA (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights) (2020). FRA Report 2020. A long way to go for LGBTI equality. https://fra.europa.eu/sites/default/files/fra_uploads/fra-2020-lgbti-equality-1_en.pdf accessed 15th January 2024.
Heasley, R. & Crane, B. (2012). Queering classes – Disrupting hegemonic masculinity and the effect of compulsory heterosexuality in the classroom. In: J. C. Landreau, & N. M.  Rodrigues (eds.), Queering Masculinities: A Critical Reader in Education. Dortrecht, 99-118.
IGLYO (The International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer & Intersex Youth and Student Organisation) (2022). LGBTQI Inclusive Education Report 2022. https://www.iglyo.com/resources/ie-2022 accessed 15th January 2024.
McBride, R.-S.; Neary, A. (2021). Trans and gender diverse youth resisting cisnormativity in school, Gender and Education, 33 (8), 1090-1107, https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2021.1884201.
Shepherd, R. (2022). ‘The winds of change have begun to blow’ – A discussion on English governmental education policy and Inclusion for LGBTQI+ adolescents in English secondary schools. In: De Witte, K.; O. Holz; L. Geunis (Eds.) A Little Respect? LGBT+ Perspectives on Education from Across Europe. Münster & New York: Waxmann, 201–216.
UNESCO (2021). Don’t look away. No place for exclusion of LGBTI students. Policy paper No. 45. https://www.unesco.org/gem-report/en/lgbtidontlookaway accessed 15th January 2024.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Queering the School – a Story of Pride and Given Support

Mattias Lundin (Linnaeus University Kalmar)

In many ways, Sweden can be considered as an open community with respect to LGBT people. This notion includes the school setting and LGBT teachers’ situation, although research points out that their everyday situations yet not seem to fully reflect legislation and policy documents. However, the knowledge on trans people’s situation is limited in comparison to what we know about homo- and bisexual teachers’ situation. This session will address Kim’s experience of being a trans person in school to elicit the importance, also to acknowledge trans people’s work conditions as those can differ from homo- and bisexual teachers work experiences. The aim with the session is to present Kim’s narrative and to make explicit how Kim forwards education. The aim is also to point out how values are communicated in the narrative, facilitating identification and emotional attachment for all, in the school setting. During the session, a brief overview of what LGBT teachers’ situation can be like in Sweden will be made and Kim’s narrative will be presented. The session will also explain the data collection in which Kim took part. The analysis of Kim’s narrative will touch upon the educational affordances and the impact of the values that are communicated by applying two different theories to identify functions of education (Biesta, 2009) as well as how a sense of belonging (Yuval-Davis, 2006) can be seen as facilitated in Kim’s narrative. The support that the principal gives to Kim is highly important for the positive outcome in Kim’s story. Nevertheless, the session will also address the impact of our different approaches and attitudes. That is, we can learn a lot from Kim’s narrative, but we also need to consider that settings differ as well as people’s expectations. The session will conclude by suggesting a few recommendations to educators based on Kim’s narrative.

References:

Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Yuval-Davis, N. (2006): Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40(3), 197-214, https://doi.org/10.1080/00313220600769331
 

WITHDRAWN Developing Professional Learning Resources for Educators: Moving Beyond the Gender Binary in K-12 Classrooms

Tania Ferfolja (Western Sydney University), Jacqueline Ullman (Western Sydney University)

While ample evidence positions positive primary/secondary school climates and inclusive curriculum as protective factors for gender and sexuality diverse (GSD) youth (Waling, Bellamy, Ezer, Lucke, & Fisher, 2020), educators are often reluctant to engage with related topics due to pervasive concerns about parental and community backlash (Cumming-Potvin & Martino, 2018). Educators express particular concerns when considering how acknowledgement of diverse genders might be incorporated into their classrooms. This paper will commence with a discussion about the recent political and educational climate in Australia with respect to gender and sexuality diversity (Thompson 2020). This backdrop provides a context for the authors’ research, a large-scale, nationally-representative research project which investigated Australian public school parents’ attitudes towards GSD-inclusivity across Kindergarten through Year 12 education – the final year of education. Their findings demonstrated that over 80% of parents support a GSD-inclusive curriculum, including acknowledgement of gender diversity (Ullman, Ferfolja & Hobby, 2022). This session will focus on the development of a suite of professional learning resources for K-12 educators as a central outcome of this national project, inclusive of an asynchronous micro credential; a professional learning module designed for educator professional development - which includes multiple guidance resources; and a short film. The authors will provide a partial screening of this film resource titled, “What Parents Want: Talking about Gender and Sexuality Diversity in Schools”, developed verbatim from both in-depth interviews and an online forum with parents of GSD students (see Ferfolja & Ullman, 2023). In this film, parents share their experiences of navigating the school system for/with their GSD child and suggest how educators can best support GSD young people.  Parents’ narratives featured in the film were inclusive of three children assigned male at birth who had transitioned/were transitioning while at school; one child assigned female at birth who identified as gender-fluid and who shared this with their teachers/peers; an adolescent boy who identified as bisexual; and a same-sex attracted adolescent girl. Accordingly, a particular feature of this film are the experiences of students and their families navigating the constrictions of a normative, binary framing of gender at their schools and how expanded understandings and provisions can support gender diverse children and young people. The session will conclude by presenting educators’ responses to these professional learning resources and preliminary data on their impact within the school setting.

References:

Cumming-Potvin, W. & W. Martino (2018). The policyscape of transgender equality and gender diversity in the Western Australian education system: A case study. Gender and Education, 30(6), 715–735. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2018.1483491. Ferfolja, T. & Ullman, J. (2023). Gender and Sexuality Diversity in Schools. https://www.westernsydney.edu.au/gsds/educator_resources accessed 25th January 2024. Thompson, J. D. (2020). Your parents will read this: Reading (as) parents in journalistic coverage of the Safe Schools Coalition Australia Controversy. Journalism, 21(12), 1–14. Ullman, J., Ferfolja, T., & Hobby, L. (2022). Parents’ perspectives on the inclusion of gender and sexuality diversity in K-12 schooling: Results from an Australian national study. Sex Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2021.1949975. Waling, A., Bellamy, R., Ezer, P., Kerr, L., Lucke, J. & Fisher, C. (2020). ‘It’s kinda bad, honestly’: Australian students’ experiences of relationships and sexuality education. Health Education Research, 35(6), 538–552. https://doi.org/10.1093/her/cyaa032.
 

Challenges and Requirements in Teacher Training. Including Gender:Sex-Diversity in School and Education

Tamás Fütty (Europa Universität Flensburg), Helene Götschel (Europa Universität Flensburg), Sannik Ben Dehler (Europa Universität Flensburg)

Legal gender/sex categories refer to a binary understanding of biological sex and gender identity in Western societies. In the last decades though, the acceptance of LGBTIQ+ people has increased in many countries (IGLYO 2022). In Germany, a third civil status ‘divers’ was legally established for intersex persons in 2019. Since 2021, the ‘Law to Strengthen Children and Youth’ mentions the well-being of trans, intersex and non-binary (TIN) youth in the ‘Social Security Statute Book’ (SBG VIII). Furthermore, a debate about a ‘Self-determination Law’ (SBGG) is ongoing. The visibility of TIN students and the thematization of gender:sex-diversity—the diversification of biological sex and gender identity beyond the binary–increases in science, society and at school (IGLYO 2022; Klenk 2022). At the same time, German schools are still structured on binary gender:sex-norms such as language, subjects or facilities (Oldemeier 2021). These developments affect education and teaching (Klocke 2017). They provide the context for an ongoing empirical research project on the consequences for teacher education with an interdisciplinary, intersectional and multi-method research design that incorporates crucial interconnections between theory and practice. It aims (1) to collect and analyze data on the discrimination faced by TIN students, as well as the requirements for their inclusion in school; (2) to review the current literature; (3) to investigate current (non-university) training programs on gender:sex-diversity and education and (4) to include a pilot project to teach future teachers (at universities) about gender:sex-diversity. Specifically, the research project asks how the establishment of a ‘third gender:sex’ option impacts school requirements to promote the education of TIN students and identifies the transformations that schools will need to undergo in connection with the new ‘divers’ civil status. In our presentation we will briefly outline the research project and its qualitative empirical methodology, being rooted in Discourse Analysis and Situational Analysis. We will present first findings of the demands and needs of TINA+ students, reflect upon restrictive binary gender:sex-norms at school and thematize gender:sex-diversity as cross-sectional topics in teacher education. Most of all we will place emphasis on the question how future teachers should be trained to be able to cope with ambivalences, entanglements and uncertainties in school and education. Last but not least, we wish to discuss our findings with other researchers on a trans-national level.

References:

IGLYO (The International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer & Intersex Youth and Student Organisation) (2022). LGBTQI Inclusive Education Report 2022. https://www.iglyo.com/resources/ie-2022 accessed 15th January 2024 Klenk, F. C. (2023). Post-Heteronormativität und Schule. Soziale Deutungsmuster von Lehrkräften über vielfältige geschlechtliche und sexuelle Lebensweisen. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich. Klocke, U. (2017). Homophobie und Transphobie in Schulen und Jugendeinrichtungen: Was können pädagogische Fachkräfte tun? Loccumer Pelikan, 17(1), 11-17. https://www.rpi-loccum.de/material/pelikan/pel1-17/1-17_klocke accessed 24th January 2024 Oldemeier, K. (2021). Geschlechtlicher Neuanfang: Narrative Wirklichkeiten junger divers* und trans*geschlechtlicher Menschen. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich.
 
13:15 - 14:4534 SES 01 A: Conceptualizing Citizenship Education
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ralph Carstens
Paper Session
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Integrating Citizenship Competence’ Assessment Frameworks: Complementarities and Differences in the Educational Context of Serbia

Dragica Pavlović Babić, Jovan Ivanović, Aleksandar Baucal

University of Belgrade, Serbia

Presenting Author: Pavlović Babić, Dragica

Comparative reviews of educational reforms in Europe, and broadly, in the last twenty years or so, show a strong movement towards identifying key competencies in education (Rychen & Salganik, 2000) and implementing more competence-based curricula (European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice, 2012). These reform movements realized diverse ways and diverse innovations in teaching and learning practices, assessment tools and procedures, and school organization (European Commission, 2020). This movement is determined by European policy embodied in the Reference Framework of Key Competencies for Lifelong Learning (European Commission, 2019). The European policy is the result of several broad factors (Halasz & Michel, 2011) that could be summed up in the assumption that globalization and modernization are creating an increasingly diverse and interconnected world. In this paper, among all the key competencies that young people need in order to be successful in modern society and to contribute to the development of society, we focused on the social and civic competencies and the way how they are operationalized to be measured in two comprehensive international assessment studies ICCS by IEA and PISA Global Competence by OECD.
As stated in the Reference Framework of Key Competencies for Lifelong Learning (European Commission, 2019), civic competence is defined by the importance of knowledge of the development of, institutions that reflect, democracy, justice, equality, citizenship, and civil rights. In the IEA/ICC study, civic competence is operationalized through four content domains (Civic society and systems, Civic principles, Civic participation, Civic identities), four affective-behavioural domains (Value beliefs, Attitudes, Behavioral intentions, Behaviors) and two cognitive domains (Knowing, Reasoning and analyzing), (Schulz et al, 2022). Serbia participated in this assessment study in 2022 (OECD, 2).
Compared to IEA/ Civic Competence, OECD/PISA Global Competence is defined more broadly, as a multidimensional capacity which enables individuals to examine local, global and intercultural issues, understand and appreciate different perspectives and world views, interact successfully and respectfully with others, and take responsible action toward sustainability and collective well-being (OECD, 2018). Serbia participated in this assessment study in the PISA cycle 2018 (OECD, 2020).
The two constructs that are the focus of this study have a potentially great influence in the field of informing educational policies, defining the curriculum and assessment of educational achievements, as well as in designing pre-service and in-service programs for the professional development of teachers. The importance of these constructs is given by the fact that they are part of large international assessment studies in which a significant number of countries participate. A review of the literature, however, shows that there is a lack of research examining the complementarity of these constructs.
Based on the structural components and description of the two constructs (civic competence and global competence), although they were operationalized for measurement purposes in two different assessment studies, we assumed their complementarity. Examining this assumption is the fundamental question addressed in this paper. If the measures were distributed on one scale, the assumption of unidimensionality of the scale would be confirmed. The main intention that initiated this research work is to create a reliable instrument for evaluating the effects of an intervention program designed to encourage collaborative problem-solving in the secondary school educational context in Serbia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants. Our sample consisted of 620 students from Belgrade high schools (aged 16-18). To increase the diversity of the sample, we selected both general high schools and vocational schools, as well as central city schools and schools on the suburban periphery. From each of the eleven selected schools, we sampled several classes. The sample was balanced across genders (52.6% girls) and skewed towards higher achieving students.
Instruments. We selected available PISA and ICCS items according to the cognitive processes involved and difficulty level. First, we used items that target more complex processes like reasoning and applying while items saturated with specific knowledge were rarely selected. Second, we used items requiring higher proficiency levels, considering our participants were older than in the usual PISA and ICCS samples. Finally, five PISA tasks, each containing four to five items, and thirty-five ICCS items were selected. The format of items was (complex) multiple-choice, short answer or constructed response. In addition, several ICCS multiple-choice items were adapted by making them constructed response items or asking for justification to make the item more demanding. The final selection of items was arranged in ten clusters and counterbalanced across ten test booklets. Therefore, each cluster appears two times and at different places in the test booklet.
Procedure. After obtaining informed consent from participants, data collection took place at schools, supervised by the school associates. Testing time was one and a half hours. Each test booklet consisted of 4 clusters, two of civic and two of science competence tasks. In this study, however, we only focus on the former.  
Data analysis. After data collection, we developed training materials based on PISA Global Competence and ICCS coding guides. Three coders were trained in separate sessions for each cluster. Each item was evaluated by one coder, but they resolved vague and atypical responses through mutual discussion and consultation with the supervisor. At the same time, 10% of responses were coded independently by two different coders in order to calculate intercoder reliability. Coded responses were analyzed by the IRT (item response theory) software Winsteps.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the data obtained on a sample of 17-year-old students from Serbia confirmed our assumption about the complementarity, i.e. the unidimensionality of the two constructs. The main product and effect of this empirical finding would be the creation of a unique instrument for assessing civic competence. The possibilities of applying such an instrument are multiple and significant for education policies in Serbia, especially if you keep in mind some specifics of the education system in Serbia. Firstly, it is about a highly centralized and over-controlled system with content-based curricula, traditional teaching methods that put students in a passive position, general expectations set on the level of literate reproduction of poorly integrated facts, and lack of assessment data (Pavlovic Babic, 2020). Secondly, civic competence, like other transversal competencies, has the status of a key competence, but in teaching practice, it is represented unsystematically, sporadically and insufficiently, without unique curricula and without appropriate training of teachers, which is also indicated by the results of ICCS 2022 (Schulz et al, 2023). Therefore, assessment of civic competence would provide significant input for improving the curriculum and developing the competence of teachers in this area. In addition, the instrument could be used as the external criteria to assess the effects of various interventions in the educational system. One example of such use is the work on developing a model for supporting competencies for collaborative problem solving, which is the main goal of the project under which this research is carried out.
References
European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540
European Commission, Joint Research Centre, Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V., et al. (2020). LifeComp – The European Framework for personal, social and learning to learn key competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/302967
European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice. (2012). Developing key competences at school in Europe – Challenges and opportunities for policy. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/93204
Halasz, G., & Michel, A. (2011). Key competence in Europe: Interpretation, policy formulation and implementation. European Journal of Education. 46(3), 289-306
OECD (2018). Preparing Our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World The OECD Pisa Global Competence Framework. Paris: OECD.
OECD (2020). PISA 2018 Results (Volume VI): Are Students Ready to Thrive in an Interconnected World? PISA, OECD Publishing. Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/d5f68679-en
Pavlović Babić, D. (2020). International Assessment Studies in Serbia Between Traditional Solutions, Unexpected Achievements and High Expectations. In H. Harju-Luukkainen, N. McElvany, & J. Stang (Eds.), Monitoring Student Achievement in the 21st Century (pp. 223-236). Springer, Cham.
Rychen, D. S., & Salganik, L. H. (2000). Definition and Selection of Competencies: Theoretical and Conceptual Foundations (DeSeCo) Background Paper. Neuchâtel: DeSeCo Secretariat. Paris: OECD.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Valeria, D., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2023-11/ICCS2022-International-Report.pdf
Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 Assessment Framework. Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-20113-4


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

The Role of Political Emotions in Citizenship Education – an Educational Conceptual Approach

Margot Joris

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Joris, Margot

Over the past two decades, national and transnational educational policies and agendas in Europe have focused on CE in response to societal and political challenges in our globalized, multicultural society (Loobuyck, 2020; Joris, 2021), such as the digital transformation, global migration flows, the climate crisis, etc. In this current context, ‘good’ democratic citizenship and CE have become conceptualised and promoted in terms of democratic competence(s) enabling citizens to respond effectively to the ever changing demands and opportunities posed to them by democratic societies (Council of Europe, 2018). This competence-based approach to CE has become particularly relevant in the face of the perception that youth are become increasingly politically apathetic or alienated (Keating & Janmaat, 2016; Dahl et al., 2018; Freitas et al., 2018). Generally, attention is paid to CE in terms of what young people (not yet) know, do, can, or are not (yet) willing to do in relation to the ideals of democracy and citizenship the adult generation has put forward (Hooghe & Smets, 2013).

Both within and outside of the walls of schools and classrooms however, our democracies include ‘flesh-and-blood people’, who not only think, reason or apply their ‘‘toolkit of psychological resources’ or competences (Council of Europe, 2018); but also feel things (Backer, 2017). Starting from this assumption, the current dominance of a competence-based discourse of CE is called into question for being rationalist and individualistic, because it relies on an Habermasian (1998), rational-deliberative and cognitive or disaffected model of citizenship and CE. Insights from political philosophy and psychology suggest that political emotions are central to people’s actual political engagement (Demertzis, 2014; Nussbaum, 2013; Knight Abowitz & Mamlok, 2019), are experiences that can be ascribed to bodies that are ‘socialized’, interact and exist together with others (Zembylas, 2007b) and should therefore be considered essential components of political and democratic life and be given a place within democratic CE (Zembylas, 2018).

Additionally, when the importance of political emotions in CE is acknowledged, the focus tends to be on conflictual emotions and political identities. Such agonistic approaches emphasize disagreements and the potential of anger and conflict for political action and transformative change through CE (Yacek, 2019), for instance by ‘learning to disagree’ and adversarial position-taking (Knight-Abowitz & Mamlok, 2021). Leiviskä and Pyy (2021) and Yacek (2019), however, indicate how focusing on such an understanding of the nature of the political in CE might lead to relations between different societal groups becoming increasingly conflictual; in a broader democratic culture which is already perceived as divided and polarized (Leiviskä & Pyy, 2021). Focusing on negative emotions such as conflict, differences, angers and fear in CE risks to only deepen and solidify such tendencies, and increase feelings of apathy and closed-mindedness towards the experiences of those considered ‘others’ (Yacek, 2019). They therefore turn to the existing (political) literature on constructive political emotions (Nussbaum, 2013; Leiviskä & Pyy, 2021).

This constructive approach to political emotions has been connected to CE theoretically, but appears to have not yet been translated to an actual educational-theoretical framework of CE. This research project therefore aims to develop such a framework, providing answers to the following three research questions:

1. How do political emotions relate to other, cognitive’ dimensions of competence-based models for CE (knowledge, skills, values, attitudes) and how can they be embedded and fostered within a holistic framework for CE?

2. How do negative political emotions relate to constructive political emotions, and how can both be linked to theoretical and conceptual approaches of CE?

3. How can pedagogic classroom and school practices foster youth’s constructive political emotions through CE?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this contribution, I will develop an educational-theoretical framework of political emotions in CE, that both acknowledges political emotions and connects them to ‘cognitive’ aspects of CE, theoretically explores the relation between negative and constructive political emotions, and explores how CE practices in schools might play a role in fostering constructive political emotions.
As part of a larger project that aims to construct an educational theoretical perspective of the role of political emotions in CE from the ground up, this contribution presents the procedures and results of the first phase of a qualitative, constructivist grounded theory (CGT) approach to political emotions in CE. The overall aim is to develop a middle-range theory, grounded in and fitting for the collected data (which will include classroom observations, teacher interviews and student focus groups) to generate relevant, applicable and useful analytic explanations (Thornberg and Keane, 2022) of the role of political emotions in CE in schools. CGT and its explanations build on the assumption that social reality (including the political emotions of youth) is continually constructed in everyday social interactions and interpretations within and between individuals, groups and communities (Thornberg & Keane, 2022). Grounded theory is particularly suitable for exploring phenomena of which little is known to date, such as the role of political emotions in CE practices, or how CE practices can foster constructive political emotions; and therefore requires flexible means of inquiry, specifically regarding data collection and analysis (McCreaddie & Payne, 2010).
This research project builds on the concrete research design and core features of CGT listed by Thornberg and Keane (2022), and this contribution discusses the results of first phase of this CGT project: the initial literature study. Its main aim is to map the existing body of knowledge, concepts, approaches, and knowledge gaps of political emotions in/and citizenship education in schools, in order to further refine and sharpen the research questions (Thornberg & Keane, 2022).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this contribution, I will discuss:
2) a comparison of theoretical approaches of political emotions in different disciplines (sociology, psychology, political philosophy)
1) existing conceptual frameworks of CE, their theoretical and philosophical foundations and the role (or absence) of (political) emotions therein: the importance of both developmental and cultural perspectives
3) The relations and differences between agonistic and constructive political emotions, and their role(s) in CE

Finally, I will present the conceptual (and analytical) framework of this research project, resulting form this initial literature study. This will be based on the results of situating the three interests mentioned above in existing political, psychological, and sociological literature, and combining these with insights from existing educational theories on CE. These will include pedagogical practice theory (Kemmis et al., 2014) and other educational-theoretical approaches of (the nature of) classroom and school practices. I will also discuss how this framework can and will serve as the foundation for the future phases of this research project.


References
Backer, D. I. (2017). The Critique of Deliberative Discussion. Democracy & Education, 25(1), 1-6
Council of Europe (2018). Reference framework of competences for democratic culture. Volume 1: Context, concepts and models. Council of Europe Publishing.
Dahl, V., Amnå, E., Banaji,S., Landberg, M., Šerek J., Ribeiro, N., Beilmann, M., Pavlopoulos, V. & Zani, B. (2018). Apathy or alienation? Political passivity among youths across eight European Union countries. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 15(3), 284-301
Demertzis, N. (2014). Political Emotions. In: Nesbitt-Larking, P., Kinnvall, C., Capelos, T., Dekker, H. (eds). The Palgrave Handbook of Global Political Psychology. Palgrave Studies in Political Psychology Series. Palgrave Macmillan.
Freitas, M., Howard, C. & Tosca, G. (2018). Millennial dialogue on Europe. Shaping the new EU agenda. Foundation for European Progressive Studies (FEPS)
Habermas (1998). Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy. The MIT Press.
Hooghe, M. & Smets, K. (2013). Jongeren en politiek in verandering. Res Publica 55(1), 5-9.
Joris, M. (2021). Burgers in de maak? Burgerschapsvorming op school anders bekeken. Pedagogische Studiën, 98(3), 221-235
Keating, A. & Janmaat, J.G. (2016). Education Through Citizenship at School: Do School Activities Have a Lasting Impact on Youth Political Engagement? Parliamentary Affairs 69, 409–429
Knight abowitz, K. & Mamlok, D. (2019). #Neveragainmsd student activism: lessons for agonist political education in an age of democratic crisis. Educational Theory, 70(6), 731-748
Loobuyck, P. (2020). The policy shift towards citizenship education in Flanders. How can it be explained? Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(1), 65-82
Leiviskä, A. & Pyy, I. (2021). The unproductiveness of political conflict in education: A Nussbaumian alternative to agonistic citizenship education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 55, 577-588
McCreaddie, M. & Payne, S. (2010). Evolving Grounded Theory Methodology: Towards a discursive approach. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 47, 781–793
Nussbaum, M. (2013). Political emotions: why love matters for justice. Harvard University Press.
Thornberg & Keane, 2022. Designing Grounded Theory Studies. In Flick, U. (ed). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design, 452-466. Sage Publications
Yacek, D. (2019). Should anger be encouraged in the classroom? Political education, closed mindedness, and civic epiphany. Educational Theory, 69(4), 421-4
Zembylas, M. (2007b). Theory and methodology in researching emotions in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 30(1), 57-72 Zembylas (2018): Political Emotions in the Classroom. How Affective Citizenship Education Illuminates the Debate Between Agonists and Deliberators. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1-5


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Responsiveness, Co-creation, Participation, Citizenship: Mapping the Theoretical & Methodological Approaches in Participatory Research in Two European Projects

Magdalena Kuleta-Hulboj, Agnieszka Naumiuk, Hanna Tomaszewska-Pękała

Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Kuleta-Hulboj, Magdalena; Tomaszewska-Pękała, Hanna

The participatory paradigm is not only present in the social sciences, including education but has also become an important principle of public policies and any action aimed at introducing significant social change and transforming reality (Budzanowska, Dańda, 2022). However, “any collective action directed at social change to respond to citizens’ concerns must be based on social science evidence” (Albert et al., 2021).

In a research context, participation can refer to theoretical assumptions, methodology (participatory research), and the use of research results for a specific common purpose, both by the researchers and by the individuals/groups who are the 'subject' of the research. Participatory research refers to the idea of human science assuming a human-centred orientation, in other words - doing research from a human perspective (Ciechowska & Szymańska, 2018; Kubinowski, 2010; Reyes, Haines & Clark/Keefe, 2021). It abolishes the traditional division between the researchers and the researched - the latter become fully-fledged subjects of research. Moreover, all parties involved in the research process take full part in it - they learn from each other, they contribute their knowledge and skills, and the outcome of research activities emerges from dialogue and interaction (Pushor 2008; Bielecka-Prus, 2013). Simultaneously, this does not mean that all participating parties have the same input or perform the same roles (Bielecka-Prus, 2013).

The degree and extent of participation can vary, which is well illustrated by various models of participation, the most well-known of which (the so-called ladder of participation) situates it between two extremes - from minimal participation limited to a “decorative” function (being informed) to the highest level implying full control, i.e. the participation of non-experts on equal terms in all stages and all project activities (Arnstein 1969).

In recent years, it has been argued that participation is insufficient and new conceptualisations or concepts relating to citizen participation not only in research and knowledge production but more generally, in social change, have emerged (Beresford 2019; Blühdorn & Butzlaff, 2020). These include co-creation or responsiveness and are argued to increase the influence of participants on the social changes postulated and implemented as the result of the research process.

The way participation and the overlapping and related terms (in this case co-creation and responsiveness) are understood, framed and situated in the two European research projects is the subject of the presented analysis. Both projects are participatory, albeit to varying degrees, and implement the inclusion of citizens in the research process.

The main research question is what are the similarities and differences in the theoretical assumptions about participatory approaches in the two projects and what are the implications of these assumptions for (1) the methodological solutions adopted to guide the research process, (2) to the understanding of citizenship not only in the research but in a democratic society in general.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two European projects are to be the subject of our analysis.

(1) The first project, COSI.ed (https://cosied.eu/), aims to create solutions and models of practice in working with young people at risk of social exclusion in various educational settings in five European countries. The concept of co-creation is understood as a prerequisite for an equality-based relationship between young people and educational staff. Its aim is “to create an environment that provides access to and experience of educational codes and situations through building on the students’ strengths and experiences”(Bunting et al., 2021). Thus, it empowers young vulnerable people, increasing their participation and sense of agency.
(2) The second project, RESPONSIVE (https://responsive-europe.eu/), focuses on citizen participation in transforming social services and aims to enhance the responsiveness of Europe’s social services to input from diverse citizens. Through this, it wants to increase the impact of citizens’ voices on the approaches, organisation and delivery of three types of social service: child protection and services for youth at risk of exclusion, disability, and mental health. Practically, the project is ambitious in generating specific innovations engaging to a greater extent the voice of vulnerable people and accompanying methodological guidance for achieving citizen-centric social services. The concept of responsiveness highlights that democracy, participation, co-creation and social change are continuous processes that need effort and actions over time (Responsive grant application).

The presented paper is based on the desk research and in-depth analysis of:
- theoretical and methodological backgrounds and approaches of the above-mentioned projects;
- use of good practices’ models in working with youth at risk, with special attention paid to understanding and situating the concepts of co-creation and participation;
- methodological and practical co-creative solutions applied in both projects (citizen boards, advisory boards, collaborative groups etc.);
- the implications of “youth at risk as citizens” concepts in school and out-of-school environments.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome of our analysis is to map and demonstrate the diversity of approaches to the problematisation of concepts such as participation, co-creation, responsiveness and citizenship - their interrelationship and interconnectedness at the theoretical, methodological and practice levels. Particular emphasis will be placed on showing methodological solutions to address the dilemma of how to conduct research on participation/co-creation/responsiveness in an ethical, responsible, methodologically sound and at the same time participatory/responsive way, especially in groups and communities particularly vulnerable to exclusion.

Awareness of the various challenges faced by international teams carrying out participatory research will allow to address them at the project conceptualisation stage and may contribute to initiating a dialogue on the often unconscious or unspoken assumptions about the understanding of concepts such as participation, citizenship, co-creation and responsiveness by the various social actors involved in project implementation. Earlier recognition of these assumptions may prevent the possibility of misunderstandings in this area at a later stage of the project implementation.

Our analysis will also shed light on the contribution of the new concept of responsiveness in citizenship education and education to democracy added to the earlier elements of co-construction, co-creation and co-production.

The results of our analysis might be a valuable source of inspiration for those involved in research on citizenship education, social participation and democratisation of social life.

References
Albert, A., Balázs, B., Butkevičienė, E., Mayer, K., & Perelló J. (2021). Citizen Social Science: New and Established Approaches to Participation in Social Research In K. Vohland, A. Land-Zandstra, L. Ceccaroni, R. Lemmens, J.  Perelló,  M. Ponti, ... & K. Wagenknecht, The science of citizen science (p. 529). Springer Nature. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-58278-4
Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35(4), 216–224.
Beresford, P. (2019), Public Participation in Health and Social Care: Exploring the Co-production of Knowledge. Frontiers in Sociology, 3:41.
Bielecka-Prus, J. (2013). Paradygmat partycypacyjny w naukach społecznych. Wykorzystywanie danych wytworzonych przez badanych w analizie jakościowej. Rocznik Lubuski, 39(1), 29-50.
Blühdorn, I., & Butzlaff, F. (2020). Democratization beyond the post-democratic turn: towards a research agenda on new conceptions of citizen participation. Democratization, 27:3: 369-388. DOI: 10.1080/13510347.2019.1707808
Budzanowska, A. & Dańda, A. (2022). Ustawa 2.0 – paradygmat partycypacyjny w politykach publicznych na przykładzie reformy systemu nauki i szkolnictwa wyższego w Polsce. Nauka 2/2022, 71-92. DOI: 10.24425/nauka.2022.140331
Bunting, M., Mikkelsen, S. H. & Cammack, P.  (2021). Socio-cultural learning: students as co-researchers, a key for students' success. In D. T. Gravesen, K. Stuart  M. Bunting, S. H.Mikkelsen  & P. H. Frostholm (Eds.). Combatting marginalisation by co-creating education: methods, theories and practices from the perspectives of young people. Great debates in higher education. Emerald Publishing, Bingley, pp. 15-28: https://insight.cumbria.ac.uk/id/eprint/6994/
Burgh, G., & Thornton, S. (2021). Teaching democracy in an age of uncertainty: Place-responsive learning. Routledge.
Ciechowska, M., & Szymańska, M. (2018). Wybrane metody jakościowe w badaniach pedagogicznych. Wydawnictwo Naukowe Akademii Ignatianum.
Dedding, C., Groot, B., Slager, M. & Abma, T. (2022). Building an alternative conceptualization of participation: from shared decision-making to acting and work. Educational Action Research,31(2):1-13. DOI:10.1080/09650792.2022.2035788
Kubinowski, D. (2010). Jakościowe badania pedagogiczne. Filozofia – metodyka – ewaluacja. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Marii Curie-Skłodowskiej, Lublin.
Naumiuk, A., Serra, F., Rasell, M., Uggerhoj, L., Pinto. C et al. (2022). Using participation to understand and address the anxieties of European youth about unemployment, future work, and community. In: Nielsen, V. et al. (eds.) Social Work, Social Welfare, Unemployment and Vulnerability Among Youth. Abingdon: Routledge.
Pushor, D. (2008). Collaborative Research In The Sage encyclopedia of qualitative research methods, L. M. Given (ed.), Sage, London.
Reyes, C. C., Haines, S. J., & Clark, K. (2021). Humanizing methodologies in educational research: Centering non-dominant communities. Teachers College Press.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

A 4Cs Social Sciences Curriculum for Civic Values and Citizenship

Eleni Mousena1, Panagiotis Stamatis2

1University of West Attica, Greece; 2Aegean University

Presenting Author: Mousena, Eleni

Educating the new generation is a major purpose of educational systems. It is a highly complex concept that means being a member of a political community. The very concept of citizenship changes over time, depending on the individual's relationship with government, the state and the rights guaranteed. Of a historical option, historical shift from a strictly political definition of the citizen - with an emphasis on his or her relationship with the state - to a broader somewhat more sociological definition, which implies a greater emphasis on the relationship of the citizen, with society as a whole. (Steenbergen, 1994).

In the Marshal’s classic essay on citizenship “Citizenship and social class” (1950), he distinguishes three types of citizenship. First, the civil citizenship in the 18th century which established the rights necessary for individual freedom, such as rights to property, personal liberty and justice. Second, the political citizenship in the 19th century was built and encompassed the right to participate in the exercise of political power, and third, the social citizenship in the 20the century the type of citizenship that emphasized the citizen’s rights of economic and social security and gained its expression in the modern welfare state as it developed in Western Europe. In the perception of Marshall, social citizenship marked the end of history, but new concepts of citizenship are emerging, such as cultural citizenship, European citizenship, global citizenship, ecological citizenship, digital citizenship.

Dewey stresses that ‘Since a democratic society repudiates the principle of external authority, it must find a substitute in voluntary disposition and interest; these can be created only by education. … A democracy is more than a form of government; it is primarily a mode of associated living, of conjoint communicated experience’ (1916, p. 87). For Freire, education is always a political act. Is it impossible to remain neutral in education, all educational policies and practices have social implications (1985). Also, “It is only when one leaves one’s home and enters the public space that the dialogue about a citizen’s idiosyncrasy begins” (Kingwell 2000, p. 41). “Citizenship or civics education is construed to encompass the preparation of young people for their roles and responsibilities as citizens and, in particular, the role of education (through schooling, teaching and learning) in that preparatory process.” (Kerr 1999, p. 2).

Civic values and competences such as equity, mutual understanding and active citizenship are promoted by the European Commission (ET 2020) which has triggered the scientific discourse on this subject (EC 2017, Cockburn, 2013, Moss, 2007).

Traditional curricula promoted the 3Rs, -reading, writing, and arithmetic. Reviewing literacy is a continuous process emerging from contemporary social needs and scientific progress. In this sense, a literacy crisis is never temporary, but, rather, the constrain desired in literacy and curriculum studies. Exploring four hypotheses on literacy standards, Welch and Freebody showed that each and every era and society undergoes its own literacy crisis (1993). Maitles and Gilchrist (2004), underline that children are citizens, and not just “citizens in waiting”.

The purpose of this research was to investigate the educational practices that promote the democratic citizenship in preprimary education in Greece.

Research questions:

What is the place of social sciences in the curriculum framework?

What are the views of educators on citizenship education?

What pedagogical strategies do preschool educators use to develop social science topics?

How do they handle challenging issues related to religious and ethnic differences?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on the qualitative example of scientific research. Documentary analysis of the curriculum and official documents is applied upon the main categories of content.  Also, a focus group interview with preprimary educators was made.
Ethical concerns specifically attend to critical policy and pedagogy analysis as a way of improving coexistence and active participation. As for the interviews, participants were informed about the purpose of the research, and they had the opportunity to withdraw at any time.
Method and ethics of the research
  Method: Qualitative, was carried out by structured interviews
  Participants: 12 experienced preprimary educators and also Master Degree students.
  Time: Spring 2023
  Method: Praxeological research and participatory paradigm
  Participants were informed about the purpose of the research and negotiated the time of the interview. They took part voluntarily and had the opportunity to withdraw at any time.
  They presented their perceptions as well as specific examples from their educational practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers promote in many ways the opening of the preprimary education to parents and the local community.
They organize activities and various projects where parents and other citizens take part.
In this way, the pre-school institutions function somewhat as a forum for civil society.
Educators claim that they promote dialogue with parents and other citizens and this helps a lot in pedagogical work and problem solving.
They argue that this method helps to build a cohesive school community and promote a sense of belonging.
  Also, opening the pre-school center to the community helps to get to know and understand the cultural heritage of the participants, which is very important in today's pluralistic world.
  They claim that they provide opportunities for student choice and that they promote differentiated teaching when necessary.
  Teachers handle children from other faiths with discretion during religious days. Many times, children do not participate according to their parents' decision.
  Regarding national days, teachers emphasize that they highlight the issues of peace and cooperation of states instead of war events.
  More experienced educators seem to develop projects with social and political content to a greater extent.
Educators develop social studies activities and promote civic values and citizenship.
Implementing democratic citizenship curriculum in today's pluralistic society is a demanding endeavor and educators should be supported by continuing education and good working conditions.
At the same time participatory pedagogical praxis benefits children, families and teachers themselves.

References
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education. The Free Press.
Earl, C. (2018). Spaces of Political Pedagogy. Occupy! And other radical experiments in adult learning. London. Routledge.
Freire, P.  (1985). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. London. Penguin Books.
Gellner, E. (1994). Conditions of Liberty. Civil society and its rivals. Penguin Group. London.
Kerr, D. (1999). Re-examining citizenship education: the case of England in Civic Education Across Countries, National Foundation for Educational Research.
Kingwell, M. (2000). The world we want: Virtue, vice and the good citizen. Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Viking.
Maitles, H. & Gilchrist, I. (2004) We're not citizens in waiting, we're citizens now! A case study of a democratic approach to learning in an RME secondary class in the West of Scotland, Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 3(1).
Marshall, T.H. (1950). Citizenship and Social Class and other essays. London.  Cambridge University Press.
Mousena, E. (2021). Pluribus vs Unum as Values in Citizenship Education. In Ruby M., Angelo-Rocha, M., Hickey, M., and Agosto, V. Charlotte (Eds) Making A Spectacle: Examining Curriculum/Pedagogy as Recovery from Political Trauma (pp. 49-64). NC: IAP– Information Age Publishing.
 
14:00 - 15:0099 ERC SES 09 A: ERC Keynote: Kirsi Pyhältö "Why does investing in doctoral researcher’s wellbeing matter?"
Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
ERC Keynote
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

ERC Keynote: Why Does Investing in Doctoral Researcher’s Wellbeing Matter?

Kirsi Pyhältö

university of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Pyhältö, Kirsi

Doctoral experience provides both highs and lows that potentially further contribute to doctoral researcher’s wellbeing. In turn, experienced wellbeing impacts on study progress and odds for degree completion. Hence, it is no surprise that doctoral researcher’s’ wellbeing, particularly mental health issues, have gained prominence as a central concern among doctoral education policy makers, developers, and researchers. Also, effective remedies for mental health issues have been called after. Wellbeing of doctoral researchers is, however, more than the absence of negative symptoms. In fact, positive mental states provide a central resource for doctoral studies. This keynote will focus on addressing both positive and negative attributes of doctoral researcher’s wellbeing and means to promote wellbeing in the doctoral education. I will start with discussing the state of art in research on doctoral researchers’ wellbeing and impacts of wellbeing on doctoral experience. After this I will summarize evidence on effective means for promoting doctoral researcher’s wellbeing in the doctoral education. I will conclude my talk with discussing COVID-19 pandemic influences on doctoral researchers’ wellbeing and progress.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
14:45 - 15:15Break 08: ECER Coffee Break
15:15 - 16:4501 SES 02 A: Learning Environments
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nicole Brown
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Sustainability of Teacher Design Teams in vocational secondary education: Exploring Key Conditions for Long-term Teacher Professional Development

Tina Gryson, Katrien Strubbe, Tony Valcke, Ruben Vanderlinde

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Gryson, Tina

In an ever-evolving society and consequently school context, teachers are increasingly challenged. It is important for a teacher to continue professional development to meet the needs of his students (Desimone, 2009). To achieve teacher professional development, the importance of long-term professional development initiatives is demonstrated (Merchie et al., 2018). However, a sustained and ongoing implementation of long-term professional development initiatives in the school context are often uncertain (Stoll et al., 2006). In the context of lifelong learning, it is, however, essential to examine how active professional development initiatives can autonomously persist to ensure their sustainability. In this study, sustainability of professional development initiatives is conceptualised as their capacity to endure and remain effective over the long term (van der Klink, 2023). This study aims to investigate the conditions that can contribute to the sustainable continuity of Teacher Design Teams (TDTs). A TDT is described by Handelzalts (2009) as ‘a group of at least two teachers, from the same or related subjects, working together regularly, with the goal to (re)design and enact (a part of) their common curriculum’ (p. 7). More specifically, a TDT can be seen as a type of Professional Learning Community in which teachers engage in professional development by collaboratively designing curriculum materials for active use in the classroom (Binkhorst et al., 2015) Different studies (e.g., Binkhorst et al., 2015; Voogt et al., 2016) demonstrate which conditions have a specific impact on the professional development of teachers and the designed curriculum materials. However, it is also crucial to ensure the continuation of this professional development and explore conditions that can contribute to the sustainability of the TDTs.

This research is conducted in the context of the Project Integrated General Subjects (PGS), a course in vocational secondary education in Flanders (Belgium). This course integrates general subjects in a meaningful and project-based manner, aligning with the real-world and professional experiences of vocational students. PGS provides an interesting context for this study as it faces significant teacher turnover (Sierens et al., 2017). The sustainability of TDTs becomes an even greater challenge in this setting, given the necessity for the TDT to continue and be effective despite changes in teaching staff.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Over a period of two school years, a TDT programme was implemented and facilitated by the researcher across four secondary schools. The TDT programme is based on a preliminary study (Gryson et al., forthcoming) and comprised monthly sessions within the four school-based TDTs, where curriculum materials were designed, along with four sessions per school year in an overarching and supportive networked TDT. In the school-based TDTs, a participating teacher was trained as an internal coach to ensure the autonomous progress of these TDTs. The networked TDT, coached by the researcher, was primarily organised to facilitate mutual support among the different school-based TDTs, exchange of knowledge and experiences, and conduct peer supervision sessions for the coach-teachers. Additionally, a digital platform was established where teachers across the TDTs could share their progress and curriculum materials. At the initiation of this first phase of the research in the school year 2020-2021, a total of 14 teachers participated across the four school-based TDTs. In the third school year (school year 2022-2023), the second phase of the research, the two school-based TDTs that decided to continue autonomously with the TDT were investigated but no longer supported by the researcher. Both school-based TDTs were expanded with additional teachers, which resulted in a total of 12 participating teachers across the two TDTs.
To collect data, a semi-structured interview was conducted with the participating teachers each school year. Additionally, reports from the school-based TDTs were collected, and verbal reports from the coach-teachers were transcribed. Since the researcher was present during the networked TDT meetings and some school TDT meetings, observation reports and notes from informal conversations were also included in the data collection. Throughout the entire research period, informed consent was obtained from each participant. The data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). In reflexive thematic analysis, the researcher's subjectivity is regarded as a source and not immediately as something negative. Given the researcher's close involvement during the TDTs, the application of Braun and Clarke's (2019) reflexive thematic analysis acknowledges its guidance in developing the results. The findings were constructed through an intensive, iterative, and theme-based analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study demonstrates that various conditions have an impact on the sustainability of TDTs. It is demonstrated that both motivated teachers and the need for a core team are important, along with a clear focus during regular TDT meetings. However, it strongly emphasised that a crucial role is assigned to the school leader and the coach. Both stakeholders play a vital role in supporting TDTs and ensuring that the work of participating teachers is perceived as valued and meaningful. For the school leader, this support should manifest through allocating time and resources for teachers, as well as expressing confidence and appreciation. The support the coach needs to provide is mainly related to a proactive approach in organising and guiding the TDTs, with a pronounced need for an internal coach.
Subsequently, the results also indicate that for all participating teachers in a TDT, the research-based foundation of TDTs must be clear. This leads to teachers perceiving their work as meaningfully anchored. Additionally, it is emphasised that for the sustainability of TDTs, not only the autonomous progress of one's own school-based TDT is essential but also cross-school collaboration remains important.
The research also indicates that the context in which the TDTs are initially implemented and subsequently routinised is important. The influence of the Covid-19 measures and ongoing national educational reform at that time greatly impacted the frequency and way teachers could meet in the TDT, as well as the choices and iterative adjustments made to the curriculum materials.

References
Binkhorst, F., Handelzalts, A., Poortman, C., & Van Joolingen, W. (2015). Understanding teacher design teams – A mixed methods approach to developing a descriptive framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 213–224.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597.
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving Impact Studies of Teachers’ Professional Development: Toward Better Conceptualizations and Measures. Educational Researcher, 38 (3), 181–199. doi:10.3102/0013189X0833114.
Gryson, T., Strubbe, K., Valcke, T., & Vanderlinde, R. (forthcoming). Lifelong learning through Teacher Design Teams for interdisciplinary teaching in secondary vocational education: The perspective of different stakeholders. In F. G. Paloma (Ed.), Lifelong learning - Education for the Future World. IntechOpen.
Handelzalts, A. (2009). Collaborative curriculum development in Teacher Design Teams. Dissertation. University of Twente, Twente, The Netherlands.
Sierens, S., Verbyst, L., Ysenbaert, J., Roose, I., Cochuyt, J., & Vanderstraeten, W. (2017). Onderzoek naar verklaringen voor de peilingsresultaten Project Algemene Vakken (PAV): Eindrapport. Gent: Universiteit Gent, Steunpunt Diversiteit & Leren.
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Eductollational Change, 7, 221–258.
van der Klink, M. R. (2023). Professional learning and development: sustainability in education. Professional Development in Education, 49(5), 781-783.
Voogt, J. M., Pieters, J. M., & Handelzalts, A. (2016). Teacher collaboration in curriculum design teams: Effects, mechanisms, and conditions. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3-4), 121-140.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Creativity in Education: International Perspectives

Amanda Ince, Nicole Brown

UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ince, Amanda; Brown, Nicole

Creativity has become a buzzword across all disciplines in education and across all phases. In this panel discussion, we will discuss the key tenets of what it means to be creative whilst also exploring the how creativity may be fostered in educational settings. The aim of the panel discussion is to offer tools, strategies, ideas, and food for thought on fostering creativity amongst learners so they may foster creativity amongst their own learners.

Creativity is a complex yet universal phenomenon (Shao et al., 2019). Most people feel confident in recognising creativity and what constitutes creativity, with many thinking that they are creative in some way or other. The internet is awash with quotes on creativity attributed to scientific geniuses, old masters, artistic highflyers, successful entrepreneurs, and celebrities. However, when it comes to defining "creativity" we seem to struggle to put into words what it is that is required to "be" creative, how to "do" creativity, and often end up linking creativity to aesthetic artfulness or the processes of making (Sefton-Green and Sinker, 2000). In the context of education, publications explore the relationship between creativity, technology, and education (Henriksen et al., 2018), the link between creativity and environmental sustainability (Cheng, 2019), the role that school environments play regarding the development of creativity in education (Ahmadi et al., 2019), and, more broadly, the relationship that creativity plays in contemporary education (e.g., Kaplan, 2019). Research has also been undertaken to consider student and pupil experience of creativity (e.g., Matraeva et al., 2020).

In this presentation, we will outline the role of creativity in education, and what it means to be a creative thinker and learner in the 21st century. Rather than focussing on creativity among pupils, we emphasise the training and formation of future teachers and educationalists so that they will be equipped to foster creativity among their learners. Thus, we will share some of the practical strategies and initiatives used to train and support future educationalists in different educational contexts and country settings.

We begin by drawing on two main approaches to considering creativity: a socio-cultural manifesto (Glăveanu et al., 2020) and the third draft of the Creative Thinking Framework (OECD, 2019). Creativity is a psychological, social, and material phenomenon, is culturally mediated action, dynamic in its meaning and practice, meaningful and relational and fundamental for society (Glăveanu et al., 2020). And as such creativity, can be divided into "Big C" and "little c" creativity, thus deep expertise, higher level thinking on the one hand and everyday creativity on the other (OECD, 2019). We then introduce some specific examples from different countries and educational settings: Sweden, South Korea, Qatar, Chile, United States, China, and Aotearoa New Zealand.

We conclude our presentation with reflections on the complexity of educational settings and the dynamism of changing environments. We suggest that to prepare the next generation as twenty-first-century learners, we need to use creativity to rethink, restructure, recreate and reimagine solutions for a wide range of problems.

The presentation focuses specifically on the professional learning and development of educationalists in different countries. We show how the creative tasks and activities help improve adults' and children's learning, and under which conditions creativity becomes embedded in the professional learning and development of future educationalists. By focussing on a range of educational settings (initial teacher education for primary and secondary schools, educationalists training in and for higher education, library contexts), we demonstrate that fragmentation and difference in teaching and learning approaches may be an opportunity, as we learn from one another and develop professional development programmes in our contexts and settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The following sources/case studies will be used in the presentation: Sweden, South Korea, Qatar, Chile, United States, China, and Aotearoa New Zealand.

Sweden: We describe how in a course in the final semester of the preschool teacher programme called Playworld and Play as Phenomenon and Tool in Preschool Education educators work consciously with different tools to stimulate their students’ meta reflection over their own learning processes and to help them see the connection between theory and practice when it comes to creativity, imagination, and play (Eriksson Bergström et al. in: Brown et al., 2024).

South Korea: We present how a university, which trains elementary school teachers, has been working on a project to model how key competencies can be developed for pre-service teachers by using a resident art gallery within the university. The basic idea is to foster creativity through curriculum integration and collaboration around the exhibition (Ahn and Ohn in: Brown et al. 2024).

Qatar: We offer an insight into the educational context of the Qatar National Library in Doha, where librarians engage in professional development aligned with typical teacher training activities to improve children’s literacy and cognitive development with the help of creative reflective activities and lucky-dip story bags (Bullough in: Brown et al., 2024).

Chile: We report on teacher education in Chile, where creativity-related areas are given low importance in initial teacher training (Balbontín-Alvarado and Rivas-Morales in: Brown et al., 2024).

United States: We show how students on a teacher education programme are not only taught culturally sustained pedagogy and critical thinking, but also focus on presenting their own understanding of social justice in creative assignments (Ramlackhan in: Brown et al., 2024).

China: We present how creativity is taught to future kindergarten teachers through the Kindergarten Curriculum incorporating Chinese traditional culture in Shanghai Normal University TianHua college (Gao et al. in: Brown et al., 2024).

Aotearoa New Zealand: We focus on the teaching practice of a dance educator in dance studies at the University of Auckland, where creativity comes in the form of the creative process of dancemaking (Knox in: Brown et al., 2024).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For teachers and educationalists to be able to foster creativity among their learners, we need to ensure that training programmes and professional development activities embed relevant activities. In most cases, educators find a way of modelling best practices and setting tasks that require creative-critical-reflective thinking and the active application of creativity. The case studies also show that an open discussion of what constitutes creativity is required, as definitions and understanding of creativity as a concept vary, not just across but also within different countries and educational settings.
The framework of the direct juxtaposition of viewpoints from different countries enables educationalists to learn from one another and therefore continue their personal professional development in the context of didactics and pedagogy. What may work in one setting, for example the choreographic pedagogy in dance education does not necessarily work in another, and yet, it may. In this respect, we ourselves are required to look at the cases creatively and draw from them for our own circumstances.
Ultimately, we suggest that a reform in education that propositions the interrelationships between education and the political, cultural and social spheres is essential. The case studies in this presentation offer vignettes to demonstrate various ways in which educators push boundaries to make this happen in different contexts around the world. In its entirety this presentation offers a step towards a greater recognition of the value of creativity for the future.

References
Ahmadi, N., Peter, L., Lubart, T., and Besançon, M. 2019. ‘School environments: Friend or foe for creativity education and research?’. In Creativity Under Duress in Education? Resistive theories, practices, and actions, edited by C. A. Mullen, 255–66. Cham: Springer.
Brown, N., Ince, A., and Ramlackhan, K. (eds.). 2024. Creativity in Education: International Perspectives. London: UCL Press.
Ahn, K. and Ohn, J.D.: 41-55.
Balbontín-Alvarado, R. and Rivas-Morales, C.: 63-75.
Eriksson Bergström, S., Menzel-Kühne, S. and Lundgren, M.: 13-30.
Gao, M., Zhou, J. and Zhang, Y.: 139-161.
Knox, S.: 167-190.
Ramlackhan, K.: 113-131.
Cheng, V. M. 2019. ‘Developing individual creativity for environmental sustainability: Using an everyday theme in higher education’, Thinking Skills and Creativity, 33: 100567.
Glăveanu, V. P., Hanchett Hanson, M., Baer, J., Barbot, B., Clapp, E. P., Corazza, G. E., Hennessey, B., Kaufman, J. C., Lebuda, I., Lubart, T. Monuori, A., Ness, I. J., Plucker, J., Reoter-Palmon, R., Sierra, Z., Simonton, D. K., Neves-Pereira, M. S., and Sternberg, R. J. 2020. ‘Advancing creativity theory and research: A socio-cultural manifesto’, Journal of Creative Behavior, 54(3): 741–5.
Henriksen, D., Henderson, M., Creely, E., Ceretkova, S., Černochová, M., Sendova, E., and Tienken, C. H. 2018. ‘Creativity and technology in education: An international perspective’, Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 23(3): 409–24.
Kaplan, D. E. 2019. ‘Creativity in education: Teaching for creativity development’, Psychology, 10(2): 140–7.
Matraeva, A. D., Rybakova, M. V., Vinichenko, M. V., Oseev, A. A., and Ljapunova, N. V. 2020. ‘Development of creativity of students in higher educational institutions: Assessment of students and experts’, Universal Journal of Educational Research, 8(1): 8–16.
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). 2019. PISA 2021 creative thinking framework: Third draft. Paris: OECD.
Sefton-Green, J., and Sinker, R. (eds). 2000. Evaluating Creativity: Making and learning by young people. London and New York: Routledge.
Shao, Y., et al. 2019. ‘How does culture shape creativity? A mini-review’, Frontiers in Psychology. Accessed 7 July 2023. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01219.
 
15:15 - 16:4501 SES 02 B: Mathematics & Literacy
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ireta Čekse
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

What Does a Teacher Team Learn About the Use of Effective Collaborative Problem Solving in Maths Using Proactive Action Research?

Kate Ferguson-Patrick1, Beathe Liebech-Lien2

1University of Newcastle, Australia; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Ferguson-Patrick, Kate; Liebech-Lien, Beathe

Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) is an impactful pedagogy in maths classrooms but it is rarely used, particularly in the younger years of schooling in primary maths classrooms (Luckin et al., 2017). OECD reports and PISA testing (Program for International Student Assessment [PISA], 2015) have highlighted the importance of both collaboration and problem solving as crucial 21st century skills in diverse classrooms. Cooperative Learning (CL) is one type of pedagogy that helps to develop collaboration and by using CPS in classrooms, teachers can aim to develop their students’ social and cognitive skills. Cooperative learning is a pedagogy designed to ensure all students participate to meet a common goal and has five essential elements to ensure it is effective (Gillies, 2003; Gillies & Ashman, 1996; Johnson & Johnson, 1994). It enables students to develop the skills of collaboration and be a resource for each other’s learning, so provides the opportunity for students to collaborate in problem solving activities. Both collaborative and problem-solving skills are essential especially as teachers need to be “better at preparing students to live and work in a world in which most people will need to collaborate with people from different cultures, and appreciate a range of ideas and perspectives” (OECD, 2017, p.5).

The paper explores the importance of supporting teachers’ learning and practice with CPS. Theories of learning (Piaget, 1959; Vygotsky, 1978) have shown clearly that children learn through collaboration (Williams & Sheridan, 2006). Cooperative Learning (CL) is a pedagogical approach that reflects the importance of a collaborative culture which allows students to develop both cognitive and social outcomes (Gillies, 2003; Johnson et al., 1990; Slavin, 1995). Teachers need to therefore plan activities that require their students to be engaged in dialogue, consider different perspectives, encourage tolerance and respect and develop interpersonal relationships. Problem solving activities also promote these skills and this research project examines the issues around Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) as one type of collaborative activity in classrooms to develop these skills and competences as a best practice pedagogy in maths.

The PISA 2015 framework defines CPS competency ‘as the capacity of an individual to effectively engage in a process whereby two or more agents attempt to solve a problem by sharing the understanding and effort required to come to a solution and pooling their knowledge, skills and efforts to reach that solution’ (Fiore et al., 2017, p.2). Collaborative problem solving (CPS) is composed of two main elements: collaborative, involving sharing or social aspects alongside knowledge or cognitive aspects. Thus, the primary distinction between individual problem solving and collaborative problem solving is the social component. This involves the use of communication, shared identification of the problem, negotiation and the management of relationships.

CPS is different to from other forms of collaboration having a group goal that needs to be achieved with the solution requiring problem solving, needing team members to contribute to the solution, and evaluation required to see whether the group goal has been achieved. It is important to ensure that there are various roles as well as ensuring activities of the team members are interdependent so that a single person cannot solve the group goal alone. The collaborative activities therefore require communication, coordination, and cooperation.

This paper examines how a small teacher team developed effective collaborative problem solving (CPS) lessons in their primary maths classrooms. It explores the following research question: How are teachers able to explore the use of effective CPS maths activities in a Professional Learning Network (PLN) and explore their students’ cooperative skills using a proactive action research approach?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants were a team of five primary school teachers who taught in a small primary school in a regional city in Australia. The team all taught in the same stage (age group) of students who were between 10 and 12 years old. All teachers were keen to explore CPS in Maths and see what kind of difference it could make to their students’ cooperative skills. As a teacher team, they also explored the benefits in being a part of a PLN. After a series of professional learning sessions with teachers that focussed on CPS maths implementation and resources teachers were asked to undertake one CPS lesson a week in their classroom.   Proactive action research methodology was used (Schmuck, 2006) with the teachers learning about this approach in two sessions of two hours professional learning sessions that also covered: What is collaboration? What is CL? What is collaborative problem solving (CPS)? How can I use CPS in my maths classroom? How can I share my learning in a teacher team to develop my understandings of CPS? What do I notice about my students’ CL skills after implementing CPS in my classroom?  It is important in a proactive action research process for teachers to consider how they can move their class forward as they try out this new pedagogy as well as determine how to support each other in the team.
The participants were also connected through a closed Facebook group as a PLN to allow the researchers to see how the teacher team encouraged “knowledge sharing and creation as well as the development of new practices and the joint trial and refinement of these practices” (Poortman et al., 2022, p.96). Teacher reflections were also collected once a week from each teacher by email or through a shared Google Drive.
The teacher team also came together for a final focus group interview to collect their final reflections on the project and also allowing analysis of how teachers collaborated in a PLN. They learned about teacher collaboration as their students learned about student collaboration.
The researchers then examined the focus group transcript and teacher reflections using reflexive thematic analysis (TA) (Braun & Clarke, 2006). As highlighted by Byrne (2022), ‘The reflexive approach to TA highlights the researcher’s active role in knowledge production (Braun and Clarke 2019). Codes are understood to represent the researcher’s interpretations of patterns of meaning across the dataset’ (p.1393).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We explored the types of social skills required in CPS as reported by the teachers and how these were developed during the CPS maths activities as they explored their approaches to CPS teaching and learning in their action research cycles. Their reflective observations, as well interactions with other teachers in the team, allowed them to make sense of the pedagogy and consider how others understood the process of introducing CPS. Cycles continued throughout the process of experimentation with many teachers demonstrating their understanding of the need for development of explicit teaching of social skills. Some of them used specific techniques to teach these skills, which had been taught to them during the PD sessions.  Skills and strategies they observed included turn taking, everyone doing their part / allowing everyone to contribute/ accountability/ delegating, sharing resources or workload as well as mention of active and equal participation.
As the teacher team developed their skills in CPS in Maths they also utilised each other in a PLN experimenting with CPS in terms of grouping sizes and realising the need at times step back to allow for failure also encouraging their students to reflect and encourage perseverance in solving CPS tasks.
They often shared resources, recommendations, experiences and strategies with each other on the Facebook page as well as verbalised how they would retry activities in different ways to see which ones worked better. The Facebook Group allowed them to see the activities as well as learn about them.
Being a part of PLN helped them develop trust as they were involved in common structured activities together, as they implemented CPS in their classrooms. It also invigorated them as teachers and ensured that as a well-functioning PLN they were more likely to be reflective and willing to innovate (Stoll & Seashore Louis, 2007).

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56(3), 1391-1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y
Fiore, S., Graesser, A., Greiff, S., Griffin, P., Gong, B., Kyllonen, P., Massey, C., O'Neil, H., Pellegrino, J., Rothman, R., Soulé, H., & von Davier, A. (2017). Collaborative Problem Solving: Considerations for the National Assessment of Educational Progress Collaborative Problem Solving: Considerations for the National Assessment of Educational Progress.
Gillies, R. (2003). Structuring cooperative group work in classrooms. International Journal of Educational Research, 39(1-2), 35-49.
Johnson, D., & Johnson, R. (1994). Learning Together and Alone: Cooperative, competitive and individualistic learning. Allyn and Bacon.
Johnson, D., Johnson, R., & Holubec, E. (1990). Circles of learning: cooperation in the classroom. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.
OECD. (2017). Collaborative problem Solving PISA in Focus (2017/78). OECD. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/collaborative-problem-solving_cdae6d2e-en
Piaget, J. (1959). Language and thought of the child. Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Poortman, C., Brown, C., & Schildkamp, K. (2022). Professional learning networks: a conceptual model and research opportunities. Educational Research, 64(1), 95-112. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2021.1985398
Program for International Student Assessment [PISA]. (2015). PISA 2015 Collaborative Problem Solving. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/innovation/collaborative-problem-solving/
Schmuck, R. (2006). Practical Action research for Change. Corwin.
Slavin, R. (1995). The Cooperative Elementary School: Effects on Students' Achievement, Attitudes, and Social Relations. American Educational Research Journal, 32(1), 321-351.
Stoll, L., & Seashore Louis, K. (2007). Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas. Open University Press.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in Society: the development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press.
Williams, P., & Sheridan, S. (2006). Collaboration as One Aspect of Quality: A perspective of collaboration and pedagogical quality in educational settings. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(1), 83-93.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

What Categories Do facilitators with Varying Levels of Facilitation Expertise Apply When Noticing a Fictional PD Situation?

Victoria Shure, Malte Lehmann, Vanessa Bialy, Bettina Roesken-Winter

Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Shure, Victoria; Lehmann, Malte

Mathematics teacher education has long been the focus of educational research. Much attention has been paid to university studies and training in schools in the early years (e.g. TEDS-M, Döhrmann et al., 2012). In recent years, the continuing development of teachers already working in schools has also become increasingly important. Professional development (PD) courses are crucial for advancing mathematics education, enriching teachers’ skills, and overall enhancing mathematics instruction (Prediger et al., 2022). Facilitators play a pivotal role in this process, significantly influencing teacher learning (e.g., Borko et al., 2011). Notably, facilitator expertise, particularly their ability to engage in noticing during PD courses, is instrumental in supporting teachers’ effective learning. Following van Es and Sherin's (2002) framework, noticing includes recognizing the significance of a situation, establishing connections between interactions and broader teaching principles, and using contextual knowledge to reason about interactions.

Facilitator expertise in PD settings, essential for navigating complex instructional scenarios, has been explored by Zaslavsky and Leikin (1999). However, recent research tends to overlook content-specific considerations while focusing mostly on generic aspects, relevant for different subjects (Prediger et al., 2022). To address this gap, our study focuses on content-related PD, examining facilitators' categories like pedagogical content knowledge on the PD level (PCK-PD) and general pedagogical knowledge on the PD level (GPK-PD). Particularly, we analyze how facilitators categorize a fictional PD situation.

The concept of noticing for teachers (van Es & Sherin, 2002) is also transferable to facilitators and PD settings. This transferability can be seen when aligning this framework with the PID-model proposed by Kaiser et al. (2015), which highlights situation-specific skills such as the perception of events, interpretation of activities, and making of decisions. In a PD setting, similarly to in a classroom situation, perception, interpretation, and decision-making are central processes of a diagnostic competence and skilled navigation of facilitation and teaching (Hoth et al., 2016).

In considering the expertise that facilitators bring to PD settings, frameworks for examining teachers’ expertise have been lifted to the facilitator level (Prediger et al., 2022). Specific to mathematics content-related facilitator expertise, Prediger et al. (2022) applied a content-related framework for teacher expertise (Prediger, 2019) to the facilitator level. The framework includes jobs as typical and complex situational demands that are connected to the facilitation of specific mathematics PD content. Furthermore, practices are seen as recurring patterns of facilitators’ utterances and actions for handling the jobs and are influenced by underlying categories, pedagogical tools, orientations, and situative goals. In regards to the knowledge that determines the facilitators’ categories or categorial perception and thinking that impacts the facilitators’ practices, this knowledge is connected to their pedagogical content knowledge for teachers’ professional development (PCK-PD). Such PCK-PD consists of the knowledge the facilitators have relative to teachers’ learning. More general pedagogical knowledge on the PD level (GPK-PD) refers to the knowledge facilitators have in relation to the management and instruction of PD courses such as related to motivational aspects (Prediger et al., 2022)

In considering these underpinning aspects concerning noticing and facilitator expertise, we pursued the following research questions as a way of examining the expertise and needs of the facilitators in a mathematics PD and qualification program, and specifically, as a means of examining the PCK-PD and GPK-PD that facilitators demonstrate when noticing:

1) How do experienced facilitators engage in noticing of a fictional PD situation?

2) How do less experienced facilitators engage in noticing of a fictional PD situation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample

In total, 156 mathematics facilitators participated in the PD qualification program for facilitators that lasts the first year of a ten year program for the qualification and professional development of mathematics facilitators and teachers. Seventy-two of the facilitators had experience leading 10 or more mathematics PD courses, while 84 of the facilitators had facilitated fewer than 10 PD courses.

Instrument

The facilitators were provided with a situated instrument, containing a fictional dialogue of three mathematics teachers in a PD who discuss the use of a learning application (app) as a means of supporting student learning. The teachers in the fictional dialogue champion less productive ways of using apps, by emphasizing short-term and motivational benefits of the app, while not reflecting on the lack of construction of conceptual understanding, means of promoting cognitive activation, ways to monitor students’ learning progress, and the development of a learning environment that stimulates communication. The facilitators were asked: 1) Briefly describe what stands out to you about this discussion amongst teachers in a PD? 2) How would you interpret the statements of the three teachers? 3) As a facilitator, how would you respond? Questions 1 and 2 prompted the facilitators to perceive and interpret the situation while question 3 provided the facilitators with the opportunity to show their decision-making concerning the situation.

Data analysis

The experienced and less experienced facilitators’ responses to questions 1, 2, and 3 were analyzed in terms of their categories for perceiving, interpreting, and deciding to act upon the situation. Thereby, the facilitators’ general pedagogical knowledge (GPK-PD) and pedagogical content knowledge (PCK-PD) were distinguished (Prediger et al., 2022). The five principles of the PD were deductively coded with respect to the facilitators’ PCK-PD: conceptual focus, cognitive demand, student focus and adaptivity, longitudinal coherence, and enhanced communication. Each code was rated as 0 (category not addressed in response) or 1 (category was addressed in response). In considering the facilitators’ GPK-PD, their responses were inductively coded, yielding six categories: atmospheric argumentation, general digital media focus, methodological individualization, short-term success, affective-motivational aspects, and general description. The different PCK-PD and GPK-PD subcategories were assigned to facilitators’ perception/interpretation of the PD situation (questions 1 and 2), as well as to their decision-making (question 3). After several rounds of discussion, a Cohen’s (1960) kappa between k = .88 and k = .94 for inter-rater reliability for the coding was reached by the research team.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results

Concerning the first research question, it can be observed that the experienced facilitators refer to both PCK-PD and GPK-PD in both perception/interpretation and decision-making (P/I-PCK-PD: M=0.77(0.86); P/I-GPK-PD: M=1.37(1.09); D-PCK-PD: M=0.82 (1.08); D-GPK-PD: M=1.14(0.94)).

The second research question reveals that the less experienced facilitators also use both PCK-PD and GPK-PD. Here, too, it can be seen that GPK-PD is used more frequently than PCK-PD when noticing the situation. However, the difference between these two is greater than with the experienced facilitators (P/I-PCK-PD: M=0.52(0.77); P/I-GPK-PD: M=1.53(1.05); D-PCK-PD: M=0.64(1.06); D-GPK-PD: M=1.36(0.89)).

An experienced facilitator statement exemplifies what a strong PCK-PD focus for perception/interpretation encompasses: “Ms. M. and Mr. M. are pleased that the app contains tasks at different levels and adapts to the individual learning level of the children. No one makes a statement about whether the app works in an understanding-oriented way (e.g. with representations) and whether the levels of representation are interlinked, but this does not seem to be the case. This should be discussed with the teachers.” The statement from a less experienced facilitator exhibits their focus on GPK-PD for decision-making: “I would try to emphasize the positive aspects of the app and assuage potential fears or motivate people to try it out.”

Contribution

By uncovering differences in how facilitators with varying levels of experience engaged in approximated noticing of a PD situation, this research, in using a situated approach, provides insights into designing qualification programs as based on facilitators’ needs. Thereby, an emphasis on PCK-PD can be integrated into the qualification program so that less experienced facilitators can be better prepared for leading PD. However, it also shows that even experienced facilitators need support. By aligning the design of qualification programs with the needs of the participating facilitators, facilitators will be better prepared to offer PD for teachers.

References
Borko, H., Koellner, K., Jacobs, J., & Seago, N. (2011). Using video representations of teaching in practice-based professional development programs. ZDM Mathematics Education, 43(1), 175-187. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-010-0302-5

Cohen, J. (1960). A coefficient of agreement for nominal scales. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20(1), 37-46.

Döhrmann, M., Kaiser, G., & Blömeke, S. (2012). The conceptualisation of mathematics competencies in the international teacher education study TEDS-M. ZDM Mathematics Education, 44(3), 325-340.

Hoth, J., Döhrmann, M., Kaiser, G., Busse, A., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2016). Diagnostic competence of primary school mathematics teachers during classroom situations. ZDM Mathematics Education, 48(1), 41-53.

Kaiser, G., Busse, A., Hoth, J., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2015). About the complexities of video-based assessments: Theoretical and methodological approaches to overcoming shortcomings of research on teachers’ competence. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 369-387.

Prediger, S. (2019). Promoting and investigating teachers’ pathways towards expertise for language-responsive mathematics teaching.  Mathematics Education Research Journal, 31, 367-392. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13394-019-00258-1

Prediger, S., Roesken-Winter, B., Stahnke, R., & Pöhler, B. (2022). Conceptualizing content-related PD facilitator expertise. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 25, 403-428. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-021-09497-1

van Es, E. A., & Sherin, M. G. (2002). Learning to notice: Scaffolding new teachers’ interpretations of classroom interactions. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 10(4), 571-596.

Walshaw, M., & Anthony, G. (2008). The teacher’s role in classroom discourse: A review of recent research into mathematics classrooms. Review of Educational Research, 78(3), 516-551. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308320292

Zaslavsky, O. & Leikin, R. (1999). Interweaving the training of mathematics teacher educators and the professional development of mathematics teachers. In O. Zaslavsky (Ed.), Proceedings of the 23rd Conference of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education (Vol. 1, pp. 143-158). PME.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Literacy Resilience: Unveiling the Nexus of Linguistic Literacy and Self-Regulation in Learning

Alisa Amir

Ahva Academic College, Israel

Presenting Author: Amir, Alisa

Two fundamental assumptions underpin the current research. Firstly, every learning interaction is inherently a literate interaction. This signifies that students are expected to proficiently and flexibly navigate various modes, both spoken and written, in order to convey thoughts and emotions, formulate ideas and opinions, defend arguments, present information clearly and concisely, and effectively engage in quality communication tailored to specific goals, circumstances, and target audiences (Berman & Ravid, 2008; Tolcinski, 2022).

The second assumption - every learning interaction encompasses processes related to Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) and Executive functions. SRL is essential in the learning process of students, as it enables them to manage and oversee their entire learning process (Jansen et al., 2019; Lichtinger & Kaplan, 2011; Pintrich, 2000; Zimmerman et al., 2023). The self-regulation process consists of three phases: the preparatory phase, where students plan before learning; the performance phase, where students employ cognitive strategies to successfully complete tasks; and the appraisal phase, where students reflect on their learning, evaluate the effectiveness of their strategies, and consider adjustments for future study sessions (Jansen et al., 2019; Pintrich, 2000; Puustinen & Pulkkinen, 2001; Zimmerman et al., 2023). These processes also encompass executive functions, which are a set of higher-order cognitive processes necessary for directing goal-oriented behaviors and tasks that are not carried out automatically (Spencer, 2020). Executive functions are particularly important in performing complex tasks like reading comprehension and writing (Ravid & Tolchinsky, 2002). Skilled readers, for instance, must exercise control over their reading process, ensuring comprehension and employing diverse strategies (Landi,2012). Written expression also necessitates organization, planning, control, and the ability to analyze task requirements, make decisions, and allocate attention (Flower & Hayes, 1981; Kaplan et al., 2009).

These fundamental assumptions are the basis for building the student's literacy resilience. In this study, resilience is examined from both a linguistic literacy and a metacognitive perspective. It focuses on the learners' ability to navigate educational tasks that demand both literacy skills and self-regulated learning (SRL). These skills collectively form the foundation for cultivating literacy resilience. When a student approaches a literacy task while applying meta-strategic knowledge, they will be able to unlock their literacy resilience and autonomously manage such challenges without requiring the intervention of a teacher. This approach is not contingent upon previous failures but is seamlessly integrated into the standard learning routine.

Hence, it is crucial to comprehend the concept of literacy resilience, the methods for constructing and nurturing it, and the implications of fostering literacy resilience on teachers' lesson planning, classroom discourse, and students' approaches to their assignments.

This study establishes a theoretical connection between linguistic literacy, Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) skills, Executive function and meta-strategic knowledge. In this article, a comprehensive definition of literacy resilience, will be presented. Additionally, an analysis will be presented to evaluate teachers' perceptions of their students' levels of literacy resilience.

The term "literacy resilience" (LR) is based on a theoretical connection between linguistic literacy, meta-strategic knowledge and self-regulated learning (SRL) skills. A combined definition of resilience is the ability to persevere in the face of challenges and cope with difficult situations through a set of processes that allow for better results despite the presence of significant threats / difficulties Linguistic literacy skills anchored in SRL are the cornerstones of the learner's literacy resilience (Amir & Heaysman, 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
383 participants  -  teachers who chose to attend a lecture or a PD (Professional Development) course about literacy that was provided by the  Ministry of Education.
The teachers filled out a questionnaire that was developed specifically for this study. The questionnaire consists of Likert scale questions with the following ratings: 1 (neither/neither), 2 (to a small degree/infrequently), 3 (to a large degree/frequently), and 4 (to an extremely great degree/always). Each question was based on one of the aforementioned facets of the definition of literacy resilience.  The Cronbach's α for internal reliability test confirmed high reliability  = 0.938.
Data Analysis
In order to answer the two research questions, first, a descriptive statistical analyses was conducted for each section of the questionnaire, including the mean, standard deviation, and range (minimum and maximum). Second, for each of the indices, three level-based categories were established: low, medium, and high. In the initial phase, the mean of each participant's statements for each index was determined. In the second step, the averages in each index into three categories were sorted: low, medium, and high. The low level included averages between 1 and 1.99, medium between 2 and 2.99, and high between 3 and 4. Thirdly, the frequency of each category was determined (low, medium, and high). Lastly, using ANOVA, the prevalence between age groups was compared.
1. The literacy resilience level of students:
(a) To what extent do teachers perceive their students as literately resilient?
(b) Will there be differences between the perception of teachers in different education levels (elementary, middle, and high school) regarding their students' literacy resilience?
(c) Will there be differences between teachers from different disciplines in their perception of their students' literacy resilience?
2. Will there be a connection between the degree of importance attributed to literacy resilience by teachers and their perception of the level of literacy resilience of their students?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In examining the first research question pertaining to the level of literacy resilience of the students, it was discovered that the vast majority of teachers, regardless of education level or discipline, perceive the level of literacy resilience of the students to be low. According to the teachers, students require a great deal of assistance when completing assignments, as they have difficulty identifying their difficulties in a focused manner, are unfamiliar with suitable coping strategies for tasks requiring linguistic literacy skills.
This finding has implications for both the pedagogical-didactic and professional development aspects of teacher education. They present teachers with significant challenges of theoretical and practical knowledge as well as beliefs (Dignath & Buttner, 2018; Lawson et al., 2019). Therefore, it is essential to have professional development for teachers, based on aspects of literacy resilience, which include the development of linguistic literacy skills and SRL.
In examining the second research question - Examining the relationship between the variables revealed no correlation between the importance teachers place on literacy resilience and the perceived level of literacy resilience of students. they still perceive the students' level of literacy resilience as low.
Why is it crucial to foster literacy resilience?
Independent learner development is the pinnacle of education and a global trend  (OECD, 2021). Literacy resilience enables students to become independent learners. A learner with literacy resilience will be able to navigate the technology-rich 21st century, manage his learning, plan a complete learning process from beginning to end, know how to ask questions, employ appropriate strategies, and monitor the process. It is an active process in which learners act as their own learning agents and are conscious of the process: they plan and manage the learning, observe their actions, evaluate their situation, and direct their actions accordingly.

References
Amir. A, Heaysman, O. (2022). Literacy Resilience – how do teachers perceive it? Oryanut vesafa. 9, 81-96. (In Hebrew).

Jansen, R. S., Van Leeuwen, A., Janssen, J., Jak, S., & Kester, L. (2019). Self-regulated learning partially mediates the effect of self-regulated learning interventions on achievement in higher education: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 28, 100292.‏

Kaplan, A., Lichtinger, E., & Gorodetsky, M. (2009). Achievement goal orientations and self-regulation in writing: An integrative perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101(1), 51.‏
Landi, N. (2012). Learning to read words: Understanding the relationship between reading ability, lexical quality, and reading context. In Reading-From words to multiple texts (pp. 17-33). Routledge.‏
Lichtinger, E., & Kaplan, A. (2011). Purpose of engagement in academic self-regulation. SRL, (126).‏
Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451-502). Academic Press.‏
Ravid, D., & Tolchinsky, L. (2002). Developing linguistic literacy: A comprehensive model. Journal of Child Language, 29, 419-448. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0305000902005111
Zimmerman, B. J., Greenberg, D., & Weinstein, C. E. (2023). Self-regulating academic study time: A strategy approach. In Schunk, D. H., & Zimmerman, B. J. (Eds.), Self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 181-199). Routledge.
 
15:15 - 16:4501 SES 02 C: Action Research
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hasmik Kyureghyan
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Self-Study for Empowering Interns' Commitment to School Teaching

Gilat Katz

David Yellin Academic Col, Israel

Presenting Author: Katz, Gilat

My presentation will focus on self-study as a tool for the professional development of teacher educators. For the last 12 years I work as an interns’ supervisor during their teaching internship year. I am also a member of a teacher educator's action research workshop that is supported by MOFET (The National Institute for Research and Development in Education) and led by Michal Zellermayer (2019). As part of my participation in the teacher educator's action research workshop, I have been writing a weekly diary journal following each internship workshop session, to be read and discussed by my colleagues in the action research group. In every meeting we discuss the practical and theoretical conceptualizations of the events described in our journals. Through my journal I have developed the kind of self-awareness that is not based solely on reflection, but also on observing the mutual interactions between myself and the social fields of my activity. This process made me reconsider my practice. I developed a passion for writing. I felt that writing stimulated me to deepen and expands my learning and helped me to proceed more accurately in my work with my students. That feeling was supported by the writing of Judy Williams that "journaling as a self-study method helps researchers to keep the focus on the self in a self-study, while also considering the range of contextual factors that influence the process of professional becoming" (Williams, 2021, p.61).

The main issue that bothered me was how I should guide the interns in crossing the boundaries between the academy and the internship schools, in view of the fact that I do not see them in their schools. The interns cope with conflicts in their schools, with pupils, parents and staff. These conflicts lead them to be ambivalent about their decision to become a teacher. My challenge is to help them deal with these conflicts and to maintain their active participance in our workshop and in the internship schools.

In the action research group we were introduced to Cultural-historical-activity theory, a powerful tool for conceptualizing our practice. In my study I particularly focused on the writings of Etienne Wenger (1998/ 2010), who claims that engagement in a social practice is the fundamental process by which we learn and so develop our professional identity. From Wenger I learnt that knowledge is situated within the social practices of a community members, rather than something which exists “out there” in books. Wenger (1998), expresses the connections between two important concepts: participation and reification. Participation consists of the activity; the act of doing something or taking part, and the belonging that is established through connecting with other participants. Reification is the expression of knowledge though concrete artifacts, such as forms, symbols, stories, and concepts. These two concepts enabled me to discover the value of my practice and better understand how I can empower the intern’s participation in my workshop and their commitment to their school teaching. My self-study helped me identify the actions I take for reification and how they contribute to the participation of the interns in the workshop. I learnt that I tend to draw on my interns’ practical challenges. I try to strengthen their affiliation to the school by making them more aware of its culture and agenda. We go through problem-solving processes regarding administrative school demands. I urge them to initiate meaningful communication with their mentors and suggest that they rely more on horizontal collegial relationships with other schoolteachers. While doing so, I use reification. In my presentation I will demonstrate the acts of reification that I initiated and interns responses to them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants include me and the interns who work in high schools around the country: 3 men and 10 women who are 25-56 years old. For 6 of them this is a second career.
This self-study integrates recurring cycles of action and reflection, theory and practice, to solve authentic problems and promote personal growth (Zellermayer, 2019). For this research I used a qualitative research approach and research data collecting tools:
1. The diary journal, in which I report and reflect on activities that take place in the internship workshop and on the conversations that we in these sessions as well as in individual meetings with specific interns.
2 . Reflective journals written by interns that describe events in their work
3 . WhatsApp interactions with individuals interns and groups, containing dilemmas and instructions.
The study was approved by the ethics committee of the college.
From the data collected with the above tools, three research questions emerged:
 1. How should I guide the interns in crossing the boundaries between the academy and the internship school, in view of the fact that I do not see them in their schools?
 2. How can I reconceptualize my practice so that it becomes more coherent to me and to other academic audiences?
3. Which self-development circles did my action research lead to?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The present study makes visible the dialectics between reification and participation and how it became a support system for my students while crossing the boundaries between the academy and the internship schools.
 The self-study action research succeeded in promoting my understanding of the practices that enhance interns’ commitment to their internship schools and their engagement in the internship workshop.
Writing the diary journal allowed me to better understand my role and responsibilities to my interns and how I can improve my practice. In my writing I often relate to the theoretical discussions that takes place in the action research community with illustrations from my own work.
From my diary journal, I learnt that I use reification such as poems and videos that can help the interns develop a more positive attitude to their internship. I noticed that they take advantage of the tools that are available for them at their schools and in their communities. As their commitment to the school grows they expand their participation in the school’s activities: initiate interactions with parents, monitor matriculation exams.
My purpose is to share insights and understandings from my self-study with other teacher educators interested in interns’ supervision, as well as to commend self-study as an important tool for teacher educators’ professional development. I began by sharing my diary journal with the other participants of my action research group who provided helpful response. As I progressed in my study, I expanded my audience: I shared my study with my college colleagues who responded by forming a community of practice where the interns’ needs were discussed and then with colleagues from other teacher education colleges in Israel. These presentations became the three cycles of my professional learning. I feel ready now to share this professional learning process with an international audience.

References
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice; learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press.
Wenger, E. (2010). Communities of Practice and social learning systems: The Career of a concept. In: C. Blackmore (Ed), Social learning systems and communities of practice. Springer (pp. 179-198). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-84996-133-2_11
Williams, J (2021). Journal writing as a self-study method: Teacher educator professional learning and self-understanding. In J. Kitchen (Ed.), Writing as a method for the self-study of practice, (pp. 61-76).https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2498-8_4.
Zellermayer, M. (2019). Teacher research: From Kurt Lewin to self-study and collaborative learning communities. Dapim, 71, 21-54.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

“I Should Conduct Action Research More Often”: Kazakhstani Teacher Educators’ Professional Development through Action Research

Bridget Goodman1, Alexandra Nam1, Kathy Malone2, Almira Yembergenova1, Aigul Azhigaliyeva1, Aigerim Amrenova1

1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2University of Hawaii Manoa

Presenting Author: Goodman, Bridget; Yembergenova, Almira

Research on the development of research capacity for teacher educators is limited and mixed. Kelchtermans et al. (2018) argue based on their study of teacher educators from Belgium, Ireland, Israel, the Netherlands, Norway, United Kingdom, and the USA that professional development (PD) for teacher educators should emphasize real research activities. However, a recent study in Israel (Guberman & Zuzovsky, 2022) found that in research capacity development among teacher educators, “the unintended result was the separation of teaching from research” (p. 369). In Kazakhstan, scholars have documented efforts and challenges at transforming research and publication capacity over the past thirty years in national policy and institutional practice among university science professors and students (Kuzhabekova, 2022) and schoolteachers (Ayubayeva & McLaughlin, 2023), but not teacher educators to date.

Along with research reform in higher education, the Kazakhstani government has actively supported reform in STEM education. Moreover, as part of trilingual education reforms, the English language is viewed as a science language that facilitates integration into the global economy, and STEM subjects are to be taught through the English language. However, recent research shows that STEM teachers neither display high-quality or innovative skills in lesson planning and implementation of STEM (Goodman et al., 2023), nor are fully ready to teach STEM subjects in English (Manan et al., 2023). Whether teacher educators are prepared to support future STEM teachers in English in Kazakhstan remains an empirical question.

To address the twin issues of research capacity and pedagogical capacity building of teacher educators in Kazakhstani pedagogical universities, the authors present a study designed to answer the following main research question: How can action research contribute to development of new STEM and multilingual education practices in Kazakhstani teacher education institutions?

The data collection and analysis are framed through the combined lenses of action research and self-efficacy theory. Action research (Pine, 2009) consists of four phases of professional inquiry: 1) planning a change in practice and a means of documenting the change; 2) implementing the change; 3) observe the changes and consequences of the change; 4) reflecting on the process and consequences in order to consider new changes and action research designs. Self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997, as cited in Usher et al., 2023) refers to one’s beliefs about their capacity to perform tasks or skills, beliefs which are shaped by internal and external factors. Previous research has found the utility of using action research to promote self-efficacy of pre-service teachers (e.g., Cabaroglu, 2014) and in-service teachers (e.g., Kinskey, 2018) as part of their professional development. However, it has not been documented whether action research may facilitate self-efficacy in Kazakhstani teacher educators for whom both research methods and pedagogical practices may be relatively new.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed a multiple case study design (Yazan, 2015). Case selection (n=60) proceeded in two stages. First, the authors invited administrators from 4 pedagogical universities and 1 college which prepares primary school teachers from three regions of Kazakhstan to participate in a collaborative professional development project. These administrators were keen after an initial professional development course on research methods to further develop their understanding, and their faculty members’ understanding, of both research methods and either STEM or multilingual education practice. In the second stage, these administrators or delegated coordinators selected up to 20 teacher educators who were interested and available for professional development in STEM or multilingual education.

Data collection with the teacher educators proceeded in three phases: pre-action research, action research, and post-action research. For Phase One (November-December 2022), the authors conducted workshops on action research synchronously online or in person, and developed a pre-action research questionnaire which included open-ended questions on understanding, interest, and readiness for both action research and specific pedagogies for STEM and multilingual education. For Phase Two, based on content analysis (Prasad, 2019) of the pre-action research responses, the authors prepared videos in three languages (English, Russian, Kazakh) on STEM pedagogies and multilingual education pedagogies of interest and relevance to the teacher educators. After watching the videos, the teacher educators had opportunities to discuss the methods and theory with both authors and their peers during synchronous online meetings. Next, the teacher educators prepared--collaboratively with other teachers or individually--syllabi with at least one of the new pedagogies, and action research plans to assess the effectiveness of applying the pedagogies in their classrooms. The authors provided feedback to the teacher educators for both the developed syllabi and action research plans. In Phase Three, teacher educators implemented the revised lesson plan and action research plans, and completed a post-action research survey in summer 2023.

The responses from both open-ended surveys, alongside teachers’ syllabi and action research plans, were coded in NVivo software following the stages of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Results are presented based on individual responses and documents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis showed all the participants recognized the value of action research and reported the intention to use action research in their classrooms in the future. Some teachers already had the idea of the kind of action research they would want to conduct, either by implementing the action research plan they had prepared during the professional development or developing a new one. Some participants also expressed interest or intentions for collaborations on action research with other teachers, often from their educational institutions. This pattern was observed more among multilingual education professors than among STEM faculty. STEM teachers commented more on the utility of action research as a tool for developing their students’ research skills.

However, some participants seemed to display limited understanding of the complexity of action research. The analysis of feedback on action research plans that the workshop leaders gave to the teachers revealed that in developing action research plans the teachers struggled with defining the methods to use in their research and aligning research questions with the methodology and problem.

Preliminary analysis of post-action research survey responses showed that although all the participants reported interest in implementing action research in their classrooms, several participants thought that there might be challenges. The most frequently mentioned challenge to implementing action research were time constraints, complexity of the process of action research and lack of experience and skills for conducting it. Only a few participants felt highly confident in their capacity to conduct action research in the future. The results suggest a need for ongoing professional development support for action research, as well as need for administrators to carve out time for faculty members to collaborate on action research.

References
Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing teachers as researchers: Action research as a school development approach. In C. McLaughlin, L. Winter, & N. Yakavets, (Eds.), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan (pp. 189-202). Cambridge University Press.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101.
Cabaroglu, N. (2014). Professional development through action research: Impact on self-efficacy. System, 44, 79-88.
Goodman, B., Nam, A., Yembergenova, A., & Malone, K. (2023). Teaching Science in English in Secondary Schools in Kazakhstan: Policy and Practice Perspectives. In C. McLaughlin, L. Winter, & N. Yakavets, (Eds.), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan (pp. 59-74). Cambridge University Press.
Guberman, A., & Zuzovsky, R. (2022). The contribution of research units to research culture in Israeli teacher education colleges from unit members’ perspective. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 50(4), 357-371.
Kelchtermans, G., Smith, K., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Towards an ‘international forum for teacher educator development’: an agenda for research and action. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 120-134. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1372743
Kinskey, M. (2018). Using action research to improve science teaching self-efficacy, International Journal of Science Education, 40(15), 1795-1811, DOI:10.1080/09500693.2018.1502898
Kuzhabekova, A. (2022). Thirty years of research capacity development in Kazakhstani higher education. In M. Chankseliani, I. Fedyukin, &  I. Frumin (Eds.), Building research capacity at universities: Insights from Post-Soviet countries (pp. 225-244). Palgrave-Macmillan.
Manan, S. A., Mukhamediyeva, S., Kairatova, S., Tajik, M. A., & Hajar, A. (2023). Policy from below: STEM teachers’ response to EMI policy and policy-making in the mainstream schools in Kazakhstan. Current Issues in Language Planning, 1-21.
Pine, G. J. (2009). Teacher action research: Building knowledge democracies. Sage.
Prasad, B. D. (2019). Qualitative content analysis: Why is it still a path less taken? Forum: Qualitative Social Research/Sozialforschung, 20(3), Art. 36. http://dx.doi.org/10.17169/fqs-20.3.3392
Usher, E. L., Butz, A. R., Chen, X. Y., Ford, C. J., Han, J., Mamaril, N. A., Morris, D. B., Peura, P. & Piercey, R. R. (2023). Supporting self-efficacy development from primary school to the professions: A guide for educators, Theory Into Practice, 62(3), 266-278, DOI: 10.1080/00405841.2023.2226559
Yazan, B. (2015). Three approaches to case study methods in education: Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report, 20(1), 134-152.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Education and Development Policy Reforms in Armenia: What Place for the Teacher-Researcher?

Hasmik Kyureghyan1, Jacek Brant2

1Paradigma Educational Foundation; 2IoE, UCL's Faculty of Education and Society

Presenting Author: Kyureghyan, Hasmik; Brant, Jacek

Education policy reforms in Armenia enacted in 2021 have established a new state curriculum, a new structure and content of continued professional development (CPD) process which has a mandatory and voluntary options, and a qualification ranking system. These reforms have incorporated the notion of the ‘teacher as a researcher’ into the educational discourse in Armenia. This study examines how the notion of ‘teacher-researcher’ is conceptualised in the new education policy documents and how education policymakers plan to operationalise that concept.

Lawrence Stenhouse (1975), who is credited for developing the concept of teacher as researcher, asks teachers to engage in a ‘process model’ of curriculum innovation where professional and curricular development become the same enterprise. Stenhouse’s seminal conception of a ‘researching teacher’ will inform our examination of the Armenian education reforms. The central principle in Stenhouse’s work in curriculum development and research is his view of teachers as practitioners who, like artists, can improve their art through the practice of that art and whose professional judgment and imagination are strengthened by careful scrutiny of themselves and other artists at work. Curriculum development is a way of focusing the teacher’s inquiry in an experimental manner on important problems in teaching and learning; research is the process of inquiry by which teachers analyse and learn from practice. In Stenhouse's world, the right to play a part in the criticism and construction of professional knowledge is returned to the teacher, and students are persuaded to accept some responsibility for the authority of their knowing and their right to know.

Countries that have succeeded in making teaching an attractive profession have often done so not just through pay, but by raising the status of teaching, offering real career prospects, and giving teachers responsibility as professionals and leaders of reform. This requires teacher education that helps teachers become innovators and researchers in education, not just ‘deliverers’ of a curriculum (Schleicher, 2011). However, teacher research by itself is not enough to improve education, a more reflective and interpretive stance is required to enhance teacher professionalism (Leeman and Wardekker (2014), together with regaining a space for professional judgment (Biesta, 2015).

The most successful countries educationally make teaching an attractive, high-status profession and provide training for teachers to become educational innovators and researchers who have responsibility for reform. There is a need for professionalism in teaching and the professionalisation process by which one becomes a professional. Teacher research is an important element of both processes (Hollingsworth, 1992).

The lens that this research is looking at teachers and their professionalism is different from the “what works”, agenda that is to say, telling teachers what to do (e.g., Hattie, 2008). “What works” or evidence-based education limits the opportunities for educational practitioners to make judgments in a way that is sensitive to and relevant to their own contextualised settings (Biesta, 2007). Therefore, the lens that we look at in this research deals with teacher professionalism including its core elements such as agency and autonomy so that teachers are seen as content developers, creators, researchers, and artists (Stenhouse, 1975, 1983, 1985; Ruduck, 1988; Eisner, 1975a, b).

The research questions are as follows:

  1. How is the concept of ‘teacher as a researcher’ conceptualised in education policy documents?
  2. How Armenian educational policies are in line with European policy trends regarding teacher as a researcher concept?
  3. How do the policy makers see the concept and its operationalisation?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use a qualitative exploratory study methodology (Robson and McCartan, 2016) with an interpretive epistemology. This enables us to examine relevant policy documents and explore a deep understanding of the rationale behind the introduction of the ‘teacher as a researcher’ concept into a system where the autonomy and agency of teachers have been suppressed for decades (UNICEF, 2022; Kyureghyan, 2024).

An analysis of relevant policy documents and in-depth interviews with key stakeholders (policymakers and the Director of the National Centre for Education and Development) are employed.
The document analysis is used as the first stage of collecting data. The main dataset will be collected through in-depth interviews. It is common for studies employing qualitative methods, such as interviews within an interpretive epistemology, to use also documentary evidence as an additional source of data when this is both relevant and feasible (Bryman, 2012). As a type of documentary method, we use qualitative content analysis. Content analysis as a research technique frequently referred to in the literature as analysing the words, language or text in documents (e.g. Bryman, 2012). In our study, we use content analysis from a qualitative perspective as ‘word count’ or ‘statistical approach’ is not appropriate for the purposes of our study. Content analysis is the coding of text to extract categories and themes.
The content will be analysed inductively, and then a deductive stage will follow to compare and contrast the findings with the ones in the literature. A thematic analysis (Braun and Clarkes, 2006) will be used for the interview dataset to code and categorise the data.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teacher research is becoming an international trend and is seen as an integral aspect of teacher professionalism (Leeman and Wardekker, 2015). Involvement in curriculum development and research is a way of empowering teachers by allowing them a greater stake in the ownership of understanding. Meanwhile, there is a concern that the growing popularity of the ‘teachers as researchers’ movement will ensure that it will become yet another form of power and hierarchy inside the school or within the CPD process (Hollingsworth, 1992), as in the case of Armenia, becomes mandated, measured, and potentially meaningless to the actual improvement of practice or simply becomes a new process for reproducing existing ideas.
According to the initial analysis of the data, the teachers are perceived as agents of change. The relevant policies (e.g. CPD, qualification ranking) aim to empower teachers by providing them with the opportunity to engage in research practice and experiment (to some extent), which gives them more autonomy than they used to have. However, the autonomy to do research and the actual ability to do that are two different things. As of now, the usual practice is that teachers choose from a few available topics for research (an essay more accurately), with no experimentation, analysis and reflection. The data shows that introducing a teacher as a research concept within teacher qualifications and including teacher research into state-mandatory CPD programmes needs careful deliberation and consideration because its content and process can either powerfully influence the shape of teaching practice or just add additional burden on teachers without ensuring the benefits of such a practice.

References
Biesta, G. (2007). Why “what works” won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22. doi: 10.1111/j.1741–5446.2006.00241.x
Biesta, G. (2015). What is Education For? On Good Education, Teacher Judgement, and Educational Professionalism. European Journal of Education, March 2015, Vol. 50, No. 1 pp. 75-87
Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qual. Res. Psychol. 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Eisner, E. (1975a). Educational Connoisseurship and Criticism: Their form and functions in educational evaluation. Journal of Aesthetic Education Vol 10 No 3,4 pp135-150
Eisner, E. (1975b). The perceptive eye: towards the reformation of educational evaluation. The Stamford Evaluation Consortium Occasional Paper.
Hollingsworth, S. (1992). Teachers as researchers: A review of Literature. https://edwp.educ.msu.edu/research/wp-content/uploads/sites/10/2020/11/op142.pdf
Kyureghyan, H. (2024). Exploring teacher agency in the context of bottom-up teacher professional development conferences. [Doctoral dissertation, University College London].
Leeman, Y. and Wardekker, W. (2014). Teacher research and the aims of education, Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 20:1, 45-58, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2013.848516
RA MoESCS N 30-Ն (2022). Decree on Defining Teachers’ Professional Qualifications. https://www.arlis.am/documentview.aspx?docid=167157
Robson, C. and McCartan, K. (2016). Real World Research. Fourth Edition John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Ruduck, J. (1988). Changing the World of Classroom by Understanding it: Review of some aspects of the work by Lawrence Stenhouse.  Journal of Curriculum and Supervision. Vol 4 No 1,30-2. https://people.bath.ac.uk/edspd/Weblinks/MA_CS/PDFs/Session%205/Rudduck%201988%20JC&S.pdf
Schleicher, A. (2011), Building a High-Quality Teaching Profession: Lessons from around the World, OECD Publishing.
Stenhouse, L. A. (1975). An Introduction to Curriculum Research and Development.
Stenhouse, L . A. (1983) Authority, Education and Emancipation. London: Heinemann.
Stenhouse, L.A. (1985). "Can Research Improve Teaching" In Research as a Basis for Teaching: Readings from the Work of Laurence Stenhouse. Ed Jean Rudduck and David Hopkins (London. Heinemann Educational Books, 1985), p 40.
UNICEF (2022a). Comprehensive Analysis of Teacher Management System in Armenia. https://www.unicef.org/armenia/media/15136/file/Analysis%20of%20School%20Teacher%20Management%20System%20in%20Armenia.pdf
 
15:15 - 16:4502 SES 02 A: Migration and Transition
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marlise Kammermann
Session Chair: Horacy Debowski
Symposium
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Migrants' Transition to Successful Pathways and Integration: Supportive Mechanisms and Barriers

Chair: Marlise Kammermann (Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training)

Discussant: Horacy Debowski (SGH Warsaw School of Economics and Central Examination Board)

Migration has become an increasingly discussed topic among all spheres of life be it policy circles, media or the general public. Further, migration has been greatly politicised as during the past years Europe has experienced considerable number of migrants arriving. It is therefore in the individual countries' interest that the migrant population is socially and economically integrated, hence engage with education and training, and employment. Migrants arrive to European countries with different backgrounds and most are eager to continue their disrupted lives by engaging with learning, finding employment (Learning and Work Institute, 2019) and become fully integrated member of a community again.

However, there is a significant issue about migrants arriving with qualifications that are not described in terms that are used, recognised, and understood in the receiving country (Laczik and Lasonen 2010; Laczik, 2014; Busse et al., submitted) or gained work-experience in their country of origin that is undervalued and unacknowledged in their new home. This places them in an unfavourable situation. Heath and Cheung (2007) argue that these migrants form a new segment of disadvantaged people in the Western societies. In order to pre-empt this happening or remedy this, vocational education and training (VET) together with developing language skills of the country of residence can play a crucial role. VET and pre-VET provisions can offer migrants learning opportunities that equip them with the skills and knowledge, and certificate to become successful in their chosen career (Stalder et al., 2024). VET schools, enterprises and other establishments can act as enabling local learning ecosystems that is based on communications among different stakeholders (Spours and Grainger, 2018; Buchanan et al., 2017; Aerne and Bonoli, 2023) to enhance migrants experiences and equip them with the skills and knowledge to navigate their career. The concept of an ecosystem helps to enhance our understanding of how individuals (including migrants themselves), networks, and institutions interact to enhance migrants' learning, training and later working experiences that may lead to their economic and social integration.

It is vitally important to identify and understand what makes vocational provisions targeted to migrants successful. How individuals, networks, and institutions working together may create an enabling ecosystem that may enhance migrants' opportunities and may lead to their social and economic integration? In what manner do the life transitions of migrants manifest within this ecosystem? These questions will be discussed during the symposium that will bring together three European countries, four national contexts, namely Austria, Germany, England and Switzerland.


References
Buchanan, J., Anderson, P. & Power, G. (Eds.). (2017). Skill Ecosystems,  The Oxford Handbook of Skills and Training. Oxford.

Busse, R., Bock-Schappelwein, J., Kammermann, M. (submitted), Zugang zur beruflichen Ausbildung von Geflüchteten - Einblicke in Deutschland, Österreich und die Schweiz. Berufsbildung in Wissenschaft und Praxis, 53(2).

Heath, A. & Cheung, S. Y. (2007), Unequal chances. Ethnic minorities in Western labour markets. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Laczik, A. (2014), Hungarian Migrants in the UK Labour Market: A Pilot Study of the Former Education of Hungarian Migrants and the Underutilisation of Their Skills in the UK, SKOPE Research Paper, No. 119. (July 2014). Oxford: ESRC Centre on Skills Knowledge and Organisational Performance.

 Laczik, A., Lasonen, J. (2010), 'Analysis of how the skills and competencies of economic migrants match the requirements of local labour market'. ECER, Helsinki, Finland. (Symposium: Opening Up Pathways to Competence and Employment for Immigrants).

Learning and Work Institute (2019), Progressing resettled refugees into employment. A guide for organisations supporting refugees. Leicester: Learning and Work Institute.
 
Stalder, B. E., Kammermann, M., Michel, I., Schönbächler, M.-T. (2024), Successful Integration of Refugees in Vocational Education and Training: Experiences from a New Pre-vocational Programme. In M. Teräs, A. Osman, E. Eliasson (Eds.). Migration, Education and Employment. Pathways to Successful Integration, 133-154. Springer.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Revisiting the Pre-Apprenticeship for Integration: Who Has Access and Who Does Not and Why?

Barbara E. Stalder (Bern University of Teacher Education), Marie-Theres Schoenbaechler (Bern University of Teacher Education)

In Switzerland, as in many European countries, refugees aged 16 to 35 face significant employment challenges, often lacking the necessary educational and vocational credentials for qualified work (Aerne & Bonoli, 2021; Spadarotto et al., 2014). The Swiss government has launched the Integration Agenda Switzerland IAS to enhance refugees' job prospects, proposing post-compulsory (vocational) education for this age group. One of its key initiatives is the one-year pre-vocational programme (pre-apprenticeship for integration, PAI), which was launched in 2018 (Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft et al., 2018; Stalder et al., 2024) and has been running successfully since then. The PAI combines in-company training with school-based education and is offered in various occupational fields like the building trade, hospitality, sales, and care. Using resource theory (Hobfoll et al., 2018), the job characteristic theory (Hackman & Oldham, 1980), and their application to the field of dual VET (Stalder & Lüthi, 2020), previous research has explored the PAI programme's role in fostering career success among participating refugees (Stalder et al., 2024). It was found that both situational resources (i.e., high-quality learning environment in the workplace and vocational school) and refugees' individual resources contribute to their successful transition to a regular VET programme. Essential situational resources include high learning opportunities and close guidance from supervisors, teachers, and coaches. Crucial individual resources are, amongst others, refugees' language skills, effort, and career aspirations. Expanding our knowledge about the effectiveness of the PAI programme, this contribution focuses on the less successful refugees: Those who have not succeeded in enrolling in the PAI and those who left the programme before its end. The latter concerns about one out of six persons. Using monitoring data on 4000 PAI participants from 2018 to 2023, we first examine the individuals' resources of refugees who did not follow the programme, exploring their alternative pathways and their opportunities to enter a regular VET programme directly. We second compare their resources and career success with refugees participating in the PAI programme. We assume that those who did not enrol in the PAI a) have more limited individual resources than those participants and, consequently, b) have lower chances of entering a regular VET programme. The findings will be discussed in the light of resource theory and highlight the risks and challenges of educational measures such as the PAI.

References:

Aerne, A., & Bonoli, G. (2021). Integration through vocational training. Promoting refugees' access to apprenticeships in a collective skill formation system. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2021.1894219 Hackman, J. R., & Oldham, G. R. (1980). Work redisign. Addison-Wesley. Hobfoll, S. E., Halbesleben, J., Neveu, J.-P., & Westman, M. (2018). Conservation of resources in the organizational context: The reality of resources and their consequences. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 5(1), 103-128. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032117-104640 Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft et al. (2018). Die Integrationsagenda kurz erklärt. https://www.sem.admin.ch/dam/data/sem/integration/agenda/faktenblatt-integrationsagenda-d.pdf Spadarotto, C., Bieberschulte, M., Walker, K., Morlok, M., & Oswald, A. (2014). Erwerbsbeteiligung von anerkannten Flüchtlingen und vorläufig Aufgenommenen auf dem Schweizer Arbeitsmarkt. Im Auftrag des Bundesamts für Migration, Abteilung Integration. Stalder, B. E., Kammermann, M., Michel, I., & Schönbächler, M.-T. (2024). Successful integration of refugees in vocational education and training: Experiences from a new pre-vocational programme. In M. Teräs, E. Eliasson, & A. Osman (Eds.), Migration, education and employment: Pathways to successful integration (pp. 133-154). Springer Nature. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41919-5 Stalder, B. E., & Lüthi, F. (2020). Job resources and career success of IVET graduates in Switzerland: A different approach to exploring the standing of VET. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(2), 189-208. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1721735
 

Transition of Refugees into Vocational Training and Guidance in Companies

Marlise Kammermann (Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training), Alexandra Felder (Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training), Laurence Fedrigo (Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training), Isabelle Caprani (Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training)

The issue of integration of refugees into the labour market has become increasingly important in Switzerland in recent years, particularly since the arrival of large numbers of refugees in Europe in 2015 and 2016. Previously, Swiss integration policies were characterised by federalism, leaving each canton to manage its own objectives and resources in this area. In 2019, the country adopted the Swiss Integration Agenda, which is now binding on all cantons. It emphasises rapid language acquisition and preparation for the labour market (Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft, 2018). A pre-apprenticeship integration programme (PAI) has been introduced, and adopted by 18 cantons, with the aim of preparing refugees for dual vocational education and training leading to a Swiss VET certificate. The aim of the PAI is two-fold: to give refugees easier access to training and jobs and to provide the labour market with skilled workers in sectors that are short of new recruits. Among the various players who collaborate in the PAI, in-company trainers play a key role, as they decide who gets access to in-company training by offering an apprenticeship contract. Guidance in companies has a major influence on the learning of work-related skills and thus on the development of apprentices' professional skills (Stalder et al., 2021; Stalder et al., 2024). The literature on workplace learning highlights the importance of workplace learning support for the success of VET (Billett, 2001; Swager et al., 2015). Thus, it is important to generate knowledge about the forms of guidance by trainers. This paper is based on preliminary results of a study on support for refugee apprentices in the workplace and its link with the development of their agency in four Swiss cantons. It is based on ongoing qualitative interviews (totaling 40) with in-company trainers who provide guidance to PAI apprentices in various professions. A first interview shows the importance of providing support tailored to the skills, life history and current living conditions of refugee apprentices. It points out that this support is based on a relationship depending on both the trainer and the apprentice. The trainer must be prepared to sometimes rethink the way in which he or she conceives the relationship and look for new solutions. Refugee apprentices also bring with them very different levels of prior skills, requiring individual adaptation of the responsibilities and tasks assigned. With the ongoing data collection and analysis, more detailed insights will be presented at the conference.

References:

Billett, S. (2001). Learning through work: workplace affordances and individual engagement. Journal of Workplace Learning, 13(5), 209-214. https://doi.org/10.1108/EUM0000000005548 Swager, R., Klarus, R., van Merriënboer Jeroen, J. G., & Nieuwenhuis Loek, F. M. (2015). Constituent aspects of workplace guidance in secondary VET. European Journal of Training and Development, 39(5), 358-372. https://doi.org/10.1108/EJTD-01-2015-0002 SCHWEIZERISCHE EIDGENOSSENSCHAFT (2018): Integrationsagenda Schweiz. https://www.sem.admin.ch/sem/de/home/integration-einbuergerung/integrationsfoerderung/kantonale-programme/integrationsagenda.html Stalder, B. E., Kammermann, M., Lehmann, S., & Schönbächler, M.-T. (2021). Pre-Apprenticeship for Refugees in Switzerland. In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, & M. Weich (Eds.). Pathways in Vocational Education and Training and Lifelong Learning. Proceedings of the 4th Crossing Boundaries Conference in Vocational Education and Training. Muttenz and Bern online, 8. –9. April (332-337). European Research Network on Vocational Education and Training, VETNET, University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland and Bern University of Teacher Education. Stalder, B.E., Kammermann, M., Michel, I., Schönbächler, M.-T. (2024). Successful Integration of Refugees in Vocational Education and Training: Experiences from a New Pre-vocational Programme. In M. Teräs, A. Osman, E. Eliasson (Eds.). Migration, Education and Employment. Pathways to Successful Integration (Vol. 10), 133-154). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41919-5_9
 

The Role of VET in Supporting Young Migrants in England: An Exploration of Issues, Challenges, and Good Practices

Sait Bayrakdar (School of Education, Communication & Society at King’s College London), Dana Dabbous (The Edge Foundation), Kat Emms (The Edge Foundation), Natasha Kersh (IOE - Education, Practice & Society, UCL)

England's vocational education and training system (VET) has been criticised for several decades (Wolf, 2011). While its shortcomings have been explored to some extent (Chankseliani et al., 2016; Lupton, 2021), experiences of VET for young people with a migrant background did not receive much attention (McPherson et al., 2024). This scoping study explores issues about how VET helps young migrants integrate into the education system, the labour market, and local communities and societies. By looking at the role of VET in their transition through education and the labour market, the study presents (a) some of the core issues young people from different migrant backgrounds experience, (b) the challenges colleges and private providers face in providing effective VET offerings and (c) good practices supporting young people to achieve favourable outcomes. To realise our research aims, we use qualitative, in-depth interviews and focus groups with young people (aged 16-21) from different migrant backgrounds, migration histories and educational trajectories who continue their education in further education colleges and the practitioners who actively work with young people with migrant backgrounds. Based on the interviews we had with sixteen young learners and two practitioners who work with migrant young people and one national/regional ESOL coordinator, our results show diverse experiences for migrant young people. Most young people spoke of their colleges favourably, although they mentioned various issues that may hinder progression. Among these, professional spoken and written language skills were the most prevalent. They pointed out a mismatch between their aspirations and the courses they were placed in. Nevertheless, most acknowledged the valuable skills set they developed. The English and maths qualifications that are necessary to progress to higher-level qualifications prevent some young people from continuing with their educational aspirations even if these particular aspirations are practical and do not necessitate the required levels of English and maths. Practitioners in our study highlighted a range of complementary topics which were rarely recognised by young people in the study, namely young people being placed in lower-level courses than their ability due to their language skills and a change in the funding arrangements at the age of 18, which limits their options at a crucial point in their education paths. Our results highlight a gap in migrant-specific support and guidance in the VET area, a need to overhaul the funding system for them, and a more comprehensive careers advice provision for young people with a migrant background.

References:

Chankseliani, M., Relly, S.J. and Laczik, A. (2016) Overcoming vocational prejudice: how can skills competitions improve the attractiveness of vocational education and training in the UK? British Educational Research Journal, 42(4): 582-599. Lupton, R., Thomson, S., Velthuis, S., and Unwin, L. (2021) Moving on from initial GCSE ‘failure’: Post-16 transitions for ‘lower attainers’ and why the English education system must do better. London: Nuffield. McPherson, C., Bayrakdar, S., Gewirtz, S., Maguire, M., Weavers, A., Laczik, A. and Winch, C. (in press), ‘Promoting more equitable post-school transitions: learning from the experiences of migrant youth in England’ in Promoting Inclusive Systems for Migrants in Education, Downes, P., Anderson, J., Behtoui, A. and Van Praag, L. (Eds.), Routledge. Wolf, A. (2011) Review of Vocational Education, London: Department for Education.
 

Pathways to Integration: Understanding the Educational Trajectories and Transformative Learning Experiences of Turkish Migrant Women in Germany and Austria

Filiz Keser Aschenberger (University for Continuing Education Krems)

It is well-established in educational research and sociology that education (formal, non-formal and informal) plays a key role in the inclusion and integration of migrants into hosting societies socially, culturally, economically, and politically (Fejes & Dahlstedt, 2017, Shan, 2015). However, a close look at the research reveals that there is a lack of representation of migrant women, even though there were recent critical and feminist studies focusing on migrant women, especially in Europe (Erel, 2007), and especially inquiring the learning experiences and processes of embedded within their life biographies. Primary objective of this study is to explore the learning biographies of Turkish migrant women in Germany and Austria who have different education and migration histories in order to understand their educational trajectories and investigate the role of these learning activities on their personal lives and their integration reflecting on individual and systemic differences. I aim for depicting the participation to learning and the transformative role of learning for Turkish migrant women in German and Austrian society as well understanding how their learning biography aligns with their life course and transition. Questions that guide my study are: 1. How do Turkish migrant women construct perceptions of learning and education, and in what ways do these constructions contribute to shaping their experiences as migrants? 2. How does the process of learning play a role in fostering social inclusion and integration within the German labour market for Turkish migrant women based on individual and systemic characteristics? 3. In what ways are the learning biographies of Turkish migrant women configured, and how do these biographies correspond to their life courses, revealing the dynamic interplay between personal learning experiences and broader life trajectories? This study uses a life course approach, which includes in-depth narrative/biographical interviews with Turkish migrant women according to sampling criteria (migration year and education level). I aim to capture “the objective shape and formation of life courses as well as their subjective biographical meaning” in relation to learning (Wingens et al., 2011, p. 6). As it is an ongoing study, (I am continuing to recruit participants and conducting interviews) I am not able to report results, but first interviews (5 women, all first-in-family academics) provide insights about how highly skilled women’s educational biography aligns with their integration and self-identification and the effect of formal learning on their perception of education.

References:

Erel, U. (2007). Constructing Meaningful Lives: Biographical Methods in Research on Migrant Women, Sociological Research Online, 12 (4), http://www.socresonline.org.uk /12/4/5.html.doi:10.5153/sro.1573 Fejes, A., & Dahlstedt, M. (2017). Popular education, migration and a discourse of inclusion. Studies in the Education of Adults, 49(2), 214-227 https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2018.1463656 Shan, H., (2015). Distributed pedagogy of difference: reimagining immigrant training and education. Canadian journal for studies in adult education, 27 (3), 1–16.134. Wingens, M., de Walk, H., Windzio, M., & Aybek, C. (2011). The Sociological Life Course Approach and Research on Migration and Integration. In M. Wingens, H. de Walk, M. Windzio, & C. Aybek (Eds.) A Life-Course Perspective on Migration and Integration. Springer, pp: 126.
 
15:15 - 16:4502 SES 02 B: Individual Perspectives on VET
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sean Manley
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Narcissism or Masquerade? Utilizing Selfies for Visual Communication in Vocational Education Classrooms

Janne Kontio

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Kontio, Janne

This study investigates the interactional aspects of selfies created on Snapchat by Swedish teenagers in a vocational school environment. Despite Snapchat's popularity among Swedish youth, discourse analytic perspectives on its use have been limited. By employing a discourse analytic lens, this study seeks to unravel the nuanced interactional aspects of selfies produced by Swedish teenagers on Snapchat within a vocational school context. Through the integration of video recordings and screen-captured smartphone interactions, we aim to shed light on the complex dynamics of this visual communication medium. Additionally, our examination encompasses broader cultural and social implications, emphasizing the significance of impression management in shaping self-presentation and identity construction within the realm of visual culture. Additionally, the concept of impression management, as proposed by Goffman (1990), is applied to analyze the processes of self-presentation within these visual interactions.

Data are drawn from 75 hours of video data concerning Swedish students in upper secondary vocational education engaged in smart phone usage in school. In line with previous research on selfies in educational settings, the study sheds light on the transformative potential of selfies as a tool for reimagining and enriching the educational experience.

Keywords:


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study examines interactional aspects of Snapchat use by Swedish teenagers in a vocational school setting, based on a combination of video recordings of classroom activity and screen-recorded smart phone use.
The data for this article is drawn from a larger collection of video and screen recordings of youths’ smart phone usage in Swedish upper secondary schools (“Uppkopplade klassrum”, VR/UVK, Dnr 2015-01044) and consists of approximately 75 hours of recordings of students in two upper secondary classes; learners of hairdressing and building- and construction work.
Larsen & Sandbye (2013) suggest that we need to “look at photos not just as images but as material and social objects that mould and create identity and social relations between people”. Thus, we approach the images and interactions in the data by applying a framework inspired by the works of Erving Goffman on impression management (Goffman, 1990); specifically concerning interactional aspects of self-presentation and processes of situated identities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results from this study gives us important insights into digital youth culture in general, and more specifically about the very image loaded lives youths live, in and through their use of smartphones. The study goes in depth to show how the use of images is done in actual practice and when it occurs in interaction in an institutional setting. The use of selfies among youths has often been described as narcissistic (Sorokowski et. al., 2015), but by showing when and how the actual production and consumption of images is done, this study aims to differentiate and make visible the different kinds of actions made by the users; self-presentations, self-representations and masquerade, thus emancipating the youths and giving them a certain amount of agency. More specifically, we note that the use of smart phone cameras and images mirrors different aspects present in these vocational classroom cultures, as have been found by previous research (Nyström, 2012), and the anti-school culture that can be seen in these vocational education data stands in stark contrast to what can be found in similar data concerning upper secondary schools preparing for ensuing studies.
References
Goffman, E. (1990[1959]). The presentation of self in everyday life. London: Penguin.

Larsen, J., & Sandbye, M. (Eds.). (2013). Digital Snaps: The New Face of Photography (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003103509

Nyström, A.-S. (2012). Att synas och lära utan att synas lära : en studie om underprestation och privilegierade unga mäns identitetsförhandlingar i gymnasieskolan (PhD dissertation, Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis). Retrieved from https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:mdh:diva-21868


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Students’ Creation and Perception of Meaningfulness in Different Learning Environments in Vocational Education and Training

Anne Katrine Kamstrup1, Vibe Aarkrog2

1University College Copenhagen, Denmark; 2Aarhus University

Presenting Author: Kamstrup, Anne Katrine; Aarkrog, Vibe

The abstract concerns the results from a current project, “Creation and perception of meaningfulness in the transition from school-based training to workplace-based training” that is conducted within the Danish Centre for Knowledge about VET (CEVEU) Om Center for viden om erhvervsuddannelser - CEVEU in the period 2022-2024. In the project, we study students’, teachers’, and trainers’ perception of meaning related to the students’ transition from school-based education and training to the first period of workplace-based training in the Danish dual VET system. The focus is due to a significant part of the high dropout in Danish VET being located to the transition from school to work. (DEG, 2023; Aarkrog & Kamstrup, 2023).

The presentation of results from the project will focus on students’ perception of meaning and meaning making in the transition between school and workplace-based learning. Due to the high dropout rate connected to this transition it is interesting to explore what is meaningful to the student and what can cause the students to experience a lack of meaning in their vocational education at this point. The concept of meaning is highly inspired by self-determination theory (Ryan and Deci 2017, Ravn 2021). The project seeks to answer the following research questions: What do students perceive as meaningful in their education, both while they are in school and during workplace based training and what do students do to create meaningfulness, including meaningful connections, in the transition from school to workplace based training?

Using transition as a theoretical concept (inspired by Ågren 2023 and Holmegaard, Madsen & Ulriksen 2014), we analyze how students perceive meaning in the transition from school to workplace-based learning. Students' experiences of meaning in a current situation are influenced by the experiences they carry with them and their imaginaries of the future. In the transition from one place to another, students may see their experiences in a different light, or they may encounter something that affects their ideas about the future. In other words, experiences of meaning may change when students are in transition and move from one place to another or simply progress in their education. It is this movement that the concept of transitions captures in terms of highlighting when students' sense of meaning strengthens and weakens. Transition does not only occur from the day students leave school to the next day when they show up for training. The transition begins from the beginning of the school journey where notions of the workplace shape the student's experiences of meaning, and it continues in training, where students' experiences from school similarly influence their sense of meaning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The results are based on case studies following four students from five VET programmes during the transition. The empirical data includes interviews with a group of students and interviews with their teacher(s) just before the students begin their first work-based training and interviews with the same students and their trainers sometime after the students have begun the work-based training.

The purpose of interviewing the students before and after they have made the first physical transition to the workplace is to explore if their perception of meaning changes in this process. The interviews with students while they were still in their school period have been conducted as focus group interviews (Morgan 2010). In these interviews the students have been presented with several photos representing different aspects of their education and future vocation. The students have been asked to pick two photos each that showed what they perceived as meaningful aspects of their education. In the interviews the students have also been asked about their expectations of and ideas about their future training. The interviews with students at the workplace have been conducted as individual interviews since the students have been placed at different workplaces. Most of the interviews have taken place at the workplace involving the students showing the interviewer around at the workplace. During these interviews the students have been asked questions about what they perceive as meaningful in their training at the workplace and how their expectations and imaginations have been met.    

The interviews have been recorded, transcribed, and coded based on the theoretical framework i.e. Self-Determination Theory (Ryan & Deci, 2017) and inspired from previous research about the interrelation of school-based and workplace-based training (Aarkrog & Wahlgren 2022; Louw & Katznelson, 2019). As part of the analysis the data from interviews with students at schools and workplaces have been compared to explore how the transition affects the students’ perception of meaning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the results has yet to be completed so the following expected results. However, the analysis seems to show that the transition from school to first workplace based training is important to the students perception of meaning.

The analysis will reveal what students identify as meaningful in their education when they are at school and during their training. One aspect of meaningfulness concerns the relation between theory and practice. Regarding this aspect, the students emphasize that what they learn in school should be applicable in practice. In interviews with students during training, most of them experience that they can indeed apply what they have learned. Learning in the training period appears to be meaningful when the trainers have patience with the students and introduce them to assignments slowly. Another aspect of meaningfulness concerns social relations. The students emphasize that social relationships at school are meaningful as part of the training as well as outside training. They expect or hope to establish similar social relationships with their colleagues during training. During the training, it seems that social relationships with colleagues continue to be perceived as meaningful, playing a crucial role in students' well-being during their training.

Furthermore, the results include differences in the students’ ideas about the vocation and workplace-based training while at school compared to their actual experiences in the workplace-based training. The results are expected to show that the students while at school create various envisions of the daily life during the workplace-based training. They talk about different rumors they have heard about what it is like to be a student in their vocation or workplaces. Depending on the type of rumors they hear, these rumors will positively and negatively influence the students' transition into training.

References
Aarkrog, V. & Kamstrup, A-K. (2023) VET Students Perception of Meaningfulness. In C. Nägele, N. Kersh, & B. E.  Stalder (Eds.), Trends in vocational education and training research, Vol. VI. Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET) (1-7) 2023, Glasgow.

Aarkrog, V. & Wahlgren, B. (2022) Sammenhæng mellem teori og praksis i erhvervsuddannelserne. Pædagogisk Indblik 18. Aarhus Universitet.

DEG, (2023) Frafaldsanalyse https://deg.dk/nyheder/analyse-frafaldet-paa-erhvervsuddannelserne-er-stoerst-ved-grundforloeb-2

Holmegaard, H., Madsen, L. M. & Lars Ulriksen (2014). “Når forventningerne ikke stemmer overens med virkeligheden. En undersøgelse af de studerendes valg og strategier i overgangen til de længere videregående teknatuddannelser.” Dansk universitetspædagogisk tidsskrift 9.16: 44–57

Louw, A. & Katznelson, N. (2019). Transfer and reflection in the Danish dual model: Findings from development projects in the Danish vocational education and training programmes. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training (NJVET), 9 (2), 51–70.

Martela, F., Ryan, R. M., & Steger, M. F. (2018). Meaningfulness as satisfaction of autonomy, competence, relatedness, and beneficence: Comparing the four satisfactions and positive affect as predictors of meaning in life. Journal of Happiness Studies: An Interdisciplinary Forum on Subjective Well-Being, 19(5)

Morgan D. L. (2010) Reconsidering the Role of Interaction in Analyzing and Reporting Focus
Groups. Qualitative Health Research. 20(5):718-722.

Ravn, I. (2021). Selvbestemmelsesteorien - motivation, psykologiske behov og sociale kontekster. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag.

Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2017) Self-Determination Theory: Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. New York, NY: Guilford Press.   

Ågren, S (2023). Shaping Worker-Citizenship: Young Vocational Education Graduates’ Labour Market Positionings within New Adulthood. Journal of youth studies


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Exploring Staff Retention in Youthreach: Ireland's Response to Early School Leaving

Sean Manley, Margaret Farren

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Manley, Sean

A national review of Ireland’s Youthreach education programme for early school leavers, found staff retention to be a future challenge for the programme (Smyth et al., 2019). With no previous research into staff retention in Youthreach, this study explores the unique characteristics of the programme to identify variables influencing staff intention to leave.

Teacher retention is a significant issue in many countries across mainstream education provisions. This trend is also prevalent in Ireland, with the Teachers’ Union of Ireland (TUI) (2018) finding that 46% of new-entrant teachers do not see themselves in the teaching profession in 10 years. Teacher shortages at post-primary level have been reported (O’Doherty & Harford, 2018), with Ireland’s teacher shortage figures being above the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) average (OECD, 2020). Notably, steps to address teacher recruitment and retention difficulties in Ireland have been described as fragmentary, piecemeal, and potentially damaging to the Irish education system and the profession of teaching (Harford & Fleming, 2023).

Unlike teacher shortage issues in mainstream settings, little research has been undertaken in alternative “second-chance” education settings such as Youthreach. Noting that a decontextualised study of teacher attrition and retention has little value for understanding and dealing with the issue (Kelchtermans, 2017), it is important to explore the factors most relevant to the Youthreach context.

Youthreach is a Further Education and Training (FET) provision, providing fulltime education and training for 15-20 year-olds with learning, emotional, and behavioural difficulties (Department of Education and Skills [DES], 2010). Students in Youthreach tend to present with high levels of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) (Gordon, 2017), with four or more ACEs found to increase the risk of physical disease, depression, drug abuse, and suicide risk (Hughes et al., 2017).

With up to 70% of students in Youthreach presenting with special educational needs (Gordon, 2017), many Youthreach students require additional support to succeed in reaching their potential. The diverse academic, social, and emotional needs of students with emotional and behavioural difficulties require classrooms to be staffed by experienced special education teachers (SETs) with the prerequisite skills and knowledge (Adera & Bullock, 2010).

The designation of Youthreach centres as Centres of Education (DES, 2010) rather than as schools has resulted in many educators in Youthreach not having a requirement to be registered teachers as per Section 30 of the Teaching Council Act (2001). This means that there is no prerequisite training, qualifications or experience required for two-out-of-three employment grades in Youthreach. This variation in roles and professional standing was highlighted by Smyth et al. (2019) as contributing to the logistical and operational issues.

As student-staff relationships are key to early school leavers re-engaging with education in Youthreach (McGrath, 2006), understanding how best to recruit and retain stable staff teams of motivated and skilled educators is vital.

With no previous research undertaken to guide staff recruitment and retention strategies for Youthreach, this study set out to explore the programme’s unique characteristics to better understand how these may influence staff retention.

This study was driven by the research question, “What are the contributing factors to staff retention difficulties in Youthreach?”, with the following qualitatively and quantitatively orientated specific research questions:

1. How prevalent is the intention to leave among current Youthreach staff? (Quantitative)

2. What factors contribute towards staff intention to leave in Youthreach? (Qualitative & Quantitative)

3. What factors mediate staff intention to leave in Youthreach? (Qualitative & Quantitative)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An exploratory sequential mixed-method design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) was used to answer the research questions. Qualitative data informed the development of a second quantitative phase. Reflecting the exploratory mixed-methods design, three phases of analysis were conducted: qualitative, quantitative, and an integration phase that connected the two strands of data to answer the research questions more comprehensively.

Qualitative Phase
The qualitative phase utilised purposive sampling (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2003), selection criteria requiring staff who had left Youthreach in the previous five years to ensure relevance and recall of the experience. Semi-structured interviews with participants developed a context-specific understanding of Youthreach from a staff perspective. The interview guide comprised 13 questions ordered into three categories of inquiry: Pre-Service, In-Service, and Post-Service.
Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013) was used to analyse the interview data. After the candidate themes were recognised, a review was conducted to ensure data representation and research question relevance.
A thematic map of emerging themes from qualitative phase analysis included Intention to leave, Work Commitment, Job Satisfaction, Role Stress, Burnout and Role Equity.

Quantitative Phase
Existing scales measuring the constructs of interest to the current study were identified through the qualitative phase. Drawing on established scales within existing literature was intended to yield more accurate measurement of the constructs of interest (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018).
Correlation coefficients were measured to assess the strength of the relationships between variables. A hierarchical multiple regression analysis (Pallant, 2016) allowed the strength of association between a set of independent variables and staff Intention to Leave to be measured simultaneously. The hierarchical approach allowed for the introduction of variables sequentially informed by the qualitative phase and literature review findings. a Sobel test (Preacher, 2019) was used to test the mediating effect of Work Commitment and Job Satisfaction between other independent variables and Intention to Leave.
The 180 survey respondents represented a response rate of 19.7% of the 912 current Youthreach staff (DES, 2015), using a confidence level of 95% this provided a margin of error of +/-6.55%.

Integration Phase
A joint display of findings allowed the research questions to be answered numerically and narratively, facilitating a deeper level of analysis. Under key themes and variables survey findings, regression analysis and participant quotes provide a depth and breadth of understanding of the staff retention challenges facing the Youthreach provision.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Each of the research questions is set out below with a brief summary of key findings. The study findings and recommendations should benefit other educational setting serving the needs of at-risk young people. The methodological framework of this study may lend itself to other studies seeking to understand teacher retention challenges within unique contextual and cultural settings.

How prevalent is intention to leave amongst current staff?
Data analysis indicated that 28.9% of current Youthreach staff reported higher levels of Intention to Leave. While five of the six interview participants who previously left Youthreach stated that they had the intention to leave for one to two years before leaving, exhaustion and ‘apathy’ resulting from burnout contributed to a delay in acting upon the intention to leave.

What factors contribute towards staff intention to leave?
In the final regression model with an adjusted R² of 0.41, Burnout, Role Equity, and Work Commitment retained a statistically significant relationship with respondents’ Intention to Leave. Higher levels of Burnout were reported by 54% of survey respondents, with four of the six interview participants making direct reference to Burnout as a concern during their time in Youthreach. With a positive standardised coefficient of .31 within the regression model, each standard deviation increase in Burnout (.59) accounted for .31 increase in standard deviation in Intention to Leave (1.92).
The statistical and thematic analysis of the study data provide insight into the complex nature of Burnout, Role Equity and Work Commitment within the unique cultural setting and context of Youthreach.

What factors mediate staff intention to leave?
The mediating qualities of Work Commitment and Job Satisfaction were shown via Sobel tests. These mediating variables were shown to reduce the effects of retained regression model independent variables of Burnout and Role Equity on Intention to Leave.

References
Adera, B. A., & Bullock, L. M. (2010). Job stressors and teacher job satisfaction in programs serving students with emotional and behavioral disorders. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 15(1), 5–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632750903512365

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE.

Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (Third edition, international student edition). Sage.

Department of Education and Skills. (2010). An Evaluation of Youthreach: Inspectorate
Evaluation Studies. www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/3_2_3a_evaluation_youthreach_en.pdf

Department of Education and Skills. (2015). Aggregate 2015 Survey Data for VTOS  Youthreach.

Gordon, M. (2017). A Profile of Learners in Youthreach. National Educational Psychological Service. http://www.youthreach.ie/wp-content/uploads/A-profile-of-learners-in-Youthreach-NEPS-research-study-report.pdf

Harford, J., & Fleming, B. (2023). Teacher supply in Ireland: Anatomy of a crisis. Irish Educational Studies, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2023.2222709

Hughes, K., Bellis, M. A., Hardcastle, K. A., Sethi, D., Butchart, A., Mikton, C., Jones, L., & Dunne, M. P. (2017). The effect of multiple adverse childhood experiences on health: A systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet. Public Health, 2(8), e356–e366. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(17)30118-4

Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961–977. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793

McGrath, B. (2006). ‘Everything is different here...’: Mobilizing capabilities through inclusive education practices and relationships. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 10(6), 595–614. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110500271425

O’Doherty, T., & Harford, J. (2018). Teacher recruitment: Reflections from Ireland on the current crisis in teacher supply. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(5), 654–669. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2018.1532994

OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en

Pallant, J. (2016). SPSS survival manual: A step by step guide to data analysis using IBM SPSS (6th edition). McGraw Hill Education.

Preacher, K. J., & Leonardelli, G. J. (2019). Calculation for the Sobel test: An interactive calculation tool for mediation tests [Computer software]. Quantpsy.Org. http://quantpsy.org/sobel/sobel.htm

Smyth, E., Banks, J., O’Sullivan, J., McCoy, S., Redmond, P., & McGuinness, S. (2019). Evaluation of the National Youthreach Programme. ESRI. https://doi.org/10.26504/rs82

Tashakkori, A., & Teddlie, C. (2003). Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social and Behavioral Research. SAGE.

Teachers’ Union of Ireland. (2018, April 2). ‘46% of new entrants to not see themselves in profession in ten years’ time’. www.tui.ie/press-releases/46-of-new-entrants-to-not-see-themselves-in-profession-in-ten-years-time-new-tui-survey-highlights-damage-of-pay-discrimination.12488.html

Teaching Council Act, (2001). http://www.irishstatutebook.ie/eli/2001/act/8/enacted/en/pdf
 
15:15 - 16:4503 SES 02 A: Curriculum, communication and language learning
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Daniel Alvunger
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Uncovering the Potential of CLIL: A Comprehensive Case Study to Improve Physics for Russian and Kazakh-speaking Grade 11 Students

Dariga Nurzhanova, Gulnur Kenzheeva, Kumissay Khassanova, Zhumagul Yesserkenova, Raushan Berdiyeva

NIS CBD Atyrau, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Kenzheeva, Gulnur

Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) is a teaching method in which the subject is taught in a foreign language. Toward the close of the 20th century, European scholars from EUROCLIC introduced the term "CLIL" (Coyle, 2007) to encapsulate the notion of meaningful language acquisition via content-based instruction. Under this approach, language skills are not taught in isolation but rather integrated with the school curriculum topics. This method fosters proficiency in both the subject matter and the language of instruction, facilitating a deeper understanding of educational material alongside language development. Within CLIL, teaching often incorporates problem-solving scenarios mirroring real-life situations, providing ample opportunities for communication in a foreign language and enhancing skills across reading, listening, speaking, and writing. Teaching core subjects in a foreign language can equip students for success in international programs, courses, or future careers requiring linguistic proficiency.

Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools is implementing a trilingual educational policy aimed at preparing future generations of the country, which is one of the most important reforms in the country. In the trilingual policy program, Physics is taught in English, which is the third language. Mastering subject content in a third language gives students access to numerous information resources in Physics at the international level.

In Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, training in the third language is conducted from the 11th grade of High School.

The main task of High School education is specialized education in Science and Math and ensuring the academic preparation of students for admission to higher educational institutions. According to the Program of High School education students most intensively and consciously develop academic, communicative, social, research, and problem-solving skills. It implements the social, professional, and civil self-determination of students. (Educational program of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools NIS - program)

The primary objective of this research is to evaluate the effectiveness of students' ability to improve the correct use of keywords and complete responses in English by providing structural assignments using the CLIL method.

This research is aimed at determining the effectiveness of learning based on structural assignments that help students understand and apply the concepts of Physics, and to enhance their academic performance.

This research answers the following questions:

1. How does CLIL learning affect students' performance in Physics?

2. How does learning Physics by CLIL affect their functional literacy?

3. Will CLIL-based learning increase student interest in Physics?

4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of the CLIL method elements in studying the Physics?

To conduct the study, all participants give informed consent in advance. All data is collected and differentiated by ethical principles, and the data obtained is kept confidential.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research work was carried out through the Lesson Study (LS), one of the pedagogical approaches aimed at improving knowledge in teaching, which is a unique example of action research in the lesson. The LS involved a group of teachers and a school psychologist who jointly plan, conduct, monitor, analyze teaching and learning, and draw their conclusions on paper. During research, through the LS cycle, teachers have improved their teaching experience by applying various methods depending on the characteristics of students. To study the lesson on LS, a Ph5 group in Physics from Grade 11 of the Nazarbayev Intellectual School was chosen. There are 14 students in the class. The main reason for choosing this group is the lower performance of students in Physics during Terms 1 and 2 compared to the other Physics groups. The group consists of students with mixed Kazakh and Russian language instruction of learning. During the research, it was surveyed to identify the reasons for the low performance of students in the group. There were revealed difficulties with the correct and full use of keywords in tasks that require a complete response from students while fulfilling structural assignments. In addition, it was revealed difficulties due to different language instructions, problems in communicating with each other and organizing group and pair work.
The goals aimed at solving the main problems in the class are defined:
* Enhance student knowledge through independent and peer learning, alongside group and pair work.
* Improve keyword usage and open-ended question responses in structural tasks.
To solve the identified problems of the research group, to achieve the set goals, the members of the group, together with the school psychologist, summarized and discussed data on the personality characteristics of the students of the group and the level of anxiety of each student in teaching. It was implemented literature reviews to find out the impact of the CLIL method on the quality of learning. Hence, practical methods such as increasing the level of knowledge of students, improving the teaching methodology, and assessing for learning were realized regarding the individual abilities and characteristics of students. The research lasted for 4 weeks, in each lesson, students were given structural tasks prepared based on elements of the CLIL method, and at the end of the lesson all students were interviewed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The following results are expected from this study:
Firstly, the CLIL method in Physics aids multilingual students in understanding physical concepts and terminology. It enhances academic language comprehension, establishing facts and principles, and analyzing experimental results.
Secondly, this method encourages independent solution-finding and critical thinking in both oral and written responses to structured problems.
Thirdly, the presentation of subject content based on reading, listening, and writing skills, considering the individual characteristics of students, increases the interest and interest of students in the subject.
Fourth, the different language levels of students in the study group may not withstand time management due to difficulties in understanding the content of the subject and performing tasks of different levels by the goals of learning.
As a result of joint planning and monitoring of sequential classes, improvement by analyzing each conducted lesson, and making changes, students improved their reading, self-education, learning, and evaluating each other. Obstacles in communication between students of mixed groups with each other have also been removed. This change contributed to the teacher meeting the planned time and being able to perform the planned activities easily and fully during the lesson stages. The achievement of students of mastered educational goals in the established section of physics during the training period was assessed summatively in the section, and the achievement of students for each educational goal was assessed individually after each lesson, and the trajectories of students' development were determined.
In conclusion, because of a survey of students and observations of group members, it was determined that in self-learning of new knowledge, better results can be achieved than in group work.

References
1.Dalton-Puffer, C., & Smit, U. (2013). Content and language Integrated learning: A research  agenda. Language Teaching, 46(04), 545–559. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444813000256
2.Coyle, D. (2007). Content and language integrated learning: Towards a connected research agenda for CLIL pedagogies. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10(5), 543-562.
3.Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). Content and Language Integrated Learning. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
4.Creswell, J. (2014). Educational research: Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. London, UK: Pearson Education Limited
5.Nikula, T. (2015). Hands-on tasks in CLIL science classrooms as sites for subject-specific language use and learning. System, 54, 14-27.
6.Sang, D., & Jones, G. (2016). Cambridge International AS and A Level Physics Workbook with CD-ROM. Cambridge University Press.
7.Marsh, D. (1994). Bilingual Education & Content and Language Integrated Learning. In J. Charles Alderson & A. Beretta (Eds.), Language testing in the 1990s: The communicative legacy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/language-testing-in-the-1990s/bilingual-education-and-contentand-languageintegrated-learning/30B47B6FDCFB24FD0567118C2B52B28E


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Children's Communication Skills during Games with Rules

Neophyta Mavrommati, Eleni Loizou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Mavrommati, Neophyta

Play has been widely associated with the Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) pedagogy and curriculum, as it is considered one of the most appropriate forms of organizing learning. It enhances children's holistic development and learning (Copple & Bredekamp, 2009; Payler, et al., 2017; Wood, 2015, Loizou, 2017). Article 31 of the United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child (Loizou & Avgitidou, 2014) considers play as a fundamental right of every child. Each type of play (socio-dramatic, imaginative, constructive, creative, kinesthetic, experimental, and games with rules) appears to contribute differently to each of the child's developmental domains (cognitive, social, emotional, and motor). Focusing on play with rules, there seems to be an agreement in the existing literature regarding the positive impact they have on children’s cognitive development (e.g. language development, mathematical skills) (Ramani, et al., 2019; Andika, et al., 2019) and their socio-emotional development (e.g., social skills, interaction) (Anzman-Frasca et al., 2020; Barton, et al., 2018). Individual studies show that games with rules can help children develop their communication skills (Barton, et al., 2018) since they can become dynamic tools that promote the development of critical communication skills by encouraging verbal expression and understanding (Anzman-Frasca et al., 2020). However, the benefits of games with rules in facilitating the development of children's communication skills have not been sufficiently studied and need further investigation (Pellegrini, et al., 2002). In this context, the present research aims to investigate children's communication skills during their participation in a game with rules with peers. We define this type of play as a game with specific rules, specific structure and development. For this research, communication skills were defined and measured considering the following elements: verbal communication, non-verbal communication, listening, utilization of materials for communication purposes and the relevance of communication between children during the games with rules. Five children from six to nine years old participated in this study in a research lab with two doctoral students (researchers). Data collection included observation of each session and information was collected using an observational tool which had been developed by the two first researchers and examined and finalized by the third one for the purpose of this study. For triangulation purposes, data collection was carried out by the two researchers who analysed both the results collected by the observation tool and the results from the videotaping through episode recording. This study was based on the deductive approach of data analysis. It is evident that all the communication skills studied were utilized during the game with rules, some to a lesser and others to a greater extent. Data suggests variations in the occurrence of each skill related to the children's age. Older children used mostly verbal communication skills during their play while younger children used listening and non-verbal communication skills. Specifically, the older children used more their listening skills and commented less on the opponent's actions in the advanced form of play. Findings suggest that games with rules provide children with opportunities to exercise and enhance their communication skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To investigate communication skills during games with rules, as well as note differences in these skills based on the difficulty of the games five children aged 6 to 9 years old participated in a structured study.  The participants were selected using the purposeful sampling method as children of acquaintances were invited. The study was conducted at the Early Childhood Research Lab of the University of Cyprus. For this study, two well-known games with rules were used, both in their simple and advanced form. They were presented to the children after they were differentiated by the first two researchers. Data collection included participant and non-participant observation conducted by the first two researchers for triangulation and reliability purposes. The role of the one researcher was that of a spectator-non-participatory and the role of the second one was participatory. For this study, two different methods of data collection were used, video recordings and observations.  The observations were conducted on two consecutive days and each observation lasted approximately 2 hours. In the first observation, data was collected on children's communication skills during the games with rules in the simple form while in the second observation in their advanced form. Specifically, a total of 12 video recordings ranging from 1 to 18 minutes in duration were collected.  An observation tool developed by the researchers was used, consisting of communication characteristics as seen in the literature suitable for observing communication skills. The observation tool included a total of 21 statements related to 5 communication-related variables (verbal, non-verbal communication, listening, utilization of materials for communication purposes, communication relevance).  The tool included four ratings related to the occurrence of the behaviour in each round of game (e.g., None, Rarely, Often, Very often). Data analysis involved two stages. Regarding the first stage, upon completion of each observation, the tool was completed for each child individually while at the same time, each researcher watched the relevant video recording noting down the children's dialogues and reactions. The data from the first and second observations were studied both individually and collectively. The second stage involved transcribing the video recordings resulting in a series of episodes which were linked with the variable categories. These were reviewed by the third researcher and any differences were discussed and a consensus was reached when compared to the observation tool outcomes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Play is a vital context in which children can acquire and practice skills necessary for the development of communication (Brodin, 2020).  Previous research has shown an increase in communication skills (e.g., commenting, responding) due to play interventions.  In the present study, all communication skills studied appeared to be applied in children's play, concluding that they seem to be necessary during games with rules.  However, there were differences in the occurrence of each skill related to the children's age. Specifically, older age children exercised greater control over the materials of each game. That is, the element of sharing the materials was more prominent, perhaps because they had more developed leadership and organizational skills due to their age.  Also, older children used mostly verbal communication skills during their play.  Specifically, they commented on their teammates' actions as an attempt to judge their correctness and asked questions about the game (both for clarification and to challenge a teammate) much more than younger children.  Furthermore, the older children were strongly negotiating the progress of the game according to their interests.  The younger children mainly followed the flow of the game determined by the older children. Our study showed that younger children used listening and non-verbal communication skills to a greater extent during their play.  There were differences in children’s behaviour in terms of communication skills during their participation in the games with advanced difficulty. Specifically, the older children used more their listening skills and commented less on the opponent's actions.  This can be interpreted due to the difficulty of the game and the fact that children were trying to maintain their concentration.
References
Andika, W., D., Akbar, M & Yufiarti, & Sumarni, Sri. (2019). Playing board games with mathematical self-concept to support early numeracy skill of 5-6 years old children. Journal of Physics: Conference Series. DOI: 10.1088/1742-6596/1166/1/012019
Anzman-Frasca, S., Singh, A., Curry, D., Tauriello, S., Epstein, L. H., Faith, M. S., Reardon, K., & Pape, D. (2020). Evaluating a Board Game Designed to Promote Young Children's Delay of Gratification. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 581025. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.581025
Barton, E. E., Pokorski, E. A., Sweeney, E. M., Velez, M., Gossett, S., Qiu, J., Flaherty, C., & Domingo, M. (2018). An empirical examination of effective practices for teaching board game play to young children. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 20 (3), 138-148. doi: 10.1177/1098300717753833.
Brodin, J. & Renblad, R. (2020). Improvement of preschool children’s speech and language skills, Early Child Development and Care, 190 (14), 2205-2213, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2018.1564917
Copple, C., & Bredekamp, S. (2009). Developmentally Appropriate Practice in Early Childhood Programs Serving Children from Birth through Age 8. National Association for the Education of Young Children.
Loizou E. & Avgitidou, S. (2014). The Greek–Cypriot early childhood educational reform: introducing play as a participatory learning process and as children's right, Early Child Development and Care, 184(12), 1884-1901, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2014.892482
Loizou, E. (2017). Towards play pedagogy: supporting teacher play practices with a teacher guide about socio-dramatic and imaginative play, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(5), 784-795, DOI: 10.1080/1350293X.2017.1356574
Payler, J., Davis, P., & Isaacs, D. (2017). The Routledge International Handbook of Froebel and Early Childhood Practice: Re-articulating Research and Policy. Routledge.
Pellegrini, A. D., Kato, K., Blatchford, P., & Baines, E. (2002). A Short-Term Longitudinal Study of Children’s Playground Games across the First Year of School: Implications for Social Competence and Adjustment to School. American Educational Research Journal, 39(4), 991–1015. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3202452
Ramani, G. B., Daubert, E. N., & Scalise, N. R. (2019). Role of play and games in building children’s foundational numerical knowledge. In D. C. Geary, D. B. Berch, & K. M. Koepke (Eds.), Cognitive foundations for improving mathematical learning (pp. 69–90). Elsevier Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-815952-1.00003-7
Wood, E. (2015). Play, Learning and the Early Childhood Curriculum. Sage Publications.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Basic Understandings of Inclusive Assessment – a Qualitative Study on the Curricula for the Subject German in All Federal States

Jessica Löser, Jonas Goltz, Milena Dünkel

University of Göttingen, Germany

Presenting Author: Goltz, Jonas

The consideration of individualised learning requirements and backgrounds of pupils is a central foundation for inclusive teaching practices. This includes the constant adaption of school development processes as well as lesson planning. Within this discourse, the relevance of assessment is often highlighted (Neumann & Lütje-Klose 2020; Prengel 2016). The guiding assumption is that inclusive school must pursue the goal of offering all students options for individualized learning while acknowledging their diversity (Prengel 2016; Werning 2020). Teaching in inclusive classes therefore means assessing individual needs of students. The meaning and practice of assessment can be understood in different ways though. Those understandings move between a logic of placement on the one hand and a (process-centered) focus of educational support on the other hand (Mitchell 2008; Prengel 2016; Schmidt 2018). This leads to the question, whether assessment is used to assess learning outcomes, e.g. at the end of the school year, and then place pupils accordingly (“summative assessment”, Mitchell 2008, 201) or whether it is used to constantly gather information about individual learning situations in teaching practice and base the constant development of classes on this (“formative assessment”, ibid.). The discourse of inclusion shows an increasing focus on process-centered procedures, since they address all students in heterogeneous learning groups. In this form of assessment Mitchell (ibid., 184) sees (among others) a chance for individual learning, so students “have the opportunity to improve” (ibid.: 184). This also means to find out “why some learners do not succeed and to adapt the curriculum and [to] re-design your teaching to rectify any problems” (ibid.: 184 f.).

Inclusive school developments therefore means highlighting the heterogeneity of students. Here it is necessary to reduce discrimination and disadvantages which is requested and supported on different political levels (e.g. UN-BRK 2006; KMK 2022). The implementation of requirements like this depend on structural conditions of the school system. In this context segregated school systems, such as in Germany, impose additional challenges (Werning & Arndt 2015). Concerning political specifications about development of school and teaching, core curriculums can be viewed as essential baselines for school development and teaching practice. This is, among others, shown by Mihajlovic (2022) for Finland, Buchner & Petrik (2022) for Austria an Caspari (2021) for Germany.

Here this project can be situated. In a comparing perspective it analyses the German core curriculums for the school subject ,German’. Studies comparing teaching practice (on an international level) have shown repeatedly that teachers in Germany often fail to assess their students needs adequately (Schmidt 2018: 15, Mahlau et al. 2020: 88f, McElvany et al. 2023: 180). Furthermore, they struggle to combine assessment and teaching practices, since they often do not adapt their teaching accordingly (Walm et al. 2017, 114 f.). Our project therefore asks in what way assessment is implemented in the different German states and (secondary) school forms via core curriculums and therefore which base is given for teaching in heterogeneous settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project focuses on core curriculums. It follows the assumptions that those official documents offer important clues on which forms of pedagogical practices are desired and anticipated on a political level (Buchner et al. 2020). Furthermore, Caspari (2021) assumes that the transformation of curriculum contents can prelude development on school and teaching levels. According to Mihajlovic (2022) curricula provide mandatory baselines for arrangements of teaching settings. While the actual teaching practices may differ from curricular guidelines, they still offer suggestions and stimulations to teach in specific ways (Mihajlovic 2022, Buchner et al. 2022, Buchner & Petrik 2023).
An early sighting of potential data had already shown that the contents of the different curriculums, that are linked to assessment, often lacked an explicit connection to the topic, e.g. by using different vocabulary. Therefore, the methodological approach of this project needed to allow a very open handling of data. At the same time, forms of implementation of assessment needed to be identified across a large numbers of documents. For this, the grounded theory methodology (GTM) (Strauss & Corbin 2010) was chosen as an analytical approach. The GTM stands out among other approaches by its emphasis on flexibility in the research process. At the same time, it allows to discover concepts and categories as well as their internal connections on basis of data (Heiser 2018: 213 ff.). This approach allows it to identify parts of documents, which broach the issue of assessment only implicitly. The flexible changing between the steps of the GTM allowed the expansion of the sample even in the later research process.
This approach resulted in a sample of a total of 75 documents. The number as well as the extend of the documents differed a lot between the different states. Considering a theoretical saturation (Strauss & Corbin 2010), as well as the fact, that many parts of the documents did not broach assessment, not all extracts of the documents in the sample were analysed extensively.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the core curriculums has shown that all German states and segregated schools share a basic understanding of assessment. Assessment is supposed to show learning results at the end of learning phases. But furthermore assessment, as well as subsequent individual support, are seen as strategies to meet heterogeneous learning groups to allow optimal learning processes.
This understanding of assessments affiliates to a broad scientific discourse. At the same time it is peculiar that the implementation of assessment differs a lot in some cases, when comparing the documents of different states and segregated schools. Here, assessment and teaching practices are often discussed independently without highlighting their connections. It is also shown that assessment is often broached way more intensely in those documents which put a specific focus on special need education or learning German as a second language. This way assessment gains importance in regard to specific differentiations between learners and, therefore, highlights them. Furthermore, the use of different terms instead of assessment is noticeable. This should be viewed critically, as unclear vocabulary may hinder teaching practices in contexts of team teaching (especially in settings of cooperation of teachers with different specialisations) or when beginning teaching at a new school (especially directly after graduating or when changing to a school in a different state).
Our research connects to a broad international research field (e.g. Füssel & Roeder, 2003; Pinar 2013; Caspari 2021; Mihajlovic 2022; Buchner & Petrik 2022, 2023). At ECER 2024, we aim to discuss implications of our research results with a focus on curriculum research and its meaning for teaching practices, e.g. which hurdles might be expected, as well as on possible further curriculum-developments. In this, we want to highlight the role of curricula and curriculum research for the development of inclusive school and teaching.

References
Buchner, T./Giese, M./Ruin, S. (2020). Inklusiver Sportunterricht? Fähigkeitskritische Perspektiven auf Curricula des Schulfachs Sport. In Jahrestagung der Inklusionsforscher* innen: Inklusion-Partizipation-Menschenrechte. pp.278-285. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.
Buchner, T./Petrik, F. (2022). Die Räume der Curricula: Zum Zusammenspiel von Raum und Fähigkeit an Neuen Mittelschulen. In: Tertium Comparationis - Journal für International und Interkulturell Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. 28(1). p.13–33.
Buchner, T.,/Petrik, F. (2023). Evaluating education policies through a spatial lens: Uncovering the ability-space-regimes of Austrian new middle schools. In Space, Education, and Inclusion. p.38-56). Routledge.
Caspari, D. (2021). Der Französischunterricht in der Krise – und mit ihm die Bedeutung der Schulfremdsprachen außer Englisch. In: Grein, M./Schädlich, B./Vernal Schmidt, J. M. (ed.). Die Krise des Französischunterrichts in der Diskussion. Berlin: J. B. Metzler, p.25-43.
Füssel, H.-P./Roeder, P.M. (2003) Recht - Erziehung - Staat. Zur Genese einer Problemkonstellation und zur Programmatik ihrer zukünftigen Entwicklung. Weinheim: Beltz.
Heiser, P. (2018). Meilensteine der qualitativen Sozialforschung - Eine Einführung entlang klassischer Studien. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
KMK (2022). Standards für die Lehrerbildung. Bildungswissenschaften. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 16.12.2004 i. d. F. vom 07.10.2022. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2004/2004_12_16-Standards-Lehrerbildung.pdf
Mahlau, K./Ehrich, K.,/Blumenthal, Y.,/Voß, S. (2020). Multimodale Diagnostik als Ausgangspunkt für spezifische Förderung. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 71, p.88-99.
McElvany, N/Lorenz, R./Frey, A./Goldhammer, F./Schilcher, A./Stubbe, T. C. (ed.) (2023). IGLU 2021 - Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre. Münster: Waxmann Verlag.
Mihajlovic, C. (2022). Vielfalt im Sportunterricht. Ger J Exerc Sport Res 52, 135–147 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-021-00743-5
Mitchell, D. (2008). What really works in special and inclusive education. Using evidence-based teaching strategies. (2nd ed.) London u.a.: Routledge.
Neumann, P./Lütje-Klose, B. (2020). Diagnostik in inklusiven Schulen – zwischen Stigmatisierung, Etikettierungs-Ressourcen-Dilemma und förderorientierter Handlungsplanung. In: Gresch, C./Kuhl, P./Grosche, M./Sälzer, C./Stanat, P. (ed.) Schüler*innen mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf in Schulleistungserhebungen . Springer VS, Wiesbaden.
Pinar, W.F. (ed.). (2013). International handbook of curriculum research. Routledge. London.
Prengel, A. (2016). Didaktische Diagnostik als Element alltäglicher Lehrerarbeit – „Formatives Assessment“ im inklusiven Unterricht. In: Amrhein, B. (ed.):Diagnostik im Kontext inklusiver Bildung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. p.49–64.
Schmidt, F. (2018). Diagnose von Lesekompetenz aus Sicht von Lehrpersonen im Fach Deutsch. Berlin: Peter Lang.
Strauss, A./Corbin, J. (2010). Grounded Theory. Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim: Beltz.
UN (2006) = United Nations (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). https://treaties.un.org/doc/Publication/CTC/Ch_IV_15.pdf.
Werning, R./Arndt, A.-K. (2015). Unterrichtsgestaltung und Inklusion. In Kiel, E. (ed.). Inklusion im Sekundarbereich. p.53–96. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.
Werning, R. (2020). Inklusive Didaktik – adaptiven Unterricht realisieren. In: Schule inklusiv, 8, p.4–8.
 
15:15 - 16:4504 SES 02 A: Culture and ethnicity: inclusion or exclusion in education?
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nataša Simić
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Ethnic Discrimination – Secondary School Students’ Narratives about Possible Conflict Outcomes

Nataša Simić1, Jovan Radosavljević2, Hana Sejfović3

1University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Institute of Psychology, Serbia; 2University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Serbia; 3State University of Novi Pazar, Serbia

Presenting Author: Simić, Nataša

Ethnic or ethnicity-based discrimination is a differential treatment based on ethnicity that disadvantages an ethnic group, thus negatively influencing life experiences and chances of its members (Gillborn, 2003). It appears in all spheres of life, including education, where school staff or peers can be perpetrators of discrimination. In that case ethnic discrimination encompasses intentional or unintentional behavior such as physical altercations (e.g., pushing or stealing from), verbal harassment (e.g., racial/ethnic jokes and making fun of), avoidance or isolation, threats and intimidation, and lack of respect for other cultures (e.g., not attempting to pronounce a name correctly) (Kiang & Kaplan, 1994; Rosenbloom & Way, 2004; Salamé, 2004; Wing, 2007). Ethnic discrimination can also be institutional, when school policies can actively or passively set ground for interethnic conflicts and unfavorable position of certain groups (e.g. absence of ethnic minority groups from school curriculum or colorblind attitudes or administrations) (Rosenbloom & Way, 2004; Salamé, 2004). Certain characteristics of school (e.g., ethnic composition of the student population) can also be associated with higher prevalence of ethnic discrimination and conflicts (Graham, 2018). Henze and associates (2002) offered the three-tier model of ethnic conflicts – The Iceberg Model of Racial or Ethnic Conflict (IMREC). According to IMREC, slurs or physical violence based on ethnicity lay at the top of the iceberg given that they are the most easily detectable forms of conflict. The second tier involves less overt forms of conflicts, such as group avoidance, group exclusion, and unequal treatment across groups. Finally, the foundation of the model encompasses the underlying factors contributing to racial or ethnic conflicts, such as segregation, institutionalized and individual racism, intentional or unintentional transmission of harmful beliefs across generations and inequality in distribution of resources.

The National Center for Education Statistics in the U.S. showed that ethnic discrimination and conflicts appear often - for example, 21.5% of students in U.S. public schools reported being the victim of bullying, with ethnicity/race being the most frequent cause of the conflict. The United States Department of Justice further indicated that as much as 64% of school-based hate crimes are motivated by race or ethnicity. Studies conducted in Europe show that between 15 and 25% of students are exposed to bullying (Veenstra et al., 2005). Research in Serbia showed that about two thirds of students experienced some form of school violence, while repeated bullying was reported by 5.1% of primary school students (Popadić & Plut, 2007). There is no data about prevalence of ethnic discrimination, but studies showed that Roma students are at higher risk of being discriminated against by both peers and school staff (Simić & Vranješević, 2022).

Experience of ethnic discrimination in school has a negative impact on both academic and socioemotional outcomes, such as adolescents’ sense of school belonging, self-esteem, depressive symptoms and academic achievement (Benner et al., 2018; Wong et al., 2003). Interethnic conflicts in schools can also negatively affect overall school climate, creating an unsafe environment and legitimizing violence across groups (Kiang & Kaplan, 1994; Rosenbloom & Way, 2004; Salamé, 2004). They can even destabilize entire communities which already have a history of interethnic tensions. Therefore, it is extremely important, especially in current times of interethnic conflicts escalating worldwide, to explore how youth interpret ethnic discrimination and conflicts and what outcomes they can imagine. This research focused on the ways secondary school students from Serbia interpreted the fictionalized scenarios about ethnic discrimination and bullying perpetrated by peers in schools and consequently what outcomes to this situation they envisaged.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was conducted within the project “Narrativization of ethnic identities of adolescents from culturally dominant and minority backgrounds, and the role of the school context” (NIdEA), supported by the Science Fund of the Republic of Serbia (grant number 1518). For this specific study the vignette method was chosen because it proved to be suitable for exploring youth’ interpretative processes about complex and sensitive topics due to its projective nature, which makes it less threatening and invasive compared to methods that entail direct narration of personal experience (Jović, 2023). Scenarios that are viewed by participants as highly conceivable are more likely to produce thick data, so special attention was paid to the preparatory phase. Cognitive interviews with seven secondary school students were conducted and the vignette and the prompt were polished so as to be understandable and as close as possible to students’ real experience. Then eleven students participated in piloting the vignette and after they wrote their narratives a short focus group was conducted to collect more feedback. Final version of the vignette was administered to students from seven secondary schools located in multiethnic regions of Serbia (N = 85, 67% male, Mage = 16, 41.1% identified as minorities with Hungarian and Roma being the most represented) First, they were invited to read a vignette about a new student who came to their school and who experienced ethnicity-based discrimination and bullying. Then they were asked to write about the way(s) in which that situation concluded (what was happening, how that student felt, who else was involved, etc.).
After students’ narratives were typed into MAXQDA, inductive thematic analysis was applied (Boyatzis, 1998). Narratives contained one to six sentences and those more elaborated embraced up to four themes. In total 85 narratives were analyzed, and 131 coded segments were derived.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis revealed six major endings of the fictionalized story: a) No resolution (present in 3 narratives), b) Escalation (32), c) Retribution (19), d) Withdrawal (18), e) Reconciliation (55), and f) Building new friendships (2). Escalation diverged into two paths – either the discriminated student continued to be a victim which usually culminated in physical violence, or the discriminated student reacted violently, in some cases organizing revenge. Retribution typically followed escalation, although in some cases the school staff punished the act of verbal violence against the new student immediately. The theme Withdrawal refers to cases of mental suffering, withdrawing from the peer group and isolation, in some cases ending with the change of the class or the school. Students often imagined reconciliation that was either achieved by a constructive conversation between students or through mediation of school staff and/or parents. Finally, two students narrated about the discriminated student finding new friends and thus overcoming experience of ethnic discrimination.
Although we might say that negative scenarios prevail, in the case of Retribution it is not clear what happened after students got punished – if perpetrators stopped bullying the newcomer or if they continued bullying but using more subtle (e.g. IMREC second tier) methods. In addition, it is positive that teachers, school psychologists and principals are seen as resources for resolution of cases of ethnic discrimination (elaborated in 42 narratives). These strategies are in line with recommendations for a positive conflict resolution – that negotiation and legitimate power should be used (Isajiw, 2000). In addition to personal ways of construing conflict situations and outcomes, these narratives can help us better understand the school climate and ways schools typically react to ethnic violence.

References
Benner, A. D., Wang, Y., Shen, Y., Boyle, A. E., Polk, R., & Cheng, Y. P. (2018). Racial/ethnic discrimination and well-being during adolescence: A meta-analytic review. American Psychologist, 73(7), 855–883. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000204
Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. Sage.
Gillborn, D. (2003). Race, ethnicity and education: Teaching and learning in multi-ethnic schools. Routledge.
Graham, S. (2018). Race/ethnicity and social adjustment of adolescents: How (Not if) school diversity matters. Educational Psychologist, 53(2), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2018.1428805
Henze, R., Norte, E., Sather, S. E., Walker, E., & Katz, A. (Eds.). (2002). Leading for diversity: How school leaders promote positive interethnic relations. Corwin press.
Isajiw, W. W. (2000). Approaches to ethnic conflict resolution: paradigms and principles. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(1), 105-124. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0147-1767(99)00025-5
Jović, S. (2023). Calling Out Injustice: Youth from Differently Privileged Backgrounds Narrate About Injustice. Human Arenas. 6, 41–61. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42087-021-00207-0
Kiang, P. N., Kaplan, J. Where do we stand? (1994). Views of racial conflict by Vietnamese American high-school students in a black-and-white context. Urban Review 26, 95–119. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02354461
Popadić, D., & Plut, D. Violence in Primary Schools in Serbia - Forms and Prevalence. Psychology, 40 (2), 309-328.
Rosenbloom, S. R., & Way, N. (2004). Experiences of Discrimination among African American, Asian American, and Latino Adolescents in an Urban High School. Youth & Society, 35(4), 420-451. https://doi.org/10.1177/0044118X03261479
Salame, C. S. I. (2004). Rhetoric of exclusion and racist violence in a Catalan secondary school. Anthropology & education quarterly, 35(4), 433-450.
Simić, N. & Vranješević (2022). I fight, therefore I am: Success factors of Roma university students from Serbia. Psihološka istraživanjam XXV(2), 205-223.
Veenstra, R., Lindenberg, S., Oldehinkel, A. J., De Winter, A. F., Verhulst, F. C., & Ormel, J. (2005). Bullying and victimization in elementary schools: a comparison of bullies, victims, bully/victims, and uninvolved preadolescents. Developmental psychology, 41(4), 672–682. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.41.4.672
Wong, C. A., Eccles, J. S., & Sameroff, A. (2003). The influence of ethnic discrimination and ethnic identification on african american adolescents’ school and socioemotional adjustment. Journal of Personality, 71(6), 1197–1232. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-6494.7106012


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Tracing the ‘Canonisation’ of Colonised Peoples into British Narratives of the First and Second World Wars in School History Textbooks

Grace Sahota

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sahota, Grace

This paper traces the ways in which representations of race and racism have changed or remained the same in English commercial history textbooks from 1991 to the present day. In particular, the paper focuses on how colonised peoples are represented in 20th century history, and the tensions inherent in textbooks’ efforts to ‘include’ colonised peoples in the British historical canon (or ‘canonise’ them).

Research in the UK on race and history education tends to focus on curriculum policy (Haydn 2012; Faas 2011), the experiences or agency of teachers and/or students (Bracey 2016; Doharty 2019; Woolley 2019; Henry 2020; Huber & Kitson, 2020; Smith 2017, 2020; Hart 2021), or on teachers’ curriculum decision-making (Harris & Reynolds 2018; Harris 2021), leaving educational materials such as textbooks underexamined. When textbooks are the object of research, the approach taken is descriptive (Grindel 2013). Descriptive studies are less likely to consider the overarching ethico-political consequences of race-based representations and thus are limited in their analysis. Although there is a tradition of more critical research into processes of racialization in education (materials and practice) coming from the US (Epstein 2000; Mattias 2013; Chandler & McKnight 2009; Brown & Brown 2010; Brown & Au 2014), Canada (Montgomery 2006; Stanton 2014), Ireland (Bryan 2012), the Netherlands (Weiner 2014, 2016; Sijpenhof 2020), Portugal (Araujo & Maeso 2012), South Africa (Teeger 2015; Wilmot & Naido 2011; Subreenduth 2013), Israel (Nasser & Nasser 2008; Sheps 2019) and Hong Kong (Lin & Jackson 2019), it is considerably less prominent in research on England and its statutory history education.

It is well established that education, and history education in particular, is a core site for maintaining (and challenging) the status-quo (Gramsci 1971; Au & Apple 2009). In the UK, education reproduces and reinforces norms of whiteness and racial superiority (Bhopal 2018). The production of racial hierarchies (racialization) is an enduring modern process, but one that is iterative, fluid and slippery, becoming ever more entrenched, “submerged and hidden” with each iteration (Ladson-Billings 2009: 18). Today, we can understand racialization in terms of ‘postracial’ logics of racelessness, colour evasiveness, individualism, legal regimes of equality, and racial denial (Goldberg 2009, 2015; Lentin & Titley 2011) and, increasingly, the “post-postracial” resurgence of racial science (Lentin 2020: 25), both of which work to maintain and extend oppressive racial structures and hierarchies while shielding them from view.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To provide a nuanced and robust understanding of evolutions in processes of racialization and the shifting faces of racisms in statutory history education in England, this paper journeys through each iteration of the National Curriculum (1991, 1995, 1999, 2007, 2014) and its interactions with 14 history textbooks published between 1991 and 2023. A historical tracing approach to Critical Discourse Analysis across this period was used. This enabled for more continual and subtle changes in discursive techniques to be observed across the period 1991-present, than simply comparing two distinct timepoints would allow. As such, both textbook progress and limitations can be acknowledged (Brown & Brown 2010), as well as an understanding of how symbolic and cosmetic changes are enacted, often packaged as structural and impactful change.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper explores one, more hopeful, theme that has emerged from the wider study: the canonisation of colonised peoples into British narratives of the First and Second World Wars. Analysis demonstrates a slow, non-linear process of representing colonised peoples in a variety of ways. What appears begrudging and obligatory, at times self-aware and performative, transforms, most recently, into celebratory and restorative tones. I show how textbooks move between dehumanisation and near total exclusion from the canon, to segregation from the canon, ad-hoc and superficial inclusion (footnotes to the canon), assertions of authorial innocence at ‘forgotten’ histories, and moves, in 2023 textbooks, to directly confront and counter certain racial issues. First, the overwhelming whiteness of the canon is challenged. Second, certain textbooks are, to a degree, racially literate and acknowledge racial structures above and beyond the individual. Third, and in opposition to literature demonstrating binary, oversimplified individualising narratives of race/racism in textbooks (Chandler & McKnight 2009; Hutchins 2011; van Kessel & Crowley 2013), more recent individualised narratives take a detailed, humanising life-history approach. However, there remains a hesitance to meaningfully interrogate whiteness and tensions in understanding and disrupting racializing processes.
References
•ARAUJO, M. & MAESO, S. R. 2012. History textbooks, racism and the critique of Eurocentrism: beyond rectification or compensation. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 35, 1266-1286.
•AU, W. & APPLE, M. W. 2009. “Rethinking reproduction: Neo-Marxism in critical education theory”, in: The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Education, Michael W. Apple, Wayne Au and Luis Armando Gandin (eds), New York, Routledge, 83–95.
•BROWN, A. L. & AU, W. 2014. Race, Memory, and Master Narratives: A Critical Essay on U.S. Curriculum History. Curriculum Inquiry, 44, 358-389.
•BHOPAL, K. 2018. White privilege: The myth of a post-racial society, Bristol, Policy Press.
•CHANDLER, P. & MCKNIGHT, D. 2009. The Failure of Social Education in the United States: A Critique of Teaching the National Story from "White" Colourblind Eyes. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 7, 217-248.
•DOHARTY, N. 2019. 'I Felt Dead': Applying a Racial Microaggressions Framework to Black Students' Experiences of Black History Month and Black History. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 22, 110-129.
•GOLDBERG, D. T. 2009. The threat of race: Reflections on racial neoliberalism, Malden, Wiley-Blackwell.
•GOLDBERG, D. T. 2015. Are we all postracial yet?, Cambridge, Polity Press.
•GRAMSCI, A. 1971. Selections from the Prison Notebooks, edited and translated by Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith, London, Lawrence and Wishart.
•HAYDN, T. 2012. History in Schools and the Problem of "The Nation". Education Sciences, 2, 276-289.
•LADSON-BILLINGS, G. 2009. Just what is Critical Race Theory and what’s it doing in a nice field like education? In E. Taylor, D. Gillborn & G. Ladson-Billings (Eds.), Foundations of Critical Race Theory in education. New York: Routledge.
•LENTIN, A. 2020. Why race still matters, Cambridge, Polity Press.
•LENTIN, A. & Titley, G. 2011. The Crises of Multiculturalism: Racism in a Neoliberal Age, London, Zed Books.
•SMITH, J. 2017. Discursive Dancing: Traditionalism and Social Realism in the 2013 English History Curriculum Wars. British Journal of Educational Studies, 65, 307-329.
•SMITH, J. 2020. Community and contestation: a Gramscian case study of teacher resistance. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52, 27-44.
•TEEGER, C. 2015. Ruptures in the Rainbow Nation: How Desegregated South African Schools Deal with Interpersonal and Structural Racism. Sociology of Education, 88, 226-243.
•VAN KESSEL, C. & CROWLEY, R. M. 2017. Villainification and Evil in Social Studies Education. Theory and Research in Social Education, 45, 427-455.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Bicultural Narrative and the Pedagogy of Recognition in a Roma High School

Erika Csovcsics

University of Pécs, Hungary

Presenting Author: Csovcsics, Erika

Different socialization in family and school in multicultural societies and the challenges of interactions between cultures have drawn the social researchers’ attention to the need for more empirical research based on re-conceptualization and operationalization of dual-cultural adaptation (Berry, 1974; Hong, Morris, Chiu, & Benet-Martínez, 2000; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013, Safa, Umaña & Taylor, 2021). The earlier assumption of biculturalism leading to marginalization by being trapped between the two cultures has been refuted by numerous studies revealing that dual-cultural orientation (heritage and host) contributes to a greater individual's adjustment (LaFromboise & Gerton, 1993; Berry, 2005; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013; Safa, Umaña & Taylor, 2021; Stogianni et al., 2021). Namely, the individual internalized system of values, beliefs, competences and knowledge constructed from the two cultures promote to access, integrate, and switch between cultural frames of reference across multiple domains. Research highlights the significance of enhancing awareness of bicultural competences for psychosocial adjustment and resilience. To change the cognitive-behavioral attitude of belonging to an undervalued minority culture, it is necessary to mobilize community cultural wealth, networking, and navigational capital from the part of the individual (Yosso, 2005, Safa, Umaña & Taylor, 2021). However, that certainly places a significant task on institutions to build a more bicultural learning environment of migrant or minority ethnic learners. A bicultural approach and intervention would be particularly relevant in the education of Roma children and young people, where the rejection of the heritage (or ethnic minority) culture and its replacement by the dominant culture (acculturation or assimilation) seems to be the only strategy proved by the majority. Unlike other nations the Roma, although not homogeneous, are a 'caste-like', 'forced minority' (Ogbu and Simons, 1998; Moldenhawer, 2014) across Europe. Several Roma Strategies implemented at both EU and national levels in recent decades address the structural social inequalities, stigmatizations and discrimination they face with focusing on Roma children's rights and equal access to education, support in academic achievement, and prevention of early school leaving. However, annual surveys by the EU Agency for Fundamental Rights find that Member States' efforts result in limited and uneven progress in employment, education, health care and housing for Roma (European Union FRA, 2023). Surveys even confirm that inclusion-oriented education policies resulted an average of 8% more pupils in segregated institutions (European Union FRA, 2023:39). In Hungary, the proportion of Roma pupils successfully completing primary school has increased in recent decades, but one in two Roma young people drop out of secondary school (Kertesi and Kézdi 2016). Although, international research provide a robust evidence for the positive correlation between the existence and awareness of bicultural competences and learning outcomes in case of different dual-cultures, I have not found any literature or research on Roma biculturalism in my preliminary research. Most research focuses on catching-up (assimilation), deprivation, difficulties of integration, Roma culture is rarely given equal value. My research aims to expand the scope of the bicultural approach for the Roma youth by exploring the role of the Gandhi High School in Pécs in positively reinforcing Roma cultural and minority identity and raising awareness of biculturalism. The high school started immediately after the political transition in Hungary in the early 1990s when the recognition of the Roma as an ethnic minority (joining to the other twelve national minorities) in the Minority Act (Act LXXVII/1993) ensured the cultural right to launch the school as an innovative initiative. At the level of educational policy, the new Education Act (Act LXXIX/1993), which guaranteed educational pluralism, cultural identity and freedom of education, gave the chance to an inclusive teachers’ community to organize a bicultural learning environment with a completely new approach.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My research questions focus on the fulfillment of the institution's declared bicultural goals, its role in Roma minority education and its practices.  On the other hand, the reflections of the graduates between 2000-2003 will provide insight to how they experienced the bicultural learning context, whether they developed a bicultural identity; and whether bicultural competences helped them in adjustment.
1) Institutional and educational policy dimension
How did the democratising education and minority policy support the Gandhi Foundation to launch the first Roma national high?
2) Community and personal pedagogical dimension (the teachers and other implementers):
How were the stated objectives fulfilled and were they in line with personal activities and motivations?
3) The dimension of the students’ experience:
What were the students' understandings of the intentions of the founders and the teachers? What were their motivations for learning?
What role did Gandhi High School play in enriching cultural, social and psychological capital?
Did the teaching of ethnic-minority culture and language reinforce their Gypsy/Roma identity; and did this identity result in a positive self-image?

Methods
1) Document analyses
Analyzing the available sources of the documents of the institution and education and minority policy of the period (legislation, founding documents, pedagogical program, curriculum, other school rules and regulations, reports, architectural plans, summaries of the Board of Trustees meetings) evidences are provided about the awareness of bicultural institutional socialisation processes and the recognition of family socialisation; the tools and practices of resilience and capital accumulation; and issues of bicultural identity.
2) Semi-structured narrative interviews
- with three founding teachers and 6 selected from the first community of teachers (n=14) by interview focus on the intersection of individual and institutional motivations and goals, and teacher preparation.
- The focus of the semi-structured narrative interviews with twenty students (2000-2003) from the 2000-2003 graduating cohort (population: n=102):
- For the narrative interviews, I formed two groups of students: the first two cohorts (n=40) representing the start-up period, when there was no exemplary bicultural community in front of them; and the next two cohorts (n=62), who already had an example of bicultural patterns in front of them. The twenty interviewees were selected using a snowball method, using the students' own network of contacts on a voluntary basis. Students' ethnicity was assessed on the basis of students' self-declaration.
- I used the ATLAS.ti program for content analysis of the face-to-face and online interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the present stage of the research the documents of the institution provided evidence for the positive bicultural learning environment. The content analysis finds that the documents between 1992-94 set strategies based on positively recognized  Roma/Gypsy cultural values providing numerous affordances and demands for biculturalism to emerge and be adaptive. Explicit phrasing of belonging to dual-cultures, the founding charter of the school, the pedagogical program, the curriculum and the articles contain the school's strong commitment to a conscious balance between majority and minority cultures shaping of bicultural competence and attitudes. Similarly embedded bicultural content refer to the value of endorsing both cultures. Including Boash and Romani languages and Romani culture in the school curriculum had no precedent before and greatly contributed to the extent how the students affectively and cognitively organized their bicultural identities. A new narrative replaces catch-up and deficit terminology with a context of learning achievement, goal attainment, positive psychological capital, networking and community wealth.
The analyses of the narrative interviews with graduating students so far have identified several areas (strengthening and extending the analysis networks including  both cultural groups, keeping in touch after high school, motivation to learn and perform with clear goal setting, usage of community wealth capital, shaping a positive Roma self-image, navigational capital, being proud, cooperative approach), which confirm that developing bicultural competence and identity achieved its goal.  Further in-depth analysis along the lines of the research questions will further clarify our understanding of the processes and outcomes.
The narrative interviews with the founder teachers underpin the explicit data from the documentary analysis on the intentional bicultural and inclusive education of Roma pupils. Notably, this awareness was mainly the result of the attitude of acceptance and equity, and as a learning organization, the teachers' community played a mediating role between the two cultures.

References
Bereményi, B. Á. (2022). Between choices and “going with the flow”. Career guidance and Roma young people in Hungary. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance.
Berry, J. W. (2005). Acculturation: Living successfully in two cultures. International journal of intercultural relations, 29(6), 697–712.
Brüggemann, C. (2014). Romani culture and academic success: Arguments against the belief in a contradiction. Intercultural Education, 25 (6), 439–452.
Csovcsics, E. (2002). Oktatás a "C" osztályban. A cigány gyerekek iskolai kudarcainak okairól. Vigilia. 67(9), 656-666.
European Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA) (2023). Roma in 10 European Countries - Main results (2021).
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55(7), 709–720.
Keresztes – Takács, O. (2014). Roma fiatalok identitásmintázatai. In: Cserti Csapó Tibor (szerk.) III. Romológus Konferenciakötet. Pécsi Tudományegyetem BTK NTI Romológia és Nevelésszociológia Tanszék, Pécs, 119–134.
LaFromboise, T. D., Coleman, H., & Gerton, J. (1993). Psychological impact of biculturalism: Evidence and theory. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395–412.
Neményi M. (2010) A kisebbségi identitás kialakulása: Roma származású gyerekek identitásstratégiái” In: Feischmidt M. (szerk.) Etnicitás: Különbségteremtő társadalom. Budapest: MTAKI – Gondolat. 48-56.
Nguyen, A. D, Benet-Martínez, V. (2013). Biculturalism and Adjustment: A Meta Analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 44(1), 122–159.
Ogbu, J., U., Simons, H., D. (1998). Voluntary and Involuntary Minorities: A Cultural‐ecological Theory of School Performance with Some Implications for Education. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 29(2), 155–188.
Plainer, Z. (2022). ‘Even if we are Roma, we are clean, respectful, and always went to school’.  Intersections. East European Journal of Society and Politics, 8(2), 80–99.
Safa, M. D. & Umaña-Taylor, A.J. (2021). Biculturalism and adjustment among U.S. Latinos: A review of four decades of empirical findings. Adv Child Dev Behav, 61, 73-127.
Stogianni, M., Bender, M., Sleegers, W. W. A., Benet-Martinez, V., & Nguyen, A. (2021). Sample Characteristics and Country Level Indicators Influencing the Relationship Between Biculturalism and Adjustment: An Updated Meta-Analysis. h
Varga A. & Csovcsics, E. (2021). Equality of Opportunity and Accumulated Capital. In: Anna, Orsós (szerk.) The role of romani studies in higher education: a collaborative project between the University of Pécs and the University of Prešov. Pécs, PTE BTK NTI Romológia és Nevelésszociológia Tanszék, 113-122.
Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose Culture Has Capital? A Critical Race Theory Discussion of Community Cultural Wealth. Race. Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91.
 
15:15 - 16:4504 SES 02 B: Increasing inclusion in Higher Education
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anne Lene Toppe
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Enhancing Assessment and Engagement by Sense of Belonging in Open Higher Education

Tiina Lämsä, Pessi Lyyra, Minna Maunumäki, Tomi Waselius, Maarit Koskinen

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Lämsä, Tiina; Lyyra, Pessi

This ongoing research project aims to generate knowledge that facilitates effective and inclusive open university teaching, contributing to the development of a well-being community and successful learning pathway. The study focuses on investigating the perspectives and experiences of open university students and part-time teachers regarding engagement, assessment, and inclusion within the university community.

Universities employ many part-time teachers who are experts in their field but often lack the pedagogical training considered crucial for teaching and assessment. Assessment feedback quality is intrinsically linked to student learning (e.g., Carless & Boud 2018). However, providing quality feedback to students is currently challenging in a context in which universities are increasingly relying on casualized and inexperienced academic staff to assess undergraduate work (Richards et al., 2017). A key factor that affects teachers' assessment conceptions is the prevailing assessment culture (Segers & Tillema, 2011), meaning the beliefs and values that underlie assessment practices and tasks and that guide assessment practices across a community (Deneen & Bound, 2014; Fuller & Skidmore, 2014.) This project seeks to explore and improve open university teaching by examining engagement, assessment, and inclusion within the open university community.

The data was gathered in two separate sub-studies.

  1. Part-time teachers’ (N=50) assessment conceptions & and organizational sense of belonging​
  2. Students’ course completion risk factors (N = 295)

Engagement in community-based activities, such as pedagogical design as a team, strengthens teachers' assessment skills (Xu & Brown, 2016).​ Moreover, it is widely recognized that experiences of participation / sense of belonging is linked with job satisfaction & well-being at work (Lindberg & Vingård, 2017).​ Furthermore, university teachers' well-being at work is known to be related to their job performance, teaching quality, and student satisfaction (Gulati et al., 2018)​. Given this, we're studying the link between part-time teachers' experiences of organizational belonging and their assessment views. Despite their growing role in higher education (e.g., Ott & Dippold, 2018), research on part-time teachers is lacking.​

Research questions and focus areas:

Question 1: Is teachers' sense of organizational belonging connected to their views on assessment?​

Question 2: Can fostering a sense of belonging among open university students strengthen their study engagement?​

Question 3: How a sense of belonging, on a broader scale, can be nurtured in open higher education?​ (Upcoming data collection in 2024).

A sense of belonging to the organization emerges as a key factor in promoting well-being within teaching. Quality teaching outcomes have both individual and societal significance, reinforcing the vitality of the open university as an organization. Identifying these key factors supports the enhancement of teaching practices and overall organizational effectiveness. Our research findings hold the potential to inform the creation of pedagogical practices and support services that promote collaboration, communication, and an open and transparent approach. These efforts aim to strengthen motivation, commitment, and alignment with the community's goals and values.

The findings will inform the development of pedagogical practices, support services, and a strong sense of community, ultimately enhancing the well-being and learning outcomes for all stakeholders involved. Open university students and part-time teachers play crucial roles in university operations, yet often function as separate entities, resulting in a lack of community and unity. Therefore, it is essential for the university community to have a clear vision of integrating open university students and part-time teachers into the broader university community. Organizational actors have a crucial responsibility to ensure that sufficient support and resources are available to meet the needs of open university students and part-time teachers. Support for open university students and part-time teachers may include academic assistance, mentoring, counseling, and flexible learning options. Availability of resources like technology, learning materials, databases, and library resources is crucial.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Through a comprehensive approach, the research incorporates literature reviews of relevant previous studies and quantitative research based on collected data. Central to the research objectives is the exploration of practices that enable well-being, community, and inclusion, fostering a respectful and socially sustainable organizational culture, pedagogical encounters, and ethically sustainable actions.

Part-time teachers’ (N=50) assessment conceptions were measured via web-based questionnaire with 19 items that included statements created specifically for the present study, and statements used in previous assessment studies (Brown, 2004; Kyttälä et al., 2022). Teachers’ assessment conceptions were measured with 19 items, 6 from the questionnaire of Kyttälä et al. (2022), 2 from the Teachers’ Conceptions of Assessment (COA) III (Brown (2004), and 11 formulated by the research team.  Most of these 11 items were modified from the instruments of Kyttälä et al. (2022) and Brown (2004) with these authors’ permission. Statistical analyses were made using SPSS version 28.0, and p values below 0.05 were considered statistically significant. The Mann-Whitney U test showed that pedagogical studies explained about 35% of the variation in conceptions of assessment of teaching and learning. Teachers who had completed teachers’ pedagogical studies (60 credits) reported conceptions of Assessment of teaching and learning, which refers to formative assessment, more often than those who had not.

Stagely study engagement risk factors for completing open higher education distance learning courses were examined using an online questionnaire administered to students (N=295) enrolled in the basic studies of Psychology in an open university. Effectively counteracting the study engagement risk factors requires their identification at each stage of study completion. We categorized previously identified risk factors to non-study related (life situation, time availability, motivation), supervision (instructions and feedback before, during and after task completion), and study resources (completion method, course difficulty level, course material and its availability, study environment and course schedule) (e.g., Maunula et al. 2021; Yukselturk & Inan, 2006: Yukselturk et al., 2014). We sent an email questionnaire probing these risk factors and course completion to 1000+ open university students in basic studies of psychology. 295 students, 70 of whom did not complete all courses responded to the questionnaire. Using logistic regression, we modeled the effect of these risk factors on course completion for four stages of distance learning course completion: 1. course completion, 2. failure, 3. abandoning before completion, 4. not initiated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findigs indicate, that cultivating sense of organizational belonging facilitates perceiving assessment as formative. Formative assessment includes self-assessment, peer evaluation, and teacher-conducted evaluation (Keeley, 2008; Black & Wiliam, 2009). Students reflect their own learning, evaluate their competence levels, and adjusting their attitudes and approaches accordingly. In parallel, teachers employ a variety of assessment methods to measure students' progress and utilize these insights to refine their teaching. While the importance of formative assessment in learning is generally recognized, its application in higher education remains less understood. Success isn't solely tied to the choice of assessment; students' learning skills also play a vital role. Within this research, a successful learning pathway is broadly understood as a cycle of positive influence: student participation is facilitated through the personnel's own experiences of participation and a community-based organizational culture, leading to sustainable learning and education. This holistic approach seeks to promote well-being and equip individuals with the skills and abilities necessary to navigate complex and ever-changing conditions responsibly.

We found that students’ abandoning the task before initiating was explained by low motivation, inappropriate completion methods, and insufficient time for studies. Failed submissions were associated with poor study skills and poor availability of the learning material. Course completion was the most effectively supported by high motivation level and available time. In open higher education distance learning, the same countermeasures can be used to foster motivation and motivational regulation, design appropriate completion methods, and improve study skills. According to the psychological self-determination theory, study motivation requires fulfilment of the basic needs of competence, autonomy, and communality (Ryan & Deci 2018, 2020). Sense of belonging (and its closely related concept, participation) can be supported through systematic pedagogical choices (e.g. group work, peer assessment, discussion forums).

References
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2018). Self-Determination Theory. Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. Guilford Press.

Johansen, M. O., Eliassen, S., & Jeno, L. M. (2023). The bright and dark side of autonomy: How autonomy support and thwarting relate to student motivation and academic functioning. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1153647. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1153647

Kettunen, P. (2021). Mistä puhutaan, kun puhutaan osallisuudesta? (What do we talk about when we talk about participation?)  In P. Kettunen (Ed.), Työntekijän osallisuus – Mitä se on ja mitä sillä tavoitellaan (Employee participation - What is it and what is it for?) (p. 21–64). Gaudeamus.

Kyttälä, M., & Björn, P. M. (2023). Opettajaksi opiskelevien erilaisia käsityksiä arviointitavoista. Kasvatus, 54(1), 34-50. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.127185

Lindberg, P., Karlsson, T., Nordlöf, H., Engström, V., & Vingård, E. (2017). Factors at work promoting mental health and wellbeing - a systematic litterature review. Paper presented at the 12th International Conference on Occupational Stress and Health: 7–10 June 2017.

Merriman, C. L. (2010). Adjunct faculty organizational sense of belonging and affective organizational commitment. Old Dominion University.

Xu, Y. & Brown, Y. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy in practice: A reconceptualization. Teaching and Teacher Education 58, 149–162.

Keeley, P. (2008). Science Formative Assessment: 75 Practical Strategies for Linking Assessment, Instruction, and Learning. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5-31.

Yukselturk, E., & Inan, F.A. (2006). Examining the Factors Affecting Student Dropout in an Online Certificate Program. Turkish Online Journal of Distance Education-TOJDE, 7(3),, 76–88.

Yukselturk, E., Ozekes, S. & Türel, Y.(2014). Predicting Dropout Student: An Application of Data Mining Methods in an Online Education Program. European Journal of Open, Distance and E-Learning, 17(1), 118­–133. https://doi.org/10.2478/eurodl-2014-0008


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Collaboration between Higher Education and the Practice Field - The Competence Boost for Special Education and Inclusion

Anne Lene Toppe, Heidi Gudmundset

NLA Høgskolen, Norway

Presenting Author: Toppe, Anne Lene; Gudmundset, Heidi

In recent years, several Norwegian reports have concluded that many children and youth with special educational needs do not receive the necessary pedagogical adjustments they require (Barneombudet, 2017; Nordahl, 2018). Based on this, Stortingsmelding 6. (2019 – 2020) Tett på – tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO announced a competence boost within the field of special education. "The Competence Boost for Special Education and Inclusive Practices" is intended to be a permanent arrangement in the Norwegian education system, with the goal of providing all children and youth, from kindergarten to upper secondary school, with tailored and inclusive educational opportunities. This entails considering the general pedagogical and special educational offerings in conjunction, at the municipal and individual school and kindergarten level (Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020)).

This initiative aims to increase special educational competence among teachers and other professionals in the team supporting the student, particularly involving the Educational and Psychological Counselling Service (EPS). It is emphasized that the actors within the team must develop collaboration skills to work systematically in further developing the quality of education. This applies to both regular school practices, as well as improving the quality of special education (Haug, 2021).

Many previous competence initiatives in the Norwegian education sector have been largely characterized by top-down management. Stortingsmelding 21 (2016-2017) emphasizes that the most significant competence development in schools must occur at the local level. Within this context, there is also an acknowledgement that previous national initiatives have allowed for insufficient local adaptations. Therefore, the Competence Boost should be understood as a new strategy for competence development within the education sector in Norway, where competence is developed locally within each municipality (Mjøs et al., 2023).

In this endeavor, universities and colleges are to be regarded as equal partners to municipalities. The idea is that the various parties should complement each other and place emphasis on mutual learning. When competence is developed through partnerships between primary schools, support systems, and universities/colleges, and is based on local needs, it opens up many possibilities. However, it is also challenging as it is left to the actors to determine what the local needs are. The different actors may bring different understandings of the problems into the partnership and therefore have different needs. Often, in such partnerships, actors may also have unrealistic expectations of each other due to insufficient insight and understanding of each other's guidelines and mandates (Øen & Mjøs, 2023). In these situations, a "blame game" (Hood, 2002) can easily arise, where the different parties primarily believe that it is others who need to increase their competence and change their practices, rather than themselves.

This project reports on the first phase of the Competence boost in a Norwegian municipality. In this initial phase, the work primarily takes place at the steering committee level. The steering committee consists of representatives from the school ownership, representatives from the leadership of the municipal support system for education, and representatives from universities and colleges. In collaboration, the participants contribute to identifying competence needs and based on this, develop a plan for further competence development. Such a plan for competence development largely involves changes at the system level and therefore bears the mark of innovation (Florian, 2015). However, in order to harness the innovative potential of the work, it is crucial that the plans are anchored in the respective organizations and that they reach a consensus and acknowledge the current state (Øen & Gilje, 2020).

The research question for this project is:

What characterizes the process of implementing the Competence Enhancement Project in the municipality and what does this mean for further work?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research approach in this project supports what Ainscow et al. (2004) describe as "collaborative action research." As researchers, we have been participants in the work of the steering committee, and our role has therefore been to be critical discussion partners while also researching the processes in which we have taken part (Øen & Mjøs, 2023). This role thus entails a kind of intermediary position where we alternate between being a listening and neutral observer, an active conversation/discussion partner, and finally, analytical and explorative (Ainscow et al., 2004).
The data material on which this paper is based consists of audio recordings from a total of ten collaborative meetings over a period of 18 months. In addition, meeting minutes and meeting invitations are also included as part of the data material.
The research question for this paper has an exploratory approach. Therefore, we have chosen to rely on an inductive thematic analysis based on Braun & Clarke (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Braun et al., 2022). The analytical approach described in this article emphasizes the recognition that meaning, patterns, and themes are created through the interaction between the researcher and the data material. This is particularly essential when the researcher is investigating processes in which they are involved. Although the analytical process can be described as a series of steps, Creswell (2014) points out that these steps are not always followed in order. It is therefore an iterative process where one often jumps back and forth between different steps (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). As of now, we are in the middle of the analytical phase where we have chosen to use an open coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) based on the phases within thematic analysis described by Braun & Clarke (Braun et al., 2022). This approach involves the following steps: 1. Familiarize oneself with the data material. 2. Start the coding work. 3. Generate preliminary themes. 4. Develop and evaluate themes. 5. Refine, define, and name the themes. 6. Write down the analysis. Since this work is ongoing, it is not possible to present crystallized themes in this paper.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Since the analysis is still in an early stage, it is too early to draw conclusions regarding the findings in the research material. However, preliminary tendencies in the material show that inclusion as a concept is central and that there is a clear focus on how schools and kindergartens can work more closely with the PPT (Pedagogical Psychological Service). At the same time, it becomes apparent that different perceptions of reality among the various actors also make the process challenging at times. Although the municipalities initially felt that they had a good overview of their own competence needs, the findings also reveal that the innovative processes uncover new "blind spots" regarding competence. This is particularly true for the competence related to action, where theoretical knowledge is translated into inclusive practices.
References
Ainscow, M. E. L., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2004). Understanding and developing inclusive practices in schools: a collaborative action research network. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), 125-139. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360311032000158015
Barneombudet. (2017). Uten mål og mening? Barneombudet.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Braun, V., Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2022). Thematic analysis : a practical guide. SAGE.
Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2008). Basics of qualitative research : techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (3rd ed. ed.). Sage.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Educational research : planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed. ed.). Pearson.
Florian, L. (2015). Inclusive Pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences but can it help reduce educational inequalities? Scottish Educational Review, 47(1), 5-14.
Haug, P. (2021). Spesialundervisning : ei innføring. Det norske samlaget.
Hood, C. (2002). The Risk Game and the Blame Game. Gov. & oppos, 37(1), 15-37. https://doi.org/10.1111/1477-7053.00085
Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research : a guide to design and implementation (4th ed. ed.). Jossey-Bass.
Mjøs, M., Moen, V., & Øen, K. (2023). Kommunal styring og ledelse av en forskningsstøttet innovasjon for utvikling av inkluderende praksis. In M. Mjøs, S. Hillesøy, V. Moen, & S. E. Ohna (Eds.), Kompetanse for inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PP-tjeneste (pp. 47-69). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.186.ch2
Nordahl, T. (2018). Inkluderende fellesskap for barn og unge. Fagbokforl.
Øen, K., & Gilje, J. (2020). Desentralisert kompetanseutvikling. Bedre skole(2), 32-38.
Øen, K., & Mjøs, M. (2023). Partnerskap mellom forskere og praktikere som innovasjonsstrategi – et utfordrende mulighetsrom. In M. Mjøs, S. Hillesøy, V. Moen, & S. E. Ohna (Eds.), Kompetanse for inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PP-tjeneste (pp. 47-69). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.186.ch2
 
15:15 - 16:4504 SES 02 C: Multistakeholder collaboration for Inclusion in Education
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Foteini Pasenidou
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Hope of Multi-professional Collaboration for Inclusive Education in Austria & Germany? – The Trilemmatic Inclusion as a Theoretical Systematization

Josephine Laukner1, Lisa-Katharina Moehlen2

1Technical University Braunschweig, Germany; 2University Wien, Austria

Presenting Author: Laukner, Josephine; Moehlen, Lisa-Katharina

Building national states after World War 2, both Austria and Germany reorganised their school systems and established separated school types for students with(out) disabilities. The CPRD (2009), ratified by Germany and Austria, intends to establish a common understanding of inclusive education in order to guarantee the right to inclusive education for all. The SDG 4 (2015) proclaims a wide understanding of inclusive education considering all students in all diemensions of heterogneity and aiming to institutional changes adapting mainstream learning environment for all and closing special schools.

Unless there are no fundamental systematic change towards one common inclusive education system within the last 15 years in both countries (Klemm, 2022). Both Austria and Germany still operate with assessments producing a school-specific disability category referred to as special education needs (SEN). The SEN labels are clustered by eight to nine different categories of disabilites, impairments, or handicaps in both countries. Compared to Germany, a medical-psychiatric orientated diagnosis is mandatory for the SEN assignment in Austria (Schwab et al., 2015). This claim poses a fundamental dilemma for the Austrian and German school systems that still differentiates between separate organizations of mainstream and special schools.

The decentralized organization of the education systems leads to different implementation ideas and very different progress in inclusive education depending on the federal state. Bremen (GER) relies on an inclusive school system with individual support centers (Senate Bremen, 2014), Lower Saxony relies on a cautious introduction of inclusive education by initially only phasing out the special school for learning since the 2013/14 school year (Nds. KM, 2012). All other forms of special schools still persit any reformation. In the German context, data shows an increasing trend towards diagnosing pupils with an SEN label and placing them in special schools instead of a mainstream schools (Kultusministerkonferenz, 2021). In comparison, Austrian data show a stagnating trend of SEN labels but a slightly increase of placing them in a special school instead of mainstream schools (Statistik Austria, 2023). Austria implemented so-called inclusive model regions in 2013, which tried to build best practice examples but were never implemented comprehensively (Feyerer, 2016). In Vienna special schools were opened for all students regardless SEN label or not.

All this reorganisation effects educators´ work and professionalisation in (pre-service) teacher training, which is already highly differentiated regarding the regular subject teachers and SEN categories (Buchner & Proyer, 2021; Sansour & Bernhard, 2018). There are mainstream school teachers, special needs teachers, school assistants. Based on the different pedagogical professions operating in the field of special and inclusive education, multiprofessional cooperation became a central issue for implementing inclusive eduction after the ratification of the CPRD (Lütje-Klose & Urban, 2014). Researchers promote multi-professional cooperation and collaboration as the central keys to providing inclusive education in mainstream schools for all pupils (Hollenbach-Biele & Vogt 2016; Massenkeil & Rothland, 2016). Multi-professional collaboration comprises a "diffusely used concept" (Fabel-Lamla & Gräsel, 2023, 3) in school eduction research, but describes the cooperation of different groups of actors in inclusive settings and distinguishes between various forms of cooperative collaboration (Prengel, 2020; Serke & Streese, 2022).

Nevertheless, the SEN label still determines the staff resourcing, which implies that the special educator has the responsability for the SEN student and multi-professional collaboratiaon is only possible to a limited extend. This leads to the following research questions: What demands and challenges hinder the multi-professional collaboration to implement inclusive education from a transnational viewpoint? The paper aims to describe the demands and challenges of multiprofessional cooperation in two central European school systems with similar stuctures, which still persists and strenghthen the separation into mainstream and special schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper uses the two different heuristics to theoretize the multi-professional collaboration for inclusive education of from a transnational perspective, using Austria and Germany as two central European countries with a similar structure of the school systems.
As inclusive education can only be understand as a holistic approach across different levels (Prengel, 2022), for example the macro, meso, and micro level (Fend, 2008), we use the ecology of inclusive education (Mitchell, 2018) to analyse the challenges of multiprofessional cooperation. We assume that the consideration of an systematical interplay contains an additional value to analyse the challenges of multiprofessional cooperation. Furthermore, we argue against the narratives that the implementation of inclusive education only depends on the national legislation or pedagogical practices on the ground. The heuristic demonstrates the importance to research multiprofessional cooperation for inclusive education from a transnational viewpoint.
Following this, we use a second heuristic referred to as the trilemmatic inclusion origining from the German context and describes different paradigms based on civil right and political movements (Boger, 2017). It aims to repoliticalize the existing (scientific) narratives of inclusive edcuation (Göransson, & Nilholm, 2014). The trilemmatic inclusion indicates a theoretical triangle consisting of empowerment, normalisation, and deconstruction (Boger, 2017). Each triangle leg conceptionalize inclusion in school education but excludes the third aspect simultaneously. The trilemmatic situation thus appears with the realization of two aspects, which automatically negates the third aspect. By applying this heuristic, we aim to analyse the demands of multiprofessional cooperation for inclusive education with the help of empirical data from Germany and Austria.
Based on these two heuristical approaches, we hope to understand the demands and challenges appearing in multiprofessional cooperation for inclusion and how is affects educators.  We attempt to investigate different policies of multiprofessional cooperation and practices of educators in the Austrian and German context against the backdrop of the theoretical approach of trilemmatic inclusion (Boger, 2017). Combining both heuristics helps us to generate new theoretical findings regarding the multi-professional collaboration and its role for implementing inclusive education comprehensively.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We living currently in times of uncertainty, (inter-)national and local challenges make an impact on the education systems, learning enviornment but also the individuals. In Germany, there is a slight tendency to move away from an inclusive school system (Klemm 2022). We run the risk of reinforcing familiar patterns like exclusion and separation, even though they prevent progress towards change. Thus, inclusive education become indispensable for change aiming to a peaceful and social society - inclusive education is essential for the development of a society (UNESCO, Agenda 2030).
The paper demonstrates the role of multi-professional collaboration for the implementation of inclusive education across national boundaries. Educators work in the tensioned field of decreasing resources and increasing demands at the same time, which causes an systematic overload that might end in a systematic collapse. We figured out that the different pedagogical professions follows different aims within contradictive paradigms. This can be explained by the trilemmatic inclusion, because one aspect always be left out. This acknowledgement leads to the challenge that multi-professional collaboration needs to balance the three aspects of empowerment, normalisation, and deconstruction within pratice. Thus, inclusive education is highly depends on situative practices and the involved actors in everyday schooling.
The collaboration of these diverse actors across all system level has an essential impact on students´ learning. Althogh actors as school administrators do not have an explicit impact on the student in everyday life, the implicit impact can be a game changer. This demonstrates the importance of each professional actor because it impacts the childs educational carrier always to some extent. Concesily, the focus should always be on the common goal combined with a reflective attitude in keeping with the motto: Leave no child behind. Only with are shared vision, it is possible to tackle future challenges as a community.

References
Boger, M.-A. (2017). Theorie der Inklusion – eine Übersicht. In Inklusion online. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/413
Buchner, T. & Michelle Proyer (2019). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for schools and teacher education, European. In Journal of Teacher Education 43 (3), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992
Fabel-Lamla, M. & Gräsel, C. (2023). Professionelle Kooperation in der Schule. In T. Hascher, T. Idel & W. Helsper (eds.). Handbuch Schulforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer, 1189-1209.
Fend, H. (2008). Schule gestalten. Systemsteuerung, Schulentwicklung und Unterrichtsqualität. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag.
Feyerer, E. (2016). Mit Inklusiven Modellregionen auf dem Weg zur inklusiven Schule? Österreichische Bildungspolitik zwischen Vision und Pragmatismus. In Zeitschrift für Inklusion. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/361
Göransson, K. & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545
Hollenbach-Biele, N. & Vogt, D. (2016). Inklusion kann gelingen! Forschungsergebnisse und Beispiele guter schulischer Praxis. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann.
Klemm, K. (2022). Inklusion in Deutschlands Schulen: Eine bildungsstatistische Momentaufnahme 2020/21. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann.
Kultusministerkonferenz (2021). Sonderpädagogische Förderung an Schulen. https://www.kmk.org/dokumentation-statistik/statistik/schulstatistik/sonderpaedagogische-foerderung-an-schulen.html
Lütje-Klose, B. & Urban, M. (2014). Professionelle Kooperation als wesentliche Bedingung inklusiver Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. Grundlagen und Modelle inklusiver Kooperation. In Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete 2, 112-123.
Massenkeil, J. & Rothland, M. (2016). Kollegiale Kooperation im Lehrerberuf. Überblick und Systematisierung aktueller Forschung. In Schulpädagogik heute 7 (13).
Mitchell, D. (2018). The Ecology of Inclusive Education: Strategies to Tackle the Crisis in Educating Diverse Learners. London: Routlegde. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315110448
Niedersächsisches Kultusministerium (2012). Einführung der inklusiven Schule in Niedersachsen. Hinweise für die kommunalen Schulträger. https://www.mk.niedersachsen.de/download/66896
Prengel, A. (2022). Schule inklusiv gestalten. Eine Einführung in die Gründe und Handlungsmöglichkeiten. Opladen; Berlin; Toronto: Budrich.
Sansour, T. & Bernhard, D. (2018). Special needs education and inclusion in Germany and Sweden. In Alter 12 (3), 127-139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.alter.2017.12.002
Schwab, S. (2020). Inclusive and Special Education in Europe. In The Oxford Encyclopedia of Inclusive and Special Education, edited by Umesh Sharma, and Spencer J. Salend. Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1230
Senat Bremen (2014). Aktionsplan zur Umsetzung der UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention im Land Bremen. Bremen: Der Senat der freien Hansestadt Bremen.
Serke, B. & Streese, B. (2022). Wege der Kooperation im Kontext inklusiver Bildung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Statistik Austria (2023). Schulstatistik ab 2006. https://statcube.at/statistik.at/ext/statcube/jsf/dataCatalogueExplorer.xhtml


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

An Intersectional Architecture and Inclusive Education Whole School Paradigm: School Communities Becoming Leaders of Change

Foteini Pasenidou

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Pasenidou, Foteini

As the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) suggests, “inclusion involves a process of systemic reform embodying changes and modifications in content, teaching methods, approaches, structures and strategies in education to overcome barriers with a vision serving to provide all students of the relevant age range with an equitable and participatory learning experience and environment that best corresponds to their requirements and preferences” (UN 2016, p. 4). Yet, a “sign of absence of clear guidance on how teachers should behave in order to create an inclusive environment for all students” has been reported (OECD, 2020, p. 216) calling for clear guidance on how to create an inclusive environment for all students that is informed by research.

The International Forum on inclusion and equity in education that took place in Colombia, in 2019 reinforced the role of “educational leaders, families, teachers and students” in “build[ing] a climate of trust, fair treatment and non-discrimination” (UNESCO, 2019, p. 15). Inclusive education as a process involving the entire school was previously supported by Ainscow and Miles (2008) who conceptualised schools as organisations with “internal complexities” that constrain inclusive education (p. 26), reinforced by Mr Álvaro Marchesi, “meet[ing] the needs of each and every student…is not just a matter of teachers, but … a process involving the entire school” (UNESCO, 2019, p. 12). Therefore, it is suggested that inclusive education can be promoted when “increasing the capacity of local neighbourhood mainstream schools to support the participation and learning of an increasingly diverse range of learners” (Ainscow, 2020, p. 125), which is also supported by UN (2016) and UNESCO (2017). It is important to promote inclusive school communities in which “every learner matters and matters equally” (UNESCO, 2017, p. 12). This includes working together to further foster the participation of students with disabilities “in learning experiences and the learning environment with their same-aged peers” (Graham, 2020, p. xxi), whilst enhancing the autonomy of local schools in becoming “leaders of change” (Bills & Howard, 2021, p. 13).

In addition to advocating for a systemic lens, the CRPD also supported the potential lens of architecture as an approach to advance inclusive education, through removing architectural barriers. UN (2016) called on States parties to ensure “accessibility” of “any future education infrastructures” including safe and accessible school transport, toilet facilities and recreational school spaces (p. 8). Within the policy context, the role of school spaces and environments in students’ inclusive education were further raised by UNESCO (2019, 2020), with research studies beginning to emerge to explore the role of architecture in inclusive education. This presentation shares a case study exploring the role of architecture in inclusive education whilst informing a whole school approach to promoting inclusive education.

The following research questions guided this case study:

  • What role does architecture, inclusive of physical, social and semantic space, play in students’ inclusive education?
  • What do school community members perceive to be the enabling and/or challenging arrangements to students’ inclusive education?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employed a qualitative case-study participatory co-design approach with its epistemological and ontological premises informed by a practice architectures (PA) lens (Kemmis et al., 2014; Mahon et al., 2017). A practice architectures lens enabled the study to explore practices consisting of certain sets of arrangements in three dimensions of space intersecting with inclusive education: cultural–discursive (semantic), that is arrangements “that make possible the language and discourses used in and about this practice”; material–economic (physical), that is arrangements “that make possible the activities undertaken in the course of the practice … the physical set-ups and the activity structures of work and life at the site”; and social–political (social space) arrangements “that make possible the relationships between people and non-human objects that occur in the practice” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 32).

Aiming to provide evidence of how inclusive school communities can be created through the aforementioned arrangements, a participatory co-design methodology was employed. Ten students from Reception (aged 5-6) and 21 Year 4 students (aged 9-10) including nine students with disabilities, three parents/carers, and 34 educators from a primary school community in South Australia participated in the current study. Data was collected through document analysis, surveys, focus groups and visual participatory co-design methods, including auto-photography, digital and hand-made storybooks, and digital construction models using Tinkercad. Data sets in this study included document analysis of the school’s website along with 19 school policies, 37 surveys, data from auto-photography with nine PowerPoint presentations and 124 photos of school spaces, 50 storybooks, 47 Tinkercad designs, six focus groups, and nine recordings. Data was then imported into a user-friendly qualitative computer software, NVivo. The coding process followed a thematic content analysis. Themes were analysed under the PA analytical lens.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Informing a whole school approach to promoting inclusive education, “in the dimension of physical space-time and in the medium of work/activity” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 34), school architecture can enable students’ inclusive education through open plan spaces, co-located early learning centres, seating arrangements, natural elements and classroom décor. “In the dimension of semantic space and in the medium of language” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 34), promoting practices of metalanguage in schools by inviting educators to use “an explicit language of inclusion” (Bristol, 2015, p. 817) seemingly promoted reflective and proactive inclusive practices. Educators being trained in inclusive education and pedagogies as part of professional development courses offered by their school can enable them to critically engage with their sayings, having an impact on their whole school collective discourse. “In the dimension of social space and in the medium of solidarity and power” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 34), the enabling role of relatings between school and home, students and educators, students and students in inclusive education clearly emerged in this study. Students’ relatings with their teachers can foster a caring and safe learning environment, enhancing their sense of inclusion in schools. For a school community inclusion to be promoted, school leadership needs to support community members in interacting, working together and building relationships. Of significance are relatings with psychologists, architects, occupational therapists and university researchers, thus an interdisciplinary collaboration of working together and work[ing] closely. Incorporating “simultaneously a call to action and an analytic framework” (Slee, 2018, p. 3), this presentation will discuss the implications of these findings for the field informing how students, educators and parents/carers can work together to identify and purposefully employ material-economic, cultural-discursive and social-political arrangements present in their whole school context, to further enable students’ inclusive education globally and locally.
References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects, 49(3-4), 123-134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w
Ainscow, M., & Miles, S. (2008). Making Education for All inclusive: Where next? Prospects, 38(1), 15-34. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-008-9055-0
Bills, A., & Howard, N. (2021). It’s time to act: Making the case for a cross sectoral response to school disengagement and detachment in South Australia. Industry paper no. 1. Adelaide: CEPSW, Flinders University.
Bristol, L. (2015). Leading-for-inclusion: Transforming action through teacher talk. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(8), 802-820. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.971078
Graham, L. J. (2020). Inclusive education in the 21st Century. In L. J. Graham (Ed.), Inclusive education for the 21st century: Theory, policy and practice (pp. 3-26). Routledge.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer.
Mahon, K., Kemmis, S., Francisco, S., & Lloyd, A. (2017). Introduction: Practice theory and the theory of practice architectures. In K. Mahon, S. Francisco, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Exploring education and professional practice (pp. 1-30). Springer.
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2020). PISA 2018 Results (Volume VI): Are Students Ready to Thrive in an Interconnected World?. https://doi.org/10.1787/d5f68679-en.
Slee, R. (2018). Inclusion isn't dead. It just smells funny. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429486869
UNESCO. (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254_eng  
UNESCO. (2019). Final report: International forum on inclusion and equity in education.  https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000372651
UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718
United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, General comment No. 4 (2016), Article 24: Right to inclusive education, 2 September 2016, CRPD/C/GC/4, available at: https://www.refworld.org/docid/57c977e34.html
 
15:15 - 16:4504 SES 02 E: Early Childhood and Inclusive Education
Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kari Kvandal
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Parents Impact on Inclusion in Early Childhood care

Kari Kvandal1, Wenche Langeland1, Jannice Eikefet Berland2

1NLA University College, Norway; 2HVL Univserity College, Norway

Presenting Author: Kvandal, Kari; Langeland, Wenche

Our research is based on the triangle of expectations the early educations care teachers meet from the parents, the society, and what`s best for the child; how the ethical dilemma in inclusive education is a balance between different considerations for the teacher (Afdal, 2011, Reindal, 2016, Reindal, 2019).

The Norway`s society today have a more diversity of cultures, economic, social, religions and geographic background than earlier (Morken &Karlsen, 2019). Each family has roles, traditions and a background who have an impact for their meanings of what`s important for their children’s education, different expectations to how they want to be met by the society and early childhood teachers (Wolf, 2018). The ideal of equality in Norway; that everybody have the same rights to be treated equally regardless of function and capabilities (Sen, 1993,1999), is still an important value who can make it difficult se the variety in parents and families (Bendixen, Bringslid & Vike, 2018).

The “Professional ethic for the teaching profession” (Union of Education Norway and Norwegian Union of School Employees, 2012) are an important guideline for basic values of the teaching profession. Understanding early childhood parenting and care are based on universal human rights and especially the UN convention on the rights for children. (UDF & SL, 2012). The value of “what`s children’s best?” is an important guiding principle for the teaching profession (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017). The principle towards corporation and understanding parents in early childhood care are the first rule and premises in Norwegian right for early childhood care § 1. (Barnehageloven, 2005, §1).

Early childhood teacher’s everyday life is in the middle of a triangle with expectations from both their own profession; whit the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989), the society`s mandate and rules act relating to kindergarten (Barnehageloven, 2005) and the parents’ mandate; whit The Universal Declaration of Human Rights §26.3 (UN,1948). In this study we wish to highlight some of the challenges, cross pressure, and ethical dilemmas these teachers face in their meeting with the normal life in early childhood care whit inclusion and corporation with parents. Our research is based on empirical data from interviews with early childhood teachers, both groups and individuals. Our understanding is based on the principle that the variety among parents, families and children are an important resource in the community that can be both a challenge and a good resource for children with special needs and for all children.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is conducted with qualitative methods (Kvale & Brinkman,2015) and the aim was to research with the proposal for reflection towards inclusion in everyday life for children in Norwegian early childhood care. Kvale & Brinkman (2015) emphasizes the qualitative methods for refection and start of a new paradigm in the society.  The interviews were both in groups and individuals; and the informants has different roles in the kindergarten. The article is based on findings from the interviews and one of the prominent issues from the informers. We want to compare the finding with literature review (Creswell, 2014) and analyzing of document (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2021, Bowen,2009), in the study for this article.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our expected outcome in these studies is based on the first empiric of the informants we already have interviews results from. Our informant answers give us a strong hint that the parent`s impact on inclusion education in early childhood care is a higher issue as we believed before we started this research. Therefore, our aim is to dig deeper in this important matter for the inclusion education and parenthood. The aim of this study is reflection for early childhood teachers and the society for a better understanding of how the parents and early childhood teachers can cooperate with respect for each other and a high standard of inclusion education regardless backgrounds.
References
Asdal, K. & Reinertsen, H. (2021): Hvordan gjøre dokumentanalyse. En praksisorientert metode. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.

Alfdal, G. (2011) Veiledning som moralsk virksomhet. In: T.J. Karlsen (red.) Veiledning under vilkår. Gyldendal Akademisk.

Barnehageloven. (2005). Lov om barnehager (LOV-2005-06-17-64). Lovdata. Lov om barnehager (barnehageloven) - Kapittel I. Barnehagens formål og innhold - Lovdata.

Bendixsen,S., Bringslid, M. B. & Vike, H. (2018) (red.) Egalitarianism in Scandinavia. Historical and Contemporary Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillian.

Bowen,G.A.(2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. From: Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method | Emerald Insight

Kunnskapsdepartementet (2017). Rammeplanen for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver. From: Forskrift om rammeplan for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver - 1 Barnehagens verdigrunnlag - Lovdata  

Morken, I. &Karlsen,J.(2019). Migrasjonsrelaterte lærevansker.  In: E. Befring, K-A. B. Næss & R. Tangen (red.) Spesialpedagogikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.  

Reindal, S. M. (2016). Discussing Inclusive Education: An Inquiry into Different Interpretations and a Search for Ethical Aspects of Inclusion Using the Capabilities Approach. European Journal of Spesial Needs Education, v31 n1 p1-12 2016.

Reindal, S. M. (2019). Spesialpedagogikk – noen etiske problemstillinger og normative teorier. In: E. Befring, K. Næss, & R. Tangen. (2019) Spesialpedagogikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.

Sen, A. (1993) Capabilities and well-being. In M. C. Nussbaum &A. Sen (red.), The quality of life (s.30-53) University of Utha Press.

Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford University Press.

United Nations General Assembly (1948) The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Universal Declaration of Human Rights | United Nations

Utdanningforbundet (2012).Professional ethic for the teaching profession. From:
https://www.utdanningsforbundet.no/globalassets/larerhverdagen/profesjonsetikk/larerprof_etiske_plattform_a4.pdf

Wolf, K. D. (2018). Stakeholders’ opinions of quality in Norwegian kindergartens. Early Years. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2018.1547686


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusion-related Attitudes and Competencies of Early Childhood Teachers

Simone Breit, Monika Hofer-Rybar

University College of Teacher Education Lower Austria, Austria

Presenting Author: Breit, Simone

From a professional-theoretical perspective, the educational staff plays a central role in the quality of educational processes. Against the backdrop that early childhood educational institutions have the mission to realize an education for all, professional educational actions can be equated with inclusive educational actions (Fröhlich-Gildhoff et al., 2020). Furthermore, on a scientific basis, qualification requirements for inclusive education by elementary education professionals have been defined, and pedagogical basic competencies for inclusion have been specified (Sulzer & Wagner, 2011).

Early education in Austria is federally regulated, leading to 9 different legislations in Austria's 9 federal states. As a result, inclusion and the associated framework conditions vary significantly.

But in the nationwide educational framework, inclusion is understood as a fundamental attitude (Charlotte-Bühler-Institut, 2009). Throughout Austria, early childhood teachers (ECT) are supported in a region-specific and provider-dependent manner by Inclusive Early Childhood Teach (IECP). They have further training in inclusion, that lasts 4 terms and comprises 90 ECTS points. Their task is to 'ensure, support, and qualitatively accompany the social integration and local care of children with increased support needs' (Land Salzburg, n.d.).

This presentation initially raises the question of whether ECT and IECT differ in their attitudes and competencies regarding inclusion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
90 educators working in the field of ECE were surveyed online through a questionnaire. All of them took part in a further professional development at the university College of Teacher Education in the academic year 2022/23 (n=27 IECT and n=63 ECT). To answer the questionnaire, a link and time for completion were provided during a course at the university college. The survey took place in October 2022. The questionnaire included items from the InkluKiT project (Weltzien et al., 2021), with scales measuring attitudes towards inclusion and action-related competencies at the levels of child, family, team, and co-operation. Additionally, demographic data on professional experience and education were collected. Approximately 15 minutes were allocated for questionnaire completion. Data analysis will be carried out using SPSS 23.0 through descriptive and inferential statistical procedures.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that there is no significant difference between ECT and IECT regarding attitudes towards inclusion. However, significant differences exist in competencies at all levels of action (child, familiy, team, co-operation).
We conclude that the training for Inclusive Early Childhood Educators (IECT) conveys and the scope of duties of IECT requires inclusion-specific competencies. While the attitude as a foundation for inclusion is present in all educators working in the field of ECE, IECT possess specific knowledge, skills, and abilities.
There is a critical examination of whether, in the context of education for all, all early childhood teachers (ECT) would not need these competencies. This discourse is embedded in the debate on professionalization, as ECT and IECT in Austria do not undergo academic training.

References
Charlotte-Bühler-Institut (2009). Bundesländerübergreifender BildungsRahmenPlan für elementare Bildungseinrichtungen in Österreich. Im Auftrag der Ämter der Landesregierungen der österreichischen Bundesländer, des Magistrats der Stadt Wien und des Bundesministeriums für Unterricht, Kunst und Kultur. Verfügbar am 31.1.2024 unter: https://www.charlotte-buehler-institut.at/bundeslaenderuebergreifender-bildungsrahmenplan-fuer-elementare-bildungseinrichtungen-in-oesterreich-2/
Fröhlich-Gildhoff, K., Rönnau-Böse, M. & Tinius, C. (2020). Herausforderndes Verhalten in Kita und Grundschule. Erkennen, Verstehen, Begegnen. Kohlhammer.
Land Salzburg (n.d.). Stellenbeschreibungen für die Kinderbildung und -betreuung. Verfügbar am 31.01.2024 unter: https://www.salzburg.gv.at/bildung_/Documents/0531a%20Stellenbeschreibg%202020-WEB.pdf
Sulzer, A. & Wagner, P (2011). Inklusion in Kindertageseinrichtungen. Qualifikationsanforderungen an die Fachkräfte (WiFF-Expertise Nr. 15). Weiterbildungsinitiative Frühpädagogische Fachkräfte. Verfügbar am 08.08.2023 unter: https://www.weiterbildungsinitiative.de/fileadmin/Redaktion/Publikationen/WiFF_Expertise_Nr._15_Annika_Sulzer_Petra_Wagner_Inklusion_in_Kindertageseinrichtungen.pdf
Weltzien, D., Albers, T., Döther, S., Söhnen, S. A., Verhoeven, N. & Ali-Tani, C. (2021). Inklusionskompetenz in Kita-Teams (InkluKiT) Wissenschaftlicher Abschlussbericht. FEL Verlag Forschung - Entwicklung - Lehre.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Leaders’ Views on Family-school Collaboration in Disability-inclusive Education in India

Anannya Chakraborty, Ashtamurthy Killimangalam

ACER, India

Presenting Author: Chakraborty, Anannya; Killimangalam, Ashtamurthy

Dialogue and partnerships between countries are essential for achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. They provide the opportunity to learn what works in other nations and facilitate research and programmes, such as those between the European Union and Indian civil societies. Particularly, research collaborations can help to advance disability-inclusive education, as countries vary in terms of progress towards inclusion.

It is estimated that 7.8 million children live with disabilities in India (UNESCO, 2019). There are policy and legal provisions for educating students with and without disabilities in the same classroom. However, societal, systemic, school, and family level challenges often prevent full inclusion (Singal, 2019). Deep social stigma regarding disability often results in affiliate stigma among parents of a child with special needs (Patra & Patro, 2019) and can affect teachers’ beliefs (Singal, 2019).

In effective schools, there is family and community involvement (Masters, 2004). Families and schools have a shared responsibility to help students reach their full potential. Family engagements are a series of interactions between the family and schools that are dynamic and everchanging (Xu, 2020). Family involvement leads to improved academic outcomes, behaviour, and student attendance, amongst others (Jeynes, 2005; Sheldon & Epstein, 2004; Sheldon, 2007).

Family-school partnerships are particularly important to help every child succeed in disability-inclusive contexts. They have academic, social, and emotional benefits for students with disabilities (Patrikakou, 2011). However, schools are required to allocate resources, offer professional learning opportunities for teachers, create communication routines, and allow parents to observe the strategies deployed in classrooms for successful collaboration (Patrikakou, 2011).

While speaking with the lead author, eminent inclusive education expert, Dr Umesh Sharma, said in his interview on behaviour management and inclusive learning environments, that the problem arises when teachers contact parents only when students misbehave (Chakraborty, 2023). Indeed, the concern for a significant number of Indian schools, like in other parts of the world, is to create regular and institutionalised strategies for collaboration with families.

Teachers in India expressed that they need support from parents in understanding the challenges of the child, for formal diagnosis, preparation of Individual Education Plans (IEPs), training on assistive technology, and in classroom teaching and learning activities (Chakraborty, 2023). However, there is a lack of empirical research in India on understanding how family-school partnerships have been established in the context of disability-inclusive education and what the challenges are, as existing literature primarily focuses on the experiences of parenting children with disabilities (Gokhale, 2021; Chakravarti, 2008).

This paper aims to explore family-school partnerships in disability-inclusive school education in India. The central question is ‘What are the opportunities and challenges of family-school collaboration for disability-inclusive education in schools in India?’ Specifically, we ask,

(i) What are the existing family-school partnerships that promote disability inclusion in schools?

(ii) What are the challenges in building such partnerships for disability-inclusion?

(iii) How do schools collaborate with families in the context of learning assessments?

The third question is particularly relevant as learning assessments for children with disabilities and factors affecting them haven’t received much academic attention.

This qualitative study will gather the perspectives of school leaders to develop an understanding of the family-school partnership landscape in India for improving academic and co-academic outcomes for students with disability. The insights will enable policymakers and school leaders to design teacher professional learning opportunities that enable schools to strengthen their connections with families. Further, learnings from the study will promote the development of effective parent-school collaboration in disability-inclusive contexts which is emphasised in India’s National Education Policy (NEP, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative research approach was selected to understand the perspectives of school leaders on the efforts made to partner with families of students with disabilities and the challenges they face while creating those partnerships (Hatch, 2022). Semi-structured interviews were used to gather enriching insights into the area of family-school partnerships in disability-inclusive education (Winwood, 2019).
Around 10 school leaders were interviewed from 10 private and government schools in urban cities in India reducing the chance of apriori assumptions. Schools that have enrolled at least 10 students with disability have been included in the study. Two researchers conducted the interviews with the school leaders. Informed consent was obtained from all school leaders participating in the interviews. The interviews were corroborated by school observation.  The field work was conducted over a period of three months. Only those leaders were selected who had the experience of managing inclusive schools for more than 5 years. The participants were sampled based on purposive sampling and snowballing.
The audio tapes of the interviews will be transcribed using tools and any mismatch between the audio and text will be corrected by the researchers manually. NVivo will be used to organise, store, and analyse the data for obtaining the results of the study. The data presented in the study are anonymous, and full confidentiality was maintained in the research process.
Researchers will repeatedly read the transcripts to identify the expressions of the participants. This will be followed by a meeting for discussing the observations and notes of different researchers. The first author will code the data and group the data through an iterative process to arrive at the coding framework. NVivo will be used to derive visual representations to derive the themes, and eventually, the key findings of the study.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study will describe the family-school collaborative practices in the schools of participants in the study. It will outline details such as the purposes of such collaborations, the frequency of collaborations, and the benefits of such collaborations for students with disability. It will also help to bring out the concerns of school leaders about the issues that hinder family-school collaborations including system, social, and family level challenges and what helped them overcome the challenges. However, the study will not report the effectiveness of partnerships or how the partnerships have benefited students with disabilities.
The study will also elicit information on the school level factors that have led to the success of such collaborations. These could include the school’s culture of collaboration, school councils, strong guidelines or codes of conduct for building positive family connections, directions from school leaders on setting channels of collaboration, support from special educators, and professional learning for teachers for engaging with families of students with disabilities. The study will elaborate on those nuances that helped teachers forge partnerships with families of students with disabilities.
The study will also highlight the role of teachers as communicators. Communication skills and channels are essential in formation of family-school relationships, and especially crucial in disability-inclusive education.
In addition, there will be specific information related to collaboration with families for assessments, for example, understanding how the assessment criteria is communicated, the process of deciding accommodation, and how student performance is reported to set learning goals for every child.

References
Chakraborty, A. (2023). Preventing students' disruptive behaviour in the classroom. Teacher Magazine.
Chakraborty, A. (2023). Teachers’ perceptions of formative assessment for student with a disability: A case study from India. Manuscript submitted for publication.
Chakravarti, U. (2008). Burden of caring: Families of the disabled in urban India. Indian Journal of Gender Studies, 15(2), 341-363.
Gokhale, C. (2021). Parenting a child with a disability: A review of caregivers’ needs in India and service implications. Birth Defects in India: Epidemiology and Public Health Implications, 335-349.
Hatch, A. (2002). Doing qualitative research in education settings. State University of New York Press.
Jeynes, W. H. (2005). A meta-analysis of the relation of parental involvement to urban elementary school student academic achievement. Urban Education, 40(3), 237-269.
Masters, G. (2004). Beyond political rhetoric: The research on what makes a school good. Online Opinion.
Ministry of Human Resource Development. (2020). National Education Policy. Government of India.
Patra, S., & Patro, B. K. (2019). Affiliate stigma among parents of children with autism in eastern India. Asian Journal of Psychiatry, 44, 45-47.
Patrikakou, E. (2011). Families of children with disabilities: Building school-family partnerships. Handbook on Family and Community Engagement, 131-135.
Sheldon, S. B., & Epstein, J. L. (2004). Getting students to school: Using family and community involvement to reduce chronic absenteeism. School Community Journal, 14(2), 39-56.
Singal, N. (2019). Challenges and opportunities in efforts towards inclusive education: Reflections from India. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 827-840.
Steven B. Sheldon (2007). Improving student attendance with school, family, and community partnerships. The Journal of Educational Research, 100(5), 267-275.
UNESCO. (2019). State of the Education Report for India 2019: Children with Disabilities.
Xu, Y. (2020). Engaging families of young children with disabilities through family-school-community partnerships. Early Child Development and Care, 190(12), 1959-1968.
Winwood, J. (2019). Using interviews. In Practical Research Methods in Education (pp. 12-22). Routledge.
 
15:15 - 16:4505 SES 02 A: Delinquency and Disorders
Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Erna Nairz-Wirth
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

From Youth Empowerment to Juvenile Delinquency: Gangster Rap as a Contemporary Educational Dilemma

Alexandra Söderman, Johan Söderman

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Söderman, Alexandra; Söderman, Johan

The aim of this conference contribution is to deepen the understanding of the specific educational dilemmas that arise due to an aesthetic change in hip-hop music and culture, and to identify the values around which these dilemmas center in schools and after-school activities, as well as in juvinile detention centers.

This contribution stems from an ongoing research project that focuses, among other things, on educational dilemmas emerging in the wake of the evolving landscape of Swedish hip-hop. Over the past years, Swedish hip-hop has transitioned from being characterized by more emancipatory messages (Söderman, 2017) to increasingly embodying the aesthetic expressions known as 'drill' or 'gangster rap.' For educational settings utilizing hip-hop as a social pedagogical tool (Söderman, 2019), this aesthetic transformation presents pedagogical dilemmas. Hip-hop, previously used to prevent violence and crime, has now become the focal point of rap lyrics, popular artists, and music videos that engage in and depict violence and crime.

While this specific research project is based in Sweden, educational settings in several other countries also grapple with similar dilemmas related to the influence of 'drill' in local hip-hop, as seen for instance in the United Kingdom (Fastis, 2019), Denmark (Ringsager, 2017), and Germany (Güngör & Loh, 2017). In all these countries, including Sweden, hip-hop has previously, at least partially, been part of socio-pedagogical activities aimed at preventing young people from heading down destructive paths such as engaging in criminality and drug use. Work that is now being challenged by the aesthetic shift.

The theoretical framework for this contribution is based on Pierre Bourdieu's cultural and educational sociology (Bourdieu, 1977; 1984a; 1984b; 1990; 2000; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1970/2008). Theoretical concepts such as capital and distinction enable us to understand, interpret, and analyze the pedagogical and aesthetic values that gangster rap instigates among educators working with hip-hop in schools, after-school activities and juvinile detention centers, and also to analyze the educational values recognized in relation to hip-hop education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is based on semi-structured interviews conducted with teachers and after-school educators. In short, the interviews mainly focus on the following themes:

• How is gangster rap relevant to the particular educational setting?
• What are the teachers/educators thoughts about the ongoing media debate regarding gangster rap, and how does it relate to the specific educational setting?
• What are the personal experiences related to listening to artists within the genre?
• Reflections on the emotions and thoughts that may arise from the portrayals in gangster rap concerning the young people they work with.
• In what ways does gangster rap give rise to problems or dilemmas? What are these, and why? Have they been resolved? If so, how?

To consider various statements and understandings of hip-hop, the interview material is analyzed using discursive psychological tools (Potter, 1996), where discourses are broadly understood as rhetorical resources (Potter, 1996). Analytical concepts such as interpretive repertoires (Gilbert & Mulkay, 1984; Potter & Wetherell, 1987; Wetherell & Potter, 1992), variation, function, effect, ideological dilemmas, and rhetorical strategies (Potter, 1996) are employed to systematically process the interview material.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project is still ongoing but is expected to contribute with important pedagogical knowledge relevant to hip-hop education, after-school activities, and arts-based education in urban settings. A specific value that the research project aims to provide is to bring scientific clarity to a youth cultural phenomenon that currently tends to be surrounded by negative perceptions.

The main anticipated outcome, however, is to highlight the dilemmas that arise at the intersection of gangster rap, youth violence, and crime, as well as preventive educational activities.

Overall, our hope is that the research can contribute to improving conditions for European arts-based education in urban settings and, specifically, for social pedagogical music teachers and hip-hop educators in schools and after-school activities.

References
Bourdieu. P. (1984a). Distinction. A social critique of the judgment of taste. Harvard university press.

Bourdieu, P. (1984b). Kultur och kritik. Daidalos.

Bourdieu, P. (1990). The Logic of Practice. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bourdieu, P. (2000). Konstens regler. Det litterära fältets uppkomst och struktur. Symposion.

Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. C. (1970/2008). Reproduktionen: bidrag till en teori om utbildningssystemet. Arkiv.

Fatsis, L. (2019). Policing the beats: The criminalisation of UK drill and grime music by the London Metropolitan Police. The sociological review, 67(6), 1300-1316.

Gilbert, G.N. & Mulkay, M. (1984). Opening Pandoras Box: a Sociological Analysis of
Scientists’ Discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Güngör, M., & Loh, H. (2017). Vom Gastarbeiter zum Gangsta-Rapper?. Diversität in der Sozialen Arbeit, 68.

Potter, J. (1996). Representing reality. Discourse, rethoric and social construction. London: Sage.

Potter, J. & Wetherell, M. (1987). Discourse and social psychology: Beyond attitudes and behaviour. London: Sage.

Ringsager, K. (2017). ‘Featuring the SyStem’: hip hop pedagogy and daniSh integration policieS. Suomen Antropologi: Journal of the Finnish Anthropological Society, 42(2), 75-93.

Söderman, J. (2017). Hip-hop in Sweden. Bloomsbury Encyclopedia of Popular Music of the World. New York: Bloomsbury.

Söderman, J. (2019). Holistic educational ideals and pedagogy of trust within civil society popular music education. Journal of Popular Music Education, (2) 1-2, 65-80

Wetherell, M. & Potter, J. (1992). Mapping the Language of Racism: Discourse and the Legitimation of Exploitation. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

How Did Depression-related Disorders in the Styrian/Austrian School Population change between 2013 and 2024.

Mathias Krammer1, Lisa Paleczek2, Edvina Besic1

1PHST, Austria; 2University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Krammer, Mathias

For several years, school children across Europe and worldwide dealt with a variety of crises– such as the Covid-19 pandemic (e.g., school closures), the war in Ukraine and Gaza, the climate crisis— all of them with a likely impact on children’s social and emotional development, A particularly severe and profound impact of these events was shown on affective and internalized behavioral disorders (Cena et al., 2022; Kaman et al. 2023; Krammer, et al. 2022; Mulkey et al. 2023; Ravens-Sieberer et al. 2022; Walz et al. 2022). As outlined by Mulkey et al. (2023), a considerable degree of the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic go well beyond the viral infection and have had a significant indirect effect on multiple areas of child development, school readiness, educational attainment, socialization skills and mental health, just to name some examples.In this regard, Walz et al. (2022) outlined in their meta-analysis, encompassing almost 800.000 European participants, a significant increase in depression symptoms, in particular for 16-18 years old male adolescents during and after the Covid-19 pandemic. According to the authors, female adolescents also showed an increase in depression rate when accounting for only clinical depression symptoms (Walz et al. 2022). Along these lines, Cena et al. (2022), showed a steady increase of loneliness, affective disorders, and suicidal ideation for Italian adolescents. Finally, also Krammer et al. (2022) showed a significant increase of internalized behavioral problems for Austrian male and female sixth graders during the Covid-19 pandemic.

However, one of the shortcomings of the mentioned research is the primarily focus on adolescents. Moreover, the focus lies on a rather short time period, during the pandemic or shortly afterwards.

This paper aims to address the above-mentioned issues concentrating on 9-13 years old school children, and comparing data from ten years ago with data from some time after experiencing the Covid-19 restrictions. The main research question focuses on differences in the distribution and incidence of depression related affective disorders in Styria (Austrian):

1.) Are there any significant differences in the distribution and incidence of depression-related symptoms between the Styrian general school population of the years 2013 and 2024?

In this regard, we assume an increase of affective disorders in the Styrian school population. In addition, we will investigate whether this increase is focused only on specific groups at risk (e.g., low-income families), or if it is a more general phenomenon affecting the entire school population. To learn more about the connections between depression-related symptoms and other individual background factors, we also considered information on social media usage, educational background of the family, depression cases in the family etc.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper  relies on two different data sets originally used for the standardization of the “Depressionstest Kind – DTK -II” (Depressiontest Children II: Rossmann, 2014) in 2013 and for the current re-standardization in 2024. This test is a questionnaire for self-assessment of children's current depressive state. The child's well-being is mapped on three dimensions relevant to depression, which relate to 1) dysphoric mood and self-esteem problems, 2) agitated behavior and 3) fatigue and other psychosomatic aspects. The questionnaire consists of 55 short and child-friendly items, which the children can answer with "yes" or "no".
For 2013 the standardization sample consists of approx. 1200 students and can be seen as representative for the Styrian school population. For the 2024 data set, we are currently gathering data (completed in April), again aiming at a sample size of 1200 students in Styrian primary and secondary schools. Beside the scores of the DTK-II for 2013 and 2024, also social and economic background information of the students was/is being collected.
Additional to descriptive statistics, the usage of multivariate statistical methods (i.e., regression and analysis of variance) is planned for analyzing the data gathered in 2013 and 2024, respectively.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the 2024 data is currently being collected, we can only speculate about the outcomes. We do expect an increase of depression-related symptoms in the 2024 dataset compared to the  data gathered in 2013, due to the different crises children experienced in the last years. We will also be able to present findings on connections between DTK-II scores and relevant background variables and they will be discussed in the light of intervention programmes matching students’ needs.
References
Cena, L., Trainini, A., Zecca, S., Zappa, S., Cunegatti, F. & Buizza, C. (2022). Loneliness, affective disorders, suicidal ideation, and the use of psychoactive substances in a sample of adolescents during the COVID‐19 pandemic: A cross‐sectional study. In: Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 36, 188–198.
Kaman, A., Erhart, M., Devine, J., Reiß, F., Napp, A.‑K., Simon, A. M., Hurrelmann, K., Schlack, R., Hölling, H., Wieler, L. H. & Ravens-Sieberer, U [Ulrike] (2023). Two Years of Pandemic: the Mental Health and Quality of Life of Children and Adolescents - findings of the COPSY longitudinal study. Deutsches Arzteblatt international, 120(15), 269–270. https://doi.org/10.3238/arztebl.m2023.0001.
Krammer, M., Tritremmel, G., Auferbauer, M. & Palecezek, L. (2022). Durch die Coronapandemie belastet? Der Einfluss von Covid-19 induzierter Angst und Besorgnis auf die sozial-emotionale Entwicklung 12-13 Jähriger in Österreich. In: Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00336-8.
Mulkey S.B., Bearer C.F., Molloy E.J. (2023). Indirect effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on children relate to the child's age and experience. Pediatric Ressearch, 94(5), 1586-1587. https://doi.org.10.1038/s41390-023-02681-4.
Ravens-Sieberer, U., Kaman, A., Erhart, M., Devine, J., Schlack, R. & Otto, C. (2022). Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on quality of life and mental health in children and adolescents in Germany. European child & adolescent psychiatry, 31(6), 879–889. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-021-01726-5.
Rossmann, P. (2014). Depressionstest für Kinder – II (DTK – II).  Hogrefe.
Walz, L., Dannheim, H., Pfadenhauer, I., Fegert, L., Bujard, J. (2022): Increase of depression among children and adolescents after the onset of the COVID 19 pandemic in Europe: a systematic review and meta analysis. In: Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health 16(109).


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Internalizing and Externalizing Disorder Levels among Adolescents: Data from Poland

Anna Babicka-Wirkus1, Paweł Kozlowski1, Łukasz Wirkus2, Krzysztof Stasiak2

1Pomeranian University in Słups, Poland; 2University of Gdańsk

Presenting Author: Babicka-Wirkus, Anna; Kozlowski, Paweł

The paperl concerns internalizing and externalizing behaviors among Polish adolescents attending primary schools in a medium-sized city in Poland. The aim of the study was to examine the levels of select problem behaviors (i.e., depression, withdrawal, somatic complaints, aggressive behaviors, delinquent behaviors, thought problems, and internalizing and externalizing disorders) in early adolescence. Another important aim was to establish the ranges of the norm and deviation which would indicate the need for intervention aimed at internalizing and externalizing disorders in the sample.

Externalizing disorders involve conduct and aggression problems, insufficiently regulated behaviors of an antisocial or oppositional-defiant nature, or behaviors which do not fit within accepted social norms. These all involve projecting internal problems experienced by the individual outwards. The basic symptoms of externalizing disorders are various manifestations of aggression, opposition against one’s surroundings, impul- sivity, destructiveness, and antisociality. Their emergence in childhood and adolescence are a significant predictor of chronic criminal behavior in adulthood (Wolańczyk, 2002). Externalizing problem behaviors such as aggression, damaging property, or stealing are among the most frequent adjustment problems in childhood and are the most reliable predictor of mental health problems in adulthood (Sanders et al., 2017). Children who exhibit externalizing behaviors may suffer a range of legal consequences which could significantly impact their future (Samek et al., 2014). High occurrence of externalizing disorders (Achenbach, 1982) may be a source of social maladjustment.

Internalizing behaviors refer to personality problems related to inhibition, anxiety, and overcontrolled behaviors. An excessive sense of control may lead to a deep, neurotic internalization of social norms. This may be the basis of excessive cautiousness in new and subjectively difficult situations, as well as shyness during interpersonal contact. Despite average or above-average intellectual abilities, individuals with internalizing disorders do not achieve adequately high results in school (the so-called inadequate school achievement syndrome), which facilitates a sense of being underappreciated (Wysocka et al., 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The subject of the study was to diagnose the scale of occurrence of behavioral problems in early adolescence. The main research problem in the current study was conceptualized as follows: What is the scale of incidence of behavior problems in early adolescents? The following specific research questions were derived from this research problem:
1. Does gender differentiate the incidence of behavior problems among early adolescents?
2. Does age differentiate the incidence of behavior problems among early adolescents?
3. Does grade average differentiate the incidence of behavior problems among early adolescents?
The first aim of the study was to assess the levels of problem behaviors in early adolescence in specific areas, such as anxiety and depression, withdrawal, somatic com- plaints, aggressive behaviors, delinquent behaviors, social problems, thought problems, attention problems, and internalizing and externalizing. Regarding the last two areas, it was important to diagnose the normal score range, the cut-off point (indicating the need for psychopedagogical consultation and support), and the clinical score range (indicating the need to assess the relationships between the specific areas of problem behaviors in adolescents and specific variables such as gender, age, and grade average).
Six hundred and eight students from all of the primary schools in a medium-sized (50–100 thousand citizens) Polish city took part in the study. Due to missing data in some cases, data from 550 participants were used in the analyses. The sample was created by randomly choosing one sixth-, seventh-, and eighth-grade class from each of the primary schools in the city. Thus, the current study involved a total of around 29% of all students from these grades. In the sample, 55.3% of the participants were girls and 46.7% were boys.

To empirically verify the research problem and questions, a Polish version of the Youth Self Report questionnaire for adolescents aged 11–18, devised by T. Achenbach, adapted by T. Wolańczyk was used. The YSR is comprised of 112 items, and it measures problem behaviors on eight scales: I—Withdrawal, II—Somatic Complaints, III—Anxiety and Depression, IV—Social Problems, V—Thought Problems, VI—Attention Problems, VII—Delinquent Problems, and VII—Aggressive Behaviors. The total score for the internalizing behaviors scale is obtained by appropriately summing the scores of scales I, II, and III and subtracting the score of Item 103. On the other hand, the total score for the externalizing behaviors scale is obtained by summing the scores of scales VII and VIII.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the most important finding of our research is that the proportion of girls who achieved scores in the clinical range was higher than the proportion of boys. The greatest differences were identified for thought problems, in which 33.9% of girls achieved scores in the clinical range compared to 7.4% of boys. According to the cognitive-behavioral model, cognitive distortions lead to inaccuracies and distortions in perceiving and processing data from the surrounding environment. This may lead to inadequate emotional reactions and contextually inappropriate perceptions of behavior.
Another troubling conclusion relates to the anxiety and depression scale, on which 30.7% of the girls and 2.7% of the boys in the sample achieved scores in the clinical range. A similar tendency towards higher levels of such emotional problems among girls than boys.  
A detailed analysis of the results showed that older students—that is, 13- and 14-year-olds—exhibited higher levels of withdrawal than 12-year-olds (p < 0.001). Younger children (12-year-olds) exhibited lower levels of somatic complaints than 13-year-olds (p = 0.008) and 14-year-olds (p < 0.001). Analogous differences occurred for anxiety and depression.
The youngest children in the sample also exhibited lower levels of attention problems than 13- and 14-year-olds (p < 0.001). Analogous differences were observed for delinquent behaviors—12-year-old students exhibited lower levels of delinquent behaviors than did older students, including both 13- and 14-year-olds (p < 0.001).
The analysis showed statistically significant intergroup differences, based on grade average, in attention problems, delinquent behaviors, aggressive behaviors, and externalizing disorders

References
Achenbach, T.M. (1982). Developmental Psychopathology; Wiley: New York, NY, USA.
Narusyte, J.; Ropponen, A.; Alexanderson, K.; Svedberg, P. (2017). Internalizing and externalizing problems in childhood and ado- lescence as predictors of work incapacity in young adulthood. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 52, 1159–1168. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-017-1409-6.
Samek, D.R.; Hicks, B.M. (2014). Externalizing Disorders and Environmental Risk: Mechanisms of Gene-Environment Interplay and Strategies for Intervention. Clinics and Practice, 11, 537–547; https://doi.org/10.2217/CPR.14.47.
Sanders, M.; Mazzucchelli, T.; Mazzucchelli, T.; Sanders, M. (2017). Children with Externalizing Behavior Problems. In The Power of Positive Parenting: Transforming the Lives of Children, Parents, and Communities Using the Triple P System; Sanders, M.R., Mazzuschellli, T.G., Eds., (85–96); Oxford University Press: Oxford, UK. Available online: https://www.oxfordclinicalpsych.com/view/10.1093/med-psych/9780190629069.001.0001/med-9780190629069-chapter-6 (accessed on 9 September 2022).
Wolańczyk, T. (2002). Zaburzenia Emocjonalne i Behawioralne u Dzieci i Młodzieży Szkolnej w Polsce; AM: Warsaw, Poland.
Wysocka, E.; Ostafińska-Molik, B. (2014). Internalizing and externalizing disorders and type of family of origin—Theoretical analysis and findings. Polish Journal of  Social Rehabilitation, 8, 131–155.
 
15:15 - 16:4506 SES 02 A: Open Learning in School Development and Development in Higher Education
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Yngve Nordkvelle
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Digital Education in Primary Schools as Necessary for Dealing with Future Uncertainty. Developmental Needs for Teachers and School Organisation

Andreas Dertinger

FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Dertinger, Andreas

Digital education is a central aspect of schooling in the dynamic process of deep mediatization (Hepp 2020). With the Digital Education Action Plan (European Commission 2020) and the DigComp (Vuorikari et al. 2022) and DigCompEdu (Redecker 2015) frameworks, the European Commission provides a differentiated approach to the implementation of digital education and its conditions in the European Union. Against this backdrop, the Covid-19 pandemic has massively disrupted schooling conditions worldwide (Al Mazrooei et al. 2022; Bond 2021). Under the influence of the pandemic, face-to-face teaching was limited to varying degrees in all countries, and as a result, teaching and learning was largely conducted at distance (Vincent-Lancrin et al. 2022). Digital technologies have been widely used to implement such time and space flexible learning, making students` use of technologies a basic requirement for teaching and learning. This was accompanied by a further development of the technical infrastructure in schools, which was supported by financial measures from the respective countries (Lindblad et al. 2021). Thus, the Covid-19 pandemic may have had a lasting impact on the conditions for digital education in schools. For example, by raising awareness among teachers and school decision-makers about the pedagogical and didactic potential of digital technologies, the requirements of media literacy, and by further developing the technical infrastructure in schools. It is important to examine these considerations with a particular focus on primary schools, where the basics of digital education should be acquired so that secondary school curricula can build on them (European Commission 2020).

Overall, there is a lack of representative data on how digital education is organised in primary schools in order to comprehensively promote media and IT literacy with the goal of achieving a self-determined, socially responsible, and creative technology use. For Germany, however, quantitative data shows the conditions for digital education in primary schools have hardly changed since the pandemic. Their technical infrastructure has improved slightly, but hardly noticeable (forsa 2021). Furthermore, there is indication that subject-related media use remains low. For example, the “Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS)” for 2021 shows that only 16.7% of German primary school students use digital media to research and read information for at least 30 minutes per school day in German classes (Lorenz et al. 2023, 210). This is significantly below the international average. These results indicate that the conditions for the implementation and realisation of digital education in German primary schools have not improved significantly since the pandemic. Against this background, the project presented in the paper examined the experiences and perceptions of various stakeholders regarding the current state of the implementation of digital education in German primary schools and the influence of the Covid-19 pandemic. As stakeholders in digital education school principals, representatives of teachers' associations, and school administrators were interviewed in focus-groups in the project.

The paper analyses the results of the study based on the research question of how stakeholders assess the development of digital education in German primary schools since the Covid-19 pandemic and what challenges and opportunities they perceive for its implementation. The results confirm the assumption of a slightly positive - but now partly declining - development of conditions for digital education in German primary schools since the pandemic. On an individual school level, the challenges that inhibit this development lie in media-related skills and attitudes of the teaching staff, in teacher cooperation in the context of media-related school development as well as the technical infrastructure of the school. At the structural level, there are challenges in clarifying responsibilities and setting guidelines, along with bureaucratic and data protection requirements.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Ten focus group interviews were conducted between July 2022 and February 2023 with various stakeholders in primary education in Germany for data collection. The interviews were carried out with school principals, representatives of teachers' associations, and school administrators. Three focus group interviews each were conducted with principals and school administrators, while four interviews were conducted with teachers' association representatives. Between three and six people participated in each interview. In total, the sample consisted of 31 people from 13 of the 16 German federal states. Data protection policy was developed for the project and approved by the University's Data Protection Supervisor. Informed consent was obtained from the participants.

The interviews were conducted online. Audio was recorded and transcribed. The data was analysed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2019) with MAXQDA 2022. Furthermore, a combination of deductive and inductive methods to develop categories was used. Three main categories were deductively generated to describe the conditions of digital education (Bärnreuther et al. 2023): “media-related school development”, “educational practice”, and “individual and family circumstances of the children”. The code “media-related school development” includes all statements about the existing conditions for digital education in the schools and how they have changed over time, including aspects of the technical infrastructure (internet connection, Wi-Fi, available digital devices), school concepts for organizing digital education as well as corporations with education policy stakeholders on the topic of digital education. The code “educational practice” includes all statements about the organisation of lessons and the interaction between teachers and pupils in the context of digital technologies. It also includes teachers' media-related skills and attitudes. The code “individual and familial circumstances of the children” contains all statements about the individual preconditions of the pupils as a starting point for digital education. Information about the social and family background of the children is also taken into account. Within these main categories, between three and seven subcategories were developed inductively.

The data was coded by four people. To verify the coding guidelines, the intercoder reliability was calculated at the subcode level (O`Connor & Joffe 2020). This shows good agreement with values between ϰ = .86 and 1.00. Nevertheless, the coding guide was revised again after the review, and the researchers were in close contact with each other throughout the coding process, so that ambiguities and open questions were always discussed together.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings highlight challenges in two complementary areas of digital education at primary school level: (1.) teachers' skills and practices, and (2.) cooperation in school-administrative contexts.
In the first area, in line with existing research (e.g. Bozgun et al. 2023; Juszcyk, S. et al. 2021; Schmidt et al. 2017), it becomes clear that primary school teachers have very different starting points in context of digital education. In addition to adapted training measures, the interviewees emphasised the importance of communication and cooperation as an important basis for digital school development and the associated organizational, personnel, and curricular development. In the second area the stakeholders see a variety of challenges, particularly with regard to the acquisition of technical equipment, complex bureaucratic processes and existing data protection regulations. High demands are placed on digital school development in coordination with various external stakeholders.

The European Commission has developed models to describe related development dimensions in both areas: the DigComEdu framework for digital literacy of teachers (Redecker 2015) and the DigCompOrg framework for digital organisational development (Kampylis et al. 2015). The DigCompEdu describes media-related skills for teaching and also takes into account the requirements for teachers to work cooperatively with the goal of digital school development. The DigCompOrg focuses on the organisational development and takes aspects of management and school leadership into account. In this way, the coordination between school leadership and school administration can be emphasised within the existing structural conditions.

The paper presents the results of the study in both areas and classifies them in the DigCompEdu and DigCompOrg frameworks. Against this background, the requirements for the further development of digital education in European primary schools are discussed. In the age of deep mediatization, digital education is a necessary condition for the next generations to deal with the growing uncertainty of the future.

References
Al Mazrooei, A.K., Hatem Almaki, S., Gunda, M. Alnoor, A., Sulaiman, S. M. (2022). A systematic review of K–12 education responses to emergency remote teaching during the COVID-19 pandemic. Int Rev Educ 68, 811–841. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-023-09986-w.

Bärnreuther, C., Kammerl, R., Stephan M., Martschinke, S. (2023): Professionalisierung für Digitale Bildung: Ein Rahmenmodell zur Untersuchung der Kompetenzen angehender Lehrpersonen. In: Irion, T., Böttinger, T., Kammerl, R. (eds.) Professionalisierung für Digitale Bildung im Grundschulalter: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts P³DiG, 235–250. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830996415, last accessed 2024/01/10.

Bond, M. Schools and emergency remote education during the COVID-19 pandemic: A living rapid systematic review. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(2), 191-247. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4425683 (2021).

Bozgun, K.; Ozaskin-Arslan, A. & Ulucinar-Sagir, S. (2023). COVID-19 and Distance Education: Evaluation in the Context of Twenty-first Century Skills. Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. 3 (32), 417-428. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00663-4

European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. Resetting education and training for digital age. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0624

Forsa Politik- und Sozialforschung GmbH (2021). Das Deutsche Schulbarometer Spezial: Zweite Folgebefragung. http://docs.dpaq.de/18110-deutsches_schulbarometer_corona_spezial_september_2021-1.pdf

Juszcyk, S.; Karasová, M.; Jurecková, M. & Uhrinová, M. (2021). Interest of primary education teachers in media educationand their attitudes towards further education in Slovakia. New Educational Review. 64, 208-221. https://doi.org/10.15804/tner.2021.64.2.17

Kampylis, P., Punie, Y. & Devine, J. (2015). Promoting effective digital-age learning. A European framework for digitally-competent educational organisations. Publication Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://doi.org/10.2760/612227

Lorenz R., Goldhammer, F., Glondys, M. (2023). Digitalisierung in der Grundschule. In: McElvany, N.; Lorenz, R.; Frey, A.; Goldhammer, F.; Schilcher, A. & Stubbe, T. (eds.). IGLU 2021. Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre (S. 197-214). Münster: Waxmann.

O’Connor, C., & Joffe, H (2020). Intercoder Reliability in Qualitative Research: Debates and Practical Guidelines. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406919899220.

Redecker, C. (2015) European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://doi.org/10.2760/178382

Schmid, U.; Goerts, L. & Behrens, J. (2017). Monitor Digitale Bildung. Die Schulen im digitalen Zeitalter. https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/fileadmin/files/BSt/Bibliothek/Doi_Publikationen/BSt_MDB3_Schulen_web.pdf

Vincent-Lancrin, Stéphan, Cristóbal Cobo Romaní, und Fernando Reimers. 2022. «How Learning Continued during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Global Lessons from Initiatives to Support Learners and Teachers». https://doi.org/10.1787/bbeca162-en

Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. and Punie, Y. (2022) DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://doi.org/10.2760/115376


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Institutional Technologies in Higher Education – a Question of Inclusion or Exclusion?

Anne Mette Bjørgen, Yvonne Fritze, Hans Brox, Siw Huatorpet, Oddmund Toft, Johannes Lunde Hatfield

Norway Inland University, Norway

Presenting Author: Bjørgen, Anne Mette; Fritze, Yvonne

This paper aims to contribute some reflections on the relationship between digitization in higher education and employees' experience of mastery, participation, and inclusion. The paper presents results from a survey on how university staff use and experience the institution's digital solutions, such as Canvas, Teams, Inspera, Panopto, Zoom, Microsoft 365, Leganto, and KI-chat services/language robots, etc.

The intention of the survey is twofold:

- To get an overview of the training needs of staff with research and teaching responsibilities related to digital tools, in order to better target training and support

- To gain a better understanding of which factors (gender, age, language, views on teaching, employment conditions, etc.) may be significant for the individual's mastery of digital tools, and for the experience of digital inclusion at various arenas and levels.

- Identify inclusion and exclusion processes and develop innovative measures to create good conditions for diversity.

Other central guidelines are found in the Norwegian government's high ambition level for digitization and educational quality in the university and college sector. This includes strategies for competence development for employees and leaders (Ministry of Education and Research 2021, p. 27, 28). The Corona pandemic, combined with expectations from the students, has also led to expectations of more flexible digital solutions and educational offers.

Such developments reflect how Norwegian and Nordic university and college employees (and employees in the labor market more generally) find themselves in the middle of what many call "the digital turn" (Fossland, 2015, p. 11; Buhl, Dille and Kårstein, 2023). Increasing digitization involves demands for increased digital competence; to be able to master, understand and apply technology in the activities they are involved in (Henderson et al., 2017; Selwyn, 2016). The Nordic network for adult learning points out that decision-makers responsible for digital education and competence development for adults have an explicit focus on and strategies for digital mastery and inclusion (Buhl, Dille and Kårstein, 2022, p. 11 and 17).

In this context, more emotional aspects of digitization and restructuring are also central, something Hargreaves (1998) emphasizes: "Important as all this reform work is, many of those who initiate and manage educational reform, or who write about educational change in general, ignore or underplay one of the most fundamental aspects of teaching and of how teachers change: the emotional dimension" (Hargreaves, 1998, p. 835).

With these issues in mind, the present paper addresses the following research questions: 

- What do employees experience as opportunities and challenges with various technological solutions - and why?

- What significance does this have for the experience of inclusion and how they master their work?

- Are there correlations between employees' experiences and factors such as age, gender, first language, views on learning and teaching, etc?

- What do the employees think the institution can do to contribute to digital mastery and inclusion?

Adopting a systems theory approach (Luhmann, 1995) as well as a socio-cultural approach (Wertsch, 1998), on learning and communication the research questions are investigated in terms of individual experiences of meaning, relevance and disturbances within different situated and digital practices, and communication systems. To be able to discuss digital inclusion and exclusion in higher education, we also draw on theories about this (Pietilä et al., 2021; Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents results from an online survey. This is conducted at a Norwegian university during the spring of 2024. The survey is directed towards a strategic selection of staff with teaching and research obligations.
  
The survey consists of both open and closed response options. Respondents are encouraged to evaluate various services as most/least helpful (e.g., Canvas, Inspera, Teams, Panopto, Zoom, Microsoft 365, Leganto, and the college's own AI service) and justify why. Other key questions are what challenges the staff experience and what associations these experiences give about inclusion/exclusion.

To gain more insight into which factors may be significant for the individual's coping and experience of the solutions, background variables such as gender, age, first language, employment conditions, views on teaching and learning, and their familiarity with the university's training/support apparatus are also examined.

A broadly composed research group has collaborated on design, data collection, and analysis of results.

The analysis of the survey aims to identify the extent and type of technology use as well as some main themes in the material. It is also a goal to map any correlations between the individual's experience of mastering the technologies, and variables such as gender, age, language, employment conditions, views on teaching and learning, etc.

The study has been conducted in accordance with ethical guidelines at the relevant college. The study has been conducted in accordance with the ethical codes of the Norwegian Data Protection Services (SIKT).

Our presentation will focus on results from a survey, but the plan is also to collect qualitative data in the form of interviews to gain a deeper understanding of employees' experiences. The interviews will both build on and supplement the survey. The interviews will be conducted in the fall of 2024 based on the results of the survey.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper presents and discusses results from a survey as part of a project aiming at examining how university employees experience and reflect upon a variety of digital resources in terms of perceived relevance, challenges, digital competences, and inclusion/exclusion. The main focus is on subjective experiences and interpretations of digital technologies in diverse educational activities. These are seen in relation to more contextual aspects to illuminate how such aspects influence employees' practice, roles, and experience of inclusion/exclusion.

According to Buhl et al (2023), digitization and restructuring processes are shaped by "(...) several organizational conditions of which they are a part, and thus they change the individual's tasks, functions, roles, and professional identity" (Buhl et al., 2023, p. 10).

In this project, we expect to gain a deeper understanding of how employees relate to the digital tools they are expected to use in their day-to-day work. Our initial hypothesis is that how different platforms are experienced, and what emotions and reactions they elicit, might be related to factors such as age, gender, prior experience, academic field, education, and length of employment. Moreover, these factors might influence not only how employees use and relate to these platforms, but also how they experience expectations towards their ability and efficiency in using them. The results from the survey will be important both as background for the qualitative interviews, but also as insight into how employees can and should be trained in the tools needed to do their work, and how we can avoid digital exclusion in the workplace.

References
Anthony, S., Gudmundsdottir, A. G., Kuokkanen, M., Sandell, S., Skoglöf, M., Størset, H. & Valgeirsdottir, H. (2019). Basic digital skills for adults in the Nordic countries. How can we turn challenges into opportunities? The Nordic Network for Adult Learning.

Buhl, M., Dille, M.H. & Kårstein, A. (2023). Morgendagens arbejdsliv i den digitale omstilling. Rapport 26.06.2023 Nordisk Netværk for voksnes Læring & Aalborg University. Morgendagens arbeidsliv i den digitale omstilling - NVL  

Buhl, M., Dille, M.H. & Kårstein, A. (2022). Livslang lærings rolle i den digitale transformation – Hard to reach citizens. Forskningsrapport, Nordisk Netværk for voksnes Læring & Aalborg University.

Fossland, T. (2015). Digitale læringsformer i høyere utdanning. Universitetsforlaget.  

Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and teacher education, 14(8), 835-854.  

Henderson, M., Selwyn, N. & Aston, R. (2017). What works and why? Student perceptions of ‘useful’ digital technology in university teaching and learning. Studies in Higher Education 42(8): 1567-1579. Doi: 10.1080/03075079.2015.1007946.

Luhmann, N. (1995): Social systems. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

Ministry of Education and Research (2021). Strategy for digital transformation in the higher education sector 2021 - 2025. Strategy for digital transformation in the higher education sector - regjeringen.no  

Pietilä, M., Drange, I., Silander, C., & Vabø, A. (2021). Gender and globalization of academic labor markets: Research and teaching staff at Nordic universities. Social Inclusion (ISSN: 2183–2803) 2021, Volume 9, Issue 3, Pages 69–80 P

Qvortrup, A & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506

Selwyn, N. (2016). Digital downsides: Exploring university students’ negative engagements with digital technology. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(8): 1006–1021. Doi: 10.1080/13562517.2016.1213229.

Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. New York: Oxford University Press.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Designing an Evaluation Tool to Assess the Use of Digital Resources Created for Students with Special Needs

Lillian Gran1, Anne Mette Bjørgen2, Yvonne Fritze3

1Inland Univeristy; 2Inland Univeristy; 3Inland Univeristy

Presenting Author: Gran, Lillian; Bjørgen, Anne Mette

In this paper, we make a contribution by designing an evaluation model aimed at assessing the utilization of digital resources tailored for students with special needs. The topic of our study corresponds well with the theme of the conference in Education in an uncertain age in terms of shedding light on inclusive education both in terms of meting the needs of pupils, students, parents and students guidance in an Erasmus plus project DIgIEdu4SEN, Building a Digital Education Environment for Learners with Special Education Needs, an ongoing project.

Inland University is one of 12 contributions from all over Europe in the project and was given the responsibility to develop both piloting and evaluation o digital educational content and quality assurance of the Erasmus plus project.

Designing an evaluation tool to assess the use of digital resources presents a multifaceted challenge, requiring a comprehensive understanding of students' diverse learning profiles, collaboration with stakeholders, and the integration of mixed-methods methodologies. This abstract explores the complexities involved in developing an evaluation tool for digital resources in special education, highlighting key considerations, methodologies, and implications for promoting inclusive and equitable education in an uncertain world.

Research question:

What considerations should be taken into account in the design of evaluation tools to assess the utilization of digital resources for students with special needs, and how do these tools influence learning outcomes and experiences?

Objectives

1.Identify key considerations in evaluation tool design:

  • Examine existing evaluation tools used to assess the utilization of digital resources for students with special needs.
  • Identify key considerations, such as accessibility features, usability, adaptability, and alignment with diverse learning needs.
  • Analyse expert opinions and best practices in the field to determine essential components for effective evaluation tools.

2.Assess impact on learning outcomes and experiences:

  • Investigate the relationship between the design of evaluation tools and learning outcomes for students with special needs.
  • Examine how different evaluation tools influence engagement, motivation, and overall learning experiences.
  • Measure the effectiveness of evaluation tools in promoting inclusive learning environments and fostering positive learning outcomes.

3. Evaluate practical implementation and feedback mechanisms:

  • Assess the feasibility and practicality of implementing various evaluation tools in educational settings catering to students with special needs.
  • Gather feedback from educators, students, and stakeholders regarding the usability and effectiveness of these tools.
  • Identify areas for improvement and recommendations for the development and refinement of evaluation tools to better support the diverse needs of students with special needs.

These objectives aim to comprehensively explore the considerations in evaluation tool design, their impact on learning outcomes and experiences, and the practical implementation aspects, thereby contributing to enhancing the educational support for students with special needs in digital learning environments.

State of the art and theoretical framework

A review of seven educational technology journals, 1970-2011 shows that the use of ICT (Information and Communication Technology) can have a positive impact on the learning outcomes and experiences of students with special needs. The article notes that ICT can provide students with special needs access to a wider range of learning resources and opportunities, as well as support for their individual learning needs. The authors argue that the use of ICT can promote inclusion and equal opportunities for students with special needs, and that it is important to continue to develop and evaluate ICT-supported learning interventions for this population. This argument highlights the potential benefits of using digital resources for students with special needs and underscores the importance of developing evaluation tools to assess the utilization of these resources (Starcic & Bagon, 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The digital units created in the project DIgIEdu4SEN will be piloted in at least 3 schools across 3 different countries for a school term. Teachers will be trained to use the digital content in the classroom with the students. In implementing digital resources in the classroom and developing parent and guidance training the perspective of Digital Bildung and an awareness of the paradox in education between the increasing focus on the use of digital tools and the unclear‘ digital mandate (Gran, 2019).

The evaluation aims to measure the effectiveness of the digital unit in improving the leaning outcomes and engagement of learners with disabilities in addition to identity improvements and adjustments.

The piloting of digital units will occur throughout a school term. During the use of these digital units, teachers will utilize the evaluation elements within each unit to assess how learners engage with each component and provide feedback accordingly. The feedback will be used to ensure effective, inclusive and responsive to the students special needs. In our evaluation we will use both focus group interviews and surveys to gather data on the usage of the digital recourses in addition to the feedback elements on the digital units.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The primary objective of our contribution in the Erasmus plus project is to produce a comprehensive report detailing the results of the pilot testing. This report will encompass the findings from the pilot testing phase, highlighting the effectiveness of the digital units in enhancing learning outcomes and engaging learners with disabilities, as well as identifying any areas requiring improvement. The use of digital resources will be based on student- active learning which has been found to correlate to both effective learning and being active producers of learning (Bjorgen & Fritze, 2020).

In conclusion, this research has addressed the complex landscape of evaluating digital resources for students with special needs, guided by the overarching question of what considerations are crucial in the design of evaluation tools and how these tools influence learning outcomes and experiences. Through a structured approach outlined by the objectives, key insights have been acquired.

Firstly, the identification of key considerations in evaluation tool design, including accessibility features, usability, adaptability, and alignment with diverse learning needs, is of importance. This involves a thorough examination of existing evaluation tools, expert opinions, and best practices in the field.

Secondly, the assessment of the impact on learning outcomes and experiences sheds light on the relationship between evaluation tool design and student engagement, motivation, and overall learning experiences. This exploration provides valuable insights into the effectiveness of these tools in promoting inclusive learning environments and fostering positive outcomes.

Lastly, the evaluation of practical implementation and feedback mechanisms emphasize the importance of assessing the feasibility and usability of various evaluation tools in educational settings catering to students with special needs. Gathering feedback from educators, students, and stakeholders will be instrumental in identifying areas for improvement and providing recommendations for the development and refinement of evaluation tools.

References
Bjørgen, A. M., & Fritze, Y. (2020). When student-activating teaching conflict with students' desire for efficiency. A communication perspective on undergraduate students' media use. Seminar.net, 16(2), 19. https://doi.org/10.7577/seminar.4049

Gran, L. (2019). Digital Bildung from a teacher´s perspective. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 5(2), 104–113. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2019.1615368

Istenic Starcic, A., & Bagon, S. (2014). ICT-supported learning for inclusion of people with special needs: Review of seven educational technology journals, 1970-2011. British Journal of Educational Technology, 45(2), 202–230. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12086

Mikropoulos, T. A., & Iatraki, G. (2023). Digital technology supports science education for students with disabilities: A systematic review. Education and Information Technologies, 28(4), 3911–3935. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11317-9

Stalmach, A., D’Elia, P., Di Sano, S., & Casale, G. (2023). Digital Learning and Self-Regulation in Students with Special Educational Needs: A Systematic Review of Current Research and Future Directions. Education Sciences, 13(10), 1051. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13101051
 
15:15 - 16:4507 SES 02 A: Literature Reviews in Social Justice and Intercultural Education I
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lisa Rosen
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Understanding and Analysing Educational Barriers: First Insights and Lessons Learned from a Systematic Literature Review

Monika Lindauer1, Selina Kirschey2, Christina Möller1, Ingeborg Jäger-Dengler-Harles2, Jan Scharf2, Andreas Herz1

1Deutsches Jugendinstitut (DJI)/ German Youth Institute; 2DIPF | Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsforschung und Bildungsinformation/ DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education

Presenting Author: Scharf, Jan

Social disparities in education appear as a persistent issue in European societies. In Germany, educational researchers have extensively analysed and systemised the causes of educational inequality in childhood, youth, and young adulthood (Bachsleitner et al. 2022, Becker & Lauterbach 2016; Köller et al. 2019; Scharf et al. 2020). Several primary studies investigate how to overcome or prevent inequality in education (e.g., Blatter et al. 2020; Solga & Weiß 2015). While these studies primarily concentrate on single educational settings or age groups, comprehensive and systematic overviews on overcoming educational barriers in the German context are still missing. Systematic reviews offer the potential to compare findings across different topics, target groups, or contexts; to present generalisable findings for research and practice; and to point out research gaps (Gough et al. 2017; Wetterich & Plänitz 2021). Our project therefore aims at systemising studies on the effectiveness of measures to overcome educational barriers in a comprehensive way. For this purpose, we first investigate how researchers understand and conceptualise educational barriers, before analysing more closely which measures are applied and how they are evaluated.

The study considers formal, non-formal and informal educational settings, as well as all age groups from early childhood to young adulthood (0-27 years of age). The focus is on empirical quantitative or qualitative longitudinal or cross-sectional studies in social and educational science and related disciplines published since 1965 which evaluate the effectiveness of measures to overcome educational barriers in Germany. With respect to selection criteria for identifying educational barriers, a preliminary heuristic framework was elaborated. This framework considers educational barriers on multiple levels (Schmidt-Hertha 2018: 831; Wenzel 2008: 430): the micro-level (individual barriers related to knowledge, competence or dispositions), the meso-level (e.g., learning environments) and the macro-level (e.g., political discourse, political or societal frameworks). All the above-mentioned criteria are the basis for the systematic literature search, screening, coding and synthesis (Newman & Gough 2020), which are currently being carried out in an iterative process.

Using preliminary results of pilot coding (n = 9 studies, 18.01.2024), we will demonstrate which types of educational barriers are identified in the studies and how these preliminary findings contribute to further developing our initial conceptual framework. Although all three levels of educational barriers are apparent in the studies, there are also further categories within the levels. Furthermore, taking into account the interaction of these levels, an educational barrier cannot always be assigned to one single level. In many cases, it remains unclear whether a barrier results from an individual characteristic or from non-adapted structures (e.g., of the educational system) on the meso- or macro-level (see details in Lämmchen et al. in prep.). Moreover, the results provide preliminary insights into what can be considered effective “measures” to overcome educational barriers, which research designs are used for evaluation, and in which age groups and educational settings the educational barriers and measures occur. Overall, these preliminary insights suggest a multitude of definitions, concepts and designs in the research landscape, challenges which need to be considered in the systematic review.

The paper intends to underline the value of systematic literature reviews and to discuss the approach of conceptualising “educational barriers” based on research on overcoming educational inequalities. This discussion may lead to a more differentiated definition which can be further applied and elaborated in educational research. As an outlook, the effectiveness of measures observed so far as well as the next steps of the systematisation will be debated. The results and discussion issues offer a relevant contribution to a better understanding of educational barriers and effective measures for overcoming educational barriers, which is useful for subsequent research on this matter.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology follows the standard steps of a systematic literature review (Newman & Gough 2020). The systematic literature search was first conducted in the German Education Index, the largest database for educational research in Germany. The search combined German terms related to the concepts “educational barrier” and “overcoming” (Jäger-Dengler-Harles et al. submitted). Next, the search results were automatically filtered for records including terms related to the concepts “social inequality”, “intentionality” (e.g., program, measure), “geographic context” (not: other countries than Germany) and “target age group or educational setting”. The resulting 35.896 records (as of 18.01.2024; searches in English and in other databases in progress) are currently in the process of screening and coding. Abstracts for inclusion have to indicate results on an evaluated measure to overcome an educational barrier. Abstracts are excluded if this is not the case (1), if it is not an empirical study (2), or if the study does not investigate the target age or learner group (3), or geographic context (4). Abstracts are included when the latter four criteria are unclear, full-texts are only included if they meet all criteria. Seven reviewers were/ are involved in screening. For ensuring systematic and consistent abstract screening, a self-developed electronic questionnaire guides the reviewers through the selection criteria and automatically inserts the decisions into the dataset. Each reviewer screened at least 500 abstracts in parallel with another reviewer and each pair agreed on between 80% and 95% of the inclusions. Non-agreements were discussed within the reviewer-pair. Further uncertainties between the pairs and in separate screening are regularly discussed in the whole team.
Two of the reviewers coded eleven of the first full-texts, which had passed through the selection process, in a pilot-coding in MAXQDA, assigning codes for educational setting, age group, educational barrier (including sub-codes for the three levels) and measures. Two of the eleven texts were coded by both researchers who discussed these and the other separately coded texts in regular meetings. These discussions characterise the iterative process of screening and coding, where the criteria are continuously being sharpened. This is also why two of the eleven coded texts were excluded in a later stage of the analysis. Further coding of full-texts is currently in progress and in regular discussion. The piloted codings resulted in first conceptual reflections of the definition of “educational barrier” which will be presented in this paper.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to systemise the research on overcoming educational barriers, we first need to elaborate a clear understanding of how studies conceptualize and analyse educational barriers. The paper sheds light on the process of this conceptual preliminary work, which is specific to this project compared to other systematic reviews working with concepts that are already defined by the literature. We started out with a preliminary heuristic framework, which differentiated concepts of educational barriers on three levels. During the process of first screening and coding, we gained first insights into what types of educational barriers are investigated in the studies. The preliminary attempt to systemise educational barriers on the micro-, meso- and macro-level turned out to be a partial approach. In particular, it may be more appropriate to not consider the three levels as separate entities. These insights enrich and extend the preliminary framework to a more complex conceptualisation, which will be subject to further modifications in the ongoing process of the project. The initial framework will be treated as a dynamic one in order to allow a more fine-grained conceptualisation of educational barriers. Therefore, the coding scheme was modified so that educational barriers are coded more openly, i.e., only the subordinate code “educational barrier” is applied without further sub-codes. The coded content will subsequently be analysed and systemised in an inductive way. This procedure allows for further development of the definitions of educational barriers in the interplay between the heuristic framework and the text material. The resulting conceptualisation will constitute the basis for the main goal of the systematic review: the analysis of successful measures to overcome educational barriers. Additionally, the theoretic-conceptual work on educational barriers may also be useful as basis for future theoretical and empirical work in educational research.
References
Bachsleitner, A., Lämmchen, R., Maaz K. (2022). Soziale Ungleichheit des Bildungserwerbs von der Vorschule bis zur Hochschule. Eine Forschungssynthese zwei Jahrzehnte nach PISA. Münster: Waxmann.

Becker, R., & Lauterbach, W. (2016). Bildung als Privileg. Erklärungen und Befunde zu den Ursachen der Bildungsungleichheit (5. ed.). Wiesbaden: Springer.

Blatter, K., Groth, K., Hasselhorn, M. (2020). Evidenzbasierte Überprüfung von Sprachförderkonzepten im Elementarbereich. Wiesbaden: Springer.

Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2. ed.). Los Angeles: Sage.

Jäger-Dengler-Harles, I., Lindauer, M., Kirschey, S. & Möller, C. (submitted). Strategieentwicklung für eine systematische Literatursuche im Kontext von Forschungssynthesen zum Abbau von Bildungsbarrieren. In A. Wilmers. Bildung im digitalen Wandel. Methodischer Blick auf 20 Forschungssynthesen im Metavorhaben Digi-EBF (working title). Münster: Waxmann.

Köller, O., Hasselhorn, M., Hesse, F. W., Maaz, K., Schrader, J., Solga, H., Spieß, C. K., & Zimmer, K. (2019). Das Bildungswesen in Deutschland: Bestand und Potenziale. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt.

Lämmchen, R., Kirschey, S., Bachsleitner, A., Lindauer, M., Lühe, J., Möller, C. & Scharf, J. (in prep.). Wissen über Erscheinungsformen und Abbau sozialer Bildungsungleichheit. Methodisches Vorgehen und Einblicke in zwei Forschungssynthesen. In T. Drope, K. Maaz & S. Reh. Bildungsungleichheit als Gegenstand der Bildungsforschung. Epistemologische Annahmen, methodologische Zugänge, Erträge und offene Fragen. (working title).

Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond & K. Buntins, Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (p. 3-22). Wiesbaden: Springer.

Scharf, J., Becker, M., Stallasch, S. E., Neumann, M., & Maaz, K. (2020). Primäre und sekundäre Herkunftseffekte über den Verlauf der Sekundarstufe: Eine Dekomposition an drei Bildungsübergängen. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(6), 1251-1282.

Schmidt-Hertha, B. (2018). Bildung im Erwachsenenalter. In R. Tippelt & B. Schmidt-Hertha, Handbuch Bildungsforschung (4. ed.) (p. 827-844). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.

Solga, H. & Weiß, R. (2015). Wirkung von Fördermaßnahmen im Übergangssystem: Forschungsstand, Kritik, Desiderata. Bielefeld: W. Bertelsmann.

Wenzel, H. (2008). Studien zur Organisations- und Schulkulturentwicklung. In W. Helsper & J. Böhme, Handbuch der Schulforschung (2. ed.) (p. 423-447). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.

Wetterich, C. & Plänitz, E. (2021). Systematische Literaturanalysen in den Sozialwissenschaften: Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. Opladen, Berlin: Barbara Budrich.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Research Directions and Conceptualizations of Equity in School Education: A Systematic Literature Review

Barbara Gross1, Lisa Bugno2

1University of Chemnitz, Germany; 2University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Gross, Barbara

Diversity is a reality in Europe, and the European Union has adopted a variety of policies to promote equity, diversity, and inclusion, such as in the areas of social rights, employment, and education. Regarding the latter, policies are based on the belief that all learners, regardless of their background, should have the opportunity to reach their full potential.

One key policy is the European Pillar of Social Rights, adopted in 2017. The Pillar includes a number of provisions related to education, including the right to quality and inclusive education for all. The Recommendation of the Council on Promoting Common Values, Inclusive Education and the European Dimension of Teaching (2018) calls on Member States to take steps to ensure that all students have access to quality, inclusive education.

Finally, the European Child Guarantee (2022) is also relevant to the promotion of diversity and inclusion in education. The Guarantee aims to ensure that all children have access to the services they need to thrive, including education.

The notion of equity is a fundamental aspect of education and educational research, and its understanding is far from stable or universal. There is a lack of a universally accepted definition not only across scientific disciplines but also within educational science. Indeed, the concept of equity in education is a multifaceted one, shaped by a variety of social, political, and philosophical considerations. By examining the diverse perspectives, theoretical frameworks and research results that inform equity research, we can gain a deeper understanding of this concept and develop more effective strategies to promote equitable educational opportunities for all students.

The central research questions guiding this study are: What are the conceptualizations and understandings (theoretical approaches) of "equity" within the realm of school education? What methodological approaches can be found in the way educational equity is measured in school education? To answer this question, the study aims to investigate the diverse directions that researchers take when engaging in equity research within school education through to an extensive systematic literature review.

The primary objective of this research is to provide an in-depth analysis of the evolving landscape of equity research within educational science through a literature review. The study will critically examine trends, methodologies, and theoretical frameworks employed by researchers to conceptualize equity. By understanding the diverse approaches taken by scholars in this field, the research aims to contribute valuable insights that can inform future discussions and policy considerations related to equity in education.

The study adopts a conceptual and theoretical framework that critically examines various perspectives on equity within education. Drawing from influential theories such as Rawls (1971), that proposed a theory of justice that emphasizes fairness and equal opportunity, suggesting that society should arrange institutions so that the least advantaged members benefit the most. Moreover, Sen (2009) introduced the concept of capabilities, emphasizing the ability to pursue one's goals and live a fulfilling life, while Nussbaum (2006) developed a list of ten central human capabilities that should be protected and promoted for all individuals. In addition, the recognition theory (see e.g, scholars like Stojanov, 2007), highlights the importance of addressing social hierarchies and power imbalances that can hinder equitable outcomes. Finally, intersectional approaches, promoted by scholars like Crenshaw (1991), emphasize the simultaneous effects of multiple identities, such as race, gender, and social class, on individuals' experiences and equal opportunities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this systematic literature review (Newman & Gough, 2020) is to shed light on the nuanced ways in which equity is conceptualized and is perceived in the contemporary world.
In planning, defining exclusion criteria, conducting, and reporting, we meticulously followed the PRISMA 2020 flow diagram (Page et al., 2020). Our research examined publications from the databases Education Source, ERIC, Scopus, and Web of Science within the specified timeframe (2019 – 2023).
The analysis encompassed three distinct levels. The first level focused on the identification of records from the four databases (N = 3560). Records were removed before the screening for different reasons, including duplications, papers from journals with non-educational focus, and papers in other languages. During the second step, the screening, further papers were excluded through the study of the title and the abstract. The papers included in the review served to answer the research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes of this paper provide an in-depth examination of the complexities surrounding the concepts of social equity and educational equity. They highlight the distinctions and ambivalences that exist between these two interrelated domains, emphasizing the need for a nuanced understanding of equity that encompass both social and educational dimensions.
By providing a clear articulation of the conceptual distinctions between social equity and educational equity, the paper offers researchers a potential direction for further exploration and development of these concepts. Additionally, by addressing the postcolonial and decolonial implications of equity, it encourages scholars to adopt a more critical and reflective approach to their research endeavours. Finally, this comprehensive review not only enhances theoretical frameworks but also offers valuable considerations for practical applications within the field. This would allow for a more holistic and inclusive approach to equity research, one that recognizes the diverse backgrounds, experiences and perspectives of individuals.

References
Council Recommendation (2018). Promoting common values, inclusive education, and the European dimension of teaching ST/9010/2018/INIT, OJ C 195, 7.6.2018.
European Council, European Commission and European Parliament (2017).  Interinstitutional proclamation on the European Pillar of Social Rights, 13129/17, Brussels.
Newman, M., Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In: Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., Buntins, K. (eds), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1
Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Frontiers of Justice. Disability, Nationality, Species Membership. Belknap Press.
Page MJ, McKenzie JE, Bossuyt PM, Boutron I, Hoffmann TC, Mulrow CD, et al. The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ 2021;372:n71. doi: 10.1136/bmj.n71
Rawls, J. (1971). A Theory of Justice. Harvard University Press.
Sen, A. (2009). The Idea of Justice. Penguin.
Stojanov, K. (2007). Intersubjective Recognition and the Development of Propositional Thinking. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 1, pp. 75-93.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Promoting Cultural Literacy in a Time of Uncertainty in two European Countries: Narrative Reviews from Denmark and Germany

Søren Sindberg Jensen1, Lisa Rosen2, Gro Hellesdatter Jacobsen1, Bianca Baßler2, Fenna tom Dieck2

1SDU (University of Southern Denmark, Denmark); 2RPTU (University of Kaiserslautern-Landau)

Presenting Author: Jensen, Søren Sindberg; Rosen, Lisa

In times of uncertainty, global socio-economic challenges, demographic changes and pressure from hegemonic powers, everyday life is challenged by an increasing intolerance towards cultural diversity (Ferro, Wagner, Veloso, IJdens & Lopes, 2019), a tendency towards a normative majoritarian approach to cultural literacy (Morell, 2017), a lack of inclusion of cultural expressions represented by minoritised and marginalised groups (May & Sleeter, 2010). Furthermore, there is a lack of knowledge on how to strengthen cultural literacy in education, including good and best practices of how to further integrate it in both formal and non-formal settings (Desai, 2019).

Therefore, a critical cultural literacy approach is fruitful to go beyond ‘high culture’, because it includes within its scope a variety of cultural genres and repertoires from “below” such as street art, hip hop etc. and underlines, that the promotion of cultural literacy has to be understood as a process taking place in situated social interaction, as a dialogic and co-creative endeavour, shaped by power dynamics and structures: As critical cultural literacy is grounded in critical theory, it rests on the assumption “that an interplay of social ideologies and power relations works systematically to advantage some people while disadvantaging others” (Son, 2020, p. 308). So critical cultural literacy can no longer described as a neutral and individual cognitive or technical skill, but rather as a ‘socially situated practice’ (Rutten et al., 2013, p. 445).

Against this societal and theoretical backdrop, the paper presents and discusses preliminary findings from a literature review conducted as part of the EU Horizon project EXPECT_Art ("EXPloring and Educating Cultural Literacy through Art"). The paper focuses in particular on the findings regarding the state of art of cultural literacy and arts education in Germany and Denmark.

In Denmark, arts education has been shaped by the German tradition of Bildung and a Nordic tradition of craftsmanship. In recent years, arts education has developed according to two different societal trends. First, a trend towards perceiving arts education as means of generating entrepreneurship, which underpin a positive economic development in the global market. Secondly, a trend towards perceiving arts education as part of the solution to sustainability challenges (Kallio-Tavin, 2019). Finally, Denmark like the other Nordic countries “never went through a critique of colonialism” and “Nordic democracy does not yet include everybody living in the Nordic countries. Even the local minority cultures are not well represented in the national [arts] curricula” (Kallio-Tavin, 2019, p. 591). This makes Denmark an important context for exploring the potential of decolonisation arts education and education through art to develop critical cultural literacy.

In Germany, there is an urgent need for decolonisation of arts education (see Mörsch, 2021), which was recently underlined by a discourse-analytical study of 850 applications received within the framework of the “Kultur macht stark” and “Kultur macht stark plus” programmes funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research. In these applications, which were submitted for art projects in schools but also for informal learning settings (see Keuchel 2013 for a mapping of arts education in Germany), for example, the stereotypical addressing of refugees and the individualisation of social problems were reconstructed; furthermore, arts education was presented as a mediator of German, European and dominant cultural values, while children from migrant and socio-economically disadvantaged backgrounds were denied their own biographical artistic and cultural experiences (Bücken et al., 2018; Baitamani et al., 2020). Nevertheless, arts education is seen as a powerful way to critically reflect on problematic understandings of culture and to motivate children, young people and adults to rethink social conditions, especially privilege and marginalisation and the construction of others (Battaglia & Mecheril, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper builds literature reviews conducted simultaneously, collaboratively and in a coordinated manner in two European countries. According to Newman and Gough (2019), a literature review involves the following steps: defining the review question and selection criteria, developing the search strategy (including the selection of search sources and databases as well as search terms), selecting inclusion and exclusion criteria, screening and coding studies, assessing their quality, and finally synthesising and reporting the results. The paper will then outline how the findings will help to inform the ongoing research process, particularly with regard to a participatory and community-based research approach.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In studying articles and materials with the topics of cultural literacy in relation to critical pedagogy, decoloniality, community-based research, and arts-based methods we would like to achieve and to develop methods of research which are crossing borders. These methods should in a decolonial way of social research be brave in a way, that they do not limit themselves by sticking to close to research programs with a colonial heritage (Barry 2023). The collaboration of self-critical art education, the community and the researcher is an important part of this process. There lies an unseen source of knowledge in the everyday community meetings (Barry 2023). We want to take these forms of knowledge production into account in the research process as well as in processes of education. In addition to the review of the topics mentioned above, we are in the process of identifying alternatives besides the dominant forms of knowledge production and will consider reflections of these too.
References
Baitamani, W., Breidung, J., Bücken, S., Frieters-Reermann, N., Gerards, M. & Meiers, J. (2020). ”Fakt ist, dass geflüchtete Jugendliche kaum jemals die Chance haben ein Kunstprodukt zu erstellen.“ Kulturelle Bildung für junge Menschen mit Fluchterfahrung im Fokus einer rassismuskritisch positionierten Diskursanalyse. In S. Timm, J. Cost, C. Kühn, & A. Scheunpflug (Eds.), Kulturelle Bildung. Theoretische Perspektiven, methodologische Herausforderungen und empirische Befunde. (pp. 197–211). Waxmann.
Barry, C. (2023). Methoden dekolonisieren. “grenzenlos und unverschämt. forschung gegen die deutsche sch-einheit“. In Y. Akbaba, & A.B. Heinemann (Eds.), Erziehungswissenschaften dekolonisieren. Theoretische Debatten und praxisorientierte Impulse (pp. 249-272). Beltz.
Battaglia, S., & Mecheril, P. (2020). Die politische Dimension kultureller Bildung in der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: M. Gloe, & T. Oeftering (Eds.), Politische Bildung meets Kulturelle Bildung (pp. 33–45). Nomos.
Bücken, S., Frieters-Reermann, N., Gerards, M., Meiers, J., and Schütter, L. (2018). Flucht – Diversität – Kulturelle Bildung. Eine rassismuskritische und diversitätssensible Diskursanalyse kultureller Bildungsangebote im Kontext Flucht. Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 41(4), 30-34.
Desai, D. (2019). Cultural Diversity in Art Education. In R. Hickman (Eds.). International Encyclopaedia of Art and Design Education, Volume II: Curiculum. (pp. 1023–1044). Wiley-Blackwell.
Ferro, L., Wagner, E., Veloso, L., IJdens, T., & Lopes, J. T. (2019). Arts and Cultural Education in a World of Diversity: ENO Yearbook 1. Springer
Kallio-Tavin, M. (2019). Arts and Design Curriculum in the Nordic Countries. In K. Freedman (Eds.), The International Encyclopedia of Art and Design Education (Vol. II, pp. 589–607). Wiley Blackwell.
Keuchel, S. (2013). mapping//kulturelle-bildung. Edited by Stiftung Mercator. Retrieved from: https://www.stiftung-mercator.de/content/uploads/2020/12/Keuchel_mapping_kulturelle-bildung.pdf [07.03.2023]
May, S., Sleeter, C.E. (2010). Critical Multiculturalism. Theory and Praxis. Routledge
Morrell, E. (2017). Toward a Critical Pedagogy of Popular Culture: Literacy Development Among Urban Youth. (pp. 413-417). In A. Darder, R. D. Torres and M. P. Baltodano (Eds.), The Critical Pedagogy Reader. Routledge.
Mörsch, C. (2021). Decolonizing Arts Education. Skizze zu einer diskriminierungskritischen Aus- und Weiterbildung an der Schnittstelle von Bildung und Künsten. Zeitschrift Kunst Medien Bildung | zkmb. URL: https://zkmb.de/decolonizing-arts-education-skizze-zu-einer-diskriminierungskritischen-aus-undweiterbildung-an-der-schnittstelle-von-bildung-und-kuensten [07.03.2023]
Newman, M.; Gough, D.; (2019). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (pp. 3-22). Springer.
Son, Y. (2020). Critical literacy practices with bilingual immigrant children: multicultural book club in an out-ofschool context. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30 (2), 307–21.
 
15:15 - 16:4507 SES 02 B: Multilingual Children‘s Language Identity, Decolonising Pedagogical Approaches and Teachers’ Response-Ability
Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sofia Santos
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Trauma-Affected Refugee Children and Teachers’ Response-Ability: An Explorative Study from Norwegian Classrooms

Inga Storen, Wills Kalisha

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Storen, Inga; Kalisha, Wills

During war and forced displacement, children are exposed to cruelty, threats, and suffering, the like of which most people in peaceful nations will never know. Upon arrival in host countries in Europe, most refugee children are immediately placed in local schools, since it is generally believed that schools— by offering routine and structure— can provide a ‘safe space’ for trauma-affected children (Eide & Hjern, 2013). Teachers, thus, end up at the “frontline of dealing with the global refugee crisis” (Capstick, 2018, p. 72).

Following increased forced migration in Europe since 2015, several studies have shown high prevalence of trauma exposure among refugee children and youth, as well as high rates of mental health problems like anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder (Jensen et al., 2019; Nilsen et al., 2022). However, teachers in European host nations are often ill-equipped at dealing with— and caring for— trauma-affected refugee children (Costa, 2018; Djampour, 2018; Kalisha, 2023). Despite cautions against relying on teachers as mental health professionals, teachers are nonetheless perceived as advocates for trauma-affected children (UNICEF, 2019). In fact, Pastoor (2016) argues that it is crucial teachers have adequate knowledge on how trauma exposure during war, flight, and exile impact refugee children’s learning and behavior in the classroom.

If schools and schooling is indeed relied upon to address vulnerability, trauma, and other migratory-related difficulties, where does this leave teachers? How do teachers understand their role and responsibility in classrooms with refugee children?

This study explores teachers’ encounters with trauma-affected refugee children in Norway. Through semi-structured interviews, teachers are invited to share experiences of their ability and capacity to support refugee learners in their classrooms. The study draws on the concept of response-ability, defined as the ‘ability or capacity to respond’ (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2021). We integrate, too, theories on trauma-informed pedagogy (e.g., Brunzell et al., 2019; Palanac, 2019; UNHCR, 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Interview data is scheduled to be collected from teachers (n= ca. 7) working in government schools in Norway, between February and April 2024, following ethical approval. Data will be thematically analyzed using a mixture of emic and etic coding approaches.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study aims to provide new knowledge and insights into teachers experiences in classrooms with trauma-affected refugee children. As such, the study will contribute to ongoing efforts to meet the psychosocial and learning needs of refugee children in schools across Europe. It also highlights the integral role of teachers in this endeavor.
References
Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2021). Towards a ‘Response-able’ Pedagogy across Higher Education Institutions in Post-apartheid South Africa: An Ethico-political Analysis. In V. Bozalek, M. Zembylas, and J. C. Tronto (eds.) Posthuman and Political Care Ethics for Reconfiguring Higher Education Pedagogies (pp. 27–37). London and New York: Routledge

Brunzell, T., Stokes, H. & Waters, L. (2019). Shifting Teacher Practice in Trauma-Affected Classrooms:  Practice Pedagogy Strategies Within a Trauma-Informed Positive Education Model. School Mental Health 11, 600–614. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-018-09308-8

Capstick, T. (2018). Language for Resilience: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives. British Council.  www.britishcouncil.org/sites/default/files/language_for_resilience_-_cross-disciplinary_perspectives_0.pdf

Costa, B. (2018). Supporting the supporters – how to be helpful without being a hindrance, in T. Capstick (ed.) Language for Resilience: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives (pp. 62-63). British Council. www.britishcouncil.org/sites/default/files/language_for_resilience_-_cross-disciplinary_perspectives_0.pdf

Djampour, P. (2018). Border crossing bodies: The stories of eight youth with experiences of migrating [PhD thesis]. Malmö University, Faculty of Health and Society https://doi.org/10.24834/2043/24776

Eide, K. & Hjern, A. (2013). Unaccompanied refugee children – vulnerability and agency. Acta Paediatrica 102(7), 666-668. https://doi.org/10.111/apa.12258

Jensen, T.K., Skar, A.-M.S., Andersson, E.S., et al. (2019) Long-term mental health in unaccompanied refugee minors: Pre-and post-flight predictors. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 28, 1671–82

Kalisha, W. (2023). Vulnerable enough for inclusion? Unaccompanied minors’ experiences of vulnerability and trauma on their way to Norway. In I. Bostad, M. Papastephanou & T. Strand (eds.) Justice, Education, and the World of Today: Philosophical Investigations (pp. 131-154). Routledge.

Nilsen, S. N., Kvestad, I.  Randal, S. B., Hysing, M., Sayyad, N., & Bøe, T. (2022). Mental health among unaccompanied refugee minors after settling in Norway: A matched cross-sectional study, Scandinavian Journal of Public Health 51(3), 430-441. DOI: 10.1177/14034948221100103

Palanac, A. (2019). Towards a trauma-informed ELT pedagogy for refugees. Language Issues, 30(2), 3-14.

Pastoor, L. d. W. (2016). Enslige unge flyktningers psykososiale utfordringer: behovet for en flyktningkompetent skole. I C. Øverlien, M. I. Hauge & J. H. Schultz (Red.), Barn, vold og traumer. Møter med unge i utsatte livssituasjoner (s. 200-219). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

UNHCR (United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, 2017). Teaching about Refugees: Guidance on Working with Refugee Children Struggling with Stress and Trauma. www.unhcr.org/uk/59d346de4.pdf


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Storytelling and Poetry as Decolonising Pedagogical Approaches to Educating for Peace in Algeria's Tuareg Community

Fella Lahmar

The Open University, UK, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lahmar, Fella

This paper discusses the use of storytelling and poetry as pedagogical tools in peace education within the Tuareg Muslim community in Southern Algeria. The central key question that the paper examines is how storytelling and poetry, as traditional oral educational practices, are utilised as pedagogical tools for promoting peace within the Tuareg Muslim community in Algeria and what challenges and opportunities arise from integrating these cultural narratives into formal educational settings to impact peace education within and beyond Tuareg communities.

The indigenous inhabitants of North Africa are known as Berbers, or as some defined themselves as Imazighen, which literally means "free men." The Berber linguistic landscape in Algeria includes several dialects (Hagan & Myers, 2006; Shoup, 2012). Within this broader Berber context, the Tuareg in Algeria cultivated a distinct cultural identity. Tuareg, a nomadic group residing in Southern Algeria, is known for their use of the Tamesheq language dialect, with their adeptness in navigating the Saharan landscape. Tuareg's cultural practices, including the veiling of men's faces, are rich in symbolism. French colonisation in the 19th century marked a significant shift, forcing a transition from nomadic to more sedentary lifestyles, yet the Tuareg maintained many traditional customs (Shoup, 2012). Moreover, the imposition of Western educational models disrupted traditional practices, including the oral transmission of knowledge and values.

Historically organised tribally with a class-based system, their society comprises nobles, religious scholars, artisans, and various strata of vassals and labourers. Tuareg's oral literature tradition, primarily in the Tifinagh or Libyan script, consists of monumental inscriptions and a vibrant storytelling and poetry culture. These oral narratives serve as a medium for imparting religious and cultural values, including pre-Islamic myths and legends.

Storytelling and poetry play a pivotal role in transmitting cultural values and shaping the worldview of the Tuareg people in Algeria. These oral traditions are integral to the informal education system within the Tuareg community, serving not only as a means of entertainment but also as vital pedagogical tools. Through narratives imbued with teachings on social values, storytelling and poetry convey profound moral and ethical lessons, ensuring the passage of the community's rich heritage from one generation to the next.

Theoretically, the concept of Assabiyah, as discussed by Ibn-Khaldun (2005), refers to the social cohesion and collective solidarity that bind a community together, enabling it to act as a unified entity. This concept is particularly relevant to understanding subjects' cultural context when considering the role of storytelling and poetry in the Tuareg community of Algeria as a means of educating peace and transmitting cultural values.

This study presents how the stories and poems of the Tuareg are more than mere words; they are carriers of values and a reflection of the community's underpinning philosophies. They foster critical thinking and problem-solving skills, as exemplified by the story of Amamalandilyas, which is used to instil foundational values and develop peace resolution and reconciliation skills. These narratives guide young members in understanding their cultural identities and social responsibilities, thereby shaping their worldview and moral compass.

Despite their importance, storytelling and poetry face numerous challenges in the modern era. The advent of technology, the transition towards formal education systems, and the shift from a nomadic to a sedentary lifestyle have all threatened the continuity of these oral traditions. This paper advocates for acknowledging these approaches' artistic and educational potential effectiveness in peacebuilding. This further underscores the need to shift from Western-centric methodologies to embrace traditional heritage, contextually relevant, and culturally attuned educational practices, which can significantly impact peace education in Algeria and potentially in other similar contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for this study are part of the 'Decolonising Education for Peace in Africa (DEPA)' research project in Algeria, focusing on the values of reconciliation and peace within traditional Algerian art heritage. With ethical approval from the Open University (HREC/4669/Raghuram/Lahmar), the research was conducted in four Algerian provinces: Aïn Beïda (Oum El-Bouaghi province), Beni Maouche (Béjaïa province), Ghardaïa city, and Tamanrasset city and its outskirts, with additional insights from Guelma Province. The analysis in this paper is derived from three Jama'a focus group discussions and eight semi-structured individual interviews in Tamanrasset province. All recordings were transcribed and translated into standard Arabic and English. Subjects preferring the Tamesheq dialect, due to limited fluency in Algerian Arabic, were provided instant translations for approval during their interviews. I employed NVivo for thematic data exploration and ChatGPT-4 for Arabic to English translations and critical review. As a native Arabic speaker fluent in the Algerian dialect (Darija), I ensured the accuracy of all translations. Data were anonymized before any translation or NVivo coding. However, it's crucial to recognize the limitations of these tools. The analysis and writing are my original work.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Storytelling and poetry have long been integral to the cultural fabric of the Tuareg Muslim community in Algeria, serving as vital pedagogical tools that impart moral lessons, ethical teachings, and cultural values. These oral traditions are key to shaping the worldview of the Tuareg people, influencing their perceptions, beliefs, and behaviours. The narratives and poems passed down through generations encapsulate the essence of Tuareg's rich heritage, playing a significant role in peace education by fostering understanding, empathy, and social cohesion within the community.
Also, the Tuareg's oral traditions are more than just a means of preserving their cultural identity; they are also a vehicle for peacebuilding. Through the stories and poems that emphasize themes of justice, compassion, and community, individuals learn to navigate social relationships and conflicts in ways that prioritize harmony and mutual respect.
These narratives often contain lessons on how to resolve disputes, encourage dialogue, and foster a culture of non-violence and understanding. They serve as a means to impart wisdom and strategies for conflict resolution, emphasising the importance of peaceful coexistence and mutual respect. Through the power of storytelling and poetry, the Tuareg community educates its members on the principles of negotiation, patience, and empathy, which are crucial for maintaining social harmony and building a foundation for lasting peace.
Integrating storytelling and poetry into formal education is a delicate process that requires a nuanced approach. It is essential to consider religious, cultural, linguistic, and pedagogical factors to maintain the integrity and effectiveness of these traditions. The challenge lies in finding innovative and culturally respectful methods to incorporate these oral forms into the curriculum without diluting their essence. By doing so, educators can leverage the power of storytelling and poetry to enhance peace education, promoting values that are essential for sustainable peace and reconciliation among communities.

References
Gallagher, K. M. (2011). In search of a theoretical basis for storytelling in education research: story as method. International Journal of Research &amp; Method in Education, 34(1), 49-61. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727x.2011.552308
Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, Peace, and Peace Research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167-191.
Galtung, J. (1996). Peace by peaceful means: Peace and conflict, development and civilization. SAGE Publications.
Hagan, H. E., & Myers, L. C. (2006). Tuareg Jewelry: Traditional Patterns and Symbols: Xlibris US.
Hallaq, W. B. (2013). The impossible state: Islam, politics, and modernity's moral predicament. Columbia University Press.
Ibn-Khaldūn, ʿAbd Al-Raḥmān. 2005. Al-Muqaddimah [The Introduction]. Edited by Abdesselam Cheddadi. Casablanca: Beit Al-funun wa Al-ulum wa Al-adab, vol. 3.
Keenan, J. (2004). The lesser gods of the Sahara: Social change and contested terrain amongst the Tuareg of Algeria. Frank Cass.
Lum, B. J. (2018). Peace Education: Past, present and future. Taylor & Francis.
Shoup, J. A. (2012). Ethnic groups of Africa and the Middle East: An encyclopedia. Oxford: ABC-CLIO.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Ecological Approaches to Multilingual Children‘s Language Identity Development.

Hanna Ragnarsdóttir, Kristin Jonsdottir, Anna Katrin Eiriksdottir, Samúel Lefever, Anh-Dao Katrin Tran

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Ragnarsdóttir, Hanna; Jonsdottir, Kristin

While immigration to Iceland has grown in recent years, student populations in schools at different levels have become increasingly diverse in terms of languages and cultures.

This paper derives from the research project Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education. The objectives of the project are to explore language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families (Curdt-Christiansen, 2013; Spolsky, 2004), how these affect their children’s education and the relationships and interactions between these families and the children‘s teachers.

The research questions posed in this paper are:

· How do multilingual children‘s language identities develop within their families?

· How do they negotiate these in a school and societal environment which is mainly Icelandic?

The paper builds on Bronfenbrenner‘s ecological systems theory (1979, 2005) which views child development as being affected by multiple levels of the surrounding environment, from the family settings and school to broader societal and cultural values and a further development of this theory by Schwartz (in press). It explores how different systems affect multilingual children‘s language identities. The theoretical framework also includes writings on familiy language policy (FLP). It brings together research on multilingualism, language acquisition, language policy and cultural studies. Spolsky (2004, p. 5) distinguished three components of family language policy: 1) language practices „the habitual pattern of selecting among the varieties that make up its linguistic repertoire“; 2) language beliefs or ideology „the beliefs about language and language use“; and 3) language management „any specific efforts to modify or influence that practice by any kind of language intervention, planning or management.” These have been extended further by Curdt Christiansen (2013), who notes that FLP also recognizes the relevance and influence of economic, political and social structures and processes in a given society.

While early approaches to FLP according to Curdt-Christiansen (2013), emphasized language input, parental discourse strategy and linguistic environmental conditions, more recently there has been a shift of focus in research towards issues such as why different values are ascribed to different languages, how parents view bilingualism from emotional, sociocultural, and cognitive perspectives, and what kinds of family literacy environment and parental capital are likely to promote bilingualism. These components differ from one family to another and Schwartz (2018) notes that pro-active family language management might interact with and be influenced by the surrounding ethno-linguistic community and schools (policy-makers, teachers, and peers). When children enter a new socio-cultural community, such as a school where a majority language is spoken, they also encounter culturally related challenges. There they have to learn not only the vocabulary and grammar, but they also have to recognize and acquire the cultural norms connected to the language use. Bi- or multilingual children, who are a heterogeneous group, experience the differences on a daily basis and gradually acquire insights into all languages that they are exposed to. Children sometimes use translanguaging, i.e. the effective communication through activating all linguistic resources of the individual, is used to achieve communicative goals (García & Wei, 2014). Wilson (2020) argues that whilst the language management of minority-language parents tends to be geared towards transmitting a linguistic heritage, often associated with their emotional bond to the home country, their children, who may be born in the country of immigration, may not share such a deep connection with the heritage culture. As a result, children‘s language choices may differ from their parents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is a qualitative research study and involves altogether 16 immigrant families who have diverse languages and educational and socio-economic backgrounds, and their children (age 2-16) of different genders, as well as the children’s teachers and principals at preschool and compulsory school levels and, where relevant, their heritage language teachers.
Data for this paper were collected in semi-structured interviews and language portraits from four children, semi-structured interviews with the children‘s parents, as well as teachers and principals in the children‘s schools.
Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007).
The families live in four different municipalities in Iceland. Families speaking heritage languages belonging to both small (such as Philippines) and large (Polish) language groups in Iceland were selected. The municipalities are located in four different parts of Iceland and there may be important differences between the municipalities where the children are located when it comes to educational opportunities and support.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that the children‘s language identities develop in multiple ways and are affected by different systems, including family, school and society, as well as peers. The children make active choices on when and how to use their diverse languages and appear to have hybrid language identities. They negotiate these on a daily basis within their schools, among their peers and within their families. The families‘ language policies are diverse manifested in different practices at home and in their engagement with the school staff. Some families reported that teachers seemed to be unaware of the possibilities to encourage children to use their heritage languages in their studies at school. The findings also reveal that the participating families value their children’s language repertoire and use diverse methods and resources to support the children‘s multilingual development. The findings indicate that the teachers are interested in supporting the children‘s multilingualism but they claim that Icelandic is the language of instruction and emphasize that it is extremely important for the children‘s education that they learn Icelandic in schools. The teachers also noted that they were not well aware of methods related to multilingual education.
References
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development. Sage.
Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2013). Family language policy: sociopolitical reality versuslinguistic continuity. Language policy, 12, 1-6. DOI 10.1007/s10993-012-9269-0
García, O. & Wei, L. (2014).Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave MacMillan.
Spolsky, B. (2004). Language policy. Cambridge University Press.
Wilson, S. (2020).Family language policy: Children’s perspectives. Palgrave


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Surviving and Thriving: Syrian and Iraqi Refugee Children in Icelandic Society

Magnus Bernhardsson1, Lara Wilhelmine Hoffmann2

1Williams College, United States of America; 2University of Iceland

Presenting Author: Hoffmann, Lara Wilhelmine

This paper presents preliminary findings from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI). This inter-disciplinary, multi-year project, that was one of four projects to be awarded by the Icelandic Research Council in 2023 as a "Grant of Excellence" seeks to critically explore the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings.

In collaboration with the UNHCR, in 2015 the Icelandic government invited around forty families fleeing the wars in Syria and Iraq to immigrate to Iceland. These so-called "Quota Refugees" settled in elven different municipalities around the country as part of state agreements with those municipalities.

Findings of previous research in Iceland have revealed multiple challenges that refugee children face in Icelandic schools and society, but also educational and social success (Hama, 2020; Hariri et al., 2020; Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2018). Compared to most European countries, Iceland has had a limited experience with immigration. While there has been some research on refugee groups in Iceland, ESRCI is the first extensive inter-disciplinary research . The project is directed by the overarching research question: How do the education system and socio-cultural environments in Iceland contribute to the education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth? I am one of the two principal investigators of this project.

The project is divided into four pillars. I am responsible for he fourth which is Cultural and Historical Backgrounds of Syrian and Iraqi Refugee Children and Youth. Drawing on evidence, material and data related to the theme in this pillar, the paper aims to explore how the specific traumas of war and displacement impact the acclimation of these refugees and how their cultural, linguistic, and religious backgrounds may influence what their overall experience in Iceland.

Research questions include:

1: What is the nature of refugee children’s and youth’s experience with the integration processes in Iceland?

2: How does displacement and the memory of war impact their social and educational development?
3: How do the schools accommodate these children‘s traumatic experiences andwhich linguistically and culturally responsive practices are in place?
4: How are the children’s and youth’s cultural needs addressed, both in school policy and practice?

Utilizing the methodology of comparative global history (Lim, 2022) and Immigration and Migration Studies (Hamlin 2021), this paper will evaluate how the social and historical backgrounds of these refugeee children affect their experiences in and out of school. Given the difficult exposure to war and violence and the physical hardship of flight and migration, it has taken these children a considerable time to adapt to these new surroundings and put their trust in the relevant educational authorities. Though their may be commonalities in all immigrant and refugee experiences, particularly in a small and homogenous country like Iceland, I am particularly interested in what makes this a Syrian or Iraqi story. How does their country of origin impact their experiences? Though they are surviving, are they thriving in Icelandic society? And if not, why not? All to often, Icelanders tend to put the blame on immigrants for not being able to adapt to Icelandic society. But is there something about Icelandic culture that makes it difficult for Syrians and Iraqis to be the best version of themselves? How are the schools building on their social and historical resources to best take advantage of this new situation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative ESRCI research project involves Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth of different genders and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, altogether 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. The eleven municipalities are located in different parts of Iceland: Southwest (Capital area), Northwest, West Fjords, Northeast, East and South Iceland. Purposive sampling was used to select the families and information on the participants obtained from authorities (Stjórnarráð Íslands, n.d.). Multiple case studies are conducted with quota refugee children and youth in altogether 40 families in eleven municipalities in urban and rural contexts in Iceland. Each of the 40 families is considered to be one case. According to Stake (2005), a case study is frequently chosen as it draws attention to what in particular can be learned from a particular case. Semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Morgan, 1997) are used for data collection, using interview guides developed by the research team. Emphasis is put on exploring the children’s voices, including child friendly, emancipatory approaches in addition to semi-structured in-depth interviews with children (age 12-18). To ensure children’s participation and agency, data is also collected through active instruments such as participatory place-based methods, child led tour “walk-along” interviews and short diaries and narratives (Dennis, et al, 2009). The analytical process takes place concurrently throughout the research period. My training as a historian of modern Middle Eastern history who has a joint appointment at the University of Iceland and Williams College in the United States, I will evaluate the data from these interviews to consider how Syrian and Iraqi historical experiences factor into their time in Iceland.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper presents preliminary findings and interpretations from data collected in the eleven municipalities in Iceland. The findings reveal various challenges that the children and families experience in acclimating to new surroundings and to process the trauma of war, displacement, and exile. Further, this paper will evaluate how the specifically the cultural, religious, environmental and political backgrounds of these refugees contrasts with other resettlement communities particularly how they deal with their encounters with racism and Islamophobia. These intense cultural negotiations and the development of new forms of identities as as  general well being at school are dependent on many different factors, including teaching practices, level of participation and inclusion, communication with peer groups, as well as cultural issues. The children who experience exclusion or other obstacles at school are often less motivated to learn the new language. However, some of the children have progressed in their studies and are active participants in social activities at school.  
 

References
Baczko, A, Dorronsoro G., Quesnay, A Civil War in Syria: Mobilization and Competing Social Orders. 1st ed. Cambridge University Press, 2017.

Burns, T. (2008). Education and migration background research synthesis. Paris: OECD. Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/37/53/40636545.pdf  

Daoudy, M. The Origins of the Syrian Conflict: Climate Change and Human Security. Cambridge, United Kingdom ; New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 2020.
 
Gay, G. (2010). Classroom practices for teaching diversity: An example from Washington State (United States). In Educating teachers for diversity: Meeting the challenge (pp. 257–279). París: OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/educating-teachers-for-diversity_9789264079731-en
Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182  

Hariri, K. E., Gunnþórsdóttir, H. & Meckl, M. (2020). Syrian students at the Arctic circle in Iceland. In N. Yeasmin, W. Hasanat, J. Brzozowski  & S. Kirchner (Eds.), Immigration in the circumpolar north: integration and resilience. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429344275   
Keyel, J. Resettled Iraqi Refugees in the United States : War, Refuge, Belonging, Participation, and Protest. Forced Migration, Volume 47. New York: Berghahn Books, 2023.
Kohlbacher, J. & Schiocchet, L. (eds.) From Destination to Integration : Afghan, Syrian and Iraqi Refugees in Vienna. Isr- Forschungsberichte, Heft 45. Wien: Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2017.
Mazur, K Revolution in Syria : Identity, Networks, and Repression: Cambridge University Press, 2021
Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Hama, S. R. (2018). Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Experiences of families and schools. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & S. Lefever (Eds.), Icelandic studies on diversity and social justice in education (pp. 82–104). Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Press.
 
Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Schmidt, C. (2014). Introduction. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & C. Schmidt (Eds.), Learning spaces for social justice: International perspectives on exemplary practices from preschool to secondary school (pp. 1–8). London: A Trentham Book. Institute of Education Press.

Saleh, Z. Return to Ruin : Iraqi Narratives of Exile and Nostalgia. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 2021.

Sarkin, J. The Conflict in Syria and the Failure of International Law to Protect People Globally : Mass Atrocities, Enforced Disappearances, and Arbitrary Detentions / Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group, 2022.
 
15:15 - 16:4508 SES 02 A: Perspectives on Health Promotion in Diverse School Contexts
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anita Sandmeier
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Health Promotion in Upper Secondary School Vocational Study Programs: Students’ Experiences of a Pilot Program in Norway.

Solfrid Bratland-Sanda, Sabrina Krogh Schmidt, Lise Katrine Jepsen Trangsrud, Vibeke Krane

USN, Norway

Presenting Author: Bratland-Sanda, Solfrid; Krane, Vibeke

The social gradient in self-reported mental health challenges, poor lifestyle, academic performance, and risk of school dropout among adolescents is profound (Directorate of Health, 2023; Marmot, 2015). Due to the reach of diverse subgroups in the youth population, school has been identified by e.g., the World Health Organization (WHO) and the OECD as an important arena for health-promoting initiatives targeted to this age group (WHO, 2018). It has been suggested that in order to be successful, it is necessary to co-create the initiatives with core stakeholders such as the students, the teachers, and the school administration. Moreover, it is necessary to integrate perspectives of health with perspectives of learning (Daly-Smith et al., 2020).

The “Active and Healthy Kids” program from Norway is a whole-school model for health promotion initially developed for primary and secondary school (Bratland-Sanda et al., 2020). This model reached interest among school leaders and teachers at high school level, and thus the aim of this pilot study was to further develop and evaluate the adaptation of the model to a upper secondary school setting. Our research questions were as follows: 1) To what extent did the program reach the students as intended?, 2) How did the students experience the program?, and 3) What were perceived facilitating factors and barriers for the development and implementation of the program in upper secondary school?

Theoretical framework

We frame this project within the theories of the socioecological model of health (SEM) (Sallis & Owen, 2015), and the theory of children’s participation (Hart, 1992). Inspired by Bronfenbrenner’s ecological system theory, SEM is a model which describes the complexity and hierarchy of levels influencing health outcomes in individuals, these levels are divided into individual, interpersonal, community and social/environmental levels (Sallis & Owen, 2015). By acknowledging these multiple levels, the SEM model emphasizes that health behavior and outcomes are not only the result of individual choices, but also the political and structural premises within the society. A study on health promotion programs over the last 30 years showed that although most of the programs acknowledged the importance of multifactor and multilevel approaches, only a few of the programs adhered to this acknowledgement (Wold & Mittelmark, 2018). Most programs targeted one level and one variable, for instance physical activity on the individual level. The “Active and Healthy Kids” program target several lifestyle factors (i.e., physical activity, diet, and sleep) in addition to the outcomes wellbeing and quality of life, and targets both individual (i.e., students), interpersonal (i.e., classes), organizational (i.e., school), society (i.e., collaboration between school and others in public, private and/or civil sector), and political (i.e., policy makers in the municipalities and counties) levels. Hart’s (1992) Ladder of Children’s Participation is based on the postulation that young people have the right to be treated with respect and should be involved in matters concerning themselves. Secondly, it is argued that development of services and arenas for young people requires their participation to make them relevant and suitable to their needs. It is argued that participation of young people in these matters contributes to more sustainable solutions. In this project, we have used Hart’s (1992) description of different levels of youth participation as a point of departure for the study design, however, we argue that youth participation should be considered as a dynamic process rather than static levels of participation (Krane et al., 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample. The program was implemented at Kragerø upper secondary school, located in a small town at the coastline of South-Eastern Norway. Students from the two-year vocational study program “Health and upbringing” during the implementation period (n=25 and 23) were recruited to participate in the evaluation.  

Content. The “Active and Healthy Kids Program” consists of tools such as physically active learning (i.e., integrating bodily movement with curriculum), lectures about diet and sleep, and structural changes to the school canteen’s selection of food. The program was implemented during school years 2020/2021 and 2021/2022. These school years were influenced by the Covid-19 pandemic and periods of lock down and digital school during autumn 2020.    

Data collection. Data were collected once during spring 2021, autumn 2021, and spring 2022. The two first rounds of data collections were carried out through electronic questionnaires through nettskjema.no nettskjema@usit.uio.no , where the students self-reported on their experiences with the program. The last data collection was carried out through two focus group interviews with the students. The focus groups consisted of one level of the study program each, the interviews were carried out in the classroom and lasted for 30 minutes each.    

User involvement. To ensure proper user involvement by the students throughout the process of evaluation, a Youth Panel consisting of eight students from the study program was established. This youth panel helped to develop more practical and robust questionnaires and interview guides for the data collection. The Youth Panel was arranged as group meetings at given times and with specific objectives during the research process. Prior to each data collection, the Youth Panel provided comments and revisions to the questionnaire or to the interview guide. After each data collection, the Youth Panel was presented with tables and figures from the questionnaire and transcripts from the focus group interviews, and they discussed and shared their interpretations of the findings.  

Analyses. The quantitative data from the questionnaires were analysed via IBM SPSS version 28.0, and descriptive data analyses were conducted. The qualitative data from the focus group interviews were analysed through deductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). As previously described, the Youth Panel participated in the analyses of the data.  

Ethics. Necessary ethical approval was obtained, data were made anonymous in the transcribing and analyzing process. Involvement of the Youth Panel contributed to adjust the data collection process, and safeguard the wellbeing of the project participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This pilot study was partly conducted during a time with extraordinary restrictions due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Despite this, the program reached to a good extent the students in the way it was anticipated. Eighty-eight percent of the students reported good knowledge about the program, the knowledge was most profound for the physically active learning component.  

Physically active learning was mostly used in the more practice-oriented subjects, and little to nothing in the theoretical subject such as Mathematics, Norwegian or English. A higher percentage of the students reported satisfaction with physically active learning compared to satisfaction with the subject physical education (82% vs 60%). Students experienced physically active learning as positive for the learning environment and their wellbeing at school. They asked for more physically active learning than they were provided with, especially in the theoretical subjects. This expressed need was due to the difficulties experienced with acquiring the curriculum in these subjects with more traditional, sedentary learning activities. They reported that teachers in these subjects were reluctant to use physically active learning. Further, the students asked for more involvement and decision-making in selecting types of activities in the physically active learning.  

The dietary and the sleep components mostly consisted of lectures on the student level. The students reported that they perceived a greater level of knowledge about healthy diet and sleep hygiene following these lectures. Importantly, especially the sleep lectures also created greater perceived emotional stress and fear due to the awareness of harm caused by insufficient sleep.  

The students perceived a safe social environment in the class as the most important both facilitator and barrier for successful implementation of the various components of the program.  

We conclude that the program in general, and the physically active learning component in particular, was well received by vocational study program students.

References
Bratland-Sanda, S., Schmidt, S. K., Karlsen, M. L., Bottolfs, M., Grønningsæter, H., & Reinboth, M. S. (2020). [Liv og røre i Telemark. Sluttrapport]. USN Skriftserie, Issue 61/2020.  

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.  

Daly-Smith, A., Quarmby, T., Archbold, V. S. J., Routen, A. C., Morris, J. L., Gammon, C., Bartholomew, J. B., Resaland, G. K., Llewellyn, B., Allman, R., & Dorling, H. (2020). Implementing physically active learning: Future directions for research, policy, and practice. Journal of Sport and Health Science, 9(1), 41-49. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jshs.2019.05.007  

Directorate of Health (2023). Review abouth inequalities in health and quality of life in Norway since 2014. Oslo: Directorate of Health.  

Hart, R. A. (1992). Children's Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship. Innocenti Essays No. 4.  

Krane, V., Klevan, T., & Sommer, M. (2021). Youth Involvement in Research: Participation, Contribution and Dynamic Processes. In (pp. 47-71). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-75941-4_3  

Marmot, M. (2015). The health gap: the challenge of an unequal world. The Lancet, 386(10011), 2442-2444. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)00150-6  

Sallis, J. F., & Owen, N. (2015). Ecological models of health behavior. In Health behavior: Theory, research, and practice, 5th ed. (pp. 43-64). Jossey-Bass/Wiley.  

WHO. (2018). Global action plan on physical activity 2018–2030: more active people for a healthier world. World Health Organization.  

Wold, B., & Mittelmark, M. B. (2018). Health-promotion research over three decades: The social-ecological model and challenges in implementation of interventions. Scandinavian journal of public health, 46(20_suppl), 20-26. https://doi.org/10.1177/1403494817743893


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

School Based Health Promotion: How Professional Practices Unfold in an Institutional Context

Hadil Elsayed

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Elsayed, Hadil

The manner in which health promotion (HP) practice unfolds in various schools is contingent on the policies regulating it and school professionals’ understanding and enactment of said policies (Elsayed et al., 2023; Simovska et al., 2016). However, policies are often general prescriptions and professional understandings of them are not always aligned (Gherardi, 2019; Guvå & Hylander, 2012). Moreover, the interpretation of policies can be influenced by how school actors navigate the institutional complexity resulting from the (co)existence of multiple potentially conflicting institutional logics (understood as socially constructed value systems) that permeate school organizations (Ackesjö, 2022; Thornton et al., 2012).

School professionals often need to navigate complex institutional landscapes to accomplish HP work (Bennett et al., 2016). This is particularly salient in decentralized school systems (e.g., Swedish) where HP is enacted within multiple organizational frames (Hjörne, 2018). Institutional complexity may challenge school HP work (Ekornes, 2015) but may also facilitate some practices related to HP such as teaching (Gullberg & Svensson, 2020). While the effects of institutional complexity on organizational structures and responses have been extensively explored in literature, fewer studies have focused on the relation between this complexity and professional practices (Schatzki, 2023; Wu et al., 2023). This study explores how HP practices are understood by school professionals with respect to the institutional context in which they are deployed. The research questions are (i) how do school professionals understand HP as an institutionally regulated practice? and which institutional logics foreground professionals’ understandings of HP in schools?

The study is based on empirical data produced from nineteen semi-structured interviews with school professionals in Sweden. Data analysis is informed by practice theory (Gherardi, 2019; Schatzki, 2019) and the metatheoretical framework of institutional logics (Thornton et al., 2012). Practice theory contends that practices are the unit of analysis of the social. Practices are accomplished in bundles and organized via rules and sets of practitioners’ understandings (Schatzki, 2019). In institutional practices, rules can be seen as decontextualized formulations and may be further negotiated by practitioners (Gherardi, 2019). Professional understandings, (co)shaped by the prevailing institutional logics in a given organization (e.g., school), can influence how institutional rules are interpreted and enacted (Schatzki, 2023). Thornton et al. (2012) described several generic institutional logics (e.g., professional, corporate) that can guide (not circumscribe) analyses.

The findings indicate that policy formulations represent the infrastructure of HP practice which is governed locally at the municipal and school levels. Participants had to navigate the complex and heterogenous (national, municipal, school) policy landscape. Some policies were perceived as ambiguous or unrealistic (e.g., imposing demands on schools which were not feasible within the available resources) motivating professionals to negotiate and occasionally contest them. School professionals perceived leadership as a key link between institutional directives and professional practices but they problematized dual leadership (municipality and school) as a potential source of interprofessional conflicts that can undermine the practice.

Professionals invoked various institutional logics in their attempts to reconcile their professional values with the institutionally imposed practice rules (including written policies and governance systems). They invoked a bureaucratic logic to indicate compliance with institutional regulations, and three different instantiations of a professional logic (competence, pragmatic and entrepreneurial) by way of committing to professional values and maximizing efficiency. There were occasional tensions between the bureaucratic logic on one side and one or more of the professional logic instantiations on the other. These tensions were addressed in different ways, including disrupting the bureaucratic logic, attempting to reconcile it with one or more instantiations of the professional one, or occasionally using it as a resource to structure professional practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Empirical context

This study has been carried out in Sweden where school HP is a diffuse practice accomplished in different settings (e.g., health visits to the school nurse, physical education lessons). Schools are either municipal, independent (friskolor in Swedish), or private. Each school has a student health team, often composed of the school leader, nurse, psychologist, counselor, and special needs educator. Other professionals (e.g., teachers) are invited to team meetings as need arises. Moreover, schools are allowed to recruit private providers (e.g., psychologists) for specific services such as student counselling or staff training.

Participants

In order to capture the potential variations in practice arising from different organizational affiliations (e.g., municipal, private) or from ascribing to different domains of knowledge (e.g., health, education), a diverse pool of professionals was invited to participate in the study. Maximum variation followed by snow ball sampling were used to recruit participants allowing for a varied and diverse study population while simultaneously limiting sample skewness (Tracy, 2012). The sample (n=19) included different professionals (e.g., teacher, nurse, principal, psychologist, social worker) who worked in municipal, independent, or private schools. The sample also included private providers. Data were generated from in-depth semi structured interviews with the participants.

Data analysis

An abductive approach to data analysis was used whereby code generation was informed by both theory and participants’ accounts (Tavory & Timmermans, 2014). Data were iteratively analysed in four rounds. Code books were kept for each round and used for an audit trail to enhance transparency and validity (Creswell & Miller, 2000). Moreover, during the coding stage several peer review sessions were arranged which contributed to the refinement of codes and their aggregation into relevant themes. Code generation was informed by practice theory  (Gherardi, 2019; Schatzki, 2019). The institutional logics used by participants within the generated codes were identified using a mixture of pattern induction and pattern matching as described by Reay and Jones (2016). The induction was grounded in participants’ accounts. The inducted logics were then matched against the generic institutional logics described by Thornton et al. (2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study sheds light on school HP as a multidisciplinary professional practice that incorporates several practices such as teaching, counseling and leadership. The study highlights the occasional tensions generated due to the conflict between professional values and situated responsivity on the one side and the institutional regulation of school HP on the other. The study also demonstrates how various institutional logics are used to mediate the translation of practice regulations into viable professional understandings.
The activation of three instantiations of professional logic vis a vis the bureaucratic logic that governs the practice indicates a professional resilience operationalized to effectuate the highest possible degree of professional efficiency. This professional resilience is used to construct practice strategies that are simultaneously congruous with professional values and compliant with institutional directives. The findings indicate that rules were sometimes used as resources to structure and bolster professional practice. However, the multiple levels of governance contribute to the complexity of policy landscape which in turn can strain professional understanding of the practice particularly when the policy rhetoric is ambiguous or incomplete. Moreover, some ambiguities in policy formulations (e.g., regarding the core of the practice) may challenge interprofessional collaboration and the ultimate attainment of school HP objectives.
The present study contributes to the body of school HP literature by providing an in-depth understanding of the professional negotiations involved in the enactment of education policies in HP practices in a highly decentralized school system. Insofar as the study responds to rather recent recommendations of incorporating an institutional logics perspective in practice studies (Schatzki, 2023), it can also be seen as a theoretical contribution to the understanding of institutional practices.

References
Ackesjö, H. (2022). Evaluating the practice in Swedish school-age educare: Issues and contradictions [Article]. Journal of Childhood, Education and Society, 3(1), 60-73. https://doi.org/10.37291/2717638X.202231153
Bennett, A. E., Cunningham, C., & Johnston Molloy, C. (2016). An evaluation of factors which can affect the implementation of a health promotion programme under the Schools for Health in Europe framework. Evaluation and program planning, 57, 50-54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2016.04.005
Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. L. (2000). Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory into practice, 39(3), 124-130. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip3903_2
Ekornes, S. (2015). Teacher Perspectives on Their Role and the Challenges of Inter-professional Collaboration in Mental Health Promotion [Article]. School Mental Health, 7(3), 193-211. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-015-9147-y
Elsayed, H., Bradley, L., Lundin, M., & Nivala, M. (2023). Social and democratic values in school-based health promotion: A critical policy analysis. Cogent Education, 10(2). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2259477
Gherardi, S. (2019). How to conduct a practice-based study : problems and methods (Second edition ed.). Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing.
Gullberg, C., & Svensson, J. (2020). Institutional complexity in schools : Reconciling clashing logics through technology? SCANDINAVIAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION(1), 49-71.
Guvå, G., & Hylander, I. (2012). Diverse perspectives on pupil health among professionals in school-based multi-professional teams. School Psychology International, 33(2), 135-150. https://doi.org/10.1177/0143034311415900
Hjörne, E. (2018). Elevhälsa för ett förebyggande och hälsofrämjande arbete. In C. Löfberg (Ed.), Elevhälsoarbete under utveckling : en antologi (pp. 19-45). Härnösand : Specialpedagogiska skolmyndigheten
Reay, T., & Jones, C. (2016). Qualitatively capturing institutional logics [Article]. Strategic Organization, 14(4), 441-454. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476127015589981
Schatzki, T. (2019). Social change in a material world. Routledge.
Schatzki, T. R. (2023). On structural change: practice organizations and institutional logics. Osterreichische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11614-023-00537-z
Simovska, V., Nordin, L. L., & Madsen, K. D. (2016). Health promotion in Danish schools: Local priorities, policies and practices. Health Promotion International, 31(2), 480-489. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/dav009
Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis : theorizing qualitative research. Chicago : The University of Chicago Press.
Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W., & Lounsbury, M. (2012). The Institutional Logics Perspective: A New Approach to Culture, Structure and Process. Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199601936.001.0001
Tracy, S. J. (2012). Qualitative Research Methods : Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact. Chicester: John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated.
Wu, X., Tan, X., & Wang, X. (2023). The institutional logics perspective in management and organizational studies. Journal of business research, 167, 114183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2023.114183


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Exploring Students’ and Parents’ Views and Perspectives on an Open Schooling Model within the Context of Public Health Education

Andreani Baytelman, Elena Siakidou, Costas Constantinou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Baytelman, Andreani

Open schooling is an educational model that promotes active engagement between schools and the broader community, fostering collaborative efforts to address local challenges and promote community development and well-being. Projects and initiatives on Open Schooling take advantage of the knowledge, practices, visions, attitudes, resources, and values of all involved agents, empowering them to collectively transform society from a reflective and critical standpoint that focuses on sustainability, equity, social justice, and inclusion. Within this cooperative educational framework, students and parents play key roles as engaged participants (European Commission, 2015; 2022; Li et al, 2020).

This study explores parents’ and lower secondary school students’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model within the context of public health education through the implementation of specially designed educational scenarios based on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning in the context of public health socio-scientific issues. A survey was conducted on 607 lower secondary school students and 60 parents who actively participate in open school educational activities as part of the Partnerships for Science Education (PAFSE) European project.

Partnerships for Science Education (PAFSE) project is a science education project that addresses the challenges of public health. Specifically, PAFSE explores science education as a vehicle to provide citizens with knowledge, tools, and skills to make informed decisions on public health challenges. In addition, the project promotes community preparedness, by focusing on risk factors for the health condition of individuals, but also on the pre-emptive and protective behaviours from a personal and population perspective, contributing to more literate communities on healthy lifestyles, injury prevention, as well as detection, prevention, and response to infectious diseases (http://www.pafse.eu/). Within the context of the PAFSE project's open schooling model, various stakeholders employed an inquiry and project-based learning approach to negotiate open-ended, ill-structured public health challenges. These challenges, often characterized by conflicting perspectives and multiple potential solutions, align with the characteristics of socio-scientific issues (Zeidler, 2014), as identified by Ratcliffe and Grace (2003). We used inquiry and project-based learning, because is a student-centered, constructivist pedagogical approach, which promotes active student engagement in the learning process, fostering conceptual understanding, higher-order thinking skills, such as critical and creative thinking (Pedaste et al., 2015; Sandoval, 2005), modeling and argumentation skills, communication, and cooperation skills (Minner et al., 2010; Author1, 2020). The teacher acts as a facilitator and guide, challenging students to think beyond their current understanding by providing guided questions, opportunities for reflection, and scaffolding (Anderson, 2002).

Participants devised and implemented three educational scenarios addressing three socio-scientific public health issues: childhood obesity, smoking, and vaccinations, using inquiry-based learning. To assess parents’ and secondary school students’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model regarding public health education, we used a PAFSE open schooling questionnaire. Participants rated their level of agreement with and interest in various aspects of an open schooling model within public health education based on their open schooling experiences. Results indicated widespread support among both students and parents for open schooling model and the collaboration between schools and community stakeholders. This educational approach was widely perceived as a valuable contribution to public health education, promoting community health and well-being, and enhancing the ability to address public health challenges. Additionally, parents held statistically significantly more positive views and perspectives on the open schooling model in the context of public health education compared to students. This study can contribute to the existing body of research by examining and comprehending how students, parents, civil society actors, and the generalpublic can actively participate in the creation of an engaging open schooling model as part of the school curriculum to foster responsible citizenship and public health.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study aims to explore the views and perspectives of parents and lower secondary school students regarding an open schooling model within the context of public health education, a field with limited research on this topic.
We hope to: (a) enhance the existing literature by gaining insights into the views and perspectives of students and parents, as crucial stakeholders in an open schooling model within the context of public health education, and (b) contribute to the development of a theoretical framework regarding open schooling approach. We set out to answer the following research questions:
1. What are parents’ and lower secondary schoolstudents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health socioscientific issues?
2. Is there statistically significant difference between parents’ and lower secondary schoolstudents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health socioscientific issues?
For the present study, three distinct educational scenarios with activities and digital learning objects were devised, developed, and enacted based on the PAFSE open schooling approach for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health socio-scientific issues. These three educational scenarios (They can be found at https://photodentro.pafse.eu/) were as follows:
• Healthy Eating and Childhood Obesity: Challenges and Solutions.
• Vaccines development and the science that responds to hesitancy.
• The multiple dimensions of tobacco smoking.
A survey was conducted on 607 lower secondary schoolstudents and 60 parents who actively participate in open school educational activities as part of the PAFSE program.
Participants reported their agreement and level of interest in various aspects of an open schooling model for public health education using the PAFSE Open Schooling Questionnaire. The questionnaire's items were assessed on a five-point Likert scale, with responses ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (5)."
Our results indicated that parents strongly support the collaboration between schools and community stakeholders within an open schooling framework for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health SSIs. (M = 4.53, SD = 0.72). Conversely, the results indicate that students hold less strong opinions regarding an open schooling model (M = 3.61, SD = 1.11). The independent-samples t test analyses at 95% confidence indicated that the parents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health SSIs are statistically significantly higher at the P˂0.001 level than the students’ views and perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of the present case study was to investigate parents’ and lower secondary schoolstudents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model regarding public health education, after implementation of specially designed educational scenarios based on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning in the context of public health socio-scientific issues.
The parents’ results emphasize the importance of creating school-community partnerships to enhance public health through understanding, recognizing, and considering the multiplicity of perspectives of public health socio-scientific issues, in ordrer to analyze and resolve them. Yet, the parents’ results emphasize the significance for parents and local community to participate in such open shooling projects with public debate of socio-scientific issues related to their community. The lower rating by the students highlights the necessity for more attention and support for teachers and students of how to implement more effective, student-centered approaches like an open schooling model during learning processes, as well as integrate them within the school curriculum increasing the incorporation of science in society issues and foster democratic processes (Levinson, 2010; 2018; Mogford et al., 2011). Additionally, our findings underscore the importance of exploring effective strategies for incorporating an open schooling approach into health education and biology curricula, thereby fostering public health advancements, and enhancing community well-being. Since schoolteachers’ competences on coordinating and facilitating open schooling for inquiry-based learning processes are very essential, our findings underscore the need of school principals and Ministry of Education advisors to provide strong support to teachers.
The main limitation of our study is that we used only questionnaire data, and we could not probe participants' responses to items as with in-depth interviews.  Future studies should take a closer look at participants’ responses in-depth. Further research is needed to gain a more nuanced understanding of open schooling's effectiveness and explore its wider educational benefits.

References
Authors
Anderson, R. (2002). Reforming science teaching: What research says about inquiry. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 13(1), 1–12.
 European Commission (2015). HORIZON 2020 Work Programme 2014 –2015: Science with and for Society. European Commission Decision C.
European Commission (2022). Social determinants and investing in redusing health inequqlities.
Levinson, R. (2010). Science education and democratic participation: An uneasy congruence? Stud. Sci. Educ.  46, 69–119.
Levinson, R. (2018). Introducing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning. Science and Society 100(371), 31-35.
Li W, Liao J, Li Q, Baskota M, Wang X, Tang Y, Zhou Q, Wang X, Luo X, Ma Y, Fukuoka T, Ahn HS, Lee MS, Chen Y, Luo Z, Liu E; COVID-19 Evidence and Recommendations Working Group. (2020). Public health education for parents during the outbreak of COVID-19: a rapid review. Annals of Translational Medicine, 8(10), 628, 1-11.
Minner, D. D., Levy, A. J., & Century, J. (2010). Inquiry-based science instruction-what is it and does it matter? Results from a research synthesis years 1984 to 2002. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(4), 474–496.
Mogford, E., Gould, L. & Devoght, A. (2011). Teaching critical health literacy in the US as a means to action on the social determinants of health. Health Promotion International, 26(1) 4-13.
Pedaste, M., Mäeots, M., Siiman, L., de Jong, T., van Riesen, S., Kamp, E., Manoli, C., Zacharia, Z., Tsourlidaki, E. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47-61.
Ratcliffe, M., & Grace, M. (2003). Science Education for Citizenship: Teaching Socio-Scientific Issues. New York: McGraw-Hill Education
Sandoval, W. A. (2005). Understanding students’ practical epistemologies and their influence on learning through inquiry. Science Education, 89(4), 634–656.
Trindade, S; Camargo, R; Torres, P.; Kowalski, R. (2022). Open schooling and pedagogical learning practices articulated with the CONNECT project in basic education. Research, Society, and Development. Vol. 11 no. 12.
Zeidler, D. L. (2014). Socioscientific issues as a curriculum emphasis: theory, research, and practice. In N. Lederman & S. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education, Volume II (pp. 697–726). New York, NY: Routledge.
 
15:15 - 16:4509 SES 02 A: Perspective-Dependent Biases in the Assessment of Children’s Behavior
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Katharina Jakob
Session Chair: Elias Avramidis
Symposium
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium

Perspective-Dependent Biases in the Assessment of Children’s Behavior

Chair: Katharina Jakob (University of Vienna)

Discussant: Elias Avramidis (University of Thessaly)

Externalizing (e.g., hyperactivity, inattention) and internalizing problems (e.g., anxiety) are two broad categories of behavior that – when present to an elevated degree – lead to functional impairment and represent the cardinal symptoms of common disorders with begin in school age (Ahmad & Hinshaw, 2017). For example, in neurodevelopmental disorders, such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodivergent participants have been found to face increased behavioral challenges compared to their neurotypical counterparts (e.g., risk-taking, disruptive behavior; Reinke et al., 2023). Groups of individuals who have been identified in research findings as accurate judges such as teachers or parents (Ferdinand et al., 2007) are commonly included in assessments of students’ behavior. Research suggests that assessments of various types of behavior problems through multiple informants can often provide crucial insights that help form a solid foundation for the development and evaluation of effective interventions in educational and clinical settings (De Los Reyes et al., 2015). Despite the advantages of including reports from several informants, disagreements to varying degrees between reports are frequently reported. However, previous studies rarely further investigated the lack of conformity between raters.

More recently, studies have indicated that discrepant perceptions, often referred to as biases, can reveal multifaceted information about how children's behavior is perceived and expressed in various contexts (Achenbach, 2020). Rater biases, such as those related to children's competencies (i.e., positive illusory bias), gender, and special educational needs (SEN), should therefore be deemed as a crucial source of information in assessing behavior (Zurbriggen et al., 2023). Therefore, detected biases should be analyzed to understand, what variables can explain differences in informants’ ratings.

This symposium reveals a common denominator in the three contributions – all gathered information from multiple sources regarding emerging behavior problems of school-aged children. Going beyond rater agreements, each contribution addressed unique aspects and possible biases leading to discrepancies among informants.

The first contribution of the symposium investigates the consistency between different perspectives (e.g. teachers, parents, students) on students' internalizing and externalizing problems. Students' gender and SEN status are analyzed as possible sources of biases. The second contribution investigates biases in teachers' perceptions regarding their students' behavior and provides a thorough examination of the ambiguity of the term “behavior problems“ as applied by teachers to students and the influences on labeling besides students’ actual behavior (i.e., teachers’ stereotypical beliefs, general sensitivity to disruption, work-related stress experiences). Finally, the third contribution focuses on the discrepancies in the assessments of self- and other-perceived (a) social skills and (b) behavior problems of children with ADHD and ASD compared to non-diagnosed children. Overall, the results presented at this symposium contribute to the expansion of knowledge in the field of perspective-dependent phenomena and biases in the assessment of children’s behavior.


References
Achenbach, T. M. (2020). Bottom-Up and Top-Down Paradigms for Psychopathology: A Half-Century Odyssey. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 16(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-071119-115831
Ahmad, S. I., & Hinshaw, S. P. (2017). Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, Trait Impulsivity, and Externalizing Behavior in a Longitudinal Sample. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 45(6), 1077–1089. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10802-016-0226-9
De Los Reyes, A., Augenstein, T. M., Wang, M., Thomas, S. A., Drabick, D. A. G., Burgers, D. E., & Rabinowitz, J. (2015). The validity of the multi-informant approach to assessing child and adolescent mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 141(4), 858–900. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038498
Ferdinand, R. F., Van Der Ende, J., & Verhulst, F. C. (2007). Parent–teacher disagreement regarding behavioral and emotional problems in referred children is not a risk factor for poor outcome. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 16(2), 121–127. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-006-0581-0
Reinke, A. L., Stiles, K., & Lee, S. S. (2023). Childhood ADHD With and Without Co-occurring Internalizing/Externalizing Problems: Prospective Predictions of Change in Adolescent Academic and Social Functioning. Journal of Attention Disorders, 10870547231187146. https://doi.org/10.1177/10870547231187146
Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Nusser, L., Krischler, M., & Schmitt, M. (2023). Teachers’ judgment accuracy of students’ subjective well-being in school: In search of explanatory factors. Teaching and Teacher Education, 133, 104304. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104304

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Beyond Rater-Agreements: An Analysis of (In-)Consistencies in Multiple Informants’ Ratings among Students' Behavior

Katharina Jakob (University of Vienna), Carmen Zurbriggen (University of Fribourg), Susanne Schwab (University of Vienna), Hannu Savolainen (University of Eastern Finland)

1. Introduction Over the past decades, there has been increasing interest in the assessment of students’ behavior problems related to Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD; e.g., inattention) and other externalizing (e.g., conduct problems) and internalizing (e.g., anxiety) problems (e.g., Reinke et al., 2023). Empirical research suggests that the characterization of students’ behavioral problem phenomena requires multiple informants (e.g., teachers, parents, students themselves). In contrast to single-informant reports, this approach is expected to provide sufficient sensitivity and specificity; however, the vast majority of multi-informant assessments of ADHD symptoms and related problems rely on external sources (e.g.; Mulraney et al., 2022; Narad et al., 2015) and retrospective childhood ratings (e.g., Lundervold et al., 2020) leading to substantial underrepresentation of children’s self-perspectives in research. The current study aims to investigate the consistency between self-reports, parent reports, and teacher reports of students’ internalizing and externalizing problems. Further, it will be analyzed if students’ gender and diagnosis of special educational needs (SEN) can explain the specificity (i.e., method bias) in teacher and parent reports. 2. Method The present study uses data from a random Finnish community sample of 1446 students (male= 47.6%) aged 9-11 years. Students’ externalizing problems (i.e., hyperactivity/inattention (H/I), conduct problems (CP)) and internalizing problems (i.e., emotional symptoms (ES), peer problems (PP)) were measured from students', parents’, and teachers' perspectives using the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 1997). The dichotomous classification of SEN status used was based on information obtained from special education teachers in the participating schools about students’ received support in Finland’s three-tiered system. To assess the consistency, we applied a correlated trait-correlated method minus one (CT-C[M-1] model (Eid et al., 2003). 3. Findings & Conclusions The initial CT-C(M–1) model indicate good model fit (χ2WLSMV (1283, N = 1378) = 2054.55, p < .001, CFI = .944, SRMR = .087, RMSEA = .021). Results show in general moderate to low consistency between student and teacher or parent reports. Thus, the method specificity for parent and teacher reports was moderate to high, confirming the importance of using different raters. As expected, gender and the status SEN could predict the specificity in other reports of students’ behavior to some extent, in particular for externalizing problems. Overall, the results highlighted the vital role of multi-informant approaches in the assessment of student's behavior problems.

References:

Goodman, R. (1997). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: A Research Note. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38(5), 581–586. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7610.1997.tb01545.x Lundervold, A. J., Halmøy, A., Nordby, E. S., Haavik, J., & Meza, J. I. (2020). Current and Retrospective Childhood Ratings of Emotional Fluctuations in Adults With ADHD. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 571101. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.571101 Mulraney, M., Arrondo, G., Musullulu, H., Iturmendi-Sabater, I., Cortese, S., Westwood, S. J., Donno, F., Banaschewski, T., Simonoff, E., Zuddas, A., Döpfner, M., Hinshaw, S. P., & Coghill, D. (2022). Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: Screening Tools for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder in Children and Adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 61(8), 982–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaac.2021.11.031 Narad, M. E., Garner, A. A., Peugh, J. L., Tamm, L., Antonini, T. N., Kingery, K. M., Simon, J. O., & Epstein, J. N. (2015). Parent–teacher agreement on ADHD symptoms across development. Psychological Assessment, 27(1), 239–248. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0037864 Reinke, A. L., Stiles, K., & Lee, S. S. (2023). Childhood ADHD With and Without Co-occurring Internalizing/Externalizing Problems: Prospective Predictions of Change in Adolescent Academic and Social Functioning. Journal of Attention Disorders, 10870547231187146. https://doi.org/10.1177/10870547231187146
 

Under Which Conditions Do Teachers Label Students as Having Behavior Problems?

Boris Eckstein (PH Zürich), Urs Grob (University of Zürich), Kurt Reusser (University of Zürich), Alexander Wettstein (PH Bern)

1. Theory Many teachers are concerned that students with behavior problems may strain teaching, classmates, or themselves (MacFarlane & Woolfson, 2013). Although these concerns seem intuitively understandable, research has shown that the term “behavior problems” refers to a perspective-dependent phenomenon of various forms and degrees (Beaman et al., 2007; Crawshaw, 2015) that is susceptible to perception biases (Eckstein, 2019). Therefore, it is highly unclear what teachers mean when they use this expression without further explanation. This gives rise to a research desideratum we address in this paper: studies should investigate the extent to which the teacher-assigned label “behavior problems” is substantiated by students’ actual behaviors and to what extent it is due to other, idiosyncratic conditions. 2. Methods 85 elementary school teachers and 1412 students (11.7 years) answered a survey. The teachers reported the degree to which they consider each student in their class to have behavior problems. As presumed predictors of these labeling tendencies, we investigated the frequency of students’ undisciplined behaviors (ω = .84), non-behavioral student characteristics (sex; learning ability [ω = .72]), teacher characteristics (general sensitivity to disturbances [ω = .71]; work-related stress experience [ω = .80]), and context factors (latent class means of students’ indiscipline and learning ability). A two-level structural equation model was set up and estimated in Mplus 8.10 (Marsh et al., 2009; Muthén & Muthén, 2017-2023). All effects were estimated while controlling for the others. 3. Findings The model fitted the data well (X2 = 139.468, df = 71, p < .001; RMSEA = .024; CFI = .991). At level 1, significant effects on the teachers’ labeling tendencies were found for the individual students’ indiscipline (Beta = .50), sex (Beta = -.25), and learning ability (Beta = .21). At level 2, teachers’ general sensitivity to disturbances (Beta = .35) and work-related stress experience (Beta = .35) were found to be significant conditions of their general labeling tendency across all students; no significant effects were found for the latent class means of indiscipline and learning ability. In sum, the findings indicate that the label “behavior problems” was well substantiated by the students’ actual behaviors – but it was also due to various other conditions that had little or nothing to do with their behavior, such as teachers’ stereotypical beliefs (Anderson et al., 2012). Reflecting on the study’s strengths and limitations, we will discuss the implications of these results for future research and teaching practice.

References:

Anderson, D. L., Watt, S. E., & Noble, W. (2012). Knowledge of Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder (ADHD) and Attitudes Toward Teaching Children With ADHD: The Role of Teaching Experience. Psychology in the Schools, 49(6), 511-525. https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1002/pits.21617 Beaman, R., Wheldall, K., & Kemp, C. (2007). Recent research on troublesome classroom behaviour: A review. Australasian Journal of Special Education, 31(1), 45–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/10300110701189014 Crawshaw, M. (2015). Secondary school teachers’ perceptions of student misbehaviour. Australian Journal of Education, 59(3), 293–311. Eckstein, B. (2019). Production and Perception of Classroom Disturbances – A new approach to investigating the perspectives of teachers and students. Frontline Learning Research, 7(2), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.14786/flr.v7i2.411 MacFarlane, K., & Woolfson, L. M. (2013). Teacher attitudes and behavior toward the inclusion of children with social, emotional and behavioral difficulties in mainstream schools: An application of the theory of planned behavior. Teaching and Teacher Education, 29, 46-52. Marsh, H. W., Lüdtke, O., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., Muthén, B., & Nagengast, B. (2009). Doubly-latent models of school contextual effects: Integrating multilevel and structural equation approaches to control measurement and sampling error. Multivariate behavioral research, 44(6), 764-802. Muthén, B. O., & Muthén, L. K. (2017-2023). Mplus user’s guide (8th ed.). Muthén & Muthén.
 

WITHDRAWN Positive Illusory Bias in ADHD and Autism spectrum disorder (ASD): A disorder-related phenomenon

Giulia Crisci (University of Padova), Irene Mammarella (University of Padova)

Children with Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently overestimate their own abilities in different contexts, reporting higher self-perceptions than the others’ external perceptions (Lau-Zhu et al., 2019). This tendency to overestimate one’s capabilities, compared to external evaluations, is called positive illusory bias (PIB, Owens et al., 2007). However, it is not clear whether the two clinical populations overestimate their own abilities in the same way and if this overestimation impacts multiple areas of functioning (Martin et al., 2019). The present study investigated the accuracy of self-perception of abilities of children with ADHD and ASD compared to non-diagnosed (ND) peers in different areas of functioning. Specifically, differences in the estimation of (a) social abilities and (b) behavioral problems in the three groups were analyzed. Two hundred and twenty Italian children (85% M) between 8 and 16 years (M=11.48, SD=2.28) were included in the study. 50 children with ADHD (84% M), 49 with ASD (79% M) without intellectual disability and 121 ND (86% M) participants were enrolled and matched for sex, age, and intelligence quotient (IQ). Two parallel forms of a specific questionnaire measuring social abilities and behavioral problems were filled out by the children and their parents to compare their perceptions. Two different estimation indices were computed based on the discrepancy between the child’s perception and the adult’s report on children’s social abilities and behavioral problems. Separate linear regressions were run for both estimation indices to investigate the association between the two estimation indices and different independent variables: control variables (i.e., age and IQ) and group (ADHD, ASD and ND). Our results showed a different pattern in the two estimation indices. The self-perception of social abilities, independently from the group, decreased with higher age and was significantly impaired only in the ADHD population, compared to both the ASD and ND groups. Conversely, both children with ADHD and ASD estimate their own behavioral problems in a similar way to that of their parents. Our findings confirm that the overestimation of one’s own abilities, compared to external estimations, regards mainly subjects with ADHD (Capodieci et al., 2019). Moreover, this overestimation of abilities is not always present (Owens & Hoza, 2003). Our results revealed the importance of paying attention to the interpretation of self-reports during the assessment of abilities in children and adolescents with ADHD and helped in differentiating specific difficulties of self-perception abilities between ADHD and ASD.

References:

Capodieci, A., Crisci, G., & Mammarella, I. C. (2019). Does Positive Illusory Bias Affect Self-Concept and Loneliness in Children With Symptoms of ADHD? Journal of Attention Disorders, 23(11), 1274–1283. https://doi.org/10.1177/1087054718763735 Lau-Zhu, A., Fritz, A., & McLoughlin, G. (2019). Overlaps and distinctions between attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and autism spectrum disorder in young adulthood: Systematic review and guiding framework for EEG-imaging research. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 96, 93–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2018.10.009 Martin C. P., Peisch V., Shoulberg E. K., Kaiser N., Hoza B. (2019). Does a social self-perceptual bias mask internalizing symptoms in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 60(6), 630–637. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.13024 Owens, J. S., Goldfine, M. E., Evangelista, N. M., Hoza, B., & Kaiser, N. M. (2007). A Critical Review of Self-perceptions and the Positive Illusory Bias in Children with ADHD. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 10(4), 335–351. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-007-0027-3 Owens, J. S., & Hoza, B. (2003). The role of inattention and hyperactivity/impulsivity in the positive illusory bias. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71(4), 680–691. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.71.4.680
 
15:15 - 16:4510 SES 02 A: Deans of Teacher Education
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Margery McMahon
Research Workshop
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Research Workshop

Deans of Teacher Education

Margery McMahon

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McMahon, Margery

In 2023 a Deans of Teacher Education panel was held at ECER in Glasgow. This six member panel was composed of deans and leaders of teacher education from around the globe, inculding Scotland, Ireland, USA and Australia. The panel discussion focused on current challenges for teacher education and how the deans can work collectively and collaboratively to influence policy and decisionmaking relating to teacher education, at a time when it is under increased scutiny and challenge in many systems. The session was very well attended and attracted local media interest.

This proposal builds on the success of this initial session, seeking to advance the discussion, involve more deans from across the ECER community and become established as an annual feature in the ECER programme for Network 10. It will be coordinated and chaired by Margery McMahon with inputs from deans attending ECER in Nicosia. This will draw from ECER members who are also members of the Global Deans of Education Network and the U21 Deans of Education group.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The workshop will focus on key themes for teacher education including teacher recruitment and retention; curricula for teacher preparation; accreditation, scrutiny and inspection of teacher education. Selected case studies will be introduced by participating deans outlining how these issues are being addressed in their contexts. These will be used to facilitate dialogue and interaction amongst attendees.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
New contacts and collaborations was an important outcome of the 2023 deans' session and a goal of the 2024 session will be to formalise this further through an ECER specific Deans of Teacher Education group, aligned with Network 10. The establishment of such a fora will be an important development enabling the deans to use their voice and position to advocate further for teacher education.
References
Kennedy, A. , Beck, A.  and Shanks, R. (2021) Developing a context-appropriate framework for measuring quality in initial teacher education. Scottish Educational Review, 53(1), pp. 3-25.

Menter, I., The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

McMahon, M., (2023) ‘Teacher Education Reform in Scotland’ in Craig, C., Mena, J., and Kane, R., (Eds). ISATT Yearbook: Volume 1 Approaches to Teacher Education.  United Kingdom: Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
 
15:15 - 16:4510 SES 02 B: Equity, Social Justice and Moral Values in Teacher Education
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elsa Estrela
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Justice-Oriented Teacher Preparation in Florida: Voices Against Divisive Concepts Legislation

Elyse Hambacher, Jalea Turner

University of Florida, United States of America

Presenting Author: Hambacher, Elyse

This study is part of a larger project that investigates how teacher educators (TEs) conceptualize/operationalize teacher-educating for social justice in university-based teacher preparation programs in the United States. We intentionally focus this sub-study on the state of Florida within the US because of ongoing divisive concepts legislation to fight against “woke” indoctrination, defunding and censoring ideas related to diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs higher education and K-12 schools. Examples of this include signing legislation banning DEI initiatives, eliminating books from school libraries, and prohibiting public school educators from discussing systemic racism and gender. While attacks to this degree may not be widespread in Europe, the concept of “woke/wokism” has been used with right-wing media outlets and conservative parties in the UK (Cammaerts, 2022). The state of Florida is, in some ways, the canary in the coal mine—a warning of possible danger to come for TEs and teacher preparation programs in other countries who may, in the future, experience censorship legislation from their conservative politicians.

Two research questions guide the study: 1) What are the experiences of Florida TEs with self-identified commitments to equity and social justice? 2) How has the current political climate in the state of Florida impacted TEs' commitments to social justice and equity in teacher preparation programs? Consistent with the conference’s theme about education in an age of uncertainty, this study sheds light on Florida TEs’ efforts to teach for social justice amidst a time of unpredictability and fear. As they navigate this uncertainty, this study can help the field better understand how these TEs continue to persist with critical hope to work toward a better society despite the challenges they face.

More than “what, when, or how teachers do things,” teaching for social justice is connected to “how teachers think about their work and interpret what is going on in schools and classrooms; how they understand competing agendas, pose questions, and make decisions; how they form relationships with students; and how they work with colleagues, families, communities, and social groups” (Cochran-Smith, 2010, p. 454). Our study is informed by Bondy et al.’s (2017) justice praxis framework, which acknowledges the evolving ways of understanding and enacting justice in teacher education.

While space limitations prevent us from elaborating on all seven contours of the framework, surrounding “justice” is Duncan-Andrade's (2009) notion of critical hope, or what Bondy et al. (2017) refer to as “radical hope.” Radical hope reminds educators that the path toward justice is a painful one but "despite the overwhelming odds against us making it down that path to change, we make the journey again and again because there is no other choice” (p. 191). Within this framework, justice must be enveloped in democratic practices (Ayers, 2009) that include listening deeply, discussion, and dissent. The remaining contours—critical sociological (Sensoy & DiAngelo, 2012), restorative (Ladson-Billings, 2015), wholly engaged (hooks, 1994), liberatory (Freire, 1970), and immersed in inquiry (Freire, 1970; Kumashiro, 2015)—offer TEs ways to think about transforming injustice within their contexts.

Our study is also informed by Santoro and Cain’s (2018) notion of principled resistance, “a necessary and ethical response to mandates that conflict with [educators’] understandings about quality teaching and the role of education in a democracy” (p. 1). There are three general categories that engender principled resistance: pedagogical, professional, and democratic. Principled resistance is useful for our work because the TEs experience ethical dilemmas regarding teaching for social justice in a state that prohibits it. Our participants’ beliefs about the purposes of their work stand in direct conflict with the policies and practices they are expected to implement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our qualitative study provides insight into TEs’ perceptions of social justice education in the state of Florida in the US. A prospective list of participants was generated based on the researchers' professional networks and reviewing faculty profiles across the various institution’s websites across the state. We visited institutions’ College of Education websites and identified faculty members of teacher preparation programs. We intentionally chose diverse educational settings and sought faculty from large and small colleges across different regions, public and private institutions, Predominantly White Institutions (PWIs) and Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs). We examined websites for faculty research interests, courses, and publications for keywords (e.g., social justice, inclusion, diversity, anti-racism) that indicated a commitment to social justice. In total, 37 TEs were contacted, and 10 consented to participate. Nine participants were female and one was male. In terms of race, 4 are Black, five are White, and one is Asian. Two of the 10 are part of the LGBTQ+ community. They represented all regions across the state and eight of the 10 taught in public, PWIs. Participants were provided with a $50 Amazon gift card for their time.

The TEs engaged in a semi-structured Zoom interview that was recorded and transcribed. The average interview lasted 58 minutes and sought to understand their experiences as justice-oriented TEs in Florida. We asked questions about the terms they use and why, their larger goals, and their practices as TEs. We also asked follow-up questions based on their responses. For example, when a participant talked about what was hard about teaching for social justice, we asked them if they could give us an example or tell us more. Interestingly, none of our interview questions explicitly asked about divisive concepts legislation but every participant brought this up.

Drawing on Charmaz’s (2014) constructivist grounded theory guidelines to analyze the data, we engaged in a process of initial coding using in vivo codes, focused coding, and analytic memo writing. The initial coding informed our decisions about defining conceptual categories, while focused coding guided the synthesis of larger chunks of data to make analytic interpretations of participants’ experiences. Currently, we are developing analytic memos to help us reflect on emergent themes in the data to help us “lead to a richer and more powerful explanation of the setting, context, and participants” (Janesick, 2011, p. 148).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data analysis is ongoing, and we have identified four preliminary findings from our interviews with Florida TEs.

The current political climate has a chilling effect: TEs repeatedly described a heightened sense of fear for engaging in justice-oriented teacher educating. Those in public institutions especially acknowledged a lack of institutional support: “My institution has explicitly expressed that they will not support me or my colleagues, that any risks that we take for the purpose of our convictions and our own research to really delve into these issues that they're not sticking their necks out to protect us” (Tina1).

Engaging in subversive practices: Participants shared that even in the context of fear, they engaged in subversive practices to continue teaching in socially just and equitable ways. Guided by their moral and ethical reasons for this work, they expressed that they do not alter their instructional practices; many shared that they need to teach in more creative ways.

Remaining steadfast in their commitment to social justice: Despite current legislative efforts to censor critical conversations about race, gender, identity and systemic oppression, TEs expressed a firm commitment to teaching with a social justice praxis. For example, Tasha expressed, “I've still unapologetically, I have not changed who I say I am. Anything that's public facing still articulates the same person. All of the courses that I have designed, are still the same.” Participants expressed that the importance of these concepts to educators who teach K-12 students and minoritized communities outweighs the risk of silence.

Institutional funding influences TEs perceptions of safety: TEs employed at state-funded public institutions expressed increased feelings of fear, trepidation, and concern regarding job security, scholarship, and personal safety. Contrarily, TEs at private institutions tended to vocalize feelings of empowerment, freedom, and support to engage in teaching for social justice.

References
Bondy, E., Beck, B., Curcio, R., & Schroeder, S. (2017). Dispositions for critical social justice teaching and learning. Journal of Critical Thought and Praxis, 6(3), 1-16.  

Cammaerts, B. (2022). The abnormalisation of social justice: The ‘anti-woke culture war’ discourse in the UK. Discourse & Society, 33(6), 730-743.

Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage.

Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In Hargreaves, A., Lieberman, A., Fullan, M., Hopkins, D. (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 445-458). New York: Springer.  

Duncan-Andrade, J. M. R. (2009). Note to educators: Hope required when growing roses in concrete. Harvard Educational Review, 79(2), 181-194.  

Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Continuum.  

hooks, b. (1994) Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge.  

Janesick, V. J. (2015). " Stretching" exercises for qualitative researchers. Sage.

Kumashiro, K. (2015). Against common sense: Teaching and learning toward social justice, 3rd edition, New York: Routledge.  

Ladson-Billings, G. (2015). Just justice [American Educational Research Association Social Justice in Education Award Lecture video]. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ofB_t1oTYhI.  

Santoro, D. & Cain, L. (2018). Introduction. In D. Santoro and L. Cain (Eds.), Principled resistance: How teachers resolve ethical dilemmas (pp. 1-15). Harvard Education Press.  

Sensoy, O. & DiAngelo, R. J. (2012). Is everyone really equal?: An introduction to key concepts in social justice education. New York: Teachers College Press.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Mentoring and Coaching as a supportive intervention to enable New Teacher Educators in their new roles in Higher Education

Lizana Oberholzer1, John Macklin2

1University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom; 2University of East London

Presenting Author: Oberholzer, Lizana; Macklin, John

The aim of the study is to explore:

How can mentoring and coaching be used to support the transition of new teacher educators into higher education?

The importance of the role of teacher educators cannot be under-estimated, and their impact on the outcomes for teacher trainees in initial teacher training provision is imperative to ensure that the future generation of teachers are well prepared for their roles. At a time where teacher retention is of great concern in a English context, where 30% of teachers leave the profession, as outlined in the Teacher Workforce Data Report (2022,23). Internationally, UNESCO reported similar concerns regarding teacher retention. It is imperative to develop high quality teachers,. The Teacher Educator's role is imperative in this process, especially at a time of uncertainty, where teachers can give children life-chances and hope.

However, for many teacher educators, there are very few opportunities to develop to be able to make a smooth transition into their new roles and contexts. Czerniawski (2018) highlights that the term teacher educator implies all those involved in the development of future and current teachers. Czerniawski (2018) and Murray (2002) make the point that becoming a teacher educator can be a painful experience whereby the teacher educator needs to shed their former identity as a teacher and develop their novice identity as a teacher educator. However, during this transition period there is often no support in place to ensure that teacher educators can make the transition from their previous roles into their new role.

This qualitative case study, evaluates how mentoring and coaching can be used as an intervention to provide a supportive transition for teacher educators into their new contexts, to enable them to flourish. Connor and Pokora (2017) define mentoring and coaching as learning relationships, and the study seeks to gain insights into how these learning relationships can help to create a sense of trust, belonging, and safety to enable teacher educators to engage effectively with their learners.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted through the use of semi-structured interviews, across an academic year to evaluate how mentoring and coaching was used, and what the potential impact was for new teacher educators. Participants were recruited across universities in England, and Teacher Educator mentors and coaches were assigned to support them on their journey from the start of the new academic year, to the end of the academic year.  Semi-structured interviews were conducted termly via Microsoft Teams, and recorded, transcripts were created and. In addition, the semi-structured interview transcripts were thematically analysed each term through the use of Braun and Clarke’s (2006, 2022) 6 phase thematic analysis framework. Data was thematically coded, analysed, and key  themes were developed through a grounded theory approach as outlined in Cohen et al. (2018).  All ethical considerations, approvals and the necessary consent was in place prior to any collection of data as outlined in the BERA (2018) guidance.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The key findings from the project reflects that coaching and mentoring can have a positive effect on teacher educators’ transitions, providing that the coaches and mentors are well developed and skilled in their roles. As Teacher Educators developed in their confidence, intervention support had to be skilfully utilised to provide appropriate challenge and opportunities to find solutions independently through coaching approaches. Participants found it helpful to have a critical friend to enable them to unlock their potential within their new contexts. The co-constructive learning experience ensured that participants were able to navigate their new landscape in a collaborative professional way.
References
BERA (2018) Ethical Guidance, UK: BERA

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, pp. 77–101.

Czerniawski, G. (2018), Teacher Educators in the Twenty-First Century: Identity, knowledge and research. UK: Critical Publishing.

Murray, J. (2002) Between the Chalkface and the Ivory Towers? A Study of the Professionalism of Teacher Educators Working on Primary Initial Teacher Education courses in the English Education System Collected Original Resources in Education (CORE), 26 (3): 1 - 530.

Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2018) Research methods in education, 8thed. London: Routledge.

Connor, M. and Pokora, J. (2017), Coaching and Mentoring at Work: Developing Effective Practice. (3rd edition). London: Open University Press.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Preparing Social Justice-oriented Teachers: Teacher Educators’ Conceptualizations, Practices, and Concerns

A.Lin Goodwin1, Elyse Hambacher2, Andrew Pau Hoang3, Mayeen Quader4, Rachel Roegman5, Geying Zhang1

1Boston College, United States of America; 2University of Florida, United States of America; 3University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR; 4Claremont Graduate University, United States of America; 5University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, United States of America

Presenting Author: Goodwin, A.Lin; Zhang, Geying

This study examines the work of teacher educators who strive to prepare teachers who can capably and equitably educate the next generation of young people for an increasingly complex, uncertain and inequitable world. Through our research, we seek to address the following question: How do teacher educators in university-based teacher preparation programs located in different contexts, conceptualize and operationalize their work to educate and nurture social justice-oriented teachers?

In answering this core question, we focused specifically on:

a) the concepts and language these teacher educators choose to describe their work and why;

b) the impact and influence of context (programmatic, institutional, political) on their practice;

c) challenging or “hot” moments in their work preparing social justice-oriented teachers; and

d) key pedagogies and practices these teacher educators incorporate into their teacher preparation curriculum.

Our research participants are all located in the U.S., but their aspirations for teacher candidates and the issues they are tackling transcend national borders and are global in nature. In 2021, UNESCO’s report Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education, called for “a new social contract for education that can repair injustices while transforming the future…grounded in human rights and based on principles of non-discrimination, social justice, respect for life, human dignity and cultural diversity” (p. iii). Similarly, the European Commission urges member states “to tackle inequalities from early years and to decouple social, economic, and cultural status, ethnic and racial background from educational attainment and achievement” (n.d.; https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/about-improving-quality para. 5). They echo educators across the globe who express commitments to equity (Cochran-Smith, et al., 2020; Darling-Hammond, 2017) and seek to “address the existing web of inequalities that perpetuate educational and social exclusions” (UNESCO, 2021) through social justice-oriented teacher preparation (Author et al., 2023).

Internationally, it seems then that “Equity is a fundamental value and guiding principle of education policy,…[and yet]…it is not necessarily actualised in education systems around the world” (OECD, 2018, p. 22), whether in Europe, Asia, Africa, North or South America. Indeed, the latest progress report indicates that progress towards achieving Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4: Ensure Inclusive and Quality Equitable Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All (https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal4) is fair at best, with no targets met (UN, 2023). Societies around the world share much in common, including a collective and shameful past of historical inequity and discrimination such that all children have not received the care and education they need and deserve. These same societies have signed on to SDG #4, and are engaged in “the reality that the drive for societal improvement is an ongoing process that draws on a past, is explored in the present and seeks to influence the future” (ECER Call for Papers, 2024). As a global community, we must address two, intertwined imperatives: quality education and equitable/inclusive education for all, both of which need quality teachers as “key figures on whom possibilities for transformation rest” (UNESCO, 2021, p. 80). Yet quality, justice-oriented teachers depend on teacher educators, so understanding how and what teacher educators do in their work of educating teachers, is essential.

Thus, our study aims to build this understanding of teacher educators’ social justice work with teacher candidates, using two theoretical frameworks as analytic lenses. First, we utilize Marilyn Cochran-Smith’s Theory of Teacher Education for Social Justice (2010), that specifies three aspects that are relevant to our study, namely: justice, practice and teacher preparation. Second, Bondy et al. (2017) offer a justice praxis framework adapted by Author et al. (2021), that allows us to deeply examine our respondents’ theorizing and practice in social justice-oriented teacher preparation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study of teacher educators committed to social justice teacher education. Using phenomenography which supports “different understandings of reality” (Marton, 1986, p. 28), we explore how this group of teacher educators conceptualize and enact their individual understandings of social justice-oriented teacher preparation.

Our research team represents five different universities from California, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts and New York. As leaders of each state-specific team, we all bring substantive experience as university-based teacher educators, and participated in a pre-pilot focus group for the purpose of refining our research design through open-ended exploration of concepts in relation to social justice and teacher preparation. This enabled us to clarify and calibrate our own understandings of social justice-oriented teacher preparation and finalize interview and research questions, criteria for sample selection, and data collection procedures. Each team leader secured ethics approval from their home institution and four of five have recruited eligible participants locally—full-time, university-based teacher educators engaged in teacher preparation who express commitments to social justice. Interviews were conducted using a common semi-structured protocol consisting of six open-ended questions. Three of the teams conducted focus group interviews in-person or on-line as needed to accommodate scheduling and transportation or location issues. The fourth team was required to conduct individual interviews out of ethics committee concern for complete anonymity for participants given the political climate of the state; most of these were conducted virtually via Zoom. To date, five focus groups (3-5 participants per group) have been held, along with 10 individual interviews. Interviews lasted 60-90 minutes, were audio-recorded and have been transcribed.

We are currently engaged in preliminary data analysis using a reflexive thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006). This approach “highlights the researcher’s active role in knowledge production” and affords “richer interpretations of meaning, rather than attempting to achieve consensus of meaning” (Byrne, 2021, p. 1393) It is a particularly appropriate approach when more than one researcher is involved in data analysis, as in our case, and maximum flexibility in interpretation is called for given multiple data sites and data sets, as well as our own positionality as experienced knowers who bring significant experience and knowledge about teacher preparation to the process. Our first sweep through the data according to our research questions has surfaced some early findings, which we outline below. These initial insights will be further interrogated using the theoretical lenses we have chosen.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings indicate that teacher educators in our sample use different terms to describe similar commitments to preparing teachers for diverse school populations. Terminology aside, respondents were explicit about why they do this work—to serve young people and “make sure that (new teachers) go into these schools…and always keep the humanity of the individual…at hand.”

Respondents also detailed barriers they must navigate in order to uphold their commitments to social justice-oriented teacher preparation. While barriers across sites included program, institutional and state/political barriers, context mattered in terms of which barriers affected participants most significantly. Policy differences were especially stark. For example, in Florida where diversity has been legislated out of the curriculum (book bans, content restrictions), teacher educators operate in a climate of fear, treading the fine line between their own commitments to equitable education for all students, and the law. Even where state policy was supportive, some respondents still saw a barrier that dictates what they must do in their programs. We also saw differentiation between institution-types, i.e., participants in private institutions did not voice the same fear as participants in publicly-funded institutions.

Regarding practice, participants shared many thoughtfully-designed activities to engage student teachers in understanding diverse histories, interrogating their own biases, developing inclusive pedagogies, and recognizing inequities embedded in social institutions including schools. Yet, a critical finding beyond productive practices was that regardless of whether teacher educators seemed free or constrained to pursue social justice goals in teacher preparation, most respondents remain steadfast in their commitments. Even when state policy contexts have had “a chilling effect,” they seem undeterred from their purpose, but rather are employing creative ways to “circumvent around so that we can get certain things done,” subversively adapting practices such that core principles remain while appearing to conform to regulations.

References
Author et al. (2023).

Author et al. (2021).

Bondy, E., Beck, B., Curcio, R., & Schroeder, S. (2017). Dispositions for critical social
justice teaching and learning. Journal of Critical Thought and Praxis, 6(3), 1-16.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56, 1391–1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y

Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In
A. Hargreaves, A. Lieberman, M. Fullan, & D. Hopkins (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Educational Change (pp. 445-458). New York: Springer.

Cochran-Smith, M., Grudnoff, L., Orland-Barak, L., & Smith, K. (2020). Educating teacher
educators: International perspectives. The New Educator, 16(1), 5-24.

Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from
international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309.

European Commission. (n.d.). European Education Area, Quality education and training for all. Accessed January 21, 2024, https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/about-improving-quality

Marton, F. 1986. Phenomenography—a research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49

OECD. (2018). Equity in Education: Breaking Down Barriers to Social Mobility, PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264073234-en

UN. (2023). Sustainable Development Goals Progress Report, Special Edition. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2023/The-Sustainable-Development-Goals-Report-2023.pdf

UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Paris: Author.
 
15:15 - 16:4510 SES 02 C: Pre-service Teachers' Reflections and Learning
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Michael Schlauch
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Lecturer Perceptions of Teaching and Learning of Preservice Teachers Commencing Teaching Prior to Graduation: Case Studies from Australia and Sweden

Sandra Jederud1, Linda Mahony2, Sharon Louth2

1Mälardalen university, Sweden; 2University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia

Presenting Author: Jederud, Sandra; Mahony, Linda

This comparative paper examines education policies across Swedish and Australian contexts relating to the world-wide teacher shortage with a focus on students who undertake a teaching role whilst simultaneously completing their university studies. Universities have responded to the teacher shortage by re-organising teaching and learning to accommodate these students working into the teaching profession. These ways of organising teacher education are described as “good examples of ways to combine theory and practice and by these means prepare students well for their work at school and in the classroom” (Swedish Government, 2020). There is an increased emphasis on the significance of work-based learning in enhancing students' preparedness for the workforce (McManus & Rook, 2021; Raelin, 2007). This has prompted a closer examination of the interplay between off-campus and on-campus learning (Caspersen & Smeby, 2021). Essentially, students encounter challenges in translating academic knowledge into practical, didactic knowledge (Nilsson, 2008) and face difficulties in applying their academic learning to solve real-world problems in new contexts (Ramsden, 2003).

Ongoing deliberations in higher education revolve around finding ways to support students in making successful transitions from university to the workforce. This discourse stems from an awareness of the disparities between these two environments, particularly the gap between university studies and the demands of the workplace (Biemans et al., 2004; Finch et al., 2007).

We provide insights from university lecturers about their perception of students´ learning when organising teacher education and educating student teachers in this way to address the teacher shortage. We consider how policy contexts have shaped and reshape practices and ponder the potential impact for the teaching profession. We also consider the resonances, and points of tension, across and within the different national settings, to assist us to understand the teaching and learning practices in universities.

Informed by the insights of Akkerman and Bakker (2011), the theoretical framework of boundary crossing helps conceptualize lecturers’ perceptions and the nature of WIL (Work-Integrated Learning) students' learning in relation to ricocheting between their work life as a teacher and their learning journey as a student. These students continuously cross the role boundaries between teacher and student hence the experiences of their lecturers through the boundary crossing framework is clearly relevant. Viewing boundary crossing through this lens enables a detailed understanding of the specific contextual relationships required, particularly in assessing learning opportunities that necessitate collaboration between different institutions (Akkerman & Bruining, 2016). This perspective holds particular significance in professional education, where apprenticeships are recognised as valuable avenues for facilitating successful transitions between university and workplaces. The perception is that the differences between these educational contexts serve as sources for development (Tuomi-Gröhn & Engeström, 2003). Rather than dismissing boundaries between contexts, they can be leveraged in exercises to help students contextualise their knowledge in alignment with the collaborative demands of their work (Andersson, 2016).

The aim of this paper is to examine the impact of boundary crossing in the teaching and learning environment of initial teacher education providers and to provide insights what this way of organizing teacher education entails. The following research questions have been formulated to achieve these aims:

- What are university lecturers’ perceptions regarding student teachers’ learning who commence teaching prior to completing their university degree?

- What is made possible or hindered through boundary crossing in this way of organizing teacher education (WIL)?

- What are the resonances, and points of tension, across and within different national contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project is an Ethnographic study of the experiences (Mills & Morton, 2013) of university lecturers teaching student teachers undertaking early teaching contracts in Sweden and Australia. Ethnography is useful for understanding ways of working and living as it studies social behaviors, dispositions and interactions between people and their environments in particular fields (Mills & Morton, 2013).  
Participants in both Sweden and Australia were recruited through purposive sampling based on the purpose and needs of the study to address the research aim and questions (Corbin & Strauss, 2008; Warren, 2002). The aim of this study was to explore the perceptions of university lecturers who work with student teachers on a conditional teaching contract, therefore university lecturers who have taught these students, were recruited to participate in a semi-structured interview. In Sweden, six university lecturers volunteered, all women aged 41 to 74, had 5 to 25 years of teaching experience at the university and 5 to 28 years of experience as teachers in schools. They taught subject courses or courses in educational science. In Australia, three men and eight female university lecturers volunteered to participate in the study. Similarly, they were aged between 32 and 70, with varying experience teaching in universities and schools from 5 – 30 years.
In both Sweden and Australia, university lecturers participated in a semi-structured interview. During the interviews, participants were asked questions about their perceptions of work-integrated students' learning opportunities within university courses. Intrapersonal-level questions focused on perceived differences between work-integrated students and regular program students in terms of learning opportunities and how work-integrated students approached their university studies. Interpersonal-level questions explored possibilities or barriers perceived in teaching work-integrated student teachers. All interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim.
In both countries, the researchers independently and carefully read the transcripts to identify patterns in the data, which were compared and coded into themes based on the overall research purpose (Fejes & Thornberg, 2019). The abductive procedure involved a continual back-and-forth between research data and theoretical considerations (Rinehart & Carlson, 2021). Data were organised by identifying common trends and specific findings related to the overall objective (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015), resulting in a more transparent and securely founded analysis. The themes were not sorted in order of importance, and representative quotes from respondents were chosen based on recurrence in the data. The analysis process remained aligned with the study's aim, questions and theoretical framework (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Swedish initial teacher education lecturers perceive that a complex situation arises wherein they contemplate how learning for WIL students should be organised within campus courses. Some WIL students exhibit a deeper understanding of how academic studies can be put into practice, elevating university teaching to a higher level. These coordination processes create opportunities for more reflective and advanced learning. However, many WIL students tend to identify as ready teachers seeking hands-on material, viewing campus courses and university teachers as supportive resources.
Australian initial teacher education lecturers spoke about an absence of unified practices where it was left up to individual course coordinators to determine how they re-organise their way of working to accommodate for the needs of these student teachers who were often in rural and remote locations and could not attend classes on campus. This was problematic as they had no guidance to base their practices.
In both countries University lecturers spoke about student teachers’ loss of drive to engage in their university studies. They perceived that students considered themselves ´almost ready teachers’ so all they needed to do was complete the minimum to pass their degree. University lecturers considered that the culture of the school, or the praxis shock (Ballantyne & Retell, 2020), influenced the pedagogy of student teachers.  
The study argues for stronger collaborations between universities and schools to bridge the gap between theory and practice for student teachers. The current reactive approach should shift to proactive and holistic collaborative models, prioritizing the success and well-being of student teachers at the boundary between university and school settings. By adopting such models, student teachers can thrive in navigating these boundaries, rather than merely surviving. Passow and Passow (2017) emphasize the need to integrate real-world learning from Work-Integrated Learning into the curriculum for an effective educational arrangement.

References
Akkerman, S. F. & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169.
Akkerman, S., & Bruining, T. (2016). Multilevel boundary crossing in a professional
development school partnership. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(2), 240–284.
Andersson, A. (2016). Boundaries as mechanisms for learning in emergency exercises
with students from emergency service organizations. Journal of Vocational
Education & Training, 68(2), 245-262.
Ballantyne, J. & Retell, J. (2020). Teaching careers: Exploring links between well-being,
burnout, self-efficacy and praxis shock. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 2255.
Biemans, H. J. A., Nieuwenhuis, A. F. M., Poell, R. F., Mulder, M., & Wesselink, R. (2004).
Competence-based VET in the Netherlands: Backgrounds and pitfalls. Journal of
Vocational Education and Training, 56(4), 523–538.
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research
interviewing. Sage.
Caspersen, J. & Smeby, J.C. (2021). Placement training and learning outcomes in social work
education, Studies in Higher Education, 46(12), 2650–2663,
Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research (3rd ed.). SAGE.
Fejes, A., & Thornberg, R. (2019). Handbok i kvalitativ analys (Handbook in qualitative
 analysis). Liber.
Finch, C., Mulder, M., Attwell, G., Rauner, F., & Streumer, J. (2007). International
comparisons of school-to-work transitions. European Education Research Association
Journal, 3(2), 3–15.
McManus, L. & Rook, L. (2021). Mixed views in the academy: academic and student
perspectives about the utility of developing work-ready skills through WIL. Studies in
Higher Education, 46(2), 270–284.
Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in education. SAGE
Nilsson, P. (2008). Learning to teach and teaching to learn. Primary science student
teachers’ complex journey from learners to teachers. [Doctoral dissertation,
Link.pings university].
Passow, H.J. & Passow, C.H. (2017). What competencies should undergraduate engineering
programs emphasize? A systematic review. Journal of Engineering Education, 106(3),
475–526.
Raelin, J.A. (2007). The Return of Practice to Higher Education: Resolution of a Paradox.
Journal of General Education, 56(1), 57–77.
Ramsden, P. (2003). Learning to teach in Higher Education, 2:nd edition. Routledge
Rinehart, E. K., & Carlson, L. D. (2021). Abductive Analysis in Qualitative inquiry.
Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 303–311.
Swedish Government. (2020). Governmental measures for more teachers/how the
 government is working to solve teacher shortages.
Tuomi-Gröhn, T., Engeström, Y., & Young, M. (2003). From transfer to boundary-crossing
between school and work as a tool for developing vocational education: An introduction. In T. Tuomi-Gröhn & Y. Engeström, Between school and work: New perspectives on transfer and boundary-crossing. Emerald Publishing.
Warren, C. A. B. (2022). Qualitative interviewing. In J. F. Gubrium & J.A. Hostein (Eds.).,
Handbook of interview research: Context and method, (pp. 83-102). SAGE.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Pre-service Early Childhood Teachers’ Cognitive-Emotional Learning Profiles in Mathematics from the Perspective of Control-Value Theory

Lars Meyer-Jenßen1, Michael Eid2, Simone Dunekacke2

1Humboldt-University, Germany; 2Freie Universität Berlin

Presenting Author: Meyer-Jenßen, Lars

Pre-service early childhood (EC) teachers’ epistemic beliefs in the domain of mathematics (application-related beliefs, process-related beliefs, static orientation), enjoyment of mathematics, mathematics anxiety, mathematical content knowledge (MCK) and mathematics pedagogical content knowledge (MPCK) have been extensively investigated using a variable-centred approach (Björklund et al., 2020). Pre-service EC teachers’ knowledge, emotions, and beliefs are inherent parts of their professional competence and their development (Dunekacke et al., 2022). Understanding pre-service teachers as learners during their teacher education (Jenßen et al., 2021), the relationship between these dispositions can be conceptualized in terms of control-value theory (Pekrun, 2006). This well-established theory describes the relationship between achievement in a specific domain and emotions as a function of learners’ control and value appraisals regarding learning and achievement situations. These appraisals can be seen as self-related cognitive evaluations that mediate between situations or domains and emotions (Pekrun, 2006). For example, control appraisals refer to an individual’s evaluation of whether they can affect a specific situation. This might go hand in hand with the individual’s subjective perception of how static or flexible the domain in which the situation is located is. Conversely, value appraisals represent how valuable or how important the situation or domain is, for example for the individual themself or for others. For example, domains with a huge importance for daily working life are seen as very valuable for individuals. Control and value appraisals determine specific emotional experiences, which in turn affect achievement in specific situations. Pleasant emotions such as enjoyment are positively associated with achievement, for example because they enhance elaborative learning, while unpleasant emotions such as anxiety lower achievement, for example due to reduced self-regulation.

Applying this to the context of pre-service EC teachers’ learning during their teacher education, beliefs can be seen as generalized appraisals regarding a specific domain such as mathematics. Additionally, pre-service teachers’ achievement in a specific domain captures their acquisition of specific knowledge in this domain over the course of teacher education.

There is a growing body of studies investigating the complex relationships between beliefs, emotions, and achievement in greater detail using a person-centred approcah (Rosmann & Mayer, 2018; Muis et al., 2015). These approaches can identify similarities and differences between persons with respect to the levels of variables (quantitative differences) as well as the shape of relations (qualitative differences) (Ferguson et al., 2020; Marsh et al., 2009). This could be useful for both research and practice, for example regarding diagnostic issues (Marsh et al., 2009). Nevertheless, the relationships between pre-service EC teachers’ beliefs, emotions, and achievement have only been investigated separately, and only one study applied a person-centered approach, modelling EC teachers’ MPCK and skills (Im & Choi, 2020). However, from a practical point of view, it seems plausible to assume qualitative differences in this context. For instance, it is feasible that some pre-service EC teachers are more capable of reflecting on their anxiety or differ from others regarding its regulation, with specific effects on the acquisition of knowledge, while some others may not succeed in doing so.

To investigate person-centered differences regarding the complex relationship, we applied assumptions from control-value theory (Pekrun, 2006) to the context of pre-service EC teachers’ mathematics education. We investigated the following research questions:

(1) Are there different profiles of pre-service EC teachers with respect to the relations between math-related beliefs (application-related beliefs, process-related beliefs, static orientation), emotions (enjoyment of mathematics, math anxiety), and knowledge (MCK, MPCK) when these are applied in a path model?

(2) If there are more than two profiles, can they be reasonably interpreted in terms of qualitative differences that justify the added value of person-centered approaches?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample and Procedure
The present study is based on data from n = 1,851 pre-service EC teachers from Germany. The participants were mostly female (85.6%) and their average age was M = 23 years (SD = 5). Data collection took place during regular instruction time in the teacher education institutions. All tests and questionnaires were administered as paper-pencil assessments.
Instruments
Epistemological beliefs about the nature of mathematics were assessed with well-established scales that have also been applied to EC teachers (Dunekacke et al., 2016). The scales capture application-related beliefs with six items (e.g., “Mathematics is helpful for solving everyday problems and tasks.”), process-related beliefs with four items (e.g., “Mathematics is an activity involving thinking about problems and gaining insight.”) as well as static orientation with four items (e.g., “Mathematics demands mainly formal accuracy.”). All items were answered on a 6-point scale and achieved a good reliability (Cronbach’s α between .80 and .85). Enjoyment of mathematics was captured reliably (Cronbach’s α = .89) with four items (e.g., “Mathematics is enjoyable.”) (Jenßen et al., 2021). The items were answered on the same 6-point scale as the items capturing beliefs. Anxiety was assessed with a reliable scale (Cronbach’s α = .89) consisting of four items that have also been applied to pre-service EC teacher (e.g., “I get very nervous doing mathematics problems”) (Jenßen et al., 2021). Pre-service EC teachers’ knowledge was assessed with the standardized KomMa tests (Blömeke et al., 2017). The test scores can be used to draw valid conclusions regarding content of the test, in terms of the construct and regarding EC teacher education in Germany. The MCK test consists of 24 items covering various mathematical content areas (numbers, geometry, quantity and relations, data). MPCK was measured with 28 items addressing mathematical learning in formal and informal settings and how to diagnose children’s mathematical competence. All tests achieved good reliability (RelMPCK = .87, RelMCK = .88).
Data Analysis
To answer our research question, we carried out latent profile analysis (LPA) with Mplus 8.2 following the guidelines given by Ferguson and colleagues (2020). As recommended, we first estimated a series of plausible LPA models, beginning with a one-profile solution and ending with a three-profile solution. To determine model fit and interpretability, we evaluated the solutions using AIC and BIC (Ferguson et al., 2020). Furthermore, we used the Lo-Mendell-Rubin likelihood ratio test (LMR LRT) to evaluate model fit (Nylund et al., 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
AIC and BIC decreased as the number of latent profiles increased and there was a major leap between a one- and a two-profile solution. Entropy suggested a two-profile solution. We additionally applied LMR LRT to validate the appropriate number of latent profiles. The results also indicated preferring the two-profile solution compared to the one- or a three-profile solution (p < .001). We therefore selected the two-profile solution for further interpretation.
In Profile 1 higher levels of application-related beliefs go in line with lower levels of anxiety and higher levels of knowledge. We propose calling this profile the dynamic learning Profile. In Profile 2 higher levels of static orientation go in line with lower levels of enjoyment and higher levels of anxiety, but also with higher levels of knowledge. We propose calling this profile the static learning Profile. The results indicate two pathways for learning, with implications for research and practice. In terms of research, the results are interesting with regard to static orientation and show the need for further research. With respect to practice, they indicate the need to respect individual differences even during teacher education. For participants in the dynamic learning Profile, application-related beliefs play a crucial role, which could potentially function as a resource-based starting point that can be addressed by teacher educators or providers of professional development. For participants in the static orientation learning Profile, a static orientation is beneficial and inhibiting at the same time. Teacher educators should hold that in mind and carefully address a static orientation, for example by not disparaging the use of algorithms. However, since persons in the static orientation learning Profile would also benefit from addressing their enjoyment of mathematics in terms of MPCK, it might be useful to talk about pleasant emotional experiences and connect them to beliefs and knowledge.

References
Björklund, C., van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Kullberg, A. (2020). Research on early childhood mathematics teaching and learning. ZDM, 52, 607-619. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01177-3
Blömeke, S., Jenßen, L., Grassmann, M., Dunekacke, S. & Wedekind, H. (2017). Process mediates structure: The relation between preschool teacher education and preschool teachers’ knowledge. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(3), 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000147
Dunekacke, S., Jegodtka, A., Eilerts, K., Koinzer, T., & Jenßen, L. (2022). Early childhood teachers’ professional competence in mathematics. Routledge.
Dunekacke, S., Jenßen, L., Eilerts, K. & Blömeke, S. (2016). Epistemological beliefs of prospective preschool teachers and their relation to knowledge, perception, and planning abilities in the field of mathematics: A process model. ZDM, 48(1-2), 125–137. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-015-0711-6
Ferguson, S. L., G. Moore, E. W. & Hull, D. M. (2020). Finding latent groups in observed data: A primer on latent profile analysis in Mplus for applied researchers. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 44(5), 458–468. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025419881721
Im, H. & Choi, J. (2020). Latent profiles of korean preschool teachers three facets of pedagogical content knowledge in early mathematics. Pacific Early Childhood Education Research Association, 14(2), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.17206/apjrece.2020.14.2.1
Jenßen, L., Eid, M., Szczesny, M., Eilerts, K. & Blömeke, S. (2021). Development of early childhood teachers’ knowledge and emotions in mathematics during transition from teacher training to practice. Journal of Educational Psychology, 113(8), 1628-1644. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000518
Marsh, H. W., Lüdtke, O., Trautwein, U. & Morin, A. J. S. (2009). Classical latent profile analysis of academic self-concept dimensions: Synergy of person- and variable-centered approaches to theoretical models of self-concept. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 16(2), 191–225. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510902751010
Muis, K. R., Pekrun, R., Sinatra, G. M., Azevedo, R., Trevors, G., Meier, E. & Heddy, B. C. (2015). The curious case of climate change: Testing a theoretical model of epistemic beliefs, epistemic emotions, and complex learning. Learning and Instruction, 39, 168–183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2015.06.003
Nylund, K. L., Asparouhov, T. & Muthén, B. O. (2007). Deciding on the number of classes in latent class analysis and growth mixture modeling: A Monte Carlo simulation study. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 14(4), 535–569. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510701575396
Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9
Rosman, T. & Mayer, A. K. (2018). Epistemic beliefs as predictors of epistemic emotions: Extending a theoretical model. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 88(3), 410–427. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12191


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Employing Problem-Based Learning (PBL) to Enhance Knowledge Application and Diagnostic Skills of Special and Inclusive Education Students

Stephanie Lutz

University of Regensburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lutz, Stephanie

Valuing learner diversity, supporting all learners, working with others and personal professional development are the four core values for all teachers and education professionals especially those working in inclusive education (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2012). The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022) emphasizes the importance of these values and highlights that attitudes, beliefs, knowledge, and understanding, as well as skills have to relate to concepts of inclusion (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022).

Problem-based learning (PBL) appears well-suited for imparting these core values, as PBL has become an essential approach used in teacher education due to its positive impact on knowledge retention and application, attitude change, and diagnostic skill improvement of future teachers (Snyder & McWilliam, 1999; Wedel et al., 2022; Yew & Goh, 2016). PBL, which originated from the medical field, empowers students to take responsibility for their own learning by using realistic cases to develop solutions to patient problems (Barrows, 1996). Through the use of PBL, students can develop their research skills, integrate theory and practice, and apply their knowledge to create practical solutions for defined problems (Savery, 2006). Throughout the independent development of solutions and strategies for real-world problems, students perceive themselves as active learners and take responsibility for their own learning. This approach is especially effective when students are presented with a complex problem scenario to which there is more than one adequate solution (Hmelo-Silver, 2004).

This article focuses on the application of PBL in the field of inclusive and special education and the integration of its essential components into the training of future teachers in Germany. To this end, realistic depictions of children and young adults with learning difficulties, based on the experiences of experts in special and inclusive education, were created to be presented to students who study special and inclusive education.

Three realistic portrayals of children and young adults with learning difficulties were developed and presented as digital cases. Following the model of resilience research, inhibiting factors and difficulties are referred to as risk factors, while supportive aspects, strengths, and resources are assigned to protective, supportive factors (Werner, 2020). As amplified in the Methods section, a number of students will be tasked with identifying protective and risk factors in connection with the case presented and its environment. Each case includes individual risk and protective factors related to the child, such as school performance, social skills, motivation, emotional state, motor skills, cognitive skills, and language skills, as well as risk and protective factors related to the family and environment. It is important to observe the interactions and connections between the child, the school, and the broader environment while collecting this information (Doblinger & Becker-Stoll, 2020; Lauth et al., 2014). The social model of disability highlights the importance of social risk and protective factors in supporting children at school, in addition to individual factors. To optimally support children with learning difficulties, future teachers must be aware of various disability concepts (Gebhardt et al., 2022).

The study seeks to address the following research questions by having students work through the cases using PBL:

Q1. To what extent are students able to identify protective and risk factors in the given cases?

Q2. What additional information about the child and family or environment do the students request that was not mentioned in the cases?

Q3. What possibilities and approaches do students develop to support the child described in the case using PBL?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From May to July 2024, 33 special and inclusive education students in Germany, during their second semester, will participate in a casuistry seminar to work on digitally presented cases. Based on the specifications in the case-by-case framework for educational assessment (Lutz, 2023), the students will present information about individual, family, and environmental factors in a structured and objective manner. They will collect additional information required for case processing and develop approaches and strategies to support or encourage the child in the classroom.
The case-by-case framework for educational assessment tool enables the evaluation of the identified outcomes. We expect the students’ findings to reveal whether they have a competence-oriented perspective, which identifies protective factors in the child and its environment, or a deficit-oriented perspective that focuses on risk factors. Additionally, it will be possible to determine whether students are more focused on individual-child-related factors or family and environmental factors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study investigates the impact of problem-based learning on knowledge application and diagnostic skills of special and inclusive education students by using realistic cases. Previous studies suggest that students prioritize individual-child-related factors over environmental factors. This finding is also supported by Gebhardt et al. (2022), where first-year students tended to view disability from an individual-medical perspective.
The problem-based learning (PBL) approach aims to enhance students' awareness of valuing learner diversity and supporting all learners. To achieve this, students must focus on social-systemic factors while considering individual child-related factors.
Any potential improvements to both the tool and the PBL approach will be discussed.

References
Barrows, H. S. (1996). Problem-Based Learning in Medicine and Beyond: A Brief
Overview. New Directions for Teaching and Learning(68), 3–12.

Doblinger, S., & Becker-Stoll, F. (2020). Resilienz im Übergang vom Kindergarten in die Schule. In G. Opp, M. Fingerle, & G. J. Suess (Eds.), Was Kinder stärkt: Erziehung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz (4th ed., pp. 108–127). Ernst Reinhardt.

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2012). Profile for inclusive teachers. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/profile_of_inclusive_teachers_en.pdf

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Profile for inclusive teacher professional learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Profile_for_Inclusive_Teacher_ProfessionalLearning.pdf

Gebhardt, M., Schurig, M., Suggate, S., Scheer, D., & Capovilla, D. (2022). Social, systemic, individual-medical or cultural? Questionnaire on the concepts of disability among teacher education students. Frontiers in Education, 6, Article 701987. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.701987

Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-Based Learning: What and How Do Students Learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235-266. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:EDPR.0000034022.16470.f3

Lauth, G. W., Brunstein, J. C., & Grünke, M. (2014). Lernstörungen im Überblick: Arten, Klassifikation, Verbreitung und Erklärungsperspektiven. In G. W. Lauth, M. Grünke, & J. C. Brunstein (Eds.), Interventionen bei Lernstörungen: Förderung, Training und Therapie in der Praxis (2nd ed., pp. 17–31). Hogrefe.

Lutz, S. (2023). Case-by-case framework for educational assessment. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.54591

Savery, J. R. (2006). Overview of Problem-based Learning: Definitions and Distinctions. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1002

Snyder, P., & McWilliam, P. J. (1999). Evaluating the Efficacy of Case Method Instruction. Journal of Early Intervention, 22(2), 114–125. https://doi.org/10.1177/105381519902200204

Wedel, A., Müller, C. R., & Greiner, F. (2022). Diagnostic cases in pre-service teacher education: effects of text characteristics and empathy on text-based cognitive models. Educational Psychology, 42(6), 694–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2022.2047615

Werner, E. E. (2020). Entwicklung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz. In G. Opp, M. Fingerle, & G. J. Suess (Eds.), Was Kinder stärkt: Erziehung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz (4th ed., pp. 10–21). Ernst Reinhardt.

Yew, E. H., & Goh, K. (2016). Problem-Based Learning: An Overview of its Process and Impact on Learning. Health Professions Education, 2(2), 75–79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hpe.2016.01.004
 
15:15 - 16:4510 SES 02 D: ***CANCELLED*** Mentoring, Coaching and Professional Practices
Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Deborah Heck
Paper Session
15:15 - 16:4511 SES 02 A: Increasing Students' Subject Knowledge and Developing Language Proficiency
Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Valerija Drozdova
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

The Effect of the “Parallel Text” Method on the Students’ Understanding of Physics in English and Improve Their Language Skills

Ainur Amanbayeva, Bauyrzhan Ilyasov, Saken Nurzhautov, Marzhan Yemelbekova, Aigul Beskempirova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Amanbayeva, Ainur; Beskempirova, Aigul

Since the students of the high school continue to study all the profile subjects in English after completing the basic school, it is more difficult for them to study in English. Each year, when analyzing the results of the final summary evaluation of 12th-grade students, it was determined that the majority of students do not understand the command words in chemistry, biology, physics, and informatics, some terms, and the meaning of dialect words found in context. To this end, in the course of studying the methods of light learning of the subject in English, we decided that it is better to consult with English experts and try one of the most common methods of their use "parallel text". In the vast majority of articles and books published in Scholar.google.com, the definition of parallel text is a text within its translation. Based on the research of world-class scientists and educators:

Michael Cysouw and Bernhard Wälchli (2007) highlight the role of parallel texts in facilitating theorists' work, transcribing texts like the "Biblical" in 400+ languages.Alex M. Kushnir (2018) emphasizes accessing master-level translations using parallel texts for a deeper understanding.MOHSEN GHADESSY and YANJIE GAO (2000) mention the importance of parallel texts for designing dictionaries and teaching translation methods.

Yudina (2022) notes the use of parallel texts in learning Russian and provides an example in physics.

Among the articles listed above, some authors prioritize not providing a full translation version of the script during task compilation. Therefore, we decided to take into account the level of knowledge of students before using the method of "parallel text". The study was attended by high school students with a basic and average level of English. In the study, educational materials in physics were given in two different directions. First, an English translation of team words and some terms was offered for students who were constantly confused about the meaning of team words. In the second direction, 70-80% of the context of the assignment was translated for students with very low English levels, and command words and keywords were underlined. The reason we gave the text is that when the students studied in English, the translation in their native language was given so that they could not search the context for a long time. It is noted that many world-class teachers and psychologists adhere to this direction. According to experts who use the method, it is not necessary to provide a full translation of the parallel text to avoid the risk of students becoming dependent on translation in their native language, rather than the context given in English. Another solution to avoid ingenuity, interactive lessons were organized, where students discussed the material in English, and teachers drew attention to the importance of working independently with English texts. Particular attention was paid to the quality of translation of educational materials. It was noted that the translation not only accurately represents the meaning of the original, but also adapts to the level of language proficiency of students. That is, by the level of education of students, the level of assignments was given.

The main objective is to assess parallel texts' effectiveness in enhancing understanding of physical concepts in English. The study aims to address issues like command word comprehension, terminology understanding, and English language difficulties. Key questions include the impact on students' understanding of physics concepts and the effect on language achievements and motivation.

The study also highlights the importance of accurate translations adapting to students' language proficiency levels. Interactive lessons and discussions in English aim to prevent dependence on native language translations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To implement this study, we used surveys, interviews, and analysis of the results of Term1.
According to the results of Term 1, students' grades in Physics were not satisfying. The quality of knowledge in physics in the 1st quarter amounted to 45%. Having reviewed the results of Term 1 marks, it was determined that the students had a poor understanding of context.  
Students were surveyed to determine the reasons for the lower grades in Term 1.
As a result of the survey, 82% of students reported that they do not fully understand the meaning of assignments given in English in physics. He suggested confusing the meaning of team words, often difficult under Section B, and a written translation of some physical terms by the teacher.
As part of the study aimed at improving the understanding of physical concepts by students studying in English, they were interviewed to assess the effectiveness of the method.
The interview was conducted with a group of students. The questions were related to the frequency of use of the method, its impact on the understanding of physical concepts and language progress, changes in the attitude towards studying, and interest and interest in the learning process.
Most of the students noted that the method of parallel text helped them to better understand physical concepts. The students noted that the presence of native texts next to English versions makes it easier to understand complex topics and terms.
Several students noted the improvement of their English language skills, in particular, filling out the scientific terminology and academic dictionary fund. Almost everyone who participated in the interview noted that the use of parallel texts was interesting for the reading process, contributed to better participation in the reading process, and increased their motivation to study physics. Most of the students noted that they began to use parallel texts not only in classes but also in their training, which allowed them to get deeper into the material.
The students noted that this method makes it easier to remember new terms, reduces the stress of reading, and makes the learning process interesting and attractive. This not only improved their language skills but also increased their level of knowledge of physics as a whole.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students’ feedback showed there was a significant change in their progress in the study of the subject, the results of the quality of education in the second quarter amounted to 90%. Learning Objectives in Term 2 may have been influenced by the increase in the quality of education as a result of life-related factors, but we think that the influence of the method is more significant. Students’ academic achievements significantly improved.
However, there were some difficulties in the study. Students become addicted to their mother tongue too dependent on translation, and there was a side of not making enough effort to understand English-language material. As a solution we suggest to gradually reduce the use of the native language in parallel texts by encouraging students to pay more attention to English text, marking only by underlined command words and offering alternatives to rare terms. Another challenge was the waste of time and resources.
We offer to use of ready-made resources, increasing the quality of materials, as well as the exchange of materials with other partners.
We hope feedback from students, team control and the results of the survey will confirm the effectiveness of the method used and the answers to our research question.  We plan to apply this method to our lower classes in the following quarters. We are confident that this short-term study of the high estuaries has reached its goal. We can confidently say that this method will allow our students to develop academic literacy, prepare for international exams, and learn the subject in another language easily and quickly. In the future, we plan to study the impact of this method on different aspects of pupils' academic performance, the impact on the development of other skills, as well as its effectiveness in subjects that are related to physics.

References
1.Michael Cysouw & Bernhard Wälchli Max Plank Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology Deutscher Platz 6 D-04103 Leipzig cysouw@eva.mpg.de . “Parallel texts: Using translational equivalents in linguistic typology”. (2007).
2.Alex M.Kushnir (2018). “Parallel texts” as a metodical universal...
3.A.N. Yudina Federal State Budgetary Educational Institution «International Center of Education «Interdom» named after E.D. Stasova» THE METHOD OF READING PARALLEL TEXT AS ONE OF THE EFFECTIVE WAYS TO STUDY PHYSICS IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE. (2022).
4.Michael Barlow. Pages: (106–115), DOI:https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004485204_008. “Parallel Texts in Language Teaching”. (2000).
5.William A. Gale Kenneth W. Church I AT&T Bell Laboratories Murray Hill, N.J., 07974 gale@research.att.com. “Identifying Word Correspondences in Parallel Texts”. (1991).
6.Jisong CHEN1 , Rowena CHAU2 , Chung-Hsing YEH3 School of Business Systems, Faculty of Information Technology Monash University, Clayton, Victoria 3800, Australia. “Discovering Parallel Text from the World Wide Web”. (2004).
7.Poznań Studies in Contemporary Linguistics 46(3), 2010, pp. 349–365 © School of English, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poznań, Poland doi:10.2478/v10010-010-0018-2. “NATIVE AND NON-NATIVE MODELS IN ELT: ADVANTAGES, DISADVANTAGES, AND THE IMPLICATIONS OF ACCENT PARALLELISM” (2010).
8.Kunstová, Adéla, Univerzita Karlova, Filozofická fakulta. “The position of scene-setting adverbials in English and Czech. A comparison on the basis of parallel texts” (2013).


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Relationship between Emotional Intelligence and Reading Comprehension Among Secondary School Students

Ainur Amanbayeva, Aigul Beskempirova, Baglan Kojahmet, Serik Zholdasov

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Amanbayeva, Ainur; Beskempirova, Aigul

The primary objective of the present investigation was to empirically examine the potential correlation between the emotional intelligence of students and their reading comprehension. The study focused on 53 eleventh-grade students from Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkistan, Kazakhstan, selected from two classes. A reading comprehension test, specifically the IELTS reading comprehension section, was administered to assess the students' reading comprehension abilities. Additionally, the participants completed the USMEQ-i, as developed by Yusoff (2010), to measure their emotional intelligence. Statistical analyses, employing the Pearson Product Moment formula and Regression Analysis through the SPSS program, were conducted to ascertain both the correlation and the influence between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension.

The findings revealed a statistically significant positive correlation between students' emotional intelligence and reading comprehension, as indicated by an r-value of .661. Furthermore, it was determined that students' emotional intelligence exerted an influence of 43.7% on their reading comprehension.

The concept of Emotional Intelligence (EI) originated in 1990 with Salovey and Mayer, aligned with earlier work on social intelligence and Gardner's intrapersonal and interpersonal intelligences. Daniel Goleman popularized it in 1995 with his book "Emotional Intelligence: Why It Can Matter More than IQ." Emotional intelligence involves using emotions to guide thinking and action, as well as facing challenges. It combines emotions and intelligence, considering emotions as valuable sources of information for navigating the social environment.

Reading comprehension is now recognized as a multifaceted skill, involving both lower-level and higher-level processing. This complexity affects slow readers, leading to a lack of motivation and self-efficacy in processing target language reading. Consequently, individuals with poor reading comprehension struggle to grasp the essential meaning. To address this issue, there's a suggestion that developing students' emotional intelligence is crucial. High emotional intelligence, as highlighted by Downey et al. (cited in Abdolrezapour, 2013), is linked to enhanced motivation, planning, and decision-making. These emotional competencies positively impact academic performance.

Human behavior is influenced by emotions, and individuals with strong emotional intelligence can manage their emotions effectively, leading to clearer thinking. Reading comprehension, a cognitive task, can be challenging, with readers sometimes feeling bored, hindering cognitive processing. Bryant (2007) suggests that reading comprehension involves emotional processing. Emotional intelligence integrates intellect and emotion, considering emotions as valuable sources of information for sense-making (Salovey & Grewal, 2005). Proficiency in comprehension correlates with emotional intelligence, as language learning involves communication, and understanding and controlling emotions are integral (Fani, 2015b).

This research supports Nurhasnah's (2014) discovery of a significant positive correlation between students' emotional intelligence and reading comprehension in eighth-grade students. The correlation between emotional intelligence and comprehension proficiency is expected, given that language learning involves communication, understanding emotions, and the ability to control them. However, it differs from Ghabanchi and Rastegar's (2014) study, where emotional intelligence showed a weak correlation compared to intelligence quotient and reading comprehension.

The study emphasizes the importance of emotional intelligence in English language education, as supported by the influence of emotional intelligence (43.7%) on reading comprehension. This aligns with Motallebzadeh's (2009) findings, suggesting that reading comprehension is significantly influenced by emotional intelligence. Dehkordi and Bidabadi (2015) also acknowledge emotional intelligence's impact on EFL learners' reading comprehension, while Zarezadeh (2013) asserts that emotional intelligence affects English language learning. Recognizing emotional intelligence as a crucial component in education, Elias (2004, as cited in Fatum, 2008) and Downey et al. (2008, as cited in Abdolrezapour, 2013) highlight its contribution to increased motivation, planning, and decision-making, positively influencing academic performance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study focused on eleventh-grade students (N=60) from Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkistan, Kazakhstan, with 53 selected as samples. Emotional intelligence was assessed using the Universiti Sains Malaysia Emotional Quotient Inventory (USMEQ-i) by Yusoff (2010), featuring 46 items across seven domains and a faking index. Faking index scores were categorized as low (0.00–2.00), average (2.01–2.99), and high (3.00–4.00). A high faking index suggests unreliable results, warranting validation through additional analysis. USMEQ-i, validated for construct validity, demonstrated a high Cronbach's alpha coefficient (0.96) for reliability across four intervals (2, 4, 6, and 8 months). Reading comprehension was evaluated using the TOEFL Junior section with 42 multiple-choice questions, ensuring validity and reflecting language testing best practices. The reading section's reliability coefficient was 0.89, with a standard error of measurement of 10.0. USMEQ-i scores were calculated following guidelines, with domain totals divided by the respective item count. The global emotional intelligence score, excluding the faking index domain, was obtained by summing the domain scores and dividing by 39. TOEFL Junior reading comprehension was scored using a standard system, with correct answers receiving 1 point and incorrect ones scoring 0. The total score ranged from 0 to 100.

Students' emotional intelligence, analyzed descriptively, exhibited a USMEQ-i score range of 1.33 to 3.23, with a total sum score of 137.26 and a mean of 2.5898, indicating an average level among eleventh-grade students. Distribution showed 15 students in high emotional intelligence (2.81-4.00) and 38 in average (1.21-2.80), with none in the low category.

For reading comprehension, TOEFL Junior scores ranged from 31 to 67, with a sum of 2523 and a mean of 47.60, categorizing students as having poor comprehension. Normality and linearity tests indicated normal data. There was a linear relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension.

The Pearson correlation revealed a significant positive correlation (r = .661, p < .05) between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. Students' emotional intelligence significantly influenced reading comprehension (t = 6.290, p < .05).



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, the Pearson Product Moment Correlation revealed a positive and significant correlation (r = .661) between the reading comprehension and emotional intelligence of eleventh-grade students at NIS Turkistan. This positive correlation suggests that as students' emotional intelligence scores increase, their reading comprehension scores tend to increase, albeit with a modest impact on their reading comprehension achievement. The results indicate a possible connection between emotional intelligence and the approach students take during reading comprehension tests, including factors like attention-building, motivation promotion, and the activation of their will to complete the test, even when their capabilities are less proficient.

This outcome aligns with prior theoretical and empirical studies, particularly supported by Motallebzadeh (2009), who found a positive relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. The contribution of emotional intelligence to improved performance on reading comprehension tests may be explained by cognitive processes involving both lower and higher-level processing. Higher-level processing involves assembling clause-level information into a text model, allowing students to build interpretations consistent with their goals, attitudes, and background knowledge.
The findings also resonate with Karbalaei and Sanati (2014), indicating a strong positive relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. The study emphasizes the role of emotional processing in reading comprehension.
In conclusion, the research underscores a positive and significant correlation between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension, emphasizing the importance of emotional intelligence in students' English learning, particularly in reading comprehension. Students are encouraged to be mindful of, explore, and enhance their emotional intelligence, while teachers should also consider and integrate emotional intelligence into the learning process.



References
1.Abdolrezapour, P. (2013). The relationship between emotional intelligence and EFL learners' writing performance. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 70, 331-339.
2.Abdolrezapour, P., & Tavakoli, M. (2010). The relationship between emotional intelligence and EFL learners’ achievement in reading comprehension. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 6(1), 1-13.
3.Bryant, H. C. (2007). The relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension in high school students with learning disabilities. Dissertations. (Graduate’s Dissertations). Andrews University, Michigan, United States
4.Fani, T. (2015a). Reading comprehension performance viewed in the light of Bar-on’s emotional intelligence scales and subscales. International Journal of Innovation and Research in Educational Sciences, 2(3), 2349–5219.
5.Fani, T. (2015b). Factors affecting English reading comprehension ability: investigating the role of EI, gender, and major. The IRES 4th International Conference, 59-63.
6.Karbalaei, A., & Sanati, F. (2015). The study of the relationship between emotional intelligence, reading motivation, and anxiety with reading comprehension among Iranian EFL learners. International Journal of English Language and Literature Studies, 4(4), 171- 183.
7.Mayer, J. D., Roberts, R. D., & Barsade, S.G. (2008). Human abilities: emotional intelligence. Annual Review of Psychology, 5, 507–536.
8.Motallebzadeh, K. (2009). The relationship between the emotional intelligence of Iranian EFL learners and their reading comprehension and structural ability. Journal of Teaching English as a Foreign Language and Literature, 1(4), 39-55.
9.Nurhasna. (2014). The correlation between students’ emotional intelligence and their reading comprehension at islamic junior high school Sawah Kampar regency (Undergraduate’s Thesis). State Islamic University of Sultan Syarif Kasim Riau, Pekanbaru, Indonesia.
10.Salovey, P., & Mayer, J. (1990). Emotional intelligence, imagination and cognition, and personality. Educational Psychologist, 9, 185-211.
11.Yılmaz, C. (2012). An investigation into Turkish EFL students attributions in reading comprehension. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 3(5), 823-828.
12.Yusoff, M. S. B., Rahim, F. A., & Esa, A. R. (2010). The USM Emotional Quotient Inventory (USMEQ-i) Manual. Kelantan, Malaysia: KKMED Publications.
13.Yusoff, M. S. B. (2012). Stability of USMEQ-i in measuring emotional intelligence in medical students. ASEAN Journal of Psychiatry, 13(1), 1-6.
14.Zarezadeh, T. (2013). The effect of emotional intelligence in English language learning. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 84, 1286-1289.
 
15:15 - 16:4513 SES 02 A: Bildung in Higher Education and the North American African Diaspora
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ian Munday
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper

The Place of Memory: race, belonging and Bildung in the North American African diaspora

Noemi Bartolucci

UCL, Institute of Education

Presenting Author: Bartolucci, Noemi

This paper explores the relationship between race, place and Bildung, specifically the problematics of Black American identity and the troubled concept of America itself, and the fatefully compromised roots of this modern democracy (“We the People!”—but which people are we?). The paper employs works by Ralph Ellison (namely, Invisible Man) and Langston Hughes as an opportunity to think about Bildung, the Bildungsroman and other literary works associated with the struggle that is Bildung as a means to explore different facets of identity, or the ways in which ‘identity’ is showcased in this kind of literature.

It also explores the significance of place for our ‘becoming’ as human beings, and the way that coming into relationship with place is an inherent aspect of education. This relationship being essentially conflicted in the Black American context of the mid- 20th century. Ideas about place are developed through Heidegger and humanist geographer Edward Relph, who enrich and subvert our understanding of ‘place’ as something that is not only physical or material (i.e. a geographical location) but also ontological and existential; a place becomes a place through patterns of meaning. Additionally, the work is guided by William James Booth’s The Color of Memory, which deals more explicitly with the violence of identity formation in these colonial contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My method of approach is philosophical. To be specific I engage a method that arises out of the substance of my enquiry: the central theme I am concerned with is Bildung, and the particular aspect I highlight is the Bildungsroman. In a sense, this literary form is in itself an attempt to explore and expand on what Bildung might be, and it is one way in which the concept and the ways of living to which it refers have been advanced.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My paper is an argument that explores Bildung in the North American African diaspora, and endeavours to show the essentially conflicted nature of the relationship between place and Bildung. In taking this specific case the paper reconsiders the image of a classical Bildungs-journey in which the constructs of place manifest a sense of national belonging that does not feature as readily in the experiences of black people in America in the mid-20th century. This is explored through Ralph Ellison’s modern Bildungsroman ‘Invisible Man’, in which the retrieval of a national memory through the reaffirmation of a nation’s harrowing past (of colonialism, slavery, and segregation) is crucial for the black diasporan community to engage in practices of self-formation: as I conclude that the self is embedded in the way a place is remembered. I believe this has significance for our thinking about the role of place in our becoming and how reworking our relation to place also becomes a reworking of ourselves. I hope this paper can provide a basis for further enquiry into the significance of place for our Bildungs-processes.  
References
Booth, W. J. (2008). ‘The Color of Memory: reading race with Ralph Ellison’, Political
Theory, 36/5: 683-707. https://doi.org/10.1177/0090591708321034

Ellison, R. (2001). Invisible Man (1952). London: Penguin Books.

Ellison, R. (2011). The Collected Essays of Ralph Ellison. J. F. Callahan (Ed.). New York: Modern Library.

Ellison, R. (2012). ‘Harlem is Nowhere’ (1948). In T. E. Robinson, A City within A City: The Black Freedom Struggle in Grand Rapids, Michigan, pp. 241–247. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Emerson, R. W. (1983). ‘Circles’ (1841). In Emerson: Essays and Lectures, pp. 401–414. New York: Library of America.

Heidegger, M. (1962). Being and Time (Macquarrie, J. & Robinson, E. Trans.; 1st ed.). Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Hughes, L. (1995). “Harlem” (1951). In A. Rampersad (Ed.), The Collected Poems of Langston Hughes, pp. 387–409. New York: Vintage/Random House.

Inwood, M. (1997) Heidegger: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: OUP.

Joyce, J. (1992). A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man (1916). London: Wordsworth
Classics.

Larkin, P. (1988). “The Importance of Elsewhere”. In A. Thwaite (Ed.), Collected Poems. London: Faber and Faber.  

Relph, E. (1976). Place and Placelessness. London: Sage.

Seamon, D., and Sowers, J. (2012). ‘Place and Placelessness (1976): Edward Relph’. In P. Hubbard, R. Kitchin & G Valentine, Key Texts in Human Geography, pp. 1-14. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446213742

Soja, E. W. (1997). Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and Other Real-and- Imagined Places. London/New York: Verso.

Tocqueville, A. (1991). ‘Voyage en Amérique’.In A. Jardin (Ed.), Oeuvres. Paris: Gallimard.

Tuan Y. F. (1977). Space and Place: the perspective of experience. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Wollan, G. (2003). 'Heidegger’s philosophy of space and place', Norsk Geografisk Tidsskrift - Norwegian Journal of Geography, 57/1: 31–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/00291950310000802


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Bildung and the Pedagogical Function of Higher Education

Johannes Rytzler1, Gunnlaugur Magnússon2

1Mälardalen university, Sweden; 2Uppsala university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rytzler, Johannes; Magnússon, Gunnlaugur

In this paper, we address the question of Bildung and its place in the modern university, especially in relation to teaching and the concept of Didaktik (cf. Sjöström & Tyson, 2022). We are particularly interested in the relation between higher education’s societal and scientific functions as well as in its possibilities for each student to develop intellectually and emotionally, thus increasing their opportunities to live a good life. The main questions that we ask are: What is knowledge, what do we do with it and how can it help us to get ahead and navigate in our lives? With support from Nordic conceptions and interpretations of the concept of Bildung (e.g. Bernt Gustavsson, Michael Uljens, and Sven Nordenbo) as well as some contemporary interpretations of Herbart's concept Bildsamkeit (e.g., Siljander et. al 2012), we discuss how teaching in higher education can be a place where Bildung and knowledge, through the practice of study (Schildermans 2019), lie in the center.

On the one hand, Bildung can be understood as an elitist idea of ​​knowledge as something exclusionary, politicized, and conditioned by power, that is, knowledge as an identity and class marker. On the other hand, and more in line with German and Nordic conceptualizations, Bildung can be seen as a process where the individual subject grows in interaction with different knowledge areas and traditions as well as together with other people. Bildung is a concept that is often contrasted with the concept of education. Bernt Gustavsson (2003) believes that Bildung in its broadest sense is the development process that every person goes through during their life from child to mature person, a process characterized by the dynamic relationship between the familiar and the unfamiliar. In the encounter with the unknown, man is forced to reflect on his own perception of himself and the world (Gustavsson, 2003) and it is in this encounter that humans develop in a continuous movement. While Bildung should be a free and open process, there are always goals, set by society or ourselves, that steer the process in a certain direction. With the modernization of society, the concept of Bildung has come to face new demands, such as meeting the need for constantly renewed living conditions and challenges as well as the need for new expedient and/or meaningful knowledge. However, something that must always be a prerequisite for education to occur at all is that it is based on human activity and creative imagination and has a personal connection (Gustavsson, 2003). In an educational context, the notion of Bildung will always in some way or the other be connected to the practice of teaching, and therefore needs to be understood pedagogically and didactically. From a Didaktik-perspective, grounded in the triadic relationship between teachers, students, and subject-matter, teaching is about showing and sharing something with someone else, with some kind of intention. If in the teaching context we tend to place this something within the framework of a subject, a subject discipline or area, this didactic choice is always both subject-centered and world-centered (Vlieghe & Zamojskij, 2019). While the teacher points to the content, the content points to the world, either by representing a part of the world or by being drawn from the world. As such, the triadic relationship is not limited to teaching, but occurs in all interpersonal contexts that have meaning making, understanding, and interest in relation to a content as a goal.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is constructed as a philosophical argument, building on conceptual analysis and central concepts, mainly from the tradition of continental educational thinking.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on Benner (2015), Uljens (2023), Fichte (1796/2000) and Herbart (1908), educational praxis and encounters take place within a domain of coexistence, based on both human “imperfection” (we are born with a potential for development)and human “incompleteness” (we become people in relation to other people, when we are addressed as subjects by the other). From these basic educational principles, we can see both opportunities and challenges for human development and Bildung. Bildung occurs when the surrounding world calls us or invites us as independent and autonomous subjects in a specific context. In this context, we always have a choice to either respond or to ignore this invitation.In the final parts of the paper, we summarize our argunent by discussing how the educational dimensions of teaching can be acknowledged within higher education as a place for working with students' intellectual and emotional development, as well as a place that offers them opportunities to live a good life together with other people (cf. Magnússon & Rytzler, 2022). However, rather than seeing this place as pre-defined, in terms of learning goals and learning outcomes, we believe (in line with Bergdahl and Langmann, 2018) that education in higher education must develop a pedagogical language, rooted in the educational tradition, that pays attention to the dynamic, bodily, relational, and existential dimensions that characterize life in all educational contexts, higher education included. This by seeing the educational process as an exchange where, on the one hand, students are addressed by and themselves address the world, as itself is expressed through various subjects and scientific traditions, and, on the other hand, by allowing these traditions to be challenged and developed through the didactic interplay between students, teacher and the specific topics of study.
References
Bergdahl, L., & Langmann, E. (2018). Pedagogical postures: A feminist search for a geometry of the educational relation. Ethics and Education, 13(3), 309–328. doi: 10.1080/17449642.2018.1477088.

Gustavsson, B. (2003). Bildning i vår tid: Om bildningens möjligheter och villkor i det moderna samhället. Wahlström & Wistrand.

Gustavsson, B. (2017). Bildningens dynamik: Framväxt, dimensioner, mening. Bokförlaget Korpen.

Klafki, W. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction (didaktische
analyse als kern der unterrichtsvorbereitung). Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27(1), 13–30.

Nordenbo, S. E. (2002). Bildung and the Thinking of Bildung. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 36(3), pp. 341-352.

Schildermans, H. (2019). Making a University. Introductory Notes on an Ecology of Study Practices. (Doctoral thesis). Faculty of psychology and educational sciences. Laboratory for education and society. Belgium: KU Leuven.

Siljander, P., Kivela, A., Sutinen, A. (Eds.). (2012). Theories of Bildung and Growth. Connections and Controversies between Continental Educational Thinking and American Pragmatism. The Netherlands: Sense Publishers.

Sjöström, J., & Tyson, R. (2022). Didaktik för lärande och bildning. Liber.

Uljens, M. (2023) (Ed). Non Affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung. Springer.

Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-centered Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. Springer.
 
15:15 - 16:4514 SES 02 A: Leisure, Families, Schools and Communities.
Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Melyssa Fuqua
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

"School-Based Leisure and Equitable Access to Out-of-School Education in the Transformative Shift towards Full-service community schools"

Roser Girós Calpe

Universitat Autonoma Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Girós Calpe, Roser

Research has pointed out the importance of participation in extracurricular activities (EA) in school achievement (Eccles, 2003; Linver, 2009; Meier, 2018), as well as in the development of skills that promotes children and youth wellbeing and social progress (Covay i Carbonaro, 2010; Vandel & col, 2020). It has also identified quality criteria that can substantially modify after-school activities outputs. Among them, we focus the on the capacity to adjust activities and program structures to the diversity of social contexts (Simpkins, 2017).

The literature indicates that social vulnerability significantly impacts children’s participation in organized leisure. A debate has emerged to explain the lower involvement of working-class families in extracurricular activities, attributed to material factors or to class culture patterns (Weininger, E. B., Lareau, A., & Conley, D., 2015). Research has also scrutinized exclusion mechanisms in leisure arising from peripheral conditions associated with poverty, such as mobility, job precarity, complex administrative procedures (Oncescu, J. & Neufeld, C., 2020). Specific barriers to participation in leisure activities arise from family migration status (Shuey, E. A., & Leventhal, T., 2018), becoming evident when we consider the significance of social capital in accessing information regarding activity availability and enrollment (Galindo, C. & Sanders, M., 2017).

The democratization of out-of-school educational opportunities faces specific challenges that are increased in today's scenarios of uncertainty, social polarization and mobility flows, particularly in urban schools. To address these challenges, policies aimed at expanding participation in out-of-school education require innovative, community-centric approaches rather than a narrow focus solely on child development (Bae, 2019). Public supply of extracurricular activities in urban schools offers a chance to mitigate the geographical and economic barriers, promoting collaboration between families and school stakeholders that goes beyond cultural and informational hurdles. However, the functioning of the school-based leisure provision model needs a nuanced approach that enables the identification of factors conditioning their potentialities.

In Barcelona EA supply has often been governed by marketisation logics (Termes, 2020)., which ends up by shaping a territorially unequal distribution of educational opportunities. Mapping studies on this issue (Termes, 2020, Palou, 2021) concluded that school-based EA in disadvantaged neighbourhoods were less divers and mainly tutorial and remedial type, while in other districts activities aimed at personal development were offered, such as languages, arts, science and technology. That is the reason why local administration develops new extended-school policies with the doble goal of fostering desegregation in after school times and spaces and improving equity in the access to EA (Sintes, 2018). On October 2022, the Arts and STEAM extended-school programme “Extra!-Extra!” is launched in 32 primary and secondary schools and 6 municipal facilities. It has the capacity of 2.100 participant. During the first year reaches a 66% of occupation, with significative gaps depending on the school and its surroundings.

This study analyzes the enactment factors of the new policy in schools that may have led to heterogeneous impacts on the overall school community.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aims to explore the institutional factors of the school-based leisure program that have facilitated the engagement of certain families in EA while leaving others on the sidelines. We seek to investigate the causes of the heterogeneous impacts of the policy on families' access to school-based leisure and the changes in patterns of extracurricular participation.
To answer these questions, we employed a mixed method research design. In the initial phase, a survey on extracurricular participation was conducted with students in 3rd to 6th grade (n=741). Survey data underwent latent profile analysis to identify patterns of out-of-school time use. Subsequently, a second survey was conducted exclusively with students of the same schools who enrolled in the new public extracurricular activities (N=122). Using the LPA profiles as a baseline, we analyse the program's coverage regarding time use patterns and sociodemographic variables of gender and origin.
In the second phase, in order to understand the differential access of families to school-based leisure, we use a qualitative approach. It includes semi-structured interviews with School Social Workers (10), family members (30), and a focus group with policymakers responsible of program design. Qualitative information is coded based on dimensions of full-service community schools (Cummings et al, 2011), inducing categories related to the school-community relationship, shared leadership, community participation, and other emergent factors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study contributes to the literature on success factors of full-service community schools, examining a case involving a city that has initiated new policies for the governance of children's leisure at the local level.
The analysis of program coverage has revealed increased access for children who were already users of school-based leisure before the program's inception, with an interesting inclusion of some who were not engaged in activities previously, and the underrepresentation of students involved in private or community activities outside of school.
All schools have implemented adjustments to schedules and coordination with other educational agents in the neighborhood. However, in contexts where school-based leisure competes with socio-educational and community provision, access to the program has been lower.
According to preliminary results, the activity offerings have not taken into account the reception needs experienced by children in more recent migrations, nor the information and decision-making processes occurring in newly arrived families. Some schools overcome this challenge through the cultural broker role adopted by the school social worker, helping families align with the municipal agenda for children's leisure. This process is more effective when the school has initiated community building processes with families, moving beyond viewing them as individual clients of extracurricular activities.

References
Bae, S. H. (2019). Concepts, models, and research of extended education. IJREE–International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 6(2), 13-14.
Bonal, X., Zancajo, A., & Scandurra, R. (2019). Residential segregation and school segregation of foreign students in Barcelona. Urban Studies, 56(15), 3251-3273.
Cummings, C., Dyson, A., & Todd, L. (2011). Beyond the school gates: Can full service and extended schools overcome disadvantage?. Taylor & Francis.
Galindo, C., Sanders, M., & Abel, Y. (2017). Transforming educational experiences in low-income communities: A qualitative case study of social capital in a full-service community school. American Educational Research Journal, 54(1_suppl), 140S-163S.
Oncescu, J., & Neufeld, C. (2020). Bridging low-income families to community leisure provisions: The role of leisure education. Leisure/loisir, 44(3), 375-396.
Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal childhoods. In Unequal Childhoods. University of California Press.
Mukherjee, U. (2023). Race, Class, Parenting and Children’s Leisure: Children’s Leisurescapes and Parenting Cultures in Middle-class British Indian Families. Policy Press.
Simpkins, S. D., Riggs, N. R., Ngo, B., Vest Ettekal, A., & Okamoto, D. (2017). Designing culturally responsive organized after-school activities. Journal of Adolescent Research, 32(1), 11-36.
Shuey, E. A., & Leventhal, T. (2018). Neighborhood context and centre-based child care use: Does immigrant status matter?. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 44, 124-135.
Weininger, E. B., Lareau, A., & Conley, D. (2015). What money doesn't buy: Class resources and children's participation in organized extracurricular activities. Social Forces, 94(2), 479-503.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

"Paulitics" – Politics, Activism, Football, and Community - Perspectives on Bildung and Social Innovation at St. Pauli Football Club, Hamburg

Peter Frostholm1, Frederikke Dybdahl Bilenberg2

1VIA University College, Denmark; 2VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Frostholm, Peter; Dybdahl Bilenberg, Frederikke

"The brand St. Pauli FC is an identification mark. The totenkopf-t-shirt means that you share values with the club. Like me!" (Leni, social worker, Gemeinwesenarbeit (GWa) St. Pauli eV).

This presentation stems from an ethnographic fieldwork carried out in 2023 in the St. Pauli district of Hamburg, Germany, where the local football club, St. Pauli FC, which competes in the 2. Bundesliga, is based.

In the project to which this fieldwork belongs, we examine how traces of formative intervention methods and interactions (bildung) become evident in private football organizations, and what significance this potential pedagogical work holds for the social and community anchoring of football clubs in the local neighborhoods. In this chapter, we are particularly interested in how St. Pauli, both as a district and a football club, leaves its mark on the people who inhabit the area and engage with the fan club or attend matches weekend after weekend. Here, we experience how the place is saturated with values that connote the local belonging of these individuals and become a form of formation that takes root in their bodies and consciousness, thus contributing to their corpus of understanding, their repertoires of action, and their way of being in the world. This is also why we approach our informants from a perspective of bildung when speaking with them.

This presentation seeks to unfold our analytical construct "Paulitics", understood as the seemingly underlying tone of left-leaning political values, constant lurking activism, apparent resistance to authority, and a stick-it-to-the-man attitude, which runs as a distinct community-building and highly diversity-bearing thread throughout the Altona/St. Pauli district in Hamburg. Paulitics is our own analytically constructed concept stemming from a theoretical foundation that understands social innovation as a collective purpose, which, through the reinforcement of social relations and a strong local community anchoring, creates less inequality and more social justice based on the unique history associated with the area (Moulaert, MacCallum & Hillier 2014, 31). Therefore, we understand Paulitics as a unifying collective approach to how the aforementioned social relations and local community anchoring act as a catalyst for the continuous development of communities and the significance of creating these communities for the residents of the local area and their opportunities to become, belong, and undergo formation through their interaction with the area's people, phenomena, ideas, things, and affairs (Rømer, 2019: 5; Tanggaard, 2021: 20, 23-24).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Through spontaneous, unstructured conversations, semi-structured interviews, and neighborhood walks with local social workers, social pedagogical workers, and employees in more formal positions within the football club, our research interest is primarily met by narratives and practices that all revolve around the immediate uniform values ​​of the neighborhood and the football club, as evidenced by the introductory quote in this introduction by Leni.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project aim to explore social and leisure educational interventions through anthropological fieldwork with a focus on football communities and their special significance in a local community for both the individual young fan and the fan group. In the club, strong partnerships between private, civil and public actors are seen, and the research project is concerned with uncovering how the different groups can coexist with their focus on both social and economic value creation. We want to get closer to what participation opportunities are made available to young fans and how these opportunities can be seen as developing young people's bildung and participation in local communities. Through this, we hope to uncover the significance of the club and the neighborhood for the bildung of the fans and the ambiguities this entails.

We claim that by understanding "Paulitics" as a phenomenon of bildung, we can better grasp how and, importantly, why the otherwise distinct yet ideological and sometimes fluctuating value sets symbolized by the environment and the club imprint themselves on the individuals who subscribe to such logics and doxa.

References
Mouleart, F., MacCallum, D. & Hamdouch, A. (Edt.) (2014) The International Handbook on Social Innovation- Collective Action, Social Learning and Transdisciplinary Research.  Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd

Ramsgaard, M. B, Garsdal, J., Brahe-Orlandi, R., & Nørgaard, A. K. L. (red) (2024). Transformationer – i social innovation og entreprenørskabsdidaktik. Forskningscenter for Innovation & Entreprenørskab, VIA University College.


Rømer. (2019). FAQ om dannelse. (1. udgave. 1. oplag.). Hans Reitzel.

Tanggaard, L. (2021). Dannelse former os som 'hele' mennesker. I S. Brinkmann, T. A. Rømer, & L. Tanggaard (red.), Sidste chance: Nye perspektiver på dannelse (1. udg., Bind 1, s. 19-35). Klim.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Social Institutions and Rural Youth Transitions in Uncertain Times: Social Capital in Australian Community Sports Clubs

Melyssa Fuqua

University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Fuqua, Melyssa

Rural youth face a significant decision at the end of their compulsory education – stay local and join the limited workforce or leave, even temporarily, for further education and qualifications. Often, students are conditioned through schools, parents, and community that leaving is required to be ‘successful’ (Corbett, 2007; Rönnlund et al., 2018), with policymakers ignoring the validity of aspiring to remain in their communities (Cuervo et al., 2019). There are ongoing tensions in rural communities around managing youth outmigration and concern for the future of those who stay (Alexander, 2023) set against a backdrop of uncertainty around the world concerning political, economic, and environmental instability. Alexander (2023) contends that relational connections in rural communities are important in youth’s decision-making regarding their lives post-school. This paper explores how, in Australia, the institution of the local sports club mediates these tensions, providing a point of stability and connection for their youth.

Australian sports clubs govern local teams (here, Australian Rules Football and netball) that participate in regional competitions and maintain facilities. At all ages, participating in sport as a player, official, volunteer, and/or spectator is a social norm in rural communities (Waitt & Clifton, 2015). By focusing on the role of the club, this paper offers new understandings of how these institutions support young people in post-school transitions.

International literature on rural youth transitions and aspirations has identified that community expectations and a sense of belonging are key influences on post-school decision-making (Alexander, 2023; Gore et al., 2022; Tieken, 2016). It is well-established that peers, family, and friends are critical influences on youth aspirations. Sports clubs in rural communities are a confluence of these factors, but its collective role in youth transitions has not been explored. As socio-economically diverse, inter-generational social institutions, these clubs are well-situated to share and build social capital that assists youth in their transition to early adulthood.

In many countries, there are concerns around rural youth having ‘low’ aspirations and their participation in tertiary education trails their urban counterparts (Ennerberg et al., 2022; Halsey, 2018) despite increasing school completion rates and policy interventions. A contributing factor is that rural youth may lack critical social capital to navigate transitioning to metropolitan living (Kilpatrick et al., 2021) where most universities and ‘successful’ careers are located. Existing literature explores school and employer partnerships, university-led outreaches, and normative discourses encouraging youth to leave (Cuervo, 2016; Kilpatrick et al., 2021). To counter the pressures to leave, Alexander (2022) developed a tri-dimensional model of belonging that included spatial, relational, and career considerations, which shape rural youth aspirations, to use in career guidance. This paper continues such push-back work against metro-normative discourses of ‘success’ by exploring how social capital necessary for participation in tertiary education and/or entering the workforce is circulated through involvement with the sports club.

Using Putnam’s (2000) social capital dimensions of bridging (ties between groups) and bonding (ties within groups), the question: how do rural sports clubs support post-school youth transitions, is addressed. The members of the club are a close group based on cooperation which builds bonding capital while the diversity of people coming through the club facilitates bridging capital accumulation. The findings of this paper offer further understanding of the complex phenomenon of the ‘stay or leave’ dilemma facing rural youth by focusing on the types of support (capitals) encouraged by a specific social institution, the sports club. While the paper reports on an Australian example, the role of a social institution in facilitating the building of social capital in local youth can be considered in other, international contexts with their own locally-relevant institutions (Herbison et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on an ongoing ethnographic study involving two sports clubs in rural, western Victoria Australia. The study centres rural places as important with foundational beliefs that rural people matter and that a ‘successful’ transition out of compulsory schooling is highly individual and context-dependant. A qualitative research approach is used to better understand participants' lived experiences (Bryman, 2021) and the particularities of each community.
The two clubs are located 400 and 450 kilometres from the city of Melbourne. The Nhill and District Sports Club is in a town of approximately 2,000 residents and Kaniva Leeor United is in a neighbouring town of around 850 people. The project’s chief investigator lived, and was a schoolteacher, in Nhill for 10 years; her personal and professional connections with the communities aided in selection and recruitment. Local gatekeepers at each club are facilitating access and guiding the project.
Data collection began mid-2023 and will conclude late 2024. The types of data being collected are: observations and informal conversation around training sessions and game days, interviews with key stakeholders, focus groups, publicly available media pieces, and critically reflective narratives from the chief investigator. This paper will focus on the interviews and focus groups (conducted in June). The sample for interviews will target 20 members (ages 18 and older) at each club who are actively involved. The interview participants will include the following groups to explore how various aspects of the club and modes of participation support youth transitions: current players/volunteers (ages 18-25); club officials, coaches; volunteers and other key figures (current/past players ages 26+, family members/ carers who volunteer, sponsors, retired club figures). Small focus groups will be conducted with 15-17 year olds involved at each club. The interviews and focus group transcripts will be analysed thematically, using a framework approach and creating matrices of themes and sub-themes (Bryman, 2021) with a focus on elements of bridging and bonding capitals.
A key ethical consideration for this research is the issue of anonymity. Reid (2021) has argued that fully masking rural places and people inflicts harm by presenting ‘the rural’ as a homogenous group. Through negotiation with participants, pseudonyms are used for individuals, but the town and clubs are named as a way to recognise and celebrate the work they do in their communities and for their young people.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected findings of this paper will develop much-needed knowledge on how vital social capital around post-school life is transmitted to, and acquired by, rural youth through participation in their local sports club. Through the lens of Putnam’s (2000) bridging and bonding social capital, new and timely evidence about the various social influences on rural youth aspirations, participation in tertiary education, and entering the workforce will be presented. With a better understanding of the support and guidance provided through the clubs to their youth, the positive elements can then be amplified and strengthened – for example, university students returning home to compete may share important information about metropolitan and university life to younger teammates – while any challenges or obstacles identified can then be addressed by stakeholders – for example, pressures from a team sponsor for a star player to enter the local workforce rather than attend university.
In these uncertain times of ratcheting tensions politically, socially, economically, and environmentally, rural youth in particular face an increasingly tumultuous transition to adulthood (Cuervo et al., 2019). These issues are being experienced in communities world-wide – including within traditional, social institutions (such as a sports club). These community-based social institutions broadly share a goal with their local schools – to support their young people to become successful members of the community. Understanding how contextually-relevant social institutions contribute to youth aspiration building can assist schools to develop more complementary, place-based programs, strengthening school-community relationships. Despite the changing times, it still ‘takes a village’ to raise a child, and having a more in-depth, nuanced understanding of how social institutions contribute to this endeavour can only be beneficial to future generations.

References
Alexander, R. (2022). Spatialising careership: Towards a spatio-relational model of career development. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 44(2), 291–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2153647
Alexander, R. (2023). Who returns? Understanding experiences of graduate return to rural island communities. Journal of Rural Studies, 103, 103-112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2023.103112
Bryman, A. (2021). Social research methods (6 ed.). Oxford University Press.
Corbett, M. (2007). Learning to leave: The irony of schooling in a coastal community. Fernwood Publishing.
Cuervo, H. (2016). Understanding social justice in rural education. Palgrave Macmillan.
Cuervo, H., Corbett, M., & White, S. (2019). Disrupting rural futures and teachers’ work: Problematising aspirations and belonging in young people’s lives. In S. Pinto, S. Hannigan, B. Walker-Gibbs, & E. Charlton (Eds.), Interdisciplinary unsettlings of place and space: Conversations, investigations and research (pp. 87-100). Springer.
Ennerberg, E., Lundberg, J., & Axelsson, M. (2022). Local places ruling life: Compromises and restricted career choices in rural Sweden. Journal of Applied Youth Studies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43151-022-00085-5
Gore, J., Patfield, S., Fray, L., & Harris, J. (2022). Community matters: The complex links between community and young people's aspirations for higher education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003019534  
Halsey, J. (2018). Independent review into regional, rural and remote education: Final report. Australian Government Department of Education and Training.
Herbison, J. D., Côté, J., Martin, L. J., & Vierimaa, M. (2019). The dynamic nature of connection and its relation to character in youth sport. International Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 17(6), 568–577. https://doi.org/10.1080/1612197X.2017.1423507
Kilpatrick, S., Woodroffe, J., Barnes, R.K., Arnott, L. (2021). Harnessing social capital in rural education research to promote aspiration and participation in learning. In P. Roberts & M. Fuqua (Eds.), Ruraling Education Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6_15  
Putnam, R.D. (2000) Bowling alone: The collapse and revival of American community. Simon & Schuster.
Reid, J. (2021). The politics of ethics in rural social research: A cautionary tale. In P. Roberts & M. Fuqua (Eds.), Ruraling Education Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6_17
Rönnlund, R., Rosvall, P.-A., & Johansson, M. (2018) Vocational or academic track? Study and career plans among Swedish students living in rural areas. Journal of Youth Studies, 12(3), 360-375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2017.1380303
Tieken, M. C. (2016). College talk and the rural economy: Shaping the educational aspirations of rural, first-generation students. Peabody Journal of Education, 91(2), 203-223. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2016.1151741
Waitt, G., & Clifton, D. (2015). Winning and losing: The dynamics of pride and shame in the narratives of men who play competitive country football. Leisure Studies, 34(3), 259–281. https://doi.org/10.1080/02614367.2014.893004
 
15:15 - 16:4515 SES 02 A: Research on partnerships in education
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Daria Kasatkina
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Transformative Partnerships: Unveiling the Potential of School-university Collaboration in Teacher Education

Johan Kristian Andreasen

Universitetet i Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Andreasen, Johan Kristian

This study seeks to investigate how school-based mentor teachers navigate institutional boundaries within an initial teacher education partnership initiative. The motivation for this investigation stems from the enduring challenge faced by teacher education programs in effectively leveraging the expertise within schools, particularly that of school-based mentor teachers guiding teacher candidates in their professional practice. Ongoing educational reforms worldwide aim to establish more collaborative and less hierarchical partnerships between universities and schools. In the Norwegian context, the strategy outlined in Teacher Education 2025 emphasizes strengthening partnerships through mutual commitment to program development and research in Initial Teacher Education (ITE). The overarching goal of these partnerships is to cultivate more effective teacher education programs by sharing resources, expertise, facilities, and decisions to achieve mutual objectives.

The study is theoretically anchored in Engeström's (2001) concept of horizontal expertise, specifically exploring how expertise is distributed across activity systems where participants share common goals but operate in different organizational contexts. Horizontal expertise acknowledges equal contributions from professionals to collective activities, fostering collaboration on a "shared meeting ground." Additionally, the study employs Akkerman and Bakker's (2011) concepts of boundary crossing and boundary object, illustrating how collaboration can transpire at the intersection of schools and the university through a shared boundary object.

To facilitate collaboration, school-based mentor teachers, primarily employed in primary schools, were seconded (20%) to collaborate with university-based teacher educators on various activities such as curriculum development, lesson planning, co-teaching, and assessment.The study addresses the following research question: How do mentor teachers experience crossing institutional boundaries as joint faculty in an initial teacher education partnership? The further builds upon existing research examining how teacher practitioners navigate institutional boundaries and how their situated knowledge and expertise can complement the expertise of university faculty.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study's data emanates from qualitative interviews with 11 school-based mentor teachers engaged as joint faculty at the university. The recruitment of mentor teachers for the partnership project involved collaboration between two municipalities and university stakeholders, following a comprehensive application process. These mentor teachers maintained their status as school district employees while contributing as faculty one day a week (20%) across various university departments connected to teacher education. Participants were deliberately selected for their extensive knowledge and experience relevant to the study. Reflexive thematic analysis was employed to interpret the data, which included elaborations on individual experiences, understandings, and perceptions.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings can be summerized in three overarching themes: (a) professional dissonance, (b) professional contribution, and (c) professional growth. The results illuminate the challenges faced by school-based mentor teachers when transitioning to the university, emphasizing the delicate balance required between distinct roles and organizational contexts. Tensions arose in collaboration with teacher education faculty, particularly concerning the potential alienation caused by "academic" jargon and highlighting uneven power dynamics. Emphasizing the significance of authentic relationships, school-based mentor teachers underscore the gradual development of mutual recognition of expertise over time. Despite challenges, the results suggest that this partnership model opens new avenues to bridge knowledge from schools and the university, with professional digital competence emerging as a significant boundary object fostering shared collaboration. Participants also reflect on how the partnership contributes to their professional development and strengthens their identification with the role of a teacher educator. This study illuminates the transformative potential of a collaborative partnership between university educators and school-based mentor teachers as they collectively function as boundary workers within the realm of initial teacher education. Navigating the intricacies of organizations marked by different structures, cultural norms, communication styles, and reward systems, the research underscores the imperative for closer collaboration. It sheds light on how learning and professional development in teacher education extend beyond individual domains and practices, manifesting in a dynamic partnership where actors with diverse expertise engage in dedicated collaboration centered around a shared boundary object. Consequently, the traditionally perceived boundaries between universities and schools not only hinder teacher education development but also harbor considerable, often overlooked potential for expansive and enriching forms of learning.
References
Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169.
Allen, J. M., Butler‐Mader, C., & Smith, R. A. (2010). A fundamental partnership: The experiences of practicing teachers as lecturers in a pre‐service teacher education program. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 16(5), 615–632.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309.
Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for
professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338.
Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156.
Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2016). Partnership in teacher education – a research mapping. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 550–563.
Risan, M. (2022). Negotiating professional expertise: Hybrid educators’ boundary work in the context of higher education-based teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 103559.
Zeichner, K., Payne, K. A., & Brayko, K. (2015). Democratizing teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(2), 122–135.
Zeichner, K. (2021). Critical unresolved and understudied issues in clinical teacher education. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1), 1–7.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Communication is the Key: How Digital Education Resources Foster Parental Trust in Schools

Daria Kasatkina1, Elena Nekhorosheva1, Ekaterina Enchikova2, Anastasia Mironova1

1Moscow City University, Russian Federation; 2University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Kasatkina, Daria

Consistent and transparent communication is essential in education for parental engagement, partnership, and trust in schools. Modern educational communication is vastly digitalized, which makes it fast, clear, and efficient, but it often lacks context, may be too general, or does not correspond with parental needs, leading to mistrust. Though trust is considered a foundation for parent-school partnerships, it remains underexplored in academic research, often being treated as a peripheral factor rather than a central subject of study.

Parent-school trust is considered as a result of parental engagement and partnership in education, when educational institutions and their representatives are competent and professional, act in the legal framework, and share with parents common educational goals (Bormann et al., 2021). Some researchers underline, that trust is situational and results from consistent, understandable and caring behavior of teachers, school principals and other educators (Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 1999). Though parent-teacher trust may depend on social and cultural background (Ross et al., 2018), it is affected by the quality of communication and availability of educational information (Neuenschwander, 2020) and also by the communication channels and instruments (Hamm & Mousseau, 2023).

Digital communication can prevent inequality and improve access to the high-quality education (Bosch et al., 2017), increase availability of educational opportunities (Kraft, 2017). Many parents even prefer digital communication to the face-to-face contact (Bordalba & Bochaca, 2019), as it is prompt and efficient, gives opportunities to be heard (Bosch et al., 2017), and participate as real partners in education (Kuusimäki et al., 2019). Digital tools and resources vary depending on the purpose of communication or information-seeking (Hutchison et al., 2020), availability and promotion of certain instruments (González et al., 2022), and familiarity with them (Laho, 2019) and include e-mail and messengers (Bosch et al., 2017), scool formal and informal web-sites and school social media (Bosch et al., 2017), education resources, and special tools and mobile applications (Yavich & Davidovitch, 2021).

But with the opportunities come the drawbacks. To ensure parental trust to schools and education, digital tools and resources must be familiar to parents and user-friendly (González et al., 2022). If the resources or applications are not abligatory to use, and parents face technical problems, they are more likely to qiut using these resources or even cut off regular communication with school (González et al., 2022; Laho, 2019). If parents are obliged to use certain resources, and face technical and other problems, it may have greater negative impact on the parental trust.

Thus studying parental experience with different digital education resources and instruments is vital for understanding how parental trust to schools is build. Our work surveys how the digital resources as a part of parent-school communication, affect parental trust.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The quantative research sample consisted of 16,535 parents (15409 female, 944 male) with school-attending children studying in primary and secondary schools of the Moscow city. The research questionnaire compiled by the authors included 88 questions about familiarity, usage and satisfaction with digital resources and tools; parental perception and trust to the school; personal data. The questionaire also included screens of surveyed web-resources. The data were analyzed using Structural Equation Modelling.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found several factors that contributed to the parental trust to the school: the level of parental familiarity with digital resources; average frequency of resources usage; technical problems during usage of these resources; satisfaction with these resources; difficulties or conflicts with school. The parental satisfaction with using digital resources positevly mediated trust to the school, when parents were familiar with these resources, did not face technical problems and were satisfied with them, and had no conflicts with school. Conflicts or problems in school negatively affected both satisfaction with digital resources and parental trust to the school and education system in the whole.
The results show that digital resources help parents engage with the school system, when they provide needed educational information in account with parents’ and students’ needs. The positive experience in using digital resources promotes parental engagement in education and acts as a mediator, mitigating previous negative experiences in parent-school relationship.

References
Bordalba, M. M., & Bochaca, J. G. (2019). Digital media for family-school communication? Parents’ and teachers’ beliefs. Computers and Education, 132, 44–62. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.COMPEDU.2019.01.006
Bormann, I., Killus, D., Niedlich, S., & Würbel, I. (2021). Home–School Interaction: A Vignette Study of Parents’ Views on Situations Relevant to Trust. European Education, 53(3–4), 137–151. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2022.2081084
Bosch, S., Bosch, N., Cline, K., Hochhalter, S., & Rieland, A. (2017). The Effects of Parent-Teacher Communication using Digital Tools in Early Elementary and Middle School Classrooms. Masters of Arts in Education Action Research Papers Education, 12–2017.
González, S. C., Belduma, K. T., & Jumbo, F. T. (2022). Las TICs, la enseñanza y la alfabetización digital de la familia. Transformación, 18(1), 94–113. https://www.mendeley.com/catalogue/949dc2e7-78ce-3158-b6c5-07d47d2ba111/
Hamm, J. E., & Mousseau, A. D. S. (2023). Predicting Parent Trust Based on Professionals’ Communication Skills. Education Sciences, 13(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/EDUCSCI13040350
Hoy, W. K., & Tschannen-Moran, M. (1999). Five Faces of Trust: An Empirical Confirmation in Urban Elementary Schools. Https://Doi.Org/10.1177/105268469900900301, 9(3), 184–208. https://doi.org/10.1177/105268469900900301
Hutchison, K., Paatsch, L., & Cloonan, A. (2020). Reshaping home–school connections in the digital age: Challenges for teachers and parents. Https://Doi.Org/10.1177/2042753019899527, 17(2), 167–182. https://doi.org/10.1177/2042753019899527
Kraft, M. A. (2017). Engaging parents through better communication systems. Educational Leadership, 75(1), 58–62.
Kuusimäki, A. M., Uusitalo-Malmivaara, L., & Tirri, K. (2019). Parents’ and Teachers’ Views on Digital Communication in Finland. Education Research International. https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/8236786
Laho, N. S. (2019). Enhancing School-Home Communication Through Learning Management System Adoption: Parent and Teacher Perceptions and Practices. School Community Journal, 29(1), 117–142. http://www.schoolcommunitynetwork.org/SCJ.aspx
Neuenschwander, M. P. (2020). Information and Trust in Parent-Teacher Cooperation –Connections with Educational Inequality. Central European Journal of Educational Research, 2(3), 19–28. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.37441/CEJER/2020/2/3/8526
Ross, L. L., Marchand, A. D., Cox, V. O., & Rowley, S. J. (2018). Racial identity as a context for African American parents’ school trust and involvement and the impact on student preparation and persistence. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CEDPSYCH.2018.07.003
Yavich, R., & Davidovitch, N. (2021). The Effect of Assimilating Learning Management Systems on Parent Involvement in Education. World Journal of Education, 11(3), 60–72. https://doi.org/10.5430/wje.v11n3p60
 
15:15 - 16:4516 SES 02 A: Teacher Education
Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Stefanie A. Hillen
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

A Teacher-educator Perspective on the Implementation of a Virtual Reality Module in Pre-service Teacher Education

Renske de Leeuw1, Vivian Morssink-Santing1, Jolien Mouw2, Symen van der Zee1

1Saxion UAS, the Netherlands; 2University of Groningen, the Netherlands

Presenting Author: de Leeuw, Renske; Morssink-Santing, Vivian

This conference presentation aims to contribute to the further development of the implementation and research of Virtual Reality (VR) practices in higher education. The study's impetus is the knowledge gap of the teacher-educator perspective in Virtual Reality practices. Recent review studies regarding VR practices in teacher education indicate that researchers have focused on identifying factors and prerequisites to successfully implement VR in higher education, such as the right technological equipment and sufficient ICT support (Amhag et al., 2019; Kavanagh et al., 2017; McGarr, 2020; Ungar & Baruch, 2016). In addition, the review studies reported measurements of student experiences with VR applications and their effects on students’ skills and knowledge. Interestingly, none of the studies included in the review studies addressed or covered the perspective of the teacher-educator. A possible explanation for the lack of the teacher-educator perspective could be that the VR applications were delivered by the initiators and designers of the VR application (Pomerantz, 2019), instead of an ecologically valid setting of a teacher-educator implementing the VR application.

To strengthen the implementation of VR practices in higher education, we argue that the perspectives and experiences of teacher-educators should be included in the evaluation of VR curriculum implementations. This is a perspective that is missing in contemporary literature.

To address this knowledge gap and include the teacher-educator perspective, the current study follows the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum “Keeping Order in a Virtual Reality Kindergarten Classroom” (Mouw & Fokkens-Bruinsma, 2022) at three Dutch universities of applied sciences. The VR-kindergarten curriculum is designed by two educational scientists who teach at teacher-training programs to support pre-service teachers in developing kindergarten-specific classroom management strategies by offering a realistic environment in which students actively participate and experiment with a variety of specific classroom management strategies during a circle time activity (Mouw & Fokkens-Bruinsma, 2022). The VR application is built upon the work of Lugrin et al. (2016). In the Netherlands, kindergarten is part of compulsory education (pupils aged: 4-6 years). Therefore, all pre-service teachers are required to be able to teach in kindergarten.

The VR-kindergarten curriculum was previously implemented at a university. In the current study, it is implemented in three universities of applied sciences. The aim of our study is twofold: 1) We focus on describing what the perspectives of teacher-educators are regarding the implementation of a VR-kindergarten curriculum into the pre-existing teacher-education curriculum and 2) identifying which knowledge and skills are required by teacher-educators to (successfully) implement the VR-kindergarten curriculum. We did this by collecting data via questionnaires and individual, semi-structured interviews.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants in this study were teacher-educators (n= 5) and tech-supporting staff (n= 4) from the three universities of applied sciences involved in the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum “Keeping Order in a Virtual Reality Kindergarten Classroom” (Mouw & Fokkens-Bruinsma, 2022). Before the semi-structured interviews, all participants completed an online questionnaire containing background questions about their roles within the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum. The questionnaire items tap into teachers’ Technological-Pedagogical-and-Content-Knowledge (TPACK; Mishra & Koehler, 2005). For purposes of the current study, wordings such as “mathematics” and “social sciences” were replaced by “Virtual Reality Module” from TPACK-items by Schmidt et al. (2009) and Sahin (2011) were adopted to adequately measure TPACK for VR applications and not digital technology in general. The adopted TPACK survey for Virtual Reality contains four technological knowledge domains, respectively labelled as technological knowledge of Virtual Reality (VR-TK) consisting of six items, technological pedagogical knowledge of Virtual Reality (VR-TPK) consisting of four items, and pedagogical content knowledge of Virtual Reality (VR-PCK) consisting of three items. The interview protocol delineated questions addressing two main themes, namely the expectations and implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum into the pre-service teacher-education curriculum and the (self-identified) teacher-educators' skills and knowledge to successfully implement VR applications. Within these themes, questions were asked related to expectations towards the VR-kindergarten curriculum and teacher-educator professionalization training, teacher-educators experiences with VR applications in general, the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum, future intentions to continue the VR-kindergarten curriculum and reflections on improving the VR-kindergarten curriculum.
The interviews were held from June to October 2023 and were conducted by the first and second authors. For the analyses of the interviews, a multi-grounded theory approach was applied, this approach allows the development of a codebook that is based on data-driven (open-coding) and theory-driven (in this study TPACK domains) codes (Goldkuhl & Cronholm, 2010). To determine the codebooks intercoder agreement, calculated with Cohen’s Kappa (k), five of the nine interviews were coded by both the first and second authors. The agreement was k .826, which is an acceptable value (Lombard et al., 2002).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In line with the first aim, the results point towards the value of including teacher-educator perspectives when evaluating the implementation of a VR curriculum. Interviewees indicated that as users and implementors of the VR curriculum, have suggestions on how the VR-kindergarten curriculum can be further developed to meet not only their needs as teacher-educators into account but also the curriculum development and implementation at university of applied sciences. The participants also mentioned that they were unaware of the strictness regarding the VR-kindergarten curriculum implementation fidelity. Both the reflections for improving the VR-kindergarten curriculum, as implementation difficulties, were related to the setting of the curriculum and other prerequisites at the universities of applied sciences. Interviewees discussed difficulties in implementing the VR-kindergarten curriculum into the current curriculum. These difficulties were related to the teacher's workload and preparation, working with the technology, the number of students present in the lessons, and the number of lessons in a day.
Regarding the second aim, identifying the required skills and knowledge to successfully implement a VR application in their curriculum, the interviewees were clear. Primarily, technological knowledge was deemed most necessary for successful implementation and for dealing with technological difficulties that arise with the implementation of VR applications. Knowledge about kindergarten education and pedagogical knowledge were also deemed prerequisites. Additionally, interviewees underlined the necessity of a positive attitude towards VR applications. Overall, specific skills and knowledge domains that were mentioned are related to the TPACK framework from Koehler and Mishra (2005).
The study’s findings, together with best practices from the literature, will provide insights for the implementation of VR applications and curricula in pre-service teacher education. These insights are not only valuable for the further implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum at other pre-service teacher education but also VR applications in higher education in general.

References
Amhag, L., Hellström, L., & Stigmar, S. (2019). Teacher educators' use of digital tools and needs for digital competence in higher education. Journal of Digital Learning in Teacher Education, 35(4), 203-220. https://doi.org/10.1080/21532974.2019.1646169
Goldkuhl, G., & Cronholm, S. (2010). Adding theoretical grounding to grounded theory: Toward Multi-Grounded Theory. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 9(2), 187-205.
Kavanagh, S., Luxton-Reilly, A., Wuensche, B., & Plimmer, B. (2017). A systematic review of virtual reality in education. Themes in Science and Technology Education, 10(2), 85-119.
Lombard, M., Snyder-Duch, J., & Bracken, C. C. (2002). Content analysis in mass communication: Assessment and reporting of intercoder reliability. Human Communication Research, 28(4), 587-604.
Lugrin, J. L., Latoschik, M. E., Habel, M., Roth, D., Seufert, C., & Grafe, S. (2016). Breaking Bad Behaviors: a new tool for learning classroom management using virtual reality. Frontiers in ICT, 3, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.3389/fict.2016.00026
Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017-1054.
McGarr, O. (2020). The use of virtual simulations in teacher education to develop pre-service teachers’ behaviour and classroom management skills: implications for reflective practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 46(2), 159-169. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2020.1733398
Mouw, J. M., & Fokkens-Bruinsma, M. (2022). When technology meets educational sciences: Combining virtual reality and microteaching to train pre-service teachers’ kindergarten classroom management strategies. In Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Higher Education Advances (pp. 1043-1050). Universitat Politècnica de València. http://dx.doi.org/10.4995/HEAd22.2022.14618
Pomerantz, J. (2019). XR for teaching and learning: Year 2 of the EDUCAUSE/HP Campus of the Future Project. EDUCAUSE.
Sahin, I. (2011). Development of survey of technological pedagogical and content knowledge (TPACK). Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 10(1), 97-105.
Schmidt, D. A., Baran, E., Thompson, A. D., Mishra, P., Koehler, M. J., & Shin, T. S. (2009). Technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) the development and validation of an assessment instrument for preservice teachers. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(2), 123-149. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2009.10782544
Ungar, O. A., & Baruch, A. F. (2016). Perceptions of teacher educators regarding ICT implementation. Interdisciplinary Journal of e-Skills and Life Long Learning, 12, 279-296.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Enhancing Pre-Service Teachers’ Understanding of Diffusion through a Modeling-Based Learning Approach

Theodoros Karafyllidis1, Marios Papaevripidou1, Tamar Fuhrmann2, Zacharias Zacharia1

1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Teachers College, Columbia University, New York

Presenting Author: Karafyllidis, Theodoros; Papaevripidou, Marios

The objective of this study is to investigate the conceptual development of pre-service teachers regarding diffusion in both liquids and gases through a Modeling-Based Learning (MBL) approach. The focus was on examining whether teachers' involvement in modeling activities related to ink diffusion would facilitate the development of their ideas about how evaporated lavender oil diffuses in a classroom environment (gas diffusion). The research questions that the study aimed to address were: (1) What are pre-service teachers' ideas about diffusion in gas and liquid environments, and do these ideas differ based on the expressed state of matter? (2) How does their mechanistic reasoning about diffusion evolve as they transition between gas-liquid-gas phenomena?

Modeling, the process of constructing a conceptual representation of a phenomenon under study, is fundamental to scientific endeavors and plays a central role in science teaching and learning (Günther et al., 2019). To build an internal mental model of a scientific phenomenon, learners must create external representations or artifacts of the phenomenon. Understanding the underlying mechanism of a phenomenon is linked to mechanistic reasoning, defined as "reasoning systematically through the underlying factors and relationships that give rise to a phenomenon" (Krist et al., 2019, p. 161). This is particularly crucial for phenomena involving processes at the microscopic level, as mechanistic reasoning goes beyond observable patterns, revealing the regularities behind empirical observations. Consequently, engaging learners in modeling diffusion is proposed as a productive way to facilitate the development of their understanding of the underlying mechanism governing the process.

Nineteen participants were engaged in a specially crafted MBL unit where they constructed various models to explain diffusion in gases and liquids. Data sources encompassed pre- and post-test paper-and-pencil models for gas diffusion, as well as initial and revised models for liquid diffusion, along with subsequent computer-based models. Data analysis employed open coding methods and a mechanistic reasoning coding scheme derived from existing literature.

Three crucial findings emerged: Firstly, pre-service teachers expressed non-canonical ideas about fluid diffusion, with only a minority of these ideas not being specific to the state of matter. Secondly, there was an advancement in teachers' mechanistic reasoning from their initial to final models. Lastly, the computer-based modeling environment acted as a facilitator for their mechanistic reasoning, aiding in their explanations of how diffusion occurs in liquids. The implications of these findings are discussed in relation to MBL's potential to support pre-service teachers in understanding microscopic phenomena.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants comprised nineteen pre-service teachers (3 males and 16 females), who were enrolled in a specialized science education course focusing on the integration of new technologies in science teaching and learning. The Modeling-Based Learning (MBL) unit within the course was divided into three phases, spanning eight 90-minute sessions each. In Phase 1, emphasis was placed on designing a drawing, including illustrations and an explanation of how the scent of evaporated lavender oil, released in the classroom, reached every student's nose. Phase 2 involved creating models, initially on paper and later in an online computer-based environment called MoDa, to demonstrate the diffusion of ink in cold and hot water. MoDa integrates building computational models using domain-specific code blocks and comparing models with real-world data (Fuhrmann et al., 2018). The initial ink model was developed after teachers observed the related phenomenon through an experiment conducted in pairs. The revised ink model was then created after each pair presented their model and received feedback from the instructor and other participants regarding the explanatory power of the presented model. Phase 3 replicated the activities of Phase 1.
Data were collected from various sources, including the initial and final lavender diffusion paper-and-pencil models (pre- and post-test) created by the teachers. Additionally, the study involved the examination of the initial and revised ink diffusion paper-and-pencil models, as well as subsequent computer-based models. The analysis of these models was conducted using open coding techniques, and a mechanistic reasoning coding scheme was applied that derived from the works of Krist et al. (2019) and Russ et al. (2007). The mechanistic reasoning coding scheme consisted of four distinct levels: Level 0 (Providing a phenomenological description of the phenomenon), Level 1 (Identifying entities beyond what is directly observed), Level 2a (Identifying entities and their properties), Level 2b (Identifying entities and their interactions), Level 3 (Identifying entities, properties, and interactions among them), and Level 4 (Integrating all features into an explanatory scheme).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The examination of teachers' models regarding diffusion in both gas and liquid contexts revealed a diverse array of advanced non-canonical ideas that shaped their initial, ongoing, and final conceptualizations of the diffusion process. Some of these ideas were specific to either liquids or gases, while a few were expressed in both states of matter.
Teachers' mechanistic reasoning demonstrated a progression to more sophisticated levels from the pre-test to the post-test. The prevalent levels of teachers' initial mechanistic reasoning, focusing on phenomenological descriptions of diffusion and the identification of entities and/or properties, were notably absent in their post-test performance, where approximately one-fourth of them successfully linked all features in an explanatory manner. Notably, the computer-based environment (MoDa) played a significant role in facilitating the development of teachers' mechanistic reasoning, particularly at the highest levels.
The outcomes of this study offer insights into how an MBL approach can aid learners in enhancing their mechanistic reasoning, a crucial aspect in explaining the functioning of microscopic-level phenomena. Notably, the teachers' involvement in modeling ink diffusion using the computer-based medium had a substantial impact on the evolution of their ideas regarding the diffusion of evaporated lavender oil. This is evident as their pre-test ideas predominantly focused on the phenomenological description of the diffusion phenomenon.
Furthermore, the similarity between teachers' diffusion models and those expressed by younger students, as found in the literature (see Fuhrmann et al., 2022), suggests that curriculum developers should carefully consider both the instructional approach for teaching diffusion and the sequence of phenomena (e.g., transitioning from macro- to micro-level) to effectively scaffold learners' conceptual understanding. This consideration is crucial for ensuring a more productive learning experience for learners in the study of diffusion.

References
Fuhrmann, T., Wagh, A., Eloy, A., Wolf, J., Bumbacher, E., Wilkerson, M., & Blikstein, P. (2022). Infect, Attach or Bounce off?: Linking Real Data and Computational Models to Make Sense of the Mechanisms of Diffusion. Proceedings of International Conference of the Learning Sciences, ICLS, 1445–1448.
Fuhrmann, T., Schneider, B., & Blikstein, P. (2018). Should students design or interact with models? Using the Bifocal Modelling Framework to investigate model construction in high school science. International Journal of Science Education, 40(8), 867–893. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2018.1453175
Günther, S. L., Fleige, J., zu Belzen, A. U., & Krüger, D. (2019). Using the Case Method to Foster Preservice Biology Teachers’ Content Knowledge and Pedagogical Content Knowledge Related to Models and Modeling. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 30(4), 321–343. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2018.1560208
Krist, C., Schwarz, C. V., & Reiser, B. J. (2019). Identifying Essential Epistemic Heuristics for Guiding Mechanistic Reasoning in Science Learning. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 28(2), 160–205.
Russ, R. S., Scherr, R. E., Hammer, D., & Mikeska, J. (2008). Recognizing mechanistic reasoning in student scientific inquiry: A framework for discourse analysis developed from philosophy of science. Science Education, 92(3), 499–525. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20264


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Analyzing the Effectiveness of a Teacher Education Intervention for DigCompEdu Competencies in Germany

Frederick Johnson, Christoph Schneider, Lothar Müller

Universität Trier, Germany

Presenting Author: Johnson, Frederick

The digital age has been upon us since 1989 (Stengel, 2017). Still, adapting to it is a continuous challenge across European countries (European Commission, 2024). In Germany, about one-third of 8th graders in Germany only show rudimentary ICT competence levels (Eickelmann et al., 2019). German pre-service teachers hold less favorable attitudes than students from other programs (Behrens et al., 2017) and most pre-service teachers do not meet the basic requirements of ICT competence levels defined by experts (Senkbeil et al., 2020). Even though respective German experts largely share a consensus about the importance of empowering teachers professionally with digital competencies (vbw, 2017; SWK, 2022), 20% of higher education curricula do not consider digital competencies (Monitor Lehrerbildung, 2022a). Therefore, action is needed to improve digital attitudes and competencies in pre-service teachers.

As a transitory means to implement relevant and innovative objectives and content areas in higher education curricula for pre-service teachers in Germany, extra-credit courses are offered as additionally certified qualification opportunities (Monitor Lehrerbildung, 2022b). One of those opportunities is subject to this contribution. It was developed as an intervention in the context of a joint research project, which was funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) in Germany and addresses competencies based on the European DigCompEdu framework (Redecker & Punie, 2017). It consists of a basic and three compulsory elective modules (Vocational Orientation, Democracy Education, Education for Sustainable Development). The basic module consists of ten according elements, e.g., basic technological knowledge (TK), technological-content-knowledge (TCK), technological-pedagogical-knowledge (TPK), legal implications etc.

Several studies have been made about the effects of different interventions based on the DigCompEdu (see Haşlaman et al., 2023). However, there are only few that address a longitudinal perspective and none that consider test-based rather than self-reported indicators for competencies. The complementation of self-reported by test-based indicators to measure competence is important, e.g, because self-reported and test-based competencies only share a weak link (Drummond & Sweeney, 2017; Lachner et al., 2019) and especially low-performing students tend to overestimate themselves (Max et al., 2022). In summary, the main research question is: How does the intervention impact pre-service teacher’s digital attitudes, self-reported and test-based competencies? The main objective is to discuss the results and share insights that might inspire similar projects to optimize their process and results.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To examine the research questions and to contribute to the main objective, data from a pre-post design is used in which pre-service teachers voluntarily enrolled in an extra-credit course about teaching in the digital age with the incentive of an according certification. All pre-service teachers at the local university have been invited to enroll in the intervention via several channels. The total work scope is approximately 210 hours, which are spent over a flexible time span of up to two years.
242 pre-service teachers registered for the intervention. As of now, 22 have completed it which makes the sample for preliminary results. They are 23.45 ± 3.23 years old and 86.4% female. 14 are from the B. Ed. and 8 from the M. Ed. program. They responded to twenty different validated measures for digital (1) attitudes, e.g., Hawlitschek & Fredrich (2018), (2) self-reported, e.g., Rubach & Lazarides (2019) and (3) test-based competencies, e.g., Lachner et al. (2019) in a pre-post design. Due to the small sample size, nonparametric testing (Wilcoxon-signed-rank test) was applied in the preliminary analysis. However, for parametric testing, a considerably larger sample size is anticipated until the final submission.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results across all measures taken show that only self-reports on TCK (r = .55; p = .009) and negative attitudes towards the use of digital media in teaching (r = -.45; p = .035) show significant differences. Hence, the results suggest so far that the intervention had a positive impact on their belief to be able to use digital technologies in their future teaching practices for their respective school subjects and their motivation to use digital media in their future teaching practices. However, the effects on attitudes and self-reports seem rather weak because most mean differences in other measures are insignificant. Also, the results on test-based competencies imply that the students did not progress in their actual knowledge about digital media and its use for teaching practices. These overall limited effects and practical implications will be further analyzed and discussed.
References
Drummond, A., & Sweeney, T. (2017). Can an objective measure of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) supplement existing TPACK measures? British Journal of Educational Technology, 48(4), 928–939.
Eickelmann, B., Bos, W., & Labusch, A. (2019). Die Studie ICILs 2018 im Überblick. Zentrale Ergebnisse und mögliche Entwicklungsperspektiven. Waxmann.
European Commission. (2021). Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027). https://education.ec.europa.eu/de/focus-topics/digital-education/action-plan
Haşlaman, T., Atman Uslu, N., & Mumcu, F. (2023). Development and in-depth investigation of pre-service teachers’ digital competencies based on DigCompEdu: a case study. Quality & Quantity, 1–26.
Hawlitschek, A., & Fredrich, H. (2018). Die Einstellungen der Studierenden als Herausforderung für das Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien in der wissenschaftlichen Weiterbildung. Zeitschrift Hochschule und Weiterbildung, (1), 9-16.
Lachner, A., Backfisch, I., & Stürmer, K. (2019). A test-based approach of modeling and measuring technological pedagogical knowledge. Computers & Education, 142, 103645.
Max, A. L., Lukas, S., & Weitzel, H. (2022). The relationship between self-assessment and performance in learning TPACK: Are self-assessments a good way to support preservice teachers’ learning? Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(4), 1160–1172.
Monitor Lehrerbildung. (2022a). Curriculare Verankerung von Inhalten zu Medienkompetenz in einer digitalen Welt. https://www.monitor-lehrerbildung.de/diagramme/curriculare-verankerung-von-inhalten-zu-medienkompetenz-in-einer-digitalen-welt/
Monitor Lehrerbildung. (2022b). Zertifikatsangebote an Hochschulen. https://www.monitor-lehrerbildung.de/diagramme/zertifikatsangebote-an-hochschulen/
Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. European Commission. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC107466 https://doi.org/10.2760/159770
Rubach, C., & Lazarides, R. (2019). Eine Skala zur Selbsteinschätzung digitaler Kompetenzen bei Lehramtsstudierenden. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 9(3), 345-374.
Schmid, U., Goertz, L., Radomski, S., Thom, S., & Behrens, J. (2017). Monitor Digitale Bildung: Die Hochschulen im digitalen Zeitalter. mmb Institut; Bertelsmann Stiftung. https://doi.org/10.11586/2017014
Senkbeil, M., Ihme, J. M., & Schöber, C. (2020). Empirische Arbeit: Schulische Medienkompetenzförderung in einer digitalen Welt: Über welche digitalen Kompetenzen verfügen angehende Lehrkräfte? Psychologie in Erziehung Und Unterricht, 68(1), 4–22.
Stengel, O., van Looy, A., & Wallaschkowski, S. (2017). Digitalzeitalter - Digitalgesellschaft: Das Ende des Industriezeitalters und der Beginn einer neuen Epoche. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-16509-3
Ständige wissenschaftliche Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz. (2022). Digitalisierung im Bildungssystem: Handlungsempfehlungen von der Kita bis zur Hochschule. Gutachten der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK). https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25273
vbw - Vereinigung der Bayerischen Wirtschaft e. V. (2017). Bildung 2030 – veränderte Welt. Fragen an die Bildungspolitik. Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:14542
 
15:15 - 16:4517 SES 02 A: Facets of New Cultural History of Education: Senses, Emotions, Materials
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sarah Van Ruyskensvelde
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

His Master’s Voice: A History of the Teacher’s Voice, 1880-1940

Luna Lemoine, Pieter Verstraete

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Lemoine, Luna

The voice is a crucial tool that teachers use daily to carry out their pedagogical practices. Its importance is highlighted by the significant amount of medical and quantitative research that has been done, in terms of preserving it and limiting the negative impact it can have on students’ achievements (see for example Martins et al., 2014; Rosenberg et al., 1999). The few qualitative research on voices has shown that they have the power to change the meaning of a sentence by, for example, merely varying the tone (Le Breton, 2011). In that way, our perception of certain voices can impact how we perceive people (ibid). In education, where a hierarchical relationship could be installed between a teacher and a student, this could be significant: how students perceive their teacher’s voice tone could influence such a power relationship, and Koch (2017) even suggests that this could further influence the kind of citizens students will become later in life. Therefore, the teacher’s voice is a powerful tool that could influence students’ achievement as well as their behaviour (Koch, 2017; Moustapha-Sabeur & Aguilar Río, 2014).

Nonetheless, the teacher’s voice was not always present in classrooms. Landahl (2019) has shown that in the 19th century, the students’ voices filled up the rooms to repeat and memorize lessons. Towards the end of the century, a shift occurred: teachers were asked to ‘activate’ students by explaining and asking them questions, making their voices more dominant in classrooms (ibid). Despite the impact of a teacher’s voice in education and what it could tell about educational beliefs throughout history, there is still a lack of research on the teacher’s voice in qualitative and historical research.

This paper is an attempt to open the doors of the field of history of education on the teacher’s voice, by inscribing the research in the framework of New Cultural History of Education. One of the concerns of this framework is to understand and counter forms of power that can be hidden in educational historiographies as well as in the educational system itself throughout time (Fendler, 2019). The paper thus supposes that the teacher’s voice can be considered a powerful tool that needs to be understood more thoroughly. By doing this, the paper aims to add a new layer to different powers involved in education throughout history and to introduce a discussion on the potential power of the master’s voice.

More specifically, this paper investigates the descriptions of the teacher’s voice in the French-speaking Belgian context between 1880 and 1914. The period investigated is marked by the so-called School War, which opposed Catholic and liberal visions of education in policymaking. It ends with the beginning of the First World War, which marks a turn in many aspects of society, including education. Two research questions are investigated: the first one explores how teachers were advised to use their voice, and how their voice was described in pedagogical journals and manuals. This allows an analysis of whether the way teachers’ voices have been described has been the same as today, i.e. in terms of concerns for vocal health mainly. More broadly, such research could also give insight into how the voice has been seen as part of the didactic tools throughout history. On the other hand, the paper will compare the presentations of voice between Catholic and liberal pedagogical journals. This could inform us of the influences that pedagogical beliefs could have had and therefore, it could start a reflection on how education has been defined.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Belgian pedagogical journals written in French were chosen as the principal form of primary source to investigate the questions. Unlike diaries, pedagogical journals offer a wide range of information such as letters from teachers, descriptions of what inspectors saw in classrooms, reports of pedagogical conferences, or articles from pedagogues and psychologists. Journals can thus give a variety of insight from descriptions of practices to depictions of actual teaching in class and more ideological arguments. The language, i.e. French, was chosen as it was still the dominant language of the intellectual sphere during the investigated period (Witte, 2011).
Journals both from liberal and Catholic beliefs were investigated to question their influence on pedagogical beliefs. However, because many of the journals that are within the investigated period and still conserved in universities and national archives were liberal-oriented, Catholic pedagogical manuals were also added. The journals were selected from the indexes of Belgian pedagogical journals published by De Vroede and Bosmans Hermans (1974, 1976). The manuals were found through research on the online platform of the university libraries of KU Leuven (Limo). The selection was done through a search of the keyword ‘pedagogy’, and a limitation on the type of document, the place of publishing, and the time frame.
The liberal-oriented journals that were analysed are Le Progrès (1861 – 1888), Moniteur des instituteurs primaires (1872 – today), and l’Ecole belge (1909 – 1913). The only Catholic-oriented journal that was investigated is l’école Catholique (1881 – 1893). Four Catholic-oriented manuals were investigated, namely Traité théorique et pratique de méthodologie (1882), Résumé du cours de pédagogie par un ancien directeur d’école normale (1880), Quelques directions méthodologiques pour le personnel des écoles primaires et les maîtresses Frœbéliennes (1905), and Cours complet de pédagogie et de méthodologie (1885).
To find relevant articles, the first volume of each journal was read to find the type of keywords to search for, as almost no explicit mention of the word ‘voice’ was made in article titles. Next, articles related to pedagogy, obedience, children’s attention, ways to teach certain topics such as history or geography, and qualities that teachers were expected to have, were looked for in the table of contents. Those articles were indeed most likely to deal with the teacher’s voice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper confirms three previous findings on how the teacher’s voice was presented: the need to vary its tone, the role of the teacher’s voice in his authority, and the teacher’s speech as a model for students (Calcoen & Verstraete, 2022). Unique findings were descriptions of voices for different classes, with an emphasis on expressing emotions such as passion through voice. The voice was also often linked to the word ‘soul’, together with expressions such as ‘kindness’, ‘patience’, or ‘firmness’. Concerns for the teacher’s vocal health could not be found.
No difference between Catholic and liberal writings was found. This means that teachers in both systems received similar advice in terms of voice use. It could be explained by the fact that Catholic teachers wanted to keep their professionalism by ensuring that students understood the study content, in opposition to the Catholic authority’s belief which emphasized more routine memorization, especially in terms of religious teaching (Depaepe et al., 2000).
Overall, the findings confirm that the teacher's voice is a very crucial part of the teaching practice, closely connected to ideas of how and what education should be. Yet, teachers’ voices seem to be neglected in historical and qualitative research, perhaps due to their embodied features. This might also explain why the voice was rarely explicitly described in articles. To conclude, this paper induces a plea to expand this field of research, with further attention needed on bodily practices and what they can tell about educational beliefs. A more longitudinal study on the teacher’s voice is also interesting to search how the perceptions of the teacher’s voice have evolved, and the implications for educational beliefs.

References
Calcoen, Nick and Pieter Verstraete. “De stem van de meester: Een exploratief onderzoek naar de letterlijke stem van de onderwijzer tussen 1880 en 1940.” Master thesis, KU Leuven, 2022.

Depaepe, Marc, Kristof Dams, Maurice De Vroede, Betty Eggermont, Hilde Lauwers, Frank
Simon, Rolan Vandenberghe, and Jef Verhoeven. Order in Progress : Everyday
Education Practice in Primary Schools, Belgium, 1880-1970. Leuven: Leuven
University Press, 2000.

De Vroede, Maurits and An Bosmans-Hermans. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van het pedagogisch leven in België in de 19de en 20ste eeuw: Deel 2, De periodieken 1878-1895. Leuven: KUL, 1974.

De Vroede, Maurits and An Bosmans-Hermans. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van het pedagogisch leven in België in de 19de en 20ste eeuw: Deel 3, De periodieken 1896-1914. Leuven: KUL, 1976.

Fendler, Lynn. “New Cultural Histories.” In Handbook of Historical Studies in Education, edited by Tanya Fitzgerald, 1-17. Singapore: Springer Singapore, 2019.

Koch, Anette Boye.“Sounds of Education: Teacher Role and Use of Voice in Interactions with Young Children.” International Journal of Early Childhood 49, no. 1 (2017): 57-72. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-017-0184-6.

Landahl, Joakim. “Learning to listen and look: the shift from the monitorial system of
education to teacher-led lessons.” The Senses and Society 14, no. 2 (2019): 194-
206. https://doi-org.kuleuven.e-bronnen.be/10.1080/17458927.2019.1619314.

Le Breton, David. Eclats de voix : une anthropologie des voix. Paris: Editions Métailié, 2011.

Martins, Regina Helena Garcia, Eny Regina Bóia Neves Pereira, Caio Bosque Hidalgo, and Elaine Lara Mendes Tavares. “Voice Disorders in Teachers. A Review.” Journal of Voice 28, no. 6 (2014): 716–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvoice.2014.02.008.53

Moustapha-Sabeur, Malak and Jose Ignacio Aguilar Río. “Faire corps avec sa voix : paroles d’enseignant.” In Le corps et la voix de l’enseignant : théorie et pratique, edited by Marion Tellier and Lucile Cadet, 67-79. Paris: Maison des Langues, 2014.

Rosenberg, Gail Gregg, Patricia Blake-Rather, Judy Heavner, Linda Allen, Beatrice Myers Redmond, Janet Phillips, and Kathy Stigers.“Improving Classroom Acoustics (ICA): A Three-Year FM Sound Field Classroom Amplification Study.” Journal of Educational Audiology, no. 7 (1999): 8-28.

Witte, Els.“La question linguistique en Belgique dans une perspective historique.” Pouvoirs 1, no. 136 (2011): 37-50.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Understanding School Buildings: unpacking the archives of the pioneer Building Performance Research Unit

Bruno Gil1, Carolina Coelho2

1University of Coimbra, Centre of Architectural Studies – from Territory to Design, Department of Architecture, Portugal; 2University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Department of Architecture, Portugal

Presenting Author: Gil, Bruno; Coelho, Carolina

The purpose of this article is to further develop the groundbreaking research conducted by the Building Performance Research Unit (BPRU). The BPRU was established at the University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, in 1967 and conducted research on 48 comprehensive schools in central Scotland that were opened between 1958 and 1966. Our research contents were publicly presented for the first time at the ECER 2023 conference in Glasgow, the original setting of this history of education we continued to elaborate on. Our presentation introduced the objectives of the BPRU and the theoretical contributions of its researchers from various disciplines, including the founder and main coordinator, architect Thomas A. Markus ; P. Whyman (architect), D. Canter (psychologist), T. Maver (operational research scientist), J. Morgan (physicist), D. Whitton (quantity surveyor) and J. Flemming (systems analyst).

Our presence in Glasgow, also enabled unprecedented access to the BPRU documents, which had been archived since 1973, when the unit's activities came to an end. A detailed reading and critical interpretation of these archival documents can provide a relevant contribute to the knowledge of these first post-occupancy experiences in schools from the end of the 1960s. This includes the challenges, experiences, and deviations involved in speculating on a field that, at the time, was still unaware of its true relevance, as evidenced by many contemporary studies.

The working papers, signed by the researchers, provide an objective report on the measurements of school building layouts and the needs of their communities. The papers map the physical conditions that determine teaching environments, such as sound and daylight, through a rigorous study of spatial partitions. This helped to better understand the particular perceptions of students and teachers. Although the quantitative techniques were used to translate data into objective information, psychologist David Canter's reports aimed to subjectively assess the school communities through questionnaires that were marked by their semantic richness.

The BPRU theory of “improvisation” pertains to changes made in the day-to-day operations of schools’ communities, to varying degrees. The aim was to map these changes in a relatively simple manner, using models that learn from each school's level of improvisation. This allowed for the simulation of future day-to-day operations of schools as open systems of improvisation.

Based on the BPRU’s observation that “people are more adaptable than school buildings”, it is important to consider the full activity of these spaces as relevant data to achieve a fuller architectural response. We argue that interdisciplinary research is currently crucial for renovating educational spaces.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper resorts to primary sources from the archive material of the BPRU, currently deposited in Archives and Special Collections at the University of Strathclyde, to detail the goals, methods, and workflow that gave structure to this innovative approach to “research performance”, namely related to the appraisal of school buildings – here related to three main lenses:
1. Presenting BPRU’s research agenda, stated in the first intentions document GD/1/TAM/ML, 18th August 1967, is crucial to frame the context of this forerunner academic venture on education research within an architectural research environment: why schools as the focus of building appraisal, how, by whom and by what means this building appraisal is envisioned;

2. Understanding the aims, scientific organisation and techniques of the five months “Exploratory Study”, introduced in the working paper GD/1/TAM/ML, 18th August 1967, developed in the context of secondary schools in Scotland, between September 1967 and January 1968, will unravel the interchanges of the outputs coming from diverse disciplines, as psychology and architecture;

3. Considering BPRU’s dissemination activities – in the Royal Institute of British Architects, in London and the Design Methods Group in Massachusetts, USA, - as a way of receiving critique on their research endeavour on the comprehensive schools, will helps us to situate the idealization of a research field specific conceived around educational research, namely on school buildings and environments.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As argued in our paper 'The Power of School Buildings', presented at ECER 2023, we quote Thomas A. Markus to introduce the expected outcomes. The vision is to incorporate research findings into future designs, contributing to innovative school buildings and environments while being aware of the legacies provided by the long history of education and pedagogies:
“In the present case the Unit’s interest in developing an understanding of, and techniques for, building performance appraisal led to the need to select a building type in which a large number of similar examples could easily be reached, in which background information on the buildings could be readily obtained and in which there was some hope of assessing the actual product of the organisation which the building housed. From a social viewpoint we felt that a building type of which many examples were likely to be built in future years would provide the possibility of research findings actually being incorporated in future designs. All these considerations pointed to schools […]” (Markus and Building Performance Research Unit, 1972, p.52)
Drawing on the BPRU's five-year activity, we contend that their pioneering interdisciplinary research approach offers valuable lessons. Specifically, by unpacking their archive, we can critically revisit their experimental methodology and consider its current significance, namely in the context of research processes associated with the renovation of obsolete educational spaces. By considering the full scope of their activities, we can develop a more comprehensive response, in a contemporary context of an architectural practice-based research.

References
Building Performance Research Unit Reports, nº 1-38 (1967-1970). Archive materials from the Andersonian Library, Archives & Special Collections (Serials), University of Strathclyde, Glasgow.

Building Performance Research Unit (1970). Building Appraisal: Students
London: Applied Science Publishers.

Markus, T. (1967). Measurement and appraisal of building performance: the first documents. The Architects’ Journal, 146, 1565-1573.

Markus, T. (1968). The Comprehensive School. Report from the Building Performance Research Unit - Activities, spaces and sacred cows. RIBA Journal, Volume 75 (9), 425-426.

Markus, T. (1974). The why and the how of research in 'real' buildings. Journal of Architectural Research. Journal of Architectural Research, Vol. 3, No. 2 (May 1974), pp. 19-23

Markus, T. (1993). Buildings and Power: freedom and control in the origin of modern building types. London and New York: Routledge.

Markus, T.; Building Performance Research Unit. (1972). Building Performance.
St Michael’s Academy Kilwinning, The Architects’ Journal, 151, 9-50.

RIBA Journal (1966). NEWS: Measuring building performance. RIBA Journal, 73(3), 103.

The Architects’ Journal (1970). Tom Markus is alive and well…, 151(9), 538-543.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Oral History as a Litmus Test for Educators' Emotions and Young Researcher Self-Criticism

Ingrida Ivanavičė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Ivanavičė, Ingrida

This year's Network17 invitation was a fascinating impetus to look at my dissertation (which I am currently writing at Vilnius University, on the retrospective and perspectives of Roma education policy and practice 1956-2024 in Lithuanian schools) from a completely different and unplanned angle - the emotions of the individual in a historical context. Nevertheless, today, balancing between two intentions: 1) to present a small part of the research data related to the teacher's memories of his/her experiences of working with three different generations of Roma pupils (from the late 1980's onwards), and 2) to criticize myself as a researcher who has been applying oral history for perhaps the first time, I pose the question: What emotions and feelings emerged in the teachers' narratives about the past, and do these emotions in the current context have implications for their work, and perhaps even for future strategy planning?

In answering this question, the analysis revealed a wide range of emotions and feelings experienced in the past, which can be summarised as "negative", meanwhile in terms of the present, educators identified much more "positive" emotions. This can be explained by the fact that teachers are now very happy about their successes and are aware of the enormous impact that, for example, a simple transition from one class to another can have on some Roma pupils, but both in the past and in the present this happiness, seems to be clouded by the pressure of the public "a piori problematic" discourse on Roma education, because as Matras mentions, "No tabula rasa is available when it comes to briefing politicians, media, or the wider public about Roma/Gypsies and their needs or aspirations" (2013). Thus, from a historical perspective the "resignation to defeat" of the past were transformed in the present - into a context of lower expectations. Teachers tend to view truly noteworthy pedagogical changes with a very modest attitude, as "small steps on a long journey". Interestingly, this phrase tends to be used by teachers of both the old and the young generation, which allows us to speak of a kind of reproduction of pedagogical emotions in the context of a future programmed in the past, i.e. a present of low aspirations.

The "good" features of oral history were particularly highlighted in the context of this study as an opportunity not only to create a source of unique information, but also to involve the Roma and the educational community in the construction of history. Nevertheless I have also encountered the "classic" difficulties of the novice researcher: trying to understand how individuals relate to their past and how historical understanding unfolds over time (Ricoeur, 2004), navigating between the twists and turns of memory and history, where the resulting testimony is "never the same twice in a row" (Portelli, 2009), and the difficulties of interpretation and the transition between the micro and the macro history of history (Domanska, 1999). I understand and apologise in advance to those who may find my newbie-level observations about the use of oral history in educational research naive and even self-evident, but perhaps by analysing myself rather than others I am much more in line with the longing theme of this year's ECER Network17 call - by sentimentally reminding experienced educational historians of their own first oral history research and nostalgic career beginnings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation presents only a small part of the data (selected according to the theme of this year's conference and Network17 invitation) collected at Vilnius University during the implementation of a dissertation research project on the retrospective and future perspective of Roma education policy and practice in Lithuanian schools (1956-2024). Combined with elements of biographical research oral history was used as the main research method with the participation of three different generations of Roma with experience of schooling in Lithuanian schools since 1956. Oral history has received a great deal of attention from scholars who have addressed key theoretical and methodological issues either in general (Thompson, 2000; Perks, Thomson, 2006, Thomson, 2007), or within the framework of a particular period (Vinogradnaitė et. al, 2018; Švedas, 2010),so it was chosen as appropriate for recording voices from marginalised groups (Portelli, 2009). It is also important to mention that the general study used archival (mostly school’s archival data) document analysis (G. McCulloch, 2004).
Another important voice in the research was that of educators working with the group in question in Lithuanian schools since 1985 (educators of the younger generation also had the opportunity to be involved in the research - their narratives were used in a comparative aspect). Currently, 23 educators from different Lithuanian cities and different types of schools have already been involved in the study. Data for all participants in the study are depersonalised. The collected oral history interviews were transcribed (audio recordings ranging from 30 minutes to 2.5 hours) and the data were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun, Clarke, 2022). In preparation for this presentation, the array of data collected during the general dissertation research has been revisited through a re-targeted thematic examination of the narrative of educators' emotions, as well as a re-analysis of my interview notes in relation to capturing the educators' emotions, and a personal research diary (which has become extremely useful for capturing my own emotions and reflection, following Nadin, Cassell (2006); Trainor, Bundon (2020)).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
1) Analysing the narratives of the professional memories of teachers working with Roma pupils since the late 1980s, the following dominant emotions emerged: frustration/hopelessness, disappointment, fear, feelings of loneliness, joy/pride. Some of them were more related to the organisation and implementation of the educational process, others to the assessment of educational achievements. Feelings of frustration/despair, fear have evolved and transformed in the historical perspective, taking on new forms, the narrative of feelings of joy and pride has become more connected to the future parallel, and the feeling of loneliness seems to have remained unchanged in the past-present perspective. Interestingly, the process of oral history interviews itself often veered in this direction of emotions and feelings, and seemed to turn not only into multi-perspective personal/collective testimonies and reflections on the past, present and future, but also into a kind of psychotherapeutic analysis of the genesis of individual emotions.
2) I will not be contradicting myself by saying that the oral history method requires a lot of effort on the part of the researcher, but the analysis of that effort becomes another interesting field of research.  As a young historian of education applying this method for the first time, I have encountered, perhaps, a number of difficulties: 1) in the process of data collection; 2) in the management of the enormous amount of data; 3) in the context of the tension between history and memory; 4) and most importantly (for this particular topic) – in the ethical issues of historical research. Some of the questions that arose during the research resolved themselves, while others remained unanswered, intriguing and tempting me to delve into the depths of philosophy of history in the hope that I would find answers to them "when I grow up and become a historian of education".

References
Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage
Domanska, E. (1999). Mikrohistorie. Spotkania w miedzyswiatach. Poznan: Wyd. Poznanskie.
Matras, Y. (2013). Scholarship and the Politics of Romani Identity: Strategic and Conceptual Issues. European Yearbook of Minority Issues Online, 10(1), 209-247.
McCulloch, G. (2004). Documentary research in Education, History and Social Sciences. RoutledgeFalmer: London.
Nadin, S., & Cassell, C. (2006). The use of a research diary as a tool for reflexive practice: Some reflections from management research. Qualitative Research in Accounting Management, 3(3), 208–217.
Perks, R., Thomson, A. (eds.). (2006). The Oral History Reader, London and New York: Routledge.
Portelli, A. (2009). What Makes Oral History Different. In: Giudice, L.D. (eds) Oral History, Oral Culture, and Italian Americans. Italian and Italian American Studies. Palgrave Macmillan, New York.
Ricoeur, P. (2004). Memory, History, Forgetting, transl. K. Blamey & D. Pellauer. The University of Chicago Press.
Švedas, A. (2010). Sakytinės istorijos galimybės sovietmečio ir posovietinės epochos tyrimuose (atminties kultūros ir istorijos politikos problematikos aspektas). [Possibilities to adapt oral history to the research of soviet and postsoviet epoch (the problems of the culture of memory and the politics of history)]. Lietuvos istorijos studijos, Nr. 26.
Thompson, P. (2000). The Voice of the Past. Oral History. Oxford University Press.
Thomson, A. (2007). Four Paradigm Transformations in Oral History. The Oral History Review, 34(1), 49–70.
Trainor, L. R., & Bundon, A. (2020). Developing the craft: Reflexive accounts of doing reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 1–22.
Vinogradnaitė, I., Kavaliauskaitė, J., Ramonaitė, A., Ulinskaitė, J., Kukulskytė, R. (2018). Sakytinė istorija kaip sovietmečio tyrimo metodas. Vilnius: VU leidykla.
 
15:15 - 16:4518 SES 02 A: Health and Physical Activity in Physical Education and Sport
Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rachel Sandford
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Health Promotion in Physical Education through Digital Media: Experiences and Acceptance from the Perspective of Students and Teachers

Carolin Knoke1, Alexander Woll1, Ingo Wagner2

1Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Institute of Sport and Sport Science, Karlsruhe, Germany; 2University of Freiburg, Institute of Sport and Sport Science, Freiburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Knoke, Carolin

School health programs offer a great opportunity to promote students' health through physical activity (Yuksel et al., 2020). However, the potential of digitalization as a social transformation in physical education (PE) could be better exploited in the area of health promotion (Goodyear et al., 2019; Knoke et al., 2024). The aim of this guideline-based interview study is therefore to investigate the experiences and attitudes of students and teachers towards digital media for students’ health promotion in PE.

The extended technology acceptance model (TAM) by Davis (1986) was used as a theoretical basis to determine the acceptance of health promotion through digital media. The model describes that a user's attitude towards the system influences whether media is actually used (Davis, 1986). In the context of the use of digital media in PE, this means that the core variables have an influence on whether or not a teacher will use digital media in their physical education lessons. The three-stage model by Nutbeam (2000) was also used as a model for health literacy. Nutbeam (2000) classifies health literacy and thus the handling of health-related information in a three-stage model. The first level of the functional form ("functional health literacy") describes the ability to research and use health-related information as well as the basic ability to read and write. The communicative-interactive form ("interactive health literacy") describes the ability to use various sources and to consider the origin of the information and thus its trustworthiness. The highest level of health literacy in Nutbeam's model (2000) is the "critical form", i.e. the ability to critically reflect on health-related information.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative method was chosen in order to openly ask teachers and students about their experiences and assessments of the use of digital media for health promotion and health literacy in PE lessons. The use of a qualitative method can be justified by the existing research gap in the field of health promotion in physical education with digital media. The qualitative research design also offers the opportunity to take an exploratory approach to the reality of students' experiences in the classroom.
To answer the research question on the experiences and acceptance of students and teachers regarding health promotion through digital media in physical education, a total of 25 semi-structured guided interviews were conducted and analysed using MAXQDA with qualitative content analysis according to Mayring by coding. The interviews were conducted as individual and group interviews and comprised a sample of N=15 students and N=10 PE teachers at German schools of various types who voluntarily participated in the study.
In the first block of questions, the guideline asked what experiences had already been made with the use of digital media to promote health in PE lessons. This was followed by questions on attitudes towards the use of digital media for health promotion in PE lessons. In addition, the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) by Davis (1986) was used as the theoretical basis for the interview guide. The guideline questions related both to experiences with the use of digital media for health promotion and health literacy in physical education and to the assessment of, for example, the suitability or efficiency and the required characteristics of these digital media for use in physical education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The interview study revealed that digital media have only been used to a limited extent to promote health in PE lessons so far. Some of the teachers stated that they had little knowledge of the use of digital media in PE lessons, and that it is often unclear how digital media can be applied in PE lessons to promote health. These results are confirmed by the statements of the students.
In the area of "system use" (TAM), the existing experiences and attitudes of students and PE teachers regarding the use of digital media for health promotion in PE lessons most frequently include the areas of applications (apps), videos, tracking and communication. The digital medium most frequently mentioned was the tablet. With regard to the acceptance of the use of digital media in PE lessons, the teachers’ perspectives differed from those of the students, who were predominantly positive. The reasons for the students' positive attitude towards the use of digital media for health promotion are an expected healthier lifestyle, expected reliable health information and a preference for digital media, which can lead to increased motivation. Expected or experienced difficulties were mentioned by the students, e.g. in connection with the media skills of the PE teachers, by both sides regarding data management and primarily by the PE teachers regarding time management and the students' active exercise time. External factors such as a lack of or poor Wi-Fi in sports halls, inadequate equipment at schools and a lack of guidance on the use of digital media in PE lessons were reported by both PE teachers and students.
Based on these findings, possible PE-specific modifications to the underlying theoretical models are discussed.

References
Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, and User Acceptance of Information Technology. MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319–340.
Goodyear, V. A., Armour, K. M., & Wood, H. (2019). Young people learning about health: The role of apps and wearable devices. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(2), 193–210. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1539011
Knoke, C., Woll, A. & Wagner, I. (2024). Health promotion in physical education through digital media: a systematic literature review. German Journal Exercise Sport Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-023-00932-4
Nutbeam, D. (2000). Health literacy as a public health goal: a challenge for contemporary health education and communication strategies into the 21st century. Health Promotion International. 15. 259–267.
Yuksel, H. S., Şahin, F. N., Maksimovic, N., Drid, P. & Bianco, A. (2020). School-Based Intervention Programs for Pre-venting Obesity and Promoting Physical Activity and Fitness: A Systematic Review. International Journal of Environ-mental Research and Public Health; 17(1):347. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17010347


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Preferences towards Physical Activity, Sports, and Leisure Practices in Adolescents: Strengths and Weaknesses

María Alejandra Ávalos-Ramos, María Teresa Pascual-Galiano, Andreea Vidaci

University of Alicante, Spain

Presenting Author: Pascual-Galiano, María Teresa; Vidaci, Andreea

The World Health Organization (WHO, 2020) raises concerns about the prevalence of sedentary behavior in society, particularly among adolescents. This qualitative study, involving 142 adolescents, aims to analyze their inclination and preferences for Physical Activity and Sports (PAS) and Leisure Activities (LA), considering gender differences. The study utilized semi-structured interviews and focus groups, revealing a strong intention among adolescents to participate in future PAS and LA.

Approximately 80% of adolescents aged 11 to 17 fail to meet global PAS recommendations (Baños et al., 2019), a worrisome trend given the lasting impact of adolescent habits. The Spanish Association of Pediatrics (SAP, 2014) notes that 45% of 15 to 24-year-olds minimally engage in PAS, missing out on benefits like reduced health risks and improved mental and overall well-being (WHO, 2020; Izurieta-Monar, 2019). The sedentary nature of modern society, driven by excessive technology use, exacerbates this issue (ANIBES, 2016). In Spain, these habits indicate that 60.6% of the male population and 56.8% of the female population, aged 13 to 17, are exposed to more than two hours of electronic device usage daily. Additionally, a declining trend in active commuting to educational institutions has been observed (ANIBES, 2016).

Adolescence often witnesses a decline in interest in sports, with most young people active in PAS only until around age 12, mainly in educational or leisure settings (González-Hernández & Martínez-Martínez, 2020). At the same time, adolescents encounter certain inconveniences when engaging in PAS. Some of the barriers are related to the incompatibility of activities, lack of time, or demotivation due to routine and imposed practice (Espada-Mateos & Galán, 2017). Simultaneously, boredom in Physical Education (PE) classes could be a strong predictor of sports abandonment in adolescents (Baños et al., 2019). In this regard, personal reasons have been identified for adolescents disengaging from sports activities, among which laziness, the need for free time for social interaction, or an interest in using technology stand out.

Environmental factors influencing PAS engagement include family sporting habits and peer involvement (Strandbu et al., 2020), with economic barriers limiting opportunities, particularly in institutional settings (García-Moya et al., 2012). Growing income-related inequalities and factors like residence environment and public sports offerings impact PAS continuity (Guérandel, 2022).

Gender disparities in PAS engagement are noticeable, with girls exhibiting lower levels of participation (Peral-Suárez et al., 2020). Gender stereotypes in sports contribute to these differences but are gradually becoming less pronounced due to societal inclusivity values (Beltrán et al., 2023). Interventions in educational settings, particularly PE sessions, are important for promoting PAS among girls, emphasizing enjoyable, diverse, non-competitive activities (Boraita et al., 2022).

Thus, it becomes evident that there is a need to advocate for physical activity and leisure practices that align with participants' preferences, fostering a predisposition towards utilizing free time, and ultimately aiming to cultivate a healthy lifestyle from an early age.

The study's objectives were to analyze adolescents' future PAS and LA intentions, identifying challenges and improvement suggestions from a gender perspective.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative case study, well-suited for exploring adolescents' experiences and perspectives on PAS and LA, employs a narrative approach to analyze their current and future engagement in these activities within their municipality.

The study focuses on understanding the interactions between adolescents and their specific environments related to PAS and leisure, thus offering insights into their lived experiences.

The study selected 142 adolescents (72 girls and 70 boys) from a high school in the Valencian community, chosen for their low involvement in PAS and LA. The participants, aged between 11 and 13, voluntarily joined the study with consent from their legal guardians, under the ethical approval of the University of Alicante.
The municipality, with a population of nearly 30,000, offers various cultural, social, and sports facilities and supports economically disadvantaged families with subsidies for PAS and LA.

Data collection involved semi-structured written interviews and focus groups, using narrative techniques to gather participants' thoughts on current and future involvement in PAS and leisure within their community. The two primary questions explored in the interviews were about the adolescents' preferred PAS and LA and the challenges they face in participation. Interviews were conducted in classrooms, lasting around 40 minutes each, ensuring anonymity and encouraging open expression.

Focus groups, consisting of 10 participants each, were used to understand improvement suggestions for the municipality's PAS and leisure offerings. These groups facilitated the exchange of diverse opinions in a natural setting, allowing for the validation of perspectives. The sessions, held during the school day, lasted 45 minutes each, emphasizing participation and active listening.
The data collection phase spanned two weeks, with permissions obtained from educational institutions and legal guardians. The information from interviews and focus groups was transcribed and analyzed using inductive content analysis to establish themes, categories, and codes. The research identified two main themes: adolescents' predisposition and preferences for PAS and LA, and their suggestions for improving these activities in their municipality.

Using the Analysis of Qualitative Data 7 software, the study integrated quantitative and qualitative data, presenting findings as a percentage of absolute frequency, and including significant narrative excerpts. This comprehensive approach provided a detailed understanding of the adolescents' perspectives on PAS and LA, their preferences, challenges, and improvement ideas within their community context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This case study highlights the strong future inclination of adolescents towards PAS and LA, emphasizing the importance of customizing these programs to their preferences, age, and gender. Institutions need to align their PAS and leisure offerings with the interests of the youth.

The study reveals distinct preferences among adolescents: girls show a tendency towards individual physical activities, while boys lean more towards group sports and technological pursuits. Girls also exhibit a greater interest in artistic and social media activities. This diversity poses a challenge to program designers, who often fail to consider the varied preferences of different age groups, leading to a mismatch between available activities and what adolescents want.

A significant concern raised by the youth is the need for better sports and leisure facilities, with many existing ones perceived as outdated, inadequate, or expensive. The adolescents propose renovations and improvements to these facilities and resources. They also suggest more equitable economic distribution to address disparities in the types of activities offered. This could include offering scholarships and free activities for disadvantaged and large families, thereby enhancing the quality and accessibility of sports services.

The use of social media is recommended by the young participants for better promotion and information dissemination about physical and LA. They also advocate for conducting surveys to gain a deeper understanding of their interests and preferences.

Finally, the study highlights adolescents' strong future intentions for PAS and LA, with preferences varying by gender. The findings underscore the need for updated and adapted sports and leisure facilities, better economic resource distribution, and tailored programs to align with youth preferences. This approach could foster a disposition towards PAS from a young age.
This research was funded by the project “Diagnosis and Analysis of Adherence to Physical Activity and Sports among Young People. . .,” File 3992/2022.

References
1.ANIBES. (2016). Sedentarismo en niños y adolescentes españoles: resultados del estudio científico ANIBES. Org.es. https://www.fen.org.es/anibes/archivos/documentos/ANIBES_numero_13.pdf
2.Spanish Association of Pediatrics (SAP). (2014). Consejos sobre actividad física para niños y adolescentes. Aeped.es. https://www.aeped.es/sites/default/files/documentos/diptico_actividad_fisica_aep_web.pdf
3.Baños, R., Marentes, M., Zamarripa, J., Baena-Extremera, A., Ortiz-Camacho, M., & Duarte-Felix, H. (2019). Influencia de la satisfacción, aburrimiento e importancia de la educación física en la intención de realizar actividad física extraescolar en adolescentes mexicanos. Cuadernos de psicología del deporte, 19(3), 205–215.
4.Beltrán, V. H., Gamonales, J. M., Espada, M. C., & Tena, A. E. (2023). Analysis of the evolution of the number of federation licenses in Spain (2009-2021). Cultura_Ciencia_Deporte, 18(57). https://doi.org/10.12800/ccd.v18i57.2041
5.Espada Mateos, M., & Galán, S. (2017). Evaluación de las barreras para la práctica de actividad física y deportiva en los adolescentes españoles. Revista de salud publica (Bogota, Colombia), 19(6), 739–743. https://doi.org/10.15446/rsap.v19n6.66078
6.García-Moya, I., del Carmen Moreno Rodríguez, M., de los Santos, F. J. R., Valverde, P. R., & Iglesias, A. J. (2012). Iguales, familia y participación en actividades deportivas organizadas durante la adolescencia. Revista de psicología del deporte, 21(1), 153–158.
7.González-Hernández, J., & Martínez-Martínez, F. D. (2020). Prosocialidad y dificultades de socialización en la adolescencia. Influencias según sexo y práctica deportiva. Revista de psicología del deporte, 29(2), 117–124.
8.Guérandel, C. (2022). Being involved in sports or giving up: The effects of context on teenage girls’ practice in French disadvantaged urban neighborhoods. Sociology of Sport Journal, 39(4), 362–372. https://doi.org/10.1123/ssj.2021-0123
9.Izurieta-Monar, A. (2019). Causas y consecuencias del sedentarismo. Más Vita, 1(2), 26–31.
10.Peral-Suárez, Á., Cuadrado-Soto, E., Perea, J. M., Navia, B., López-Sobaler, A. M., & Ortega, R. M. (2020). Physical activity practice and sports preferences in a group of Spanish schoolchildren depending on sex and parental care: a gender perspective. BMC Pediatrics, 20(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12887-020-02229-z
11.Rivera, C. J. (2019). Abandono de la práctica deportiva. Edu.co.
12.Strandbu, Å., Bakken, A., & Stefansen, K. (2020). The continued importance of family sport culture for sport participation during the teenage years. Sport, Education and Society, 25(8), 931–945. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2019.1676221
13.WHO Guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. (2020). Who.int. Recuperado el 30 de enero de 2024, de https://www.who.int/publications-detail-redirect/9789240015128


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

The Art of Noticing in Inclusive Teaching Practices in PE.

Corina van Doodewaard

Windesheim University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: van Doodewaard, Corina

Education, including physical education (PE), is an area where the practice of inclusion matters every day. These practices are often intended to contribute to equality and/or prosperity, but at the same time they seem to alienate students from physical education and lead to new forms of isolation (see for example Holland et al., 2022; Storr et al., 2022). Teachers, including PE teachers, struggle with these paradoxes of inclusive teaching practices (PIT). Often, their inclusive educational practices turn into individualized practices (Wienen, 2022). However, this is a practice that simultaneously excludes students. For example, when students are made responsible for their own progress in learning to perform a dance, and their next dance moves are available at any time in instructional videos. These videos show what needs to be done to reach the next level. However, in this case, students are expected to become part of the group that carries out the next level, which means they do their own inclusion work. Students exposed to such practices have reported feeling isolated from both peers and teachers (Kruiswijk, 2017).

Teachers' attempts seem to be driven by exclusive mechanisms, of which they are not aware (Dobush, 2021; Ledoux et al., 2020; Van Doodewaard. 2022). These mechanisms are often embedded in discursive practices of gender, ethnicity, ability, insecurity and citizenship (Hermans, 2023). Critical researchers have been warning for more than twenty years about the negative impact of such discriminatory practices on students, but these practices appear to be resistant to change. Or are we missing something?

That is why our research is driven by questioning the status quo: what would happen if we studied discriminatory inclusion practices in PE as ruins of capitalism and colonialism – as sites of dualistic practices, driven by hegemonic sports, health, and citizenship discourses, which scored the best, rewarded the healthiest and celebrated the most civilized as winners? (Hermans, 2024; Lynch et al., 2022; Tsing, 2015; Wienen, 2022). Inclusion practices in schools continue to label students as normal/adequate or abnormal//inadequate. The norms for including students in the 'normal' category appear to be ambiguous and riddled with educational dilemmas (Corcoran, 2019; Van Doodewaard. 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will engage in the art of noticing to discern rhizomatic patterns in inclusive teaching practices in PE (Tsing, 2015, Gravett, 2022). The art of noticing offers the opportunity to question PIT practices and look beyond their paradoxes (Taylor et al., 2023). It facilitates noticing thoughts and feelings that underlie exclusionary practices and embracing the ambiguity and unpredictability of relational practices that are part of PIT.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research is an ongoing project, which means results and conclusions will be shared at the conference.


References
Corcoran,T., Claiborne, L., and Whitburn, B. (2019). Paradoxes in inclusive education: a necessary condition of relationality? Int. J. Inclusive Educ. 23, 1003–1016. doi: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1625453
Dobusch, L. (2021). The inclusivity of inclusion approaches: a relational perspective on inclusion and exclusion in organizations. Gender Work Organ. 28, 379–396. doi: 10.1111/gwao.12574
Gravett,K., Taylor, C.A.,  & Fairchild , N.(2021): Pedagogies of mattering: re-conceptualising relational pedagogies in higher education, Teaching in Higher Education, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1989580
Kruiswijk, M. (2017). Leerprocessen in beeld. [learning in the picture]. Masterthesis Windesheim.
Tsing, A. L. (2015). The mushroom at the end of the world: On the possibility of life in capitalist ruins. Princeton University Press.
Storr,R, Nicholas,L., Robinson, K.,  & Davies, C. (2022). ‘Game to play?’: barriers and facilitators to sexuality and gender diverse young people's participation in sport and physical activity, Sport, Education and Society, 27:5, 604-617, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2021.1897561
Hermans, C. (2023). Pedagogiek van het onderweg zijn. [Pedagogy of the ongoing]. Garant.
Ledoux, G. & Waslander, S. (2020). Evaluatie Passend Onderwijs: Eindrapport [Evaluation Appropriate Education: Final Report]. Amsterdam: Kohnstamm Institute.
Lynch, S., Walton-Fisette, J. L., & Luguetti, C. (2021). Pedagogies of social justice in physical education and youth sport. Routledge.
Van Doodewaard, C.L. (2022). Paradoxes of inclusive teaching practices and the beautiful between. Utrecht University. DOI: 10.33540/1134.
Van Manen, M. (2015). Pedagogical tact. Knowing what to do when you don’t know what to do. New York: Routledge.
Wienen, B. (2022). Van individueel naar inclusief onderwijs.[ From individualized to inclusive education). Instondo B.V.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Daily Physical Activity of Sport Educators

Andra Fernate, Zermena Vazne, Katrina Volgemute

Latvian Academy of Sport, Latvia

Presenting Author: Fernate, Andra

Findings show that a possible reason of burnout among sport educators is the accumulated actual and perceived stress of sports educators (Wright, et al., 2023), even though the work of sports educators is related to physical activities.
A recently published systematic review highlighted that they faces high levels of stress, emphasizing the urgency of exploring and addressing the unique stressors and challenges faced by physical educators (Alsalhe, et al., 2021). Physical education teachers and coaches daily physical activity has been insufficiently studied.
But individuals who participate in moderate physical activity experience fewer complaints of sleep disorders and enjoy enhanced sleep quality (Sejbuk, et al.). Physical activity can be measured by a variety of methods, both objective and subjective, but one of the prerequisites for understanding the relationship between an active lifestyle and wellbeing is to be sure that the instrument measures what it is designed to measure and that it can be used in many countries.
The objective of the research is to investigate daily physical activity and to find out the correlations between measurement properties of sport educators’ self-reported physical activity indicators in the Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ), International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ), European Health Interview Survey-Physical Activity Questionnaire (EHIS-PAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS).

The research questions:
- What is the daily physical activity of sport educators?
- Is there a correlation between the measurement characteristics of sport educators’ self-reported physical activity indicators in in the Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ), International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ), European Health Interview Survey-Physical Activity Questionnaire (EHIS-PAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods: participants were 288 sport educators (age 22-53; 48,6% women and 51,4% men). The type, involvement and amount of physical activity was determined by the GPAQ, IPAQ, EHIS-PAQ, PAS adapted into Latvian. The research results showed that questionnaires allowed to determine the respondents’ physical activity indicators. Statistically significant correlations were determined between indicators obtained in all physical activity questionnaires applied in the research (p<0.05). The following methods were used in the research: the Latvian version of the Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS). Mathematical statistics (descriptive statistics, Cronbach’s coefficient alpha and the inferential statistics).
The adaptation of the questionnaires the Latvian version of the Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS) took place in several stages (ITC, 2017). The forward-backward translation of the questionnaire was provided by professional English and Latvian philology specialists specializing in sport science. The questionnaire process and collection of respondents’ data took place anonymously, in accordance with the Vienna Convention on Human Rights.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results have shown that indicators of internal coherence of the questionnaires on physical activity indicators (Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS)) show a corresponding reliability of the translated Latvian version of the questionnaire. There are statistically significant correlations between the content indicators of all physical activity questionnaires. The preliminary results of this study indicate that PAS underestimates time spent in sedentary behaviour and overestimates time spent in light, moderate and vigorous activity.
References
-Alsalhe, T. A., Chalghaf, N., Guelmami, N., Azaiez, F., & Bragazzi, N. L. (2021). Occupational burnout prevalence and its determinants among physical education teachers: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 15, 553230.
-International Test Commission. (2017). The ITC Guidelines for Translating and Adapting Tests (Second edition). [www.InTestCom.org]
-Sejbuk, M., Mirończuk-Chodakowska, I., & Witkowska, A. M. (2022). Sleep quality: a narrative review on nutrition, stimulants, and physical activity as important factors. Nutrients, 14(9), 1912.
-Wright, S. A., Walker, L. F., & Hall, E. E. (2023). Effects of workplace stress, perceived stress, and burnout on collegiate coach mental health outcomes. Frontiers in sports and active living, 5, 974267. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2023.974267
 
15:15 - 16:4519 SES 02 A: Ethnographies of Gender
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Oddmund Toft
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

How to Party Like a 6th Grader – Gendered Norms and Displays of Identity at the School dance

Oddmund Toft

HINN, Norway

Presenting Author: Toft, Oddmund

This contribution builds on a year-long ethnographic fieldwork in a 6th turned 7th grade class in inland Norway between January and December of 2020. The study was conducted for my PhD-project about Boys’ identity formation at school and in the classroom which has a focus on gender, social class, and identity. The research question for the contribution at hand is How is pupils’ presentation of identity at the school dance shaped by gender norms and the school's gendered practices? In a time when gender identity and gender diversity is widely discussed and focused on, understanding how pupils display their identity within and beyond gender norms in a special school setting is of interest. Identity presentations are not created by themselves in a vacuum but in an interplay between pupils, between pupils and teachers, and between the school as an institution and the people who occupy it. Understanding what room is (or is not) created for alternative, hybrid, or ambivalent gender expressions both within and outside the gender binary can therefore tell us something about how the discourse on gender diversity might develop going forward, and how society will face it in the future.

In this contribution, I will discuss gendered norms and practices at school by looking at a special event, namely, the school dance. This is because the norms found in daily life are not necessarily different from those observed in special events, but they can be exaggerated and more visible in the latter setting. By looking at concrete empirical examples of gendered practices and norms made visible I will discuss what room pupils have to express their gender identities, how different forms of masculinity and femininity are expressed, and what this can tell us about gender discourse in the 2020’s. To discuss this topic, I will use a few different theoretical lenses. As a foundation, I will look at the school dance through Judith Butler’s perspective on the term heteronormativity, and analyze how pupils, through the gendered practices of the school dance, are constituted as gendered bodies in a binary relation to each other (2004, p.159). I will also argue that Butler’s description of heteronormativity as a “discursive constructions nowhere accounted for but everywhere assumed…” (2006, p.58) still holds true in the school context. Furthermore, I will use Marshall Sahlins’ theory about the relationship between social structures and events, and how the latter can lead to change in the former. In the context of gender norms and performance, the theory is relevant since Sahlins tells us that “An event becomes a symbolic relation” (1976, p.21), meaning that the content of the event, whatever it might be, can be used as a symbolic reference of identity. Thus, the event (the school dance) can be utilized to either confirm or break with norms and become a reference for the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project this contribution is based on is ethnographic and contains a year-long fieldwork at a school in inland Norway. The main research method used is participant observation. Throughout the year-long fieldwork, I went to the school every day and sat in class with them, talked and played with them during recess, and ate with them during the lunch breaks. When Norway went into lockdown due to the pandemic, I participated in homeschooling through Teams, where I paid attention to the different chatrooms as well as some of the many online lessons that were held. Alongside participant observation in everyday school life, I also participated in special events hosted or organized by the school, such as the school dance described in this contribution, as well as other events such as a week-long trip to camp, trips to the movies, and a talent show. Participant observation is a preferable method for studying the topic at hand because “the social world must be interpreted from the perspective of the people being studied” (Bryman, 2016, p.399). Furthermore, relying on participant observation allows the researcher to “probe beneath surface appearances” (Bryman, 2016, p.400), and find the taken for granted norms, ideas, and discourses underneath. In addition to this, participant observation is also useful because “there are always things that people do not say publicly, or do not even know how to say” (Cohen, 1984, p.220) which can then be picked up by the researcher through observation and description.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most striking finding from the discussion about gender expression and performance at the school dance is the level of heteronormativity present within the organization of the event itself. While the school in principle is gender inclusive in the sense that gender identity beyond the binary is known and accepted as a concept, the organization of the event, and many other school practices, rely on gender as an unproblematically binary concept. The idea of gender beyond the binary, then, is discussed as an abstract concept ‘out there’, and not connected to the day-to-day operation of the school and organization of its events. This is potentially problematic, as openly trans people are more prevalent and accepted than before (Paechter, 2021, p.610), and we have seen an increase in non-binary gender identities (p.619). The discrepancy between the increase in trans and non-binary gender identities and the heteronormative organization of school practices must be addressed to make school spaces gender inclusive as a baseline.
References
Butler, J. (2004). Performative acts and gender constitution: An essay in phenomenology and feminist theory. In H. Bial (Ed.), The performance studies reader (p. 154-165). Routledge.

Butler, J. (2006). Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Rutledge. (Original work published 1990).
Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford University Press.
Cohen, A. (1984). Participant Observation. In R. Ellen (ed.), Ethnographic research: A guide to general conduct (p. 216-229). Academic Press.
Paechter, C. (2021). Implications for gender and education research arising out of changing ideas about gender. Gender and Education, 33(5), 610-624.
Sahlins, M. (1976). Culture and Practical Reason. University of Chicago Press.


19. Ethnography
Paper

The Anti-romanticisation of Education in Adolescent Girls’ Virtual Handbags: an Ethnographic Approach.

Maria Iacovou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Iacovou, Maria

Phenomena like truancy (Reid, 2014; Lever, 2011; McCormack 2005), indicate that education is not understood as being inherently good by every student. Consequently, within an Inclusive Education perspective, the development of more welcoming educational practices becomes crucial. In addition, a basic underpinning of the evolving field of Disability Studies in Education, is that understandings of the experiences of education for people undergoing oppression is central, both for developing critiques of the ableist structures in educational settings, as well as suggestions of how education might be otherwise (Slee, Corcoran & Best, 2021). With students as active participants, this study set out to address the phenomenon of truancy, by giving voice to a doubly marginalised group of participants, i.e. girls at a Greek-Cypriot VET school.

The research followed a qualitative, ethnographic approach. The site was the VET school where I was working as a Physics teacher. Fieldwork gradually converged to a class of ten girls, whom I shadowed throughout the three years of their upper secondary studies. Research questions involved the girls’ school experiences, patterns of resistance, factors triggering truancy and their calculation of the costs and benefits of their decision to stay out of class/school.

Findings indicate that attributing truancy to endogenous problems of the student is insufficient; the school’s culture was such that it worked as a mechanism that used truancy to ensure its survival. This is an aspect which points to an unhealthiness and anti-romanticisation of education. A culture of exchanging commodities was revealed, which bears comparison to economic notions. More specifically, negotiating over their absences was for the girls a cost and benefit calculation, since leniency over excess absences was a desirable trade-off for choosing a specific vocational study area, even if that was not the one they were interested in to begin with. This seems to have been a defining aspect in triggering feelings of meaninglessness over education, which was in turn one of the triggers of truancy. The collateral damages seemed to be massive with regard to the girls’ understanding of the purpose of education, the perpetuation of negative VET reputation and the reproduction of their vocational identities.

The idea of the ‘virtual handbag’ has been used to bring together the concepts and ideas which synthesise the thesis of this PhD dissertation; the girls carried in their virtual handbags and utilised resources given to them in order to shape their own actions, but these resources were often unhealthy. In line with the underpinnings of the theoretical framework of Social Exchange Theory, the girls’ subsequent interchange of the resources given to them was equally unhealthy, not always as a form of resistance, but as an eager reciprocation of the commodities been given to them. This was a dangerous and now perhaps a newly discussed form of pyrrhic victory, when compared to the notion as raised by Willis (1977/1981); the girls were particularly creative agents through their cost and benefit calculations and believed that they were in a win-win situation, but what they managed to do instead, was to reproduce social structures.

Despite the gloomy picture, the aforementioned findings are an indication of the importance of longer lasting ethnographic research undertaken by teachers-researchers, as a method of delving into the underpinnings of students’ identity formation. In this process, teacher training is vital. Finally, further focusing on students’ voice, especially of marginalised groups, is proposed to be a powerful future research step for the development of more inclusive understandings and interventions to truancy; I hold that the above are crucial issues to be discussed in depth within international conferences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
     A qualitative, ethnographic approach was undertaken. The site was the VET school where I was working as a Physics teacher. Fieldwork gradually converged to a class of ten girls, whom I shadowed throughout the three years of their upper secondary studies up to the night of their graduation ceremony, including summer school holidays, when our communication was mainly in the form of phone calls, texts, hanging out at coffee shops and nights out for a drink. I kept contact with many of them ever since, as a result of the familiarity that was built during these three years.

     Both verbal tools and written tools were used as data sources (Groundwater-Smith, Dockett & Bottrell, 2015), namely interviews, participant and non-participant observation, discussions, artefacts, a researcher’s diary and questionnaires. The combination of different methods allowed for the creation of a tightly woven net which can support the arguments raised (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2000), what is known as the Mosaic approach (Groundwater-Smith, Dockett & Bottrell, 2015) or as triangulation (Bell and Opie, 2002).

     The choice of the specific setting has been a conscious decision. The fact that I had already worked in the specific school for many years made the setting familiar. However, I made freshmen students as the focus of my study, in order to challenge the previous familiarity of the setting. Once again in order to fight familiarity (Delamont, 2014), considering the fact that I was both a researcher as well as a teacher in the setting, I decided to gather information from participants from all three years of classes in order to ‘get the vibe’ of the general setting and at the same time making the focus of the study the class of ten girls in their first year, who were at first complete strangers to me.

     I relied heavily on trying to build an honest and trustful relationship with the girls. Indeed, ethnographers like Russel (2013) point out the importance of a trustful relationship with participants when researching marginalised young people. Unlike what researchers such as Menzies and Santoro (2018), Corrigan (1979) and Russell (2011) report, gaining valid information from the students did not seem to be threatened by my teacher role. Because of my unpretentious approach, students found it novel that they could open up about their personal lives and the issues bothering them in my presence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
     Findings suggest that the school’s culture was such that it worked as a mechanism that used truancy to ensure its survival. This is an aspect which points to an unhealthiness and anti-romanticisation of education. A culture of exchanging commodities was revealed, which bears comparison to economic notions. This seems to have been a defining aspect in triggering feelings of meaninglessness over education, which was in turn one of the triggers of truancy. The collateral damages seemed to be massive with regard to the girls’ understanding of the purpose of education, the perpetuation of negative VET reputation and the reproduction of their vocational identities.

     The idea of the ‘virtual handbag’ has been used to bring together the concepts and ideas which synthesise the thesis of this PhD dissertation; the girls carried in their virtual handbags and utilised resources given to them in order to shape their own actions, but these resources were often unhealthy. The girls’ subsequent interchange of resources given to them was equally unhealthy, not always as a form of resistance, but as an eager reciprocation of the commodities been given to them. This was a dangerous form of pyrrhic victory; the girls were particularly creative agents through their cost and benefit calculations and believed that they were in a win-win situation, but what they managed to do instead, was to reproduce social structures.

     Despite the gloomy picture, the findings are an indication of the importance of longer lasting ethnographic research undertaken by teachers-researchers, as a method of delving into the underpinnings of students’ identity formation. Further focusing on students’ voice, especially of marginalised groups, is proposed to be a powerful future research step for the development of more inclusive interventions to truancy; I hold that the above are crucial issues to be discussed in depth within international conferences.

References
Bell, J. & Opie, C. (2002) Learning from Research. Getting more from your data. Open University Press.

Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2000) Research Methods in Education (5th ed.), RoutledgeFalmer.

Corrigan, P. (1979) Schooling the Smash Street Kids. Macmillan.

Delamont, S. (2014) Key Themes in the Ethnography of Education: Achievements and Agendas. Sage.

Groundwater-Smith, S., Dockett, S. & Bottrell, D. (2015) Participatory Research with Children and Young People. Sage.

Lever, C. (2011) Understanding Challenging Behaviour in Inclusive Classrooms. Pearson Education. Retrieved from https://www.dawsonera.com/readonline/9781408248287/startPage/8

McCormack, I. (2005) Getting the Buggers to Turn up. Continuum.

Menzies, F . G. & Santoro, N. (2018) ‘Doing’ gender in a rural Scottish secondary school: an ethnographic study of classroom interactions. Ethnography and Education, 13(4), pp. 428-441.

Reid, K. (2014) An Essential Guide to Improving Attendance in your School: Practical resources for all school managers. Routledge.
  
Russell, L. (2013) Researching Marginalised Young People. Ethnography and Education. 8(1), pp. 46-60.

Russell, L. (2011) Understanding Pupil Resistance: Integrating Gender, Ethnicity and Class. An educational ethnography. Gloucestershire: E & E Publishing.

Slee, R., Corcoran, T. & Best, M. (2021) Disability Studies in Education – Building Platforms to Reclaim Disability and Recognise Disablement. Journal of Disability Studies in Education, v1, pp.3-13.

Willis, P. (1981) Learning to Labour. How working class kids get working class jobs. Columbia University Press. Original work published 1977.
 
15:15 - 16:4520 SES 02 A: Inclusion difficulties in education
Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir
Paper Session
15:15 - 16:4521 SES 02 A: Paper Session 2
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Patrick Geffard
Paper Session
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

‘Professional Adolescence’ in Nursing Training and Approach of the Death.

Sandrine Jullien Villemont

Université Rouen Normandie, France

Presenting Author: Jullien Villemont, Sandrine

My PhD research deals with professionalisation of nursing student as a time caled ‘Professional Adolescence’. In this context, I was led to consider what happens for these students in their approach to patients’ death. To become a nurse, students learn in hospital where they experience unprecedented situations. Those new situations can be difficult, particularly when students are confronted with the death of patients. The heart of nursing work lies in the link that is created between the carer and the patient, which is known as the carer-patient relationship. Students are often very involved in this relationship, which can generate emotions for which they are not prepared. What’s more, care institutions don’t seem to give a lot place to the expression of affects in the professionalisation of nursing students. Mej Hibold (2019) has examined the professionalisation of early childhood professionals in France. They are forbidden to express their feelings towards the children, because this is considered unprofessional and the expression of affects is relegated to the private sphere. This kind of injunction to ‘be professional’ can be found among French nurses. The idea of ‘leaving your emotions in the cloakroom’ when you put on your professional uniform has been passed on from generation to generation of nurses. When emotions are considered, it is most often in terms of developing ‘emotional skills’, sometimes through procedural work. (Donnaint, Gagnayre, Marchand, 2015).

My research is situated in the field of ‘Education and Psychoanalysis’ and more specifically in a ‘clinical approach psychoanalytically orientated in Education and training’ (Blanchard-Laville, Chaussecourte, Hatchuel & Pechberty, 2005). I used clinical research interviews (Yelnik, 2005) with student nurses to explore their training as a period of ‘professional adolescence’. Particularly, this is a concept studied by Louis-Marie Bossard, a French researcher for future teachers (Bossard, 2000, 2001, 2004). Professional adolescence aims to understand the psychic processes at work in the transition from the student situation to professional situation, by analogy with those characteristic of adolescence.

During these interviews, the students talk, among other things, about their approach to death, which they had never come into contact with before their placements in care settings. The clinical analysis of their discourse (Chaussecourte, 2023) leads me to wonder how the uncertainty generated by the confrontation with death says something about the ‘professional adolescence’ of these students. The impossibility of anticipating a situation that has never arisen in the past, but which is certain to happen during the placements, puts the students' imaginations to work, which is very anxiety-provoking. During their training, when they have cared for patients right up to the end of life, the patient's death remains uncertain if they have not observed it themselves : for death to exist, students must be living witnesses to it. The discourse of carers is not enough to make it real. Finally, the approach of death makes the nursing profession very difficult, and one of the students chose to continue at school after graduation. She has decided to stay on as a student because practising nursing makes her future life too unpredictable. She needs more time to become a professional.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

My research approach considers the unconscious in a Freudian sense and takes into account its manifestations in order to propose theoretical hypothesis. My research is a qualitative one based on a longitudinal cohort of four nursing students. The data collection method is the clinical interview for research. All in all, ten clinical research interviews have been conducted with the students between June 2021 and June 2023. This is a non-directive interview lasting approximately forty-five minutes during which the researcher speaks as less as possible. The aim is to influence the interviewee's words the less as possible. The interview begins with a ‘guideline’ well prepared. This is the only intervention prepared by the researcher. The interview guideline for my research is : ‘You have chosen to become a nurse and you are in training at the training institute of Xxxx. Today, what would you say about what you are experiencing in training ? I would like you to talk to me as spontaneously and as freely as possible, as it comes to you’.
The interviewee's talk is supported by the researcher's open attitude, his look, the use of the interviewee’s own word to make the interview goes again, and a respect for silences when they serve to elaborate the interviewee's thought. This requires constant work for me, on my implications, on my posture and on my identity as a researcher insofar as I am a trainer in a nursing school.
During the clinical interview, the researcher does not take notes, but is entirely available to receive the interviewee's words. In the immediate defferred action of the interview, I write my feelings, my impressions, my first associations. I also write notes about the general environment of the interview. The interviews are recorded, transcribed and fully anonymised. The analysis of the interviews is done in several steps : first, the analysis of the researcher's interventions, to perceive the way in which he influenced the interviewee's ideas. Second, the analysis of the manifest content which describes what the interviewee intentionally said, with a chronological way of identifying the themes addressed. Then, the analysis of the latent content which is a way to enlightening a part of the inconscious psychic process for the interviewee. The tool for this latent content analysis is the researcher's counter-transference (Chaussecourte, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Several interpretative hypotheses concerning the students' ‘professional adolescence’ can be put forward in the light of the analysis of their approach to death. They all seem to highlight a fear of breaking the continuity of existence. And ‘this is how we might define one of the aspects of the work of adolescence in order to 'become an adult': to enter into the uncertain time of life, and to inhabit it, without breaking the feeling of continuity of existence’. (Triandafillidis, 1996) . I wonder whether this idea could be transposed to the transition from the student situation to the professional situation, the traces of which could be seen in training situations where the patient dies. It is possible that the uncertainty linked to death is so unbearable that one of the students tries to control it. I wonder if this could be the expression of a form of omnipotence that responds to a need for continuity, perhaps also expressing immortality strategies. The necessity of 'seeing death’ and being a deliberate witness to it is also expressed in the interviews. Can we see this need to confront death as a kind of risk-taking behaviour, like that of teenagers seeking to surpass themselves in order to test their ability to survive ? When nursing students are dealing with the death of patients, are they looking for 'proof of survival' in front of the risk of 'the ordeal of discontinuity' (Triandafillidis, 1996) ? If the student saw the patients die, that means she is alive. If she hasn't seen them, death is perceived as an absolute uncertainty that sends her to her own death.
References
Blanchard-Laville, C., Chaussecourte, P., Hatchuel, F., Pechberty, B. (2005). Recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique dans le champ de l’éducation et de la formation. Revue française de pédagogie, (151), 111-162.
Bossard, L.M. (2000). La crise identitaire. In Blanchard-Laville, C. & Nadot, S. (dirs.). Malaise dans la formation des enseignants (97-147). Paris : L’Harmattan
Bossard, L.M. (2001). Soizic : Une « adolescence professionnelle » interminable ? Connexions, 75, 69-83.
Bossard, L-M. (2004). De la situation d’étudiant(e) à celle d’enseignant(e) du second degré : Approche clinique du passage (Thèse de doctorat en Sciences de l’Education). Université Paris 10, Nanterre.
Chaussecourte, P. (2017). Autour de la question du « contre transfert du chercheur » dans les recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique en sciences de l’éducation. Cliopsy, 17, 107-127. https://doi.org/10.3917/cliop.017.0107
Chaussecourte, P. (2023). Proposition de points de repères méthodologiques pour un entretien clinique de recherche d’orientation psychanalytique. Cliopsy, 29, 59-74. https://doi-org.ezproxy.normandie-univ.fr/10.3917/cliop.029.0059
Donnaint, É., Marchand, C. & Gagnayre, R. (2015). Formalisation d’une technique pédagogique favorisant le développement de la pratique réflexive et des compétences émotionnelles chez des étudiants en soins infirmiers. Recherche en soins infirmiers, 123, 66-76. https://doi.org/10.3917/rsi.123.0066
Hilbold, M. (2019). Une alternative à l’injonction de mise à distance des affects : une forme de « professionnalisation clinique ». Cliopsy, 21, 121-134.
Triandafillidis, A. (1996). Stratégies d’immortalité. Adolescence, 14(1), 25-41.
Yelnik, Catherine. (2005). L’entretien clinique de recherche en sciences de l’éducation. Recherche & formation, (50), 133-146.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

"Because They Had Nothing Else." Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Gaming in Uncertain Times.

Christin Reisenhofer

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Reisenhofer, Christin

The Covid-19 pandemic and the associated government measures to contain the spread of the virus, in the form of curfews, the suppression of gatherings, social distancing and the switch to distance learning and generally digital formats in schools, universities, other educational institutions and out-of-school youth work, have led to a significant reduction in social contact. This enforced social distancing, combined with the absence or reduction of physical contact and interpersonal encounters, has led and continues to lead to a reduced sense of well-being, in addition to the general uncertainty caused by the epidemic and individual frustration, anxiety, aggression and varying degrees of loss of control, certainty, and autonomy.

Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the question of the challenges and uncertainties faced especially by young people has received considerable media attention. In Austria, this mainly concerns the results of the WHO HBSC study (see ORF.at 20/23), which shows an increase in mental health problems among adolescents. Various coping strategies are designed to maintain or restore mental balance. These are discussed by August Ruhs (2020), for example, on the basis of a three-step sequence of frustration, aggression and regression, by Marianne Leu zinger-Bohleber (2020) with reference to regression and omnipotent denial, or by Ingo Jungclaussen (2020) with reference to individual suffering according to personality structure. However, while the measures ordered to curb the Covid-19 pandemic sometimes place massive restrictions on young people's education, social interactions, space and leisure activities, digital game worlds offer a wide range of opportunities for experience and interaction.

Against this background, studies on the consumption of games by young people show that the amount of time spent playing games has increased since the pandemic (Yougov 2020). There has also been an increase in the diagnosis of young people with a computer game addiction (DAK 2020). In psychoanalytic-pedagogical terms, the results of these studies raise the question of the significance and function of young people's gaming in times of uncertainty and crisis. In this sense, the aim of the present paper is a critical discussion of digital role-playing games from a psychoanalytical and educational perspective as a possible strategy for coping with uncertainty. Due to their interactive structure, the simultaneous interaction and networking of several players, digital role-playing games are a particularly worthwhile object of research. Agency, digital relationships, and escapism can provide potential relief for gamers, especially during uncertain times. However, this can only compensate to a limited extent for the lack of physical interpersonal relationships, as is discussed in this paper.

The "Ich Zocke"/"I am gaming" study, initiated at the Department of Psychoanalysis and Education at the University of Vienna, aims to answer the above stated questions. In the summer of 2021, still at the height of COVID, a total of 15 young people between the ages of 11 and 21 were interviewed using a combination of narrative and problem-centred interviews about their experiences of the pandemic in relation to their gaming. Another survey was carried out in the winter of 2023, and will be followed up in 2024.

The planned paper will present the results of this study, focusing on the function and importance of games for adolescents in dealing with uncertainty.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In contrast to the published large-scale quantitative studies on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the living circumstances and gaming behaviour of adolescents, there are hardly any qualitative surveys focusing on the subjective experience of young people thus far. In order to address this issue, the authors carried out a qualitative study with adolescents between the ages of 11 and 21, in which 15 interviews were conducted (9 of which via Discord or ZOOM) with approximately one-hour interview time. We distributed flyers via multipliers in schools and out-of-school settings (social workers, teachers, social pedagogues, etc.) and then asked interested adolescents to forward our digital flyers to their peers. Although the flyer was explicitly designed to be gender-neutral, hardly any girls or self-identified queer adolescents responded to our request, a circumstance that could be critically considered in further research. The interviews began with an open-ended question ("Can you please tell me your life story in relation to computer games?"), with the aim of capturing the subjective experience of each participant. The subsequent narrative was not interrupted until a deliberate end of answer was detected. The first follow-up questions were aimed at eliciting more detailed information on some of the respondents' previous statements. To give an idea of this line of questioning, a follow-up question was: "You said that you got into computer games when you were 6 years old by playing Gameboy with your father. Could you tell me more about that?" However, in order to remain focused on the specific research interest of this study, namely the experience and significance of gaming in the COVID-19 crisis, participants then entered an interview phase in which they were asked questions that addressed relevant research topics that may not have been addressed previously, such as: "Could you tell me about the pandemic, from when you first heard about it until now?" This approach, and the associated advantages and disadvantages of combining narrative and semi-structured interview techniques, is also discussed by Scheibelhofer (2008). An initial evaluation was carried out following Mayring's (2007) concept of qualitative content analysis, taking into account inductive category formation as the development of categories identified in the material. The paper then goes on to answer the question of how psychoanalytic theories can specifically contribute to a differentiated understanding of the described approaches to the subjective experiences of young people.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both, empirical evidence, and the development of psychoanalytic-pedagogical theories and concepts will be needed to address the relevance of computer games for young people and their emotional regulation related to uncertainty. The study presented here reaches its limits in terms of the number of subjects, the time span of the survey and the methodological evaluation of the interviews conducted. On the one hand, this will continue to be researched at the Department of Psychoanalytic Pedagogy at the University of Vienna. On the other hand, it provides first indications of the experiences of adolescents in crisis related to computer games and also offers starting points for further research in this field. Practical implications for teachers, social pedagogues, social workers, psychotherapists and other people who work or live with adolescents must also follow the research on how adolescents deal with games, not only to understand them in times of crisis, but also to be able to provide them with the best possible professional support.
References
Adams, M.V. (1997). Metaphors in Psychoanalytic Theory and Therapy. Clinical Social Work Journal, 27–39.
Beltrán, W. S. (2012). Yearning for the Hero Within: Live Action Role-Playing as Engagement with Mythical Archetypes. In S. L. Bowman & A. Vanek, (Hrsg.), Wyrd Con Companion 2012 (S. 89–96). Mountain View/CA: Wyrd Con
Bick, E. (1991 [1962]). Kinderanalyse heute. In E. Bott Spillius (Hrsg.), Melanie Klein heute. Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis, Bd. 2, Anwendungen (S. 225–236). Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta
Büttner, C. & Trescher, H.-G. (1986). Neues Spiel – neues Glück. Über Videospieler und Groschengräber. In dies. (Hrsg.), Adieu Alltag: Das Glück des Augenblicks (S. 48–59). München: Kösel
Bohleber, W. (1996). Adoleszenz und Identität. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta
Erikson, E.H. (1979). Kindheit und Gesellschaft. Stuttgart: Klett Cotta
Erikson, E.H. (1980 [1959]). Identity and Life Cycle. New York, London: W.W. Norton &
Comp
Fuchs, M. (2016). »Ruinensehnsucht«. Longing for Decay in Computer Games. http://www.digra.org/wp-content/uploads/digital-library/paper_67.compressed1.pdf (31.03.2021)
Freud A [1927] (1980): Einführung in die Technik der Kinderanalyse. Frankfurt/M.: Fischer
Hoeger, L. & Huber, W. (2007). Ghastly multiplication: Fatal Frame II and the Videogame Uncanny. http://www.digra.org/wp-content/uploads/digital-library/07313.12302.pdf (31.03.2021)
Jungclaussen, Ingo (2020): COVID-19-Pandemie: Progression versus Regression. https://www.aerzteblatt.de/archiv/213537/COVID-19-Pandemie-Progression-versus-Regression (31.03.2021)
Klein M [1932] (1973): Die Psychoanalyse des Kindes. München: Kindler
Leuzinger-Bohleber, Marianne (2020): 3-Sat Interview, Sendung Scobel. https://www.3sat.de/wissen/scobel/scobel-corona-demokratie-und-angst-100.html (Verfügbar bis 19.3.2025)
Mittlböck, Katharina (2020): Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Digitales Rollenspiel. Gaming aus psychoanalytischpädagogischer Sicht. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag
Övus. (2019): 5,3 Millionen Österreicher spielen Videospiele. https://www.ovus.at/news/ueber-fuenf-millionen-oesterreicher-spielen-videospiele/ (31.03.2021)
Ruhs, August (2020):  Das Pandämonium der Pandemie oder warum z.B. das Hamstern von Klopapier Sinn macht. https://psychoanalyse.or.at/nachrichten/artikel/2020/04/das-pandaemonium-der-pandemie-oder-warum-zb-das-hamstern-von-klopapier-sinn-macht/ (31.03.2021)
Ulrike Prokop, Bernhard Görlich (Hg.) (2006): Szenisches Verstehen. Zur Erkenntnis des Unbewußten (Kulturanalysen Bd. 1 ) Marburg: Tectum Verlag
Wininger, Michael (2006) Psychoanalytisch-pädagogische Anmerkungen zum adoleszenten Ablösgsprozess. In: Psychoanalyse und Heilpädagogik, 6
Winnicott DW [1971] (1979): Vom Spiel zur Kreativität. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta
Zulliger H (1963): Heilende Kräfte im kindlichen Spiel. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Eros and Education: Decreasing Surplus-repression in Schooling with Powerful Knowledge

Mikko Niemelä

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Niemelä, Mikko

This paper presentation introduces a study that connects Herbert Marcuse's (1955) Freudian theory of civilization with the concept of powerful knowledge developed by Michael Young and Johan Muller (see Niemelä, 2021; Young & Muller, 2016). The main idea of the paper is to build an interpretation of Young and Muller’s (2010) model of the three educational scenarios and the concept of powerful knowledge as the key idea of the third scenario through Marcuse’s Freudian concepts. This study asks: how Marcuse's concept of surplus-repression helps to identify the limitations and potentials of powerful knowledge?

Herbert Marcuse, a social philosopher and a member of the Frankfurt School, spent his entire career searching for an answer to the question of how human free self-realization is possible in a society organised through the principles of the conforming and alienating capitalist mode of production. Thus, hope is intrinsic to Marcuse’s philosophy, but not without considering its conditions.

Early Marcuse drew significantly from Martin Heidegger’s fundamental ontology, in which being here (Dasein) means first and foremost an alienated coexistence immersed in social everydayness (Heidegger, 1978). Later, Marcuse (1955; see Niemelä, 2023) applied Sigmund Freud's (2002) theory of civilization, which is pessimistic in describing the development of civilization as an inevitable deepening of the repression of the instincts. However, Marcuse criticized Freud's theory for not considering the potentially liberating developments unleashed by the capitalist accumulation. Marcuse saw that the material wealth created through capitalist production has generated objective conditions for “pacification of existence” (Marcuse, 1991).

Marcuse adheres to Freud's assumption that the repression of instincts, for example by postponing gratification, is a prerequisite for the existence of an organized society. However, Marcuse develops the concept of "surplus-repression" to describe the repression of instincts, which stems from a certain historical form of society, and is therefore not necessary. In a competitive capitalist society, surplus-repression is the outcome of the collective reality principle that Marcuse named the "performance principle".

In contemporary education, the performance principle manifests itself especially in the popularity of competency-based education. Since society is considered to be in a state of rapid change, and the future needs of the capitalist production of value are uncertain, studying quickly outdated (sic.) knowledge is deemed as old-fashioned and not useful. Instead, it makes sense to develop competencies that can be flexibly used in constantly changing situations (Buddeberg & Hornberg, 2017; see Rosa, 2013). Young and Muller (2016) have criticized competence-based education for neglecting the role of knowledge in education and presented powerful knowledge as an idea to explain why access to truthful knowledge is in the heart of educational equality.

Young and Muller (2010) have created an ideal-typical model of three educational scenarios for the future, of which I make a Marcusian interpretation. The model describes two scenarios that represent the existing schooling, and a third one as a favourable path towards the future: 1) a modern knowledge-centred school where the truths of those in power are studied, 2) a post-modern learner-centred school with the focus on competencies, 3) a school that tries to expand the worldviews of new generations with powerful knowledge.

Bringing Young and Muller together with Marcuse allows to put the idea of powerful knowledge to a broader societal context from which is has been distanced. It helps to clarify the meaning of the three scenarios and powerful knowledge. The first scenario is represented as a civilization, where surplus-repression is produced with direct, and in the second scenario through indirect domination in accordance with the performance principle. In turn, the third scenario is reformulated as a struggle against surplus-repression with the powers of knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a philosophical paper, which strategy is to bring two aforementioned theories together to better understand what we could mean with the third scenario as a favourable future for education. The philosophical method of the paper is to re-examine Young and Muller's (2010) heuristic of the three educational scenarios via intrerpreting it through Marcuse's (1955) concept of surplus-repression. The first scenario represents schooling that is directly controlled by those in power. The suprlus-repression is generated from the outside of the individuals. The second scenario is depicting schooling that claims to liberate students from the direct control, however replacing it with indirect surplus-repression. The repression is internalised with demand to constant adaptation to the uncertain personal and societal futures. Powerful knowledge constitutes a third alternative. With the accumulated multidisciplinary knowledge, new generations can expand their worldviews and build realistic utopias beyond the performance principle dominating the current aims of education.
The main sources include the works of Michael Young and Johan Muller, in which they develop the concept of powerful knowledge and present their model of three educational scenarios. The second main source consists of Herbert Marcuse’s works, especially Eros and Civilization (1955). Freud’s writings on social psychology, especially Civilization and its discontents, are used also as secondary sources along with studies on the acceleration of society influenced by Hartmut Rosa. Rosa’s (2013) research about acceleration of society builds evidence of social change that keeps Freud’s theory of civilization and Marcuse’s reinterpretation of it still relevant.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this study is to better understand the meaning of the third educational scenario and powerful knowledge as its key concept by connecting it to Herbert Marcuse’s Freudian theory describing the development of civilization. In this way, this study expects to clarify that certain repression is inevitable in education, but not all repression, because some of it reflects the current historical form of society. Thus, it is crucial to distinguish necessary repression from surplus-repression and to understand that learning knowledge demands the repression of immediate instincts, but can liberate from the inner and outer demands that are recognized as unnecessary with the powers of knowledge.
Certain level of repression is necessary for the young people to learn the accumulated knowledge produced by the preceding generations. In the third scenario, necessary repression is acknowledged, but efforts are made to decrease surplus-repression. The aim of powerful knowledge is not only the transmission of knowledge to the new generations, but also to nurture the critical potentials of reason. According to Young and Muller (2016), powerful knowledge enables to envisage alternatives or “think the unthinkable and not yet thought” (Bernstein, 2000). The quest for critique and for phantasies of the possible was also in the centre of Marcuse's philosophy. However, without knowledge, the possibilities of change would not lay on the foundations of material socio-historical reality: "Knowledge, intelligence, reason are catalysts of social change. They lead to the projection of possibilities of a "better" order and the violation of socially useful taboos and illusions" (Marcuse, 2009, pp. 33–34).

References
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory,
Research, Critique (2nd ed.). Rowman & Littlefield.
Buddeberg, M., & Hornberg, S. (2017). Schooling in times of acceleration. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1256760
Freud, S. (2002). Civilization and its discontents. Penguin Books.
Heidegger, M. (1978). Being and Time. Blackwell.
Marcuse, H. (1955). Eros and Civilization: A Philosophical Inquiry into Freud. Beacon Press.
Marcuse, H. (1991). One-Dimensional Man: Studies in the Ideology of Advanced Industrial Society (2nd ed.). Beacon Press.
Marcuse, H. (2009). Lecture on Education, Brooklyn College, 1968. In D. Kellner, T. Lewis, C. Pierce, & K. D. Cho (Eds.), Marcuse’s Challenge to Education (pp. 33–38). Rowman & Littlefield.
Niemelä, M. A. (2021). Crossing curricular boundaries for powerful knowledge. Curriculum Journal, 32(2), 359–375. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.77
Niemelä, M. A. (2023). Ahdistavan kulttuurin tuolle puolen [review of book Marcuse H. Eros ja sivilisaatio]. Niin & Näin, 2023(1), 130–132.
Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity (J. Trejo-Mathys (trans.)). Columbia University Press.
Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2010). Three educational scenarios for the future: Lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11–27. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2009.01413.x
Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the Specialization of Knowledge. Routledge.
 
15:15 - 16:4522 SES 02 A: Students' Assessment and Feedback
Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Jani Ursin
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Re-considering Authentic Assessment Through the Lenses of Sustainability, Diversity and Partnership

Patrick Baughan

The University of Law, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Baughan, Patrick

This paper will re-examine the widely used term of ‘authentic assessment’ and argue that certain notions and assumptions about it might usefully be re-considered in view of shifting expectations and priorities in higher education. The paper links to the theme of the conference in suggesting that our conceptions of authentic assessment, and applications of it to pedagogic practice, need to shift to account for broader changes, most pointedly social, economic and environmental issues categorised under the heading of sustainability and ESD (education for sustainable development). The paper seeks to offer some new perspectives in response to the following questions:

  1. How is authentic assessment understood and used in contemporary higher education?
  2. Would there be greater value in re-pivoting our use of authentic assessment, so that it reflects current societal and educational pressures and priorities, such as sustainability, diversity and partnership?

Whilst authentic assessment is a valuable term in that it provides a tool for educating about assessment, it has also become one that is somewhat generalised. It is often used as an explanatory mechanism to promote better practice in assessment; similarly, it is often tied to employability agendas, with the assumption that assessment should focus on preparing learners for the world of work.

But should authentic assessment be about more than these things? In this re-conceptualisation, I will opine that, during their assessment journeys and over the duration of their studies, students should be exposed to wider issues by way of their assessment experiences, through alternative, contemporary lenses. These lenses include:

Authenticity as sustainability - Higher education needs to engage more deeply and urgently with sustainability. Students should graduate as ‘sustainable beings’, which means that environmental and social aspects of sustainability should be embedded in curricula, teaching and assessment. These points are supported in student-based research – see, for example work by ‘Students Organising for Sustainability’ (sos.org.uk).

Authenticity as student-staff partnership and student experience - Students should have the be actively involved in their assessment process as a normal practice. We need to collaborate with students, to provide a more student-centred student experience in assessment.

Authenticity as equality, diversity and inclusion - Assessment cannot be authentic if some learners are disadvantaged. Authentic assessment is that which is fair to all, inclusive of all, and takes steps to mitigate against unconscious bias.

Whilst other factors also need to be addressed in our efforts to develop authenticity, such as the rise and influence of Artificial Intelligence (AI), the above three will be focused on here. Further, given the recognised ‘urgency of sustainability’ the paper will concentrate especially on the first of the above.

The paper will draw on a range of contemporary literature, including that on assessment design (Sambell, 2013; Brown and Sambell, 2020), authentic assessment (and feedback) (Navé Wald and Harland, 2017; Carless et al, 2020; McArthur, 2023), education for sustainable development (UNESCO, 2017; Advance HE, 2021; Smith, 2023); equality, inclusivity and unconscious bias (Agarwal, Mercer-Mapstone and Bovill, 2020, Tai et al, 2023; Sway, 2020) and student-staff partnership (Cook-Sather, Bovill and Felten, 2014; Students Organising for Sustainability – SOS – www.sos-uk.org).

Finally, examples will be given of how authentic assessment has been applied in specific contexts using the lenses advocated.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The key points and arguments to be presented are formed from a literature review, which draws on themes including assessment design, authentic assessment, education for sustainable development, equality, diversity and inclusion, and staff student partnership. It applies and discusses publications and policy documents including those identified in the previous section – although these are examples and additional literature will be utilised. Further, the work makes use of other secondary sources, these being informal conversations and notes from the author’s direct involvement in assessment policy and pedagogy at several institutions. Specific application will be made to several key sources and guideline documents on education for sustainable development, including a forthcoming text of which the author of this paper is contributing, entitled ‘Education for Sustainable Development in Universities: Nurturing Graduates for Our Shared Future’ (Routledge, 2024). Finally, a reflective element based on a theory of reflection by Moon (2005) has been used to guide the approach and analysis. Whilst this is a UK based work, it will, through its use of literature and in its discussion, consider European and international contributions and frameworks, and again, particularly by way of its focus on education for sustainable development (ESD).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In sum, this paper, which reports on an ongoing work, argues that to ensure authentic assessment remains a term with currency in higher education, and to ensure that authentic assessment is itself practised authentically, we need to connect it to wider, contemporary issues and challenges – through different lenses at different times - such as sustainability, wellbeing, equality, diversity and inclusion, and collaboration and partnership. In essence, authentic assessment should no longer be seen a static term to be applied in the same way to every learning, teaching, and assessment context, but as a more fluid and flexible entity. By adopting such an approach, we are more likely to achieve our goal of sustaining authenticity in assessment in the long term, as a central part of the learning and teaching process.
References
Agarwell, P. (2020). Sway: Unravelling Unconscious Bias, Bloomsbury.

Baughan, P. (2021). Reflecting on significant moments: how our own assessment journeys guide us in assessing and providing feedback to others. Invited paper, Teaching and Learning Event (online), Autonomous University of Barcelona, 4th June.

Brown, S. and Sambell, K. (2020). The changing landscape of assessment: possible replacements for unseen, time constrained, face-to-face invigilated exams. Retrieved 10.8.23 from: https://www.seda.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Paper-3-The-changing-landscape-of-assessment-some-possible-replacements-for-unseen-time-constrained-face-to-face-invigilated-exams-4.pdf

Carless, D. (2020). Feedback in online learning environments, in Baughan, P, Carless, D, Moody, J, and Stoakes, G. Moving Assessment and Feedback On-Line: Key Principles for Inclusion, Pedagogy and Practice. Retrieved 1 June 2021 from: https://connect.advance-he.ac.uk/networks/events/33587 [member access only].

Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C. and Felten. P. (2014). Engaging Students as Partners in Learning and Teaching: A Guide for Faculty. CA, Jossey-Bass.

Dawson, P., D. Carless, and Lee, P. P. W. (2020). Authentic feedback: Supporting learners to engage in disciplinary feedback practices. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1769022

JISC (2015) https://www.jisc.ac.uk/guides/transforming-assessment-and-feedback/inclusive-assessment

McArthur, J. (2023). Rethinking authentic assessment: work, well-being, and society. Higher Education, 85(1), 85–101. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00822-y

Mercer-Mapstone, L., & Bovill, C. (2020). Equity and diversity in institutional approaches to student–staff partnership schemes in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 45(12), 2541–2557. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1620721

McCune, V. and Hounsell, D. (2005) The development of students’ ways of thinking and practising in three final year biology courses, Higher Education, 49, 3, pp. 255-289.

Navé Wald, N and Harland, T.  (2017) A framework for authenticity in designing a research-based curriculum, Teaching in Higher Education, 22:7, 751-765, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2017.1289509

Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) (2023) Resources for implementing Education for Sustainability, Gloucester,  QAA.
https://www.qaa.ac.uk/news-events/news/collection-of-resources-for-implementing-education-for-sustainability-now-available

Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) and Advance HE (2021) Education for Sustainable Development Guidance, Gloucester,  QAA. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/teaching-and-learning/education-sustainable-development-higher-education

Sambell, K. (2013). Assessment for Learning in Higher Education. London, Routledge.

United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. Paris, France. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444

Smith, J. (2023). Climate Change and Student Mental Health – Report. Student Minds / UPP. https://www.studentminds.org.uk/uploads/3/7/8/4/3784584/climate_change_and_student_mental_health.pdf

Tai, J., Ajjawi, R., Bearman, M., Boud, D., Dawson, P., & Jorre de St Jorre, T. (2023). Assessment for inclusion: rethinking contemporary strategies in assessment design. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(2), 483–497. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2022.2057451


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Students’ Voices In Co-designing Internal Feedback Research: First Methodological Steps

Maite Fernández-Ferrer1, Ana Remesal Ortiz2

1Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain; 2Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Fernández-Ferrer, Maite; Remesal Ortiz, Ana

Recently, there has been considerable research on formative assessment, as evidenced by extensive scientific literature and systematic reviews. Particularly relevant are reviews exploring the evolving relationship between formative assessment (FA) and student self-regulated learning (SRL) (Winstone et al., 2017).

However, the process of self-assessment, which involves internalizing standards to regulate learning effectively, remains somewhat opaque (Lui & Andrade, 2022). Thus, there is a pertinent need to investigate the factors influencing this process, the student processes involved in interpreting and applying feedback, and how they contribute to self-regulated learning.

Feedback, understood here as the process through which students make sense of information to improve tasks and learning (Carles & Boud, 2018), requires both student and teacher’s feedback literacy. Our contribution is part of a new project on internal feedback processes of higher education students, which builds upon two main axes: (A) self-regulation and (B) self-assessment toward internal feedback (Nicol, 2020). Student self-regulation involves appropriating assessment criteria, seeking feedback, and engaging in personal reflection (Yan & Brown, 2017). Advanced self-regulation strategies enhance long-term learning prospects and transferability beyond academia. Yet, a lack of evaluative judgment and self-assessment experience may impede desired learning outcomes.

Students’ production and seeking of internal feedback to bridge performance gaps are crucial for engagement and learning efficacy (To & Panadero, 2019). Understanding students’ cognitive and affective responses to feedback, as well as the mechanisms of feedback processing, is essential for effective feedback utilization (Lui & Andrade, 2022).

Research often focuses on formal feedback experiences, neglecting informal feedback's potential for learning. Investigating how students transform external feedback into internalized feedback and their cognitive processes is imperative. This necessitates a shift towards holistic, transformative theoretical frameworks to comprehend feedback phenomena.

In summary, while various factors contributing to more efficient and higher-quality feedback have been identified, such as active student engagement in the learning and assessment process, feedback literacy, anonymous assessment roles, qualitative formats over numerical ones, provision of examples for comparison, and the integration of technology (Carless, 2019; Henderson et al., 2018; Panadero & ​​Alqassab, 2019), the processes underlying feedback mechanisms remain elusive (Lui & Andrade, 2022).

Moreover, while existing research has explored students' perceptions, emotions, and behavioral responses to feedback, understanding students' internal processes as they receive and internal feedback is crucial. This entails investigating the role of various factors in students' decision-making and behavioral responses to feedback, as well as examining additional elements such as interpretations, significance, and evaluative judgment capacity (Yan y Brown, 2017; Winstone et al., 2017).

Furthermore, there is a need to broaden the scope of feedback research beyond comments provided by evaluators to encompass comparisons with other sources, thus unlocking its full potential for learning. This necessitates an exploration of strategies through which students convert natural comparisons into formal, explicit ones, enabling them to articulate and reflect upon these comparisons independently (Nicol, 2020). Overall, advancing our understanding of how students transform external feedback into internalized feedback, along with its implications for self-regulated learning, could inform the design of effective pedagogical practices and foster improvements in students' academic performance and self-regulatory skills.

In this context, the objective of this paper is investigating students' value attribution to different feedback processes and to share our exploration of formal and informal feedback processes utilized by students, identifying mechanisms of information assimilation from external to internal feedback.Student’s personal voices are of utmost importance here, so that our presentation will focus on the process of co-designing the environment and strategy of data collection during natural learning processes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project proposes an initial collaborative co-creation process with students and international experts to develop a technologically-supported environment for the longitudinal qualitative collection of reflections. These reflections aim to reveal the processes by which students internalize received information and eventually do the transition from external feedback to internalized feedback during natural teaching and learning processes over one academic year.

From here, a mixed-method study will be conducted. Initially, a more quantitative approach will be adopted to identify, on one hand, the internal factors of processing and interpreting this feedback based on three variables: (a) previous self-regulation profiles, b) evaluative beliefs - particularly about feedback -, and (c) self-efficacy. For this purpose, specific questionnaires will first be administered for each of these constructs. On the other hand, other intervening variables will be controlled, such as field of knowledge, and academic year, type of task, feedback sources, feedback characteristics according to an ad hoc guideline.

Secondly, a qualitative study is proposed to intensively monitor the evolution of students' ability to generate internal feedback throughout an academic year. This will allow: (a) identification of the sources of information that students find most relevant for each type of task, (b) understanding the value they attribute to deliberate practices and what other natural sources they employ, (c) comprehension, by reclaiming their voices, of the actions they orchestrate as a consequence of the received information, and (d) identification of the change intentions generated by this process. In this part of the research, a series of three in-depth interview protocols has been designed, based on literature, to gather the subjective experiences, strategically placed at three different moments of the task-resolution/learning processes: at the starting point after knowing task demands, before delivering the student’s end-product, and after receiving the teacher’s feedback. Information will be collected also using tools co-designed with students, drawing on examples from Think Aloud protocols, reflective journals, and other strategies involving metacognition.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There is a pressing need to delve into the cognitive, metacognitive, affective, and social processes at stake when students receive and interpret feedback. This understanding could lead to the development of tailored support structures, guidelines for teachers, and directives for students to enhance their evaluative competence, particularly in refining their evaluative judgment.

At this moment of the project we are carrying out the co-design process with 20 students of a variety of disciplinary areas. Qualitative data are being gathered with respect to their preferences and suggestions for establishing a technological environment and procedure of close accompaniment during a whole semester in natural teaching and learning settings. The resulting design, in turn, will be implemented in the second phase of the study with new participating students.

References
Broadbent, J., Sharman, S., Panadero, E., & Fuller-Tyszkiewicz, M. (2021). How does self-regulated learning influence formative assessment and summative grade? Comparing online and blended learners. The Internet and Higher Education, 50(March), 100805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2021.100805
Carless, D. (2019). Feedback loops and the longer-term: Towards feedback spirals. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(5), 705-714. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1531108
Henderson, M., Boud, D., Molloy, E., Dawson P., Phillips, M., Ryan, T., & Mahoney, P. (2018). Feedback for Learning: Closing the Assessment Loop – Final Report. Canberra: Australian Government Department of Education and Training
Lui, A. M., & Andrade, H. L. (2022). The Next Black Box of Formative Assessment: A Model of the Internal Mechanisms of Feedback Processing. Frontiers in Education, 7, 751548. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.751548
Nicol, D. (2020). The power of internal feedback: Exploiting natural comparison processes. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(5), 756-778. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1823314
Panadero, E., & Alqassab, M. (2019). An empirical review of anonymity effects in peer assessment, peer feedback, peer review, peer evaluation and peer grading. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(8), 1253-1278. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2019.1600186
Panadero, E., Lipnevich, A., & Broadbent, J. (2019). Turning Self-Assessment into Self-Feedback. En M. Henderson, R. Ajjawi, D. Boud, & E. Molloy (Eds.), The Impact of Feedback in Higher Education (pp. 147-163). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-25112-3_9
To, J., & Panadero, E. (2019). Peer assessment effects on the self-assessment process of first-year undergraduates. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(6), 920-932. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1548559
Winstone, N. E., Nash, R. A., Parker, M., & Rowntree, J. (2017). Supporting Learners’ Agentic Engagement With Feedback: A Systematic Review and a Taxonomy of Recipience Processes. En Educational Psychologist,52(1), 17-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2016.1207538
Yan, Z., & Brown, G. T. L. (2017). A cyclical self-assessment process: Towards a model of how students engage in self-assessment. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 42(8), 1247-1262. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2016.1260091


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Development of a Scale to Assess Students’ Needs-based Study Crafting: Evidence from a Pilot Study Among Japanese University Students

Hiroyuki Toyama1, Jumpei Yajima2, Katja Upadyaya1, Lauri Hietajärvi1, Katariina Salmela-Aro1

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Beppu University, Japan

Presenting Author: Toyama, Hiroyuki

In the realm of academic pursuit, the quest for effective learning strategies is perpetual. Among the evolving methodologies, study crafting emerges as a novel paradigm, adapted from the concept of job crafting in occupational health psychology (Tims et al., 2010). Defined as the proactive adaptation of study by students to optimize learning experiences, study crafting represents a transformative departure from conventional strategies centered on reactive adjustments to external demands (Körner et al., 2021). By empowering learners to curate their educational journey, study crafting imbues a sense of ownership, fostering personalized and engaging learning trajectories.

The significance of this proactive approach reverberates profoundly in academic circles, with implications spanning beyond mere scholastic achievements. Extant literature underscores its role in cultivating deeper comprehension, enhancing motivation, and fortifying resilience amidst academic challenges and adversities (Körner et al., 2023; Körner et al., 2021; Mülder et al., 2022). However, despite its potential, the conceptualization and empirical investigation of study crafting remain in nascent stages, warranting a comprehensive framework to elucidate its underpinnings.

In this context, the Integrative Needs Model of Crafting (de Bloom et al., 2020) was recently proposed as a theoretical framework that integrates crafting research. Rooted in the understanding that psychological needs play a pivotal role in the crafting process, this model provides a comprehensive lens through which to explore why and how individuals engage in crafting across various life domains. While extensively applied in occupational health research, the integration of this model into educational discourse remains conspicuously absent. Notably, the prevailing study crafting model (Körner et al., 2021) adopts a demands-resources-based approach, departing from the needs-centric perspective espoused by the Integrative Needs Model of Crafting.

Bridging this gap, the aim of this study is to extend the Integrative Needs Model of Crafting to the student context and develop an instrument to assess students’ needs-based study crafting, which we refer to students’ proactive and self-initiated changes in their study in order to achieve psychological needs satisfaction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A new scale to assess six dimensions of needs-based study crafting (i.e., crafting for detachment from study, relaxation, autonomy, mastery, meaning, and affiliation) were created, referring to the Needs-Based Job Crafting Scale (Tušl et al., 2024). To rigorously evaluate the psychometric properties of this instrument, we conducted a pilot study among university students. Drawing participants from a local university in Japan, we conducted a cross-sectional survey. The survey booklet administered during class sessions included the Needs-Based Study Crafting Scale, alongside established measures assessing JD-R-based study crafting, proactive personality, DRAMMA needs satisfaction, study engagement, subjective vitality, and school life satisfaction.
The Needs-Based Study Crafting Scale were scored on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (very often). JD-R-based study crafting was measured using an instrument used in Mülder et al. (2022). The items were scored on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (not true at all) to 5 (totally true). Proactive personality was assessed using four items from the Proactive Personality Scale (Bateman & Crant, 1993). The items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (not at all true) to 5 (very true). DRAMMA needs satisfaction was assessed using the Recovery Experience Questionnaire for detachment and relaxation (Sonnentag & Fritz, 2007), the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction Scale for autonomy, mastery, and affiliation (Chen et al., 2015), and the Meaning in Life Questionnaire (Steger et al., 2006) for meaning. All items were scored on a 5-point scale, ranging from 1 (Not agree at all) to 5 (Fully agree). Study engagement was assessed using the 9-item version of the Work Engagement Scale for Students (Tayama et al., 2019). The items were rated on a 7-point Likert scale, ranging from 0 (never) to 6 (always). Subjective vitality was assessed using the Subjective Vitality Scale (Ryan & Frederick, 1997). The items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (very rarely or never) to 5 (very often or all the time). Finally, school life satisfaction was measured using a single item adapted from Van den Broeck et al. (2010): “How satisfied have you been with your school life over the past month?”. This item was scored on a scale, ranging from 1 (very dissatisfied) to 10 (very satisfied).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data showed high internal consistency of the scale (α = .96 for the global scale; α = .95 for crafting for detachment from study, α = .97 for crafting for relaxation, α = .86 for crafting for autonomy, α = .91 for crafting for mastery, α = .91 for crafting for meaning, and α = .94 for crafting for affiliation). The results of CFA confirmed the proposed six-factor structure of the scale. Correlation analysis revealed that the scale is meaningfully associated with theoretically relevant constructs, including the JD-R-based study crafting, proactive personality, study engagement, vitality, and school life satisfaction. Furthermore, the scale showed incremental validity in explaining variance in DRAMMA needs fulfillment, study engagement, vitality, and school life satisfaction over and above needs-based off-job crafting. Collectively, the results presented herein suggest the scientific utility of the developed scale, thereby advocating for its continued exploration and utilization in practical contexts. Its completion will enable researchers to reasonably evaluate students’ needs-based study crafting and encourage new research efforts to gain novel insight into the construct.        
References
de Bloom, J., Vaziri, H., Tay, L., & Kujanpää, M. (2020). An identity-based integrative needs model of crafting: Crafting within and across life domains. Journal of Applied Psychology, 105(12), 1423–1446. https://doi.org/10.1037/apl0000495
Körner, L. S., Mülder, L. M., Bruno, L., Janneck, M., Dettmers, J., & Rigotti, T. (2022). Fostering study crafting to increase engagement and reduce exhaustion among higher education students: A randomized controlled trial of the study coach online intervention. Applied Psychology: Health and Well-Being. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1111/aphw.12410
Körner, L. S., Rigotti, T., & Rieder, K. (2021). Study crafting and self-undermining in higher education students: A weekly diary study on the antecedents. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(13), 7090. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18137090
Mülder, L. M., Schimek, S., Werner, A. M., Reichel, J. L., Heller, S., Tibubos, A. N., Schäfer, M., Dietz, P., Letzel, S., Beutel, M. E., Stark, B., Simon, P., & Rigotti, T. (2022). Distinct patterns of university students study crafting and the relationships to exhaustion, well-being, and engagement. Frontiers in Psychology, 13:895930. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.895930
Tims, M., & Bakker, A. B. (2010). Job crafting: Towards a new model of individual job redesign. SA Journal of Industrial Psychology, 36(2), a841. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajip.v36i2.841
Tušl, M., Bauer, G. F., Kujanpää, M., Toyama, H., Shimazu, A., & de Bloom, J. (in press). Needs-based job crafting: Validation of a new scale based on psychological needs. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology.
 
15:15 - 16:4522 SES 02 B: Students Work Experience and Engagement
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Vesa Korhonen
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Career Planning for an Uncertain Future: Does School Support and Career Planning Competence Affect University Students' Internship Perspectives?

Jiwei Zhang

Tianjin University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Zhang, Jiwei

Introduction and Topic:
In the current global climate of heightened job competition, students are grappling with palpable tension between future aspirations and prevailing uncertainties, and this prompts an increasingly initiation into career planning (Jackson & Tomlinson, 2020). Europe, with its well-established career guidance systems, has historically excelled in this domain. The Erasmus+ programme introduced the 'Toward the European Career Development Programme: initiatives, cases, and practices in universities', underscoring the imperative for university students to focus on 'Integration with the world of work'. Asian countries, including China, have begun to advance university career guidance education through policy initiatives in face of a substantial youth labor force and intense employment competition. Internships, a crucial part of career planning, affords students the opportunity to adapt, learn, and accrue experience in a real work environment (Ganibo & Olayta, 2020), thus beneficial in fine-tuning employment decisions and enhancing chances of acceptance.

The formation of students' perceptions to their future development is influenced by both individual (Brown, Cober, Kane, Levy, & Shalhoop, 2006) and environmental factors (McNall & Michel, 2011; Renn, Steinbauer, Taylor, & Detwiler, 2014). Existing studies have proved the positive impact of career guidance education on career planning and job search intentions, (Renn et al., 2014) but finer-grained understanding is still required. The specific effects of students' career planning skills and the school support on their perceptions of internships have not been comprehensively explored. Furthermore, while the significant role of internship providers and higher education institutions in shaping the perceptions during the internships, most research focused on those already in internships (Daugherty, Baldwin, & Rowley, 1998; Zehr & Korte, 2020) and neglected the perceptions before internships and how they come about.

Research Question
This study aims to delineate the influence of career planning competence and school support on undergraduates' internship perceptions, offering various countries insights for a more thorough understanding of how personal ability and school factors affect students' career planning and perceptions in uncertain environment.

1) Does career planning competence significantly influence the internship perceptions of students with and without internship experience?

2) Does school support significantly impact the internship perceptions of students with and without internship experience?

3) What is the relationship between school support and career planning competence?

Conceptual Framework:

Career planning competency refers to students' perceptiveness of their environment and their ability to formulate and adjust plans on their career (Taylor & Betz, 1983). School support encompasses the internship-related courses, platforms, resources, networks, and counselling provided by educational institutions. The perceptions of internships are students' recognition of the importance of internships, their attitudes towards them, and their sense of self-efficacy when making internship-related decisions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study utilizes multiple group structural equation modeling to examine the impact of school support and career planning on students’ perceptions of internships, focusing on the differences between students with and without prior internship experiences. This study distributed questionnaires to undergraduates in China through Wen Juan Xing (Chinese online questionnaire platform), yielding 438 responses between August 2023 and September 2023. The scales used in the questionnaire were adapted from previous research to measure students' career planning competencies (Greenhaus, 1987), the level of school support received (Xuejun & qian, 2010), and their perceptions of internships(Taylor & Betz, 1983). In the sample, there were 152 males and 286 females; 211 had prior internship experiences and 227 did not.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that career planning competence significantly influences students’ perceptions of internships in both groups, with a notably stronger effect observed in students lacking internship experiences. While school support shows no significant influence on the perceptions of internships among students without experiences, it is a predictive factor for those who have completed internships. Additionally, a positive and significant relationship between school support and career planning competence is identified in both groups, with a more pronounced correlation evident among students who have had internship experiences.

The outcomes of this research are not merely of academic relevance but also furnish a theoretical framework and reference point for the global enhancement of career guidance in higher education, particularly under the prevailing climate of uncertainty, and for fostering sustainable internship perceptions and employment preparation among undergraduate students.

References
Brown, D. J., Cober, R. T., Kane, K., Levy, P. E., & Shalhoop, J. (2006). Proactive personality and the successful job search: A field investigation with college graduates. JOURNAL OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY, 91(3), 717-726. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.91.3.717
Daugherty, S. R., Baldwin, D. C., & Rowley, B. D. (1998). Learning, satisfaction, and mistreatment during medical internship - A national survey of working conditions. JAMA-JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, 279(15), 1194-1199. doi:10.1001/jama.279.15.1194
Ganibo, J. A. C., & Olayta, J. N. (2020). ASSESSMENT OF AGRO-STUDIES INTERNSHIP PROGRAM AT THE LAGUNA STATE POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY. International Journal of Advanced Research.
Jackson, D. A., & Tomlinson, M. (2020). Investigating the relationship between career planning, proactivity and employability perceptions among higher education students in uncertain labour market conditions. Higher Education, 1-21.
McNall, L. A., & Michel, J. S. (2011). A Dispositional Approach to Work-School Conflict and Enrichment. JOURNAL OF BUSINESS AND PSYCHOLOGY, 26(3), 397-411. doi:10.1007/s10869-010-9187-0
Renn, R. W., Steinbauer, R., Taylor, R., & Detwiler, D. (2014). School-to-work transition: Mentor career support and student career planning, job search intentions, and self-defeating job search behavior. JOURNAL OF VOCATIONAL BEHAVIOR, 85(3), 422-432. doi:10.1016/j.jvb.2014.09.004
Taylor, K. M., & Betz, N. E. (1983). Applications of self-efficacy theory to the understanding and treatment of career indecision. JOURNAL OF VOCATIONAL BEHAVIOR, 22, 63-81.
Xuejun, C., & qian, Z. (2010). The influence of school support and psychological capital on career decision-making difficulties of college students. Paper presented at the The 5th (2010) China Annual Management Conference -- Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management, Dalian, Liaoning, China.
Zehr, S. M., & Korte, R. (2020). Student internship experiences: learning about the workplace. EDUCATION AND TRAINING, 62(3), 311-324. doi:10.1108/ET-11-2018-0236
Erasmus+.(2015).Toward the European Career Development Programme: initiatives, cases, and practices in universities. https://www.icard-project.eu/docs/ICARD_O1_report_final.pdf (Accessed: 29 January 2024).


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Students’ Work Experience in Relation to Their Career Engagement and Metacognitive Awareness

Tarja Tuononen1, Milla Räisänen1, Heidi Hyytinen2

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland, Finland

Presenting Author: Tuononen, Tarja

Higher education students in Finland and all over the world working a paid job alongside their studies. The reason for working is mostly financial but also gaining work experience (e.g. Holmes, 2008). Students understand the importance of gaining work experience and creating networks already during studies (Tuononen & Hyytinen, 2022), and thus they work alongside studies. Previous research has shown that any type of work experience can increase students’ employability and reduce the risk of unemployment (Passaretta & Triventi, 2015). In addition to work experience, transition to working life requires active career engagement already during university studies (Haase et al., 2012; Tuononen & Hyytinen, 2022). Career engagement includes, for example, career planning, identifying one’s own interests and recognising future job possibilities (Hirschi et al., 2014).

Working a paid job alongside studies means that students need to combine studying and working. This requires metacognitive awareness that refers to an ability to be aware of and specify one’s thinking about learning and an ability to plan and set learning goals, and to monitor their thoughts and actions to attain the goals (Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Kallio et al., 2018). Metacognitive awareness is commonly divided into two interrelated dimensions, knowledge about cognition and regulation of cognition (Kallio et al., 2018; Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Tuononen et al., 2022). Knowledge about cognition enables students to be more aware of what they know, and what they are able to do, and how and when to use the knowledge and skills in different learning situations (Kallio et al., 2018). Regulation of cognition is about planning, monitoring and evaluating one's thoughts, feelings and actions to attain one’s goals (Usher & Schunk, 2018). Therefore, metacognitive awareness is important for students to be able to monitor their studies and work alongside studies, as well as to see the relevance of work experience and to apply their learning to practice in work context.

Perceived relevance of work is subjective and can vary among students depending on their work and academic studies and career goals (Drewery et al., 2016; Nevison et al., 2017). For example, students have perceived greater relevance of work if the work offers appropriate challenges and if they work in a field in which they are aiming to work in the future (Drewery & Pretti, 2021). In addition, many studies of perceived relevance of work have been conducted in Australia, Canada, and the USA (e.g. Drewery, & Pretti, 2021; Stringer & Kerpelman, 2010). Furthermore, these studies explored the relevance of work in internships or work-integrated learning (WIL) contexts. Therefore, there is a need for research exploring perceived relevance of paid jobs in Scandinavia. In addition, it is important to explore humanities students' perceptions of the relevance of work experience and how it is related to their career engagement and metacognitive awareness.

The present study aims to explore how humanities Master’s students’ work experience of paid jobs is related to career engagement and metacognitive awareness. Research questions are: 1) How is students’ employment status related to their career engagement and metacognitive awareness?, 2) How are the amount and nature of work related to career engagement and metacognitive awareness?, 3) How is the experienced relevance of work related to the nature of work, career engagement and metacognitive awareness? With this information, higher education institutions can support students to take better advantage of their work experience and develop their career engagement and metacognitive awareness which in turn help them later in their transition to working life.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 302 Master’s students, who were at the same level of their studies, participated in the study by filling the questionnaire. Response rate varied from 9% to 36% between the degree programmes (mean was 23%). The questionnaire included questions of work experience, career engagement and metacognitive awareness. Students’ employment status was measured by asking whether she/he has worked during studies and how many hours per week they have worked in the past year. Nature of work was measured by the item “My work is related to my field of study” on a 5-point Likert scale. It was recoded as a categorical variable so that totally agree and agree were combined as indicating having work experience in one’s own study field and totally disagree and disagree indicating no study related work experience. In addition, the questionnaire included two questions relating to the relevance of work: 1) ”The requirement level of my current job corresponds to my university education” and 2) “I can utilise things I have learnt at the university in my current job”. Items are measured on a 5-point Likert format scale (1 =completely disagree, 5 =completely agree). The items were modified based on the previous study (Tuononen, Parpala & Lindblom-Ylänne, 2019).

Students’ metacognitive awareness was measured using a shortened version of the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI, Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Harrison & Vallin, 2018; Kallio et al., 2018; Kallio et al., 2017; Tuononen et al., 2022). The instrument measures two major components of metacognitive awareness: 1) knowledge about cognition and 2) regulation of cognition. A 5-point Likert scale (1 = totally disagree, and 5 = totally agree) was used to measure metacognitive awareness. Career Engagement was measured by seven items including career planning, career self-exploration, environmental career exploration, networking, skill development and positioning behaviour which is a shortened version of Career Engagement Scale (Hirschi, Freund & Herrmann, 2014). Items are measured on a 5-point Likert scale.

First, exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses were conducted to the items measuring metacognitive awareness and career engagement. The relationships between the constructs were analysed using Pearson correlations, independent samples t-test and One-Way ANOVA. The effect sizes were calculated using Cohen’s d. Analyses were conducted with SPSS and Amos 28.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results showed that students working a paid job had higher scores on networking than non-working students. There was no difference in metacognitive awareness between working and non-working students. When, the amount of working hours was taken into account, the results showed that there were significant differences in career engagement as well as metacognitive awareness. Students who worked more than 35h per week had higher scores on networking compared to the students who worked less than 20 hours. Similarly, students with 35 hours work had significantly higher scores on knowledge of cognition and regulation of cognition than students working less than 35 h per week. The results showed that the nature of work was related to both dimensions of career engagement, but it was not related to metacognitive awareness.

The results also revealed that students who had work experience related to their study field experienced that their level of work corresponds better to their education and that they can utilise their studies at work more than students who had no work experience related to field of study. The results showed that perceived relevance of work was related to career planning and networking as well as knowledge about cognition. This indicates that students who evaluated that their work has relevance were more aware of their learning, they perceive that they can utilise things that they have learned at university, and they have also had more career planning and networking activities during the last six months.

The present study indicates that students' working can enhance students’ career engagement and their metacognitive awareness. Study also revealed that the amount and nature of work matter in terms of whether work experience was related to career engagement, metacognitive awareness, and perceived work relevance.

References
Drewery, D., & Pretti, T. J. (2021). The building blocks of relevant work experiences. International Journal of Work-Integrated Learning, 22(2), 241–251.

Drewery, D., Pretti, T. J., & Barclay, S. (2016). Examining the Effects of Perceived Relevance and Work-Related Subjective Well-Being on Individual Performance for Co-Op Students. Asia-Pacific Journal of Cooperative Education, 17(2), 119–134.

Haase, C. M., Heckhausen, J., & Silbereisen, R. K. (2012). The interplay of occupational motivation and well-being during the transition from university to work. Developmental Psychology, 48(6), 1739–1751. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0026641

Harrison, G. M., & Vallin, L. M. (2018). Evaluating the metacognitive awareness inventory using empirical factor-structure evidence. Metacognition and Learning, 13, 15–38. Doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-017-9176-z

Hirschi, A., Freund, P. A., & Herrmann, A. (2014). The career engagement scale: Development and validation of a measure of proactive career behaviors. Journal of Career Assessment, 22(4), 575–594.

Holmes, V. (2008). Working to live: why university students balance full‐time study and employment. Education+ Training, 50 (4), 305–314.

Kallio, H., Virta, K., & Kallio, M. (2018). Modelling the Components of Metacognitive Awareness. International Journal of Educational Psychology, 7(2), 9–122. doi: https://doi.org/10.17583/ijep.2018.2789

Nevison, C., Drewery, D., Pretti, J.,  & Cormier, L. (2017) Using learning environments to create meaningful work for co-op students, Higher Education Research & Development, 36(4), 807–822, DOI: 10.1080/07294360.2016.1229268

Passaretta, G., & Triventi, M. (2015). Work experience during higher education and post-graduation occupational outcomes: A comparative study on four European countries. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 56(3-4), 232–253.

Schraw, G., & Dennison, R. S. (1994). Assessing metacognitive awareness. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19, 460–475. doi:https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1994.1033

Stringer, K.J.,  & Kerpelman, J.L. (2010) Career Identity Development in College Students: Decision Making, Parental Support, and Work Experience, Identity, 10(3), 181–200, DOI: 10.1080/15283488.2010.496102

Tuononen, T., & Hyytinen H. (2022). Towards a Successful Transition to Work - Which Employability Factors Contribute to Early Career Success?  Journal of Education and Work, 35(6-7), 599–613. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2022.2126969

Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Räisänen, M., Hailikari, T., & Parpala, A. (2022). Metacognitive awareness in relation to university students’ learning profiles. Metacognition and Learning. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-022-09314-x

Tuononen, T., Parpala, A., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2019). Graduates’ evaluations of usefulness of university education, and early career success – A longitudinal study of the transition to working life. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(4), 581-595.https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1524000
 
15:15 - 16:4522 SES 02 C: Early Career Experiences
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Katerina Machovcova
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Value of Using a Virtual Community of Practice to Support Early Career Academics in Initial Teacher Science Education

Carolyn Julie Swanson, Karyn Saunders

Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Swanson, Carolyn Julie

This paper describes a how using an online or virtual Community of Practice (VCoP) supported the professional development of five Early Career Academics (ECA) in science education in New Zealand. Four of the five ECAs were employed in permanent positions in New Zealand universities and the fifth was an independent researcher. All participants had either received their PhD within the last five years or had not been in full-time employment at a university for more than five years when this CoP was formed. The VCoP was facilitated and mentored by an experienced academic.

Becoming an academic can be a stressful, isolating and challenging (Patton & Parker, 2017). Juggling a high teaching load, and endeavouring to produce quality research to obtain or maintain permanency can impact one’s health and career longevity (Hollywood et al., 2020). For ECAs in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) the transition may be difficult as they seek to balance their teacher identity with their researcher identity (van Lankveld et al., 2017). Professional development and mentoring may support ECA’s successful transition (Rienties & Hosein, 2020). However, as most ITE ECA come to academia with a background as a practicing teacher, there is a need for professional development that recognises their expertise in teaching (MacPhail et al., 2014) but also their need for development as researchers.

This study used Wenger’s (2018) Communities of Practice (CoP) as a conceptual framework to explore the social learning that was undertaken in the online ECA community as well as an analytical lens (see methodology). His theory of learning incorporates four components – the community in which the learning takes place, our identity within that community, how we discuss our practice and make meaning. A CoP has been described as “groups of people who share a concern or passion for something they do and learn how to do it as they interact regularly” (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2015, p. 2). CoP vary in configuration – ranging from those intentionally devised by management to support learning to those facilitated and others that are self-driven and organic in nature (McDonald et al., 2012). This particular VCoP meets online and uses a virtual space for “socializing, learning, identification and emotional and affective exchange”(Maretti et al., 2022, p. 336).

This study will add to the literature on Communities of Practice exploring Initial Teacher Education (MacPhail et al., 2014; Patton & Parker, 2017) and supporting ECAs (Mulholland et al., 2023; Rienties & Hosein, 2020). It seeks to answer the following research question:

How does this Community of Practice support ECAs in science education to develop their practice and research capabilities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology used in this research is embedded in the identities of the two researchers – who identify as  pracdemics –practitioners (science teacher) and academics (lecturing in initial Teacher Education) (Dickinson & Griffiths, 2023). They wanted to explore how the online community of which they were members, supported the development of its members in their research and practice dimensions. Ethics approval was obtained to investigate the phenomena and consent obtained. Only limited confidentiality was possible due to the small number of academics in the field in New Zealand.  
 
The participants in this study were the members of an online CoP initiated in 2022 to support the development of ECAs in science education. Four of the five ECAs were involved in Initial Teacher Education, with the fifth working in primary education and independently researching. The sixth member was an experienced academic who recognised that there were several ECA in science education and wanted to support their transition into academia. The CoP met online monthly to talk about research and practice within the science education field.

The study is positioned within an interpretivist-constructivist worldview (Cohen et al., 2018) where reality is viewed as fluid, containing multiple perspectives and meaning is produced and reproduced out of social interactions between the participants and the researchers. All participants were interviewed by the two researchers. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to allow the participants to express their views of the community of practice and allow for in depth probing and spontaneity (Cohen et al., 2018). The interviews were conducted by TEAMS with the audio being recorded as well as the first transcription of the interview.  A form of collaborative reflexive thematic analysis was undertaken (Braun & Clarke, 2019). Initial familiarisation with the data occurred after the interviews when the researchers discussed the interviews. The initial TEAMS transcriptions were reviewed, and transcripts searched for codes. To allow for transferability, it was decided to use Wenger’s (2018) Community of Practice categories – community, identity, practice and meaning-making as overarching themes.  Both researchers reviewed the themes and data segments attached and interpreted the findings through the lens of current literature. The findings obtained have been checked for validity by providing a rich description, member checking, acknowledging disconfirming evidence and peer review (Creswell, 2018).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that belonging to this VCoP was important for all members including the mentor/facilitator. Members prioritised the time allocated to the meeting monthly due to the ‘warm relationships’ they had with each other. They wanted to share the personal as well as the professional. However, this trust occurred over time. Choosing to have the CoP online mitigated geographic isolation. Despite not being able to meet face-to-face, members found the community useful in lessening their perception of being an ‘impostor’ and legitimising their identity (Pyrko et al., 2017)  as an academic within science education. Having a regular time to share what one was doing in practice and research was important as it provided space to check feasibility of future projects, clarify expectation, discuss challenges and share successes to others in the field, rather than to management where stakes may be higher (Mulholland et al., 2023). While the major focus of this VCoP was research focused, knowledge about science learning, effective practice and curricular reform was supported through conversations that occurred in the community (Patton & Parker, 2017), albeit in an oblique rather than focused manner. The VCoP allowed education and our individual and collective place within academia (Pyrko et al., 2017). It also provided the participants with confidence and competence to participate in research, attending conferences, writing for academic purposes, teaching in ITE. It widened member’s access to resources and connections with the science community both nationally and internationally through invited guests and contacts from other members.
While this study closely examined one small COP in ITE in science education in New Zealand, the findings could easily be transferred to other educational settings, especially where the members are geographically isolated. Supporting ECAs in this manner is a useful method of developing their research and practice capabilities.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research  in  Sport Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (Eighth edition. ed.). Routledge. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/AUT/detail.action?docID=5103697
Creswell, J. W. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (Third edition. ed.). SAGE.
Dickinson, J., & Griffiths, T.-L. (2023). Introduction. In J. Dickinson & T.-L. Griffiths (Eds.), Professional development for practitioners in academia: Pracademia (Vol. 13, pp. 1-10). Springer. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-33746-8
Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020). ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics [Article]. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44(7), 998-1012-1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2019.1636213
MacPhail, A., Patton, K., Parker, M., & Tannehill, D. (2014). Leading by example: Teacher educators' professional learning through communities of practice. Quest (00336297), 66(1), 39-56. https://ezproxy.aut.ac.nz/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&site=eds-live&db=s3h&AN=94241256
Maretti, M., Russo, V., & Lucini, B. (2022). Resilience in online communities of practice during the COVID-19 pandemic: an Italian case study [Article]. International Review of Sociology, 32(2), 332-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/03906701.2022.2114871
McDonald, J., Star, C., & Margetts, F. (2012). Identifying, building and sustaining leadership capacity for communities of practice in higher education. . www.olt.gov.au
Mulholland, K., Nichol, D., & Gillespie, A. (2023). ‘It feels like you’re going back to the beginning…’: addressing imposter feelings in early career academics through the creation of communities of practice [Article]. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(1), 89-104-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2022.2095896
Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration [Article]. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351-360. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.06.013
Pyrko, I., Dörfler, V., & Eden, C. (2017). Thinking together: What makes Communities of Practice work? [Article]. Human Relations, 70(4), 389-409. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726716661040
Rienties, B., & Hosein, A. (2020). Complex transitions of early career academics (eca): A mixed method study of with whom eca develop and maintain new networks [Article]. Frontiers in Education, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.00137
van Lankveld, T., Schoonenboom, J., Beishuizen, J., Croiset, G., & Volman, M. (2017). Developing a teacher identity in the university context: a systematic review of the literature [Review]. Higher Education Research and Development, 36(2), 325-342. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2016.1208154
Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015). An introduction to communities of practice: A brief overview of the concept and its uses. . http://wenger-trayner.com/introduction-to-communities-of-practice/
Wenger, E. (2018). A social theory of learning. . In K. Illeris (Ed.), Contemporary theories of learning : learning theorists ... in their own words (Second edition. ed., pp. 209-218). Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315147277


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Experience as Learnt, A Conceptual Re-work of Early Career Academic Experiences of Teaching and Academic Work through Perezhivanie.

Felipe Sanchez1,2

1Lancaster Univesity, United Kingdom; 2Universidad de los Andes, Chile

Presenting Author: Sanchez, Felipe

The challenges of early career academics (ECA) in Higher Education Institutions (HEI) have been extensively described in the literature; the learning processes academics face in their careers are inherently emotional (Bloch, 2016; Walker, 2017), yet that needs some unpacking. ECA in European HEI face precarious working conditions, high competition, etc., to which teaching labour is added. The literature shows that ECA work in Europe can be experienced both positively and negatively (Hollywood et al., 2020; Nästesjö, 2020; 2022; Stupnisky et al., 2016), or succinctly stated: mixed (Bloch, 2016). Additionally, teaching is often identified as one of the major duties of early career academics. Thus, the pressure to perform in all fronts and levels undoubtedly frames the experience of entering this field of work. Still, the literature has been inconsistent when describing their experiences and therefore some have concluded that what predominates here are mixed feelings.

This article works with the idea that teaching is only one aspect of an already emotionally demanding job and yet it is not necessarily intentionally or formally in advance. This would be a contrasting point with what research training in a doctoral programme or industry/practice professional background would offer to a job-seeking novel academic. Thus, this article also draws from the research on doctoral education for teaching and the emotionality that plays out from the experiences of the role, of teaching and of learning, to get a better sense of the phenomenon.

Managing the emotions related to teaching has been considered the emotional labour of teaching in HE (Salisbury, 2014), and some of the ECA struggles arise from managing the demands of the teaching role plus the intrinsically emotional aspects of it. In this sense, how early career academic experience their academic work at the start of their journey in a broad sense would be complemented by how they experience teaching as something still to be learnt and developed.

Within this context, ECA experiences of the role and of teaching may also reflect their experiences of learning. Thus, other concepts like affection and emotions of/in learning become relevant to understand this field. Arguably, mainstream research in Europe on this topic has turned towards analysing if emotions foster or hinder learning (Loon & Bell, 2018; Pekrun, 2011). Diffusive research outcomes on the field have been synthesised in a recent literature review where Mustafina et al. (2020) argue that both positive and negative emotions can affect learning either positively or negatively. This idea, although an accurate representation of the field, is not particularly helpful.

Within these fields of research, the argument stated here is that early career academics experience their role in different ways, just as they experience learning in different ways. This realization paves the way for the main contribution of this paper: a theorical re-work of an already researched area. The aim here is to articulate a body of literature that arguably showcases contradictory experiences of teaching of academics in their early years of entering this field of work, which is also congruent with the contradictory experiences of learning.

This paper contributes to the field by conceptually re-working ECA experiences of work in European HEI in general, and teaching and learning in particular, to argue that experiencing itself might be inscribed within a learning process. To do so, this paper explores the concept of perezhivanie by Vygotski (1994) to provide a theorical framework to examine the phenomenon from another light. Re-working this phenomenon through perezhivanie means that the experience of ECA could be collectively learnt and thus, that it could be intentionally produced and transformed in specific ways in different educational settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The field of educational research often has been described as lacking some strong theoretical frameworks (Aswin, 2012; Tight, 2012). However, recent ideas such as “theory work” (Hamann & Kosmützky, 2021) depart from a theory deficit approach towards looking into how exploring different academic fields working-through them from different theoretical frameworks might lead to innovation and interesting discoveries. Certainly, such practice is not new. Exemplified notably in conceptual enterprises such as Habermas re-reading of the work of Horkheimer and Adorno (Habermas & Levin, 1984), or the more recent book edited by Murphy & Costa (2015) regarding the use of Bourdieusean theory to re-work educational research issues, it is clear that old problems benefit from looking at them through different ideas and theories.
Thus, this article first explores how clearly distinct experiences have been described in the literature. Understanding the necessity of learning for the role and, in particular, learning to teach as something that has no necessary prior training before appointment, this paper then outlines how learning to teach might feel according to the literature. As a further development, this paper explores and synthesises some of the literature on how learning feels, looking to find parallels between both bodies of knowledge. There, the argument will be extended to include that learning itself is experienced in different ways.
The unique contribution of this paper comes from its “theory work”. Here, experiencing can be thought of as something that is learnt through the concept of perezhivanie by Vygotski (1994). To that end, a brief theorical exploration of the concept of experience is develop as a frame from which to move towards the concept of perezhivanie.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, the contribution to the literature on how ECA experience their role in general, and experience teaching in particular, with perezhivanie would be that such experiences of learning new things and roles are not clear-cut natural phenomena but are socially constructed and learnt over time. In this sense, the scattered findings of the literature on how ECA experience such processes can be better understood when further articulated through the concept of perezhivanie.
Through the concept of perezhivanie, a case can be made for articulating such contradictions by arguing that said phenomena are inscribed in a learning process. In other words, experiencing is learnt. Through the concept of perezhivanie, it can be stated that experiencing is something that is learnt, built over time, and it transforms emotions and meaning making by working-through the experiences collectively and mediately. In this sense, the scattered findings of the literature on how ECA experience such processes can be better understood as articulated through the concept of perezhivanie.
This research show promise of great significance for education as it would elaborate on a way of understanding experiences of learning, newness, change and transitions in a way that is open to transformation. If experiencing in learnt, then how ECA experience their work and teaching can be intentionally fostered in a way that is less disruptive and conflictive for them. These ideas could be extended into the wider field of teacher training and professional development as a way of thinking about workplace insertion schemes such as mentoring programs or certificates.

References
Ashwin, P. (2012). How Often are Theories Developed through Empirical Research into Higher Education? Studies in Higher Education, 37(8), 941–955.
Barer-Stein, T. (1987). Learning as a process of experiencing the unfamiliar. Studies in the Education of Adults, 19(2), 87–108. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.1987.11730482
Bloch, C. (2016). Passion and paranoia Emotions and the culture of emotion in academia. Routledge.
Habermas, J., & Levin, T. Y. (1982). The Entwinement of Myth and Enlightenment: Re-Reading Dialectic of Enlightenment. New German Critique, 26, 13-30. https://doi.org/10.2307/488023
Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020). ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics. Journal of further and higher education, 44(7), 998-1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877x.2019.1636213
Loon, M., & Bell, R. (2018). The moderating effects of emotions on cognitive skills. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 42(5), 694–707. doi:10.1080/0309877x.2017.1311992
Murphy, M., & Costa, C. (Eds.). (2015). Theory as method in research: on Bourdieu, social theory and education. Routledge.
Mustafina, R. F., Ilina, M. S., & Shcherbakova, I. A. (2020). Emotions and their Effect on Learning. Utopía y praxis latinoamericana: revista internacional de filosofía iberoamericana y teoría social, (7), 318-324.
Nästesjö, J. (2020). Navigating uncertainty: Early career academics and practices of appraisal devices. Minerva, 59(2), 237-259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-020-09425-2
Nästesjö, J. (2022). Managing the rules of recognition: how early career academics negotiate career scripts through identity work. Studies in Higher Education, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2022.2160974
Pekrun, R. (2011). Emotions as drivers of learning and cognitive development. In R. Calvo & S. D'Mello (Eds.). New perspectives on affect and learning technologies (Vol. 3; pp. 23-39). Springer Science & Business Media. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9625-1_3
Salisbury, J. (2014). Emotional labour and ethics of care in further education teaching. In L. Gornall, C. Cook, L. Daunton, J. Salisbury, & B. Thomas (Eds.). Academic working lives: Experience, practice and change. Bloomsbury. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781472552730.ch-005
Stupnisky, R. H., Pekrun, R., & Lichtenfeld, S. (2016). New faculty members' emotions: a mixed-method study. Studies in Higher Education, 41(7), 1167-1188. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.968546
Tight, M. (2012). Researching Higher Education. Open University Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1994). The problem of the environment. In R. van der Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Vygotsky Reader (pp. 338–355). Blackwell.
Walker, J. (2017). Shame and transformation in the theory and practice of adult learning and education. Journal of transformative education, 15(4), 357-374. https://doi.org/10.1177/1541344617699591
Walker, J., & Palacios, C. (2016). A pedagogy of emotion in teaching about social movement learning. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(2), 175-190. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2015.1136280
 
15:15 - 16:4522 SES 02 D: Governance and University Practices
Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nada Jarni
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Discourses on Social Sciences and Humanities in Higher Education. Findings from a science mapping and from a discourse analysis perspective

Antonia Schokmann1, Sabine Wollscheid2, Henrik Karlstrøm2, Cecilie Hviid1, Ditte Graversgaard Hansen1, Maria Simonsen1

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2NIFU Nordic Institute for Studies of Innovation, Research and Education, Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Schokmann, Antonia

Writing about the relevance, position and contribution of research and teaching in the humanities and, to a growing degree, the social sciences also, seems to reach back at least 200 years, if not into the Middle Ages (e.g., Gengnagel & Hamann, 2014). However, also in younger times, academic publications have not shied away to problematize this topic, and disciplines and faculties on the social sciences and humanities (SSH) spectrum are consistently being argued to face an uncertain future and are experiencing increasing pressure to justify their relevance and contribution towards universities and society (e.g., Barnett & Nixon, 2012; Biesta, 2015; Nussbaum, 2016).

The wealth of publications about SSH seems to be growing, and the corpus of writings can only be described as diverse. Authors have both underpinned and challenged notions of whether SSH is in crisis in terms of students and graduates (e.g., Roberts, 2021); others have added nuance through differentiating sites and arenas of the debate (e.g., Meranze, 2015). Also, notable efforts have been made to propose and implement evaluation and performance measurement systems that cater to the specific attributes of SSH knowledge production and dissemination (e.g., Johansson et al., 2020). However, what has not been noted in detail so far is that these writings, produced by the scholarly community, themselves can be seen as interpretations of the situation of SSH, thus contributing to and shaping the discourse around SSH’s future. Moreover, they must be understood as a reaction to political decisions, economic rationalities, and societal expectations, thus shifting and evolving over time.

It must be acknowledged that discourses on SSH have unfolded in different parts of the world over the last fifty years. Notably, a strong North American tradition can be traced, with publications specifically diving into the role and relevance of the US college systems and the integration of liberal arts (e.g., Franke, 2009; Harpham, 2005). The heavy debates in some of the American publications around declining student numbers in SSH programs can furthermore be interpreted as an effect of a heavily monetized private university sector (e.g., Meranze, 2015). In contrast, the European perspective seems to be influenced more by the interplay between universities and the welfare state as their primary source of economic revenue, and the European Union as the supranational funding source to the higher education sector. Concomitantly, other topics have come to the fore, such as the measurement of impact and relevance of SSH for society (e.g., Sivertsen, 2016) or the contribution SSH can make to the progress of innovation in Europe (e.g., Felt, 2014). For analytical clarity, we are focusing our analyses on academic writings originating in and/or elaborating about SSH in the European Higher Education Area (EHEA).

Against this backdrop, the current paper reports on two studies aimed providing insights into the state, development, and topicality of the academic discourse on the role, relevance and organization of social sciences and humanities over the last 50 years, as expressed in academic writings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, study 1 combined the use of a scoping review technique (Grant & Booth, 2009) with the more novel approaches science mapping (Kunisch et al., 2023) and bibliographic analysis (Donthu et al., 2021), hence a methodology relatively novel to educational research, by scrutinizing a relatively broad and internationally visible corpus of materials. Materials were retrieved through search in the two complementary databases Web of Science Core (WoS) Collection (1975-present) and the Scopus citation index, released by the world’s largest scholarly publisher, Elsevier. Analysis procedures applied to this material were first a screening of the material, narrowing down an initial n=5243 records to n=145 papers included in the review. Second, the science mapping procedures of bibliographic coupling, co-occurrence analysis and co-word analysis were applied, as well as an automatic content analysis in the program Leximancer (Crofts & Bisman, 2010). The analysis was focused specifically on gaining insights on indicators on the communities forming through publication and citation practices as well as disciplinary affiliation, on topical positionings and on shifts in these attributes over time, as well as on emergent discursive fields within the SSH literature.
For study 2, n= 35 highly cited papers from the above corpus are now being analyzed in several iterations of close reading following Gee (2014), focusing on both linguistic properties as well as their situated meaning, sociality, intertextuality and contexts. For each paper included into this analysis, the aim is to describe the narrative that is established around what SSH is and what the field can and does contribute, as well to extract permeating and/or distinguishing discourses between the papers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results of study 1 present discourses on SSH to be fragmented in various aspects: Publication intensity seems to fluctuate over time and research presents as only weakly concentrated in selected outlets. Also, authors engage with a broad variety of angles towards SSH, and we could find only weak interdisciplinary links between the fields of study engaging with the topic. However, as patterns salient throughout the analysis we can see a growing number of publications within the output, impact, and measurement discourse in higher education especially in the UK, a decline of the discourse about universities per see vs. an incline in discourses about funding, evaluation, and students. Finally, the results from study 1 show the emergence of a stand-alone discourse around the label “SSH”.
Preliminary findings from study 2 point towards a predominantly positive positioning towards SSH of the papers under analysis. Within the discourses emergent, the most outstanding is a crisis-discourse which either sees SSH as in crises or contributing to solving the global, economical, or ecological crises in and of society. Furthermore, authors are either proactively arguing for SSH's justification (and future) in itself, or they are adaptively arguing for SSH's justification (and future) by virtue of integration with other scientific fields. Here, a discourse of integration emerges, where interdisciplinarity is being promoted as a response to complex, global problems. Finally, a discourses of value creation becomes obvious from the material, which fundamentally revolves around the question of measurement and valorisation of SSH's research and contributions.
The results of both studies will be elaborated on in the presentation regarding their supplementing insights.

References
Barnett, R., & Nixon, J. (Eds.). (2012). Universities and the common good. In The Future University. Ideas and Possibilities (pp. 141–151). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
Biesta, G. (2015). Teaching, Teacher Education, and the Humanities: Reconsidering Education as a ‘Geisteswissenschaft’: Teaching, Teacher Education, and the Humanities. Educational Theory, 65(6), 665–679. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12141
Crofts, K., & Bisman, J. (2010). Interrogating accountability: An illustration of the use of Leximancer software for qualitative data analysis. Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management, 7(2), 180–207. https://doi.org/10.1108/11766091011050859
Donthu, N., Kumar, S., Mukherjee, D., Pandey, N., & Lim, W. M. (2021). How to conduct a bibliometric analysis: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 133, 285–296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.04.070
Felt, U. (2014). Within, Across and Beyond: Reconsidering the Role of Social Sciences and Humanities in Europe. Science as Culture, 23(3), 384–396. https://doi.org/10.1080/09505431.2014.926146
Franke, R. J. (2009). The power of the humanities & a challenge to humanists. Daedalus, 138(1), 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1162/daed.2009.138.1.13
Gee, J. P. (2014). An introduction to discourse analysis: Theory and method (4. ed). Routledge.
Gengnagel, V., & Hamann, J. (2014). The making and persisting of modern German humanities. Balancing acts between autonomy and social relevance. In R. Bod, T. Weststeijn, & J. Maat (Eds.), The Making of the Humanities (pp. 641–654). Amsterdam University Press.
Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies: A typology of reviews, Maria J. Grant & Andrew Booth. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x
Harpham, G. G. (2005). Beneath and beyond the ‘Crisis in the Humanities’. New Literary History, 36(1).
Johansson, L. G., Grønvad, J. F., & Budtz Pedersen, D. (2020). A matter of style: Research production and communication across humanities disciplines in Denmark in the early-twenty-first century. Poetics, 83, 101473. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2020.101473
Kunisch, S., Denyer, D., Bartunek, J. M., Menz, M., & Cardinal, L. B. (2023). Review Research as Scientific Inquiry. Organizational Research Methods, 26(1), 3–45. https://doi.org/10.1177/10944281221127292
Meranze, M. (2015). Humanities out of Joint. The American Historical Review, 120(4), 1311–1326. https://doi.org/10.1093/ahr/120.4.1311
Nussbaum, M. C. (2016). Not for profit: Why democracy needs the humanities (Updated edition). Princeton University Press.
Roberts, G. (2021). The Humanities in Modern Britain: Challenges and Opportunities (141; HEPI Report). Higher Education Policy Institute HEPI. https://www.hepi.ac.uk/about-us/
Sivertsen, G. (2016). Patterns of internationalization and criteria for research assessment in the social sciences and humanities. Scientometrics, 107(2), 357–368. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-016-1845-1


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Aligning Revenue Diversification: A Comparative Analysis of University Practices, Strategic Planning, and Government Policies in Kazakhstan

Moldir Tazhibekova

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Tazhibekova, Moldir

This study aims to investigate and compare the strategies employed by Kazakhstani universities in diversifying their revenue streams, with a specific focus on the alignment between these practices, institutional strategic planning, and government policies.

Given this purpose, this study aims to address the following question: To what extent do Kazakhstani universities align their revenue diversification practices with their strategic planning and adhere to government policies, and how does this alignment impact their financial sustainability and overall effectiveness?

This study will employ two theories as a framework: cost-sharing and resource dependence theory (RDT). To apply the cost-sharing theory and resource dependence theory frameworks to this study, we will utilize a comprehensive approach that aligns with the research objectives. The cost-sharing theory, proposed by Johnstone (2002), suggests that higher education costs should be shared among various stakeholders, including students, parents, and the government. In the context of this study, we will examine how Kazakhstani universities distribute financial responsibilities among these key entities and assess the implications of such cost-sharing mechanisms on revenue diversification.

Simultaneously, RDT introduced by Pfeffer and Salancik (2003) posits that organizations must adapt to the requirements of their key resource providers for survival. In the case of universities, these providers include students, government funding, and other external sources. This framework will guide our exploration of how Kazakhstani universities strategically align their revenue diversification practices with external resource dependencies and whether these strategies are in harmony with institutional objectives and governmental policies.

By applying these frameworks in tandem, we aim to unravel the intricate relationships between revenue diversification, strategic planning, and government policies in Kazakhstani universities. This holistic approach will shed light on the effectiveness of current practices, providing valuable insights for both academic research and policymaking in the higher education system of Kazakhstan.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will integrate key findings from semi-structured interviews and focus group discussions with key findings from document analysis. Semi-structured interviews and focus group discussions will be conducted with university leadership and faculty members.  Topics covered include experiences with revenue diversification, perceptions of alignment with strategic plans, challenges faced, and strategies employed. The documents to be analyzed in this research include state programs for higher education development, policies related to the financial autonomy of universities in Kazakhstan, budget strategies, development strategies of universities, and other documents. Thematic analysis will be applied to extract key themes, patterns, and trends from the documents. This process complements the qualitative data, offering a broader contextual backdrop for the study.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings are expected to yield varied and intricate outcomes.

Alignment Assessment:
The study endeavours to assess the degree of alignment between the revenue diversification strategies implemented by Kazakhstani universities and their institutional strategic plans. Anticipated outcomes include a detailed understanding of the extent to which these practices harmonize, revealing potential gaps or synergies that influence financial sustainability.

Impact on Financial Sustainability:
Consequences of alignment on financial sustainability will be a key aspect of the findings. By exploring how well universities adhere to government policies in their revenue diversification endeavours, the study aims to uncover correlations between alignment and financial effectiveness.

Identification of Challenges and Opportunities:
Expected findings encompass a thorough exploration of the challenges faced by universities in aligning revenue diversification with strategic plans and government policies.

Policy Implications:
The study aims to contribute to policy discourse by offering evidence-based recommendations derived from the analysis of state programs, financial autonomy policies, and university development plans. These insights are expected to inform future policy decisions, fostering an environment conducive to sustainable financial practices in higher education.

Contributions to Academic Discourse:
Beyond the immediate context, the outcomes of this study aspire to enrich academic discourse on the intersection of institutional practices, policies, and financial sustainability. The expected findings are expected to stimulate further research and discussions in the field of higher education management.

References
Johnstone, B. D. (2002). Challenges of financial austerity: Imperatives and limitations of revenue diversification in higher education. The Welsh Journal of Education, 11(1), 18–36. https://doi.org/10.16922/wje.11.1.3

Pfeffer, J., & Salancik, G. R. (2003). The external control of organizations: A resource dependence perspective. Stanford, CA: Stanford Business Books.
 
15:15 - 16:4523 SES 02 A: Schools
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Ruth McGinity
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A critical study of the Swedish school intervention Collaboration for the Best School

Charlotte Baltzer1, Eva-Lena Lindster Norberg2

1Uppsala university, Sweden; 2Linné university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Baltzer, Charlotte; Lindster Norberg, Eva-Lena

The purpose of this paper is to discuss how the Swedish state intervention Collaboration for Best School (CBS) governs principals in Swedish compulsary schools. CBS is a government assignment to the Swedish National Agency for Education which has been ongoing since 2015 in about 500 schools and 150 preschools and targets organisations with low results that are not expected to be able to reverse this trend on their own. Several researchers point out that Swedish teachers' and principals' room for action has decreased at the same rate as the central control increases and the state control regime has strengthened (see e.g Ivarsson Westerberg, 2016).

The starting point for the study is an assumption that schools and their leaders today are under enormous pressure to fulfill the educational system's requirements and authorities' policy directives, which are about delivering better results and an equal education (see e.g. Håkansson & Rönnström, 2021). In this regard, the school professions are at a disadvantage with their changing conditions in the form of a lack of qualified teachers and preschool teachers besides a limited professional autonomy. Biesta (2007) emphasizes that education needs a model of professional action that recognizes a non-causal interaction, that professional judgment is central to educational practice and that the nature of judgment is more a matter of morality than of technicalities. In line with Uljens (2021a, 2021b) we also argue that the task of pedagogy and education is to discuss and question political decisions. Politics and pedagogy must be seen as equal entities, even if politics decides on the content of education.

Eight years after CBS’ implementation, research on possible consequences is still limited, which is why this study can contribute through the analysis of collected empirical material within the framework of CBS and what it does with the principal's opportunities to understand and relate to their mission (cf. Lindster Norberg, 2016). Prøitz (2021) points out that questions about collaboration as an ideal and activity in modern governance provide the basis for a series of new questions regarding the development of the school. If a person, in this case the principal, does not adapt to the prevailing norm, that person is seen as disqualified and problematic in the prevailing regime of truth and thus becomes in need of retraining (Popkewitz & Brennan, 1997).

Based on this problematization we are interested in how school leaders participating in CBS are governed and shaped through various technologies of power (Foucault, 2008). The education sector can be seen as a practice where different methods and strategies operate to direct and control the thoughts and actions of individuals/principals/pedagogues in specific directions in order to best adapt to the trends that arise (Dahlstedt & Hertzberg, 2012). Although Foucault has been widely used in educational research in general, it can be stated that there is little research in educational leadership that takes Foucault as its point of departure (Nietche, 2011). Foucault's theories can therefore make a valuable contribution to our understanding of principals' work and principals' subjectivity. By examining the principal's role as a position for power relations and by exploring the principal's subjectivity, it becomes possible to find cracks and room for action where principals have the opportunity to operate within the framework of the normalizing and discursive regimes that make up the leadership's framework and the leadership's self-governance. This study can thus also contribute to exploring how principals can be given the opportunity to find room for action within the framework of a series of disciplinary regimes that assert themselves within the framework of the Collaboration for the Best School (cf Nietche, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

The empirics of the study mainly consists of interviews with principals and partly documents. After an initial reading of the National Agency for Education's reports (2019, 2021), a number of supporting concepts were selected which have formed the basis for the interviews. These concepts are: CBS, dialogue, effort, cooperation, governance, support, systematic quality work, school development, action, ownership and abilities. Based on the selected concepts, eight semi-structured interviews were conducted via zoom and recorded, with inspiration from concept maps (see e.g. Khattri & Miles, 1995; Lindster Norberg, 2016). The goal was to get the principals to freely associate around the selected concepts. The interview method with inspiration from concept maps fulfills the criteria for a qualitative research interview (Kvale & Brinkman, 2009).

Theoretically we use some of Foucault's concepts to analyze how the principals receive, implement and perceive this state intervention for school development. Foucault's concept of governmentality is useful for making visible the governance of the Swedish school in general. The concept of governmentality means "that collective power processes guide thoughts and behaviors in certain specific directions, directions that are not usually questioned" (Kronqvist Hård, 2021, p. 46). Foucault (2008) believes that different technologies of power control and regulate the behavior of individuals. Technology can be seen as a collection of techniques that explain how individuals are governed (Foucault, 1991, 2003). In the technologies there are certain norms and perceptions that have an impact on how technologies are designed (Ivarsson Westerberg, 2016). Techniques here become concrete approaches to achieve what is found in the technologies. Being guided to behave according to what is currently the norm and what is expected can be summarized in the concepts of conduct of conduct (Gordon, 1991; Rose, 1998). The concepts mean governing individuals so that they govern themselves. As mentioned above Foucault has been widely used in educational research in general, but not to any greater extent in educational leadership (Nietche, 2011). Foucault's theories can therefore make a valuable contribution to our understanding of principals' work and principals' subjectivity.

Collaboration for Best School aims to improve and develop current schools into something better than it was before, and  the principal plays a decisive role. In advanced liberal governance, state governance becomes most effective when the individual acts in accordance with its interest. It is the activation of the individual itself that is the control, it is about "government at a distance" (Rose 1999).  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The idea of effective intervention is a central aspect within evidence-based practice, ie administering treatments to achieve a certain effect (Biesta, 2007). This movement is an international phenomenon based on a Taylorist approach which emerged in the 1990s with sanction systems and public ranking of education (Uljens (2021a, 2021b).

In our study the principals generally describe a low goal fulfillment as the basis for participation in CBS and they express difficulties in making the necessary changes on their own when the state makes demands. They are aware that they are in the hands of state authorities, at the same time as they wish to be professionally autonomous. They express different perceptions of what collaboration is, and a collision appears between top-down and bottom-up logics. This exemplifies what Liljenberg (2021) describes, that national models and central initiatives tend to overlook local needs and rarely take into account the complexity of the interaction between those who participate. There is thus a risk that the support for the principals ignores the importance of the context for the principal's leadership (Hallinger, 2018).

Based on Foucault this could mean that power as politics and control of the subject's self-governance has been successful. Through the designation of schools and principals as more or less functioning, technologies of power are established and discursive constructions become truths (Foucault, 1991). In CBS, these discursive truths could be formulated as "the low-performing school", the incompetent principal", "The National Agency for - the savior in need", etc. (Sundberg, 2012). The principals are socialized in a certain direction and become active subjects in the social practice in which they operate (Edwards, 2008). This is in line with what Rose (1999) describes, that by being guided by the truth regimes that prevail, individuals' subjectivities are nurtured, developed and shaped into a way of being.


References
Altrichter, H. & Kemethofer, D. (2015). Does accountability pressure through school inspections promote school improvement? School Effectiveness and School improvement, vol 26, 32-56.
Biesta, G. (2007). Why ‘what works’ won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22.  
Edwards, R. (2008). Actively seeking subjects?. I Nicoll, K. & Fejes, A. (red.) (2008). Foucault and lifelong learning: governing the subject. Routledge
Foucault, M (1991) “Governmentality” I: G. Burchell, C, Gordon & P. Millen(eds) The Foucault effect. Studies in Governmentality, The university of Chicago Press.
Foucault, M. (2003). Regementalitet. Fronesis.
Foucault, M. (2008). Diskursernas kamp. Brutus Östlings förlag.
Gordon, C. (1991). Governmental rationality: an introduction. I: G Burchell, C Gordon & P. Miller (red.), The Foucault effect: Studies in Governmentality, The university of Chicago Press.
Hallinger, P (2018) Bringing context out of the shadow of leadership. Educational management administration & leadership. 46(1), 5–24.  
Håkansson, J& Sundberg, D (2021). Utmärkt undervisning: Framgångsfaktorer i svensk och internationell belysning. Natur & Kultur.
Ivarsson Westerberg, A. (2016). På vetenskaplig grund-Program och teknologi inom Skolinspektionen. Förvaltningsakademin Södertörns högskola
Khattri, N., & Miles, M. B. (1995). Mapping Basic Beliefs About Learner Centered Schools. Theory into Practice, 34(4), 279-287.
Kronqvist Håård, M. (2021). Styrning genom samverkan? – En textanalys av dominerande diskurser i en statlig skolförbättringssatsning. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige 26(1), 42–66.  
Kvale, S. & Brinkman, S. (2009). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Studentlitteratur.
Liljenberg, M. (2021). Förändringar i rektorers pedagogiska ledarskap efter tre års gemensamkompetensutveckling, Utbildning och lärande 15(3), 89–106.
Lindster Norberg, E-L. (2016). Hur ska du bli när du blir stor? En studie i svensk gymnasieskola när entreprenörskap i skolan är i fokus. [Doktorsavhandling, Umeå universitet].  
Nietche, R. (2011). Foucault and Educational Leadership Disciplining the Principal. Routhlegde.
Popkewitz, T. & Brennan, M (1997). Restructuring of social and political theory in education. Educational theory. 47(3).287–313
Prøitz, T.S. (2021). Styring og støtte i moderne governance – samverkan för bästa skola. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige 26(1), 126–132.  
Rose, N. (1998). Interventing our selves. Polity Press.
Skolverket (2019) Redovisning av uppdrag om Samverkan för bästa skola (U2015/3357/S
Skolverket (2021). Redovisning av uppdrag om Samverkan för bästa skola (U2019/03786/S och U2017/00301/S)
Uljens, M. (2021a). Pedagogiskt ledarskap på pedagogikteoretisk grund. I M. Uljens & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (red.) Pedagogiskt ledarskap och skolutveckling (s. 37–100). Studentlitteratur.
Uljens, M. (2021b). Skolförbättring och skolutveckling mellan policy och forskning. I M. Uljens & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (red.) Pedagogiskt ledarskap och skolutveckling (s. 253–290). Studentlitteratur.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

New Managerialism and School Education in Greece: Educational Executives’ Perceptions

Vasilios P. Andrikopoulos, Amalia A. Ifanti

University of Patras, Greece

Presenting Author: Andrikopoulos, Vasilios P.

Τhis study sought to investigate educational executives’ views about their roles and responsibilities in the school practice in Greece and in relation to the New Managerialism (NM) trends in education administration. New Managerialism has been the dominant paradigm in public administration and policy, since its appearance in late 1970s and early 1980s. In education, it emerged in 1990s and since then it has joined as a dominant approach to educational management at local, national, supranational and international level. However, although there have been convergences at a theoretical and conceptual level, in practice the countries have diverged in terms of application of principles and methods of the New Managerialism.

Therefore, the Anglo-Saxon countries, with a strong liberal tradition of administrative organization and provision of public sector services, more easily adopted these principles and made use of market techniques in education. In these countries, assessment and accountability are used as mechanisms to promote market principles, such as the introduction of school competition and the possibility for parents to freely choose schools for their children in an open education market directly linked to school rankings. On the contrary, several countries of central Europe have used assessment and accountability procedures to ensure quality in an educational environment characterized by high levels of decentralization.

Finally, in southern European countries, accountability was incorporated into the institutional framework, in line with the international discourse on educational administration. At the same time, teachers’ professionalism and professional identity are redefined in the social and conceptual framework of New Managerialism. In this context, effective teaching and learning as well as complex accountability mechanisms based on students results in national exams or international tests, like PISA, seem to stand out. Thus, at a supranational and international level, New Managerialism has exerted a strong influence on educational policy and administration. In Greece, where traditional bureaucratic educational administration is almost prevalent, these ideas have recently been adopted in the educational policy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the purpose of our study, an empirical research was carried out. Ninety-nine (n=99) out of 104 Directors of Primary and Secondary Education in Greece participated in this study by completing an anonymously disseminated exploratory questionnaire (response rate: 95.19%). Firstly, a pilot survey was conducted, in which 12 Principals of Primary and Secondary Education participated (10% of the total population).
The questionnaire was drawn upon the review of the relevant literature on the topic. In the first part, there were questions about gender, educational background, teaching and administrative experiences in schools. In the second part, a   five-point Likert scale (i.e.: not at all, a little, quite a lot, a lot, very much) was used. The questions were concerned with the investigation the Education Directors’ views about the following issues:
i) their role and responsibilities in the Greek educational administration system, the goals and priorities given in the system, the characteristics of an effective educational administration, ii) the accountability aspects of the Greek educational system, iii) school funding, iv) market mechanisms in the Greek educational system.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data analysis revealed that Greek educational executives’ roles and responsibilities have slightly changed under the influence of New Managerialism. In particular, they were found to support the deployment of specific New Managerialism characteristics, such as educational accountability and assessment, decentralization and school autonomy attainment, and linked them with the school improvement. All in all, the convergences arisen harmonized with the global trends in educational policy and administration, while the divergences from the international discourse contributed to the better understanding of specific aspects of educational administration in Greece. In conclusion, this study unveiled the long-lasting dynamic role of New Managerialism and its appealing in educational governance worldwide through exploring its impact on the educational administration in Greece.
References
Camphuijsen, M. K., & Parcerisa, L. (2023). Teachers' beliefs about standardised testing and test‐based accountability: Comparing the perceptions and experiences of teachers in Chile and Norway. European Journal of Education, 58(1), 67-82.
Christensen, T., & Laegreid, P. (2022). Taking stock: new public management (npm) and post-npm reforms – trends and challenges. In A. Ladner & F. Sager (Eds), Handbook on the politics of public administration (pp.38–49). Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited.
Collet-Sabé, J., & Ball, S. J. (2023). Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education. Journal of Education Policy, 1-16.
Crato, N. (2020). Curriculum and educational reforms in Portugal: An analysis on why and how students’ knowledge and skills improved. In F. M. Reimers (Ed.), Audacious education purposes: How governments transform the goals of education systems. Berlin: Springer.
Fan, X. (2023). Accountability in the evaluation of teacher effectiveness: Views of teachers and administrators. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 1-27.
Levatino, A., Parcerisa, L., & Verger, A. (2024). Understanding the stakes: The influence of accountability policy options on teachers’ responses. Educational Policy, 38(1), 31-60.
Pagès, M., Ferrer-Esteban, G., Verger, A., & Prieto, M. (2023). At the crossroad of performativity and the market: schools’ logics of action under a hybrid accountability regime. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-21.
Parcerisa, L., Verger, A., Pagès, M., Browes, N. (2023). The professionalism, accountability, and work of teachers in different regulatory regimes. In L. Maestripieri & A. Bellini (Eds.), Professionalism and social change (pp. 187-208). Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.
Van Buuren, A., Lewis, J. M., & Peters, B. G. (Eds.). (2023). Policy making as designing: the added value of design thinking for public administration and public policy. Bristol: Policy Press.
Wilkins, A. (2023). Mapping the field of education policy research: A history of policy settlements. London: Bloomsbury.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Competitive Effects of Free Schools on Neighbouring Schools in England

Ruth McGinity

UCL, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McGinity, Ruth

Free schools are new state-funded schools in England. They have been opened by non-state actors who apply to central Government for the right and funding to set up and govern a not-for-profit school. Free schools can disapply the National Curriculum, do not have to adhere to national teachers' pay and conditions and can set the length of their school day. These ‘freedoms’ were reflected in the name ‘free school’. Partly borrowed from the Swedish free schools (Friskolar) policy, the Government in England has associated the term ‘free’ with an argument that free schools “aren’t run by the local council. They have more control over how they do things” (DfE, undated). A central policy argument for opening free schools in England is that they will create new competitive pressures for improvement in neighbouring schools, thereby “forc[ing] existing schools to up their game” (DfE 2010: 57). This argument contains several assumptions about how school choice and competition operate. As Betts (2009) argued in the case of Charter Schools in America – from which free school policy is partly borrowed – the assumptions are that: free schools will compete well in terms of academic quality; parents will express a strong preference for higher quality schools; existing schools losing students or status to free schools will (be able to) respond by improving academic quality. There are numerous ways, however, in which this “chain of causation” can break down (ibid: 197). Free schools may not offer better quality environments. Parents may not prioritise or be able to recognise academic quality. Existing schools may not perceive new competition or, where they do, may not (be able to) respond in ways that improve quality or equity. Little change or even deterioration in student outcomes could result.

As of June 2022 there are over 600 free schools open (which represent the vast majority of new schools opened in England since 2010). Many more schools are neighbouring schools to these new free schools. This paper draws on a qualitative case study of the competitive effects of free schools on their neighbours, from a bigger mixed methods study, the aims of which were to:

  1. Test for the presence of free school competitive effects on student outcomes in neighbouring schools.
  2. Identify the mechanisms through which potential free school competitive effects are manifested, by analysing whether free schools compete well in terms of quality, whether parental preferences for local schools change with a free school opening and whether existing schools respond by changing their practices.

These aims require attention to the complexities of choice and competition across local markets. As such the main research question this paper is addressing is:

  1. How are choice and competition manifested in local markets in which a free school opens? To what extent do local structural conditions, a free school’s aims and the local status of neighbouring schools influence perceived competition and action-taking?

Policy makers assume free schools create efficient competition, yet competition due to a free school’s presence works through a mix of mechanisms including selective competition. This has influenced the actions schools take, the distribution of improvement and deterioration and the patterns of social segregation.

A key lesson from the free school experiment is for policy makers to recognise the potential of selective competition and the outcomes this can create. This paper is relevant for an international audience interested in how the free schools experiment in England has played out in relation to choice and competition and what this might mean for other education systems that operate within the context of quasi-market supply side reforms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The case study included 9 cases which allowed for an appropriate range of school types and local contexts to be included. Following our wider project’s neighbourhood definition, the boundaries of each case study were defined as a free school and nine closet schools of the same phase.

We followed a convenience sampling approach. This drew on survey responses, where respondents were asked whether they would be willing to participate in a follow up interview. Invitations to participate were made to the headteacher of the free school and neighbouring schools that had not participated in the survey. The achieved sample, including the number of participating neighbouring schools in each case, is summarised in Table 7.1 below.

Table 7.1: Achieved case study sample

Cluster Case Phase Forecasted need prior to opening Participating neighbouring schools
1 A Primary Surplus 3
B Primary Shortfall 2
2 C Primary Surplus 4
D Primary Shortfall 3
3 E Secondary Surplus 3
F All-through Surplus 5
H Secondary Shortfall 4
4 G Secondary Shortfall 3
J Secondary Surplus 1

A common set of research procedures in each case supported comparative cross-case analysis combining two data collection methods, documentary analysis and semi-structured interviews. We interviewed the headteacher of the participating free school and the headteachers of participating neighbouring schools. The aims of the interviews were to understand the headteacher’s perceptions and experiences of competition locally; the schools own competitive actions and logics of those actions; wider relations with other local schools, including potential collaboration; and reflections on the wider consequences of the free school opening for local students.

The data was coded by hand and analysed thematically through a parallel inductive and deductive approach, using the initial codes of: context; structural conditions; free school origins and ethos; student recruitment; perceived impacts of the free school; responsive actions; logics of action; and local consequences. Apriori codes were refined and added to through engagement with the data.

On the basis of this thematic analysis we wrote individual reports for each case study to enable cross-case analysis. The cross-case analysis identified 4 clusters. Local cases were clustered on the basis of similarities in: i) their contexts and structural conditions; and ii) free schools aims and ethos. We were then able to analyse the extent to which these factors influenced perceived competition and, in turn, any action-taking.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, the analysis highlights factors influencing the intensity of perceived competition, due to the presence of a free school. Local structural conditions were shown to be important, including both the extent of residential segregation and the balance of supply and demand for places. Declining rolls and increasing surplus places increased the perceived intensity of competition and the impacts of the free school.

Second, the analysis demonstrated several foci of competition. In Cluster 1 competition was over student numbers and funding. In Clusters 2 and 3, it extended to social selection. This was influenced by the free school’s marketing, negative stereotyping of neighbours and recruitment practices perceived to cream, crop or exclude students.

Third, action-taking in response to a free school’s presence was common, although not universal, and was influenced by perceived impact. Marketing and promotion were widespread. Sometimes this combined with new extra-curricular activities, particularly in middle and high-status schools, highlighting their use in signifying status. Differentiation was also identified, where schools used messaging to (seek to) restate the legitimacy of their provision.

Fourth, while headteachers’ logics of action were often context-specific, there was a clear difference between high and low status. High status schools had locally advantaged intakes, likelihood of historic oversubscription and greater financial security. Their heads were less likely to report negative free school impacts and perceived greater capacity for action. Their dispositions towards action did vary by context, reflecting a distinction made by Van Zanten (2009). Where heads perceived their intake remained relatively stable, they tended towards a “monopolistic” logic, relying on an existing reputation to remain socially selective. Where heads perceived stronger competition, they tended towards a “entrepreneurial” logic, using promotional, differentiation and recruitment strategies to sustain an advantaged intake.

References
Betts, J. (2009) The Competitive Effects of Charter Schools on Traditional Public Schools, in Berends, M., Springer, M., and Ballou, D. (Eds) Handbook of Research on School Choice. New York: Routledge.

DfE (Department for Education). (2010) The Importance of Teaching. London: TSO.

DfE (Department for Education). (Undated) https://www.get-information-schools.service.gov.uk/glossary

Van Zanten, A. (2009) Competitive arenas and schools' logics of action : a European comparison. Compare, 39(1): 85-98.
 
15:15 - 16:4523 SES 02 B: Education in an Age of Uncertainty
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Nirit Pariente
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Contradictory Assumptions Regarding Evaluation Policy

Tirzah Margolin, Yariv Feniger

Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Presenting Author: Margolin, Tirzah

The New Public Manegment (NPM) influences educational policy in many aspects. One of them deals with strengthen global governance by the reinforce the involvment of stakehoders from the business sector and philanthropy in educational policy. This involvement strives to adapt values of globalism, standards, and accountability as part of the educational evaluation policy (Lingard, Martino, & Rezai-Rashti, 2013).

The educational evaluation policy targets power relations between different stakeholders. The stakeholder's position and values are more often reveal in the way they identify structural problems and strategical difficulties in the education system. That effects both the educational evaluation policy and the expectancy from the education system to enact and implement the policy. The enactment of evaluation policy is more often challenging due to demands from the formal authorities and obstacles from inside the educational system (Adert-German, 2021; Ball, Magurie, Braun, & Hoskins, 2011; Camphuijsen, 2020).

The objective of this research is to comprehend the scope of evaluation policy and the effects of NPM on it. This highlights the influence of different ideologies and standards regarding educational evaluation policy. Moreover, the research challenges policy stakeholder's expectancy from enactment and implementation of the policy.

Our research deals with the educational policy in Israel since 2005. This was a significant year for Israeli education policy because of the Dovrat (Israel National Force for Education) Committee, which revealed their findings and recommendations.

This committee raised concerns regarding improving evaluation and measurement of the educational system, and adopting an evaluation policy that promotes accountability (Livni-Huberman, 2021; Resnik, 2011).

The Dovrat committee recommended establishing the National Authority for Measurement and Evaluation. It was also involved in the evaluation policy and its implementation in the educational system, including the national and international examinations. Another notable recommendation was creating the position of evaluation coordinator. A coordinator is a teacher specializing in the field of evaluation. This teacher trained to become the school evaluation coordinator and to enact the evaluation policy within the school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research conducted using qualitative methods including extensive analysis of formal policy documents, such as legislation and governmental registers. We also included informal policy documents in our analysis. These documents included protocols and unofficial professional reports, due to the importance of unofficial documents for comprehensive understanding of different stakeholders’ perspectives.
The research included also interviews with politicians and other high-level decision makers in the Israeli education system.
The qualitative thematic analysis was based on Carol Bacchi’s critical methodology, which relies on Foucault's critical approach (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016; Bacchi, 2020). Becchi's methodology identifies the problems and solutions implemented by the policy. The methodology — What’s the Problem Represented to be?’ (WPR) — highlights problems, and how they have been presents in the public domain. This encapsulates the influence of bureaucracy and the relationship amongst external stakeholders. Furthermore, Bacchi recommended considering stakeholders who were excluded from legislation.
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The educational evaluation policy highlighted difficulties in the functioning of the Israeli educational system. Policy makers outlines the system inability to track achievements due to the lack of academic standardizations and characterize a problematic system that does not achieve global academic goals. They identified lack of the standardizations as a problem, and expressed the need for a centralized evaluation policy.

Conversely, there are those who promotes strict policy as a potential solution for the challenges of the educational system. They believe that systematic and public evaluation leads to competition, which strengthens the accountability of the system and can lead for pragmatic solution for the system challenges. For example, substandard results in national exams will lead principals to enact differently in order improve achievements.          

The different approaches reflect the dispute about evaluation policy, due to the involvement of internal and external stakeholders. Within the educational system, there are different approaches regarding the role of evaluation. Moreover, power relationships influences the current dialogue regarding internal and external evaluation.

External stakeholders challenge the educational system to conform to measurable objectives and adopt NPM values. While the volatile situation in the government and the deficiency of the educational system creates instability in evaluation policy.

Some stakeholders request to use evaluation as a tool to strengthen the educational system. For example, the use of internal evaluation methods to improve learning and ongoing analysis for improving management and infrastructures. Yet, those stakeholders express distrust in the ability of schools to use evaluation for addressing challenges.

Under the volatile situation and different attitudes, unfortunately, the policy resulted in substandard outcomes. Stakeholders noted that attempt to define current evaluation policy, implemented with conflicting results.

Our research represents a variety of attitudes amongst stakeholders involved with evaluation policy. These values influence policy enactment and reinforced within the school system.

References
Adert-German, T. (2021). Sustainable School Self evaluation: Enactments and Perceptions of Balancing Accountability and Improvement Goals. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability( (2021) 33:291–315), 291–315.
Bacchi, C. (2020). Policy as Discourse: What does it mean? Where does it get us? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 21(1), 45-57.
Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Post-structural Policy Analyses. New York: Palgarve pivot.
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy Actors: Doing Policy Work in Schools. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education(32:4), 625-639.
Camphuijsen, M. (2020). From Trust in the Profession to Trust in Results: A Multi-Level Analysis of Performance-Based Accountability in Norwegian Education. Barcelona: Department of Socialogy The Autonomous University of Barcelona.
Lingard, B., Martino, W., & Rezai-Rashti, G. (2013). Testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: commensurate global and national developments. Journal of Educational Policy, 28, 2013 - Issue 5, 539-556.
Livni-Huberman, T. (2021). The Senior Planning and Strategy Division of the Ministry of Education - A Comparative Historical Examination of Policy Aspects During the Planning Action of the Ministry of Education (1948-2017). Tel Aviv University.
Resnik, J. (2011). The Construction of a Managerial Education Discourse and the Involvement of Philanthropic Entrepreneurs: The Case of Israel. Critical Studies in Education, 52:3, 251-266


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Educational Reform Policy- A Professional Challenge for School Principals

Nirit Pariente, Noy Dali, Dorit Tubin, Heli Amossi

Ben-Gurion University of the Negev

Presenting Author: Pariente, Nirit; Dali, Noy

In recent years, instability has become one of the permanent elements in everyday life, from the global economic crisis in 2008, through the climate crisis and the Arab Spring, which increased emissions and migration to Europe, culminating with the COVID-19 pandemic. One of the consequences of these emergencies was recognition of the advantage of local government over central government in effectively solving problems (Gupta et al., 2021). These events, along with changes of government, demographic shifts, and economic changes, are reflected in the characteristics of educational reform (Cohen, Spillane, & Peurach, 2018). Educational reforms usually seek to establish a new policy that will change teaching and learning patterns for the benefit of the schools and society (Sahlberg, 2016). As such, educational reform usually challenges the school principals’ basic concepts and assumptions, and can affect their professional skills. This study seeks to explore how a top-down reform affects principals’ professional skills.

The reform explored in this study is called “Gefen” (PAF – Pedagogical-Administrative Flexibility), designed by Ministry of Education policymakers, to be implemented by school principals. This reform reflects the growing accountability and crisis management trend at local leadership level. By means of a digital platform, this reform enables management of school budgets by selecting administrative and pedagogical alternatives, such as educational programs, consultancy and training, technological tools, etc. Choosing solutions requires principals to use professional skills to diagnose the schools’ needs, choose an appropriate intervention, and infer from the process and results (Abbott, 1988). In addition, to successfully meet the demands of the reform, principals have to develop supportive networks with colleges and experts to obtain information, resources, and tools (Eyal, 2019). The present study seeks to examine the relationship between educational reform and the professional skills of school principals.

Preliminary findings show that the main challenges the principals face are meeting budget requirements, timetables, and reports, while keeping to the reform budget. The principals deal with these challenges by participating in networks that provide sound advice, consultation, and quick solutions to the demands of the reform. Following the wisdom of the network enhances the pattern of compliance, and suppresses the professional skills needed to adapt the solutions to the school’s needs and context. Virtually no evidence was found of diagnostic processes regarding students’ or teachers’ needs. The principals preferred to delegate diagnosis responsibilities to middle leaders, such as the social education coordinator, or favored programs with popular topics, like student inclusion and resilience. At times, the guiding principle of “Every child gets something”, leads to purchasing a wide variety of programs that do not necessarily correspond to the students’ or teachers’ needs.

At the same time, when the principals chose programs, there was partial reference to an informed choice between alternatives. One reason for this is that the digital reform includes more than 5,000 different programs, making it difficult to choose. Consequently, in most instances, the principals look for recommendations from colleagues, or continue with programs already operating at the school.

Finally, little evidence was found to evaluate the quality of the program. Principals used accessible indicators, such as the students’ desire to participate or the absence of discipline problems, with no reference to whether the program’s pedagogical or administrative goals have been achieved. Possible explanations for the principals’ coping patterns are associated with the nature of reform implementation (top-down, all at once, without sufficient time), with “growing pains” of the new digital system, and with the principals’ lack of professional skills, which altogether result in them devoting their efforts to “solving the problem of the reform”, rather than to the problems the reform seeks to solve.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design is a multiple-case study to examine the principals’ professional skills in coping with educational reform. A multiple-case study seeks to study a phenomenon in its social, cultural, and organizational contexts (Merriam, 1988). A “case” in the present study is defined as a principal’s decision and professional skills in implementing the reform.
The number of cases in a multiple-case study ranges from four to ten cases that can represent the phenomenon. In the present study, four categories of schools were selected, based on the size of the school (small, less than 500 students, and large – more than 1,000 students) and the principal’s seniority (young, up to five years, and veteran, more than ten years in office). This combination created four categories of four schools each, a total of sixteen schools.
As customary in case-study research, the data was collected using several practical tools to ensure the study’s reliability and obtain a deep understanding of the phenomenon (Merriam, 2015). The tools included two rounds of semi-structured interviews with the principals and relevant staff members (two or three in large schools), and dozens of reform implementation documents, such as the school curriculum, program contracts, internal feedback survey, and activity plans.
The data was analyzed in two stages: Within-case analysis of each school to identify the interactions between the reform, the context, and the principal’s professional skills, and Cross-case analysis to compare the patterns of similarities and differences between the cases (Yin, 2013). Concurrently, content analysis was conducted, based on an inductive thematic content analysis that emerged from the research data, and a deductive analysis derived from the theories of professions (Abbott, 1988) and expertise (Eyal, 2019).
This study adopts Guba and Lincoln’s (1985) approach to “trustworthiness” in qualitative research. Ethical standards were maintained by presenting the research objectives to the interviewees, protecting their privacy and anonymity, storing all data in password-protected digital folders, and obtaining informed consent from all the interviewees.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study findings indicate that the principals’ focus their efforts on solving the “problem of the reform”, emphasizing its bureaucratic manifestations rather than what the reform sought to promote. This is because the reform was carried out in a rigorous timeframe, without adjustments to take into consideration the school’s calendar or needs. These constraints encouraged the principals to develop expertise by means of a colleague network, to find quick solutions for compliance with the demands of the reform, at the expense of utilizing the reform’s resources to promote their school’s unique goals, by diagnosing the school’s needs, choosing suitable programs, and inferring to promote student learning. This means that rather than promoting educational and pedagogical goals, the reform pushes principals to meet its demands.
Two key conclusions can be drawn: First, the characteristics of the reform prevented the principals from developing professional skills since it was top-down, under a strict time limit, and rigorous budget enforcement reduced the principals’ freedom. The findings are not surprising since developing principals’ professional skills is not one of the reform’s goals. The second conclusion is that the principals approached the reform with their preexisting professional skills, which largely depend on their seniority and the size of their school. This variance leads to differential reform assimilation; however, the vast majority emphasizes meeting bureaucratic requirements at the expense of educational or pedagogical quality.
There are theoretical and practical contributions: Theoretically, the findings demonstrate how the conditions of the reform promote or hinder principals’ professional skills of diagnosing the school’s needs, making an informed choice of intervention, and making inferences regarding the results of the intervention. Practically, the present study’s results can inform principal preparation programs regarding the reform, which can help in leading effective implementation, and developing the principals’ professionalism.

References
Abbott, A. (1988). Professional work, ch. 2, 35-58. The system of professions. Chicago: The university of Chicago press.
Cohen, D. K., Spillane, J. P., & Peurach, D. J. (2018). The dilemmas of educational reform. Educational Researcher, 47(3), 204-212.‏
Eyal, G. (2019). The crisis of expertise. Polity Press.
Guba, E. G. & Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluence. In Denzin, N. K.& Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research, 163-188. Thousand Oaks: Sage.
Gupta, S., Nguyen, T., Raman, S., Lee, B., Lozano-Rojas, F., Bento, A., ... & Wing, C. (2021). Tracking public and private responses to the COVID-19 epidemic: evidence from state and local government actions. American Journal of Health Economics, 7(4), 361-404.‏
Merriam, S. B. (1988). Case study research in education: A qualitative approach. Jossey-Bass.‏
Merriam, S.B. (2015), Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA.
Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. The handbook of global education policy, 128-144.‏
Yin, R. K. (2013). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Fifth edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

New Spaces of Transnational Governance: A Case Study of the LOOP Consortium's Innovative Approach to Teacher Induction Policies in Europe

Marta Mateus de Almeida, Estela Costa, Joana Viana, Carolina Carvalho

Universidade de Lisboa Instituto de Educação

Presenting Author: Mateus de Almeida, Marta; Costa, Estela

The study analyzes the emergence of new modes of regulation in education and the teaching profession, resulting in phenomena of multiregulation in education (Barroso, 2005). This involves the interaction of state and non-state actors at different levels and with different approaches, in new spaces, utilizing various governance instruments (Leuze Martens & Rusconi, 2007; Rizvi & Lingard, 2006). The study acknowledges the increasing intensity and complexity of transnational governance in education (Carvalho, 2016), leading to the creation of non-traditional spaces. One such example is the Erasmus+ support line for European projects, specifically Key Action 3 – Support for policy reform, Action Type – Policy experimentations, which includes the case of the European project - LOOP – Empowering Teachers.

The propositions put forth by this group are analyzed as an expression of transnational governance (Ozga & Lingard, 2007; Djelic & Sahlin-Anderson, 2006) of teacher training policies in unconventional forums. The identification of the issues that unite the actors in the LOOP consortium is based on the recognition of a global political matter that demands attention. This matter arises from two main factors: i) the shortage of teachers in Europe, which poses a pressing challenge and has significant impacts on educational systems, and ii) the necessity to attract and retain more qualified professionals, recognizing the critical early stages of the teaching profession (Almeida et al., 2018; Costa et al., 2019). In this context, the establishment of the consortium is justified, further fortified by the approval and funding of the proposal at the European level.

The consortium brings together representatives from Ministries of Education, academics, and teachers from six European countries (Croatia, Slovenia, Spain (Catalonia), Greece, Italy, and Portugal) to address a shared issue. The consortium's collective goal is to design a solution that can be implemented at a national level, incorporating perspectives from state authorities, teachers, and academic experts. The involvement of Ministries of Education adds legitimacy to the consortium as they are considered crucial stakeholders responsible for implementing the proposed solutions within their respective national contexts.

Therefore, as part of a larger project, this study has three main objectives: i) to document how the consortium organizes itself and assigns roles to different actors involved; ii) to analyze the issues raised as part of a critical analysis process, constructing a coherent argument that identifies and defines the key features of a shared problem and emphasizes the need for a collective response; and iii) to present the recommendations that emerge from the coordinated search for solutions to the identified problems, including proposals and suggestions for addressing the challenges at hand.

This effort encompasses a progressive exploration of potential approaches that should be adopted, following the established guidelines (Delvaux, 2009). It is crucial to analyze the tools and methods employed by the consortium to generate knowledge that supports the proposed solutions. For instance, the consortium utilizes various instruments in different national contexts, such as identifying teachers' needs and motivations during the initial phase in the consortium's six countries. Additionally, the consortium gathers 'best practices' and exemplary case studies from participating countries, which serve as inspiring models.

The generated knowledge, aiming to build the supporting 'argument' for the group's proposals, is based on 776 questionnaires collected by the LOOP consortium, applied to teachers (newly graduated and experienced) and school directors; 56 interviews conducted by LOOP teams and six focus groups (64 participants), and results obtained through a trial of the solution via the implementation of national pilot projects.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This case study is of a phenomenological and interpretative nature, utilizing a documentary collection produced within the LOOP consortium. The study begins by establishing the overall argument for the relevance of the project, starting from the funding application, and culminating in the design of the solution. The latter includes the synthesis reports of questionnaire and interview results, an e-catalog of best practices, and justifications for the presented programs.
To analyze the documents, the study employs the content analysis technique (Bardin, 2009). Initially, the goal is to identify the reasons behind the participation of different actors in the consortium and the specific roles assigned to each group member. In the second phase, the study focuses on analyzing the narratives produced, which pertain to the identification of problems related to teacher induction policies and processes, as well as the formulation of solutions adaptable to national contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Concerning the consortium and the presence of diversified actors and their roles, various roles are identified: a) ministerial representatives perform roles of state authority representation; informational roles by providing data on national contexts and legitimizing roles by testing the feasibility of proposed recommendations; b) academic experts are tasked with supporting proposals based on scientific knowledge, and c) teachers are responsible for providing insights into professional challenges and needs and testing suggested solutions.
Despite the unique characteristics of each national/regional context, there is a clear convergence among the six contexts regarding the perception of the teaching profession and professional induction processes as shared problems that demand urgent responses from state authorities. The data collected support a set of assumptions previously agreed upon by the group regarding the preferred induction model - mentoring and peer induction. The use of academic expertise and the production of confirming evidence further reinforce these assumptions, such as the need to train mentors and develop induction programs.
The presented programs serve as guidelines for induction policies, offering solutions that address the identified needs of teachers and countries. These programs include both transversal and mandatory proposals and suggestions, allowing for the adaptation of measures to national and local contexts.

References
Almeida, M., Costa, E., Pinho, A.S., & Pipa, J. (2018). Atuar na indução de professores: Que implicações para os diretores escolares portugueses?. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 31(2), 196-214
Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70.
Carvalho, L. M. (2016). Intensificação e sofisticação dos processos da regulação transnacional em educação: o caso do PISA. Educ. Soc., 37 (136) 669-683, 2016.
Costa, E., Almeida, M. Pinho, A.S., & Pipa, J. (2019). School Leaders’ needs regarding beginning teachers’ induction in Belgium, Finland and Portugal. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 81, 57-78.
Delvaux, B. (2009). Qual é o papel do conhecimento na acção pública? Educ. Soc.,  30 (109) 959-985.

Djelic, M.-L.;  & Sahlin-Anderson, K.  (2006). Institutional dinamics in a re-ordering world. In: M.-L Dejic & K. Sahlin-Anderson (Eds.). Transnational governance. Institutional dinamics of regulation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006, p. 375-397.
Leuze E, Martens, K., & Rusconi,, A.  (2007) Introduction. In K., Martens, & Rusconi, K. Leuze, K. (eds). New Arenas of Education Governance (p. 3-15). London: Routledge.
Ozga, J., & Lingard, B.  (2007). Globalisation, education policy, and politics. In: B. Lingard & Ozga, J. (eds.) The Routlege/Falmer in Education Policy and Politics. New York: Routledge.
RizviI, F.& Lingard, B. (2006) .Globalisation and the changing nature of the OECD’s educational work. In: H. Lauder , P. Brown, J.A. Dillabough, A.H. Halsey A. H. (eds.), Education, Globalisation and Social Change. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 
15:15 - 16:4523 SES 02 C: Politics of Knowledge
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Helena Hinke Dobrochinski
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Knowledge Use in Post-Pandemic Education Recovery Policy

Jennifer Ozga1, Jo-Anne Baird1, Margaret Arnott2, Niclas Hell2

1Oxford University, United Kingdom; 2University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Baird, Jo-Anne

Governments and international organisations have turned their attention to a return to normal, following the disruption of the pandemic. How context shapes governing narratives of education and education recovery in the four jurisdictions of the UK is explored in this paper. Our interest is in how knowledge is used and interacts with politics to create the governing narratives in each jurisdiction, as well as how these contrast between jurisdictions. Through an analysis of policy texts on education recovery in the four jurisdictions, we explore these relationships.

In Scotland, the SNP government’s political text and talk in education policy has promoted a policy narrative of joint endeavour and collaborative improvement, inflected with historically embedded references to fairness, ‘crafting the narrative’ of government that is (implicitly) nationalist in its references to a shared ‘project’ - a ‘journey to independence’ - though drawing on historically embedded themes. More recently, that narrative has focused more sharply on educational underachievement and on major curriculum and cultural change designed to support system-wide reform. That agenda is a departure from traditional reliance on a local ‘policy community’ operating consensually, with expertise and knowledge located largely within the system. In Wales, a narrative of ambitious reform has developed since devolution, and distinguishes Wales from the other jurisdictions. Its emphasis on local partnerships and ‘bottom up’ developments can be seen in its education recovery policies. Labour governments in Wales have also referenced OECD expertise to enable their ‘journey to reform’, while enhanced devolution following the Wales Act (2016) and the co-operation agreement between Labour and Plaid Cyrmu has encouraged distinctive education policy-making. From 2015 Wales has moved towards collegiate working focussed on social justice, inclusion and addressing inequalities. Northern Ireland has seen major alternations to the policy narrative with the creation of a single Education Board in 2015 and a recent review of the education system.

In England, the dominant policy narrative foregrounds individualistic goals and competition, striving for world class standards through, for example, reform of educational assessment. A qualification reform policy – the Advanced British Standard – was announced by the Prime Minister, to drive up educational standards. High standards are to be achieved through data-based governance involving performance assessment, curriculum control and inspection. This contrasts with the other jurisdictions who have sought to utilise education policy to promote the myth of education as creating a coherent, inclusive society that generates feelings of belonging, collective identity and purpose. England’s education system and policymaking is increasingly provided by private actors and reliant on outsourcing. Which expertise and knowledge are mobilised in the governing narratives for education recovery policy differs markedly across the four jurisdictions.

Following our analysis of key policy texts setting out plans for education recovery in the UK’s four nations we offer insights into the dominant education recovery narratives being constructed, the resources-including expert knowledge- that they mobilise or exclude in recovery planning, and the importance of party politics in shaping recovery responses. We adopt an interdisciplinary theoretical framework that drawing on political studies, education policy analysis and analysis of knowledge-policy relations in the governing of education in the UK and Europe. Our analyses show that the kinds of knowledge drawn upon in each jurisdiction is strikingly different, relating to the political and ideological values of the parties in power in each. In turn, this generates governance logics which frame distinct views of what a return to normal would look like for the education systems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We seek to answer the following main research questions:
(i) Do covid recovery plans reflect party political differences across the 4 jurisdictions of the UK?
(ii) What kinds of expertise and knowledge are mobilised in these plans?

The approach taken draws on theorization of governing as narrative, with attention to the social construction of practices of policy making through the ability of individuals to create and act on meanings.
Narrative approaches connect to critical discourse analysis (CDA) through approaching policy text as persuasive, and as referencing particular contexts and connections to claim the legitimacy and authority of selected policy strategies. CDA enables scrutiny of how discourse creates and recreates the world by ignoring some possibilities and selecting and prioritising others. Importantly, discourses also represent possible worlds, and construct ‘projects’ to change the world in preferred directions. CDA interrogates policy texts to illuminate the resources that are being mobilised, and their role in creating governing narratives-in this case, narratives of education recovery.
We analysed key policy texts from the four administrations, for example the Covid 19 Education Recovery Group (Scotland), DfE publications on Education Recovery, the Independent Panel Review of Education in Northern Ireland, the Renew and Reform plan in Wales and the Covid Inquiry. We also carried out text analysis of selected, relevant speeches by key policy actors across UK.
We understand policy as a site of interaction of actors and agendas in education -an interaction revealing the relationship of knowledge, expertise and politics. We understand policy as made and (re) made in processes of enactment, as requiring policy work that depends on the alliances that actors build, the interests that they accommodate, and the extent to which agreement can be brokered about the direction of any policy process. Such perspectives stress attention to the ways in which policy and policy actors are embedded in social and cultural worlds, and to the extent to which expertise is relational, mediating between knowledge production and application, welding scientific and social capabilities.
We ask what resources are identified and seen as useful, explore how they are mobilised, and examine the extent to which politicians select from them, emphasise some rather then others-in order to try to navigate competing values and interests.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings show England as exceptional amongst the four nations, with the neoliberal rationale of marketisation and privatisation framing the governing narrative of education policy in the return to normal following the pandemic. In Scotland, there is a strong narrative of education as important to societal cohesion, with recognition of education professionals and their contributions to community. A number of reviews of aspects of the education system in Scotland drew upon local expertise and consulted widely across the education sector and beyond. Wales’ policy narrative also showed a co-construction narrative, with a vision of renewal. Teachers are seen as key to the revitalisation of the country’s education system. In Northern Ireland, the governing narrative focussed upon integration and collaboration. Economic development, tackling inequalities and improving health were identified as key priorities. The exceptionalism of England is a curiosity that requires an explanation. We pose some potentially explanatory factors regarding the nature of the functioning of the state in England. In addition to party political agendas, there are politics internal to political parties which have influenced the recovery plan governing logics.
References
Elena Andreouli &Emma Brice (2021) Citizenship under Covid 19: an analysis of UK political rhetoric during the first wave of the Covid pandemic Journal of Community and Applied Social Psychology 32(3) 555-572
Margaret Arnott & Jenny Ozga (2016) Education and nationalism in Scotland: governing a ‘learning nation’, Oxford Review of Education, 42:3, 253-265, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2016.1184865
Ansell, C. Eva Sørensen & Jacob Torfing (2020): The COVID-19 pandemic as a game changer for public administration and leadership? The need for robust governance responses to turbulent problems, Public Management Review, DOI: 10.1080/14719037.2020.1820272
Emily Cameron Blake, Helen Tatlow, Andrew Wood,Thomas Hale, Beatriz Kira, Anna Petherick, Toby
Lynggaard, K., Kluth, M., Jensen, M.D. (2023). Covid-19 Hit Europe: Patterns of Government Responses to the Pandemic. In: Lynggaard, K., Jensen, M.D., Kluth, M. (eds) Governments' Responses to the Covid-19 Pandemic in Europe. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-14145-4_1
Bevir, M. (2012). A Theory of Governance California: University of California Press http://escholarship.org/uc/item/2qs2w3rb
Boswell, C. (2009) The Political Uses of Expert Knowledge Cambridge, Cambridge University Press
Renegotiating the public good: Responding to the first wave of COVID-19 in England, Germany and Italy Peter Kelly, Susann Hofbauer, Barbara Gross Volume 20 Issue 5, September 2021 584-609
Lupton, D. 2022. COVID Societies: Theorising the Coronavirus  Crisis. London: Routledge. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
Moss, G., A. Bradbury, A. Braun, S. Duncan, and R. Levy (2021b). “Learning through Disruption: Using Schools’ Experiences of COVID to Build a More Resilient Education System.” London: UCL Institute of Education, Available at: https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10136102/ [Google Scholar]
Miller, H Governing Narratives: Symbolic Politics and Policy Change (Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2012).
Monteil C.j.Ujheng J.Dela Paz E (2021) The language of pandemic leaderships: mapping political rhetoric during the covid 19 outbreak Political psychology 5 2021
Jenny Ozga (2011) Governing Narratives: “local” meanings and globalising education policy, Education Inquiry, 2:2, 305-318, DOI: 10.3402/edui.v2i2.21982
Stone D (2013) Knowledge Actors and Transnational Governance: The Private-Public Policy Nexus in the Global Agora  Palgrave Macmillan
Symeonidis,V. Evi Agostini (2021) The EU’s Education Policy Response to the Covid-19 Pandemic: A Discourse and Content Analysis Education in the Covid-19 Era CEPS Journal
DOI: https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1137 Vol 11
Wodak, R (2020) Analysing the Politics of Denial: critical discourse studies and the discourse-historical approach in Krippendorf, Klaus and Nour Halabi (eds) Discourses in Action. London Routledge.
Michael Mintrom & Ruby O’Connor (2020) The importance of policy narrative: effective government responses to Covid-19, Policy Design and Practice, 3:3, 205-227, DOI: 10.1080/25741292.2020.1813358


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Utilisation of Research Knowledge in Parliamentary Deliberations on Educational Policies

Nora Wazinski

DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany

Presenting Author: Wazinski, Nora

As in most European education systems (Hadjar et al., 2022), inequalities in Germany, some of which have worsened in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic (Dietrich, Patzina & Lerche 2020; Wößmann et al., 2021), persist. This is regularly demonstrated by educational research such as in the widely perceived monitoring studies National Report on Education (Nationaler Bildungsbericht; Autor*innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung, 2022), the IQB-Bildungstrend that describes regular trends in school achievement (Stanat et al., 2023) or the recent PISA study (Lewalter et al., 2023). In the last decades, educational research has been able to gain important knowledge about the emergence and occurrence of educational inequalities (Bachsleitner et al., 2022). The fact that these efforts don’t seem to have contributed much to a significant improvement of the education system shifts the focus on a different aspect that many times has become a condition for research funding: the transfer of knowledge between research and practice as an important instrument or mechanism that may be key to enable overcoming educational barriers and inequalities for disadvantaged social groups. Transfer has therefore internationally gained importance as a practical goal for researchers and policymakers, but also – given that a lot remains to be learnt about the mechanisms and practices of transfer between different actors in the education system – as a subject of research.

Accordingly, this study seeks to contribute to closing the significant research gap on how to actually reduce inequalities in educational processes with regard to empirical research and evidence. Certain issues are connected to that: the way research knowledge enters political processes, the production of expertise on educational inequalities, and the role of research for innovations in the education system. It not only encourages us to ask about the necessary conditions for successful knowledge transfer, but also to enrichen the debate about the relationship between research and practice and to critically examine the self-positioning of the research community in the face of educational crisis.

When aiming to create an overview on what is already known on conditions that favour or diminish the use of evidence and the success of transfer activities, one can learn from a diverse range of research fields (Schrader et al., 2020). Among those, sociology, educational research, and political science are the most relevant ones for the research perspective applied in this study, providing clues on for example decisive factors for an impactful policy advice (Renn, 2017) or barriers to evidence-informed policy (Arnautu & Dagenais, 2021). One particular approach that has appeared useful in thinking about how to empirically examine transfer processes is the conceptual framework by Farley-Ripple et al. (2018) which includes key assumptions and perspectives on the connections between research and practice communities, taking the use of knowledge into account as well as the production of knowledge, and pointing out relevant aspects like the interpretation of research and the frequency of research use.

Within this context, the empirical focus of this study lies on the utilisation of research knowledge by policymakers, aiming to answer the following specific research question: How is research knowledge being used in parliamentary deliberations on educational policies? The paper discusses this question in the light of the empirical results of an analysis of educational policy documents from two German federal states, giving insights into how policymakers, facing the necessity of responding to social turbulences, deal with evidence to reduce uncertainties in decision-making.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The body of the document analysis is formed by around 400 documents that contain publicly accessible minutes of parliamentary committee meetings from two German federal states: Berlin and Hamburg serve as cases for an analysis of the use of research knowledge in parliamentary deliberations on education. As city states, they share certain structural characteristics regarding their political organisation as well as similar challenges for the education system caused by urban demographics. At the same time, the public image of the quality of their education systems differs: While Hamburg has made significant achievements in school quality, committing to an engaged shift towards evidence-informed educational policy-making (Tränkmann & Diedrich, 2023), the Berlin school system seems to be challenged. This clearly reflects in the results of the study IQB-Bildungstrend (Stanat et al., 2023) which compares the competencies of students between federal states: While Hamburg has developed rather well, the study shows lower ranks for Berlin students. To have a sufficiently extensive sample that frames the time when the coronavirus pandemic dominated educational policies, and additionally covers more than one election period in both cases, the time span under investigation is set from January 2017 until June 2023.
In order to organise and structure the totality of documents, text segments were identified which explicitly refer to research knowledge. In a predominantly inductive process guided by the Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz & Rädicker, 2023), using the software MAXQDA a category system was developed to fine-code the identified segments on three levels of analysis: the type of reference (e.g. study, expert commission), the speakers (e.g. members of parliament, or senate representatives) and the respective education policy topic on which research knowledge was mentioned (e.g. pandemic, teacher shortage). Subsequently, by analysing overlaps between codes, this shows certain patterns in the utilisation of research knowledge in parliamentary committee deliberations in two federal states, while contributing to a research problem of international significance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First empirical findings based on the document analysis describe that the way in which research knowledge is referred to in debates of parliamentary committees on education differs depending on the actor group and education policy topic, and changes over the course of the investigated period. From its numerous mentions in the debates it becomes clear that research knowledge – including evidence such as monitoring and evaluation studies – does play a significant role in the policymaking process of the institutions under investigation. One type of research-based evidence frequently found in the committee debates are studies that are closely linked to the concrete matter of a policy. Stating that the decentralized federal states make their own educational policies, it becomes explicable why only a small part of references to research were found in both Berlin and Hamburg. Apart from that, first interpretations of the material indicate that many of the references to researchers are made to persons that were consulted in the course of the policymaking process. Therefore, in accordance with existing research (Rickinson & Edwards, 2021), relational work seems to have significant influence on whether or not research influences political negotiations. The analysis of a selection of text segments shows a a generally strong orientation towards research, but also critical engagement with research, for example when questioning the validity, methodology or significance for practical action. Thus, the documents are a rich resource for learning how policymakers try to apply and navigate knowledge to face the current educational challenges.
This study shows how, to what extent and what kind of research knowledge is being used in policymaking and allows conclusions on success factors and barriers for transfer. What remains to be further investigated is in how far this enables educational policymaking to effectively reduce inequalities.

References
Arnautu, Diana; Dagenais, Christian (2021). Use and effectiveness of policy briefs as a knowledge transfer tool: a scoping review. In: Humanit Soc Sci Commun 8 (1).
Autor:innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung (2022). Bildung in Deutschland 2022 [Education in Germany 2022]: Ein indikatorengestützter Bericht mit einer Analyse zum Bildungspersonal. wbv Media.
Bachsleitner, Anna; Lämmchen, Ronja; Maaz, Kai (Eds.) (2022): Soziale Ungleichheit des Bildungserwerbs von der Vorschule bis zur Hochschule. Eine Forschungssynthese zwei Jahrzehnte nach PISA. Münster: Waxmann.
Dietrich, Hans; Patzina, Alexander; Lerche, Adrian (2021). Social inequality in the homeschooling efforts of German high school students during a school closing period, European Societies, 23:sup1, p. 348-369.
Farley-Ripple, Elizabeth; May, Henry; Karpyn, Allison; Tilley, Katherine; McDonough, Kalyn (2018). Rethinking Connections Between Research and Practice in Education: A Conceptual Framework. In: Educational researcher 47 (4), p. 235–245.
Hadjar, Andreas; Alieva, Aigul; Jobst, Solvejg; Skrobanek, Jan; Grecu, Alyssa; Gewinner, Irina et al. (2022): PIONEERED: Elaborating the link between social and educational policies for tackling educational inequalities in Europe. In: sozialpolitik.ch 2022 (1).
Kuckartz, Udo; Rädiker, Stefan (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and software. 2nd ed. Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore, Washington DC, Melbourne: Sage.
Lewalter, Doris; Diedrich, Jennifer; Goldhammer, Frank; Köller, Olaf; Reiss, Kristina (Ed.) (2023). PISA 2022. Münster, Germany: Waxmann.
Renn, Ortwin (2017). Kommunikation zwischen Wissenschaft und Politik. In: Heinz Bonfadelli, Birte Fähnrich, Corinna Lüthje, Jutta Milde, Markus Rhomberg und Mike S. Schäfer (Ed.): Forschungsfeld Wissenschaftskommunikation. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, p. 183–205.
Rickinson, M. & Edwards, A. (2021). The relational features of evidence use. Cambridge Journal of Education, 51(4), 509–526.
Schrader, Josef; Hasselhorn, Marcus; Hetfleisch, Petra; Goeze, Annika (2020): Stichwortbeitrag Implementationsforschung: Wie Wissenschaft zu Verbesserungen im Bildungssystem beitragen kann. In: Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 23 (1), p. 9–59.
Stanat, Petra; Schipolowski, Stefan; Schneider, Rebecca; Sachse, Karoline A.; Weirich, Sebastian; Henschel, Sofie (Eds.) (2023). IQB-Bildungstrend 2022. Sprachliche Kompetenzen am Ende der 9. Jahrgangsstufe im dritten Ländervergleich. Waxmann.
Tränkmann, Jenny; Diedrich, Martina (2023): Forschungs- und Evidenzorientierung in der Bildungspolitik und -administration. Good-Practice-Beispiel Hamburg. In: Kris-Stephen Besa, Denise Demski, Johanna Gesang, Jan-Hendrik Hinzke (Eds.): Evidenz- und Forschungsorientierung in Lehrer*innenbildung, Schule, Bildungspolitik und -administration. Neue Befunde zu alten Problemen. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien, p. 325–348.
Wößmann, Ludger; Freundl, Vera; Grewenig, Elisabeth; Lergetporer, Phillipp; Werner, Katharina; Zierow, Larissa (2021). Bildung erneut im Lockdown: Wie verbrachten Schulkinder die Schulschließungen Anfang 2021? ifo Schnelldienst, 74 (5), p. 36-52.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Decolonizing Finnish Education Export as a Way to Deconstruct Knowledge Production and Circulation

Helena Hinke Dobrochinski

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Hinke Dobrochinski, Helena

This research studies knowledge production and circulation with the analysis of Finnish education export to Brazil. Finland’s success in PISA legitimized the Finnish education system, which has since then become a global benchmark. Many countries and education organizations, particularly from the Global South, are willing to learn (and buy) such knowledge as a projection to change their own education systems (Waldow & Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). The large external demand associated with economic drivers led Finland to develop a unique education export industry, constituted by new stakeholders and networks with various agendas and interests that ultimately influence policymaking (Rönnberg & Candido, 2023; Candido & Brunila, forthcoming).

The paper offers a decolonial approach to question the taken-for-granted notions of “global” and “knowledge” from the perspective of the “politics of emotions” and the “politics of stranger making” (Ahmed, 2000, 2014), as well as upon the reflection on the “stray dog complex” (Tiburi, 2021; Souza, 2015) associated to social-historical developments in different contexts. It, thus, provides elements to deconstruct self-evident knowledge production and circulation and problematize the naturalization of “global”.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I investigate discursive practices of Finnish education export/import, highlighting the contextuality and relationality of policy flows from Finland to Brazil. Brazil has been importing education from Finland for over ten years, being an avid market for innovation and differentiation due to its unequal public-private education system divide. Relying on interview data with Finnish policymakers and exporters, and Brazilian importers (n=29), I explore the imperatives and contradictions associated with the legitimization of Finnish knowledge and its circulation globally, centering in the case of Brazil.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show some degree of decontextualization in Finnish education export along with a neocolonial approach in global education governance carried on and embedded in education export. The context of action seems to be deemed secondary (or irrelevant) to exporting education, and almost fictional (and picturesque) on the import side. The “context” is rather relative than relational, whereas otherness and Finnish exceptionalism play a relevant role in the education export/import dynamics. Contextualizing “knowledge” would not only unveil the taken-for-granted form(s) and origin(s) of knowledge but also question power and hegemony in a world still rooted in colonial premises. This paper contributes to current discussions in education politics and sociology scholarship as the mechanisms and epistemologies of knowledge production and circulation affect the nature of that knowledge itself and the direction(s) and agenda(s) of global education governance.
References
Ahmed, S. (2014) The Cultural Politics of Emotions. Edinburgh University Press.
Ahmed, S. (2000) Strange Encounters: Embodied Others in Post-Coloniality. London: Routledge.
Candido, H. H. D.; Brunila, K. (forthcoming) Finnish Education Export as Part of Precision Education Governance.
Rönnberg, L.; Candido, H. H. D. (2023) When Nordic education myths meet economic realities: The “Nordic model” in education export in Finland and Sweden. Nordic Studies in Education, 43(2), 145–163.
Souza, J. J. F. de (2015) A tolice da inteligência brasileira.  São Paulo: LeYa.
Tiburi, M. (2021) Complexo de vira-lata: Análise da humilhação brasileira. Rio de Janeiro: Civilização Brasileira.
Waldow, F.; Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2019) Understanding PISA’s Attractiveness: Critical Analyses in Comparative Policy Studies. Bloomsbury.
 
15:15 - 16:4525 SES 02 A: Children's Human Rights Education: conceptual foundations, the child learner and educational content
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Maude Louviot
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Defining Rights Education for Children and Young People

Jenna Gillett-Swan1, Chiara Carla Montà2, Rachel Shanks3

1Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 2University of Milan, Italy; 3University of Aberdeen, Scotland

Presenting Author: Gillett-Swan, Jenna; Montà, Chiara Carla

Rights Education for children and young people is an important but understudied area within educational children’s rights research both in Europe and elsewhere. The United Nations connects rights to education in multiple international human rights treaties such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (Article 26, United Nations 1948), the Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 42, United Nations 1989) and the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training (2011). Even so, there remains variability in the framing and substance of rights education for children and young people in its various configurations such as Human Rights Education (HRE), Children’s Human Rights Education (CHRE), and Children’s Rights Education (CRE). For those working in the field of rights education, there is a broad understanding of what it encompasses and why it is significant, but there do not appear to be any agreed definitions of subtypes of rights education aside from HRE (but even this is contested). When there is not a clear and agreed definition for terms used to refer to different forms of rights education or when the boundaries between the different types of rights education are unclear, those seeking to engage with the concepts cannot be sure they are talking about the same thing when planning, delivering, learning, and researching different aspects of rights education. The lack of conceptual clarity makes it difficult to be certain that what is being delivered within a 'rights education’ framework fulfils its obligations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A review using systematic processes was conducted to identify the definitions and different configurations of rights education for children used in peer reviewed academic literature. The search was conducted in the EBSCO and ProQuest search engines and resulted in 16 databases yielding 129 records. Application of exclusion criteria resulted in 36 publications for full text review. Each of these records incorporated some form of a definition or description of what the author(s) meant by the rights education term(s) used. An assessment was made of each definition against H. W. B. Joseph’s (1916/1967) criteria for defining terms. This information was used to analyse the characteristics of the definitions to understand how rights education for children has been defined in existing academic research.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings confirm that few papers incorporate a specific definition of rights education for children or its subtypes such as children’s rights education (CRE) or children’s human rights education (CHRE). Despite wide recognition of the connection between rights and education, and education and rights, terms related to rights education are used inconsistently, conflated, and lack an agreed definition. The analyses conducted in this paper point to the need for definitional clarity for each of the terms CRE, CHRE, and Rights Education for Children. This will be of benefit to educational researchers in Europe and beyond.
References
Bajaj, M. (2011). Human rights education: Ideology, location, and approaches. Human Rights Quarterly, 481-508.
Isenstrom, L. & Quennerstedt, A. (2020). Governing rationalities in children’s human rights education, International Journal of Educational Research, 100, 1-13.  
Jerome, L. (2016). Interpreting Children’s Rights Education: Three perspectives and three roles for teachers. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 15(2), 143-156.  
Joseph, H.W.B. (1916/1967). An Introduction to Logic (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press.
Quennerstedt, A. (2022a). Children’s and young people’s human rights education in school: Cardinal complications and a middle ground, Journal of Human Rights, 21(4), 383-398.
Struthers, A. E. (2015). Human rights education: Educating about, through and for human rights. The International Journal of Human Rights, 19(1), 53-73.
United Nations General Assembly (1948). Universal Declaration of Human Rights, United Nations (217 [III] A). Paris.
United Nations (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577, 20 November 1989. UN General Assembly.  
United Nations (2011). Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training (UNDHRET), adopted by the General Assembly, Resolution 66/137, A/RES/66/137, 19 December 2011. 


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Children’s Human Rights Education for Children in School: Conceptual Foundations

Zoe Moody1,2, Lotem Perry-Hazan3, Darbellay Frédéric1

1Centre for Children's Rights Studies University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2University of Teacher Education Valais, Switzerland; 3Faculty of Education, University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Moody, Zoe; Perry-Hazan, Lotem

The study of human rights education (HRE) has emerged in recent years, and many scholars have addressed the various definitions, pedagogical approaches, contents, and limits of such education (for an overview, see Kayum Ahmed, 2021). However, fewer HRE studies have paid specific attention to the learning processes of the schooled child as a learner of HRE. This gap in the research is surprising given the prevalence of ‘child-centred’ approaches in sociological and educational discourse (e.g., Lerkkanen et al., 2016; Parker, 2018; Power et al., 2019). The current study aims to conceptualise children’s rights learning processes in school. It focuses on rights education that explicitly concerns children’s rights. More specifically, it aims to answer the following question: What characterises rights learning processes in school when children are the learners and children’s rights is the content?

The analysis presents various features of children’s human rights education (hereafter CHRE) learning processes in school, organised into three dimensions. The first dimension highlights the individual child, whose learning is influenced by developmental and socio-cultural factors (see Vygotsky, 1978), and considers child-centred aims, content, and approaches (see Lundy & Martínez-Sainz, 2018). The second dimension accentuates the prominent role of interactions and relationships in CHRE. It is embedded in the daily interactive experiences that comprise CHRE in schools and CHRE’s underscoring of children’s participation rights and agency, which requires adults to share power (see Author 2, 2020). The third dimension emphasizes the role of the school environment as the multidimensional space where CHRE learning processes transpire (see Isenström & Quennerstedt, 2020). This dimension stresses the importance of a whole-school approach for effective CHRE (see Author 1, 2020) and the challenges that may constrain children’s ability to make sense of CHRE in school in light of gaps between CHRE aims and more traditional institutional practices (see Osler & Starkey, 2010; Author 2, 2021). Whereas these three dimensions are interconnected, the analysis aims to discern the distinctive features of each to promote a comprehensive understanding of the CHRE learning processes in school.

The prominent link between the different features of CHRE learning in school is student participation rights (UNCRC, Article 12). These rights are central in all the dimensions we conceptualised: developing child-centred content, aims, and approaches for CHRE requires participatory pedagogy, relational learning of CHRE implies reducing power gaps between educators and students, and whole-school CHRE programmes should provide children with opportunities to participate in organisational decision making. This insight aligns with the fundamental role of participation rights in the interpretation and implementation of all the other rights in the UNCRC (UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2009; Hanson & Lundy, 2017). It also underscores the significance of analysing CHRE as a concept embedded in the children’s rights discourse, which partly overlaps with HRE but also has distinct features.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This conceptual paper builds upon an extensive review of literature focusing on children’s human rights education for children in school. The scant literature specifically addressing HRE for children about children’s rights is analysed and critically reviewed, as well as the broader literature focusing on HRE for children.  In a complementary manner, other relevant works relating to children’s rights and learning in school are drawn upon. The study is carried out as a review of literature, with the objective of “selectively discussing the literature on a particular topic to make the argument that a new study will make a new or important contribution to knowledge” (Siddaway et al., 2019, p. 750-751). Thus, the study does not aim to undertake a systematic literature review; rather, its approach leans towards Grant and Booth’s description of critical reviews that seek “to identify most significant items in the field” and provide a “conceptual contribution to embody existing or derive new theory” (2009, p. 94).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Whereas some features of CHRE learning in school have been addressed in various studies, the current study is the first scholarly endeavour to integrate them into a conceptual framework, showing how CHRE should be translated into pedagogical language and practices and adapted to children as learners in school. This framework is anchored in children’s rights and HRE narratives. It also relies on robust literature elucidating how children learn and should learn, including developmental studies, prominent educational theories, school climate, and school administration research. Thus, the conceptual framework we offer may foster the development of effective whole-school approaches to CHRE, which are intertwined with various learning processes. It may also help educators make sense of CHRE, link it to their professional foundation of pedagogical knowledge, and ultimately improve their practices.
References
Author 1 (2020).
Author 2 (2020).
Author 2 (2021).
Bajaj, M. (2017). Human rights education: Theory, research and praxis. University of Pennsylvania Press.
Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x
Hanson, K., & Lundy, L. (2017). Does exactly what it says on the tin?: A critical analysis and alternative conceptualisation of the so-called “general principles” of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 25(2), 285–306. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02502011
Isenström, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2020). Governing rationalities in children’s human rights education. International Journal of Educational Research, 100, 101546. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101546
Kayum Ahmed, A. (2021). Human rights education. Oxford Research Encyclopaedias, Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1573
Lerkkanen, M. K., Kiuru, N., Pakarinen, E., Poikkeus, A. M., Rasku-Puttonen, H., Siekkinen, M., & Nurmi, J. E. (2016). Child-centered versus teacher-directed teaching practices: Associations with the development of academic skills in the first grade at school. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 36, 145–156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2015.12.023
Lundy, L., & Martínez Sainz, G. (2018). The role of law and legal knowledge for a transformative human rights education: Addressing violations of children’s rights in formal education. Human Rights Education Review, 1(2), 04–24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2560
Osler, A., & Starkey, H. (2010). Teachers and Human Rights Education. Trentham Books.
Parker, W. C. (2018). Human rights education’s curriculum problem. Human Rights Education Review, 1(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2450
Power, S., Rhys, M., Taylor, C., & Waldron, S. (2019). How child‐centred education favours some learners more than others. Review of Education, 7(3), 570–592. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3137
Siddaway, A. P., Wood, A. M., & Hedges, L. V. (2019). How to do a systematic review: A best practice guide for conducting and reporting narrative reviews, meta-analyses, and meta-syntheses. Annual Review of Psychology, 70, 747–770. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-010418-102803
UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General comment No. 12: The right of the child to be heard. UN Doc. CRC/C/GC/12.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

The Elusive Content of Children’s Human Rights Education

Ann Quennerstedt1, Katarzyna Gawlicz2, Guadalupe Francia3, Dorota Duda2

1Örebro University, Sweden; 2University of Lower Silesia, Poland; 3University of Gävle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Quennerstedt, Ann; Gawlicz, Katarzyna

What are teachers supposed to teach and students supposed to learn about human rights? The international community, nations, and teachers widely support the idea that children and young people should receive human rights education in school. Several studies have, however, shown that alongside this strong support, there is widespread uncertainty about what this education should consist of – or phrased in another way: what the educational content of children’s human rights education should be (Parker, 2018‚ Quennerstedt, 2022). This paper maps and analyses the educational content in children’s human rights education examined or advocated for in previous research.

There is currently no established term for human rights education given to children and young people. In this research, children’s human rights education – CHRE – is used inclusively for other terms for educating children about rights. The overarching aim of human rights education is to promote respect for and observance of human rights, and to empower people to contribute to the building of a universal culture of human rights (UN, 2011). The 2011 UN Declaration for Human Rights Education and Training launched the now-established tripartite definition and conceptualisation of HRE. It is to include education

  • about human rights: knowledge and understanding about the norms, principles and values, and the mechanisms for their protection,
  • through human rights: teaching and learning in a rights-respecting way, and
  • for human rights: empowering learners to enjoy and exercise their rights and respect and uphold the rights of others.

The UN conceptualisation emphasises that what is learned and how this learning occurs are vital and intertwined aspects of HRE – learning about rights requires certain educational surrounding and relations.

When the UN’s definition is to be translated to concrete education, a content selection must be made – it is not possible to teach everything. The selection of educational content is not a representation of truth but is always normative, resting on the culture and views of a particular society (Willberg, 2015). What knowledge students should be able to acquire at school therefore needs to be considered by each society (Young, 2013). In many countries, there is a division of labour between the state and the teachers concerning the selection and delivery of educational content: the state prescribes the main topics of instruction (an intended curriculum), while the planning and enactment of the concrete teaching are left to the teacher (the enacted curriculum). Content and pedagogy are thus drawn apart. This may be problematic in the case of CHRE, with its’ bearing idea of content and pedagogy as a whole.

The theoretical backdrop to our analysis is two perspectives on whether content and pedagogy are separable. Traditional curriculum theory assumes that this separation is possible and also needed to ensure that qualified knowledge content is maintained when disciplinary knowledge is transformed into school knowledge (Young, 2013). Didaktik theorising, on the other hand, emphasises a close connection between subject matter and subject meaning and argues that the meaning does not reside in the matter but emerges in the teaching situation. Therefore, content and pedagogy are entangled (Hopmann, 2007). Awareness and consideration of these two countering views form the analytical gaze in this study.

The analysis presented in this paper demonstrates how education about, through and for human rights appear in research publications as intended, enacted or suggested educational content of children’s human rights education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study analysed research publications that address the educational content of CHRE. 140 articles published in peer-reviewed scholarly journals in English, French, Polish, Spanish or Swedish during 2013-2022 were identified as potential publications. In two screening rounds, the publications were checked for the inclusion criterion that they must more than very marginally address educational content in children’s human rights education. After these screenings, 71 publications were selected for further analysis.

A coding scheme was constructed to support the analysis. To identify educational content of different types, we drew on the analytical distinctions made in earlier curriculum analyses between the curriculum that precedes concrete education (Porter & Smithson, 2001; Seitz & Hill, 2021) and the one that takes form in the educational situation (Pilz et al., 2014). We labelled two types of content intended content (i.e. formulated by educational authorities or educators) and enacted content (i.e undertaken in practice). As we had noticed in the selection process that the primary endeavour of many publications is to argue for specific content, we added a third type: suggested content. The UN tripartite education about-through-for rights was then used to form analytical questions for each content type.

The 71 publications underwent full reading and coding. During this, another 13 publications were excluded, leaving the final number of analysed publications at 58. Of these, 45 are published in English, 5 in Polish, 2 in Spanish, and 2 in Swedish.

The data underwent deeper analysis to identify and describe content patterns in the following analytical step. Drawing on thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2019; Peel, 2020), we developed and undertook a four-step condensation and abstraction analysis as follows:
1. Meaningful units of data were identified and noted.
2. The meaning units were condensed into unit categories.
3. Themes were generated by scrutinising the unit categories. Some categories became themes, while others were merged to form a theme.
4. The themes were named and described.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis demonstrated that enacted content was slightly more addressed (26 articles) than intended and suggested content (19 and 18 articles respectively).

Educational content aiming towards the education of children about rights was addressed most in all three types of content. Content seen as vital to educate the child about rights often included:
- philosophy of rights, concepts, discourses and values;
- main documents and organisations;
- historical aspects of human rights;
- rights of specific groups (children, ethnic minorities, LGBTQ+ people or workers in the Global South),
- rights violations.
Legal knowledge that would enable students to identify and reflect on rights violations was found only as suggested content.

Educational content aiming towards education through rights was mainly presented as activities or situations that give rise to two kinds of rights-educating experiences:
- experiencing respect for one’s rights – e.g through a rights-respecting school atmosphere or participating in decision-making,
- experiencing rights violations – either one’s own or other people’s.
Experiencing respect for rights as a way to learn through human rights was found in all three content types, while experiencing rights violations was only visible as enacted and suggested content, never as intended.

Educational content aiming towards education for rights often focuses on activities that develop children’s capacity to take action for human rights. This included ability to
- yourself respect and promote human rights,
- act against rights violations in one’s own environment or elsewhere,
- seek appropriate legal means.
Also, activities that develop the capacity to cooperate and communicate with others, seek information and engage in discussions about HR were seen as important educational content in the education for rights. Importantly, some articles explicitly presented education for rights as connected with education about rights: knowledge is needed to take informed action to protect rights or address violations.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597.
Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European educational research journal, 6(2), 109-124.
Parker, W. C. (2018). Human rights education’s curriculum problem. Human Rights Education Review, 1(1), 05-24.
Pilz, M, Berger, S., & Canning, R. (2014). Pre-vocational education in seven European countries: A comparison of curricular embedding and implementation in schools. European Journal of Educational Research, 3(1), 25-41.
Porter, A. C., & Smithson, J. L. (2001). Chapter IV: Are content standards being implemented in the classroom? A methodology and some tentative answers. Teachers College Record, 103(8), 60-80.
Quennerstedt, A. (2022). Children’s and young people’s human rights education in school: cardinal complications and a middle ground. Journal of Human Rights, 21(4), 383-398.
Seitz, P., & Hill, S. L. (2021). Cognition in 21st Century Skills: A Mixed Methods Study. International Journal of Curriculum and Instruction, 13(3), 2232-2252.
United Nations (2011). Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training. General Assembly, Resolution 66/137, A/RES/66/137, 19 December 2011
Willbergh, I. (2015). The problems of ‘competence’and alternatives from the Scandinavian perspective of Bildung. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(3), 334-354.
Young, M. (2013). Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: A knowledge-based approach. Journal of curriculum studies, 45(2), 101-118.
 
15:15 - 16:4526 SES 02 A: Leading in Partnership
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Mari-Ana Jones
Session Chair: Pat Thomson
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Leading in Partnership

Chair: Mari-Ana Jones (Norwegian University of Science and Technology NTNU)

Discussant: Erlend Dehlin (Norwegian University of Science and Technology NTNU)

In this symposium we invite participants to explore understandings and practices of partnership in the education sector from a leadership perspective. We are interested in how leaders frame and enact their roles when involved in partnerships, and furthermore, how a focus on leadership practices might enable richer understandings of partnerships in education.

Partnership is an elusive and imprecise concept (Tomlinson, 2005), and partnerships have various intentions and structures according to context as well as the organisations and individuals involved. Partnerships are imbued with positive expectations, largely based on an assumption that more can be achieved through co-operation than by individuals (Tomlinson, 2005). Within the education sector, there are long traditions of partnerships between higher education institutions (HE) and schools, reinforced in recent years by being mandated in many countries (Bernay et al, 2020). There exists a considerable body of research about these partnerships in their various forms (e.g. training, developing competence, carrying out research and bringing about improvement), but there has been little attention afforded to the role of leaders, especially within a European context (Valli et al, 2018). Outside of the education sector, emphasis has been placed on leaders as vital to the sustainability of partnerships, and their centrality in developing relationships characterised by trust, respect and dialogue (Lasker & Weiss, 2003). This symposium is, therefore, intended to shed light on leading partnerships within the education sector in different countries, providing an opportunity for exploring leadership practices within partnerships, and potentially creating a springboard for future knowledge-creation.

Why partnerships may be positive and for whom is not always clearly defined (Tomlinson, 2005). Whilst the importance of egalitarianism and mutual respect in partnerships within the education sector has been widely emphasised (Lefever-Davis et al, 2007) and despite intentions of ‘power sharing’ (Farrell et al, 2021), there are considerable barriers (Walsh & Backe, 2013). The intention of this symposium, therefore, is not to seek prescriptive or normative solutions for leading partnerships. Rather, we consider the idea of leading in partnership: understanding and working with aspects of power, formal demands and the dynamic needs of those involved. We seek a critical and hopeful approach to the question: how might educational leaders bring about positive change by leading in partnership?

The presentation of findings and reflections from four different partnership projects in Norway, Sweden and England will be an introduction to exploring how partnerships in different educational contexts are framed, organised and led. Whilst the four projects vary in purpose, organisation and outcomes, the roles and actions of leaders are equally significant. In Norway, research was conducted on partnerships for improvement between underperforming municipalities, a county governor and two universities. Findings suggest that although an egalitarian approach was mandated, there were considerable barriers. In Sweden, findings from researching a partnership between a university and a network of schools indicate two key aspects of leading partnerships: the need to lead for unpredictability, and how partnerships enable leaders to expand their understandings and practices of leading. The first project from England is a university-school partnership in which schools are being supported to develop curricula shaped by the UN Sustainable Development Goals. This project reveals the efforts of leaders navigating tensions between moral obligations and the limitations of compliance. The second project from England is a case study of eight partnerships in different regions, demonstrating the importance of contextual factors in the framing and practice of leading partnerships.

The diversity in experiences and understandings presented reflect and highlight the complex nature of partnerships. The projects provide rich ground on which to develop critical perspectives and further thinking about the roles and significance of leaders in partnerships.


References
Bernay, R., Stringer, P., Milne, J., & Jhagroo, J. (2020). Three models of effective school–university partnerships. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 55, 133-148.
Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation.Journal of Educational Research, 100(4), 204-210.
Lasker, R. D., & Weiss, E. S. (2003). Creating partnership synergy: the critical role of community stakeholders. Journal of health and human services administration, 119-139.
Lefever-Davis, S., Johnson, C., & Pearman, C. (2007). Two sides of a partnership: Egalitarianism and empowerment in school-university partnerships. The Journal of Educational Research, 100(4), 204-210.
Tomlinson, F. (2005). Idealistic and pragmatic versions of the discourse of partnership. Organization Studies, 26(8), 1169-1188.
Valli, L., Stefanski, A., & Jacobson, R. (2018) School-community partnership models: implications for leadership, International Journal of Leadership in Education, 21(1), 31-49.
Walsh, M. E., & Backe, S. (2013). School–university partnerships: Reflections and opportunities. Peabody Journal of Education, 88(5), 594-607.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

WITHDRAWN The Need for Shared Leadership for Climate Change and Sustainability Education in English Schools

Rupert Higham (University College London), Alison Kitson (University College London)

Time is running out to ensure a habitable planet for our children. The UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) set out principles and pathways but because governments aren’t yet doing enough, the Secretary-General has called for urgent, worldwide public action ‘to generate an unstoppable movement pushing for the required transformations’ (Guterres, António 2019). Schools have a moral duty to take a lead but many school leaders in England feel isolated, overburdened by systemic pressure for competitive performance, and torn between conflicting moral and professional priorities (Hammersley-Fletcher 2015; Variyan and Gobby 2022). Some, however, are overcoming these barriers by using the SDGs as a framework to reshape their core mission and curricula, motivating and enabling children to thrive in the present through addressing the threats to their future (Bourn and Hatley 2022). Other schools, led by passionate headteachers with a background in environmental activism, are bringing lasting transformation to their schools by reorienting and integrating priorities to make sustainability their baseline rather than an additional aim; this often requires the courage and experience to ‘game the sytem’ where national policy doesn’t sufficiently prioritise sustanability education (Dixon 2022). These exceptional schools cannot change wider policy and practice alone – but by connecting with others, and with strategic support, they could share powerful examples, generate hope and exert significant pressure on policy. Equally important is the need to support schools without exceptional, visionary leadership in CCSE. In this symposium paper, we will present our findings from interviews with 10 headteachers from English schools on their engagement with Climate Change and Sustainability Education (CCSE) (Higham, Kitson and Sharp, forthcoming), and report on our ongoing work with sustainability lead teachers in a network of 10 schools. We will illustrate the moral and professional tensions headteachers feel, and the forms of defensive compliance to which it drives them in justifying the sincere but limited and piecemeal approaches to CCSE in their schools. For example, will highlight the gap between their recognition of the need for cultural change and cross-curricular integration and the current distribution of CCSE into a few subject areas and initiatives. We will then outline how sustainability leads have so far collaborated, with our support, to build morale and share ideas and best practice in order to try to build leadership for change from below.

References:

Bourn, Douglas, and Jenny Hatley. 2022. ‘Target 4.7 of the Sustainable Development Goals: Evidence in Schools in England’. Dixon, David. 2022. Leadership for Sustainability: Saving the Planet One School at a Time. Crown House Publishing Ltd. Guterres, António. 2019. ‘Remarks to High-Level Political Forum on Sustainable Development’. Presented at the UN SDG Summit, New York, NY, September. https://www.un.org/sg/en/content/sg/speeches/2019-09-24/remarks-high-level-political-sustainable-development-forum. Hammersley-Fletcher, Linda. 2015. ‘Value(s)-Driven Decision-Making: The Ethics Work of English Headteachers within Discourses of Constraint’. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 43 (2): 198–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213494887. Variyan, George, and Brad Gobby. 2022. ‘“The Least We Could Do”?: Troubling School Leaders’ Responses to the School Strikes for Climate in Australia’. Journal of Educational Administration and History, December, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2022.2153110.
 

Moving Beyond Internal Affairs - Sensemaking of Principals’ Leadership Practices in Collaboration for School Improvement in Sweden

Susanne Sahlin (Norwegian University of Science and Technology)

An emerging body of research shows that external support and partnerships with different actors in the surrounding community can support schools in their school improvement work and strengthen the school’s improvement capacity (Muijs et al., 2011). School leaders are vital in this work (Huber & Muijs, 2010; Sun et al., 2017). In this study, the intention is to deepen understandings of how principal leadership practices are constructed in collaborations beyond the school. Furthermore, how they relate to capacity building and school improvement at the local school level in a Swedish context. The main theoretical perspectives guiding the analysis of this study are an institutional perspective on the school as an organisation and a sensemaking perspective on principals’ and teachers’ construction of the meaning of the principals’ leadership practices. A qualitative case study design (Yin, 2011) with a purposive sampling method was used in this study, in which schools working with collaborations beyond the school within the local community in the framework of a collaborative improvement project were examined. Data was collected for three years and consisted of semi-structured individual and group interviews with principals and teachers at three schools. Qualitative content analysis was used (Miles et al., 2014). This study identifies key dimensions of principals’ practice: building professional capacity, fostering a supportive learning organization, and engaging actively in beyond-school collaborations. Principals co-created these collaborations, aligning them with schools' needs and establishing mutual goals. The principals’ roles in communicating school needs contributed to mutual trust and shared focus on improvement within the partnerships. External actors, acting as critical friends, played a pivotal role in shaping leadership practices and providing essential support. The research-based approach to working in partnership widened principals' views on educational leadership, fostering a qualitative shift in their reasoning about school development and leadership. External support, particularly through beyond-school collaborations, strengthened their formal leadership roles and professional practices. The study also revealed challenges such as time constraints, staff issues, conflicts, and turnovers affecting beyond-school collaborations. Principals’ practices raised awareness of these issues in partnerships, whilst also demonstrating how they might be navigated successfully. Collaboration beyond school not only supported distributed leadership but also encouraged teacher involvement, fostering collective responsibility for school development.

References:

Huber, S. G., and D. Muijs. 2010. “School leadership-international perspectives.” School leadership effectiveness: The growing insight into the importance of school leadership for the quality and development of schools and their pupils 10: 57–77. Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. and Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook, Sage, Los Angeles, CA. Muijs, D., Ainscow, M., Chapman, C., & West, M. (2011). Collaboration and Networking in Education. Springer Science+Business Media B.V. Sun, Jingping, Pollock, Katina & Leithwood, Kenneth A. (2017). How School Leaders Contribute to Student Success: The Four Paths Framework [Elektronisk resurs]. Springer Yin, R.K. (2011). Qualitative Research from Start to Finish, The Guilford Press, New York, NY.
 

Opportunities and Dilemmas in Longitudinal Partnerships for Continuous School Development

Pia Hagerup (Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU)), Camilla Bergh (Norwegian University of Science and Technology), Mari-Ana Jones (Norwegian University of Science and Technology), Arne Johannes Aasen (Norwegian University of Science and Technology)

This contribution explores the potential for co-created development of organisational learning, leadership development and student learning based on collaborative partnerships between municipalities, universities, and the county governor. The partnerships in this study (project abbreviation: FUS) were initiated and funded by The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, with the intention to raise achievement in underperforming municipalities during a period of three years. The research presented contributes to understandings of how universities, county governors, and municipalities may establish and sustain equitable partnerships, with a particular focus on the significance of leaders. The main research question was: How might equal partnership between universities, county governors, and municipalities lead to continuous development in the education sector? This study draws from the existing field of organisational and leadership research regarding national/local educational policy (English, 2011; Townsend & MacBeath, 2011), partnerships (Bradbury & Acquaro, 2022) and school development and capacity building in the educational sector (Fullan & Quinn, 2016). The overall research approach is designed as a qualitative case study (Creswell, 2013; Silverman, 2013). The data consists of 14 semi-structured interviews in total, taking place in 2023-2024, after the FUS-partnership was concluded. We interviewed advisors from universities and educational leaders at both municipality and school levels. Thematic analysis (Maguire & Delahunt, 2017) was deployed, with focal points being: understandings of intentions, competence development, organisational collaboration and capacity building. Respondents experienced learning whilst participating in the partnerships and were able to develop new understandings of each other's contexts and needs. There were, however, significant issues with continuity and communication. Turnover and unexpected challenges created uncertainty and frustration. Preliminary findings indicate that rather than rigorous planning and rigid structures, successful collaboration depends on leaders in the partner organisations jointly driving development processes which reflect the dynamic and complex nature of educational contexts. Furthermore, that there is the need for a clear focus on developing flexible organisational structures which support, rather than hinder the need to work responsively. There is limited knowledge of how universities, county governors, and municipalities may establish and sustain longitudinal and equitable partnerships. This research has brought to light a crucial set of experiences that, in turn, highlight the importance of establishing equality and mutual respect and responsibility in partnerships. We see the need for commitment within and between the partnership's participants, both in terms of investments of time and resources and in developing a shared understanding of values and intentions.

References:

Bradbury, O. J., & Acquaro, D. (2022). School-university partnerships : innovation in initial teacher education. Springer. English, F. W. (2011). The SAGE handbook of educational leadership : advances in theory, research, and practice (2nd ed. ed.). Sage. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (1994). Interviewing - The Art of Science. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research. Sage. Fullan, M., & Quinn, J. (2016). Coherence: The Right Drivers in Action for Schools, Districts, and Systems. Teacher (Halifax), 54(5), 6. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interview : introduktion til et håndværk (2. udg. ed.). Hans Reitzel. Maguire, M., & Delahunt, B. (2017). Doing a thematic analysis: A practical, step-by-step guide for learning and teaching scholars. All Ireland Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 9(3), 14. Mikecz, R. (2012). Interviewing elites: addressing methodological issues. Qualitative Inquiry, 18(6), 482-493. Townsend, T., & MacBeath, J. (2011). International Handbook of Leadership for Learning (Vol. 25). Springer. UDIR. (2014). Kravspesifikasjon for Nasjonal rektorutdanning [Qualification criteria for the national post graduate education programme for educational leaders]. Oslo: The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training
 

Area-based School Partnerships and Equity: Why Context Matters

Stephen Rayner (University of Manchester), Paul Armstrong (University of Manchester)

Two significant strands of education-policy reform dominate the English system: an emphasis on the power of market forces to facilitate school improvement and the development of new governance structures that may not be based around traditional localities (Author, 2020). These policy moves are both positioning schools in a competitive market and loosening the links between schools and their local communities. In this context, new forms of area-based partnerships have emerged, where schools are encouraged to work together with neighbouring schools and community partners (Author, 2018). In this paper, we report on the Area-Based Partnerships Project (ABPP), which investigates examples of collaborative working in eight regions in England. Our case-study research is framed by the following questions: What are the conditions that facilitate the establishment and sustainability of area-based school partnerships? What are the features and benefits of these partnerships? What barriers do they face? And, what are the implications for effective forms of local coordination within education systems? A multiple case study design was adopted encompassing eight area partnerships located in different regions in England. Data were generated through documentary analysis followed by interviews and focus-group seminars with key actors, including governors and Trust members, Chief Executive Officers, local- (district) authority representatives and school principals. Key factors underpinning the purposefulness of such partnerships, include the establishment of professional networks, often led by experienced school leaders; the contribution of local-authority officers; a commitment to collaborative working; and a clearly-articulated statement of principles. Our findings underline the importance of contextual factors in shaping area-based cooperation. In particular, how the historical, political, and cultural characteristics of a locality shape how and why the partnerships evolved, and the extent to which they can be seen as purposeful and sustainable. We argue that these are crucial factors that need to be acknowledged, understood, and accounted for in addressing social justice within education and wider society (see also Kerr et al, 2014). This highlights the importance of localised policy enactment (Braun et al, 2011). Notably, these partnerships have no formal status or mandate, instead drawing their influence from soft power and the social capital of local educational leaders and professionals. While the extent to which these partnerships can be seen as ‘successful’ and sustainable is variable between regions, there are lessons we can draw from this project that will inform thinking around how school systems are structured in ways that promote equity and excellence.

References:

Author (2018) Removed for review Author (2020) Removed for review Braun, A., Ball, S. and Maguire, M. (2011). Policy enactments in schools introduction: towards a toolbox for theory and research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 581-583. Kerr, K., Dyson, A. & Raffo, C. (2014). Education, disadvantage and place: Making the local matter. Bristol, UK: Policy Press. Raffo, C., Dyson, A., Gunter, H.M., Hall, D., Jones, L. and Kalambouka, K. (2007). Education and Poverty: A Critical Review of Theory, Policy and Practice. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation
 
15:15 - 16:4526 SES 02 B: Navigating Challenge, Uncertainty, Urgency, Tension, and Complexity in School Leadership (Part 1)
Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki
Paper Session Part 1/3, to be continued in 26 SES 04 A
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Exploring Cooperation Amidst Challenges: A Study of Collaborative Dynamics within Schools in Challenging Circumstances

Gregor Steinbeiß, Stephan Huber

Johannes Kepler University, Austria

Presenting Author: Steinbeiß, Gregor

This paper aims to gain longitudinal insights into the development of collaboration in school environments and asks which types of collaboration, collaborating stakeholders and effects of collaboration can be identified. Research has shown that collaboration in schools enhances school development and learning outcomes. While multiple quantitative studies already exist, this paper offers an in-depth qualitative approach through a large-scale longitudinal study at schools in challenging circumstances. Through conducting semi-structured interviews data was collected at various measurement points over a multiple-year period. 75 schools are currently participating in the study and since 2016, 659 interviews have been collected. Currently, the presented research project is at an early stage of qualitative content analysis. Therefore first, a theoretical framework will be presented that links cooperation with possible effects and school development. Second, the collaboration between principals, teachers, pedagogical staff, parents and students in the context of school environments will be outlined. In addition, collaboration with stakeholders outside of the school environment will be investigated. Third, a first typification of different forms of cooperation in school environments/between stakeholders will be reconstructed and discussed.

Spieß (2004) defines collaboration from an organisational-psychological perspective as follows: "Collaboration is characterized by a reference to others, to goals or tasks to be achieved together. It is intentional, communicative, and requires trust. It presupposes a certain autonomy and is committed to the norm of reciprocity" (Spieß, 2004, p. 199). The greater independence of schools, shared goals of educational institutions, and general school development intensifies communication, making collaboration, contacts, and cooperative relationships with external stakeholders such as parents, school supervisors, school authorities, representatives of public life, the economy, public institutions, and the media more important. However, collaborative relationships become more intensive (quantitatively and qualitatively) not only outside the school but also within the school. It is essential to develop and improve collaboration within the school environment to ensure sustainable learning outcomes and school development (Huber, 2012). School management, as well as the teaching staff and the students, represent the school and thus help to strengthen the school's prestige, competitiveness and learning outcome. As part of school development, promoting collaboration among the teaching staff, the principal, the students and other pedagogical staff is crucial. Therefore, collaborative forms of work should be effectively organised.

While studies about collaboration in schools already exist, this study focuses on an in-depth qualitative investigation of schools in challenging circumstances. Due to their location and the composition of their student body, these schools are exposed to difficult conditions and are particularly challenged. For example, schools in challenging circumstances have a high percentage of students from non-privileged family situations (often measured in terms of the educational and financial circumstances of the parents). These poorer socio-economic circumstances are associated with special compensatory services provided by the school. Some schools may be more challenged than others for very different reasons than other schools (Huber, 2012). These include for example low graduation rates or poorer learning outcomes (Holtappels et al., 2017). Furthermore, an accumulation of dysfunctional organisational characteristics (composition effect), which, among other things, leads to a significantly lower school quality and/or more difficult school development processes. Characterisation as a school in challenging circumstances is, however not always aligning with reduced school quality and output (Racherbäumer & van Ackeren, 2015).

The central questions of the research project are:

  1. What types of collaboration can be identified throughout the environment of schools in challenging circumstances?
  2. How does collaboration develop between stakeholders inside the school and out-of-school contexts?
  3. What effects are achieved through identified forms of collaboration?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative longitudinal study examines the development of collaboration among various stakeholders in the context of school environments in Germany (75 Schools). The schools were chosen systematically in the state of North Rhine-Westphalia based on their status as schools in challenging circumstances. A biannual collection of interviews with schools, teachers, pedagogical staff, parents and students addresses the above-mentioned research questions through the analysis of individual cases and cross-case comparison. The research project includes three cohort groups G1, G2, and G3 which started in 2016, 2017 and 2018. Overall, three longitudinal datasets (t1, t2, t3) were collected as following: G1: 2016 (t1), 2018 (t2), 2023 (t3); G2: 2017 (t1), 2020 (t2), 2023 (t3) and G3: 2018 (t1), 2023 (t2). Due to the pandemic, the second wave of data collection of the set G3 (t2) has been postponed leading to an estimated inquiry of G3 (t3) in 2024. The study is still ongoing, at present, the project consists of 659 interviews of different stakeholders: t1: 321 interviews; t2: 226 interviews and t3: 112 interviews. Using a quantitative co-study with the same cohort groups, the number of interviews/schools in t2 and t3 was reduced through a “most diverse” approach based on the quantitative data output. Due to the early stage of qualitative analysis in the project, this paper will discuss the “most diverse” longitudinal cases (approx. 90 interviews) out of the presented pool of 75 schools.

Given the substantial volume of data in this study, we employ systematic content analysis following the methodology outlined by Kuckartz & Rädiger (2022). Drawing inspiration from Phillip Mayring's content analysis framework, this approach diverges in its methodology. While Mayring (2015) underscores a theoretical foundation guiding content analysis, Kuckartz & Rädiger (2022) prioritize the inductive nature of analysis. Their methodology provides a nuanced exploration utilizing advanced software techniques and a specific focus on typification—a methodical search for multidimensional patterns that enhances comprehension of complex subject areas or fields of action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Building upon the findings of this early stage qualitative project, we aim to outline valuable insights that will contribute to the formulation of recommendations tailored for both national and international schools facing challenging circumstances. The theoretical framework initially presented will serve as the basis for our recommendations, as it establishes the foundational link between cooperation dynamics and their potential impacts on school development and leadership. In extending our exploration, this paper will delve into the intricacies of collaboration not only among principals, teachers, pedagogical staff, parents, and students within school environments but also examine the collaborative efforts with stakeholders external to the school setting. Our focus on typifications of cooperation within schools and between stakeholders will be instrumental in reconstructing and discussing initial findings. The unique context of schools in challenging circumstances will underscore the critical nature of our investigation, shedding light on how collaboration unfolds in the day-to-day operations of such environments and its potential implications for successful school development and leadership. Consequently, the synthesized knowledge will pave the way for tailored recommendations aimed at enhancing collaboration practices in schools facing adversity, both on a national and international scale.
References
Holtappels, H. G., Webs, T., Kamarianakis, E., & Ackeren, I. van (2017). Schulen in herausfordernden Problemlagen–Typologien, Forschungsstand und Schulentwicklungsstrategien. In V. Manitius & P. Dobbelstein (Ed./Hrsg.), Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen (S. 17 – 35). Waxmann.

Huber, S.G. (Hrsg.). (2012). Failing Schools – besonders belastete Schulen. SchulVerwaltung spezial, 2. Wolters Kluwer Deutschland.

Literaturverzeichnis

Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (Grundlagentexte Methoden, 5. Auflage). Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa.

Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken (Beltz Pädagogik, 12., überarb. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz.

Racherbäumer, K., & Ackeren, I. van (2015). Was ist eine (gute) Schule in schwieriger Lage? Befunde einer Studie im kontrastiven Fallstudiendesign an Schulen in der Metropolregion Rhein-Ruhr. In L. Fölker, T. Hertel & N. Pfaff (Hrsg.), Brennpunkt(-) Schule. Zum Verhältnis von Schule, Bildung und urbaner Segregation (S. 189 – 20). Verlag Barbara Budrich.

Spieß, E. (2004): Kooperation und Konflikt. In: H. Schuler (Hrsg.): Organisationspsy-chologie - Gruppe und Organisation. Göttingen: Hogrefe-Verlag (Enzyklopädie der Psychologie. Themenbereich D, Praxisgebiete, Bd. 4), S. 193–247.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Team Leadership for School Development: Navigating the Zone of Uncertainty

Rose Ylimaki, Lynnette Brunderman

NAU, United States of America

Presenting Author: Ylimaki, Rose; Brunderman, Lynnette

Topic

In the U.S. and many other countries across the globe, we observe curriculum and evaluation policy trends toward commonality and evidence-based school reforms that suggest the need for “what works” tested with a particular set of research methods (i.e., randomized controlled trials). Yet many schools serve culturally diverse students due to global population migrations and internal demographic shifts. Additionally, educators across the globe have experienced increased effects from digitalization in the wake of the Covid 19 pandemic that forced rapid shifts to virtual education spaces, revealed disparate access to technology and the internet, and renewed dialogue about education values as well as evidence in school development amidst what we term “a zone of uncertainty” (Authors, 2021). Educational leaders, including school principals and teachers, must navigate and mediate tensions between commonality and diversity in the “zone of uncertainty”.

In 2020, the U.S. demographics are increasingly racially/ethnically diverse, including 60.1% Hispanic, 18.5% Black, 12.2% Asian, 5.6%., 2.8% Mixed Race, and 0.7% Native American (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020). Currently, White people constitute the majority of the U.S. population (62%); however, the percentage is expected to fall below 50% by 2050 with Hispanic populations to experience the largest increase at 23% (Colby & Ortman, 2015). Since the 1960s, there has been a significant increase in the number and diversity of immigrants coming to the U.S. In recent years, we also observe global changes in educational policies and governance systems with increased curriculum centralization, the advent of externalized evaluation policies and the increasing scrutiny of educational organizations at all levels, particularly public schools. The most popular reason for using evidence as a basis for policymaking is that evidence provides an indicator of quality in terms of how much someone has learned or how much impact a certain educational technique has on students (Wiseman, 2010). This paper presents an historical and contemporary examination of educational tensions and dilemmas in the United States as well as findings from a school development project (Arizona Initiative for Leadership Development and Research or AZiLDR) aimed at building leadership capacity to mediate these tensions and support democratic values and outcomes for all students.

Research Questions

Research questions included:

  1. How do principals build teacher leadership teams to balance contemporary tensions and lead school development initiatives in their schools?
  2. What are the outcomes of school development initiatives on academic test results and students’ growth as democratic citizens?

Theoretical Framework: Leadership for Democratic Education and Cultural Diversity

Dewey (1916, 1897) argued that the aim of education in democratic countries of the world should be the cultivation of democratic values in the minds of the children and individuals - faith in a democratic way of living, respect for the dignity of other persons, freedom, equality of opportunity, justice, faith in tolerance, faith in change, and peaceful methods and faith in cooperative living and above all fellow-feelingness. Education takes place through participation of the individual in social activities and relationships with his fellow human beings. Dewey holds that education is necessary for healthy living in the society. It gives the child social consciousness. The teachers and principal must recognize the background of the child as well as the social demands.

In our school development project (AZiLDR), we recognize the importance of cultural diversity and values of democratic education. Here school members recognize conscious and unconscious biases that they bring to conversations, for example, around achievement gaps and racial inequities. In our model, therefore, we see education with (culturally responsive) pedagogical interactions and democratic interactions around evidence of outcomes as interrelated. Leadership of education so defined inspired our school development project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

Methodology featured mixed methods, including analysis of surveys, student outcomes on state tests and school letter grades, and semi-structured interviews. Over a five-year span, seventy-one Arizona schools with high percentages of student diversity and challenges with student outcomes participated in the project. Data sources included a survey, state department data on school performance on state tests, and qualitative interviews. Participants took a survey (Bennett, 2012) modified by the authors as a pre-assessment prior to the beginning of the first training, and a post-assessment at the end of the project. Using this 181-item survey, the researchers examined principals’ and teachers’ leadership knowledge and practices essential for school development, including principal-specific knowledge, skills, and practices as well as capacity for progression through school development. Further, we used the Arizona letter grades to indicate changes in outcomes for schools with differing levels of participation (full participation, partial participation, and no participation). State assessments and data were used to analyze movement of lowest quartile students, within-school gaps, and graduation rate changes, all of which impacted the state letter grade designation.

Quantitative results also informed semi-structured qualitative interviews (35-40 minutes) and observation settings in schools. Interview questions featured leadership practices in relation to the three stages of school development (Leithwood, Harris, & Strauss, 2010), including levels of capacity building, collaboration, community involvement, assessment literacy, curriculum, as well as democratic education values and aims. Interviews were designed to examine participants’ (principals and teachers) understandings of turnaround stages, conceptions of leadership, and capacities.

Description of AZiLDR Project. The Arizona school development project (AZiLDR) was designed to provide district and school leaders with a sustained (18-36 months) process focused on democratic and  culturally responsive education and pedagogical work.

The project design focused on three interrelated processes:  1) interpersonal, democratic (team member) interaction and reflection, 2) time for planning for diffusion of activities specific to the needs of each school site and 3) a research-based delivery system that models inquiry and deliberative approaches to problems of practice.  Participants featured school teams, including the principal, assistant principal, coach, teacher leaders and a district representative. Teams attended ten days of face-to-face institutes as well as bi-monthly regional network meetings. Content of the institutes and regional meetings featured education and pedagogy, evidence-based decision-making, leadership team capacity and collaboration. AZiLDR faculty provided summer institutes, virtual regional meetings, and school visits for coaching and feedback.  
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions and Findings

Project findings are promising in terms of improved academic outcomes and improved leadership capacity for democratic and culturally responsive education. In the paper, we share that 57 percent of schools showed significant improvement of student outcomes in the initial cohort, 87 percent of schools in the second cohort, and 73 percent in the third cohort. Further, qualitative findings indicated progress in leadership capacity for deliberative approaches to problems of practice and navigation of multiple influences and challenges in school development. Specifically, the paper presents findings in four main themes: 1) the importance of school culture to relationships, mediating tensions, navigating uncertainties, and democratic processes; 2) team leadership capacity for school development; 3) using data as a source of reflection and deliberative problem-solving; and 4) strengths-based approaches that support cultural diversity. As examples, one principal/superintendent of a small high school talked at length about the importance of school culture when she stated, “We really needed to work on our school culture, building trust among our team and among the faculty and then we really could see progress in our school development process.” Another principal made a representative comment about team leadership capacity, stating, “As a school team we developed focus and drive, improved teamwork, communication, and implemented strategies that delivered real improvement and growth which was seen and felt throughout our school.” The paper concludes with a discussion about implications research and leadership development amidst the zone of uncertainty. As student populations become increasingly diverse due to global population migrations and policies for curriculum and evaluation become increasingly common in addition to other rapid changes adding to uncertainty (e.g., pandemics, war), we argue that educational leaders need to be able to mediate and navigate tensions as they educate all students for an unknown future.


References
Authors (2021).

Bennett, J. V. (2012). “Democratic” collaboration for school turnaround in Southern Arizona. International Journal of Educational Management, 26(5), 442-451.

Colby, S. L., & Ortman, J. M. (2015). Projections of the size and composition of the US
 population: 2014 to 2060, Current Population Reports, P25-1143, US Census Bureau,
Washington, DC.

Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy in education. New York, NY: The Free Press.

Dewey, J. (1897). My pedagogic creed. In Curriculum Studies Reader Ed. 2. London, UK.:
Routledge.

Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Strauss, T. (2010). Leading school turnaround: How successful leaders transform low-performing schools. John Wiley & Sons.
U.S. Census Bureau (2020). https://www.census.gov.
Wiseman, A. W. (2010). The uses of evidence for educational policymaking: Global contexts
and international trends. Review of research in education, 34(1), 1-24.


127/400 words


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Environmental Crisis as an Opportunity for Change: Transforming Public School Routines and Introducing Change Following COVID-19 Pandemic.

Adam Nir

The Hebrew University, Israel

Presenting Author: Nir, Adam

Theoretical framework

Organizational systems strive to maintain stability assumed to decrease variance among organizational members' behaviors and promote organizational effectiveness (Liang & Fiorino, 2013). However, maintaining stability may not be an easy task when organizations encounter environmental turbulence. It creates a major source of threat to organizational stability and is considered influential on the relationship between external change, internal change, and organizational performance (Boyne & Meier, 2009). The larger the unpredictable change brought by environmental turbulence, the larger the negative effect on organizational performance (Power & Reid, 2005).

Organizational routines are among the main measures organizations employ to promote stability. The repetitive nature of organizational routines allows organizational stability to develop while, at the same time, routines enable organizational members to introduce changes that increase the correspondence of their actions with the changing circumstances (Feldman & Rafaeli, 2002).

When facing a turbulent and unpredictable environment, organizations may choose to stick to their existing structure and routines, hoping that this will enable them to maintain their internal stability and overcome environmental instability. Such a reaction is supported by the Structural Inertia Theory (Hannan & Freeman, 1984), arguing that maintaining existing routines is the best response to a dynamic and unpredictable environment.

Alternatively, the Structural Contingency Theory advocates that organizational effectiveness may be maintained only if organizations change and adjust their routines and increase their fit to the newly created circumstances (Gordon et al., 2000).

While routines guide and stabilize organizational behavior in all organizations, in some sectors, routines may have a more traditional and widespread nature. This seems to be the case of public schools, which have maintained their basic routines unchanged for decades. This feature seems to be related to the stability of schools' organizational environment characterized by state sponsorship regulations and laws (Mayer & Rowan, 1977). Consequently, domesticated organizations (Carlson, 1964) such as public schools face little pressure to change (Cuban, 2013).

The arrival of the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020 created circumstances that forced schools to change their basic and traditional routines. Many considered his event an opportunity to alter school routines and introduce deep changes in schools' traditional processes.

This study attempts to assess the impact of an environmental crisis on the routines characterizing traditional institutions such as public schools. Specifically, it attempts to answer two questions: (1). what were school leaders' preferred coping strategies while attempting to establish stability for their school communities during the pandemic, and (2). to what extent they considered the extreme conditions of uncertainty and turbulence as a catalyst for altering school future routines?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
Eleven interviews were conducted with eight elementary and three high school principals leading schools in the Israeli centralized public educational system. Each interview lasted between 30 and 60 minutes. Some of the interviews were conducted virtually through Zoom software while others were conducted over the phone. Interviews were chosen as the major data collection method to enable large amounts of data about interviewees' perspectives to be collected relatively quickly and the immediate follow-up and clarification of equivocal issues to be accomplished (Taylor et al., 2015). The interviews were conducted as "in-depth," open conversations to "allow the researcher to respond to the situation at hand, to the emerging worldview of the respondent, and new ideas on the topic" (Merriam, 2009, p. 90). At the beginning of each interview, school leaders were asked to talk about their daily reality during the pandemic and its impact on their thoughts and feelings. Towards the end of each interview, the researcher asked the interviewees two questions referring to the core issues of the current study:
a) What measures did you take to maintain stability in your school; and
b) Following your experiences during the pandemic, are you planning to introduce changes in school and, if so, what will be their nature?
Data were analyzed based on the classification of various issues mentioned by the interviewees producing a set of themes. This stage was data-driven and not theory-driven to allow direct examination of the perspectives articulated by the interviewees (Rossman & Rallis, 2012).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
School leaders shared the notion that it is impossible to maintain their typical leadership patterns in these newly created circumstances. They introduced changes in their managerial orientation in five areas:
(a). They changed school priorities making the safety and health of teachers and students their priority;
(b). They took measures intending to reduce stress and pressure:
(c). They decreased their centralized management
(d). They supported and encouraged their teachers and created a criticism-free discourse;
(e). And, they attempted to avoid rumors by establishing a clear and reliable source of information for teachers, students, and parents.
When asked to reflect on the future, school leaders considered the pandemic an opportunity for change and innovation. Nevertheless, all of them shared the notion that future changes in schools are likely to be minor. They provided two main arguments for that: (a). the tendency to return to previous habits and, (b). the Ministry of Education's conservativeness evident in its tendency to maintain centralized control over schools and preserve patterns that existed before the pandemic.  


Conclusions
Although many school leaders considered the unique circumstances brought by the pandemic an opportunity for change, they shared that it would not lead to dramatic changes in school practices and routines. Now, after the pandemic is over, it seems that they were right: schools seem to act according to the guiding assumptions of the structural inertia theory returning to their traditional routines.
Hence, it appears that an environmental crisis is not sufficient to change the routines of traditional institutions such as public schools. It must be followed and reinforced by the system's support evident in legislation and a significant increase in the degrees of freedom granted to school-level educators. This will allow schools to alter traditional routines and design educational processes according to the changing circumstances and local needs.


References
References
Boyne, G. A., & Meier, K. J. (2009). Environmental turbulence, organizational stability, and public service performance. Administration & Society, 40(8), 799-824.
Cuban, L. (2013). Why so many structural changes in schools and so little reform in teaching practice? Journal of Educational Administration, 51(2), 109-125.
Carlson, R. O. (1964). Environmental constraints and organizational consequences: The public school and its clients. Teachers College Record, 65(10), 262-276.
Feldman, M. S., & Rafaeli, A. (2002). Organizational routines as sources of connections and understandings. Journal of Management Studies, 39(3), 309-331.
Gordon, S., Stewart, W., Sweo, R., & Luker, W. (2000). Convergence versus strategic reorientation: The antecedents of fast-paced organizational change. Journal of Management, 26(5), 911-945.
Hannan, M., & Freeman, J. (1984). Structural inertia and organizational change. American Sociological Review, 49, 149-164.
Liang, J., & Fiorino, D. J. (2013). The implications of policy stability for renewable energy innovation in the United States, 1974–2009. Policy Studies Journal 41(1), 97-118.
Mayer, W. J., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutional organizations: Formal structures as myth and ceremony.  American Journal of Sociology, 83(2), 340-363.
Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Power, B., & Reid, G. (2005). Flexibility, firm-specific turbulence, and the performance of the long-lived small firm. Review of Industrial Organization, 26(4), 415-443.
Rossman, G. B., & Rallis, S. F. (2012). Learning in the Field: An Introduction to Qualitative Research (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.  
Taylor, S. J., Bogdan, R., & DeVault, M. (2015). Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods: A Guidebook and Resource. New Jersey: John Wiley and Sons.‏
 
15:15 - 16:4526 SES 02 C: Transformational and Aspiring Leadership in School Organizations
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Lawrence Drysdale
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Investigating the Effect of Transformational Leadership on Educational Outcomes: Evidence from Cyprus

Maria Eliophotou1, Andreas Lefteri2

1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Ministry of Education, Sport and Youth

Presenting Author: Eliophotou, Maria

The effect of school leadership on educational outcomes has long attracted the attention of scholars. However, the measurement of the effects of leadership on specific educational and school outcomes has proven to be a challenge, mainly due to conceptual and methodological issues. Nevertheless, research on the topic is necessary in order to facilitate the informed adoption of leadership models and/or practices in education in that policy makers often lack the evidence that can serve as the basis for the promotion of specific approaches to leadership. Several criticisms have emerged regarding the extent to which popular leadership models are backed by sufficient evidence. Moreover, research is necessary in order to ensure that leadership models are timely and relevant to educational policy and practice as opposed to “dead ideas” still walking among us (Haslam, Alvesson & Reicher, 2024).

Transformational leadership is a leadership style closely linked to a process of change, transformation, motivation and innovation in individuals and organisations. It is characterised by an explicit focus on the role of the leaders in the development of followers. Transformational leaders manage to motivate others to achieve more than originally planned or intended; they create a supportive organisational climate where individual needs and differences are acknowledged and respected (Bass, 1998). The building of trust and respect motivates followers to work for the accomplishment of shared goals. Thus, transformational leaders motivate followers to focus on the common good, through commitment to the mission and vision of the organisation. Since its emergence, transformational leadership has been investigated in fields such as psychology, business administration, sociology and education. Studies in education have examined the link between transformational leadership and specific educational outcomes (see, for example, Kilinç et al., 2022; Li & Karanxha, 2022; Polatcan, Arslan & Balci, 2021).

In this context, we present the findings of two studies on the effect of transformational leadership on educational outcomes. Both studies were conducted in Cyprus using the theoretical framework of the full range model of leadership proposed by Bass and his colleagues (see, for example, Bass, & Avolio, 1994; Avolio & Bass, 2004). The first study investigates the link between transformational/transactional/passive-avoidant leadership behaviours, teachers’ perceptions of leader effectiveness and teachers’ job satisfaction (Menon, 2014). Data collected from teachers provide evidence on the extent to which transformational school leadership is linked to teacher job satisfaction. The latter is an important indicator of teacher motivation and commitment to the profession. Moreover, data on teacher perceptions can provide a more objective way of assessing school leader effectiveness in comparison to self-reported measures.

The second study investigates the link between transformational and transactional school leadership, on the one hand, and teacher self-efficacy, on the other. Self-efficacy is an important variable in that, individuals with higher levels of self-efficacy are more motivated and more likely to succeed as a result. Self-efficacy beliefs are considered to be stronger than the actual abilities of individuals in determining motivation, action and accomplishment (Bandura, 1986).

The findings of the two studies are linked to implications and recommendations for educational policy and practice. Moreover, the paper discusses future directions for research on transformational leadership, with reference to the limitations of transformational leadership both in terms of theoretical underpinnings and research approaches to its study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For both studies, primary data were collected through the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) from public secondary school teachers in Cyprus. The MLQ was developed by Bass (1985) in order to measure transformational and transactional leader behaviour. It has been widely used to assess the component factors of the model proposed by Avolio and Bass (2004) and to investigate the nature of the relationship between transactional/transformational leadership styles and other variables. Despite several criticisms, the current version of the MLQ (Form 5X) remains the most popular instrument in research on transformational and transactional leadership.
In the first study, the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) was adapted to the context of Cyprus and administered to a sample of secondary school teachers. Several questions were added to the instrument in order to measure job satisfaction and perceived school leader effectiveness. The sample consisted of 438 secondary education teachers employed at 10 secondary schools in Cyprus. The 10 schools were selected to represent different regional and socioeconomic background characteristics. Thus, urban, suburban and rural schools were included in the sample. Within each school, all teachers were instructed to fill the questionnaire.
In the second study, the MLQ was administered to 683 secondary education teachers employed in 32 upper secondary schools in Cyprus. Teacher self-efficacy was measured through Bandura’s Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (Bandura, 2006), which examines the self-efficacy beliefs of teachers regarding the following: “self-efficacy to influence decision making; instructional self-efficacy; disciplinary self-efficacy; efficacy to enlist parental involvement; efficacy to enlist community involvement; efficacy to create a positive school climate.” The instrument was adapted to the educational system of Cyprus, in relation to the roles and responsibilities of school teachers. Urban, suburban and rural schools were included in the sample in an attempt to arrive at a representative sample in terms of student residence and/or socioeconomic background.
Advanced methods of statistical analysis were used in both studies. These included confirmatory factor analysis and structural equation modelling. MPLUS was used for model fitting testing in the two studies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main findings are presented separately for each study. In relation to the first study, the results provide support for a three-factor structure model consisting of transformational, transactional and passive-avoidant forms of leadership, representing three distinct components of leadership behaviour. Teachers’ perceptions of leader effectiveness and teachers’ overall job satisfaction were found to be significantly linked to the leadership behaviours included in the full range model of leadership.
As regards the second study, the results show that transformational and transactional leadership can be combined in a second-order factor and that this factor is a strong predictor of teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs. Consequently, this study provides evidence in support of a strong link between transformational/transactional leadership and teacher self-efficacy. Moreover, based on the findings, transformational and transactional leadership appear to be interconnected.
The findings are discussed in the context of previous research on the topic and implications for educational theory and practice are drawn. The significance of the findings for educational policy and practice is highlighted, while acknowledging the need for revisiting the conceptualisation and operationalisation framework associated with transformational school leadership. Overall, our findings point to the fact that transformational and transactional school leadership should be further investigated in studies of factors influencing teacher job satisfaction and teacher self-efficacy as well as additional educational variables and outcomes. Studies conducted in Cyprus can inform the European and international literature on the topic in that unlike many Western and/or European countries, Cyprus is a small country with a highly centralised education system

References
Avolio, B. J. & Bass, B. M. (2004). Multifactor leadership questionnaire: Third edition manual and sampler set. Menlo Park, CA: Mind Garden, Inc.
Bandura, A. (1986). The explanatory and predictive scope of self-efficacy theory. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 4(3), 359-373.
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman.
Bandura, A. (2006). Guide for constructing self-efficacy scales. In T. Urdan & F. Pajares (Eds.), Self-efficacy beliefs of adolescents (pp. 307-337). Greenwich, Connecticut: Information Age Publishing.
Bass, B. M. (1998). Transformational leadership: Industry, military, and educational impact. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Bass, B. M. & Avolio, B. J. (1994). Improving organizational effectiveness through transformational leadership. Sage.
Haslam, A.S., Alvesson, M. & Reicher, S.D. (2024). Zombie leadership: Dead ideas that still walk among us. Leadership Quarterly 1048-9843: 101770 doi:/10.1016/j.leaqua.2023.101770
Kilinç A. C., Polatcan M., Savaş G., & Er E. (2022). How transformational leadership influences teachers’ commitment and innovative practices: Understanding the moderating role of trust in principal. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership. doi: /10.1177/17411432221082803
Li Y., & Karanxha Z. (2022). Literature review of transformational school leadership: Models and effects on student achievement (2006-2019). Educational Management Administration & Leadership. doi: 10.1177/17411432221077157
Menon Eliophotou, M. (2014). The relationship between transformational leadership, perceived leader effectiveness and teacher job satisfaction. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(4), 509-528. doi: /10.1108/JEA-01-2013-0014
Polatcan, M., Arslan, P., & Balci, A. (2021). The mediating effect of teacher self-efficacy regarding the relationship between transformational school leadership and teacher agency. Educational Studies.  doi: 10.1080/03055698.2021.1894549


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Principals’ Capability to Initiate and Implement Innovation and Change for School Improvement- Findings from ISSPP Case Studies in Australia.

Lawrence Drysdale, David Gurr, Helen Goode

Faculty of Education, University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Drysdale, Lawrence

This proposal focuses on principals’ capability to successfully initiate and implement innovation and change within the context of their schools. It draws on findings from 20 years of research from Australian case studies that focus on successful school leadership as part of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) and follows ISSPP methodology protocols. Twenty years of research have produced many key findings that show how successful principals lead and manage their schools. In this proposal we will focus on one key finding- strategies for leading innovation and change.

The OECD (2019) defines innovation in education as a significant change in selected educational practice. Innovation and change are interrelated concepts (Barsh, et al., 2008). Innovation is the idea, vision, strategy that prompts change while change is the action of brings that innovation to life. Both innovation and change are essential for organizations to adapt and thrive.

Overall principals struggle to implement change effectively. McKinsey surveys show that up to 70% of change programs fail in some way (Bucy et al., 2021). An underlying difficulty is that change is a process and not an event. Sometimes the process is non-linear. Human factors that are barriers include lack of buy-in, resistance to change, poor communication, lack of commitment, unclear goals, inadequate planning and resources, poor collaborative culture, and external factors beyond the leader’s control (Fullan, 2005; Hallinger, 2010; Hall and Horde, 2006, Wise. 2015).

The literature includes various strategies to promote change: skills in communicating a clear and compelling vision (Erickson, 2015); morale purpose (Fullan, 2001); engagement and empowerment (Moss Kanter, 2015); providing resources, time and space, (DuFour & Marzano, 2009); building capacity (Seashore-Lewis, 2009); systematic planning for change (Kotter, 2007); addressing individual concerns (Hall, & Hord, 2006), and monitoring and evaluating the innovation through data and evidence.

For our study we have explored different types of innovation as a guide to categorization of our case studies. This was to evaluate the kinds of strategies used by principals depending on the kind of change. Porter (1985) identified continuous (incremental) and discontinuous (radical) innovation as typologies. Tushman and Anderson (1986) referred to incremental and breakthrough innovation. Henderson and Clark (1990) defined four types of innovation as incremental, radical, architectural and disruptive. Christensen et al. (2018) showed the difference between sustaining and disruptive innovation. McKinsey initiated the 3-Horizons framework which outlined three growth patterns, each building on the other: core innovation, adjacent innovation (seeking opportunities for growth) and transformational innovation (Coley, 2009). Dodgson et al. (2008) conceived four types of innovation as proactive, active, reactive, and passive. Kalback (2012) distinguished four types of innovation based on levels of technology progress and market impact. These were incremental, disruptive, breakthrough and game changer. Satell (2015) categorized four types of innovation as basic research, disruptive, breakthrough and sustaining innovation. Each of these previous frameworks influenced our classification of innovation. We identified three categories: incremental, transformational, and disruptive. We based this on the framework of Mayo and Nohria [2005) who identified three archetypes of leadership: (1) entrepreneurs, who were ahead of their time and were not constrained by their environment and often able to overcome almost impossible barriers and challenges to find or do something new; (2) managers, who were skilled at understanding and exploiting their context and grew their business accordingly; (3) leaders, who confronted change and saw potential in their business that others failed to see. Entrepreneurs create new businesses, managers grow and optimize them, and leaders transform them at critical inflection points. The entrepreneurs closely align with the disruptive leaders, the leaders with the transformative leaders, and the managers with the incremental leaders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research question was to identify the principals’ capability to successfully initiate and implement innovation and change based on the context and type of change in their schools.
The Australian research covered over 20 years of research. It included cases Australian case studies that focus on successful school leadership as part of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) and follows ISSPP methodology protocols. Schools and principals chosen for this study had to be able to show that the school had been successful during the period of the current principal and that the principal was acknowledged as being successful. Whenever possible, selection was based on evidence of student achievement beyond expectations on state/national tests, principals' exemplary reputations in the community and/or school system, and other indicators of success that were site-specific (such as favourable school review reports).
For this research proposal we draw on eighteen Victorian multiple perspective case studies of successful primary, secondary and special school principals. At each school, data collected included interviews with the principal, senior teachers, teachers, students, parents and school council members and document analysis. The case studies cover government, Catholic and independent schools. The research focused on successful school leadership rather than effective schools. Successful school leadership includes a wide range of student and school outcomes rather than a narrow range of student academic achievements.
We explored the eighteen principals’ capacity to initiate and implement change by classifying our case studies into three levels of innovation. Principals were identified as either using incremental, transformational, or disruptive practices to lead innovation. Principals that attempted to consolidate school improvement through incremental change and embedding the change into teaching and learning were categorised as ‘incremental’.  Leaders in the schools in the ‘transformational’ change category used leadership practices that were mildly disruptive. The change was strategic and focused on individual, professional, organisational, and community capacity building strategies. School improvement interventions were centred on school and community needs and priorities. They were able to build professional development and appraisal; set priorities based on data about performance; and communicate purpose, process and performance.  Schools in the disruptive category witnessed a dynamic change. Principals in this category transformed almost every aspect of the school.
Six schools had principals who illustrated incremental innovative practices, three schools demonstrated transformational practices, and five schools where leadership practices were disruptive.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings demonstrated that successful principals demonstrated a range of leadership styles, key behaviours and strategic interventions that helped them initiate and implement innovation and change for school improvement. The case study principals in were able to understand and effectively work within a complex set of contextual layers that encompassed their work environment.  We found that our successful principals were less constrained by context and able to work within and across constraints. All the principals were able to lead change by innovating for school improvement. We identified seven disruptive practices that characterise these principals’ relentless orientation to change.  
 We found that leaders in the disruptive category challenged the status quo and existing patterns; changed the direction of the school;  transformed all aspects of the school including philosophy, policies, structures, processes and roles; took a long-term perspective but were keen to get short-term results; challenged current pedagogical practices and championed a preferred model; influenced change of behaviour, values and assumptions, and shifted the organisational culture; and, were prepared to change staff to suit school directions. Leaders in the transformation category used many of these seven practices but not all the practices. They were strategic in their approach and focused on capacity building. Leaders in the incremental category used some of these practices.
An important outcome is that all these principals were successful. There was no best approach to initiating and implementing change. Context was certainly a major factor in determining the approach and change strategy. In challenging circumstances more disruptive practices appeared to work well. However, there was circumstances that ensured that the principal work more incrementally toward improvement. Another factor was that successful principals bring their own leadership style, qualities and dispositions that help determine their success.
The findings are supportive of the conference theme on innovation and hope.

References
Barsh, J. Capozzi, M. M Davidson, J. (2008) Leadership and Innovation McKinsey Quarterly Jan 2008.
Bucy, M, Schaninger, Van Akin, K., Weddle, B.  (2021)) Losing from day one, McKinsey Quarterly
Christensen, C.M., McDonald, R., Altman, E.J. and Palmer, J.E. (2018), Disruptive Innovation: An Intellectual History and Directions for Future Research. Journal  of Management. Studies, 55: 1043-1078. https://doi.org/10.1111/joms.12349
Coley, S. (2009) Enduring Ideas: The three horizons of growth, McKinsey Quarterly Dec
AUTHORS (2017) Rebuilding schools through disruptive innovation and leadership. In Proceedings of the University Colleges of Educational Administration Conference, Denver, CO, USA, 15–19 November 2017
DuFour, R., & Marzano, R.J. (2009). High-leverage strategies for principal leadership. Educational Leadership, 66(5), 62-67
Erickson III, L T,  (2015) Principals' Experiences Initiating, Implementing, and Sustaining Change Within Their School,  Walden Dissertations and Doctoral Studies. 1495. https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/1495
Fullan, M. (2001). Leading in a culture of change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass
Fullan. M (Ed.), (2009) The challenge of school change (pp. 235-254). Arlington Heights, Illinois: IRI/Skylight Training and Publishing
Hall, G. E., & Hord, S. M. (2006). Implementing change: Patterns, principles, and potholes (2nd Ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.
Hallinger, P. (2010). Leading Educational Change: Reflections on the practice of instructional and transformational leaders. Cambridge Journal of Education, 33(3), 329-352.
Henderson, R & Clark, K. (1990) Architectural Innovation: The Reconfiguration of Existing Product Technologies and the Failure to Established Firms, Administrative Science Quarterly, Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, 9-30. http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/2393549
Kotter, J. (2007). Leading change: Why transformation efforts fail. Harvard Business Review, 85(1), 96-103
Mayo, A.; Nohria, N. (2005) Zeitgeist Leadership. Harvard. Business. Review. 83, 45–60.
Moss Kanter, R (2016) Principals as Innovators: Identifying Fundamental Skill for Leadership for Change in Public Schools, Public Education Leadership Project at Harvard University
OECD (2019) (Measuring innovation in education OECD)
Porter, M. E. (1985)The Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance. NY: Free Press, (Republished with a new introduction, 1998.)
Seashore, K. R. (2009). Leadership and change in schools: Personal reflections over the last 30 years. Journal of Educational Change, 10(2-3), 129-140
Tushman, Michael, and Philip Anderson. (1986) Technological Discontinuities and Organizational Environments. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(3) 439–465.
Wise, D (2015) Emerging Challenges Facing School Principals, Education Leadership Review, (16(2) National Council of Professors of Educational Administration


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Reimagining the Future: Transformative and Inclusive Leadership Imperatives for Indigenous Education

Antoinette Cole, Suraiya Abdul Hameed, Marnee Shay

University of Queensland

Presenting Author: Abdul Hameed, Suraiya

Educational success is critical to accessing life opportunities. In Australia, the educational success rates for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander young peoples are significantly lower compared to their non-Indigenous peers. Research within academic literature and policy of ‘Indigenous Education’ and ‘excellence’ in education (Shay, et.al, 2020) are terms that are emerging from Indigenous communities across Australia as mechanism to redress the deficit thinking towards Indigenous education. On the other hand, whilst current strategies in Indigenous education in Australia have replaced past policies, the education system continues to fail Indigenous young peoples with culturally relevant education and continues to position such disadvantage as part of Indigeneity in Australia (Morrison et al., 2019).

The continued educational achievement gap confronting Indigenous learners in Australia spotlights the pressing need to cultivate school leaders who can champion systemic change through visionary, transformative, and culturally inclusive leadership. The challenge of catering to a diversified population with the example of Indigenous students in Australia, has application not only to the European context, but diversified populations more broadly across the globe. With mass migration, global pandemics, and war the ability for different groups to maintain their identity and co-exist with different groups in a diversified population continues to be a challenge for educators, but more-so educational leaders leading their school communities.

Likewise in the European context, and more globally it is critical to address the contexts and conditions that results in segregation and discriminatory attitudes, which inevitably leads to inequitable educational opportunities and unfair outcomes for marginalised groups. There is a critical need to emphasize the key leadership capabilities (transformation, vision, cultural inclusion) required to address equity issues in schools, particularly leaders who can drive systemic reform to improve Indigenous education in Australia. It is vital for educational leaders to create school environments that harness strengths- based approaches (Perso, 2012) and are built into existing school policies and practices, that will make an intentional difference to the outcomes of Indigenous students (Hameed et al., 2021; Netolicky & Golledge, 2021). Culturally responsive leaders build their communities to value students’ existing strengths and accomplishments, supporting students and developing them further in learning and most importantly respecting and valuing the unique identity of each child (Gay, 2000).

This paper explores inclusive school leadership approaches that constitute excellence in Indigenous education (Shay et, al, 2021). Using an Indigenist lens, it discusses culturally responsive practices in school leadership that create safe learning environments in Indigenous education. It explores the practical application of inclusive school leadership approaches that harness culturally responsive pedagogical practices and values all students and the contributions and attributes that they bring to their schooling experience (Hameed et al., 2021). As we interrogated the concept of inclusive leadership in Indigenous education, the following research questions were used to study participants’ conceptualization and enactment of inclusivity at school level:

How do school leaders and administrators within Indigenous educational contexts conceptualize and enact inclusive leadership excellence?

Sub-questions:

How do participants define “inclusive leadership” and its connection to ideals of excellence in Indigenous education settings? What overlaps or divergence exist between Western notions of inclusive leadership and Indigenous paradigms?

What leadership practices, policies, and relationships do participants identify as exemplifying inclusive leadership excellence aligned to community values? How are families and community members positioned?

An integral aspect of the study is in examining the systemic and institutional barriers that perpetuate inequities within Indigenous educational leadership. This includes analyzing how leaders evaluate effectiveness and success of inclusion efforts given systemic constraints.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical lens underpinning this study is based on the principles of Rigney’s (2001) Indigenous Standpoint Theory (IST) of political integrity, resistance as the emancipatory imperative, and privileging Indigenous voices in the research. The study is conceptually framed to ensure the perspective and voices of Indigenous participants to understand what inclusive leadership that uses culturally responsive practices to share what excellence is or what it could be. The analysis foregrounds the voices of Indigenous people and perspectives in the research design using Indigenist research principles of IST.

The study adopts a qualitative approach using case study methodology. Qualitative data was collected using various means:
 Story-telling ground in Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing that enables the capacity to include all actors within the story, including non-Indigenous participants (Denzin and Lincoln, 2017).
 Semi-structured interviews or yarning using questions to direct the yarning (defining excellence; examples of excellence, factors that support excellence)
 Story boarding method as collaborative yarning methodology that aligns with the principles of ethical research in Indigenous contexts (Shay, 2017).

It uses semi-structured interviews or yarning and storyboarding as a method to engage the voices and lived experiences of participants to better understand the role of culturally responsive pedagogies in inclusive school leadership practices in defining, examples and factors that support excellence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Inclusive leadership that used culturally responsive pedagogical practice emerged through three common themes. These common themes emerged across the collaborative yarning sessions were the need for schools to nurture and affirm culture and identity, building up young people through celebrating successes; and, building a culture of inclusivity and belonging. It was also noted that school leaders that enable these culturally responsive practices are more likely to shift whole school cultures.

A key finding in the study also highlights the important role that school leaders play in ensuring inclusive leadership practices. Findings from the literature and the empirical research conducted, conclude that there is a need for school leaders to be cognisant in the provision of conducive school environments that respect and value the richness of Indigenous knowledges, having high expectations of Indigenous students and their achievements, and utilise culturally responsive pedagogical practices that builds the school culture and enhances learning not only for Indigenous students, but for all students. Realizing inclusive leadership excellence requires actively addressing historic and present marginalization.  The study centers participants’ perspectives on navigating systemic injustice as well as their visions for liberation through transformational, equity-driven leadership praxis within their schools. Overall, centering systemic equity within inclusive leadership research helps strengthen both theoretical insight and leadership competence towards socially just schools.

References
Bolman, L. G., Johnson, S. M., Murphy, J. T. & Weiss, C. H. (1990). Re-thinking School Leadership: An Agenda for Research and Reform. Cambridge, MA: National Center for Educational Leadership.

Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: how successful school leaders use transformational and instructional strategies to make a difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2), 221-258.

Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2017). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. 5.

Gay, G. (2000). Culturally responsive schooling: theory, research, and practice. Teachers College Press, N.Y.

Hameed, S., Shay, M., & Miller, J. (2021). 'Deadly leadership' in the pursuit of Indigenous education excellence. In Future Alternatives for Educational Leadership: Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Democracy (pp. 93-110). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003131496-10

Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2019). Seven Strong Claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077

Lester, J., & Munns, G. (2011). Closing the gap. In Craven, R. G. (2011). Why teach Aboriginal studies. Teaching Aboriginal studies: A practical resource for primary and secondary teaching, 1-21.

Morrison, A., Rigney, L.-I., Hattam, R., & Diplock, A. (2019). Toward an Australian culturally responsive pedagogy: A narrative review of the literature. University of South Australia.  

Netolicky, D. M., & Golledge, C. (2021). Future Alternatives for Educational Leadership: Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Democracy. In (pp. 38-53). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003131496-5

Perso, T. (2012). Cultural responsiveness and school education with particular focus on Australia's first peoples: a review & synthesis of the literature. Menzies School of Health Research.  

Rigney, L. I. (2001). A first perspective of Indigenous Australian participation in science: Framing Indigenous research towards Indigenous Australian intellectual sovereignty

Shay, M. (2017). Counter stories: Developing Indigenist research methodologies to capture the voices of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander staff in flexi school contexts Queensland University of Technology].  

Shay, M. (2018). Leadership in Flexi schools: issues of race and racism in Australia.
 
Shay, M. (2021). Extending the yarning yarn: Collaborative Yarning Methodology for ethical Indigenist education research. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 50(1), 62-70. https://doi.org/10.1017/jie.2018.25  

Shay, M., Armour, D., Miller, J., & Abdul Hameed, S. (2022). ‘Once students knew their identity, they excelled’: how to talk about excellence in Indigenous education.  

Shay, M., Sarra, G., & Woods, A. (2021). Strong identities, strong futures: Indigenous identities and wellbeing in schools. In Indigenous Education in Australia (pp. 63-75). Routledge.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Testimonios for Transformative Learning: Developing Equity-Centered Leaders for Schools

Juan Manuel Niño, Angelica Romero, Julio Garcia, Guadalupe Gorordo, Betty Merchant, Shawn Bird

University of Texas at San Ant, United States of America

Presenting Author: Niño, Juan Manuel; Romero, Angelica

The USLC at the University of Texas-San Antonio is a unique principal preparation program that focuses on preparing aspiring school principals to become transformational leaders who can work in diverse, ambiguous and challenging school contexts (Garza & Merchant, 2009; Merchant & Garza, 2015). Originating in a partnership with San Antonio Independent School District, now in its 11th cohort, the USLC model established new partnerships. This new program, USLC-South Bexar (USLC-SB), is in its fourth cohort, working to prepare school leaders for small districts in urban settings. A vital feature of the USLC is the leadership from its core faculty, former school principals, and district administrators who bring heuristic knowledge in preparing and developing school leaders for social justice.

This collaborative and collective partnership was significantly enhanced with the recent award of a multi-million-dollar grant from the Wallace Foundation, the Equity-Centered Principal Initiative. The collaborative has been nurtured, sustained, and studied for the past twenty years with unconditional support from the former and present district superintendents as well as the dean of the college of education and human development (Murakami-Ramalho, Garza, & Merchant, 2009).

A constructivist theoretical approach drives teaching and learning in this program. In a constructivist classroom, students and faculty engage in critical reflection, individually and collectively (Merchant & Garza, 2015). Coupled with constructivist learning theory, the Pedagogy of Collective Critical Consciousness (Garza, 2015) engages masters students deeply in collective learning activities, including shared critical reflection, written autoethnographies, digital life stories, community engagement projects, equity audits, and ultimately, the implementation of praxis (Freire, 2000). As co-constructors of knowledge, students, and faculty are both teachers and learners.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Embracing a bricolage approach, we grounded this study following Anzaldúa’s (1990) words, “by bringing in our own approaches and methodologies, we transform that theorizing space (p. xxv) to better understand how the program has influenced the students and professors in this innovative program. As such, in order to seek the insights from the experiences of our alumni and current students of this innovative program, several theoretical approaches were considered to highlight the collaborative lived experiences to include, social justice (Marshall & Oliva, 2006), and critical theory (Freire, 1993; Santamaria, 2013).

Using testimonios (Anzaldúa, 2002) as a methodological approach, will help create salient depictions of experiences, identities, and new ways of knowing that center of culture and identity. A testimonio is viewed as a verbal journey (authentic narrative) of one’s life with a focus on the effect of injustice (Reyes & Rodriguez, 2012). As such, the testimonios of 36 students will offer a language of hope and insights into the ability of schools to promote equity, consciousness, and agency. During this session, we will engage in a presentation of testimonios about their lived experiences in the program.
A theory in the flesh means one where the physical realities of our lives; our skin color, the land or concrete we grew up on, our sexual longings all fuse to create a politic born out of necessity. Here, we attempt to bridge the contradictions of our experience. (Moraga & Anzaldúa, 1981, p. 23)

This study focuses on twenty students from a large urban school district in South Texas, and the faculty from the preparation program. Through their stories, they share how their lived experiences translated and influenced to the strategies necessary to meet the needs of highly diverse inner-city communities. These testimonios served as the leadership development to better understand how lived experiences influence and shape leadership identity. As such, the paper aims to highlight how a “different” model of leadership development advances interactive transformation for students to practice in urban schools where the student population is diverse, but predominantly Latino.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is important because we offer an alternative model to leadership preparation that aligns with the conference theme of, Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and Hope for the Future, as it voices the lives of aspiring leaders. The ULSC preparation program adds depth and richness about how leaders learn best and apply their learning to their school settings. For instance, using their own voices and means for expressing their learning, this paper acknowledges one of the often-overlooked “faces” in our field —learners who have themselves experienced racial and human rights injustices. Furthermore, their concerns with equity and social justice, especially for underserved groups of children, are an absolute commitment and concern of the school leaders. Leadership preparation programs can make a difference in the lives of all school children. In that case, exploring the issues that will emerge in this study is another step toward preparing leaders with a social conscience and a passion for justice.
References
Anzaldúa, G. (2002). Now let us shift…the path of conocimiento…inner work, public acts. In G. E. Anzaldúa & A. Keating (Eds.), This
bridge we call home: Radical visions for transformation (pp. 540-578). New York, NY: Routledge.
Cambron-McCabe, N., & McCarthy, M. M. (2005). Educating school leaders for social justice. Educational Policy, 19(1), 201-222.
Garza, E. (2015, in progress). The Pedagogy of Collective Critical Consciousness: The Praxis of Preparing Leaders for Social Justice.
Paper presented at UCEA Conference, 2015. Denver, CO.
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: NY. Continuum International Publishing Group.
Freire, P. (1974). Education for critical consciousness. New York, NY: Continuum.
McKenzie, K. B., & Scheurich, J. (2004). Equity traps: A useful construct for preparing principals to lead schools that are successful
with racially diverse students. Educational Administration Quarterly, 40(5), 601-632.
Merchant, B., & Garza, E. (2015). The Urban School Leaders Collaborative: Twelve Years of Promoting Leadership for Social Justice.
Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 10(1), 39-62.
Moraga, C., & Anzaldúa, G. (1981). This bridge called my back: Writings by radical women of color. New York, NY: Kitchen Table
Women of Press.
Ng, E. S. W. (2014). Relative deprivation, self-interest and social justice: why I do research on in- equality. Equality, Diversity and
Inclusion: An International Journal, 33(5), 429-441. doi: 10.1108/edi-07-2013-0055
Rusch, E. A. (2004). Gender and race in leadership preparation: A constrained discourse. Educational Administration Quarterly, 40(1),
14-46.
 
15:15 - 16:4527 SES 02 A: Teaching and Learning in (Linguistically) Diverse Contexts
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Engaging Reluctant Readers

Magnus Svensson, Eva Hultin, Elin Sundström Sjödin

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Svensson, Magnus

In many European countries, reading proficiency is declining amongst children and adolescents (Mullis et al., 2023; OECD, 2023). Furthermore, almost 20 percent of young children seem to not like reading at all. There is also a wide gap between schools and students in many countries. Children from less fortunate socioeconomic backgrounds and children with migration background are disadvantaged within the educational system. Heterogenous classrooms, with great variation of students’ levels of reading proficiency and stated interest in literature, a growing number of students that lack sufficient reading skills and interest, and classrooms where most students lack both the sufficient skills and interest in reading, raises the demand on teachers to make an even greater effort than before to engage all students in school reading. This calls for further research on how engaging literature teaching can be organized. The present study interviews 15 teachers with a focus on the questions of which kind of didactic strategies or methods teachers use to engage students in school reading as well as the teachers’ views on and experiences of student engagement in school reading. The study’s aim is to contribute knowledge about engaging literature instruction for students that are unexperienced and/or unwilling readers and who seem reluctant to participate in school reading.

Sweden serves as an interesting case in the study, with the purpose of highlighting trends in school reading, contributing to the fields of literature didactics as well as L1 research and practice all over Europe. Reading among Swedish adolescents seems to have declined in the past ten years, although the decline have flattened at a low level in recent years. Only 14 percent of Swedish 17–18-year-olds read daily, compared to 23 percent in 2012. There also seems to be a decline in students reporting that they enjoy reading, but at the same time the same students seem to think that they do not read enough (Andersson, 2023; Mullis et al., 2023; OECD, 2023). Sweden has also seen a decline in reading, both fiction and non-fiction, in the compulsory work in school. The proportion of students who read one full page or more during their school day has decreased significantly and students who never read fiction at all in grades 7-9 has increased from 44 percent in 2007 to 81 percent in 2017 (Vinterek et al., 2022). Moreover, an alarming trend is the increased difference in test results between Swedish speaking students and second language students and a widening school segregation that mirrors the societal segregation and socioeconomical gaps in Sweden (Mullis et al., 2023).

To address the current challenges, the Swedish government has launched several efforts to support and effect school reading, such as funding and legislation to guarantee students' right to staffed school libraries (Utbildningsdepartementet, 2023), and a committee, which will propose a Swedish Literature canon to be taught in schools (Kulturdepartementet, 2023). The upcoming new syllabus for Swedish in the upper secondary school also has a stronger emphasis on reading fiction and of the esthetic experience of reading (Skolverket, 2023).

This project draws on the theory of situated leaning and communities of practice developed by Lave and Wenger (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 1998). School reading is regarded as a community of practice in its own right that does not mimic recreational reding. Furthermore, school reading is situated in educational settings thar are unique to some extent. Every school, group of subject teachers at a school and every class can be regarded as a community of practice. In line with this a qualitative focus group interview study with upper secondary teachers is carried out.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
L1 teachers at two upper secondary schools in Sweden are interviewed in focus groups of 5 – 7 participants, all in all 15 teachers. The group, or community of teachers, is more than an aggregation of individuals and therefore the group in itself is of interest. Focus group interviews have the potential to not only investigate the teachers’ personal experiences but also more general aspects of the research question (Rabiee, 2004).The question of engagement is complex as well as situated. The teachers’ views on this and on the students that are reluctant to engage might include a wide range of thoughts, opinions, attitudes, and feelings, as well as examples of more or less successful methods and strategies from daily classroom practice.  Focus group interviews can show both agreement and disagreement in views and experiences amongst the teachers, which allows for background factors to be brought to the fore (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2014; Denscombe, 2017).  

Interviews are recorded and transcribed and then analyzed thematically according to the model for focus group interview analysis proposed by Rabiee (Rabiee, 2004). The analysis will be conducted in eight steps regarding 1) words of significance, 2) context around these words, 3) internal consistency in participants opinions and positions, 4) the frequency in how often something is expressed, 5) the emotional intensity of comments, 6) specificity of responses, 7) extensiveness of opinions in the group, and 8) the big picture that evolves from the material. Although this is a qualitative study the analytic model uses a few aspects of quantitative method since frequency and extensiveness are mapped. However, in the case of a group interview, it is relevant to take into consideration how often something is being expressed and by how many, to highlight shared interests as well as conformity and diversity within the group.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study, which is still in progress, can contribute with important teacher perspectives on student engagement in literature and school reading. The findings of the study contribute with knowledge to the field of literature didactics and will hopefully also contribute as inspiration to literature teachers at upper secondary level.  

Findings from the initial stages of the study points towards the following:  

I) Teachers are concerned with finding texts that are not too difficult to read yet complex enough to be suitable for supper secondary level Swedish.  

II) Teachers prefer book talks as a method of teaching and examining but struggle to find time to organize it in a way that they are satisfied with and not all students engage enthusiastically in book talks or other oral assignments.

III) AI poses a challenge, both in relation to submission tasks and to the fact that resources like Chat GPT provide students with summaries and analyses of literary works.    

IV) The upcoming new subject syllabus for the Swedish subject occupies a lot of collegial discussions, even before it has been implemented.

References
Andersson, Y. (2023). Ungar & medier. S. medieråd. https://mediemyndigheten.se/rapporter-och-analyser/ungar-medier/

Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2014). InterViews: Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. SAGE Publications. https://books.google.se/books?id=1DbFwAEACAAJ  

Denscombe, M. (2017). The Good Research Guide: For Small-scale Social Research Projects. Open University Press. https://books.google.se/books?id=ZU4StAEACAAJ  

Kulturdepartementet. (2023). Kommittédirektiv En svensk kulturkanon. Regeringskansliet. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/kommittedirektiv/2023/12/dir.-2023180

Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. 1. publ. University Press.  

Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://pirls2021.org/results

OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I). https://doi.org/doi:https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en  

Rabiee, F. (2004). Focus-group interview and data analysis. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 63(4), 655-660. https://doi.org/10.1079/PNS2004399  

Skolverket. (2023). Svenska Gy25. Skolverket. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/gymnasieskolan/laroplan-program-och-amnen-i-gymnasieskolan/gymnasieprogrammen/amne?url=-996270488%2Fsyllabuscw%2Fjsp%2Fsubject.htm%3FsubjectCode%3DSVEN%26version%3D1%26tos%3Dgy&sv.url=12.5dfee44715d35a5cdfa92a3

Utbildningsdepartementet. (2023). Regeringen vill ändra skollagen så att elever ska få tillgång till bemannade skolbibliotek. Regeringskansliet. https://www.regeringen.se/pressmeddelanden/2023/09/regeringen-vill-andra-skollagen-sa-att-elever-ska-fa-tillgang-till-bemannade-skolbibliotek/

Vinterek, M., Winberg, M., Tegmark, M., Alatalo, T., & Liberg, C. (2022). The Decrease of School Related Reading in Swedish Compulsory School : Trends Between 2007 and 2017 [article]. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(1), 119-133. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1833247  

Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice : learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Studying Computer Science in a Third Language: Challenges and Solutions

Laura Baitokayeva, Irina Lipakova

NIS in Turkestan, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Baitokayeva, Laura; Lipakova, Irina

Nazarbayev Intellectual schools in Kazakhstan are a unique educational institution that gives learners an opportunity to study subjects in three languages.

In October 2006, the President of Kazakhstan introduced the project called “Trinity of Languages”, which was seen as the major index of the competitiveness of the country. Kazakh is a state language, Russian is a language for international communication, and English is considered as a language for successful integration into global economics (Bridges, 2014).

In Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, grade 11 and 12 students study several subjects in English. These subjects include Chemistry, Biology, Physics, and Computer Science. The subjects are conducted by local teachers who know English at a good level and by foreign teachers who provide support to local teachers.

The given research has been conducted among grade 11 students who study Computer Science specifically in the English language. Their mother tongue is either Kazakh or Russian. English for them is considered a third language. For instance, despite their main language is Kazakh, students study some subjects in Russian. Thus, Russian is their second language. English is a third language for all school students, and they are obliged to study 4 subjects in it.

Even though the tendency of studying subjects in a third language has existed for several years, there has not been much research in this field. Even De Angelis (2007) mentioned that there are studies that focus on the acquisition of the first and second languages, but the languages acquisition beyond these two are often missing.

In addition, Cenoz (2011) states that acquisition of a third language is comparatively a new field of research.

That is the reason why we have decided to investigate how grade 11 students study Computer Science in the English language, what challenges they face and how teachers try to overcome the identified challenges.

Studying literature on this research topic has been quite challenging for us because we haven’t been able to find articles or other resources that focus on studying the subject in a third language. Most of the literature mainly focuses on teaching or acquiring the third language, but not on learning the subject in it. This made us feel confident about the novelty and significance of our research.

In the school, where research has been conducted, Computer Science is taught only by a local teacher and there is no assisting native speaker teacher.

In the school, there are 2 groups of grade 11 students who are taught Computer Science in English.

All in all, 16 students (94% of all the students that study Computer Science in a third language) took part in the given research. All the participants participated in the research on a voluntarily basis and they were not chosen beforehand.

The participants’ abilities in the subject were different. There were excellent students, good students and those who struggled with understanding the subject in a third language.

The main aim of this qualitative research is to investigate the challenges of studying Computer Science in a third language and the ways students cope with them.

Research questions: 1. What are the barriers to understanding Computer Science in the English language? 2. What actions do grade 11 students take to struggle with difficulties? 3. What actions should teachers take to eliminate the identified obstacles?

The importance of the research: the lack of research on the process of studying Computer Science in a third language even though this tendency has taken place for several years, the opportunity of research results to give ideas to teachers about the difficulties of teaching the subjects in a third language and some possible solutions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To ensure triangulation, we used three research methods: a survey, interviews and analysis of the observation of the subject teacher. The participants of the survey were grade 11 students who were involved in studying Computer Science in English. All in all, there were 16 respondents. To be sure that the survey answers are reliable, we decided to conduct three interviews with students who have different level of acquisition of the subject.
The survey consisted of 10 questions, and they contained multiple choice questions. The main questions were about whether the language hinders learners from understanding the Computer Science course, which specific areas pose difficulties to them, what kind of additional helpful materials they use for better comprehension, which teaching approaches they find the most beneficial and how the teacher can help to make the learning process easy.
The interview was conducted with 5 students. The questions were focused at identifying what language difficulties grade 11 students experience when studying Computer Science in a third language, which language (native/English) they would prefer, how the teacher can help them for better understanding of the subject, what steps they make to help themselves, and their thoughts about whether it is beneficial to study Computer Science in the English language.
The third research method was to analyze the observation sheets of the subject teacher. There is one subject teacher who teaches Computer Science to both groups of students. The teacher’s observation was made between September and December. While observation the teacher tried to identify the barriers to understanding the subject, which were poor knowledge of the language including vocabulary, speaking and expressing opinions, inappropriate level of listening and reading skills. Reading skills are closely connected with vocabulary, and there were 8 students who struggled with understanding the material because of lack of vocabulary.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
8 survey respondents admitted they have difficulties in understanding Computer Science in a third language, while 3 interviewees out of 5 held the same opinion. The survey respondents indicated the lack of understanding the language as the main barrier to acquiring the subject material at a sufficient level. 4 interviewees out of 5 said they would still prefer studying the subject in English despite language barriers as they need this language for their future, and this helps them improve their knowledge of English.
Also, both survey and interview respondents answered that they would like the teacher to give more detailed explanation of the material in English and get the vocabulary notes for the unfamiliar words. There were students who would like the teacher to make explanations in Kazakh or Russian, which is not recommended to the teacher by the subject programme.
By the end of the research, we have come up with the following findings:
1. Despite the difficulties in understanding Computer Science in a third language, grade 11 students admit they improve their English, and they want to continue studying in this language to use it in their future.
2. Grade 11 students assume that additional helpful resources such as dictionaries, the list of terms with definitions in a simplified language and simplified explanations of the teacher can assist them in comprehending the subject in a third language.
3. To understand the subject better, students take several measures by themselves. They watch Youtube videos on the topic, translate unfamiliar words into their native language and even study the materials in their language.
4. To ensure better understanding of the subject in a third language, teachers should prepare for the lessons thoroughly taking into account the abilities of each student. Additional resources should be applied on a regular basis.

References
Bridges, D. (Ed.). (2014). Education reform and internationalisation: The case of school reform in Kazakhstan. Cambridge University Press.
Cenoz, J. (2013). The influence of bilingualism on third language acquisition: Focus on multilingualism. Language teaching, 46(1), 71-86.
De Angelis, G. (2007). Third or additional language acquisition (Vol. 24). Multilingual Matters.
 
15:15 - 16:4527 SES 02 B: Nordic Schools and Values in a Post-pandemic Time of Uncertainty: A Cross-country Comparative Perspective
Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ane Qvortrup
Session Chair: Anke Wegner
Symposium
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium

Nordic Schools and Values in a Post-pandemic Time of Uncertainty: A Cross-country Comparative Perspective.

Chair: Ane Qvortrup (University of Southern Denmark)

Discussant: Anke Wegner (Universität Trier)

Nordic schools have a strong tradition around 1) the focus on students’ learning conditions and well-being from a lifelong learning perspective (Telhaug, Mediås & Aasen, 2006), 2) the values that students develop as part of their schooling in relation to the idea of Bildung (Wiberg, 2016), and 3) teacher autonomy (Hopmann, 2007). These elements of schooling are alive and reflected in the daily practices of education throughout the Nordic countries, yet there may be contexts and country-based differences and variation in their realization.

Schools’ daily practices were challenged by the more than two-year-long devastating COVID-19 pandemic. The restrictions and insecurities that were an inevitable part of the pandemic negatively changed the working conditions of teachers (Heikonen et al., 2024) and affected many students' learning (Engzell, Frey, & Verhagen 2021) and well-being (Lykkegaard, et al. 2024; Rimpelä et al., 2023). Furthermore, it is suggested that also some of the fundamentals of students’ existence such as their values were challenged (Qvortrup, 2022: Kutza & Cornell, 2021; Hyun-Sook, 2021; Krumsvik, 2020). Although the studies already carried out point to several consequences, further research is needed to follow-up the situation. Based on a mapping of quantitative studies on COVID-19, OECD concludes that there is limited and contradictory evidence regarding the consequences of the pandemic (Thorn & Vincent-Lancrin, 2021). The contradictory results may be because the COVID-19 situation is complex, in that the consequences arose as a result of a multifaceted interaction between many different factors. Furthermore, time is a factor that can amplify or mitigate immediate consequences, which means that the medium to long-term consequences of COVID-19 cannot be easily deduced from the short-term consequences that we have experienced and researched so far. Finally, not just time but also context is crucial when it comes to understanding the consequences. The consequences vary with the strategies and approaches chosen in particular contexts.

In order to understand the medium to long-term consequences of COVID-19 and to develop knowledge and prepare the Nordic schools to ensure societal security going forward, the project Inquiring Nordic Strategies, Practices, Educational Consequences and Trajectories (INSPECT) conducts comparative studies across the different national contexts of the five Nordic countries: Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland and Iceland. The project is based on a multidisciplinary and mixed method research design aimed at investigating the medium and long-term-consequences taking form throughout the data collection as an interplay between survey/ interview responses and student characteristics, e.g., gender, age, ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and family conditions. In the symposium, we present three subprojects from INSPECT: one on students’ well-being, one on students’ values, and one on the teacher’s role and identity. In the presentations, researchers from Denmark, Norway, Finland, and Iceland are represented, and all subprojects focus on cross-country analyses based on data from Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland. All presentations reflect their results to the tradition of Nordic schools.


References
Engzell, P.; Frey, A. & Verhagen, M.D. (2021). Learning loss due to school closures during the COVID-19 pandemic. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118 (17). doi:10.1073/pnas.2022376118.

Heikonen, L., Ahtiainen, R., Hotulainen, R., Oinas, S., Rimpelä, A., & Koivuhovi, S. (2024). Collective teacher efficacy, perceived preparedness for future school closures and work-related stress in the teacher community during the COVID-19 pandemic. Teaching and Teacher Education, 137, Article 104399. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104399

Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained Teaching:the common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2): 109-124. doi: 10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2.109

Telhaug, A.O.; Mediås, O.A. & Aasen, P. (2006) The Nordic Model in Education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50:3, 245-283, DOI: 10.1080/00313830600743274

Wiberg, M. (2016). Dannelsesbegrebets rolle som regulativ ide i teoretisk pædagogik – Dannelsesbegrebet og den pædagogiske forskning. Studier i Pædagogisk Filosofi, 5(1): 81-95. doi:10.7146/spf.v5i1.23242

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Cross-national/Cross-case Analysis on Student Well-being

Ane Qvortrup (University of Southern Denmark), Eva Lykkegaard (University of Southern Denmark), Hermína Gunnþórsdóttir (University of Akureyri), Raisa Ahtiainen (University of Helsinki)

Nordic schools have a strong tradition around the focus on students’ well-being from a lifelong learning perspective (Telhaug, Mediås & Aasen, 2006), but in recent years the well-being of children and young people has become more and more shrouded in uncertainty. In addition to the impact of increased performance expectation and competition, an unpredictable labour market, increased individualization and self-representation in real life and on social media (Furlong & Cartmel, 1997; Ottosen, 2018), the prolonged and devastating COVID-19 pandemic has prompted a global call to address the impact on the well-being of children and young people (Rimpelä, A., Kesanto-Jokipolvi, H., Myöhänen, A., Heikonen, L., Oinas, S., & Ahtiainen, R., 2023)). A new Danish longitudinal study on students' emotional, social, and academic well-being finds that fluctuations in all three dimensions of wellbeing can be attributed to individual differences (trait) and the natural maturation of students over time (grade), but also context (state) (Lykkegaard, Qvortrup, Juul, 2024). The context dependency of the three well-being dimensions makes it interesting to investigate whether there are differences across the Nordic countries. Comparative studies of activities and efforts can be a solid knowledge base for developing interventions aimed at strengthening students’ well-being and thus maintaining this as central to the Nordic school tradition. Based on this, the research question of this paper is: To what extent do students’ academic, social, and emotional well-being differ across Nordic countries in the post-pandemic time period? The paper is based on survey data from the five Nordic countries Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland (N = 4.500) collected as part of the large-scale project INSPECT Societal Security after COVID-19. Students’ responses to questions related to three well-being dimensions: social, emotional, and academic well-being, are analyzed with factor and cluster analysis. The paper finds that all three well-being dimensions differ across the five countries. Compared to the other countries. Iceland scores remarkably low on all three wellbeing dimensions, while Denmark is lower than Norway on academic wellbeing. The paper discusses the situation with the Nordic schools’ tradition regarding well-being and invites reflection on how schools can support students’ well-being in the post-pandemic era

References:

Furlong, A., & Cartmel, F. (1997). Risk and uncertainty in the youth transition. YOUNG, 5(1), 3-20. https://doi.org/10.1177/110330889700500102 Lykkegaard, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Juul, C. (2024). Studentsʼ well-being fluctuations during COVID-19: a matter of grade, state, or trait? Education Sciences. 14(1): 26. doi:10.3390/educsci14010026 Ottosen, M.H., Graa Andreasen, A., Dahl, K.M., Hestbæk, A.D., Lausen, M., Rayce, S. (2018): Børn og unge i Danmark – Velfærd og trivsel 2018: https://pure.vive.dk/ws/files/3032016/B_rn_og_unge_i_danmark.pdf Rimpelä, A., Kesanto-Jokipolvi, H., Myöhänen, A., Heikonen, L., Oinas, S., & Ahtiainen, R. (2023). School and class closures and adolescent mental health during the second and later waves of the COVID-19 pandemic in Finland: a repeated cross-sectional study. BMC Public Health, 23, Article 2434. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17342-8 Telhaug, A.O.; Mediås, O.A. & Aasen, P. (2006) The Nordic Model in Education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50:3, 245-283, DOI: 10.1080/00313830600743274
 

Student values – Qualitative Cross-national, Cross-case, and Cross-gender Analysis

Anna Slotte (University of Helsinki), Ellen Mælan (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Susanne Duek (Karlstad University), Eva Lykkegaard (University of Southern Denmark)

The World Value Survey (WVS, 2015) consistently underscores the pivotal role of individuals' values in shaping economic development, fostering the emergence, and flourishing of democratic institutions, promoting the rise of gender equality, and determining the effectiveness of government within societies. According to the WVS (2015), the five Nordic countries - Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, and Iceland - all belong to the group of nations with the highest scores in 'secular-rational values' (placing less emphasis on religion, traditional family values, and authority, and viewing divorce, abortion, euthanasia as relatively acceptable) and also the highest scores in 'self-expression values' (giving high priority to environmental protection, fostering tolerance of foreigners, gays and lesbians, promoting gender equality etc.). However, except for the Danish value survey (Bertilsson, 2020), there is a notable absence of longitudinal studies examining the stability and changes in Nordic values in individual Nordic countries. Our objectives for this paper are: to 1) map the situational values of a student group within and across Nordic countries, 2) trace the stability and changes of these values over time, and 3) delve into the underlying reasons and driving forces behind variations and shifts in students' values. We define values as comprising students' self-awareness and perspectives on diverse aspects, such as social relationships, family and home life, freedom, and environmental concerns. The paper draws upon qualitative narrative interviews conducted as part of the INSPECT project. A cohort of five focus students from lower secondary schools in each of the five Nordic countries (N=25) was purposefully selected to maximize the diversity of their initial values. These focus students underwent biannual interviews to capture fluctuations and trajectories in their values through lower secondary school. In the paper, we present analysis on the initial three rounds of interviews (May 2023-May 2024). Employing a social-psychological identity framework, we conduct within-case analyses (student by student) and cross-case analyses to comprehensively explore how values were shaped by the students individually and how these values were influenced by contextual factors such as gender and the country, in which they live. Our findings highlight the significance of social relationships, primarily within the family and secondly among friends. This observation is intriguing, given the broader context of 'secular-rational values' prevalent in Nordic countries (WVS, 2015). We explore whether this emphasis on family among the focus students represents a new Nordic tendency or if it is influenced by the age of the lower secondary students.

References:

Berthelsen H, Westerlund H, Bergström G, Burr H. Validation of the Copenhagen Psychosocial Questionnaire Version III and Establishment of Benchmarks for Psychosocial Risk Management in Sweden. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2020 May 2;17(9):3179. doi: 10.3390/ijerph17093179. PMID: 32370228; PMCID: PMC7246423.
 

Teacher Profession (Comparison Cross-nations)

Ann Margareth Gustavsen (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Raisa Ahtiainen (University of Helsinki), Hermina Gunnþórsdóttir (University of Akureyri), Ane Qvortrup (University of Southern Denmark)

“Didaktik” is the center of teacher education in the Nordic countries. The modern understanding of Didaktik is an invention of nineteenth-century teacher education in Germany and some neighboring areas, not least the Nordic countries (Hopmann, 2007). Despite an almost unlimited variety of foci within the field today (Hopmann, 2007, Krogh, Qvortrup & Graf, 2023b), Didaktik theories have a number of shared characteristics (Hopmann, 2007; Qvortrup, Krogh, & Graf, 2021). Two of the shared characteristics is firstly, the autonomy of the teacher (Hopmann, 2007) and the ‘pedagogical freedom’ or ‘freedom of method’, and secondly, the conceptualisation of schools as places where democratic ideals such as equality, freedom, justice are instilled in individuals as part of its commitment to the idea of Bildung (Hopmann, 2007; Qvortrup, Krogh, & Graf, 2021). In recent years, it has increasingly been reported that these shared characteristics have been challenged by changing conditions of schooling (Krogh, Qvortrup, & Graf, 2023). This leads to the research question, of whether these characteristics – the autonomy of the teacher and the democratic ideals – are today recognizable features of the Nordic schools, and whether we can identify differences across the Nordic countries. The paper is based on survey data from the five Nordic countries Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland collected as part of the INSPECT project. Teachers’ responses to questions related to the teacher's job and the characteristics of schools are used to answer the research question. We suggest that the two characteristics in focus are important quality features of Nordic teaching and Harvey & Green (1993) argues that “quality is 'stakeholder-relative'. […] It is not possible, therefore to talk about quality as a unitary concept” (Harvey & Green, 1993, p. 29). When it comes to specifying different stakeholders, more studies suggest focusing on teachers (Entwistle et al., 2000; Townsend, 1997). According to Goe et al. (2008), teachers “are the only ones with full knowledge of their abilities, classroom context, and curricular content, and thus can provide insight that an outside observer may not recognize” (Goe et al., 2008, p. 38). We present similarities and differences in teachers’ view of the teaching profession and the values of schools, in how teachers feel supported by the curricula, their principals, and their students’ parents, and in how their experience their relationship and collaboration with colleagues. The paper discusses its results with research on the tradition of Didaktik in Nordic schools.

References:

Entwistle, N., Skinner, D., Entwistle, D., & Orr, S. (2000). Conceptions and beliefs about “good teaching”: An integration of contrasting research areas. Higher Education Research & Development, 19(1), 5-26. doi:10.1080/07294360050020444 Harvey, L., & Green, D. (1993). Defining quality. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 18(1): 9-34. doi:10.1080/0260293930180102 Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained Teaching:the common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2): 109-124. doi: 10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2.109 Krogh, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. (2023a). Bildung, Knowledge, and Global Challenges in Education: Didaktik and Curriculum in the Anthropocene Era. New York: Routledge Krogh, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. (2023b). The question of normativity: Examining educational theories to advance deliberation on challenges of introducing societal problems into education. In Krogh, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. (red.). Bildung, Knowledge, and Global Challenges in Education: Didaktik and Curriculum in the Anthropocene Era (s. 171-202). New York: Routledge
 
15:15 - 16:4528 SES 02 B: Sociologies of Higher Education: Transnational Mobilities and Immobilities
Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sherran Clarence
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Knowledge Legitimacy and the Role of International Student Mobility in the Re/production of Global Hierarchies

Vera Spangler

University of Surrey, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Spangler, Vera

Higher education internationalisation has been deemed instrumental to creating and exchanging knowledge and to educating globally engaged students for an ever more fast-moving, complex, and interconnected world. Yet for some years now critical perspectives on the development and current orientation of internationalisation have been emerging, expressing concern about the risk of reproducing already uneven global hierarchies through mainstream internationalisation activities, particularly in institutions of the Global North and Western/ized higher education institutions. Since the beginning of the European colonial expansion in the sixteenth century, Western knowledge has become dominant across the world (Schwöbel-Patel, 2020). Travelling with the colonisers, ways of knowing, influenced by Western ethnocentrism, imposed a monolithic world view, and added new layers to Europeans’ position of control and power (Akena, 2012). Knowledges from the Global South were delegitimised and marginalised, while Western thinking was considered as legitimate knowledge (Schwöbel-Patel, 2020). Coloniality has shaped the relationship between the Global North and the Global South, and the enduring colonial-like, unequal global relations continue to influence knowledge production and circulation (Dei, 2008). Critical scholarship on epistemic diversity in higher education has illustrated that Western hegemony maintains its position of dominance and authority (R’boul, 2020).

Universities are one of the key agents in the dissemination and legitimisation of knowledge. However, due to universities’ historical focus on Euro-American traditions, international students from non-Western backgrounds have often been treated as passive receivers of ‘Western wisdom’ (Tange & Kastberg, 2013). Previous research has shown that the knowledge of international students is largely seen as inferior (Stein, 2017), and many international students report that their indigenous knowledges are not recognised within the Western higher education landscape (Dei, 2000; Zhou et al., 2005). Considering the skewed geopolitics of knowledge and the entanglement of knowledge circulation and international student mobility, it is indeed relevant to ask whether internationalisation of higher education is yet another way to promote Western knowledge and maintain Anglo-American hegemonic domination.

International student mobility, higher education, and knowledge mobilities have been discussed in relation to particular places of the world, depicting Europe, North America, and Australia as assumed centres of knowledge production (Jöns, 2007). The geographical location of universities plays a pivotal role in attracting international students with respect to their decisions of where to study (Kölbel, 2020). Places are positioned hierarchically, and student mobility is driven by the differential worth ascribed to particular countries (Waters & Brooks, 2021). This has implications for students’ mobilities and the re/production of established hegemonic knowledge centres in Europe and the US and emerging ‘knowledge hubs’ in Asia, reinforcing asymmetric power relations (Jöns, 2015), and it is concerning that internationalisation becomes Westernisation (Liu, 2020).

Fundamentally, this paper is concerned with how international student mobility is embedded within a global regime of hegemonic knowledge centres, built on the structures and foundations that imperial and colonial practices laid down. It seeks to explore knowledge legitimacy and the role international student mobility plays in the re/production of global hierarchies and the promotion of certain kinds of knowledges. By taking on a critical orientation, I wish to promote social and cognitive justice and challenge taken-for granted norms and epistemologies. I focus on power relations and the dynamic interrelation of knowledge and power. I wish to discover and recognise different ways of knowing and bodies of knowledge practised and circulated by students and lecturers in and beyond university classrooms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is a cross-national study between the UK, Denmark, and Germany, anchored in ethnographic fieldwork. In each country, I follow a group of international degree master’s students at one university. I use participant observation in different educational spaces (e.g., classrooms, study groups, social events) on and off campus with the aim to study the (spatial) interconnectivity and negotiations of different forms of knowledge. I conduct timeline interviews (Spangler, 2022) with the international students to capture their life paths and geographical mobilities across space and in time. I use go-along interviews as a type of mobile ethnographic interview method. Walking with the students is a unique way of gathering knowledge, while, at the same time, it also captures other ways of, for instance, knowing about the world, pushing back against the dominance of modern, objective knowledge (which we mostly meet and are required to perform in formal educational settings). Further, I am offering a zine making workshop for international students. Zines are small (maga)zines and historically originated from underground movements of marginalised communities to record and share their stories (French & Curd, 2021). This continues in current times in which zines operate at the intersection of activism and art as a form of social action. I understand zine-making as a chance to do research with, rather than on international students, encouraging them to express themselves through the active process of creating. I also collect semi-structured interviews with lecturers to learn about their perspectives on teaching and learning in an ‘international classroom’, pedagogical approaches, and classroom practices.

Engaging in the everyday life of my participants and spending time in the same social spaces as them allows me to comprehend moments of interaction, practices, and knowledge creation. This provides me with insights to the kinds of knowledges the individual institutions provide, produce, and seek to spread, how incoming international students’ knowledges are selectively incorporated or dismissed, and what types of knowledge circulate in the respective institutions and in what ways both lecturers and students engage in and enable this process. Following the international students also beyond the campus allows me to see how the students make and learn place; walking with them their everyday mobilities and placemaking practices provides me with an understanding of how learning, knowing, but also becoming happens through these entanglements of bodies, humans, and the socio-materiality of place.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This project explores how contextualised factors of engagement or participation are differently perceived and evaluated as in/valid contributions or legitimised forms of knowledge. It studies what and where certain forms of knowledge (including e.g., languages, behaviours) are privileged and hegemonic, and, thereby, investigates how internationalisation or interchangeably student mobility affects and enables processes of knowledge sharing and production, and what knowledge circulates and eventually gets disseminated. The everyday, social practices in, for instance, an ‘international classroom’ are shaped by the students’ various educational and cultural backgrounds and by structural, cultural, and national characteristics of the host institution and the lecturers teaching there. The ‘international classroom’ thus becomes some sort of meeting point and a dynamic place of knowledge sharing and in ways negotiation of legitimacy. The various trajectories of international students involved in educational mobility create a web of extended, multiple connections and complex relations, often across long distances. In a classroom, where international students and lecturers meet, various trajectories, backgrounds, and knowledges merge.  

This project constitutes an original contribution by addressing macro questions of knowledge, power, and global hierarchies through examination of the micro-experiences of international students and staff in three different locations. It seeks a deeper engagement with relational, ethical, and political issues of internationalisation and mobility to understand but also put forth new approaches to forms of knowledge production, classroom practices, and pedagogies. The findings of this research will have relevance for the growing field of critical internationalisation studies, providing new empirical insights on how spatial associations of knowledge and relations of (global) power manifest and become articulated in interactions and ways of knowing. At the point of the conference, I will have finished fieldwork in all three countries (around 1 year in total) and present empirical accounts from the different places.

References
Akena, F. A. (2012). Critical Analysis of the Production of Western Knowledge and Its Implications for Indigenous Knowledge and Decolonization. Journal of Black Studies, 43(6), 599-619. https://doi.org/10.1177/0021934712440448
Dei, G. J. S. (2000). Rethinking the role of Indigenous knowledges in the academy. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 4(2), 111-132. https://doi.org/10.1080/136031100284849
Dei, G. J. S. (2008). Indigenous knowledge studies and the next generation: pedagogical possibilities for anti-colonial education. The Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 37, 5-13.
French, J., & Curd, E. (2021). Zining as artful method: Facilitating zines as participatory action research within art museums. Action Research, 20(1), 77-95. https://doi.org/10.1177/14767503211037104
Jöns, H. (2007). Transnational mobility and the spaces of knowledge production: a comparison of global patterns, motivations and collaborations in different academic fields. Social Geography, 2(2), 97-114. https://doi.org/10.5194/sg-2-97-2007
Jöns, H. (2015). Talent Mobility and the Shifting Geographies of Latourian Knowledge Hubs. Population, Space and Place, 21(4), 372-389. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.1878
Kölbel, A. (2020). Imaginative geographies of international student mobility. Social & Cultural Geography, 21(1), 86-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649365.2018.1460861
Liu, W. (2020). The Chinese definition of internationalisation in higher education. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(2), 230-245. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080x.2020.1777500
R’boul, H. (2020). Postcolonial interventions in intercultural communication knowledge: Meta-intercultural ontologies, decolonial knowledges and epistemological polylogue. Journal of International and Intercultural Communication, 15(1), 75-93. https://doi.org/10.1080/17513057.2020.1829676
Schwöbel-Patel, C. (2020). (Global) Constitutionalism and the geopolitics of knowledge. In P. Dann, M. Riegner, & M. Bönnemann (Eds.), The Global South and Comparative Constitutional Law (pp. 67-85). Oxford Academic. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198850403.003.0003
Spangler, V. (2022). Home here and there: a spatial perspective on mobile experiences of ‘home’ among international students. Social & Cultural Geography, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649365.2022.2065698
Stein, S. (2017). The persistent challenges of addressing epistemic dominance in higher education: considering the case of curriculum internationalization. Comparative Education Review 61(S1), 25-50. https://doi.org/10.1086/690456
Tange, H., & Kastberg, P. (2013). Coming to terms with ‘double knowing’: an inclusive approach to international education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.580460
Waters, J., & Brooks, R. (2021). Student migrants and contemporary educational mobilities Palgrave Macmillan
Zhou, Y. R., Knoke, D., & Sakamoto, I. (2005). Rethinking silence in the classroom: Chinese students’ experiences of sharing indigenous knowledge. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 9(3), 287-311. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110500075180


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Escaping The Acquiescent Immobility Trap: The Role of Virtual Mobility in Supporting Physical Study Abroad Aspirations among Students from Russia

Mariia Tishenina

Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Tishenina, Mariia

Amidst a rapidly shifting geopolitical landscape, marked by heightened tensions and unprecedented challenges, this study delves into the transformative role of virtual mobility in sustaining and enriching the aspirations of Russian students for physical study abroad experiences, offering a beacon of hope and connectivity in an era of increasing isolation pertinent in many geographical locales.

The Russia-Ukraine military conflict, coupled with the aftermath of COVID-19 pandemic and economic challenges, has led to a marked decline in Russian outbound student mobility. A significant 33% drop in the inclination of Russian citizens to pursue education abroad was reported by the VCIOM (2023) in comparison to year 1993, highlighting influences of economic status, urban or rural living, and media consumption. Caught in the entangled crises, students in Russia are further affected by the spread of negative attitudes towards westbound student mobility which is positioned as an unwelcomed phenomenon in Russian political and academic discourse. Being framed as the projection of the soft power leading to either brain drain or political indoctrination (e.g. Antyukhova, 2019; Savelchev, 2023), outgoing student mobility to western countries has been subjected to a suppressive top-down approach, with mass media as a third power willingly or unwillingly playing a subtle yet powerful role in this process.

International student mobility is a specific form of migration that is voluntary and highly selective. Referred to as a ‘migratory elite’ (Murphy-Lejeune, 2002), international students tend to come from a higher socio-economic background (e.g. Brooks & Waters, 2011; Netz & Finger, 2016). They mostly aim to benefit from education abroad rather than escape from adverse circumstances at home, and for them the pull factors at a destination country are likely to be particularly influential based on push-pull model of migration theorised by Lee (1966). These pull factors are largely subjective (Lee, 1966) and are based on imaginaries of other places (Riaño & Baghdadi, 2007; Beech, 2014) which are curated through the scope of knowledge, often attained indirectly via media and personal accounts of others. Promotion of the imaginaries of the West as economically unstable and its educational systems being hostile towards Russian students diminishes the allure of the West as a potential study destination. Coupled with unfavourable currency exchange rates and structural difficulties in payments, visas and travel arrangements due to sanctions as well as fears for inability to succeed in Russian labour market upon return due to public ostracization, these negative portrayals shape the proximal level of international educational aspirations of Russian youth.

The present research draws upon the Aspirations-Capabilities Framework of Migration and states of (im)mobility (de Haas, 2021), intergenerational transmission of migration aspirations in post-Soviet countries (Brunarska & Ivlevs, 2022), and the notion of mobility capital (Murphy-Lejeune, 2002) to:

  • shed light on how current states of (im)mobility of Russian students in relation to study abroad differ from those during the Soviet Union;
  • conceptualise their potential long-term intergenerational effect; and
  • unveil the affordance of virtual student mobility formats to help Russian youth escape the state of acquiescent immobility.

Amidst curtailed student exchange and international collaboration options with many initiatives either stopped or put under administrative pressure, virtual mobility, whether formal via bilateral institutional agreements or less formal through lower-level stakeholders’ collaboration, can be one of the ways to alter students’ perception of the existing scope of opportunities and support their aspirations for international student mobility and global inclusion.

Therefore, the present research seeks to answer the following research questions:

R1: Does participation in virtual student mobility increase Russian students’ aspirations for subsequent physical student mobility?

R2: If so, what is the mechanism of this effect in the context of the entangled crises and under the current mobility suppressing climate in Russia?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study analyses 16 semi-structured in-depth interviews conducted with Russian students (18-24 y.o.) who participated in various forms of virtual student mobility between 2020 and 2023. The researcher employed semi-structured interviews with open-ended questions (Merriam, 1998) informed by literature review. Participants were recruited through international offices at Russian universities (n=72), higher education practitioners involved in VSM (n=30) and open call on social media. As the participants were not asked on how they learned about the research project to safeguard their anonymity, it is difficult to tell with confidence which channel was most effective.
 
The transcripts underwent interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) as it allows for exploration of how individuals make sense of their lived experiences (Pietkiewicz & Smith, 2012). “Why?”-questions were avoided to prevent post-hoc rationalization. To mitigate the potential dual bias associated with IPA (Smith, 2009), the researcher employed pre-interview bracketing and ongoing self-bracketing.
 
The original ethical approval application did not account for constraints on mobility induced by armed conflict; therefore, the questions about the geopolitical context were not included in the interview guide. Only when the topic was brought up by a respondent could the researcher follow up on it, should it be necessary. Hence, any references in the data to existing tensions emerged naturally in the interviews as part of students’ reflections on their virtual mobility experience and study abroad aspirations in the current climate created by objective constraints on mobility due to sanctions and aggravated messages of hostility towards Russian students.

The potential limitations of this study are relatively small sample size and self-selection bias of respondents during recruitment.  However, qualitative studies using empirical data tend to reach saturation within a narrow range of interviews (9–17) as shown by a systematic review conducted by Hennink and Kaiser (2022). Also, as this research focuses solely on the level of affordances, the observed changes in aspirations, perceptions, and attitudes provide a sufficient basis for drawing theoretical conclusions, thereby mitigating concerns about generalizability.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings reveal that virtual mobility offers a unique opportunity to bolster Russian students' capacity to aspire to international studies despite mobility suppressing climate through acting as a ‘rite of passage’ en route to international education, increasing language confidence, and challenging negative portrayals of hostility towards Russian students in the West. The richness of virtual mobility experience in terms of communication with teachers and students from abroad plays a key role in activating this affordance. Therefore, more of synchronous virtual mobility initiatives could be beneficial to help young adults in Russia stay open to the world and aspire for international education as well as to foster their sense of global belonging by penetrating holes in the again-falling ‘iron curtain’.  

At the same time, in the context of rising nationalism, protectionism and anti-migration sentiments in political discourse across multiple geographical locales (Bieber, 2018), the study makes an important contribution to understanding the ways of operationalisation of the emergent concept of ‘knowledge diplomacy’ as a way forward (Knight, 2018) through not only knowledge exchange as a means of qualification, but also through socialisation into wider global society, and subjectification through increased awareness of the opportunity structure, as per Biesta’s (2009) triad of educational purpose.

References
Antyukhova, E. A. (2019). Education as a tool of “soft power” in German foreign policy. Bulletin of Tomsk State University. History [Vestnik Tomskogo gosudarstvennogo universiteta. Istoriya], 57, 41–45.

Beech, S. E. (2014). Why place matters. Area, 46, 170-177. https://doi.org/10.1111/area.12096

Bieber, F. (2018) Is Nationalism on the Rise? Assessing Global Trends, Ethnopolitics, 17(5), 519-540, doi:10.1080/17449057.2018.1532633

Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educ Asse Eval Acc 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9

Brooks, R., & Waters, J. L. (2011). Student Mobilities, Migration and the Internationalization of Higher Education.

Brunarska, Z., & Ivlevs, A. (2023). Family influences on migration intentions: The role of past experience of involuntary immobility. Sociology, 57(5), 1060-1077. Retrieved from https://www.prio.org/publications/12613

de Haas, H. (2021). A theory of migration: the aspirations-capabilities framework. CMS, 9, 8. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40878-020-00210-4

Hennink, M., & Kaiser, B. N. (2022). Sample sizes for saturation in qualitative research: A systematic review of empirical tests. Social Science & Medicine (1982), 292, 114523. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2021.114523

Knight, J. (2018). Knowledge Diplomacy - A bridge linking international higher education and research with international relations. 10.13140/RG.2.2.20219.64804

Lee, E. S. (1966). A Theory of Migration. Demography, 3(1), 47–57. https://doi.org/10.2307/2060063

Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education. Jossey-Bass.

Murphy-Lejeune, E. (2002). Student Mobility and Narrative in Europe: The New Strangers. Routledge.

Netz, N., & Finger, C. (2016). New Horizontal Inequalities in German Higher Education? Social Selectivity of Studying Abroad between 1991 and 2012. Sociology of Education, 89(2), 79–98. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040715627196

Pietkiewicz, I., & Smith, J. A. (2012). Praktyczny przewodnik interpretacyjnej analizy fenomenologicznej w badaniach jakościowych w psychologii. Czasopismo Psychologiczne, 18(2), 361-369.

Riaño, Y., & Baghdadi, N. (2007). Je pensais que je pourrais avoir une relation plus égalitaire avec un Européen. Le rôle du genre et des imaginaires géographiques dans la migration des femmes. Nouvelles Questions Féministes, 1, 38–53.

Savelchev, L. A. (2023). Mutual Enrichment or Brain Drain? The Analysis of International Student Mobility in the Cases of Russia and Germany. Administrative Consulting, 7, 121-141. https://doi.org/10.22394/1726-1139-2023-7-121-141

Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. SAGE.

VCIOM (2023). Emigration Sentiments: Monitoring. Russian Public Opinion Research Centre. Accessed 18 January 2023 from https://wciom.ru/analytical-reviews/analiticheskii-obzor/ehmigracionnye-nastroenija-monitoring-2


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Break loose of symbolic violence: The pathway to sociology of resilience for Chinese students in Transnational Higher Education (TNHE)

Yaqiao Liu

University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Liu, Yaqiao

The internationalization of higher education aims to foster competencies and qualifications at both individual and collective levels, enriching students' interaction with diverse learning styles and contexts. Amid the burgeoning interest in China's transnational higher education (TNHE) programs, including articulation programs like "2+2", "3+1", or "1+2+1", these initiatives offer Chinese students opportunities to pursue degrees abroad, fostering intercultural learning and knowledge acquisition (Yang, 2008). Existing research has further explored the adjustment and acculturation of international students, emphasizing how they overcome challenges in the intercultural space, fostering cross-system learning and resilience development (Gill, 2007; Ungar, 2010 & 2019; Li & Yang, 2016). However, TNHE represents a unique field within which students encounter diverse academic, cultural, and social challenges. In the neoliberal and neoconservative context, the overemphasis of the individual adaptation can unintentionally lead to self-exploitation, where students become instrumental in the internationalization agenda (Mu, 2022). A psychological approach to adaptive resilience may inadvertently reinforce constraining social structures and inequalities by ‘coercing’ TNHE students to fully adapt to the new systems (Bottrell, 2013).

As such, there is a need to re-examine the resilience process of TNHE students while acknowledging the systemic roots of social inequalities that are both created and perpetuated (VanderPlat, 2016). As Bourdieu’s theoretical framework is valuable in illuminating underlying structural or systemic factors, which provides a new lens for us to recognise the “embeddedness of resilience in social inequities, social processes, and the differentiated societal and ideological expectations of young people” (Bottrell, 2009, p. 321). This study thus draws insights from Bourdieu's conceptual tools—field, habitus, and capital (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992) to provide a sociological understanding of the resilience process and its construction in the dynamic reality of TNHE settings, with a primary focus on the experiences of Chinese students in this context.

For Bourdieu, the trajectory is constructed by those choices made under the constraints of an individual’s inherent disposition (habitus), which is the internalization of the social fields. These social fields are conceptualised as field, defined as ‘a network, or a configuration, of objective relations between positions’ (Bourdieu and Wacquant 1992, p. 97). Bourdieu (1986) defines capital as time-intensive resource with the potential capacity to yield profits and replicate itself in identical or expanded forms. Forms of capital include economic (financial resources), social (networks, relationships), cultural (knowledge, skills, education), and symbolic (prestige, recognition) (Bourdieu, 1986). The analysis of objective structures within a field extends beyond merely examining the distribution and competition for capital. It also encompasses habitus, which Bourdieu describes as ‘an embodied history internalized as a second nature and so forgotten as history’ (Bourdieu, 1977, p. 78). In applying these concepts, Chinese international students' resilience in TNHE is not just a result of individual traits but is deeply influenced by the interplay of their habitus (social and cultural backgrounds), the fields (TNHE setting) they navigate, the capitals (resources) they possess or lack, the symbolic violence they may encounter, and the structural constraints they face.

This study aims to investigate the structural inequalities and constraints that extend beyond the challenges of cross-cultural communication in resilience building and explore the pathways to change for students in TNHE settings. It sets the stage for investigating students' resilience from the perspective of their social transformation. This sociological perspective offers a nuanced understanding of the complexities involved in students’ mental health experiences, going beyond mere adaptation to also consider the broader structural forces at play. Therefore, this study seeks to bridge the gap between individual agency and structural conditions in TNHE settings by delving into the structural constraints within the field that contribute to students' resilience building.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study explored the process of building resilience for students in Sino-American “1+2+1” articulation programs. In the ‘1+2+1’ model, students complete their first-year studies at a Chinese university, then transition to a partner university in America to continue their second- and third-year studies, before returning to complete their final year of study in China. Upon completion of this program, students earn degrees from both countries. The study adopted an exploratory qualitative design and a semi-structured interview approach. Purposive sampling was used to recruit research participants, and 35 participants who completed Sino-American articulation programs voluntarily joined this research. The first author conducted semi-structured interviews online with these students in China from February to July 2023. Students were interviewed in Mandarin, and the interview were audio-recorded between 1-1.5 hours. The research was informed by three broad interview questions: Can you please tell me about the difficulties you faced in the program? What support do you receive in this program? What outcomes have you achieved? More open-ended and probing questions were also asked during interviews.

The transcripts of these interviews were analyzed and interpreted through thematic analysis, allowing researchers to draw insights from actual events and experiences and further elaborates on the social context associated with interpreting these experiences (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The data were initially analyzed inductively to identify the significant challenges, supporting factors, and outcomes in participants' resilience process. Subsequently, we undertook a deductive analysis of the transcripts, taking into account our theoretical frameworks. This deductive perspective facilitated our interpretation of the participants' resilience process, with a particular focus on resilience to symbolic violence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study investigated the resilience process of students in the TNHE setting, revealing valuable insights into resilience to structural constraints. In response to the questions posed, we argue that students construct their resilience by simultaneously confronting a multitude of challenges within the context of symbolic violence. Students utilize their cultural capital as a response mechanism to navigate and counteract symbolic violence, ultimately shaping their resilience-building process as they contend with the structural complexities inherent in TNHE settings and the associated constraints. Furthermore, we contend that these structural constraints intrinsic to the TNHE setting contribute to an instrumentalist orientation. Specifically, the "1+2+1" program structure, which prioritizes English proficiency, the pursuit of high GPAs, and timely program completion, underscores the structural significance accorded to conforming to this predefined habitus. This structural emphasis within the TNHE field restricts students' flexibility and autonomy in shaping their habitus from an internationalism perspective, reinforcing an instrumentalist approach wherein education is primarily perceived as a means to attain specific cultural capital.

These findings not only illuminate the significant challenges facing individuals within articulation programs but also highlight their resilient responses to the symbolic violence inherent in this field. Within the transnational habitus, participants grappled with seeking assistance from peers and universities. Their adaptive strategies exemplify a form of resilience, defined as the capacity to effectively navigate and cope with substantial challenges. Additionally, the disposition characterized by critical inquiry into symbolic violence itself demonstrated a sociological form of resilience. This form of resilience transcends individual adaptation to challenges; instead, it involves a deeper exploration of the fundamental roots of these challenges, potentially paving the way for transformative change.

References
Bottrell, D. (2009). Understanding ‘marginal’perspectives: Towards a social theory of resilience. Qualitative social work, 8(3), 321-339.
Bottrell, D. (2013). Responsibilised resilience? Reworking neoliberal social policy texts. M/C Journal, 16(5). https://doi.org/10.5204/mcj.708
Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. (1992). Réponses (Vol. 4). Paris: Seuil.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Gill, S. (2007). Overseas students’ intercultural adaptation as intercultural learning: A transformative framework. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 37, 167–183. doi: 10.1080/03057920601165512.
Li, M., & Yang, Y. (2016). A cross-cultural study on a resilience-stress path model for college students. Journal of Counselling and Development, 94(3), 319–332. https://doi.org/10.1002/jcad.12088
Mu, G. M. (2022). Sociologising child and youth resilience with Bourdieu: An Australian perspective. Taylor & Francis.
Ungar, M. (2010). What is resilience across cultures and contexts? Advances to the theory of positive development among individuals and families under stress. Journal of family psychotherapy, 21(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08975351003618494
Ungar, M. (2019). Designing resilience research: Using multiple methods to investigate risk exposure, promotive and protective processes, and contextually relevant outcomes for children and youth. Child abuse & neglect, 96, 104098. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2019.104098
Yang, R. (2008). Transnational higher education in China: Contexts, characteristics and concerns. Australian Journal of Education, 52(3), 272-286. https://doi.org/10.1177/000494410805200305
 
15:15 - 16:4529 SES 02 A: Arts and educational system. Reflections, perceptions and performance
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Tobias Frenssen
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

En Rachâchant. On Education and/as the Art of Consequences

Nancy Vansieleghem

LUCA, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vansieleghem, Nancy

The starting point of this contribution is Jean Marie Straub and Danièle Huillet's short film En rachâchant based on the children's story Ah! Ernesto by Marguerite Duras. The film takes a humorous look at the hierarchization of the educational process through the character of Ernesto, who flatly refuses to go to school because he learns there things he does not know. This film is also the center around which Ola Vasiljeva's solo exhibition was formed at Vleeshal in Brussels in 2015. In the exhibition, the film is staged as a "playful attack on a current market logic that dominates all fields of education and dictates that knowledge must be economically rentable"(Vasiljeva 2015). A refusal to learn is associated with the idea of unlearning and a critique of reason and sense in favour of nonsense, fragmentation and forgetfulness. The exhibition 'occupies an anti-educational stage populated by mixed-media works, sculptures and drawings that manipulate motifs related to the subject of disobedience as learning'(ibid).
With this contribution, I want to reflect on this exhibition, and more specifically on contemporary experimental platforms that, under the umbrella of contemporary art and radical pedagogies, seek to offer an alternative response to an 'intellectual bankruptcy and spiritual emptiness of the approved educational institution' (Ibid.). I want to connect with this by distinguishing between a child-centered pedagogy and a thing-centered pedagogy. Instead of seeing Ernesto's refusal to learn what he does not know as a plea to put the child's world at the center, and seeing knowledge acquisition and the school as forms that stand in the way of thinking differently, -a reading that seems obvious at first glance-, I want to indicate that what Ernesto points at is not so much a critique of learning in school as it is a request to radically rethink how we have inherited a one-sided, incomplete concept of it. In this way, I want to use the film to consider how the notion of ‘unlearning’ gives birth to the art of noticing and paying attention.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The argument will be developed in close reading of the film. In dialogue with Jacques Rancière's Ignorant Schoolmaster, I will show how the film not only presents a critique of knowledge, and the school but points to another understanding of it. A time space where objects are transformed into things and become something that can appeal to us and hold our eyes (Masschelein 2011). Whereas in the arts this transformation is often associated with the creation of unexpected connections, I want to use Huillet and Straub's film to point to yet another experience. Besides allowing new connections to emerge by making relations that cease to be functional, in order to become expressive, I want to point out that this gesture and experience is accompanied by the art of consequences (Stengers 2019). This is taking an interest in consequences that have been ignored, disqualified or externalized, Furthermore, with Esposito's theory of the Institution, I want to indicate how the institutio vitae and unlearning practices are not so much opposed (cf. Foucault and Agamben) as inherently linked. The film not only makes us think about the blindness of the institution as gatekeeper of knowledge, but about what institute could be and bring about.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This contribution aims to give meaning to contemporary unlearning artistic practices beyond institutional critique. I want to indicate that what these unlearning practices bring into being is not so much a critique against the institution as in the 1960s and 1970s, and a plea to put the child at the center of education. Although I see the child-centered gaze itself in terms of attention, rather than intention, I want to propose that Ernesto's gaze gives birth to a radically other conception of learning that demands for other ways of perceiving the world. Rather than passing on inanimate knowledge, it may be about enriching perception, bringing other types of knowledge into view that make it more indeterminate. This refers to an art, because it needs rituals 'en rachachant' in order to foster this possibility.
References
Esposito, R. (2022) Institution (transl by Zakiya Hanafi). Cambridge : Polity
Masschelein, J. (2011) Experimentum Scholae: The world once more… But not (yet) finished. Studies in Philosophy and Education. 30.5, 529-535
Stengers, I. (2015). In catastrophic times: resisting the coming barbarism. Meson Press
Stengers, I., (2019). The Earth won’t let itself be watched. In B. Latour and P. Weibel (Eds.). Critical Zones. The science and politics of Landing on Earth. pp. 228-235. Cambridge/London: Mit Press  
Vassiljeva, O. (2015) En Rachâchant. https://www.olavasiljeva.net/rachachant


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Subjective Academic Success among Performing Arts and Non-performing Arts Students Predicted by Perceived Stress, Coping Resources, and Self‐cultivation Characteristics

Tal Vaizman1, Nóra Sebestyén2, Ildikó Gaál2, Anita Lanszki2, Gal Harpaz3

1George Washington U, United States of America; 2Hungarian Dance University; 3The Open University of Israel

Presenting Author: Lanszki, Anita

Stress and performance gained increasing scholarly attention in the context of performing arts, and a significant relationship was found between stress and artistic and academic achievements (Wilson, 2002). Occupational demands – organizational, interpersonal, and intrapersonal, are extremely high among performing artists and impact their well-being and achievements (Willis et al., 2019), while interpersonal demands – complex relationships with peers, colleagues, audiences, and management, are related to maladaptive perfectionism and performance anxiety (ibid.). Stress can negatively impact, not only well-being but cognitive and motor skills (Beilock & Carr, 2001), highly relevant with performing artists, often experience stage fright, which can negatively affect the physical and emotional components of performance (Steptoe et al., 1995).

Performing arts is a physically and mentally demanding discipline, with stressors ranging from competition pressure to heavy rehearsals to the fear of injury (Bartel & Thomson, 2021; Kenny, 2011; Vervainioti & Alexopoulos, 2015). Performing artists portray a wide range of potentially overwhelming emotions, that might also contribute to heightened stress (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). Moreover, due to the public nature of performance settings, performing artists are vulnerable to external criticism, and a perceived lack of effort recognition can be related to lower satisfaction (Smith, 1989).

For performing arts students, the demands of rehearsals, performances, and academic deadlines can create a complex environment where stressors add up negatively affecting academic performance (Kenny, 2011) and mental health (Clegg & Clements, 2022; Kausar & Ahmad, 2021). The pressure to excel in both artistic and academic domains contributes to heightened stress levels, potentially impacting subjective well-being and cognitive processes essential for academic success.

However, stress and well-being are not the sole impactors on academic and artistic achievements, and studies pointed to other factors like self-efficacy, grit, and help-seeking orientation (Harpaz et al., 2023), often explored separately and among non-artistic population. The present study extends Harpaz et al.'s model in two respects: (1) theoretically, by adding the concept of perceived stress to the model and, (2) by expanding the generalizability via sampling Hungarian non and performing arts students, exploring both possible cross-cultural differences (original study sampled North American students), and the effect of academic discipline. The current model aims to predict grit and subjective academic success by perceived stress, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics (e.g. self-efficacy, subjective well-being, help-seeking orientation, personal growth, and savoring art).

The main research questions are:

  1. Are there any differences between non and preforming art students in predicting subjective academic success by stress, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics?
  2. What is the added effect of stress on the model predicting grit and academic success?
  3. Are there any cultural differences in the relationships between the model variables among the Hungarian student population (current study) and the previous study’s North American sample (Harpaz et al., 2023)?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participents and procedure
The study is carried out in Hungary, and is consisted of a sample of Hungarian performing arts and non-artist students. A complex instrument battery is employed to comprehensively explore psychological well-being, preceived stress levels, self-efficacy, help-seeking orientations, personal growth, subjective well-being, savouting art, academic grit, and subjective academic achievement across diverse groups of dance (n = 151), music (n = 35), and non-artist students (n = 173) as a control group.
The instruments
Perceived Stress Scale (PSS) – A 10-item, 5-point Likert-scale questionnaire (Cohen et al., 1983), the PSS is a frequently used instrument among performing artists (e.g., Kausar & Ahmad, 2021).
New General Self-Efficacy Scale – A 5-point Likert-scale (Chen et al., 2001) comprises eight items.
Help-Seeking Orientation Scale (HSO) – A 14-item, 7-point Likert-scale questionnaire (Komissarouk et al., 2017) asking participants to describe the type of help they prefer while dealing with difficulties. Respondents receive three grades, providing their tendencies to seek dependent/autonomy-oriented help or avoid any help.
Personal Growth – A 3-item, 5-point Likert- sub-scale from Ryff and Keyes’ (1995) Psychological Well-being.
The Satisfaction with Life Scale – A 5-item, 7-point Likert-scale measure of subjective well-being, well-known as the Satisfaction with Life Scale (SWLS) (Diener et al., 1985).
Savoring Art – Lee et al.’s (2021) savoring art questionnaire determines a person’s appreciation of art and the need for it. A 7-point Likert-scale, it is based on six items related to art from the openness to experience scale (based on DeYoung et al., 2007).
Academic Grit Scale – A 30-item, 5-point Likert-scale version of the Academic Grit Scale (Clark & Melacki, 2019), includes three subscales (10-item each): Determination, Resilience, and Focus.
Subjective Academic Achievement – Self-reported grades were measured with two items asking students to describe their general academic performance, based on De Castella & Byrne, (2015) and Gao et al. (2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first hypothesis was confirmed when positive statistically significant correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and all sub-categories of MCH (Tables 1&2 for non and amateur musicians’ correlations respectively). This suggests that being open-minded and appreciating art are related to music consumption in both private and social forms, including discussing music. At this point, it’s unclear whether the psychological characteristics affect the conduct or vice versa, whether listening with others, discussing music, and attending concerts may affect a person’s tendency toward art and open-mindedness, and further research is needed.

Hypothesis two was also confirmed when positive correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and MMP, while no correlations or negative ones were found with a preference for Algorithmic Passive (Tables 1&2). These suggest that while open-mindedness and art appreciation relate to active search and a network of mentorship, the opposite might be reflected in the preference for algorithmically generated suggestions as a form of mentorship.

The differences between amateur and non-musicians were also confirmed (hypothesis 3), and partially confirmed (hypothesis 4), when the musicians’ means were significantly higher on all variables, except in the preference for algorithmic mentorship (Table 3). These suggest that being a musician is related mainly to social relations regarding music listening, whether in the form of recommendations or consumption, and further support findings that connect musicianship and mentoring preferences (Vaizman, 2023). The lack of differences in preference for algorithmic suggestions might point to app use that reflects current times, but not musicianship. Further research is needed to determine the causality between the study variables, and whether other listening habits and tendencies are related to socialization and education towards art appreciation in the streaming era.
Due lack of space Tables aren’t attached and will be presented at the conference.  

References
Chen, G., Gully, S. M., & Eden, D. (2001). Validation of a new general self-efficacy scale. Organizational research methods, 4(1), 62-83.‏
Clark, K. N., & Malecki, C. K. (2019). Academic Grit Scale: Psychometric properties and associations with achievement and life satisfaction. Journal of school psychology, 72, 49-66.‏
Cohen, S., Kamarck, T., & Mermelstein, R. (1983). A global measure of perceived stress. Journal of health and social behavior, 385-396.
De Castella, K., & Byrne, D. (2015). My intelligence may be more malleable than yours: The revised implicit theories of intelligence (self-theory) scale is a better predictor of achievement, motivation, and student disengagement. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 30(3), 245-267.‏
DeYoung, C. G., Quilty, L. C., & Peterson, J. B. (2007). Between facets and domains: 10 aspects of the Big Five. Journal of personality and social psychology, 93(5), 880-896.‏
Diener, E. D., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of personality assessment, 49(1), 71-75.‏
Gao, J., Hodis, F. A., & Tait, C. F. (2022). University students' regulatory focus-mode profiles and their relationships with grit, critical thinking, effort regulation, and perceptions of academic success. Personality and Individual Differences, 189, 111474.
Harpaz, G., Vaizman, T., & Yaffe, Y. (2023). University students' academic grit and academic achievements predicted by subjective well‐being, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics. Higher Education Quarterly.‏ (online: 03 July 2023).
Kausar, S., & Ahmad, G. (2021). Perceived stress, self-efficacy and psychological wellbeing among performing arts students. Academic Journal of Social Sciences (AJSS), 5(3), 289-302.
Kenny, D. (2011). The psychology of music performance anxiety. OUP Oxford.
Komissarouk, S., Harpaz, G., & Nadler, A. (2017). Dispositional differences in seeking autonomy-or dependency-oriented help: Conceptual development and scale validation. Personality and Individual Differences, 108, 103–112.
Lee, S. S., Lee, S.-H., & Choi, I. (2021). Do art lovers lead happier and even healthier lives? Investigating the psychological and physical benefits of savoring art. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts. Advance online publication.  
Ryff, C. D., & Keyes, C. L. M. (1995). The structure of psychological well-being revisited. Journal of personality and social psychology, 69(4), 719-729.‏
Wilson, G. D. (2002). Psychology for performing artists. Whurr Publishers.
Willis, S., Neil, R., Mellick, M. C., & Wasley, D. (2019). The relationship between occupational demands and well-being of performing artists: A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 393.
Wilson, G. D. (2002). Psychology for performing artists. Whurr Publishers.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Savoring Art, Open-Mindedness, Music Consumption Habits, and Mentorship in the Streaming Era – The Case of Amateur vs. Non-Musicians

Tal Vaizman1, Gal Harpaz2, Anita Lanszki3

1George Washington U, United States of America; 2The Open University of Israel; 3Hungarian Dance University

Presenting Author: Lanszki, Anita

The streaming era has introduced more than a plentitude of new cultural content-filled platforms. It introduced new ways of searching, listening, and sharing (Tepper & Hargittai, 2009), and new ways of shaping culture, identity, connections, and socialization while overcoming traditional fostering environments like parental education, peer groups, and communities (Bourdieu, 1996). While music is still highly social and can invigorate gatherings with friends and family, personal consumption has become increasingly dependent on algorithms as shapers of taste (Hesmondhalgh, 2022). In fact, competition between music platforms has shifted from content and affordability to capturing the user by focusing on their emotional needs and preferences to retain their use (Hracs & Webster, 2021). However, media-based socialization occurs, not amid consumption, but rather through online communication and exchange of content (Steigler, 2018), making sharing and taste-influencing an important part of current socialization (Vaizman, 2022).

Also affected by the streaming era, amateur musicianship became entangled with informal distant learning, which was further affected by COVID-19 social distancing. Distance has been bridged by online learning options, including communities of learning experiences and performance (Cayari, 2014, 2015; Waldron 2011, 2013). However, the abundance of “do-it-yourself” options has encouraged social detachment, dependent help-seeking opportunities, and teacher-student relationships neglections – all affecting learning abilities and possibly augmented during COVID-19 (Harpaz & Vaizman, 2023).

Socialization is at the core of learning, especially through engagement with art, via the creation of communities, and by close educational circles from family to educators (Bourdieu, 1996). Music platforms’ algorithms, as well as movie/TV ones, have affected the human influential role on the entertainment and art consumer (Vaizman, 2023). To further assess the effects of the streaming era on socialization, this study focuses on musical relationships – taste fostering as expressed by music mentoring preferences of consumers, and music consumption habits. The relations between those were explored while considering two personal characteristics – open-mindedness and savoring art.

Open-mindedness refers to a person’s mental openness to experience new things, as opposed to being involved in social actions (Soto & John, 2017). Savoring art is how Lee et al. (2021) describe a person’s tendency to appreciate art, to need it, as opposed to consuming or attending artistic events. Introduced during the pandemic, it is well suited for exploring the need for art in times of social distance (characterizing the streaming era) and the need for self-cultivation (Harpaz et al., 2023).

To the best of our knowledge, the relationship between open-mindedness and savoring art and music consumption preferences has not yet been tested. In the present study, we chose to focus on music mentoring preferences (MMP) and music consumption habits (MCH(.

MMP refers to music consumers’ tendency to rely on human vs. algorithmic music mentors, as recommenders of new content, whether passively or actively (Vaizman, 2023). MCH refers to routine conduct around music: private listening, social listening, discussing music, and attending musical events. Based on the literature suggesting that artists are open to experience (Schultz, 2022), and that music students have the tendency to prefer a network of music mentors, while non-music students rely more on algorithmic mentorship (Vaizman, 2023), hypotheses were formed under two dimensions: (1) correlations between music consumption and psychological characteristics, and (2) differences between amateur musicians and non-musicians regarding the tested variables.

1) A positive correlation exists between both open-mindedness and savoring art, and MCH.

2) A positive correlation exists between both open-mindedness and savoring art, and MMP, excluding Algorithmic Passive preference.

3) Amateur musicians would score higher than non-musicians on both open-mindedness and savoring art.

4) Amateur musicians would score higher than non-musicians on MCH and MMP.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
Participants
495 Participants from the US were collected by Prolific, an online research platform that recruits worldwide participants for surveys. The age range varies between 18 and 39 (M age=24.5, SD=4.3). Among the participants, 193 (39%) were amateur musicians and 306 (61%) non-musicians, 49.8% were males and 46.8% were females and the other 3.4% indicated the gender as ‘other’.
Measures
The participants answered background questionnaires (age, SES, sex, family status, employment, amateur musicianship) and the following scales:
The open-mindedness questionnaire (Soto & John, 2017), twelve-item scale, Cronbach’s α in the current sample, 0.87.
Savoring art scale (Lee et al., 2021) is a six-item scale, Cronbach’s α=0.80 in the current sample.
MMP questionnaire (Vaizman and Harpaz, in-press), is a 22-item scale, composed of four sub-scales describing preferences for influential figures that expose the listener to new musical content: Human Active (Proactively contacting another person to receive recommendations for new listening content, or actively using musical content recommended by another person/s); Human Passive (consuming musical content passively by exposure to music played by others in social situations); Algorithmic Active (actively using music apps to search for new content(; Algorithmic Passive (passively using music apps’ algorithmically generated suggestions without intervention). Cronbach’s α=0.92, 0.60, 0.84, 0.73, respectively.  
MCH questionnaire (Vaizman and Harpaz, in-press) is a 22-item scale, composed of four sub-scales describing different modes of music consumption: Private Listening, Social Listening, Discussing Music, and (attending) Musical Events. Cronbach’s α=0.84, 0.86, 0.92, 0.93, respectively.  
 Procedure
After receiving approval from the Institutional Ethics Committee, data collection was carried out in March 2023, through an online link of the research questionnaires uploaded on the Prolific platform. Participation in the study, and answering the questionnaire, took about 10 minutes. The participants received payment for filling out the questionnaires. Participation was voluntary and withdrawal from the study was optional at any time. The anonymity of the participants was fully preserved. SPSS 25 was used to analyze the findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first hypothesis was confirmed when positive statistically significant correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and all sub-categories of MCH (see Tables 1 and 2 for non and amateur musicians’ correlations respectively). This suggests that being open-minded and appreciating art are related to music consumption in both private and social forms, including discussing music. At this point, it’s unclear whether the psychological characteristics affect the conduct or vice versa, whether listening with others, discussing music, and attending concerts may affect a person’s tendency toward art and open-mindedness, and further research is needed.

Hypothesis two was also confirmed when positive correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and MMP, while no correlations or negative ones were found with a preference for Algorithmic Passive (see Tables 1 and 2 in the appendix). These suggest that while open-mindedness and art appreciation relate to active search and a network of mentorship, the opposite might be reflected in the preference for algorithmically generated suggestions as a form of mentorship.

The differences between amateur and non-musicians were also confirmed (hypothesis 3), and partially confirmed (hypothesis 4), when the musicians’ means were significantly higher on all variables, except in the preference for algorithmic mentorship (see Table 3 in the appendix). These suggest that being a musician is related mainly to social relations regarding music listening, whether in the form of recommendations or consumption, and further support findings that connect musicianship and mentoring preferences (Vaizman, 2023). The lack of differences in preference for algorithmic suggestions might point to app use that reflects current times, but not musicianship. Further research is needed to determine the causality between the study variables, and whether other listening habits and tendencies are related to socialization and education towards art appreciation in the streaming era.

References
Bourdieu, P. (1996). The Rules of Art: Genesis and Structure of the Literary Field. Polity Press.
Cayari, C. (2014). Using informal education through music video creation. General Music Today, 27(3), 17–22. https://doi.org/10.1177/1048371313492537

Cayari, C. (2015). Participatory culture and informal music learning through video creation in the curriculum. International Journal of Community Music, 8(1), 41–57. https://doi.org/10.1386/ijcm.8.1.41_1

Harpaz, G., & Vaizman, T. (2023). Music self-efficacy predicted by self-esteem, grit, and (in)formal learning preferences among amateur musicians who use online music tutorials. Psychology of Music, 51(4), 1333-1348. https://doi.org/10.1177/03057356221135676
Harpaz, G., Vaizman, T., & Yaffe, Y. (2023). University students' academic grit and academic achievements predicted by subjective well‐being, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics. Higher Education Quarterly.‏ https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12455

Hracs, B. J., & Webster, J. (2021). From selling songs to engineering experiences: exploring the competitive strategies of music streaming platforms. Journal of Cultural Economy, 14(2), 240-257.‏ https://doi.org/10.1080/17530350.2020.1819374
Lee, S. S., Lee, S.-H. & Choi, I. (2021). Do art lovers lead happier and even healthier lives? Investigating the psychologicaland physical benefits of savoring art. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts. https://doi.org/10.1037/aca0000441

Schultz, W. T. (2022). The mind of the artist: Personality and the drive to create. Oxford University Press.‏

Soto, C. J., & John, O. P. (2017). The next Big Five Inventory (BFI-2): Developing and assessing a hierarchical model with 15 facets to enhance bandwidth, fidelity, and predictive power. Journal of personality and social psychology, 113(1), 117.‏
Steigler, C. (2018). Invading Europe: Netflix’s Expansion to the European Market and the Example of Germany. In: K. McDonald & D. Smith-Rowsey (Eds.). The Netflix effect: Technology and entertainment in the 21st century. Bloomsbury Publishing USA. 235-242.
Tepper, S. J., & Hargittai, E. (2009). Pathways to music exploration in a digital age. Poetics, 37(3), 227-249.‏ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2009.03.003
Vaizman, T. (2022). Teenagers Listening – Everyday Habits, Music Mentors and 'Musical Nutrition'. Doctoral thesis, University of Haifa.  
Vaizman, T. (2023). Music Mentors of the Streaming Era: from Algorithms to Influential Figures. Journal of Applied Youth Studies, 6, 45–66. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43151-023-00090-2
Waldron, J. (2011). Locating narratives in postmodern spaces: A cyber ethnographic field study of informal music learning in online community. Action, Criticism, and Theory for Music Education, 10(2), 32–60.

Waldron, J. (2013). YouTube, fanvids, forums, vlogs and blogs: Informal music learning in a convergent on-and offline music community. International Journal of Music Education, 31(1), 91–105. https://doi.org/10.1177/0255761411434861
 
15:15 - 16:4530 SES 02 A: Transforming and Changing in ESE Research and Practice
Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Paul Vare
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Sustainable School Food Experiences: A Transformative Mechanism for Levelling up the Nation

Fatma Sabet

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sabet, Fatma

This paper addresses the imminent challenges of childhood obesity, childhood food poverty, food system induced biodiversity loss, and climate change through an examination of the integration of meals and food education provision in schools. School meals are one of the largest social safety nets in the world (Alderman & Bundy, 2012) yet school meal service has been characterised with the predominance of ultra-processed food (Parnham et al., 2022), due to the reliance on a small number of large multinational wholesale corporations (Sabet, 2022). This results in children experiencing the same narrow variety of food on the plate every day. Furthermore, despite the statutory requirement for food education since 2014, significant enhancements in provision have not materialised (Ballam, 2018). Guided by the research question on how integrated 'food experiences' during meals and education provision can serve as a transformative mechanism to alleviate health inequalities in school food, this study builds on the findings of a realist evaluation on a sustainable school food intervention in three schools in England. The study presents a new integrative approach to school food while highlighting its potential in addressing health inequalities in schools.

This study is founded on the concept of ‘sustainable school food’, which refers to a complex system that integrates the dimensions of nutrition, and environmental sustainability associated with meal provision, with food education in schools (Jones et al., 2012). Against the backdrop of a diminishing positive human connection to nature, particularly among disadvantaged populations, leading to a phenomenon which has been referred to as the ‘extinction of experience’ (Pyle, 1978). This study draws on John Dewey's philosophy of experiential learning (1932) to formulate a conceptual understanding of school food experiences which integrates meals and education provision in schools. Experiential learning theory posits that effective learning occurs through direct experience of doing and reflection, which is particularly pertinent to food education in schools. Emphasising experiential learning, the study explores how the amalgamation of meals and education facilitates transformational learning opportunities for pupils. On the one hand portraying sustainable school meals as a pedagogical tool to enhance culinary capital (Kamphuis et al., 2015), and on the other utilising food education to provide authentic learning opportunities such as cooking and farm visits (Smeds et al, 2015).

Utilising school meals as a learning opportunity is often founded in communal food sharing (Andersen et al., 2015), and social interactions (Lalli, 2022),, reflecting the principle of authenticity and relevance (Smeds, 2015). Such understanding of school food practice is founded on Dewey’s perception of learning needs and the urgency for education to meet those within the pupil’s immediate surrounding (Dewey, 1932; Smeds, 2015). Therefore, school meals can be employed as a pedagogical tool which reinforces pupils' learning on food through relevant and meaningful practice (Osowski et al., 2013).

This study posits a conceptual understanding of experiential food education, emphasising practical and relevant learning as a core component. The study explores how the meals and education provision in schools converge offering transformational learning opportunities for pupils. Such integration presents school meals as a pedagogical tool which aims to expose children to a wide variety of sustainable food, and enrich their culinary capital. On the other hand, food education embodies authentic experiences with authentic actors in authentic settings. Examples from the study included cooking school meals, with kitchen and teaching staff, in the school kitchen and engaging in food growing activities with small farmers in local farms during farm visits.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

 
This paper draws on a large doctoral realist evaluation study of a sustainable school meal intervention enhanced by an experiential food education content in three schools in England. Data was collected using a mixed methods approach on two phases. The aim of Phase 1 was to develop initial programme theories for sustainable school food as reflected in meals and education provision through practice-embedded stakeholder input. During Phase 1, we collected and analysed data from a web-based survey to eight primary schools, semi structured interviews with 15 key informants, and in person observations in 3 schools. Following exploratory phase, a realist evaluation was conducted and data were collected using mixed methods across three case studies to generate qualitative, quantitative and comparative evidence (Pawson, 2013).  
 
Methods employed included multiple observations of food experiences during lunch and food education lessons during the intervention, semi-structured interviews with multiple programme experts, 12 focus groups with pupils across all schools as well as well as documents review of menus, kitchen recipes, and wholesale price lists. Quantitative data including records of meals uptake and collected weight of plate waste over three weeks before and during the intervention and were cross-examined with the qualitative data. Finally, comparative evidence was drawn across the three case studies which held particular significance in elucidating context-specific findings (Pawson, 2013).
 
 
Data generated from each of the three cases was analysed separately for a profound in situ understanding of the phenomenon within each context. Following on from this, the data was cross-case analysed for a more holistic understanding of the phenomena. The quantitative analysis, from the life cycle analysis, financial analysis, and records of meals uptake numbers and weight of plate waste interrelated with the qualitative data drawn from the observations, interviews and focus groups (Handley et al., 2020).
 
Both interviews and focus groups data were transcribed verbatim and contemporaneously with each round of data collection. Hand-written field notes, email correspondences were also transcribed and saved into dated and named Word files under each case. The data analysis process was iterative to accommodate the building and refinement of explanatory theories.
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings from the realist evaluation underscore the urgency for integrative practice of meals and food education which holds transformative potential in mitigating structural health inequalities experienced by disadvantaged pupils. Experiential food education offers practical opportunities to pupils that may be otherwise limited or absent from their primary education.

This paper unveils two latent phenomena within the context of school food in England, denoted as the 'illusion of choice' and the 'extinction of food experience.' The illusion of choice pertains to the apparent diversity in school meals, presenting 3-5 menu options daily. However, these well-promoted menus frequently consist of the same restricted range of ultra-processed food items and a limited variety of fresh fruits and vegetables. Consequently, this practice restricts pupils' exposure to high-quality food and inhibits the exploration of new flavours.

Conversely, the concept of food education, emphasising hands-on practical food experiences, emerges as a transformative force, particularly for pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds. In such instances, where pupils often encounter constraints in accessing diverse food experiences beyond the school environment, hands-on food education proves to be exceptionally impactful.

The study's findings underscore the transformative potential of integrated school food practices, particularly in alleviating structural health inequalities experienced by disadvantaged pupil populations. Experiential food education provides practical opportunities, such as growing, preparing and cooking food, which are often restricted for pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds. Sustainable school meals which are high in a variety of fresh and seasonal fruits and vegetables maximise pupils’ exposure to new food experiences, familiarise them with sustainable food choices and enrich their culinary capital.

In conclusion, this paper advocates for the integration of meals and education into a new transformative approach to school food with a focus on relevance and experience. Such integration can serve as a powerful mechanism in addressing health inequalities among pupils in schools.

References
Alderman, H., & Bundy, D. (2012). School feeding programs and development: Are we framing the question correctly? World Bank Research Observer, 27(2), 204–221. https://doi.org/10.1093/wbro/lkr005

Andersen, S. S., Holm, L., & Baarts, C. (2015). School meal sociality or lunch pack individualism? Using an intervention study to compare the social impacts of school meals and packed lunches from home. Social Science Information, 54(3), 394–416. https://doi.org/10.1177/0539018415584697

Ballam, R. (2018). Where next for food education? Nutrition Bulletin, 43(1), 7–9. https://doi.org/10.1111/nbu.12303

Dewey, J. (1932). The School and Society. The University of Chicago Press.

Handley, M., Bunn, F., Lynch, J., & Goodman, C. (2020). Using non-participant observation to uncover mechanisms: Insights from a realist evaluation. Evaluation, 26(3), 380–393. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356389019869036

Jones, M., Dailami, N., Weitkamp, E., Kimberlee, R., & Salmon, D. (2012). Engaging Secondary School Students in Food-Related Citizenship: Achievements and Challenges of A Multi-Component Programme. Education Sciences, 77–90. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci2020077

Kamphuis, C. B. M., Jansen, T., Mackenbach, J. P., & Van Lenthe, F. J. (2015). Bourdieu’s cultural capital in relation to food choices: A systematic review of cultural capital indicators and an empirical proof of concept. PLoS ONE, 10(8). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0130695

Lalli, G. S. (2022). The school restaurant: Ethnographic reflections in researching children’s food space. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 35(1), 48–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2020.1797210

Osowski, P. C., Göranzon, H., & Fjellström, C. (2013). Teachers’ interaction with children in the school meal situation: The example of pedagogic meals in Sweden. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 45(5), 420–427. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneb.2013.02.008

Parnham, J. C., Chang, K., Rauber, F., Levy, R. B., Millett, C., Laverty, A. A., Hinke, S. Von, & Vamos, E. P. (2022). The Ultra-Processed Food Content of School Meals and Packed Lunches in the United Kingdom. Nutrients, 14(14), 2961. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14142961

Pawson, R. (2013). The science of evaluation: A realist manifesto. Sage Publications, Inc.

Pyle, R. (1978). The extinction of experience. Horticulture, 56, 64–67. https://www.cairn.info/revue-ecologie-et-politique-2016-2-page-185.htm?ref=doi

Sabet, F. (2022). Sustainable school food procurement in England: When there is a will, there is a way. In Bruce, D. & Bruce, A. (Eds.), Transforming food systems: Ethics, innovation, and responsibility (pp. 76-81). https://doi.org/10.3920/978-90-8686-939-8_10

Smeds, P., Jeronen, E., & Kurppa, S. (2015). Farm Education and the Value of Learning in an Authentic Learning Environment. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 10(3), 381-404. Retrieved on 15 January 2020 from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1069262


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Understanding Transformative Agency by Analyzing Students’ Writings on the Future

Antti Laherto, Tapio Rasa

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Laherto, Antti

Global sustainability crises and accelerating societal and technological development are posing new demands for education at all levels. A lack of stable future horizons can lead young people to regard the future with hopelessness, to take directionless actions and to exhibit inabilities to project themselves into the future (Cook, 2016; Rosa, 2013; Rubin, 2013). Meanwhile, the United Nations’ Agenda 2030 program calls for societal transformations that cannot be achieved without transgenerational thinking, responsibility and transformative abilities of the young (Unesco, 2017).

These emerging goals of education connect to agency, the capacity for autonomous social action during which people intentionally transform their social and material worlds (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Lipponen & Kumpulainen, 2011). Policy documents worldwide promote agency as an educational objective in order to enhance responsible participation in the complex and uncertain world (e.g. OECD, 2018).

This paper addresses one of the “leverage points” to fostering students’ agency: by analyzing and broadening the ways in which they think about the future. Indeed, agency is intertwined with futures thinking since “agency involves the idea of projection and implies anticipation” (Cuzzocrea & Mandich, 2016). Also according to the seminal work on agency by Emirbayer and Mische (1998), an individual’s capacity for action, imagination and making change in relation to structural contexts is profoundly dependent on how they perceive their own relationship to the past, future and present in different situations and moments of time.

Our take on the concepts of “future” and “futures thinking” draws on the research field futures studies (e.g. Bishop, Hines & Collins, 2007; Börjeson et al., 2006; Kousa, 2011). The basics of futures-thinking in that field involve, e.g., understanding the plurality of futures, disengaging from deterministic future views, identifying and questioning assumptions to develop alternative scenarios, and understanding that small changes can become major changes over time. Research in the field has shown that positive images of the future have positive effects on an individual’s life (Bell, 1997; Rubin, 2013). Focusing on threats as well as not questioning ’automatic’ future-thinking patterns narrow down thinking and thereby limit the possibilities (Hutchinson, 1996), while the perspective of hope encourages to see alternatives and opportunities (Lombardo & Cornish, 2010).

A typical approach to analyze futures thinking in the field of futures studies is that scenarios, or images of the future, can be created from various orientations (see e.g. Bishop et al., 2007; Börjeson et al., 2006; Hicks & Holden, 1995; Voros, 2003). The first type of orientation discusses what the future is likely to be (probable futures), while the two other types of futures thinking concern what the future could be (possible futures), and what it should be (preferable futures) (e.g. Börjeson et al., 2006). The study reported here employed these orientations to analyze students’ writings on the future and agency-related views in them.

The study examined the following three research questions:

1. How do the different types of futures thinking manifest in students’ essays on the future?

2. What is the prevalence of different types of futures thinking in students’ essays on the future?

3. How do the types of futures thinking connect to the temporal dimensions of agency?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper summarises the results and outcomes of four part-studies analysing students’ writings on the future, and one part-study analysing upper secondary school science curricula from five European countries.

The main corpus of the data on students’ perceptions consisted of 16-19 year old upper secondary school students’ essays on a desirable future, collected in Finland (n=58) and Italy (n=223). Additional data from the Netherlands was analysed to expand the research into younger, 8-14 years old children. Students’ narratives were analysed by qualitative content analysis and narrative inquiry, also used in earlier research on youth’s agency and views of the future (e.g. Angheloiu et al., 2020).

For the curriculum analysis, a subset of European secondary-level science curricula (i.e. Dutch, English, Finnish, Italian and Lithuanian) was selected. The qualitative content analysis combined inductive and deductive coding, latter basing on the model of Futures Conciousness (Ahvenharju et al., 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis resulted in three categories of “future talk”, each representing a different type of futures thinking as manifested in the essays. We argue that the recognized types of future talk may offer interesting facets to understanding students’ agentic orientations. Type 1 (“Stability/extrapolation”) of futures talk demonstrates the capacities to selectively recognize, locate and implement schemas (experiences, trends, etc.) which are central to Emirbayer’s and Mische’s (1998) iterational dimension of agency. Both types 2 and 3 demonstrate a capacity for imaginative distancing (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Mead, 1932) – detaching oneself from constraining assumptions, schemas, habits and traditions – characteristic to the projective dimension of agency. The types of futures talk can thereby be connected, respectively, to the reproductive and transformative types of agency.

Our results imply that students need practice to be able to imagine futures based on values, dreams and choices; this type of thinking (“preferable futures”) is needed to activate the projective dimension of agency. It is, however, not a single type of futures thinking but a combination of them which constitutes an effective agentic orientation -- cf. the “chordal triad” of the three temporal dimensions of agency (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). Therefore, education developing students’ futures thinking should aim to find a balance between imaginative distancing (types 2 and 3 of futures talk) and selective recognition and implementation of schemas (type 1 of futures talk). We argue that this is crucial in order to foster students’ transformative agency in the age of sustainability crises and accelerating societal and technological development.

References
Bell, W. (1997). Foundations of futures studies: human science for a new era. Vol. 1, History, purposes and knowledge. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers.
Biesta, G. & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149.
Bishop, P., Hines, A., & Collins, T. (2007). The current state of scenario development: An overview of techniques. Foresight, 9(1), 5-25. https://doi.org/10.1108/14636680710727516
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Börjeson, L., Höjer, M., Dreborg, K., Ekvall, T. & Finnveden, G. (2006). Scenario types and techniques: Towards a user's guide. Futures, 38, 723-739. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2005.12.002
Connelly, F. M. & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational researcher, 19, 2-14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X019005002
Cook, J. (2016). Young adults’ hopes for the long-term future: from re-enchantment with technology to faith in humanity. Journal of Youth Studies, 19(4), 517–532.
Cuzzocrea, V. & Mandich, G. (2016). Students’ narratives of the future: Imagined mobilities as forms of youth agency? Journal of Youth Studies, 19(4), 552-567. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2015.1098773
Emirbayer, M. & Mische, A. (1998). What Is Agency? The American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294
Hicks, D. & Holden, C. (1995). Visions of the future: Why we need to teach for tomorrow. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham Books.
Hutchinson, F. (1996). Educating beyond violent futures. London: Routledge.
Kousa, T. (2011). Evolution of futures studies. Futures, 43(3), 327-336.
Lipponen, L. & Kumpulainen, K. (2011). Acting as accountable authors: Creating interactional spaces for agency work in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(5), 812-819. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.01.001
Lombardo, T. & Cornish, E. (2010). Wisdom facing forward: What it means to have heightened future consciousness. The Futurist, 44(5), 34-42.
Mead, G. H. (1932). The Philosophy of the Present. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
OECD (2018), The Future of Education and Skills. Education 2030: The Future We Want. Retrieved at https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf
Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity. New York, NY: Columbia University Press.
Rubin, A. (2013). Hidden, inconsistent, and influential: Images of the future in changing times. Futures, 45, S38-S44.
Unesco (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning objectives. Paris: Unesco.
Voros, J. (2003). A generic foresight process framework. Foresight, 5, 10-21. https://doi.org/10.1108/14636680310698379


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Tracing Students’ Ideologies about the salmon, human and nature; An Open Schooling Intervention

Mari Sjøberg, Martin Lee Muller

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Sjøberg, Mari

The Anthropocene is an era characterized by existential ruptures to life as we know it, including climate change, biodiversity loss, and breached planetary boundaries. The important role of education in meeting these challenges has been highlighted by scholars (White et al., 2022), and it is argued that we need to rethink education for a sustainable future.

In Science education, several scholars argue for new visions of scientific literacy, such as scientific literacy for change-making and transformative action (Mueller et al., 2022; Tasquier et al., 2022). When students are learning to read, write, and talk science, they are also learning to think in a scientific way; they are being encultured into the culture of science (Knain, 2014). This is because the scientific language has evolved to structure texts documenting the scientist's worldview (Halliday, 2003). The scientific language is characterized by high lexical density, use of passive voice, high use of technical and academic language, and the use of nominalizations (Osborne, 2023). This contributes to making the language effective and packed with information. However, this language can also contribute to obscure agency, such as when the process of cutting down trees is described as deforestation (Osborne, 2023). Another example of how scientific language can obscure agency was given in Knain’s (2001a) analysis of the Norwegian curriculum decades ago. Here, he showed how the description of the environmental destruction resulting from the use of DDT was described in a way that DDT, and not humans, was presented as the actor who harmed life: DDT, which killed pests and limited diseases, accumulated in the food chain and harmed life at many levels unintentionally. Knain (2001a) argues that the discourse appears to have a preserving effect. Ecolinguistics is a field that uses linguistic analysis to reveal the underlying stories, or ideologies, we live by, questions the stories that are destructive, and then tries to come up with new stories (Stibbe, 2015).

Science education has been criticized for being fact-oriented, avoiding normative issues, which would rather be addressed in other subjects (Bostad & Hessen, 2019; Kvamme, Reiss, 1999). Values are an important part of education for sustainable development, but in science curricula, textbooks, and classrooms, normative and value-laden issues are often avoided to present an image of science as objective (Knain, 2001b). Bostad and Hessen (2019) argue for the importance of balancing fact-based science and ecology education with an education that fosters an emotional connection with nature. In a supporting document to the science PISA framework (White et al., 2022), it is highlighted that we need to rethink our relationship with nature and other species by adopting an ecocentric worldview that sees humans as an integral part of the environment rather than separate from it.

This paper focuses on The Salmon Project, a 13-week interdisciplinary open schooling intervention co-created by teachers and researchers. Through classroom instruction and field trips to the salmon spawning site, the students engaged deeply with the lifecycle of salmon. The teaching intervention had a narrative approach, in which the students, throughout the whole period of the project, worked on developing a film script about the salmon life cycle. Focusing on students’ film, we have done a qualitative discourse analysis partly based on the framework of functional grammar (Halliday, 2003) and a social semiotic analysis based on Kress & Van Leeuwen’s framework (2006).

Research questions:

  1. How do the students negotiate different ideologies about the salmon, humans, and nature?
  2. What expressions of students’ agency can be identified in the student’s language use in the film?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presented study focuses on a case study that was a part of the larger EU-funded Horizon 2020 project Science Education for Action and Engagement towards Sustainability (SEAS). SEAS established, coordinated, and evaluated collaboration among six open schooling networks in seven European countries. Open schooling is an innovative approach to education that bridges school and society to approach socio-ecological challenges collaboratively.
The aim with the analysis is to gain insight into how a narrative approach to a science-related theme in an interdisciplinary open schooling intervention can contribute to fruitful negotiation of values, perspectives, and emotional connectedness to nature. How can education change the stories we live by? (Stibbe, 2015). We are also interested in how students' agency can be investigated through discourse analysis. According to Halliday (2003), language is a social semiotic system where functional grammar is seen as a resource for meaning-making. Kress & Van Leeuwen (2006) further developed this framework also to include multimodal representations. By studying the metafunctions of language and students’ semiotic choices, it is also possible to get insight into how they negotiate implicit ideologies. Further, language use can be an expression of agency. In our analysis of the text, we focus particularly on the use of nominalizations, modality, and the kind of processes in focus (material, mental, relational, existential). In the analysis of the film, we also focus what processes in focus and on perspective and modality. The notion of coding orientation is relevant in investigating modality. For instance, in scientific discourse, there is a high use of abstract representation, such as graphs and diagrams, and less use of realistic pictures. In a scientific coding orientation, therefore, diagrams and abstracted representations can have higher modality than pictures. In everyday discourse, on the other hand, realistic pictures and movies can have high modality as they show reality. They can often be used to trigger emotions and perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis shows that the students’ text had characteristics of scientific discourse with a high focus on material processes. This is not surprising as it focuses on the life-cycle of salmon. The language contains many nominalizations, such as spawning and migration. However, this scientific discourse was blended with a more direct and confronting discourse towards human actions. For instance: “Every year humans dump 8 million tons of plastic and waste into the ocean” points very clearly toward human actions and thereby serves as a contrast to typical science discourse, which has been criticized for obscuring human responsibilities (Osborne, 2023). This message is strengthened by a realistic picture of a river full of waste. We argue that this language use, combining scientific discourse with a discourse focusing more on humans responsibilities is an expression of agency.

Learning science is about learning the language of science (Osborne, 2023). However, in order to change science education, as called for by scholars (White et al., 2022), we also need to use language in new ways to invent new stories about our relationship with nature. Our analysis of the film scripts and the movie shows that the students negotiated different ideologies about salmon, humans, and nature: Salmon as a victim, salmon as a superhero, salmon as food, salmon as a part of populations and ecosystems, and salmon as a product/business. These negotiations can be seen as a way to rethink our relationship with nature and other species (White et al., 2022).
Bostad and Hessen (2019) suggest that deep ecology can serve a bridge-building function between the more fact-based ecology and normative questions and emotions. Our analysis revealed that the salmon project, as an open schooling intervention expressed through students' film scripts, blended the more scientific ecological perspective with a more emotional and normative perspective.

References
Bostad, I., & Hessen, D. O. (2019). Learning and loving of nature in the Anthropocene. How to broaden science with curiosity and passion. Studier i pædagogisk filosofi, 8(1), 28-42.
Dillon, J., Achiam, M., & Glackin, M. (2021). The Role of Out-of-School Science Education in Addressing Wicked Problems: An Introduction. In Addressing Wicked Problems through Science Education: The Role of Out-of-School Experiences (pp. 1-8). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Halliday, M. (2003). On language and linguistics. In J. Webster (Ed.), The collected works of M. A. K. Halliday (Vol. 3).Continuum.
Herbel-Eisenmann, B., Sinclair, N., Chval, B. K., Clements, H. D., Civil, M., Pape, J. S., Stephan, M., Wanko, J. J., & Wilkerson, L. T. (2016). Positioning mathematics education researchers to influence storylines. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 47(2), 102–117. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.47.2.0102  
Knain, E. (2001a). Naturfagets tause stemme. Norsk sakprosa.
Knain, E. (2001b). Ideologies in school science textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 23(3), 319-329.
Knain, E. (2015). Scientific literacy for participation: A systemic functional approach to analysis of school science discourses. In Scientific Literacy for Participation. Brill.
Kress, G., & Van Leeuwen, T. (1996). Reading images: The grammar of visual design (1st ed.). Routledge.
Mueller, M. L., Jornet, A., Knain, E., (2022). Science Education for Action and engagement for Sustainability (Summary report) University of Oslo. Retrieved from: seas-summary-report-2022.pdf (uio.no)
Osborne, J. (2023). Science, scientific literacy, and science education. In Handbook of research on science education (pp. 785-816). Routledge.
Stibbe, A. (2015). Ecolinguistics: Language, ecology and the stories we live by. Routledge.
Tasquier, G., Knain, E., & Jornet, A. (2022). Scientific literacies for change making: equipping the young to tackle current societal challenges. In Frontiers in Education (p. 134). Frontiers in Education (p. 134).  
White, P.J., Ardoin, N.A., Eames, C., Monroe, M.C. (2023). Agency in the Anthropocene: Supporting document to the PISA 2025 Science Framework, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 297, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/8d3b6cfa-en.
 
15:15 - 16:4530 SES 02 B: Transdisciplinary approaches to ESE
Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nicola Walshe
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Aesthetic Knowing in Biology Education: Towards a ‘Science of Qualities’ During the Ecological Crisis

Ramsey Affifi

university of edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Affifi, Ramsey

This paper makes two contributions to reconstructing science education curriculum. Its theoretical contribution is to define 'aesthetic knowing' and outline a rationale for cultivating it in science education responding to the ecological crisis. I argue that through the perception of relationships, 'aesthetic knowing' plays a necessary, albeit subterranean role in science education, and that science education should more explicitly cultivate aesthetic knowing, as well as the capacity to consider tradeoffs/synergies between aesthetic and other kinds of knowing. I suggest much of science's complicity in the ecological crisis is linked to discounting aesthetic knowing's role in empirical engagement, and curtailing its development in science education. Second, its practical contribution is to share and discuss approaches I have taken to developing 'aesthetic knowing' in ITE biology education across three different pedagogical contexts.

I first define aesthetic knowing, consider its relationship with other epistemic approaches, and outline what it offers to the perception, understanding and participation in empirical phenomena. Aesthetic knowing occurs when we 'catch' the gestalt (the form) quality of relations (Zwicky 2019). Put simply, aesthetic knowing is why we can perceive a melody rather than a sequence of detached notes, or recognise a face instead of a collection of disparate spatial features (Author a). Its capacity to home in on spatial and temporal relationships is necessary for the perception of 'ecological process' writ large, from co-constituting relations in gene regulation and other intracellular processes (Brookfield 2005), to organismic homeostatic and social interactions, up to the patterns and fluctuations of planetary biogeochemical cycles (Margulis & Sagan 1997). It is, however, not limited to trading simplistic linear models for 'systems theory' accounts emphasising circularity, feedback and so on (Orr 1992), which are rather skeletal illustrations of aesthetic knowing's capabilities. Aesthetic knowing doesn't merely perceive a face from the relation between eyes and nose and so on. It is also distinguishes one face from another -even if formally they contain all the same features. In other words, aesthetic knowing perceives not only form but the 'quality of relations' in the structures in catches. By perceiving the quality of relations between entities at various levels, aesthetic knowing perceives both nomothetic regularities and idiographic particularities in the gestalt of developing ecological systems (Author b). This includes sensing whether ecologies are healthy and thriving, or vulnerable or collapsing, which is crucial for education aiming for sustainability in both human health and biotic flourishing.

Most ecologies occur at spatiotemporal scales occluded from direct view. It is a pedagogical problem how we might 'train' our aesthetic knowing in encounter with them, because many tools to perceive such ecologies reduce the texture investigated relations into snapshots and summaries. I suggest starting with dynamics immediately available in students' worlds, and offer three easily accessed pedagogical domains. The first is the ongoing experienced ecology arising from the very relations between people in the classroom. Aspects of these relationalities can be foregrounded through diverse pedagogies. A second domain is the opportunity-rich relational space between students and other organisms in local outdoor learning, where students can develop deeper acquaintance with live ecological dynamics. The third involves incorporating arts into biology education (ex. STEAM). Not only can art cultivate closer observational capacity, creating art is a continuous training in ecological participation (van Boeckel 2007). These immediate contexts can prime students to expect similarly rich concrete dynamics at other ecological levels, and not be hoodwinked into assuming simplicity at other microscopic or macroscopic levels. This has consequences for epistemic claims at these levels, and how we evaluate the sustainability of technologies and interventions based on them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is a theoretical engagement with my own practice, in dialogue with several literatures. The method employed to develop and defend 'aesthetic knowing' is primarily philosophical. It seeks to distinguish aesthetic knowing from analytic knowing and systemic/complexity forms of knowing, while also defending the need for all epistemic modes to more responsively encounter the world and its many relations. It seeks to locate these modes of knowing pragmatically insofar as they participate in the very ecologies they perceive and articulate, and politically through the ways different modes are favoured or backgrounded for different purposes.

The practical dimension of the work describes experiences attempting to engage with ecologising actualising in real time as a means of cultivating aesthetic knowing. My approach is to describe both how aesthetic knowing illuminates the concrete character of co-constituting relations, and how it is itself more deeply understood through considering how it works vis a vis those relations. I also reflect on challenges and opportunities engaging with ITE students, including prospects for investigating how aesthetic knowing can in turn be explored in high school science classrooms. I consider the purposes, scope and limitations of aesthetic knowing in science education, and how it operates in mediated contexts as well, such as in statistical interpretations. I also consider aesthetic knowing’s relationship to Indigenous approaches to knowledge that also focus on aesthetic approaches to perception (ex Kimmerer 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From intracellular processes to planetary biogeochemical cycles, dynamic systems of reciprocally interacting living and nonliving entities pervade the biosphere. Although such ecologies are ubiquitous, in high school biology classrooms (UK and North America, for instance) the thinking and practices required to see, understand and respond to such phenomena is only required and taught in specific and stereotypical contexts. Too many students exit science studies with a head full of scattered facts, mostly depicting simplistic cause-effect relations, and with little sense of any unifying bio-logic. This is pedagogically, but also ontologically, epistemologically, and ethically problematic in this era of accelerating ecological challenges.

A 'science of qualities' to use mathematical biologist Brian Goodwin's term (1994), recognises the ontological significance of quality in the natural world and seeks qualitative supplementation to quantitative methods in scientific investigation. Aesthetic knowing is the process by which we pick up spatiotemporal patterns, and variations in those patterns, and thereby crucial in empirical investigation into not only generalities, but particularities too, and the relationship between the particular and the general. Treating phenomena solely as 'cases' of generic laws or properties misses out on understanding not only the dynamism of living systems, but also underemphasises side effects of applying such science. By contrast, an education system that addresses the varied sustainability challenges of contemporary ecological crises would foster a public able to understand and respond to the particularities of living processes and systems, and to evaluate (and/or develop) better attitudes, values, and concepts, but also technologies, natural management schemes or policies accordingly. To do so, biology education should foreground the qualitative nature of the curricular topics it studies, and ecologise its approach in turn.

References
Author a
Author b
Brookfield, J. F. Y. 2005. “The Ecology of the Genome –Mobile DNA Elements and Their Hosts.” Nature Reviews. Genetics 6 (2): 128–136. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrg1524
Goodwin, B (1994). How the leopard changed its spots. London: Phoenix.
Kimmerer, R. W. 2015. Braiding Sweetgrass. Minneapolios, MN: Milkweed Edition.
Margulis, L., and D. Sagan. 1997. What is Life? Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
Orr, D. 1992. _Ecological Literacy: Education and the Transition to a Postmodern World_. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.
Van Boeckel, J. (2007). Artful empiricism and improvising with the unforeseen. In Culture in Sustainability, edited by Asikainen et al, 143-160.
Zwicky, J. 2019. The Experience of Meaning_ Montreal, Canada: McGill-Queen’s University Press.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Human agency in Dealing with Challenges in Transdisciplinary Learning for Sustainability in Higher Education: A Scoping Literature Review

Weiwei Liu, Valentina Tassone, Pascal Frank, Harm Biemans, Renate Wesselink

Wageningen University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Liu, Weiwei

Higher education institutions play a crucial role in educating future agents who are supposed to contribute to the successful implementation of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The wicked nature of sustainability-related problems requires higher education institutions to re-design and broaden their curricula to become more real-life oriented and transdisciplinary by establishing connections among various disciplines and with non-academic partners from society (Sherren, 2008). Consequently, courses involving transdisciplinary learning approaches where students collaborate with peers with various disciplinary backgrounds and non-academic partners have become popular in higher education for sustainable development (Menon & Suresh, 2020).

Research has revealed numerous benefits of transdisciplinary learning settings for sustainability-oriented higher education. Students reported improved communication and teamwork skills, increased agency in terms of enhanced self-efficacy and self-regulation skills (Adefila et al., 2023) after participating transdisciplinary courses. Additionally, students became more willing to collaborate with societal stakeholders and were more open to different perspectives, as demonstrated in research on transdisciplinary learning workshop (Oonk et al., 2022). Another prominent learning outcome of transdisciplinary learning, mentioned by multiple studies, was that it empowered learners as agents capable of addressing sustainability-related problems and instigating changes through collective actions (Horner et al., 2021; Tassone et al., 2017).

While transdisciplinary learning for sustainability offers rich learning benefits, it is also regarded as a challenging learning process by many studies. Research on learners’ experiences highlighted that, due to the different and even conflicting viewpoints in transdisciplinary learning process for sustainability, engaging non-academic partners and integrating various disciplinary knowledge and capacities are difficult (Killion et al., 2018). As a result, students might simplify sustainability-related problems by not including all stakeholders and avoided authentic transdisciplinary learning experience by narrowing their focus (Veltman et al., 2021).

Current research recognizes transdisciplinary learning is a promising yet challenging approach for higher education for sustainability. However, hardly any research has been done to connect challenges in learning experience with the learning outcome of increased agency. It is still unclear what agency in transdisciplinary learning for sustainability entails and how it manifests itself in dealing with the corresponding challenges.

This present review study adopts a systems perspective by taking all three main groups of actors in transdisciplinary learning for sustainability-namely, students, educational staff and societal partners-into account and regards them as equal learners. The study aims to address the above-mentioned scientific gap and provide advice for future empirical research by mapping out the learning challenges in transdisciplinary learning experience from various learners’ perspective. It also explores how learners exert their agency to deal with challenges in transdisciplinary learning, and in return, increase their agency on both individual and collective levels. Agency for sustainability that refers to the intentions and corresponding capabilities to take individual, proxy or collective actions to continuously motivate and regulate individual and collective learning for sustainability will be used as conceptual framework of this review study . Proxy agency means accomplishing desired outcomes by employing others who are more proficient or in better situation, and collective agency refers to acting together with others (Bandura, 2006). The study addresses the following research questions:

  1. What are the experienced challenges in transdisciplinary learning for sustainability from perspectives of academic staff, students, and societal actors?
  2. What do these different learners take individual agentic actions to address challenges in transdisciplinary learning for sustainability?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A scoping literature review, following the PRISMA guideline (Tricco et al., 2018), aimed to answer the research questions through a keyword search strategy based on the focus concepts of this study, namely transdisciplinary, sustainability, higher education, learning, challenges and agency. The search terms were selected based on relevant literature about transdisciplinary learning, higher education for sustainable development and agency for learning.

Executed in November 2023 on the bibliographic databases Scopus, ERIC (Education Resource Information Center), and Web of Science, the first phase included only peer-reviewed research articles in English. Web of science yielded 234 articles, Scopus and ERIC showed 115 and 48 articles meeting the criteria respectively. After removing duplicates, 297 articles remained for the second phase.

To further identify publications relevant to the research questions, the second phase screened titles and abstracts to selected articles that met the following criteria: 1) The article discussed one of four characteristics of transdisciplinary learning (respond to sustainability-related problems; include multiple perspectives; engage academic and non-academic partners; integrate knowledge and capacity from different disciplines), and/or the article discussed human agency in transdisciplinary learning; 2) The article investigated the transdisciplinary learning environment in higher education. This resulted in 103 articles for full-text screening.

In this third screening phase, 73 articles were excluded because of the following reasons: 1) The article didn’t discuss learners’ experiential challenges or agency in transdisciplinary learning environments; 2) The study was not an empirical study. 3) The article does not have an available full-text version. Through the snowball method, one additional publication was included. In the end, 31 publications were included for data analysis.

A combination of deductive and inductive coding was used in this study. The included publications were analyzed with a deductive coding scheme developed from the theoretical framework with two analytical dimensions: 1) four characteristics of transdisciplinary learning, 2) four components of individual agency, as well as collective and proxy agency in transdisciplinary learning. To answer the three research questions of this study, we coded the findings from the above-mentioned categories separately and conducted inductive coding to extract and categorize prevailing patterns among challenges in learners’ experiences and the role of agency in transdisciplinary learning environments. The first author coded all the publications and other authors reviewed and verified the coding. In cases of disagreement, the authors went through calibration discussions to reach a shared understanding of the results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As mentioned above, only preliminary analyses of the included publications have been carried out so far. While investigating the learners’ experiences and/or perspectives in transdisciplinary learning, most studies included perspectives from students (N=27), and educational staff and societal partners’ viewpoints were investigated by 15 and 11 studies, respectively. Nine articles included all three target groups in their research.

Challenges in transdisciplinary learning experience reflected the characteristics of transdisciplinary learning. The wickedness and uncertainty of sustainability-related problems unsettle learners, making them feel powerless. Collaborating with societal and non-academic partners engendered tensions due to various goals and roles. Each discipline had its own language, way of thinking and methodology, increasing the difficulty of communication in a transdisciplinary team. Prevailing challenges emerging from the inductive analysis included addressing tensions generated from conflicting perspectives and uneven power relationships, investing massive time and energy required for reflection, and dealing with uncertainty and unfamiliarity in transdisciplinary learning environments. The role of agency explored in current literature mostly appeared as an outcome of transdisciplinary learning, especially as increased self-efficacy. Some studies also mentioned positive forethought of taking actions, which, in turn, motivated people to overcome challenges in transdisciplinary learning. Collective agency was discussed in existing research as an emphasis on group relationship building and an awareness of connection to a broader group of people and nature. This reinforced self-efficacy, as good relationships with team members empowered learners to engage in transdisciplinary learning. The connection between challenges and the concept of agency in transdisciplinary learning will be further explored and presented at the ECER 2024. Insights into learners’ experiences in transdisciplinary learning from the perspectives of academic staff, students, and societal actors and the concept of agency in transdisciplinary learning have theoretical and practical implications for the optimization of transdisciplinary higher education for sustainability.

References
Adefila, A., Chen, Y., Chao, C., Oyinlola, M., & Anafi, F. (2023). Developing transformative pedagogies for transdisciplinary education—Resources and competencies students need. INNOVATIONS IN EDUCATION AND TEACHING INTERNATIONAL, 60(4), 476–487. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2022.2062032
Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a Psychology of Human Agency. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1(2), 164–180. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-6916.2006.00011.x
Horner, C., Morse, C., Carpenter, N., Nordstrom, K., Faulkner, J., Mares, T., Kinnebrew, E., Caswell, M., Izzo, V., Méndez, V., Lewins, S., & McCune, N. (2021). Cultivating Pedagogy for Transformative Learning: A Decade of Undergraduate Agroecology Education. FRONTIERS IN SUSTAINABLE FOOD SYSTEMS, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2021.751115
Killion, A. K., Sterle, K., Bondank, E. N., Drabik, J. R., Bera, A., Alian, S., Goodrich, K. A., Hale, M., Myer, R. A., Phung, Q., Shew, A. M., & Thayer, A. W. (2018). Preparing the next generation of sustainability scientists. Ecology and Society, 23(4). Scopus. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-10395-230439
Koskela, I.-M., & Paloniemi, R. (2023). Learning and agency for sustainability transformations: Building on Bandura’s theory of human agency. Environmental Education Research, 29(1), 164–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2102153
Menon, S., & Suresh, M. (2020). Synergizing education, research, campus operations, and community engagements towards sustainability in higher education: A literature review. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 21(5), 1015–1051. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-03-2020-0089
Oonk, C., Gulikers, J., den Brok, P., & Mulder, M. (2022). Stimulating boundary crossing learning in a multi-stakeholder learning environment for sustainable development. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SUSTAINABILITY IN HIGHER EDUCATION, 23(8), 21–40. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-04-2021-0156
Sherren, K. (2008). A history of the future of higher education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 14(3), 238–256. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620802148873
Tassone, V. C., Dik, G., & van Lingen, T. A. (2017). Empowerment for sustainability in higher education through the EYE learning tool. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 18(3), 341–358. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-12-2015-0209
Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850
Veltman, M. E., van Keulen, J., & Voogt, J. M. (2021). Using Problems with Wicked Tendencies as Vehicles for Learning in Higher Professional Education: Towards Coherent Curriculum Design. Curriculum Journal, 32(3), 559–583.
 
15:15 - 16:4531 SES 02 A: Linguicism in (Language) Education – Results of Critical Discourse Analyses on Language-Related Discrimination from an International Comparative Decolonial Perspective
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Defne Taner
Session Chair: Doris Pokitsch
Symposium
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium

Linguicism in (Language) Education – Results of Critical Discourse Analyses on Language-Related Discrimination from an International Comparative Decolonial Perspective

Chair: Defne Taner (University of Vienna)

Discussant: Doris Pokitsch (University of Vienna)

Although racism and racial injustice are globally common phenomena, there are internationally considerable differences in this topic’s discourses based on different national histories. For example, in response to the Holocaust, official German-speaking countries like Germany and Austria, have refrained from thematizing ‚race’ for many decades for historical reasons (Alexopoulou 2023). In demarcation from the National Socialist biologistic ‘race doctrine’, the term ‘race’ was and is generally not used, instead preference has been given to the term ‘racialization’ to stress the constructionist aspect of race.

Along alternative categories of difference such as ethnicity, migration background or multilingualism, educational inequalities have been identified in many European countries for decades (OECD 2023). If the categories are not viewed naively as individual risk factors, it becomes clear that the inequalities are in part the effects of structural and institutional discrimination (Gomolla & Radtke 2009, Gomolla 2023) and 'racism without race' (Hall 1989). Language-based discrimination linked to racist discourses is referred to as linguicism (Skutnabb-Kangas 2015), which means "ideologies, structures and practices which are used to legitimate, effectuate, regulate and reproduce an unequal division of power and resources (both material and immaterial) between groups which are defined on the basis of language" (Skutnabb-Kangas 1988, p. 13).

Based on contributions from Austria, Canada, Germany and Spain, this symposium will focus on and discuss how the category of language is used discursively in the various countries in the sense of linguicism in order to legitimize and (re)produce educational inequality. Based on reconstructive qualitative analyses, in particular critical discourse analyses (CDA, Foucault 1991, Wodak & Meyer 2016), of historical documents on the topic of autochthonous and allochthonous minority languages and multilingualism in educational institutions, current school and higher education laws, educational policy papers and classroom observations, it will become clear how linguicism works as a structural phenomenon at the various levels of education systems.

The first contribution analyses the discourses on migration-related multilingualism and regional minority languages (especially Danish and Frisian) in various educational policy documents and evaluations of the last 50 years using the example of the German federal state of Schleswig-Holstein.

The second contribution focuses on policies and strategies of segregation and exclusion of students based on language in Austrian schools. Using CDA, it is examined how, under the guise of specific programs for second language learning in Austrian educational policy and practice, structural linguicism is transferred into discriminatory school practice that excludes immigrant students.

The third contribution focuses on immigrant students at universities in the Canadian province of Québec. While in most Canadian provinces immigrant students and linguistic minorities in the education system do not show any disadvantages in terms of their performance (OECD 2023), in Quebec, which implements a very repressive language policy, disadvantages for immigrant students are relatively severe (Elez 2023). Using interview data from international engineering students, CDA is conducted to examine how language power relations are reproduced in higher education.

The symposium will be concluded with a look at the micro level of the education system. The focus is on the question of whether and how (language) teaching can be organized from a critical, anti-linguistic perspective. The anti-linguistic potential of translanguaging is examined using a Spanish secondary school as a case study.

By comparing the results, which are interpreted in the context of the different national frameworks, it becomes clear that linguicism is deeply rooted in the involved countries and occurs directly or indirectly. In order to reduce linguicist discrimination, it is necessary to create an awareness of linguicism, linguicist mechanisms and routines in pedagogical practice, educational research and educational policy, and to aim for ongoing critical reflection.


References
Alexopoulou, M. (2023). Rassismus als Leerstelle der deutschen Zeitgeschichte. In Nationaler Diskriminierungs- und Rassismusmonitor (Ed.), Rassismusforschung I. Bielefeld.
Elez, V. et al. (2023). Measuring Up: Canadian Results of the OECD PISA 2022 Study. Toronto.
Foucault, M. (1991). Die Ordnung des Diskurses. Frankfurt/M.
Gomolla, M., & Radtke, F. O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Wiesbaden.
Gomolla, M. (2023). Direkte und indirekte, institutionelle und strukturelle Diskriminierung. In Scherr, A. et al. (Ed.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (2nd edn, pp 171-194). Wiesbaden.
Hall, S. (1989). Rassismus als ideologischer Diskurs. Das Argument 178, H.6, 913-922.
OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris.
Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1988). Multilingualism and the Education of Minority Children. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins (Ed.), Minority education: from shame to struggle (pp 7-44). Clevedon.
Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA.
Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.) (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd edn). London.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Inclusion and Exclusion of Heritage Languages: Linguicism in the Schleswig-Holstein Education System

Sabine Guldenschuh (Europa-Universität Flensburg), Marion Döll (Europa-Universität Flensburg)

Germany's population has become more multilingual due to immigration in recent decades. For the economic reconstruction of Germany after World War II, workers from Southern and Eastern Europe had been recruited in the 1970s. They and their descendants have become residents and still speak their languages of origin in everyday family life. In addition, there are immigrants from countries of the European Union, who are free to work and live in Germany without any restrictions, and refugees. Overall, about one-fifth of the German resident population speaks languages beyond German in their families (destatis 2022), and the proportion of multilingual students at schools is currently 23 percent (Geis-Thöne 2023). For more than 20 years, national and international comparative studies have shown that this group of multilingual students performs significantly worse at school than monolingual students and that the disadvantage is particularly strong in Germany (Weis et al. 2019, OECD 2023, Stubbe et al. 2023). Various compensatory support programs that have been implemented, especially German language support, seem to be only marginally effective. The results of a study on institutional discrimination by Gomolla & Radtke (2009) show that the disadvantage of immigrant students in Germany is at least partly due to discriminatory structures in the educational system. Using the example of the German federal state of Schleswig Holstein, where not only immigrant minorities live, but also autochthonous minorities (Danish minority, Frisians, Sinti and Roma), we investigate the question to what extent discriminatory structures can be identified specifically in the context of multilingualism or family languages other than German. To do so, we present the results of a reconstructive critical discourse analysis (Wodak & Meyer 2016) on structural inclusion and exclusion of first languages other than German in the Schleswig-Holstein education system. The object of the analysis is legislation, school laws, and reports on bi-/multilingual education programs since the 1970s. On the one hand, the results show different forms of linguicism, i.e., "ideologies and structures which are used to legitimate, effectuate and reproduce an unequal division of power and resources [...] between groups which are defined on the basis of language" (Skuttnab-Kangas 1988, p. 13). On the other hand, it becomes apparent that structural linguicism in the educational system is closely linked to the increase of linguistic assimilationist orientations (Döll 2019) of German educational policy in response to the September 11 attacks.

References:

destatis (2023). Bevölkerung mit Migrationshintergrund. Wiesbaden. Döll, M. (2019). Sprachassimilativer Habitus in Bildungsforschung, Bildungspolitik und Bildungspraxis. ÖDaF, 1+2/2019, 191-206. Geis-Thöne, W. (2022). Kinder mit nicht deutschsprechenden Eltern. IW-Trends, 49./1, 111-132. Gomolla, M., & Radtke, F. O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Wiesbaden. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1988). Multilingualism and the Education of Minority Children. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins, Jim (Eds.), Minority education: from shame to struggle. Clevedon, Avon. Stubbe, T. et al. (2023). Soziale und migrationsbedingte Disparitäten in der Lesekompetenz von Viertklässlerinnen und Viertklässlern. In McElvany, N. et al. (Eds.), IGLU 2021. Münster. Weis, M. et al. (2019). Soziale Herkunft, Zuwanderungshintergrund und Lesekompetenz. In K. Reiss et al. (Eds.), PISA 2018. M Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.) (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd edn). London.
 

Linguicism and Segregation in Austrian Schools - Policies and Micropolitics of Segregation in Austrian Schools

Assimina Gouma (University College of Teacher Education Vienna), Petra Neuhold (University College of Teacher Education Vienna)

Borderlines become effective not only at the edges of nation states but also in social systems, institutions, and the everyday life in the migration society. Schools are social spaces that are themselves crisscrossed by various borders. The effect of these boundaries in Austrian schools is particularly evident for children with German as second language, mostly when the educational and socio-economic resources in their families are low. (Biedermann et al. 2016) The school system in officially German speaking countries strongly support social segregation through early selection processes and institutional discrimination. (Gomolla 2015, Bruneforth et al. 2016) However, racism and evidence-based knowledge about the contribution of the education system to social inequality has rather intensified segregative strategies among schools and parents: Schools manage “difference” in order to attract privileged families. (Karakayali 2020) Despite iconographies of diversity and its celebration, public schools are motors of segregation. Further, intra-school segregation, the separation of pupils within a school, is a phenomenon that has hardly been researched or discussed publicly, both scientifically and academically. (Biedermann et al. 2016, Blaisdell 2016) By interrogating the dispositive of segregation from an intersectional perspective we ask how linguicism in particular shapes policies and strategies of segregation in Austrian schools. Based on discourse analysis (Foucault 1991) and autoethnographic work, on the one hand, we examine the micropolitics of segregation in urban schools. On the other hand, we introduce the scientific and political discourse on recent policies of segregation in language support: Policies such as the “Deutschförderklassen” (separated support classes for German language) are widely criticized for their segregative impact. (Dirim & Füllekruss 2019) In our conclusion we discuss the link between Austrian politics, structural discrimination, and the culture of segregation in schools.

References:

Biedermann, H. et al. (2016). Auf die Mitschüler/innen kommt es an? Schulische Segregation – Effekte der Schul- und Klassenzusammensetzung in der Primarstufe und der Sekundarstufe. In M. Bruneforth et al. (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2015, Band 2 (pp 133–174). Graz. Blaisdell, B. (2016). Schools as racial spaces: understanding and resisting structural racism. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 29:2, 248-272. Bruneforth, M. et al. (Eds.) (2016). Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2015, Band 2. Graz. Dirim, İ., & Füllekruss, D. (2019). Zur Einführung der Deutschförderklassen im österreichischen Bildungssystem. Eine diskriminierungskritische Analyse der Bildungspläne der Bundesregierung Kurs. In S. Schmölzer-Eibinger et al. (Eds.), Mit Sprache Grenzen überwinden. Sprachenlernen und Wertebildung im Kontext von Flucht und Migration (pp 13-28). Münster. Foucault, M. (1991). Die Ordnung des Diskurses. Frankfurt/M. Gomolla, M. (2015). Institutionelle Diskriminierung im Bildungs- und Erziehungssystem. In R. Leiprecht & A. Steinbach (Eds.), Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft (pp 97-109). Schwalbach/Taunus. Karakayali, J. (Eds.) (2020). Unterscheiden und Trennen. Die Herstellung von natio-ethno-kultureller Differenz und Segregation in der Schule. Weinheim.
 

Linguicism and Internationalization of Higher Education in Canada and Quebec – Experiences of International Students

Ezgi Ozyonum (Concordia University Montreal), Tanja Tajmel (Concordia University Montreal)

The global adoption of English as the primary medium of instruction in higher education has become increasingly significant, particularly in the context of international and regional scientific atmosphere, which are predominantly conducted in English (Altbach 2004, p. 10). This process of internationalization has led to a growing emphasis on English language familiarity and dominance within academia worldwide. In North America, Quebec presents an intriguing case, by retaining French as its sole official language and enacting legislation to support international francophone students. Amidst the implementation of Bill 96, the Act on Respecting French, the Official and Common Language of Quebec, we will examine the language of instruction in STEM education in Quebec. This legislation seeks to strengthen the use of French within English schools, raising concerns about linguicism that may potentially isolate international students and English-speaking individuals from essential resources and support in Quebec. Our investigation will delve into the linguistic impact of Canadian and Quebec's language policies on international students in higher education from a decolonial/anti-colonial perspective. Building on existing work on linguicism (Skutnabb-Kangas 2015) in Canada and particularly in Quebec (Bourhis & Carignan 2010, Tomic 2013, Jean-Pierre 2018, Kubota et al. 2021), we will utilize the recent example of Bill 96. Decolonial scholars, predominantly Indigenous and Global South scholars, are referenced extensively, particularly those critiquing the establishment of colonial higher education institutions globally (Battiste 2013, de Sousa Santos 2007, Grosfoguel 2013, Maldonado-Torres 2007). In our contribution we will examine linguicism in Canadian and in Quebec’s international higher education. By incorporating a decolonial framework, we analyze linguicism in internationalization as a potential perpetuator of coloniality, driven by economic, social, and political power dynamics through the experiences of international engineering students. Our data include interviews with international students enrolled in engineering programs as well as university documents. Critical discourse analysis (CDA) will be applied to identify (i) how international engineering students are experiencing linguicism in Quebec, (ii) how language politics and policies are influencing their aspirations, motivations, and choices, (iii) how the students’ understanding of success is shaped by linguicism, (iv) and how an “ideal international student” is constructed through their willingness to conformity, non-resistance, and assimilation. The results illustrate how linguistic power relations in Quebec are upheld and maintained through language and in the construct of the “ideal international student”.

References:

Altbach, P. G. (2004). Globalisation and the university: Myths and realities in an unequal world. Tertiary Education and Management, 10(1), 3–25. Battiste, M. (2013). Decolonizing education: Nourishing the learning spirit. Vancouver. Bourhis, R., & Carignan, N. (2010). Linguicism in Quebec and Canada. Our Diverse Cities. Volume 7, 156-162. de Sousa Santos, B. (2007). Beyond abyssal thinking: From global lines to ecologies of knowledges. Review (Fernand Braudel Center), 30(1), 45–89. Grosfoguel, R. (2013). The structure of knowledge in westernized universities: Epistemic racism/sexism and the four genocides/epistemicide of the long 16th century. Human Architecture: Journal of the Sociology of Self-Knowledge, 11(1), 73–90. Jean-Pierre, J. (2022). The Experiences of and Responses to Linguicism of Quebec English-Speaking and Franco-Ontarian Postsecondary Students. Toronto Metropolitan University. Kubota, R. et al. (2021). “Your English is so good”: Linguistic experiences of racialized students and instructors of a Canadian university. Ethnicities, 0(0). Maldonado-Torres, N. (2007). On the coloniality of being. Cultural Studies, 21(2–3), 240–270. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA. Tomic, P. (2013). The Colour of Language: Accent, Devaluation and Resistance in Latin American Immigrant Lives in Canada. Canadian Ethnic Studies, 45, 1-21.
 

Translanguaging as anti-linguicist Pedagogy in Language Instruction: A Case Study of German as a Foreign Language in Spain

Corinna Widhalm (Agora International School Madrid)

School-based language instruction is (also) a political act that (re)produces linguicist standards, regulates language use and language norms. Therefore, the question arises of how language instruction can be designed from a critical anti-linguicist perspective, where language and power relations are not considered separately, and where creative, 'self-empowering' language acquisition and the linguistic competences of the learners are at the forefront. To explore this question, I turn to the concept of translanguaging, which, in its so-called strong version, departs from the idea that named languages exist only on a sociocultural level, but not within the individual itself (García & Lin 2016, Creese 2017). A translingual pedagogy is characterized by recognizing and incorporating the multilingualism of students. Instead of adhering to a standardized norm and focusing on perceived deficiencies, it acknowledges and includes the diverse language practices of students in the classroom (Garcia & Kleyn 2019). Educational approaches that primarily emphasize the transformative potential of translanguaging, rather than focusing solely on the direct benefits for learning the target language, underscore that translanguaging expands opportunities for learners' participation and challenges the hegemony of named languages (García & Leiva 2014, García et al. 2017, García & Kleyn 2019, Ortega 2019). While the benefits of translanguaging pedagogy in the context of second language learning of immigrant minorities are widely discussed (García & Kleyn 2016), this is not the case for the foreign language learning context so far. In my contribution, I would therefore first like to theoretically outline the potential of translanguaging for power-critical, anti-linguicist foreign language teaching. Following this, a study will be presented that implemented a teaching concept based on translingual pedagogy for German as a Foreign Language in a secondary school in Madrid over the course of a school year. Finally, insights into the collected data (including group discussions, students' work products, research diary notes and audio recordings of lessons) analyzed through a grounded theory approach (Charmaz 2014) are used to present and discuss initial results from a critical anti-linguicist perspective.

References:

Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory. Los Angeles. Creese, A. (2017). Translanguaging as an Everyday Practice. In B.A. Paulsrud et al. (Eds.), New Perspectives on Translanguaging and Education (pp 1-9). Bristol. García, O. et al. (2017). The translanguaging classroom: Leveraging student bilingualism for learning. Philadelphia, PA. García, O., & Kleyn, T. (2016). Translanguaging Theory in Education. In: ibid.: Translanguaging with Multilingual Students (pp 9-33). New York. García, O., & Kleyn, T. (2019). Translanguaging as an act of transformation: Restructuring teaching and learning for emergent bilingual students. In L.C. de Oliveira, (Eds.), Handbook of TESOL in K-12 (pp 69-82). Malden. García, O., & Leiva, C. (2014). Theorizing and enacting translanguaging for social justice. In A. Blackledge & A. Creese (Eds.), Heteroglossia as practice and pedagogy (pp 199-216). Dordrecht. García, O., & Lin, A. (2016). Translanguaging and bilingual education. In O. García et al. (Eds.). Bilingual and multilingual education. Encyclopedia of Language and Education (pp 117-130). New York. Ortega, Y. (2019). "Teacher, ¿Puedo Hablar en Español?" A Reflection on Plurilingualism and Translanguaging Practices in EFL. Revista PROFILE: Issues in Teachers' Professional Development, 21/2, 155–170.
 
15:15 - 16:4531 SES 02 B: Pedagogies Supporting Multilingual Learners
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ninni Lankinen
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Emotional Competence and School Outcomes among Flemish Multilingual and Monolingual Pupils

Graziela Dekeyser1, Orhan Agirdag1,2, Jozefien De Leersnyder1

1KU Leuven, Belgium; 2University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Dekeyser, Graziela

Topics: In Flanders, significant gaps in the sense of school belonging and student performance exist between majority monolingual Dutch-speaking and minority multilingual pupils speaking Dutch as well as a non-Dutch heritage language (HL)[1, 2]. In this study, we investigate whether these differences in school outcomes may be a result of differences in children’s emotional competence. Children’s school outcomes critically depend on their emotional competence, i.e., the capacity to experience, express, regulate emotions, and understand their own emotions as well as those of others[3]. Children need emotional competencies to enable learning in an inherently social context such as school. For example, children who are better at identifying emotions and, hence, regulating these emotions are more likely to establish positive and supportive relationships with teachers and peers[3] which in turn may affect their sense of school belonging. Moreover, emotionally competent children generally feel more at ease at school, even in situations of stress. Consequently, they have more cognitive capacity to focus on learning than peers who are emotionally insecure, which in turn positively impacts their performance [4].

Prior empirical research has repeatedly shown how among monolingual children, language competence is associated with emotional competence[5-7]. For example, the more emotion words children know, the better they recognize others’ facial emotions [8]. Similarly, children’s verbal skills are positively associated with emotional awareness of self and others [9]. However, to date, it remains unclear whether being able to speak and comprehend multiple languages goes hand in hand with increased emotional competence and subsequent school outcomes. Moreover, if the latter is the case, it remains unclear why multilingual minority pupils often have less positive school outcomes.

Although multilingual children are likely to have more emotion concepts due to their exposure to emotions in at least two languages (and corresponding emotion cultures), whether or not this multilingual advantage materializes may critically depend on children’s language proficiency profile and the language policy of the school. Multilinguals rarely have equivalent proficiencies in their languages due to differences in language use across social contexts (cfr. complementarity principle[10]). If emotions are rarely discussed in Dutch (e.g. because they are less discussed in school as compared to the family), children’s language skills in Dutch may not be substantive enough to induce a multilingual advantage in emotional competence. In other words, children’s language proficiency profile may be a critical factor to take into account when trying to explain differences in school outcomes between monolinguals and multilingual children. Moreover, if schools adopt a language assimilation policy, multilingual children may not be provided with the opportunity to connect their HL skills with their Dutch language skills which may hamper multilingual children’s emotional development. Hence, the relationship between language proficiency profile and emotional competence may be moderated by school’s language policy.

Research questions: How are school outcomes related to children’s language proficiency profiles (RQ1)? Does emotional competence mediate the relationship between different types of language proficiency profiles and school outcomes (RQ2?) And is the relationship between children’s language proficiency profiles and emotional competence conditional upon the role of the school’s language policy (RQ3)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use survey data from primary school children (aged 10 to 12) from the Ethnic-Cultural Diversity in Schools (ECDIS) project. 3073 pupils were surveyed via a paper-and-pencil questionnaire during school hours across 59 Flemish schools. 1894 (63%) of the pupils in the study are multilingual. Emotional competence was measured by the “Differentiating Emotions” subscale of the Emotion Awareness Questionnaire, consisting of items such as ‘I am often confused or puzzled about what I am feeling’ and ‘I never know exactly what kind of feeling I am having’[11]. SSB was assessed by the Psychological Sense of School Membership Scale[12]. A standardized math test[13] was used as an indicator of student performance. We focused on math achievement because math tests are less linguistically biased than tests for other subjects. We constructed a variable “Language Proficiency Profile” with four categories. Monolingual children formed a first language proficiency profile. Then, we performed a Two-Step cluster analysis procedure in SPSS to classify multilingual children into language proficiency groups based on four language proficiency measures (rating on 1 to 5 on speaking and understanding Dutch and the HL). This analysis resulted into three multilingual profiles: (1) fluent multilingual in both languages, (2) fluent in Dutch but low proficiency in the heritage language, and (3) low Dutch proficiency but moderate proficient in the heritage language. School’s Language Policy was measured by a set of items referring to three different diversity models: (1) assimilation, (2) colorblindness and (3) pluralism[14]. SAS was used to conduct multilevel linear regressions as a first step. In a second step, MPlus was used to perform a multilevel structural equation model. Control variables are gender, grade, migration generation and SES.At this moment in time, we ran the analyses for Sense of School of Belonging. In the coming months, we will run the same analyses for Math Performance.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary Findings for Sense of School Belonging: Only multilingual children with low proficiency in Dutch and moderate proficiency in the heritage language score significantly lower on sense of school belonging than monolingual children. Other multilingual groups did not significantly differ from the monolingual reference group. Also, the ability to differentiate emotions is significantly positively related to sense of school belonging but emotion differentiation only partially mediates the relationship between language proficiency profiles and sense of school belonging scores. Multilevel analyses will be conducted in the coming months to investigate the role of language policy in explaining why a multilingual advantage does not materialize. Analyses at the individual level, without controlling for data clustering in schools, do not provide evidence of moderated mediations.
References
1.Van Der Wildt, A., P. Van Avermaet, and M. Van Houtte, Multilingual school population: ensuring school belonging by tolerating multilingualism. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 2015. 20(7): p. 868-882.
2.Celeste, L., et al., Can School Diversity Policies Reduce Belonging and Achievement Gaps Between Minority and Majority Youth? Multiculturalism, Colorblindness, and Assimilationism Assessed. Pers Soc Psychol Bull, 2019. 45(11): p. 1603-1618.
3.Denham, S.A., Emotional Competence During Childhood and Adolescence, in Handbook of Emotional Development, V. LoBue, K. Pérez-Edgar, and K.A. Buss, Editors. 2019, Springer: Cham. p. 493-541.
4.Oberle, E. and K.A. Schonert-Reichl, Social and Emotional Learning: Recent Research and Practical Strategies for Promoting Children’s Social and Emotional Competence in Schools, in Handbook of Social Behavior and Skills in Children, J.L. Matson, Editor. 2017, Springer: Cham. p. 175-197.
5.Salmon, K., et al., The Role of Language Skill in Child Psychopathology: Implications for Intervention in the Early Years. Clin Child Fam Psychol Rev, 2016. 19(4): p. 352-367.
6.Beck, L., et al., Relationship between language competence and emotional competence in middle childhood. Emotion 2012. 12(3): p. 503-514.
7.Cole, P.M., L.M. Armstrong, and C.K. Pemberton, The role of language in the development of emotion regulation, in Child development at the intersection of emotion and cognition, S.D. Calkins and M.A. Bell, Editors. 2010, American Psychological Association: Washington. p. 59-77.
8.Streubel, B., et al., Emotion-specific vocabulary and its contribution to emotion understanding in 4- to 9-year-old children. J Exp Child Psychol, 2020. 193: p. 104790.
9.Mancini, G., et al., Predictors of emotional awareness during childhood. Health, 2013. 05(03): p. 375-380.
10.Grosjean, F., Bilingual. Life and Reality. 2010, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
11.Rieffe, C., et al., Psychometric properties of the Emotion Awareness Questionnaire for children. Personality and Individual Differences, 2007. 43(1): p. 95-105.
12.Goodenow, C., The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 1993. 30(1): p. 79-90.
13.Dudal, P. and G. Deloof, Vrij centrum voor leerlingenbegeleiding. Leerlingenvolgsysteem. Wiskunde: Toetsen 5 – Basisboek. 2004, Antwerpen: Garant.
14.Konings, R., O. Agirdag, and J. De Leersnyder, Development and Validation of Domain Scpecific Diversity Model Scales among Pupils and Teachers: A Multilevel Approach. Social Psychology of Education, accepted.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Humanizing Pedagogies with Multilingual Learners: A Conceptual Framework

Kara Viesca1, Jenni Alisaari2, Svenja Hammer3, Svenja Lemmrich4, Annela Teemant5

1University of Nebraska, United States of America; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 4Leuphana University, Germany; 5Indiana University Purdue University, Indianapolis

Presenting Author: Viesca, Kara

A collaborative team of European and North American researchers has been examining the development of teachers of multilingual students and meaningful engagement with students in schools for several years. In 2019, we published a literature review examining the research literature on preparing teachers to work with multilingual students in content classrooms, suggesting three large domains that must be attended to: context, orientations, and pedagogy (Viesca et al., 2019). In 2022, we published a four-nation study (Finland, Germany, England, and the US) examining the quality pedagogies of teachers of multilingual students with a strong reputation for excellence (Viesca et al., 2022). In 2022, we also conducted an exploratory study with teachers in five nations (Finland, Germany, Norway, England, and the US) regarding positive orientations for working with multilingual students. We presented the initial findings of that work at ECER 2023 (Viesca et al., 2023). Grounded in these collaborations, this paper draws on research and theory to suggest a conceptual model for the purpose of generating humanizing pedagogies with multilingual learners in practice across myriad contexts, both through teacher development activities and classroom practices with multilingual students.

In our work, we focus on a particular group of multilingual learners: students who live a multilingual life daily because they are learning content and the language of instruction simultaneously in school. With current migration patterns, this population is increasing across many nations (e.g., Arar et al., 2020; Seltzer & García, 2020). Yet, many school systems struggle to provide a quality education for such students (e.g., Anderson et al., 2016; Leider et al., 2021). Further, due to existing social hierarchies based on white supremacy, heteropatriarchy, ableism, and classism, the experiences of multilingual students and their families are often shaped by poverty, discrimination, and marginalization (Howard & Banks, 2020). As such, multilingual students and their families are often dehumanized in schools and society, necessitating explicit efforts on behalf of educators and schooling systems to generate learning opportunities and community belonging grounded in the full embrace of the total humanity of multilingual learners (Salazar, 2013), or in other words through humanizing pedagogies.

Therefore, we conceptualize humanizing pedagogies as attending to the knowledge and skills educators need around context, orientations, and pedagogies (Viesca et al, 2019). We articulate this model through the metaphor of weaving of a tapestry, which includes materials (like the knowledge and skills related to context, orientations, and pedagogies) as well as the process of weaving (which we conceptualize as the processes of critical reflection and complexity thinking). Further, as the efforts to generate humanizing pedagogies with multilingual students are at their core about justice and equity, we assert that the processes of critical reflection and complexity thinking must attend to three lenses: intrapersonal, interpersonal, and systemic. Our paper weaves all of these ideas together to generate a model of humanizing pedagogies for multilingual learners grounded in theory, research, and pedagogy while also being meaningfully practical in how it can impact teacher development across myriad contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This conceptual model was developed over years of collaborative research and engaging with research, theory, and practice. The iterative process that led to the development of this model has included a constant revisiting of humanizing pedagogies as researched and conceived by others while also seeking to make sense of the idea through our own research (both empirical and through literature review, discussed above) and practice. Years of collaborative conversations, empirical investigations, reading discussions, and literature reviews have led to the development of this model.
The notion of humanizing pedagogies is often traced to originating with Freire (1994), who, in the 1970s, worked with minoritized groups in Brazil and illustrated how education, when humanizing, can be a liberatory praxis from oppression. In multilingual education, this has been furthered by various scholars, including Bartolomé (1994), who pushed for the field to move beyond a “methods fetish” and towards a humanizing pedagogy grounded in ideological clarity. In 2013, Salazar published an extensive review of the research literature documenting the principles and practices of humanizing pedagogies from myriad contexts around the globe. The tenets she offered as vital focus on the interconnected nature of humanizing practices and the need for holistic attention to all aspects of individual and collective humanity. She also specifically noted the need for critical reflection and action.
We draw from these researchers and others in multilingual education to connect students’ core identities with the learning processes they experience in school. For example, Alim, Paris, and Wong’s (2020) exploration of culturally sustaining pedagogies promotes pluralist practices, requiring whiteness to be decentered to create space for other ideas and practices to exist. In this way, culture can be revered as complex; the purpose of teaching and learning can be for sustaining lives and reviving souls as well as for the creation of socially just, pluralistic societies where there is space for loving critique and critical reflexivity.
Our conceptual work brings these lines of research together, along with theories guiding abolitionist social movements (e.g., Kabe, 2021) and the work of Indigenous scholars (e.g., Kimmerer, 2013; Simpson, 2017) to articulate all of the aspects of our model and their practical impact in classrooms: specifically to humanize every member of the learning community in order for equity and justice to be achieved.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The value of this conceptual model is its ability to translate complex, abstract ideas from theory and research regarding justice and equity for multilingual learners into tangible tools and directions for moving forward. Both teacher educators and educators in practice will be able to see the next steps, opportunities for growth as well as impactful shifts that can move them towards humanizing pedagogies with multilingual learners in their practice. This conceptual model has been operationalized into a practitioner-oriented text, to be published in the summer of 2024 (Viesca & Commins, forthcoming). The value of this model is specifically in how it has been developed through years of collaborative international research across multiple varied contexts, thus generating concepts capacious enough to be relevant in varying social, political, and economic environments. Further, this conceptual model is impactful in research and practice. Ongoing research regarding the components of this model, as well as their relationship among components, is being planned and will continue for years to come as we continue to collect data and draw from research and theory to further understand the model’s value in practice. Thus, this paper is a foundational tool for future work across European and North American educational research and practice, with the potential to grow beyond into collaborations and understandings in other parts of the world.

References
Anderson, C., Foley, Y., Sangster, P., Edwards, V., & Rassool, N. (2016). Policy, Pedagogy and  Pupil Perceptions: EAL in Scotland and England (T. B. Foundation, Ed.). University of Edinburgh and The Bell Foundation.

Arar, K., Ӧrücü, D., & Waite, D. (2020). Understanding leadership for refugee education: Introduction to special issue. International Journal of Leadership Education, 23(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/13603124.2019.1690958

Bartolomé, L. I. (1994). Beyond the methods fetish: Toward a humanizing pedagogy. Harvard Educational Review, 64(2), 173-194.

Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum.

Howard, T. C., & Banks, J. A. (2020). Why race and culture matter in schools: Closing the achievement gap in America’s classrooms (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press.

Kaba, M. (2021). We do this til we free us: Abolitionist organizing and transforming justice. Haymarket Books.

Kimmerer, R. (2013). Braiding sweetgrass: Indigenous wisdom, scientific knowledge and the teachings of plants. Milkweed Editions.

Leider, C. M., Colombo, M. W., & Nerlino, E.  (2021). Decentralization, Teacher Quality, and  the Education of English Learners: Do State Education Agencies Effectively Prepare Teachers of ELs? Education Policy Analysis Archives, 29(100): 1-44.

Salazar, M. d. C., (2013). A humanizing pedagogy: Reinventing the principles and practice of education as a journey toward liberation. Review of Research in Education, 37, 121-148. Doi: 10.3102/0091732X12464032

Seltzer, K., & García, O. (2020). Broadening the view: Taking up a translanguaging pedagogy with all language-minoritized students. In Z. Tian, L. Aghai, P. Sayer, J. L. Schissel (Eds.),  Envisioning TESOL through a translanguaging lens: Global perspectives (pp. 23-42). Springer.

Simpson, L. B. (2017). As we have always done: Indigenous freedom through radical resistance. University of Minnesota Press.

Viesca, K. M., Hammer, S. Alisaari, J., & Lemmrich, S. (2023). Orientations to embrace,
Elevate, and sustain diversity/difference. Paper presented European Conference for Educational Research (ECER), the Annual Meeting of the European Educational Research Association (EERA).

Viesca, K. M., Teemant, A., Alisaari, J., Ennser-Kananen, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S., Perumal, R., & Routarinne, S. (2022). Quality content teaching for multilingual students: An international examination of instructional practices in four nations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103649

Viesca, K.M., Strom, K., Hammer, S., Masterson, J., Linzell C.H., Mitchell-McCollough, J., & Flynn, N. (2019). Developing a complex portrait of content teaching for multilingual learners via nonlinear theoretical understandings. Review of Research in Education, 43, 304-335. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X18820910


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Applying Formative Assessment to Disciplinary Literacy among Multilingual Students – Developing the LUFO Model

Elli Saari

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Saari, Elli

Multilingual students often face multiple challenges in school. There is often a gap in learning outcomes between students with a migrant background and those without it (OECD, 2019). Previous research has shown that the literacy skills are significantly lower among students who study Finnish as a second language (F2) compared to their Finnish as a first language (F1) peers (Ukkola & Metsämuuronen, 2023). Deficits in literacy skills are associated with both poor academic performance and with low sense of belonging and equality both in school and in society.

In the Finnish elementary school, special support is aimed at strengthening the literacy skills of F2 curriculum students. Still, this support often fails to provide the student the tools needed for adequate academic progress (Ståhlberg et al., 2023). One of the key challenges for teachers is to distinguish problems related to poor language skills and problems related to specific subject. Failing to address this question adequately has multiple negative consequences: it obscures the teacher’s ability to make objective assessment of learning, which can lead to both under- and overestimating the student’s skills. In addition, it might prevent the teacher from offering needs-based support for the F2-student.

Language awareness is a key concept in developing new pedagogic tools, which support multilingual students and their literacy skills. An important part of language awareness, multiliteracy, states that the teacher is aware of the students' language skills, the literacy of the subject being taught, the activities used to build meanings, and also a systematic approach to teaching the discipline literacy (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009; Shanahan & Shanahan, 2012). In practice, integrating language and content is challenging for a teacher who is not really specialized in teaching language.

Previous research has shown that it is difficult for subject teachers to perceive themselves as instructors of reading and writing, especially beyond vocabulary (Aalto & Tarnanen, 2015). Assessment is an important tool for teaching. Especially, studies have shown that well-targeted formative assessment (FA) promotes learning efficiently (Andrade et al., 2019; Black et al., 2004; Kingston & Nash, 2011; Kingston & Nash, 2015). The key principles in feedback as a part of FA are to identify what the learning goals are, where the student is in relation to these goals, and how the student can reach the goal (Hattie & Timperley, 2007).

To date, research on FA in teaching disciplinary literacy has been rare (Alderson et al., 2014; Gillis & Van Wig, 2015). On the other hand, literacy research has shown that feedback aimed at understanding text during reading is an effective tool for teaching (Swart et al., 2022). This paper aims to combine both theoretical and empirical research in developing a new model of feedback for teachers of environmental subjects. The new model aims to make it easier for the teacher to focus on students’ literacy skills as an integral part of content teaching. The model will be first applied to the teaching of F2 students in primary school, but the broader aim is that it is also suitable for guiding the literacy skills of F1 students. The model combines knowledge on both multiliteracy and FA. This study is based on the developmental research paradigm, which seeks theoretical insights and develops practical solutions (McKenney & Reeves, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants of this study are Finnish primary school teachers (N=8), who have volunteered to take part in the project. The participants teach F2 students on 4.-6. grades, who have lived in Finland less than six years. This study is divided in two phases.

In the first phase, we use a scoping literature review for defining the most important factors on the literacy processes used in studying environmental disciplinary in elementary school. Next, these processes are integrated within the feedback provided as an integral part of formative assessment. As a result, we construct a draft of a structured model for teaching disciplinary literacy. This model is called LUFO (name derived from Finnish words “LUkutaidon FOrmatiivinen arviointi”). Together with the recruited teachers, LUFO will be developed further by means of group interviews. The interviews are recorded and transcribed. In my presentation, I will discuss the results from the scoping review, teachers’ feedback and the resulting LUFO model.

Later, in phase two, the effects of LUFO model will be evaluated with both quantitative and qualitative means. In the quantitative part of the study, summative learning results for children who have received teaching according to LUFO model will be compared to those from a comparison group matched by age, gender, ethnic background and living environment. In the qualitative part of study, the students who have received LUFO-based assessment will be interviewed to get their insights and impressions on the model. The phase two data acquisition will take place in 2025.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
LUFO model aims to provide class teachers a low threshold, easy to adopt work tool for increasing the awareness of language during the teaching of a subject content. As the actual study phase takes place later in the spring 2024, all results presented now are preliminary. My presentation will focus on the chosen background theories, the different steps taken during the developmental research process, and finally the applicability of the final LUFO model from the participating teachers’ perspectives. From my current perspective, it is highly probable that LUFO model will combine the literacy processes of experience of text, conceptualization, analysis, and application of information, as well as knowledge and utilization of text genres and learners’ metacognitive skills concerning the literacy processes useful in tasks. Developmental research process will concentrate on pedagogical means to both assess the students’ competence and guide students to their aims. Based on my pilot work, it is possible to combine feedback and literacy in a meaningful way.

In our previous research we showed that the core concepts of FA are quite well known among Finnish F2 teachers, but these concepts are seldom considered advantageous (Saari & Hildén, 2023). Thus, in practice, FA is not applied following the established guidelines. More research is needed especially on the role and possibilities of FA in F2 context. This study aims to address this gap of knowledge by developing a new structured tool LUFO. Further studies, which assess both the model’s effectiveness and applicability will be conducted later.

References
Aalto, E., & Tarnanen, M. (2015). Kielitietoinen aineenopetus opettajankoulutuksessa. In J. M.-M. Kalliokoski, K.; Nikula, T. (Ed.), Kieli koulutuksen resurssina: vieraalla ja toisella kielellä oppimisen näkökulmia (Vol. 8, pp. 72-90).
Alderson, J. C., Haapakangas, E.-L., Huhta, A., Nieminen, L., & Ullakonoja, R. (2014). The Diagnosis of Reading in a Second or Foreign Language.
Andrade, H., Bennett, R., & Cizek, G. (2019). Handbook of Formative Assessment in the Disciplines.
Black, P., Harrison, C., Lee, C., Marshall, B., & Wiliam, D. (2004). Working inside the black box: assessment for learning in the classroom. Phi Delta Kappan, 86(1), 8–21.
Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). “Multiliteracies”: New Literacies, New Learning. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 4(3), 164-195.
Gillis, V., & Van Wig, A. (2015). Disciplinary Literacy Assessment. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 58(6), 455-460.
Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112.
Kingston, N., & Nash, B. (2011). Formative Assessment: A Meta-Analysis and a Call for Research. Educational measurement: Issues and practice, 30(4), 28-37.
Kingston, N., & Nash, B. (2015). Erratum. Educational measurement: Issues and practice, 34(2), 55-55.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting Educational Design Research (2nd edition).
OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume III): What School Life Means for Students’ Lives.
Saari, E., & Hildén, R. (2023). S2-opettajien käsityksiä formatiivisesta  arvioinnista oppimisen tukena. In T. Mäkipää, R. Hildén, & A. Huhta (Eds.), Kielenoppimista tukeva arviointi. AFinLA-teema. Nro 15 (pp. 142–161).
Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2012). What Is Disciplinary Literacy and Why Does It Matter? Top Lang Disorders Vol. 32, No. 1, 7–18.
Ståhlberg, L., Lotta, U., & Hotulainen, R. (2023). Lukutaidon yhteys suomi toisena kielenä ja kirjallisuus (S2) -oppimäärän valitsemiseen toisella ja seitsemännellä luokalla. NMI-bulletin, 2023(1), 54–72.
Swart, E. K., Nielen, T. M. J., & Sikkema‐De Jong, M. T. (2022). Does feedback targeting text comprehension trigger the use of reading strategies or changes in readers' attitudes? A meta‐analysis. Journal of Research in Reading, 45(2), 171-188.
Ukkola, A., & Metsämuuronen, J. (2023). Matematiikan ja äidinkielen taidot alkuopetuksen aikana – perusopetuksen oppimistulosten pitkittäisarviointi 2018–2020. Kansallinen koulutuksen arviointikeskus. Julkaisut 1:2023.
 
15:15 - 16:4532 SES 02 A: New Methodologies in Organizational Education Research: Embracing Uncertainty in Knowledge Creation.
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Line Revsbæk
Session Chair: Nicolas Engel
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Symposium

New Methodologies in Organizational Education Research: Embracing Uncertainty in Knowledge Creation

Chair: Line Revsbæk (Aalborg University)

Discussant: Nicolas Engel (FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg)

Across presentations, this symposium explores implications of the onto-epistemological uncertainty paradigm inherent to new materialism, process research, postqualitative research, and activist methodologies. Turning to ontology in qualitative and participatory research emphasizes research as a worlding practice itself (Lather, 2016; Gullian, 2018). Creating knowledge then becomes about respons-able creation of also the practices of knowing (Barad, 2007) in research situations that researchers are part of. Methodology is no longer unquestioned as a pre-legitimized and pre-scriptive fit, procedure or sequencing - in fact, sometimes questioned all entirely (Jackson, 2017; St. Pierre, 2021). Inquiry includes then, instead, a creative and generative assembling of the research situation and its apparatus of observation to the point of emergence where new thinking and new doings become viable.

For many and diverse groups of emergent and senior researchers, process philosophies and their processual ontologies have been inspirational for enacting research differently and in generative ways (Revsbæk & Simpson, 2022). Postqualitative research (St. Pierre, 2023; Jackson & Mazzei, 2018), advanced in educational research and pioneering in organizational studies, as well as new feminist materialism (Barad, 2007; Barad, 2014; Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017), has proliferated multiple innovative, arts-based approaches to research, creating research which move and make in/with the immanence and uncertainty of a world-in-becoming.

Inspired by the processual and ontological turns and experimenting with the onto-epistemological uncertainties embraced in these approaches, the presenters of the symposium illustrate from empirical research situated in Germany, Belgium and Denmark how specific methodological ideas such as diffraction (Barad, 2007) and utopia as method (Levitas, 2013) are put to work in specific organizational education research engagements.

The symposium will discuss the implications of embracing onto-epistemological uncertainties in the practicing of European organizational education research, offering exemplification and illustration of such practices, and discussing their potential and limitations.


References
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: Cutting together-apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623
Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 30(2), 111-127.
Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive ethnography: Social sciences and the ontological turn. Routledge.
Jackson, A. Y. (2017). Thinking without method. Qualitative Inquiry, 23(9), 666-674.
Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2018). Thinking with theory: A new analytic for qualitative inquiry. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (5 ed., pp. 717–737). SAGE.
Lather, P. (2016). Top Ten+ List: (Re) Thinking Ontology in (Post) Qualitative Research. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 16(2), 125-131.
Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method. The imaginary reconstitution of society. Palgrave Macmillan.
Revsbæk, L. & Simpson, B. (2022). Why does process research require us to notice differently? In B. Simpson and L. Revsbæk, Doing process research in organizations: Noticing differently. UK, Oxford: Oxford university Press.
St. Pierre, Elizabeth Adams. "Why post qualitative inquiry?." Qualitative Inquiry 27, no. 2 (2021): 163-166.
St. Pierre, E. A. (2023). Poststructuralism and post qualitative inquiry: What can and must be thought. Qualitative Inquiry, 29(1), 20-32.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Diffracting Uncertainty for Organizational Learning

Eva Bulgrin (Marburg University)

“Once you exceed the threshold, something new happens” (Youngblood & Mazzei, 2012, p. 138). In this presentation, I introduce a diffractive methodology to which uncertainty is inherent and discuss how it can contribute to organisational learning in organisational education research. More specifically, I ask how one can use diffraction to explore organisational education. Diffraction signifies waves that overlap to “break apart in different directions” (Barad 2007, p.168 in Foster & Webb, 2023). It helps to ‘spread our thoughts and questions in unpredictable patterns of waves and intensities’ (Jackson & Mazzei, 2012, p. 138) for exploring organisational learning in times of uncertainty. A diffractive methodology then means diffracting data analysis and interpretation in ‘refracting’ different theorists. When putting into conversation Spivak and Foucault, the data analysis becomes more multi-faceted, maybe also more insecure. Lincoln et al. (2011, p. 100) plead for the 'great potential for interweaving of viewpoints, for the incorporation of multiple perspectives, and borrowing, or bricolage' in combining different paradigms to make space for 'multivocality, contested meanings, paradigmatic controversies, and new textual forms’ (Lincoln, Lynham and Guba, 2011, p. 125). As their quote above indicates, Youngblood & Mazzei (2012) understand their engagement with data from various theorists’ perspectives as the ‘threshold’ which lets new things emerge. I will exemplify this ‘new’ in the context of a current research project on gender and sustainability within higher education in which I understand sustainability as a response to uncertainty in relation to climate change for organisational learning (cf. also Webb & Foster, 2023). In these uncertain times, I draw on and contrast with each other Foucault and Spivak to analyse, shed light and diffract data from interviews with higher education professionals and website analysis. In embracing uncertainty through a diffractive methodology, putting into conversation Spivak and Foucault on gender and sustainability within higher education, this presentation contributes to a methodological discussion on how diffraction in organisational education research can be made fruitful for organisational learning as a different form of inquiry, which is continually developing, unpredictable and allows for looking at the phenomena from various angles.

References:

References: Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bozalek, V. and Zembylas, M. (2017) ‘Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research’, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 30(2), pp. 111–127. doi: 10.1080/09518398.2016.1201166. Lincoln, Y. S., Lynham, S. A. and Guba, E. G. (2011) ‘Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences’, in Denzin, N. K. and Lincoln, Y. S. (eds) The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. 4th ed. CA: Sage, pp. 97–127. St. Pierre, E. A. (2011) ‘Post Qualitative Research. The critique and the coming after.’, in Lincoln, N. K. and Denzin, Y. S. (eds) The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. 4th ed. CA: Sage, pp. 611–626. Webb, R and Foster, K. (2023) Championing a not knowing Transformative Pedagogy and Practice: re-envisioning the role of the ECEC Practitioner, in C. Solvason and R. Webb (Eds)., Exploring and Celebrating the Early Childhood Practitioner: An Interrogation of Pedagogy, Professionalism and Practice. New York, Routledge. Youngblood, J. A. and Mazzei, L. A. (2012) Thinking with theory in qualitative research: Viewing data across multiple perspectives. New York, NY: Routledge 2012.
 

Imagining to Transform Organisations: A Utopian Methodology for Inquiring into Uncertainty

Ruth Wouters (UC Leuven-Limburg, KU Leuven)

Utopia is a concept that fascinates scholars stemming from a variety of research traditions (e.g. literature, philosophy, educational sciences and sociology). From the pun of ‘good’ (εὖ/eu) and ‘no’ (οὐ/ou) ‘place’ (τόπος/topos), it is often described as the never attainable goal of an imaginary good place where humankind could live in harmony. However, utopia could equally be deployed as a method, rather than as a goal: as an approach not just to imagine but also to create another world (see Levitas, 2013). Within an anti-utopian or dystopian thinking, the results are clear, even totalitarian certain. The opposite is at stake when exploring a utopian methodology: a prefiguration of a utopian future is always open, unclear, uncertain. Even as the philosophical positionality is not always made explicit, a utopian methodology nurtures scholars in educational intervention studies (Rajala et al., 2023), in (participatory) action research approaches (Egmose et al., 2020) and in projects that coproduce knowledge in communities (Bell & Pahl, 2017). Despite differences between these studies, they share a commitment to imagining new possibilities, to creating transformations in society and organizations, to critically assessing our current state of play, and to sensitizing for sustainability, equity and democracy. Within my current ethnographical project, I inquire learning materials and strategies developed in a specific educational organization. This organization has a strong commitment to an equitable and democratic education system: within the same organizational structure it combines a school – where Bildung towards a better future is at stake for pupils who are behind, and a SME - a company designing profitable digital tools for the market of pupils with severe learning problems. The project is rooted in the so-called EdTechTestbed-movement, a growing branch in the Belgian field of education that seeks co-creation amongst educational, business and research institutions. Considering learning materials and strategies as utopian prefigurations is one methodological possibility: the everyday activities, the digital tools, the strategies of the teachers and company members could be seen as educational interventions towards a yet uncertain new future. Envisioning this future, grounded in the everyday materials and strategies, is one thing I would like to exemplify. However, also another utopian methodological, merely participatory approach is possible: organizations could participatory seek to develop differently towards a preferred future. By imagining and creating something new together, a utopian future can become viable and achievable, although this utopian envisioning is necessarily provisional, reflexive, dialogical (Levitas, 2013) and thus uncertain.

References:

References: Bell, D. M., & Pahl, K. (2017). Co-production: Towards a utopian approach. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 21(1), 105-117. Egmose, J., Gleerup, J., & Nielsen, B. S. (2020). Critical Utopian Action Research: Methodological Inspiration for Democratization? International Review of Qualitative Research, 13(2), 233-246. Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method. The imaginary reconstitution of society. Palgrave Macmillan. Rajala, A., Cole, M., & Esteban-Guitart, M. (2023). Utopian methodology: Researching educational interventions to promote equity over multiple timescales. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 32(1), 110-136.
 

Togethering Situation in Participatory Research to Develop Organizational Onboarding

Line Revsbæk (Aalborg University), Katie Beavan (New York University School of Professional Studies)

From pragmatist Mary Parker Follett, researchers oriented towards community development as part of their participatory research engagements, may draw inspiration regarding community as process (1919), the evolvement of a situation in circular responding of everyone involved, and Follett’s concept of integrative, creative experience (1924[2013]) as a nodal point in community development and the becoming of selves. ‘Togethering’ a situation in whole-a-making (Ibid.) across occasions, actors, fields, and time, have been explored in diffractive inquiry (Revsbæk & Beavan, forthcoming) drawing on Karen Barad’s diffractive methodology of reading insights through one another (Barad, 2007; 2014) in a proliferating process of continued differencing that brings “inventive provocations” which are “good to think with” (Dolphijn & van der Tuin, 2012, p.50). ‘Togethering situation’ as an integrative attitude of inquiry relevant to participatory research is exemplified, drawing on empirics from an action research collaboration between university-based researchers and social care professionals and managers to improve employee onboarding and induction in a Danish care institution for adults with developmental disabilities. Originated as an attitude of inquiry across fields of research and in creative collaborative writing between different researchers (Revsbæk & Beavan, forthcoming), in participatory research a togethering of situation may be conducted across and including different groups of actors in a case study, across case studies, or across case study situations and those in the research literature. As such, the proposed attitude of inquiry from Mary Parker Follett’s concept of ‘Gesammtsituation’ (1924[2013]), responds to the debated concerns of how to combine postqualitative practices of ‘thinking with theory’ with participatory research aimed in part at community development (Mazzei & Jackson, 2023). Responding to the idea of organizational socialization as kin-work (Gilmore & Harding, 2021), the paper explores the idea of togethering situation for community building in participatory research on organizational onboarding.

References:

References: Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: Cutting together-apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Dolphijn, R., & Van der Tuin, I. (2012). “Matter feels, converses, suffers, desires, yearns and remembers”: Interview with Karen Barad. In R. Dolphijn & I. Van der Tuin (Eds.), New Materialism: Interviews & Cartographies. Open Humanities Press, An imprint of Michigan Publishing, University of Michigan Library. https://doi.org/10.3998/ohp.11515701.0001.001 Follett, M. P. (1919). Community is a process. The Philosophical Review, 28(6), 576-588. Follett, M. P. (1924[2013]). Creative experience. Longmans, Green and company. Gilmore, S., & Harding, N. (2022). Organizational socialization as kin-work: A psychoanalytic model of settling into a new job. Human Relations, 75(3), 583-605. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726720964255 Mazzei, L. A. & Jackson, A. Y. (2023). Inquiry as unthought: The emergence of thinking otherwise, Qualitative Inquiry, 29(1), 168-178. Revsbæk, L. & Beavan, K. (accepted for publication/forthcoming). Togethering situation in diffractive inquiry, Qualitative Inquiry.
 
15:15 - 16:4533 SES 02 A: Education, Masculinity and the Body
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Monika Ryndzionek
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Girls as a Transformative Force for the Democratization of Masculinity

Johanna M. Pangritz

Potsdam University, Germany

Presenting Author: Pangritz, Johanna M.

In education, transformation diagnoses of masculinities can be identified throughout Europe in recent decades. Some European countries have proclaimed a “boys crisis” on the basis of a change in educational successes. Currently, boys in public media as well as in educational science are being discussed as the so-called “new educational losers,” as they perform more poorly at school than girls. Subsequently in these countries, there has been a call for more men as professionals in the field of education in Germany (Pangritz, 2019), the Czech Republic (Fárova, 2018), Sweden (Diewald, 2018) or the UK (Skelton, 2002) and more, in order to provide boys with seemingly alternative concepts of masculinity as role models. Furthermore, more fathers are undertaking or want to undertake caring roles within the family, which is discussed on a theoretical level under the heading of “caring masculinities” (Elliott, 2016).

On the one hand, these transformation processes of masculinities initially cause uncertainty. For some men and boys, but also women, they mean breaking away from established (behavioral) patterns and structures that have given individuals stability and security. But these traditional structures and behavioral patterns are also linked to power and dominance relations. On the other hand, the transformation or change in constructions of masculinity therefore always holds the potential to democratize gender relations (Elliott, 2016; Pangritz, 2023a). Therefore, the uncertainty is also associated with the hope that the transformation of masculinities will contribute to improving gender equality and greater diversity.

However, when it comes to the transformation of masculinities, mainly men and boys are discussed as the driving force. For example, male professionals in the educational context are considered to have the potential to stimulate a transformation of masculinity among boys by acting as role models. This assumption repeats the discursive triangle of boys - men - masculinity (Budde & Rieske, 2022), which links masculinity to the male body. Accordingly, boys have to learn or unlearn what masculinity means from men. Through this discursive triangle, all other forces that have an influence on the transformation of masculinity are ignored. This discursive triangle also shows what Gottzén and colleagues (2022) had already highlighted: In the negotiation in CSM as well as educational science of masculinities, queer or female positions are mostly left out. However, these perspectives can initiate a change in masculinity or equally contribute to the stabilization of the hegemonic male norms. In this context, Connell (1987) had already pointed out the relevance of emphasized femininity: A form of femininity that supports hegemonic masculinity.

Against this background, this paper aims to examine the perspective of girls with regards to current negotiations of masculinity. I will present four episodic interviews (Flick, 2022) with girls aged 14-16, which are dedicated to the question of what concepts of masculinity the girls support and how these relate to their own femininity. The interviews are analyzed using the documentary method according to Nohl (2010, 2017).

The girls initially show an orientation towards a hegemonic masculinity norm. They relate femininity to this norm in different ways. On the one hand, they relate to it as a subjective reference to be able to construct their own femininity and female identity and on the other hand as a counter-horizon that retains an outdated image of femininity that is linked to the domestic sphere. In addition, some of the girls formulate the need for a change in masculinity, as it is associated with violence and danger. In this context, the girls identify educational institutions such as schools as places that should initiate a transformation of masculinity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project on which this report is based addresses the question of what concepts of masculinity young people between the ages of 14 and 16 in Germany support. The sample comprises five boys and six girls with diverse social backgrounds. For the paper, four of the girls will be presented. In the context of the interview, masculinity is not understood as a social practice, but as an incorporated norm that can be supported or rejected by all genders (Pangritz, 2023b). This conceptualization makes it possible to address masculinity as a topic that is relevant to all genders, including girls and queer people. Following Connell's (1987) theoretical concept of emphasized femininity, it is thus possible to ask how femininity supports or rejects a hegemonic masculine norm. I choose a qualitative approach consisting of episodic interviews (Flick, 2022) and documentary methods for interviews (Nohl, 2010, 2017) to analyze the young people's beliefs around masculinity.
A semi-structured episodic interview (Flick, 2022) served as the data collection instrument.  Systematic integration of narratives into an interview guideline characterizes the episodic interview. Flick (2022) distinguishes two forms of knowledge: Semantic knowledge, “based on concepts, assumptions and relations, which are abstracted and generalized from concrete events and situations” (Flick, 2022, p. 221) and episodic knowledge which “is organised closer to experiences and linked to concrete situations”(Flick, 2022, p. 221). The episodic interview thus allows for alternating between the different forms of knowledge and asking about concrete definitions and assumptions, but also about the young people's experiences. This dual knowledge structure was important for the project, as it formed the core.  The aim of the project was to ask about the abstract concepts of masculinity as well as the girls' experiences and ways of dealing with masculinity in everyday life.
The documentary method enables the analysis of the different forms of knowledge in the episodic interview. It focuses on "orientations, attitudes, worldviews in the interactive and socialization-historical production process" (Bohnsack, 2006, p. 272; translated by the author). Following Mannheim, a distinction is made between reflexive knowledge, which is explicit and accessible via communication, and implicit and more atheoretical knowledge. This approach is therefore suitable for the consideration of masculinity or gender in general, as forms of gender knowledge can be centered (Cremers, Klingel & Stützel, 2020). The documentary method according to Nohl (2010, 2017) was used for the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
On an abstract level, the girls show an awareness of a hegemonic masculine norm. This norm is often linked to physical body practices in the sense of doing gender, which associate masculinity with strength, superiority, and power. The girls relate their femininity to this conception of masculinity in different ways. First, this masculinity norm serves as a point of reference against which they can develop their own femininity and female identity. The formation of their own femininity shows ambivalences and oscillates between emphasized femininity (Connell, 1987) and an alternative forms of femininity. Second, some girls use this norm of masculinity as a counter-horizon which marks an outdated image of masculinity and subsequently an outdated image of femininity. They distance themselves from this image and try to reflect on and critically question gender norms. Here, notable, beauty norms of femininity and masculinity become significant.
Furthermore, some of the girls perceive masculinity as a form of danger that restricts their everyday lives. Subsequently, they demand a change in masculinity in order to be able to move more freely. They address the school here as an educational institution that should initiate a transformation of masculinity by educating boys about the consequences of masculinity and the associated effects on girls and women. The girls embody different femininities and none of the girls interviewed can be identified exclusively as emphasized femininity. Rather, the girls' femininity is a mixture of different forms that oscillate between rejection and approval of the male norm.

References
Bohnsack, R. (2006). Mannheims Wissenssoziologie als Methode. In D. Tänzler, H. Knoblauch & H.G. Soeffner (eds.), Neue Perspektiven der Wissenssoziologie (pp.271 -291). UVK.
Budde, J. & Rieske, T. V. (2022). Erziehungswissenschaftliche Jungenforschung—eine Einleitung. In J.Budde & T. V. Rieske (eds.), Jungen in Bildungskontexten (pp. 7–34). Barbara Budrich.
Cremers, M., Klingel, M. & Stützel, K. (2020). Die Dokumentarische Methode am Beispiel einer Geschlechterforschung im Feld der Kindheitspädagogik. In M. Kubandt & J. Schütz (eds.), Methoden und Methodologien in der Geschlechterforschung (pp. 107–124). Barbara Budrich.
Connell, R. (1987). Gender and Power. Society, the Person and Sexual Practice. Stanford: Stanford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1177/027046768800800490
Diewald, I. (2018). Männlichkeiten im Wandel. Zur Regierung von Geschlecht in der deutschen und schwedischen Debatte um ‚Männer in Kitas’. Transcript Verlag.
Elliott, K. (2016). Caring Masculinities: Theorizing an emerging Concept. Men and Masculinities, 19 (3), 240–259.
Fárová, N. (2018). „Muži do škol? Ano! Ale...: Potřeba mužů v primárním vzdělávání.“ Gender a výzkum. Gender and Research, 19(1), 82–104. http://dx.doi.org/10.1306 0/25706578.2018.19.1.406.
Flick, U. (2022). Doing Interview Research. SAGE Publications.

Gottzén, L., Mellström, U. & Shefer, T. (2020). Introduction: Mapping the Field of Masculinity Studies. In L. Gottzén, U. Mellström, & T. Shefer (Hrsg.), Routledge International Handbook of Masculinity Studies (pp. 1–16). Routledge.

Nohl, M. (2010). Narrative Interview and Documentary Interpretation. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (pp. 99-124). Barbara Budrich.

Nohl, M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode. Anleitung für die Forschungspraxis (5th ed.). Springer VS.

Pangritz, J. (2019). Fürsorgend und doch hegemonial? Eine empirische Untersuchung zum Verhältnis von Männlichkeit, Feminisierung und Punitivität in pädagogischen Kontexten. GENDER, 11 (3), 132–149.

Pangritz, J. (2023a). Verortungen transformierte und transformierende Männlichkeiten – Ein theoretischer Beitrag zum Verhältnis von Caring Masculinities und hybrider Männlichkeiten. GENDER, 15 (3), 136 –150.
Pangritz, J. (2023b). What Does Masculinity Mean? Young People’s Perspectives on Masculinity in the Mirror of Education in Germany. In: Boyhood Studies 16 (2), 73–91.
Skelton, C. (2002). The ‘Feminisation of Schooling’ or ‘Remasculinising’ Primary Education? International Studies in Sociology of Education, 12 (1), 77–96.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Self-Made Men: Understanding How First-in-Family Males Transition to Australian Higher Education

Garth Stahl

The University of Queensland, Australia

Presenting Author: Stahl, Garth

Internationally, males from low socio-economic backgrounds remain severely underrepresented in higher education, and significant gaps exist in our knowledge of how they transition to an experience university life. Many who enroll in higher education do not finish which the pressure to earn money and secure employment as soon as possible being a key factor. Despite an emphasis on widening participation in the Australian university sector, the path to university is still precarious, particularly for first-in-family (FIF) students. Drawing on longitudinal data, this presentation will provide the first detailed account of how gender, ethnicity and social class impact on Australian males (n = 42) from low socio-economic backgrounds as they transition to university. The focus is on understanding the role that gender – interacting with low SES status and ethnicity – plays in FIF males who are seeking to become socially mobile through their education.

In terms of a theoretical framework, FIF undergraduates are not only expected to be less primed to take advantage of university resources but also to participate less in university life (Jack 2014). Research suggests this limits their acquisition of social and cultural capital, which has implications for lifelong consequences regarding family formation, job acquisition, and network development. Researching how aspirations interact with socioeconomic status in reference to occupational certainty, prestige, choice, and justification, Gore et al. (2015) shows how students from low-socioeconomic backgrounds have stronger financial motivation, indicating their aspirations are for occupational futures that provide financial security. However, according to Gale and Parker (2013) students from low SES backgrounds ‘typically have diminished navigational capacities – the result of their limited archives of experience – with which to negotiate their way towards their aspirations’ (p. 51).

The presentation addresses how FIF males transition to and experience Australian university study in different locales and institutions. The data analysis captures how experiences at high school, the use of formal and informal support, and geographical locations contribute to FIF males’ transition to university. We further highlight the role of masculinity (e.g. the breadwinner, etc) and how this informs how FIF males navigate university life. The project has three sub-aims to probe the nature of FIF male student experience:

  • Aim 1: How do experiences at high school, the use of formal and informal support, and geographical locations contribute to FIF males’ transition to university?
  • Aim 2: In relation to gender, how does low socio-economic status – shaped through access and operationalisation of different forms of capital (economic, social and cultural) – influence the experiences of FIF young men at university?
  • Aim 3: How do cultural beliefs regarding gender influence the transition of FIF males to university and their experiences during the first year at university?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Context
The data presented in this paper were drawn from a broader longitudinal study – The First-in-Family Males Project – that sought to document the experiences of working-class (and working poor) young men becoming socially mobile during the time immediately following their secondary schooling (Stahl & McDonald, 2022).  All the participants in the study lived at home during this time in their lives.  The Australian Bureau of Statistics’ SEIFA rankings defines the suburbs where the young men resided as some of the most disadvantaged urban suburbs in Australia.  

Data Collection
After securing ethics permission from the university and from educational authorities along with parental consent we tracked the progress of 42 working-class young men from their last term of secondary school over the course of three years (2017-2020).  To be eligible, the young men would have applied for university study and been technically the first in their families to attend higher education.  In addition to a resilience survey (25-item Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale (CD-RISC), we conducted semi-structured interviews every six months; thus, the research documented the lives of participants from age 17/18 to 20/21.  Interviews typically ran about an hour with similar types of questions asked each time though as the participants progressed, certain questions were added based on the previous round of data collection.  

Data Analysis
A professional transcription company was used, though we also reviewed the interview audio files several times and checked them against transcripts to ensure accuracy.  This was in addition to the extensive field-notes taken during observations and typed up into fuller reports afterwards.  Re-listening to the recordings and reading the transcripts facilitated a deeper interpretation of the data.  Also, highlighting another dimension of trustworthiness, the research team conferred in regular meetings about the participants and what was featuring prominently in the data after each round of data collection.  These discussions were wide-ranging – struggle, self-care, vulnerability – which allowed for deeper analysis and were integral to how we saw the data in light of the existing literature.  These meetings, as regular ‘data discussions,’ also led to the creation of thematic codes where each round of interviews had its own codes (see Creswell & Miller, 2000).  All data was then thematically coded in the NVivo qualitative software package.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our main findings were:

• FIF male place a tremendous amount of pressure on themselves.  In accounting for intersectionality, students from non-White backgrounds who had family members who were recent immigrants often put more pressure on themselves to be successful.
• Few of the participants ended in elite university settings and were often ill-informed about their chosen course and institution.  Hardly any of the participants had access to effective career counselling and given their families, knew very little about university life, this did put them at a disadvantage.
• Many did not form support networks at university often experiencing prolonged experiences of isolation.  Their transitional journeys were often shaped by being a small fish in a big pond where in their secondary schools their student identities were constructed as high-flyers.  
• The pressure to earn money through part-time employment often meant they were not very engaged in university life.  They often felt a degree would be enough in the employment market and many did not invest in absorbing the social capital which may have been integral to future employment.
• Echoing the role of the breadwinner, many of the participants were eldest in their family and felt a strong responsibility to mentor their younger siblings into university life.  They saw themselves as an important capital and part of the social mobility journey of the family.
• A significant percentage of the cohort grappled with their mental health during the transition to university life and, for some, these difficulties with mental health contributed to them taking time out of their degrees or not finishing (Stahl, Adams & Wang, 2022).
• Many of the participants who remained at university found ways to create Work Integrated Learning (WIL) opportunities for themselves, especially when none were available through their program.  They felt these experiences would enhance their employability.

References
Cardak, B, Bowden, M & Bahtsevanoglou, J (2015) Are low SES students disadvantaged in the university application process? Curtin University, National Centre for Student Equity in Higher Education. Education, Department.

Gale, T & Parker, S (2013) Widening participation in Australian Higher Education: Report to the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) and the Office of Fair Access (OFFA), England. Deakin University and Edge Hill University.

Gemici, S, Lim, P & Karmel, T (2013) The impact of schools on young people’s transition to university. Adelaide: NCVER.

Gore, J., K. Holmes, M. Smith, E. Southgate and J. Albright, 2015. Socioeconomic status and the career aspirations of Australian school students: Testing enduring assumptions. Australian Educational Researcher 42(2): 155–177.

Jack, A (2014) Culture shock revisited: The social and cultural contingencies to class marginality. Sociological Forum 29(2): 453-475.

Kift, S, Nelson, K.J, & Clark, JA (2010) Transition pedagogy: A third generation approach to FYE: A case study of policy and practice for the higher education sector. The International Journal of the First Year in Higher Education, 1(1): 1-20.

Stahl, G., Adams, B., & Wang, J. (2023). ‘You don’t really want to hide it…’: exploring young working-class men’s mental health literacy. Disability & Society.

Stahl, G., & McDonald, S. (2022). Gendering the First-in-Family Experience: Transitions, Liminality, Performativity. Routledge.
 
15:15 - 16:4534 SES 02 A: Education for Democracy Under Global Conditions of Uncertainty. Empirical Foundations for Teaching and Learning Democracy in the Age of Digitalization
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Susanne Timm
Session Chair: Massimiliano Tarozzi
Symposium
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium

Education for Democracy Under Global Conditions of Uncertainty. Empirical Foundations for Teaching and Learning Democracy in the Age of Digitalization

Chair: Susanne Timm (Otto-Friedrich-University, Bamberg, Germany)

Discussant: Massimiliano Tarozzi (University of Bologna, Italy)

This symposium will focus on education for democracy in the age of global digitality. On an empirical basis, we will ask how democracy and education for democracy are understood by teachers and learners, what meaning they attribute to it and what this means for teaching and learning in schools in their orientation towards the future. Particular attention will be paid to revealing the contextuality of these understandings and, by looking at the different perspectives together, to uncovering a common core for the further development of democracy-promoting education under conditions of glocality (Robertson, 1995). A unifying element for all contributions is their localisation within the horizon of global digitality (Grünberger, 2022; Stalder, 2017). This provides a common reference point for reflecting on the empirical findings, namely on the potential of digitality for the democracy-promoting education. With its various contributions, the symposium aims to provide suggestions for the democracy-promoting education in the context of digitality, which can develop relevance for different contexts.

The often described crisis of democracy (Abramowitz, 2018) is a global challenge for school education. Crisis and threat have different contextual manifestations: Some are political developments such as the rise of populist parties or the observed increase in autocratic forms of governance, others are socio-cultural developments such as the dominance of an isolated individualism in the age of performance (Ball, 2003). All of these developments are being significantly accelerated by the shift to the digital realm, undermining democratic consensus. These challenges to deliberative democracy are faced with problems that, because of their complexity, require the participation of as many people as possible in order to address them in a way that is based on justice (Culp, 2019), in a society that is as stable as possible. This applies to the climate crisis as well as the equitable distribution of resources and goods, issues of intergenerational sustainability, and peacekeeping and conflict mitigation. Democratic consultation and decision-making processes are needed. Democratic education will not be able to solve the (global) social problems per se, but as a stimulus for the development of democratic skills, it is an indispensable prerequisite for their possibility (Honneth, 2015).

The symposium will explore the possibilities of promoting democratic education in schools in different contexts and from different perspectives. This plurality is essential for two reasons: First, comparative reflections allow the identification of a core that can be more clearly summarised due to its emerging variability. This makes it possible to answer the question of how to conceptualise a context-independent education that promotes democracy. Secondly, all contexts are characterised by common conditions such as globality and digitality and by the same abstract challenges (global justice, inclusion), which in turn requires a high degree of abstraction (Scheunpflug, 2019; Scheunpflug & Schröck, 2000, 2002). The specific design of educational processes that promote democracy will therefore have similarities. According to our common hypothesis, democracy education can be better understood if a deeper understanding of the relationship between context-specific (e.g. the specific political system or the specific demographic situation) and context-independent aspects (digitality, peacekeeping) can be achieved. In this respect, the symposium can also be seen as an intervention against nationally reduced concepts and curricula of democracy-promoting education in the globalised (world) society.

The symposium will present studies from different contexts (Tanzania, Cameroon, Nigeria, Germany, Ghana). In a short introduction, the connection between digitality and globality as well as teaching and learning will be outlined, it will be explained in terms of epistemic challenges. This introduction provides the framework for the empirical analysis of issues of democracy education in migration societies and in societies with precarious democratic development.


References
Abramowitz, M. J. (2018). Democracy in Crisis. In: Freedom House.
Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228.
Culp, J. (2019). Democratic Education in a Globalized World: A Normative Theory. Taylor & Francis.
Grünberger, N. (2022). Digitalität global. In M. Zulaica y Mugica & K.-C. Zehbe (Hrsg.), Rhetoriken des Digitalen: Adressierungen an die Pädagogik (S. 143-160). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29045-0_8
Honneth, A. (2015). Education and the Democratic Public Sphere. A Neglected Chapter of Political Philosophy. In A. Honneth (Hrsg.), Recognition and Freedom (Vol. 17, S. 17-32). Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004287341_003
Robertson, R. (1995). Glocalization: Time-Space and Homogeneity-Heterogeneity. In M. Featherstone, S. Lash, & R. Robertson (Hrsg.), Global Modernities (S. 25-44). Sage Publications.
Scheunpflug, A. (2019). Bildung in der politischen Bildung - didaktische Herausforderungen. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Gesellschaftswissenschaften, 10(2), 112-123.
Scheunpflug, A., & Schröck, N. (2000). Globales Lernen : Einführung in eine pädagogische Konzeption zur entwicklungsbezogenen Bildung. In. Stuttgart: Brot für die Welt.
Scheunpflug, A., & Schröck, N. (2002). Globales Lernen. Einführung in eine pädagogische Konzeption zur entwicklungsbezogenen Bildung.
Stalder, F. (2017). The Digital Condition. John Wiley & Sons.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Democracy and Civic Education in Non-Democratic Contexts: A Quantitative Study of Tanzanian School Actors

Louise Ohlig (Otto-Friedrich-University, Bamberg, Germany)

This quantitative study explores school actors’ understanding of democracy and civic education in non-democratic countries. Thereby, the article builds on the assumption that teachers are a crucial factor in the success of learning in general (Hattie, 2003) and that their (pedagogical) beliefs influence their teaching practices (Knowles, 2018; Reichert et al., 2021). Not only because of their role model function, their pro-democratic attitudes and values are the linchpin in the implementation of democracy education (Große Prues, 2022, p. 17). Although a large number of studies have already contributed to this discourse (Chin & Barber, 2010; Reichert & Torney-Purta, 2019), there is a research desideratum with regard to the Global South in general and Sub-Saharan Africa in particular, where the majority of countries are still autocracies. In addition, many of these contexts are characterized by very different access to IT and internet connection. This applies especially to schools. In Tanzania, which serves as a case for this study, internet penetration in 2023 was only 31.6%, whilst 86.4% of the total population had access to cellular mobile connection. Especially mobile internet connection had increased by almost 8% compared 2022 (DataReportal, 2023). Given that internet connection comes along with increased access to information, this development bears a potential to generate informed citizens, which are a prerequisite for a well-functioning democracy. At the same time, the spread of fake news is only one example for how increasing digitalization can challenge democracy. Moreover, in Tanzania all materials used for teaching actually need to be officially recognized by the Tanzanian institute of Education. This paper presents findings of a study based on the survey instruments of the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2016 (cf. Schulz et al., 2016) on Tanzanian teachers’ and principals’ attitudes towards democracy and digitalization. As a result, 85% of the respondents answered that obtaining news through the Internet, television, newspaper, etc. is part of their daily life. Also, 63% believed that following political issues is “very important” for being a “good citizen.” At the same time more than one third replied that their students analyze information gathered from multiple sources including online research. Therefore, the question raises whether how a democratic dealing with the potential and threats of digitalization can be fostered when access to digital means limited. Based on this, I will address the role of information and knowledge for democracy.

References:

References Chin, K., & Barber, C. E. (2010). A Multi-Dimensional Exploration of Teachers' Beliefs About Civic Education in Australia, England, and the United States. Theory & Research in Social Education, 38(3), 395–427. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2010.10473432 DataReportal. (2023). Digital 2023: Tanzania. https://datareportal.com/reports/digital-2023-tanzania Große Prues, P. (2022). Demokratie-Erziehung als Querschnittsaufgabe: Eine Studie zu Subjektiven Theorien von Lehrkräften. Studien zur Professionsforschung und Lehrerbildung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/book/10.35468/9783781559615 Hattie, J. (2003). Teachers Make a Difference: What is the research evidence? Australian Council for Educational Research (ACER). ACER Research Conference, Melbourne, Australia. http://research.acer.edu.au/research_conference_2003/4/ Knowles, R. T. (2018). Teaching Who You Are: Connecting Teachers’ Civic Education Ideology to Instructional Strategies. Theory & Research in Social Education, 46(1), 68–109. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2017.1356776 Reichert, F., Lange, D., & Chow, L. (2021). Educational beliefs matter for classroom instruction: A comparative analysis of teachers’ beliefs about the aims of civic education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 98, 103248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103248 Reichert, F., & Torney-Purta, J. (2019). A cross-national comparison of teachers' beliefs about the aims of civic education in 12 countries: A person-centered analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 112–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.09.005
 

Conditions of learning for democracy and peace in Sub-Sahara Africa: Case of Nigeria

Frederick Fondzenyuy Njobati (Presbyterian Church in Cameroon (PCC) and Cameroon Baptist Convention (CBC))

This article examines the experiences of Christian Church leaders about the contribution of peace education in Nigerian faith-based schools as a basis for a just and democratic society. The mitigating role of education during an ongoing conflict is pertinent, yet curiously under-researched (Davies, 2005). In conflict and challenging democratic context, peace and transformative education is argued to be appropriate as it challenges pedagogy that is rooted in hierarchical forms of power but rather seek to respond to democratic participation, freedom and social justice that surmount national limits (Basedau, 2023, p. 1, Magro, 2015, p. 109). Even though peace education understanding is complex, its overarching questions address inequality gaps, democratic processes of dealing with conflict and issues of global social justice (Jäger, 2015). There is however little empirical research about peace education in Sub-Saharan Africa that is hit by conflicts (Njobati, 2021), however existing studies mainly address wars, unstable governments and economy (Brunori et al., 2019, Babajide et al., 2021). For instance, little is known about the conflict in the Middle Belt region of Nigeria and its effects on education where schools have been attacked and children forced out of schools with girls violated (Opara & Inmpey, 2019, p.109). Meanwhile, Christian Church organizations are playing an important role in conflict resolution and peace education (Ilo, 2015, p. 99). This paper explores how peace education activities in the faith-based education sector in Nigeria is shaping learning conditions. The qualitative research was conducted in the Middle Belt region and included 13 semi-structured interviews with leaders of Roman Catholic and Protestant churches. Findings show the two-sided nature of the relationship between conflict and schooling. On the one hand, peace clubs in schools offer safe spaces for mediation. On the other hand, everyday school life is still characterized by social feedback that stir conflict. Moreover, peace education pays little attention to the conditions of learning. Aspects such as good learning climate, critical thinking and cooperative learning which have been identified by research as key elements of peace education (Burde et al., 2017, p. 620; Bajaj, 2015, p. 1-2), do not feature in the pedagogical framework of the schools. The paper concludes that further professional development for educational leaders is needed to enhance schools’ role in contributing to justice and peace education as a landscape of shaping safe learning spaces in conflict context.

References:

Babajide, A., Ahmad, A. H., & Coleman, S. (2021). Violent conflicts and state capacity: Evidence from Sub-Saharan Africa. Journal of Government and Economics, 3, 100019. Bajaj, M. (2015). “Pedagogies of resistance” and critical peace education praxis. Journal of Peace Education, 12(2), 154–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/17400201.20 14.991914. Basedau, M. (2023). Under pressure: Democratisation trends in Sub-Saharan Africa. Brunori, P., Palmisano, F., & Peragine, V. (2019). Inequality of opportunity in sub-Saharan Africa. Applied Economics, 51(60), 6428-6458. Burde, D., Kapit, A., Wahl, R. L., Guven, O., & Skarpeteig, M. I. (2017). Education in emergencies: A review of theory and research. Review of Educational Research, 87(3), 619-658. Ilo, P. (2015). Faith-based Organisations and conflict resolution in Nigeria: The case of the Christian Association of Nigeria (CAN). Journal of Global Initiatives: Policy, Pedagogy, Perspective, 9(2), 9. Jäger, U. (2015). Peace education and conflict transformation. Berghof Foundation Operations GmbH. Njobati, F. F. (2021). Shaping resilience through peace education in schools: results from a case study in Nigeria. Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 44(4), 25-31. Opara, S. C. & Inmpey, J. C. (2019). Open–grazing in the Middle Belt region Nigeria: Implications for sustainable development. Sapientia Global Journal of Arts, Humanities and Development Studies, 2(2), 106–116.
 

Democracy-promoting Education through Digitalization? Empirical insight into South-North partnership

Susanne Timm (Otto-Friedrich-University, Bamberg, Germany), Annette Scheunpflug (Otto-Friedrich-University, Bamberg, Germany)

With empirical data from Madagascar, Cameroun and further Sub-Saharan countries we ask for opportunities that arise from digitalisation for democracy-promoting education in the global horizon. Our question overarches four sub-questions, namely 1. What are the experiences of school leaders and those responsible for partnerships with school partnerschips and how do they relate them to the democracy-promoting education? 2. What ideas can be identified for the localisation in a digital global society? 3. What digital opportunities and resources are used in the context of South-North partnerships? 4. What supporting and adverse factors can be identified for the practice of South-North partnerships? In this project, we theoretically presuppose the fact of digitality (Stalder, 2017) in the global society (Luhmann, 1982) for all contexts. At the same time, we assume that digitality is realised locally, in different traditions, with different resources and under different political conditions. We are therefore dealing with a glocal phenomenon (Robertson, 1995). From a pedagogical perspective, we draw on research on learning democracy, which increasingly emphasises democratic experiences and emotions beyond the mere transfer of knowledge about democratic rules and values. There are also claims for reflection democracy-promoting education on a transnational level (Culp, 2019). Other scholars ask for relating digital education to democracy and citizenship (Choi & Cristol, 2021; Knowles et al., 2023). We also draw on research on South-North partnerships, in which their embedding in processes of reflection can be identified as a condition for sustainability (Krogull & Scheunpflug, 2013; Jääskeläinen, 2015; Bourn & Cara, 2012). Based on the qualitative content analysis of group discussions (n=7) and interviews (n=10), we can show the following results. Material resources and, in some cases, political constellations make it difficult to sustain South-North partnerships that can stimulate educational processes that promote democracy. In addition, there are different attitudes to the opportunities offered by digitality, a spectrum of understandings of democracy and the need for curricular harmonisation. On the other hand, we can formulate the following chances deriving from South-North-partnerships: By engaging with an external perspective, the understanding of democracy in its complexity is enhanced for all participants. Participants acquire skills to articulate and reflect on their own involvement in an educational and political culture. The practical use of digitality becomes more complex and accessible for reflection.

References:

Bourn, D., & Cara, O. (2012). Evaluating partners in development: Contribution of international school partnerships to education and development. In Research Paper (Vol. 5). London: Development Education Research Centre. Choi, M., & Cristol, D. (2021). Digital citizenship with intersectionality lens: Towards participatory democracy driven digital citizenship education. Theory into Practice, 60(4), 361-370. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2021.1987094 Culp, J. (2019). Democratic Education in a Globalized World: A Normative Theory. Taylor & Francis. Jääskeläinen, L. (2015). Learning in, about and for development partnerships. What Competences Does a Global Citizen Need for Building a Development Partnership? In. Knowles, R. T., Camicia, S., & Nelson, L. (2023). Education for Democracy in the Social Media Century [Academic Journal Report]. Research in Social Sciences and Technology, 8(2), 21-36. Krogull, S., & Scheunpflug, A. (2013). Citizenship-Education durch internationale Begegnungen im Nord-Süd-Kontext? Empirische Befunde aus einem DFG-Projekt zu Begegnungsreisen in Deutschland, Ruanda und Bolivien. ZSE Zeitschrift für Soziologie der Erziehung und Sozialisation(3), 231-248. https://doi.org/10.3262/ZSE1303231 Luhmann, N. (1982). The Differentiation of Society. Columbia University Press. Robertson, R. (1995). Glocalization: Time-Space and Homogeneity-Heterogeneity. In M. Featherstone, S. Lash, & R. Robertson (Hrsg.), Global Modernities (S. 25-44). Sage Publications. Stalder, F. (2017). The Digital Condition. John Wiley & Sons.
 

Developing Democratic Pedagogy and Practice in Scotland: A Critical Analysis of the impact of Digitisation on Student-Teachers Learning Journey

Helen Coker (University of Dundee, United Kingdom)

Democracy and social justice increasingly play out in the digital context as digital ‘technology is already embedded in, and entangled with, existing social practices and economic and political systems’ (Knox, 2019: 3). Digital technology is increasingly prevalent in schools across the world and is often positioned, by policy, as a means to close attainment gaps (Scottish Government, 2016) and ‘level the field of opportunity for students’ (US Department of Education, 2017). This suggests that digital technology has a key role to play in relation to equity, justice, and inclusion, to education for democracy. However, digital technology has been observed to ‘exacerbate pre-existing inequalities, establish new ones and further marginalise communities’ (Hall et. al., 2020: 436). Student-teachers need to be prepared to navigate digital spaces, digital spaces which are susceptible to manipulation. Democracy and global citizenship increasingly play out online where filter bubbles (Berners-Lee, 2014), algorithms (Tufekci, 2016) and corporations (Bollier, 2010) manipulate what is accessed. Understanding how digital tools and spaces inform student-teachers knowledge and understanding, and the development of their pedagogic beliefs, is therefore a pertinent concern. In Scotland, a democratic European country, school education is informed by professional values which espouse social justice and sustainability. Scottish education works on a presumption of inclusion (Scottish Government, 2019) with research, teacher-education and professional development promoting inclusive pedagogy (Florian, 2016). In this research study the professional development of student-teachers, during a one-year Professional Graduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) teaching qualification was observed, with consideration of the digitised context of the 21st century. The programme which the student-teachers were enrolled onto had been recently redesigned to support the student-teachers journey towards becoming agentive professionals; with the development of a digital portfolio to support praxis (connecting theory and practice) on placement, and a re-designed assessment structure which provided multiple opportunities for professional dialogue and collaboration. The research applied a thematic approach analysing qualitative data which included interviews, surveys, visual mapping, and learning artefacts. Analysis observed how the local was situated in the global. Digital technology ‘nudged’ practice, promoting small changes at a local level which reflected global discourses of neo-liberalism and accountability (Peters, 2020). As education moves into an era where digital technologies are increasingly ‘embedded across everyday aspects of teachers work’ (Starkey, 2020: 49) it is important that we, as teacher-educators, are aware of the ways in which the digital context impacts student-teachers professional development.

References:

Bollier, D. 2010. ‘The Promise and Peril of Big Data’ Community and Society Program Report on the Eighteenth Annual Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology, The Aspen Institute: Washington DC Hall, J., Roman, C., Jovel-Arias, C., & Young, C. 2020. Pre-service teachers examine digital equity amidst schools' COVID-19 responses. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 28(2), 435-442. Knox, J., 2019. What Does the ‘Postdigital’ Mean for Education? Three Critical Perspectives on the Digital, with Implications for Educational Research and Practice. Postdigital Science and Education. 1 (1). pp.1-14. Peters, M.A., 2020. An educational theory of innovation: What constitutes the educational good?. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(10), pp.1016-1022. Scottish Government. 2016. Enhancing Learning and Teaching through the use of Digital Technology (ISBN:9781786524737). Learning Directorate. Scottish Government. https://www.gov.scot/publications/enhancing-learning-teaching-through-use-digital-technology/ Starkey, L. 2020. A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37-56. US Department of Education. (2017). Reimagining the role of technology in education: 2017 national education technology plan update. Office of Educational Technology. https://tech.ed.gov/files/2017/01/NETP17.pdf
 
15:30 - 16:0099 ERC SES 10 A: ERC Closing Ceremony
Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid
ERC Closing
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

ERC Closing Ceremony

Lisa Bugno1, Marit Honerød Hoveid2

1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2EERA President, Norway

Presenting Author: Honerød Hoveid, Marit

ERC Closing

 
15:30 - 16:00Break 06: ERC Coffee Break
16:00 - 18:00100 ERC SES 06: 16.30 onwards Working meeting
Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis
Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid
Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan
Internal Working Meeting
16:00 - 18:0099 ERC SES 11 A: Workshop: How to convince examiners of the merit of your thesis, by making your thinking visible within the thesis right from the start of your doctoral journey.
Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Shosh Leshem שוש
ERC Workshop
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

Convincing Examiners of the Merit of Your Thesis, Making Your Thinking Visible Right from the Start of Your Doctoral Journey

Shosh Leshem שוש

Kibbutzim College Israel, Israel

Presenting Author: Leshem שוש, Shosh

How to convince examiners of the merit of your thesis, by making your thinking visible within the thesis right from the start of your doctoral journey

Quality in research is to be recognized and applauded for its conceptualization and high level thinking. This thinking must be visible in the text of the thesis so that researchers, supervisors and examiners can acknowledge the scholarship of the thesis.

Questions that examiners intend to ask in doctoral defense events (vivas) is determined by what they read in your thesis. These questions display patterns of emphasis as they are then posed in the viva itself. Recognizing and acting on those patterns can provide insights into what examiners consider to be the determinants of doctorateness in a thesis. This will also determine the level of award that they will recommend to your university. So, knowing what the criteria are and what questions will possibly be asked, provides a framework from which to approach and undertake your research. Making the destination explicit should be the starting point and guide the subsequent planning and execution for your doctoral research.

  • So, how can candidates be assisted to reach the level of conceptualization which is expected from a doctoral thesis and make it visible in their writing?
  • How can candidates influence the outcome of the doctoral studies, by starting at the end of the journey (examiners’ questions) to visualize and plan how to begin and progress through the doctoral journey?

The workshop will introduce inescapable pre-requisites for a thesis to become doctoral- worthy. It will provide insights on what examiners consider to be the determinants of ‘Doctorateness’ in a thesis so that you can incorporate them right from the start of your writing. It will offer strategic practical tools to apply in your thesis and help candidates and readers appreciate:

1. The ‘whole’ and the’ parts’ that form ‘synergy’ between the account of the research that has been undertaken and the written text.

2. The high quality of conceptualisation expected from a doctoral thesis and recognized by presentation of argument and structure, which make the thesis a coherent piece of research.

The workshop will include both theory and practice where participants will be able to interact with each other and discuss issues regarding their own research.

 
16:00 - 18:0099 ERC SES 11 B: Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ
Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sotiria Grek
Session Chair: Paolo Landri
ERC Seminar
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ

Paolo Landri1, Sotiria Grek2

1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2University of Edinburgh

Presenting Author: Landri, Paolo; Grek, Sotiria

Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ

 
16:00 - 18:0099 ERC SES 11 C: Roundtable Discussion on Empowering Emerging Researchers in Educational Research
Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
ERC Roundtable Discussion
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Interactive Session

Roundtable Discussion on Empowering Emerging Researchers in Educational Research

Lisa Bugno1, Saneeya Qureshi2, Fiona Hallet3, Satu Perälä-Littunen4

1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2University of Liverpool (UK); 3Edge Hill University, UK; 4University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Qureshi, Saneeya; Hallet, Fiona; Perälä-Littunen, Satu

The roundtable is part of the initiatives for the 30th Anniversary of the European Educational Research Association (EERA) and aims to provide Emerging Researchers with information and tools useful for navigating the dynamic landscape of educational research. The roundtable will spotlight inspiring success stories of researchers who have navigated challenges and carved their paths in the field of educational research. Thanks to the sharing of the experiences of accomplished members of EERA, the session aims to foster community, collaboration, and enthusiasm among the future/next generation of scholars dedicated to advancing education.

Emerging researchers will be engaged and empowered at this participative discussion, exploring key themes such as the importance of effective networking, the advantages of joining international associations, and the art of conducting research. Specifically, previous ERG Convenors will share their perspectives and provide insights into their experiences.

During the session, Emerging Researchers will be offered practical tips and strategies to enhance the quality and impact of their research. The discussion will focus on how networking can facilitate collaborative projects, and interdisciplinary research, thus shaping successful careers in research.

Moreover, the advantages and opportunities associated with being a member of an international association, i.e., EERA, will be discussed.

To ensure an interactive and dynamic session, space will be allocated for audience participation, allowing attendees to pose questions, share their experiences, and engage in fruitful discussions with experienced researchers. The current ERG Link Convenor and Co-Convenors will ignite the dialogue and actively facilitate the exchange, creating an inclusive environment.


References
.
Chair
Lisa Bugno
 
16:45 - 17:15Break 09: ECER Coffee Break
17:15 - 18:4500 SES 03 A: Navigating Uncertain Times: Research on Inclusive Education in Cyprus
Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Simoni Symeonidou
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

Navigating Uncertain Times: Research on Inclusive Education in Cyprus

Simoni Symeonidou1, Katerina Mavrou2, Lefki Kourea3

1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2European University, Cyprus; 3Nicosia University, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Symeonidou, Simoni; Mavrou, Katerina; Kourea, Lefki

The Republic of Cyprus (hereafter Cyprus) has been historically experiencing uncertainty at various levels, stemming from political, social, health, and financial challenges. Arguably, the trajectory of education policy and practice is affected by these contextual factors. This session aims to delve into research on inclusive education by demonstrating how research priorities have been shaped and how research efforts have been influenced by those factors. Inclusive education is conceptualized as the active participation and learning of all children in the general school, particularly concerning children vulnerable to exclusion. The session follows a thematic approach of key research themes (i.e., history and the first integration law, evaluation of policy and practice, political and educational changes, and digitalization) linked with a historical timeline in an attempt to show how milestones of uncertain times (e.g., the establishment of the University of Cyprus in 1992, the 1999 Law on integration, the 2010 national curriculum reform, the 2020 Covid-19 pandemic, etc.) influenced research on inclusive education in Cyprus. The session also sheds light on how local research has been placed within the broader European and global trends on inclusive education, as being informed but also informing the international research agenda. The session ends with a discussion on the future directions of research and the implications of conducting research on inclusive education at the local level while trying to contribute to the broader literature on inclusive education.


References
.
Chair
simoni
 
17:15 - 18:4501 SES 03 A: *** Cancelled **** Efficacy
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Paper Session
17:15 - 18:4501 SES 03 B: Classroom Practice
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Adam Droppe
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Devil is in the Details: An Actor-Network Analysis of How Teachers Learn in Hands-On Workshops

Fei-Ching Chen

National Central University, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Chen, Fei-Ching

Teacher learning and teacher professional development (TPD) are always key to educational reform (Edwards 2011). The effectiveness of teacher learning activities is one of the core concerns for TPD around the world. Billions of dollars annually have been invested in improving the quality of teachers’ skills and qualifications by developing their opportunities for TPD (Kraft, Blazar, & Hogan, 2018; DeMonte, 2013). However, research on TPD has generally yielded disappointing results with teacher professional learning activities often being characterised as ineffective (Sancar, Atal, & Deryakulu, 2023; Patfield, Gore, & Harris, 2023; Admiraal, Schenke, Jong, Emmelot & Sligte, 2021; Fairman, Smith, Pullen & Lebel, 2023; Merono, Calderón, & Arias-Estero, 2023).

The ineffectiveness of teacher learning can be attributed to the in-service training style in earlier stage of TPD. Traditional approaches of improving teacher learning emphasize annual credit hours for the sake of credentialing. The training was disconnected from authentic classroom contexts and teachers often passively engaged in these activities, and resulted in their limited motivation (Fariman, et al., 2023; Coldwell, 2017). In considering these drawbacks, much research has tackled this problem and proposed solutions. For example, some called for the need for a clearer definition of TPD and an articulation of its particular characteristics and frameworks (Sancar, et al., 2021). Researchers also proposed conditions to improve the quality of TPD. It would be better if the activities are more intensive, sustained, and practice-based, and if the participation is more active, collaborative, having buy-in from teachers, and subject-specific expertise from outside (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021; Fairman, et al., 2023). However, several recent evaluations of TPD interventions which include all the characteristics have not found a positive impact (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). In other words, the consensus around the characteristics of effective TPD still lacks evidential warrant.

Clearly, the wicked problems of TPD remain. The questions researchers wondered over for two decades included: What are the conditions that support and promote teachers growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002)? How teachers develop professionally (Evans, 2011)? What are the contextual factors impacting it (Kang et al., 2013)? What TPD actually is and what effective TPD really entails (Sancar, et al., 2021)? How this TPD should be designed is somewhat less clear (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). As it currently is, researchers have a vague consensus in the direction of holisticity. Research needs to examine the TPD concept as a whole (Evans, 2014), and provide a meaningful and holistic perspective of TPD (Sancar, et al., 2021). If holisticity is highlighted, rather than exploring fragmented characteristics, features, and elements of TPD, a different research approach may be needed.

This study draws from Actor-network theory (ANT) (Latour, 2005) as a theoretical perspective and methodological approach to investigate TPD. The major difference between the ANT approach and other empirical researches in TPD is that learning is an effect of the relations within assemblages of human and non-human entities (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010). ANT treats entities equally and focuses on relations and its effects. Specifically, learning is considered as relational, connected, and associated through which matter and meaning, object and subject, co-emerge (Mulcahy, 2014). Three conceptual tools of ANT guided this study: translation (Latour, 1987), assemblage, and matter of concern (Latour, 2004). The (in)effectiveness of TPD can then be re-conceptualized as investigating the network effect of TPD activities. By exploring a specific in-service teachers’ hands-on workshop, this study ask the question: how does teacher learning, as a network effect, happen?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, ANT provides a means of following the mess as it unfolds, as opposed to smoothing out and closing down (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010), to allow the nuance of practice to be foregrounded (Mitchell, 2020). Differed from traditional trans-missive models, this study conceptualizes teacher learning as a non-linear model, which is more transformative and participative, to understand how learning occurs. Data were collected through a multi-sited ethnography (Marcus, 1995), observing 44 cross-school teacher community workshops, 40 semi-structured interviews, and numerous postings in online social media. These hands-on workshops took place at various locations with half-day or whole -day intensive session. They were mainly held by reputable high school teachers, or “peer speakers” to enact the current curriculum policies in Taiwan. In their attempts to implement the new pedagogical teaching practices and perspectives, the participants felt frustrated when they have to explicitly output their curriculum design on their group posters. Given the situation that many artifacts were presented around the workshop rooms, such as white boards, papers, sticky notes, posters, curriculum guidelines handbooks, textbooks, and so on, human-centered lens might not serve adequately to explore how learning happened. The socio-material networks were observably more suitable to produce new understanding about how learning occurred.

Data analysis consists of two steps: identifying the 'matter of concern' and identifying the assemblage. First, I trace the varied concerns for all human and non-human actors: how each actor participates in the workshop, paying particular attention to moments of disturbance, such as when sticky notes were not been posted on the white board in time. Second, I follow these concerns to further discover the variegated, complicated, uncertain, risky, heterogeneous, material and network-y features during the process of the workshop, the workshop was thus an object that had become a ‘thing’, a ‘matter of fact’ that had given rise to complicated entanglements (Latour, 2005). A network of people, things, and discourse, -- an assemblage was thus identified. ANT shifts the focus from cognitive gains to the functioning of networks that impact teacher learning (Rubin et al., 2021). Specifically by tracing backwards through networks, learning is seen as an effect of the creation of networks. A phenomenon could be realized as the effects of a dynamic network that includes not only the peer speaker and the participants, but also the artifacts, the questions and/or doubts the participants raised, and even the snacks around them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teacher professional learning were enacted not only by people but also by tools. Five assemblages were identified: willingness to receive, ability to receive, willingness to understand, ability to understand, and ability to practice. Each assemblage was enacted by heterogeneous actors. For example, to enact their ability to receive, the practical language the peer speaker used enrolled participants to be able to acquire the context-embedded academic knowledge. The simplified academic knowledge mobilized participants to be able to externalize what they understood on the sticky notes. In the same vein, to enact their ability to understand, the questions the facilitators asked for each group members were enacted by the sticky notes they wrote, and the flexibility of the procedures allowed by the facilitator mobilized the participants not to quit from the unfamiliar learning tasks. Interestingly, , to enact the ability to practice, the snacks provided around the workshop space kept the frustrated participants from dropping out and enrolled them back to the complicated dialogues. In summary, it was not the individual actors, but the associated relations between actors that linked each other to perform differently throughout the workshop. Using such a non-linear socio-material approach, the findings of this study offers an important shift in our understanding and support of TPD: teacher learning is the result of mobilized networks. To be effective, we need to examine how learning emerges through network effects, rather than as a cognitive process in general. The contribution of this proposal is significant because little research in TPD examined how learning occurred based on ANT. If the silent participation of those heterogeneous actors were overlooked, we would be less possible to scrutinize how human and nonhuman enact and translate each other, resulting in nuanced network effects.
References
Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., De Jong, L., Emmelot, Y., & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 684-698.
Callon, M. (1986). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Ed.), Power, action and belief: a new sociology of knowledge?(pp. 196-223). London, England: Routledge.
Coldwell, M. (2017). Exploring the influence of professional development on teacher careers: Developing a path model approach. Teaching and teacher education, 61, 189-198.
DeMonte, J. (2013). High-quality professional development for teachers: Supporting teacher training to improve student learning. Center for American Progress. July. Retrieved 23 April 2020, from http://www.tapsystem.org/publications/tap-infocuscenter-for-american-progress-high-quality-teacher-professionaldevelopment.pdf.
Fariman, J. C., Smith, D., Pullen, P.C., Lebel, S.J. (2023). The challenge of keeping teacher professional development relevant. Professional Development in Education, 49(2), 197-209,
Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-network theory in education. Oxon, England: Routledge.
Kraft, M.A., Blazar, D., Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teaching coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588.
Latour, B. (2004). Why has critique run out of steam? From matters of fact to matters of concern. Critical Inquiry, 30(2), 225-248.
Latour, B. (2005). Resembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
Meroño, L., Calderón, A., & Arias-Estero, J.L. (2023). Teachers professional development needs: A critical analysis of TALIS through structural equation modelling. European Journal of Teacher Education,
Mitchell, B. (2020). Student-led improvement science projects: a praxiographic, actor-network theory study. Studies in Continuing Education, 42(1), 133-146.
Mulcahy, D. (2012) Thinking teacher professional learning performatively: a socio-material account, Journal of Education and Work, 25(1), 121-139,
Patfield, S., Gore, J., & Harris, J. (2023). Shifting the focus of research on effective professional development: Insights from a case study of implementation. Journal of Educational Change, 24:345–363.
Rubin, J.C., Land, C.L. & S Long, S.L. (2021): Mobilising new understandings: an actor-network analysis of learning and change in a self-directed professional development community, Professional Development in Education,
Sancar, R., Atal, D., & Deryakulu, D. (2023). A new framework for teachers’ professional development. Teaching and Teacher Education. 101, 103305.
Sims, S., & Fletcher-Wood, H. (2021). Identifying the characteristics of effective teacher professional development: a critical review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(1), 47-63,


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Value of The Question Compass as a Conceptual Tool to Improve Teachers’ Guidance of Student Question Quality.

Harry Stokhof, Helma Oolbekkink-Marchand

Hogeschool Arnhem Nijmegen, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Stokhof, Harry

Student questions have multiple benefits for teaching and learning (Chin & Osborne, 2008). However, to ensure that student questioning is effective for learning, teachers must ensure that students will find answers. A major obstacle for teachers in guiding questions to answers is that many initial student questions are unfocused, poorly investigable, and therefore difficult to answer (Baranova, 2017). Guiding unclear initial questions to more focused investigable questions, is a cognitively challenging and time-consuming process (Herranen & Aksela, 2019). Teachers would like more insight into how to guide learning questions to answers in the best possible way within the available time and resources (Kaya, 2018).

Our assumption was, that teachers would first need a clear view of the aspired quality of a question in order to identify the potential quality in initial student questions and to be able to use appropriate instructional strategies to foster that quality. However, we found that the participating teachers in this study found it initially difficult to identify the potential quality of student questions. They needed to develop a deeper understanding of which types of student questions and research activities would lead to hands-on research that is feasible for students and which will lead to deeper understanding of the core concepts of the subject under study. Smith et al. (2013) showed that teachers who guide the process of student questioning need to develop Pedagogical Process Knowledge. PKK refers to the teachers’ ability to diagnose the current state of students’ question quality and the ability to choose and employ the most effective instructional strategies to foster the students questioning process.

Smith et al. (2013) found that teachers could develop PPK in a community of practice by using conceptual models (cf. Bereiter, 2005). Unfortunately, a conceptual model to develop PPK about fostering question quality was not yet available. Therefore, we developed the conceptual model of Multiple Hypothetical Question-Related Learning Trajectories (MHQLT’s) for this study. MHQLTs are based on the Hypothetical Learning Trajectories (HTLs) of Simon and Tzur (2004) as a conceptual model to help teachers explore possible pathways that learners might take to reach a learning outcome. Simon and Tzur found that using HLTs to explore potential learning pathways helped teachers to anticipate on and use effective instructional strategies to support student learning. The HLT approach seemed promising for guiding student questioning, because this might help teachers to think about, anticipate upon and find effective ways to foster the quality of student questioning for hands-on research. The essential functionality of the MHQLTs -model is: a) to explore the different learning trajectories of various question-types based on for students feasible research activities, and b) to understand the patterns in the relationship between the formulation of different question-types, types of hands-on research activities and types of learning outcomes. To make working with the MHQLTs model more accessible for teachers we visualized and introduced it to them as the “Question Compass”.

The aim of this study was to determine the value of the Question Compass for teachers' professional learning of effective diagnostic and instructional strategies (PPK) to guide the quality of student questions. To determine if and how the Question Compass contributed to teachers’ professional learning, the value of the conceptual model was operationalized with Odenbaugh’s (2005) and Alonzo and Elby’s (2019) criteria for the quality of conceptual tools: generativity, flexibility, and robustness. Therefore, the main research question of the study was: In what ways was working with Question Compass as a conceptual model perceived as generative, flexible and robust for teacher learning about effective diagnostic and instructional strategies to support students’ question quality?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A multiple case study methodology was applied because this is particularly instrumental for evaluating phenomena in real-life contexts (Yazan, 2015). A broad sample of teachers from primary education was included because maximum variation sampling enables a comprehensive description of the phenomenon (Patton, 2015). To explore what the value of Question Compass would be for guidance of student question quality, 32 teachers from six Dutch primary schools participated in four design teams, which worked independently in four iterative cycles of design, implementation, evaluation and reflection and redesign over a period of two school years.
 
The focus in the design teams was on the professional learning of the teachers to support them in developing their own ideas and concrete plans for guiding student question quality.  At the start of each design cycle, the researcher first (re)introduced the Question Compass and the basic ideas underlying the conceptual tool. After this introduction, teachers used the Question Compass to collaboratively design professional experiments for topics of their own choosing, by brainstorming about possible desirable student questions, discussing how these types of questions might be prompted, and what kinds of guidance students would need to answer them. Then, teachers individually tested their lesson plans in practice. Upon completion of these professional experiments, teachers evaluated their experiences collaboratively in their design teams.
The primary data source consisted of 36 hours of transcribed audio recordings of all sessions during the three completed design cycles and the worksheets that teachers used during these sessions. To triangulate teachers’ self-report about the professional experiments, we made classroom observations and collected video recordings of classroom learning activities. The basis for our analysis is the Interconnected Model of Teachers’ Professional Growth (IMTPG) of Clarke and Hollingsworth (2002) (Figure 3). The IMTPG was selected because it both acknowledges the complexity of teacher change and the importance of teacher agency in professional learning (Roehrig, 2023). We developed a coding schema based on the four change sequences in the IMPTG model that can be related to: generativity (CS1), flexibility (CS2), robustness: lessons learned (CS3) and robustness: salient outcomes (CS4), as shown in Figure 3. To ensure quality of the coding scheme, two coders independently tested it on 10% of the data. The interrater agreement was 85%. Differences were discussed and resolved, further refining and clarifying the coding scheme. Then the rest of the data was coded



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To determine the value of the Question Compass for teachers as a conceptual tool to foster student question quality three criteria were identified: generativity, flexibility, and robustness
For generativity findings show that the tool helped teachers develop conceptions of good inquiry learning questions by relating quality to feasible inquiry activities. It also made teachers more aware of how to develop epistemic agency by examining the relationship between question type, research method and learning outcomes. Moreover, the tool was considered to support a more purposeful design of teacher guidance of student questions.  
For flexibility findings show that teachers:1) used the Question Compass in various explicit ways to diagnose question quality, 2) used the Question Compass in multiple ways explicitly in their instructional strategies to support generating, formulating and answering student questions, 3) were able to use Question Compass to develop diagnostic and instructional strategies that fitted their own personal and their classroom’s needs, 4) developed flexibility over time, leading teachers to combine and vary their instructional strategies as they deemed most appropriate.
For robustness findings show that: a) recognizing and categorizing question types was supportive for diagnosing question quality, b) prompting students with purposely chosen activities and materials and modeling question types was effective for generating questions, c) anticipating on the question-types’  research methods fostered support of the answering process and d) discussing question types with students was effective for fostering learning outcomes.
We conclude that findings support our assumption that the Question Compass as a conceptual tool supported the collaborative professional learning of teachers when designing, implementing and evaluating professional experiments and in this way fostered teachers’ guidance of student question quality.

References
Alonzo, A. C., & Elby, A. (2019). Beyond empirical adequacy: Learning progressions as models and their value for teachers. Cognition and Instruction, 37(1), 1-37.
Baranova, E. A. (2017). Question-asking behavior as a form of cognitive activity in primary school children. Psychology in Russia, 10(1), 269.
Bereiter, C. (2005). Education and mind in the knowledge age. New York, NY: Routledge.
Chin, C., & Osborne, J. (2008). Students’ questions: A potential resource for teaching and learning science. Studies in Science Education, 44(1), 1–39.
Clark, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/ S0742-051X(02)00053-7
Herranen, J., & Aksela, M. (2019). Student-question-based inquiry in science education. Studies in Science Education, 55(1), 1-36.
Kaya, S. (2018). Improving the quality of student questions in primary science classrooms. Journal of Baltic Science Education 17(5), 800–811.
Odenbaugh, J. (2005). Idealized, inaccurate, but successful: A pragmatic approach to evaluating models in theoretical ecology. Biology and Philosophy, 20, 231–255.
Patton, M.Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Roehrig, G. (2023). Research on Teacher Professional Development Programs in Science. In Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 1197-1220). Routledge.
Simon, M. A., & Tzur, R. (2004). Explicating the role of mathematical tasks in conceptual learning: An elaboration of the hypothetical learning trajectory. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 6(2), 91-104.
Smith, C., Blake, A., Fearghal, K., Gray, P., & McKie, M. (2013). Adding pedagogical process knowledge to pedagogical content knowledge: teachers' professional learning and theories of practice in science education. Educational research eJournal, 2(2), 132-159.
Yazan, B. (2015). Three approaches to case study methods in education Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report, 20(2), 134-152.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Emotional Ambience in Educational Settings: A Close Examination of Teacher-Student Interactions

Adam Droppe

University of Kristianstad, Sweden

Presenting Author: Droppe, Adam

This paper aims to examine the Emotional Ambience (EA) in classroom interactions between teachers and students. During a Swedish lesson, students aged 13-14 work individually on writing assignments. The teacher attends to students who raise their hands and ask for assistance, leading to one-to-one interactions, also known as dyadic interactions, which are the focus of the analyses. Two video-documented interaction situations of different character are studied. The analysis focuses on the emotional coordination of various communication elements between student and teacher, including gestures, facial expressions, tone of voice, and tempo of speech.

In a recently published article, I introduce the concept of Emotional Ambience along with a three-dimensional model for examining collective emotions created in social situations (Droppe, 2023). The model outlines 1) the valence of collective emotions - ranging from pleasant to unpleasant, 2) their level of arousal - from low to high, and 3) the level of emotional entrainment or coordination - from weak to strong - among the actor’s emotional expressions in interactions. In this paper, I intend to apply the model of Emotional Ambience to empirical data.

The concept of Emotional Ambience complements Randall Collins' theory of Interaction Ritual Chains and his concept of Emotional Energy (Collins, 2004). Collins' theory elucidates the manner in which interwoven rituals of daily existence wield influence over social life. It outlines how collective actions and shared cognitive and affective orientations within a group can evolve into sentiments of solidarity and reverence for the group's symbols. Successful interaction rituals engender Emotional Energy (EE), marked by increased levels of confidence, enthusiasm, and proactivity. Conversely, unsuccessful interaction rituals deplete EE, prompting individuals to seek to reproduce interactions that enhance EE while avoiding those that diminish it (ibid.).

Emotional Energy resides within the individual as the enduring emotional outcome resulting from the interaction ritual. It extends beyond the immediate interaction and shapes subsequent interactions, thus forming interaction ritual chains. In contrast, Emotional Ambience is collective, arising from the emotions exchanged among actors during an interaction ritual. It dissipates once the interaction concludes.

This implies that there exists an intriguing dynamic between EE and EA as they mutually influence each other. However, it is not a simple linear relationship where a positive atmosphere yields emotional energy. For instance, during a funeral, where the emotional ambience is characterized by sorrow and sadness, emotional energy may arise as a consequence of mourners coming together and sharing their feelings during the ritual.

Collins' theory in combination with the EA-model underscores the importance of conjoined actions and shared focus in creating a sense of belongingness (Collins, 2004; Droppe, 2023). Applying this perspective to educational contexts offers insights into classroom dynamics between teachers and students. Emotional coordination drives social cohesion and is observable through participants' verbal and non-verbal language and expressions. This model enhances our understanding of collective emotions and their role in shaping social relations, especially in educational environments. In this context, this study contributes to the expanding body of research focusing on the importance of social relationships in educational settings. By shedding light on the social dynamics between teachers and students the study aims to enhance our understanding of how these relationships shape educational experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The concept of Emotional Ambience explores how language reflects varying levels of well-being and arousal. Words like "peace" and "euphoria" denote pleasant emotions, while "melancholy" and "rage" signify unpleasant ones, with each also expressing different levels of arousal. Models in psychological research often categorize emotions along two-dimensional scales, such as arousal and valence (see for example Russell 1980; Watson and Tellegen 1985; Larsen and Diener 1992; Thayer 1996; Yik 1999). However, while these models focus on individual “inner” emotions, the Emotional Ambience model examines collective emotions created between people in social situations. Observing and analyzing emotional ambience involves assessing the consistency of emotions expressed by participants. The strength of emotional coordination among individuals determines the intensity of the emotional ambience. For instance, high strength indicates strong emotional coordination, while low strength suggests less consistency. The absence of emotional coordination results in an indeterminate EA. Understanding EA involves considering arousal, pleasure/displeasure, and strength.
Studying the emotional ambiance in a situation involves identifying expressed emotions and observing if actors synchronize in their emotional expressions through microanalyses. Various models, such as Paul Ekman's Facial Action Coding System, decode facial expressions' emotional nature (Ekman & Friesen, 1978). Video footage aids in detailed facial expression analysis. Analyzing emotional ambiance through facial expressions focuses on emotional coordination levels among actors. Voice aspects like intonation and tempo indicate emotional coordination. Paralinguistic signs, such as mumbling or pauses, reveal emotions like shame (Scheff & Retzinger, 2000). Emotional contagion (Collins, 2004; Durkheim, 1915) and mirroring behaviors (Chartrand & Bargh, 1999) contribute to emotional ambiance. Multiple factors, including gestures, facial expressions, and paralinguistic markers, must be considered in analyzing emotional ambiance during interaction rituals.
Relational processes in an 8th-grade Swedish class (students aged 14-15) in a major Swedish city are studied through filmed lessons. The micro-analysis focuses on teacher-student interactions as students work individually on writing tasks and the teacher circulates to assist those who raise hands.
Using two video cameras and audio equipment, a 48-minute lesson was recorded. Two episodes, each demonstrating unique interaction rituals, are analyzed, highlighting typical interaction patterns and the method's applicability in diverse emotional contexts. This analysis evaluates emotional coordination strength and character, emphasizing the emotional ambiance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis highlights several microsociological indicators of the development of a solidary connection between the teacher and student. The EA, initially low on the arousal scale, sees some elevation during the exchange, with coordinated expressions of sympathy and liking. The episodes reveal a blend of confrontation and sympathy, laughter and frustration, although yet illustrating typical features of successful interaction rituals.
The interaction is centered around a shared intellectual and emotional focus, characterized by exclusivity in verbal and non-verbal expressions. The interactions showcases the nuanced sensitivity to tone shifts and facial expressions, driving coordinated behavior. Emotional energy generated in these rituals fosters confidence, satisfaction, and motivation, drawing individuals to seek future similar experiences.
When the interaction ends, the emotional ambience dissipates. What remains thereafter are the emotions that individuals carry as a result of the interaction ritual, in the form of emotional energy. Engaging in emotionally coordinated interaction rituals fosters harmony, social bonds, and group solidarity, prompting individuals to replicate successful rituals. Understanding these commonplace interactions is crucial, as they may subtly impact teacher-student relations, despite their routine nature.
The microscopic analysis delves into the dynamics of teacher-student relationships in school settings. It explores how routine interactions shape emotional connections and influence engagement. Through interaction rituals, where actions are collectively performed, a shared experience is created, fostering social integration and identity formation. Emotional energy generated in these rituals fuels engagement and satisfaction.
Understanding emotional coordination, ambience, and energy is vital for fostering supportive learning environments. Analyzing subtle cues like facial expressions and intonation helps decipher emotional dynamics. This awareness is crucial in teacher education, where educators learn to build constructive relationships and engage students effectively.

References
Chartrand, Tanya. L., & Bargh, John. A. (1999). The chameleon effect: The perception-behavior link and social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 893–910.

Collins, Randall. 2004. Interaction ritual chains. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

Droppe, Adam. 2023. Emotional Ambience in Interaction Rituals: A Conceptional Completion to Emotional Energy. Social Sciences, 12(9), 509.

Ekman, Paul, and Wallace V. Friesen. 1978. Facial Action Coding System: A Technique for the Measurement of Facial Movement. Palo Alto: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Larsen, Randy. J., and Edward Diener. 1992. Promises and problems with the circumplex model of emotion. In Emotion. Edited by Margaret S. Clark. London: Sage Publication, pp. 25–59.

Russell, James A. 1980. A circumplex model of affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 39: 1161.

Scheff, Thomas J., and Suzanne M. Retzinger. 2000. Shame as the master emotion of everyday life. Journal of Mundane Behavior 1: 303–24.

Thayer, Robert E. 1996. The Origin of Everyday Moods: Managing Energy, Tension, and Stress. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Watson, David, and Auke Tellegen. 1985. Toward a consensual structure of mood. Psychological Bulletin 98: 219–35

Yik, Michelle Siu Mui. 1999. A Circumplex Model of Affect and Its Relation to Personality: A Five-Language Study. Ph.D. dissertation, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada.
 
17:15 - 18:4501 SES 03 C: Teacher Research
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nazipa Ayubayeva
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

SHARE: Quick Individual Teacher Gains vs Long-term School Collective Potential for Learning

Nazipa Ayubayeva1, Roza Shayakhanova2

1Narxoz University, Kazakhstan; 2Astana Center for Education Modernisation

Presenting Author: Ayubayeva, Nazipa

Emerging variations of action research, lesson study, reflective practice and teacher research grow out of values, purposes and perspectives of different stakeholders at different times. From the perspective of an individual teacher these practices are conceptualised as a process of understanding and improving one’s own teaching methods; from the school-wide perspective, it is to form a collaborative learning with an aim to create local shared knowledge and building the trust among teachers, supported by the conscious commitment of school administration.

Despite being in the early stages of implementation in Kazakhstani comprehensive schools, with its introduction only in 2016, action research has become an integral part of the teacher appraisal system and teacher qualification process. Kazakhstani teachers aspiring to be recognised as “teacher-researchers” and “master teachers” are required to engage with action research. This innovation signifying a notable departure from traditional beliefs and practices in the education system. However, there is a gap between the expectations outlined in policy documents and teachers’ understanding of action research, as it is not adequately covered in teacher education and professional development courses struggle to keep pace with the changes. Hence, the success and sustainability of these changes face challenges unless the necessary conditions are established in schools.

In 2019, the School Hub for Action Research in Education (SHARE) project was introduced in 22 comprehensive schools in Astana city, aimed at establishing a school hub to share practices and ideas, fostering teacher leadership in development through action research. The SHARE was established on four main concepts: 1) employing action research methodology to help teachers to reflect about daily practices, 2) facilitating understanding of changes in teaching and learning, 3) fostering the development of teacher leadership, 4) establishing conditions for collaborative professional learning.

The project was led by Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Emirates Professor of the University of Cambridge, Kate Evans, Ex-principal of Bottisham Village School, and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva, an advocate of action research in Kazakhstan. The project was supported by the Mayor of Astana city and was coordinated by the Astana Department of Education’s Center for Education Modernisation. The successful implementation of the project was facilitated by three-year (2020-2023) financial commitment from Astana Department of Education. Additionally, the project coordination, led by Roza Shayakhanova, co-authored this article, from the Center for Education Modernisation, played a pivotal role in building effective communication among schools with diverse expectations and commitments. Moreover, an essential requirement of the SHARE was the compulsory involvement of school principles. However, unforeseen changes, introduced in 2021, in policy regulations governing the rotation of schools’ principles had a substantial impact on the project. In the third year of SHARE, only five principals retained their positions in their original schools; three principals were reassigned to schools involved in SHARE; another three principals who had been rotated to new schools became ambassadors of the initiative and contributed to the expansion of SHARE by joining the initiative; yet another two completely new schools joined SHARE motivated by the interests of their principals, who in turn had learned about the SHARE at the exchange-conferences. Although, this organic growth in participation reflects the positive impact of networking in the education community, there are few schools that have chosen not to continue with the SHARE beyond the initial three-year commitment.

As such, it was crucial for the authors of this paper to explore the teacher-participants’ perception about the sustainability of the project beyond the financial commitment and school principals’ decision. This exploration is essential for assessing the project impact on establishing a sustainable network of action researchers who collaborate, share practices, and contribute to ongoing teacher professional development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, data were gathered from three sources: firstly, survey results obtained from SHARE teacher-participants; secondly, reflective accounts from school teams; and thirdly, one-to-one reflective interviews conducted with network coordinators and teachers. The survey addressed key questions revolving around the four main concepts of SHARE. Questionnaire was distributed online in Kazakh and Russian languages. The survey data validated with responses from 228 participants across 22 schools, were complemented by the analysis of 20 school team reflective accounts and ten one-to-one interviews. A deliberate selection of diverse data collection strategies and sources was made to ensure the utilasation of appropriate approaches and fit-for purpose research instruments. This approach enabled the collection of both individual and collective perspectives among teachers, contributing to a comprehensive understanding of SHARE’s sustainability beyond financial commitments and school principals’ decisions. The participants were informed that, within the local context, it may be impossible to guarantee 100 percent confidentiality as regards their identity, consequently, the findings were reported collectively.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings from the study revealed that the SHARE teacher-participants actively employ action research methodology; understand the importance of critical friend and engaging with the professional literature. Additionally, they acknowledge that the conditions to engage with action research on daily bases depend on their own motivation and values they uphold regarding teaching and learning.  Moreover, teacher-participants report that sustainability of SHARE is dependent on external support and training and coordination from the Center for Education Modernasation.  At the same time, the findings indicate that an individual teacher may wish to collaborate for changes in teaching and learning, especially if it is beneficial in terms of undergoing teacher appraisal and attaining recognistion as a “teacher researcher” or “master teacher”.  
Hence, education policy, even when mandated centrally, is interpreted, translated, adjusted and worked differently by teachers, in a process of enactment in specific contexts. Therefore, in order to change a culture, it is important to understand the current mental models held by schools, perceptions of classroom organisation, and the individual perspectives of teachers. The importance of this study, thus, is that it may shed light on the ways to use individual teacher potential as a factor to create professional learning culture in schools. The paper concludes significance of examining the local conditions and practices for the successful implementation of the reform initiatives.

References
Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press;

Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press.
Carr, W. & Kemmis, S. (2005) Staying critical: Becoming Critical in retrospect, Educational Action Research Journal, 13(3), 347–358.
McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the researchof self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67.
McLaughlin, C. & Ayubayeva, N. The teacher and educational change in Kazakhstan: through a sociocultural lens (2021), In Fielding, N. Ed. Kazakhstan at 30: The Awakening Great Steppe. (pp.175-191).
Somekh, B., & Zeichner, K. (2009). Action research for educational reform: remodelling action research theories and practices in local context. Educational Action Research, 5-21.
Somekh, B. (2011). Localisation and Globalisation? The Dynamic Variations of Action Research. In Rethinking Educational Practice Through Reflexive Inquiry (pp. 31-48). London: Springer.
Zeichner, K. (1993). Action Research: personal renewal and social reconstruction. Educational Action Research, 1 (2), 199-129.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How School Environment Influences Teachers′ Anxiety: the Mediating Role of Teacher Self-efficacy

Yvonne Xianhan Huang1, Wen Shao2, Chan Wang3, Mingyao Sun2, Shiyu Zhang2

1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Presenting Author: Huang, Yvonne Xianhan; Shao, Wen

Introduction

In recent years, due to the continuous improvement of global education quality, teachers have been given higher expectations. The responsibilities and workload of teachers have also increased in the short term, while their rest time has been continuously reduced due to heavy teaching tasks (Hargreaves, 2003). As a result, teachers experience feelings of anxiety under long-term pressure, which can affect their teaching work and even lead to professional burnout (Jennett et al., 2003). Research has shown that environmental conditions can affect an individual's sense of self-efficacy (Schunk & Pajares, 2002). Furthermore, a teacher's self-efficacy can further influence various aspects of their professional development, such as their use of teaching strategies and attitude toward innovation (Gibbs, 2003; Klaeijsen et al., 2018).

This study utilized a quantitative approach and focused on primary school teachers in Chongqing, China. It investigated the perceived school environment, anxiety, and self-efficacy of these teachers to explore the impact of different aspects of the school environment on teacher anxiety, as well as the dynamic changes in their emotions under the influence of self-efficacy.

Theoretical Framework

The school environment as perceived by teachers refers to their experience of school life and reflects the goals, values, interpersonal relationships, teaching and learning practices, and organizational structure of the school. Previous studies have categorized school environment into five aspects: collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, school resources, decision-making involvement, and teaching innovation (Johnson et al.,2007).

Bandura’s concept of self-efficacy reflects an individual's belief in their ability to perform a specific behavior or activity at a certain level before engaging in it (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). Teachers' self-efficacy primarily stems from four sources: mastery experience、vicarious experience、social persuasions、physiological and affective states. Among them, the mastery of experience mainly comes from individual's past performance and achievements, which is the most influential source of self-efficacy.

Emotions are an important component of individual's psychological well-being and are commonly present in teachers' teaching activities, influencing teacher burnout, teacher turnover, and teaching quality. Teacher emotions include enjoyment, anger, anxiety, pride, guilt and shame, boredom, pity, etc (Frenzel et al., 2009). The study primarily focuses on anxiety, specifically the anticipation of future danger, which includes cognitive components such as attention, worry, or problem-solving, as well as physiological components like sweating and insomnia. According to the Control-Value Theory, if a teacher feels that they only have partial (moderate) control over an event and they are afraid of failure, they will experience anxiety.

Research has shown that pre-service teachers experience an increase in their self-efficacy after gaining early teaching experience (Morris et al., 2017; Tschannen-Moran & McMaster, 2009). However, novice teachers may spend a significant amount of time focusing on their own teaching and have limited participation in collaboration with other teachers, making them more prone to anxiety (Chapman, 1988). Previous studies have explored the relationship between teachers' overall perception of school environment and their self-efficacy, but there is limited research on the specific impact of different aspects of school environment on teacher anxiety and the relationship between teacher self-efficacy and their emotional state.

Based on theories and previous empirical results, this study puts forward the following hypotheses.

H1: Collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, and innovative teaching significantly and positively influence teachers' self-efficacy.

H2: Collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, school resources, and involvement in decision-making significantly negatively affect teacher anxiety, while teaching innovation positively affects teacher anxiety.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
Participants
Researchers distributed questionnaires to primary school teachers from Chongqing, a southwestern city in mainland China. After excluding invalid questionnaires, a total of 2,873 primary school teachers were selected as the research sample.

Measures

School environment.
To measure the school environment, a modified scale adapted from Johnson was used (Johnson et al., 2007). This scale includes five aspects: collaborative teaching, teacher-student relations, school resources, decision making, and colleague innovation, with a total of 21 questions. All the items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree).A sample item is Our school does not emphasize teamwork among teachers. The internal consistency coefficient for the 21 questions was found to be 0.910, and the KMO value was 0.923, as shown in Table 1. The internal consistency coefficients for each dimension ranged from 0.74 to 0.84, indicating good reliability and validity for the scale.

Teacher self-efficacy.
To measure teachers' self-efficacy in teaching, the Tschannen-Moran scale was utilized (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). The scale consists of 12 items, a sample item is To what extent are you able to use various evaluation methods. All the items were rated on a 9-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (completely unable) to 9 (extremely high extent).

Anxiety.
To measure the emotions of teachers, a questionnaire developed by Frenzel was used (Frenzel et al., 2016). This questionnaire measures three primary emotions: enjoyment, anxiety, and anger, with a total of 12 items. For this study, data on anxiety emotions were selected, consisting of 4 items. A sample item is I often worry that my teaching is not good. All the items were rated on a 4-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree). The reliability and validity of the questionnaire were tested and found to be good, as shown in Table 1.
Instrument Validation and Data Analysis

Measurement model was conducted to assess the reliability and validity of scales. Structural equation modeling (SEM) was conducted to answer the research question. All the statistical analyses were performed in SPSS 26.0 and AMOS 28.0. Teachers’ gender, educational background, and teaching experience have been controlled.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Significant Findings

1:The Effect of Teacher self-efficacy on School environment
The research findings indicate that in predicting teacher self-efficacy, the collaborative school environment, teacher-student relationships, and colleague innovation can significantly and positively predict teacher self-efficacy.

2:The Effect of Anxiety on School environment
In terms of predicting anxiety levels, collaborative teaching, school resources, and participation in decision-making significantly negatively predict teacher anxiety. Additionally, colleague innovation also significantly negatively predicts teacher anxiety.

3: Mediating Role of Teacher self-efficacy
This study found that self-efficacy plays a mediating role in the impact of collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, and colleague innovation on anxiety. Specifically, collaboration among teachers not only directly alleviates teachers' anxiety, but also mitigates anxiety through self-efficacy.

References
References
Aldridge, J. M., & Fraser, B. J. (2016). Teachers’ views of their school climate and its relationship with teacher self-efficacy and job satisfaction. Learning Environments Research, 19, 291-307.

Burns, R. A., & Machin, M. A. (2013). Employee and workplace well-being: A multi-level analysis of teacher personality and organizational climate in Norwegian teachers from rural, urban and city schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 57(3), 309-324.

Bandura, A. (2015). Self-efficacy conception of anxiety. In Anxiety and self-focused attention (pp. 89-110). Routledge.
            
Collie, R. J., Shapka, J. D., & Perry, N. E. (2012). School climate and social–emotional learning: Predicting teacher stress, job satisfaction, and teaching efficacy. Journal of educational psychology, 104(4), 1189.  

Chong, W. H., & Kong, C. A. (2012). Teacher collaborative learning and teacher self-efficacy: The case of lesson study. The journal of experimental education, 80(3), 263-283.
          
Chapman, J. D. (1988). Decentralization, devolution and the teacher: Participation by teachers in the decision making of schools. Journal of Educational Administration, 26(1), 39-72.
            
Frenzel, A. C., Goetz, T., Stephens, E. J., & Jacob, B. (2009). Antecedents and effects of teachers’ emotional experiences: An integrated perspective and empirical test (pp. 129-151). Springer US.  

Frenzel, A. C., Pekrun, R., Goetz, T., Daniels, L. M., Durksen, T. L., Becker-Kurz, B., & Klassen, R. M. (2016). Measuring teachers’ enjoyment, anger, and anxiety: The Teacher Emotions Scales (TES). Contemporary Educational Psychology, 46, 148-163.
          
Ferguson, K., Frost, L., & Hall, D. (2012). Predicting teacher anxiety, depression, and job satisfaction. Journal of teaching and learning, 8(1).  

Goddard, R. D., Hoy, W. K., & Hoy, A. W. (2004). Collective efficacy beliefs: Theoretical developments, empirical evidence, and future directions. Educational researcher, 33(3), 3-13.
              
Gibbs, C. (2003). Explaining effective teaching: self-efficacy and thought control of action. The Journal of Educational Enquiry, 4(2).

Hargreaves, A. (2003). Teaching in the knowledge society: Education in the age of insecurity. Teachers College Press.  

Hosford, S., & O'Sullivan, S. (2016). A climate for self-efficacy: the relationship between school climate and teacher efficacy for inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(6), 604-621.
        
Henderson, J., & Corry, M. (2021). Teacher anxiety and technology change: A review of the literature. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 30(4), 573-587.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Supporting Teachers’ Engagement with Research: The Challenges and Affordances of a National Funding Scheme to Partner Schools and University-Based Researchers

Liam Guilfoyle

University of Oxford, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Guilfoyle, Liam

This paper explores the challenges and affordances of a national-scale scheme, funded by the professional regulator for teachers in the Republic of Ireland, which was designed to partner university-based researchers with schools to support teachers’ engagement with research on problems of practice.

Engagement with research has long been a widely-held ambition for the teaching profession (BERA-RSA 2014; OECD 2022), but routes to developing capacity for research engagement have been difficult given the competing demands of teaching and the cultural norms with respect to research use (Malin et al. 2020).

There has been extensive writing for over a century on a “theory-practice” or “research-practice” gap (Dewey 1904; Korthagen & Kessels, 1999; McGarr et al. 2017). Teachers can perceive a hierarchy where theory is ‘aloof within the ivory tower, espousing ideals and the principles that govern them’ (Smagorinsky, Cook, & Johnson, 2003, p. 1399), and practice has little reciprocal impact on theory (Knight, 2014). There is a recognition that one element to resolving this gap is recognising the dialogic relationship between research/theory and practice. That is to suggest that teachers’ engagement with research ought to be rooted in relevant problems of practice that teachers are motivated to address, and that evidence-informed practice involves contextual adaptation of research; sometimes known as practical theorising (McIntyre 2005). Such practical theorising in professional learning can be supported through relationships with university-based researchers (Burn & Harries 2021).

There is good evidence to support the benefits of collaboration between teachers and university-based researchers (Jones et al. 2022). Researchers in universities are well positioned to provide support to a school if they are well matched on the area of expertise relevant to the school’s interest area or problem of practice (McLaughlin & Black-Hawkins 2007). Of course, the professional realities of teachers and academic researchers are quite different. Their skills sets and needs will also differ. The differences may be complementary and mutually supportive (Cai et al. 2018), but there also needs to be attention paid to how collaborative endeavours address their differing professional needs.

The ongoing sustainability of partnerships also requires attention; Often such collaborative projects are funded through research grants awarded to university-based researchers or universities into which teachers or schools are recruited (e.g., Hamza et al 2017). It is far rarer to have a funded programme at a national scale to support teachers to explore problems of practice in partnership with an experienced educational researcher but, where these have existed, the impacts have been positive. For example, Simons et al. (2003) observed overwhelming testimony of teachers in the value of the experience, a rediscovery of professional confidence, a growth in familiarity with research practices situated in teachers’ own contexts.

The policy direction in the Republic of Ireland has placed increasing importance on the use of research in practice (Murphy 2020). As part of this, the professional regulator for teachers (the Teaching Council) has implemented a range of initiatives to support teachers’ engagement with and in research. This paper explores one of these initiatives, the Researchers in Residence Scheme (RiRS). The scheme was intended to promote teachers’ ongoing learning through exploring existing research in their school context. This may, for example, be through interrogating, synthesising, sharing, and applying research in their practice. Each school was partnered with a university-based researcher to support their engagement with research. This paper reports initial findings from a project which sought to understand the challenges and affordances of the RiRS scheme for all stakeholders involved. The findings have the potential to be informative across European contexts where there is potential to initiate funding schemes and partnerships.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The scheme was launched in January 2022, seeking university-based researchers’ expressions of interest to support schools to engage with research. 73 such expressions of interest were received and made available to all schools to review. 52 schools submitted applications for funding, listing the topic or problem they wished to explore and nominating a teacher to be a research leader. Schools could also suggest a university-based researcher to work with. 30 schools were funded (€2000), 21 named a university-based researcher, and the remainder were matched with a researcher by the Teaching Council. Very few parameters were placed on the collaborations, but the scheme was intended to involve engagement “with” research rather than “in” research, for which there was another funding scheme.  
The overarching research question being addressed in this paper is “What are the challenges and affordances of a national funding scheme to partner schools and university-based researchers to support teachers’ engagement with research?” Further to this, sub-questions focused on exploring the expectation of university-based researchers and teachers when embarking in the project, how the partnership supports the goals and needs of partners, and what opportunities and barriers emerged during the implementation of the partnerships.
This research was conducted by an external university-based researcher in collaboration with a team of staff within the Teaching Council who were responsible for the implementation of the funding scheme. Data were captured through surveys, interviews, and fieldnotes from school visits. Schools and university-based researchers were invited by email from the Teaching Council to complete surveys at the beginning (26 schools; 18 researchers) and at the end of their projects (12 schools; 13 researchers). A member of the Teaching Council staff conducted 15 school visits between March and June 2023. During school visits detailed fieldnotes were produced with the consent of the schools and with guidance from the external researcher. Interviews with 4 university-based researchers (representing 10 of the partnerships in total) and 2 members of the Teaching Council staff were conducted by the external researcher in Autumn 2023. Ethical approval was granted by the external researchers’ university ethics committee prior to data collection.
The analysis was driven by the research interest in the expectations and needs of all actors, as well as the challenges and opportunities experienced in the implementation of the scheme. All data were reviewed holistically and organised with respect to their meaning to generate themes (Braun & Clarke 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Dimensions of engagement
While the investigation sought to understand the ‘affordances’ and ‘challenges’, the findings are nuanced. Different dimensions of the implementation emerged, along which there were a spectrum of experiences. For example, in relation to:
1) The nature of the relationship between schools and the university-based researcher.
2) The form of research engagement utilised.
3) The nature and extent of collaboration within and beyond the school.

The paper will present a conceptualisation of these various dimensions and argue there is no singular ‘best’ model for partnership or research engagement. Instead, we recognise that schools will be at different starting points with respect to their research engagement, with different problems of practice and different contextual circumstances. The findings do, however, offer some indicative conceptualisations and directions for more helpful practices in generating productive partnerships. It is further argued that notions of a binary of engagement ‘in’ versus engagement ‘with’ unnecessary generated issues.  

Benefits for stakeholders
The findings of the study suggest over-arching positivity of the scheme and demonstrate real potential for impact on practice and senses of professionalism and professional identity. University-based researchers also reported positive benefits to their partnerships with schools, such as forging ongoing relationships and seeing research having real impact. Elucidating these potential tangible benefits will be important for the ongoing sustainability of running such schemes.  

Challenges in the process
Being the inaugural implementation of this scheme, there was a high degree of flexibility afforded to the awarded partners in how they conducted their projects. Although the trust and professional autonomy was valued, unclear expectations also generated challenges when managing some projects. This tension between autonomy and guidance is one which needs careful consideration. Furthermore, the differences in the professional lives and needs of teachers and university-based researchers emerged as a challenge that ought to be considered.

References
BERA-RSA. (2014). Research and the Teaching Profession: Building the capacity fpotential.-improving education system. Final Report of the BERA-RSA Inquiry into the Role of Research in Teacher Education. London: BERA.
Burn, K., & Harries, E. (2022). Sustaining practical theorising as the basis for professional learning and school development. In K. Burn, T. Mutton, & I. Thompson (Eds.), Practical Theorising in Teacher Education (Vol. 1, pp. 199-214). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003183945-17
Dewey, J. (1904). The Relation of Theory to Practice in Education. In C. A. McMurry (Ed.), The Third Yearbook of the National Society for the Scientific Study of Education (pp. 9-30). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Hamza, K., Palm, O., Palmqvist, J., Piqueras, J., & Wickman, P.-O. (2017). Hybridization of practices in teacher–researcher collaboration. European educational research journal, 17(1), 170-186. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117693850  
Jones, S.-L., Hall, T., Procter, R., Connolly, C., & Fazlagić, J. (2022). Conceptualising translational research in schools: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Educational Research, 114, 101998. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.101998  
Knight, R. (2014). The emerging professional: exploring student teachers’ developing conceptions of the relationship between theory and practice in learning to teach., University of Derby.
Korthagen, F., & Kessels, J. (1999). Linking Theory and Practice: Changing the Pedagogy of Teacher Education. Educational Researcher, 28, 4-17.
Malin, J. R., Brown, C., Ion, G., van Ackeren, I., Bremm, N., Luzmore, R., . . . Rind, G. M. (2020). World-wide barriers and enablers to achieving evidence-informed practice in education: what can be learnt from Spain, England, the United States, and Germany? Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 7(1), 99. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-020-00587-8  
McGarr, O., O’Grady, E., & Guilfoyle, L. (2017). Exploring the theory-practice gap in initial teacher education: moving beyond questions of relevance to issues of power and authority. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43, 48-60.
McIntyre, D. (2005). Bridging the gap between research and practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 35(3), 357-382. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640500319065  
McLaughlin, C., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2007). School–university partnerships for educational research—distinctions, dilemmas and challenges. The Curriculum Journal, 18(3), 327-341. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585170701589967  
OECD (2022), Who Cares about Using Education Research in Policy and Practice?: Strengthening Research Engagement, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/d7ff793d-en.
Simons, H., Kushner, S., Jones, K., & James, D. (2003). From evidence‐based practice to practice‐based evidence: the idea of situated generalisation. Research Papers in Education, 18(4), 347-364. https://doi.org/10.1080/0267152032000176855
 
17:15 - 18:4502 SES 03 A: Green Skills and Green Occupations
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Presha Ramsarup
Panel Discussion
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Panel Discussion

Identifying, Developing and Evaluating Green Skills and Green Occupations: Conceptualising the Green Transition in VET

Presha Ramsarup1, Michael Gessler2, Simon McGrath3, Jo-Anna Russon4, Mónica Moso5, Paolo Nardi6

1University of Witwatersrand; 2University of Bremen; 3University of Glasgow; 4University of Nottingham; 5CaixaBank Dualiza; 6European Forum of Technical and Vocational Education and Training

Presenting Author: Ramsarup, Presha; Gessler, Michael; McGrath, Simon; Moso, Mónica; Nardi, Paolo

As the world grapples to conceptualise green transitions, work and education systems have struggled to respond to the systemic and historical contradictions and barriers to change. Vocational education and training (VET) occupies a unique position at the intersection of both skills and occupation systems and there are clear indications of the need for more transformative and critical approaches to research that supports green transitions.

In this panel discussion we explore the dynamics of a multi-scalar approach to VET that takes account of the dynamics of a green transition from a multi-level, multi-actor, macro–meso–micro perspective. Drawing from diverse contexts, and methodological and theoretical domains the panel explores new ways of thinking about VET and the green transition. Each panellist will explore these transition dynamics through a focus on following questions:

  1. What macro, meso, and micro trends and developments are emerging in conceptualising the green transition within VET in selected countries?
  2. What challenges or gaps emerge in developing a multi-scalar conceptualisation of green transitions in VET?
  3. What are the implications for VET practice and research?

The presentations, draw on empirical examples from a range of European and African cases:

  • German transition to climate-neutrality: Bridging the gap between (macro) labor market scenario techniques and (micro) vocational teaching and learning processes in an emerging green hydrogen sector where green hydrogen production industries (and related skills and occupations) are required that do not yet exist (Niediek, 2023).
  • South Africa and Uganda meso-level approach: Much work in social science research has concentrated on the macro or micro levels. Recent work on social ecosystems for skills (Ramsarup, McGrath and Lotz-Sisitka, 2023; Spours and Grainger, 2023) develops a meso level approach, nested within a wider multi-scalar approach to skills for (just) green transitions.
  • Spain: methodological opportunities and limitations in multidimensional analyses. Analysing alignment between green labour market demand and the provision of green occupations by VET systems (European Commission and JRC, 2022). Considering the role of innovation dynamics (Fontana et al., 2023), employment patterns (Fernández Gómez & Larrea Basterra, 2022) and the development of green occupations within VET providers (Lucas et al., 2018).
  • South Africa, Namibia, Botswana, Zambia, Mauritius: Beyond skills supply and demand in the low-carbon transition. Mechanisms and tools have emerged for attempting to understand intermediate skills demand across the economy and to translate this into TVET provision planning, however, implementation remains fragmented. A critique of the metaphor of ‘supply’ and ‘demand’ inidicates where it can divert attention away from the broader systemic transitions needed to catalyse a low carbon transition.
  • UK aid for skills: contracting out the green skills dilemma (South Africa, Uganda). Private sector contractors play a growing role in UK aid for education and skills. A political economy critique (Russon, 2023) questions whether and how ‘skills for growth’ narratives aligned with donor interests can effectively engage with the macro-micro-meso dynamics of the green transition agenda.
  • Europe - Driving institutional coherence in the transition: VET providers are key actors in responding to the challenges we outline. A central methodological issue, therefore, becomes how VET providers learn from each other regarding promising responses to a rapidly changing environment. Initiatives worth exploring here are the European Commission's Centres of Vocational Excellence programme and UNESCO-UNEVOC's Bridging Innovation in Learning and Training project (Loveder, 2021).

The structural change required for the green transition is dependent on a good understanding of the policies, actors, institutions and institutional arrangements that comprise the skills formation system. This panel advances knowledge on the systemic analysis of green skills and green occupations and the importance of identifying the contradictions and historical challenges in conceptualising green transitions in VET.


References
European Commission, Joint Research Centre. (2022). GreenComp, the European sustainability competence framework, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/13286

Fernández Gómez, J., & Larrea Basterra, M. (2022). Empleo y capacidades verdes en la CAPV (Cuadernos Orkestra, núm. 01/2022). Instituto Vasco de Competitividad - Fundación Deusto. https://www.orkestra.deusto.es/es/investigacion/publicaciones/informes/cuadernos-orkestra/2333-220008-empleo-capacidades-verdes-capv

Fontana, S., Bisogni, F. & Renwick, R. (2023). The future of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies: Sustainable, Inclusive and Resilient. Commission for the European Committee of the Regions. https://data.europa.eu/doi:10.2863/89427    

Loveder, Phil (2021). TVET governance: steering collective action. New Qualifications and Competencies for Future-Oriented TVET. Volume 1. UNESCO-UNEVOC International Centre for Technical and Vocational Education and Training. https://unevoc.unesco.org/pub/new_qualifications_and_competencies_for_future-oriented_tvet_-_vol_1_.pdf  

Lucas, H., Pinnington, S., & Cabeza, L.F. (2018). Education and training gaps in the renewable energy sector. Solar Energy, 173, 449-455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.solener.2018.07.061

Niediek, S. (2023). Grünen Wasserstoff international erschließen. BWP, 4/2023, p. 47-48. https://www.bibb.de/dokumente/pdf/BWP-2023-H4-47f.pdf

Ramsarup, P., McGrath, S. and Lotz-Sisitka, H., 2023 Reframing skills ecosystems for sustainable and just futures. International Journal of Educational Development 101, 102836.

Russon, J. (2023) Multinationals, Poverty Alleviation and UK Aid: The Complex Quest for Mutually Beneficial Outcomes. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003251422

Spours, K. and Grainger, P., 2023. The mediating role of further and higher education in a Just Transition social ecosystem  Journal of Vocational Education and Training. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2258521.

Chair
Presha Ramsarup, presha.ramsarup@wits.ac.za, University of Witwatersrand
Stephanie Allais, Matseleng.Allais@wits.ac.za, University of Witwatersrand
 
17:15 - 18:4502 SES 03 B: AI and Digitalisation
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Andreas Saniter
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Digitalisation and Transmission of Patient Care Information in Nursing: What Digitally Competent Nurses Need

Andrea Carla Volpe, Patrizia Salzmann, Deli Salini, Kezia Löffel

The Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training SFUVET, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Volpe, Andrea Carla

Increasing digitalisation throughout the world is significantly impacting work processes and activities as well as competence requirements for employees. In the context of nursing care, the introduction of ICT-supported documentation and communication systems and mobile end-devices is of particular importance (Daum, 2017). The transmission and documentation of patient care information (PCI) in healthcare institutions, which are essential to ensure continuity and quality of patient care (Daum, 2017; Güttler et al., 2010), are profoundly affected by the introduction of digital devices and digitalisation (e.g., Rouleau et al., 2017). This raises the question of what digital competences nurses need to successfully cope with PCI transmission.

Internationally, various catalogues of digital competences exist (e.g., Becka et al., 2020; Kuhn et al., 2019). Some of these catalogues address a generic population and not specifically nurses and other healthcare professions (Vuorikari et al., 2022). Furthermore, to date, the international catalogues of digital competencies for nurses and healthcare professions have not been formally integrated into Swiss national educational programmes (e.g., Brunner et al., 2018). Switzerland lacks a consensus on basic digital competences in the field of digital health (e.g., Kuhn et al., 2019). This study applied a work analysis approach to identify typical exemplary professional situations of PCI transmission with digital devices in Swiss hospitals and the competencies required to cope successfully with these situations (Volpe et al., in preparation). It is based on the so-called ‘course-of-action’ approach to work analysis (Durand & Poizat, 2015; Theureau, 2006). This is a theoretical tradition of work analysis inspired by Francophone ergonomics (Filliettaz et al., 2015), a key assumption of which is that the design of learning environments and programmes should be based on a detailed understanding of workplace practices and requirements (e.g., Daniellou, 2005; Durand & Poizat, 2015; Guerin et al., 2007). To analyse real work practices and identify typical situations of PCI transmission, the researchers applied a video ethnography approach, which was performed with on-site observations and video recordings of the professional activities of 24 nurses in six hospitals. Subsequently, the nurses were invited to participate in individual self-confrontation interviews. During these interviews, the nurses were shown video footage of their professional practices and asked to identify the meaningful aspects of their lived experiences using a semiotic approach. Each video clip consisted of a selection (made by the research group) of observed situations relevant to the PCI transmission theme.

The researchers identified six key moments in the transmission and documentation of PCI with digital devices, represented by selected and validated situations and a set of digital competences that the nurses applied or would have been required to successfully deal with these situations.

The results of this study are of high practical relevance, as they can guide the development of nursing competency frameworks and the conception of training content that closely mimics real work situations. They contribute to the existing literature by concretizing the existing international catalogues of digital competences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This ethnographic research was conducted in six hospital wards (four in the German-speaking part and two in the Italian-speaking part of Switzerland) and involved 24 nurses. This research was rooted in a work analysis approach within the French ergonomics tradition, specifically the ‘Course of Action’ research programme (Durand & Poizat, 2015; Theureau, 2006; Varela et al., 1991).
The initial familiarisation phase involved context analysis through desk research, semi-structured interviews and questionnaires administered to head nursing managers, ward nursing managers and IT managers in each participating hospital. Prior to the video ethnography data collection, the researchers were also present in each ward for 6–7 days without a camera to familiarise themselves with the field. During data collection, the researchers observed and video-recorded the nurses’ professional activities using wearable devices to capture videos during three shifts per nurse.The researchers then conducted a self-confrontation interview with each nurse, which involved showing videos of their nursing activities and inviting them to explain what was meaningful to them (Poizat & Martin, 2020).
Data processing involved transcribing the self-confrontation interviews, including verbal and non-verbal aspects.Synchronisation protocols aligned the observed situations with the corresponding interview transcriptions. Semiological analysis applied to the protocols included a deconstruction phase to identify significant activities for the nurses. These activities were analysed using a six-component matrix (hexadic sign) inspired by Peirce’s (1994) three experience categories.To identify nurses’ digital competences, i.e., their digital knowledge, skills and attitudes, the focus was on three of the six components: unit of experience, situated knowledge and engagement. Then we identified typical aspects of each person’s experience and compared these aspects among participating nurses. This allowed for specifying the transversal aspects of their experiences.
The analysis of situated knowledge allowed the identification of a considerable amount of knowledge actualised in context, considering both the insights expressed by nursing staff during the self-confrontation interviews and what was expressed as actual actions in the units of experience (which included methodological knowledge or skills activated in situ). A cross-sectional analysis of comments made by nurses during the self-confrontation interviews and the analysis of the engagements revealed a set of attitudes and values concerning collaborative dimensions among colleagues, interactions with patients and interactions with digital tools. Finally, once the nursing digital competences were identified, alignment with the existing macro area of digital competences was applied via the Digital Competence Framework for Citizens (Vuorikari et al., 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The observed situations of PCI transmission with digital devices were classified into four categories: communication with patients, intraprofessional communication, interprofessional communication and nursing documentation. Within these categories, six key moments of PCI transmission with digital devices represented by selected and validated situations were identified: (a) medication administration, (b) shift handover, (c) patient admission, transfer and discharge, (d) physician–nurse rounds, (e) reading PCI and (f) inserting/editing PCI.
Semiological analyses of the observations and self-confrontation interviews revealed a catalogue of situated digital competences, including knowledge, skills and attitudes that the nurses mobilised to successfully deal with the situations of transmission and documentation of PCI with digital devices. An example of such a situated digital competence in a shift handover situation is: The nurse can filter anamnesis patient data in the clinical information system (CIS) to enhance intra-professional collaboration within the team. To achieve this, the nurse needs to (a) know the Electronic Health Record modules (knowledge), (b) be able to locate information and assess the workload for each patient (skills) and (c) foster interprofessional collaboration (attitudes). This situated digital competence is aligned with the following digital competence macro areas of the Digital Competence Framework for Citizens  (Vuorikari et al., 2022): (a) information and data literacy, (b) communication and collaboration.

References
Becka, D., Bräutigam, C., & Evans, M. (2020). " Digitale Kompetenz" in der Pflege: Ergebnisse eines internationalen Literaturreviews und Herausforderungen beruflicher Bildung (No. 08/2020). Forschung Aktuell.
Brunner, M., McGregor, D., Keep, M., Janssen, A., Spallek, H., Quinn, D., ... Solman, A. (2018). An eHealth capabilities framework for graduates and health professionals: Mixed-methods study. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 20(5), e10229.
Daniellou, F. (2005). The French-speaking ergonomists' approach to work activity: cross-influences of field intervention and conceptual models. Theoretical issues in ergonomics science, 6(5), 409-427.
Daum, M. (2017). Digitalisierung und Technisierung der Pflege in Deutschland. DAA-Stiftung, Bildung und Beruf, Hamburg.
Durand, M., & Poizat, G. (2015). An activity-centred approach to work analysis and the design of vocational training situations. In L. Filliettaz & S. Billett (Eds.), Francophone perspectives of learning through work: Conceptions, traditions and practices (pp. 221–240). Springer.
Filliettaz, L., Billett, S., Bourgeois, E., Durand, M., & Poizat, G. (2015). Conceptualising and connecting Francophone perspectives on learning through and for work. Francophone perspectives of learning through work: Conceptions, traditions and practices, 19-48.
Guérin, F., Laville, A., Daniellou, F., Duraffourg, J., & Kerguelen, A. (2007). Understanding and transforming work: the practice of ergonomics. Lyon: Anact.
Güttler, K., Schoska, M., & Görres, S. (2010). Pflegedokumentation mit IT-Systemen. Eine Symbiose von Wissenschaft, Technik und Praxis. Bern: Hans Huber Verlag.
Kuhn, S., Ammann, D., Cichon, I., Ehlers, J., Guttormsen, S., Hülsken-Giesler, M., Kaap-Fröhlich, S., Kickbusch, I., Pelikan, J., Reber, K., Ritschl, H., & Wilbacher, I. (2019). Wie revolutioniert die digitale Transformation die Bildung der Berufe im Gesundheitswesen? Careum Working Paper 8. Zürich: Careum Stiftung.
Peirce, C. S. (1994). Collected papers of charles sanders peirce (Vol. 1). Harvard University Press.
Poizat, G., & Martin, J. S. (2020). The course-of-action research program: historical and conceptual landmarks. Activités, 17(17-2).
Rouleau, G., Gagnon, M. P., Côté, J., Payne-Gagnon, J., Hudson, E., & Dubois, C. A. (2017). Impact of information and communication technologies on nursing care: Results of an overview of systematic reviews. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 19(4), e122.
Theureau, J. (2006). Le cours d’action: Méthode développée. Octarès.
Varela, F. J., Thompson, E., & Rosch, E. (1991). The embodied mind: Cognitive science and human experience. MIT Press.
Vuorikari Rina, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens-With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes (No. JRC128415). Joint Research Centre (Seville site).


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Social Capital of Actors in VET: An Egocentric Case Study Based on the AI Pioneers Project

Lisa Meyne, Christine Siemer

University of Bremen, Institute Technology and Education

Presenting Author: Meyne, Lisa; Siemer, Christine

The importance of involved stakeholders and the resulting social networks in international VET cooperation is highlighted in a large number of empirical studies (see e.g., Gessler, 2019). While social network analysis has a broader range of empirical use cases in a wide variety of educational settings (see e.g., Hodge et al., 2020; Jan & Vlachopoulos, 2018), the state of research related to VET (see e.g., Ditchman et al., 2018) is found to a much lesser extent, as is the coverage of social capital within international VET research (see Gessler & Siemer, 2020; Siemer & Gessler, 2021). This paper focuses on the development of social capital in the course of network building and its sustainability in an international consortium using the case study of the funded Erasmus+ project AI Pioneers. The following research questions will be pursued in the context of the submission:

1) Which actors play a central role at the beginning of network building in the field of vocational education and training?

2) What is the intensity of the relationships over the course of the network formation?

This paper will draw on various theoretical approaches in network research to build the theoretical and conceptual framework of the study. As the funded project is an innovation project, the promoter model is used to apply the "content-related dimension of support" (Gessler & Siemer, 2020, p. 46) within the egocentric networks to be analysed with the roles of power promoter, expertise promoter, process promoter and relationship promoter (Witte, 1999). The basic idea of the promoter model is the assumption that promoters are able to overcome barriers in the innovation process due to suitable resources, which has a promising effect on the implementation of projects (e.g., Gessler, 2019; Witte, 1999). Furthermore, the differentiation between bridging and bonding social capital, and thus the intensity of relationships, is crucial (Patulny & Svendsen, 2007). The distinction between strong and weak ties can be traced back to Granovetter (1973). Following on from Granovetter (1973), Marsden and Campbell (1984) empirically addressed the question of which further indicators can be used to capture the strength of social relationships. The authors primarily identified indicators for the closeness of relationships and also refer to the frequency of contact as well as the duration described as the years of acquaintance (Marsden & Campbell, 1984). Following on from this, Gessler and Siemer (2020; see also Siemer & Gessler, 2021) introduce a specification in the form of a level model for measuring the closeness of social relationships which is applied in the course of the present work: 1) Pure exchange of information, 2) Mutual exchange but distanced, 3) Goal-oriented coordination, 4) Cooperation, and 5) Trust in each other. The different levels are characterised to varying degrees by the features of relevance, reciprocity, intentionality, interdependence and consistency, so that the intensity increases over the five levels and the attributes of the subordinate levels are to be assigned to the superordinate levels as well.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The focus of the funded Erasmus+ project AI Pioneers (funding period 2023-2025) promotes the use and teaching of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in adult and vocational education and training, with a total of 10 project partners from seven different EU countries involved in the AI Pioneers project network (Germany, Greece, Portugal, Italy, Spain, Cyprus, Estonia). The focus of the project, besides the development of policy recommendations, toolkits, implementation guidelines of AI use cases and guidelines for the ethical and trustworthy use of AI in education, is on the implementation and establishment of an international network of AI Pioneers so that educators, stakeholders, policy makers and education planners are addressed as reference points for the design and implementation of future education projects related to AI (see e.g., Attwell et al., 2023). As network formation is at the core of the AI Pioneers project, this article aims to contribute to recording the network structures and describe the social capital that has been created. For this purpose, we use the egocentric network analysis (Fuhse, 2018) and examine the development of the intensity of the established relationships over the duration of the project.
The topic of defining the boundaries of networks is central to network research, although there is no clear consensus on how these are to be clearly defined and what meaning emerges from them (Häußling, 2009). Accordingly, we define the network to be analysed in this study along the thematic focus on the AI Pioneers project. Using egocentric network analysis, the individual project partners are asked about their relevant relationships in the project context, and thus focussing on a specific number of actors and relationships.
We use a standardized guideline for data collection (Döring, 2023). In order to gather as much contextual knowledge as possible about the subsequently generated network maps, the standardized key questions are supplemented by further in-depth questions.  According to Marsden and Campbell: "Egocentric network data describe the local social environments surrounding individual actors in a network – usually comprising one or more of each focal actor’s direct contacts (“alters”) and certain qualities of the dyadic relationships between that actor (“ego”) and the alters" (Marsden & Campbell, 2012, p. 18). The data is analyzed, evaluated and visualized using the VennMaker tool.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It can be expected that the project partners of the Erasmus+ project AI Pioneers and their relationships with relevant stakeholders, which have arisen in the project context and also relate to it in terms of content, will intensify over the course of the implementation and thus contribute to the sustainability of the network. Furthermore, it can be expected that the networks and thus the social capital of the project partners within the international consortium will differ significantly from one another, possibly due to the different partners and their relationships with project-relevant stakeholders as well as their experience in the implementation of international projects in the context of artificial intelligence in the educational field. Interesting results could also emerge with regard to the organisation of the role of the relationship promoter, as the size of the networks may depend strongly on the commitment of individuals and their networking skills in the context of vocational education and training.
Beyond the research design presented here, future research with regard to the survey of overall networks as well as the associated quantitative key figures in terms of density and centrality would be particularly interesting to follow, as well as the perspective of long-term sustainability of the relationships established beyond the end of the project.

References
Attwell, G., Deitmer, L., & Bekiaridis, G. (2023). AI pioneers: Developing a community of practice for artificial intelligence (AI) and vocational education and training. In V. Tūtlys, L. Vaitkutė & C. Nägele (Eds.), Proceedings of the 5th Crossing Boundaries Conference, Kaunas, 25. – 26. May (pp. 30–37). VETNET, Vytautas Magnus University Education Academy. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7808076
Ditchman, N. M., Miller, J. L., & Easton, A. B. (2018). Vocational rehabilitation service patterns: An application of social network analysis to examine employment outcomes of transition-age individuals with autism. Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin, 61(3) 143–153. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034355217709455
Döring, N. (2023). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Springer.
Fuhse, J. (2018). Soziale Netzwerke, Konzepte und Forschungsmethoden. Springer.
Gessler, M. (2019). Promotoren der Innovation im transnationalen Berufsbildungstransfer: Eine Fallstudie. In M. Gessler, M. Fuchs & M. Pilz (Eds.), Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers dualer Berufsbildung (pp. 231–279). Springer.
Gessler, M., & Siemer, C. (2020). Nachhaltigkeit internationaler Berufsbildungszusammenarbeit: Erfassung des sozialen Kapitals mittels personaler Netzwerkanalysen. In Berufsbildung International – Nachhaltigkeit (S. 44–47). BMBF.
Granovetter, M. S. (1973). The Strength of Weak Ties. American Journal of Sociology, 78(6), 1360–1380. https://doi.org/10.1086/225469
Häußling, R. (2009). Einleitung. In R. Häußling (Ed.), Grenzen von Netzwerken (pp. 7-14). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-91856-3
Hodge, E., Childs, J., & Au, W. (2020). Power, brokers, and agendas: New directions for the use of social network analysis in education policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28(117).  https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5874
Jan, S. K., & Vlachopoulos, P. (2018). Social network analysis: A framework for identifying communities in higher education online learning. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 24, 621–639 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-018-9375-y
Marsden, P. V., & Campbell, K. E. (1984): Measuring Tie Strength. In: Social Forces, Vol. 63, No. 2, 482. https://doi.org/10.2307/2579058
Patulny, R. V., & Lind Haase Svendsen, G. (Eds.). Exploring the social capital grid: Bonding, bridging, qualitative, quantitative. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 27(1/2), 32–51. https://doi.org/10.1108/01443330710722742
Siemer, C., & Gessler, M. (2021). The role of research partners in funded model projects in the context of the internationalisation of VET: Research partners as promoters. In C. Nägele, N. Kersh & B. E. Stalder (Eds.), Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), VETNET (pp. 270–278). https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.517243
Witte, E. (1999). Das Promotoren-Modell. In J. Hauschild & H. G. Gemünden (Hrsg.). Promotoren, Champions der Innovation (2. erweiterte Auflage, S. 9 – 41). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-322-99247-5


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Artificial Intelligence (AI) To Support E-Learning

Andreas Saniter, Vivian Harberts

ITB Uni Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Saniter, Andreas; Harberts, Vivian

Since the broad public launching of artificial intelligence (AI)-based large language models in autumn 2022, a debate about potential benefits and risks of AI in education, including vocational education and training (VET) arose (cp. Chiu et al. 2023, Nemorin et al. 2023, Windelband 2023). But, as there is only little experience and almost no evidence referring to this technology in education, most publications discuss potential developments and are based on estimations. A broad consensus is, that AI will have serious influence on teaching, training and learning – but if this influence appears as threat or potential often depends strongly on the beliefs of the authors. Additionally, the various dimensions of complex teaching and learning processes might be tackled very different by AI.

Against this background, a transnational consortium with colleagues from Spain, Portugal, Slovenia and Germany decided to deliver a small piece of evidence about the usefulness of AI in a very concrete setting:

Can AI support drop-out prevention in electronic learning (e-learning) via personalised tutoring?

Drop-out rates in e-learnings are high, cp. for example Khali & Ebner (2014) or Dopler et al. (2023). Among the various potential reasons for drop-out is one, that can be influenced by (human or artificial) tutors: If the learner is lost at a certain point, individual support might guide him or her back on the track.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To work on the question, we have chosen various e-learnings, one focussing on additive manufacturing (AM) that has been developed in a previous project (metals 2019). Target groups are apprentices in technical domains, their participation is voluntarily and completely anonymous (low-stakes), they log-in on devices of their VET-centres with functional e-mails (“user 1”). They are free to choose of 27 modules – they can work on any amount of the modules and can start where they want to start. Each module takes approx. one hour and can be completed via a short multiple-choice test. Navigation within the modules is also up to the learners; there is a suggested sequence, but it is not mandatory to follow the suggestion. Finally, each module offers additional optional materials; for example, links to explanatory videos. Or, to put it different, whilst designing the e-learning modules a high degree of freedom for the learners has been installed.
All navigation patterns of the learners are tracked via the internal tracking function of the learning management system (LMS).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First pilots with two German classes of industrial mechanics are very promising. The participants represent a broad spectre from being not interested in AM (and thus not in the modules), via pragmatic and efficient work on the modules till engaged learning with many modules and the additional optional materials. Data has been analysed traditionally (comparison of navigation and correlation of patterns, without AI) and some indicators for success respective drop-out have been identified, for example that learning with certain of the offered optional materials increase the success rate in the tests – thus a traditional approach towards individualised tutoring could be to recommend these optional materials to apprentices who struggle with the test.
Currently the AI is fed with the collected data, we hope that it will identify more complex navigation patterns that lead to success respective drop-out – and that analysis of these patterns will lead to more elaborated approaches of individualised tutoring.

References
Chiu, T. K., Xia, Q., Zhou, X., Chai, C. S., & Cheng, M. (2023). Systematic literature review on opportunities, challenges, and future research recommendations of artificial intelligence in education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, 100118.
Dopler, S., Beil, D., & Putz-Egger, L. M. (2023). Cognitive learning outcomes of virtual vs. in-person gamified workshops: A pre-post survey experiment.
Khalil, Hanan & Ebner, Martin. (2014). MOOCs Completion Rates and Possible Methods to Improve Retention - A Literature Review.
Metals (2019). https://metals.mobil-lernen.com/de/elearning
Nemorin, S., Vlachidis, A., Ayerakwa, H. M., & Andriotis, P. (2023). AI hyped? A horizon scan of discourse on artificial intelligence in education (AIED) and development. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 38-51.
Windelband, L. (2023). Artificial Intelligence and Assistance Systems for Technical Vocational Education and Training–Opportunities and Risks. In New Digital Work: Digital Sovereignty at the Workplace (pp. 195-213). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
 
17:15 - 18:4503 SES 03 A: How do we Develop Teachers' Flow in the Process of Curriculum Making across the Continuum of their career?
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Audrey Doyle
Research Workshop
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Research Workshop

How do we Develop Teachers’ Flow in the Process of Curriculum Making across the Continuum of their Career?

Audrey Doyle1, Nienke Nieveen2, Sarah O'Grady1, Marie Conroy Johnson1

1Dublin City University, Ireland; 2Eindhoven University of Technology (TU/e)

Presenting Author: Doyle, Audrey; Nieveen, Nienke; O'Grady, Sarah; Conroy Johnson, Marie

This workshop introduces the methodology of Design Based Research (Brown, 1992; Plomp & Nieveen, 2013) to map how the team, composed from universities in the Netherlands and Ireland, hope to answer the question: What supportive semiotic, material, and social flows do teachers need in order to engage in the process of curriculum making across the continuum of their career.

The teachers’ role has become highly complex in employing their professional judgement as they face the challenges of the UN sustainable development goals, the velocity of technological change, emerging new curricula (Priestley & Biesta, 2013) and the complexity of new approaches to pedagogy (Doll, 1993). One of the greatest challenges for the teacher is becoming a curriculum maker (Clandinin & Connelly, 1992). Curriculum making may be defined as an “interactive and non-linear process that occurs and flows across various contexts and sites” (Priestley, Philippou, Alvunger & Soini, 2021, p. 273) and engages actors “who interpret, translate, mediate and enact policy through the exercise of professional judgements” (Priestley & Xenofontos, 2021). This understanding of curriculum making recognises the teacher’s role as highly networked and connective, nesting in the wider ecological social system of the school and society and connected to the other sites of curriculum making (Priestley et al. 2022).

The supporting needs and infra-structure to develop teachers’ curriculum making agency and capacity, developed over the continuum of their career, are the foci of this workshop. It offers participants an overview of possible pathways teachers may take in their career (Figure 1). It proposes that this framework can help teachers to navigate their career and that school leaders can use it to support career development and to identify career possibilities within their school.

Figure 1:A model of the framework by Snoek, De Wit & Dengerink,(2020) will be proffered here

Figure 2 depicts the diversification of design tasks from the perspective of three dimensions: substantive (what), socio-political (with whom) and technical-professional (how) (Nieveen & van der Hoeven, 2011; De Vries, Nieveen, & Huizinga, 2020). It zooms in on the importance of teacher agency (Priestley, Biesta & Robinson, 2015), and sees the professional development of the teacher as a curriculum maker as both moving up and along by becoming an expert teacher, moving sideways by adding new roles to the role of classroom teacher (in this case that of becoming a designer) and from the middle, connecting and adding layers of system (by taking design roles at team, school, regional or national settings). Throughout this progression of a teacher’s career, they engage in a process of knowledge making which can be described as an arranging, organizing, and fitting together a multiplicity of components in relation to curriculum (Thijs & van den Akker, 2009).

Figure 2: Framework of Curriculum Design Pathways for Teachers

The success of this process depends on the synergy of three types of flow: semiotic, material, and social (Deleuze and Guattari, 2003, p.22). These three flows must work simultaneously, to bring about transformation or reterritorialization (Deleuze & Guattari, 2003). The semiotic flow is concerned with curriculum ideology, concepts, language, and communication. The material flow is made up of content such as the physical structures, documents, artefacts. How these work together through relationships, pedagogy and collaboration makes up the social flow (Dempsey, Doyle & Looney, 2021). This workshop requests participants to apply these three flows to the five different stages of curriculum design proficiency possibly undertaken by a teacher over their career (Figure 2). Each of these three flows, their fluidity and viscosity, will be applied to important questions: what do teachers’ design? With whom do they design and how do they design?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The proposed workshop is built upon a Design Based Research (Brown, 1992; Plomp & Nieveen, 2013) approach. The activities will facilitate discussion of elements perceived to be representative of each of the five stages of the framework presented in the workshop. The information gleaned from this activity will reflect European / International experience as described by the participants. The frame of the DBR activity will assist with the development of existing theory (participant feedback on the framework) and the generation of new theory (based on participant additions to the framework), thus facilitating participant co-design. Overall feedback will contribute to the design of prototypes for each strand of the framework. This will feed forward into Phase 2 of the research, i.e. an empirical investigation focused on the research question: How do we develop teachers’ semiotic, material and social flow in the process of curriculum making across the continuum of their career?

The workshop schedule will operate as follows:

Time          Activity
20 minutes Input:
➔ Curriculum Making (Priestley et al. 2021; Priestley and Xenofontos, 2021)
➔ Curriculum Design (Nieveen & van der Hoeven, 2011; Nieveen et al., 2023)
➔ Semiotic, material, and social flow in curriculum (Deleuze & Guattari, 2003; Dempsey et al. 2021)
➔ Diversification of curriculum design tasks from the substantive; socio-political; and technical-professional perspective (Nieveen & van der Hoeven, 2011; De Vries, Nieveen, & Huizinga, 2020)

15 minutes The frameworks and formulation of the 5 groups:

A. Pre-service Teacher
B. Beginning Teacher
C. Experienced Teacher in charge of subject development
D. Experienced teacher in charge of educational development
E. Experienced teacher working on regional or national design
25 minutes Activity: Each group applies the flows to their specific strand
30 minutes Feedback and Discussion

The following directional questions will be presented, and feedback will be sought on the proposed model:
● Do the elements of your strand of the framework represent it as you know it in your country?
● Are there any elements which have not been considered?
● Comment on each of the curriculum flows (semiotic, material, and social) as they apply to your strand.
● What challenges (viscosity) might present themselves to supporting the people who are representative of your strand?
● What opportunities (fluidity) might present themselves in supporting the people who are representative of your strand?
Ethical approval sought by both universities and applied to workshop in form of consent forms.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Currently, no established or formalised agreed upon teacher career pathways for curriculum design capacities exist (figure 2) nor for any of the other pathways in figure 1 in either country. Moreover, an infrastructure for the continuous professional development of teachers throughout their career is lacking.  There is a serious gap whereby teachers and teacher design teams have access to feasible and high-quality professional development opportunities in order to leverage their design capacities for their classes, schools and nation.  
This workshop will discuss the opportunities and challenges of developing such supports and infrastructure at each stage of the teacher's career.  It hopes to draw on the international experiences of the participants in charting how teacher career capacity in curriculum design is supported at present in their varying countries.  From this initial design, the team hopes, through iterations of DBR, to further interrogate each strand of the career pathways of teachers as curriculum maker and designer, from Pico to the Supra,  and map what supports each strand need to build teacher capacity and agency in curriculum making.  Throughout this future process, we recognise the importance of the situatedness of the teacher in their school’s culture and context (Pieters, Voogt & Paraja-Roblin, 2019; Nieveen, Voogt & van den Akker, 2023, Van den Akker & Nieveen, 2021); their work as an individual and as a team  (Voogt et al., 2011); the different types of schools in both jurisdictions and the curricula and professional expectations of each country.  The role of the teacher as curriculum maker has become highly complex and needs a new supported trajectory of professional career development.  This workshop will begin the process of mapping how we can begin to build a supporting framework for curriculum making that can synergise the three flows, semiotic, material and social, simultaneously.


References
Biesta, G. (2020), Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational theory, 70, 89-104.

Brown, A. (1992). ‘Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings.’ Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2):141–78.

Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1992). Teacher as curriculum maker. In P. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of curriculum (pp. 363–461). NY: Macmillan.

Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (2003). A Thousand Plateaus, University of Minneapolis Press.

Dempsey, M., Doyle, A., & Looney, A. (2021). The craft of curriculum making in lower secondary education in Ireland. In M. Priestley, T. Soini, S. Alvunger, & S. Philippou (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 199-222). Emerald

Doll, W. E. (1993). A Post-Modern Perspective on Curriculum. Teachers College Press.

Haleem A., Javaid, M., Qadri, M. A. & Suman, R. (2022). Understanding the role of digital technologies in education: A review, Sustainable Operations and Computers, 3, 275-285,

Kumar, S., Tiwari, P. & Zymbler, M. (2019). Internet of Things is a revolutionary approach for future technology enhancement: a review. J Big Data 6, 111.

Nieveen, N. & van der Hoeven, M. (2011). Building the curricular capacity of teachers: Insights from the Netherlands. In P. Picard & L. Ria (Eds.), Beginning teachers: a challenge for educational systems – CIDREE Yearbook 2011 (pp. 49-64). France: ENS de Lyon, Institut Français de l’Éducation.

Nieveen, N.M., van den Akker, J.J.H., Voogt, J.M. (2023). Curriculum design. In: R.J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, K. Erkican (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education, vol. 7 (pp. 198–205). Elsevier.

Pieters, J., Voogt, J., Pareja Roblin, N. (2019) (Eds.). Collaborative curriculum design for sustainable innovation and teacher learning. Springer.

Plomp, T. & Nieveen, N. (2013) (Eds.). Educational design research: Introduction and illustrative cases. Enschede: SLO.

Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing.

Priestley, M, Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (eds.) 2021. Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across the diverse contexts. Emerald.

Priestley, M. & Xenofontos, C. (2021). Curriculum making: key concepts and practices. In J Biddulph and J Flutter (eds.) Inspiring Primary Curriculum Design, London: Routledge, pp. 1-13

Thijs, A., & Van den Akker, J. (2009). Curriculum in development. Enschede: SLO.

Voogt, J., Westbroek, H., Handelzalts, A., Walraven, A., McKenney, S., Pieters, J., et al. (2011). Teacher learning in collaborative curriculum design. Teaching and teacher education, 27(8), 1235–1244.
 
17:15 - 18:4504 SES 03 A: Literature Reviews in Inclusive Education: co-teaching, pedagogies, and giftedness
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Vasilis Strogilos
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Students’ Experiences and Views on Co-Teaching: A Systematic Review

Vasilis Strogilos1, Margaret King-Sears2, Eleni Tragoulia3, Anastasia Toulia4

1University of Southampton, United Kingdom; 2George Mason University; 3University of Crete; 4University of Thessaly

Presenting Author: Strogilos, Vasilis; Tragoulia, Eleni

Context:

Following the international inclusion movement, co-teaching between special and general educators has appeared as one approach to the education of students with and without disabilities in the general education classroom (Strogilos et al., 2017). Co-teaching consists of general and special educators partnering to plan, deliver, and assess instruction in a general education class where, together, they teach students with and without disabilities (Friend et al., 2010). Research on co-teaching has extensively grown in the last decades, due to the increasing number of schools which are educating students with disabilities in co-taught classrooms.

Research on co-teaching has focused on its process and impact and especially the use of co-teaching models by the two educators. Seminal studies on co-teaching noted that during co-teaching both educators should be responsible for ‘instructional planning and delivery, assessment of student achievement, and classroom management’ (Nevin at al., 2008, p. 284), and highlighted that educators’ collaboration is paramount in responding to students’ needs (Thousand et al., 2006). Cook and Friend (1995) proposed a number of co-teaching models that co-teachers can select to group their students and to deliver instruction: one teacher leading while the other assists or observes (one-teach, one-assist/ observe/ circulate); both educators share the planning and delivering of instruction by each leading instruction (team teaching), the two teachers dividing students in half (parallel or alternative teaching); and dividing students in stations (station teaching).

Systematic reviews on co-teaching:

The last 20 years a number of reviews have been published mainly to describe teachers’ views on co-teaching (Iacono et al., 2021; Paulsrud & Nilholm, 2020; Scruggs et al., 2007; Solis et al., 2012; Strogilos et al., 2023; Van Garderen et al., 2012) or their students’ academic outcomes (King-Sears et al., 2021; Stefanidis et al., 2023). Only one review describes students’ perception on co-teaching (Wagner et al., 2023), which focuses on the identification of contextual variables surrounding co-teaching and some of its benefits and challenges. In some countries (e.g., England; DfE, 2015), the law requires the involvement of students with disabilities in decisions pertaining their education to empower a historically silenced group. Although the concept of ‘student voice’ has received increased attention, their participation in research studies depends on adult researchers’ perspectives on students’ ability to exercise influence upon their social world (Christensen & Prout, 2005). Students with and without disabilities who are educated in co-taught classes can provide valuable feedback about these experiences, which can be useful for not only researchers but for co-teachers and other school personnel striving to set up effective co-taught classes (e.g., Embury & Kroeger, 2012). Indeed, as more researchers establish lines of research that include students with and without disabilities in their studies (e.g., Leafstedt et al., 2007; Ronn-Lijenfeldt et al., 2023), students are important contributors about what does and does not promote their learning when co-taught.

A systematic review on students’ views on co-teaching to synthesise all the different themes that have appeared in research studies is currently missing. The main aim of the present systematic review is to describe students’ views about a plethora of features that contribute towards students’ academic and social success in co-taught classrooms and to highlight valuable implications for policy, practice and research to improve co-teaching. The review is guided by the following research questions: What are the views of students with and without disabilities about co-teaching? What improvements can be made on co-teaching based on students’ feedback?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To identify studies, we undertook computerised searches in EBSCO, ERIC, Academic Search Complete, PsycINFO, OmniFile Full Text Select (H.W. Wilson), Open Dissertations, ProQuest Dissertations and Conference Proceedings Citation Index-Science. The search dates were between June 2023 and January 1990. We used the search terms: “coteach*”; “co-teaching”; “cooperative teaching”; “co-operative teaching”; “team teaching”; and “collaborative teaching” with the boolean operator “or” between the terms to search related titles, abstracts and keywords. “Calls to the field” for unpublished studies via social media and emails to organisations (e.g., AERA). References in eligible articles were hand-searched. Two authors independently examined titles, abstracts, and full texts. The inter-rater reliability for determining eligible studies was 87%. Another author scrutinised discrepancies to 100% consensus.

Eligible criteria included: (a) original published or unpublished studies with primary data from students with and/or without disabilities in co-taught classrooms; (b) K-12 grades; (c) students received instruction from general and special educators as co-teachers; (d) in English; (e) when other participants in the study (e.g., parents, teachers), data from the students were disaggregated. Exclusion criteria included: (a) research with student data that was about inclusion but not about co-teaching; (b) data from others (e.g., co-teachers) was aggregated with the student data such that disaggregation could not occur; (c) students were preservice teachers rather than in K-12 grades; (d) general and special educators as part of a larger team working together but not co-teaching; (e) research  featuring student’s academic achievement (e.g., standardized tests) only; (f) research in which co-teaching appeared in the findings but was not in the research aims/questions;  and (g) studies which featured students responding to social validity surveys, with queries about aspects of a newly implemented intervention. For studies which featured other participants (e.g., co-teachers), only the portion featuring students was included.

There were 15,203 records identified from the search; 8,758 were excluded due to repetition.  The 6,445 records remaining were screened by title and abstract. After excluding non-related articles, full-text search occurred for 179 studies, with 68 considered eligible. Each study was reviewed for quality using either the Critical Appraisal Skills Program tool/checklist (CASP, 2018) for qualitative studies, or the checklist to assess quality of survey studies (Protogerou & Hagger, 2020). Findings included descriptive statistics and correlations from surveys, and themes from interviews and other qualitative methods. We employed thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2019) to elicit themes from the primary studies and to produce a narrative synthesis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary analysis elicited eight main themes about students’ views on co-teaching: Models of co-teaching, prevalence, and student preferences; the roles of co-teachers and their collaboration; student feelings; academic learning; social participation; behaviour management; belonging; and self-efficacy. Students with and without disabilities believe that co-teaching has an overall positive academic and social impact on all students. Many students with and without disabilities reported important academic benefits from both teachers. When the co-taught class was not the place they were learning best, this was attributed to teachers’ insufficient collaboration, lack of individual support for students with disabilities, or the lack of academic challenges for students without disabilities. Students with and without disabilities also reported positive views on their social participation in the co-taught classrooms, especially in relation to friendships.

Other important findings include the prevalence of the “one teach, one assist/drift/observe” model and students’ preference for a variety of co-teaching models; students’ satisfaction that special educators can support all students and not just students with disabilities; and students’ view that when there is a low level of co-teachers’ collaboration occurring, this creates frustration and leads to low academic benefits. In addition, most students expressed positive feelings about having two teachers, noting that co-teaching can be fun. However, some students with disabilities were confused and frustrated when the material was difficult or when co-teachers were speaking simultaneously. Also, some felt stigmatised when the special educator was constantly working near their desk. The few studies that examined students’ belonging and self-efficacy reported high levels for both attributes and, in some cases, positive associations between them and student academic progress.

Based on the above, we intent to discuss the following: improvements on co-teaching, factors related to findings, cautions about future research, and implications for policy and practice.

References
Critical Appraisal Skills Programme. (2018) CASP qualitative checklist. Retrieved 10 January 2023, from
https://casp-uk.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/CASP-Qualitative-Checklist-2018.pdf

Cook, L., & Friend, M. (1995). Co-teaching: Guidelines for creating effective practices. Focus on Exceptional Children, 28(3), 1-16

Friend, M., Cook, L., Hurley-Chamberlain, D., & Shamberger, C. (2010). Co-teaching: An illustration of the complexity of collaboration in special education. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 20, 9-27.

Iacono, T., Landry, O., Garcia-Melgar, A., Spong, J., Hyett, N., Bagley, K., & McKinstry, C. (2021). A systematized review of co-teaching efficacy in enhancing inclusive
education for students with disability. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-
15.

King-Sears, M. E., Stefanidis, A., Berkeley, S., & Strogilos, V. (2021). Does co-teaching improve academic achievement for students with disabilities? A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 34, 1-20.


Nevin, A. I., Cramer, E., Voigt, J., & Salazar, L. (2008). Instructional modifications, adaptations, and accommodations of coteachers who loop: A descriptive case study.
Teacher Education and Special Education, 31(4), 283-297.

Paulsrud, D., & Nilholm, C. (2020). Teaching for inclusion–a review of research on the cooperation between regular teachers and special educators in the work with students
in need of special support. International Journal of Inclusive Education. 27(4). 541-545

Scruggs, T. E., Mastropieri, M. A., & McDuffie, K. A. (2007). Co-teaching in inclusive classrooms: A metasynthesis of qualitative research. Exceptional children, 73(4), 392-
416.

Stefanidis, A., King-Sears, M. E., Strogilos, V., Berkeley, S., DeLury, M., & Voulagka, A. (2023). Academic achievement for students with and without disabilities in co-taught classrooms: A meta-analysis. International Journal of Educational Research, 120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102208

Strogilos,V., King-Sears, M., Tragoulia, E., Voulagka, A., Stefanidis, A. (2023).  A Meta-Synthesis of Co-Teaching Students With and Without Disabilities. Educational Research
Review. 38, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100504

Strogilos, V., Tragoulia, E., Avramidis, E., Voulagka, A., & Papanikolaou, V. (2017). Understanding the development of differentiated instruction for students with and without disabilities in co-taught classrooms. Disability & Society, 32(8), 1216-1238.

Thousand, J. S., Villa, R. A., & Nevin, A. I. (2006). The many faces of collaborative planning and teaching. Theory into practice, 45(3), 239-248.

Van Garderen, D., Stormont, M., & Goel, N. (2012). Collaboration between general and special educators and student outcomes: A need for more research. Psychology in the Schools, 49(5), 483-497.

Wagner, M. L., Cosand, K., Zagona, A. L., & Malone, B. J. (2023). Students’ Perceptions of Instruction in Co-Teaching Classrooms: A Systematic Literature Review and Thematic Analysis. Exceptional Children. https://doi.org/10.1177/00144029231220


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Do We Have to Rethink Inclusive Pedagogies for Secondary Schools? A Critical Systematic Review of The International Literature

George Koutsouris, Nicholas Bremner, Lauren Stentiford

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Koutsouris, George; Bremner, Nicholas

This presentation builds on the findings of a critical systematic review that aimed to explore understandings and applications of inclusive pedagogies in the secondary school. We argue that inclusive pedagogies are complex and multifaceted and are also often conflated with other pedagogic approaches and discourses (for example, ‘differentiated learning’ and ‘student voice’), without a clear indication of what makes a particular pedagogy ‘inclusive’.

The fragmentation of inclusion is particularly evident in the different ways it is translated into pedagogic applications and decisions. Inclusive pedagogies are often conceptualised as both a set of strategies that aim to ensure access to learning for all students and as value principles that reflect particular views on inclusion; this is why they tend to be approached in diverse ways (Florian & Spratt, 2013; Lewis & Norwich, 2004). We use ‘pedagogies’ rather than ‘pedagogy’ in this presentation to acknowledge this complexity.

The inherent contradiction of many influential approaches to inclusive pedagogies (with one example being Florian & Spratt, 2013) lies in the desire to respond to individual learner differences while avoiding treating students differently; it is difficult to imagine how both can be achieved at the same time. The basis of this assumption is an association between the recognition of difference and stigmatisation or isolation. This echoes the so-called dilemma of difference perspective on inclusive teaching in that recognising student difference might lead to stigmatisation; however, failing to recognise difference could lead to loss of opportunities and restrictions to participation. This dilemma involves the clashing of values that differentiation and inclusion are seemingly based on—especially if inclusion is seen to be about emphasising commonality and downplaying difference (Norwich, 2013).

Another tension associated with inclusive pedagogies is with regards to the role of student voice in inclusion. Student voice offers unique opportunities for education, but it is also a contested matter and can be reduced to tokenism, the side-effect of a neoliberal drive for increased emphasis on consumer choice (Charteris & Smardon, 2019). Such arguments are also present in debates around educational ‘buzzwords’ such as student-centred learning (SCL). For example, the notion of ‘power-sharing’ between teacher and student has been shown to be the least supported and/or practical aspect of SCL (Bremner, 2021a, 2021b), with many constraints to implementation (Sakata et al., 2022).

These tensions and challenges, however, are not always acknowledged in the literature. Finkelstein et al. (2021), for example, discuss inclusive pedagogies as a set of practices organised across five themes: collaboration and teamwork, determining progress, instructional support, organisational practices, and social, emotional and behavioural support. The assumption is that ‘an inclusive teacher should essentially be competent in [these] five areas’ (p. 755). These five themes were also used by Lindner and Schwab (2020) in their systematic literature review that explored differentiation and individualisation in inclusive teaching.

In this presentation, we are particularly interested in secondary school as the focus on particular curricular areas and subjects, additional pressures for teachers and students derived from assessment and exams, and fewer opportunities for collaboration between teachers as a result of the compartmentalisation of the curriculum can make the implementation of inclusive pedagogies more challenging than at primary level (Hargreaves, 2005; Schwab et al., 2022).

This presentation, therefore, explores the following research questions:

  • How are inclusive pedagogies in the context of the secondary school conceptualised in the research literature?
  • With what other approaches do they overlap and what is the significance of this?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This systematic literature review ‘speaks to’ and builds on two previous literature reviews: one on inclusive practices (Finkelstein et al., 2021) and one on individualisation and differentiation (Lindner & Schwab, 2020). These reviews focus largely on mapping instructional and organisational practices that are conducted ‘in the name’ of inclusion, such as the provision and adaptation of materials and resources—as Lindner and Schwab assert, the ‘didactic method’ (p. 17) of teaching. This review instead takes a theoretical and discursive approach and explores the different ways in which inclusive pedagogies are understood by scholars, conceptualised, linked (or not) to theory and practice, and related to other discourses. This facilitates a deeper consideration of inclusion as an academic and practical field, including potentially shared and competing ideals and understandings. We also consider critically whether a systematic literature review can be an appropriate methodological approach to examine such a fragmented concept, in a context where systematic literature reviews are often seen as a ‘gold standard’ and have a growing presence in educational research (Haddaway et al., 2017).  

We developed a comprehensive search strategy following an initial scoping of the topic area and conducted the search in November 2022. We used the following databases, with search terms cross-searched in the title and abstract fields: British Education Index, Education Research Complete, ERIC, International Bibliography of the Social Sciences, Australian Education Index, and Web of Science.

We refined our search results according to SCImago Journal Rankings, retaining those texts falling in Quartile 1 in at least one discipline as an indication of quality and rigour.

Following the database search, results were combined into an Endnote X9 Library and duplicates were removed. The three authors (NB, GK, LS) conducted a pilot stage of title and abstract screening using the inclusion criteria with 25 texts to agree on screening decisions. We finally decided to include 13 papers - a number much smaller than initially expected.

We developed a data charting form specifically for this review. The data charted included first author, date, country, journal, study design, methods, sample, school discipline/subject under focus, how inclusive pedagogies are conceptualised, theoretical underpinnings and overlapping pedagogical discourses. This process was completed by all three authors, following a pilot stage on several texts.

The texts were coded for both semantic and latent content relating to ‘inclusion’ and ‘inclusive pedagogies’, using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Almost all the included articles linked inclusive pedagogies to theoretical ideas, and, despite some commonalities (e.g. empowering student voice), there was fragmentation when it comes to how inclusive pedagogies were conceptualised and linked to practice. Inclusive pedagogies were also largely seen to be about all students (student diversity) and less about students with disabilities - and, even in the latter case, distinctions between ‘mainstream’ and ‘special’ were often challenged. Given this focus on students, it is then surprising that student perceptions of inclusive pedagogies were found to be still very little explored. Tensions associated with inclusion (e.g. between a focus on commonality/ difference or between attitudes/ practice) were to some extent acknowledged, but not in all cases. In addition, approaches to inclusive pedagogies were filtered through the lenses of particular subjects (e.g. music and PE) and were interpreted and re-imagined serving subject-related priorities and purposes. Inclusive pedagogies were also associated with other approaches seen as sharing similar philosophies and purposes; differentiation, UDL, co-teaching and SCL.

Overall, we had the feeling that there was no clear direction for inclusive pedagogies either in terms of theory or practice, a paucity of new ideas with ‘established’ ways of thinking being recycled and little desire to engage with the tensions and struggles of inclusion. The findings also question the usefulness of systematic reviews in exploring fragmented topics, like inclusion/ inclusive pedagogies. It may be that to explore inclusion more flexible narrative review designs, such the one adopted by Thomas and Macnab (2022), might be able to capture more nuanced ideas, expansive terminology used, and a wider range of points of view. This though also requires a deeper engagement with inclusion and its tensions that is often less evident in much of the current literature base.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597.

Bremner, N. (2021a). The multiple meanings of ‘student-centred’ or ‘learner-centred’ education, and the case for a more flexible approach to defining it. Comparative Education, 57(2), 159–186.

Bremner, N. (2021b). What is learner-centered education? A quantitative study of English language teachers' perspectives. TESL-EJ, 25(2), 1–28.

Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2019). The politics of student voice: Unravelling the multiple discourses articulated in schools. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(1), 93–110.

Finkelstein, S., Sharma, U., & Furlonger, B. (2021). The inclusive practices of classroom teachers: A scoping review and thematic analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 735–762.

Florian, L., & Spratt, J. (2013). Enacting inclusion: A framework for interrogating inclusive practice. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(2), 119–135.

Haddaway, N. R., Land, M., & Macura, B. (2017). A little learning is a dangerous thing: a call for better understanding of the term ‘systematic review’. Environment International, 99, 356–360.

Hargreaves, A. (2005). Extending educational change. International handbook of educational change. Springer.

Lewis, A., & Norwich, B. (2004). Special teaching for special children? Pedagogies for inclusion: A pedagogy for inclusion? Open University Press.

Lindner, K. T., & Schwab, S. (2020). Differentiation and individualisation in inclusive education: A systematic review and narrative synthesis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–21.

Norwich, B. (2013). Addressing tensions and dilemmas in inclusive education: Living with uncertainty. Routledge.

Sakata, N., Bremner, N., & Cameron, L. (2022). A systematic review of the implementation of learner-centred pedagogy in low-and middle-income countries. Review of Education, 10(3), e3365.

Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Hoffmann, L. (2022). How inclusive are the teaching practices of my German, Maths and English teachers? — Psychometric properties of a newly developed scale to assess personalisation and differentiation in teaching practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(1), 61–76.

Thomas, G., & Loxley, A. (2022). Deconstructing special education and constructing inclusion (3rd ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.

Thomas, G., & Macnab, N. (2022). Intersectionality, diversity, community and inclusion: Untangling the knots. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(3), 227–244.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Gifted and Talented Education Landscape in the United Arab Emirates: A Comprehensive Review

Ayman Massouti1, Mohammad Al Rashaida2, Ghanem Jaser Mohammad Al Bustami1, Mohammad Ali Fteiha1, Ashraf Khalil3

1Abu Dhabi University, United Arab Emirates; 2United Arab Emirates University, United Arab Emirates; 3Zayed University, United Arab Emirates

Presenting Author: Massouti, Ayman; Al Rashaida, Mohammad

This review examines the landscape of gifted and talented education (GTE) in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) by exploring theoretical frameworks, models, assessment tools, and teacher professional development initiatives. Studies published within the last 15 years (2008-2023) addressing various educational systems, including those of Finland, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Singapore, were analyzed. This review highlights the need for a multifaceted approach to GTE in the UAE, including a robust theoretical model, inclusive policies, effective assessment methods, and ongoing stakeholder collaborations. Addressing the identified challenges and implementing effective strategies can help gifted and talented learners in the UAE achieve their full potential and meaningfully contribute to society.

Gifted and Talented Education (GTE) continues to face complex theoretical and practical challenges in the context of international inclusive education policy. These challenges are related to teacher preparation to support gifted learners, the adoption of assessment tools, and contemporary models to identify and support gifted and talented learners in the K-12 system. GTE is related to the education of students who excel in one or more of the following areas: However, scholars in this field have not agreed on a common definition (Al Ghawi, 2017; Elhoweris et al., 2022; Garces-Bacsal et al., 2023; Ismail et al., 2022). For instance, the Ministry of Education of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) defines gifted and talented learners as those who express “outstanding ability, or a great deal of willingness in one or more areas of intelligence, creativity, or academic achievement or special talents and abilities such as oratory, poetry, drawing, handicrafts, sports, drama, or leadership capacity” (UAE Ministry of Education, 2015, p. 20). Particularly in the UAE, students with special education needs were educated in separate schools and centers under the segregation model until the enactment of federal law no. 29 in 2006 (Gaad, 2010). The 2006 law emphasized the right to educate all learners, including those who were gifted. However, in 2009, the 2006 law was amended, reflecting a new philosophical perspective toward educating all learners together in the mainstream classroom (Ministry of Social Affairs, 2006, 2009). This amendment was followed by various policies and initiatives across the UAE, such as the development of gifted and talented students’ skills in 2008 by the Ministry of Education and the School for All initiative in 2010, along with various ministerial resolutions implemented for the same purpose.

Our project consists of two phases. In the first phase, we will conduct a comprehensive literature review to understand the current state of gifted and talented education in the UAE. This will involve reviewing relevant research studies and analyzing documents such as policies and models. The second phase involves conducting interviews and focus groups with various stakeholders, including decision-makers, parents, teachers, and principals who work with gifted and talented students. This proposal specifically focuses on the first phase for conducting a comprehensive literature review. The aim of this study is to thoroughly examine the existing research and literature on GTE in the UAE and globally. By conducting a detailed literature review, we seek to gain a deep understanding of the current state of GTE and identify key trends, gaps, and best practices.

To achieve the objective of this study, we have chosen a semi-systematic literature review methodology, as proposed by Snyder (2019). This approach allows us to examine the existing body of research on Gifted and Talented Education both in the UAE and globally. By doing so, we aim to develop an advanced model for GTE specifically tailored for the UAE context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Several electronic databases, including PsycINFO, Web of Science, ProQuest (all databases), PubMed, Science Direct, and ERIC, were queried to ensure a comprehensive search across various disciplines and fields. To capture a wide range of relevant studies, a combination of free-text terms with truncation and Boolean operators was used. The search terms included "gifted," "talented," and "Gifted and Talented Education." By employing these terms, the aim was to retrieve studies that specifically addressed GTE research. In addition to electronic database searches, cross-referencing was implemented to enhance the comprehensiveness of the search. The reference lists of identified studies were reviewed to identify any additional relevant sources that may not have been captured in the initial database search.
Inclusion and exclusion criteria
This review focuses on studies published within the last 15 years (2008-2023) that address the following areas related to gifted and talented education (GTE): theoretical frameworks, models, assessment tools, and teacher professional development. Studies were included from diverse educational settings, including Finland, the United Kingdom, USA, and Singapore, to provide a broader understanding of GTE practices globally. Excluded studies were those published outside the timeframe, not relevant to the identified areas of focus, lacking a focus on GTE, or conducted outside of an educational context. This carefully curated selection ensures the review remains focused and relevant, while still allowing for the inclusion of influential and significant studies in the field of GTE.
Data extraction
Studies that met the inclusion criteria will be summarized in terms of (a) author, (b) study location, (c) participants (number and ages in years), (d) purpose, (e) study design (e.g., qualitative, quantitative, mixed methods), (f) key findings, (g) limitations, and (h) implications for practice and research. This information will be displayed in a table.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The systematic literature review conducted provided valuable insights into GTE in the UAE. The review has served as a foundation for developing a more nuanced understanding of GTE in the UAE context, informing the development of a theoretical model that aligns with current GTE practices in UAE schools, and establishing a framework for inclusive education policies that address the evolving needs of gifted and talented learners in the digital age.
It has been recognized that gifted and talented learners, regardless of their race, ethnicity, or socioeconomic status, require educational resources tailored to their unique characteristics. However, students from diverse cultural backgrounds or those living in poverty may face limited opportunities to improve their skills and may not perform well on standardized tests. To address this, it is crucial for teachers in GTE to seek guidance and mentorship from experienced multicultural specialists, particularly in the UAE, to better understand students' differences and provide the necessary support and quality teaching that meets their needs.
The review has highlighted the importance of intrinsic characteristics and the social environment, including the classroom, school, and family, as key factors influencing the academic motivation of all children, including those with high intellectual ability. It has also revealed that many students in GTE are being overlooked, leading to systematic disparities and segregation among students who may otherwise be identified as gifted and could benefit from gifted education services.
Furthermore, the review has identified the reliance on ability assessment tests as the sole tool for identification in GTE, despite warnings from research studies about the limitations of this approach. The findings emphasize the need for strategic planning, effective policies, and collaboration among educational institutions, government entities, and industry stakeholders in the UAE to address these challenges and ensure the development of gifted and talented education.

References
Selected References
Aboud, Y. Z. (2023). Evaluating gifted students’ perceptions of the characteristics of their effective teachers. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1-11. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1088674.
AlGhawi, M. A. (2017). Gifted education in the United Arab Emirates. Cogent Education, 4(1), 1368891–https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2017.1368891
Carman, C. A., Walther, C. A. P., & Bartsch, R. A. (2018). Using the cognitive abilities test (CogAT) 7 nonverbal battery to identify the gifted/talented: An investigation of demographic effects and norming plans. The Gifted Child Quarterly, 62(2), 193–209. https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986217752097
Ecker-Lyster, M. & Niileksela, C. (2017). Enhancing gifted education for underrepresented students: Promising recruitment and programming strategies. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 40(1), 79–95. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162353216686216
Elhoweris, H., Alhosani, N., Alsheikh, N., Bacsal, R.-M. G., & Bonti, E. (2022). The impact of an enrichment program on the Emirati verbally gifted children. Journal of Intelligence, 10(3), 68–. https://doi.org/10.3390/jintelligence10030068
Gaad, E. (2010). Inclusive education in the Middle East. Routledge.
Garces-Bacsal, R. M., Alhosani, N. M., Elhoweris, H., & Tupas, R. (2023). A diverse social and emotional learning booklist for gifted learners and advanced readers. Roeper Review, 45(1), 21–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/02783193.2022.2145397
Garn, A. C., Matthews, M. S., & Jolly, J. L. (2010). Parental influences on the academic motivation of gifted students: A self-determination theory perspective. The Gifted Child Quarterly, 54(4), 263–272. https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986210377657
Grissom, J. A. & Redding, C. (2015). Discretion and disproportionality: Explaining the underrepresentation of high-achieving students of color in gifted programs. AERA Open, 2(1), 233285841562217–. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858415622175
Ismail, S. A. A., Alghawi, M. A., & AlSuwaidi, K. A. (2022). Gifted education in United Arab Emirates: Analyses from a learning-resource perspective. Cogent Education, 9(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2022.2034247
Knowledge and Human Development Authority (2019). Implementing Inclusive Education: A Guide for Schools. KHDA: United Arab Emirates.
Snyder, H. (2019). Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research (104), 333–339.
Ministry of Social Affairs (2006). Federal Law no 29 of 2006 in respect of the rights of people with special needs. UAE. Retrieved from: http://www.msa.gov.ae/MSA/EN/pages/Rules.aspx
Ministry of Social Affairs (2009). Federal Law No 14 of 2009 on the Rights of People with Special Needs. UAE. Retrieved from: http://www.msa.gov.ae/MSA/EN/pages/Rules.aspx .
Stambaugh, T. & Ford, D. Y. (2015). Microaggressions, multiculturalism, and gifted individuals Who are Black, Hispanic, or low income. Journal of Counseling and Development, 93(2), 192–201. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1556-6676.2015.00195.x
 
17:15 - 18:4504 SES 03 B: Resilience in Inclusive Education: Communication, Social Capital, and Instruction
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Margarita Bilgeri
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Establishing a Culture of Effective Communication in Education: Building Resilience and Fostering Well-Being in Times of Uncertainty

Margarita Bilgeri, Amélie Lecheval

EASNIE

Presenting Author: Bilgeri, Margarita; Lecheval, Amélie

The paper at hand is the second submission for the ECER in the context of the Learning from the Covid-19 Pandemic - Building Resilience through Inclusive Education Systems (BRIES) project of the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE). This paper contains the final results of the project. Last year, in Glasgow, pre-liminary results have been presented.
In the BRIES project, six European countries participated: Bulgaria, Estonia, Germany, Greece, Ireland, and Sweden. Together with stakeholders from all countries we looked at how inclusive education systems in Europe have been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, the lessons learnt, and how to turn the crisis into an opportunity to build resilience and foster well-being.

The guiding question was 'How can different stakeholders’ experiences of the COVID-19 pandemic be turned into an opportunity to build resilience and well-being in inclusive education systems?'

Using a grounded approach (Charmaz 2014), effective communication in education emerged as one fundamental element to be addressed by decision‑makers to build resilience of all learners and ensure their well‑being in times of crisis (European Agency 2023). During the COVID‑19 pandemic, several countries published communication guidelines for different levels of stakeholders (European Agency 2022b). However, in the BRIES project, stakeholders still identified a lack of effective communication in education (European Agency 2023). This had a negative impact on the well‑being and resilience of stakeholders involved in the teaching‑learning process and on adequately addressing the needs of all learners.

Consequently, the project focused on developing a guidance for establishing a culture of effective communication in education. This guidance was developed to encourage decision‑makers (school leaders, policy‑makers and public education authorities at all levels of governance, depending on specific national contexts) to reflect on communication structures and processes which were in place in their education systems during the pandemic. In particular, they are asked to determine how those processes could be improved. A well-established culture of effective communication supports an education system in regular times. In times of crisis, a well‑established culture of effective communication provides an essential basis for mitigating the impact of significant risk factors for learners including the impact of the crisis on their socio‑emotional well‑being and resilience.
The findings were contextualised in the guidance by developing a model for effective communication, building on the main findings on effective communication, relevant communication theory, and existing models (e.g. the transactional model of communication). Furthermore, the guidance builds on Amartya Sen’s capability approach (Sen 2009). Thereby, effective communication is identified as a collective capability (Ibrahim 2006). Hence, a culture of effective communication in education is only possible, if all involved in the teaching-learning process are included and actively participate.
The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education has strongly stated in its key principles the importance of increasing prevention measures in education policies to ensure support for all learners (European Agency 2021). In the developed guidance, the emphasis lies on prevention by focusing on the development of a culture of effective communication in education in regular times to be prepared to communicate effectively in times of crisis. As such, a culture of effective communication is a resource all education stakeholders should be able to refer to, to enhance the well‑being and resilience of all learners.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For data analysis, we used a grounded theory approach in the style of Kathy Charmaz (2014) and applied various methods of qualitative inquiry in three different phases of field research. Focus group discussions were used to start in the first phase of data collection. The emphasis was put on participants' experiences during the pandemic and priority areas they identified in relation to their needs in the context of education. In a second phase, following the theoretical sampling method (Corbin & Strauss 2015) we used a dialogic structure (Alozie & Mitchell 2014) to especially empower learners' and parents' voices (but also teachers' voices) while discussing with policy-makers (European Agency 2022a, Mangiaracina et al. 2021, Robinson & Taylor 2013, Siry 2020).
In the third phase, participants exchanged in different stakeholder-levels and across different countries. For this purpose, groups were split up to maintain a reasonable size. In these mixed groups stakeholders discussed concepts that emerged from the previous discussions. They were given the opportunity to rank potential priority areas, exclude or add new ideas and discuss content, aims etc. in different small groups.
The concept of constant comparison (Charmaz 2014, Clark 2005) guided us through the different steps of data collection and analysis. Emerging concepts and categories were analysed and discussed further, in case saturation was not reached. In the final step of data collection, different workshop tools allowing smaller group exchanges were used in face-to-face meetings (poster walks, world café approach etc.). Data collection focused on notes and outputs of the group exchanges (e.g. posters).
The methods used led to a higher level and depth of exchange between all stakeholders. One hypothesis is that the small group discussions supported participants in reaching a consensus about a potential tool in the end.
Based on the outcomes, the research team developed a guidance for effective communication in education. This guidance was based on a model for effective communication in education and the capability approach (Sen 2009).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A well-established culture of effective communication in education supports the resilience and well-being of learners, teachers, and families. In times of crisis, this provides an essential basis for mitigating the impact of significant risk factors for all.
The developed guidance can be used when a country/municipality/region/school aims to work on communication structures and processes to support the well-being and resilience of all learners, with the intention to create a culture of effective communication in place in regular times to be prepared for times of crisis.
To be able to do so, decision makers (policy makers, school leaders or local authorities) should aim to:
• identify gaps and challenges in existing communication structures and processes;
• be able to address needs of all learners;
• increase the well being and resilience of all learners.

A culture of effective communication can only be a meaningful resource in education if all involved in the teaching-learning process are considered and participate. Decision‑makers therefore need to be able to identify communication processes that need improvement. The developed guidance provides the basis for initiating the search for communication structures and processes that require improvement. Having learnt from the pandemic, investing in effective communication in education contributes to the resilience and well-being of all learners.
In a next step, the guidance is implemented in the different countries together with schools, regions and municipalities. A discussion on the experiences from the implementation will take in May 2024. The results of this discussions will be included in the presentation at the ECER.

References
Alozie, N. & Mitchell, C., 2014. Getting Students Talking: Supporting Classroom Discussion Practices in Inquiry-Based Science in Real-Time Teaching. The American Biology Teacher, 76(8), 501–506. https://doi.org/10.1525/abt.2014.76.8.3

Bhan, S. & Julka, A., 2021. Disability Inclusive COVID-19 Response. Best Practices. unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000378354 (Last accessed December 2022)

Charmaz, K., 2014. Constructing grounded theory (2nd edition). Sage

Clark, A. E., 2005. Situational Analysis: Grounded Theory After the Postmodern Turn. Thousand Oaks et al., Sage

Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. L., 2015. Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). Sage

Couper-Kenney, F. & Riddell, S., 2021. ‘The impact of COVID-19 on children with additional support needs and disabilities in Scotland’ European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36 (1), 20–34

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2023. Building Resilience through Inclusive Education Systems: Mid-Term Report. Peer-learning activities to develop a tool to support educational resilience. (M. Bilgeri and M. Presmanes Andrés, eds.). Odense, Denmark

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022a. Voices into Action: Promoting learner and family participation in educational decision-making. (A. Kefallinou, D.C. Murdoch, A. Mangiaracina and S. Symeonidou, eds.). Odense, Denmark

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022b. Inclusive Education and the Pandemic – Aiming for Resilience: Key European measures and practices in 2021 publications. (L. Muik, M. Presmanes Andrés and M. Bilgeri, eds.). Odense, Denmark

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2021. Key Principles – Supporting policy development and implementation for inclusive education. (V. J. Donnelly and A. Watkins, eds.). Odense, Denmark

Mangiaracina, A., Kefallinou, A., Kyriazopoulou, M., & Watkins, A., 2021. Learners’ voices in inclusive education policy debates. Education Sciences, 11(10), 599. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11100599

Messiou, K. & Hope, A. M., 2015. The danger of subverting students’ views in schools, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19:10, 1009-1021, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2015.1024763

Silverman, D., 2016. Qualitative research (5th edition.). Sage

Robinson, C., & Taylor, C., 2013. Student voice as a contested practice: Power and participation in two student voice projects. Improving Schools, 16(1), 32–46. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480212469713

Siry, C., 2020. Dialogic Pedagogies and Multimodal Methodologies: Working Towards Inclusive Science Education and Research. Asia-Pacific Science Education, 6(2), 346–363. https://doi.org/10.1163/23641177-BJA10017

Sen, A. 2009. The idea of justice. Harvard University Press.

Soriano, V. 2016. ‘Young voices on inclusive education’, in A. Watkins and C. Meijer (eds.), Implementing Inclusive Education: Issues in Bridging the Policy-Practice Gap. International Perspectives on Inclusive Education Volume 8. Leeds: Emerald Group Publishing Limited


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Can a Student with Special Equational Needs Be Successful? Social Capital as a Source of Resilience

Anett Hrabéczy1,2, Tímea Ceglédi1,2, Katinka Bacskai1,2

1MTA-DE-Parent-Teacher Cooperation Research Group, Hungarian Academy of Sciences; 2University of Debrecen, Faculty of Humanities

Presenting Author: Bacskai, Katinka

Students with special educational needs are a diverse group. Promoting their learning success is particularly challenging, even in practice for inclusive schools. At the same time, parents are often left alone with diagnosis and treatment.

Therefore, the focus of our paper is on the families of successful students with special educational needs and the networks around their families. Taking a positive approach, our paper did not seek to identify difficulties and barriers but to examine the resources that support learners with special educational needs who succeed (Honkasilta et al., 2019; Muir & Strnadová, 2014; OECD, 2011, 2021; Schuelka & Carrington, 2021). The theoretical basis of the paper is the theory of social capital and the sociological interpretation of resilience (Allan et al., 2009; Coleman, 1988; Muir & Strnadová, 2014; Pham, 2013; Vehmas, 2010).

Our research question is: What are the differences in social capital between parents of successful students with and without learning, behavioural and emotional disorders, and difficulties (SEN B)?

H1: Family social background helps both groups to become successful to the same extent (Haber et al., 2016; Kocaj et al., 2018).

H2: School professionals help both groups to be successful to the same extent. Support: School professionals also play a role in the success of children with integrated learning problems in inclusive education (Honkasilta et al., 2019; Hornby & Kauffman, 2021; Pham, 2013).

H3: Relationship networks within and outside the family help both groups to become successful to the same extent (Coleman, 1988; Epstein, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample included 1041 parents of 10-year-old children from 72 Hungarian inclusive schools, aged between 27 and 68 years. In total, 86% of the participants were women. The survey was conducted in January 2020, right before the pandemic. The sample was geographically (settlement type and region) and by school social composition representative of Hungary. The sample design used was stratified multistage sampling.
In our analysis, we first conducted a factor analysis and attempted to isolate the dimensions along which family support is formed. The items we included in the factor analysis were based on Coleman’s social capital theory.
As a second step, to explore the predictors of academic success, we had chosen the ordinal regression method, because our dependent variable has three values (0-1-2 achievements). We used separate ordinal regression models to examine predictors of academic success in the two subsamples of parents of students with and without SEN B. Independent variables were the following: parent-child multiple social capital index (which included the amount of quality time spent together, openness to school, and openness to a wider social network on the parental side), three family support factors (consultant child-raising network, emergency parental network, weekend child-raising network), social background index (which included educational level and labour market activity of parents, place of residence, and subjective financial situation).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results show that students with SEN B come from families with lower socio-cultural backgrounds, while their multiplex social capital within the family is the same as that of their peers without SEN B. Previous research has made it clear that socio-cultural background has a strong influence on academic success. Our research findings show that, although this relationship holds for the group of children without SEN B, for those who do have SEN B, this effect is cancelled out, i.e., a favourable background does not provide an advantage, but high multiplex family capital does. Looking at the families’ child-raising networks, we find that there is no distinct separation between intra- and extra-familial networks and for both study groups, we see that the parents of more successful students can rely on larger family networks. However, the involvement of professional school helpers (teachers, psychologists, special educators) in child-raising does not reflect positively on academic success for students with and without SEN B.
The main message of this paper is that we can confirm the view held by the literature, namely that responsibility cannot be placed on the family alone. Without a supportive network around the family, student achievement will decline. The problem cannot be reduced to a school-based issue. A school environment can be regarded as inclusive if it involves, and collaborates with, families, and helps parents support their children in the out-of-school environment to achieve common goals with the school (Brussino, 2020; Honkasilta et al., 2019; Koutsoklenis & Papadimitriou, 2021; Schuelka & Carrington, 2021).

References
Allan, J., Smyth, G., I’Anson, J., & Mott, J. (2009). Understanding disability with children’s social capital. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 9(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-3802.2009.01124.x
Brussino, O. (2020). Mapping policy approaches and practices for the inclusion of students with special education needs. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/600fbad5-en
Coleman, J. S. (1988). Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital. American Journal of Sociology, 94(1), Article 1.
Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 397–406.
Haber, M. G., Mazzotti, V. L., Mustian, A. L., Rowe, D. A., Bartholomew, A. L., Test, D. W., & Fowler, C. H. (2016). What Works, When, for Whom, and With Whom: A Meta-Analytic Review of Predictors of Postsecondary Success for Students With Disabilities. Review of Educational Research, 86(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315583135
Honkasilta, J., Ahtiainen, R., Hienonen, N., & Jahnukainen, M. (2019). Inclusive and Special Education and the Question of Equity in Education: The Case of Finland. In M. Schuelka, C. Johnstone, G. Thomas, & A. Artiles, The Sage Handbook of Inclusion and Diversity in Education (pp. 481–495). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526470430.n39
Hornby, G., & Kauffman, J. M. (2021). Special and Inclusive Education: Perspectives, Challenges and Prospects. Education Sciences, 11(7), Article 7. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11070362
Kocaj, A., Kuhl, P., Jansen, M., Pant, H. A., & Stanat, P. (2018). Educational placement and achievement motivation of students with special educational needs. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2018.09.004
Koutsoklenis, A., & Papadimitriou, V. (2021). Special education provision in Greek mainstream classrooms: Teachers’ characteristics and recruitment procedures in parallel support. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(5), Article 5. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1942565
Muir, K., & Strnadová, I. (2014). Whose responsibility? Resilience in families of children with developmental disabilities. Disability & Society, 29(6), Article 6. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.886555
OECD. (2011). Against the Odds: Disadvantaged Students Who Succeed in School. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/against-the-odds_9789264090873-en
OECD. (2021). Supporting students with special needs: A policy priority for primary education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d47e0a65-en
Pham, Y. K. (2013). The relationship between social capital and school-related outcomes for youth with disabilities [PhD Thesis]. University of Oregon.
Schuelka, M. J., & Carrington, S. (2021). Global Directions in Inclusive Education: Conceptualizations, Practices, and Methodologies for the 21st Century. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003091950
Vehmas, S. (2010). Special needs: A philosophical analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(1), 87–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110802504143


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Role of Instructional Quality and Language Distance on Immigrant Students’ Academic Resilience: Insights from PISA 2018 30 European Countries

Wangqiong Ye1,3, Nani Teig2, Trude Nilsen2,3

1Centre for Educational Measurement, Faculty of Educational Science, University of Oslo; 2Department of Teacher Education and School Research, Faculty of Educational Science, University of Oslo; 3Centre for Research on Equality in Education, Faculty of Educational Science, University of Oslo

Presenting Author: Ye, Wangqiong

Introduction

Academic resilience is typically defined as the ability of students from disadvantaged backgrounds to achieve high academic performance (Rudd et al., 2021; Ye et al., 2021). In resilient research, immigrant students, frequently from families with lower socio-economic status (SES) and struggling with cultural and language barriers in unfamiliar environments, are commonly identified as disadvantaged (Anagnostaki et al., 2016). Enhancing the academic resilience of immigrant students is crucial not just for their individual growth but also for the socio-economic and cultural dynamism of the countries they reside in.

The growing population of immigrant students, particularly in European countries, has spurred heightened interest in identifying protective factors that foster academic resilience (Gabrielli et al., 2022; Özdemir & Özdemir, 2020). Recent focus has been on those factors that are malleable and related to the educational environment, including schools and teachers. While some studies have considered individual characteristics like language attitude and immigrant generation (e.g., Martin et al., 2022), there is a notable gap in understanding how the diversity in language and cultural backgrounds among immigrant students affects their academic resilience.

To address this research gap, this present study investigates the influence of instructional quality on immigrant students’ academic resilience, while considering their intercultural communication competence and language distance between their native and host country languages. By doing so, it seeks to provide a more nuanced understanding of how educational practices can be tailored to support the unique needs of immigrant students. This research is not only timely but also essential for informing educational policies and practices in increasingly multicultural European societies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
To address the unique challenges faced by immigrant students, such as language barriers and the necessity to learn other subjects in a non-native language, this study employs data from the 2018 Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). The 2018 cycle, with its primary focus on reading, provides a pertinent dataset for this investigation. The sample comprises 10,885 low-SES immigrant students, with an average age of 15.79 and 50.37% being female. These students were distributed across 1,778 schools in 26 member countries of the European Union (excluding Cyprus), in addition to three European Economic Area countries and the United Kingdom.
This study adopted the conceptualization of academic resilience from Martin et al. (2022). It defines high achievers as students ranking in the top 25% in national reading performance and low SES backgrounds as those in the bottom 25% of economic, social, and cultural status (ESCS) within their respective country.
Instructional quality is derived from student questionnaire, including questions about classroom management, supportive classroom environment, and cognitive activation.
Intercultural communication competence is assessed through students’ ratings of seven statements related to cross-cultural conversation. Additionally, the linguistic distance between the language spoken at home and the PISA assessment language is calculated using a lexical-phonological measure of linguistic proximity developed in the context of the Automated Similarity Judgment Program (ASJP; Wichmann et al., 2022).
For the analyses, multilevel probit regression was employed to investigate the effect of instructional quality, intercultural communication competence, and language distance on academic resilience at both student and school levels. The analyses were conducted using Mplus version 8.8 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017) by employing the weighted least square mean and variance adjusted (WLSMV) estimators. However, it is important to note that WLSMV does not support country-level clustering (e.g., “ Type = Twolevel complex ” command in Mplus) or multilevel multigroup models in Mplus. To address this limitation and explore variations across countries, we conducted a series of models where the country is treated as a covariate at the individual level.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary Results and Discussion
The preliminary results show that all three aspects of instructional quality significantly predict academic resilience at the student level, but not at the school level. A similar trend is observed for student’s intercultural communication competence. In contrast, the impact of language distance on academic resilience is evident only at the school level. These findings imply that enhancing the instructional quality and intercultural communication competence at the individual level may be important for improving academic resilience, while addressing language distance may likely require broader interventions at the school level.
Comparisons across countries reveal that Slovenia, Portugal, and Romania have the highest percentages of resilient immigrant students with 28.79%, 23.82%, and 18.52%, respectively. The influence of instructional quality and intercultural communication is relatively consistent across countries. However, the influence of language distance varies significantly at the school level. Luxembourg shows the strongest association (β = -.187, p = .000), while Spain demonstrates the weakest (β = -.103, p = .035). These findings underscore the importance of considering both individual and school-level factors in fostering academic resilience among immigrant students.

References
References
Anagnostaki, L., Pavlopoulos, V., Obradović, J., Masten, A., & Motti-Stefanidi, F. (2016). Academic resilience of immigrant youth in Greek schools: Personal and family resources. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 13(3), 377-393.
Gabrielli, G., Longobardi, S., & Strozza, S. (2022). The academic resilience of native and immigrant-origin students in selected European countries. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 48(10), 2347-2368.
Martin, A. J., Burns, E. C., Collie, R. J., Cutmore, M., MacLeod, S., & Donlevy, V. (2022). The role of engagement in immigrant students’ academic resilience. Learning and Instruction, 82, 101650.
Muthén, L.K. and Muthén, B.O. (1998-2017). Mplus User’s Guide (Eighth Edition). Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén.
Rudd, G., Meissel, K., & Meyer, F. (2021). Measuring academic resilience in quantitative research: A systematic review of the literature. Educational Research Review, 100402.
Wichmann, S., Holman, E. W., & Brown, C. H. (2022). The ASJP Database (version 20).
Ye, W., Strietholt, R., & Blömeke, S. (2021). Academic resilience: Underlying norms and validity of definitions. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(1), 169-202.
Özdemir, M., Bayram Özdemir, S. (2020). Why Do Some Immigrant Children and Youth Do Well in School Whereas Others Fail? Current State of Knowledge and Directions for Future Research. In: Güngör, D., Strohmeier, D. (eds) Contextualizing Immigrant and Refugee Resilience. Advances in Immigrant Family Research. Springer, Cham. https://doi-org /10.1007/978-3-030-42303-2_4
 
17:15 - 18:4504 SES 03 C: Migration and Inclusive Education
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kyriaki Doumas
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Complex Ecologies of Migrant Children with Special Educational Needs – Practitioner Perspectives of Information Needs and Implications for Education

Graeme Dobson, Clara Rübner Jørgensen

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dobson, Graeme

This proposal is based on the initial findings from a small-scale exploratory study carried out in England to support migrant children with special educational needs (SEN). This study built upon the outcomes of a workshop conducted at ECER in 2019 and a subsequent literature review of migrant children with SEN in Europe (Jørgensen et al., 2020) and project report (Jørgensen et al., 2021). The present study aims to develop these by exploring the information needed to support migrant children with SEN. The study concentrates on English school settings and explores how best to collect it from the perspectives of a range of key professionals working in the field of SEN. The findings are explored ecologically as it is argued that this framework provides practitioners with a way to understand these needs and the context from which they arise. This research has recently used by a leading international charity. The next phase of this work is to work alongside this body to look at information needs from the perspective of parents and carers with the intention of creating an information gathering tool for schools in Europe and elsewhere.

Migrant children constitute approximately 4% of the under-15 population in Europe (Janta & Harte, 2017) and an average of 4.4% of all European children have an official identification of Special Educational Needs (SEN)(European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2018). In England 16.6% of children have been identified with some form of SEN (Office for National Statistics, 2022) highlighting differing national approaches to identification and assessment (Jørgensen et al., 2020). Across the UK, it is estimated that 6% of children under the age of 18 were born abroad (Fernández-Reino, 2022). However, both in the UK and internationally, little data exists on children who are both migrants and have SEN. This intersection between migration and SEN is an under-explored area in educational research, as well as in school practice. Migrant children with SEN are a highly heterogeneous group of children, due to their differing family and cultural backgrounds, social and community networks, experiences of school systems, type of SEN and reasons for migration (Jørgensen et al., 2020, 2021). They may experience particular and/or additional challenges when arriving in the educational system in the receiving country, especially if their schooling has been disrupted due to migration. These difficulties can be further augmented by a lack of common language and if there is paucity of information accompanying the children (Oliver & Singal, 2017). This highlights the importance of context in relation to the country of origin, the receiving country, and any potential journey between the two.

Context is an important theme within the work of Bronfenbrenner (2005) and its educational derivatives i.e., Anderson et al. (2014) who argue that children should be understood holistically through the different environments - or ‘ecologies’ - in which they are raised. For children who are migrants, these ecologies shift in line with the children’s immersion in differing cultures and school systems, which may vary significantly in relation to identification and understanding of SEN and degrees of inclusion. For practitioners, understanding the complex ecologies of migrant children who also have a special educational need are thus key to supporting them in schools and more broadly.

Building upon the review and the subsequent project report, this study aims to the questions:

  • What would be the best methodological approach to collect better data and facilitating better understanding of migrant children with SEN?
  • What information do practitioners need in order to respond to the needs of migrant children with SEN?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Three groups of key professionals within the English education system were selected to participate in focus groups. Selections were based on relationships with both children and parents and included 1) three Special Educational Needs Coordinators (SENCos), 2) four specialist teachers for children with sensory impairments and 3) four caseworkers at a migrant organisation. According to the model proposed by Anderson et al. (2014), these professionals work principally in the child’s exosystem. Here their role is to support those who work directly with children through advice or resource allocation to those who in the child’s microsystem such as parents, carers, or class teachers.

The two first focus groups were conducted in a similar manner with two short vignettes introduced as believable, narrative based ‘ice breakers’ at the start. Although these can be recognised as somewhat leading they have the potential to elicit an often rich discussion on an understudied piece of work (see Aujla, 2020). The vignettes each described a meeting between an education professional and a migrant or non-English speaking child with a behaviour which could potentially be an indicator of a special educational need. Participants were asked how they would approach the cases in their own professional circumstances. Discussion was supplemented where necessary through a series of prepared questions to further stimulate debate. In the third focus group, the vignettes were less relevant, as the migrant case workers often worked in more supportive role with groups of migrants who were parents. These sessions were more exploratory and open, but nevertheless brought up many important areas of discussion about the link between different ecologies and the everyday lives and realities of migrant families. All three sessions were recorded and transcribed verbatim to aid with the analysis. The resultant transcripts were analysed by the first and second author prior to analysis using deductive thematic analysis (Clarke et al., 2015) where the ecology of inclusive education (Anderson et al., 2014) informed both coding and the development of themes. Here data was examined according to:

• Macrosystemic influences i.e., information needs related to differences in national attitudes and approaches to identification and support for children SEN.
• Exosystem i.e., information needs related different approaches in school settings.
• Micro/mesosystem i.e., information needs related to working alongside parents and children.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Putting a migrant child with SEN at the heart of Ecological theory helps identify potential tensions at different levels between and within different ecologies, but also suggests ways in which these may be bridged by information gathering, trust and relationship building within and across ecologies. Within this, various themes are identified:

Information about the needs of migrant children with SEN: Participants recognised that children passed between different educational systems, and that this could sometimes lead to differences in opinion between teachers and parents about the learning needs of migrant children. However, there was some scepticism if this information was derived through informal channels.

Information about parents and families: Participants recognised that parental attitudes were often influenced by their prior experiences of working alongside professionals within the previous educational systems of which their children had been part. More proximal to the child, there was a need to understand the microsystem of the child’s family relationships and care structures.

Information about strategies to support migrant children with SEN: Often teachers who were responsible for working alongside the child in their microsystem wanted further information to be provided not only by parents, but also by other parties within other systems.  Those providing advice felt unequipped to deliver this. This was especially the case if a child had an SEN and a language other than English.

The importance of clear and understandable information: Difficulties with communicating information from one ecology to another. Participants recognised that gathering information about migrant children with SEN was a complex issue and not a straightforward proposition. All groups of participants reported that there were several challenges to gathering information directly from children or families, especially if they did not share a common language.

References
Anderson, J., Boyle, C., & Deppler, J. (2014). The ecology of inclusive education reconceptualising Bronfenbrenner. In H. Zhang, P. Wing Keung Chan, & C. Deppler (Eds.), Equality in Education: Fairness and Inclusion (pp. 23-34). Sense Publishers.
Aujla, W. (2020). Using a Vignette in Qualitative Research to Explore Police Perspectives of a Sensitive Topic: “Honor”-Based Crimes and Forced Marriages. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19, 1609406919898352. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406919898352
Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Ecological systems theory. In U. Bronfenbrenner (Ed.), Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development (pp. 106-173). Sage.
Clarke, V., Braun, V., & Hayfield, N. (2015). Thematic analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods. (3rd ed., pp. 222-248). Sage.
European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2018). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2016 Dataset Cross-Country Report.
Fernández-Reino, M. (2022). Children of migrants in the UK. Migration Observatory briefing, COMPAS, University of Oxford. https://migrationobservatory.ox.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/MigObs-Briefing-Children-of-migrants-in-the-UK.pdf
Janta, B., & Harte, E. (2017). Education of migrant children Education policy responses for the inclusion of migrant children in Europe. RAND.
Jørgensen, C. R., Dobson, G., & Perry, T. (2020). Migrant children with special educational needs in European schools – a review of current issues and approaches. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1762988
Jørgensen, C. R., Dobson, G., & Perry, T. (2021). Supporting migrant children with special educational needs: What information do schools need and how can it be collected? https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/documents/college-social-sciences/education/publications/migrant-children.pdf
Office for National Statistics. (2022). Special educational needs in England. https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/special-educational-needs-in-england/2021-22
Oliver, C., & Singal, N. (2017). Migration, disability and education: reflections from a special school in the east of England. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(8), 1217-1229. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1273757


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

(Im)Perfect Categories:an Empirical Demonstration of How Citizenship and Country-of-birth Change the Way we Portray Immigrant Students’ School Pathways

Teresa Seabra, Ana Filipa Cândido, Adriana Albuquerque

Iscte - University Institute of Lisbon, Portugal

Presenting Author: Seabra, Teresa

In Portugal, the annual official data on pupils of immigrant origin, published by the Directorate-General for Education and Science Statistics of the Ministry of Education and Science (DGEEC/MEC), specifically refers to citizenship status (Cândido and Seabra 2019; Seabra and Cândido 2020). However, this data overlooks pupils of immigrant origin who have Portuguese citizenship or those who have acquired the host country’s citizenship (children of immigrants). Given Portugal’s favourable nationality policies promoting immigrant naturalization, it is apparent that the official data underestimates pupils with an immigrant background.

Grouping a large proportion of pupils with and without an immigrant background under the category ‘nationals’ hinders the identification of long-term educational integration and the comparison of inequalities in educational opportunities for immigrants and their children, relative to their native peers. This approach fails to provide insights into the effectiveness of school systems in supporting the growth and development of immigrant pupils (OECD 2019). Consequently, a comprehensive understanding of the reality of migration in Portuguese schools becomes challenging, potentially leading to a positively or negatively biased portrayal and contributing to the formulation of inefficient public policies.

Furthermore, official statistics have scarce information on academic performance, only displaying grade transition rates by national origin (i.e. citizenship). These are limited indicators of academic performance because they only give a snapshot of performance at a particular moment in time.

In this article, we intend to overcome the abovementioned problems using the recently available student-level microdata provided by DGEEC/MEC. This microdata has variables containing information on the student and parents’ countries of birth, enabling us to accurately identify pupils with an immigrant background, as well as to look at students’ school path by creating a proxy variable on the number of times each student has repeated a grade in the past. This constitutes an approximation to a longitudinal analysis of inequalities concerning the degree of system-level social and ethnic selectivity.

Our goals are as follows:

  1. Given the paucity of studies of national scope encompassing pupils with an immigrant background, this article’s analysis is guided by two primary objectives. First, we aim to go beyond the limitations of citizenship classification and understand the advantages of employing a more comprehensive classification scheme. To achieve this, we compare enrolment and academic performance using categories based on citizenship (national/foreign) and those based on their parents’ country of birth (immigrant origin/native).
  2. Acknowledging that research in Portugal is limited to and primarily concentrated with children of immigrants as a whole (Mateus 2022), our objective is to examine migrant heterogeneity by analytically deconstructing the assumed homogeneity within this category. In doing so, we introduce subcategories related to generational status (first and second generations), type of ancestry (parentage of mixed origin versus single origin) and national origins.
  3. Considering that the national origins groups are categorised according to student citizenship in the official statistics, we aim to compare how enrolment and academic achievement between and within national origins vary according to the criteria chosen to delimit the group (student citizenship or parents’ countries of birth). We also aim to compare the academic achievement of national origins by generational status and type of ancestry.

Lastly, since socioeconomic contexts also explain differences in academic performance, we use “student’s socio-economic index” to explore whether the gaps we identified in these comparisons persist.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data used was provided by DGEEC/MEC, within the scope of the ‘(In)Equalities in the school paths of descendants of immigrants’ project that is currently underway at CIES-Iscte. The data cover pupils enrolled in primary and secondary education in state schools in continental Portugal during 2021-22 academic year. This data allows us to adopt an extensive methodological approach never before used in Portugal to study the educational paths and achievements of pupils with an immigrant background. Our analysis focuses on pupils in Portugal enrolled in the 10th grade in state schools of continental Portugal.
Our aim is to analyse how using different social categories related to migrant status affects the conclusions drawn about gaps in academic performance. The exercise involves comparing indicators based on categories determined by citizenship (foreign/national) and categories based on immigration status (immigrant background/native). In addition to exploring the effects of these two different ways of categorizing pupils, we conducted a more detailed analysis of pupils of immigrant origin through new categorical distinctions, namely generational status (first-generation/second-generation), type of ancestry (single origin/mixed origin – within the latter we highlight those with parentage of mixed origin with one of the parents born in Portugal), and national origins (those with at least 100 students enrolled in the 10th grade). This analysis enables us to examine migrant heterogeneity and uncover differences in academic performance among pupils with an immigrant background not yet known in Portugal.
To analyze the intersection of social and national inequalities, we compare students with different migration status and national origins controlling for ‘student’s socioeconomic index’. This index is created by a Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) with three input variables: parents’ educational level, social class (occupation and employment status), and economic support (ES). The former involves attributing the highest educational level available between mother and father to the family unit. The latter involves a combination of both parents’ employment status and job occupation, to derive a family-level categorization of social class that distinguishes students according to their family’s proximity to culturally and economically valued economic spheres (Mauritti et al., 2016), which give them an educational advantage.
‘Academic performance’ is measured by the number of retentions during pupils’ academic path. This indicator is a proxy variable, calculated by determining the difference between a pupil’s age and modal age in each schooling level (or expected age of attendance).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings reveal previously unknown differences in academic performance among pupils with an immigrant background in Portugal, challenging traditional understandings. It is clear that: considering only the citizenship of the pupil underestimates the representation of pupils of immigrant origin; second-generation pupils often exhibit comparable or superior academic paths; and pupils with parentage of mixed origin, especially those with a native parent, demonstrate a significant advantage in academic performance. These differences tend to persist when accounting for social conditions.
Analyzing academic achievement by national origin reveals heterogeneity that is hidden in the broadest categories. We identified four homogeneous subsets using the distribution of no. of retentions by national origins: (i) one characterized by a low number of failures during the school path by the time they reach the 10th grade ; (ii) a second one also composed of national origins where most students do not have any failures, but this share is lower than in the first subset; (iii) a third subset characterized by high levels of school failure, where 50% of students achieve 10th grade with at least 1 retention; (iv) and a fourth one marked by aggravated failure (two or more retentions).
Although the reasons for these gaps remain unknown, preliminary evidence suggests that the answer may lie in the combination of national origins with parental education, generational status, and type of ancestry. However, three national origins, namely Santomean, Cape Verdean, and Guinean, deviate from this trend. They have intermediate proportions of second-generation students with mixed-origin parentage and Portuguese citizenship but exhibit poorer academic outcomes compared to other origins with similar characteristics.  These national origins share a common aspect in that they are formerly-colonized countries by Portugal. A better understanding of this reality may help reduce existing stigmas and clarify the existence of processes of institutional racism in Portuguese schools.

References
Mauritti, R., Martins, S. da C., Nunes, N., Romão, A. L., & Costa, A. F. da. (2016). The social structure of european inequality: a multidimensional perspective. Sociologia, Problemas e Práticas, 81, 75–93. https://journals.openedition.org/spp/2339
Cândido, A.F. and Seabra T. (2019), ‘Os alunos de nacionalidade estrangeira no sistema educativo português: matrículas e modalidades de ensino’/ ‘Pupils with foreign nationality in the Portuguese education system: enrollment and type of curriculum track’, Observatório das Desigualdades - Estudos, ISCTE-IUL, CIES-IUL.
Seabra, T. and Cândido, A.F. (2020), ‘Os alunos de nacionalidade estrangeira no ensino básico e secundário em Portugal Continental (2011/12 a 2016/17): taxas de aprovação’/ ‘Pupils with foreign nationality in basic and secondary education in mainland Portugal (2011/12 to 2016/17): approval rates’, Observatório das Desigualdades - Estudos, ISCTE-IUL, CIES-IUL.
Mateus, S. (2022), ‘Blending ahead: The advantages of young people of mixed origin in Portuguese compulsory schooling’, Globalisation, Societies and Education 20 (5): 571–89.
OECD (Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development) (2019), PISA 2018 Results, Vol. II: Where All Students Can Succeed, Paris: OECD.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Aspirations of Youth in Situations of Migration in Europe

Kyriaki Doumas, Helen Avery

Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Doumas, Kyriaki

This explorative literature review aims to examine the aspirations of youth in situations of migration in Europe as reported by recent empirical studies. Although issues of migration have come to occupy an important place in European policy and public debates (Eberl et al 2018; Goubin , Ruelens & Nicaise 2022), an overview is still lacking at the intersection of youth, migration and futures. How newcomer youth perceive their future in society and the futures to which they aspire have consequences for the strategies they adopt in studies, choice of career path and integration. Extended periods in limbo and uncertain futures can in the longer term affect their faith in institutions, their understanding of democracy and the extent and manner of their civic engagement.

The ways we understand, perceive, conceptualise and represent the future play a fundamental role, both in human societies and in individual lives. Futures are closely linked to power and agency. Clearer understanding of constraints and options could inform more responsible policy or enable marginalised groups to act more effectively, based on their capacity to ‘read the world’ (Valladares 2021). While social elites mobilise considerable resources in shaping futures the capacity to imagine alternative futures (Rubin & Kaivo-Oja 1999; Amsler & Facer 2017) can also open pathways to empowerment for groups in situations of disadvantage.

Migrant youth face disadvantages that are equal to or worse than other marginalised groups, making access to education a challenge. Basic needs such as food, housing and healthcare must be met before educational needs are addressed. Other barriers include language acquisition, trauma, interrupted education due to exile and unrecognised previous qualifications (Gateley 2015). Nevertheless, studies in various contexts suggest that young refugees show strong resilience, positive future expectations and high motivation at school, which Lynnebakke and Pastoor (Lynnebakke & Pastoor 2020) examine within the concept of educational resilience— ‘the heightened likelihood of educational success despite personal vulnerabilities and adversities brought about by environmental conditions and experiences’. Lynnebakke and Pastoor understand both resilience and outcomes as produced in continuous interaction between individuals and features of their environment. This apparent paradox between positive future expectations and challenging circumstances has been theoretically explained in diverse manners, including ‘immigrant optimism’, ‘dual frame of reference’, ‘blocked opportunities’, ‘information deficit’ or ‘ethnic capital’ (Lynnebakke & Pastoor 2020).

The vision young people have of their possible positions in society, in relation to what careers and employment possibilities will exist in the future, influences their motivation to invest in upper secondary education and to pursue career paths that require post-secondary qualifications (Facer 2011). Teachers are often not well prepared to teach diverse classrooms, but formal education is important for newcomer youth, particularly in the case of refugees (Alesina, Carlana, Ferrara & Pinotti 2018). Furthermore, research suggests that teacher expectations have a significant impact on educational achievement (Papageorge, Gershenson & Kang 2020).

For students from disadvantaged groups, education and employment aspirations may represent prospects for their families and communities to escape hardships and historical constraints (Webb 2021). Nevertheless, Goring et al. (Goring, Kelly, Carbajo, Brown & 2023) caution that framing young people’s perceptions of their future as limited to aspirational trajectories of education and employment does not do justice to the complexity of how youth see themselves in the world today. They argue that this framing rather corresponds to a reduction of human life to value in economic production systems. This literature review will therefore cover both research on education and employment, as well as studies that deal with other topics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Steps undertaken for the review include specification of inclusion and exclusion criteria; use of information sources to search for relevant research publications, as well as review, coding and categorisation of the selected research; and presentation and discussion of the review findings.

Eligibility criteria
The following inclusion criteria were applied in the selection of publications yielded in the searches: (a) social science publications; (b) relevant to understanding future aspirations of youth with migrant or refugee background; (c) empirical studies, or reviews, meta-analyses and critical analyses based on and summarizing empirical research; (d) the case or sample is located in Europe; (e) peer-reviewed publications in indexed research journals; (f ) written in English; (g) published 2010-2022.
For the purposes of this review, Europe was delimited to EU and EFTA countries, including the UK as former EU member. Following UN definitions, adolescents and youth were here limited to the age range 10–24, and publications exclusively focusing younger or older individuals were excluded, while relevant publications with at least some respondents from our age range were included. Similarly, we included publications that com- pared youth with migrant background to youth with no migrant background.
After application of inclusion and exclusion criteria, the search yielded 30 publications, relevant to the research questions.

Reliability and risk of bias
To enhance the reliability of the review, only peer- reviewed articles published in indexed research journals were selected. Both authors developed the keywords and conducted the search of databases to reduce the risk for mistakes or bias. The selection and analysis of the sample was also developed by joint discussions.

Synthesis of results
All articles were thoroughly reviewed and categorised according the following parameters: the writer and year of publication, the country and context where the research was conducted, the sample, the methodology used and the key themes. Contextual analysis (Svensson & Doumas 2013) was used to identify main categories across studies that describe the phenomenon under investigation, namely young migrants’ future aspirations in Europe based on peer-reviewed social science publications in the period 2010-2022. Contextual analysis is a methodology that advocates an open approach to the examined material. This approach is analytic, aiming both at the delimitation of main aspects of the phenomenon as a whole and as dependent of their contexts. By comparisons between the reviewed research articles, similarities and differences were discerned.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The studies were grouped under the following categories identified in the material: 1. Policy discourses and young migrants/refugees’ high aspirations and resilience; 2. Effects of residential segregation and regional inequalities within countries; 3. Construction of youth aspirations and expectations; 4. Fluid mobilities; 5. Coping with limbo and broken mobilities; 6. In between cultural and personal aspirations; 7. Constructing and reconstructing masculinities.
The studies grouped under category 1 discussed young people’s experiences interpreted against the background of constraints and hardships inflicted by migration policy. In category 2, it appeared that many of the issues relating to cross-border migration resembled those affecting youth opportunities and migration within countries. These included not only unequal opportunities to study and to access aspired future careers but also young people’s ties to family, friends and place. In category 3, different factors influencing the construction of aspirations were focused. These could, for instance, be related to discourses and expectations in families, communities and socioeconomic backgrounds or experiences at school. Category 4 focused on intra-European migrants. These studies concerned young adults who had voluntarily decided to migrate, although the move in many cases was motivated by economic crises in the country of origin. By contrast, studies in category 5 concerned refugee youth, in situations of forced displacement, whose aspirations were strongly affected by their status and the asylum process. Studies in category 6 highlighted young people’s efforts to find their way and formulate their goals in a space of tension between their personal interests and culturally set expectations. Finally, the publications grouped under category 7 focused on the ways self and aspired life trajectories could be envisaged among youth and young adult men in situations marked by migration.
Overall, the findings point to a fundamental mismatch between young migrants’ aspirations and the opportunities that specific policies offered.

References
1.Alesina A, Carlana M, Ferrara EL, Pinotti P (2018) Revealing stereotypes: evidence from immigrants in schools. In: Working Paper 25333. National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, MA.
2.Amsler S, Facer K (2017) Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: exploring alternative educational orientations to the future. Futures 94:6–14.
3.Eberl JM, Meltzer CE, Heidenreich T, Herrero B, Theorin N, Lind F, Ström- bäck J (2018) The European media discourse on immigration and its effects: a literature review. Ann Int Commun Assoc 42(3):207–223
4.Facer K (2011) Learning futures: education technology and social change. Routledge, London
5.Goubin S, Ruelens A, Nicaise I (2022) Trends in attitudes towards migration in Europe: a comparative analysis. Research Institute for Work and Society, HIVA
6.Gateley DE (2015) A policy of vulnerability or agency? Refugee young people’s opportunities in accessing further and higher education in the UK. Compare: J Comparative Int Educ 45(1):26–46
7.Lynnebakke B, Pastoor LDW (2020) “It’s very hard but I’ll manage”: educational aspirations and educational resilience among recently resettled young refugees in Norwegian upper secondary schools. Int J Qual Stud Health Well-being 15(sup2):1785694.
8.Papageorge NW, Gershenson S, Kang KM (2020) Teacher expectations mat- ter. Rev Econ Stat 102(2):234–251.
9.Goring J, Kelly P, Carbajo D, Brown S (2023) Young people’s presents and futures and the moral obligation to be enterprising and aspirational in times of crisis. Futures 147:103099.
10.Rubin A, Kaivo-Oja J (1999) Towards a futures-oriented sociology. Int Rev Sociol 9(3):349–371.
11.Svensson L, Doumas K (2013) Contextual and analytic qualities of research methods exemplified in research on teaching. Qual Inq 19(6):441–450.
12.Valladares L (2021) Scientific literacy and social transformation: critical perspectives about science participation and emancipation. Sci Educ 30(3):557–587.
13.Webb C (2021) Liberating the family: debt education and racial capitalism in South Africa. EPD: Society Space 39(1):85–102.
 
17:15 - 18:4504 SES 03 D: Leadership and Inclusive Education
Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Simone Plöger
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Social Justice Leadership in Irish Schools: Conceptualisations, Supports and Barriers in Building Inclusive Schools in an Age of Uncertainty

Joseph Travers, Fiona King, Jean McGowan

Dublin City University

Presenting Author: Travers, Joseph; King, Fiona

Social justice leadership internationally is gaining increased attention as issues of equity, equality, inclusion, and diversity inform policies (Torrance, Forde, King and Razzaq, 2021a). This research is situated within the work of the International School Leadership Development Network’s (ISLDN) research project studying social justice school leadership. The network was formed in 2010 under the sponsorship of the British Educational Leadership, Management and Administration Society (BELMAS) and the University Council for Educational Administration (UCEA). There are representatives from over 20 countries collaborating in this area. The research developed to form two strands (a) preparing and developing leaders who advocate for social justice and (b) preparing and developing leaders for high-need, low-performing schools. This research resides within the first strand. The team developed a shared research protocol around two key issues: how school leaders “make sense” and “do” social justice (Torrance and Angelle, 2019). Within the Irish context, these questions were situated within an adaptation of Bronfennbrenner’s ecological framework allowing exploration of leadership for social justice at the micro, meso, and macro levels with the principal at the centre (King and Travers, 2017). This paper reports on the Irish findings concerning conceptualisations of social justice leadership, whether school leaders identify as such and the factors that support or hinder such leadership in developing inclusive schools.

Several researchers highlight the links between educational leadership and social justice. Chunoo, Beatty & Gruver (2019) argue that social justice is at the heart of leadership with a bias for action and advocacy. Meanwhile Sarid (2021) argues for connecting adaptive leadership and social justice educational leadership around four principles pertinent to each: being disruptive, dilemmatic, collaborative and context-emergent. Cochran-Smith (1999) also connects educational leadership and social justice in the context of the entrenched inequities in the social, economic, and educational systems. This necessitates a values and political orientation.

Slater (2017) identified three concepts underpinning the understanding of social justice leadership among the ISLDN team of 33 researchers across 14 countries at the time. The first concept was around providing equitable treatment regardless of race, creed, gender, sexual orientation, or disability. This could also be seen as the absence of any discrimination. The second concept concerned critiquing policies, practices, roles, and relationships in relation to how they marginalise certain groups. This could be interpreted as being proactive in preventing exclusion occurring in the first place. The third concept entailed collective action to include those who have been excluded. This could be interpreted as positive discrimination in addressing barriers and challenges to inclusion in schools.

Artiles et al. (2006) argue that an underlying assumption of inclusion is that it serves social justice goals. They map discourses of inclusion identified by Dyson (1999) onto different views of social justice. The discourse of justification is based on a distributive view of social justice emphasising individual access to additional resources and underpins special and compensatory education (Rawls, 1971). In contrast, they argue that the implementation discourse draws mostly from a communitarian model of social justice, with an emphasis on social cohesion and shared values and beliefs. Artiles et al (2006) argue that the process of increasing social justice for marginalised/ diverse groups will not occur unless the identity of the dominant group also changes. This requires a transformative change involving participation, deliberation and critique on local and wider forces leading to a more inclusive social community and a more just distribution of resources in which all can flourish.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The following research questions underpinned this study: How do Irish school leaders conceptualise social justice? What do social justice leaders perceive as the supports and barriers to social justice practices? An online questionnaire was constructed based on the themes identified in interviews with social justice-oriented leaders as part of the work of the International School Leadership Development Network. In analysis by network members Angelle and Flood (2021), ninety initial codes were identified as factors supporting social justice leadership in schools across 12 countries (Costa Rica, England (2), Ireland, Israel (2), Jamaica, Mexico, New Zealand, Portugal, Scotland, Sweden, Turkey (2), and the United States (4)) arising from 18 interviews with principals conducted according to an agreed protocol. These were then categorised to 21 variables which were further classified as seven themes:  Principal Behaviours, School Culture, Teacher Characteristics, Community Involvement, Teacher Student Interface, Policy, and Resources. These themes formed the basis for the factors included in the questionnaire where participants were asked to rank their importance as supports to the work of social justice leaders in schools. A definition for each was given in the preamble to the question, for example:
Teacher characteristics:  Demographics such as experience, faculty degrees, university preparation programs, teacher beliefs, values, and behaviours; may also include teaching principals.
Principal behaviours: The translation of principal's values and beliefs into their behaviours and practices.
A similar grounded theory approach was adopted for the barriers resulting in six themes: Student’s Family Situation, Perceptions of the School, Lack of Resources, Policy, Politics, Staff Variables, and Organisational Culture. These formed the basis for the questions in the barriers section on the questionnaire where participants were also asked to rank their importance as barriers to the work of social justice leaders in schools. Definitions were also given for the themes. Biographical data relating to gender, leading in a disadvantaged context, or having a professional qualification in leadership was also collected.
Conscious of the importance of local context and cultural factors influencing understanding of social justice (Angelle, 2017; King, Travers, and McGowan, 2021) we included qualitative questions on definitions of social justice leadership, words to describe social justice leadership and examples of social justice practice and whether the leaders identified themselves as social justice school leaders.
The questionnaire was sent by email to all schools in the Republic of Ireland and promoted on social media accounts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There were 89 completed questionnaires. Responses indicate a lack of ethnic and cultural diversity in school leadership in Ireland. Only one of the respondents was other than White Irish but was still from another White background. While 46% of schools had an almost distinct White Irish student enrolment, the remainder had a more diverse enrolment with almost 25% having a minority of white Irish students.
Defining Social Justice
When asked to list up to five key words they would include in any definition of social justice, 68.5% of respondents included equality, while 65.1% included fairness, inclusion, opportunity, justice, respect, rights, diversity and being open-minded were frequently listed. These words feature in several macro policy documents. On the other hand, gender, ethnicity, race, and advocacy were each listed once, while religion, social class and disability were not included.

When considering their key influences 30% of respondents credited their own parents and upbringing as the main influence on their social justice leadership: “values instilled in me by my parents” or “reared in a family where social justice was spoken about and emulated.” Twenty per cent of participants said that their own education had inculcated social justice values in their perspectives, while 36% said that their experience since they commenced a teaching career had influenced their social justice awareness.
While 75% of participants identified as a social justice leader, a small minority of three said they were not.  The 19 respondents, who stated they were unsure whether they identified as social justice leaders, seem to question the leadership aspect rather than the social justice aspect. Respondents ranked principal behaviours, school culture, teacher characteristics and student-teacher communication highest in providing support to the work of social justice leaders in schools. Discussion and implications for leadership professional learning are outlined.

References
Angelle, Pamela S., and Lee D. Flood. "Measuring the Barriers and Supports to Socially Just Leadership." International Studies in Educational Administration (Commonwealth Council for Educational Administration & Management (CCEAM)) 49, no. 3 (2021).
Angelle, Pamela S., ed. A global perspective of social justice leadership for school principals. IAP, 2017.
Artiles, A. J., N., Harris-Murri, and D. Rostenberg. “Inclusion as social justice: Critical notes on discourses, assumptions, and the road ahead.” Theory into Practice, (2006) 45, 260-268.
Bowe, Richard, Stephen J. Ball, and Anne Gold. Reforming education and changing schools: Case studies in policy sociology. Vol. 10. Routledge, 2017.
Cochran-Smith, Marilyn. "Section Two: Practices in Teacher Education: Learning to Teach for Social Justice." Teachers College Record 100, no. 5 (1999): 114-144.
Dyson, Alan. "Inclusion and inclusions: Theories and discourses in inclusive education." In World yearbook of education 1999, pp. 36-53. Routledge, 2013.
Edwards, Graeme, and Juliet Peruma. "Enacting social justice in education through spiritual leadership." Koers 82, no. 3 (2017): 1-14.
Forde, Christine, and Deirdre Torrance. “Social justice and leadership development”, Professional Development in Education (2017) 43:1, 106-120.
Harford, Judith, Brian Fleming, and Áine Hyland. "100 years of inequality?: Irish educational policy since the foundation of the state." Paedagogica Historica (2022): 1-16.
Kavanagh, Anne Marie. "A whole school approach to social justice education." Teaching for social justice and sustainable development across the primary curriculum. London: Routledge, 2021.
King, Fiona, and Joe Travers. "Social justice leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory." A Global Perspective of Social Justice Leadership for School Principals. Information Age Publishing (2017): 147-165.
Rawls, A. "Theories of social justice." (1971).
Slater, Charles L. "Social justice beliefs and the positionality of researchers." A global perspective of social justice leadership for school principals (2017): 3-20. in P.S. Angelle, A Global Perspective of Social Justice Leadership for School Principals. Charlotte, NC: Information Age Publishing Inc.
Theoharis, George. "Social justice educational leaders and resistance: Toward a theory of social justice leadership." Educational administration quarterly 43, no. 2 (2007): 221-258.

Torrance, Deirdre, and Pamela S. Angelle. "The influence of global contexts in the enactment of social justice." Cultures of social justice leadership: An intercultural context of schools (2019): 1-19.
Torrance, Deirdre, Christine Forde, Fiona King & Jamila Razzaq. “What is the problem? A critical review of social justice leadership preparation and development,” Professional Development in Education, 47, no.1 (2021a): 22-35.DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1787198
Young, Iris Marion. "Justice and the Politics of Difference." (1990).


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Leadership in the Implementation of Inclusive Gifted Education

Denise Hofer, Tamara Katschnig

KPH Wien/Krems, Austria

Presenting Author: Hofer, Denise; Katschnig, Tamara

Every person has potentials. According to Children's Rights Article 29, education must "fully develop the personality, talents and mental and physical abilities of the child" (UNICEF, 1989). In the context of inclusion, the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO 1994) calls for education in an inclusive setting in order to enable educational equity for all learners: "An inclusive approach to education means that each individual's needs are taken into account and that all learners participate and achieve together. It acknowledges that all children can learn and that every child has unique characteristics, interests, abilities and learning needs. Special focus is placed on learners who may be at risk of marginalisation, exclusion or underachievement."

However, it shows that the implementation of inclusive settings in the school context is insufficient in German-speaking countries. One possible reason for this could be the lack of a standardised definition of inclusion (Grosche, 2015; S. 17; Loreman, 2014; Resch et al, 2021). The situation is similar with the term "giftedness", which is associated with giftedness and high performance. These inconsistent definitions of the terms in turn lead to "exclusive" support measures that do not address every learner. The pedagogical attitude that every learner, regardless of their origin, their own physical and psychological learning prerequisites and their ethnic diversity, has potential within them that needs to be discovered and nurtured, is thus hardly done justice by educators (Schrittesser, 2019; 2021). For this reason, the term "inclusive gifted education" was coined. It not only supports pupils who have been able to demonstrate their talents through performance in the classroom, as has long been the case in gifted education. Inclusive gifted education assumes that everyone has potential and that this potential can be developed through suitable, individualised learning opportunities and settings. Support measures that are to be offered inclusively in the classroom should benefit all pupils. It is assumed that all learners have different potentials that become visible through individualised learning opportunities. Recognising and promoting this potential has a positive influence on the personal development of learners.

The realisation and implementation of inclusive gifted education requires systematic and systematic school development processes and the corresponding attitude of all teachers. They must observe their pupils in different learning settings and try to recognise potential at an early stage. The promotion of different potentials must not depend on individual teachers and thus be left to chance. Systemtic and systematic school development that involves the entire school staff is therefore essential (Rolff, 2018).

School management plays a special role in this school development process. They are considered the "driver for change" (Bryk, 2010). In their role of steering school development processes, they need a vision and a clear, uniform understanding of inclusive gifted education, which they live out together with their team at the school site and which they implement in their pedagogical work.

Since 2021, the government of Lower Bavaria, in cooperation with the University of Passau and the Vienna/Krems University of Education, has been developing a certificate in the context of inclusive gifted education. The criteria were based on the Index for Inclusion (Ainsen & Booth, 2017).

In the course of this project, the question of what influence the role of school management has on the implementation and realisation of inclusive gifted education in the classroom will be investigated.

The aim is to further develop the specified criteria for the certificate based on the results of the study so that every learner benefits from the promotion of potential. Research is also being conducted into how science, politics and practice can cooperate successfully in the field of inclusive gifted education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methode
 
The realisation of the criteria and the implementation processes at the schools are scientifically monitored. This gives those responsible for the project the opportunity to further develop criteria based on evidence. The implementation process is being analysed using a mixed methods study. In April 2022 and 2023, all teachers (N=400) from the participating pilot project schools were asked about their prior knowledge, understanding of terms, their teaching methods and the role of their school management in the context of inclusive gifted education using an online questionnaire (as-is analysis). This was analysed descriptively using SPSS.
Subsequently, expert interviews were conducted with the nine head teachers and two members of the government responsible for the project in July 2022 and 2023. The focus was on the role of school management in the implementation process. They were asked about their understanding of the term, their vision of school and their definition of leadership. They were also asked questions about the school development process at their location, about cooperation within the teaching staff and about their expectations of the school authorities and school development consultants.  They were also able to comment on the content and impact of the further education programmes offered by the university and the teacher training college.
The headteachers were supported in the implementation process by teacher training courses organised by the University of Teacher Education, which were held online. Teachers from the participating schools were able to attend this training. These training courses were held for all participants prior to the measurements. The content was further developed based on evidence after the evaluation.
The results of the teacher survey were also presented to the headteachers during the interviews. They were asked to comment on the results. From this, conditions for success and challenges for school development processes in the context of inclusive gifted education were identified.
As the role of headteachers is the focus of the study, the evaluation will examine the question of how inclusive gifted education can be implemented and sustainably realised from the perspective of headteachers.
Finally, in March 2024, a school development consultant and a project manager from the Lower Bavarian government will each be presented with the analysed data and asked about the further course of the project.
The study will then be continued with a focus on lesson development.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As part of the pilot project, two talent centres are to be established in Lower Bavaria to support schools and, above all, their headteachers in the school development process. The assumption of a pedagogical attitude supporting that potential lies dormant in all learners, regardless of their own resources and prerequisites, and
the willingness to allow all pupils to benefit from support programmes should become a matter of course for teachers at these certified schools. On the one hand, this requires further training programmes that are tailored to the interests and needs of teachers and whose effectiveness and sustainability are evaluated. On the other hand, close cooperation between science, practice and politics is required so that the theory of inclusive gifted education is actually implemented in the classroom by each individual teacher at a certified school and reaches the pupils. Although headteachers are the "drivers for change", the teachers have to go along for the ride. The research project will be continued from 2025 by recording and analysing teaching sequences from teachers at the certified schools. In turn, this will be used to identify "best practice examples" for teacher training programmes to support them in their work.

References
Booth, A., Ainscow, M (2016). Index für Inklusion. Ein Leitfaden für Schulentwicklung. Beltz.

Kiso, C. J., Fränkel, S. (2021): Inklusive Begabungsförderung in den Fachdidaktiken. Diskurse, Forschungslinien und Praxisbeispiele. Klinkhardt.
Meyers, D., Durlak, J.A., Wandersman, A. (2012). The Quality Implementation framework: A Synthesis of Critical Steps in the Implementation Process. American Journal of Community Psychology. 50(3-4), S. 462-480. DOI: 10.1007/s10464-012-9522-x

Resch, K., Lindner, K.-T., Streese, B., Proyer, M., Schwab, S. (2021). Inklusive Schule und Schulentwicklung. Theoretische Grundlagen, empirische Befunde und Praxisbeispiele aus Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Waxmann.

Rolff, H.G. (2023). Komprehensive Bildungsreform. Wie ein qualitätsorientiertes Gesamtsystem entwickelt werden kann. Beltz Juventa

UNESCO (2023). What do you know about inclusion in education. Verfügbar unter: https://www.unesco.org/en/inclusion-education/need-know (14.01.2024)


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Bridging the Divide: Analyzing Regional Disparities in Implementing Inclusive Education in Germany

Simone Plöger

Mainz University, Germany

Presenting Author: Plöger, Simone

The legal imperative for inclusion, underscored by the ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in 2009 (CRPD), mandated German mainstream schools to transition from exclusive to inclusive settings. Despite this formal commitment, challenges persist, evident in stable exclusion rates (Hollenbach-Biele/Klemm 2020). This discrepancy between the legal mandate and on-the-ground practices prompts an exploration of the practical implications and regional variations in inclusive education.

Educational policy and science recognize that inclusion extends beyond the category of disability, encompassing diverse socially constructed differentiation categories. While inclusive education promises to diminish formal exclusion and discrimination by embracing the diversity of all pupils, the reality portrays a stark contrast. There remains a gap between the legal claim to inclusion and the prevailing distribution of students, indicating a complex landscape that extends beyond disability alone; this discrepancy is evident not only in the context of pupils with disabilities but also applies to newcomer students, for example (Plöger i.V.).

Regional disparities in implementing the normative claim to inclusion reveal substantial differences among German federal states (Katzenbach 2018; Hollenbach-Biele/Klemm 2020). Urban and rural areas present distinct challenges, with the latter often neglected in the discourse on inclusion (Kuhn 2012). This oversight becomes significant as rural regions may lack the necessary personnel for inclusive education, predominantly found in urban areas around university cities challenge (Ottersbach et al. 2016). However, surveys indicate that regular teachers do not feel adequately prepared for its implementation (Hollenbach-Biele/Klemm 2020). Additionally, there is a shortage of teachers and specialized personnel.

Interestingly, rural regions, despite facing obstacles, offer untapped potential for inclusive education. Institutions promoting exclusive practices, such as special schools and secondary schools, are less prevalent in these areas. Leveraging this potential, however, necessitates educators with specialized expertise, often attributed to special needs teachers (Katzenbach 2018). Recognized for their unique training and skills in handling diversity, special needs teachers play a pivotal role in bridging the gap between the formal claim to inclusion and its practical implementation.

Against this backdrop, recent observations in Rhineland-Palatinate, a state in the South of Germany, raise pertinent questions regarding the practical implications of the formal claim to inclusion at the school level. The notable trend of relocating special needs teachers from rural areas to the Mainz metropolitan region sparks an inquiry into the broader regional dynamics impacting inclusive education (cf. https://www.swr.de/swraktuell/rheinlandpfalz/ludwigshafen/versetzung-foerderschulen-demo-100.html). This case study sheds light on the complexities of translating legal mandates into actionable strategies, especially in regions with distinct educational landscapes.

The presentation aims to unravel the nuances of regional disparities in implementing inclusive education, emphasizing the need for tailored strategies that consider the unique challenges and potential each region presents. Through an in-depth analysis, it seeks to contribute valuable insights to the ongoing discourse on inclusive education in the German context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To establish a comprehensive understanding of the challenges and disparities in the implementation of inclusive education in Germany, a thorough literature review was conducted. This review encompassed studies and publications addressing the legal framework of inclusion, regional variations, and the intersectionality of inclusion beyond the disability category.
Qualitative insights were gathered through semi-structured interviews with principals of schools and teachers across various regions and representatives from the Ministry of Education in Rhineland-Palatinate. These interviews aimed to capture firsthand perspectives on the challenges, successes, and regional nuances in implementing inclusive education. Principals and teachers provided insights into the practical aspects of inclusive education at the school level. For this purpose, principals from schools where special education teachers were withdrawn were selected, as well as principals from schools where these teachers were deployed. Furthermore, the teachers themselves were interviewed. Ministry representatives shed light on policy perspectives, resource allocation, and the overarching strategies guiding the implementation process. Open-ended questions were designed to encourage participants to share their experiences, perceptions, and challenges related to inclusive education. In total, 10 interviews were conducted.
The data obtained from interviews underwent qualitative content analysis, following the approach outlined by Mayring (2010). This method allowed for a systematic and in-depth examination of the interview transcripts. The analysis process involved identifying recurring themes, patterns, and conceptual categories that emerged from the participants' narratives. By adopting a deductive-inductive approach, the analysis both adhered to predefined categories derived from the literature review and allowed for the emergence of new themes grounded in the participants' responses.
The coding process involved multiple iterations, with researchers independently coding the data and then engaging in discussions to ensure consistency and reliability. The identified themes were then organized into a coherent narrative that forms the basis for the findings presented in this research. This qualitative content analysis facilitated a nuanced exploration of the challenges and regional variations in implementing inclusive education, providing a rich foundation for deriving meaningful insights from the collected data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In examining the implementation of inclusive education in Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany, the research reveals a persistent gap between the legal mandate and the practical realities on the ground, indicative of a complex educational landscape. Regional disparities, particularly evident in urban and rural areas, pose significant challenges to the successful realization of inclusive education. Despite the untapped potential in rural regions, characterized by fewer exclusive institutions, the shortage of qualified personnel remains a critical hurdle, exacerbated by the relocation of special needs teachers to urban centers like the Mainz metropolitan area.
Insights from interviews with headmasters and ministry representatives provide valuable perspectives on the ground-level challenges and policy considerations. The inadequacy of teacher preparedness, coupled with shortages in educators and specialists, poses significant hurdles to the effective implementation of inclusive education. The withdrawal of special needs teachers from rural areas to address needs in urban centers exacerbates these challenges, highlighting the need for targeted strategies to address regional disparities.
The qualitative content analysis of interview data unveiled nuanced insights into the experiences and perceptions of key stakeholders. Themes such as the role of special needs teachers, regional resource distribution, and the impact of teacher shortages emerged as critical areas requiring attention. The findings call for a more nuanced understanding of the barriers to inclusive education and the development of tailored interventions that consider regional variations.
In conclusion, the study contributes to the ongoing discourse on inclusive education by shedding light on the complexities and regional nuances that shape its implementation in Germany. The results indicate urban inclusion and rural exclusion. Bridging this divide necessitates a collaborative effort among educational policymakers, school administrators, and the wider community. This collective endeavor aims to narrow the gap between the legal mandate for inclusion and its tangible implementation in real-world contexts.

References
• Hollenbach-Biele, N. & Klemm, K. (2020): Inklusive Bildung zwischen Licht und Schatten: Eine Bilanz nach zehn Jahren inklusiven Unterrichts. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung.
• Katzenbach, D. (2018): Inklusion und Heterogenität. In: T. Bohl, J. Budde & M. Rieger-Ladich (Hg.): Umgang mit Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Grundlagentheoretische Beiträge, empirische Befunde und didaktische Reflexionen. 2. aktualisierte Auflage. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt (UTB Schulpädagogik, 4755), S. 123–139.
• Kuhn, A. (2012): Behinderung und Inklusion (im ländlichen Raum). In: S. Debiel et al. (Hrsg.), Soziale Arbeit in ländlichen Räumen, Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 301-314. DOI 10.1007/978-3-531-18946-8_24.
• Mayring, P. (2010): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In: Mey, G. & Mruck, K. (Hrsg), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 601-613. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92052-8_42
• Ottersbach, M., Platte, A. & Rosen, L. (2016): Perspektiven auf inklusive Bildung und soziale Ungleichheiten. In M. Ottersbach, A. Platte & L. Rosen (Hg.): Soziale Ungleichheiten als Herausforderung für inklusive Bildung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 1–14.
• Plöger, S. (i.V.): Zwischen Inklusion und Exklusion: Anforderungen an neu zugewanderte Schüler:innen im integrativen Modell. Zeitschrift für erziehungswissenschaftliche Migrationsforschung.
 
17:15 - 18:4504 SES 03 E: Student perspectives on Inclusion (and exclusion) in Education
Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Carol-Ann O'Síoráin
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Exploring Primary School Students’ Perspectives: Inclusion (or exclusion) in Processes with Various Professionals in the School’s Support System

Helene Wego

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Wego, Helene

Promoting inclusive education [IE] is a responsibility of adults in the school system, aimed at ensuring equitable access to education for all students and reducing marginalization. This includes enabling students with diverse needs to reach their potential and fully participate in society, integral to promoting IE. Nearly three decades ago, Norway and several other European countries ratified the Salamanca Statement (UNESCO, 1994) and committed to UNESCO’s principles of IE and working towards providing education for all. UNESCO’s (2009) inclusion guidelines describe IE as dynamic processes that 1) addresses and meets the diverse needs of all students (p. 8); 2) aims to increase participation; and 3) actively works to diminish exclusion “from and within education” (p. 9). The Norwegian white paper “Early intervention and inclusive education” (Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020)), highlights the need to enhance the schools’ support systems through interprofessional collaboration [IPC] between professionals within and outside of school. IPC is seen as crucial to meet the students’ needs and foster inclusive teaching environments for all.

Despite Norway’s commitment to UNESCO’s principles and the emphasis on IPC, there is a noticeable gap in Norwegian - and international - literature when it comes to addressing students’ experiences of it. This gap becomes particularly evident when considering Qvortrup and Qvortrup’s (2018) inclusion matrix, which emphasizes the experiential aspect of inclusion/exclusion. In a previous paper (Wego, n.d.), I began to address this gap by exploring how students articulate “help” and I found that students seem to have a different (and more concrete) understanding of “help” than adults. This observation has guided the direction of this paper and led to the following research question: How do primary school students make sense of their experiences of receiving help in interprofessional collaborations, with the goal of inclusive education?

I am using participatory research and Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis [IPA] to explore the research question. IPA combines phenomenology’s emphasis on lived experiences and hermeneutics’ focus on text interpretation, seeking to explore the unique experiences of individuals and how they make sense of them (Creswell & Poth, 2018; Eatough & Smith, 2017; Smith, 2011). Critical disability studies (CDS) is thought of as a relevant theoretical framework for the discussion, considering CDS' goal towards equity and social justice (Goodley, 2007). Based on findings thus far, ableism (cf. Goodley, 2007, 2013; Titchkosky, 2012) and agency seems to be particularily relevant. For example, all of the students in the study were invited to complete three cartoon stories and take photographs of whatever they needed to learn and feel good. However, one of the students did not do any of this - instead he drew his favorite super hero, "the Flash". Instead of dismissing this as unrelevant for the study, we incorporated "The Flash" greatly in the interview and the Flash seemed to help the student reclaim agency.

My interest in studying students’ experiences with IE is influenced by both my professional and personal experiences with minority stress[1]. As a special education teacher, I have witnessed several processes that were intended to be inclusive but inadvertently resulted in exclusion. These experiences have not only shaped my understanding of the complexities involved in implementing inclusive practices but have also motivated me to delve deeper into the nuances of these processes. Through this research, I hope to contribute to the ongoing discourse on IE, and ultimately, to the improvement of educational practices for all students.


[1] Heightened stress experienced by individuals from minority groups as a result of challenges such as prejudice and discrimination due to their deviation from the societal norms imposed by the dominant culture (Mongelli et al., 2019, p. 28)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Building on the principles of IPA (e.g., Smith, 2018) and in alignment with UNESCO’s (2009) guidelines and Qvortrup and Qvortrup’s (2018) inclusion matrix, I designed a participatory research study. Central to participatory research is the idea of participants as being precisely that: participants (O’Kane, 2008). They are not objects or informants informing the study, but rather as active contributors. By actively involving the participants, I aim to gain a deeper understanding of their unique lifeworlds (cf. Husserl, 1970, as cited in Todres et al., 2007), and how they perceive and interpret their experiences in IPC. Two fifth graders with experience from receiving help from IPC helped shape the study design. The final research design involved:
• Students capturing images of anything (non-human) contributing to their well-being and learning.
• Students completing three cartoon stories designed to elicit their experiences in different scenarios: one time they received help from an adult; their best day at school; their worst day at school.
• Open discussions in in-depth one-on-one interviews (30-90 minutes) about the photographs, cartoon stories, and other topics of interest. Some interviews involved using cups, sticky notes, and rubber balls to help the students to visualize their beliefs and opinions.

Participants were invited through professionals at their school that were involved in IPCs. A total of eight students agreed to participate, from the 3rd grade to the 7th grade.

Although all participants have experience from IPCs, it is important to note that the only information I have regarding this is whatever the students told me during the interviews. This was partly to help me maintain a phenomenological attitude (cf. Finlay, 2014). Another important note is that while I momentarily categorize the phenomenon of this study as “receiving help in IPC (in Norway)”, it does not necessarily mean that the students participating in the study perceive it as such.  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The students' understanding of "help" seems to be different than how adults understand "help". The students are mostly "here and now" and focused on concrete problems and immediate solutions, while the support system is designed to help with "long term" problems with abstract solutions? The problem with this is that help is not a thing that it is "out there", but part of the students' experiences. Thus, it becomes pointless to discuss help and inclusion without listening to their stories. They are not helpless, but have developed their own strategies of surviving in environments that are not designed for them, for example by imagining that they are the Flash and that they can run away from their problems when the support system fails to do so. In general, the students’ interpretations of their experiences of receiving help in IPC towards IE seems influenced by the proximity of the helpers, the attention they receive from their helpers, the perceived benefit of the help and the alignment between the helpers’ intentions and the students’ needs.


References
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE.
Eatough, V., & Smith, J. A. (2017). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. In C. Willig & W. S. Rogers (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psychology (2nd ed., pp. 193–211). SAGE Publications.
Finlay, L. (2014). Engaging Phenomenological Analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 11(2), 121–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2013.807899

Goodley, D. (2007). Towards socially just pedagogies: Deleuzoguattarian critical disability studies. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 11(3), 317–334. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701238769
Goodley, D. (2013). Dis/entangling critical disability studies. Disability & Society, 28(5), 631–644. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2012.717884

Kunnskapsdepartementet [the Ministry of Education and Research]. (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen [Core curriculum – values and principles for primary and secondary education]. Fastsatt Som Forskrift Ved Kongelig Resolusjon [as Laid down by Royal Decree]. Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet 2020 [LK20]. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=eng
Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020). Tett på – tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO [Early intervention and inclusive education in kindergartens, schools and out-of-school-hours care]. Kunnskapsdepartementet [the Ministry of Education and Research]. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-6-20192020/id2677025/

Mongelli, F., Perrone, D., Balducci, J., Sacchetti, A., Ferrari, S., Mattei, G., & Galeazzi, G. M. (2019). Minority stress and mental health among LGBT populations: An update on the evidence. Minerva Psichiatrica, 60(1). https://doi.org/10.23736/S0391-1772.18.01995-7

O’Kane, C. (2008). The Development of Participatory Techniques: Facilitating Children’s Views about Decisions Which Affect Them. In P. M. Christensen & A. James (Eds.), Research with children: Perspectives and practices (2nd ed., pp. 125–155). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203964576

Qvortrup, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506

Smith, J. A. (2011). Evaluating the contribution of interpretative phenomenological analysis. Health Psychology Review, 5(1), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/17437199.2010.510659
Smith, J. A. (2018). “Yes It Is Phenomenological”: A Reply to Max Van Manen’s Critique of Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 28(12), 1955–1958. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732318799577


The Education Act. (1998). Act relating to Primary and Secondary Education and Training. Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/dokument/NLE/lov/1998-07-17-61
Titchkosky, T. (2012). The Ends of the Body as Pedagogic Possibility. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 34(3–4), 82–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/10714413.2012.686851

UN General Assembly. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November 1989, United Nations. Treaty Series, 1577, 3. https://www.refworld.org/docid/3ae6b38f0.html.

UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education [Salamancaerklæringen]. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000098427 PLU8013 Helene Wego
29

UNESCO. (2009). Policy guidelines on inclusion in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000177849


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

“It’s ok to Talk About Inclusion …. It’s Quite Another to Actually do It”. Student Perspectives on Inclusion in Schools.

Charles Kemp, Umesh Sharma, Louise McLean

Monash University, Australia

Presenting Author: Kemp, Charles

The inclusion of marginalised students in regular schools is fundamental to achieving “Education for All”. In this research, a systematic review was conducted to examine what students at risk in education have said that could improve their inclusion in mainstream schools. The 37 studies from 10 different countries included in this qualitative evidence synthesis (QES) represent 450+ (n=178 Female, n=154 male and n = 118+ not identified) voices of students aged 9- 18 years, students perceived to be at risk of underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection from school.

Articles 12 and 13 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child legally and ethically establish the need for educational policy makers and practitioners to ensure the voices of children contribute to educational decision making (UN General Assembly, 1989) The practical delivery of these rights does, however, require issues of power and the imbalance of power within education systems to be addressed .

Whilst the balance of decision making power between teachers and students will never be equal, the creation of environments that include the voices of young people, particularly the views of those who are at risk of, or disconnecting from school, can guide practitioners and policy makers toward better ways of including all children. Listening to student views promotes opportunity for adults to respond to learner diversity, yet the extent to what we should listen to students about and why continues to be contentious. In schools listening is often focussed on what adults want to hear from students, the focus sometimes tends to ignore the critical insights of students.

The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic (QES) of what students at potential risk of underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection from school have collectively shared that could improve the inclusion of all students in regular/mainstream schools. The following questions guided the search and analysis of the literature; (a) what do these students say contributes to their disconnection or exclusion from school? and (b) what do they collectively say schools/systems should do to enable their inclusion in mainstream schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This (QES) was conducted using the Cochrane Qualitative and Implementation Methods Group (QIMG) practical guidance and key steps for authors undertaking qualitative evidence synthesis.
An initial iterative scoping review established search terms, selected databases, determined appropriate inclusion and exclusion criteria for the study and was used to finalise research questions and data extraction.
Data included perspectives of students aged between 6 and 18 years, attending, had or were intending to attend, a general inclusive school (or equivalent within their home country) with same age peers for all or part of a school day.
 A three-stage process of thematic synthesis was used to analyse the data in each included study. Studies were subject to five separate quality assessments as per the Cochrane QIMG guidance. Initially, an assessment of methodological strengths and limitations of each included study was undertaken using recommendations adapted from Noyes et al (2019) and Alvesson and Skӧldberg (2009). Then, each study was subject to an assessment of data adequacy following the three-step process outlined by Glenton et al, 2018. Thirdly, an assessment of data coherence was undertaken using the three-step process outlined by Colvin et al, 2018. Subsequently, data obtained from each study was assessed for relevance using the five-step process outlined by Noyes et al, 2018b. Finally, an assessment of the overall confidence in the findings was undertaken using the GRADE CERQual  technique.
Not all students in the included studies had educational experiences of underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection form school. Student who had these experiences expressed a broad range of emotional responses. Anxiety and fear, loneliness feeling judged, feeling misunderstood, feeling unworthy, feeling overlooked and becoming physically, mentally and emotionally drained were not uncommon. Analysis of the studies overwhelmingly indicated students say they experience underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection from schools due to the perceptions, attitudes and actions of others (individuals, groups, systems or the community).
Conversely, student perspectives provided insight into what educators should do to help them feel included. Four core themes with a range of sub themes emerged from the data. Theme 1: Know who I am and what I need. Theme 2: Access to academic supports and learning are central to me feeling included, how and when that support is provided will determine its success or failure. Theme 3: Relationships are critical to my sense of inclusion. Theme 4: School structure and culture help or hinder my sense of inclusion.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results of the study can be utilised to continue to understand and explore the question of what should we listen to students about and why?
Students wanting others to know who they are and understand what they need, was by far the most dominant theme and accounted for just over forty percent of the extracted data. There was a sense that when young people experience understanding, empathy and connection in which others openly show recognition of their whole self they feel included. There were five subthemes. ‘Students said they want others to first be responsive to, and respectful of their emotions; to show them empathy and recognise them as individuals with capabilities; to understand their needs and adjust for them; to provide them with some control; and finally respond to them in the context of their life beyond school.
Although data suggests students being understood and seen for who they are as people is of primary importance to a student’s sense of connection, belonging and inclusion in school; teachers, educators and policymakers are more inclined to focus time on the other elements of the educational experience such as academic supports, school structures and relationships as they fit more neatly with the outcomes desired by adults.
Outcomes of this study suggest that to become more inclusive teachers, schools and policy makers may need to reprioritise how and what we listen to students about to ensure that student emotions, showing empathy, understanding individual capabilities and responding to students more holistically in the context of their lives is prioritised alongside academic, structural and other relational supports. Further research with students to better understand how to respond to these needs is required.

References
Ainscow, M., & Messiou, K. (2018). Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education. Journal of educational change, 19, 1-17.
Booth, A., Noyes, J., Flemming, K., Gerhardus, A., Wahlster, P., van der Wilt, G. J., . . . Tummers, M. (2018). Structured methodology review identified seven (RETREAT) criteria for selecting qualitative evidence synthesis approaches. Journal of clinical epidemiology, 99, 41-52.
Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, presence, and power:“Student voice” in educational research and reform. Curriculum inquiry, 36(4), 359-390.
Gibbs, G. R. (2018). Analyzing qualitative data (Vol. 6): Sage.
Goodall, C., & MacKenzie, A. (2019). Title: What about My Voice? Autistic Young Girls' Experiences of Mainstream School. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(4), 499-513. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1553138
Lewin, S., Bohren, M., Rashidian, A., Munthe-Kaas, H., Glenton, C., Colvin, C. J., . . . Tunçalp, Ö. (2018). Applying GRADE-CERQual to qualitative evidence synthesis findings—paper 2: how to make an overall CERQual assessment of confidence and create a Summary of Qualitative Findings table. Implementation Science, 13(1), 11-23.
Messiou, K. (2006). Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children. European journal of psychology of education, 21(3), 305.
Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2015). Responding to learner diversity: Student views as a catalyst for powerful teacher development? Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 246-255.
Messiou, K., Bui, L. T., Ainscow, M., Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Besic, E., Paleczek, L., . . . Echeita, G. (2020). Student diversity and student voice conceptualisations in five European countries: Implications for including all students in schools. European Educational Research Journal. doi:10.1177/1474904120953241
Mitra, D. L. (2008). Balancing power in communities of practice: An examination of increasing student voice through school-based youth–adult partnerships. Journal of educational change, 9(3), 221.
Smyth, J., & McInerney, P. (2013). Whose side are you on? Advocacy ethnography: some methodological aspects of narrative portraits of disadvantaged young people, in socially critical research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(1), 1-20. doi:10.1080/09518398.2011.604649
UN General Assembly. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations, Treaty Series, 1577(3), 1-23.
UNESCO. (2000). Education for All: Meeting Our Collective Commitments; expanded commentary on the Dakar Framework for Action. Paris, UNESCO Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000120240?posInSet=1&queryId=68d2b791-ea23-46c2-bdcf-a25a5e8544e5


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Fostering Inclusive Learning Environments: Eliciting Student Perspectives on Relational Inclusivity

Christoforos Mamas

UC San Diego, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Mamas, Christoforos

Relational Inclusivity (RI) foregrounds the notion of relationships among students, especially those with identified Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). In this paper, I argue that RI is a critical aspect of mainstream educational settings, fostering a sense of belonging and emotional well-being among all students. When we refer to RI, we are addressing the extent to which all students are interwoven into the social fabric of their educational surroundings. This concept is grounded in the fundamental belief that students' feelings of belonging are crucial for both their academic development and socioemotional learning. We introduce it as a distinct term to underscore that programmatic models of inclusion may not inherently lead to genuine inclusion in all aspects (Mamas & Trautman, 2023). Instead, the active monitoring, development, and maintenance of RI are imperative to ensure that students, especially those with SEND, can fully participate and engage in their educational environments. In our previous work, we argued that RI comprises four dimensions or networks of relational ties; friendship, recess, academic support, and emotional wellbeing networks (Mamas & Trautman, 2023; Mamas et al., 2024). This paper explores the first dimension, namely friendships.
The paper addresses one main research question: What are elementary students' perspectives on the importance of friendships? This central research question aims to explore the subjective experiences and viewpoints of 21 4th grade school students regarding the significance of their friendships with peers. By delving into their perspectives, I sought to unravel the nuanced ways in which friendships contribute to the overall well-being and academic experiences of these students as it pertains to their RI. Through a qualitative case study design, 21 semi-structured interviews were conducted in two grade 4 classrooms in a highly diverse school in Southern California. The goal of the interviews was to capture the richness and diversity of students' experiences, thoughts, and feelings regarding their friendship ties and connections with peers.
The conceptual framework guiding this research is grounded in the concept of RI. As highlighted above, RI encompasses the idea that fostering positive and inclusive relationships within educational settings is fundamental for the overall well-being and development of all students, particularly those with SEND (Mamas & Trautman, 2023; Mamas at al., 2024). Within the framework of RI, the emphasis is placed on creating an environment where every student feels a sense of belonging and connection. This extends beyond mere tolerance and involves actively promoting positive relationships, empathy, and mutual respect among students. Friendship, being a fundamental aspect of social interaction, plays a pivotal role in the manifestation of RI within the elementary school context.
In this paper, I approach RI from a social network perspective (Borgatti et al., 2018). The social network perspective in the context of RI and friendship provides a valuable lens through which to understand the intricate dynamics of interpersonal relationships. Viewing friendships through the social network perspective involves recognizing that these connections form a complex web of interactions, influencing and being influenced by the broader social environment. In this framework, each student is considered a node within the social network, and friendships represent the links that connect them (Mamas et al., 2019). Understanding the structure and quality of these links is essential for comprehending how RI unfolds. By adopting a social network perspective, one gains insights into not only the individual experiences of students but also the collective dynamics that contribute to a more inclusive and supportive community. This approach underscores the interconnectedness of relationships, emphasizing that fostering inclusive environments involves cultivating positive connections that extend beyond individual friendships to contribute to the overall well-being of the entire classroom social network.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study reported in this paper applied a qualitative reflective case study methodology (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015; Yin, 2017). Applying a qualitative reflective case study design was deemed an appropriate methodology for several reasons. Firstly, this approach allows for an in-depth exploration of the complexities and nuances inherent in students’ friendships in the context of RI. The reflective nature of the case study design enabled me to delve into the subjective experiences and perspectives of the 21 participants, providing rich, contextually embedded insights. Additionally, this methodology is particularly apt for investigating dynamic and multifaceted phenomena, such as friendship ties and/or social interactions, where the focus is on understanding processes and contexts rather than isolating variables. Through careful reflection on individual cases, I was able to uncover patterns, themes, and critical factors that contribute to a deeper understanding of RI, making qualitative reflective case studies a robust and contextually sensitive research approach (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015).
In terms of data collection, 21 semi-structured interviews were conducted with students from two Grade 4 classrooms. Semi-structured interviews with elementary school students offer several advantages in understanding their perspectives and experiences (Bogdan & Biklen, 2006; Fontana & Frey, 2005). Firstly, this approach allows for flexibility, enabling the interviewer to adapt questions based on the child's age, cognitive development, and communication abilities. Unlike rigid structures, semi-structured interviews provide room for spontaneity, fostering a more relaxed and open environment for young participants. This format encourages children to express themselves freely, promoting authentic responses that may unveil nuanced insights into their thoughts and emotions in relation to their friendships in school. Additionally, the semi-structured nature allows interviewers to delve into specific topics while also permitting the exploration of unexpected areas that might arise during the conversation (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). Overall, semi-structured interviews provide a valuable tool for researchers and educators to gain deeper insights into the unique perspectives and experiences of elementary school students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The interview findings revealed several themes emphasizing the crucial role of friendships in enhancing RI for all students, especially those with SEND. Several themes were noted. First, friendships emerged as foundational to creating a sense of RI and support within the school environment. Students highlighted the importance of friends as allies who stand up for one another, providing emotional support and a sense of security. Second, discussions revealed a recognition of the role friends play in countering bullying behaviors. Students narrated instances where friends acted as advocates, confronting bullies, and fostering a protective environment. Third, friendship was linked to positive mental health outcomes, offering a source of joy, happiness, and resilience. Students expressed the view that friends contribute significantly to their overall well-being, acting as a buffer against the challenges they face.
Additionally, the fluidity of friendships emerged as a notable theme, with students acknowledging the potential for changes in friendship dynamics. Interactions showcased the adaptability of these relationships, where conflicts and resolutions contribute to the evolving nature of friendships. It was widely acknowledged by students that friendships are essential for creating a conducive learning environment. Students believed that having friends positively influenced their academic experiences, promoting collaboration, and making learning more enjoyable.
Another theme was the role of teachers in facilitating friendships. Students expressed gratitude for educators who fostered a positive and supportive atmosphere and teachers were seen as important figures in shaping the social dynamics of the classroom. Moreover, friendships were observed as bridges that connect students across diverse backgrounds, fostering cultural sensitivity and understanding. The interviews underscored the potential for friendships to transcend cultural, social, and academic boundaries.
These interview findings underscore the profound impact of friendships, emphasizing the multifaceted ways in which these connections contribute to the well-being, RI, and social fabric of the school community.

References
Bogdan, R. C., & Biklen, S. K. (2006). Qualitative Research in Education: An Introduction to Theory and Methods. Allyn & Bacon.
Borgatti, S. P., Everett, M. G., & Johnson, J. C. (2018). Analyzing social networks. Sage.
Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2005). The interview. The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3, 695-727.
Mamas, C., Cohen, S.R., & Holtzman, C. (2024). Relational Inclusivity in the Elementary Classroom: A Teacher’s Guide to Supporting Student Friendships and Building Nurturing Communities (1st ed.). Routledge.
Mamas, C. & Trautman, D. (2023). Leading Towards Relational Inclusivity for Students Identified as Having Special Educational Needs and Disabilities. In Daly, A.J., Liou, Y.H. (Eds.), The Relational Leader: Catalyzing Social Networks for Educational Change. Bloomsbury.
Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. John Wiley & Sons.
Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (Vol. 5). sage.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Reflective Experiences in Special Education Settings In A Post-Covid Time

Carol-Ann O'Síoráin1, Conor Mc Guckin2

1Dublin City University; 2Trinity College Dublin

Presenting Author: O'Síoráin, Carol-Ann

Special schools provide unique specialist supports for a continuum of complex speical educational needs and disabilities that are not typically available in mainstream settings. The global pandemic of 2020 to 2023 impacted on educational experiences, the role and function of special school provision. Therfore, drawing a need to explore a pathway to future proof the choice of educational provision offered to these children, young people and their families. The reflective voices and perspectives of special educators from across the island of Ireland are presented in this paper. The research question sought to plot the learning from the global pandemic on teaching and learning experiences in special schools for children and young people with intellectual disability, autism and other neurodevelopmental differences. These voices provide critical/common links and points for reflection on the goal for equity in education. The findings highlight the significant role of the special school setting in a constantly changing landscape (both nationally and internationally) where special education is not seen or valued as a sustainable model of inclusive practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research project utilised a small scale, two stage, mixed methods approach. Purposive sampling was identified as most appropriate by the research team as we sought to generate knowledge directly from teachers and principals in special education settings in both Southern and Northern Ireland. Ethical approval was sought from both a Southern institution (Hibernia College) and a Northern institution (Ulster University). On receipt of ethical approvals special schools were contacted by email to present the research project intentions, plain language forms, consent forms and invitations to participate. Four schools in Northern Ireland and six schools in Southern Ireland responded. This response rate was considered by the research team and, with respect to the continuing pressure of Covid 19 related absenteeism experienced by special schools, it was decided to accept this low response rate.  
Stage one was initiated in March 2022 with a Microsoft Forms survey administered to consenting participants (N=19) in both jurisdiction. This survey was designed to capture demographic data and the reflections of teaching and learning during and directly post-pandemic. Stage two consisted of on-line semi-structured interviews (N=7) and these were held from July 2022 to January 2023 at the request of the participants.
Data generated from the survey was analysed using both basic descriptive statistics and thematic analysis for open-ended question responses. Data from the semi-structured interviews was analysed using thematic analysis. We engaged in cycles of exploration of all the textual data sets to establish the richness of experiences across the participants and to capture concepts and professional perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings present insightful contributions from special education teachers and principals as they reflect on their experiences and learnings from the Covid 19 pandemic and their return to post-covid realities.
The findings highlight:
1. The unique challenges encountered by special education settings
2. Relationships with staff, children, and parents/guardians, the teachers' perceived lack of respect by parents of the teachers role and responsibilities.  
3. New (school) recognition of other complex challenges experienced by parents/guardians and their impact on the future nature and role of the special school in 'partnership' with parents as educators.
4. The positive and negative leadership skills of principals in times of crisis
5. The unique role of the special school in actively supporting appropriately inclusive education.
6. The lack of connect expressed by teachers and principals between the active role of the Special school system and the DES interpretation of the role (in the RoI only)
7. Children with complex needs need to be physically present in these setting to maintain a continuum of care and education.
8. Teaching in a special education setting is expressed as a holistic, relational committment and is part of the frontline response.  

References
Aarnos, R., Sundqvist, C. and Ström, K., 2021. “Teaching and supporting students with special educational needs at a distance during the COVID-19 school closures in Finland: special needs teachers’ experiences.” Education in the North 28 (3): 5-24.
Banerjee, T., A. Khan, and P. Kesavan. 2021. “Impact of Lockdown and School Closure on Children in Special Schools: A Single-centre Survey.” BMJ Paediatrics Open 5 (1): 1. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjpo-2020-000981.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis: A practical guide. London, Sage.
Merrigan, C. & Senior, J. (2023) Special schools at the crossroads of inclusion: do they have a value, purpose, and educational responsibility in an inclusive education system? Irish Educational Studies, 42:2, 275-291, DOI: 10.1080/03323315.2021.1964563
O’Connor Bones, U., Bates, J., Finlay, J. and Campbell, A. (2022). “Parental involvement during COVID-19: experiences from the special school”. European Journal of Special Needs Education, Vol 37 (6) p. 936-949. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2021.1967297
 
17:15 - 18:4504 SES 03 H JS: Wellbeing, Diversity and Inclusion (JS with NW04)
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Joint Paper Session, NW 04 and NW 08
17:15 - 18:4505 SES 03 A: Conflict and Migrant Children
Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Educational Research on Uncertainty during War and Conflicts: Systematic Literature Review

Anna Aleksanyan, Heike Wendt

Institute of Education Research and Teacher Education, University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Aleksanyan, Anna; Wendt, Heike

In recent years, the world has seen an escalation in war situations and an increase in the number of disasters. In war situations, the risks that affect the educational process are even greater. Children need to be moved from one place to another, to a safer place. Sometimes it is difficult to know where the next stop should be and for how long. Where and how should education be organised in these situations of uncertain reality?

As by November 2023, according to UNICEF “400 million children – or about 1 child in every 5 – are living in or fleeing from conflict zones. They are losing family members and friends. And some are being recruited and used by armed forces or groups. Many of them have been displaced multiple times, risking separation from their families, losing critical years of education, and fraying ties to their communities”[1]. Even children grow up and become adults in this insecure reality, and it is not possible to know how long the insecurity will last and what the conditions and capacities for education will be.

When we look at the range of cases from different conflict countries, we see how non-specifically organised educational spaces are in an intermediate state of uncertainty. These cases are sometimes unique and unexpected, but they are important for overcoming the challenges of educational processes in uncertainty. There is no country and no educational system that is safe from risky situations and long-term uncertainties. "We have to learn to deal with uncertainty... to calculate with uncertainty...”[2]

War and conflict create unique levels of insecurity. How these shape educational settings and pedagogical situations is not yet well understood. Theoretical tools, conceptual understandings and analytical approaches are not defined at a scientific and academic level. It is not possible to formulate conflict-related uncertainties and bring them to the classroom, for example. There is still a lack of constructed knowledge about post-war reconstruction or conflict prevention, the role of time in understanding conflict or war, education in uncertainty related to political crisis, etc.

This systematic analysis aims to understand the complex interplay of factors related to the pedagogical processes, identifying schooling within uncertainties in war and conflicts.

The specific objective is to suggest a specific framework to understand uncertainty in education research on situations of simmering and hidden conflicts.

The analysis will seek to explore the following key research questions

A) What are the theoretical views, understandings, formulations of uncertainty in educational research on situations of simmering and hidden conflicts?

B) What models of education are used in emergencies, conflicts and wars?

C) How should systematic analysis of schooling in uncertainty and pedagogy of uncertainty in war situations be constructed? What should be the scientific dimension of schooling in uncertainties?

However, there is no scientifically defined approach to uncertainty and schooling in uncertainty, especially in situations of war and conflict. In the current educational discourse, there are no models of education that can be used to navigate pedagogical challenges in situations of uncertainty.

Current educational research has identified different approaches to education in conflict countries and risks to education in war situations. It is possible to understand - how war affects children and their development [3], what type of risks and crises face education during the war [4], [5]. Therefore, as we can see educational researchers need to highlight the problems that cannot be solved by the rules and standards and that are outside the normal educational processes. The researches from the countries with armed conflicts show that the central importance is given to the security and the priority needs[6].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will be based on systematic analysis and conceptual research methods.
Conceptual research methods will be used to identify a clear trend in the accumulation of knowledge in both conceptual and pedagogical methodological areas.  Specific variables will be identified in relation to education and uncertainty in conflict and war situations. The conceptual framework will be used to show how uncertainty and educational phenomena: events, related persons, factors, etc. come together in war or conflict situations. Uncertainty and education in uncertainty, especially in war and conflict situations, will be conceptualised, a scientific approach defined and a conceptual framework generated. The method of modeling will be used to develop, visualise and present models of education that can be applied in emergencies, conflicts and wars. Conceptual framework will focus comprehensive and holistic description of theoretical tools for the scientific dimension of schooling in uncertainties related to simmering and hidden conflicts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main expected outcome of this systematic analysis will be:
- Conceptualised educational framework on uncertainty in conflict and war situations based on literature review.
- A model of educational insecurity in emergencies, conflicts and wars based on desk research and secondary analysis, bringing together all possible existing data on education in insecurity.
- Methodology and system of theoretical tools for conceptual descriptions and scientific dimensions of schooling in uncertainties and pedagogies of uncertainty related to simmering and hidden conflicts.

References
[1] “Children live in a world that is increasingly hostile to their rights” by UNICEF Executive Director Catherin Russell. 20 November 2023. https://www.unicef.org/lac/en/press-releases/children-live-world-increasingly-hostile-their-rights#:~:text=%E2%80%9CWe%20estimate%20that%20today%2C%20400,by%20armed%20forces%20or%20groups.
[2] Lindley D., (2014). Understanding Uncertainty. Revised edition. WILEY press. P. 17.
[3] Werner, W. (2012). Children and war: Risk, resilience, and recovery. Development and Psychopathology, 24, P. 553-558. Cambridge University Press.
[4] The Hidden crisis: armed conflict and education; EFA global monitoring report, 2011. The hidden crisis: armed conflict and education | Global Education Monitoring Report (unesco.org)
[5] Education under attack: Attacks on schools, students and educators are attacks on children’s right to an education – and on their futures. UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/education-under-attack
[6] War and Education. How a Year of the Full-scale Invasion Influenced Ukrainian Schools | Cedos. https://cedos.org.ua/en/researches/war-and-education-how-a-year-of-the-full-scale-invasion-influenced-ukrainian-schools/


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Should Vulnerability Outweigh the Right to Education? Asylum-seeking Children Caught In-between Legal Changes in Norway.

Wills Kalisha

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Kalisha, Wills

Asylum-seeking and refugee children are considered vulnerable because of their developmental immaturity and physical disability (Djampour, 2018). In the cases of unaccompanied minors, it is exacerbated by their lack of parental care (Eide, 2020; Engebrigtsen, 2020). The problematic nature of the flight from wars, hunger, and oppression, compounded with a possible susceptibility and actual exposure to other people’s abuse, violence, or other use of force, complicates their vulnerability and our understanding of fragility. On arrival in host nations, the definition of vulnerability that warrants who can be included is narrowly defined and re-defined, depending on what categories of migrants are given priority (Kalisha, 2023), for example, depending on which country is most ravaged by war. In Norwegian policy frameworks, education is offered as a right for all as long as the child is guaranteed to stay at least for 3 months.

However, asylum-seeking children do not have the same rights since many enter the country already at an age beyond the primary education deemed free for all, that is, upper secondary school. Additionally, there exist varied school experiences among the asylum-seekers, some being illiterate while others have completed high school. As such, placement connected to age becomes problematic as many 15-18-year-olds are placed in high schools without any prior experience in Norway- (Kalisha & Saevi, 2020; Kalisha & Sævi, 2021). The lack of clear structures on who is responsible for their education makes it difficult to acquire placement in the first place. Educating them is left to volunteers’ and county governors’ discretion. This means their right to education does not depend on their inherent vulnerability. Arguably, vulnerability, especially one linked to trauma, cannot be diagnosed while still in the asylum-seeking phase. Is it possible to still think of vulnerability as an inevitable human condition that remains a challenge to education and not a problem to be solved? Given that rights have to be enforced by the nation-state and that unaccompanied minors are yet to be part of the nation, the United Nations Higher Commissioner for Refugees cannot enforce the said right to education until one is categorized as a refugee. The right to education and other rights due to asylum seekers tend to be suspended, and they receive the bare minimum while waiting for asylum. What would be the purpose of educating them?

In this paper, I look at vulnerability as a pedagogical challenge that does not need to be problematized, especially for children in forced migration. Instead, their vulnerability should be seen as something we constantly work with within education. Thinking of vulnerability this way juxtaposes it against rights due to them as human beings. Yet the young asylum-seekers, mainly from non-western countries, find themselves in an in-between position, a liminal and a gray area regarding their rights, especially when they keep changing in law. I question the positioning of vulnerability as a reason to grant residency while at the same time trivializing their other rights, like the right to education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employs both phenomenology and document analysis to bolster its methodological approach. Initially, I undertake a phenomenological exploration of vulnerability as an inherent characteristic of migration. Subsequently, I probe into the practical consequences of alterations in migration legislation, especially concerning children seeking asylum, and scrutinize how these alterations impinge on their rights. Ultimately, I analyze whether it is feasible to disregard the direct impact of legal modifications on these children’s rights and still educate them in their vulnerability.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper will contribute to the growing literature on children's rights as human beings, more specifically, asylum-seeking children and what should be the purpose of educating them.
References
Arendt, H. (1958). The human condition. University of Chicago Press.
 
Arendt, H. (1973). The origins of totalitarianism. New edition with added prefaces. New York : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, [1973]. https://search.library.wisc.edu/catalog/999614613202121
 
Djampour, P. (2018). Borders crossing bodies: The stories of eight youth with experience of migrating. https://doi.org/10.24834/2043/24776
 
Eide, K. (2020). Barn p? flukt : psykososialt arbeid med enslige mindre?rige flyktninger (2. utgave. ed.). Gyldendal.

Engebrigtsen, A. (2020). Omsorg og barn utenfor barndom (Care and children outside childhood). In E. Ketil (Ed.), Barn på Flukt- Psykososialt Arbeid med Enslige Mindreårige Flyktninger [Displaced children- psychosocial work with unaccompanied refugees] (Vol. 2, pp. 149-169). Gyldendal.
 
Kalisha, W. (2023). Vulnerable Enough for Inclusion? Unaccompanied Minors’ Experiences of Vulnerability and Trauma on Their Way to Norway. In I. Bostad;, M. Papastephanou;, & T. Strand (Eds.), Justice, Education, and the World of Today Philosophical Investigations (pp. 131-154). Routledge.
 
Kalisha, W., & Saevi, T. (2020). Å være ingen eller noen. Unge enslige asylsøkere om venting på godhet, et sted å leve, og muligheten for et liv. In T. Saevi & G. Biesta (Eds.), Pedagogikk, Periferi og Verdi.  Fagbokforlaget (pp. 57-75). Fagbokforlaget.
 
Kalisha, W., & Sævi, T. (2021). Educational failure as a potential opening to real teaching – The case of teaching unaccompanied minors in Norway. Indo-Pacific Journal of Phenomenology, 21(1)
 
17:15 - 18:4506 SES 03 A: *** Cancelled **** Machines and us: Open Learning and Algorithms
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Caroline Grabensteiner
Paper Session
17:15 - 18:4507 SES 03 A: Social justice by co-creating spaces with families and communities in education
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Reflections of Geoeconomic Differences on Education: Eskisehir Case

Pınar Yavuz1,2, Hamit Özen1

1Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkiye; 2Ministry of National Education, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Yavuz, Pınar

(This work has been supported by Eskisehir Osmangazi University Scientific Research Projects Coordination Unit under grant number #2977)

Geoeconomics is increasingly positioning itself as a new field of study, offering an opportunity to analyze competition on the continuously evolving global stage through various dimensions such as geography, culture, strategy, and thought structure (Conway, 2000). In the context of international relations, it is observed that states are increasingly inclined to employ economic tools within the framework of their power policies.In these relationships, while the importance of military means diminishes, the role and significance of economic tools are progressively increasing. Luttwak (1990) introduced the term "Geoeconomics" to illustrate that states are competing with each other economically rather than militarily. Huntington (1993) posited that the power hierarchy among states would be determined not by military capacity but by economic strength. Sparke (1998) emphasized that geoeconomics should be holistically approached in conjunction with cultural, political, and economic geography. Scholvin and Wigell (2018) elucidated that the concept of geoeconomics, first introduced by Edward Luttwak, represents a shift in state power politics from military to economic strength. Barton(1999) highlighted that geoeconomics gained increased prominence in the post-Cold War era.Wigell and Vihma (2016) exposed Russia's methods of establishing geoeconomic dominance through its gas exports, while Gonca(2016) discussed China's establishment of geoeconomic sovereignty via the Silk Road. Karakaş (2021) highlighted the geostrategic and geoeconomic significance of Turkey's boron resources exploring Turkey's geoeconomic position and the status of three major global powers. The concept of "Geoeconomics" has been addressed in these various contexts. However, there has been a lack of research examining this concept in the context of education. Therefore, the importance of researching the term "Geoeconomics" in an educational context has emerged, focusing on how Turkey’s economic and geographical strengths, integrated with technology, can strategically enhance its prominence on the international stage. This study investigates whether education, from a geo-economic perspective, exhibits regional differences in terms of national development. In the study conducted by Wang et al. (2017), it was noted that geo-economic relationships are influenced by factors such as geographical location, economic factors, policy, and culture. Therefore, in this research, these four factors have been recognized as geoeconomic indicators and have been examined in detail within the context of education.To date, there has been no study in the literature that concurrently addresses geoeconomics and education.It is believed that this work, by correlating geoeconomics with the field of education, will make a significant contribution to the area. Furthermore, this research presents various recommendations to educational policymakers for addressing inequalities arising from geoeconomic differences. The aim is to enhance the academic success of students in regions that are disadvantaged from a geoeconomic perspective. This study, based on the results of the Districts' Socioeconomic Development Ranking Survey (District SEGE-2022) conducted by the Ministry of Industry and Technology, was carried out in high schools of Eskişehir's Odunpazarı, which has the highest level of socioeconomic development, and Han, which has the lowest. Within the scope of the research, the regional geo-economic differences of 10 high schools in these two districts were examined, and the effects of these differences on students' academic achievements were analyzed. The primary objective of the study is to determine the reflections of geoeconomic regional differences on student success in Turkey. The sub-objectives established in line with this main goal are as follows:

  1. What is the status of students in Odunpazari and Han districts in terms of geoeconomic factors?
  2. What is the impact of geoeconomic differences on academic achievements of students in Odunpazari and Han districts?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, a mixed-methodology approach has been adopted, utilizing the "Concurrent Triangulation" design and maximum sampling technique. The research focuses on examining the impacts of geoeconomic differences on education. For sample selection, the average scores of Basic Proficiency Test (BFT), which is first and mandatory phase for university entrance, were considered.From the high schools located in Eskişehir's Odunpazari district, three schools each with the highest, medium, and lowest BFT average scores were selected for the sample. A single high school in Han district was also included in sample.Based on these criteria, a total of 10 schools were identified. In the research, schools were named S1 (School-1), S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, and S10, according to their BFT score rankings [S1, S2, S3 (the first third in success)], [S4, S5, S6 (the second third in success)], [S7, S8, S9 (the third third in success)]. Interviews were conducted with 2 students and 2 teachers selected from each school, totaling 40 interviews. Data collected through surveys from 40 participants and 10 school principals were analyzed. Geoeconomic differences of selected schools were determined using "Geoeconomic Differences Identification Survey" developed by researcher. Geographical location, economic status, cultural and political aspects of these schools were evaluated during this process.The research simultaneously carried out identification of geoeconomic differences and their reflections on education of students in selected schools through interviews. Subsequently, quantitative and qualitative results were compared.
According to Blackwill and Harris (2017), geostrategic power is contingent upon a country's local economic performance and its capacity to mobilize resources. These elements of power also define variables to be examined in this research. Within this context, quantitative aspect of study considers educational success as dependent variable and geoeconomics as independent variable.Geoeconomics is an independent variable defined through concepts such as culture, politics, economy, and geographical location.Dependent variable is academic achievement level of schools to be examined. Quantitative data were collected from school principals using a survey developed by researcher. Following analyses, impact of geoeconomics on educational success was determined. In qualitative dimension of mixed-method approach, effects of variables such as culture,politics, economy and geographical location related to geoeconomics on education were qualitatively examined through participant perceptions obtained from interviews.Findings from quantitative data were interpreted in comparison with these qualitative results. Consequently, this research analyzed the Odunpazari and Han districts of Eskişehir through lens of geoeconomic regional differences, examining how these differences reflect on education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
School-1, School-5,and School-10 demonstrate impact of socio-economic challenges.School-1 and School-5,with limited resources,and low parental educational backgrounds,likely face challenges in providing conducive learning environment.School-10,affected by familial instability and troubled neighborhood,underscores correlation between socioeconomic stressors and academic performance.School-4 presents unique case.Despite its remote location and socio-economically disadvantaged student base,it achieves moderate success,highlighting critical role of parental involvement and teacher commitment.This suggests that socio-economic disadvantages can be mitigated to an extent by strong community and educational support systems.School-2 and School-3 face infrastructural challenges.School-2, constrained by its historical status, lacks modern educational facilities, which could impede integration of technology in learning.School-3’s lack of sports facility points to limited physical development opportunities for students.School-6 and School-7 offer more diverse socio-economic backgrounds,potentially providing more balanced educational environment.School-7,with significant number of students working part-time,also reflects economic pressures on families in community.School-8 shows disparity in parental education and employment,with notable level of unemployment among mothers.This could impact level of support and resources available to students at home.School-9, located in conflict-prone area, indicates how community dynamics can directly impact school environment and student behavior, emphasizing need for safe and stable learning environments as per Edmonds' principles.These schools illustrate complex interplay between location,economic conditions,and educational outcomes.Challenges faced by schools in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas,such as limited resources,lower parental involvement,and familial stressors,are evident.Conversely, moderate success of School-4 despite its disadvantaged setting underscores potential of community engagement and dedicated teaching to overcome economic and geographical barriers.Analysis also highlights need for adaptive educational strategies that consider unique geoeconomic contexts of each school.Addressing technological gaps, infrastructural limitations,and community-based challenges are crucial for creating equitable educational opportunities.Moreover,critical role of parental education and employment in shaping home environment and,by extension, student performance,is apparent.This suggests that broader socio-economic policies and interventions are necessary to address root causes of educational disparities,and to enhance school effectiveness across diverse geoeconomic landscapes.
References
Barton, J. R. (1999). Flags of convenience: geoeconomics and regulatory minimisation. Tijdschrift Voor Economische en Sociale Geografie, 90, 142-155. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9663.00057
Blackwill, R. D., & Harris, J. M.  (2017). War by other means: Geoeconomics and statecraft. Harvard University Press.
Conway, M. (2000). Geo-Economics: The New Science. Conway Data INc.
Edmonds, R. (1979). Effective schools for the urban poor, Educational Leadership, 37, 15–24.
Gonca, İ. B. (2017). Enerji güvenliği çerçevesinde Çin Halk Cumhuriyeti'nin Orta
Asya'daki jeo-ekonomik çıkarları. (Yayımlanma No. 488948) [Doktora tezi, Süleyman Demirel Üniversitesi]. https://tez.yok.gov.tr/UlusalTezMerkezi/tezSorguSonucYeni.jsp
Huntington, S. P. (1993). Why international primacy matters? International Security, 17(4), 68–83. https://doi.org/10.2307/2539022
Karakaş, A. V. (2021). Türkiye’de bulunan bor rezervlerinin jeostratejik ve jeoekonomik açıdan önemi. (Yayımlanma No. 679289) [Yüksek lisans tezi, Ankara Üniversitesi]. https://tez.yok.gov.tr/UlusalTezMerkezi/tezSorguSonucYeni.jsp
Luttwak, E. N. (1990). From geopolitics to geo-economics: Logic of conflict, grammar of commerce. National Interest, 20, 17–23. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42894676 adresinden 13.10.2022
Scholvin, S., & Wigell, M. (2018). Geo-economics as concept and practice in ınternational relations: Surveying the state of the art. Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) Working Paper, 102, 1-15. https://css.ethz.ch/en/services/digital-library/articles/article.html/dd73604f-ffee-44e2-8960-4ecd8927fa32
OECD, (2012). Belgium Country Note Results. from PISA 2012. http://www.oecd.org./pisa/keyfindings/PISA -2012-results-belgium.pdf.
Purkey, S. C., & Smith, M. S. (1983). “Effective schools: A review”, The Elementary School Journal, 83(4), 427-452.
Sanayi ve Teknoloji Bakanlığı, (2022). İlçelerin sosyo-ekonomik gelişmişlik sıralaması araştırması SEGE-2022. Ankara. https://www.sanayi.gov.tr/merkez-birimi/b94224510b7b/sege
Sparke, M. (1998). From geopolitics to geoeconomics: Transnational state effects in the borderlands. Geopolitics, 3(2), 62-98. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14650049808407619
Şirin, S. R. (2005). Socieconomic status and academik achievement: A meta analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75,417- 453.
Wang, S., Xue, X., Zhu, A., & Ge, Y. (2017). The key driving forces for geo-economic relationships between China and ASEAN Countries. Sustainability, 9(12), 2363. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su9122363
Wigell, M., & Vihma, A. (2016). Geopolitics versus geoeconomics: The case of Russia’s changing geostrategy and its effects on the EU. International Affairs 92(3), 605–27. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-2346.12600


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Checking-in Checking-up: Educational Surveillance in a Time of Uncertainty, Teacher-Parent Interactions and Remote Schooling During the COVID19 Pandemic

Barbara Moore1, Dympna Devine1, Mags Crean2, Gabriela Martinez Sainz1, Jennifer Symonds3, Seaneen Sloan1

1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2Maynooth University, Kildare, Ireland; 3University College London, London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Moore, Barbara

In the context of the post-covid19 pandemic period of reflection on the worldwide impact of the crisis. A surfeit of social issues related to individual and structural responses to countrywide lockdowns, with implications for inclusion, equality or sustainability, have emerged. One significant area of concern is education, and research into the repercussions of the transitions and gaps that occurred during this time and implications for further response to national or international crises in this age of uncertainty are ongoing (Ducet et al., 2020; Moss et al, 2020).

School closure in Ireland during the Covid19 pandemic in March, 2020 was an unprecedented period in Irish education. Given that schooling took place ‘remotely’ with children in their homes, the period of school closures provided a unique opportunity to observe and examine the formation, dynamics and quality of relationships between families and teachers/schools and the impact they have on children’s education. To date the focus of international research has been on the effective pedagogical approaches developed during this period, critical questions about equality of access for different social groups of children and young people, including digital engagement, and their short or long-term wellbeing as a result of the transitions during this time (Crean et al., 2023; Donegan et al., Cullinane and Montacute, 2020). There is a gap in the literature however, in relation to the interactional and reflexive space where teachers and parents communicated about children’s experiences of learning and educators experiences of teaching. During the national physical closure of schools during the Covid 19 pandemic, remote schooling was recognised as a critically significant space for the continuity of children’s education (Moss et al. 2020). The positive interaction between teachers and parents was a significant finding in the ‘Children’s School Lives (CSL) Covid19 sub-study (Report 3, www.cslstudy.ie). The phrase ‘checking-in or checking-up’ as one teacher remarked however, captures the complexity faced by teachers in reaching out to parents whilst trying to maintain positive and non-judgemental relationships with families as they navigated the provision of educational support for remote learning. The key questions asked in this paper are: Firstly, how did principals, teachers and parents describe and define their experiences of ‘checking up/in’ during the remote learning period of the first Covid-19 lockdown? Secondly, to explore what were outcomes of negotiating this space at this time and to examine the broader national and international implications of these experiences, if any, for teaching and learning in similar crises, in the future?

We frame these experiences within the conceptual lenses of expanding normalisation of surveillance (checking up) (Hope, 2016) and reflexive practice (checking-in), during this unprecedented period in Irish education. We draw on the concept of ‘reflexive’ practices (Beck, Giddens, Lash, 1994) to analyse and understand the ‘checking-in’ experiences described by parents, principals and teachers that underpinned their motivation and resilience to engage with each other and provide children, with the best education they could under the often strained circumstanced of the extended lockdown period. Following on, the paper uses Page’s (2017), conceptualisation of three types of teacher surveillance: vertical (Educational institutions and school management); horizonal (peers, parents); and interpersonal (reflective, self-policing), to analyse and understand teacher’s experiences of multiple forms of ‘checking-in’, that has broad implications for the teaching profession, going forward. Analysis of the teacher-parent interactions cross-cuts common themes in educational research related to external/internal patterns of surveillance, power structures, parent and children’s voice, engagement, social justice and wellbeing.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper utilises data from the ‘Children’s School Lives’ (CSL) national longitudinal cohort study of primary education in Ireland.  The CSL study comprises a nationally representative quantitative study of 189 primary schools, as well as in-depth case study component, comprising of a 13 primary school sub-sample, and uses a cross-sequential longitudinal design, producing a rich set of mixed methods data.  The study includes two cohorts of children and their families, Cohort A follows children from their transition from early- education into primary school (aged 4-5 years) onwards and Cohort B that follows children in second class (aged 7-8years) until their transition to secondary school (aged 12.13 years). The data for this paper was collected by the case study team during the Covid19 school closures when cohort A children were aged 4-5 years and cohort B children were aged 7-8 years and includes semi-structured interviews with principals, teachers and parents from the 13 case study schools, representing the qualitative aspect of the wider CSL study.  All 13 schools regardless of socio-economic demographic background, demonstrated considerable commitment to develop and sustain remote teaching and learning in the challenging circumstances caused by the pandemic.

This paper utilises a grounded theory approach to examine the motivation, processes and outcomes for the ‘checking in and checking up’ dynamic, using qualitative data from the case study schools, that included 12 x principals, 13 x teachers and 28 x families within these schools, who has already made the long-term commitment to participate in the CSL study and were familiar with and consented to the broader aims of the study (Corbin and Strauss, 2015).  Consequently,  warm and supportive relationships already existed with many of the participants that provided a familiar, respectful and ethical collaboration between the research team and the contributors during this critical time.   Schools were contacted at the beginning of the Covid19 related lockdowns and invited to participate in a sub-study of the CSL study in order to examine the impact of remote teaching and learning on children’s school lives.  It is a testimony to the strength of the recruitment methods of the study that all schools participated in the interviews, apart from one principal, who had decided to retire.  Interviews were conducted using telephone or ‘Zoom’.  Semi-structured interview schedules were used and participants were encouraged to provide their own opinions and reflections during the interviews.  Interviews were transcribed and analysed using MAXQDA.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings provide a critical insight into the inspiration and motivational stimulus for primary school principals and teachers response to the ‘risk’ to children’s education during the pandemic, as well as examining the role surveillance played in educators communications with children and families at this time.  Findings, indicate that surveillance, in the form of contact and monitoring through technology, was promoted and in a sense, normalised through ‘risk’ discourses, and served to integrate the acceptance of invasive digital scrutiny of educational processes, for primary school children.  This resulted in a blurring of boundaries between previously separate spheres of work, school and home for school staff and families, reflecting a fluid rather than fixed forms of surveillance.  These findings have implications for power relations, wellbeing, sustainability, and social justice concerns for both children and families in disadvantaged schools and for the teaching profession, into the future.
References
Corbin, J. and Strauss, A., (2015).  Basics of Qualitative Research:  Techniques and
Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (16th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage

Crean, M., Devine, D, Moore, B., Martinez Sainz, G., Symonds, Sloan, S., Farrell, E. (2023).  ‘Social Class, COVID-19 and care: Schools on the front line in Ireland during the COVID19 pandemic.  British Journal of Sociology of Education, Vol 44 (3) 452-466, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2023.2174077

Donegan, A., Devine, D., Martinez Sainz, G., Symonds, J., Sloan, S. (2023).  'Children as co-researchers in pandemic times: power and participation in the use of digital dialogues with children during the COVID19 lockdown.  Children and Society Special Issue:  Children and Young People's Perspectives on and Experiences of COVID-19 in Global Contexts p. 235-253
https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12665

Cullinane, C. & Montacute, R. (2020).  COVID-19 and Social Mobility Impact Brief 1:  School
shutdown.  Sutton Trust. https://www.suttontrust.com/our-research/covid-19-and-social-mobility-impact-brief/  Accessed 28.11.22

Doucet, A.; Netolicky, D.; Timmers, K.; Tuscano, F.J. (2020).  Thinking about Pedagogy in an Unfolding Pandemic:  An Independent Report on Approaches to Distance Learning During Covid19 School Closures.  Education International and UNESCO
https://issuu.com/educationinternational/docs/2020_research_covid-19_eng

Hope, A. (2016). ‘Biopower and school surveillance technologies 2.0’, British Journal of
Sociology of Education, 37:7, 885-904, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2014.1001060
https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2014.1001060

Moss, G., Allen, R., Bradbury, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., & Levy, R. (2020).  Primary
teachers’experiences of the COVID-19 lockdown – Eight key messages for policy
makers going forward.  UCL Institute of Education.

Page, D. (2017).  Conceptualising the surveillance of teachers, British Journal of
Sociology of Education, 38:7, 991-1006, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2016.1218752


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Intercultural Mediation for School to Work Transition as a Technique of Neoliberal Governmentality

Ábel Bereményi

Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Bereményi, Ábel

This study offers a preliminary analysis of the municipal cultural mediation service targeting the Roma population of a city in North-East Spain. I seek to understand to what extent this intervention favours the school-to-work transition (STWT) of Spanish Roma youth. This paper draws on a broader two-year-long, cross-country project funded by the European Commission. Here, I seek answer to two interrelated questions: 1) What are the achievements and challenges of a Roma intercultural mediation project in a local context? 2) To what extent a Roma intercultural mediation can contribute to structural changes?

The Roma population represents the largest ethnic minority in Spain, which has historically been targeted by public policies, often motivated by racist stereotypes, repressive political interests and have had negative socio-economic and psycho-affective consequences, contributing to the reproduction of their marginalized social position (Laparra, 2009; San Román, 1994). The Spanish Roma population is a highly heterogenous one in all aspects (Carrasco & Poblet, 2019; López de la Nieta, 2011). Nevertheless, a large part is overrepresented in the most disadvantaged sectors in the domains of education, employment, health and housing, also taking into account the growing racism and discrimination against them (Felgueroso, 2018; FOESSA, 2014, p. 201).

Intercultural mediation programmes have been increasingly promoted to ensure equal access of young people to public services, but results have been varying, and they have drawn criticism (Clark, 2017, p. 201; Kóczé, 2019; Kyuchukov, 2012) which can be summed up in the following: 1) they offer precarious labour conditions and inferior status of Roma mediators which imply their dependence on the organisation that runs the programme; 2) they are rarely involved in broader diagnosis, problem definition, planning, but rather are engaged in the daily management of scort-scale technical problems (conflicts, claims); 3) Their bi-cultural knowledge, and bi-cultural belonging is often instrumentalised by administrations or organisations in order to introduce changes in the community without substantial participation and negotiation processes; 4) Intercultural mediators are held accountable for the success/failure of interventions, avoiding an institutional/structural analysis of the causes (Helakorpi et al., 2019); 5) Their training focuses on the identification of individual or family level factors, and by their presence and intervention a “consensus narrative” is sought among the non-minority colleagues about the correct, mainstream meanings and action (Petraki, 2020). 6) The particular results of intercultural mediation do not justify it as a measure to apply for structural problems deriving from poverty, discrimination or social exclusion, which leads to the depoliticization of structural problems (Kóczé 2019).

Drawing on these critical insights, I analyse empirical data, relying on two main concepts: “neoliberal governmentality” (Foucault, 1988; Lemke, 2001; Miller & Rose, 1990; Pyysiäinen et al., 2017; Wacquant, 2012), and “activation” (Baar, 2012). In the observed city, programmes and services are available to improve the living conditions of Roma families, however, the Roma community tends access these services much less frequently than the rest of the population. Roma young people’s knowledge about programmes, services and other opportunities is scarce, biased and linked to people of reference such as teachers, monitors, social services technicians, or the intercultural mediator, among others, which creates reliance on parallel structures and preserve institutional/structural inequalities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on the fieldwork of the EU-funded NGOST project. Data collection was conducted in a big city in Catalonia (Spain), with approximately 220,000 inhabitants. Interviews were conducted with 31 Roma young people and 20 professionals of main municipal public services and NGO organisations working with young people. Due to the fact that data collection was made during the COVID pandemic between July 2020 and February 2021, most interviews were conducted online (Zoom, Skype, Messenger, etc.). Both the interviews and the subsequent analysis were carried out by a non-Roma male researcher and two Roma female co-researchers. The co-researchers have several distant family members in the investigated city, which also helped achieve deeper information about the local Roma community, despite difficulties related to Covid-pandemic. The intercultural mediator played an important role in recruiting interviewees in her district, and to contextualise local dynamics of the community. We had repeated personal meetings with her, phone-calls, and WhatsApp chat conversations throughout the data collection period. The recorded conversations with her have a duration of 135 minutes. All interviewees’ oral informed consents were recorded at the beginning of the interview-conversations. Interviews were transcribed verbatim, and the text was analysed through Atlas.ti 8.0 qualitative data analysis software. Data analysis began with a short preliminary code-list that was intuitively complemented through in-vivo coding, that is, codes derived from the data itself in an inductive manner. Several earlier versions of this text (translated into Spanish) have been discussed with Roma co-researchers, and their reflections have been incorporated in its present form. All the procedures followed the project’s ethical guideline approved by the hosting university’s Ethical Research Committee (ERC).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Intercultural mediation programmes in the context of school-to-work transition requires a critical examination. The programme under scrutiny aims to integrate a group in marginalised conditions into dominant societal norms, largely driven by neoliberal capitalist agendas. However, this approach often overlooks the structural inequalities faced by the given community, historically produced and reproduced in an impoverished and marginalised neighbourhood, with segregated schools and easy access to informal segments of the labour market.  
Neoliberal governance operates subtly, encouraging individuals to conform to societal expectations through self-regulation and self-improvement. Intercultural mediators, like the one in the case study, are portrayed as success stories, embodying the transition from traditional to modern values (Vincze, 2012). Yet, this narrative shifts responsibility from systemic and institutional issues to individual self-improvement. The mediation project serves a double role, subtly aligning public administration expectations with the goal of Roma social integration while promoting self-responsibility within the Roma community. However, this approach ultimately transfers the burden of addressing systemic inequalities onto the marginalized group.
The impact of mediation is often measured quantitatively, focusing on actions taken (number of counselling, guidance meetings, clients attended, etc.) rather than evaluating its effectiveness. While mediation aims to mobilize and empower marginalized groups, it often neglects the structural origins of their challenges and fails to embed mediation within broader redistributive policies. Furthermore, mediation risks depoliticizing and disempowering its target group by framing success solely in terms of educational attainment and job placement without addressing deeper social hierarchies. The role of the mediator in any project is highly political (Bereményi & Girós-Calpe, 2021), since she may participate in the definition and framing of the problem, or at least in the legitimisation of it and its solution. Thus, intercultural mediators, as representatives of the project, inadvertently reinforce the neoliberal agenda by promoting individual adaptation over systemic change.

References
Baar, H. van. (2012). Socio-Economic Mobility and Neo-Liberal Governmentality in Post-Socialist Europe: Activation and the Dehumanisation of the Roma. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 38(8), 1289–1304.
Bereményi, B. Á., & Girós-Calpe, R. (2021). ‘The More Successful, the More Apolitical’. Romani Mentors’ Mixed Experiences with an Intra-Ethnic Mentoring Project. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(5–6), 881–897.
Carrasco, S., & Poblet, G. (2019). Overview of the integration of Roma citizens in Spain and some transferable lessons for the EU. NESET Ad Hoc Question No. 4/2019, 4.
Clark, C. (2017). Romani activism and community development: Are mediators the way forward? In G. Craig (Ed.), Community Organising Against Racism: ‘Race’, Ethnicity and Community Development. Policy Press.
Felgueroso, F. (2018). Población especialmente vulnerable ante el empleo en España en el año 2018. Cuantificación y caracterización (11/2018; Estudios Sobre La Economía Española). FEDEA.
FOESSA. (2014). VII Informe sobre exclusión y desarrollo social en España. 2014 (F. L. Gilsanz, Ed.). Fundación Foessa.
Foucault, M. (1988). Technologies of the self. In L. H. Martin, H. Gutman, & P. H. Hutton (Eds.), Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault (pp. 50–63). Tavistock Publications.
Helakorpi, J., Lappalainen, S., & Sahlström, F. (2019). Becoming tolerable: Subject constitution of Roma mediators in Finnish schools. Intercultural Education, 30(1), 51–67.
Kóczé, A. (2019). Illusionary Inclusion of Roma Through Intercultural Mediation. In H. van Baar, A. Ivasiuc, & R. Kreide (Eds.), The Securitization of the Roma in Europe (pp. 183–206). Springer International Publishing.
Kyuchukov, H. (2012). Roma mediators in Europe: A new Council programme. Intercultural Education, 23(4), 375–378.
Laparra, M. (2009). Exclusión social en España: Un espacio diverso y disperso en intensa transformación (Vol. 24). Cáritas Española.
Lemke, T. (2001). ’The birth of bio-politics ’: Michel Foucault ’ s lecture at the Collège de France on neo-liberal governmentality. Economy and Society, 30(2), 190–207.
Miller, P., & Rose, N. (1990). Governing economic life. Economy and Society, 19(1), 1–30.
Petraki, I. (2020). Roma Health Mediators: A Neocolonial Tool for the Reinforcement of Epistemic Violence? Critical Romani Studies, 3(1), 72–95.
Pyysiäinen, J., Halpin, D., & Guilfoyle, A. (2017). Neoliberal governance and ‘responsibilization’ of agents: Reassessing the mechanisms of responsibility-shift in neoliberal discursive environments. Distinktion, 18(2), 215–235.
Wacquant, L. (2012). Three steps to a historical anthropology of actually existing neoliberalism. Social Anthropology, 20(1), 66–79.
 
17:15 - 18:4507 SES 03 B: Teacher Education Studies in Social Justice and Intercultural Education I
Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Developing a Dialogic and Intercultural Pedagogy: A Case Study on Community Philosophical Practice in Initial Teacher Education

Isabella Pescarmona, Valerio Ferrero

University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Pescarmona, Isabella; Ferrero, Valerio

Initial teacher education (ITE) is becoming increasingly important to ensure that all students have an equitable, inclusive and high-quality school experience (EC, 2021) and learn to play an active role in today’s complex and multicultural society (Cochran-Smith, 2020; Kaur, 2012). Issues of intercultural education and social justice are central in an increasingly interconnected and globalised world (Aguado-Odina et al., 2017; Bhatti et al., 2007). But it needs to be studied in depth how to promote intercultural education in ITE curricula in such a way that future teachers can acquire an habitus focused on social justice and value the uniqueness of everyone, by avoiding the risk of falling into empty rhetoric about diversity (Leeman & Ledoux, 2003; Tarozzi, 2014) and taking into account teaching and learning methods.

Thus, it might be useful to discuss ITE, starting from university teaching, by proposing a change in traditional teaching methods to achieve this much-needed valorization of diversity and the construction of shared knowledge based on dialogue (Cochran-Smith & Fries, 2008). There is a need to move away from traditional delivery transmissive methods to participatory methods that effectively can engage future teachers in an intercultural dialogue and enable them to build their professionalism by deconstructing their ideals, perspectives and beliefs about diversity and their role in class and developing new interpretive lenses and teaching strategies to be effective in heterogeneous contexts. The process of questioning those implicit beliefs and knowledge and fostering complex professional interpretations must be supported (Stephens et al., 2022). In this way, a disorientation can be brought about that creates imaginative spaces for new scenarios of pedagogical action in the classroom and for professional identity (Ellis et al., 2019). Undertaking this process is precisely the basis for intercultural education, which is not only about acquiring knowledge and theoretical principles, but also about constructing and rethinking one’s own professional identity in dialogical contexts.

Our paper aims to contribute to this discussion by proposing to use collaborative philosophical dialogue following the model developed by Matthew Lipman (2003; 2008) to design courses in ITE on issues of intercultural and social justice in education in academic courses. Lipman’s approach has traditionally been used in schools to promote complex thinking (Kennedy, 2012), but its potential can also be used for ITE, especially to reflect on educational processes in heterogeneous and multicultural contexts. Indeed, it encourages the active participation of future teachers in the form of an inquiry exercise that allows them to give original interpretations and unexplored perspectives on the issues discussed and to develop an ethical stance through the confrontation with different perspectives (Oliverio, 2014; Santi et al, 2019). This process can trigger a virtuous circle between philosophical dialogue and intercultural education (Anderson, 2016), as prospective teachers develop the ability to question their own beliefs about education, move between different systems of meaning, and open up to shared contexts.

Our paper addresses this issue from a theoretical standpoint by discussing a case study conducted within a ITE course at the University of Turin (Italy), in which future teachers were engaged in community philosophical dialogues to develop, discuss and problematize some issues of intercultural education. In particular, we would like to encourage discussion on the following questions:

  • How can Lipmanian philosophical practise be used and developed in ITE?
  • How can it support the future teachers in building a social justice-oriented habitus?
  • Could the application of this approach become a resource for ITE to address intercultural issues in terms of reflectivity?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The experience conducted in an ITE course at the University of Turin (Italy) takes the form of a case study (Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier, 2012). Community philosophical practise will be used implemented in some lectures or lessons according to Lipman’s model (2003). The collaborative reading of stimulus texts proposed encourages the formulation of questions on intercultural education. Then, these questions are analysed and organised according to the thematic strands to which they relate. In this way, a discussion plan is defined and shared by the group; thus, the dialogue begins and engage all the participant in an active way. The dialogue is concluded with a self-evaluation about dialogue mode and depth level.
We will use a qualitative approach: data will be collected through the observation of community philosophical practice activities and the analysis of the dialogues in which the future teachers will be engaged. In particular, these dialogues will be recorded, transcribed and analysed in the manner of low-structured focus groups (Stewart & Shamdasani, 2014) through a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006): it will illuminate the intercultural themes on which the dialogues will focus.
An original aspect of this ITE research process is the writing of specific pretexts to initiate philosophical dialogue. The use of this practise in ITE on intercultural issues has made it necessary to construct specific texts based on the indications of Lipman and those studies that deal with philosophical narratives (Oliverio, 2015), as well as on the PEACE curriculum (2015), designed for use with children and adolescents to develop skills in reflexive cosmopolitanism.
Our pedagogical process is thus designed as a journey that aims to
- test the effectiveness of the new materials by understanding whether they meet the requirements identified in the literature (presence of multiple strands of inquiry, presentation of multiple epistemic positions, raising questions on multiple thematic strands), thanks to the analysis of dialogic processes and the questions formulated by future teachers;
- evaluate the effectiveness and impact on the ability to critically address intercultural issues by creating spaces where voices can be heard, problematizing your own relationship to diversity and changing the values and expectations of future teachers.
The self-evaluation will be crucial to listen to the voices of the protagonists and understand their perceptions on the activity and effectiveness of using community philosophical practice in ITE to achieve the objectives related to intercultural education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect that applying the philosophical practise of Lipman’s community will enable future teachers to challenge themselves in the co-construction of pedagogical ideals, to reflect on their tacit knowledge and beliefs about diversity, and to change their habitual perspectives on education through philosophical dialogue. On the one hand, focusing on intercultural and social justice issues through specifically written pretexts could enable the acquisition of knowledge related to the epistemological domains of the discipline in an active way by future teachers. On the other hand, community philosophical practice could facilitate a decentralisation on its part to better understand the other’s point of view and consequently better define one’s own point of view in light of the possibilities of encounter and exchange. Indeed, dialogue is a central tool of intercultural education: through community philosophical practice and they could internalise a habitus open to the other and to different perspectives.
Therefore, we will present the voice of the participants and their ideas from the data that emerged from the thematic analysis and participant observation, discussing the opportunities and criticalities of this approach for ITE in intercultural education at university level.

References
Aguado-Odina, T., Mata-Benito, P., & Gil-Jaurena, I. (2017). Mobilizing intercultural education for equity and social justice. Time to react against the intolerable: A proposal from Spain. Intercultural Education, 28(4), 408-423.
Anderson, B. (ed.). (2016). Philosophy for Children: Theories and praxis in teacher education. London: Taylor & Francis.
Bhatti, G., Gaine, C., Gobbo, F., & Leeman, Y. (2007). Social justice and intercultural education: An open-ended dialogue. Sterling: Trentham.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Cochran-Smith, M. (2020). Teacher education for justice and equity: 40 years of advocacy. Action in teacher education, 42(1), 49-59.
Cochran-Smith, M., & Fries, K. (2008). Research on teacher education: Changing times, changing paradigms. In Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 1050-1093). New York: Routledge.
Ellis, V., Souto-Manning, M., & Turvey, K. (2019). Innovation in teacher education: towards a critical re-examination. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45(1), 2-14.
EC (2021). Teachers in Europe. Careers, Development and Well-being. Bruxelles: Publications Office of the EU.
Hamilton, L., & Corbett-Whittier, C. (2012). Using case study in education research. London: Sage.
Kaur, B. (2012). Equity and social justice in teaching and teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(4), 485-492.
Kennedy, D. (2012). Lipman, Dewey, and the community of philosophical inquiry. Education and Culture, 28(2), 36-53.
Leeman, Y., & Ledoux, G. (2003). Preparing teachers for intercultural education. Teaching Education, 14(3), 279-291.
Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in Education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Lipman, M. (2008). A Life Teaching Thinking: An Autobiography. Montclair: IAPC.
Oliverio, S. (2014). Between the De-traditionalization and “Aurorality” of Knowledge: What (Can) Work(s) in P4C when It Is Set to Work. Thinking: The Journal of Philosophy for Children, 20(3/4), 105-112.
Oliverio, S. (2015). Lipman’s novels or turning philosophy inside-out. Childhood & Philosophy, 11(21), 81-92.
PEACE (2015). Reflexive cosmopolitanism. Educating towards inclusiove communities through philosophical enquiry. Madrid: La Rectoral.
Santi, M., Striano, M., & Oliverio, S. (2019). Philosophical Inquiry and Education “through” Democracy. Promoting Cosmopolitan and Inclusive Societies. Scuola democratica, 10(4), 74-91.
Stephens, J. M., Rubie-Davies, C., & Peterson, E. R. (2022). Do preservice teacher education candidates’ implicit biases of ethnic differences and mindset toward academic ability change over time?. Learning and instruction, 78, 101480.
Stewart, D.W., & Shamdasani, P.N. (2014). Focus group. Theory And Practice. London: Sage.
Tarozzi, M. (2014). Building an ‘intercultural ethos’ in teacher education. Intercultural education, 25(2), 128-142.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Moving Towards an Understanding of the Emotional and Psychological Dangers Threatening UK South Asian Students on Teacher Training Courses

Diane Warner, Zoe Crompton

Manchester Metropolitan University, Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Warner, Diane; Crompton, Zoe

The system of initial teacher training in England is changing and this presents new challenges for Black and Asian students whose lives are already impeded by memories and experiences of racism. This presents an increasingly uncertain future and compounds the backdrop of existing racialised structures that occur recursively to continually suppress them (Marom, 2019). Teacher training in the mid-21st century has consistently standardised and normalised practices that reinforce white spaces and cultural knowledge (Warner, 2022). The new changes to teacher training begins in Autumn of 2024 will intensify and further embed hidden racialised and oppressive expectations and practices in the training curriculum (Department for Education, 2022). This Paper examines the debilitating effect of becoming a teacher, on British South Asian people who are often positioned as deficit and under-performing.

The teacher training curriculum in England does not include teaching about race, culture or ethnicity (Department for Education, 2019) despite the UK’s rich multicultural position. Alongside this, the forthcoming new restructure will increase time on school placements; which is recognised as the main combustion point for Black and Asian student teachers, leading to acute emotional and mental difficulties or leaving the course (Warner, 2022). Being undermined, under-supported and marginalised, are some of the findings of the research of the Paper. The research conducted in an English university, was motivated by the annual recurrence of the same problems experienced by South Asian students. There were 10 female and one male student teachers, identifying as British South Asian. Their narratives of obstacles and problems that obfuscate and impede their progression and understanding are manifold. Racialised practices, embedded within both university and school systems, are found to disproportionately affect them.

Attrition rates and under-achievement of student teachers who identify as British South Asian, in the English system of initial teacher training, are an unfortunately common occurrence (Tereshchenko, Bradbury & Mills, 2021).  The Pakistani heritage of nearly all of the participants in our research, raises specific intersectional cultural issues such as high parental and community expectations, gender roles of marriage and motherhood expectations and lack of knowledge of gaining entry into and navigating higher education systems (Subedi, 2008). There are also fears of losing their cultural and religious values through the university process.  However, possession of self-efficacy means they are able to transform and rework their parents’ cultures and religion to reflect their contemporary world, thus retaining links with the past while being successful in their personal lives.

It is evident that British South Asian student teachers navigate through a social system that fears their presence and devalues them. Subedi (2008) suggests that systems of teacher training mark South Asian teachers as “inauthentic”; signifying them as “marginal, perhaps deviant, both of which are interwoven with tropes of national identity and values” (p.57). The concept of ‘gendered Islamophobia’ stigmatises them and sets them against Eurocentric, white ideals, that essentialises and categorises people according to colour, language and culture (Bibi, 2022).   However while they also engage in self-motivation and agency to navigate these situations, they become enmeshed in power hierarchies, that are evident in teacher education requirements and categorises them as non-legitimate in their teacher identities (Subedi, 2008).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is undergirded by the epistemic and methodological approaches of the ‘Silences Framework’ (Serrant-Green, 2011) and what we have called ‘Racialised Identifications’ (Gunaratnam, 2003). These approaches support anti-racist and de-colonised analyses and begin to claim the connection between race, identity and knowledge production.  They offer an alternative to ITE policy in England, in which standardised discourses entangle and disregard identities of Black and Asian student teachers and where race, ethnicity and other forms of cultural difference are problematically absent (Warner, 2022).  

 

The ‘Silences Framework’ is cyclical and includes: working in silences, hearing silences, voicing silences working with silences.  It generates affirmative spaces to talk about deeply personal responses, bringing together unspoken and little articulated ideas, with memories and experiences.  ‘Racialised Identifications’ (Gunaratnam, 2003) seeks to draw on individual narratives of identity, honouring how participants express, resist and mediate within themselves and those around them.  Alterity can be mapped onto their narratives, avoiding the diminishing effects of essentialism and othering and instead promoting ideas of narrative elusiveness, contradictions and instability that racialised subjects experience. This approach asserts individuals seeing and projecting themselves as changing in response to the effects of their environments, identifying stigmatisation and erasure within dominant discourses.

Interviews and focus groups are the main methods of gathering narratives and which frame these ethical considerations:

Interviews were conducted online allowing participants to not be videod to further protect anonymity; sensitive questioning was used to facilitate difficult and emotional recounts; and the Findings’ section draft were shared with individuals before publication.

Our researcher position is also called into question because while we our research began with a Pakistani, Muslim colleague, we ended as two non-south Asian researchers.  This necessitated shifting our mind-sets to confront questions of whose cultural territory within which we are we engaging?  Working in negotiated spaces supported dissipation of researcher privilege and epistemic control (Gunaratnam, 2003) and differences in researchers’ and participants’ ethnic heritages can be a positive dynamic if it is premised on the inter-play between sympathy, authenticity and a desire to move forwards in knowledge construction (Gabi, Olsson-Rost, Warner and Asif, 2023).

These methodologies can facilitate knowledge production around race and exclusion and enable the positional ‘other’ to come into the view and speak the unspeakable that White methodologies cannot grasp (Serrant-Green, 2011).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research paper recognises and implicitly challenges systems within UK teacher training that reduces British South Asian students to tropes of vulnerability and inauthenticity.  It understands how racialized challenges and imposed dominations in ITE, renders them voiceless in the system, although measures of resistance and agency enables some to navigate a way (Mirza, 2013).   The conjoined methodologies of the ‘Silences Framework’ (Serrant Green 2011) and the ‘Racialised Identification’ methodologies (Gunaratnam, 2003) redress the silo-ing of their racialised voices to challenge deficit and assimilationist understandings. Our epistemic base is of listening and affirming words, phrases and concepts that speak of deeper issues and systemic repressions and that insist South Asian student teachers bring about their own destinies and are a possible danger in the classrooms and society (Farrell & Lander, 2019).

Through its specific focus on British South Asian student teachers who leave their teacher training course or experience debilitating problems that affect their progress, this paper offers some detailed insights into their experiences in university and school spaces.  Through their narratives, the paper probes how the nature of ITE, university cultures and school placement cultural norms, pose ethnic and social challenges for them and explores how they navigate or even reject these impositions (Mirza, 2012).  We recognise ourselves as non-South Asian researchers, in powerful positions as university tutors and we work to negate this situation through clear communication, using a flexible and listening interview process and sharing writing drafts before publication.

In moving towards an understanding of the emotional and psychological dangers that threaten the stability of British South Asian student teachers, we recognise that gender, social class and religion dictate how exclusionary practices operate around them (Phoenix, 2019).  These pressures conspire to limit them and transform them into sites of inability and non-legitimacy.

References
Bibi, R (2022) Outside belonging: a discursive analysis of British South Asian (BSA) Muslim women’s experiences of being ‘Othered’ in local spaces, Ethnic and Racial Studies, DOI: 10.1080/01419870.2022.2123715

Department for Education (2019).ITT Core Content Framework (publishing.service.gov.uk) Accessed 12.12.23

Department for Education (2022)  Market review of initial teacher training (ITT) - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk)  Accessed 12.12.23

Farrell, F. & Lander, V. (2019) “We’re not British values teachers are we?”: Muslim teachers’ subjectivity and the governmentality of unease’ in Educational Review, 71:4, 466-482, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2018.1438369

Gabi, J., Olsson-Rost, A., Asif, U. & Warner, D. (2023) 'Decolonial Praxis: Teacher educators' perspectives on tensions, barriers, and possibilities of anti-racist practice-based Initial Teacher Education in England' in Curriculum Journal of British Educational Research Association.  DOI:10.1002/curj.174    

Gunaratnam, Y. (2003) ‘Looking for ‘race’? analysing racialized meanings and identifications’ in Researching Race and Ethnicity, London:Sage

Marom, L. (2019) Under the cloak of professionalism: covert racism in teacher education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 22:3, 319-337, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2018.1468748

Mirza, H. S. 2012. “Embodying the Veil: Muslim Women and Gendered Islamopobia in ‘New Times’.” In Gender, Religion and Education in a Chaotic Postmodern World, edited by Z. Gross, L. Davies, and A. L. Diab, 303–316. London: Springer. [Google Scholar]

Mirza, H. S. 2013. “‘A Second Skin’: Embodied Intersectionality, Transnationalism and Narratives of Identity and Belonging among Muslim Women in Britain.” Women’s Studies International Forum 36: 5–15. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]

Phoenix, A. (2019) Negotiating British Muslim belonging: a qualitative longitudinal study, Ethnic and Racial Studies, 42:10, 1632-1650, DOI: 10.1080/01419870.2018.1532098

Serrant-Green L. (2011) ‘The sound of ‘silence’:a framework for researching sensitive issues or marginalised perspectives in health’ in Journal of Research in Nursing16(4) 347–360.  DOI: 10.1177/1744987110387741  

Subedi, B. (2008) Contesting racialization: Asian immigrant teachers' critiques and claims of teacher authenticity’ in Race Ethnicity and Education, 11:1, 57-70, DOI: 10.1080/13613320701845814

Tereshchenko, A., Bradbury, A. & Mills, M. (2021). What makes minority ethnic teachers stay in teaching, or leave? London: UCL Institute of Education. What makes minority ethnic teachers stay in teaching or leave.pdf (ucl.ac.uk)

Warner, D. (2022) ‘Black and Minority Ethnic Student Teachers stories as empirical documents of hidden oppressions: using the personal to turn towards the structural’ in British Educational Research Journal https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3819


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Teacher Educators as Facilitators of or Force Against Ignorance About Indigenous Peoples? Contributions from Finland.

Ella Mattila, Jyri Lindén, Johanna Annala

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Mattila, Ella

Motivated by the increasing recognition of the anti-colonial potential of teacher education (TE), this study examines how Finnish teacher educators engage with and understand knowledge about and from the Indigenous Sámi people (‘Sámi knowledge’). The research delves into the discourses, meanings, practices, and challenges the interviewed teacher educators express regarding the inclusion of Sámi knowledge to TE programmes. Thus, the paper aims to contribute to ongoing Nordic and international discussions about the wicked problem of ignorance about Indigenous peoples and colonial realities ('settler ignorance'), which is documented perpetuating oppressive structures and hindering Indigenous rights (Cook, 2018).

While the phenomenon of settler ignorance and its presence in education has been globally discussed (e.g., Godlewska et al., 2020; Taylor & Habibis, 2020), the issue remains under-researched in the contexts of the Sámi, the only Indigenous people in the European Union. The Sámi inhabit Northern European regions currently spread across Finland, Sweden, Norway, and Russia. National truth and reconciliation processes in Finland, Sweden and Norway all emphasise the goal of better public knowledge about Sámi matters, underlining its significance in overturning the historical and ongoing mistreatment (e.g., Prime Minister’s Office, 2021). Furthermore, the European Commission Against Racism and Intolerance has repeatedly highlighted the need for education to address the profound lack of knowledge about Sámi people, recognizing mainstream ignorance as a source of hate speech and Sámi discrimination (ECRI, 2019). Acknowledgment of the problematic nature of transnational ignorance has prompted initiatives at both national and EU levels to raise awareness of Indigenous issues (see Saami Council, 2022).

In the Finnish context, the incorporation of Sámi knowledge into education depends largely on teachers, given the minimal support and accountability the curricula and teaching materials assign for Sámi inclusion (e.g., Miettunen, 2020). Sámi scholars Keskitalo and Olsen (2021) reinforce the interconnectedness of stronger Sámi education and Sámi inclusion in mainstream teacher education. Recognizing settler ignorance not as a mere absence of knowledge but as a cognitive, affective and social force (Cook, 2018), it has been highlighted that dismantling such ignorance necessitates proactive and systematic incentives and support at different educational levels, thus deeply affecting TE institutions (e.g., Somby & Olsen, 2022). Together with these conceptualisations, we apply Susan Dion’s (2007) theory of educators’ common ‘perfect stranger’ position toward Indigenous matters as we examine whether future teachers receive both Sámi-related teaching and opportunities for critical reflection, both of which they need to truly access the 'difficult knowledge' related to Indigenous/colonial realities.

In a preceding sub-study linked to this paper, we discovered that Finnish TE programmes' written curricula often privilege liberal/nationalistic narratives over openings for Sámi knowledge or critical reflections on colonial responsibilities (Mattila et al., 2023). Given the influential role educators play in curriculum interpretation and development, as well as in institution-wide anti-colonial efforts (e.g., Parkinson & Jones, 2019), the perceptions of educators become a highly relevant focus of research. The work of teacher educators is complex and influential considering their multiple intertwining roles and the dripple-down effect of being the teachers of teachers (see Boyd & White, 2017). Through interviews with teacher educators from Finnish TE universities, this study seeks to deepen our understanding of the current state of teaching/learning Indigenous and colonial matters and provide insights for future TE development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Finnish teacher educators’ perceptions of Sámi knowledge and TE’s role in overcoming settler ignorance are approached through thematic interviews. Thematic interviews are a compatible methodological choice for such a research problem where the subject of study is relatively little known. As the focus is on a structural issue such as settler ignorance, thematic interviews create valuable opportunities to explore not only the questions of whether/how Sámi knowledge is negotiated by Finnish teacher educators, but also go deeper into the why.

The data will consist of 15-20 interviews of teacher educators working in different Finnish TE universities. We practice purposeful sampling, i.e., the potential interviewees are approached depending on their positions and teaching areas, weighting how relevantly their courses can be connected to discussions about the Sámi and/or colonial legacies. The interview data is analysed thematically (Braun & Clarke, 2006), which allows for addressing both implicit and explicit answers as well as keeping interpretations data-driven. Thematic analysis is complemented by a critical discursive reading (applied from Critical Discourse Analysis by Fairclough, e.g., 2001), which helps to delve deeper into the cultural implications, meanings and powers that may underlie the interviewees' responses. We anticipate that combining thematic and discursive analysis will facilitate access to a deeper explanatory level, identifying the effects of national and international discourses and prevailing power relations. This analytical choice can also help avoid drawing individual-level conclusions; it is important to avoid ascribing elements of the widespread structures of colonial ignorance to the values, motivation, or expertise of individual interviewed educators.

As non-Indigenous researchers working to examine questions and contexts relating to Indigenous peoples, we are committed to conducting research ethically, with methods and data that allow us to make our enquiries sustainably. We have sought the informed consent of the Finnish Sámi Parliament to the design and relevance of this research. Considering the collection and preservation of personal interview data, we are set to carefully construe and follow data management plans, in line with EU data protection guidelines and ethical scientific practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The interview data for this study is collected during 2024. Based on the current research phase, the data collection is still ongoing by the time of the ECER 2024 conference, but the research process, design, and 'key questions' for the expected findings will be discussed in the presentation.

While we look forward to encountering 'unexpected' perspectives from the interviewees’ responses, international ignorance research and our preceding sub-studies allow us to outline interesting 'key questions' for the data and, thus, suggest some expected pointers. Interesting questions that guide our analysis and our emerging understandings of the role of teacher educators include; Do teacher educators' responses reflect resistance and/or agency towards Sámi knowledge? Do the answers reflect a saturation with social or (trans)national narratives, such as the 'exceptionality' of Finnish societal and educational equality or colonial 'innocence'? And do teacher educators perceive TE's role in increasing Sámi knowledge important in general?

References
Boyd, P., & White, E. (2017). Teacher educator professional inquiry in an age of accountability. In Boyd, P. & Szplit, A. (eds.) Teacher and Teacher Educator Inquiry: International Perspectives. Kraków: Attyka.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Cook, A. (2018). Recognizing settler ignorance in the Truth and Reconciliation Commission. Feminist Philosophy Quarterly, 4(4), 1–21.

Dion, S. (2007). Disrupting Molded Images: Identities, responsibilities and relationships – teachers and indigenous subject material. Teaching Education, 18(4), 329–342.

European Council against Racism and Intolerance ECRI (2019). ECRI Report on Finland (fifth monitoring cycle).

Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and power (2nd ed.). London: Longman.

Godlewska, A. M. C., Schaefli, L. M., Forcione, M., Lamb, C., Nelson, E., & Talan, B. (2020). Canadian colonialism, ignorance and education. A study of graduating students at Queen’s University. Journal of Pedagogy, 11(1), 147–176.

Kasa, T., Rautiainen, M., Malama, M., & Kallioniemi, A. (2021). ‘Human rights and democracy are not self-evident’ – Finnish student teachers’ perceptions on democracy and human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 4(2), 69–84.

Keskitalo, P., & Olsen, T. (2021). Indigenizing Education: Historical Perspectives and Present Challenges in Sámi Education. Arctic Yearbook 2021, 452–478.

Mattila, E., Linden, J., & Annala, J. (2023). On the Shoulders of a Perfect Stranger: Knowledge Gap About the Indigenous Sámi in the Finnish Teacher Education Curriculum. Race Ethnicity and Education [Ahead of Print].

Miettunen, T. (2020). Saamelaistietoa vai puuttuvaa tietoa saamelaisista? Selvitys saamelaistiedosta peruskoulun suomen- ja ruotsinkielisissä oppimateriaaleissa. [Sámi knowledge or missing knowledge about the Sámi? Report on Sámi knowledge in Finnish and Swedish learning materials for primary education]. Ministry of Education and Culture.

Parkinson, C., & Jones, T. (2019). Aboriginal people’s aspirations and the Australian Curriculum: a critical analysis. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 18(1), 75–97.

Prime Minister’s Office (2021). Decision on establishing a truth and reconciliation commission concerning the Sámi people.

Saami Council (2022). Sápmi-EU Strategy. Production by project Filling the EU-Sápmi Knowledge Gaps.

Somby, H. M., & Olsen, T. A. (2022). Inclusion as indigenisation? Sámi perspectives in teacher education. International Journal of Inclusive Education.

Taylor, P. S., & Habibis, D. (2020). Widening the gap: White ignorance, race relations and the consequences for Aboriginal people in Australia. The Australian Journal of Social Issues, 55(3), 354–371.
 
17:15 - 18:4508 SES 03 A JS: Wellbeing, Diversity and Inclusion (JS with NW04)
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Teachers´ Social-Emotional Competencies and Diversity Awareness in the Spotlight. Austrian Results and Contextualisation of the HAND:ET Project

Lisa Paleczek1, Valerie Fredericks1, Christina Odescalchi1, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera1, Ana Kozina2

1University of Graz, Austria; 2Educational Research Institute: Ljubljana

Presenting Author: Paleczek, Lisa; Fredericks, Valerie

In the present contribution, two studies are introduced: (1) a longitudinal study on the effects of a training programme for teachers and other school staff, aimed at promoting their social-emotional competencies and diversity awareness (abbreviated as SEDA competencies henceforth), and (2) a policy study that examines the importance of teachers´ SEDA competencies in the Austrian pre- and in-service teacher education.

Nowadays, teachers across Europe are confronted with pressures and, at times, new challenges that require them to respond spontaneously, flexibly, and professionally. The increasing diversity in school classrooms is one example (Nishina et al., 2019). European teachers are exposed to several risks and stressors that often cause early drop-outs of the teaching profession and those who stay are exposed to an increased risk of experiencing burnout (Brouwers & Tomic, 2000). In Austria, teachers encounter challenges when entering the profession and various give up the teaching profession shortly thereafter due to a lack of support and excessive demands (Parlamentsdirektion der Republik Österreich, 2023).

The European Commission acknowledges the manifold challenges teachers face in their daily work and emphasises the importance of training programmes that consider a constantly changing and diverse setting, are conducive to the promotion of social-emotional competencies, foster collaboration among teachers, and particularly focus on the well-being of teachers to ensure support in their career planning, preventing burnout and premature departure from the profession (European Commission, 2021).

In the Erasmus+ project "HAND: Empowering Teachers" (03/2021 to 02/2024), an onsite training programme for teachers and other school staff was developed in response to the above-mentioned issues. The programme aimed to promote and enhance teachers´ SEDA competencies, employing a mindfulness-based approach. With this approach, the participants’ self-care and well-being were also intended to be positively influenced (Ellerbrock et al., 2016; Emerson et al., 2017; Zarate et al., 2019). Implemented as the "HAND:ET system" with accompanying online support, the programme was carried out in the schoolyear 2022/2023 in Austria, Croatia, Portugal, Slovenia, and Sweden. A longitudinal study was conducted to examine pre-and post-effects.

Since the historical, political and educational backgrounds differ between the participating countries, we wanted to dig deeper and frame the results considering the country specific characteristics to interpretate them embedded in a broader view to better understand the complex influencing factors that affect respective national outcomes and elucidate differences that become visible in international comparison. Therefore, within the framework of the HAND:ET project, policy research was conducted through document analyses to determine the extent to which the promotion of SEDA competencies is addressed in several countries of the European Union. Based on this document analysis and a review of all current Austrian curricula for pre-service teacher education and catalogues for in-service teacher education on the primary and lower secondary level, we report on (1) the support of SEDA competencies of Austrian teachers in pre- and in-service education as well as through other policy measures, (2) the assessment of teachers’ SEDA competencies, (3) other initiatives or projects addressing these, and (4) current political debates or reforms in this field.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We used a mixed-methods design in both studies.
In Study 1, participants (N = 119) answered two online surveys, one before (t1) and one after (t2) the HAND:ET system was implemented. The intervention group (IG, n = 50) comprised teachers (n = 42), school leaders (n = 7), and one school counsellor. The control group (CG, n = 69) also consisted of teachers (n = 55), school leaders (n = 10), and school counsellors (n = 4).
In addition to sociodemographic variables, the surveys included questions on participants' mindfulness, their well-being, their burnout risk, their self-management, their self-efficacy, their empathy, their attitudes toward and handling of diversity and multiculturalism, their perceived level of stress linked to their work, their interactions with students and colleagues, as well as their relational competence. Standardised questionnaires were used to assess each of these areas, some of which were adapted. Examples of the utilised questionnaires include the "Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Skills" (Baer et al., 2004), the "WHO-5 Well-Being Index" (Topp et al., 2015), and the "Teacher Cultural Beliefs Scale" (Hachfeld et al., 2011).
Furthermore, we realised five focus groups with a total of 17 participants of the intervention group to learn more about challenges and benefits associated with the HAND:ET system. The interview guideline included questions on what the participants particularly liked about the training sessions, what they found challenging, and if they had any suggestions for improvement. Additionally, they reported on what they had learned through the HAND:ET training, whether they had applied techniques and exercises that were part of the training in their personal or professional contexts, and if they had observed any changes at their school as a result of the training.
In Study 2, to answer the research questions regarding the significance of SEDA competencies of Austrian teachers in pre-service and in-service teacher education, we reviewed all current curricula for bachelor's and master's programmes leading to teaching qualifications for the ISCED 1 and ISCED 2 general education levels as well as all current catalogues on professional development offers of Austrian University Colleges for Teacher. In these documents, searches for (1) “sozial.“ (“social.”), (2) “emotional.”, (3) “divers.”, (4) “interkult.” (“intercult.”), and (5) “heterogen.” were carried out. The relevant text passages were then qualitatively analysed to determine if and to what extent they referred to teachers´ SEDA competencies. In total, 54 documents were analysed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In terms of the effects of the HAND:ET system, we revealed positive effects on participants’ mindfulness skills, empathy, relational competence, cooperation amongst colleagues, and openness to diversity. The focus groups showed that the participants experienced the HAND:ET system as enriching for both their professional and private life. They particularly mentioned an increase of self-awareness and self-management as well as relationship skills. Challenges were experienced in terms of the extent of the training (six full days and five online sessions), which made participation in all sessions challenging, especially during stressful periods when the teachers already perceived their profession as highly demanding. Some participants initially struggled to engage with the mindfulness concept and found the frequent repetition of individual exercises to be exhausting.
The results of the document analyses showed that SEDA competencies play a role in pre-service teacher education, but the emphasis is more on fostering these skills in future students and to develop teaching methodologies and classroom management techniques. In-service teacher education especially acknowledges the importance of teachers' mental and emotional well-being in their profession. However, most offers (this applies to other initiatives and projects as well) do not focus on the fundamental development or promotion of teachers’ SEDA competencies. Overall, a systematic framework and an overarching concept are lacking that recognise the importance of SEDA competencies and provide possibilities for how and for what purpose they can be specifically and explicitly promoted. Although teachers’ health in general has been assessed, Austrian data focusing on teachers´ SEDA competencies was lacking. Ongoing policy debates in the field are influenced by teacher shortage and focus on lateral entries.

References
Baer, R. A., Smith, G. T. & Allen, K. B. (2004). Assessment of mindfulness by self-report: the Kentucky inventory of mindfulness skills. Assessment, 11(3), 191–206. https://doi.org/10.1177/1073191104268029
Brouwers, A. & Tomic, W. (2000). A longitudinal study of teacher burnout and perceived self-efficacy in classroom management. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(2), 239–253. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(99)00057-8
Hachfeld, A., Hahn, A., Schroeder, S., Anders, Y., Stanat, P. & Kunter, M. (2011). Assessing teachers’ multicultural and egalitarian beliefs: The Teacher Cultural Beliefs Scale. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(6), 986–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.04.006
Ellerbrock, C. R., Cruz, B.C., Vásquez, A., & Howes, E. V. (2016). Preparing Culturally Responsive Teachers: Effective Practices in Teacher Education. Action in Teacher Education, 38(3), 226-339. https://doi.org/10.1080/01626620.2016.1194780
Emerson, L. M., Leyland, A., Hudson, K., Rowse, G., Hanley, P., & Hugh-Jones, S. (2017). Teaching Mindfulness to Teachers: a Systematic Review and Narrative Synthesis. Mindfulness, 8(5), 1136-1149. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12671-017-0691-4
European Commission (2021). Teachers in Europe: careers, development and well-being. Eurydice Report. Publications Office.
Nishina, A., Lewis, J. A., Bellmore, A., & Witkow, M. R. (2019). Ethnic Diversity and Inclusive School Environments. Educational Psychologist, 54(4), 306-321. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1633923
Parlamentsdirektion der Republik Österreich (2023). Politik am Ring: Lehrkraft - Traumjob oder Albtraum? Parlamentsfraktionen diskutieren Strategien zur Beseitigung des Lehrkräftemangels. https://www.parlament.gv.at/aktuelles/pk/jahr_2023/pk0421
Topp, C. W., Østergaard, S. D., Søndergaard, S. & Bech, P. (2015). The WHO-5 Well-Being Index: a systematic review of the literature. Psychotherapy and psychosomatics, 84(3), 167–176. https://doi.org/10.1159/000376585
Zarate, K., Maggin, D. M., & Passmore, A. (2019). Meta-analysis of mindfulness training on teacher well-being. Psychology in the Schools, 56, 1700-1715. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22308


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Well-Being of Immigrant Students in Five European Countries

Brendan O'Neill, George Piccio, Sylvia Denner, Natasha Toole

Educational Research Centre, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Neill, Brendan

Immigration continues to be a key, and divisive issue in Europe. With increased levels of migration, the provision of an inclusive education to children with a migrant background will increasingly be a key policy issue in many European countries, with potentially significant implications for those children and society.

While there is evidence of higher achievement and well-being among native students in Spain (Rodriguez et al., 2020), recent PISA results show that when students’ socio-economic status and language spoken at home is accounted for, overall achievement does not differ significantly between students with a migrant background and native students, and has not changed significantly since 2018 (OECD, 2023b).

While schools play a crucial role in student achievement, they also play a significant role in students’ overall well-being. In this context, it is important that the well-being of students with a migrant background is examined to determine how these students fare in relation to their peers, as well-being is significant in its own right, but also can influence a student’s academic achievement. There is evidence of lower levels of life satisfaction, a key aspect of well-being, among immigrant students (Liebkind & JasinskajaLahti, 2000; Neto, 2001), so there is a need for further research into the well-being of immigrant students, particularly in relation to other aspects of well-being.

As well as assessing student achievement in mathematics and science (and reading in the case of PISA), the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) and the OECD’s Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) both gather a range of background information from students, including data in relation to perceived well-being, which presents an opportunity to examine changes in the well-being of immigrant students during a time of increasing migration. Sense of belonging to school is one of the key elements of student well-being as conceptualised by PISA (OECD, 2023a), and is evaluated by both studies. Another important aspect of well-being that is common to both studies is feeling safe (Mullis & Martin, 2017; OECD, 2023a).

Using the PISA definition of immigrant student status as first-generation (student and parents(s) born outside study country); second-generation (student born in study country and parents(s) born outside study country); and non-immigrant (at least one parent born in the study country), this study will use measures of sense of belonging and feeling safe to compare the well-being of immigrant students relative to their peers in five European countries at two different time points during a period of relatively high migration.

The theoretical framework underpinning this study is Bronfenbrenner’s ecological model of human development (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2007). While the model originally focussed on the role of their environment in a child’s development, the revised model posits “proximal processes” as drivers of development and is made up of four main elements, process, person, context, and time, which are interlinked and interact with each other, and influence a child’s development to varying degrees. The framework recognises the role of institutions and structures in enabling or limiting a child’s development and opportunities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study consists of analysis of TIMSS 2019 (Grade 8) and PISA 2022 data. PISA and TIMSS student questionnaires gather a range of contextual information in relation to students’ lives, including family background and well-being data. This includes data as to whether students and their parent(s) were born in the study country, which in the case of PISA is combined an index on immigrant background identifying students as first-generation, second-generation and non-immigrant. It is proposed to create an equivalent index using TIMSS 2019 data to allow comparisons of the well-being of students of different immigrant backgrounds across TIMSS 2019 and PISA 2022.
Both studies ask students to what extent they agree with statements about belonging in school (TIMSS: I feel like I belong at this school; PISA: I feel like I belong at school). In addition, both studies gather data on the extent to which students feel safe in school. TIMSS asks students to what extent they agree with the statement I feel safe when I am at school. In the case of PISA, students are asked to what extent they agree with the statements I feel safe in my classrooms at school and I feel safe in other places at school (e.g. corridors, toilets, schoolyard, sports field, etc.). It is proposed to combine PISA data on these items to create an index of feeling at safe school for comparison with TIMSS.
The study will compare students in five countries: Finland, France, Ireland, Norway and Portugal. The criteria for country selection was European countries that participated in TIMSS 2019 (Grade 8) and PISA 2022, which had the highest levels of increases in the proportion of immigrant students between PISA 2018 and PISA 2022. The proportion of immigrant students in Ireland showed a decrease of half a percentage point between these cycles of PISA, but was included as it is of national interest to the study team. The study will examine differences in well-being, in particular sense of belonging and feeling safe at school, between first-generation, second-generation and non-immigrant students over time in the five study countries.
In addition, the relationship between immigrant status and sense of belonging and feeling safe will be analysed, as will the relationship between immigrant well-being and achievement before and after other factors such as socio-economic status, language spoken in the home and length of time in the study country are controlled for.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial analysis comparing students born outside the respective study countries with those born in the study countries indicate that there appears to be a change in aspects of student well-being and differences between immigrant and non-immigrant students. For example, while there was a large difference between non-immigrant and immigrant students in Ireland in TIMSS 2019 in agreeing that they felt they belong, in PISA 2022 there was little difference in their reports of feeling they belong at school (81% vs 71% in 2019 compared to 71% vs 71% native and immigrant respectively). Another aspect of well-being where there are indications of changing perceptions is in relation to how safe students feel at school. In TIMSS 2019 students were asked if they 'felt safe at school' and two similar questions in PISA 2022 were ‘I feel safe in my classrooms at school’ and ‘I feel safe in other places at school’. In Portugal in 2019, 86% of students born in the country reported that they felt safe at school compared to 76% of immigrant students who reported that they felt safe at school, a difference of nearly 10%. However, in 2022, 97% of native students and 92% of immigrant students agreed that they felt safe in the classroom (a four percentage point difference), with a four percentage point difference in those agreeing that they ‘feel safe in other places at school’ (96% non-immigrant students compared to 92% immigrant students). By comparing students across the two studies according to the PISA definition of immigrant status this paper will further explore the changes in student perceptions of aspects of their well-being across the countries selected, and whether differences between different groups are changing, which could have significant policy implications in relation to the provision of inclusive education to immigrant students.
References
Bronfenbrenner, U. and Morris, P.A. (2007). The Bioecological Model of Human Development. In Damon, W., and Lerner, R.M. (Eds.), The Handbook of Child Psychology, Sixth Edition. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470147658.chpsy0114
Liebkind, K., & Jasinskaja-Lahti, I. (2000). Acculturation and psychological well-being among immigrant adolescents in Finland: A comparative study of adolescents from different cultural backgrounds. Journal of Adolescent, 15(4), 446–469. https://doi.org/10.1177/0743558400154002.
Mullis, I.V.S., Martin, M.O. (2017). TIMSS 2019 Assessment Frameworks. Boston: TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://timss2019.org/wp-content/uploads/frameworks/T19-Assessment-Frameworks.pdf.
Neto, F. (2001). Satisfaction with life among adolescents from immigrant families in Portugal. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 30(1), 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005272805052.
OECD. (2023a). PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en.
OECD. (2023b). PISA Results 2022. Volume I: The state of learning and equity in education. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en.
Rodríguez, S., Valle, A., Martins Gironelli, L., Guerrero, E., Regueiro, B., Estévez, I. (2020). Performance and well-being of native and immigrant students. Comparative analysis based on PISA 2018. Journal of Adolescence, 85 (2020) 96–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2020.10.001.
 
17:15 - 18:4509 SES 03 A: Understanding Educational Disparities
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Finnish Language Utilisation Rate and Mathematics Learning Outcomes of Students with Immigrant Background in Finland

Faruk Nazeri, Milja Enestam, Mari-Pauliina Vainikainen

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Nazeri, Faruk

The role of immigrants has become increasingly important in the developed countries’ population structure. The integration of immigrants into the society requires among other things education of the younger generations, which creates possibilities for succeeding in future work life. However, students’ immigrant background has in research often been associated with weaker educational achievement, which poses problems also for educational equality. The PISA studies have revealed that in international comparison, the difference between students with immigrant background and the native students is among the largest in Finland. It has been speculated that immigrant students’ lacking skills in the language of teaching could be reflected on their performance also in other areas of assessment, but there is only little evidence supporting this claim. Schnepf (2007) compared the differences between native and immigrant students in 10 countries based on PISA, TIMMS and PIRLS data, showing that in the USA, continental Europe and the UK, the performance gaps were largely explained by lacking language skills. However, there is little previous research on the relationship between the language utilisation rate and performance in assessments. Many studies support the hypothesis that language utilisation rate at home and with peers is associated with better learning outcomes (Brenneman, Morris & Israelian 2007; Dronkers & van der Velden 2013; Hannover et al. 2013; Levels, Dronkers & Kraaykamp 2008), but some studies have not found a link between them (Agirdag, Jordens & van Houtte 2014; Agirdag & Vanlaar 2016).

The aim of this study was to explore the effect of Finnish language utilisation rate on mathematics performance for immigrant students in Finland. The research questions were:

1. Do native students and students with immigrant background differ from each other in the mathematical thinking and reading, and the time spent on tasks?

2. How does the Finnish language utilisation rate explain the mathematical thinking performance of students with immigrant background, when their reading skills, time spent on tasks and gender are taken into account?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We used the data from one large municipality in Finland (N=942). We assessed 6th grade students’ performance in reading and mathematical thinking. We asked students which languages they used with their parents and siblings, and calculated language utilisation rate index based on the answers. Students’ reading skills were assessed by a curricular test developed by professionals working on the national curricular sample-based assessments. The items were first scored as correct/incorrect, and the total score was transformed into percentages of correctly solved items. Mathematical thinking was measured by an adaptive test consisting of two types of items. After four anchor items, the test adapted to students' performance level by selecting more difficult or easier items from a large item bank calibrated on earlier data from more than 10 000 students using Item Response Modelling. The test ended when the predefined accuracy rate was reached, or the student had completed 20 items. An estimate of the students' proficiency level was calculated and rescaled to a scale, in which 500 points was the average performance level in the calibration data. We analysed the results using multiple-group linear regression models in Mplus 8.0.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that children of international families (2,5 generation), and native students performed clearly better in adaptive mathematical thinking tasks than 1st and 2nd generation immigrant students. In contrast to previous research, the Finnish language utilisation rate did not predict their results in the test. The strongest predictor of mathematical thinking was the time spent on tasks, followed by reading skills. In group analyses, reading skills predicted mathematical thinking only for the native students and 2nd generation immigrant students. In terms of reading skills, it is noteworthy that the level of proficiency in the language of instruction has been found to be related to mathematical competence, but in this study, reading predicted mathematical thinking only in some subgroups.

In the future, it would be important to delve deeper into the underlying causes of the performance gap to promote equal opportunities for students with immigrant background in Finnish society. The results of this study suggest that the Finnish language utilisation rate is not related to mathematical thinking skills. In the future, more attention should be paid to the importance of peer learning in language learning, for example by examining the relationship between the use of Finnish with friends and the ability of students with immigrant background in different subjects. Such an approach would help to get a broader picture of the relationship between language utilisation rate and learning outcomes. This study was relevant because it added to the knowledge on the relationship between language utilisation rate and learning outcomes. The results also confirmed the view that time spent on tasks is a stronger explanatory factor than the mere level of proficiency in the language of instruction in school.

References
Agirdag, O., Jordens, K., & van Houtte, M. (2014). Speaking Turkish in Belgian primary schools: Teacher beliefs versus effective consequences. Bilig: Journal of Social Sciences of the Turkish World 70 (3), 7–28. https://hdl.handle.net/11245/1.430345

Agirdag, O. & Vanlaar, G. (2016). Does more exposure to the language of instruction lead to higher academic achievement? A cross-national examination. International Journal of Bilingualism 22 (1), 123–137. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/1367006916658711

Brenneman, M. H., Morris, R. D. & Israelian, M. (2007). Language preference and its relationship with reading skills in English and Spanish. Psychol. Schs. 44 (2), 171–181. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20214

Dronkers, J., & van der Velden, R. (2013). Positive but also negative effects of ethnic diversity in schools on educational achievement? An empirical test with cross-national PISA data. In Windzio M. (eds.) Integration and Inequality in Educational Institutions. New York: Springer, 71–98. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-6119-3_4

Hannover, B., Morf, C. C., Neuhaus, J., Rau, M., Wolfgramm, C. & Zander-Musić, L. 2013. Immigrant adolescents' self-views and school success. J Appl Soc Psychol 43 (1) 175–189. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1559-1816.2012.00991.x

Levels, M., Dronkers, J., & Kraaykamp, G. 2008. Immigrant children’s educational achievement in western countries: Origin, destination, and community effects on mathematical performance. American Sociological Review 73 (5), 835–853. https://doi.org/10.1177/000312240807300507

Schnepf, S.V. (2007). Immigrants’ educational disadvantage. An examination across ten countries and three surveys. Journal of Population Economics, 20 (3), 527–545.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Socio-demographic Correlates of Performance on a Spelling Test Among Sixth Grade Students With Spelling Difficulties

Stergoulla Trecha, Assimina Tsibidaki

University of the Aegean, Department of Primary Education

Presenting Author: Trecha, Stergoulla

The ability to spell is a gradually developing, long, and complex process. It is directly linked to language skills, phonological, grammatical, and semantic awareness, cognitive functions (intelligence, perception, and memory), and metacognitive skills (Diamanti et al., 2014). Spelling ability is documented as a composite skill that is rather laborious to acquire and which is an essential part of writing (Oakley & Fellowes, 2016)

Some children experience great difficulty as compared to their peers in learning to spell; these children typically have difficulty learning to read as well. It is important to have a good understanding of these complexities in order to comprehend how children learn to spell and why some children have severe difficulties with this process. Theories about how children learn to spell need to account for the full spectrum of patterns, as do theories about why some children have difficulty in spelling and how we can assist them(Treiman, 2017b, 2017a).

The correlation between intelligence, language problems, and spelling is well established in research (Smith et al., 2016) and demonstrates that general intelligence and phonological awareness contribute to the acquisition of reading and spelling skills in children (Siddaiah & Padakannaya, 2015; Zarić et al., 2021).

Research findings suggest that there may be other unknown environmental factors contributing to spelling, such as family environment, neighborhood school, print exposure, environmental toxins, nutrition, the number of siblings, experiences such as visits to the library, and the number of books in the home (Lewis et al., 2018).

This study explores the correlation between students’ performance on a spelling test and specific socio-demographic characteristics, such as gender, father’s and mother’s occupation, who helps them with homework, the degree of satisfaction with their school performance, their parents’ degree of satisfaction with their school performance, difficulties they face in school subjects (reading, writing, arithmetic), essays, tests (oral and written), and use of leisure time.

Research in Greece investigating the development of spelling ability in individuals with and without LD seems limited; however, in recent years in Greece, there has been interest in the linguistic factors related to the development of spelling ability as well as in the analysis of spelling errors of students with and without LD (Protopapas et al., 2013)

In particular, the research hypotheses were:

Η1: The gender of students with spelling difficulties will correlate with their spelling performance.

Η2: Parents’ occupation (father and mother) will correlate with spelling performance.

Η3: The satisfaction of children with spelling difficulties with their school progress will correlate with their spelling performance.

Η4: Perceived parents’ satisfaction with school progress will correlate with their spelling performance.

Η5: Children’s perceived difficulties in school subjects (dictation, reading, writing, arithmetic), essay writing, and oral or written assessments (tests) will correlate with performance in spelling.

Η6: The use of free time will correlate with performance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presents the pilot findings of a large-scale survey.
Participants
The sample consisted of 225 children: 111 (49.3%) boys and 114 (50.7%) girls. The average age of the children in the sample is 11.5 years, with the average age of boys being only two months older than girls. All the children attended the 6th grade of the primary school on the island of Rhodes: 50.2% of them attended school in the city of Rhodes, and 49.8% attended school in the semi-urban and rural areas.

Instruments
The following instruments were utilised to collect data for the study:
1) A self-report  of two sections, to obtain socio-demographic data and family characteristics.
2) The DWT is a passage-spelling test. It is an age-appropriate passage with morphological variety developed by Zachos and Zachos in 1998 (Zachos & Zachos, 1998)..

Procedure and data analysis
Data collection took place in the school years 2017–20. The questionnaires were administered to the students by their teacher. Data analysis was based on descriptive statistics and the non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis and Mann-Whitney U tests for independent samples.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study showed that there was a correlation between students’ performance on the spelling test and the demographic variables: gender, mother’s occupation, reading help, children’s satisfaction with school performance, parents’ satisfaction with school performance, reading difficulties, spelling difficulties, essay difficulties, arithmetic difficulties, oral difficulties, writing difficulties, and leisure time use.

Especially, the study indicated that most students scored high in spelling errors. Moreover, the study revealed statistically significant differences between children’s spelling performance in the DWT test and the following demographic variables: Gender, mother’s occupation, reading assistance, children’s satisfaction with school performance, parents’ satisfaction with school performance, reading difficulties, spelling difficulties, exposure difficulties, arithmetic difficulties, oral difficulties, writing difficulties, and leisure time utilisation. Students who had a tutor at home or another person for help made more spelling errors compared to students who had no help. Children who were dissatisfied with their own or their parents’ performance in school made a higher number of spelling mistakes. At the same time, children who reported having difficulties (a few to too many) in reading, spelling, composition, arithmetic, speaking, and writing made more spelling errors. Finally, students who stated that they go to their country house in their free time and students with fewer extracurricular activities made more spelling mistakes.

The present study shows that certain socio-demographic characteristics are correlated with students’ spelling attainment. These findings emphasise both that children’s spelling ability is a complex process involving a variety of factors and that each student should be considered individually. In conclusion, the research highlights the need to consider socio-demographic factors in terms of teaching, educational reforms, and changes in issues of spelling: learning and dealing with spelling difficulties.


References
Diamanti, V., Goulandris, N., Stuart, M., & Campbell, R. (2014). Spelling of derivational and inflectional suffixes by Greek-speaking children with and without dyslexia. Reading and Writing, 27(2), 337–358. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-013-9447-2
Oakley, G., & Fellowes, J. (2016). A closer look at spelling in the primary classroom. Primary English Teachers Association Australia.
Siddaiah, A., & Padakannaya, P. (2015). Rapid automatized naming and reading: A review. Psychological Studies, 60(1), 70–76. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12646-014-0280-8
Smith, B. L., Smith, T. D., Taylor, L., & Hobby, M. (2016). Relationship between Intelligence and Vocabulary: Perceptual and Motor Skills. https://doi.org/10.2466/pms.100.1.101-108
Treiman, R. (2017a). Learning to spell: Phonology and beyond. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 34(3–4), Article 3–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643294.2017.1337630
Treiman, R. (2017b). Learning to spell words: Findings, theories, and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 21(4), 265–276. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888438.2017.1296449


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Participation in ECE in Kosovo: (Re-)migration and Acquired Cultural Capital as a Resource for the Participation of ECE Institutions

Saranda Shabanhaxhaj, Heike Wendt

Universität Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Shabanhaxhaj, Saranda

Research shows that returns of people that fled can positively influence post-war recoveries on country (Wahba 2021). Education is argued to be of special relevance for post-war recoveries in general. Attendance of children early childhood education (ECE) can play an important role for individuals and society, as participation is in general associated with a positive language, cognitive, and social development supporting a more successful educational career (e.g. Melhuish et al., 2015) and specifically important for the well-being in conflict zones (e.g. Osmanli et al., 2021). Disparities in ECE attendance, according to Boudon's work (1974), can be understood as the result of an interplay of the situation of the family (as supportive factors or barriers) and rational educational decisions. Apart from location and availability (e.g. Sixt 2013), disparities in attendance in ECE are often found with regard to, economic and cultural capital of parents (e.g. Adema et al. 2016) and for immigration countries also the migrant status of families (e.g. Müller et al. 2014). For conflict contexts, the role remigration plays for attendance in ECE and further trajectories has not been well researched.

In this article we therefore analyze the role remigration and war-related international connectivity plays for attendance in ECE in the Kosovan context. For more than 30 years Kosovo is classified as a crisis region, with different phases of war and stability, causing at least 4 different big waves of dynamic war- and crisis-related migration and remigration movements ( Hajdari and Krasniqi 2021). Studying inequalities in ECE attendance is of particular interest as children affected by big migrations waves in the 1990ies are now parents and in Kosovo (like in many conflict regions), with the exception of the preschool-year (age 5-6), non-compulsory, highly privatized and regional differences in availability can be found (Gjelaj et al., 2018). As studies reports on the risk of remigration to Kosovo in terms of reintegration, unemployment, economic situation (Möllers et al. 2017) as well as mental health and the associated loss of quality of life (Lersner et al. 2008) negative primary origin effects can be expected. However, when migration or war-related international personal encounter positively influenced parental acquisition of cultural and social capital (Farrell, Mahon and Mcdonagh, 2012) positive influence, in terms of educational aspiration and insights into the value of ECE, positive secondary origin effects seem plausible.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To analyze disparities in patters of attendance in ECE related to war-caused migrations we use data from home survey and student questionnaire of the TIMSS 2019 for Kosovo (Foy and LaRoche 2020) were the parents and the 4th Grade students themselves (nstudents= 4496;  average age was 9.9) also reported on early learning. As remigration was not asked in the survey specifically, we look at 2 indicators to analyze patterns of ECE attendance (min. 3 years, 60 %): Immigration to Kosovo (at least one family member born outside of Kosovo, 8 %) and language practice in families (Every day communication between mother and child in English, German, Italian or French language, 21 %). As these languages are not spoken in Kosovo but major emigration countries, we find it plausible to assume that language competences have been acquired as part of a migration related experience. We calculated logistic regression analysis on EC attendance using the IEA IDB Analyzer, which allows for weighting and correct estimation of standard errors, given the complex sampling of the study.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We find no significant difference in ECE attendance in relation to the immigration of at least one member of the nuclear family. Migration-relevant linguistic family practices are associated with a 2.6 times higher chance of attending ECE, and significant effects remain even when controlling for education and occupational status of parents. Disparities related to educational and economic capital of families can also be confirmed. The indicator language practice in the families, also appears as an independent explanatory factor in explaining achievement differences in mathematics in the fourth grade, and remains significant when controlling for economic and cultural capital as well as aspirations. The study is having a number of limitations, starting with the instrumentation and the nature of the survey data. The strength lies in the utilization of representative large-scale data for a conflict context, where data is scares. The results indicated that (re-)migration by itself, may not be supportive for ECE attendance in crisis contexts. Only when war- and crisis-related migration or opportunities for global encounters support the acquisitions of cultural capital, positive effects for educational decisions of parents can be expected. Obviously, additional qualitative studies and better instrumentation for surveys are needed to further look into when and how war-related migration can be considered a strengthen factor for early childhood education. Supportive findings, would support and emphasis the importance’s of providing high quality education for displaced people also for post-war recovery and educational opportunities of next generations.
References
Publication bibliography
Adema, W., Clarke, C., Thévenon, O., & Queisser, M. (2016). Who uses childcare? Background brief on inequalities in the use of formal early childhood education and care (ECEC) amony very yound children. Available online at https://www.oecd.org/els/family/Who_uses_childcare-Backgrounder_inequalities_formal_ECEC.pdf, checked on 11/22/2022.
Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in Western society. Wiley series in urban research. New York, NY: Wiley.  
Farrell, M., Mahon, M. & McDonagh, J. (2012). The rural as a return migration destination. European Countryside, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.2478/v10091-012-0012-9
Foy, P. & LaRoche, S. (2020). Estimating Standard Errors in the TIMSS 2019 results. In M. O. Martin, M. von Davier & I. V. Mullis (Hrsg.), TIMSS-2019-MP-Technical-Report (14.1-15.1). TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Lynch School of Education and Human Development, Bost College and International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement.
Gjelaj, M., Rraci, E. & Bajrami, K. (2018). Pre-school Education in Kosovo. Available online at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/334896051_PRE-SCHOOL_EDUCATION_IN_KOSOVO, checked on 09/15/2022
Hajdari, L. & Krasniqi, J. (2021). The economic dimension of migration: Kosovo from 2015 to 2020. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-021-00923-6
Lersner, U. von, Elbert, T. & Neuner, F. (2008). Mental health of refugees following state-sponsored repatriation from Germany. BMC psychiatry, 8, 88. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-244X-8-88
Melhuish, E., Ereky-Stevens, K., Petrogiannis, K., Ariescu, A., Penderi, E., Rentzou, K., Tawell, A., Slot, P., Broekhuizen, M. & Leseman, P. (2015). A review of research on the effect so Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC). Available online at https://ecec-care.org/fileadmin/careproject/Publications/reports/new_version_CARE_WP4_D4_1_Review_on_the_effects_of_ECEC.pdf, checked on 12/22/2022.
Möllers, J., Traikova, D., Herzfeld, T. & Bajrami, E. (2017). Study on rural migration and return migration in Kosovo. Available online at http://hdl.handle.net/10419/168315, checked on 11/25/2022.
Müller, N., Strietholt, R. & Hogrebe, N. (2014). Unlgeiche Zugänge zum Kindergarten. In K. Drossel, R. Strietholt & W. Bos (Hrsg.), Empirische Bildungsforschung und evidenzbasierte Reformen im Bildugnswegsen (S. 33–46). Waxmann.
Osmanli, N., Babayev, A., Rustamov, I., & Munir, K. (2021). Emotional and behavioral problems of 7-11 year old children in war-torn nagorno – karabakh region in Azerbaijan. European Psychiatry, 64(S1). https://doi.org/10.1192/j.eurpsy.2021.1670
Sixt, M. (2013). Wohnort, Region und Bildungserfolg. Die strukturelle Dimension bei der Erklärung von regionaler Bildungsungleichheit. In R. Becker & A. Schulzer (Eds.), Bildungskontexte: Strukturelle Voraussetzungen und Ursachen ungleicher Bildungschancen (pp. 483–510). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Wahba, J. (2021). Who benefits from return migration to developing countries? IZA World of Labor. Vorab-Onlinepublikation. Available online at https://doi.org/10.15185/izawol.123.v2, checked on 11/29/2022.
 
17:15 - 18:4509 SES 03 B: Challenges in Educational Measurement Practices
Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elena Papanastasiou
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

A Peculiarity in Educational Measurement Practices

Mark White

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: White, Mark

This paper discusses a peculiarity in institutionalized educational measurement practices. Namely, an inherent contradiction between guidelines for how scales/tests are developed and how those scales/tests are typically analyzed.

Standard guidelines for developing scales/tests emphasize the need to identify the intended construct and select items to capture the construct’s full breadth, leading items (or subsets of items) to target different aspects of the construct. This occurs in test development through specifying the test’s content domain along with a blueprint allocating items to content domains, item formats, and/or cognitive demand levels (AERA, APA, & NCME, 2014, ch. 4). Similarly, scale development guidelines emphasize identifying sub-facets of constructs, such that items can be targeted to capture each sub-facet, ensuring that the full construct is measured (e.g., Gehlbach & Brinkworth, 2011; Steger et al., 2022). These guidelines intentionally ensure that items (or subsets of items) contain construct-relevant variation that is not contained in every other item (e.g., it is recommended to include geometry-related items when measuring math ability because such items capture construct-relevant variation in math ability that is not present in, e.g., algebra-related items; c.f., Stadler et al., 2021).

At the same time, scales/tests are typically analyzed with reflective measurement models (Fried, 2020). I focus on factor models for simplicity, but the same basic point applies to item-response theory models, as a reparameterization of item-response theory models to non-linear factor models would show (McDonald, 2013). In the unidimensional factor model, the item, Xip, is modelled as Xip=(alpha_i+lambda_i*F_p)+e_p, where i represents items, p is persons, alpha_i is an item intercept, lambda_i is a factor loading, F_p is the latent factor construct, and e_p is the person-specific error. The (alpha_i+lambda_i*F_p) term can be understood as an item-specific linear rescaling of the latent factor (that is on an arbitrary scale) to the item’s scale, just as one might rescale a test to obtain more interpretable scores. The factor model, then, consists of two parts, the rescaled factor and the error term. Since each item is defined as containing a rescaling of the factor and this is the only construct-relevant variation contains in items, each item must contain all construct-related variation (i.e., all changes in the construct are reflected in each item). Note that these points are conceptual, stemming from the mathematics of the factor model, not claims about the results of fitting models to specific data.

There is a contradiction here: Scales/tests are intentionally designed so that each item (or subset of items) captures unique, construct-related variation, but analyses are conducted under the assumption that no item (nor subset of items) contain unique, construct-related variation. To have such a clear contradiction baked into the institutionalized practices of measurement in the educational and social sciences is peculiar indeed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a discussion paper so there are no true methods per se. The analyses are based on careful study of institutionalized guidelines for how to construct tests and survey scales and the typical approaches for analyzing data from tests and survey scales. The presentation will focus on reviewing direct quotes from these guidelines in order to build the case that there is an inbuilt contradiction to baked into current “best practices” in measuring in the educational sciences. I will then present a logical analysis of the implications for this contradiction. Drawing on past and recent critiques of reflective modeling, I will propose that this contradiction persists because reflective models provide a clear and direct set of steps to support a set of epistemological claims about measuring the intended construct reliably and invariantly. I will then argue that, given the contradiction, these epistemological claims are not strongly supported through appeal to reflective modelling approaches. Rather, this contradiction leads to breakdowns in scientific practice (White & Stovner, 2023).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The reflective measurement models that are used to evaluate the quality of educational measurement are built using a set of assumptions that contradict those used to build tests and scales. This peculiarity leaves the field evaluating the quality of measurement using models that, by design, do not fit the data to which they are applied. This raises important questions about the accuracy of claims that one has measured a specific construct, that measurement is reliably, and/or that measurement is or is not invariant. There is a need for measurement practices to shift to create alignment between the ways that tests/scales are created and how they are analyzed. I will discuss new modelling approaches that would facilitate this alignment (e.g., Henseler et al., 2014; Schuberth, 2021). However, questions of construct validity, reliability, and invariant measurement become more difficult when moving away from the reflective measurement paradigm.
References
American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education. (2014). Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing. American Educational Research Association. http://www.apa.org/science/programs/testing/standards.aspx
Fried, E. I. (2020). Theories and Models: What They Are, What They Are for, and What They Are About. Psychological Inquiry, 31(4), 336–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840X.2020.1854011
Gehlbach, H., & Brinkworth, M. E. (2011). Measure Twice, Cut down Error: A Process for Enhancing the Validity of Survey Scales. Review of General Psychology, 15(4), 380–387. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0025704
Henseler, J., Dijkstra, T. K., Sarstedt, M., Ringle, C. M., Diamantopoulos, A., Straub, D. W., Ketchen, D. J., Hair, J. F., Hult, G. T. M., & Calantone, R. J. (2014). Common Beliefs and Reality About PLS: Comments on Rönkkö and Evermann (2013). Organizational Research Methods, 17(2), 182–209. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428114526928
Maraun, M. D. (1996). The Claims of Factor Analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 31(4), 673–689. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr3104_20
McDonald, R. P. (2013). Test Theory: A Unified Treatment. Psychology Press.
Schuberth, F. (2021). The Henseler-Ogasawara specification of composites in structural equation modeling: A tutorial. Psychological Methods, 28(4), 843–859. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000432
Stadler, M., Sailer, M., & Fischer, F. (2021). Knowledge as a formative construct: A good alpha is not always better. New Ideas in Psychology, 60, 1-14. https://doi.org/hqcg
Steger, D., Jankowsky, K., Schroeders, U., & Wilhelm, O. (2022). The Road to Hell Is Paved With Good Intentions: How Common Practices in Scale Construction Hurt Validity. Assessment, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1177/10731911221124846
White, M., & Stovner, R. B. (2023). Breakdowns in Scientific Practices: How and Why Practices Can Lead to Less than Rational Conclusions (and Proposed Solutions). OSF Preprints. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/w7e8q


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Exploring Mode-of-Delivery Effect in Reading Achievement in Sweden: A study using PIRLS 2021 data

Elpis Grammatikopoulou, Stefan Johansson, Monica Rosén

Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Grammatikopoulou, Elpis

Reading literacy is considered an essential factor for learning and personal development (Mullis & Martin, 2015). International assessments like PIRLS are tracking trends and shaping literacy policies. They seek to evaluate global student learning, offering crucial insights into educational performance to shape informed policy decisions. Given the ongoing technological expansion and innovation, a shift in delivery mode became an inevitable progression (Jerrim, 2018). PIRLS has adapted to these changes, introducing the digital format in 2016 (ePIRLS) and achieving a significant milestone in 2021 with the partial transition to a digital assessment, through a web-based digital delivery system. Digital PIRLS included a variety of reading texts presented in an engaging and visually attractive format that were designed to motivate students to read and interact with the texts and answer comprehension questions. While considerable effort has been invested to ensure content similarity between the two formats, variations persist due to the distinct modes of administration (Almaskut et al., 2023). This creates the need for further analysis and exploration to better understand the impact of these differences on the overall outcomes and effectiveness of the administered modes.

Previous research has highlighted the presence of a mode effect, varying in magnitude, when comparing paper-based and digital assessments (Jerrim, 2018; Kingston, 2009). Jerrim's (2018) analysis of PISA 2015 field trial data across Germany, Ireland, and Sweden indicates a consistent trend of students scoring lower in digital assessments compared to their counterparts assessed on paper. Furthermore, Kingston's meta-analysis (2009) indicates that, on average, elementary students score higher on paper and exhibit small effect sizes when transitioning from paper-based to digital reading assessments. On the other hand, PIRLS 2016 was administered both in paper and digitally in 14 countries, where students in nine countries performed better in digital assessments, while only in five countries did students perform better in paper (Grammatikopoulou et al., 2024).

Formulärets överkant

Additionally, research underscores the distinct consequences of printed and digital text on memory, concentration, and comprehension (Delgado et al., 2018; Baron, 2021). Furthermore, previous findings support the fact that there is variation when it comes to the factors influencing performance in these two modes. Time spent on internet and computer use for school was found as a significant predictor of digital assessments, but not of paper-based (Gilleece & Eivers, 2018).

The present study

Sweden was among the 26 countries out of 57 that administered the digital format in PIRLS 2021. Another paper-based text -replicated from PIRLS 2016- was also administered to a ‘bridge’ sample. To maintain consistency across formats, both digital PIRLS and paper PIRLS share identical content in terms of reading passages and questions. However, digital PIRLS utilizes certain features and item types that are not accessible in the traditional paper and pencil mode. The digital version showcased advantages such as operational efficiency and enhanced features, while maintaining content consistency with the paper format. The primary aim of the present study is to investigate a potential mode effect between digital and paper formats, if there, and explore any variations in reading achievement between the two formats. Despite advancements in digital assessment, there remains a gap in our understanding of how the shift from traditional paper-based assessments to digital formats may impact reading literacy outcomes. By delving into these potential differences, we aim to contribute valuable insights into the evolving landscape of educational assessments, informing educators, policymakers, and researchers about the effectiveness and potential challenges associated with the integration of digital modes in literacy evaluation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study uses PIRLS 2021 data for Sweden. Sweden participated in digital PIRLS 2021 with 5175 students. A bridge sample, separate and equivalent, was administered on paper for 1863 students (Almaskut et al., 2023).
The study aims to explore the potential mode effect in both paper-based and digital assessments, utilising item data from digital PIRLS and paper PIRLS. To assess and compare digital PIRLS and paper PIRLS as measures, we will employ a bifactor structural equation model, with a general reading achievement factor and specific factors representing the digital and paper formats. Constructing a bifactor model involves specifying key components to capture the nuances of reading achievement in both digital and paper formats. In this framework, a general reading achievement factor is introduced alongside specific factors representing the unique aspects of the digital and paper assessment modes. Notably, PIRLS categorizes reading into two broad purposes: reading for literary experience and reading to acquire and use information. Building upon this categorization, we will construct two variables based on the stated purposes of reading: the literary and the informational. We will explore how these variables contribute to reading achievement and whether there are variations in reading achievement between digital and paper formats. The model will incorporate paths from 'Literary’ and 'Information’ to both the general factor and specific factors. These paths facilitate the examination of how each observed variable influences the overall reading achievement and its specific manifestations in the digital and paper contexts. Additionally, observed indicators for each variable are included, ensuring a comprehensive representation of the constructs in the bifactor model. Furthermore, the analysis will control for socio-economic status (SES), immigrant background, and gender as variables while exploring mode effects or bias in either mode.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study will employ a bifactor model in the context of PIRLS 2021 data for Sweden to elucidate the multifaceted construct of reading literacy/achievement and potential mode effects between digital and paper formats. While the empirical results are pending, we anticipate several key outcomes. We expect to observe variations in the relationships between our latent constructs and observed indicators based on the mode of assessment.
Based on previous findings, we tentatively expect to discern the presence of both general and specific factors, indicating that there are unique aspects associated with digital and paper reading processes that significantly impact reading achievement beyond the shared aspects captured by the general factor. Our expectation is grounded in the understanding that different areas and processes of reading may exhibit varied patterns. For instance, we speculate that while informational reading might predominantly contribute to the general reading achievement factor, fictional or longer text reading may exhibit specific factors. This differentiation in our analysis aims to provide a more nuanced understanding of the complex relationships within the reading achievement construct, considering the diverse aspects of reading activities and processes associated with digital and paper formats. The complexities showed in our analyses may prompt inquiries into additional contextual factors, the stability of mode effects across different populations, and the longitudinal impact on reading outcomes. In conclusion, our study's expected outcomes encompass a comprehensive exploration of mode effects, the unique contributions of latent factors, the significance of specific indicators, implications for educational practice, and the identification of future research directions.

References
Almaskut, A., LaRoche, S., & Foy, P. (2023). Sample Design in PIRLS 2021. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb9560
Baron, N. S. (2021). Know what? How digital technologies undermine learning and remembering. Journal of Pragmatics, 175, 27–37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2021.01.011
Cheung, K., Mak, S., & Sit, P. (2013). Online Reading Activities and ICT Use as Mediating Variables in Explaining the Gender Difference in Digital Reading Literacy: Comparing Hong Kong and Korea. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 22(4), 709–720. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-013-0077-x
Cho, B.-Y., Hwang, H., & Jang, B. G. (2021). Predicting fourth grade digital reading comprehension: A secondary data analysis of (e)PIRLS 2016. International Journal of Educational Research, 105, 101696. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101696
Delgado, P., Vargas, C., Ackerman, R., & Salmerón, L. (2018). Don’t throw away your printed books: A meta-analysis on the effects of reading media on reading comprehension. Educational Research Review, 25, 23–38. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.09.003
Gilleece, L., & Eivers, E. (2018). Characteristics associated with paper-based and online reading in Ireland: Findings from PIRLS and ePIRLS 2016. International Journal of Educational Research, 91, 16–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.07.004
Grammatikopoulou, E., Johansson, S., & Rosén, M., (2024). Paper-based and Digital Reading in 14 countries: Exploring cross-country variation in mode effects. Unpublished manuscript.
Jerrim, J., Micklewright, J., Heine, J.-H., Salzer, C., & McKeown, C. (2018). PISA 2015: How big is the ‘mode effect’ and what has been done about it? Oxford Review of Education, 44(4), 476–493. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1430025
Kingston, N. M. (2008). Comparability of Computer- and Paper-Administered Multiple-Choice Tests for K–12 Populations: A Synthesis. Applied Measurement in Education, 22(1), 22–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957340802558326
Krull, J. L., & MacKinnon, D. P. (2001). Multilevel Modeling of Individual and Group Level Mediated Effects. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36(2), 249–277. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327906MBR3602_06
Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2015). PIRLS 2016 Assessment Framework (2nd ed.).
            Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website:
            http://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2016/framework.html
Rasmusson, M., & Åberg-Bengtsson, L. (2015). Does Performance in Digital Reading Relate to Computer Game Playing? A Study of Factor Structure and Gender Patterns in 15-Year-Olds’ Reading Literacy Performance. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 59(6), 691–709. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.965795


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

What’s the Effect of Person Nonresponse in PISA and ICCS?

Christian Tallberg, Daniel Gustafsson

The Swedish National Agency for Education

Presenting Author: Tallberg, Christian

International Large Scale Assessments (ILSA), such as PISA and ICCS, provide internationally comparative data on students' knowledge and abilities in various subjects. The results across assessments permit countries to make comparisons of their educational systems over time and in a global context. To make this possible, the implementation and the methodology on which the studies are based need to be rigorously standardized and of high quality. But even in a well-designed study, missing data almost always occurs. Missing data can reduce the statistical power of a study and can produce biased estimates, leading to invalid conclusions. The mechanisms by which missing data occurs are many. Such a mechanism emerge, for example, from studies based on low stake tests (which ILSA should be considered as). In low stake tests the students nor their teachers receive any feedback based on the students' results. Besides risking reduced validity of results from comparisons, both over time and between countries, low stake tests run the risk of giving rise to a greater proportion of missing data.

Sweden has a long tradition of high quality population administrative register data and this tradition has led us into having a great deal of data linked to the individuals via so-called social security numbers. It is relatively common for researchers and authorities to employ these high quality data in their analysis entailing more reliable results. The Swedish National Agency for Education regularly use register data when producing the official statistics and to a certain extent also when carrying out evaluation studies.

The ILSA:s, used to evaluate the condition of the Swedish schooling system, both by the Swedish National Educational Agency as well as by decision-makers and other stakeholders. To further the possibilities of secondary analyses and to increase relevance t to the national context, it is therefore pertinent to collate data from registers with data from the ILSA:s.

Historically, the Swedish National Agency for Education has only been able to link register data to ILSA data for participating students. This is because the participating students are considered as having given their consent for such linkages. However, before conducting PISA 2022 and ICCS 2022, the legal requirements (?) changed so that it became possible for the Swedish National Agency for Education to link register data also to nonresponding students, i.e. not only to the participating students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Swedish samples in PISA 2022 and ICCS 2022 consist of 7 732 15-year-olds and 3 900 students in grade 8, respectively. After the students who are to be excluded due to cognitive or physical impairment or alternatively due to not having good enough skills in the Swedish language, 7 203 in PISA 2022 and 3 632 in ICCS 2022 remain. Of these, the weighted student nonresponse is 15 percent and 13 percent in PISA and ICCS respectively. By employing register data, such as for example the students' final grades in primary school, migration background and the parents' level of education, on the full sample we have studied covariation of student nonresponses and student background characteristics (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2023a; Swedish National Agency for Education 2023b). Furthermore, we have carried out post-stratification type analyses (Little & Rubin, 2020)) to estimate the effect of nonresponses on students’ achievement. Finally, we compared students’ achievements, computed with PISA:s and ICCS rather non-informative nonparticipation adjusted weights, and students’ achievements computed with nonparticipation weights adjusted with register data. (OECD, 2023; IEA, 2023).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that student nonresponses lead to a bias that contributes to a certain overestimation of the students' average results Hence, Sweden's results seem to be too high given which students that participated as well as which did not participate. But, the overestimation differs between the two studies. In PISA the bias seems to be larger than the bias in ICCS and where the bias seems to lead to a significant overestimation of the students’ results in PISA the bias in ICCS seems to have a non-significant effect on the students’ results. Furthermore, we find that regardless of whether we study PISA or ICCS, two studies that differ methodologically in several aspects but are similar in the way of compensating for any person nonresponse bias, the effect of the missing-compensating elements on student’s achievements is negligible.
The results of this study in terms of how the missingness lead to overestimation of students' average results in ILSA:s are consistent with previously published studies, both in relation to ILSA:s (Micklewright et al., 2012; Meinck et.al., 2023) and more generally to sample studies in general (Groves & Peytcheva, 2008; Brick & Tourangeau, 2017). However, more would need to be done as we do not know the relationship between the proportion of missingness and the size of its’ bias. And we do not know if this relationship changes over time or how this relationship might differ in an international comparison. Furthermore, when compensating for missing data our results lead to the questioning of how reasonable it is to make the assumption of missing completely at random (MCAR). Something that is commonly done in ILSA:s given a sampled school or class.

References
Groves & Peytcheva. (2008). The Impact of Nonresponse Rates on Nonresponse Bias: A Meta-Analysis.
IEA. (2023). ICCS 2022 Technical Report.
Meinck et.al. (2023). Bias risks in ILSA related to non‑participation: evidence from a longitudinal large‑scale survey in Germany (PISA Plus)
Micklewright et al. (2012). Non-response biases in surveys of schoolchildren: the case of the English Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) samples.
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Technical Report.
Roderick J. A. Little, Donald B. Rubin. (2020). Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, 3rd Ed.
Swedish National Agency for Education (2023a). ICCS 2022 metodbilaga.
Swedish National Agency for Education (2023b). PISA 2022 metodbilaga.
 
17:15 - 18:4510 SES 03 A: Panel Discussion: Reflecting on Teacher Identities in an Inclusive and Intersectional Perspective
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Rory Mc Daid
Panel Discussion
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Panel Discussion

Reflecting on Teacher Identities in an Inclusive and Intersectional Perspective

Eva Kleinlein1, Olja Jovanović Milanović2, Henri Valtteri Pesonen3, Dima Mohamad3, Dejana Mutavdžin2, Luka Nikolic2

1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Belgrade, Serbia; 3University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Kleinlein, Eva; Jovanović Milanović, Olja; Pesonen, Henri Valtteri; Mohamad, Dima; Mutavdžin, Dejana; Nikolic, Luka

In many countries across Europe (and beyond) a relatively homogeneous body of teachers teaches an increasingly diverse group of students (Brunold et al. 2017). While this is widely discussed, we want to reflect on this matter against the background that educational institutions serve as one of the sites where identities are negotiated, contested, and defended (Martin & Van Gunten 2002). Although there is consensus on the importance of teacher identity in literature (Cochran-Smith, 2010), we still lack information on the content of teacher identity and its formation process, i.e., how they perceive themselves as teachers and what factors contribute to these perceptions (Beijaard et al., 2000). Teachers’ complex identities and their addressing in teacher education programs thus are particularly relevant. Moreover, also developments such as teacher shortages, increasing numbers of lateral entrants, and challenges related to retention pose further challenges to the diversity of the teaching body and its consideration in education programs.

This panel discussion consequently aims at discussing the intersections and complexities of teacher identities. The background of the session is the Circle U. funded WIIIDE project (Working on Inclusive Identities, Intersectionality & Diversity in Teacher Education) with partners from the Universities of Belgrade, Oslo, and Vienna. The panel thus includes teachers and researchers from Austria, Norway, and Serbia and invites other researchers and educators to engage in a discussion and reflection on the relevance of considering diverse teacher identities for inclusive education contexts.

At the core of the panel discussion lies the question of how we deal and how we should deal with teacher identities (e.g., regarding social class, race, gender, life stage, profession, training, and role) in teacher education across Europe and beyond. With current ever-growing relevance and impact of inclusive education, reflection spaces are necessary to explore their intersectionality with aspects such as democracy (in the age of climate and nature crises), special needs education (in times of performance pressure and unequal opportunities), and other intersectionalities that arise in the context of inclusive education.

To address these challenges and provide room for discussion and reflection, we recognize that individuals may share commonalities on one dimension but belong to different categories on another, thus contributing to the inclusiveness of our identities (Espinosa et al. 2018). Moreover, we must “first demonstrate that vulnerability ourselves” (Paz Ortiz et al. 2018) and explore how societal messages about different groups have shaped our views of ourselves and others, before asking students to be vulnerable themselves. For teachers to actively address oppression, it is thus necessary to become aware of the fluidity, interconnectedness and contextual situatedness of their identities (Alcoff 1988; Maher & Tetreault 1994).

One focus of both, the project and this intended exchange, thus lies in the discussion and reflection of valuable and innovative approaches that can be used in both research and teaching to explore identities, sensitize for the topic, and foster the reflection of one's own (teacher) identity (e.g., critical incident, narrative method, photovoice). Drawing upon experiences and exchanges during a three-day workshop with teacher educators, teachers, and teacher students from the three partner countries scheduled in June 2024 in Belgrade, we will share our responses to the following questions:

  • What kind of teacher identities do we foster through teacher education?

  • How do we consider teacher identities in current teacher education programmes?

  • How could we tackle teacher identities in their complex and uncertain contexts through teacher education?

Moreover we will share questions and dilemmas that arose during the practice-infused workshop and aim to further explore and reflect on teacher identities in an inclusive and intersectional perspective with the panelists’ chair, authors, and attendants.


References
Alcoff, L. (1988). Cultural feminism versus poststructuralism: The identity crisis in feminist theory. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 13(3), 405-436.

Beijaard, D., Verloop, N., & Vermunt, J.D. (2000). Teachers’ perceptions of professional identity: an exploratory study from a personal knowledge perspective. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16, 749-764.

Brunold, A., Cunningham P., Garcia, T.,& Margevica-Grinberga, I. (2017). Guidelines for Citizenship Education in Teacher Education> The Inclusion of Minorities in the Education Workforce. CiCe Jean Monnet Network.

Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In A. Hargreaves, A. Lieberman, M. Fullan, & D. Hopkins (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 445-467). Springer Science + Business Media.

Espinosa, A., Guerra, R., Sanatkar, S., Paolini, S., Damigella, D., Licciardello, O., & Gaertner, S. L. (2018). Identity Inclusiveness and Centrality: Investigating Identity Correlates of Attitudes toward Immigrants and Immigration Policies. Journal of Social Issues. doi:10.1111/josi.12293

Maher, F. A., & Tetreault, M. K. (1994). The feminist classroom: An inside look at how professors and students are transforming higher education for a diverse society. New York: Basic Books.

Martin, R. J., & Van Gunten, D. M. (2002). Reflected Identities. Journal of Teacher Education, 53(1), 44–54. doi:10.1177/0022487102053001005

Paz Ortiz, A., Tarasawa, B., Al-Musaifry, N., Trimble, A.,  Straton, J. (2018).  Positionality in Teaching: Implications for Advancing Social Justice. The Journal of General Education, 67(1-2), 109–121. doi: https://doi.org/10.5325/jgeneeduc.67.1-2.0109

Chair
Rory McDaid, Marino Institute of Education, rory.mcdaid@mie.ie
 
17:15 - 18:4510 SES 03 B: Practicum Studies Impact on Student Teachers' Knowledge and Practices
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Paola Dusi
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Impact of Practicum in Assessment Conceptions and Practices of Pre-service Teachers'

Daniel García-Pérez1, Rodrigo Pardo2, Ernesto Panadero3

1Universidad Complutense de Madrid; 2Universidad Politécnica de Madrid; 3Dublin City University

Presenting Author: García-Pérez, Daniel

This study is informed by the theoretical knowledge about formative assessment, teacher assessment literacy and teacher assessment conceptions, and it focuses on the conceptions and practices of assessment held by pre-service teachers and how the experience of the supervised practicum can influence it. An article with the study is currently under review by an international journal. In the next paragraphs we summarize and explain the main ideas of our framework and the purposes of the study.

It is well-known that assessment is one of the main strategies teachers use to facilitate learning, to certify student achievement, and to develop students' capacity to evaluate their future learning (Boud & Falchikov, 2006). Empirical studies in the area suggests that many novice and pre-service teachers do not have a wide knowledge about assessment, and they do not feel confident to do it effectively (Maclellan, 2004; Volante & Fazio, 2007).

For this reason, we wanted to analyze the influence of initial teaching education in the development of what researchers defined as assessment literacy (DeLuca et al., 2016), i.e., proposals for conceptualizing the essential theoretical knowledge about assessment and the consideration of factors that influence how teachers implement assessment. Specifically, we considered the influence of the supervised practicum, which we understand as the ‘teaching practice’ period when student teachers go to schools to implement theoretical learning about teaching. This is a decisive period because pre-service teachers have access to the teaching professional culture, via a set of experiences and knowledge inherent to the profession, including conceptions and assessment practices (Brito, 2020).

A few previous investigations have studied the impact of the practicum on conceptions of assessment. For instance, Xu and He (2019) and Prastikawati et al. (2022) reported an important change in English as a Foreign Language (EFL) pre-service teachers due to the practicum, with an improvement in the knowledge about the assessment purposes (summative and formative). However, there is still much room for improvement and a need to further analyze the effects of this period in assessment literacy, considering different educational stages, disciplines, and educational systems.

Therefore, the purpose of our study is to analyze the impact of a supervised practicum on the assessment conceptions and practices of pre-service Physical Education (PE) teachers. The assessment conceptions we used were defined according to Brown (2008): a) assessment improves teaching and learning; b) assessment makes students accountable for learning; c) assessment demonstrates the quality and accountability of schools and teachers; d) assessment should be rejected because it negatively affects teachers, students, curriculum, and teaching. We chose PE for our study due to its great pedagogical importance in Spain in the last decade in relation to assessment studies, especially focused on formative assessment (López-Pastor et al., 2020), and the fact that the other studies had focused in EFL.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design was a qualitative study based in interviewing and task analysis. 18 prospective teachers participated in the study. They were students in the master’s degree in Teacher Education for Secondary School, PE specialty, at a public university in Madrid during the academic year 2020-2021.
We conducted semi-structured interviews with the participants before and after the internship. The interviews ranged from 25 to 35 minutes. At the end of the internship, participants carried out a written individual assignment in which they had to design the assessment of a teaching unit, that could be implemented during the practicum period. The participants were selected by purposeful sampling (Coolican, 2014). They did not get any reward from their participation in the study, although the assessment task was assessed and graded, and it had a weight of 10% in the participants’ Practicum final grade (all students had to perform this activity whether they participated in the study or not).
Interview transcripts and written assignments were coded following a mixed coding process, using descriptive and analytic codes (Bazeley, 2013). Then, we performed a conceptual analysis using matrices. Data analysis was performed using Atlas.ti. To ensure the quality of the analytical process, we used a form of collaborative coding, in which the 1st and the 2nd author, from different disciplines, coded and discussed the data, while the 3rd author worked as an auditor in different stages, in order to improve the accountability of the data analysis (Akkerman et al., 2008).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the results, participants had very high expectations for the practicum period, but during this period their experiences with assessment was heterogeneous. Half of participants had a full experience assessing (design and implementation), while others only graded and there were even two participants that did not contribute substantially to assessment.
Considering the general evolution of the participants during the process, a relevant result is that no participant improved or changed their discourse, conceptions, and practices towards a more formative view of assessment after the practicum. All the participants that emphasized the formative role of assessment at the end of the practicum had previously discussed or mentioned these ideas in the pre-practicum interview. Nevertheless, it is significant that there were two participants whose ideas on formative assessment were reduced after the practicum.
About their assessment conceptions, participants held ideas connected with three kinds of assessment conceptions according to Brown’s proposal (2008) –improvement, school and student-accountability– and no participant mentioned ideas associated to the irrelevance category. Concerning their task, the assessment tools that were widely used were rubrics and checklists. They did not frequently used shared assessment strategies (self- and peer-assessment…) and our analysis of the rubrics found that they did not exploit their formative potential.
One of the main conclusions of the study is that assessment is a key aspect for pre-service teachers and the practicum provides them with a great opportunity to see how it works in real settings, but they recognized it is one of the most complex elements of teaching (Hortigüela Alcalá et al., 2021). Participants acknowledged their experience is still limited and their approach to formative assessment was mainly theoretical, so in many cases they did not yet feel confident to implement it (DeLuca et al., 2019). We analyze the implications of these results and propose some recommendations for teacher education.

References
Akkerman, S., Admiraal, W., Brekelmans, M., & Oost, H. (2008). Auditing Quality of Research in Social Sciences. Quality & Quantity, 42(2), 257–274. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11135-006-9044-4
Bazeley, P. (2013). Qualitative data analysis. Practical strategies. Sage.
Boud, D., & Falchikov, N. (2006). Aligning assessment with long-term learning. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 31(4), 399–413. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602930600679050
Brito, A. E. (2020). Formação inicial de professores e o estágio supervisionado: experiência formadora? Revista Praxis Educacional, 16(43), 158-174. https://doi.org/10.22481/rpe.v16i43.7666
Brown, G. T. L. (2008). Conceptions of assessment. Understanding that assessment means to teachers and students. Nova Science Publishers.
Coolican, Hugh. (2014). Research methods and statistics in psychology (6th ed.). Psychology Press.
DeLuca, C., Coombs, A., MacGregor, S., & Rasooli, A. (2019). Toward a Differential and Situated View of Assessment Literacy: Studying Teachers’ Responses to Classroom Assessment Scenarios. Frontiers in Education, 4, 94. https://doi.org/10.3389/FEDUC.2019.00094/BIBTEX
DeLuca, C., LaPointe-McEwan, D., & Luhanga, U. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy: a review of international standards and measures. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 28(3), 251–272. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11092-015-9233-6/TABLES/6
Hortigüela Alcalá, D., González-Villora, S., & Hernando-Garijo, A. (2021). Do we really assess learning in physical education? Teachers’ perceptions at different educational stages. Retos, 42, 643-654.
Maclellan, E. (2004). Initial knowledge states about assessment: novice teachers’ conceptualisations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(5), 523–535. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.TATE.2004.04.008
Prastikawati, E. F., Mujiyanto, J., Saleh, M., & WuliFitriati, S. (2022). Pre-service EFL teachers' conceptions of assessment during their teaching practicum. KnE Social Sciences, 7(19), 615-626. https://doi.org/10.18502/kss.v7i19.12480
Volante, L., & Fazio, X. (2007). Exploring Teacher Candidates’ Assessment Literacy: Implications for Teacher Education Reform and Professional Development. Canadian Journal of Education, 30(3), 749–770.
Xu, Y., & He, L. (2019). How pre-service teachers' conceptions of assessment change over practicum: Implications for teacher assessment literacy. Frontiers in Education, 4, Article 145. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00145


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Collaboration and Joint Responsibilities for the Practicum Studies in Initial Teacher Education

Gørill Warvik Vedeler1, Gunn Gallavara2, Jorun Sandsmark3, Lars Strande Syrrist4

1Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2Union of Education Norway; 3The Norwegian Association of Local and Regional Authorities (KS); 4The Association for Student Teachers

Presenting Author: Gallavara, Gunn; Sandsmark, Jorun

This project delves into and examines the shared responsibilities of higher education institutions and kindergartens/schools (K-12) as they collaboratively oversee the quality of students' practicum studies, a fundamental component of initial teacher education (ITE) (Munthe, Ruud, & Malmo, 2020). These ITE programs are mandated to uphold rigorous academic standards, ensuring a comprehensive and coherent integration of subjects, subject didactics, pedagogy, and practicum placements (Lund, Jakhelln, & Rindal, 2015). While the specifics of students' practicum studies (K-12 placements, duration, learning content, progress line, etc.) may vary among different ITE programs, there is a common expectation that practicum placements in all programs should be supervised, diverse, and subject to assessment. The practicum dimension in teacher education is intricately woven into a symbiotic relationship with the practicum sector, encompassing kindergartens and schools.

Since the 1960-ies, on behalf of the workforce, Norway has had institutionalized cooperation between employer organizations (here: for municipalities and county authorities), employee organizations (here: for the teaching profession), and the Government. Together, these three entities engage in discussions on political matters and provide advice on general economic and societal issues. However, to develop high-quality, research-based teacher education programs that are pertinent to the profession, it is imperative to expand this formal "tripartite cooperation" to include other stakeholders beyond its current scope. It becomes crucial to involve additional parties that hold a vested interest in teacher education, such as universities and university colleges functioning as teacher education institutions, along with the teacher students themselves. In an era marked by uncertainty, which also impacts the teaching profession, a collaborative effort that encompasses a broader spectrum of stakeholders can safeguard both the collective memory and future prospects for the development of robust and appealing teacher education programs.

In this study, to address these issues, we aim to address the following research question: How do the two sectors, namely higher education and K-12 schooling, collaborate and jointly shoulder the responsibility for educating the teaching profession in Norway?

To delve into our findings, we rely on a dual-layered theoretical framework. The initial perspective within this framework is grounded in the theory of practice architectures, as articulated by Kemmis et al. (2014). This theory offers a comprehensive framework for analysing the intricate interplay of elements within the context of students' practicum studies in initial teacher education. It provides a lens through which educators in both sectors can better understand, interpret, and improve the teaching and learning experiences within these critical stages of educating new teachers.

The second perspective in our theoretical framework aims to support what is referred to in the literature on practicum studies as "the third space." In this "third space," students undergoing training, the teachers in the kindergarten/school serving as the students' practice mentors, and subject teachers from the university/college responsible for practice supervision come together (Korthagen, Loughran, & Russell, 2006). The work of teacher educators (both practice mentors and subject teachers) in "the third space" revolves around facilitating participatory and exploratory learning processes for students, practice mentors, and subject teachers. This requires all participants to move across professional, academic, and personal boundaries, engaging in negotiation and renegotiation of understandings associated with the role and tasks of the teaching profession (Williams, 2014).

The distribution of responsibilities and collaboration in practical training within teacher education is intended to create conditions for the emergence of effective teacher education and professional development in such an exploratory communal learning process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Norwegian Government has instituted a "National Forum for Initial Teacher Education and Professional Development," comprising representatives from all pertinent stakeholders. In 2021, the forum decided to investigate collaboration concerning the practicum studies of teacher students between Initial Teacher Education (ITE) institutions and the practicum arenas.
Tasked with scrutinizing a proposed framework for the allocation of responsibilities and collaboration regarding students' practicum studies in ITE programs in Norway, the four authors/presenters represent pivotal entities in this collaborative venture. Syrrist represents the students' union, Gallavara represents the teaching professions union, Sandsmark represents the school owner's organization, and Vedeler represents the teacher education institutions. Over an 18-month period, we engaged in regular meetings, delving into an extensive conversation to explore the subject under investigation.
We undertook a systematic document analysis encompassing national legal directives and the operational documents of teacher education institutions. We have incorporated a diverse range of national and local governance and operational documents that regulate and set expectations for collaboration in practicum training. Failure to align these documents can create ambiguities regarding the frameworks governing the collaboration between teacher education institutions and kindergartens/schools, leading to considerable variation in the practicum training offerings provided to teacher students. While this diversity can be beneficial, contributing to a range of competencies, it may also result in uneven quality in practicum training and teacher education.
With help from Universities Norway – Teacher Education administration we collected working documents from eight ITE institutions. Considerable variation exists in the nature of these working documents across ITE institutions and within the field of practice. In essence, both the legal mandates and these more informal documents collectively shape the framework guiding the implementation of students' practicum studies and placements. The aim of this document analysis was to deconstruct the included documents, examining hidden hierarchies, dominance, oppositions, inconsistencies, and contradictions (Creswell & Poth, 2018). In this study, a qualitative approach is employed in treating the documents. The intention has been to identify the connections of these documents to the phenomenon under investigation (Blaikie, 2010).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The outcomes have been presented in a report to the Government (Gallavara, Sandsmark, Syrrist, & Vedeler, 2023). In this ECER presentation, these findings will be examined in the context of the theory of practice architecture. The study sheds light on the semantic space, revealing and discussing the conflicting influences arising from variations in the content of the documents analysed. Additionally, within the semantic space, we articulate a shared conceptualization of how to describe and comprehend the foundations for shared responsibilities. In terms of the physical space, our approach encompasses tools such as formal agreements at two distinct levels. Within the social space, the study uncovers three types of responsibilities – organizational, professional, and administrative – spanning both sectors. We will also illuminate the roles and positions of students in these collaborative endeavours.
References
Blaikie, N. (2010). Designing social research . The logic of anticipation: Polity Press.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and reserach design. Choosing among five approaches: SAGE Publications.
Gallavara, G., Sandsmark, J., Syrrist, L. S., & Vedeler, G. W. (2023). Forslag til rammer for ansvarsdeling og samarbeid om praksisopplæring i lærerutdanningene. Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/277e4321131c4b6abd03f7fe7ffa14d0/2023.05.01_rapport-fra-arbeidsgruppe_praksisopplaringen-i-lu-002.pdf
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education: Springer Science & Business Media.
Korthagen, F., Loughran, J., & Russell, T. (2006). Developing fundamental principles for teacher education programs and practices. Teaching and teacher education, 22(8), 1020-1041.
Lund, A., Jakhelln, R. & Rindal, U. (2015). Fremragende lærerutdanning - hva er det, og hvordan kan vi få det? In Rindal, Lund og Jakhelln (ed.): Veier til fremragende lærerutdanning. Universitetsforlaget.
Munthe, E., Ruud, E., & Malmo, K.-A. S. (2020). Praksisopplæring i lærerutdanninger i Norge; en forskningsoversikt. Kunnskapssenteret for utdanning, KSU, 1, 2020.
Williams, J. (2014). Teacher educator professional learning in the third space: Implications for identity and practice. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 315-326.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Classroom Management During Student Teachers’ Early Field Placement: From Coursework to Practice

George Olympiou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Olympiou, George

Field-placement programs are expected to offer multiple opportunities to student teachers (STs) to enable lessons learnt in university-based coursework to teaching practices in the field (Moyer and Husman 2006; Tigchelaar and Korthagen, 2004). Early field placement experiences provide STs with a first (teaching) experience on developing generic aspects of teaching, including classroom management (CM) practices (Anderson, Barksdale, and Hite, 2005). One of STs’ main concerns during practice is CM (Ma and Cavanagh, 2018; O’Neill and Stephenson, 2012). STs during their first teaching efforts, ebb and flow between theory and practice, often guided by their attitudes and beliefs on what they consider as an effective practice to gain classroom’s control (Caner and Tertemiz, 2015).

Several CM models are discussed in the literature (e. g. the Assertive Discipline Model, the Withitness and Group Management Model, the Choice Theory Model, see Balli, 2011), from which several aspects are introduced during early field coursework. CM is often related with developing procedures and routines to maximize the use of teaching time and dealing with pupils’ misbehavior (Meister and Melnick, 2003). In handling commonly occurring CM situations, the development of procedures/routines might offer STs a place to begin in developing heuristics and associated procedures for responding to (less) predictable situations during teaching (see Brophy, 1988). At the same time, various studies show that time management in the context of CM is one of the greatest concerns for beginning teachers since they lack experience in calculating/addressing the amount of time needed for each activity during enactment (see Kyriakides, Christoforidou, Panayiotou and Creemers 2017; Moore 2003). However, only a few studies investigated STs’ use of teaching time (Cakmak 2008).

During early field placement, traditional modes of CM need to give their place to more enhanced-supportive engagement of STs and pupils in their first (and subsequent) interaction. Hence, the use of strict rules or formalized CM “contracts” as STs’ first or last resort during practice, might contradict the idea of a blended mode of CM models according to STs’ and pupils’ needs. The development of a procedure as a routine as it is discussed in coursework and implemented during practice (i.e. discussion/agreement with pupils, rehearsal and encouragement, see Wong and Wong, 2018) could be used as a paradigm of blending CM models offering STs with a place to begin their CM efforts. To this end, we acknowledge that STs’ engagement and limited presence in schools, makes the establishment of procedures/routines a very difficult endeavor (Brophy, 1988).

Blending particular CM models is defined as selecting different aspects of teaching from each model related with practices that enhance CM not neglecting pupils’ needs. In this context, every step of the teaching procedure (i.e. assertive discipline model) is developed carefully within the classroom with pupils’ interaction (i.e. withitness group management model), considering the different needs of pupils’ which are interlinked with the general needs of the classroom (choice theory model) (see Balli 2011). In this study, we explore STs’ experimentation on CM using a video-setting (see Zhang et al. 2011) during early field placement after a coursework section based on blending particular aspects of CM models. Hence, we particularly focus on the aspects of developing procedures/routines and the management of time, implementing a video-setting to support STs’ reflection during/after practice. In this context, we ask:

i) How do STs experiment and reflect on developing classroom and time management procedures/routines in a video setting during early field placement?

ii) What challenges do STs face when enacting classroom and time management procedures/routines during early field placement?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants and Setting

Four STs studying to become generalist elementary schoolteachers in a four-year public university education program [country blinded] were enrolled in this study and are herein given the pseudonyms Vicky, Anna, Selia and Vaso. The sample varied in terms of content-area specialization and was selected out of a total of eight volunteers, who were enrolled in an early field placement coursework. The coursework was structured based on a blended combination of three classroom management models, namely the updated Assertive Discipline Model, the Withitness and Group Management Model and the Choice Theory Model (Balli, 2011). Developing procedures/routines and aspects concerning the management of time were explicitly addressed considering STs’ first teaching efforts.

Data sources

For each ST the corpus of data included: four videotaped lessons (Mathematics or Language arts), four lesson plans; post-lesson and final written reflections. In addition, STs would form pairs in order to particularly reflect on selected video excerpts related with the development of procedures and routines on classroom and time management. In each lesson, particular video segments were selected based on STs’ needs regarding the aforementioned aspects of CM and two reflection notes were written, one preceding and one following the reflection of each ST’s pear on each segment. Two more round of reflections followed, namely: a) a final reflection regarding STs’ CM after the two-round reflections, STs interactions and the video observation of each lesson and b) a final reflection at the end of the field placement program concerning STs’ experiences and general reflections on the video-setting procedure, the reflection cycle followed and the field placement program in general.  

Data analysis

The data analysis involved all STs’ reflections, lesson plans and video-taped lessons. Firstly, particular video-taped lesson segments in which the aspects of developing procedures and routines on classroom and time management were identified, whereas challenges observed or self-reported by the STs and their reflection upon those segments were analyzed. Based on these data, we then developed detailed analytic memos for each ST (Patton, 2002). Approximately, twenty five percent of the data were coded, analyzed and then discussed with an independent researcher. These memos provided the basis for a cross-case analysis (Yin, 2009) during which STs’ experimentation on developing procedures/routines on classroom and time management is analyzed below.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data analysis showed that STs made an explicit effort of developing classroom and time management procedures/routines on which they reflected during their first teaching efforts. STs experienced that, developing procedures (in order to become routines) was not only feasible during early field placement but could be helpful in solving CM problems (e.g. getting the classroom attention). Such findings highlight the importance of providing STs with the tools needed (video-setting and blending CM models during coursework) in order to manage their classrooms, challenging the established assumption that STs cannot develop procedures/routines during early field placement.

Significant challenges also emerged. The need for consistency, reinforcement and reinstatement of the procedures/routines’ steps as well as providing positive feedback to pupils after the implementation of a procedure were considered as fundamental aspects of managing classroom as a group during coursework. STs’ differentiated and often inconsistent enactment of the coursework’s methodology (i.e. applying an interactive approach of teaching a procedure while combining aspects of CM models), as well as the pervasiveness of the traditional assertive discipline model were evident throughout STs’ efforts. In addition, the inconsistency regarding the time allocated between planning and enactment was noticed from all STs after reflecting on the video-taped lessons and was attributed to several reasons (e.g. applying time consuming procedures during teaching like noting all the pupils’ answers on the board).

More research is needed on how STs experiment with a blended mode of CM models in a more systematic way, during the final phase of field placement in which they are placed in schools as teachers and not as visitors. Moreover, since STs may follow different learning paths we need to unpack several other aspects of CM models during early field coursework in order to customize further the support needed during their teaching practice.

References
Anderson, N. A., Barksdale, M. A., and Hite, C. E. (2005). Preservice teachers' observations of cooperating teachers and peers while participating in an early field experience. Teacher education quarterly, 32(4), 97-117.

Balli, S. J. (2011). Pre-service teachers’ episodic memories of classroom management. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 245-251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.004

Brophy, J. (1988). Educating teachers about managing classrooms and students. Teaching and teacher education, 4(1), 1-18.

Caner, H. A., and Tertemiz, N. I. (2015). Beliefs, attitudes and classroom management: A study on prospective teachers. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 186, 155-160. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.04.098

Cakmak, M. (2008). Concerns about Teaching Process: Student Teachers' Perspective. Educational Research Quarterly, 31(3), 57-77.

Kyriakides, L., Christoforidou, M., Panayiotou, A., and Creemers, B. P. M. (2017). The impact of a three-year teacher professional development course on quality of teaching: Strengths and limitations of the dynamic approach. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(4), 465-486.

Ma, K., and Cavanagh, M. S. (2018). Classroom ready?: Pre-service teachers' self-efficacy for their first professional experience placement. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 43(7), 134-151.

Meister, D. G., and Melnick, S. A. (2003). National new teacher study: Beginning teachers' concerns. Action in teacher education, 24(4), 87-94. https://doi.org/10.1080/01626620.2003.10463283

Moore, R. (2003). Reexamining the field experiences of preservice teachers. Journal of teacher education, 54(1), 31-42. https://doi.org/10.1177/002248710223865

Moyer, P. S., and Husman, J. (2006). Integrating coursework and field placements: The impact on preservice elementary mathematics teachers' connections to teaching. Teacher Education Quarterly, 33(1), 37-56.

O’Neill, S., and Stephenson, J. (2012). Does classroom management coursework influence pre-service teachers’ perceived preparedness or confidence? Teaching and teacher education, 28(8), 1131-1143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.06.008

Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Tigchelaar, A., and Korthagen, F. (2004). Deepening the exchange of student teaching experiences: implications for the pedagogy of teacher education of recent insights into teacher behaviour. Teaching and teacher Education, 20(7), 665-679.

Wong, H. K., and Wong, R. T. (2018). The first days of school: How to be an effective teacher. Mountain View, CA: Harry K. Wong Publications.

Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
 
17:15 - 18:4510 SES 03 C: Mathematics Education
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Negotiating Boundaries: Science and Math Teacher Candidates’ Conceptualizations and Enactments of Culturally Relevant and Inclusive Curriculum

Kelsey Darity1, Sibel Akin-Sabuncu2, Laura Vernikoff3

1Robert Louis Stevenson School, United States of America; 2TED University, Turkiye; 3Touro University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Vernikoff, Laura

Schooling in the 21st century has been particularly impacted by the movement of people, whether voluntary or involuntary. The European Commission (2023) anticipates over 130 million displaced people worldwide by the end of 2024, leading to previously unseen levels of diversity in the classroom. As stated in the ECER 2024 call, this “reality of mass migration and its impact on how we think of ourselves, our borders, and our identity” requires educators to reflect critically on their work and consider concrete ways in which they can teach all students equitably regardless of culture, language, and/or dis/ability (we use “dis/ability” to show that “disability” is a social construction that is in opposition to “ability,” not something that exists within an individual person).

Globally, we find ourselves in an age of uncertainty, but educators have been grappling with culturally relevant and inclusive curricula for decades. Culturally relevant pedagogies act as a response to changing student needs and have provided space for teachers to “link principles of learning with deep understanding of (and appreciation for) culture” (Ladson-Billings, 2014), as students have better learning outcomes when academic materials are made relevant to their lives (Gay, 2000) and their cultures and linguistic practices are maintained (Paris, 2012). European scholars have recognized the need for supporting teachers to work with diverse populations (Krulatz et al., 2018) and called for increased efforts by teacher education programs (Author, 2023; Subasi Sing & Akar, 2021) and school leaders (Brown et al., 2022) to “translate policies into practice” (p. 602) by preparing teachers to work with culturally and linguistically diverse students. Inclusive educators have also built upon these assets-based pedagogies by affirming diversity of ability and creating curricula that aim to remove barriers in schools rather than attempting to change and assimilate students (Baglieri et al., 2011).

Yet the literature suggests that STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) teachers are often the most reluctant to adopt culturally relevant teaching (Barton, 2003; Colina Neri, Lozano, & Gomez, 2018; Gutierrez, 2013) and that inclusive pedagogies are not well integrated into science education (Stinken-Rösner, et al., 2020). Though STEM teachers agree with an inclusion of cultural and racial topics in academics, “they often question their relevance to the hard sciences” (Colina Neri et al., 2018). Instead, many believe cultural relevance is more appropriate for the humanities classroom and pride themselves on the objectivity believed to be inherent to science and mathematics (Schultz et al., 2023). As a result, “there is little research to date focusing explicitly on how to organize culturally relevant pedagogy in [STEM] classrooms” (Suad Nasir et al., 2008, p. 224). Similarly, Stinken-Rösner and colleagues (2020) have argued that “a dialogue between domains of inclusive pedagogy and specific subjects rarely occurs” (p. 30). They propose inclusive science education as a “new theoretical approach” (p. 40). There is clearly work to be done in developing STEM curricula accessible to and by diverse student populations.

In line with the theme of creating more inclusive educational communities, the purpose of this paper is to develop a deeper understanding of the ways in which pre-service STEM teachers in a clinically rich, social justice-oriented teacher residency program create curricula that affirm and leverage diversity to support all students’ STEM learning. We do this by asking, (1) How are STEM teaching residents conceptualizing culturally relevant and inclusive curriculum design? and (2) How are they enacting these conceptualizations through curricular choices? This inquiry will suggest opportunities for STEM teachers to incorporate culturally relevant and inclusive pedagogies, as well as address challenges that arise that can be addressed by teacher educators and policy makers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study draws upon DisCrit (Annamma et al., 2013) as a theoretical framework. DisCrit addresses the  “interdependent constructions of race and dis/ability in education and society“ (p. 1). Although this framework was developed within the specific racial context of the United States, it also has applications in the European context, where students are also often, “simultaneously raced and dis/abled” (p. 5) although not always in the same ways. Research conducted using DisCrit seeks to provide assets-based counternarratives in which knowledge is generated by disabled people of color, not just about disabled people of color (Annamma et al., 2013).

This study takes place within the context of a clinically rich urban teacher residency program that draws upon culturally relevant  and inclusive education as guiding frameworks. DisCrit, then, is a useful lens for understanding how residents conceptualize and enact culturally relevant and inclusive curricular design, and encourages researchers to view culturally relevant and inclusive education as fundamentally intertwined rather than separate.

Participants included 20 total residents working toward certification in secondary science or math. Fourteen of those residents pursued dual certification in a STEM field and special education. Eleven identified as white; 3 as Hispanic or Latinx; 1 as Black; 1 as Asian; 2 as “two or more” racial identities; and 2 did not disclose. Information about disability was not systematically collected by the program, although some residents did disclose having a disability.

Data included participants’ final portfolios, in which they compiled artifacts that demonstrated their commitments to inclusive and culturally relevant pedagogy through, for example, unit plans, philosophies of education, examples of feedback on student work, etc.

We engaged in document analysis (Bowen, 2009) of the 20 portfolios using DisCrit to guide our analyses. We coded the data both deductively, using the principles of DisCrit, and inductively, looking for themes in the data and for tensions within themes, ways in which different residents might conceptualize or enact the same ideas differently (Bogdan & Biklen, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary data analysis indicated residents’ conceptualizations of culturally relevant and inclusive teaching largely made reference to the importance of interdependence in the classroom community. This took the form of centering student voice, prioritizing relationships, and learning with and from one another. As residents reflected on the teaching they had observed prior to enacting their own, one articulated noticing that “a teacher-centered curriculum discouraged students’ active participation and did not promote mathematical discourse.” He “also realized that those students with learning disabilities and those whose English was not their native language were isolated from the rest of the class.”
This critical awareness of historically marginalized communities and students led him and other residents to commit to co-creating with students a space where all learners felt supported. They did so through the development of community norms (e.g., “embracing collaboration,” “asking for help,” and “being respectful”) and relationship building. Residents regularly employed heterogeneous group activities (e.g., discussion boards, group readings). While these allowed teachers to make curriculum accessible for all students, they also required students to communicate with one another through comments and questions directed at peers rather than the teacher. Other community members were also pulled into class topics, such as when one resident designed an assignment requiring students to interview others (classmates, visitors to class, family members) about scientific topics and then react to what was shared. This worked to build scientific discourse in a way that involved a variety of actors and emphasized interdependence.
This example is but one of the ways “educationalists … have always been at the forefront of efforts to respond to societal changes” (ECER, 2024). Through this study, we hope to more deeply understand how STEM educators are responding to current sociopolitical, economic, and cultural contexts in a way that promotes equity and justice.

References
Annamma, S.A., Connor, D.J., & Ferri, B. (2013). Dis/ability critical race studies (DisCrit):
Theorizing at the intersections of race and dis/ability. Race Ethnicity and Education, 16(1), 1-31.
Author. (2023).
Barton, A. C. (2003). Teaching science for social justice. Teachers College Press.
Brown, M., Altrichter, H., Shiyan, I., Rodriguez Conde, M. J., McNamara, G., Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Vorobyeva, I., Vangrando, V., Gardezi, S., O’Hara, J., Postlbauer, A., Milyaeva, D., Sergeevna, N., Fulterer, S., Gamazo Garcia, A., & Sanchez, L. (2022). Challenges and opportunities for culturally responsive leadership in schools: Evidence from four European countries. Policy Futures in Education, 20(5), 580-607.
Colina Neri, R., Lozano, M., & Gomez, L. M. (2018). (Re)framing resistance to culturally relevant education as a multilevel learning problem. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 197-226.
European Commission. (2023). “Forced displacement: Refugees, asylum seekers, and internally displaced persons (IDPs).” https://civil-protection-humanitarian-aid.ec.europa.eu/what/humanitarian-aid/forced-displacement_en
Gay, G. (2000). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. New York: Teachers College Press.
Gutierrez, R. (2013). Why (urban) mathematics teachers need political knowledge. Journal of Urban Mathematics Education, 6(2), 7-19.
Krulatz, A., Steen-Olsen, T., & Torgersen, E. (2018). Towards critical cultural and linguistic awareness in language classrooms in Norway: Fostering respect for diversity through identity texts. Language Teaching Research, 22(5), 552-569.
Ladson-Billings, G. (2014). Culturally relevant pedagogy 2.0: a.k.a. the remix. Harvard Educational Review, 84(1), 74-84.
Paris, D. (2012). Culturally sustaining pedagogy: A needed change in stance, terminology, and practice. Educational Researcher, 41(3), 93-97.
Schultz, M.; Close, E.; Nissen, J.; & Van Dusen, B. (2023). Enacting culturally relevant pedagogy when “mathematics has no color”: Epistemological contradictions. Int. J. Res. Undergrad. Math. Ed.
Suad Nasir, N., Hand, V., & Taylor, E. V. (2008). Culture and mathematics in school: Boundaries between “cultural” and “domain” knowledge in the mathematics classroom and beyond. Review of Research in Education, 32, p. 187-240.
Stinken-Rösner, L., Rott, L., Hundertmark, S., Baumann, Th., Menthe, J., Hoffmann, Th., Nehring, A. & Abels, S. (2020). Thinking inclusive science education from two perspectives: Inclusive pedagogy and science education. Research in Subject-matter Teaching and Learning, 3, 30–45.
Subasi Singh, S., & Akar, H. (2021). Culturally responsive teaching: Beliefs of pre-service teachers in the Viennese context. Intercultural Education, 32(1), 46-61.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

An Exploration of the Intersection of Mathematical Anxiety and Dyscalculia on Mathematical Self-concept in Preservice Teachers.

Lucy Westley, Claire Shelley

University of Northampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Westley, Lucy; Shelley, Claire

Preservice teaching students have been presenting with a weaker understanding of mathematics and anxiety towards the subject (Brown et al., 2012; Jensen et al., 2022). Personal beliefs about the subject, noted in tutorials and in lectures and seminars demonstrate that many students have a lower mathematics self -concept. Mathematics self - concept refers to a person’s belief about their competence in mathematics (Rossi et al., 2022; Marsh, 1986). The understanding of the link between mathematics anxiety and dyscalculia is developing (Devine et al., 2018) but its prevalence in preservice teachers and its impact on mathematical self-concept requires further exploration.

From September 2013 anyone wishing to train as a teacher in England had to pass ‘skills tests’ in English and mathematics (DFE, 2001). The introduction of these tests was aimed at improving the quality of candidates entering the profession. Despite objections from the profession and the teaching unions regarding the loss of many potential teachers and the undermining of the profession, it took a further 7 years for the tests to be scrapped. The replacement for the tests put the responsibility on both the Initial Teacher Training (ITT) provider and the candidate to assure that they have met the standard of the fundamental skills. Universities therefore need to assure that any candidates that are recommended for qualified teacher status demonstrate competency but also that support is provided to enable the candidates to become competent.

All ITT students must have attained the equivalence to a ‘C’ grade at GCSE (DfE, 2023, C1.1), England’s end of compulsory school exam, as minimum and so must have studied the subject for a minimum of 12 years. Therefore, the time to develop subject knowledge, confidence and appreciation of mathematics has been offered but so too is the chance for shallow and disconnected learning, crises of confidence and a lack of appreciation of the subject. A grade C or higher may open the door to further study but it may have been achieved through rote learning and recall rather than understanding (Chinn, 2020) and this can lead to many students who have disengaged with the subject.

The pressure to keep up with their peers may be a contributing factor to the development of anxiety around the subject. Mathematical anxiety is complex and multifaceted. It may occur for many reasons. Broadly speaking it is a negative emotional reaction to mathematics (Carey et al., 2019) which can be characterized by low mathematical confidence and expectations of success, apprehension, fear, mental blocks, reduced working memory, inaccurate perceptions of what it is to be a mathematician, avoidance, and helplessness (Chinn, 2020). The manifestation of mathematical anxiety can be seen in emotional, behavioural and physiological responses.

The development of mathematical anxiety can be attributed to a range of different factors. Many students enter ITT believing that they have a specific learning difficulty around numbers and the understanding of mathematics however there can also be many contributing reasons for this too. Students may have dyscalculia; however, this condition may not have been formally diagnosed. Dyscalculia is defined as a specific and persistent difficulty in understanding numbers which can lead to a diverse range of difficulties with mathematics. Unexpected in relation to age and level of education, mathematics difficulties are best thought of as a continuum where dyscalculia falls at one end of the spectrum and will be distinguishable from other mathematics issues due to the severity of difficulties with number sense, including subitising, symbolic and non-symbolic magnitude comparison, and ordering. It can occur singly but often co-occurs with other specific learning difficulties, mathematics anxiety and medical conditions (SASC,2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will be conducted through an instrumental case study design seeking to explore the experiences of students who perceive themselves to have dyscalculia.  The instrumental case study approach allows the researchers to explore the issues surrounding the intersectionality of dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety amongst preservice teachers particularly focussing on those students that may have experienced a disrupted formal education due to the Covid 19 pandemic. This approach was also selected as it allows for the in-depth study which then leads to ‘fuzzy generalisations’ (Bell and Waters, 2018, p.30) which may be transferable to other universities where teacher education is offered. The case is formed through the 2023- 2026 cohort of students on the BA primary Education with QTS course at a university in England.

The data set will be collected through offering all students enrolled on the BA Primary Education 5-11 with Qualified Teacher Status degree, the Dynamo Post 14 assessment, a published resource which has been developed in partnership with the University of Oxford, this will be used to screen students for dyscalculia from January 2024. The decision to screen at this at this point in their training is twofold; the students will have engaged in a short experiential teaching placement of three weeks but will not have started their first module on the teaching of mathematics. They have therefore developed some understanding of primary school aged mathematics teaching through observation but have not yet commenced on the module. Purposive sampling will be used to approach students whose screening shows indicators of dyscalculia. Students who have asked to be screened but do not show indicators will also be contacted. These students will be selected to include a range of genders, ages, and backgrounds. All students selected will be asked to take part in the semi structured interviews seeking to understand more about their experiences and attitudes towards mathematics and their perceptions of mathematical self-concept.
Using a qualitative approach, the semi structured interviews will be transcribed, coded, and analysed to identify factors that are present. These will be compared to the results of the Dynamo Post 14 assessment to identify associating factors of both mathematical anxiety and dyscalculia.  



The research questions for this study are:

What are the associating factors of both dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety?  
Which factors impact mathematical self-concept?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this research is to gain a deeper insight into the varying experiences which develop mathematical self-concept in preservice teachers. It will consider the challenges that preservice teachers within the case study cohort have experienced and how these have impacted upon their attitudes towards mathematics. It also aims to identify any factors in the relationship between dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety and the factors which may impact mathematical self-concept. Understanding these factors will indicate how our current mathematics teacher education programme may need to change to support students more effectively.
About 6% of the population are thought to have dyscalculia (BDA, 2023) however a survey by Drew and Trott (2015) found the number of students formally identified with dyscalculia in Higher Education (HE) was only 0.04%. Therefore, we argue that the identification could help alleviate levels of anxiety, establish entitlement to specialist support needed by students but also develop awareness in staff and school-based mentors regarding teaching approaches that may cause unnecessary anxiety and failure (ADSHE, 2021).
As an additional benefit of increasing knowledge about dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety this can be included within the ITT taught programme thereby developing wider teacher understanding and pupil support (Hornigold, 2015, p.324).

References
Association of Dyslexia Specialists in Higher Education (ADSHE) 2021. Guidelines for Quality Assurance in Specialist Support for Learners with Specific Learning Differences (dyslexia, dyspraxia, ADHD, dyscalculia) in Higher Education.[online] Available at https://adshe.org.uk/good-practice-guidelines/ [Accessed on 14.01.23]
 
British Dyslexia Association. n.d. Dyscalculia. [online] Available at: https://www.bdadyslexia.org.uk/dyscalculia [Accessed on 24.01.23]
Brown, A, Westenskow,A & Moyer- Packenham, P (2012) Teaching anxieties revealed: pre-service elementary teachers’ reflections on the mathematics teaching experiences’, Teaching Education, 23 ( 4) pp.365 - 385
Carey E, Devine, A, Hill F, ( 2019); Investigating the experiences of UK primary and secondary school students. Understanding Mathematics Anxiety, March, p.63
Chinn, S.J. (2020). More Trouble with Maths: A Complete Manual to Identifying and Diagnosing Mathematical Difficulties [ebook].  Milton: Taylor & Francis Group. Available from: ProQuestCentral. [26 January 2023].
Department for Education (2001)
Department for Education (2023). Initial teacher training (ITT): criteria and supporting advice. GOV.UK [online] Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-criteria [Accessed on 12.12.23].

Devine, A, Hill, F, Carey, E & Szucs, D ( 2018) Cognitive and Emotional Math Problems Largely Dissociate: Prevalence of Developmental Dyscalculia and mathematics Anxiety’, Journal of Educational Psychology, vol 110 (3) pp. 432- 444
Hornigold, J. (2015). Teacher training: solving the problem. In: S. CHINN. ed. The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties. London: Taylor & Francis Group.  
Jenssen,L, Moller,R., K & Roesken-Winter,B (2022); Pre Service primary teachers’ shame experiences during their schooling time: characteristics and effects on their subject -choices at university’, Education Studies in Mathematics, 110,(3) , pp.435-455.
Marsh, H.W. (1986), “Verbal and math self-concepts: An internal/external frame of reference model”, American Educational Research Journal, 23, pp. 129–149.
Rossi, S., Xenidou-Dervou.I., Simsek, E., Artemenko,C., Daroczy,G., NuerkHC., Cipora,K., (2022) Mathematics–gender stereotype endorsement influences mathematics anxiety, self‐concept, and performance differently in men and women. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 1513 (1), pp.121–139.
SpLD Assessment Standards Committee (SASC), (2019). SASC Guidance on assessment of Dyscalculia and Maths Difficulties within other Specific Learning Difficulties.  [ online] Available at: https://www.sasc.org.uk/media/3gtdmm0s/assessment-of-dyscalculia-maths-sasc-nov-2019.pdf [Accessed on 12.12.23]

Trott, C. (2015). Dyscalculia in higher education Systems, support and student strategies. In: S, CHINN. ed. The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties. Abingdon: Routledge. pp.406-419
 
17:15 - 18:4510 SES 03 D: Dilemas, Curriculum and Competencias
Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Diego Gavilán-Martín
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Programme Leaders’ Dilemmas while Devising Retraining Studies

Ainat Guberman1,2, Gal Ben-Yehudah1, Rinat Arviv Elyashiv3

1The MOFET Institute, Tel Aviv, Israel; 2David Yellin College of Education, Jerusalem, Israel; 3Kibbutzim College of Education, Tel Aviv, Israel

Presenting Author: Guberman, Ainat; Arviv Elyashiv, Rinat

High quality teacher educators are necessary for providing high quality education to teachers (European Commission, 2013). However, there is little agreement as to how teacher educators’ professionalism should be conceptualized and what it entails. The neo-liberal approach views teacher educators’ role as training student teachers to reproduce successful teaching methods. It suggests evaluating teacher educators’ professionalism by assessing their adherence to strict curricula and teaching standards, or through their students’ performance and perseverance as teachers. In contrast, the ‘academic’ approach claims that teacher educators have multiple roles in addition to second order teaching (teaching about teaching and learning and teaching how to teach). They mentor student teachers, act as gatekeepers of the profession, develop teacher education curricula, broker between higher education institutions, schools and other stakeholders, and conduct research (Lunenberg et al., 2014). These roles share broad practical and theoretical knowledge bases. They require a critical reflection upon practice and policies and a commitment to social justice and equity (Cochran-Smith et al., 2018). Although individual teacher educators do not need to perform all of these roles, they are typical of teacher educators’ work. Their professionalism is revealed through the reflective and committed manner of their work that is highly sensitive to context. In order to understand how teacher educators’ professionalism unfolds, it is crucial to conduct studies that examine teacher educators’ reasoning and actions within different work contexts (Cochran-Smith, 2021; Mayer, 2021; Vanassche, 2023).

This study is aligned with the academic approach to teacher educators’ professionalism. It aims to understand how teacher educators enact their professionalism by examining senior teacher educators’ considerations as they design an initial teacher education programme, and how the contexts of their work affect their decisions. The findings could provide policymakers with information about policies that promote and impede the provision of high quality teacher education to student teachers.

The study took place in Israel, where all initial teacher education programmes take place in academic institutions. This aligns Israel with the ‘academic’ conceptualization of the profession. Nonetheless, some of the education system’s characteristics are strongly associated with the neo-liberal approach. First, Israel’s investment in education, including teachers’ wages, is low in comparison to OECD countries (OECD, 2023a). As a result, it suffers from an acute teacher shortage, particularly in STEM subjects due to the lucrative alternatives that are available to bachelor degree holders in those areas (Weissblai 2023; Wiggan et al., 2021). Teacher education institutions compete against each other over student registrations, since the number of applicants is dropping (ICBS, 2023). Finally, the academic freedom of teacher education is somewhat constrained by the requirement to adhere to the Ministry of Education’s national curriculum frameworks.

The study focuses on programme leaders that work in a project called ‘From High Tech to Teaching’. The project retrains high tech academic professionals as high school STEM teachers. It takes place in several academic institutions, each offering programmes in some or all of the project’s subjects (math, physics, chemistry, biology and computer science). By choosing to focus on this project’s programmes, we tried to find the ‘middle way’ between an in-depth study of a single programme that may be too idiosyncratic, and a broad examination of a large group of programmes, that may be too heterogeneous and, thus, gloss over significant distinctions (Cochran-Smith & Villegas, 2015; Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015).

The research question are: 1. What are the professional reasoning processes of programme leaders while designing re-training programmes for academic former high-tech employees as high school STEM teachers? 2. How are their decisions affected by their work contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants: The study included 18 (10 female) programme leaders from 12 teacher education institutions. (Fourteen are responsible for one programme in a specific subject area, whereas four others are project coordinators who are responsible for all of the projects’ programmes in their institution.
Data collection: Semi structured interview protocols were used. Programme leaders were asked to describe it: the number of years their programme has existed, the number of semesters, study days, where the practical experience takes place and whether it is individual or in a group. Then they explained how the program changed over the years, what difficulties they encounter and how they would have devised the programme had they been provided with ideal conditions. The programme leaders were also asked about the challenges that students and alumni have to face. The interviews lasted for 45 – 90 minutes. They were audio-recorded and transcribed.
Data analysis: We used the Braun and Clarke (2006; 2021) Thematic Analysis method. The analysis starts with repeated reading and free coding. The codes’ scope and definitions change as the connections between them are noted, articulated and organized. Finally, codes are used to build themes. Themes are not category names but full sentences that represent the central insights the researchers derived from the analysis of the data.
Ethics: The authors are researchers at an Institute that hosts the project’s administrative unit. After receiving the institutional IRB’s consent, we approached program leaders, and asked them to be interviewed. There are no authority relationships between the authors, the administrative unit and the interviewees. The latter work for their respective academic institutions. Although the administrative unit knows who the program leaders are, we kept the identity of those that were interviewed confidential. We use pseudonyms in all of the study’s reports and all potentially identifying information was removed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of programme leaders' reflections upon revealed four dilemmas that they had to navigate. The dilemmas exemplify how contexts and particularly state level policies affect programme leaders’ professional considerations (Craig, 2016; Darling-Hammond, 2017).
 1. Selection vs. subsistence. Rejecting candidates that seem unsuitable for teaching is necessary to save public and candidates’ resources, and is part of the programme leaders’ role as gatekeepers (Lunenberg et al., 2014). However, it may endanger their program’s subsistence, since it is dependent upon a minimum number of student teachers. 2. Providing extensive preparation vs. minimizing the study load. As curriculum developers (Lunenberg et al., 2014), programme leaders wish to provide students with extensive preparation for the different classes and roles they would have, but students’ available time for studies is very limited. Studies overload may ‘push’ them towards less demanding programs in other institutions or deter them from retraining programs altogether. Scholarships could enable retrained students make the most of their studies, yet the funding they currently receive is insufficient. 3. Group vs. individual learning. Learning Groups provide students with emotional and professional support, and enable them to transform schools.  However, the group limits students' opportunities to practice teaching an entire class and receive individual supervision. In this dilemma, programme leaders’ as mentors who care for their students (Lunenberg et al., 2014) may collide with their commitment to social justice (Cochran-Smith et al., 2018). 4. Preparing for the desirable vs. the ubiquitous schools. Teaching ‘best practices’ in excellent schools provides students with vital experience to become excellent teachers but may exacerbate their ‘reality shock’ (Veenman, 1984) when they start to teach in typical schools. This dilemma is exacerbated by the fact that in Israel, gaps between ‘ubiquitous’ and ‘best performing’ schools are large (OECD, 2023b).

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352.
Cochran-Smith, M. (2021). Rethinking teacher education: The trouble with accountability. Oxford Review of Education, 47(1), 8-24.
Cochran-Smith, M., Stringer Keefe, E., & Carney, M. C. (2018). Teacher educators as reformers: Competing agendas. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(5), 572-590.
Cochran-Smith, M., & Villegas, A. M. (2015). Framing Teacher Preparation Research: An Overview of the Field, Part 1. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(1), 7-20.
Craig, C. J. (2016). Structure of teacher education. In J. Loughran, & M. L. Hamilton (Eds.), International handbook of teacher education (Vol. 2, pp. 69-135). Singapore: Springer.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309.
European Commission. (2013). Supporting Teacher Educators for Better Learning Outcomes. European Commission.  
Israel Central Bureau of Statistics (2023). Trends in teacher training, specialization in teaching and beginning of teaching, 2000-2023. Publication 085/2023. [In Hebrew] https://www.cbs.gov.il/he/mediarelease/DocLib/2023/085/06_23_085b.pdf
Lunenberg, M., Dengerink , J., & Korthagen, F. (2014). The professional teacher educator: roles, behaviour, and professional development of teacher educators. Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Sense.
Mayer, D. (2021). The appropriation of the professionalisation agenda in teacher education. Research in Teacher Education, 11(1), 37-42.
OECD (2023a). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en.
OECD (2023b). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en.
Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived problems of beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 54(2), 143–178.
Vanassche, E. (2023). Teacher education policy and professionalism: A personal review of teacher education policy research. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Erkican (Eds), International encyclopedia of education (Fourth Edition, Vol. 4, pp. 10-19). Elsevier.
Vanassche, E., & Kelchtermans, G. (2015). The state of the art in self-study of teacher education practices: A systematic literature review. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(4), 508-528.
Weissblai, E. (2023). Teacher shortage. Jerusalem, Israel: The Knesset Research and Information Center. [In Hebrew]
Wiggan, G., Smith, D., & Watson-Vandiver, M. J. (2021). The national teacher shortage, urban education and the cognitive sociology of labor. The Urban Review, 53, 43-75.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Programme Curricula and Course Syllabi in Swedish Primary Teacher Education – a Document Analysis with Focus on Thesis Work

Mattias Börjesson, Rimma Nyman

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Börjesson, Mattias; Nyman, Rimma

In Sweden Teacher Education (TE) programmes are regulated by the national by the Higher Education Ordinance (SFS 1993:100) and additional national examination goals for TE that are more specific and detailed than most other Swedish higher education goals. In addition, each university or university collage must have a programme curriculum for each teacher education programme. These curricula must include the national education goals but also allows for a local focus. In addition to this each course within TE must have a course syllabus. Theses in TE are a significant component of the program. Thesis work allows aspiring teachers to delve deeper into their chosen topic of study, provides an opportunity to explore and contribute to the existing body of knowledge in education (Holmberg, 2006). Throughout the process of completing the thesis, students engage in extensive research, data collection, analysis, and critical thinking to address relevant issues in the field (Råde, 2016; Zackariassson, 2019). By conducting empirical studies or literature reviews students gain valuable insights into teaching profession and practices, curriculum development, educational policies, or other areas of their interest. The thesis work in teacher education not only enhances students' research and analytical skills, it also prepares them to become reflective practitioners who can contribute to the improvement of educational practices and student learning outcomes (Erixon & Erixon Arreman, 2018). Even though thesis work is found advantageous, there has been a discussion among policy makers and researchers in Sweden about the focus and purpose of theses in TE. One orientation has been that theses and thesis work should immerse student teachers with knowledge in education sciences as a basis for the teacher profession (Beach & Bagley, 2013). Another orientation has been that theses should have a connection to teaching and i.e. the vocational dimension of the teaching profession (Karlsudd et al., 2017; Mattsson, 2008; Wernersson & Hansen Orwehag, 2016), while some researchers have highlighted the benefits of integrating these two orientations in relation to thesis work (Erixon & Erixon Arreman, 2018; Råde, 2019). In the 2000s, the quality of theses were seen as a main indicator of the quality of higher education in the governmental evaluations (Swedish National Agency for Higher Education, 2006; Svärd, 2014), which in combination with the increasing prominence of thesis work in TE, contributed to an interest in TE theses in educational research. In recent years the final thesis is not the only quality indicator in these evaluations, as they are combined with self-evaluations by universities; but it is still the case that if final theses have low quality, and if it is not improved in a satisfactory manner the university can lose the right to operate the programme. This gave incentives to TE departments to focus on scientific literacy and research skills in TE during the 2010s, while the vocational dimensions of teacher work were less highlighted in relation to thesis courses (Råde, 2016).

The purpose of this study is to identify orientations of thesis courses in Swedish primary teacher education by an analysis of programme curricula and course syllabi documents.

  • What orientations can be identified in 2023 programme curricula and course syllabi in the thesis courses in 18 Swedish primary teacher education programmes track K–3 and 4–6?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material analysed in this paper consist of programme curricula and course syllabi. Swedish primary teacher education is given at 18 universities or university collages, and they are all included in the empirical material of programme curricula (U1–U18) and course syllabi at the five largest primary teacher education universities in Sweden (U1, U2, U3, U5, U13). The programme curricula (tracks K-3 and 4-6) and course syllabi are public documents, so they were accessible at each university or university collage. We chose programme curricula of Swedish primary teacher education given at 18 universities. A deductive thematic analysis performed made using the four orientations were used to identify to orientations, which knowledge and skills, that was emphasised in the documents (Bergström & Boréus, 2017). Programme curricula covers the entire primary teacher education programme, we selected the parts relating to Independent work 1 and Independent work 2 courses in the document analysis. Course syllabi of final thesis courses (thesis 2) at five universities were analysed as a whole. We chose to analyse course syllabi at five universities; they were chosen because they have large primary teacher education programmes. Concerning the analysis procedure, starting with a holistic reading of the documents we identified key words in each document relating to the orientations and used descriptive statistics to present the results (Börjesson & Nyman, 2023). The key words (table 2) provide a basis for comparisons of differences between the different universities.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis revealed that the Academic orientation was most prominent, 16 programme curricula contained items with an emphasis on subject-matter. This was followed by the Vocational orientation, about half of the curricula (10 of 18) contained items that underline that theses should have a relevance for teacher practice. The Educational science orientation could be identified in a third (6 of 18) of the programme curricula, which emphasised knowledge and skills related to independent research (such as theory and analysis). Few programme curricula (2 of 18) highlighted aspects of the Applying research orientation, such as the ability to find relevant research in relation to a specific problem. However, the in the course syllabi the Educational sciences orientation was most prominent, and the Academic orientation was least prominent. That is, the programme curricula and course syllabi differ in orientation in relation to thesis courses. In this paper presentation we will show the distribution of the orientations and discuss implications for teacher education as well as how future teachers get acquitted with the relevance and use of those for their thesis word. In further research, it would be interested to investigate the role of theory in material used in teacher education courses.
References
Beach, D., & Bagley, C. (2013). Changing professional discourses in teacher education policy back to towards a training paradigm: A comparative study. European Journal of Teacher Education, 36(4), 379-392. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2013.815162
Börjesson, M., & Nyman, R. (2023). Degree projects in Swedish primary teacher education – a content analysis of didactics and topics. Acta Didactica Norden, 17(1), 19 sider. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.9594


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Competencies for Sustainability: Systems Thinking in Initial Teacher Training

Diego Gavilán-Martín, Gladys Merma-Molina, María José Hernández-Amorós, Salvador Baena-Morales

University of Alicante, Spain

Presenting Author: Gavilán-Martín, Diego; Merma-Molina, Gladys

Global organisations linked to education and academia argue that university students need to be agents of change and that, to do so, they need to acquire skills linked to systems thinking; that is, for example, they need to be able to connect ideas, contradictory or incompatible positions, approach problems holistically (OECD, 2018; Ben-Zvi-Assaraf & Knippels, 2022), establish cause-effect networks and identify non-linear relationships and feedback loops (Uskola & Pug, 2023; Hipkins, 2021). This has increased interest in the scientific community, especially in Europe, to investigate and understand systems thinking, especially in chemistry (Reyunders et al., 2023) and engineering (Monat et al., 2022; York et al., 2019). In contrast, there needs to be more research on developing systems thinking skills in the social sciences, specifically in training future teachers. Among the latter, some studies have investigated systems thinking in Primary Education (Feriver et al., 2022; Mambrey et al., 2022), in Secondary Education (Rachmatullah & Wiebe et al., 2022), as well as in postgraduate students in Business Studies, Health Sciences, Education and Natural Sciences (Alm et al., 2022).

In short, systems thinking is increasingly essential for all people and professions because it provides a new way of understanding and managing complex problems (Choudhury, 2022). However, its research is disparate across different fields of natural and medical sciences and exact sciences such as biology, sustainability, medicine, and engineering. While it has yet to be a central theme in any of these fields, discussions are recently being stimulated as systems thinking is being investigated in depth.

Systems thinking is interpreted differently and according to the discipline; however, it is certainly understood as the ability to deal with a complex set of dynamically interacting elements. Moreover, it is almost always counter-intuitive thinking (Green et al., 2022). Based on the above, systems thinking can be understood as a set of skills and a way of thinking that enables people to understand dynamic complexity. People strive to understand and reason about complex systems (Streiling et al., 2021) and to understand how they might solve complex problems as effectively and efficiently as possible.

Future teachers play a fundamental role in students' systems thinking learning as they train the generations of today and tomorrow. Therefore, integrating this competence into university curricula in coordination with other disciplines is urgent. The growing complexity of education and the elements involved in learning requires trainers of trainers to develop the ability to think in systems so that they can pass this on to future teachers. In this way, teachers of children and adolescents could, in turn, develop, in their future professional development, this thinking, which they learnt previously. This study seeks to answer the following research question: What skills related to systems thinking do future teachers have? On this basis, the study aimed to identify and analyse the skills linked to systems thinking in undergraduate and postgraduate university students of education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Considering the research objective, the quantitative approach was used, with a non-experimental and exploratory design.
The study involved 287 students from three degrees in the field of education at the University of Alicante (Spain) (Bachelor's Degree in Early Childhood Education, Bachelor's Degree in Primary Education, Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences) and two Master's Degrees (Master's Degree in Secondary Education Teaching and Master's Degree in Educational Research). Of these, 65.2% were women, 34.5% were men, and one person reported being of another gender. About age, 76% were aged between 18 and 22, 10.5% between 23 and 27, 6.3% between 28 and 32, 3.1% between 33 and 37, and 4.2% over 38. About their studies, 66.2% were students with a Bachelor's Degree in Primary Education, 13.2% had a Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and sports sciences, 13.2% had the Master's Degree in Secondary Education, 3.8% of the Bachelor's Degree in Early Childhood Education and 3.5% of the Master's Degree in Educational Research.
The data collection instrument was the scale proposed and validated by Camelia et al. (2018). This was developed to assess students' learning about systems thinking in engineering students. Therefore, the instrument was adapted to students studying education. The original reliability and validity of the instrument indicated a high internal consistency of the items (Cronbach's alpha of 0.908). After rechecking the internal consistency of the items (Cronbach's alpha 0.87), the final instrument consisted of 19 items. Some of them are:
When I encounter a problem, I use multiple points of view to understand and analyse it; I think I am good at projects and personal organisation; I like to be daring and take risks to solve problems; I prefer to ask questions of my peers rather than research on my own; I enjoy using mind maps, pictures, causal diagrams or graphs to understand problems; when leading a group project, I make it a point to see how the whole project works, rather than focusing only on my tasks; and when working on a joint project, I value the contributions of others to complete the task.
The item values ranged from a minimum score of 1 (Not at all) to 5 (Always).
The questionnaire was created using Google Forms and was answered by the students in an average time of 15 minutes. The collected data were analysed with the statistical package SPSS v. 25 for Windows.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most salient findings show that 79.4% of the participants considered it essential to analyse the specific needs of students before teaching (4.7), followed by 79.1% who said that they would be interested in knowing what the results of their future professional performance would be (4.5). On the other hand, 61.3% said that when working on a joint project, they value the contributions of others (4.2). In comparison, 58.9% of participants said they try to maintain communication with others (4). Similarly, a group of students (58.2%) stated that it is essential to acquire knowledge in areas of knowledge other than their specialisation (e.g. in psychology, sociology, philosophy or educational administration) (4.1). From the above, it can be inferred that the skills linked to systems thinking, which the students most reported having, are related to their professional profile (e.g., identifying students' needs or having communication skills).
Other striking results are that 28.2% of participants said they almost always try to find a quick answer to a problem without investigating further. 20.6% prefer to avoid taking risks to solve a problem, and 32.1% prefer to investigate individually. On the other hand, a group of students say they are not proactive (14.2%), and another considerable group consider themselves to be proactive only sometimes (32.8%). From these data, many students do not have sufficient skills linked to systems thinking or the capacity for future projection. This can be alleviated with relevant training that provides them with a more significant and better understanding of the complexity of the relationships between education, the environment and people (Astaíza-Matínez et al., 2021). A second conclusion is that they have not yet sufficiently developed more instrumental and systemic competencies specifically linked to problem-solving or the transformation of reality. Therefore, these skills must be systematically included in future teachers' curricula.

References
Alm, K., Beery, TH, Eiblmeier, D., & Fahmy, T. (2022). Students’ learning sustainability–implicit, explicit or non-existent: a case study approach on students’ key competencies addressing the SDGs in HEI program. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 23(8), 60-84.

Ben-Zvi Assaraf, O., & Knippels, M.-C. (2022). Lessons learned: Synthesizing approaches that foster understanding of complex biological phenomena. In O. Ben-Zvi Assaraf, & M.-C.  Knippels (Eds.), Fostering understanding of complex systems in biology education (pp. 249–278). Springer.

Camelia, F., Ferris, T. L., & Cropley, D. H. (2018). Development and initial validation of an instrument to measure students' learning about systems thinking: The affective domain. IEEE Systems Journal, 12(1), 115-124.

Choudhury, A. (2022). Toward an ecologically valid conceptual framework for the use of artificial intelligence in clinical settings: need for systems thinking, accountability, decision-making, trust, and patient safety considerations in safeguarding the technology and clinicians. JMIR Human Factors, 9(2), e35421.

Feriver, Ş., Olgan, R., Teksöz, G., & Barth, M. (2022). Impact of early childhood education settings on the systems thinking skills of preschool children through the lens of Bronfenbrenner's theory. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 39(1), 85-103.

Green, C., Molloy, O., & Duggan, J. (2022). An empirical study of the impact of systems thinking and simulation on sustainability education. Sustainability, 14(1), 394.

Mambrey, S., Schreiber, N., & Schmiemann, P. (2022). Young students’ reasoning about ecosystems: The role of systems thinking, knowledge, conceptions, and representation. Research in Science Education, 52(1), 79-98.

Monat, J., Gannon, T., & Amissah, M. (2022). The case for systems thinking in undergraduate engineering education. International Journal of Engineering Pedagogy, 12(3), 50-88.

Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development. (2018). The future of education and skills. Education 2030.

Rachmatullah, A., & Wiebe, E. N. (2022). Building a computational model of food webs: Impacts on middle school students' computational and systems thinking skills. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 59(4), 585-618.

Reynders, M., Pilcher, L. A., & Potgieter, M. (2023). Teaching and Assessing Systems Thinking in First-Year Chemistry. Journal of Chemical Education, 100(3), 1357-1365.

Streiling, S., Hörsch, C., & Rieß, W. (2021). Effects of teacher training in systems thinking on biology students—an intervention study. Sustainability, 13(14), 7631.

Uskola, A., & Puig, B. (2023). Development of systems and futures thinking skills by primary pre-service teachers for addressing epidemics. Research in Science Education, 1-17.
 
17:15 - 18:4511 SES 03 A: Novel Approaches to Language Teaching/Learning in Formal Education
Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ineta Luka
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Undergraduate Students’ Experience of Using Web-based Learning Technologies in Translation Studies

Nijolė Burkšaitienė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Burkšaitienė, Nijolė

Since the beginning of the 21st century, the use of web-based learning technologies has been growing rapidly at all levels of education, higher education included. The growth reached the peak during the COVID-19 pandemic when education institutions worldwide had to move traditional face-to-face teaching online. Therefore, it is not surprising that numerous studies have explored the best practices and challenges of online learning (Adedoyin & Soykan 2023, Baczek et al. 2021, Carrilo & Flores 2020, Mishra et al. 2020, Tam 2022, etc.). Research has been also focused on effective ways of using web-based learning technologies in different fields of study, including engineering, science and business studies (Buzetto-More 2015; Pal & Patra 2021), sports education (van der Berg and de Villiers 2021), teacher training (Kidd & Murray 2020), teaching and learning English for Specific Purposes (ESP) and as a Foreign language (EFL) (Aldukhayel 2021; Alharbi & Meccawy 2020; Allen 2015; Balula et al. 2020; Bradley et al. 2010; McLain 2019, Taskiran et al. 2018; Wang 2015), to mention just a few.

In the field of translator and interpreter education, the most recent research has been carried out in two major streams. The first one has been focused on the use of translation technology and the development of translator and interpreter curriculum and competencies (Braun et al. 2020; Flanagan & Christensen 2014; Kenny & Doherty 2014; Massey & Ehrensberger-Dow 2011; Mellinger 2017; Moorkens 2018; Pym 2013, etc.). The second one has explored effective teaching methods that integrated digital tools in translator and interpreter training as well as analysed trainers’ and trainees’ experience of using such tools (Hirci & Pisanski Peterlin 2020; Lee & Huh 2018; Pisanski Peterlin & Hirci 2014, etc.).

The research literature demonstrates that even though the use of web-based learning technologies has been widely investigated in higher education contexts in many foreign countries, in Lithuanian higher education their use has been under-investigated. Moreover, to the best of our knowledge, no research has been conducted in the field of translator and interpreter training yet. To fill in the gap, the present study set out to gain a deeper understanding of undergraduate translation students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies and the interpretation of their use from the students’ perspective. To this end, two research questions were addressed: (1) what is the undergraduate translation students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies in their studies? and (2) what are the benefits and drawbacks of their use as seen by the students themselves?

In the present study, Bower and Torrington’s (2020) term ‘web-based learning technologies’ is used. It refers to the tools that are used for educational purposes, are freely available and accessible online, and enable their users to create and share digital content. The authors’ typology covers 226 learning technologies organised into 15 clusters, including text-based tools, image-based tools, audio tools, video tools, multimodal production tools, digital storytelling tools, web-site creation tools, knowledge organisation and sharing tools, data analysis tools, 3D modelling tools, coding tools, assessment tools, social networking tools, learning management systems, and web-conferencing tools.

The present research is based on perception theory, the central idea of which is that perception is a process through which knowledge of the objective world is acquired. It is this process that reveals how the interaction between an individual and the world is viewed and understood by that individual (Maund, 2003). This is relevant for the present study as it is through the interaction between the students and the educational technologies they use that the students’ perceptions can be established, which is crucial for further learning and achievement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study was conducted at the end of the spring semester of academic year 2022/2023 at a university in Lithuania with the participation of 34 undergraduate majors (28 female and 6 male students) in translation. The average age of the students during the study was 22.

To address the two research questions, qualitative methodology was chosen. The data for the present research were drawn from the study participants’ essays ‘The role of web-based learning technologies in my studies’. To analyse the data, the method of inductive content analysis was used. According to Elo and Kyngäs (2007), this method enables a researcher to establish content-related categories that reflect different aspects of the phenomenon under analysis. The suitability of inductive content analysis for the present study was supported by the main precondition for its use, i.e., this method of qualitative analysis can be used when the research into the phenomenon is non-existent or fragmented.

The data analysis was conducted following the three stages described by Elo and Kyngäs (2007). During the first / the preparation stage, the study participants’ essays were read several times and the units of analysis relevant to the research questions were selected. During the second stage, open coding was conducted. This process included three steps, such as (i) writing down the headings that reflected all aspects of student-identified benefits and drawbacks and / or challenges of using web-based learning technologies and generating initial categories, (ii) grouping the identified categories under higher order heading, (3) naming each category and identifying and grouping subcategories. Finally, during the third stage, each subcategory was illustrated by samples selected from the students’ essays.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the present study allow to draw the general conclusion that the undergraduate translation students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies was both positive and negative. More specifically, it was established that most students perceived it as being both beneficial and challenging, a small minority considered it being exclusively positive and one student named it as being a negative experience.

The inductive content analysis resulted in the identification of two major categories that reflected the student-identified benefits and drawbacks and / or challenges of using web-based learning technologies. The former category covers five subcategories, such as a positive impact of web-based learning technologies on one’s learning, on the access to educational resources, on time economy, on one’s transferable skills, and on one’s health.

The latter category covers seven subcategories that reflect the student-perceived drawbacks and / or challenges of using web-based learning technologies in their studies. These include the negative impacts of using technologies on one’s physical and mental health, on one’s social life, information reliability-related challenges, distractions, the risk of academic cheating, cybersecurity risks, and technical challenges arising while using web-based learning technologies.
The limitation of the present study is its sample  size, which does not allow for wide-scale generalisations. Yet, its conclusions are important as, on the one hand, they provide an insight into the undergraduate students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies in translation studies. On the other hand, the research revealed the benefits and drawbacks and / or challenges of using such technologies from the students’ perspective. The findings of the present research are comparable with the results established by researchers in other countries. In this way, they contribute to the scarce international research conducted in the field by deepening our understanding of and expanding our knowledge about it.

References
1.Adedoyin, Olasile, and Emrah Soykan. 2023. Covid-19 Pandemic and Online Learning: The Challenges and Opportunities. Interactive Learning Environments, 31 (2), 863-875. DOI:10.1080/10494820.2020.1813180.
2.Balula, Ana,  Ciro Martins, Marco Costa, and Fábio Marques. 2020. Mobile Betting – Learning Business English Terminology Using MALL. Teaching English with Technology, 20 (5), 6–22. http://www.tewtjournal.org.
3.Bower, Matt, and Jodie Torrington. 2020. Typology of Free Web-based Learning Technologies (2020). Technical Report, April 2020, 1-15. DOI:10.13140/RG.2.2.11064.16647.
4.Braun, Sabine, Elena Davitti, and Caterine Slater. 2020. ‘It’s Like Being in Bubbles’: Affordances and Challenges of Virtual Learning Environments for Collaborative Learning in Interpreter Education. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 14 (3), 259-278. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2020.1800362.
5.Aldukhayel, Dukhayel. 2021. Vlogs in L2 Listening: EFL Learners’ and Teachers’ Perceptions. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 34 (8), 1085-1104. DOI:10.1080/09588221.2019.1658608.
6.Elo, S. and Kyngäs, H. (2007). The Qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115. DOI:10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x.
7.Flanagan, Marian, and Tina Paulsen Christensen. 2014. Testing Post-editing Guidelines: How Translation Trainees Interpret Them and How to Taylor Them for Translator Training Purposes. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 8 (2), 257-275. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2014.936111.
8.Hirci, Nataša, and Agnes Pisanski Peterlin. 2020. Face-to-face and Wiki Revision in Translator Training.  The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 14 (1), 38-57. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2019.1688066.
9.Kenny, Dorothy, and Stephen Doherty. 2014. Statistical Machine Translation in the Translation Curriculum: Overcoming Obstacles and Empowering Translators. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 8 (2), 276-294. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2014.936112.
10.Lee, Jieun, and Jiun Huh. 2018. Why not Go Online?: A Case Study of Blended Mode Business Interpreting and Translation Certificate Program. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 12 (4), 444-466. DOI:1750399X.2018.1540227.
11.Massey, Gary, and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow. 2011. Technical and Instrumental Competence in the Translator’s Workplace: Using Process Research to Identify Educational and Ergonomic Needs, ILCEA, 14. 2011. doi.org/ 10.4000/ilcea.1060.
12.Maund, Barry. 2003. Perceptions. Routledge. DOI:10.4324/978131571063
13.Moorkens, Joss. 2018. What to Expect from Neural Machine Translation: A Practical In-class Translation Evaluation Exercise. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 12 (4), 375-387. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2018.1501639.
14.Pisanski Peterlin, Agnes, and Nataša Hirci.  2014. It's a Wiki World: Collaboration in Translator Training. Journal of Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1, 5-15.
15.Pym, Anthony. 2013. Translation Skill-sets in a Machine Translation Age. Meta, 58 (3), 487-503. DOI:10.7202/1025047ar.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Global Perspectives on Hybrid Learning in a Higher Educational Institution

Valerija Drozdova

Turiba University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Drozdova, Valerija

Higher education has experienced changes in recent years, characterized by a shift towards digitalization and online learning existing simultaneously alongside a synchronous in-person form of studies. This change was influenced by the unprecedented challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic that have led to the discussion about the future of educational models in a post-pandemic world. The rapid adoption of various online learning approaches raised questions among academia regarding the most effective and applicable forms of education, especially in the context of international students in a university setting.

The present research focuses on the changes in educational strategies from face-to-face (F2F) or in-person style of learning to a hybrid study approach (Munday, 2022) that combines both F2F and online forms in a post-pandemic era. It investigates the benefits and challenges of hybrid English language learning at Turiba University in Latvia, which has been a globally-focused institution for over fifteen years with 43% international students (Turiba University Handbook, 2022).

Students, as observed by Gu and Huang (2022), have had to adjust to the new modes of education which include not only adapting to Webex, Zoom, or other online teaching platforms but also engaging in digitally realized collaborative learning approaches.

The theoretical framework of the research is based on the theories about different forms of online teaching and learning (OTL), in particular a hybrid style.

The objective of the present study was to conduct a typological examination of the extensive terminology used to describe different methods of online learning styles, specifically focusing on the hybrid style of education. The study looks at the hybrid form of education from an interdisciplinary point of view, integrating such fields as language study, pedagogy, communication studies, and intercultural communication.

Increased empirical attention was paid to the study of different forms of education and approaches used during the COVID-19 pandemic from 2021 to 2023. Such concepts as online teaching, online education (Shrestha et al., 2021; Zhao and Xue, 2023), online learning (Gu and Huang, 2021), e-learning education (Bi et al., 2023), eLearning (Matete et al., 2023), online teaching and learning (OTL) (Scherer, et al., 2021, 2023), blended learning (Ashraf et al., 2022(a), Yu et al., 2022; Huang et al., 2022; Luka, 2022, 2023; Tonbuloğlu and Tonbuloğlu, 2023), bLearning (blended learning) (Galvi and Carvajal, 2022), hybrid coaching (Fidan et al., 2022), hybrid learning (Wang, 2023; Kortemeyer et al., 2023; Munday, 2022), hyflex instruction (Lohmann, et al., 2021), flipped learning (van Alten et al., 2021; Chen and Hsu, 2022), flipped classroom (FC) (Divjak, 2022), dual-mode teaching (Olsen-Reeder, 2021), remote teaching (Moser et al., 2021), and emergency remote teaching (ERT) (Yang, 2023; Sum et al., 2022), among others, were encountered and were often used to denote similar things. Although there was a rich study of education realized with the help of technological devices, there is a lack of one clear source where all definitions are provided. This terminological diversity may cause misunderstandings, so the author attempted to make the classification of them.

Academic personnel in the context of hybrid style are information curators and facilitators who must be trusted, prepared, present online, and accessible to students, whereas the role of a student is to be open, self-directed, community-oriented, and prepared (Carrasco, 2015:22-23).

The main benefits of this approach for students are that it “opens the doors to disconnected, less-privileged students who lack connectivity and financing to engage”; and gives “educational opportunity to those who would otherwise be excluded from traditional higher education system” (Gamage, 2022), as well as “helps to practice internationalization at home” (Gu and Huang 2022:2) and thus allows students to “effectively end their education” (Gamage, 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical framework was designed based on the systematic analysis of over 50 sources of information published from 2020 to 2023.
Qualitative research included the observation of English for Special Purposes (ESP) lectures for the course "English for Business Studies" during the second semester of the academic year 2022/2023 with students from the Faculty of Business Administration. It involved semi-structured interviews with both online and in-class students enrolled in the course. The experience described in this article spans from the last phase of the COVID-19 Pandemic (starting from September 2022) to the beginning of the post-pandemic era in June 2023, focusing on the hybrid style learning of ESP by international students.
The research period was from January to June 2023. The plan and procedure included the collection of theoretical data, observation and analysis of lectures by the author, and the development of a questionnaire.
Participants were 35 students from such countries as India, Sri Lanka, Ukraine, and Uzbekistan. Some students were physically located in Latvia, attending classes F2F on-campus (Munday, 2022), while others studied online from their home country for various reasons. Some students arrived in Latvia later and joined F2F classes, and occasionally, F2F students attended lectures online due to personal reasons, e.g., sickness. All teaching was conducted synchronously. Online students attended lectures using the Cisco Webex platform, which was Turiba University's official teaching platform. Communication also occurred through email, WhatsApp, and BATIS (Turiba University's internal information system).
The research questions guiding this study stem from a need to clarify the confusion surrounding the variety of terminology used in online education. A key task was to differentiate and compile a comprehensive table of methods, their descriptions, respective authors, and years of implementation. This compilation serves as a foundation for understanding the evolution and nuances of online learning methodologies, particularly the hybrid style, in the globalized context of higher education.
The aim of the study was to develop a taxonomy of the vast terminology used to denote similar concepts in online teaching and learning; to study the theoretical background of hybrid learning; and to distinguish the advantages and drawbacks of the hybrid approach used for teaching ESP, looking at it from an interdisciplinary perspective.
The major limitation of the research was the small sample size – a limited number of students participated in the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The hybrid style proved to be a viable approach in post-pandemic realities in the internationalized context of tertiary education when there is high student e-readiness, including self-motivation and self-control. The major challenge that the researcher encountered in hybrid-style lectures was the heterogeneous, multi-layered form of communication among all stakeholders that requires careful management and observation on behalf of a lecturer; a necessity to introduce instructions and rules of behavior for unexpected situations (for example, loss of internet connection, sound deficiencies, misunderstandings on behalf of online students).
Interview results showed that students perceive benefits in a hybrid approach, while also facing distinct challenges.
The majority considered that a hybrid style is time-saving; benefits from an increase in access to learning and flexibility of studies; and allows some students from underprivileged regions to have access to a safer learning environment, simultaneously having communication with groupmates and academic personnel online.
The following challenges in the process of interacting online were indicated: the lack of eye contact and reduced participation in group discussions; occasional difficulty in sharing work between F2F and online students; and occasional loss of concentration.
The challenges noted from the intercultural perspective included diverse teaching and learning styles; pronunciation; understanding different accents of students from various cultural groups and time zone differences; and the digital divide.
Difficulties noted in learning foreign languages via the hybrid teaching approach included differences in students’ language knowledge and the inability to build perfect synergy between students.
Technical difficulties experienced by students included connectivity and infrastructure problems, such as lack of electricity, disconnection of the Internet, and the digital divide. Respondents noted that the hybrid approach allowed them to develop self-confidence, communicative and cooperation skills; improved their active listening, making them more culturally aware, and breaking cultural barriers.

References
Ashraf, M.A., Mollah, S., Perveen, S., Shabnam, N., & Nahar, L. (2022). Pedagogical applications, prospects, and challenges of blended learning in Chinese higher education: A Systematic Review. Frontiers in Psychology.
Bi, J., Javadi, M., & Izadpanah, S. (2023). The comparison of the effect of two methods of face-to-face and e-learning education on learning, retention, and interest in the English language course. Education and Information Technologies.
Divjak, B., Rienties, B., Iniesto, F., Vondra, P.& Žižak,M. (2022). Flipped classrooms in higher education during the COVID-19 pandemic: findings and future research recommendations, International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education.
Dörnyei, Z. (2007) Research Methods in Applied Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Gamage, K.A.A., Gamage, A. & Shyama C. P. Dehideniya, S.C.P. (2022). Online and hybrid teaching and learning: Enhance effective student engagement and experience, Education Sciences. https://doi.org/ 10.3390/educsci12100651
Gil, E., Mor, Y., Dimitriadis, Y., & Köppe, C. (2022). Hybrid Learning Spaces. Springer.
Gu, M.M. & Huang, C.F. (2022). Transforming habitus and recalibrating capital: University students’ experiences in online learning and communication during the COVID-19 pandemic, Linguistics and Education.
Moser, K.M., Wei, T. & Brenner, D. (2021). Remote teaching during COVID-19: Implications from a national survey of language educators. System.
Munday, D. (2022). Hybrid pedagogy and learning design influences in a higher education context. Studies in Technology Enhanced Learning
Olsen Reeder, V.I. (2022). Dual mode teaching in the language classroom: Reconciling the pandemic, equity, and the future of quality language teaching pedagogy. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies.
Scherer,R., Siddiq,F.,  Howard,S.H. & Tondeur, J. (2023). The more experienced, the better prepared? New evidence on the relation between teachers’ experience and their readiness for online teaching and learning. Computers in Human Behavior.
Smith C.W. & Arnott, S. (2022). “Frencteachers can figure it out: Understanding French as a second language (FSL). Teachers’ work in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics.
Uysal, M. & Çağanağa, K. (2022). Opinions of teachers on distance education applications in English language teaching. Policies in Northern Cyprus during the COVID-19 pandemic. Frontiers in Psychology.
Van Alten, D.C.D, Phielix, C., Janssen, J., & Kester, L. (2021). Secondary students’ online self-regulated learning during flipped learning: A latent profile analysis. Computers in Human Behavior.
Wang, L. (2023). Starting university during the pandemic: First-year international students’ complex transitions under online and hybrid-learning conditions. Frontiers in Psychology.
Turiba University Handbook for International Students
 https://www.turiba.lv/storage/files/bat-international-handbook-2022_2.pdf
 
17:15 - 18:4513 SES 03 A: Creations, Transformations, Dreams and Education
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elisabet Langmann
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Rethinking Critical-Creative Skills Training in Primary School: The Contribution of John Dewey's Though

Francesca Pileggi

Università di Torino, Italy

Presenting Author: Pileggi, Francesca

The new generations will be increasingly called upon with urgency and intensity to manage complex global challenges (Ceruti & Bellusci, 2023; Morin, 2020), among which at least three emerge as priorities: the ecological challenge, the social challenge and the technological challenge.

The first challenge brings to attention the progressive growth of social and economic inequalities and conflicts affecting various parts of the planet (Latouche, 2003; Raworth, 2017). The second challenge is related to the environmental crisis resulting from the indiscriminate exploitation of natural resources by human beings (Almond, Grooten & Petersen, 2020; Lewis & Maslin, 2019). The third challenge is represented by the risks associated with digital disruption and the pervasiveness of Artificial Intelligence in our daily lives (Floridi, 2020, 2017; Mitchell, 2022).

These challenges are without equal not only in terms of their content but also in their scope. They project a scenario of self-annihilation of humanity due to the disastrous impacts of its own activities on the planet and the improper and thoughtless use of increasingly advanced and powerful technologies (De Toni, Marzano & Vianello, 2022; Kolbert, 2014).

In order to the new generations to deal with these challenges and prevent their potential "destructive" consequences, they need to be educated to acquire a specific type of skills: critical-creative skills (Maccarini, 2021; UNESCO 2021). Indeed, skills with a greater critical component (conscientiousness and sense-making) allow understanding current challenges in their problematic aspects, recognizing potentialities as well (Lee & Qiufan, 2023). Skills with a greater creative component (creativity and openness to experience) enable imagining and charting new trajectories to constructively manage the challenges and guide them ethically and morally (Barone et al., 2014).

The urgency of this education is recognized by studies on the subject at the European level (Cinque, Carretero & Napieral, 2021; Heckman & Kautz, 2017). In this regard, the current theoretical-conceptual overview on critical-creative skills is very diverse. Consider, for example, the Big Five model (OECD, 2014) and the dimensions of conscientiousness and openness to experience. These refer respectively to the ability to embrace changes and the unknown with emotional balance and mental flexibility and the ability to engage with experience in a divergent, curious, creative and open manner. Or think about the Life Skills model (Kennedy et. al, 2014; WHO, 1994) and creativity, understood as the ability to flexibly approach different situations, find solutions and formulate original ideas. Finally, consider the Future Work Skills model (IFTF, 2011) and sense-making, which is the ability to perceive the meaning and understand the deep relationships that connect phenomena and situations, determining one's orientation toward one choice rather than another.

In spite of the fact that critical-creative skills are well-known and widespread in current studies, a closer and more critical examination reveals at least three levels of problematic issues: paradigmatic, content-based, and methodological (Chiosso, 2021; Brush et al., 2022). The first level concerns the paradigms within which critical-creative skills are currently defined and systematized, paradigms that essentially emphasize their functionality with respect to socio-economic needs rather than their significance for the social emancipation of human beings. The second level concerns the flattening of critical-creative skills onto the present and the consequent excessive relevance given to managing problems to be solved immediately, in a logic of the subject's uncritical adaptation and integration into the context. The third level concerns the educational methodology through which skills are promoted in primary schools, where studies highlight weaknesses in terms of effectiveness.

In light of these problems, this paper aims to answer the following question: can the work of John Dewey contribute to the current debate on critical-creative skills, providing meaningful conceptual and methodological insights to overcome current issues?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
John Dewey, one of the most significant philosophical-pedagogical voices of the last century, at the beginning of the 1900s focused on the importance of the early development of critical-creative transversal “skills”/“attitudes”/“capacities” (“judgment”, “critical thinking”, “self-control”, “curiosity”, “initiative”) (Dewey, 1930, 1938) that enable children to manage the challenges posed by society. He also worked on defining the most favorable educational approaches for acquiring these skills, in particular critical-creative skills.
Specifically, some of Dewey's works and essays not only address the "skills issue", but more specifically, they offer valuable conceptual and methodological indications for overcoming the three levels of problematic issues highlighted above: paradigmatic, content-based, and methodological.
Regarding the paradigmatic level, Dewey's pragmatism offers a foundational structure of particular relevance for a better and more meaningful balance between functional social integration in the context and the personal emancipation of the individual. Just considering works like Experience and Education (1938) and Individualism old and new (1930). In particular, in the latter Dewey clarifies that the “originality and uniqueness are not opposed to social nurture; they are saved by it from eccentricity and escape. The positive and constructive energy of individuals, as manifested in the remaking and redirection of social forces and conditions, is itself a social necessity” (Dewey,1999[1930], p. 69).
As for the content-based level, Dewey's thought, with particular regard to the works Reconstruction in philosophy (1920), Individualism old and new (1930) and Art as experience (1934), allows focusing on a possible area of critical-creative skills that includes the tension to aspire to ideal issues, overcoming the current emphasis on immediacy. Skills recognized by Dewey himself as “weak” already in the 1920s, according to what is stated in the work Reconstruction in philosophy (Dewey, 1995[1920], p. 164).
Regarding the methodological level, the critical-creative aspect of skills can find a privileged educational space in quality aesthetic experiences. Experiences on which Dewey offers significant insights in a widespread way, for example, in Art as Experience (1934), Experience and Education (1938), Experience, Nature and Art (1925), How We Think (1910). The aesthetic experience allows human beings to fully exercise their sensibilities and judgment in order to become increasingly aware of the meaning of their actions also in relation to reality and others, until “the natural and the cultivated blend in one” and “acts of social intercourse” become “works of art” (Dewey, 1934, p. 63).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The guidance provided by Dewey's works regarding the three levels of problematic issues (paradigmatic, content-based and methodological) allows for the introduction of new proposals aimed at advancing the current theoretical-practical approach with respect to critical-creative skills.
For the first proposal, connected to the paradigmatic level, Dewey's thought allows us to focus on one of the elements within which a renewed paradigm of critical-creative skills should be articulated: the synthesis between the material and the ideal (Dewey, 1920). The current paradigms within which skills are systematized insist only on their material component, making them subservient to socio-economic needs. Although the material component is not to be excluded, it has to be placed within a relationship of interdependence with the component of ideality, which opens the skills to the imagination, to the spiritual and visionary dimensions, which are central in critical-creative skills.
With regard to the second proposal, connected to the content-based level, Dewey’s studies allow us to advance and support the proposal for a new skill that no current system identifies and that we could call aspiring skill (Dewey, 1938). The ability to aspire to ideals is that particular capacity that allows human beings to stop their immediate impulses related to the present in order to observe, know and discern reality thoroughly, recognizing different meanings and possibilities of transformation.
Regarding the third proposal, connected to the methodological level, Deweyan studies enable the exploration of a new field of training, currently not particularly explored, that is aesthetic education (Dewey, 1934). The fields most recurring in the skills training in primary schools are linked today especially to cooperative learning and circle time, which often present limits in training reflexive-creative skills. The aesthetic education is instead specifically dedicated to create formative spaces generative of new ideas, dreams, and hopes for the future.

References
Brush, K.E., Jones S.M., Bailey, R., Nelson, B., Raisch, N., & Meland, E. (2022). Social and Emotional Learning: From Conceptualization to Practical Application. In J. DeJaeghere & E. Murphy-Graham. Life Skills Education for Youth. Critical perspectives. Berlin: Springer, 43–71.
Chiosso, G., Poggi, A.M., & Vittadini, G. (2021). Viaggio nelle character skills. Persone, relazioni, valori. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Cinque, M., Carretero, S., & Napierala, J. (2021). Non-cognitive skills and other related concepts: towards a better understanding of similarities and differences, JRC Working Papers on Labour, Education and Technology. Seville: European Commission.
Dewey, J. (1950). Aesthetic Experience as a Primary Phase and as an Artistic Development. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, IX (1), 56–58.
Dewey, J. (1963[1938]). Experience and Education. New York: Collier Books.
Dewey, J. (1935). Foreword. In A.C. Barnes & V. De Mazia. The Art of Renoir. New York: The Barnes Foundation Press, VII–X.
Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience. New York: Minton, Balch & Company.
Dewey, J. (1999[1930]). Individualism old and new. New York: Prometheus Books.
Dewey, J. (1926). Individuality and Experience. Journal of the Barnes Foundation, II (1), 1–6.
Dewey, J. (2023[1925]). Esperienza, natura e arte. In John Dewey. Arte, educazione, creatività. Edited by F. Cappa. Milan: Feltrinelli Editore.
Dewey, J. (1995[1920]). Reconstruction in philosophy. New York: Mentor Book.
Dewey, J. (2008[1911]). Art in Education. In The Collected Works of John Dewey. The Middle Works, 1899-1924, vol. 6 (375–379). Edited by J.A. Boydston. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.
Dewey, J. (1910). How We Think. New York: D.C. Heath and Co.
Dewey, J. (1900). The School and Society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Floridi, L. (2020). Pensare l’infosfera. La filosofia come design concettuale. Milan: Raffaello Cortina Editore.
Heckman, J.J., & Kautz, T. (2017). Formazione e valutazione del capitale umano. L’importanza dei «character skills» nell’apprendimento scolastico. Bologna: Il Mulino.
IFTF. Institute For The Future (2020). Future work skills.
Maccarini, A.M. (2021). L’educazione socio-emotiva. Character skills, attori e processi nella scuola primaria. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Morin, E. (2020). Cambiamo strada. Le 15 lezioni del Coronavirus. Milan: Raffaello Cortina Editore.
OECD. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2014). Fostering and Measuring Skills Improving Cognitive and Non-cognitive Skills to Promote Lifetime Success.
UNESCO. International Commission on the Futures of Education (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education.
World Health Organization. Division of Mental Health (1994). Life skills education for children and adolescents in schools.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

“The Stuff That Dreams Are Made Of” ? Foucault on Dreaming, Imagination, World, and Freedom

Wiebe Koopal, Alexander Pessers

KULeuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Koopal, Wiebe; Pessers, Alexander

At a certain point in his work on cinema Gilles Deleuze dramatically exclaims that in today’s world it is no longer the belief in God which is metaphysically most at stake, but the belief in the world itself. Under the sway of neoliberal capitalism, he analyzes, the world is literally sold off in so many prepackaged, reproducible clichés that it has become nearly impossible to believe that there is such a ‘thing’ as a world to be encountered, let alone a common world in which we can still genuinely encounter each other, let alone other-than-human forms of existence. This shocking analysis echoes many concerns of contemporary education and educational theory. If, according to time-honoured understandings, education precisely consists in the possibility of involving new generations in the shaping of a common world, then education seems to be under serious in recent years, when the truth of Deleuze’s analysis has become particularly acute in the confrontation with climate change and other global crises. And while these do not always leave us (and especially the younger generations) unaffected—the ongoing polarization seems proof to the contrary—one may wonder to what extent such affects automatically harbour the necessary imagination to generate new, common beliefs in the world. Fueled primarily by the uncompromising and exclusionary matter-of-factness of modern science (“there is no planet B”), they often appear still very much in need of an education premised on practices of renewed and affirmative ‘worldly’ imagination.

Where Deleuze himself already formulates his critical diagnosis in the context of a wider reflection on the potential emancipatory significance of modern cinema, many scholars in the past decade have thought and written about the educational potentiality of all sorts of aesthetic practices to foster such new imagination. Without wanting to discredit those attempts, we propose to take a step back in our paper, and delve into an interesting and rather unexplored avenue for developing a more fundamental and nuanced understanding of human imagination as generative of belief in a common world. This seems all the more justified in light of the well-known problem of the neoliberal capture of imagination in education, whereby imagination is reduced to a capitalizable skill or utopian image. More specifically we propose a close pedagogical reading of one of the earliest and least read works by Michel Foucault: Dream, Imagination, and Existence (1954). In this introduction to his French translation of Ludwig Binswanger’s existential-psychoanalytic essay Traum und Existenz (1930), Foucault makes the bold and thought-provoking claim that dreaming is the foundational act of imagination (rather than just a variety). By extension, according to Foucault all imagination, c.q., imagination as such, can only be understood through the dream—the analysis of which he believed Binswanger had undertaken in a more compelling, existentially relevant way than Freud (whose notion of wish-fulfillment he largely dismisses).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
What makes Foucault’s reading of Binswanger particularly relevant to the earlier voiced concerns about imagination of a common world, is that it mainly revolves around the antinomic Heracilitean conceptual pair of "koinos kosmos", the common, shared world of the waking, and the "idios kosmos", the own ‘idiot’ world of the dreamer. Though dreaming affords the subject an irreducible, idiosyncratic experience of radical freedom vis-à-vis the given, common world and its inevitable constraints—even, or in the first place, on our imagination—it nevertheless always appears but a disappointing pseudo-freedom in the end, which does not concern our actual, waking existence in that same common world. Hence the ambivalence of the typically neoliberal, sloganesque appeal to dreams and dreaming today, also in education. And yet, Foucault persists, as a genuine experience, dreaming does concern a real world, albeit a virtual, imaginary quasi-world that does not necessarily have much ‘in common’ with the actual world. Moreover, in such a world the subject is not at all free in a purely laissez-faire way; its radical freedom is rather found through (the witnessing of) our own subjection to objective ‘worldly’ constraints that are themselves dreamed up. If this freedom does still involve a “working on the limits” imposed on our existence (as Foucault would later define freedom in What is Enlightenment?), its work remains profoundly ambivalent, and in no way easy, with the possibility of the nightmare always looming large. Just as the "koinos kosmos" can be a ‘living nightmare’ in which dreaming and imagination become impossible, as we so often seem to experience today, so the "idios kosmos" of the dream can turn into a narcissistic and maddening mirror palace, that bars us from all access to a common world, and from the liberating work on its limits.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
What we want to highlight is the correspondence between the essential structures of the dream and what education could entail in terms of 'worldly imagination'. Hereby we do not want to revert into a notion of dreaming in relation to education by which education should carry out new (and better) images of what the common world should be. Rather, we want to follow Foucault when he says that dreaming proposes an iconoclastic imagination, which affords us the radical freedom to 'burst' through existing, inherited images of the world. For Foucault, who also expands on Sartre here, the subject of the dream is ultimately the whole dream: not merely series of images but the existential freedom of consciousness to break through images, thereby generating a movement-a movement that can also spin out of control and hence puts the conscious subject at risk. It is in coming to terms with this intimate, fragile experience that a profound educational significance can come to the fore, that regards the possibility of new encounters with the world, as an uncommonly common world. Education in this sense is not simply about the creation of new utopian images and transmitting them, seeing itself as constitution a common world; rather it is the pulling away from images, and/or the bursting through them.
References
Binswanger, L., & Foucault, M. ([1954] 1993). Dream and Existence (K. Hoeller, Trans.). Humanities Press.
Deleuze, G. (1989). Cinema 2: the Time-Image (H. Tomlinson, Trans.). Athlone.
de Warren, N. (2012). The Third Life of Subjectivity: Towards a Phenomenology of Dreaming. In: R. Breeur, U. Melle (Eds.) Life, Subjectivity & Art. Phaenomenologica, vol 201. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-2211-8_19
Freire, P. (2007). Daring to Dream: Toward a Pedagogy of the Unfinished (A. Oliveira, Trans.). Routledge.
Sartre, J.-P. ([1940] 2004). The Imaginary: Phenomenological Psychology of the Imagination (J. Webber, Trans.). Routledge.
Swillens, V., & Vlieghe, J. (2020). Finding Soil in an Age of Climate Trouble: Designing a New Compass for Education with Arendt and Latour. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1019–1031. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12462
Todd, S. (2020). Creating Aesthetic Encounters of the World, or Teaching in the Presence of Climate Sorrow. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1110–1125. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12478
Wulf, C. (2003). The Dream of Education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 35(3), 263–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270305530


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

"Education as Transformation": A Pedagogical Exploration of Contemporary Literary Representations

Bianca Thoilliez

U. Autónoma de Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: Thoilliez, Bianca

In this paper, I aim to continue my ongoing dialogue with the Arendtian fifth principle of the Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy: "From education for citizenship to love for the world." Here, the authors assert that it is imperative "to acknowledge and affirm that there is good in the world that is worth preserving" (Hodgson et al., 2017, p. 19), offering a hopeful recognition of the world. According to Arendt (1961), education entails the intergenerational transmission of what is worthy of preservation in our world. Thus, the essence of education primarily constitutes a conservative endeavour, yet one that must always remain receptive to the unforeseen autonomy of the new generation in determining its course. Each preceding generation hopes that what is valued within the transmitted knowledge will be esteemed and cherished by the succeeding one. However, there remains the perennial question of how the younger generation will respond, both at the collective or communal level and on an individual basis.

I am intrigued by both aspects of the conservation-transformation continuum, which I believe are fundamental to the essence of education: there exists, on one hand, a conservative impulse that drives the older generation to pass on knowledge/culture/habits to the younger generation, while, on the other hand, any legacy (regardless of its nature and perceived value) can always be rejected by the new generation. There are occasions when such rejection may seem like a misstep on the part of the newer generation, making it tempting to attribute blame or perceive an educational failure because the gift of knowledge was refused or contested. However, there are also instances where rejecting what was bestowed upon the new generation is presented as the essence of a truly (transformative) educational experience. In such cases, education seems to succeed precisely because it initiates a life-changing process for the individual that involves rejecting her own traditions and evolving into someone different from what was expected within the confines of a particular tradition.

In past occasions, I have explored scenarios that unfold when circumstances take a downturn, when thing-centred pedagogy (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2019) is pushed to its limits, when a teacher's profound affection for the world (reflected in curriculum content) is spurned and fundamentally scrutinized; when the intended momentum of transmission fails to materialize as anticipated; when it truly embraces whatever direction the new generation chooses to steer it towards (Thoilliez, 2020; Wortmann & Thoilliez, 2024). But these scenarios depicted instances where the rejection of transmitted knowledge by the new generation was viewed negatively (e.g., the contemporary resurgence of creationist explanations for the origin of human life on Earth versus the more established and scientifically supported theories of evolution). What I would like to explore further now in this paper are other contrasting scenarios, extensively present in contemporary literature, where what appears to be educational is the rejection of what was passed on to the new generation, where the rejection of traditions is depicted as a positive step stemming from the new generation’s improved judgment and their ability to be transformed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
After having established the general framework of the paper, I will briefly review current literature produced by contemporary educational theorists on the transformative powers of educational enterprises. As stated by Paul & Quiggin (2020; as well as Yacek, et al., 2020; and others), a transformative experience alters both the individual’s understanding and her sense of self. It could be a sudden, intense event or a gradual but significant shift that profoundly affects how you see the world and who you are. Crucially, such experiences involve encountering something entirely new to them. When a transformation occurs as intended, it leads to a revelation and a personal evolution: a novel experience that reshapes the individual’s understanding so fundamentally that it changes her core preferences and the direction of her life. Experiencing something new leads to a unique kind of learning and understanding, which in turn triggers a specific type of cognitive transformation. This expansion of understanding would unlock new insights about life, ultimately reshaping values, beliefs, and desires, resulting in life-changing transformations. Transformative experiences would be those that deeply and fundamentally change both the individual’s understanding and self.
I will then proceed with my pedagogical analysis of how contemporary literature portrays transformative educational experiences, focusing on individual versus communal-based transformations and featuring young female characters over male characters. My literary sources will include works by prize-winning novelists such as Annie Ernaux’s La Place (1983) and La Honte (1997), as well as materials from Deborah Feldman's Unorthodox, and other best-selling authors like Caitlin Moran (2014) and Tara Westober (2018). By engaging with these works, I aim to show how educational theories are not only generated and reshaped within academic circles but also in broader cultural spheres. This underscores the importance of developing pedagogy with a small “p”, attentive to how educational experiences are being represented in literary works.
These new types of “Bildungsroman” offer a specific kind of coming-of-age narrative that depicts transformations of young female protagonists as they approach maturity. These coming-of-age journey are shaped by their rejections, escapes, and dismissals of the traditions they originate from, be they related to social class, religious upbringing, or unschooling experiences. Motivated by a blend of innate curiosity and rebellious spirit, the nature and depth of which varies depending on the literary abilities of the authors, these characters are nurtured by unexpected and unsystematic encounters with new cultural elements that instigate profound transformations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper explores the dynamics of the conservation-transformation continuum in education particularly, as they underscore the complex interplay between tradition and innovation. On one hand, there is an inherent responsibility for the older generation to transmit knowledge, culture, and customs to the younger generation. This conservative impulse stems from a desire to preserve valuable aspects of society and ensure continuity across generations. Yet, this transmission is not always seamless, as the younger generation may choose to reject or challenge certain aspects of the inherited legacy. In examining instances of rejection, it is crucial to recognize that such actions can often be misunderstood. While it may appear as a failure of education when the new generation refuses to accept the knowledge imparted to them, it can also signify a well-needed scepticism and critical engagement with inherited beliefs and practices. This rejection is not necessarily indicative of ignorance or disrespect; rather, it reflects a willingness to question and reassess established norms in pursuit of progress and growth. Moreover, these moments of rejection can serve as catalysts for transformative educational experiences. By challenging entrenched traditions, individuals can redefine their identities and forge new paths. This process of rejecting the old in favour of the new can lead to profound personal growth and societal evolution, highlighting the dynamic nature of education as a vehicle for change. In essence, while the conservation of knowledge and traditions is essential for preserving cultural heritage, the transformative power of rejecting the old cannot be overlooked. It is through this dialectical relationship between conservation and transformation that education continues to evolve. The paper will explore this by studying the contemporary literary fascination with portraying educational experiences as transformative.
References
Arendt, H. (1961). The crisis in education. In H. Arendt, Between past and future: Eight exercises in political thought (pp. 173-196). The Viking Press.
Curren, R. (2020). Transformative Valuing. Educational Theory, 70(5), 581-601. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12445
Ernaux, A. (1997). La honte. Gallimard.
Ernaux, A. (1983). La place. Gallimard.
Feldman, D. (2012). Unorthodox: The Scandalous Rejection of My Hasidic Roots. Simon & Schuster.
Gordon, J.R. (2020). Solving the Self-Transformation Puzzle: The Role of Aspiration. Educational Theory, 70(5), 617-632. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12447
Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2017). Manifesto for a post-critical pedagogy. punctum books.
Kemp, R.S. (2020). Lessons in Self-Betrayal: On the Pitfalls of Transformative Education. Educational Theory, 70: 603-616. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12446
Koller, H.-C. (2020), Problems and Perspectives of a Theory of Transformational Processes of Bildung. Educational Theory, 70(5), 633-651. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12448
Moran, C. (2014). How to build a girl. Ebury press.
Murdoch, D., English, A.R., Hintz, A. & Tyson, K. (2020). Feeling Heard: Inclusive Education, Transformative Learning, and Productive Struggle. Educational Theory, 70(5), 653-679. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12449
Paul, L.A. & Quiggin, J. (2020). Transformative Education. Educational Theory, 70(5), 561-579. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12444
Pugh, K., Kriescher, D., Cropp, S., & Younis, M. (2020), Philosophical Groundings for a Theory of Transformative Experience. Educational Theory, 70(5), 539-560. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12443
Thoilliez, B. (2023). Redeeming Education after Progress: Composing Variations as a Way Out of Innovation Tyrannies. Journal of Philosophy of Education (advance article).
Thoilliez, B., Esteban, F., & Reyero, D. (2023). Civic education through artifacts: memorials, museums, and libraries. Ethics and Education, 18(3-4), 387-404.
Thoilliez, B. (2022). Conserve, pass on, desire. Edifying teaching practices to restore the publicness of education. Revista de Educación, 395, 61-83.
Thoilliez, B. (2020). When a teacher’s love for the world gets rejected. a post-critical invitation to become an edifying educator. On Education. Journal for Research and Debate, 3(9). https://doi.org/10.17899/on_ed.2020.9.11.
Vlieghe, J. & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an ontology of teaching: Thing-centred pedagogy, affirmation and love for the world. Springer.
Westober, T. (2018). Educated. A memoir. Random house.
Wortmann, K, & Thoilliez, B. (2024). Intergenerationelles Scheitern. Wenndie Gabe der Erziehung zurückgewiesen wird. In M. Brinkmann, G. Weiß, & M. Rieger-Ladich (Eds.) Generation und Weitergabe. Erziehung und Bildung zwischen Erbe und Zukunft (pp. 221-237). DGfE-Kommission Bildungs- und Erziehungsphilosophie & BLTZ Juventa.
Yacek, D., Rödel, S.S., & Karcher, M. (2020). Transformative Education: Philosophical, Psychological, and Pedagogical Dimensions. Educational Theory, 70(5), 529-537. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12442
 
17:15 - 18:4515 SES 03 A: Research on partnerships in education
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Corinne Covez
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Scientists’ Perspectives on Science Outreach

Maurizio Toscano, Victoria Millar, Jan van Driel, Deya Chakraborty

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Toscano, Maurizio; Millar, Victoria

The importance of science in acquiring and maintaining social, economic and political power cannot be understated (Weiss, 2005). Moreover, as scientific and technological advancements – particularly in recent decades – have made societies wealthier, healthier and better informed, there has been a corresponding demand from scientists to preserve, justify and promote the immense contribution of scientific to society, whilst also acknowledging the threats science poses. Meeting this demand requires sustained, open, and preferably two-way engagement between the scientific community and the public and a commitment to shared goals. Such public engagement with science takes many forms: formal public lectures and science festivals, communication in old and new media, school visits, science camps, mentoring programs and citizen science projects. The sub-set of science engagement practices that concerns us in this paper are ‘science outreach’ programs in which scientists interact directly with students at schools or scientific research sites, and often emphasising contemporary science research topics and/or applications.

It is estimated that half of practicing scientists participate in some form of science outreach at least a few times a year (Jensen et al., 2008; Woitowich et al., 2022), with a growing number of scientists acknowledging the value and necessity of science outreach activities (see e.g. Besely and Nisbet, 2013). This commitment to science-public engagement has been particularly strong since the early 2000s when science engagement became a major policy and political priority in Europe, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Given the growing impetus for science engagement and outreach, considerable efforts have been made to understand the motivations and barriers to scientists’ participation in these kinds of activities and programs. Attending to the macro-level of engagement, Weingart et al. (2021) provide a review of science engagement as it appears in the academic and policy literature. They recognise five main motivations driving engagement in recent decades: (i) Democratisation – empowering active, science-informed citizenship; (ii) Education – improving science knowledge; (iii) Legitimation – promoting public trust in science; (iv) Innovation – seeing the public as a resource for new knowledge; and (v) Inspiration – raising interest in science and science careers. This analysis complements the large body of literature dedicated to detailing the motivations of individual scientists, which has revealed trends in scientists’ intrinsic motivations (e.g. outreach is enjoyable and personally rewarding for participating scientists) and extrinsic motivations (e.g. outreach promises to improve participation in science careers; or grant funding or job promotion require it), as wells and barriers to scientists participating in outreach, such as not having enough time or training (see e.g. Polikoff & Webb, 2007; Besley et al, 2018; Royal Society, 2006; Burchell, 2015).

Combining the macro-level policy perspective with psychological interpretations of scientists’ motivation is helpful in providing a generalised view of what makes scientists participate in science outreach and continue to do so. Yet, how these motivations mesh with scientists’ values and principles, as well as their career and program-specific experiences of outreach, is less well understood. This paper, therefore, examines and presents the links between the motivations and values scientists draw upon in the development and implementation of science outreach, the structural and organisational aspects of outreach programs, and the individuals and groups of people who participate in science outreach. 

The paper seeks to answer the following research questions: 

  • What values or principles motivate scientists’ participation in science outreach development and implementation? 
  • How is the structure and organisation of science outreach described and interpreted by scientists?   
  • What roles and identities (theirs and others’) do scientists assume and co-opt in the development and implementation of science outreach?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The question of how science education is developed and implemented surveys scientists’ perception and understanding of the structure and organisation of their outreach program.

The question of ‘who’ is involved in science outreach captures the different people who contribute directly to the function of the program, but also those who are seen as supportive or necessary to meeting the program objectives. This also includes who the scientists see as their proximal (school students) and distal (parents, community, society) audience. The ‘who’ also captures the biography of the scientists – their experiences and entry-points into science and science outreach, and hence how they identify with science and science outreach. 

The question of why scientists are developing and implementing science outreach captures their values and motivations. These may be interpreted at the macro-level (broad, society-level motivations (Weingart et al. 2021)) or micro-level (what keeps them motivated in the everyday implementation of the project). Motivations may also show up in their evaluations of the success/failure/improvements/effectiveness of their program, or part thereof. 

We conducted 45-60-minute interviews with fourteen scientists based in Australia who have participated in, designed, developed or coordinated science outreach programs for high school students. The participants represent a range of outreach program types, academic and professional roles, levels of experience, and gender. The scientists and the outreach programs cover the disciplines of biology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, engineering, or a combination.

Interview questions focussed on scientists’ current and career-long experiences with science outreach with an emphasis on how interest, expertise, skills and roles in science outreach evolved and developed over time. These were coupled with questions about the aims of outreach and the values identified by scientists, and their peers’ perceptions. The questions also interrogated how the programs were structured and run, what aspects of the project were successful and unsuccessful, why that was the case and how that affected meeting the aims of the program. Questions also considered scientists’ understanding of their audiences, and what makes someone likely to pursue science. Questions were drawn from and adapted from existing literature (Bergerson et al., 2014; Besely et al., 2018; Ecklund et al., 2014; Fogg-Rogers & Moss, 2019; Rao, 2016).            
 
Interviews were transcribed and coded according to the motivational categories identified by Weingart et al. (2021): Democratisation, Education, Legitimation, Innovation, and Inspiration. Thematic analysis revealed additional coding categories reflecting scientists’ values and motivations: partnerships with and in schools, curriculum reform, and public accountability.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There was considerable variety in the values that underpinned scientists’ perception of and participation in outreach; reflecting both the differentiation in the roles/levels that scientists held. Whilst motivated to promote science to students to secure and increase career pathways in science, the values that underscored this concern about the career ‘pipeline’ were nuanced. They reflected a broadening of the long-standing agenda to increase the diversity of the scientific profession by engaging with traditionally underrepresented groups, including members of Indigenous communities. It was in this sense that outreach for the sake of democratisation appeared.  

Interestingly, the scientists acknowledged the complex and characteristic demands placed on scientists today: the kinds of skills and dispositions they need. This was important in shaping both realistic representations of science (science requires considerable perseverance and excellence; applications of science are important) and idealistic representations (science requires curiosity and a sense of wonder and asking the ‘big questions’). Hence, the motivation to inspire young people was multi-faceted and based on an insider’s view of science, which also helped with legitimising and humanising science. The role of science outreach in education was also important to the scientists but extended well beyond developing conceptional understanding or presenting new knowledge. Scientists recognised and were motivated by the capacity for outreach to reform curriculum, but also to enhance science education in schools by supporting and learning from/with teachers.

Finally, the structure of how scientist perceived outreach developed and delivery was significantly influenced by their personal experiences of science and pathways towards science outreach, but most importantly whether they identified as science outreach practitioner specialists or as scientists heavily involved in outreach development and project management.

These findings suggest that the motivation of scientists and their perceptions of outreach are more complex and interdependent than existing macro-level and psychological accounts would suggest.

References
Bergerson, A. A., Hotchkins, B. K., & Furse, C. (2014). Outreach and Identity Development: New Perspectives on College Student Persistence. Journal of College Student Retention, 16(2), 165–185.

Besley, J. C., Dudo, A., Yuan, S., & Lawrence, F. (2018). Understanding Scientists’ Willingness to Engage. Science Communication, 40(5), 559–590.

Besley, J. C., & Nisbet, M. (2013). How scientists view the public, the media and the political process. Public understanding of science, 22(6), 644–659.

Burchell, K. (2015). Factors affecting public engagement by researchers: Literature review.  

Ecklund, E. H., James, S. A., & Lincoln, A. E. (2012). How Academic Biologists and Physicists View Science Outreach. PLoS ONE, 7(5), 1–5.

Fogg-Rogers, L., & Moss, T. (2019). Validating a scale to measure engineers’ perceived self-efficacy for engineering education outreach. PLoS One, 14(10), e0223728.

Jensen, P., Rouquier, J. B., Kreimer, P., & Croissant, Y. (2008). Scientists who engage with science perform better academically. Science and Public Policy, 35(7), 527–541. 

Poliakoff, E., & Webb, T. L. (2007). What factors predict scientists' intentions to participate in public engagement of science activities? Science communication, 29(2), 242–263.

Rao, A. (2016, August 3–10). Support for participating in outreach and the benefits of doing so [Paper Presentation]. 38th International Conference on High Energy Physics, Chicago, USA.

Royal Society. (2006). Survey of factors affecting science communication by scientists and engineers. Final report. London. Author  

Weingart, P., Joubert, M., & Connoway, K. (2021). Public engagement with science – Origins, motives and impact in academic literature and science policy. PloS One, 16(7), e0254201.
 
Weiss, C. (2005). Science, technology and international relations. Technology in Society, 27(3), 295-313.  

Woitowich, N. C., Hunt, G. C., Muhammad, L. N., & Garbarino, J. (2022). Assessing motivations and barriers to science outreach within academic science research settings: A mixed-methods survey. Frontiers in Communication, 7, 907762. 


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Documentary Theatre Practice Partnership to the Service of Teachers Transition

Corinne Covez

Institut Agro, France

Presenting Author: Covez, Corinne

We would like to consider this action-research in the post-Covid pandemic, where relations within or out of schools have suffered (Franck & Haesebaert, 2023) and climate change time which both stimulate us to think of where we want to land ! (Latour, 2017). The specific aim of this proposal is to consider the documentary theatre practice partnership experienced through a workshop on the aim of Agro-Ecological Transition (AET). It lasted a week in December 2023 in the National Support Disposal of the French Agricultural Training System (FATS) in charge of experiencing and educators’ formation, thanks to Théo dramatist in the collectif Cortège de tête. Benefitting from last year experience mixing 2 teachers and 5 students, this experiment has been realized with 8 teachers and organised in the Institut Agro (Montpellier, Florac campus). This theatre practice was chosen to experience AET, out of teaching sessions and understand the skills development. On one hand, the sensitive dimension of artistic practices to the service education partnership (Covez 2023, 2017, 2015) has been introduced. On the other hand, the capacity of embodying AET through artistic practices (Covez, 2023) has been shown. But the FATS encounters difficulties to transform the AET priority into reality, as this means professional posture changes. This can be observed when the Otherwise Producing Teaching program n°2 tends into a more efficient plan on transitions. Besides, Institut Agro has recognized the quality of the documentary theatre practice (ecoanxiety and bifurcation decline, empowerment in transformative actions) and aims to realize it at a national level. And the higher education school now uses the Socio-Ecological Transition as a major concern enlarging the approach. These evolutions encourage us to put transition at the centre of concerns, practices and praxis. Finally, Sharon Todd thoughts (2016) helps us moving our aim, so as to question transition in relation with education, formation and transformation as layered. The documentary theatre practice by teachers represents an opportunity to experiment and question these issues. As Michèle (one of last year’s workshop teachers) has received a regional creativity prize for her students’ performance on textile transition, this encourages us to consider it as a potential change in education.

The question is “Does a documentary theatre practice partnership contribute to teachers transition education ?”. Actually, the partnership action-research goes on, disseminating in high schools. It seems documentary theatre partnership is seen as efficient, valuable so as to change the habitus on individual and collective ways. The hypothesis is that it represents a specific tool for educational change in respect to transition, thanks to the presence of a research engineer-trainer and an artist dedicated to artistic matters. The risks are inherent to self-expression and expose before others and the performance is very stressful. Taking into consideration post-Covid work conditions and climate change anxiety, the partnership tended to welcome and respect all personal ideas, difficulties and assumed limits, caring people and present time (Fleury, 2024). The positions have been articulated with care, as debating and creating on transition, is a difficult task, dealing with sensitive positions. The theatre partnership brought comfort and empowerment to participants, that we wish to deepen. We want to understand the impacts of this active pedagogy relaunching the artistic partnership education value. Co-sharing while becoming aware of points of view and experience differences (Mérini, 2012), our sensitive common engagement (Théo and trainer) is still strengthening in the objective of creating a transformation through partnership (Laing & Alii, 2022) and prevent tensions (Capacchi & alii, 2022) within highschools. Participants express living a transformation, meaning education for real, and partnership could help a chosen and assumed transition.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The ethnographic methodological approach consists in interviews with the 8 adults and the artist Théo actor, dramatist and director, who prepared the project one year long, so as to adapt to the teachers participants. The approach is also nourished with participative observation, meetings minutes, diaries and small filmed interviews. The research is not finished yet, as the interviews are going on showing that transition at large was considered so as to be transformed as a matter of theatre, expression and communication before the public. On the theatre perspective, it is very important to specify the methodology used by the documentary theatre. Amongst different theatre types (Magris & Ali, 2019), Théo in Florac defines it as a récit fictionnel form. The workshop made of debates, growing shared concepts and problematics leads to the definition and creation of scenes (conceived through mise à plat methodology enriched with theatre and improvisation exercises). The themes emerged out of the reflexions and postures were:  patriarchy, symbiotic relationships, traditional farmers, living creatures, hyper consumption and countryside exile in remote mountains! Between the scripts, the transition notion was criticized as very old, fixed to the agriculture profession, in need of a revolution, akin to cycle…or without any sense at all in the actual global context! This suggests that form and content were equally debated and co-created when the sense of humour, the street theatre, “the truth of the heart” or open questions were expressed to the public, underlying the complexity of the transition! The 45 minutes long representation was quite imaginative, meaningful and applauded. But the partnership allowing and organizing the workshop process is at the core of our study. Therefore the quality research is used so as to get a comprehensive view on the expectations or representations at work. The focus is strongly on teachers as half of them are Socio-Cultural Educators (SCE: partly teachers and also project activity leaders in high schools) while the others were French, Computing or zootechnics teachers. Only half were already concerned with artistic matters, SCE teachers. Besides, there was also one education assistant younger than teachers. This kind of status mix practice which got the highest mark assessment, is extremely rare and valuable. Besides, this extra-ordinary situation was pointed out very emotionally from the first day, increasing the artistic and research partners envolvement in taking care of the people even more, in regard of the sensitivity of the workshop.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The theatre practice was quite successful, the next step is to reproduce it in more highschools with envolved teachers. Emotional body use mixed with cognitive matters, seems to be much appreciated as the rhythm that was tence and demanding but helped creating a challenging and successful performance. Transformation is at the core of the practice where personal and professional experiences and documents are shared and allow a co-constructed creation and performance, getting from an individual to a group production. For all, such an active pedagogical and educational situation can only lead to a real change in transition. In that respect, the artistic partnership is considered as essential so as to get people to work together on such a complex concept. The accompaniment by the artist Théo was a key point as he led the collective and directed the theatre style groups to a structured result. His role as a dramatist is artistic while the IA research engineer’s one is to welcome and accompany them through the personal or group difficulties, impulse, balancing and sometimes getting out of the space to let them progress on their own. Both partners sharing this experience from morning till night allowed creating a sensitive and safe space where emotions, ideas could be expressed despite some tensions in relation with divergences. Regulating on artistic and professional/personal issues helped participants succeed the challenge of transformation revelling technical/general teachers can talk and work together “which is great!”. The partnership puts transformation to the service of transition education legitimizing participants’ point of view and experience and making them aware of what their future students theatre work could be! A partnership reassuring transformation capacities would transmit an active transformative empowerment back to high schools. Could it represent a “responsive”  (Rosa, 2022) formation partnership ?

References
Benhaiem, J-M. (2023). Une nouvelle voie pour guérir. Paris: Odile Jacob.

Boal, A. (1996). Théâtre de l’opprimé. Paris: La découverte.

Capacchi F.M.,K., Callewaert, I., Strappazzon S.(2022). Working as Co-Actors to Reduce Inequalities and Prevent Tensions in Partnership, in K. Otrel-Cass et al. (eds.) Partnerships in Education: Risks in Transdisciplinary Educational Research, p. 143-172. Zürich: Springer.


Covez C. (2023), «Documentary Theatre Practice to the Service of Engineers-Students Agro-Ecological Transition Education”.  congrès “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université Glasgow, 21-25 août.

Covez, C. (2023), «Documentary Theatre Partnership for Agro Ecological Transition Education to the risk of transformation”. Congrès “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université Glasgow, 21-25 août.


Covez, C. (2017), “Artistic Partnership Contribution to Agroecology Education”, congrès “Reforming Education and the Imperative of Constant Change: Ambivalent Roles of Policy and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Copenhague (Danemark), 22-25 août.

Covez, C. (2015), “Orchestra in Prison: A Sensitive Change in Partnership”, congrès “Education and Transition. Contributions from Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Budapest (Hongrie), 8-11 septembre.

Fleury, C. & Fenoglio, A. (2024). Ethique et Design: pour un climat du soin. Paris: PUF.

Franck, N. & Haesebaert F.(2023). Protéger sa santé mentale après la crise. Paris: Odile Jacob.

Latour, B. (2017), Où atterrir? Comment s’orienter en politique. Paris: La découverte.

Lévy, I., Martin-Moreau, M. & Ménascé, D. (2022). From ecological transition to ecological transformation: consensus and fault lines. The Journal of Field actions   https://journals.openedition.org/factsreports/6853

Mérini, C. (2012). Du partenariat en général dans la formation des élèves-maîtres et de sprofesseurs des écoles en particulier (115p.). Université Paris 8.

Laing,K., Robson, S., Thomson, H. and Todd, L (2022). Creating Transformal Change Through Partnership, in K. Otrel-Cass et al. (eds.) Partnerships in Education: Risks in Transdisciplinary Educational Research, p. 359-384. Zürich: Springer.

Magris, E & Picon-Vallin, B. (2019). Les théâtres documentaires. Montpellier : Deuxième époque.

Rosa, H. (2022). Accélérons la résonance ! Entretien Wallenhorst. Paris: le Pommier/Humensis.

Todd, S. (2016). Facing uncertainty in education: Beyond the harmonies of Eurovision education. European Educational Research Journal, 15 (6). pp. 617-627.
 
17:15 - 18:4516 SES 03 A: Digital Literacy and Problem Solving Competences
Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Cristian Cerda
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Critical Digital Literacies: Fostering Digital Cultural Knowledge in and for Uncertain Times

Cristina Costa, Michaela Oliver

Durham Univserity, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Costa, Cristina

This paper reports on an action research project on the development of advanced digital literacies with secondary school students in England, taking a multi-generational and agentic approach for that purpose.

The project is found on the observation that policy discourses signalling a shortage of digitally skilled workforces has provided a useful, yet narrow perspective of the knowledge students require to thrive in an ever-changing digital environment. While skills and literacies should not be used interchangeably, the emphasis on technical digital ability tends to overshadow the purpose of engaging more deeply with the complexities of digital cultures (Jenkins, 2019); complexities that require an appreciation for the logic of the digital world and the practices that prevail therein (Costa et al., 2018). This translates into the acquisition of digital cultural knowledge (Costa and Li, 2023), key to the safe and ethical navigation of digital environments. Much like Lareau (see 2015) we conceptualise this form of knowledge as one benefiting from ‘cultural guides’ who can help in the learning of ‘the rules of the game’. To do so, a collaboration with university students was developed to ensure digital literacy learning of school students occurred with the support of ‘fresh contacts’ (Mannheim, 1928/2017) who are bound by cultural rather than biological rhythms. This proposal is in keeping with contestations of a technical-instrumentalist curriculum model (Moore and Young, 2001) and in favour of a humanistic approach, one that privileges learning autonomy (Freire, 2001).

Digital literacies in schools have often taken on a risk perspective approach, supported by practices of surveillance and prevention (see Reilly, 2021). While preventative measures in the context of schools are hard to contest in light of increased perceptions of digital harm and schools’ attentiveness to students’ welfare and wellbeing, such approaches tend to be less effective in helping students deal with digital issues they may face in reflective way. In other words, while digital preventative measures offer more certainties about the practices to follow and those to avoid, it is less focused on exploring the unpredictability of digital practices as reflective of a changing digital environment.

In this vein, focusing less on the “dos” and “don’t” of digital practices and more on the experiences and modes of participation that young people tend to develop online, this project we will discuss via this presentation has attempted to find ways to support young people in dealing with the uncertainties of the digital world while hopeful of the benefits informed, deliberative and reflective practices may bring to young people’s digital lives. The project takes on a stance of ethics and agency, placing students at the centre of such discussions and practices while supported by ‘meaningful others’ who more than being close in age are close in experience and perspective.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project adopted an action-research approach involving school leaders, teachers and students in schools and academic researchers and university students who came together to support each other in the development of digital literacies understandings congruent with young people’s digital experiences and knowledge needs. This method was chosen to explore a learning environment that moved away from prescriptive approaches and offered space and opportunity for participants to cultivate and reflect on the power of their own agency in the context of digital practices. Action research was key in our approach in that it enabled the exploration of key digital problems schools had identified through practical solutions (Creswell, 2020).  
Using an iterative approach, the project started via consultation with school leaders and school teachers about what they perceived to be the key digital literacy needs of their students. Two areas were identified as priority with reference to their digital issues database records: sexting and misinformation.
The second stage of the project was focused on the develop a thorough research literature review that allowed the researchers to conceptualise digital literacies “as skillsets necessary to effective engagement in digital citizenship and day-to-day practice. These skill sets refer to capacities of opinion formation (digital reasoning), intersubjective understanding (digital being), and cultural adaptation (digital integrity) that require scaffolding, mentoring, and bespoke support in curricula designs reflective of a digital logic” (Costa and Oliver, 2023, p.5).
The project then proceeded to design digital literacy sessions that followed principles of digital practices and critical pedagogy, as a reflection of the desk research previously conducted. The sessions were designed to support students’: a) prior knowledge and lived experience of the topics under exploration; b) deliberative action through engaging them in discussions that aimed to consider their views and digital activity; and c) creative input by finishing each session with students’ own, tangible creations as a manifestation of their learning and perspectives on the issues explored.
 Digital Ambassadors (University students) were then trained to deliver the sessions by being made familiar with the research via ‘reading cards’, going through the lesson plans as a potential target audience and reflecting on possible challenges they might face while delivering the sessions.
To get a thorough understanding of the project,  a comprehensive approach to elicit participants’ views and experiences was organised in the shape of different data collection formats to cover the voices of the different stakeholders involved.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In light of this project, this presentation explores how digital literacies are leveraged as a discipline-specific form of knowledge (Oliver, 2021) that combines the mastery of deliberative and ethical forms of communication (Habermas, 2022) with the logic of digital environments as a field of social practice (Costa, 2013) embedded in everyday life. Such an approach proposes an appreciation for digital literacies as extending and interconnecting different spheres of action – school, home, vocational and social life. This is an approach that challenges risk-averse approaches often used in schools and at home to ensure online safety, despite its limited impact (Stoilova et al., 2023). Instead, we invite the audience to perceive students as agentic selves, i.e., digital users capable of reflectively exploring digital practices and the experiences they aspire for their future.
Speaking to the theme of the conference, this presentation outlines how embracing uncertainty through reasoned debates is key to the development of informed attitudes and the fostering of digitally ethical selves which is in itself a form of digital empowerment.

References
Costa, C. (2013). The habitus of digital scholars. Research in Learning Technology, 21. https://doi.org/10.3402/rlt.v21i0.21274

Costa, C., & Li, H. (2023). Digital cultural knowledge and curriculum: The experiences of international students as they moved from on-campus to on-line education during the pandemic. Learning, Media and Technology, 0(0), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2218097

Costa, C., Murphy, M., Pereira, A. L., & Taylor, Y. (2018). Higher education students’ experiences of digital learning and (dis)empowerment. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 34(3). https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.3979

Costa, C., & Oliver, M. (2023). The Durham Digital Literacy Project. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.16790.93768

Creswell, J. (2020). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research, Global Edition (6th edition). Pearson.

Freire, P. (2001). Pedagogy of Freedom: Ethics, Democracy and Civic Courage (New edition). Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Habermas, J. (2022). Reflections and Hypotheses on a Further Structural Transformation of the Political Public Sphere. Theory, Culture & Society, 39(4), 145–171. https://doi.org/10.1177/02632764221112341

Jenkins, H. (2019). Participatory Culture: Interviews. John Wiley & Sons.

Lareau, A. (2015). Cultural Knowledge and Social Inequality. American Sociological Review, 80(1), 1–27. https://doi.org/10.1177/0003122414565814

Mannheim, K. (1928). Das Problem der Generationen. KZfSS Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 69(1), 81–119. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11577-017-0412-y

Moore, R., & Young, M. (2001). Knowledge and the Curriculum in the Sociology of Education: Towards a reconceptualisation. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 22(4), 445–461. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690120094421

Oliver, M. (2021). What styles of reasoning are important in primary English? The Curriculum Journal, 32(4), 704–721. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.120

Reilly, C. A. (2021). Reading risk: Preparing students to develop critical digital literacies and advocate for privacy in digital spaces. Computers and Composition, 61, 102652. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compcom.2021.102652

Stoilova, M., Bulger, M., & Livingstone, S. (2023). Do parental control tools fulfil family expectations for child protection? A rapid evidence review of the contexts and outcomes of use. Journal of Children and Media, 0(0), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482798.2023.2265512


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Digital competences and entertainment use of digital technologies by Physical Education and Sports Science students

Cristian Cerda1, Miriam León1, Lilyan Vega-Ramírez2, Lorena Villegas3, Juan Silva4

1Universidad de La Frontera, Chile; 2Universidad de Alicante, Spain; 3Universidad Catolica de Temuco, Chile; 4Universidad de Santiago, Chile

Presenting Author: Cerda, Cristian; León, Miriam

Since some time now, it has been feasible to perceive that the relationship between young people and digital technologies is extremely close in terms of frequency and variety of use. Nowadays, young people, especially university students, use digital technologies with high frequency, which can have different types of impacts (Álvarez-Ferrandiz et al., 2023). In some cases, it may lead to academic, entertainment and social uses (Cerda et al., 2018), while in others, it may result in worrying practices, especially those related to problematic use of social networks (Romero-Rodriguez et al., 2020) and smartphone use (Roig-Vila et al., 2020). Therefore, analyzing the relationship between young people and digital technologies should be a matter of interest in the academic world.

While this is relevant for university students, it becomes even more critical for student teachers because of their role modeling (Urra et al., 2020). It means that a teacher must not only generate teaching practices based on the curricular content defined by the school system but also develop personal practices considered exemplary by society, which is consciously or unconsciously observed in a vicarial way by their students (Cheung, 2020). Among all types of subjects, physical education is one that has greater relevance due to its practical character.

It would be expected that physical education teachers can be a good example of the value of practices they promote. Therefore, these teachers should stimulate and experience real entertainment practices, prioritizing them over the virtual ones available nowadays in the pocket of their students (smartphone). Despite this, Menescardi et al. (2021) conclude that the use of digital technologies in physical education is still basic. While this makes sense, due to the lockdown caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, these habits were modified, even for university students in physical education (Etchevers et al., 2022). Consequently, digital entertainment practices have gained greater acceptance among young people, sometimes being preferred over real practices (Flores et al., 2020). Despite the relevance of the research topic and its implications, there is limited literature regarding the specific understanding of this phenomenon.

On the other hand, autonomous use with entertainment purposes of technologies allows the development of various digital competences. The European Framework for Digital Competences (DIGCOMP) provides a detailed description of the essential areas that citizens should have (Carretero et al., 2017; Ferrari, 2013). In these terms, educational institutions must provide citizens with the necessary competences to face new professional challenges. Although it could be thought that the acquisition of these skills is due to formal training processes, many of them can be acquired autonomously through the interaction with various digital devices, considering needs and interests of the users and variables associated with them (Cerda et al., 2022b). According to this context, it is relevant to deep in the understanding of this phenomenon.

Considering this background, this research had two objectives. First, describe the access and use to devices and applications that are most commonly used for entertainment by Chilean student teachers in physical education and Spanish students in sports science. Second, according to the country of origin, compare the level of digital competences used for entertainment purposes by these participants. Addressing these objectives provides an initial approach to the role that the entertainment use of digital technologies plays, in comparison to other uses, in the development of digital citizenship competences in university students related to physical activity and sports.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research involved a total of 324 university students from one university in Temuco, Chile (n = 170, 52.5%), and students from one university in Alicante, Spain (n = 154, 47.5%). Considering the total, 68.2% were male and 31.8% were female, with an average age of 21.12 years (SD = 3). The Chilean participants were student teachers in physical education, while Spanish students were part of the Sports Science and Physical Activity program.
The information was obtained through two instruments. The first one was a questionnaire developed for a previous research (Cerda et al., 2018), in which access, time and purposes of use of digital technologies (academic, entertainment, social and economic) in devices (desktop computer, laptop computer, smartphone and tablet) and applications (Facebook, Internet search, YouTube, WhatsApp, Instagram and TikTok) were measured. The second one was the entertainment use subscale of the Scale of Purposes of Use and Digital Competences, which measures frequency of use of digital technologies with entertainment purposes (Cerda et al., 2022a). The items were based in the following five digital competences defined by DIGCOMP (Carretero et al., 2017; Ferrari, 2013) A = Browsing, searching and filtering data, information and digital content; B = Managing data, information and digital content; C = Interacting through digital technologies; D = Sharing through digital technologies; E = Developing digital content.
Data was collected at the end of 2023. The application of the instruments at each university included a previous explanation of the research objectives, its relevance and the intention to participate. Data analysis was conducted in stages. First, quality controls were performed to analyse the data and identify any potential and incorrect information registered. Second, descriptive analyses of access to devices and applications, number of hours they were used and percentage of time spent on these tasks were conducted. Third, five variables, considering the five digital competences of the Scale of Purposes of Use and Digital Competences were created. Fourth, the normality of the variables was analysed by reviewing their levels of skewness and kurtosis. Fifth, mean comparison tests (t-test for independent samples) were carried out to evaluate the difference in the variables according to the country of origin of the students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The tablet, which shows low access (Chile 13% and Spain 29%), is the device with the highest percentage of entertainment use (Chile 37.5% and Spain 33%, p > 0.05), followed by the smartphone (Chile 31.2% and Spain 33.2%), which is used by 98% of students in both countries. Regarding this device, differences were only showed in time of use, being Chilean students the ones spending more hours (M = 6.91, SD = 3.39) while the Spanish students (M = 4.98, SD = 2.04), t(260) = 6.10, p < .001, Cohen’s d = -0.69. Regarding the applications, TikTok had the highest entertainment use (Chile 66% and Spain 68%). The second most used application is YouTube (Chile 64.7% and Spain 69.3%) with access rates of 89% in Chile and 91% in Spain.
In relation to the development of digital competences, Chilean students outperformed their counterpart in Spain in almost all the competences. In specific Browsing (A), Chilean participants got higher scores (M = 3.50, SD = 0.89) than the Spanish (M = 3.10, SD = 0.84), t(322) = 4.16, p < .001,  Cohen’s d = -0.46. The same happened with variables: Managing (B), M = 2.49, SD = 1.04 versus M = 2.20, SD = 0.83, t(316)= 2.81, p = .005, Cohen’s d = -0.31; Interacting (C), M = 3.01, SD = 0.99 versus M = 2.61, SD = 0.86, t(321)=3.84, p < .001, Cohen’s d = -0.43; Sharing (D), M = 2.66, SD = 1.03 versus M = 2.40, SD = 0.83), t(317)= 2.55, p = .011, Cohen’s d = -0.28. Only in the case of Develop (E), Spanish got a higher score, (M = 2.09, SD = 1.07) than Chileans (M = 1.96, SD = 0.89), t(319)= 1.18, p = .236, even though the difference was not significative.

References
Álvarez-Ferrándiz, D., Martínez-Sánchez, I., Rodríguez-Sabiote, C., & Álvarez-Rodríguez, J. (2023). The use of technology In higher education. Pedagogical orientations within education. Journal of Positive Psychology & Wellbeing, 7(3), 391-405. https://journalppw.com/index.php/jppw/article/view/17645/11110
Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens with eight proficiency levels and examples of use (EUR 28558).
Cerda, C., León, M., Saiz, J. L., & Villegas, L. (2022a). Propósitos de uso de tecnologías digitales en estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos: Construcción de una escala basada en competencias digitales. Píxel-Bit. Revista de Medios y Educación, 64, 7-25. https://doi.org/10.12795/pixelbit.93212
Cerda, C., León, M., Saiz, J. L., & Villegas, L. (2022b). Relación entre propósitos de uso de competencias digitales y variables asociadas a estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos. Edutec. Revista Electrónica de Tecnología Educativa(82), 183-198. https://doi.org/10.21556/edutec.2022.82.2557
Cerda, C., Saiz, J. L., Villegas, L., & León, M. (2018). Acceso, tiempo y propósito de uso de tecnologías digitales en estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos. Estudios Pedagogicos, 44(3), 7-22. https://doi.org/10.4067/S0718-07052018000300007
Cheung, P. (2020). Teachers as role models for physical activity: Are preschool children more active when their teachers are active? European Physical Education Review, 26(1), 101-110. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X19835240
Etchevers, V., Navarrete, M., Valdés, G., & Merellano, E. (2022). Niveles de actividad física y uso del smartphone en estudiantes de pedagogía en educación física: Estudio comparativo en dos momentos de la pandemia. REAF- Revista Chilena de Rehabilitación y Actividad Física, 1(1), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.32457/reaf1.1764
Ferrari, A. (2013). DIGCOMP: A framework for developing and understanding digital competence in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2788/52966
Flores, G., Correa., M., & Cervantes., M. (2020). Deporte, cultura y uso de tecnologías en el tiempo libre de jovenes universitarios. Espiral-Cuadernos del Profesorado, 13(17), 144-159. https://doi.org/10.25115/ecp.v13i27.3491
Menescardi, C., Suárez-Guerrero, C., & Lizandra, J. (2021). Formación del profesorado de educación física en el uso de aplicaciones tacnológicas. Apunts. Educación Física y Deportes, 144, 33-43. https://doi.org/10.5672/apunts.2014-0983.es.(2021/2).144.05
Roig-Vila, R., Prendes-Espinosa, P., & Urrea-Solano, M. (2020). Problematic smartphone use in spanish and italian university students. Sustainability (Switzerland), 12(24), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.3390/su122410255
Romero-Rodríguez, J. M., Rodríguez-Jiménez, C., Ramos, M., Marín-Marín, J. A., & Gómez-García, G. (2020). Use of instagram by pre-service teacher education: Smartphone habits and dependency factors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(11), 1-10. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17114097
Urra, B., Freundt, A., Fehrenberg, M., & Muñoz, M. (2020). Paradigma educativo y habilidades el profesor asociadas a la percepción de rol docente en educación física de estudiantes chilenos. Retos, 37, 362-3619. https://doi.org/10.47197/retos.v37i37.72781


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Relationships Between Tertiary Students’ Socioeconomic Status, Behavioral Engagement, Learning Strategies, and Problem Solving in Technology-Rich Environments

Yawen Weng, Jing Huang

Lingnan University, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Weng, Yawen; Huang, Jing

In today's era of rapid technological advancement, technology has a profound impact on our daily lives and society. Technology-rich environments (TRE) not only offer tertiary students collaborative opportunities that foster teamwork and communication skills, but also present unique challenges requiring critical thinking and problem-solving abilities. These challenges include diagnosing and resolving technical issues, designing new hardware or software solutions, and analyzing complex data sets (Mishra et al., 2013; Verdonck et al., 2019). Strong problem-solving abilities enable students to adapt quickly to novel challenges and solve complex problems, making problem-solving in TRE an essential skill for success in the modern workforce and future careers (Hämäläinen et al., 2015). Previous research has explored the relationship between socioeconomic status (SES) and students' problem-solving skills to address educational disparities (e.g., Martin et al., 2012). To gain a better understanding of this relationship, it is crucial to examine the potential mediation mechanisms. Previous studies have shown positive connections between SES and students' behavioral engagement (e.g., Guo et al., 2015) and between behavioral engagement and problem-solving (e.g., Guo et al., 2016). Therefore, it is expected that behavioral engagement may serve as a mediator between SES and problem-solving. However, there is limited knowledge about whether behavioral engagement truly mediates the association between SES and problem-solving, particularly in TRE. Thus, this study aimed to investigate the mediating role of behavioral engagement in the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE.

Research consistently demonstrates that individuals who employ strategic learning approaches tend to exhibit higher levels of problem-solving (Tan, 2019). Effective learning strategies, such as goal setting, self-regulation, metacognitive monitoring, and the use of problem-solving techniques, play a crucial role in facilitating the acquisition of problem-solving skills (Hoffman & Spatariu, 2008). In addition, previous studies have indicated that students from high-SES families are more likely to possess high levels of problem-solving skills (e.g., Martin et al., 2012). Hence, the strength of the association between SES and problem-solving may vary depending on learning strategies. However, there is currently limited knowledge about the effect of the interaction between SES and learning strategies on problem-solving in TRE. Building upon established research on the relationships between SES and problem-solving (e.g., Martin et al., 2012) and between learning strategies and problem-solving (e.g., Hoffman & Spatariu, 2008), it can be hypothesized that learning strategies moderate the association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. In other words, learning strategies may weaken the strength of the association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Furthermore, the indirect association, where the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE is mediated by behavioral engagement, may also vary depending on learning strategies. To the best of our knowledge, no studies have explored the moderating role of learning strategies in the indirect pathways from SES to problem-solving in TRE through behavioral engagement. Based on emerging evidence concerning the relationships between SES and behavioral engagement (e.g., Guo et al., 2015) and between learning strategies and behavioral engagement (e.g., Hospel et al., 2016), it is plausible to hypothesize the existence of a moderation mechanism involved in the indirect association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Therefore, this study aimed to investigate whether learning strategies moderate both the direct and indirect associations between SES and problem-solving in TRE, mediated by behavioral engagement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study utilized data from the Programme for International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC), an assessment framework initiated by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). PIAAC aims to measure and compare the proficiency levels of adults in various domains, including problem-solving, across participating countries. By employing standardized tests and surveys, PIAAC evaluates adults' cognitive abilities and workplace skills, with a specific focus on their problem-solving capabilities in real-life situations. In this study, a sample of 12,148 tertiary students (Mage = 25.68 years, 55% female) was analyzed. The variables examined in the study included SES, behavioral engagement in reading, writing, numeracy, and information and communication technology (ICT), learning strategies, and problem-solving in TRE.
The initial analysis focused on exploring the mediating role of behavioral engagement in the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE. First, the study examined the direct effects of SES on students' problem-solving in TRE. Next, behavioral engagement was introduced as a mediator to investigate the direct effects of SES on problem-solving in TRE. The subsequent analysis aimed to explore the moderating effect of learning strategies on the associations between SES, behavioral engagement, and problem-solving in TRE. To achieve this, a moderated mediation model was estimated, incorporating an interaction term between SES and learning strategies. The interaction term was used to assess the effects of SES on problem-solving in TRE at different levels of learning strategies. If the interaction between SES and learning strategies was found to be significant, a simple slope analysis was conducted to evaluate the conditional direct and indirect effects of SES on students' problem-solving in TRE at low (-1 SD) and high (+1 SD) levels of learning strategies (Preacher, Curran, & Bauer, 2006). The study calculated 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) for the conditional direct and indirect effects. To handle missing data, the study employed the full information maximum likelihood (FIML) approach (Enders, 2010). All main analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 (Muthen & Muthen, 1998–2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The current study employed a moderated mediation model to investigate the mechanisms underlying the relationship between SES and students' problem-solving in TRE. The findings provided support for the mediating role of behavioral engagement in the association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. First, in line with previous research indicating a positive link between SES and problem-solving (e.g., Martin et al., 2012), the present study established a significant contribution of SES to students' problem-solving in TRE. Second, the study demonstrated that behavioral engagement mediated the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Third, the study explored the significance of learning strategies in relation to students' behavioral engagement and problem-solving in TRE. However, the results indicated that learning strategies did not moderate the direct effect of SES on students' problem-solving in TRE. Learning strategies were also found to not moderate the indirect association between SES and problem-solving in TRE through behavioral engagement.
References
Enders, C. K. (2010). Applied missing data analysis. Guilford Press.  
Guo, F., Yao, M., Wang, C., Yan, W., & Zong, X. (2016). The effects of service learning on student problem solving: The mediating role of classroom engagement. Teaching of Psychology, 43(1), 16-21.
Guo, Y., Sun, S., Breit-Smith, A., Morrison, F. J., & Connor, C. M. (2015). Behavioral engagement and reading achievement in elementary-school-age children: A longitudinal cross-lagged analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 107(2), 332-347.
Hoffman, B., & Spatariu, A. (2008). The influence of self-efficacy and metacognitive prompting on math problem-solving efficiency. Contemporary educational psychology, 33(4), 875-893.
Hospel, V., Galand, B., & Janosz, M. (2016). Multidimensionality of behavioural engagement: Empirical support and implications. International Journal of Educational Research, 77, 37-49.
Martin, A. J., Liem, G. A., Mok, M., & Xu, J. (2012). Problem solving and immigrant student mathematics and science achievement: Multination findings from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). Journal of educational psychology, 104(4), 1054-1073.
Mishra, P., Fahnoe, C., Henriksen, D., & Deep-Play Research Group. (2013). Creativity, self-directed learning and the architecture of technology rich environments. TechTrends, 57(1), 10–13.
Preacher, K. J., Curran, P. J., & Bauer, D. J. (2006). Computational tools for probing interactions in multiple linear regression, multilevel modeling, and latent curve analysis. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 31(4), 437–448.
Tan, R. E. (2019). Academic self-concept, learning strategies and problem solving achievement of university students. European Journal of Education Studies, 2, 287-303
Verdonck, M., Greenaway, R., Kennedy-Behr, A., & Askew, E. (2019). Student experiences of learning in a technology-enabled learning space. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 56(3), 270–281.
 
17:15 - 18:4517 SES 03 A: Language, Text, Nationhood and Education : Change in Continuity and Vice Versa?
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Thomas Ruoss
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

On the Relationship between Languages, Education and Nation-building: Imaginations, Idealizations and Historicizations in the Osmanischer Lloyd (1908-1918)

Timm Gerd Hellmanzik

Helmut Schmidt University, Germany

Presenting Author: Hellmanzik, Timm Gerd

Languages and educational reforms play a pivotal role in the intricate process of nation-building (Anderson 2005), yet the historical exploration of transnational contexts within this framework remains notably neglected. A region and temporal window that stand out for their explicit relevance to the transformation processes toward nation-states is Southeast Europe in the early 20th century. Marked by various conflicts and internal reform endeavors of the Ottoman Empire, especially the Young Turk Revolution of 1908 – regarded as the initiation of a protracted transformation from sultanic rule to the establishment of a Turkish nation-state (Osterhammel 2009, p. 800) – this era witnessed a profound reorganization resulting in distinct nation-states with diverse languages.

In the same year, the inception of the German and French-language daily newspaper “Osmanischer Lloyd” occurred under the auspices of the Foreign Office and the German Embassy in Constantinople. Aligned with one of the German Empire's global strategies in the Wilhelmine era – to construct a shared cultural and economic sphere “from Berlin to Baghdad” – the newspaper served as a propagandistic press organ for an international audience. It delved into a myriad of contemporary issues, including educational and language policies. The publication engaged in discussions encompassing the Greek, Turkish, Albanian, and Jewish languages; deliberations on the “Turkish language reform” and the “purification of the Turkish language”; inquiries into population literacy; and examinations of the Greek, Latin, and Arabic alphabets alongside their histories and the intricate relationship between religion and language (Osmansicher Lloyd 2.173, 2.219, 3.28, 3.39, 3.67, 4.42, 9.6, 11.81 etc.). Co-founder and deputy editor-in-chief Friedrich Schrader formulated a prevailing premise: "A new era needs a new language. This is a truth that emerges from the literature of all nations." (Osmanischer Lloyd 24.05.1914, p. 1). The predominant horizon of experience are (academic) and social socialization contexts and the historical experiences of the formation of the German nation state, which serve as the basis of the argumentation. And yet it is remarkable that the magazine appeared to act as an independent medium within the contemporary discourse of the metropolis and dealt with these topics with thematic depth and connections to other historical actors and print media.

In my contribution, I analyze this source's portrayal of the imagined vision of a “modern” and “economically successful” nation-state within the context of the language-related articles of the years 1908 to 1918. How are different languages assessed and categorized? What language, teaching methods, and educators does a modern (nation) state require at the outset of the 20th century for "success" in scientific and economic terms? To what extent are reform proposals articulated? With this approach I like to contribute both to tracing contemporary transnational entanglements and deconstructing the semi-colonial notions of the medium.

The theoretical framework of this study draws from Michel Foucault’s discourse concept, conceptualizing it as a historically specific space of knowledge and sayability entangled with power (Foucault 2015). Additionally, my research aligns with the immediate context of postcolonial studies, informed by Edward Said’s Orientalism. Here, the representation of “the other” and certain knowledge stocks emerges as a self-assurance and empowerment strategy shaping collective identity, even in Germany (Said 2003). Consequently, the articles statements must be scrutinized under the lens of self-representation. It is therefore particularly interesting to look at the extent to which statements on the relationship between nation and language are evaluated. The authors' arguments are based on the European-German horizon of experience and the evaluations thus follow certain deterministic and Eurocentric logics that must be deconstructed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From a discourse-analytical and postcolonial perspective, I examine how educational and cultural policy problems regarding languages and educational reforms were negotiated in the “Osmanischer Lloyd” as a transnational medium of circulation of knowledge. The essential concept for my study is the Historical Discourse Analysis of Achim Landwehr (Landwehr 2018). Following this, subjects of investigation are the genesis of social knowledge, its constitutive conditions and the historical references. All of these are requirements for the possibility of producing the regularly occurring statements of the discourse. To approach the research questions, the newspaper articles are examined with the historical-critical method.
First, the sources were obtained from archives and digitized and then the relevant articles were identified through cursory reading and keyword searches. I analyze the arguments along different themes and through the single articles. In doing so, historical and discursive events of particular relevance are highlighted. The examination of knowledge is carried out through constant examination of related sources and relevant, historical and theoretical secondary literature. Overall, a twofold level of analysis must be taken into account: On the one hand, the historical discourse around and about languages and educational reforms in the Ottoman Empire and Southeast Europe. On the other hand, the level of the European-German imagination and evaluation standards within the arguments and the function of these. In doing so, I draw on Spivak's (1985) concepts of "othering", according to which changes and attribution processes produce dichotomous constructions (“other” – “own”) in the first place.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I aim to answer the above-mentioned questions concerning the imaginations, idealizations and historicizations, in the context of Languages, Educational Reforms and Nation-building in the source material. It can be assumed that the knowledge presented provides insights into the relationship between nation-state formation and languages, which had an impact far beyond the period and the region. In addition, the journal explicitly participates in contemporary discourse, classifies statements and positions itself as a medium, which has not yet been analyzed from the perspective of educational history.
A cursory reading and exemplary analyses have already shown that the German perspective assesses languages in a significantly different manner: Regarding “Turkish”, it is consistently recommended to undertake a Latinization of the alphabet and promote a linguistic transformation that makes the language more accessible (for rural populations and foreigners). Furthermore, the authors advocate, for a more comprehensive elementary school system in the Ottoman Empire. Contrary, language reforms in Greece receive less progressive evaluations, with a reform of the Greek alphabet, for example, never being a topic of discussion. Certainly, the eurocentric and Western background of the authorship is evident here, showcasing certain preferences influenced by their humanistic education.
Apart from one publication on the source as a publication organ (Farah 1993), there are no historiographical analyses. With my research try to fill this research desideratum and point out the source. It is interesting to see which nations and languages are considered "modern" and "successful" and which are not. Are there allocations to Europe and exclusions? All these evaluations-schemes which include or exclude certain nations from “modern” or “western world” are also common practice in nowadays political und public discourse. Overall, the article is part of a research project (on German-Turkish history of education) and uncovers parts of the largely forgotten imagination and historical interdependence between the German Empire and Southeast Europe.

References
Anderson, Benedict R. (2005): Die Erfindung der Nation: zur Karriere eines folgenreichen Konzepts. Frankfurt am Main: Campus Verlag.
Farah, Irmgard (1993): Die deutsche Pressepolitik und Propagandatätigkeit im Osmanischen
Reich von 1908-1918 unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des „Osmanischen Lloyd“. Beirut.
Fuhrmann, Malte (2006): Der Traum vom deutschen Orient. Zwei deutsche Kolonien im Osmanischen Reich 1851–1918. Frankfurt: Campus.
Fox, Stephanie; Boser, Lukas (2023): National Literacies in Education. Historical Reflections on the Nexus of Nations, National Identity, and Education. Palgrave Macmillan.
Gencer, Mustafa: Bildungspolitik, Modernisierung und kulturelle Interaktion. Deutsch-türkische Beziehungen 1908-1918, Münster u.a.: Lit Verlag, 2002.
Hellmanzik, Timm Gerd (2023): Vom „Türkenjoch“ zu „Deutschlands Freundschaft für die Türkei“ – Der Wandel des Wissens über das Osmanische Reich in deutschen Geschichtsschulbüchern 1839–1918. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Hobsbawm, Eric J. (2005): Nationen und Nationalismus. Mythos und Realität seit 1780. Frankfurt/New York: Campus Verlag.
Landwehr, Achim (2018): Historische Diskursanalyse. 2. Ed. Frankfurt/ New York: Campus Verlag, 2008.
Osmanischer Lloyd. Konstantinopel: Auswärtiges Amt und Deutsche Botschaft. 1908–1918.
Osterhammel, Jürgen (2009): Die Verwandlung der Welt. Eine Geschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts. München: C. H. Beck.
Quataert, Donald (2017): The Ottoman Empire 1700-1922, 4. Ed. CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform.
Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty (1985): The Rani of Sirmur: An Essay in Reading the Archives. In: History and Theory 24.3 (1985), S. 247–272.
Said, Edward W. (2003): Orientalism: Western Conceptions of the Orient. London: Penguin Modern Classics.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Creating the “current past” in Hungarian Textbooks on History of Education in the late 19th century

Attila Nóbik

University of Szeged, Hungary

Presenting Author: Nóbik, Attila

The development of educational history writing gained momentum in the first half of the 19th century. Its development was closely linked to the development of teacher training. Textbooks at different levels of the training played an important role in the formation of the discipline (Tröhler, 2004, 2006). According to Tröhler, the history of education had a moral, not a scientific, task. It set out the framework within which educators had to think about pedagogy, educational situations and schools. It placed contemporary pedagogical practice in a historical context and thus legitimised it.

Although Tröhler's findings are based on German and French textbooks, his conclusions are also valid for Hungarian textbooks. Hungary was in a unique position both in terms of its educational system and pedagogical thinking. The development of its culture and educational system has been strongly influenced by transnational trends (Mayer, 2019). In this respect, the role of German culture should be highlighted. Placing the history of Hungarian education in a European framework was one of the main aims of Hungarian textbooks on the history of education.

Cultural and pedagogical similarities can also be seen in the field of educational history writing. The history of education became one of the main subjects in the training of elementary school teachers in the second half of the 19th century. According to contemporary ideas, this subject provided the legitimacy of elementary school pedagogy and methodology. It also described the eminent educationalists and, through their lives, the desirable professional profiles with which teacher candidates had to identify. It was therefore a historically oriented subject, but with a strong normative content.

Although the history of education has played an important role in teacher training, little research has been undertaken into its history. This is partly due to the fact that Hungarian historiography of education has typically paid little attention to theoretical and historiographical issues. A few overview works have been produced (Szabó, Garai & Németh, 2022), but a comprehensive exploration of the history of Hungarian educational history writing is still awaited.

In my research, focusing on the training of elementary school teachers, I investigated how the construction of the "current past" and through it the legitimation of contemporary pedagogical theory and practice occurred in the Hungarian textbooks of the late 19th century.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During most of the period under study, the training of teachers for elementary schools and secondary schools was distinctly separate. In my research, I examined five textbooks on the history of education published for elementary teacher candidates in the late 19th century. I have used the method of historical source analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the research, it can be concluded that the authors of the textbooks explicitly sought to link the past, the recent past and the present in their texts. They used two main means of doing so. On the one hand, they included contemporary events in the history they described, thus emphasising that the development and establishment of the system of popular education was the inevitable result of a single, uninterrupted historical process. On the other hand, these textbooks created a figure no longer to be found later, the 'contemporary classic'. The textbooks contained biographies of many living or recently deceased people, in many cases in the same form and with the same content as those of 'famous' teachers. In this way, a professional pantheon was created which represented the professional profile to be followed by teacher candidates. At the same time, they portrayed effectively that 'ordinary' teachers can also possess the qualities of great professional predecessors.
The results of the research provide insights into the way early Hungarian educational history writing functioned. We can see that the dividing line between history and memory was still flexible at that time, and that the textbooks naturally included people and events within what Jan Assman calls communicative or generational memory (Assmann & Czapilka, 1995, Assman 2011). In later decades, with the professionalisation of educational history writing, the dividing line has become more fixed and textbooks have focused primarily on the description of persons and events within the scope of cultural memory.

References
Assmann, J. (2011). Cultural Memory and Early Civilization: Writing, Remembrance, and Political Imagination Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511996306
Assmann, J., & Czaplicka, J. (1995). Collective Memory and Cultural Identity. New German Critique, 65, 125–133. https://doi.org/10.2307/488538
Mayer, C. (2019). The Transnational and Transcultural: Approaches to Studying the Circulation and Transfer of Educational Knowledge. In E. Fuchs & E. Roldán Vera (Eds.), The Transnational in the History of Education: Concepts and Perspectives (pp. 49–68). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1_2
Tröhler, D. (2004). The Establishment Of The Standard History Of Philosophy of Education and Suppressed Traditions of Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 23(5–6), 367–391. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-004-4450-3
Tröhler, D. (2006). History and Historiography of Education: Some remarks on the utility of historical knowledge in the age of efficiency. Encounters/Encuentros/Rencontres on Education. https://doi.org/10.15572/ENCO2006.01
Z. A. Szabó, I. Garai & A. Németh (2022) The history of education in Hungary from the mid-nineteenth century to present day, Paedagogica Historica, 58:6, 901-919, DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2022.2090849


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Examining Shifting Perspectives of Knowledge: A Longitudinal Analysis of Educational Discourse

Ema Demir, Love Börjeson, Klas Eriksson

Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden

Presenting Author: Demir, Ema; Börjeson, Love

This study, which forms an integral part of a broader investigation into the interconnectedness of educational discourses, focuses on perspectives of knowledge. These perspectives encompass the epistemological frameworks of knowledge, including its nature, acquisition, validation, and utilisation, and are influenced by various schools of thought, such as empiricism, pragmatism, and constructivism. These perspectives are pivotal not only to our perception of knowledge but also have a profound impact on teaching methods (Greene & Yu, 2016) and learner outcomes (Mason et al., 2013; Muis & Foy, 2010).

The project examines the last 60 years of educational discourse in Sweden (1962–2023). By analysing extensive textual data from parliamentary records, media, and educational research using innovative digital methods, we aim to illustrate how perspectives on knowledge have evolved within and across different discourse domains.

We chose 1962 as the starting point for our study because it marks the introduction of Sweden's comprehensive educational system. Since then, Sweden has experienced significant transformations in its educational system, including a shift from state to municipal governance of schools, the introduction of privately run schools, the establishment of a new teaching college, and the implementation of a new grading system (Lindensjö & Lundgren, 2000). These reforms align with major developments in Sweden's economic history, such as comprehensive welfare reforms and sustained economic growth (Schön, 2012).

Presently, the Swedish school system is grappling with a multitude of challenges, including declining academic achievement, increased inequality, grade inflation, inadequate competence supply, classroom disorder, and mental health issues. Recent research suggests that a transformed perception of knowledge underlies many of these challenges (Henrekson & Wennström, 2022; James & Lewis, 2012). A growing body of research has delved into how public opinion, educational politics, the media, and research reflect and influence perceptions of education (Billingham & Kimelberg, 2016; Lee et al., 2022). However, there is a lack of studies on the interconnectedness of educational discourses using natural data (Lyons, 1991) comprehensively over time. Topic modelling, an established method in historical studies (e.g., Cohen Priva & Austerweil, 2015), can provide valuable opportunities to study discourse formation.

In collaboration with KBLab at the National Library of Sweden (collaboration agreement KB 2024-114), we use exploratory transformer-based topic modelling and sentence-based large language models to analyse extensive data from these discourse areas: the political sphere, the media landscape, and educational sciences. These areas form three corpora represented by 1) parliamentary motions, propositions, and speeches, 2) content from the four largest daily newspapers, and 3) educational research published in scholarly journals. Through KBLab, we are able to obtain close to complete data series from each data source. By dividing the period into 5-year intervals, we investigate relationships within and across these areas to reveal when and where changes are initiated, adopted, and spread to other discourse areas.

Research questions:

  1. What changes in the perceptions of knowledge can be found in the last 60 years of political, media, and research discourses?
  2. How do changes in these discourses interrelate?

This study contributes to educational research and the social sciences in several ways. Firstly, it provides a robust empirical foundation for exploring the interrelationships among political, public, and scholarly discourses. Secondly, it offers theoretical insights into discourse formation and the processes by which semantic shifts are initiated, adopted, and disseminated across different discourse domains. Thirdly, by fine-tuning (L)LMs, we make a methodological contribution that enables the comprehensive and comparative analysis of extensive, previously inaccessible natural data over time. Additionally, all model codes will be made open-access and available to anyone interested in discourse and policy formation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project integrates two methodological traditions: linguistic analysis and statistical regression methods, specifically transformer-based (L)LMs and Granger causality. Combining these methods is crucial as we aim to capture elusive prevailing discourses defined not by a fixed set of lexical items but by 'family-resemblances' of overlapping, non-unique similarities (Wittgenstein, 2001). Simultaneously, we seek to investigate the temporal interrelatedness of these discourses within a structured regression framework.
The linguistic analysis will begin with exploratory transformer-based topic modelling for 5-year time intervals within each corpus. We will employ BERTopic, which identifies latent topics by combining a transformer model with traditional information retrieval techniques and density-based clustering (Grootendorst, 2022).
In the subsequent analysis, we will use dimensional-reduced results from the topic models to extract, identify, and validate a smaller number of texts with conspicuous loadings for discernible educational topics indicative of potentially prevailing educational discourses. This dataset will serve as training material for fine-tuning a Large Language Model, (L)LM, classifier, allowing the model to 'learn' to classify texts into different discourses. The fine-tuned classifier (L)LM will then perform classification inference on the entire dataset. This classifier will be sentence-based (rather than word-embedded), enabling it to better capture linguistic family resemblances over longer (con-)texts (Reimers & Gurevych, 2019).
In the final phase of the study, we will apply Granger causality to analyse the interrelationships between the discourse areas over time (Shojaie & Fox, 2022). Granger causality (Granger, 1980), has been used in various fields to make predictions based on historical data. It indicates a predictive rather than a traditional causal relationship, as previously utilised in scientific analyses of societal discourse shifts (Börner et al., 2018). Through this approach, we aim to investigate whether shifts in one discourse area can predict changes in another, providing insights into the continued development of other domains. For instance, we will examine whether changes to perceptions of knowledge first take hold within research, then influence political debate, eventually appearing in the media, or if alternative patterns exist.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To validate and assess the feasibility of our research, we conducted a pilot study using vector models to compare word embeddings of lexical units related to knowledge perspectives over time in Sweden’s four largest daily newspapers (Dagens Nyheter, Svenska Dagbladet, Aftonbladet, and Expressen). Vector models evaluate the statistical relationships between word pairs on a scale from 0 to 1. Table 1 presents the results of a few examples of word pairs studied during two five-year periods, 1974-1979 and 2004-2009. The results indicate that the relationships are stable over time for some word pairs, such as "content" and "goal," and "teaching" and "learning." For other pairs, the connections have strengthened, indicating closer relationships between the words. Notably, the relationship between "grade" and "test" is significantly stronger in the later period, as is the relationship between "curriculum" and "learning outcomes." These initial models and preliminary results suggest a shift in educational discourse toward more measurable aspects of knowledge.
Table 1. Pilot study vector model results (examples of word pairs)
Word Pair 1974–1979 2004–2009 Change Sign.
Content – Goal 0.37 0.35 -0.02
Teaching – Learning 0.62 0.65 0.03
Formation – Education 0.89 0.85 -0.04
Individual – Group 0.48 0.43 -0.05
Teacher – Pupil 0.75 0.81 0.06
Knowledge – Ability 0.60 0.53 -0.07
Curriculum – Learning Outcomes 0.40 0.55 0.15 *
Grade – Test 0.32 0.67 0.35 *

The pilot study results support the validity and feasibility of our overarching project, which aims to study educational discourses and discern changes in semantic relationships between words within corpora. At the same time, these results highlight the necessity of employing more advanced linguistic analytical tools and robust transformer-based (L)LMs to comprehensively grasp and understand prevailing educational discourses, which this project aims to achieve.


References
Billingham, C., & Kimelberg, S. (2016). Opinion polling and the measurement of Americans’ attitudes regarding education. Journal of Education Policy, 31(5), 526–548.
Börner, K., Scrivner, O., Gallant, M., Ma, S., Liu, X., Chewning, K., Wu, L., & Evans, J. A. (2018). Skill discrepancies between research, education, and jobs reveal the critical need to supply soft skills for the data economy. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 115(50), 12630–12637.
Cohen Priva, U., & Austerweil, J. L. (2015). Analyzing the history of Cognition using Topic Models. Cognition, 135, 4–9.
Greene, J. A., & Yu, S. B. (2016). Educating Critical Thinkers: The Role of Epistemic Cognition. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3(1), 45–53.
Grootendorst, M. (2022). BERTopic: Neural topic modeling with a class-based TF-IDF procedure (arXiv:2203.05794).
Henrekson, M., & Wennström, J. (2022). Dumbing Down: The Crisis of Quality and Equity in a Once-Great School System—and How to Reverse the Trend. Springer International Publishing.
James, M., & Lewis, J. (2012). Assessment in Harmony with our Understanding of Learning: Problems and Possibilities. In Assessment and Learning (2nd ed., pp. 187–205). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Lee, J., Lee, J., & Lawton, J. (2022). Cognitive mechanisms for the formation of public perception about national testing: A case of NAPLAN in Australia. Educational Assessment Evaluation and Accountability, 34(4), 427–457.
Lindensjö, B., & Lundgren, U. P. (2000). Utbildningsreformer och politisk styrning (2nd ed.). Liber.
Lyons, J. (1991). Natural Language and Universal Grammar: Essays in Linguistic Theory (Vol. 1). Cambridge University Press.
Mason, L., Boscolo, P., Tornatora, M. C., & Ronconi, L. (2013). Besides knowledge: A cross-sectional study on the relations between epistemic beliefs, achievement goals, self-beliefs, and achievement in science. Instructional Science, 41(1), 49–79.
Muis, K. R., & Foy, M. J. (2010). The effects of teachers’ beliefs on elementary students’ beliefs, motivation, and achievement in mathematics. In Personal Epistemology in the Classroom: Theory, Research, and Implications for Practice (pp. 435–469). Cambridge University Press.
Reimers, N., & Gurevych, I. (2019). Sentence-BERT: Sentence Embeddings using Siamese BERT-Networks (arXiv:1908.10084).
Schön, L. (2012). An Economic History of Modern Sweden (1st ed.). Routledge.
Shojaie, A., & Fox, E. B. (2022). Granger Causality: A Review and Recent Advances. Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application, 9(1), 289–319.
Wittgenstein, L. (2001). Philosophical Investigations. Blackwell Publishing.
 
17:15 - 18:4518 SES 03 A: *** CANCELLED *** Meaningfulness and Inclusion in Physical Education
Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Oliver Hooper
Paper Session
17:15 - 18:4519 SES 03 A: Emotions and Atmospheres in Education
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Georg Manuel Rißler
Research Workshop
 
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop

Engaging with the Sense of the Moment. Ethnographic Approaches to Emotions and Atmospheres in Education

Nelly Alfandari1, Magnus Frank2, Florian Weitkämper3, Clemens Wieser4

1London South Bank University, United Kingdom; 2Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany; 3University of Education, Freiburg, Germany; 4Aarhus University, Danemark

Presenting Author: Alfandari, Nelly; Weitkämper, Florian; Wieser, Clemens

Our workshop explores how ethnographic research can relate to emotions and atmospheres in education (Zembylas & Schutz 2016; Jeffrey 2018; Schoerer & Schmitt 2018). We engage in emotions and atmospheres grounded in some long-standing debates on cultural politics (Ahmed 2004) and the management of emotions (Hochschild 2012), the situatedness of educational knowledge (Haraway 1988) and a growing interest in the affective constitution of social relations (Reckwitz 2015; Slaby & Scheve 2019). Departing from this grounding, we find that doing ethnographies on emotions and atmospheres is linked to some theoretical and methodological questions on which we want to center our workshop.

Here, one key element is to explore the relationships between the bodies of researchers and participants, their respective social positioning, as well as the audience of ethnographically produced knowledge. Emotions and atmospheres challenge us with the question of how we can document them, and equally, how we can make sense of, as well as articulate, their elusive and overwhelming quality on individuals and groups. While emotions and atmospheres remain widely fluid, diffuse, and ambivalent, they also link to issues of power and vulnerability that can have long-lasting effects on collaborating in classrooms and other, non-formal educational settings (Zembylas 2020). In this respect, our attention to emotions and atmospheres points towards key questions in educational ethnography as a method, discipline, and research attitude in the sense of a historically embedded rethinking. In our workshop, we share and discuss our theoretical and methodological engagement in doing educational ethnography that attends to emotions and atmospheres. After an introduction to the relationship between ethnography and emotions and atmospheres, we present three different materials that reflect emotions and atmospheres in education that we subsequently want to discuss together with you.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our workshop, we juxtapose three different materials from different school research settings:
· Photo material from an image theatre (Boal, 1995) research intervention in an inner city, English secondary school context, exploring shifts in the change of engagement (Gallagher, 2008) between students, the institution and the researcher, looking at (implicit) patterns of exclusion and the subjectivities they produce (Alfandari, 2022).
· Video material from a classroom ethnography in which a teacher got angry with students in one class. In this video material, we can see a teacher attempting to resolve the continual opposition between the didactical orientation of the teacher and the students’ orientation on negotiating peer culture. Interpreting this video material with an appraisal theory of emotions (Moors et al., 2013), I argue that anger is an emotion that reflects the teacher’s commitment to making his teaching about the topic in which he engages, while students see the lesson to be about their peer relations. These different orientations produce a goal incongruence and impair the care relation between teacher and students (Noddings, 2012) to a degree that the pedagogical contract in class is eroded.
· The third type of material consists of excerpts from field protocols of a multi-year ethnography on the practices and thematization of institutional racism in schools (www.konir.de). The focus here, which is interested in atmospheres, is to be placed in particular on the interdependent relationship between affects, discursive and biographical historicities and normalizations or constructions of normality. How does an elusive (Yon 2000) atmosphere arise, for example, in the interplay of ethnographic descriptions and perceptions, field-specific routines and boundaries as well as institutionally embedded certainties, expectations and unspeakabilities?
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final part of our workshop consists of a plenary discussion on how we can do ethnographic research on emotions and atmospheres and the implications that methodological choices have for articulating their meaning. Fundamentally, we believe that an engagement with emotions in ethnography provides us with insights into implicit patterns of exclusion and power dynamics, (Gallagher 2016), as well as the implications that these power dynamics have on the subjectivity of participants in educational settings (Youdell 2006). Focusing on the atmosphere produced through emotional interactions provides us with a fuller understanding of how subjectivities are produced, and how these subjectivities have an impact on each other. Ultimately, we find it empowering to reflect on our entanglement in ethnographic research by attending to our own emotions, and by giving voice to them as an essential part of our research.
References
Ahmed, S. (2004). The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press.
Alfandari, N. (2022). Critical pedagogies in the secondary school classroom: Space, engagement, and emotions(Doctoral dissertation, London South Bank University).
Boal, A. (1995). Rainbow of desire. London: Routledge.
Gallagher, K. (2016).  Navigating the Emotional Terrain of Research:  Affect and Reason by Way of Imagination. In: Zembylas, M., Schutz, P. (eds) Methodological  Advances in Research on Emotion and Education. Springer, Cham.
Gallagher, K. (2008). The art of methodology: A collaborative science. In The methodological dilemma (pp. 83-98). Routledge.
Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies 14 (3), pp. 575-599.
Hochschild, A. R. (2012). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling (Updated with a new preface). University of California Press.
Jeffrey, B. (2018). Ethnographic writing - Fieldnotes, memos, writing main texts, and whole narratives. In Ethnographic Writing (pp. 109–136). E&E Publishing.
Moors, A., Ellsworth, P. C., Scherer, K. R., & Frijda, N. H. (2013). Appraisal Theories of Emotion: State of the Art and Future Development. Emotion Review, 5(2), 119–124. https://doi.org/10.1177/1754073912468165
Noddings, N. (2012). The caring relation in teaching. Oxford Review of Education, 38(6), 771–781. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2012.745047
Reckwitz, A. (2015). Practices and their affects. In Allison Hui & Schatzki, T. (eds.). The Nexus of Practices. Connections, constellations, practitioners (pp. 114- 125). Oxford.
Schroer, S. A. & Schmitt, S. B. (eds.) (2018). Exploring Atmospheres Ethnographically. Routledge.
Slaby, J., Scheve, C. v. (2019). Affective Societies. Key Concepts. Routledge.
Zembylas, M. & Schutz, P. (eds.) (2016). Methodological Advances in Research on Emotion and Education. Springer.
Zembylas, M. (2020). The Ethics and Politics of Traumatic Shame. Pedagogical Insights. In Dernikos, B., Lesko, N., McCall, S. & Niccolini, A. (eds.). Mapping the Affective Turn in Education. Theory, Research, and Pedagogies (pp. 54-68). Routledge.
Yon, D. (2000). Elusive Culture: Schooling, Race, and Identity in Global Times. State University of New York Press.
Youdell, D. (2006). Subjectivation and performative politics—Butler thinking Althusser and Foucault: intelligibility, agency and the raced–nationed–religioned subjects of education. British journal of sociology of education,27(4), pp.511-528.
 
17:15 - 18:4520 SES 03 A: Student engagement and active learning in Higher Education
Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Michal Ganz-Meishar
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Navigating Challenges in Contemporary Higher Education: Students guidelines for Teachers

Andrius Eidimtas1, Raimonda Brunevičiūtė2

1Lithuanian University of Health Sciences; 2Lithuanian Educational Research Association Board

Presenting Author: Eidimtas, Andrius

The statistical data highlights the increasing trend of students pursuing education across borders (Van Mol, C., Cleven, J., & Mulvey, B., 2024). Researchers WU, Garza, Guzman (2015), Tomlinson (2017), Gay (2018), Martin, Bollinger (2018), Quaye, Harper, Pendakur (2019), Geng, Law, Niu (2019) have extensively discussed diverse international student needs at universities. These needs encompass such intercultural education challenges as language support, cultural integration programs, accessible academic resources, technological integration, global influences, and the significance of fostering a positive learning environment in higher education.

Numerous challenges (Steiner-Hofbauer & Holzinger, 2020; Kamaşak, Sahan, & Rose, 2021) confront universities in creating a supportive community for students' seamless transition to a new educational system and culture. These challenges are critical for students to successfully adapt.

Researches (Tamtik & Guenter, 2019) from Canada had made a critical policy study and emphasized the questions do the universities prepared enough to welcome international learners. The analysis shows that universities that have established Diversity and/or Equity Offices were more likely to collect more detailed information, monitor EDI (equity, diversity and inclusion) activities, and make proactive recommendations to senior leadership on potential improvements compared to those universities without designated offices. Along with the student recruitment activities, the policy documents address the availability of student support services in regard to scholarships, bursaries, student advising services, curriculum adaptations and new course offerings.

In 2023 we analyzed the possibilities to recognize other forms of diversity and explored how international students can be engaged culturally in a university environment using Museus' theoretical model (2014). Our study results emphasized, that 1) cultural engagement influences students' attitudes by promoting open-mindedness, empathy, and a global perspective; 2) effective communication bridges cultural gaps, fostering understanding among students from diverse backgrounds; 3) tailoring learning methods and the educational environment to accommodate cultural diversity enhances the overall learning experience; 4) teachers play a pivotal role in creating a culturally engaged environment. Professionalism in teaching includes adapting instructional methods to diverse student needs, being culturally sensitive, and promoting an inclusive and supportive atmosphere.

This year our focus continues more deeper on international students' learning environment, aiming to identify newchallenges for students to understand teacher‘s profesionalism. These challenges brought from a macro-level perspective and considered by global influences. So we do not imagine what are students' expectations, values, or guidelines regarding interactions with educators in an intercultural learning environment.

The aim of this research is based on international freshmen expectations to prepare students quideliness for the teachers to navigate challenges in contemporary higher education.

The objectives of the research were the following: 1) To analyze the expectations of first year international students about their understanding of concept “teacher professional”; 2) To distinguish main categories by preparing specific guidelines for the teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative research was performed on 2023-2024 at one of Lithuanian universities, hosting full time incoming students from more than 87 countries. This university represents itself as a robust international institution actively cultivating an embrace of diverse cultures and traditions. It is committed to enhancing global connections and collaborations with foreign partners and alumni in the realms of studies, science, and practical applications.
First year international students were asked to provide their opinions on open-ended question at the very begining of the  autumn semester. In this qualitative research collected responses involve exploring attitudes, beliefs, and opinions, which allows for a deeper understanding of the participants' perspectives. The process of collecting and analyzing opinions from open-ended questions in interviews contributes valuable qualitative insights to the research.
In the research participated 27 freshmen, and more than 130 statement of answers were submitted. All these opinions gathered from open-ended question were analysed using the content analysis method, which involves identifying themes, patterns, and insights within the qualitative data, allowing for a structured and systematic understanding of the information provided by participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research explores strategies and best practices for teachers to navigate these intercultural education challenges effectively, ensuring a well-rounded and inclusive educational experience for students. The responses highlights an ideal teacher within this framework is not only a knowledgeable instructor but also a facilitator of inclusivity, effective communication, and continuous improvement:
- Fosters inclusivity and respect for cultural difference;
- Utilizes effective communication and engagement strategies;
- Demonstrates personal and professional attributes;
- Balances administrative and institutional responsibilities;
- Creates a positive and innovative learning environment.
By incorporating these categories, a teacher can further enhance the learning environment, fosterfing a holistic educational experience that nurtures both academic and personal growth for students. Based on the results of this research some specific quideliness will be prepared for teachers.

References
1.Eidimtas, A., Brunevičiūtė, R.(2023). The possibilities to recognize other forms of diversity in learning environments in Higher Education. In ECER 2023" The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research". Emerging researchers' conference: 21-22 August 2023 [and] ECER 22-25 August 2023, University of Glasgow. European Educational Research Association.[Berlin]: European Educational Research Association, 2023.
2.Eidimtas, A.; Bruneviciute, R.; Blazeviciene, A. (2018) Creation of the innovative environment for the development of educational and practical possibilities of intercultural comunication of health care team members // ECER 2018, No. 1496.
3.Eidimtas, A., Brunevičiūtė, R., & Urmanavičiūtė, E. (2022). Incoming students ‘expectations towards learning environment created by hosting country university teachers. In INTED 2022 Proceedings: 16th International Technology, Education and Development Conference: 7-8 March, 2022/International Academy of Technology, Education and Development (IATED); Edited by: L. Gómez Chova, A. López Martínez, I. Candel Torres. Valencia: IATED Academy, 2022.
4.Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. teachers college press.
5.Geng, S., Law, K. M., & Niu, B. (2019). Investigating self-directed learning and technology readiness in blending learning environment. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(1), 1-22
6.Kamaşak, R., Sahan, K., & Rose, H. (2021). Academic language-related challenges at an English-medium university. Journal of English for Academic Purposes, 49, 100945.
7.Martin, F., & Bolliger, D. U. (2018). Engagement matters: Student perceptions on the importance of engagement strategies in the online learning environment. Online learning, 22(1), 205-222.
8.Quaye, S. J., Harper, S. R., & Pendakur, S. L. (Eds.). (2019). Student engagement in higher education: Theoretical perspectives and practical approaches for diverse populations. Routledge.
9.Steiner-Hofbauer, V., & Holzinger, A. (2020). How to cope with the challenges of medical education? Stress, depression, and coping in undergraduate medical students. Academic psychiatry, 44, 380-387
10.Tamtik, M., & Guenter, M. (2019). Policy analysis of equity, diversity and inclusion strategies in Canadian universities–how far have we come?. Canadian Journal of Higher Education, 49(3), 41-56.
11.Tomlinson, M. (2017). Student perceptions of themselves as ‘consumers’ of higher education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(4), 450-467.
12.Van Mol, C., Cleven, J., & Mulvey, B. (2024). Where, when and why are students internationally mobile?. Handbook of Human Mobility and Migration, 128-147
13.Wu, H. P., Garza, E., & Guzman, N. (2015). International student’s challenge and adjustment to college. Education Research International, 2015.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Challenges and Opportunities: Promoting Active Student Involvement and Intercultural Competencies in Higher Education

Simran Vazirani-Mangnani, Carmen Carmona Rodriguez, Nerea Hernaiz-Agreda, María Jesús Benlloch Sanchís, Julián Bell Sebastián, Jose Vidal Mollón

University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Carmona Rodriguez, Carmen

Currently, universities focus on students as individuals who develop through the teaching and learning process, emphasizing a more humanistic and socially committed education (González & González, 2008). The traditional view that a competent person possesses the necessary knowledge and skills for a profession is now considered a more complex phenomenon. Competence is seen as the potential to act in a profession with initiative, flexibility, autonomy, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills in diverse and heterogeneous scenarios (Prieto et al., 2018). This highlights the need for such generic competencies in student education. In the university context, the learning environment places the student at the center, fostering active construction of knowledge and skills through interaction, mental restructuring, and collaborative teaching-learning contexts. Active student participation is essential, promoting not only information acquisition but also active engagement and empowerment, encouraging independence, autonomy, and critical thinking (Dochy et al., 2005; Bovill et al., 2019). However, discussions persist on the most effective means to make students active protagonists in the educational process. The goal is for students not to be mere observers but to actively engage in and contribute to the construction of knowledge (García & Lorente, 2017); leading to improved academic performance, satisfaction, and reduced dropout rates (Lei et al., 2018). The role of the teacher is crucial in motivating and training students in higher education institutions, particularly when they encourage, provoke, and inspire during lessons (Vallejo, 2020; De Borba et al., 2020). Creating intellectually stimulating, socially nourishing, emotionally motivating, and respectful learning spaces remains a challenge in higher education (Espejo & Sarmiento, 2017). Establishing environments where students can discuss, question, and share, feeling these are safe spaces for dialogue, debate, and critical discussion is essential (Han & Hamilton, 2022). This context also requires consideration of the high diversity and mobility present in university settings, where intercultural competencies become essential. This applies not only to students experiencing a new cultural environment abroad but also to those facing cultural diversity without leaving their home country. Preparing graduates for increasing globalization is a prominent need in educational policies (Carmona et al., 2020; Knight, 2012; Lorenzo Moledo et al., 2023). The research's objective was to examine the role of the teaching-learning environment and the five dimensions comprising the intercultural competence model: cultural empathy, social initiative, flexibility, emotional stability, and open-mindedness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To carry out the study, 625 university students answered a research questionnaire. Scales measured the teaching-learning environment and intercultural competencies at the university context. Regarding the sample characteristics, 96.2% were of Spanish nationality, and 3.8% had dual nationality. Regarding gender distribution, there were 83 men, 535 women, and 7 students who selected "other" (1.1%). Participants' ages ranged from 18 to 56 years. Students belonged to various education-related university programs: 51.2% in Pedagogy, 42.6% in Education Social, and 6.2% in Teaching. Distributed by courses, 36.0% were in the first course, 41.1% in the second course, and 22.9% in the fourth course. Regarding language proficiency, 91.8% of the sample studied a foreign language, with English, French, and Italian being the most frequently learned languages. Concerning international experience, 10.6% studied abroad, with Erasmus practices and Erasmus studies being highlighted. Additionally, 82.7% traveled abroad for other reasons, with 50.2% of them traveling between one to three times. Regarding cultural diversity in the educational environment, 54.1% noted the presence of other nationalities in class, while 45.9% expressed that it was not common. Outside the university context, 45.1% maintained contact with students from different cultures, while 54.9% had no contact with international students.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results indicate that in the initial phase of using active methodologies, uncertainty and initial resistance among students arise due to facing novel situations. However, a positive teacher-student relationship contributes to flexibility and emotional stability. Exposure to these intercultural environments strengthens social initiative competence. The importance of teacher feedback for emotional stability is highlighted, despite its limited effect on open-mindedness (Coll et al., 2012; Rekalde y García, 2015). In the analysis of intercultural competencies, it is evident that the teaching-learning environment influences social initiative, emotional stability, flexibility, cultural empathy, and open-mindedness. The teacher-student relationship, as well as curriculum coherence, emerges as determining factors. Active student participation and peer collaboration are positively linked to social initiative and open-mindedness. However, more participative teaching activities negatively impact student emotional stability. The importance of a reasonable workload is emphasized to preserve emotional stability and promote social initiative (Brown, 2008; Hattie & Clarke, 2019). This research emphasizes the importance of understanding the role of the teaching-learning environment and the dimensions of intercultural competencies. Findings suggest a need to balance the implementation of active learning environments with strategies to mitigate initial emotional instability. The teacher-student relationship and curriculum coherence emerge as critical determinants in shaping intercultural competencies, emphasizing the need for a holistic approach.
In summary, the research highlights the need to balance the implementation of active environments with strategies to mitigate initial emotional instability. It also underscores the crucial role of the teacher-student relationship, curriculum coherence, and workload in shaping intercultural competencies. These findings highlight the relevance of designing educational environments that stimulate active learning, promote interculturality, and address students' emotional dimensions to cultivate globally competent citizens.

References
Bovill, C., & Woolmer, C. (2019). How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creating in and of the curriculum. Higher Education, 78, 407-422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8

Carmona, C., Vazirani, S., Muñoz, D.I., Galvis, M.J., & Hernaiz, N. (2020). Internacionalización en casa: una iniciativa para promover y desarrollar competencias lingüísticas e interculturales en el aula de educación superior. En J.F. Durán, J. Puche, y E. López (Eds.), Bases para una docencia actualizada (pp.131-142). Tirant Humanidades.

De Borba, G.S., Alves, I.M., & Campagnolo, P.D.B. (2020). How leaning spaces can collaborate with student engagement and enhance student-faculty interaction in higher education. Innovative Higher Education, 45, 51-63. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-019-09483-9

Dochy, F., Segers, M., Van den Bossche, P., & Struyven, K. (2005). Students’ perceptions of a problem-based learning environment. Learning Environment Research, 8, 41-66. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-005-7948-x

García, E., & Lorente, R. (2017). De receptor pasivo a protagonista activo del proceso de enseñanza-aprendizaje: redefinición del rol del alumnado en la Educación Superior. Opción, 33(84), 120-153.

González, V., & González., T. (2008). Competencias genéricas y formación profesional: un análisis desde de la docencia universitaria. Revista Iberoamericana, 47, 185-209.

Hattie, J., & Clarke, S. (2019). Aprendizaje visible: Feedback. Paraninfo.

Lorenzo Moledo, M. D. M., Ferraces Otero, M. J., Mella Núñez, Í., & Núñez García, J. (2023). Development of graduates’ transversal competences: the mobility program Galeuropa. Revista de Educación, 400, 295-322. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2023-400-579

Prieto, J., Rubio, D.A., & Fernández, C. (2018). Aprendizaje y evaluación de competencias en el alumnado universitario de Ciencias Sociales. Revista de Docencia Universitaria, 16(1), 193-210. https://doi.org/10.4995/redu.2018.8941

Rekalde, I., & García, J. (2015). El aprendizaje basado en proyectos: un constante desafío. Innovación Educativa, 25, 219-234. https://doi.org/10.15304/ie.25.2304

Vallejo, A. (2020). El papel del docente universitario en la formación de estudiantes investigadores desde la etapa inicial. Educación Médica Superior, 34(2), 1-20.

Van der Zee, K., Van Oudenhoven, J.P., Ponterotto, J.G., & Fietzer, A.W. (2013). Multicultural Personality Questionnaire: Development of a short form. Journal of Personality Assessment, 95(1), 118-124. https://doi.org/10.1080/00223891.2012.718302


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Developing Professional Identity in Teacher Education through Collaborative Self-study: Connecting the Personal and Theoretical in Practice

Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir, Svanborg Rannveig Jónsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Guðjónsdóttir, Hafdís; Jónsdóttir, Svanborg Rannveig

Teacher educators play a critical role in strengthening the quality of education through teaching and research. The purpose of this research was to draw attention to the importance that teacher educators actively develop their professionalism through teaching and conducting research in education. The aim was to scrutinize our experience of becoming teacher educators that endavor in their praxis to influence their student teachers and the teacher community. The main research question leading this study was: What characterizes our collective journeys and development as researchers and teacher educators?

Teaching people to become teachers can be a complex profession, it is not simply delivering information about the content of a subject or about teaching methods (Loughran, 2013), it is also about the interplay between the teacher, the students, and the subjects (Hordvik et al, 2020). Critical key themes in teacher education are to enhance the theory-practice nexus and to embed critical reflection into the learning spaces in teacher education (Darling-Hammond, 2006; Korthagen, 2017). Biesta (2017) argues that at the very center of the ‘art’ of teaching is becoming educationally wise and therefore that we need teacher education that is neither orientated towards measurable evidence, nor towards competence, but towards the promotion of educational wisdom. He urges teacher educators to offer opportunities to develop the ability to make educational judgements in order to cultivate educational wisdom.

Teacher education can offer opportunities to connect the professional with the personal and the theoretical with the practical (Korthagen, 2017) to support the cultivation of educational wisdom. By working with the layers of teachers’ professional identity and mission, addressing the whole person to bring about professional learningteacher educators help student teachers reframe deeply ingrained limiting beliefs (Korthagen, 2017). The search for a specific pedagogy of teacher education has been going on for some time and as teaching is fundamentally a complex endeavour it is not only important to focus on the observable dimensions of pedagogy, but also to study the personal, relational, and improvisational dimensions (Cuenca, 2010). Principles of constructive alignments and deep learning is important for student teachers. Teacher educators cannot simply put information into their heads, instead they need to create learning spaces for students to construct their knowledge for themselves (Biggs, et.al., 2022). These learning spaces need to provide students with engaging and generative learning experiences. The learning design of each task and the activities that follow must make them deeply engaged.

One of the responsibilities of the teacher educator is about researching education and to deliver the findings to all stakeholders. Therefore, for teacher educators to write about their experience is important, but it takes time, they need time to reflect on their experience, to analyze it within the scholarship and to learn from it but also to introduce it to the educational community (Loughran, 2014; Martin & Russell, 2020). Martin and Russell (2020) argue that self-study research attends to two different epistemologies, the epistemology of knowing that is captured in the propositions and logical arguments of academics and the epistemology of practice that considers how we learn from professional experience. They find it important to attend to both and to show the evidence of the interplay between the two epistemologies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
The research builds on the methodology of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (S-STTEP), where we as the researchers and teacher educators focus on our situation and development as teacher educators through the critical and collaborative lens of self-study. In self-study we learn from our experiences of reflection-in-action, but it becomes reflection-on-action as we report our self-study about our learning from these experiences and relating it to professional theories (Martin & Russell, 2020). Self-study does not follow a recipe created by others, instead by practicing self-study we can create new practices or reconstruct the old ones and focus on the learning from experience to transform practice (Martin & Russell, 2020). By positioning our work within our research as well as the broader teacher education research community being both the researcher and the researched, we take an ontological stance to our professional work as becoming teacher educators (Pinnegar et al., 2020).
Our collaboration and research into our teaching through the methodology of self-study has revealed the importance of creating spaces to extract our experience of becoming teacher educators that strive both to influence our student teachers and the teacher community (Russel & Martin, 2017). Doing collaborative self-study has challenged our assumptions, revealed conflicts, expanded and deepened interpretations, and strengthened our collaborative agency.
Methods
This is a retrospective self-study, and our retrospective data consists of our journals through the years, notes from conversations and meetings as well as our earlier research publications. We also conducted participatory interviews with each other to retrieve memories and stories from our teaching and collaboration. Such interviews are meant to be participatory, equitable and reflectvie approaches to life history research. The interviews were recorded and transcribed.
We each scanned through the bulk of our data looking for indicators of what impacted our development as teacher educators and how we made use of our reflections and understandings. To extract what characterized our collaborative journey becoming teacher educators and researchers, we came together with our notes, reflected on, discussed and analysed and identified specific turning points and defining moments (Bullock, 2012). Applying theories we made sense of the examples from practice and realized how we used self-study to enhance and articulate our evolving professional knowledge (Loughran, 2002). Thus, our passage emerged, from being teachers at grade schools to becoming teacher educators and how we learned together and created teaching and research teams.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Before becoming teacher educators, both of us taught at grade school for almost three decades and therefore we brought with us certain experience and knowledge that we have been able to build on as teacher educators.
As I(Z) began my journey into teacher education, one challenge was to search for pedagogy in teacher education. Through reflections and self-study I realized that I had to learn all over again and turn my teaching around and build on student teachers resources and their authentic experiences.
Again and again through self-study I have recognized the difficulties to go beyond didactic teacher focused approaches, and to make a change to more learner centered based learning and teaching.
As I(x) reflect on my journey with Z collaborating first on teaching in her course on inclusive education and then on researching our practice with self-study I remember several defining moments or even perhaps defining phases that impacted my becoming as a teacher educator. One such moment was when she asked me to join her in her course on inclusive education and said I could teach my specialty innovation and entrepreneurial education (IEE). The core pedagogy of IEE is defined as emancipatory pedagogy where learners are active and creative explorers, and the role of the teacher is to be more of a facilitator rather than an instructor. The fundamental process in IEE is to look for and analyse needs or problems, find and develop solutions and make them visible to others or use in practice.
As we analyze the development in the course and consequently how we constantly were becoming and developing as teacher educators we could see multimodal characteristics in the way we worked and wanted to work. We strived to create learning spaces to give students opportunities to find out who they are as educators.

References
Biesta, G. (2017). The future of teacher education: Evidence, competence or wisdom?. In Peters, M., Cowie, B., Menter, I. (Eds.), A companion to research in teacher education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4075-7_29
Biggs, J., Tang, C., & Kennedy, G. (2022). Teaching for quality learning at university. Open University Press.
Bullock, S. M. (2012). Learning to teach physics teachers: Developing a distinct pedagogy of teacher education. In S. M. Bullock & T. Russell (Eds.) Self-studies of science teacher education practices (103–120). Springer.
Cuenca, A. (2010). Self-study research: Surfacing the art of pedagogy in teacher education. Journal of Inquiry and Action in Education, 3, 15–29.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Powerful teacher education: Lessons from exemplary programs. San Francisco.
Hordvik, M., MacPhail, A. & Ronglan, L. T. (2020). Developing a pedagogy of teacher education using self-study: A rhizomatic examination of negotiating learning and practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88 102969. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102969
Korthagen, F.A.J. (2017). A foundation for effective teacher education: Teacher education pedagogy based on theories of situated learning. In D.J. Clandinin & J. Husu (Eds.), The Sage handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 528–544). Sage.
Loughran, J. (2014). Professionally developing as a teacher educator. Journal of Teacher Education. 65(4) 271–283. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487114533386
Loughran, J. (2013). Pedagogy: Making sense of the complex relationship between teaching and learning. Curriculum Inquiry, 43(1), 118–141. https://doi.org/10.1111/curi.12003
Loughran, J. (2002). Effective reflective practice in search of meaning in learning about teaching. Journal of Teacher Education, 53(1), 33–43. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487102053001004
Martin, A. K. & Russell, T. (2020). Advancing an epistemology of practice for research in self-study of teacher education practices. In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. M. Bullock, A. R. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), 2nd International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 1045–1074). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1710-1_35-1
Pinnegar, S., Hutchinson, D. A., Hamilton, M. L. Role of positioning, identity and stance in becoming. (2020). In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. M. Bullock, A. R. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), 2nd International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 97–133). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-6880-6_4
Russel, T. & Martin, A. K. (2017). Reflective practice: Epistemological perspectives on learning from experience in teacher education. In R. Brandenburg, K. Glasswell, M. Jones & J. Ryan (eds.), Reflective theory and practice in teacher education (pp. 27–48). Springer Nature.
 
17:15 - 18:4522 SES 03 A: Students' Time Allocation and Student-Centrered Learning
Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Helen Coker
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Implementation of the Bologna Process: Identifying Student-Centred Learning in Master’s Supervision within a Norwegian and a Kurdish University

Lara Aref, Anne Line Wittek

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Aref, Lara

This paper reports on a case study investigating how student-centred learning, an underlying principle of the Bologna Process (EU, 2024, p. 14), can be identified in different master’s programmes at the University of Oslo (Norway) and Salahaddin University (Kurdish region of Iraq). Both universities formally adhere to the standards of the Bologna Process in their education systems. However, in practice, they differ in various aspects, including the length of time the implementation process has been adopted, funding and resources and university ranking—often with wide gaps between them (see, for example, Times Higher Education, 2024). The study focuses on student-centred learning within supervision-related activities, particularly in connection with the master’s thesis. This focus is examined at two levels within master’s programmes: first, the organisation (formalities and guidelines) and the educational design (academic and educational content), and second, the practice of master’s supervision. Based on these examinations, the paper investigates the following research question: How can student-centred learning in master’s supervision be identified in different higher education contexts?

In the past two decades, the Bologna Process, initially promoting ‘universal education in Europe’ (Haukland, 2017, p. 261), has gained attention beyond the continent. Various universities within the Kurdish region of Iraq have recently adopted the Bologna Process, beginning in 2019 (APPRAIS, 2023). In the early 2000s, Norwegian universities, along with many universities in varying countries throughout Europe, began implementing the same uniform standards associated with the Bologna Process as a result of new higher education reform policies (EHEA, 2024). Currently, 49 countries, including non-EU nations such as Russia, Armenia and Azerbaijan, have all pledged ‘to pursue and implement the objectives of the Bologna Process in their own systems of higher education’ (EHEA, 2024). With numerous countries spanning thousands of kilometres now adopting the same educational standards, it is worthwhile to examine such global policies in universities at the local level. This is especially true because research related to the Bologna Process often tends to concentrate on a macro level, emphasising structures and political issues (Dysthe & Webler, 2010, p. 23).

A guide provided to institutions planning to implement the Bologna Process within their higher education systems characterises student-centred learning as ‘innovative methods of teaching which aim to promote learning in communication with teachers and students and which takes students seriously as active participants in their own learning’ (EU, 2015, p. 76). To examine how student-centred learning can be identified in the two universities, Dysthe’s (2002) supervision models will be used as an analytical tool. Her models comprise three supervision types, each characterised by distinctive features: the teaching model (supervisor-in-focus), the partnership model (student-in-focus) and the apprenticeship model (project-in-focus). The model closest to the description of student-centred learning in this context is the partnership model, which is characterised by a symmetrical relationship between the supervisor and the student. In the partnership model, the master’s thesis is viewed as a joint project between the student and supervisor, involving a dialogical relation between the two parties, with the supervisor aiming to foster independent thinking.

Dysthe (2002, p. 532) explained that the partnership model is based on a dialogical approach to learning (see Wittek, 2023). Within this framework, meaning is created through interactions between different individuals in a real-time context (Linell, 1998). When individuals in a setting share different thoughts and perspectives, their understanding is constructed and transformed (Dysthe et al., 2006, p. 302), facilitating learning opportunities. By using Dysthe’s supervision models, especially the partnership model, we can examine the type of supervision that is set up among different master’s programmes in relation to one of the Bologna Process’s underlying principles: student-centred learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project employs a qualitative approach and utilises different methods to collect data, but at this stage, collection has only been conducted at the University of Oslo. However, the same methods will be applied at Salahaddin University, where we are currently in the process of collecting data. To begin, five master’s programmes from different faculties at the University of Oslo were selected. We chose international master’s programs to achieve some similar grounds between the subcases (the programmes all being in English, student groups with different educational experiences). To examine the organisation and the educational design in relation to master’s thesis supervision in these subcases, relevant documents on websites associated with the respective master’s programmes were collected and content analysis was conducted. The analytical tool used in this study consisted of specific themes and questions aimed at capturing information about master’s supervision in textual descriptions of the programmes and courses offered. Content analysis aids in gaining better insight into the organisation and educational design in relation to master’s supervision, revealing potential patterns or characteristics across faculties and countries (Tjora, 2017). It provides the opportunity to systematically review the websites of individual master’s programmes (Grønmo, 2016).
Second, to gain deeper insight into the educational design and perspectives of both the programme coordinator and course leaders, focus group interviews were conducted. These interviews involved the programme coordinator and course leaders within selected master’s programmes from the five mentioned above. We selected two programmes that explicitly express elements that can be directly connected to student-centred learning. This could be linked to the master’s thesis and, in terms of participation, expecting the students’ full effort and engagement. With an interview guide prepared beforehand, a series of questions were asked about various topics, such as different course activities related to the seminar and group supervision within the programme, as well as the reasoning behind these activities, experiences from their own role as a supervisor and metathinking about their role. The focus group interviews were conducted to obtain more detailed information about the educational design in terms of the underlying ideas behind student learning and master’s thesis supervision and in conjunction with their own experiences from supervising master’s students. This research method was chosen to collectively input a broader range of views on the particular focus of master’s supervision from different perspectives (Katz-Buonincontro, 2022, p. 48–49).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings revealed emerging tendencies. The written text describing master’s supervision on the five programmes’ webpages was often brief, with few explanations. However, based on the organised activities and descriptions of learning outcomes, conveying insights into the educational designs, signs of the ideas behind the partnership model could be discerned. Different course activities were organised in which students were expected to present sections of their thesis work, for example, in courses related to research methods. It was evident that there were clear expectations for peers to provide feedback, emphasising ‘expected student participation’. Regarding learning outcomes, course objectives requiring skills such as ‘critical thinking’ were often a recurring pattern, indicating expectations of certain skills for students to be actively engaged.
The focus group interviews conducted at this stage revealed the presence of other supervision models besides the partnership model. Traces of the teaching model, also associated with a traditional approach to teaching, were evident in the data material. This was characterised by an asymmetrical relationship between the parties, where the goal was to transfer knowledge onto the student and the students were highly dependent on the supervisor (Dysthe, 2002). By reading through the transcripts and testimonies of the programme coordinators and course teachers, it was evident that many of the students were not considered ‘mature’ enough for supervision sessions resembling Dythe’s partnership model. The students’ knowledge background, coupled with the evolving dynamics between the parties, had an impact on the type of supervision that emerged during the supervision sessions. The different phases of the students’ master’s thesis work also had an impact on the type of supervision model that was observed. However, further data and analysis are needed to accurately determine how student-centred learning can be identified in the two universities. This will be included in the conference presentation.

References
APPRAIS (2023). Roadmap for the implementation of the Bologna Process in Kurdish universities. Read. 29 December 2023. https://www.appraisproject.eu/roadmap-for-the-implementation-of-the-bologna-process-in-kurdish-universities/
Dysthe, O. (2002). Professors as mediators of academic text cultures: An interview study with advisors and master’s degree students in three disciplines in a Norwegian university. Studies in Higher Education, 19(4), 493–544.
Dysthe, O., Samara, A., & Westrheim, K. (2006). Multivoiced supervision of Master’s students: a case study of alternative supervision practices in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 31(03), 299–318.
Dysthe, O., & Webler, W. D. (2010). Pedagogical issues from Humboldt to Bologna: The case of Norway and Germany. Higher Education Policy, 23(2), 247–270.
EHEA (2024). Full Members. Accessed 3 January 2024. https://ehea.info/page-full_members
European Union (2015). ECTS Users’ Guide. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/87192
Grønmo, S. (2019). Samfunnsvitenskapelige metoder [Methods in social science] (2nd ed.). Fagbokforlaget.
Haukland, L. (2017). The Bologna process: The democracy–bureaucracy dilemma. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 41(3), 261–272.
Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2022). How to interview and conduct focus groups. American Psychological Association.
Linell, P. (1998). Approaching dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives (Vol. 3). John Benjamins Publishing.
Times Higher Education (2024). World University Rankings 2024. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/world-university-rankings/2024/world-ranking
Tjora, A. (2017). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis [Qualitative research methods in practice] (3rd ed.). Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk.
Wittek, L. (2023) Feedback in the context of Peer Group Mentoring: A Theoretical Perspective. In T. de Lange & L. Wittek (Eds.), Faculty Peer Group Mentoring in Higher Education. Springer.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Where Has Time Gone?A Latent Profile Analysis of First-Year College Students’ Time Allocation at a Top Research University in China

Yajing Xu, Liping Ma, Xuehan Zhou, Xiaohao Ding, Changjun Yue

Peking University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Xu, Yajing

Students make varying choices regarding how to allocate their time between a range of activities, which has important implications for their learning and development (Pace, 1981). Some studies find that undergraduate students are not sufficiently engaged in their studies and spend considerable amounts of time partying and other leisure activities (Armstrong & Hamilton, 2013; Arum & Roksa, 2011). In contrast, some other studies indicate that college students fall into a state of "poverty" during the time of independent exploration, spending "all the peak time" studying (Lingo & Chen, 2023), especially students in highly selective universities are facing overwhelming time demands (Haktanir et al., 2021). What is more, it is much harder for firs-year college students to manage time conflicts due to experiencing a critical turning point in knowledge and psychology (Armstrong & Hamilton, 2013).

There is a difference between "natural time" and "social time" according to Adam (1994), the "natural time" is fixed and divisible units that can be measured, while quality, complexity, and mediating knowledge are preserved exclusively for the conceptualization of "social time". The "social time" is organized around values, goals, morals, and ethics, whilst simultaneously being influenced by group tradition, habits, and legitimized meanings, which can explain cross-cultural and historical differences in the allocation of time. At the same time, individuals also allocate their time based on their preferences, rather than allocating their time to comply with the requirements of "social time" (Hartmut, 2010).

The concept of time provides basic theoretical clues for us to describe and understand the possible differences in time allocation among students (Fosnacht, McCormick, & Lerma, 2018; Toutkoushian & Smart, 2001). Compared with students in primary and secondary schools, the time discipline of college is weakened and has the characteristics of flexibility, although college students' time allocation is still subject to compulsory discipline. It is worth noting that flexibility is both an opportunity and a challenge for students. For instance, previous studies suggest that certain groups of students, such as low-income and disadvantaged students from underdeveloped areas, may face more constraints in discretionary time (Jaeger, 2009). Moreover, students with different level of academic performance may differ in their understandings of activities as well as differ in how they make plans and arrange priorities (Cambridge-Williams et al., 2013). In short, previous studies imply that students’ time allocation might be influenced by various factors, such as individual characteristics, family background, previous experiences in high school, and peers’ behaviors in college.

Although previous studies offer valuable insights into the influence factors of time allocation(Crispin & Kofoed, 2019), it remains unclear the characteristics of students' time allocation. Additionally, previous studies simplify comparisons between the duration students spending on different activities in a cluster or discriminant analysis(Innis & Shaw, 1997; Pike & Kuh, 2005), overlooking the push and pull of various activities that force students to make trade-off on time allocation, especially for first-year students from elite or research universities.

This paper attempts to investigate the characteristics of first-year college students’ time allocation and divide students into different types according to their time allocation. Furthermore, this paper will deeply investigate the characteristics of different types of students and analyze what factors affect students’ time allocation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
    To answer the above research questions, we conducted two rounds of surveys among first-year undergraduates at a top research university in China. The baseline survey was carried out as soon as these students were enrolled in the university and the information were collected about their family background, previous high school experience and self-evaluation of ability development. The follow-up survey was conducted when these students finished their first-year study, it collected information about their time allocation, ability development and peers’ behaviors. A total of 1021 students participated in the two rounds of surveys.

    We began by analyzing students’ self-reported time allocation in a typical week and calculating the percentage of time spending in each activity such as class preparation, socializing and exercising, taking part in co-curricular activities and community service, working for pay. Then we classified students into different types according to the characteristics of their time allocation by using the latent profile analysis (LPA). The advantage of LPA is a probabilistic framework to describe the latent distribution rather than simply analyzing the difference between individuals (Crispin & Kofoed, 2019; Vermunt & Magidson, 2003). We categorized students into mutually exclusive and exhaustive subgroups based on their time-use behavior (Lanza & Cooper, 2016) and determined how well the model fits by taking fitting indexes such as the Akaike information criterion (AIC), Bayesian information criterion (BIC), adjusted Bayesian information criterion (aBIC), and entropy values into consideration (Lubke & Muthen, 2007). Next, we performed the Lo-Mendell-Rubin (LMR) test and the parametric bootstrapped likelihood ratio test (BLRT) to compare the candidate models.

    Furthermore, we developed a multinomial logistic regression model to examine what factors were related to different types of students with different characteristics of time allocation. Specifically, we added into the regression equation students’ demographic characteristics (such as gender, whether the child has any brothers or sisters), family background (such as family income, father’s education level and occupation type, hometown province), and previous experience (such as college entrance examination scores, types of high school, the graduation year of high school, and college majors)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
    On average, students spent about 57.53% of their spare time on class preparation, 29.45% of their spare time socializing and exercising, 9.83% of their spare time taking co-curricular activities and community service, 3.19% of their spare time working for pay. However, the standard deviations indicated that there was considerable variation in how students allocated their time to these activities. We further found that all the students could be classified into four types: positive scholar (62.48%), social expert (15.70%), active volunteer (12.98%), and enthusiastic worker (8.83%) by fitting models that identified between two and six latent classes.

    Regression results show that students’ gender, major fields, and family income were predictive of students’ time allocation. Specifically, females were more likely to be active volunteers rather than positive scholars; students majoring in physical and life science fields, as well as mathematics and computer science compared to students majoring in social science, were less likely to be enthusiastic workers rather than positive scholars. Notably, students from low-income families were less likely to be active volunteers relative to positive scholars, while students from high-income families were more likely to be social experts. Additionally, we found no significant relationship between previous experience and students’ types of time allocation.

    As Kuh et al. (2005) have argued, what students do during colleges counts more in terms of desired outcomes than who they are or where they go to college (Pike & Kuh, 2005). The analyses on college students’ time allocation would help us gain a clearer insight into student development. What is more, the heterogeneous types of students also showed that social time had both structural and dynamic characteristics, which was of great significance for administrators to help first-year students better adapt to college life and achieve academic success in the future.

References
Adam, B. (1994). Time and social theory (Pbk. ed.). Cambridge [England];Philadelphia;: Temple University Press.
Armstrong, E. A., & Hamilton, L. T. (2013). Paying for the party: how college maintains inequality. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press.
Arum, R., & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically adrift: limited learning on college campuses. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Cambridge-Williams, T., Winsler, A., Kitsantas, A., & Bernard, E. (2013). University 100 Orientation Courses and Living-Learning Communities Boost Academic Retention and Graduation via Enhanced Self-Efficacy and Self-Regulated Learning. Journal of college student retention : Research, theory & practice, 15(2), 243-268. doi:10.2190/CS.15.2.f
Crispin, L. M., & Kofoed, M. (2019). DOES TIME TO WORK LIMIT TIME TO PLAY?: ESTIMATING A TIME ALLOCATION MODEL FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS BY HOUSEHOLD SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS. Contemporary economic policy, 37(3), 524-544. doi:10.1111/coep.12411
Fosnacht, K., McCormick, A. C., & Lerma, R. (2018). First-Year Students' Time Use in College: A Latent Profile Analysis. Research in higher education, 59(7), 958-978. doi:10.1007/s11162-018-9497-z
Hartmut, R. (2010). Acceleration. The change in the time structures in the modernity. Studia socjologiczne, 4(199), 237-254. Retrieved from https://go.exlibris.link/9mxFCPqQ
Innis, K., & Shaw, M. (1997). How do students spend their time? Quality assurance in education, 5(2), 85-89. doi:10.1108/09684889710165134
Jaeger, M. M. (2009). Equal Access but Unequal Outcomes: Cultural Capital and Educational Choice in a Meritocratic Society. Social forces, 87(4), 1943-1971. doi:10.1353/sof.0.0192
Lanza, S. T., & Cooper, B. R. (2016). Latent Class Analysis for Developmental Research. Child development perspectives, 10(1), 59-64. doi:10.1111/cdep.12163
Lingo, M. D., & Chen, W.-L. (2023). Righteous, Reveler, Achiever, Bored: A Latent Class Analysis of First-Year Student Involvement. Research in higher education, 64(6), 893-932. doi:10.1007/s11162-022-09728-1
Lubke, G., & Muthen, B. O. (2007). Performance of factor mixture models as a function of model size, covariate effects, and class-specific parameters. Structural equation modeling, 14(1), 26-47. doi:10.1207/s15328007sem1401_2
Pace, C. R. (1981). Measuring the Quality of Undergraduate Education.
Pike, G. R., & Kuh, G. D. (2005). First- and Second-Generation College Students: A Comparison of Their Engagement and Intellectual Development. The Journal of higher education (Columbus), 76(3), 276-300. doi:10.1353/jhe.2005.0021
Toutkoushian, R. K., & Smart, J. C. (2001). Do Institutional Characteristics Affect Student Gains from College? Review of higher education, 25(1), 39-61. doi:10.1353/rhe.2001.0017
Vermunt, J. K., & Magidson, J. (2003). Latent class models for classification. Computational statistics & data analysis, 41(3), 531-537. doi:10.1016/S0167-9473(02)00179-2


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Student Workload Determination Practices and their Relationship to Study Time, Perceived Workload and Academic Achievement in Higher Education

Jarkko Impola

University of Oulu, Finland

Presenting Author: Impola, Jarkko

This presentation discusses the role of the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) as a key instrument for determining student workloads in the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) countries. The central premise of the work is the ECTS system's assumption of a predefined amount of study time to achieve certain learning outcomes, usually ranging from 25 to 30 hours per ECTS credit (European Commission, 2015; Wagenaar, 2019). In particular, the aim is to compare the views of teaching staff on the workload determination practices with students' experiences of workload in studies, and their use of time.

An important added value of the project compared to previous research is that it considers the perspectives of both teaching staff and students. In the case of students, there is already an established tradition of research on the subject. However, this literature has been characterized by a particular disagreement on the definition of workload: while in credit systems such as ECTS, workload is mainly understood as a function of time spent studying (Wagenaar, 2019), other literature has emphasised that time spent studying and students’ perceived workload are not the same (Bowyer, 2012; D'Eon & Yasinian, 2022). Despite the broad acceptance of ECTS, the system's performance has faced increasingly serious challenges: firstly, the actual time spent on studies does not seem to correspond to the time allocated to studies as expressed in ECTS (Souto Iglesias & Baeza Romero, 2018). Time use also appears to be weakly related to students' experience of workload in their studies (Kember, 2004; Smith, 2019). Moreover, time itself is an unreliable indicator of learning: instead, both student time use and perceived workload (Herrero-de Lucas et al., 2021) and other relevant factors such as the quality of time use and student ability (Masui et al., 2013) need to be considered if we are to present reliable models of student success in higher education.

As for the teachers' perspective, previous research has been less extensive and more scattered than the interest in the students' perspective. There has been however, some guiding literature on how the workload for studies should be determined (e.g. Bowyer, 2012; Northup-Snyder et al., 2020). In addition, some comparative studies have shown that the study time estimated by teachers does not properly align with the actual time use of students (Alshamy, 2017; Scully & Kerr, 2014). Individual studies have also explored teachers' perceptions of ECTS as part of their work (Gleeson et al., 2021). Beyond these, there seems to have been little attention paid to teachers' specific ways and practices of determining course workloads and, for example, the challenges they perceive to be associated with this work.

In relation to this framework, the current study aims to:

1) map the practices, experiences and perceptions of teaching staff in determining course workloads;

2) map students' perceptions of these practices for determining workload, and their relationship to students' time use, perceived workload, and academic performance; and

3) compare how the views of teaching staff relate to data collected from students on the workload determination practices, time use, and their perception of workload.

In sum, the project aims to build a more holistic and up-to date data and theory on workload determination practices in higher education. As such, the study is part of a wider research project whose main objective is to examine problems of time in higher education theory, policy and practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on an ongoing survey-type data collection that is being conducted between January and March 2024 in two Finnish higher education institutions, one a research-intensive university and the other a university of applied sciences. These two educational institutions comprise around 2,750 teaching and research staff members and 23,200 students (PhD-level excluded) from a wide range of disciplines, including but not limited to humanities, education, social sciences, business, technology, engineering, natural sciences and health.

In practice, there are two parallel data collections, one for teaching staff and one for students. In addition to key background variables (i.e., educational background and teaching experience), the survey for teaching staff explores teachers' experiences of the determination of course workloads, along with their views on the effectiveness, experienced challenges, meaningfulness, and the factors perceived as important for successful course workload estimations. In contrast, the survey prepared for students, in addition to background variables (i.e., the respondent's field of study and degree level), maps students' current number of ongoing studies as expressed in ECTS credits, total weekly time use (e.g. time spent on contact teaching, independent study and paid work), perceived workload in studies, opinions concerning the course workload estimations, and self-assessed academic performance. The data collection on students includes a 7-week follow-up period covering one teaching period in spring 2024. The current response rate (30.1.2024) is 8% (n=223) for teaching staff and 3% (n=706) for students in the first round of data collection.

Both the teaching staff and student surveys are mainly based on Likert-scale items, which are to be used in the analysis phase as a basis for confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) and structural equation modelling (SEM) performed via SPSS and AMOS. In addition, some variables, such as time use and number of credits, were measured in continuous scales (i.e., hours and credits). The quantitative data collection is complemented by open-ended questions, from which the data will be processed by means of qualitative content analysis. The aim is to have some of the main results ready for presentation at the conference.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
If successful, this research could prove useful for higher education theory, policy and practice in a number of ways. Firstly, it can provide information on the ways in which higher education is designed, particularly in relation to the practices of credit allocation and workload determination practices. Ideally, research can inform the development of curriculum systems and practices from the perspectives of both teachers and students. It can, for example, provide new insights into the challenges teachers face in determining student workloads and how to design them more appropriately and equitably in the future.

Secondly, this research can provide a more up-to-date understanding of the relationship between time and workload and academic performance in the context of higher education students. Although the current study is a case study of two higher education institutions based on data collected in Finland, it can serve as a valuable example and inspiration for similar studies in other regional HE systems in EHEA countries. In addition, the results of the study can be compared with already existing data collections and studies, such as EUROSTUDENT (n.d.) project, which has been collecting data on students' time budgets for more than 20 years. Overall, this study could at best help to develop more appropriate workload determination practices on higher education institutions, in particular in relation to the diversity of student workloads, time use and life situations.

References
Alshamy, A. (2017). Credit hour system and student workload at Alexandria University: A possible paradigm shift. Tuning Journal for Higher Education, 4(2), 277-309. 

Bowyer, K. (2012). A model of student workload, Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 34:3, 239–258, https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2012.678729

D’Eon, M., & Yasinian, M. (2022). Student work: a re-conceptualization based on prior research on student workload and Newtonian concepts around physical work. Higher Education Research & Development, 41:6, 1855-1868 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2021.1945543

European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2015). ECTS users' guide 2015, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/87192

EUROSTUDENT. (n.d.). Retrieved 24.1.2024 from https://www.eurostudent.eu/

Gleeson, J., Lynch, R., & McCormack, O. (2021). The European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) from the perspective of Irish teacher educators. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 365-389. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120987101

Herrero-de Lucas, L. C., Martínez-Rodrigo, F., de Pablo, S., Ramirez-Prieto, D., & Rey-Boué, A. B. (2021). Procedure for the Determination of the Student Workload and the Learning Environment Created in the Power Electronics Course Taught Through Project-Based Learning. IEEE Transactions on Education, vol. 65, no. 3, pp. 428-439, Aug. 2022, DOI: 10.1109/TE.2021.3126694 

Kember, D. (2004). Interpreting student workload and the factors which shape students' perceptions of their workload. Studies in higher education, 29(2), 165-184. https://doi.org/10.1080/0307507042000190778 

Masui, C., Broeckmans, J., Doumen, S., Groenen, A., & Molenberghs, G. (2014). Do diligent students perform better? Complex relations between student and course characteristics, study time, and academic performance in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 39(4), 621-643. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2012.721350 

Northrup-Snyder, K., Menkens, R. M., & Ross, M. A. (2020). Can students spare the time? Estimates of online course workload. Nurse Education Today, 90, 104428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2020.104428 

Plant, E. A., Ericsson, K. A., Hill, L., & Asberg, K. (2005). Why study time does not predict grade point average across college students: Implications of deliberate practice for academic performance. Contemporary educational psychology, 30(1), 96-116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2004.06.001

Scully, G., & Kerr, R. (2014). Student workload and assessment: Strategies to manage expectations and inform curriculum development. Accounting Education, 23(5), 443-466. https://doi.org/10.1080/09639284.2014.947094

Smith, A. P. (2019). Student workload, wellbeing and academic attainment. In Human Mental Workload: Models and Applications: Third International Symposium, H-WORKLOAD 2019, Rome, Italy, November 14–15, 2019, Proceedings 3 (pp. 35-47). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32423-0_3  

Souto-Iglesias, A., & Baeza_Romero, M. T. (2018). A probabilistic approach to student workload: empirical distributions and ECTS. Higher Education, 76(6), 1007-1025. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0244-3

Wagenaar, R. (2019). A History of ECTS, 1989-2019: Developing a World Standard for Credit Transfer and Accumulation in Higher Education. Retrieved 30.1.2024 from https://hdl.handle.net/11370/f7d5a0e2-3218-4c66-b11d-b4d106c039c5
 
17:15 - 18:4522 SES 03 B: Transitions and Employability
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Development of Arts-driven Competence Model for Future Innovators and Entrepreneurs: implications from and for academia and industry

Brigita Janiunaite, Aiste Vaisnore, Monika Petraite

KTU, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Petraite, Monika

The complexity of innovation under uncertainty and undergoing the digital transformation of society requires an ultimate ability to embrace the unknown, transform the contexts and solutions, make sense, and deliver value with societal and environmental impact from those who engage in an innovation journey in the 21st century. However, the competence development models, and even so practices, rely on models that have been developed a few decades ago and lack an in-depth integration of skills that would allow the innovator to navigate the uncertainty with greater creativity and confidence. Both the academic and the business environments must reinvent themselves and adopt a more responsible and desirable approach to innovation (Owen, Bessant, et al., 2013), embracing sustainability, inclusion, and societal risks, but also frugal and circular innovation while embracing the challenge of digital transformation inducing the new logic of work, and a societal organization at large. To progressively develop a collective commitment of care for the future and to identify innovation targets in a more ethical, inclusive, and equitable manner, innovation managers need to see “the big picture” and develop new skills and competencies such as creativity, critical thinking, curiosity but also mindfulness, empathy, emotional engagement, and a greater awareness and sensibility towards environment and all stakeholders of their ecosystem. The potential success considering the context of the digital transformation era lies in the mix of these skills, abilities, and orientations (Dabrowska and Podmetina, 2017; Ritala et al., 2021) consequently the combination of skills needs to be reconsidered, adapted or even reinvented.

In the innovation management literature, the attention is rarely focused on skills (Chiarello et al., 2021; Kim and Lee, 2022; Membrillo-Hernández et al., 2021), although the rapid technological (and in particular the AI development) and sustainable changes highlight the alarming necessity for innovators and creative thinkers to develop a more holistic and interdisciplinary approach to innovation and entrepreneurship (Dobson and Walmsley, 2021). Unfortunately, education practices struggle to equip the students with the set of skills to act under the unknown, deal with extreme complexity, ambiguity (Schleicher, 2018) and wicked problem solving (Von Thienen et al., 2014). Integrating Art - and all artistic experimentations from visual arts, to theater, dance, music, photography, design…- could help to focus on new, different, unconventional and creative skills that are lacking in the current approach of innovation and education (Berthinier-Poncet et al., 2022). The integration of Arts in the industrial environment could also fill the need of organizations to engage in new, more spontaneous, sustainable and novel ways of managing and innovating (Carlucci and Schiuma, 2018). The artistic process allows for a different kind of understanding regarding approach to creativity, one that emphasizes self-generation, metacognition, and thematic coherence.

The relatively recent STEAM education approach - Science Technology Engineering Arts and Math’s - offers a major step in the development of these expected new skills as it emphasizes experiential and transversal learning, transdisciplinary and project-based work stimulating autonomy, creativity and self-control in students (Chien and Chu, 2018; Conde-González et al., 2021). This development is part of the recent trend towards transformative learning (Clark and Wilson, 1991; Watkins et al., 2012) that represents a profound shift in an individual's perspective, beliefs, and assumptions, leading to a more inclusive and critically reflective worldview (Mezirow, 1997). The significant emphasis is placed on skills and competencies derived from Arts.

In this paper we study (RQ) what new skill sets are essential for future innovators and entrepreneurs’ competence development from industry and academia perspective and propose an Arts-driven competence model for future innovators and entrepreneurs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research aimed at empirical validation and testing of the theoretical competence model for innovation and entrepreneurship. The survey strategy was chosen to analyze the needs and openness of companies regarding transdisciplinary STEAM skills, the importance of different sets of skills and to study the overall awareness and application of the STEAM practices in European organizations, industry, and academia. The questionnaire was developed aiming at industry, academia, and policy makers respondents. In this questionnaire we provided respondents with literature-based skill sets and asked them to evaluate the importance of skills and arts-based approaches in business and education, organizational needs and requirements for new skills and competencies development to understand the roles of future innovation specialists with 21st century and STEAM skills.
To assess the importance of different soft, artistic, and unconventional skills in industry and academia we applied a list of skills elaborated after several literature review rounds, experts’ validations and focus group interviews and workshops. In addition, we controlled for industry vs academia background.
The online survey was launched at the end of 2022 through an emailing campaign and social networks. Due to social network coverage in total, we have responses from 18 countries. The average response rate was about 30 %, but this varied between countries. After cleaning the sample and removing incomplete questionnaires, the final number of responses accepted for further analysis was 138. 56 respondents are from industry (40,6%), 73 from academia (52,9%) and 9 policy makers (6,5%).
The academic respondents are full professors (17,8%), associate professors (15,1%), lecturers (11%), researchers (24,6%), and others (31,5%), who focus on teaching STEM subjects (23,3%), arts (4,1%), business and innovation management (53,4%), social sciences (9,6%) and other disciplines (9,6%). Academic respondents come from France, Finland, Hungary, Switzerland, Italy, etc.
Industry respondents mostly work on B2B markets (73,2%), 35,7% work on B2C markets and 16,1% on others. Industry represents companies from Wales, France, Canada, Ireland, Lithuania, Germany, etc. The following sectors are most common among respondents: Commercial & Professional Services (12,5%), Software, telecommunication, and services (10,6%), Transportation and Automobiles (8,9%), and etc.
To control for possible common method bias, we implemented Harman’s single factor test (Podsakoff and Organ, 1986).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Arts-driven competence model represents three outer layers of competencies (intra and interpersonal competency; innovative problem solving embracing unconventional thinking styles; and emotional and innovative cognition competency embracing artistic skills), which consist of 8 inner layers of competencies built on the skill set of 34 STEAM skills. This theory and data-based model is believed to be essential for developing skills for innovation professionals and entrepreneurs aiming at achieving competitive advantage in product, process, and service innovation and at mastering the challenges of digitalization and sustainability.
Theory based Arts-driven competence model added new layers on top of traditional STEM skills for innovation professionals, managers, and entrepreneurs such as artistic skills, soft skills and unconventional thinking skills supporting better creativity on individual and organizational levels.

References
Dabrowska, J. and Podmetina, D. (2017), “Roles and responsibilities of open innovation specialists based on analysis of job advertisements”, Journal of Innovation Management, Vol. 5 No. 4, pp. 103–129, doi: 10.24840/2183-0606_005.004_0007.


          Chiarello, F., Fantoni, G., Hogarth, T., Giordano, V., Baltina, L. and Spada, I. (2021), “Towards ESCO 4.0 – Is the European classification of skills in line with Industry 4.0? A text mining approach”, Technological Forecasting and Social Change, Vol. 173, p. 121177, doi: 10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121177.

 Kim, D. and Lee, C.-Y. (2022), “R&D employee training, the stock of technological knowledge, and R&D productivity”, R&D Management, Vol. 52 No. 5, pp. 801–819, doi: 10.1111/radm.12521.

Membrillo-Hernández, J., de Jesús Ramírez-Cadena, M., Ramírez-Medrano, A., García-Castelán, R.M.G. and García-García, R. (2021), “Implementation of the challenge-based learning approach in Academic Engineering Programs”, International Journal on Interactive Design and Manufacturing (IJIDeM), Vol. 15 No. 2, pp. 287–298, doi: 10.1007/s12008-021-00755-3.

Dobson, S. and Walmsley, B. (2021), “Fail fast, fail often…but don’t fail this course! Business and enterprise education through the lens of theatre and the creative arts”, Industry and Higher Education, Vol. 35 No. 4, pp. 336–346, doi:10.1177/0950422220955071.

Schleicher, A. (2018), “Educating Learners for Their Future, Not Our Past”, ECNU Review of Education, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp. 58–75, doi: 10.30926/ecnuroe2018010104.

Von Thienen, J., Meinel, C. and Nicolai, C. (2014), “How Design Thinking Tools Help To Solve Wicked Problems”, in Leifer, L., Plattner, H. and Meinel, C. (Eds.), Design Thinking Research, Springer International Publishing, Cham, pp. 97–102, doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-01303-9_7.

Chien, Y.-H. and Chu, P.-Y. (2018), “The Different Learning Outcomes of High School and College Students on a 3D-Printing STEAM Engineering Design Curriculum”, International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, Vol. 16 No. 6, pp. 1047–1064, doi: 10.1007/s10763-017-9832-4.

Conde-González, M.Á., Rodríguez‐Sedano, F.J., Fernández‐Llamas, C., Gonçalves, J., Lima, J. and García‐Peñalvo, F.J. (2021), “Fostering STEAM through challenge-based learning, robotics, and physical devices: A systematic mapping literature review”, Computer Applications in Engineering Education, Vol. 29 No. n/a, pp. 46–65, doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/cae.22354.

 Bureau, S. (2019), “Art Thinking: A Method for Creating the Improbable with Certainty”, Entreprendre Innover, Vol. No 42-43 No. 3, pp. 88–103.

Jacobs, J. (2018), “Intersections in Design Thinking and Art Thinking: Towards Interdisciplinary Innovation”, Creativity. Theories – Research - Applications, Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 4–25, doi: 10.1515/ctra-2018-0001.

 Robbins, P. (2018), “From design thinking to art thinking with an open innovation perspective—A case study of how art thinking rescued a cultural institution in Dublin”, Journal of Open Innovation: Technology, Market, and Complexity, Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute, Vol. 4 No. 4, p. 57.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

“Make the Cut”: Investigating Undergraduates’ Motives for Pursuing a Graduate Degree at a “Double First-Class” University in China

Xiaohan Wang1, Shenji Zhou2

1Insititute of Education, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China; 2Faculty of Education, Beijing Normal University, Beijing, China

Presenting Author: Wang, Xiaohan; Zhou, Shenji

The rising popularity of higher education has consequently incentivized undergraduates to pursue advanced degrees. From the perspective of Homo economicus, which considers the decisions of undergraduates to be rational and calculative to maximize personal utility, research indicate that students pursue advanced degrees to mitigate the growing uncertainty associated with employment amidst the expansion of higher education (Wright & Horta, 2018). On the contrary, however, the labor market indicates that students have a hazy perception of the degree's direct, immediate, or transferable value concerning employment (Tomlinson, 2008). Therefore, aside from economically modeling the decision of students to pursue degrees, it is critical to investigate students' subjective perspectives on the matter.

The proliferation of bachelor’s degrees has made it more difficult for Chinese students to meet the quota for admission to master's programs. In line with trends observed in other educational systems, Chinese students associate the pursuit of graduate degrees with not only the anticipation of favorable labor market prospects, but also with positive self- and social assessments (e.g., parental approbation). The multifaceted motivates that drive Chinese students to pursue advanced degrees manifest in a variety of feelings and conduct throughout their undergraduate studies. Particularly for those undergraduates already attending elite universities who exert effort to remain competitive with the elites, the pursuit of a master’s degree becomes a more or less obligatory choice, which induces anxiety, perplexity and involution (Zhu, 2021).

The purpose of this research is to investigate the relationship between the motives of undergraduates and their learning attitudes. Specifically, this study aims to: (1) identify the types of motives that drive Chinese undergraduates to pursue a graduate degree through the use of a person-centered approach; (2) detect how members of different motive types vary in terms of involution involvement, peace of mind, and academic burnout; and (3) compare the findings of this study with those of other countries regarding motives for academic pursuits and analyze the impact of different cultures on motivation.

The underlying theoretical framework employed in this study is Self-Determination Theory (SDT). Motives are conceptualized as a multidimensional construct within SDT, in which various motive types are categorized along a continuum according to the extent to which they are internalized, namely, internal motives, identified motives, introjected motives, and external motives (Deci and Ryan, 2000). Both introjected and external motives are considered controlled motives since they both motivate behavior through the imposition of demands or pressures. Additionally, identified and internal motives are regarded as autonomous motivations. In theory, being motivated by control would end in undesirable consequences, whereas being motivated by autonomy is expected to produce favorable outcomes. Senko et al. (2023) have recently broadened the classification of SDT to encompass nine distinct motives, namely: enjoyment, personal development, other’s development, personal pride, personal shame, others’ pride, others’ shame, social reward, and social punishment. A model of the nine motives can more accurately characterize the motives of undergraduates who are pursuing a graduate degree.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study employed quantitative methods. It involved the participation of 410 undergraduate students enrolled at N University in mainland China during the spring semester of 2023. N University is a participant in China’s “Double-First-Class” (i.e., first-class universities and disciplines of the world) university program, which aims to enhance the international competitiveness and reputation of Chinese higher education by establishing exemplary universities. Thus, the sample represents, to a significant degree, the elite undergraduate cohort in China.
Four already-established scales were modified in our study to assess the following: students’ motives to pursue a graduate degree (Senko et al, 2023), peace of mind (Lee et al,2013), academic burnout (Väisänen et al, 2018; Heikkilä et al, 2012), and involution involvement (Yi et al., 2022). Each instrument underwent validity and reliability testing.
The statistical analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 and SPSS 26. The analysis procedure delineated adheres to the protocols specified by Muthén and Asparouhov (2014) and consists of three parts. First, motive types for pursuing graduate degrees were identified using Latent Profile Analysis (LPA). The statistical analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 and SPSS 26. The analysis procedure delineated adheres to the protocols specified by Muthén and Asparouhov (2014) and consists of three parts. First, motive types for pursuing graduate degrees were identified using Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) profiles. Second, the most likely membership was determined by the estimated probability that an individual has of being a member of each profile. Third, concerning profile memberships, the study outcomes were estimated, taking into account the classification error rate and the most likely membership. To detect differences in the means of outcomes across motive types, the present study employed the BCH method, which is favored for dealing with continuous outcomes (Asparouhov & Muthén, 2014), for examining the heterogeneity of various types involution involvement, academic fatigue, and peace of mind.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, according to the estimated probability that each individual belongs to each profile, the model fits the data most accurately when there are four profiles. We classified the profiles into the following categories based on their characteristics: High motive (22.0%), Mid-high motive (42.0%), Mid-low motive (29.5%), and Low motive (6.6%). Every one of the four motive types was most concerned with their personal development. This finding aligns with the research conducted by Jung and Li (2019) in Hong Kong. Thus, students who pursue a master's degree do so with the intention of personal growth through the enjoyment of the learning process, and many also anticipate that earning the degree will provide them with a competitive edge in the job market. Nevertheless, students were also found to have high levels of controlled motive (particularly introjected motive) in both the High motive and Mid-high motive categories. This response corresponds to research indicating that academic achievement in Asian Confucian cultures is significantly more influenced by social forces, including familial forces, than in the majority of other cultural groups (Woo et al., 2004).
Second, this research offers empirical evidence to substantiate insights regarding the imaginings of elite university students regarding graduate degrees. Students’ current undergraduate learning styles have been shaped by their academic pursuit and imagination: When students possess excessive motivation, particularly when that motivation is controlled, they demonstrate less conducive learning mindsets and actions. This is evident in their diminished peace of mind, increased academic burnout, and increased involvement in involution. It echoes the metaphor of “excellent sheep” by Deresiewicz, which describes the oppressive desire for success and accomplishment.  When students' overall motivation is lacking, it is indicative of their “foxi” state; however, this state is prone to manifest as a passive and unproductive decision-making process under pressure.

References
Asparouhov, T. , &  Muthen, B. . (2014). Auxiliary variables in mixture modeling: three-step approaches using mplus. Structural Equation Modeling A Multidisciplinary Journal, 21(3), 329-341.
Heikkilä, A., Lonka, K., Nieminen, J., & Niemivirta, M. (2012). Relations between teacher students’ approaches to learning, cognitive and attributional strategies, well-being, and study success. Higher Education, 64, 455-471.
Jung, J. , &  Lee, S. J. . (2019). Exploring the factors of pursuing a master's degree in south korea. Higher Education.
Jung, J. , &  Li, X. . Exploring motivations of a master's degree pursuit in hong kong. Higher Education Quarterly.
Lee, Y. C., Lin, Y. C., Huang, C. L., & Fredrickson, B. L. (2013). The construct and measurement of peace of mind. Journal of Happiness Studies, 14, 571-590.
Li Lu, Yang Po. (2016). Influencing Factors for Students Who advanced to the Top-class Graduate Education of “Project 985 ” Universities in Beijing.Education Research Monthly. 1. 41-50.
Mingzhu, W. ,  Yue, L. ,  Nan, Z. , &  Hong, Z. . (2019). Chinese fathers' emotion socialization profiles and adolescents' emotion regulation. Personality & Individual Differences, 137, 33-38.
Senko, C. ,  Liem, G. A. D. ,  Lerdpornkulrat, T. , &  Poondej, C. . (2023). Why do students strive to outperform classmates? unpacking their reasons for pursuing performance goals. Contemporary Educational Psychology.
Stankov, L. . (2010). Unforgiving confucian culture: a breeding ground for high academic achievement, test anxiety and self-doubt?. Learning and Individual Differences, 20(6), 555-563.
Strauss, K., Griffin, M. A., & Parker, S. K. (2012). Future work selves: how salient hoped-for identities motivate proactive career behaviors. Journal of Applied Psychology, 97(3), 580-598.
Väisänen, S., Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K., Toom, A., & Soini, T. (2018). Student teachers’ proactive strategies for avoiding study-related burnout during teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(3), 301-317.
Wang, L. F., & Heppner, P. P. (2002). Assessing the impact of parental expectations and psychological distress on Taiwanese college students. The Counseling Psychologist, 30(4), 582-608.
Yi, D., Wu, J., Zhang, M., Zeng, Q., Wang, J., Liang, J., & Cai, Y. (2022). Does Involution Cause Anxiety? An Empirical Study from Chinese Universities. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(16), 9826.
Zhu Yanjun. (2021). Diploma in Imagination———Analysis of“Post-00”Undergraduates' Motivation of Pursuing Postgraduate Education in Elite Universities. Youth Research. 3, 74-81.
 
17:15 - 18:4522 SES 03 C: Faculty Development
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Serap Emil
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

A case study of faculty Professional Learning Communities in higher education

Loucas Louca, Chrystalla Papademetri, Marios Vryonides

European University Cyprus

Presenting Author: Louca, Loucas; Papademetri, Chrystalla

This is a descriptive case study (Yin,2017) seeking to provide detailed descriptions of the ways two groups of instructors in a University in Cyprus engaged in two faculty Professional Learning Communities (fPLCs) throughout the academic year 2022-2023, specifically focusing on the characteristics of fPLC work. We analyze evidence from these two case studies to comparatively describe how the work in these fPLCs looked, seeking to describe facets of the fPLC work and characteristics that were deemed productive and supportive, as well as aspects that seemed to be related to challenges faced during the work of the fPLCs. Data were collected as part of a funded project that aimed to investigate the characteristics of productive and sustainable faculty PLCs., Our evidence suggests insights for supporting sustainable fPLCs in higher education (e.g., Laws, 1996).

Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) are a form of professional development that provides teachers/instructors a framework in which to act as “learners” and schools/institutions as “learning communities” (Clarke & Hollingsworth,2002). PLCs refer to small teams (communities) of teachers/instructors with shared interests and visions that meet regularly, exchange expertise, and work collaboratively with the goal of improving their teaching practice (Brookhart,2009; Margalef & Roblin,2016). In the context of PLCs, professional learning should be an ongoing, sustained, intensive, and collaborative approach to improving teachers’/instructors’ effectiveness in raising student achievement (Slabine,2011) and enhancing student learning experiences. This engagement provides teachers/instructors with opportunities to refine their content knowledge and teaching pedagogies and approaches, understand the need to change, and helps them find ways to implement changes in their teaching that will help their students to learn more effectively (e.g., Fishman et al.,2003; Loucks-Horsley et al.,2003).

Although a recently growing number of studies have investigated the use and function of PLCs at primary and secondary education levels, there is to date relatively little investigation of PLCs in higher education (e.g., Laws,1996). Cox (2004) indicates that faculty PLCs (fPLCs) can play an important role in faculty development with evidence suggesting that both student and faculty learning is improved through this process. In a study exploring the potential introduction of fPLCs as an innovative way to enhance instructors’ teaching competencies, Authors (2023) have described new directions in fPLCs, focusing more on peer interaction and support, and student data focusing on learning outcomes aligned with the increasing research interest in the field (e.g., Terry, et al.,2018). In a sense, engaging faculty in fPLC practices may be a way to further empower faculty in their working environment. Overall, there is to date very little evidence of whether these changes are sustained or can be sustainable beyond participation in fPLCs (Tinnell et al.,2019). The growth of this idea has been slow, and there seem to be many obstacles to implementation (Palmer,2002), with Authors (2023) asking for further, more detailed investigations related to fPLC work and impact.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a larger project funded by [XXX] seeking to investigate the characteristics of productive and sustainable PLCs. Following a descriptive case study approach (Yin,2017), this study involved two groups of instructors at a University in Cyprus (5 and 8 faculty members in each group respectively) working in two fPLCs. The first fPLC consisted of instructors in the undergraduate program of Early Childhood Education (ECE). Their specialization covered a wide range of education fields (i.e., early childhood pedagogies, teacher training, mathematics education, science education, music education). The coordinator (second author) had also a formal education background and long-standing research interests related to reflection and professional learning in education. She was also the program coordinator of the ECE undergraduate program. The second fPLC consisted of instructors in the undergraduate program of Pharmacy. The participants' specialization covered a wide range of scientific fields (i.e., chemistry, physics, pharmacy, botany, pharmaceutical technology and analysis). The coordinator (third author) had a background in Chemistry. She was also the program coordinator of the Pharmacy undergraduate program.

Data for this study consisted of personal interviews with the fPLC participants of the two fPLCs selected. The two groups were selected strategically, as they were indicated by participants as very successful. At the same time, the first fPLC consisted of instructors with backgrounds in Education Sciences, whereas the second consisted of instructors with backgrounds in Sciences.  We felt that the comparison of the two groups would provide us with useful insights into the way these fPLCs worked and the challenges they faced.

As part of the larger project, an interview protocol was developed by the scientific team of the project based on the PLC literature as well as the long-term experience of the members in supporting PLCs over a number of years. Each interview had a duration of about 30 minutes. All interviews were conducted by the research assistant of the project and were videotaped and transcribed for analysis. Using discourse-based approaches and open coding techniques (Strauss & Corbin,1998) we analyzed all primary data, looking for characteristics in faculty work within the PLCs. All data were analyzed by all three authors independently and discussed to resolve any differences. From the analysis, we identified a number of emerging themes that we describe below.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants highlighted the fact that they shared a sense of multifaced uniformity. The first facet of uniformity was related to the fact that all fPLC members taught in the same program. This resulted in a collaborative culture during the fPLCs meetings. This culture pre-existed prior to the formation of the fPLCs, but was reinforced by the participation in the fPLCs.

A second facet of uniformity was related to the fact that both fPLC coordinators were also the coordinators of the respective programs. Both coordinators were in a long-lasting collaboration with all the members of their fPLC, although this was mostly on a one-on-one basis for fPLC1.

A difference between the two fPCLs was the identification by the members of fPLC2 of the need to have group members with different backgrounds, possibly educational. They they felt that the uniformity of their group prevented them from getting better insights into the challenges they identified and investigating possible solutions.

A second difference was related to the operational aspects of the fPLCs. The participants described the work of fPLC1 as a scientific process that was based on a repeated process of reflecting on data collected from all the members’ teaching practices and the implementation of actions designed and discussed during the meetings. On the other hand, the work of fPLC2 could be described more as technical, using tools and processes provided to enhance the work of the group, possibly pointing to the fact that the coordinator did not have any prior formal knowledge related to pedagogical issues or the work and function of PLCs.

Reflection was also different in the two groups. Reflection time in fPLC1 was an official part of the meeting, and it was designed to be a more formal, collective process. In fPLC2, reflection was more an informal, less explicit process.

References
Authors (2023).
Brookhart, S. M. (2009). Exploring Formative Assessment. The Professional Learning Community Series. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. 1703 North Beauregard Street, Alexandria, VA 22311-1714.
Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and teacher education, 18(8), 947-967.
Coll, R. K., & Taylor, N. (2008). Science education in context: An overview and some observations. In R. K. Coll & N. Taylor (Eds.), Science education in context: An international examination of the influence of context on science curricula development and implementation (pp. xi–xiv). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Cox, M. (2004). Introduction to faculty learning communities. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 2004(97), 5–23.
Fishman, B. J., Marx, R. W., Best, S., & Tal, R. T. (2003). Linking teacher and student learning to improve professional development in systemic reform. Teaching and teacher education, 19(6), 643-658.
Laws, P. M. (1996). Undergraduate science education: A review of research. Studies in Science Education, 28, 1–85.
Loucks-Horsley, S., Love, N., Stiles, K., Mundry, S., & Hewson, P. (2003). Designing professional development for teachers of science and mathematics (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.
Margalef, L., & Pareja Roblin, N. (2016). Unpacking the roles of the facilitator in higher education professional learning communities. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3–4), 155–172.
Palmer, P. J., (2002). The quest for community in higher education. In W. M. McDonald and Associates (Eds.), Creating campus community. San Francisco, CA: JosseyBass, 179-192
Roth, S. M. (2014). Improving teaching effectiveness and student learning through the use of faculty learning communities. Kinesiology review, 3(4), 209-216.
Slabine, N. A. (2011). Evidence of Effectiveness. Learning Forward (NJ).
Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
Terry, L., Zafonte, M., & Elliott, S. (2018). Interdisciplinary Professional Learning Communities: Support for Faculty Teaching Blended Learning. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 30(3), 402-411.
Tinnell, T. L., Ralston, P. A., Tretter, T. R., & Mills, M. E. (2019). Sustaining pedagogical change via faculty learning community. International Journal of STEM Education, 6(1), 1-16.
Tinnell, T. L., Ralston, P. A., Tretter, T. R., & Mills, M. E. (2019). Sustaining pedagogical change via faculty learning community. International Journal of STEM Education, 6(1), 1-16.
Yin, R. K. (2017). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage publications.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

"Understanding your Posture : an Essential Activity for Evolving in an Uncertain World."

Geneviève Lameul

Université Rennes2, France

Presenting Author: Lameul, Geneviève

Echoing the theme of this 30th EERA conference, I propose to share my research work on professional posture which leads me to say that a better knowledge of one's personal and professional posture can be a way to keep one's balance in the world. in the midst of the change in which we live. My 2024 communication proposal is part of the extension of the communication selected for EERA Glasgow 2023 which aimed to shed light on the conditions for the professional development of teacher-researchers. In a phenomeno-praxeological approach the notion of posture is located at the heart of the professional development process at the interface of two axes: one which goes from the subject to the social and another on which the personal and professional dimensions of the process meet. “Posture” is defined as “the manifestation (physical or symbolic) of a mental state, shaped by our beliefs and oriented by our intentions, which exerts a guiding and dynamic influence on our actions, giving them meaning and justification” (Lameul , 2008, 2016). By taking root in this work, my 2024 communication proposal will attempt to provide additional answers to the following questions:

- How to know yourself better so as not to lose your footing in the turmoil of this world?

- How can we become aware of the different dimensions that make up a posture (which make up who we are as humans) ?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I plan to survey nearly 20 teacher-researchers at my university of Rennes currently in teacher training to take their first position. As I did during my thesis work in 2006, I will ask these teachers to complete the online Teaching Perspective Inventory (TPI) questionnaire proposed by Pratt et al. (1998) (https://www.teachingperspectives.com/tpi/). This questionnaire, which combines questions relating to beliefs, intentions and actions in matters of education, allows me to identify the dominant perspectives of teachers in matters of education. It makes it possible to identify a dominant posture according to the importance that the teacher gives to each of the following 5 items: the content to be taught, the educational progression, the learner and his mode of functioning, the process of individual transformation or action on the collective through the individual.
The result of this questionnaire will constitute the support for the semi-structured interview that I will then conduct with each of the teachers. My objective will then be to understand more precisely how this dominant postural tendency identified specific to each person was constructed. It is then that I will mobilize my own work to explore how what I call “posture” is constructed by trying to understand it in its different dimensions: biographical, psycho-social, socio-cognitive, ethno-cultural, pragmatic and sensitive.
- a biographical dimension that refers to the personal history of the teacher
- a psycho-social dimension that evokes one's personal learning experience and relationship to higher education
- a socio-cognitive dimension relating to the degree of mastery of knowledge
- an ethical-cultural dimension that speaks to its beliefs and values in education and training
- a pragmatic dimension that reflects its ability to put into action
- a sensitive dimension that captures her emotions and intuitions.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results presented will be discussed from a double point of view: scientific and pragmatic. This comprehensive survey conducted among new teacher-researchers at the end of their training (may 2024) in my university, which combines questionnaire and interview, should allow me to provide some elements of explanation regarding the construction of a professional posture. It will reveal the dimensions which constitute the strong axis of the posture – the one around which the person’s balance is achieved. It will make it possible to identify dimensions in tension or in a situation of fragility with regard to the currently tormented world of education.
Drawing on the results of this additional research, I will identify avenues for documenting and enriching university teaching training: proposing a questioning grid to be integrated into a portfolio for example or designing reflective workshops which would allow access to a better understanding of one's professional posture and thus develop one's power to act on the world (Bandura, 1998). I will discuss how these results from research in a higher education context can be used in other professional and cultural contexts.

References
Lameul, G. & Deschryver, N. (2016). Instrumenter pour appréhender les postures en pédagogie universitaire, in Lameul, G. (coord.) Postures et activité du sujet : engagement et persévérance dans les projets de formation, in Revue Internationale de Pédagogie en Enseignement Supérieur (RIPES).  
Lameul, G., Peltier, C.  & Charlier, B. (2014).  Dispositifs hybrides et développement professionnel : Effets spécifiques des différentes configurations  de dispositif sur le développement professionnel des enseignants  du supérieur, Education-Formation, e-301, 99-113. Repéré à http://revueeducationformation.be/index.php?revue=19&page=3
Bandura, A. (1998). Personal and collective efficacy in human adaptation and change. In J. G. Adair, D. Bélanger, & K. L. Dion (Eds.), Advances in psychological science, Vol. 1. Social, personal, and cultural aspects (pp. 51–71). Psychology Press/Erlbaum (UK) Taylor & Francis
Lameul, G. (2006). Former des enseignants à distance ? : étude des effets de la médiatisation de la relation pédagogique sur la construction des postures professionnelles, Thèse soutenu à Paris Ouest La défense.
Lameul, G. (2016). « Le développement professionnel des enseignants-chercheurs : entre recherche et enseignement, l’élaboration d’une posture d’expertise ». https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-01496804 Lameul, G. (2023) Posture professionnelle et niche écologique : construction mutuelles et réciproques ? Dans Jérôme Guérin, Stéphane Simonian et Joris Thievenaz (dir) , Vers une approche écologique de l’agir humain en éducation et formation, Octares
Loisy, C. et Lameul, G. (2017). Augmenting De Ketele’s model for university pedagogy introduction. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education (IJTHE/RITPU), 14(2). Disponible en ligne : http://www.ritpu.org/
Leduc, D., Ménard, L., Bédard, D., Lameul, G.,  Gravelle, F., Hoffmann, C., Bégin, C. & Cosnefroy, L. (2016). Observing new professors in class : initial results of the effects of short-term training on teaching practices. Higher Education Research and Development.
Pratt, D. D., & Associates. (1998). Five Perspectives on Teaching in Adult & Higher  Education. Malabar, FL: Krieger Publishing
Collectif DESIR, Transformations pédagogique et numérique dans l’enseignement supérieur : quatre années pour changer les pratiques. Paris, Presses des Mines. https://www.pressesdesmines.com/author-book/collectif-desir/
 
17:15 - 18:4522 SES 03 D: Governance, Management and Global HE
Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nada Jarni
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Heads of the Department Resilience Face to Face Multiple Crisis in Higher Education: Comparison of the Czechia and Israel

Emanuel Tamir1, Katerina Machovcova2

1TEL HAI ACADEMIC COLLEGE, Israel; 2Institute of Psychology Czech Academy of Sciences

Presenting Author: Tamir, Emanuel; Machovcova, Katerina

The study explores how program and department leaders in academic institutions in Israel and the Czech Republic manage during a crisis, reflecting their perspectives on higher education policy-governance. It details the various approaches these middle managers use and their resilience.

Resilience

Resilience represents the ability to adapt and thrive in the face of adversity, challenges, and change. It includes the capacity of individuals and organizations to withstand and recover from traumatic events, such as disasters, as noted by Bonanno et al. (2010). This resilience extends to professional domains, as Grabarski (2023) illustrated, through adaptability and career resilience observations during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In organizational contexts, Carmeli (2013) and Fisher et al. (2019) discuss the cultivation of resilience through leadership and organizational culture, underscoring its importance across various life and professional domains. The resilience explored in the business sector, especially during times of organizational change, is highlighted by Foerster & Duchek (2018). An industry-specific perspective is examined in the airline industry's development of resilience following the 9/11 attacks (Gittell et al. 2006), while Williams & Gruber (2017) offer a comprehensive overview of organizational resilience in crises, showcasing various strategies and approaches employed to withstand and recover from crises. The concept of leadership resilience, as explored by Forster-Duchek (2017), highlights the role of personal qualities and strategies in effectively navigating leadership challenges.

The current study focuses on the resilience of middle management levels in both countries and traces their characteristics during periods of crisis.

Departments and program heads in the academy

Traditionally, universities have been praised more for their academic prowess than their management abilities, a trend influenced by their historical societal role. In recent decades, universities have experienced profound transformations, facing a more complex external environment and evolving stakeholder demands. They've also grown larger and more complex, driven by increased student enrollment and specialized research. These shifts have led to a new paradigm in management and leadership, aligning more with a managed professional public organization model (Boer, Goedegebuure & Meek, 2010).

In this context, program and department heads occupy some of the most critical and challenging positions in higher education (Tietjen-Smith, Hersman & Block, 2020; Maddock, 2023). Heads are responsible for the daily operations of their units, including setting strategic goals and ensuring efficient functioning. They handle budgeting, resource allocation, and programmatic decisions (Machovcova et al., 2023). They build social networks and manage relationships and resources, helping their teams compete in the academic world, characterized as a quasi-market environment. Their goal is to attract students and secure research funding (Bobe & Kober, 2015; Deem, 1998).

The research questions: What are the coping characteristics of the academy's heads of the programs and departments with the challenges that include financial strains, new systems of assessment as well as COVID-19 epidemic, in the comparison between Israel and the Czech Republic? What distinguishes the resilience of the heads, and what are the causes of this?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative research is interpretive and based on semi-structured interviews. The participants are 27 heads of programs and departments in the academy in Israel and 26 from the Czech Republic were interviewed, which represent 23 academic institutions in both countries. The study was conducted between 2015-2022.
The interview protocol included more than 25 questions about components of their role and challenges they faced during their service in the managerial role. Sample questions from the interviews:  What was your more challenging experience in the role of department head? What characterized research in your program/department's research centers/labs during the pandemic? What did you research during that period? In your opinion, how was your research influenced by this period? How were the heads` operations different from the way it functioned before the crisis? What difficulties did you encounter when heading the program during the pandemic? (with students, lecturers, etc.).


Context
The Czech Republic's higher education has evolved from distinguishing research-focused institutions from teaching-focused ones to now predominantly embracing research-oriented academia. However, a dual system persists with the Academy of Sciences focusing solely on research, while universities and tertiary education providers integrate both research and teaching. Our study will concentrate on these dual-role institutions.

Similarly, Israeli academia has shifted towards research-oriented institutions, influenced by two converging trends. Initially, colleges specializing in teacher training began emphasizing research, encouraging faculty to engage in research activities, although this shift is ongoing and lacks strict penalties for non-research-active lecturers. Concurrently, in the early 2000s, academic institutions were established in less developed areas to bridge social disparities. These institutions, unlike research-centric universities, some globally recognized, initially placed less emphasis on research. However, over time, a growing number of lecturers have started to participate in research, driven by career advancement criteria set by the National Council for Higher Education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study brought up five categories that can shed light on the processes that led to resilience (although the institutions in the countries showed a different configuration of resilience):
1. Heads workload: Work overload stems from Student matters and their distress; Lecturers needs; Administrative tasks; Family or personal hardships.
2. Orientation of program heads for students: Dedicating the heads' time and focusing on student affairs.
3. Orientation of program heads for research: Dedicating the heads' time and focusing on their personal research aspects.
4. Higher education policy: Heads referring to the guidelines of the state and the institution and creating activities that go beyond them.
5. Organizational culture: Key characteristics of institutional culture that transcend differences among institutions (e.g., cooperative/centralized approaches, reward/sanction systems, and perceptions of organizational effectiveness). Each country and its development of higher education culture showcase distinct and unique strengths and resilience factors in action.
The response of academic heads to the crisis varied significantly between the Czech Republic and Israel. In the Czech Republic, the emphasis was on research. Heads generally focused on advancing their teams' research efforts, aligning with national policies that link an academician's survival to research output. This approach aimed to gain a competitive edge over their peers. In contrast, in Israel, the focus was on student retention. Israeli institutional policies usually reward leaders who excel in research with job security and tenure. However, during the crisis, there was concern that student departures could jeopardize future employment prospects for these leaders.
The study also reveals some personal characteristics of the heads, such as their desire to act as role models for their teams and their vision of higher education in the next decade. This optimism was translated into management practices in the units they were responsible for.

References
Bobe, B. J., & Kober, R. (2015). Measuring organizational capabilities in the higher education sector. Education & Training, 57(3), 322-342.

Bonanno, G. A., Brewin, C. R., Kaniasty, K., & Greca, A. M. L. (2010). Weighing the costs of disaster: Consequences, risks, and resilience in individuals, families, and communities. Psychological science in the public interest, 11(1), 1-49.

De Boer, H., Goedegebuure, L., & Meek, V. L. (2010). The changing nature of academic middle management: A framework for analysis. The changing dynamics of higher education middle management, 229-241.

Carmeli, A., Friedman, Y., & Tishler, A. (2013). Cultivating a resilient top management team: The importance of relational connections and strategic decision comprehensiveness. Safety Science, 51(1), 148-159.

Fisher, D. M., Ragsdale, J. M., & Fisher, E. C. (2019). The importance of definitional and temporal issues in the study of resilience. Applied psychology, 68(4), 583-620.

Förster, C., & Duchek, S. (2017). What makes leaders resilient? An exploratory interview study. German Journal of Human Resource Management, 31(4), 281-306.

Foerster, C., & Duchek, S. (2018, July). Leaders’ resilience- A systematic literature review and future research agenda. In Academy of Management Proceedings (Vol. 2018, No. 1, p. 13879). Briarcliff Manor, NY 10510: Academy of Management.

Gittell, J. H., Cameron, K., Lim, S., & Rivas, R. (2006). Relationships, layoffs, and organizational resilience. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 42(3), 300–329.

Grabarski, M. K., & Mouratidou, M. (2023). Rise up: Career empowerment, adaptability and resilience during a pandemic. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences/Revue Canadienne des Sciences de l'Administration.

Machovcova, K., Kovats, G., Mudrak, J., Cidlinska, K., & Zabrodska, K. (2023). (Dis)continuities in academic middle management career trajectories: a longitudinal qualitative study. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management. 1-18.

Maddock, L. C. (2023). Academic middle leaders, middle leading and middle leadership of university learning and teaching: A systematic review of the higher education literature. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 1-36.

Tietjen-Smith, T., Hersman, B., & Block, B. A. (2020). Planning for succession: Preparing faculty for the kinesiology department head role. Quest, 72(4), 383-394.

Williams, T. A., Gruber, D. A., Sutcliffe, K. M., Shepherd, D. A., & Zhao, E. Y. (2017). Organizational response to adversity: Fusing crisis management and resilience research streams. Academy of Management Annals, 11(2), 733-769.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Instructors’ International Activity and Its Obstacles in Higher Education

Ilona Dora Dabney-Fekete1, Agnes Reka Dusa2, Katalin Pallay3

1University of Debrecen; 2Center for Educational Research and Development Hungary; 3Ferenc Rákóczi II Transcarpathian Hungarian College of Higher Education

Presenting Author: Dabney-Fekete, Ilona Dora

In recent days, the examination of the international mobility and activity of teachers has been at the center of researcher attention. Unsurprisingly, the group that by population was significantly larger, student academic movement, received greater scrutiny. For instance, according to the European Commission’s 2007 survey, the examination of the countries of the European Union showed that for every international teacher trip taken on average 16 student trips took place in the given year (European Commission, 2007). Teichler’s (2011) view is that the reason why researching higher education employees may have been pushed to the background was due to the phenomenon that, as long as the internationalization strategies of universities focus more on organizing and supporting student mobility, the academic travels of teachers “evidently” are viewed by institutions as the responsibility of the individual.

Instructor mobility differs in many ways from that of student, since it is much more complex (Teichler). Thus defining it is not easy at all, it can be approached from several angles depending on its length, purpose, the motivation of the individual, and the relationship with the institution. Its effect and influence on the individual though, and through them on the colleagues, students, their own institution and their teaching, as well as on the economy are undeniable. A research carried out in 2014, based on the almost 5000 instructors’ responses who took part in the Erasmus mobility program, focused on how and to what extent the individual’s participation in mobility programs has an effect on their own, as well as their narrower and wider environment. As a result it was understood that the vast majority of respondents thinks very positively about the experience that international mobility provides them (Brandenburg, 2014).

In our study, we focused on the international mobility activities of instructors in higher education. We examined what effects of restrictive factors can be seen, which make participation in teaching and researching programs abroad more difficult. For this, we used the Central and Eastern European Teachers in Higher Education (CEETHE 2023, N=821) database. First, we were curious as to the differences between fields of study, second, the effects of various demographic factors (e.g. age, family status, children, financial standing, country of origin). Other than these, we attempted to detect the effects of restrictive factors previously discovered in early studies, thus, foreign language knowledge, embeddedness in workplace community, institutional support, the effect of support from direct colleagues, workplace burnout, or the balance between private life and work.

The goal of the study is, with the secondary analysis of the Central and Eastern European Teachers in Higher Education database, to examine the factors that obstruct university teachers from their education- and research-oriented mobility abroad. This question is actual because, though internationalization is the flagship area of higher education and many studies prove that instructor mobility has a positive effect on student mobility, still, the scrutiny of factors that promote or prevent instructor mobility falls far behind the examination of student mobility, or the analysis of the condition of foreign students studying at institutions from different aspects (like studying difficulties, cultural adaptations, language learning, etc.). Our study, therefore, focuses on the teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our surveys were dispatched in online form, with the permission of the institution head, in the spring of 2023, on 2 or 3 occasions to each teacher from the examined institutions, thus ensuring the probability sampling. In Hungary, the institutions of two disadvantaged regions, the Northern Great Plains Region and the South Transdanube Region, were examined. In the case of cross-border institutions, our aim was first the minority Hungarian institutions; here too we sent a survey to every teacher in the language of the majority.
In our study, we used the full database of the Central and Eastern European Teachers in Higher Education (CEETHE 2023), in this way - though due to variation in the items it was limited - we could compare the mobility of teachers working in the universities of five countries. In our sample, therefore, Hungarian, Romanian, Serbian, Slovakian, and Ukrainian university and college teachers were used, specifically 853. After data cleaning that number dropped to 821.  
Our fundamental question was, what sort of differences appear between a participant in teacher or researcher mobility, and one who does not participate. We viewed those who answered in the affirmative to the question: “did you participate or not in the teacher/researcher mobility program?” as mobile teachers, and those who answered in the negative as immobile teachers. It is important to draw attention to the fact that the question did not have a time constraint, in other words,  
As explanatory variables we examined the demographic background variables (age, gender, country of origin), as well as the disciplines, the ranks and academic degrees. Furthermore, within the boundaries that were drawn by the database, we studied whether the factors that are usually mentioned by special literature as inhibiting obstacles for academic mobility, show significant connection to instructors’ (im)mobility. Examining these factors we created indices. During our research we used the chi-square test, and variance analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Like student mobility, instructor mobility showed significant differences regarding field of study: fewer medical and healthcare instructors are involved in endeavors abroad. This result was unexpected and surprising, since most international students in Hungarian higher education choose these faculties and majors. Not to mention that these are “hard” fields, easily translated into English, with Latin (the basis of medical terminology) being the international mediator language. Still, instructors struggle to take advantage of other mobility opportunities (guest teaching and guest research) while balancing the pressure of attending  conferences, publishing, and fulfilling their physician duties.
About demographics, age, gender and country of origin heavily affected whether or not the instructor had been internationally active. Leaders in this were older Slovakian and Romanian men.
To measure foreign language knowledge we used a special index containing international publishing and conference attendance. Here we confirmed, mobile instructors had higher values than immobile. Perhaps, those mobile were braver to publish internationally or collaborate in research projects with colleague acquaintances met during previous mobility engagements.
Being embedded into the institutional climate and the relationship with the colleagues is of major help in getting hold of information. Thus, when the connection between mobility, and the degree and level of interaction with the colleagues was discovered, it was no surprise. That aforementioned high index value among mobile instructors shows greater communication with colleagues, resulting in relevant information reaching them sooner (about international academic opportunities as well). This is somewhat contradicted by greater satisfaction among immobile instructors with the extent of support coming from co-workers and lesser among mobile ones. We were not able to detect the supporting influence of the higher educational institution, or the effect of the destroyed balance of work and private life, and that of workplace burnout.

References
Altbach, P. (Ed.). (2002). The Decline of the Guru: The Academic Profession in developing and Middle-Income Countries. Chestnut Hill, Boston College.

Borm, J. (2020). Making Mobility the Norm-NORM. IO1 desk research report. https://projects.uni-foundation.eu/norm/wp-content/uploads/sites/8/2023/02/IO1_NORM_Desk-Reserach-Report.pdf (downloaded: 2024. 01. 04.)

Brandenburg, U. (2014) (teamleader). The Erasmus Impact Study. Luxembourg, Publications Office of the European Union.

Dabney-Fekete, I. D. (2020). Nemzetköziesedő tudomány. A felsőoktatásban dolgozó oktatók nemzetközi aktivitása. [Internationalizing education. The international activity of instructors working in higher education.] Debreceni Egyetem, Felsőoktatási Kutató és Fejlesztő Központ.

Dusa, Á. R. (2020). Hallgatók nemzetközi mobilitása a XXI. század elején. [International mobility of students at the beginning of the 21st century.] Debreceni Egyetemi Kiadó.

OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en

European Commission. (2007). Key Data on Higher Education in Europe. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities.

European Commission. (2015). The European Higher Education Area in 2015: Bologna Process Implementation Report. Publications Office of the European Union.

Greek, M. – Jonsmoen, K. M.  (2021). Transnational academic mobility in universities: the impact on a departmental and an interpersonal level. Higher Education (2021) 81:591–606

Horváth, L., Hangyál, Zs., Kasza, G., & Czirfusz, D. (2020). Teach with Erasmus+ Research Report. ELTE Eötvös Loránd University Department of Erasmus+ and International Programmes.

Höhle, E. & Teichler U. (2013). The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession. In Teichler, U. – Höhle, E. (Eds.): The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries. (pp. 79-108). Springer.

Knight, J. – de Wit, H. (2018). Internationalization of Higher Education: Past and Future. International Higher Education, No. 95, Fall: Internationalization and Transnational Developments.

Kyvik, S., & Larsen, I.M. (1997). The Exchange of Knowledge: A Small Country in the International Research Community. Science Communication, 18(3), 238–264. https://doi.org/10.1177/1075547097018003004

Malota E. & Gyulavári T. (2022). Nemzetközi mobilitás a felsőoktatásban: Az oktatói/kutatói mobilitás elősegítő és akadályozó tényezői, motivációi és hatásai: Kutatási gyorsjelentés. [International mobility in higher education: promoting factors and obstacles, motivations and effects of instructor/researcher mobility.] Tempus Közalapítvány.

Smeby, JC. & Trondal, J. (2005). Globalisation or europeanisation? International contact among university staff. Higher Education 49, 449–466. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-004-2826-5

Teichler, U. (2011). Academic staff mobility. In U.Teichler, I. Ferencz & B. Wächter (Eds.). Mapping Mobility in European Higher Education. Volume I: Overview and Trends (pp. 111 – 146). European Commission.
 
17:15 - 18:4523 SES 03 A: Schools
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Malin Kronqvist Håård
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Establishment of European Public Schools in Luxembourg - Patterns of Legitimation and the Narratives Told

Elif Tugce Gezer, Susanne Backes, Thomas Lenz

University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg

Presenting Author: Gezer, Elif Tugce

Luxembourg is hyper-diverse in terms of the socio-economic, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds of its inhabitants. While this diversity is an asset, it is also a source of inequality in its education system, given the very demanding language requirements of its trilingual nature (Eurydice, 2022; MENJE, 2023). The country is becoming even more multicultural due to the increase in immigration and cross-border workers (Eurydice, 2022). This societal change poses further challenges to the Luxembourgish education system, as the trilingual public education system no longer reflects the multicultural and plurilingual nature of the country (Eurydice, 2022; MENJE, 2023).

After decades without major structural changes, comprehensive school reforms were introduced in 2009 to reduce educational inequalities, which were followed by further reforms since 2013, under the slogan “Different schools suited to different pupils” (MENJE, 2020) to diversify the educational landscape in response to an increasingly heterogeneous student body with more than 60% of students speaking a language other than Luxembourgish at home (Eurydice, 2022). These reform initiatives led to the creation of the Accredited European Schools (AES), or European Public Schools (EPS). Originally created for the children of staff working for the EU institutions, the first European School to offer multilingual education was established in Luxembourg in 1953. In the following years, schools implementing the European Curriculum mushroomed in other European countries, and since 2005, the curriculum has been made available to the national schools in the Member States (Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools, 2023). Years after its first implementation, the European Curriculum has returned to Luxembourg as an additional public-school offer, thanks to the recent reform initiatives aimed at combating educational inequalities. Like the “original” model, the EPS, which are open to local children, free of charge, offer greater flexibility in the choice of medium of instruction by using the European Curriculum with its pedagogical principles and approaches to student learning (Eurydice, 2022; MENJE, n.d.; Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools, n.d.).

Global models of education are being transformed and adapted to the national and local contexts in what Robertson (1994) calls the “glocalization of social problems”. In the case of the establishment of the EPS in Luxembourg, the global model of education, the European Curriculum, is transformed in such a way that the schools refer to the language backgrounds of the students and help them to possess the linguistic requirements of the country by offering three language sections (i.e., English, German, and French-speaking sections), second and third language courses, and mandatory Luxembourgish courses as the language of integration.

The European school system is considered to be exportable and replicable (Leaton Gray et al., 2018). However, the establishment of the EPS was a major structural change in Luxembourg’s decades-old, persistent education system, and national traditions remained strong among some groups. Therefore, this parallel school system raised many social, political, and educational questions. This study aims to understand the genesis and outcomes of the implementation of an additional curriculum in Luxembourgish public education system with the following questions:

  • What were the reasons for the establishment of EPS in Luxembourg?
  • What are the opinions of different stakeholders on the reasons for implementing the European Curriculum and its contribution? What are the problems identified by them?
  • What patterns of legitimation accompany the establishment of EPS?

Legitimization patterns and the role of the EPS are explored by using social constructivism (Hacking, 1999). The "case of Luxembourg" is used as an example to discuss educational transformations in response to current challenges and demands, as it observes the effects of changes in population structure, in line with trends observed in other European countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is embedded in an ongoing project on “Managing Student Heterogeneity and Tackling Educational Inequality through European Curriculum”, which consists of (1) a document analysis of policy and public debates, (2) a secondary data analysis of administrative student panel data and large-scale competency tests collected as part of the National School Monitoring; and (3) fieldwork including semi-structured interviews with stakeholders and classroom observations. The current presentation will rely on parts 1 and 3 and presents preliminary findings from content analysis of policy and public debates and semi-structured interviews with stakeholders using multicyclic coding (Saldaña, 2009; VERBI Software, 2017: MAXQDA18). The first part of this study consists of a document analysis of newspaper articles to reveal the patterns of legitimation that accompany the establishment of EPS, and the hopes, fears, and myths that underlie these narratives. For this purpose, two newspapers with different political views were selected, and articles were collected using a keyword search. Inclusion and exclusion criteria were set by the researchers. After a careful analysis, 169 articles were included in the analysis, and they were coded by the researchers. The document analysis will be followed by semi-structured interviews with different stakeholders (policy makers, accreditation experts, education experts, school principals, teachers) who have system relevant knowledge (Gläser & Laudel, 2010). The target population is people who were/are involved in European public schools. At least two representatives from each stakeholder group will be included in the sample, but the exact number of participants will depend heavily on the saturation of the data (Guest, Bunce & Johnson 2006). The researchers developed the interview schedules based on the expertise and role of the stakeholders included in the study sample. Overall, the interview schedules include questions to understand the reason behind the implementation of the European Curriculum in Luxembourg as a form of a public schooling offer, the problem that was meant to be solved by this initiative, the initial target group of this initiative, the opinions of different stakeholders on why to implement European Curriculum and its contribution, and the problems or unintended consequences related to the implementation of European Curriculum. The data collection will take place during the school year 2023-24. To systematize our analyses and embed them in a functioning theoretical framework, Steiner-Khamsi's (2023) analytical grid will be used as a guideline, focusing on the problem, politics, and policy streams that influenced the establishment of EPS in Luxembourg.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to the preliminary analysis, EPS target Luxembourgish and international students, with increasing competition for enrollment. They offer different language sections with flexibility in the medium of instruction. This reduces the language barriers experienced in the Luxembourgish public schools, while still emphasizing the importance of Luxembourgish for integration. However, there is criticism of the missed opportunities to integrate multilingual literature.
EPS are presented as a response to the government’s commitment to diversifying the school offers, and they stand out for their pedagogical approaches that encourage autonomy while promoting student motivation and progress. Moreover, initiating actors and stakeholder voices are frequently mentioned whether in the form of positive or negative statements. In terms of the discourse analysis, problem and solution frames, as well as the concepts of diversity, heterogeneity and inequality, emerged. For example, EPS were seen as a solution to educational inequalities and as a way to address heterogeneity by providing a better linguistic fit for students from different linguistic backgrounds. However, some argued that social cohesion was severely threatened by segregating students into language sections (Leaton Gray et al., 2018).
Research suggests that students with low SES and/or diverse linguistic backgrounds face challenges in the Luxembourgish education system (e.g., Sonnleitner et al., 2021). The better linguistic fit of EPS potentially helps some students and addresses inequalities in the public education system. However, it should be noted that the student population is slightly different. Therefore, more data and longer observations are needed to draw robust conclusions, which would also help us to identify what can be learned and transferred to other school systems within and outside Luxembourg. This is important because the highly diverse and rapidly growing nature of Luxembourg (population increase of 25.7% in 10 years; STATEC, 2023, February) may be relevant for other countries in the near future.

References
Eurydice. (2022). Luxembourg overview. https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/luxembourg_en
Gläser, J., & Laudel, G. (2010). Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Springer-Verlag.
Guest, G., Bunce, A., & Johnson, L. (2006). How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field methods, 18(1), 59-82.
Hacking, I. (1999). The social construction of what? Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Leaton Gray, S., Scott, D., & Mehisto, P. (2018). Curriculum Reform in the European Schools. Towards a 21st Century Vision. Cham, Palgrave.
MENJE. (n.d.). Languages in Luxembourg schools. Retrieved from https://men.public.lu/en/themes-transversaux/langues-ecole-luxembourgeoise.html
MENJE. (2020). The Luxembourg education system. https://men.public.lu/dam-assets/catalogue-publications/divers/informationsgenerales/the-luxembourg-education-system-en.pdf
MENJE. (2023). The Luxembourgish education system. https://men.public.lu/dam-assets/catalogue-publications/divers/informations-generales/the-luxembourg-education-system-en.pdf
Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools. (n.d.). About the Accredited European Schools. https://www.eursc.eu/en/Accredited-European-Schools/About
Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools. (2023, June 21). Mission of the European Schools. https://www.eursc.eu/en/European-Schools/mission
Robertson, R. (1994). Globalisation or glocalization? The Journal of International Communication 1(1), 33–52.
Saldaña, J. (2009). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.
Sonnleitner, P., Krämer, C., Gamo, S., Reichert, M., Keller, U., & Fischbach, A. (2021). Neue längsschnittliche Befunde aus dem nationalen Bildungsmonitoring ÉpStan in der 3. und 9. Klasse: Schlechtere Ergebnisse und wirkungslose Klassenwiederholungen. In LUCET & SCRIPT (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Luxemburg 2021 (pp. 109–115). Luxembourg: LUCET & MENJE.
STATEC. (2023, February). Evolution de la population. statistiques.public.lu. https://statistiques.public.lu/en/recensement/evolution-de-la-population.html
Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2023). Understanding travelling reforms from a systems perspective. In M. V. Faul & L. Savage (Eds.), Systems Thinking in International Education and Development. Cheltenham, UK, 86-104.
VERBI Software. (2017). MAXQDA 2018 [computer software]. Berlin, Germany: VERBI Software. Available from maxqda.com.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Quest for Continuous Improvement in Light of Power Disciplinary, Sovereign and Pastoral Power in a School Improvement Programme

Malin Kronqvist Håård

Dalarna University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Kronqvist Håård, Malin

There is a global movement of education reform in many countries informed by a neo-liberal agenda (Verger, Fontdevila, and Zancajo 2017). The large changes in education during the past decades are to a large extent linked with a growing connectedness between the state, education and the economy (Lundahl, 2021). The acceleration of the global economy, as well as technological developments and the strengthening of transnational agencies like the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), and the European Union have transformed nation-states into what Ball (2009) has named competition states. Krejsler (2019) has a similar label, the ‘fear of falling behind’ regime which has significant performative effects in producing a state of crisis awareness which motivates and drives education reforms.

This has also led to a shift towards a market-based educational reform agenda characterized by an emphasis on in-school factors, specifically, teacher quality and accountability, to a large extent leaving out of school factors affecting achievements out of the equation (Nolan, 2018). A discourse of continuous improvement follows this neoliberal agenda, and both national and international accountability systems put pressure on teachers and schools, individually and collectively (Watson & Michael, 2016). Schools are steered from a distance by performance measurements, surveillance and monitoring (Lingard, Seller & Lewis, 2017) which puts local school actors under a constant gaze (Holloway & Brass, 2018) and an endless pressure to perform.

In this paper I will examine the dynamic interactions of knowledge and power in the relationship between local school actors and the national agency for education in the context of a Swedish national school improvement programme called Co-operation for the Best School Possible (CBS). Foucault’s theories on power are utilized to understand how power relations and interactions between the national and local level in the Swedish education system can be understood in light of the global governance trends painted above. Power according to Foucault ‘is exercised rather than possessed’ (Foucault, 1995, p. 26) and it works in capillary manners. A framework including sovereign, disciplinary and pastoral power as well as the concept of governmentality will allow for a careful study of visible traces of subtle and intricate ways of steering in a complex multi-layered education system such as Sweden’s.

This article analyses different forms of power visible in a state-initiated school improvement programme using a Foucauldian framework. One important contribution a critical analysis can make is to question the common sensical, but furthermore Foucault gives us words to make the exercises of power recognisable. When we can recognise and assign words to the power being exercised, we also enhance our options for participating in relations of power. Thus, the aim is to is to explore the power relations between the Swedish National Agency of Education (SNAE) and the local school actors and how power operates and is exercised in a large-scale state-initiated school improvement programme. Through documents and citations from stakeholders in one municipality, these different modes of power are exemplified and highlighted in this article. By using Foucault, the formation and mode of subjection as well as techniques used to achieve them are at the foreground of the analysis (Foucault, 1982).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The materials used in this article come from a case study in a small municipality which took part in the three-year school improvement programme. The municipality was in the final stage of the CBS programme and the schools involved were compulsory schools. The empirical material includes four kinds of data:
a) documents concerning the work with the CBS programme in the municipality (n = 17 documents, including situation assessments, action plans and final reports);  
b) meeting observations (n = 8 and a two-day closing conference);
c) semi-structured interviews with headteachers (HT), local politicians (LP) and staff at the local education authorities (LEA) (n = 10); and
d) national documents concerning CBS (n = 3).
As regards the method of analysis, a reflexive thematic analysis will be deployed following Braun and Clarke’s conceptualisation of the methodology (Braun & Clarke, 2019, 2021). Braun and Clarke clearly state that thematic analysis has a distinct theoretical base, and the analysis takes its departure from defined themes rather than content. I take a deductive theory-driven approach to coding with predefined themes. ‘[A] deductive approach is useful for honing in on a particular aspect of the data or a specific finding that could be best illuminated or understood in the context of a pre-existing theory or frame’ (Kiger & Varpio, 2020, p. 3). The material has initially been scanned to try to understand how the local actors perceive the relationship with the SNAE within CBS. The theoretical model based on Foucault was used to focus the analysis on how power is exercised within that relationship and in this context. In that way the analysis process resembles what Jackson and Mazzei (2023) describe as ‘thinking with theory’. The findings will be presented as (‘creative and interpretive stories about the data’ Braun & Clarke, 2019, p. 596, emphasis in original). Hence, there is no claim of investigating intentions or cognitions of the participants, but the analysis approach will enable me to focus on the entangled exercises of power within the relationship between the local and national level in the CBS-context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the initial analysis of the material four overarching themes have been identified: The Power of the Spectacle, the Fear of the Inspection, The Almighty Systematic Quality Assurance work, and Governing through Self-evaluation. Being chosen to participate in CBS is being part of a spectacle. The basis for the selection of schools to participate in CBS is negative. It is based on the Inspectorate’s reports and school results, which are all public documents. Thus, at the start of CBS, the municipal actors have recently been put through the disciplinary and normalising gaze of the Inspectorate. The threat of the Inspectorate is something that can be seen throughout both the interviews and the observations. Phrases like, ‘if the Inspectorate comes’ or ‘We’ll be ready when they come’, denote a certain fear of the Inspectorate.
A lot of time and effort is placed on systematic quality assurance (SQA) work in CBS. It is something that permeates the doings and the everyday lives of the school actors. The SQA work has elements of both the synopticon and the panopticon as the forms used and the standards and norms to aspire for are set by external actors. Throughout the CBS programme there are reports to fill in that should be sent to the SNAE. The reports that the local school actors must fill in all revolve around the issue of self-evaluation.  
The preliminary analysis thus points to that that all power modes are visible in the case example, but foremost the softer modes of governing aimed at self-regulation are most palpable. By using an analytical language based on Foucault the exercise of power is made recognisable. When we can recognise and assign words to the power being exercised, we also enhance our options for participation in relations of power.

References
Ball, S. J. 2009. “Privatising Education, Privatising Education Policy, Privatising Educational Research: Network Governance and the ‘Competition State’.” Journal of Education Policy 24 (1): 83–99. doi:10.1080/02680930802419474

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676x.2019.1628806

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360  

Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8 (4), 777–795. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1343197

Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline and Punish. The Birth of the Prison (2nd ed. A. Sheridan trans.). Vintage Books.

Holloway, J., & J. Brass. (2018). Making Accountable Teachers: The Terrors and Pleasures of Performativity. Journal of Education Policy 33(3), 361–382. doi:10.1080/ 02680939.2017.1372636

Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2023). Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research (Second edition). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315667768

Kiger, M. E., & Varpio, L. (2020). Thematic analysis of qualitative data: AMEE Guide No. 131. Medical Teacher, 42(8), 846–854. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142159x.2020.1755030
 
Krejsler, J. B. (2019). How a European ‘Fear of Falling Behind’ Discourse Co-produces Global Standards: Exploring the Inbound and Outbound Performativity of the Transnational Turn in European Education Policy. In (pp. 245-267). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33799-5_12

Lingard, B., Seller, S., & Lewis, S. (2017). Accountabilities in Schools and School Systems. In Nobilt, George W. (Ed.). Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education (p. 1-28). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.74
 
Lundahl, L. (2021) Foreword: Useful Knowledge in the Twenty-First Century. In J. B. Krejsler, and L. Moos (Eds.), What Works in Nordic School Policies? Mapping Approaches to Evidence, Social Technologies and Transnational Influences (p. ix- xi). Springer International Publishing AG.

Nolan, K. (2018). The Lived Experience of Market-Based School Reform: An Ethnographic Portrait of Teachers’ Policy Enactments in an Urban School. Educational Policy, 32(6), 797-822. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904816673742

Smith, B., & Monforte, J. (2020). Stories, new materialism and pluralism: Understanding, practising and pushing the boundaries of narrative analysis. Methods in Psychology, 2, 100016. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.metip.2020.100016  

Verger, A., C. Fontdevila, and A. Zancajo. (2017). Multiple Paths Towards Education Privatization in a Globalizing World: A Cultural Political Economy Review. Journal of Education Policy 32(6): 757–787. doi:10.1080/02680939.2017

Watson, C., & Michael, M. K. (2016). Translations of policy and shifting demands of teacher professionalism: From CPD to professional learning. Journal of Education Policy, 31(3), 259–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2015.1092053
 
17:15 - 18:4523 SES 03 B: Language Policy
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Stefan Emmenegger
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A practice of multilingual islands? The enactment of National Languages Policy in Taiwan

Yu-Chih Li

NUTN, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Li, Yu-Chih

The development of multilingual curriculum has usually been regarded as one of marketized strategies for global neoliberal education environment (Huang, 2022) or the intercultural or multicultural practice in the society (Senar, Janés, Huguet & Ubalde, 2023; European Commission, n.d.). However, this may not be the case for the recent multilingual education policy in Taiwan. In 2019, the legislation of “Development of National Language Act” is given the task to realize linguistic and cultural human rights on the islands. Responding to the enactment of Development of National Languages Act, Taiwanese Ministry of Education has amended and implemented a new version of Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education in 2022 in order to implement the policy of national language courses from elementary to senior high school level. According to the new Curriculum Guidelines, from the school year of 2022 (which starts from September, 2022), local languages education, implemented as mandate courses, is extended from elementary school to junior and senior high school with various course hours and/or credits. With such a policy, it becomes a mandate for students not only take national language courses in their 9-year compulsory education but also carrying on national language courses in the optional 3-year post-secondary education. With the conceptualization of half-education by Adorno (1993), the paper scrutinizes the discourse development of national language and its position in the post-secondary education in Taiwan. There are 2 overarching research questions: 1) What is the construct of national language education, and 2) What are the unique tasks and characteristics of post-secondary national languages education in Taiwan.

As a postcolonial society, Taiwanese schooling has organized and operated in different languages. In Japanese colonial regime, Japanese language was taught as the national language, while Mandarin has become the only instructional language used in schooling after the Chinese national government took place in 1945. The top-down language policies have been regarded as one of powerful tools that reconstruct not only the cultures and communication practices but also the identities. This paper critically examines two policies enacted in 2017 and 2019, the 2030 Bilingual Nation policy and the Development of National Languages Act, and investigates their impacts on schooling in Taiwan. The multilingualism and intercultural practices developed in European societies will be utilized as a reference in the investigation of Taiwanese multilingualism under the enactment of recent language policies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An analysis of policy documents, press releases, and the publications from the Gazette of Legislative Yuan and Executive Yuan is conducted as the analysis of official discourse. And documents created for implementing policy in schools are analyzed with interviews with teachers and section/course leaders who realize policies in schools. The paper takes upon Ball, Maguire and Braun’s (2012) view of policy spaces among different levels of enactment and delineates the enacting of such language policy from the perspectives of situated contexts, professional cultures, material contexts, and external factors. An interview outline is produced to collect interview data from schools, including: 1) teachers’/section leaders’ educational and professional background and teaching experiences, 2) teachers’/section leaders’ viewpoints on multilingualism in Taiwan, 3) teachers’/section leaders’ experience and practice in the implementation of language courses in schools, 4) teachers’/section leaders’ experience and practice in the implementation of language courses in classrooms, and 5) reflections or insights on language education in Taiwan. Each interview takes around 45-60 minutes. And the interview data is collected and transcribed into texts and analysed with the documents distributed in schools, such as language course surveys, flyers, and parent consent forms, etc.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper delineates the inclusive and exclusive issues of current Taiwanese language policies. After the long-term monolingual policy, the MOE amended the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education along with the multilingual policies. The paper discusses the adjustment of curriculum intertwines with the development of multiculturalism of the society (Lee, 2017; Kasai, 2022) and the enactment trajectories of policy-in-school regarding to multilingual education. The paper contributes to the literature of language education and language policy in contemporary Southeast Asian societies.
References
Adorno, T. W. (1993) Theory of Pseudo-Culture. Telos: Critical Theory of the Contemporary 95, 15-38.
European Commission (n.d.) About multilingualism policy. Retrieved from https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/multilingualism/about-multilingualism-policy
Huang, C. F. (2023) Multilingual writing in a marketised university: a critical multimodal study of student service advertisements, International Journal of Multilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2023.2265396
Kasai, H. (2022) Taiwanese multiculturalism and the political appropriation of new immigrants’ languages. Comparative Education, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2022.2099657
Lee, S. (2017) Imagination and formation: Discourse analysis of multicultural education developments in Taiwan. Taiwan Journal of Sociology of Education, 17:2, 1-44.
Senar, F., Janés, J. , Huguet, À., & Ubalde, J. (2023) The mosaic of language and identity: territorial identification, linguistic attitudes, and proficiency in young immigrants of Catalonia, International Journal of Multilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2023.2280682


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Linguistic Hegemony of 'Education': A Comparative Study on the Pitfalls of English Language Dominance in Educational Policy Discourse

Stefan Emmenegger

University of Applied Sciences Northwestern Switzerland

Presenting Author: Emmenegger, Stefan

In an era when English dominates international and transnational dialogues, the concept of 'education' is framed predominantly through an Anglophone lens. Global education policy and research frameworks thus dominated by the English language may cause potential misinterpretations when the term 'education' is translated across languages, which harbours the risk of conceptual dissonance. Such concerns are amplified in discourses led by major international bodies such as the OECD, UNESCO and the EU. This raises questions about the inclusiveness and applicability of education policy and research, particularly in the light of the EU's commitment to multilingualism as enshrined in its Charter of Fundamental Rights.

This paper critiques the prevailing "linguistic hegemony" (Reagan 2018) in educational discourse and argues that an English-centric approach in policy and research publications may dilute diverse educational philosophies, especially amidst Europe's rich linguistic tapestry. Sensitivity to multiple meanings and local epistemologies is important, especially when dealing with social issues that are often local and contextual. Drawing on critiques of global governance (Tikly 2017; Parreiro de Amaral 2011) and comparative education theory (Keiner & Schriewer 2000; Ermenc 2015; Cowen & Kim 2023; Tröhler 2023), this study aims to analyse the impact of English language dominance in shaping international education narratives and argues for multilingual sensitivity.

The research examines the treatment of the contextual nuances of education and English-centric narratives in international reports from the OECD, UNESCO and the EU. It furthermore evaluates the use of language and the extent of sensitivity to contextual specificity of these documents, as they not only describe but also propose future educational visions and policies. Three key questions guide this examination:

  • How do these policy reports conceptualise 'education', especially with regards to future goals and educational content?
  • To what extent do they address issues of translation and contextual specificity?
  • How do they accommodate multilingual and multiplex interpretations of 'education'?

Using the methodologies of Bray et al. (2014) and Phillips (2006), this study explores the conceptualisation of 'education' and its recognition of local epistemologies. It examines the usage of the English term 'education' within these documents for implicit or explicit assumptions, with the goal of revealing cases of undue uniformity in the understanding of conceptualizations of ‘education’.

The present study aims to demonstrate that a productive way to advance discourse within the dominant English-centric model is the 'import' of ideas and conceptual frameworks from non-English educational-theories, such as e.g. the German "Erziehungstheorie" (theory of education). Contrasting English publications with their German translations will showcase that exploring non-Anglophone theoretical perspectives, such as the German concepts of 'Erziehung' and 'Bildung', provide a more nuanced understanding of 'education' beyond the confines of the Anglophone discourse. This approach could uncover underlying normative, ethical, and intergenerational aspects of education that are often overlooked in Anglophone discussions, thus broadening the theoretical landscape of educational research and policy.

Following existing studies of hidden assumptions within policy documents (Forster 2014; Vaccari & Gardinier 2019), the analysis seeks to highlight the drawbacks of overlooking linguistic diversity in educational discourses and argues for the inclusion of local epistemologies to enrich policy and research. Finally, drawing on Geertz's (1983) concept of 'local knowledge' and Merton's (1949) 'middle range theories', I argue that a multilingual and culturally sensitive approach to educational policy and research could make a significant contribution to the field by embracing the theoretical richness offered by Europe's linguistic and cultural diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This analysis follows a tradition in comparative education that critically examines the use of language in influential global education reports (Bray et al. 2014; Phillips 2006; Brehm 2023). As a first step, the study analyses English-language publications: PISA 2022 Report (OECD), UNESCO's Global Education Monitoring Report (2023), and the European Union's Education and Training Monitor (2023). As a second source of material, the corresponding websites on which these publications are hosted will be considered in order to assess how issues of translation are handled online.
The documents were selected on the basis of the following criteria: (a) the documents are relatively new, (b) they are published by authoritative bodies (OECD, UNESCO, EU) that tend to have a major impact on shaping educational discourse and policy-making, and (c) the publishing institutions make explicit efforts to deal with multiple languages and translations, as can be seen from their website landscape.
The analytical framework (coding scheme) for the comparative study incorporates concepts from critical discourse analysis, theories of linguistic hegemony and comparative educational methodologies. The comparison of the documents follows an exploratory (e.g. inductive) interest and describes two main dimensions: Firstly, the documents’ (1) use of language with a particular focus on the conceptualisation of education, and secondly (2) the documents’ sensitivity to multilingualism, i.e. how they deal with local or national contexts and translation issues.
The interpretation and discussion of the findings will focus on several points of criticism, such as their implicit assumptions and potential exclusion of non-English perspectives. One aim will be to integrate the findings with theoretical insights, particularly from comparative studies of Anglophone and German conceptions of education, to discuss the possible implications for educational policy and collaborative international research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In examining international education policy documents, this study presents findings in three key areas, shedding light on the nuances and implications of education as a concept in policy-making.

Firstly, the research confirms previous studies, highlighting that these documents primarily view 'education' as an economic element, often institutionalized. However, an issue arises in translations. Notable documents like the PISA and UNESCO reports are translated into various languages, but critical terms, such as 'education', are inadequately rendered (e.g., 'Bildung' in German). This literal translation approach overlooks the local and national-specific epistemologies, failing to encompass “local knowledge” as described by Geertz.

Secondly, contrasting Anglophone and German education theories reveals a frequent conflation of 'education' with 'schooling'. This narrow focus misses out on broader social aspects such as intergenerational transmission and non-formal education. Additionally, the German tradition makes a clear distinction between 'Erziehung' (education) and 'Bildung' (formation). This study underlines the importance of these distinctions, often lost in translation.

The final area advocates for a paradigm shift towards localized, collaborative epistemologies and research methodologies. This approach aims to respect and integrate diverse perspectives, challenging the prevailing global narrative of education as depicted in the analysed reports and policies.

As an outlook, the paper proposes exploring collaborative areas among prevalent European languages (German, French, Italian, English, Spanish, Russian, Polish, Ukrainian) and extends this consideration to a global context with languages like Mandarin Chinese, Hindi, Spanish, and Arabic. This approach underscores the need for a multilingual perspective in education policy, especially when dealing with local and contextual social issues.

References
Bray, Mark, Adamson, Bob, & Mason, Mark (Ed.) (2014). Comparative education research: approaches and methods (2nd ed ). New York: Springer.
Brehm, Will (2023). Comparative education as a political project. Comparative Education, 59(3), 362–378.

Cowen, Robert, & Kim, Terri (2023). Comparative education and intercultural education: relations and revisions. Comparative Education, 59(3), 379–397.
Ermenc, Klara Skubic (2015). The Role of Comparative Pedagogy in Comparative Educational Research. In Alexander W. Wiseman & Nikolay Popov (Ed.), International Perspectives on Education and Society (Vol. 26, S. 37–56). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.

Forster, Edgar (2014). Kritik der Evidenz. Das Beispiel evidence-informed policy research der OECD. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 60(6), 890–907.
Geertz, Clifford (1983). Local knowledge: further essays in interpretive anthropology. New York: Basic Books.

Horlacher, Rebekka (2016). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung: A comparative cultural history (Routledge cultural studies in knowledge, curriculum, and education) (Vol. 2). New York: Routledge.
Keiner, Edwin/Schriewer, Jürgen (2000). Erneuerung aus dem Geist der eigenen Tradition? Über Kontinuität und Wandel nationaler Denkstile in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 22(1), 27–50.

Merton, Robert King (1949). On Sociological Theories of the Middle Range. In Robert King Merton (Ed.), Social theory and social structure (S. 448–459). New York, NY: Free Press.

Parreira do Amaral, Marcelo (2011). Educational Governance und Regimetheorie: Die Emergenz eines Internationalen Bildungsregimes. In Sigrid Karin Amos, Wolfgang Meseth & Matthias Proske (Ed.), Öffentliche Erziehung revisited: Erziehung, Politik und Gesellschaft im Diskurs (1. ed, S. 195–222). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.

Phillips, David (2006). Comparative Education: Method. Research in Comparative and International Education, 1(4), 304–319.
Singh, Michael, & Huang, Xiaowen (2013). Bourdieu’s lessons for internationalising Anglophone education: declassifying Sino-Anglo divisions over critical theorising. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 43(2), 203–223.

Tikly, Leon (2017). The Future of Education for All as a Global Regime of Educational Governance. Comparative Education Review, 61(1), 22–57.
Tröhler, Daniel (2023). Education, Curriculum and Nation-Building: Contributions of Comparative Education to the Understanding of Nations and Nationalism (1. Auflage). London: Routledge.

Vaccari, Victoria, & Gardinier, Meg P. (2019). Toward one world or many? A comparative analysis of OECD and UNESCO global education policy documents. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 11(1).
 
17:15 - 18:4523 SES 03 C: Comparative Education Policy
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Comparative Analysis of Inequality in Schooling in ex-Soviet countries

Konstantin Anchikov, Sergey Kosaretsky, Bibigul Iskakova

HSE University, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Anchikov, Konstantin; Kosaretsky, Sergey

With the collapse of the USSR in the ex-Soviet countries the problem of educational inequality became more acute. There is no unified position on the reasons for the aggravation of inequality in studies. On the one hand, the growth of inequality has been attributed to the conscious policy of ex-Soviet countries to abandon the Soviet legacy at any cost as a political signal of a break with the Soviet (interpreted as colonial) past (Fish, 1998). On the other hand, the reasons for inequality are seen as steps in ex-Soviet countries aimed at carrying out educational reforms within the framework of global educational changes to reach maximum integration into global trends (Saltman & Means, 2018).

Studies of changes in the education systems of the former USSR countries during the transit period highlight such common vectors as the shift from unification to variability, competitive environment, greater freedom of choice, individualisation [Poder et al., 2016], from centralisation to decentralisation, autonomy of schools, emergence of the non-state school sector [Silova, 2002].

While there are common features, the transformation of national education systems in the former Soviet Union countries had differences in the scenarios and dynamics determined by cultural, economic and political contexts. Today, it is generally accepted to reject "a linear conceptualisation of the 'transition' process, which is characterised by the gradual replacement of 'old' socialist policies, practices and values with 'new' Western ones, and to focus on the complexity of the transformation processes, in which the processes can take an unforeseen character, with trajectories leading to several destinations" (Silova 2009).

The research delves into the critical issue of inequality among schoolchildren in the former USSR countries. Our research aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the nature and dynamics of the relationship between academic test results and inequality factors.

In this research we tried to understand how do test scores correlate with common factors of inequality (such as race, gender, SES, and immigrant status) among schoolchildren in the former USSR countries? Whether the effects of inequality factors differ within Ex-Soviet countries and between ex-Soviet countries and the OECD countries?

The comparative study of the inequality in general education in the countries of the former USSR is an area of research that has remained relevant over the past decades, firstly, as part of the large-scale tradition of "transitology" (Cowen, 2000; Mitter, 2003) and, secondly, as a trends in the study of social systems transformation outcomes in a changed geopolitical context (Silova, 2009; Partlett & Küpper, 2022).

The discussion aims to unravel the multifaceted dimensions of educational inequality, providing insights for policymakers, educators, and researchers. By placing the former USSR countries within an international context, the findings can contribute to a broader understanding of global educational disparities. Ultimately, the goal is to foster dialogue on effective strategies for addressing inequality, taking into account the unique socio-political and historical context of the region.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Employing a quantitative design, the research utilizes PISA data from 2009-2018-2022 for students' outcomes assessment and contextual demographic, financial and educational parameters from national databases to understand the conditions in which national school sysmets were operating. Statistical analyses including t-tests and multilevel linear regression are used to establish connections between test scores and inequality factors. The use of PISA data allows for international benchmarks, offering a comparative perspective on the educational landscape within the former USSR countries against the backdrop of the OECD.

Among the ex-Soviet countries, seven participated in the 2009 test: Moldova, Kazakhstan, Georgia, Russia, Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania. In 2018, Belarus and Ukraine were added to this group, but for comparability, they are not taken into account. The comparison group with other OECD countries comprises 64 countries in both PISA waves. Countries not duplicated in both waves are excluded for result comparability. To enhance cross-country accuracy, an adjustment is made for the weighting factor provided in the PISA database .
For the analysis, two PISA databases are integrated - student questionnaires with test results and school questionnaires filled in by principals. This connection is imperative to combine personal and institutional level data.
For cross-country analysis, test scores are standardized, and the normal distribution of observations is confirmed for each country.

The examination of inequality in results indicators employs two approaches: comparing results based on personal characteristic grouping (immigrant status, gender, rurality etc.) and analyzing country groupings - former Soviet Union countries and OECD countries, which include other PISA participant countries, excluding ex-Soviet nations.

To analyze score differences we used t-test for independent samples. Statistically significant differences trigger an assessment of the mean value differences in standardized scores. Multilevel linear regression used with predictors on first - personal, second - school, and third - country levels. Personal factors are students’ SES, immigrant status, language at home, gender. School level factors are territorial affiliation, shortage of educators, availability of other schools in the territory share of teachers with higher education, type of school.
The utilization of multilevel regression arises from the specific nature of PISA data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The article concludes that territorial inequality in academic results within the former Soviet Union countries is distinctive. It observes that the performance gap between urban and rural students is higher and growing at a faster rate compared to the OECD country group. Factor of rural residence is significant as well as common factors of inequality - race, gender, SES, immigrant status - and it simultaneously influences the magnitude of the effect of these common factors depending on the territory.
SES is significantly related to the level of scores in all three PISA subjects in both FSU and OECD countries. The use of a language other than the testing language in the family is associated with lower scores. In the ex-Soviet countries, the association between language and test scores decreases and the effect of the factor is minimal.
The gender of the student is significantly related to the level of scores. The association between gender and scores is lower in ex-Soviet countries than in OECD countries, although the effect of the factor is minimal. Gender weakly explains test scores. The rurality factor is significantly related to test scores, determining lower scores for rural students. The correlation between being rural and scores changes depending on the country group - in the former USSR countries this correlation is sharply strengthened.
The rurality factor, controlling for other variables, remains significant. Moreover, the effects of the considered inequality factors differ significantly depending on territoriality.

References
Cowen, R. (2000). Comparing futures or comparing pasts?. Comparative Education, 36(3), 333-342.
Mitter, W. (2003). A decade of transformation: Education policies in Central and Eastern Europe. In M. Bray (Ed.), Comparative Education: Continuing Traditions, New Challenges, and New Paradigms. London: Kluwer
Silova, I. (2009). Varieties of Educational Transformation: The Post-Socialist States of Central/Southeastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union. In: Cowen, R., Kazamias, A.M. (eds) International Handbook of Comparative Education. Springer International Handbooks of Education, vol 22. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6403-6_19
Partlett, W., & Küpper, H. (2022). The Post-Soviet as Post-Colonial: A New Paradigm for Understanding Constitutional Dynamics in the Former Soviet Empire. Edward Elgar Publishing. Elgar Monographs in Constitutional and Administrative Law. ISBN 1802209441, 9781802209440.
Poder, K., Lauri, T., Ivaniushina, V., Alexandrov, D. (2016). Family Background and School Choice in Cities of Russia and Estonia: Selective Agenda of the Soviet Past and Present. Studies of Transition States and Societies, 8(3).   5-28.
Silova, I. (2002). Returning to Europe: Facts, fiction, and fantasies of post-Soviet education reform. In A. Nóvoa & M. Lawn (Eds.), Fabricating Europe: The Formation of an Educational Space (pp. 87–109). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer.
Fish M. S. (1998) Democratization's requisites: the postcommunist experience //Post-Soviet Affairs. №. 14 (3). p. 212-247.
Saltman, K., & Means, A. (2018). The Wiley Handbook of Global Educational Reform. An International Handbook of Educational Reform. 10.1002/9781119082316.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Enhancing Education in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq: Unveiling Curriculum Challenges, Nurturing Peacebuilding Endeavors

Mustafa Wshyar

Ulster University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wshyar, Mustafa

Purpose: The purpose of this project is to critically examine the formal educational curriculum used within the Kurdistan Region of Iraq. The primary focus will be to examine the curriculum in terms of its transformative potential to build peace. This project will explore how teachers, leaders and decision makers view the current curriculum and its place within the wider peacebuilding efforts in Iraq.

Research Questions:

  1. How does the current curriculum contribute to preparing future citizens equipped with basic characteristics necessary for living peacefully?
  2. How can the stories be used as effective teaching material to support the peace building process?
  3. Is there hidden violence structured into the education curriculum of the Kurdistan Region of Iraq?
  4. What are the potential ways of transferring the educational curriculum in the region into a peace building tool?
  5. How can the current curriculum be improved and how do the teachers, leaders, and decision makers look at them?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Methods and Data Collection:  
To address the research questions outlined for this project, I will use a multi method and data collection approach:
a. Research Design: adopting a mixed-methods research design of qualitative and quantitative approaches to gain a comprehensive understanding towards the complex issues of violence and peace as an outcome of formal education.
b. Document Analysis: analyzing the existing textbooks and policies provided by the regional government to assess their content, meaning, and potential influence on violence creation and peace building.  
c. Interviews: conducting in-depth interviews with teachers, school leaders, curriculum developers and decision makers to gain a deeper understanding of the challenges in terms of making changes in the policies and school textbooks.
d. Surveys: designing and administering surveys to teachers and school supervisors to learn about their perspectives on school curriculum, its impact on violence and peace building, and their recommendations for change. Also, distributing surveys among the students to learn about their understanding of the stories and to find out how the stories shape their opinions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Findings:
Curriculum's Contribution to Peaceful Citizenship:
The research is anticipated to reveal insights into how the current curriculum contributes to or hinders the development of citizens equipped with the fundamental characteristics necessary for peaceful living.

Effectiveness of Stories in Peacebuilding:
The study is expected to highlight the efficacy of stories as teaching material for supporting the peacebuilding process. It may provide examples of narratives that have positive impacts on students' understanding of diverse cultures and their role in fostering tolerance.

Identification of Hidden Violence:
The research is likely to uncover instances of hidden violence within the education curriculum, using Galtung's Violence Triangle as a conceptual framework. This understanding will contribute to addressing social injustice and promoting positive peace.

Transforming Curriculum into a Peacebuilding Tool:
The study aims to identify potential ways of transforming the educational curriculum into a tool for peacebuilding. This may include recommendations for policy changes, content revisions, and inclusive practices that align with positive peace and social justice.

References
References
Amen, Hawar Omer Faqe. 2022. Bnamakani Zmani Parwardayi La Programyi Khwindnda [Principles of Language in the Educational Curricula]. Sulaymaniyah: Rahand.
Bourdieu, Pierre. 2003. “Symbolic Violence.” In Beyond French Feminisms, edited by Roger Célestin, Eliane DalMolin, and Isabelle de Courtivron, 23–26. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Fraser, Nancy. 2005. “Reframing Justice in a Globalized World.” New Left Review 36: 79–88.
Galtung, Johan. 1969. “Violence, Peace, and Peace Research.” Journal of Peace Research 6 (3): 167–91.
———. 1990. “Cultural Violence.” Journal of Peace Research 27 (3): 291–305.
———. 2005. Pax Pacifica: Terrorism, the Pacific Hemisphere, Globalisation and Peace Studies. London: Pluto Press.
Goodson, Ivor, and Scherto Gill. 2011. Narrative Pedagogy: Life History and Learning. New York: Peter Lang.
Groot, Isolde De. 2018. “Narrative Learning for Democratic Citizenship Identity: A Theoretical Framework.” Educational Review 70 (4): 447–464.
Kirmanj, Sherko. 2014. “Kurdish History Textbooks: Building a Nation-State within a Nation-State.” The Middle East Journal 68 (3): 367–84.
Mario Novelli, Mieke T. A. Lopes Cardozo, and Alan Smith. 2017. “The 4RS Framework: Analyzing Education’s Contribution to Sustainable Peacebuilding with Social Justice in Conflict-Affected Contexts.” Journal on Education in Emergencies 3 (1): 14–43.
Rossiter, M. Carolyn, and Clark Marsha. 2008. “Narrative Learning in Adulthood.” New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education 2008 (119).
Wahab, Abdurrahman Ahmad. 2014. Malay Djarawt: Parwarda La Rwangayaki Rakhnayiawa [Swimming Upstream: Education from a Critical Lens]. 2nd ed. Erbil: FAM Publication.
———. 2022. Parwardanasi Rakhnayi: Parwarday Dimwkrati u Gorankari Komalayati [Crticial Pedagogy: Democratic Education and Social Transformation]. Erbil: FAM Publication.
Žižek, Slavoj. 2008. Violence. New York: Picador.
 
17:15 - 18:4525 SES 03 A: Children's voice and participation
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Lisa Isenström
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Inclusion, Sustainability and Policy Impact of Children’s and Youth’s Councils

Anouk Van Der Wildt1, Irene Baraldi2, Marie Van Roost1

1Karel de Grote University, Belgium; 2International Institute of Humanitarian Law, Italy

Presenting Author: Van Der Wildt, Anouk; Van Roost, Marie

While the importance of enhancing children’s agency - those actions made by children that are not simply reactions to adults’ inputs (Baraldi, 2022) - is increasingly becoming a central part of education (OECD, 2018), studies show that traditional education keeps promoting children’s conformity minimising experimentation and risk-taking (Kirby, 2020). On a similar note, traditional narratives about children describe them as incompetent and unreliable (Baraldi, 2014). This tendency is confirmed by research studies that show that children have the feeling that their opinions are not considered seriously and specific groups of children do not have the opportunity to raise their voices as loudly as others and remain excluded (European Commission, et.al., 2021). At school, 16,7% of children feel adults never listen to their opinions when making policy decisions (Unicef & Eurochild, 2019). Moreover, even when participatory activities, like children’s councils, are promoted, they often suffer from issues of sustainability and continuity, as guaranteeing staff capacity and training is a challenge. The project GOTALK challenges this trend and complies with the idea that children have the right to share their opinions and adults should take those opinions into account when they take decisions that affect children. To do so, the GOTALK project proposes an innovative participatory creation and implementation of youths’ councils in two contexts, Italy and Belgium. In the framework of the project, three schools and one youth center embarked on the GOTALK journey towards more inclusive and sustainable councils that would also lead to effective policy impact. The trajectory was inspired by insights on living wall, pedagogical documentation and the mosaic approach (Bjartveit et.al., 2019; Clark & Moss, 2011). The analysis was done together with the members of the children’s and youth’s councils and will be discussed with other children from the schools to ensure they also recognize themselves in the analysis, aiming at the inclusiveness of the analysis and saturation of the data . In order to ensure the sustainability of the insights, the GOTALK project focuses on one policy theme for the entire school year: in Belgium children’s councils will discuss the topic of out-of-school care and activities (following up on the Decree BOA, 2019), while in Italy, also following the introduction of the new law on civic education (Law 92/2019), citizenship education related topics will be at the pipeline of the children’s activities.

As the credibility of the actions is a key issue to ensure that youths and children feel heard and entrusted, sustainability is also a fundamental aspect of the children councils. In this regard, the GOTALK team supports schools and youth organizations in ensuring the continuity of the councils by raising awareness and appreciation of the student councils inside and outside the school or organization. Ensuring policy impact is guaranteed by engaging with policy makers in a discussion on the boundaries of the policy impact that children councils can have and by facilitating the direct dialogue between children and policy makers.

The GOTALK research aims at strengthening children’s participation by enhancing it’s inclusiveness, policy impact and sustainability. In this research we focus on two questions: (1) How do children between 10 and 18 in children’s councils attribute meaning to the concepts of inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact? And (2) How can we build upon these meanings in order to cocreate an inclusive, sustainable trajectory with policy impact at the children’s councils?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method of this research includes action research in primary and secondary schools and youth organizations combined with narrative analysis of children’s voices about inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact. The voices of children and youth are gathered during various council meetings and in individual peer-to-peer interviews with children. Besides that, the data involves the pedagogical documentation that is done within the children’s and youth’s councils on the participation trajectories.
During the narrative analysis, the different formats in which we can hear and read the voices of the children are gathered in NVivo software and analysis. The three main focus points of the GOTALK approach: inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact are used as structuring principles in the distillation of meanings from the voices from children’s and youth’s councils. Analysis is done separately for Italian and Belgian data, as children have different experiences with councils and work on different policy themes but were periodically compared in the GOTALK research team.
The cocreation and development of the trajectories has been documented during meetings inspired by the Reggio Emilia approach to Early Childhood Education (Edwards et.al., 1993). During these meetings, the children’s and youth’s councils and the joint analysis considered. Researchers considered the voices heard in order to use these as the most important element for the design of the further trajectory in the schools and youth center. Important turning points and insights from these meetings are used to make explicit how the trajectories have been built.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The meaning attributed to inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact are various. For what concerns inclusiveness, children stress the inclusion of various voices. Children involved in the councils showed awareness and understanding of who is not included in the councils (such as younger children and children that are rather silent). They showed the willingness and need  to include their excluded peers, but also expressed some children are hard to reach, also for them, as peers. Children tend to feel more confident when asking younger children or multilingual children about their stance on the policy topics, than children who show aggressive behavior.
Considering sustainability, children feel the councils should not only be continued over time, but a very important aspect of sustainability is also how the council is embedded at school. Some children express their concerns about the image of the council with children and teachers that do not take part in it.
Policy impact has been a topic along the trajectory. Throughout this first phase of the research, it appeared that children are not used to reflect upon a “policy” topic for a long period of time, which would include several meetings and activities. This is related to the fact that schools as institutions involve children in the decision-making process only for a short period of time, providing them fast and unsustainable solutions to their enquiries. Instead, sustainable change requires time and energy: it is notable that despite feelings of demotivation, children express their appreciation towards a long-term perspective, as they feel more informed about the policy topic before being expected to express their arguments and suggestions.
One of the adjustments so far is to slow down the trajectory and adopt a more flexible preparation for the councils as children expressed they felt too little space to discuss topics in depth.

References
Bjartveit, C., Carston, C. S., Baxtor, J., Hart, J., & Greenidge, C. (2019). The living wall: Implementing and interpreting pedagogical documentation in specialized ELCC settings. Journal of Childhood Studies, 28-38.
Baraldi, C. (2022). Facilitating Children's Agency in the Interaction. Palgrave Macmillan.
Clark, Alison and Moss, Peter (2011). Listening To Young Children: The Mosaic Approach (2nd ed.). London: National Children's Bureau.
Edwards, et.al. (1993) The Hundred Languages of Children: The Reggio Emilia Approach to Early Childhood Education. Norwood: Ablex Publishing Corporation.
European Commission, Directorate-General for Justice and Consumers, Janta, B., Bruckmayer, M., Silva, A., et al., Study on child participation in the EU political and democratic life: final report, Publications Office, 2021, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2838/388737
Kirby, P. (2019). Children’s Agency in the Modern Primary Classroom.
OECD (2018), Education at a Glance 2018: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/eag-2018-en.
UNICEF & EUROCHILD (2019) The Europe Kids Want. Sharing the views of children and young people across Europe. Autumn 2019. https://eurochild.org/uploads/2020/11/Euro_Kids_Want_Brochure_Nov2019.pdf


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Children´s Participation in the Swedish School-age Educare

Jonas Johansson, Marita Cronqvist, Petra Andersson

University of Borås, Sweden

Presenting Author: Johansson, Jonas; Cronqvist, Marita

Children’s possibility to participate in everyday life is a fundamental right, mentioned in The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) which is a part of Swedish law (Act on Convention on the Rights of the Child, 2018). In Sweden many children in the age of 6-12 years take part in the school-age educare (SAE) which is an activity taking place before and after school, as well as during holidays. SAE has a unique position within the Swedish school system as the activities are conducted within the framework of the school based on school law and curriculum, but also have a clear anchoring in everything that can be associated with leisure and social activities. SAE is an important part of the school´s activity (Cronqvist, 2021) where the education is affected by relationships and well-being in general, based on children´s needs, interest and experience (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2022). For the SAE-centre to be able to assert high quality in teaching, Hjalmarsson (2013) is addressing the problems surrounding the children's opportunities to participate in and design their own activities in relation to the adults' endeavour to offer the children a variety of activities. There seems to be a tension within SAE, on the one hand, meeting children’s needs and interests and, on the other hand, conducting activities based on a curriculum aimed at children's development and learning, which could indicate that teachers organize specific activities for teaching purposes. However, Pálsdóttir (2014) claims that social learning does not seem to be the subject of educators' planning but takes place informally in the activities. Jonsson and Lillvist (2019) believe that the everyday practice when teachers in SAE must deal with many children at the same time means that there is no time for reflection, and the activities are allowed to run on. There are thus limits to the extent to which children's interests and needs can be met, and many times the solution can lie in children being allowed to play freely. Haglund (2015) advocates children's influence in the activities based on the democratic mission on which the school lean towards, which would be another challenge based on the conclusions drawn by Jonsson and Lillvist (2019). It is not enough just to plan and reflect on the activities that the teachers organize, but the children's perspectives, thoughts, opinions and needs have to be asked for and involved in the planning. The problem that is relevant to how children's perspectives can be made visible and add quality in SAE is how an individualistic approach can be accommodated within leisure activities, which are traditionally group-oriented and focused on relationships between children (Lager, 2016). Throughout, there is a gap in research where more knowledge is needed about how children's perspectives can be taken advantage of in leisure activities to increase their participation and thereby create quality. The current project aims to reduce this gap.

The project aims to pay attention to children's perspective on the leisure activities they participate in and, based on their lived experiences, identify and define a concrete development area to increase children's participation in SAE, implement an action and then follow up and reflect on the experiences of the action. If time allows, possible adjustments can be made in the activities based on the reflections. The purpose has been formulated based on the needs that representatives of the school have identified, and the implementation has been jointly discussed. The teachers experience difficulties when taking advantage of the children's perspective in the daily activities and want to expand their opportunities to be involved.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is conducted as action research in various stages and is generally based on phenomenology. The specific approach is Reflective Life World Research (RLR) which strives to, despite contextual variations, find the essence of the current phenomenon through the lived experiences of the participants (Dahlberg et al., 2008).
The participating children are approximately 40 aged 8-10 years from two different SAE-departments at a school in Sweden.  The project is pursued by the vice principal and two teachers at the current school in corporation with a lecturer, a PhD-student and a senior lecturer from a nearby university. In all steps collaboration will take place, but from obvious reasons step 1 and 5 will be moderated by the school-staff.
The project will be carried out in six steps and will be implemented in line with the different phases identified within action research (Zeichner & Noffke, 2001). Reflection will be prominent in the process.
The six steps:
1) the children react emotionally and express their feelings about the SAE through a simple survey with emojis.  
2) some of the children will be selected for interviews in purpose to learn about their lived experiences in relation to participation in the SAE.
3) data will be analysed phenomenologically to get knowledge of themes/essential meanings concerning children’s participation in the SAE.
4) the result will be reflected and different possible actions to strengthen children’s participation is discussed. Decision of implementation is made.
5) the action is carried out.
6) the action is followed up through common reflections. Different proposals of adjustments and changes are discussed and possibly implemented.
The analysis work is carried out in different stages with an open reflective attitude towards the phenomenon's character traits and an effort to “bridle” (Dahlberg et al., 2008) one's own preconceptions. In the first step, data is read, repeatedly to get familiar with it. Individual words, sentences or paragraphs are marked when they express something about the meaning of the phenomenon (van Manen, 2014). Notes are made in the margin about those meaning units. In the second step, patterns are searched for, called clusters, which are based on the marked meaning units. In the patterns, a structure is sought for what is superior and subordinate in terms of meaning. In the third step, an attempt is made to formulate the abstract essential meaning of the phenomenon based on which character traits are stable despite various contextual variations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The tentative results show that the participant children express participation in the SAE as a phenomenon affected by organizational aspects such as time and place, but also interpersonal interactions. The children’s possibilities to get their voice heard depends on how they manage to handle these aspects and interactions. For example, the daily gathering at the SAE is a moment for information from the staff but also an opportunity for the children to speak out. Some of the participant children express that the possibility to express their opinion during the gathering is limited by time and the number of participants, and therefore they find other ways to negotiate participation. Furthermore, some of the participant children's express feelings of satisfaction and security when the staff in the SAE organize and decide what, how and when things happen in the SAE. This adult governance contributes to a feeling of belonging. Though, concurrently, some of the children express that their feeling of belonging to the peer group is limited by organizational aspects as grouping. This conclusion will eventually be reversed after completed analysis.
References
Act on Convention on the Rights of the Child (SFS 2018:1197). Socialdepartementet. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/lag-20181197-om-forenta-nationernas-konvention_sfs-2018-1197/

Cronqvist, M. (2021). Joy in Learning: When Children Feel good and Realize They Learn. Educare, (3), 54–77. https://doi.org/10.24834/educare.2021.3.3

Dahlberg, K., Dahlberg, H. & Nyström, M. (2008). Reflective lifeworld research (2nd ed.). Studentlitteratur.

Haglund, B. (2015) Pupil's opportunities to influence activities: a study of everyday practice at a Swedish leisure-time centre. Early Child Development and Care, 185(10), 1556-1568. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1009908

Hjalmarsson, M. (2013). Governance and voluntariness for children in swedish leisure-time centres: Leisure-time teachers interpreting their tasks and everyday practice. International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 1(1). 86-95.
 
Jonsson, K. & Lillvist, A. (2019) Promoting social learning in the Swedish leisure time centre. Education Inquiry, 10(3), 243-257. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1571358

Lager, K.  (2016) ‘Learning to play with new friends’: systematic quality development work in a leisure-time centre. Early Child Development and Care, 186(2), 307-323. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1030634

Pálsdóttir, K. Þ. (2014). The professional identity of recreation personnel. Barn: Forskning om barn og barndom i Norden, 32(3), 75–89. https://doi.org/10.5324/barn.v33i3.3502

Swedish National Agency for Education (2022). Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and the leisure-time centre 2022. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/grundskolan/laroplan-och-kursplaner-for-grundskolan/laroplan-lgr22-for-grundskolan-samt-for-forskoleklassen-och-fritidshemmet?url=907561864%2Fcompulsorycw%2Fjsp%2Fcurriculum.htm%3Ftos%3Dgr%26cur%3DLGR22&sv.url=12.5dfee44715d35a5cdfa219f#anchor_4

van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of practice: Meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Left Coast Press.

Zeichner, K. & Noffke, S. (2001). Practitioner Research. In Virginia Richardson (ed.). Handbook of Research on Teaching (4th ed.). AERA.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Pedagogic Voice in the Classroom from a Children's Rights Perspective

Gabriela Martinez Sainz1, Dympna Devine1, Seaneen Sloan1, Jennifer Symonds2

1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University College London, UK

Presenting Author: Martinez Sainz, Gabriela

Children have the right to form their own views and be heard on matters affecting them. As detailed in Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), children have the right to express their views and opinions and for these views to be given due weight and the right to being heard (UNCRC, 1989, Art. 12). As it has been articulated in the Lundy model of child participation (2007), voice is one of the core elements of children’s right to participation. For the full exercise of this right, children’s voice requires safe and inclusive opportunities where they can form and express their views (space), and also demand that children are listened to (audience) and their views are acted upon as appropriate (influence). Breaches to children’s right to participate, including disregard or neglect to consider their views or exclusion from decision-making, have been consistently corroborated since then particularly in relation to their education and schooling experience (McMellon & Tisdall,2020), despite children's clear desire to participate (Forde et al. 2018; Martinez Sainz & Daminelli, 2022; Waldron & Oberman, 2016). Children’s capacity to express their views on matters related to teaching, learning and curriculum is encompassed by the concept of ‘pedagogic voice’ (Arnot & Reay, 2007), which aligns with their right to be listened to on matters that affect them and the extent to which their views are fully considered and acted upon as granted in the UNCRC.

This paper brings together the sociology of pedagogic voice and a children’s rights framework to answer two research questions. First, how do children experience being heard and actively participate in decision-making processes related to their learning in diverse primary school settings in Ireland? Second, how do the relationships between children and teachers and their pedagogical encounters in the classroom inform and transform children’s voice? We proposed a rights-based approach to children's pedagogic voice as a relevant framework to explore their experiences of participation in decision-making and whether and if so how these shape their learning experiences. We draw on quantitative and qualitative data from the longitudinal mixed-methods cohort study Children’s School Lives (CSL) study in Ireland to analyse the views and experiences of children and teachers regarding children's voice and their capacity to influence their own learning.

Research exploring children’s voice in school and community life has looked at different processes and practices from consultations or collaborations with students to participation spaces and mechanisms and leadership opportunities for children (Cook-Sather, 2006; Fielding, 2004; Fleming, 2013; Mitra & Gross, 2009). It also has explored the opportunities children have to analyse and revise educational approaches or act as partners in research projects (Lundy & Cook-Sather, 2016). The inclusion of children in decision-making has been demonstrated to result in meaningful contributions to school improvement (Mitra, 2001; MacBeath et al, 2003; Flutter and Rudduck, 2004; Pedder & McIntyre 2006; Rudduck & McIntyre, 2007; Thompson, 2009). Fostering children’s voice in schools contributes to their development as citizens, preparing them for active and informed participation in society (Devine, 2002; Jerome & Starkey, 2021); and can lead to a stronger commitment to their own learning, including improved motivation and positive attitudes towards learning as well as a stronger identity as a learner (Flutter and Rudduck, 2004). As children are “expert witnesses” (Flutter and Rudduck, 2004, p 4) or legitimate informants (Lundy & Cook-Sather, 2016) of learning, teaching and schooling processes, they can provide unique insights into challenges and possible solutions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysed in this paper are part of the national longitudinal study of primary schooling in Ireland, Children's School Lives (www.cslstudy.ie). CSL is a mixed-method cross-sequential longitudinal study that follows two representative age cohorts in 189 primary schools reflecting the full spectrum of school types in Ireland in relation to size, patronage, socio-economic status, gender and urban/rural settings. Over a 5 years period, a nationally representative quantitative study was conducted across the 189 schools (CSL National study sample) using a repeated measures survey with children, their parents, classroom teachers and school principals. In addition, in-depth case studies were conducted across 13 schools (CSL Case study sample) using interviews, focus groups, class observations and multi-modal, child-centred participatory methods. The CSL study followed the ethical procedures approved by the University Human Ethics Research Committee and all the children and adults have previously consented to participate in this research.

This paper adopts a key exploratory interpretative case study (Thomas 2021) with phenomenological undertones (Kettley, 2010) and draws on longitudinal qualitative and quantitative data of children and teachers who participated in the project annually from 2019 to 2022. It encompasses the two cohorts participating in the CSL study, Cohort A comprised of children who started primary school in 2019 (4-5 years old) and Cohort B of children who were in 2nd class (7-8 years old). The paper includes data from four waves of data collection conducted on a yearly basis, the last wave analysed here was collected in 2022, when the cohorts were in 1st class (6-7 years old) and 5th class (10-11 years old) respectively. The quantitative data in the paper reports on the National Study sample with surveys of participating children of the two cohorts (N= 13,386) and their classroom teachers (N= 583). The qualitative data reports on 13 case Study sample, with 7 schools for Cohort A and 6 schools for Cohort B. The case study sample also represents the full spectrum of Irish schools in terms of size, urban/rural, socioeconomic status, gender and school patronage. The data analysed in this paper includes interviews with the teachers, focus groups with the children, observations and play-based activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Longitudinal findings of the CSL Study demonstrate the existence of both individual challenges for children’s voice in the classrooms as well as structural barriers that hinder their active participation in decision-making to influence their learning. Whereas individual challenges relate to children’s perceptions, experiences and understandings of voice as well as teachers’ attitudes and their pedagogical practices, the structural barriers are connected to the affordances and limitations of the curriculum to facilitate children’s voice and requirements in the policy implementation for children’s participation in decision-making. The findings from children across the different classes in primary school provide a complex picture of pedagogic voice, highlighting how children’s capacity to express their views on matters related to teaching, learning and curriculum is informed and developed from their unique perspectives and everyday experiences in their school lives. Children’s perceptions of instances when their pedagogic voice was considered and respected, might not align with adults’ considerations. For instance, contrary to what teachers reported, children felt their voice was included more and their ideas taken into consideration as they progressed through primary school. However, in the examples they provided, it is evident that their participation was constrained to issues related to classroom management or school policies and not in relation to core pedagogical issues informing and shaping their learning such as teaching approaches, curriculum implementation or assessment strategies. Our findings highlight the complexity of both aspirations and practice with respect to children’s voice in the classroom.  While the research suggests a very positive disposition toward children’s voice, in practice it operates in diverse ways - from higher voice and participation in the earlier years, to a more directed focus on voice in terms of discipline, and classroom management.
References
Arnot, M. & Reay, D. (2007) A Sociology of Pedagogic Voice: Power, inequality and pupil consultation, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 28:3, 311-325.

Baroutsis, McGregor, A.G. & Mills, M. (2016) Pedagogic voice: student voice in teaching and engagement pedagogies, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 24:1, 123-140.

Brantefors, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2016). Teaching and learning children’s human rights: A research synthesis. Cogent Education, 3(1), 1247610.

Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, Presence, and Power: "Student Voice" in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry 36(4), 359-390.

Devine, D. and McGillicuddy, D. (2016) Positioning pedagogy—a matter of children’s rights, Oxford Review of Education, 42(4), 424-443.

Donegan, A., Devine, D., Martinez-Sainz, G., Symonds, J., & Sloan, S. (2023). Children as co-researchers in pandemic times: Power and participation in the use of digital dialogues with children during the COVID-19 lockdown. Children and Society, 37(1), 235-253.

Fielding, M. (2007). Beyond "Voice": New Roles, Relations, and Contexts in Researching with Young People. Discourse 28(3), 301-310.

Fleming, J. (2013). Young people’s participation – Where next? Children & Society, 27: 484-495.

Flutter, J., & Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting pupils: What's in it for schools?. Psychology Press.

Forde, C., D. Horgan, S. Martin, and A. Parkes (2018). Learning from Children’s Voice in Schools: Experiences from Ireland. Journal of Educational Change 19 (4): 489–509.

Horgan, D., C. Forde, S. Martin, and A. Parkes. 2017. “Children’s Participation: Moving from the Performative to the Social.” Children’s Geographies 15 (3): 274–288.

Jerome, L. & Starkey, H. (2021) Children's Rights Education in Diverse Classrooms
Pedagogy, Principles and Practice. London: Bloomsbury.

Lundy, L. (2007) ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, British Educational Research Journal, 33:6, 927-942.

Lundy, L., & Cook-Sather, A. (2016). Children’s rights and student voice: Their intersections and the implications for curriculum and pedagogy. In The SAGE handbook of curriculum, pedagogy and assessment. London: SAGE. 263–277.

McMellon, C., & Tisdall, E. K. M. (2020). Children and Young People’s Participation Rights: Looking Backwards and Moving Forwards, The International Journal of Children's Rights, 28(1), 157-182. doi: DOI:10.1163/15718182-02801002

Mitra, D.L. (2018). Student voice in secondary schools: The possibility for deeper change. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(5), 473–487. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-01-2018-0007

Skerritt, C. (2023) A sinister side of student voice: surveillance, suspicion, and stigma, Journal of Education Policy, 38:6, 926-943

UNCRC, United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, November 20, 1989. https://www.ohchr.org/en
 
17:15 - 18:4526 SES 03 A: The Edupreneur* – Unveiling the Entrepreneurial Leader in Education
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz
Session Chair: Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

The Edupreneur* – Unveiling the Entrepreneurial Leader in Education

Chair: Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz (Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt, Klagenfurt, Austria)

Discussant: Jana Groß Ophoff (University College of Teacher Education Vorarlberg, Feldkirch, Austria)

This symposium explores the expanding field of Edupreneurship (Pashiardis & Brauckmann, 2019). By elucidating three distinct studies (comprising a scoping review, a study with a European perspective, and a Cypriot study), our aim is to shed some more light into the leadership behaviors and actions that could be undertaken for schools to survive in today’s turbulent environments and unprecedented changes they are confronted with (Pietsch et al. 2022). As the educational landscape is undergoing a transformative shift to challenge several megatrends, conventional educational leadership frameworks struggle to adapt to these challenges, prompting the need for a novel approach. The emergence of Edupreneurs (Pashiardis & Brauckmann 2019) – entrepreneurial leaders in the field of education – becomes pivotal in navigating these complexities, necessitating a deeper examination of their role in shaping the future of education.

According to Pashiardis and Brauckmann (2019) edupreneurial leadership emerges as a hybrid as it combines the entrepreneurial with the instructional/pedagogical leadership style, which are two of the five leadership styles that make up their leadership framework (for a more detailed description of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework, please see Pashiardis & Brauckmann, 2008; Brauckmann & Pashiardis, 2011). The call for entrepreneurial activities in the school context aligns with the search of originality as well as strategic alliances outside the school environment. Breakthrough innovations stem from a unique knowledge search. They highlight the importance of fostering original ideas in schools for entrepreneurial relationships. Therefore, promoting originality enhances a school principal's entrepreneurial leadership (Jung & Lee 2016; Pashiardis & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz 2021). To adapt to the evolving edupreneurial leadership style, schools must embrace flexibility and accommodation. School leaders, guided by innovative thinking, should incorporate risk-taking behavior, leadership training, and experience. They need to assess the education landscape, considering autonomy, accountability patterns, and personnel readiness, to formulate effective strategies (Pashiardis & Brauckmann 2019).

Recent studies highlight the multifaceted nature of Edupreneurship. They emphasize its dynamic potential within educational institutions and explore the school principal’s entrepreneurial mindset, competencies, resources, and motives as well as the relationship between entrepreneurship and educational leadership. Yemini, Addi-Raccah and Katarivas (2015) characterize school leaders as change agents. Their study investigates school principals as institutional entrepreneurs, exploring the meaning of entrepreneurship in schools. Examining 10 identified entrepreneurial principals in Israel, it delves into their motives and resources driving entrepreneurial activities in diverse educational streams. Another study by Eyal and Kark (2004) emphasizes leadership for its impact on simplifying and reinforcing realities, while entrepreneurial activities introduce new products, services, or ideas. The study establishes a (yet) complex existing link between leadership and entrepreneurship, noting a stronger correlation of transformational leadership with proactive behavior than innovativeness. Another study by Hörnqvist and Leffler (2014) delves into the entrepreneurial mindset of school leaders, highlighting the internal and external responsibilities associated with leadership in an entrepreneurial school setting.

While existing research has made valuable contributions, a notable gap exists in comprehending how the concept of edupreneurship is understood, contextualized, or theorized, in relation to school leadership. It is also not yet clarified which long-term implications of edupreneurial initiatives by school leaders do exist. Future research should focus on unraveling the sustainability of edupreneurial practices, providing perspectives that are crucial for informing evidence-based educational policies and practices. Therefore, the symposium addresses the following research questions:

  • What is known about edupreneurial acting and thinking among school leaders?
  • What is the long-term impact of edupreneurial initiatives on the organizational sustainability of schools?

*This term was introduced by Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz and Petros Pashiardis.


References
Brauckmann, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2011). A validation study of the leadership styles of a holistic leadership theoretical framework. International Journal of Educational Management 25(2), 11-32.

Eyal, O., & Kark, R. (2004): How do Transformational Leaders Transform Organizations? A Study of the Relationship between Leadership and Entrepreneurship, Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 211-235, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760490503715.

Hörnqvist, M.-L., & Leffler, E. (2014): Fostering an entrepreneurial attitude – challenging in principal leadership, Education + Training, 56(6), 551-561, DOI: 10.1108/ET-05-2013-0064.

Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann, S. (2008). Introduction to the LISA framework from a social system’s perspective, LISA Conference, 2008, Budapest, Hungary.

Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann, S. (2019). New Public Management in Education: A Call for the Edupreneurial Leader? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 18(3), 485-499, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2018.1475575.

Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). The rise of the Edupreneur. Exploring School leadership through an evolutionary perspective, In Nir, A. E. (Ed.). School Leadership in the 21st Century: Challenges and Coping Strategies, New York: Nova Science, 47-68.

Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, P. (2022). Principals between exploitation and exploration: Results of a nationwide study on ambidexterity of school leaders, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 574-592, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220945705.

Yemini M., Addi-Raccah A., & Katarivas K. (2015). I have a dream: School principals as entrepreneurs, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(4), 526-540, DOI: 10.1177/1741143214523018.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Revealing Entrepreneurial Acting and Thinking among School Leaders and its Impact on their Educational Organizations – a Scoping Review

Jürgen Frentz (Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Lüneburg, Germany), Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz (Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt, Klagenfurt, Austria), Marcus Pietsch (Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Lüneburg, Germany), Mehmet Sükrü Bellibas (University of Sharjah, Sharjah, United Arab Emirates)

Entrepreneurship is conceptualized as a dynamic process of creative destruction, acting as a catalyst for economic development by disrupting established patterns and fostering the emergence of innovative products and services. This perspective is designed to identify, evaluate, and leverage entrepreneurial opportunities (Shane & Venkataraman, 2000). Within the domain of educational leadership in schools, entrepreneurship represents an emerging field of academic research (Herbert et al., 2012; Pihie et al., 2014). Given the multifaceted contemporary challenges, including ecological, societal, and economic complexities, school leaders encounter challenges that surpass conventional managerial responsibilities. Consequently, their roles encompass the perpetual upkeep and enhancement of the existing status quo while remaining vigilant and prepared for unforeseen circumstances. To navigate these challenges successfully, SL must not only exhibit innovative thinking beyond conventional parameters but also demonstrate the adaptability to dynamic circumstances (Pietsch et al., 2020). The primary aim of this scoping review is to deliver a contemporary and comprehensive analysis of existing research, thereby contributing substantially to the progression of knowledge regarding the entrepreneurial actions and thinking of school leaders in the K-12 setting and its impacts on educational institutions. Preliminary findings from the review indicate that the subject has gained increasing significance within the academic discourse over the last 15 years. Notably, in most publications there is a predominant focus on elucidating the meaning of entrepreneurial actions and thinking within school leadership, both theoretically and empirically. This has led to the identification of a, hitherto, vague use of the term entrepreneurship within the context of school leadership: In addition to entrepreneurship and corporate entrepreneurship/intrapreneurship, there is also an exploration of concepts such as social entrepreneurship (Melinkova, 2020), social intrapreneurship (Yemini et al., 2015), and edupreneurship (Pashiardis & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, 2021). Regarding the impact of entrepreneurial thinking, actors, and actions on educational institutions, there are currently limited indications of their impact on students' learning outcomes and school development, except, of course, parental involvement, which is always a strong positive indicator of student achievement. This paper is a work-in-progress and will be finalized in time to present results at the ECER conference in August 2024.

References:

Melinkova, J. (2020). Leading complementary schools as non-profit social entrepreneurship: Cases from Lithuania, Management in Education, 34(4), 149-156. Herbert, K., Bendickson, J., Liguori, E.W., Weaver, K. M., & Teddlie, C. (2012). Re-desingning lessons, re-envisioning principals: developing entrepreneurial school leadership, In Sanzo, K., Myran, S., & Nomore, A.H. (Hg.). Successful School Leadership Preparation and Development. Advances in Educational Administration, 17, Bingley: Emerald, 153-163. Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). The rise of the Edupreneur. Exploring School leadership through an evolutionary perspective, In Nir, A. E. (Ed.). School Leadership in the 21st Century, New York: Nova Science, 47-68. Pihie Z.A.L.; Bagheri A.; Asimiran S. (2014). Entrepreneurial leadership practices and school innovativeness, South African Journal of Education, 34(1), 1-11, DOI: 10.15700/201412120955. Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, P. (2020). Principals between exploitation and exploration: Results of a nationwide study on ambidexterity of school leaders, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 574-592, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220945705. Shane, S., & Venkataraman, S. (2000). The promise of entrepreneurship as a field of research, The Academy of Management Review, 25(1), 217-226, DOI: https://doi.org/10.2307/259271. Yemini M., Addi-Raccah A., & Katarivas K. (2015). I have a dream: School principals as entrepreneurs, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(4), 526-540, DOI: 10.1177/1741143214523018.
 

Entrepreneurial Leadership Behaviour in European Primary Schools: Is it possible?

Aikaterini Balasi (University of Western Macedonia, Florina, Greece), Georgios Iordanidis (University of Western Macedonia, Florina, Greece)

To improve school organisational performance and innovativeness, and meet diverse student needs, school leaders should be innovative/creative pioneers, risk-takers, and proactive, thus applying entrepreneurial practices/strategies and market mechanisms (Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz & Pashiardis, 2022; Eyal & Kark, 2004; Pihie et al., 2014). This study investigated, from a schoolteacher’s perspective, the degree of entrepreneurial leadership behaviour (ELB) applied by school principals in European primary schools. Given that school autonomy is an important predictor of leaders’ entrepreneurship (Eyal & Kark, 2004); this study investigates the impact of educational macro (autonomy and accountability) and micro (demographics) contexts on ELB by comparing centralised and decentralised European school systems with the highly centralised Greek school system. This comparative study was conducted in Greece (630 participants) and in 14 European countries (972 participants). Thornberry’s (2006) Entrepreneurial Leadership Questionnaire was used, comprising general entrepreneurial leader, miner, accelerator, explorer, and integrator behaviours. The results revealed that ELB is a multi-dimensional concept, and that participating teachers perceive ELB application moderately, with more focus on the internal (than external) school environment. Furthermore, the dual-directional macro-contextual influence found in applying ELB indicates that high school autonomy and accountability activate ELB owing to the school’s freedom to engage in entrepreneurial ventures, while low autonomy/accountability still activates ELB, but only for organisational survival within hierarchical-bureaucratic school environments. This feature differentiates ‘intrapreneur/intrepreneur’ from ‘entrepreneur’ school principals (Hentschke, 2010). The school micro-context was found to influence ELB in European decentralised school systems. However, ELB was not majorly influenced by school-level variables in centralised school systems owing to the uniformity resulting from educational macro- and micro-level centralisation. Our findings suggest optimism regarding the pedagogical added value of applying ELB in schools, thus arising implications for school leadership research and practice.

References:

Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2022). Entrepreneurial leadership in schools: linking creativity with accountability. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(5), 787–801. Eyal, O., & Kark, R. (2004). How do transformational leaders transform organisations? A study of the relationship between leadership and entrepreneurship. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 211–235. Hentschke, G.C. (2010). Developing entrepreneurial leaders. In B. Davies & M. Brundrett (eds.), Developing Successful Leadership, Studies in Educational Leadership 11, 115–132. Berlin: Springer Science+Business Media B.V. Pihie, Z.A.L., Bagheri, A., & Asimiran, S. (2014). Entrepreneurial leadership behaviour among school principals: perspectives from Malaysian secondary school teachers. Pertanika Journal of Social Science and Humanities, 22(3), 825-843. Thornberry, N. (2006). Lead like an entrepreneur. Blacklick, OH: McGraw-Hill.
 

Inspired Entrepreneurial School Leadership: A Success Story from Empirical Research in Cyprus

Antonios Kafa (Open University of Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus), Petros Pashiardis (Open University of Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus), Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz (Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt, Klagenfurt, Austria)

Entrepreneurship in education, as discussed by Hisrich and Drnovsek (2002), is a central theme, interpreted as an initiative by school leaders to establish additional support networks (Pashiardis, 2014). In fact, in school organizations, the involvement of external stakeholders, especially parents, is emphasized as crucial in enhancing educational achievements, as supported by existing research (Balasi et al., 2023; Castro et al., 2015; Fox & Olsen, 2014; Van Voorhis et al., 2013). Despite the fact that recent changes worldwide are aiming to improve the quality of teaching and learning by strengthening the independence of individual schools, it remains to be seen whether, how, and to what extent the successful exercise of more entrepreneurially motivated leadership can succeed in the social reality of school organizations. Therefore, to better understand how successful school leaders promote entrepreneurship within their school organizations, this paper maps out the external leadership dimension and entrepreneurialism exhibited by successful school leaders in Cyprus, using case studies from a decade-long research study. The study intends to provide prospective pathways for successful external school leadership, considering the contextual perspective within which school leaders operate. The centralized education system in Cyprus, governed by the Ministry of Education, imposes directives, policies, and oversight on school organizations, limiting autonomy and disregarding unique characteristics. This paper argues that the contextually dependent nature of centralization influences the external practices of school leaders, urging them to navigate challenges related to resource acquisition and external support. In fact, the lack of decentralization hinders critical inquiry, emphasizing the pivotal role of school leaders in fostering improvement despite the prevailing conditions. Therefore, inspired school leaders in Cyprus promote external strategies for engaging external stakeholders beyond parents to address challenges and improve school organizations. Having said that, this paper contends that school leaders should explore diverse approaches for engaging external stakeholders, and that their capacity to regulate interactions depends, also, on personal values and circumstances.

References:

Balasi, A., Iordanidis, G. & Tsakiridou, E. (2023). Entrepreneurial leadership behaviour of primary school principals across Europe: a comparative study. International Journal of Educational Management, 37 (5), 1067-1087. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-04-2023-0208 Castro, M., Expósito-Casas, E., López-Martín, E., Lizasoain, L., Navarro-Asencio, E. & Gaviria, J. L. (2015). Parental involvement on student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 14, 33-46. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.01.002 Fox, S. & Olsen, A. (2014). Education capital: Our evidence base. Defining parental engagement. Canberra: Australian Research Alliance for Children and Youth. Hisrich, R.D. & Drovsek, M. (2002) Entrepreneurship and small business research – a European perspective. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 9 (2), 172 – 222. http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/14626000210427348 Pashiardis, P. (2014) (Eds.). Modeling School Leadership Across Europe: In Search of New Frontiers. Dordrecht, Heidelberg, New York, London: Springer. Van Voorhis, F.L., Maier, M.F., Epstein, J.L., & Lloyd, C.M. (2013). The impact of family involvement on the education of children ages 3 to 8: A focus on literacy and math achievement outcomes and social-emotional skills. Retrieved from http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/The_Impact_of_Family_Involvement_FR.pdf
 
17:15 - 18:4526 SES 03 C: Leading Early Childhood and Inclusive Education
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Daniel Turani
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leadership as a Profession in Early Childhood Education and Care Centre Leadership

Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen1, Raisa Ahtiainen1, Elina Fonsén2, Arto Kallioniemi1

1Helsingin yliopisto, Finland; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Heikkinen, Kirsi-Marja

The significance of Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) on children's development globally is widely acknowledged by policymakers. Leadership competence within ECEC has emerged as a pivotal factor impacting pedagogical quality and employee well-being, as indicated by an increasing number of studies (Cummings, Wong, and Logan 2021; Douglass 2019; Ruohola et al. 2022; Sirvio et al. 2023). However, achieving desired outcomes necessitates high-quality circumstances (Cortázar 2015; OECD 2022). With global issues such as systematic education gaps and expanding center sizes posing challenges to the professional development of ECEC leaders and the sustainability of effective leadership (Fonsén & Soukainen 2022; Gibbs 2021). Our research focuses on ECEC, the initial stage of the Finnish educational system (FNAE, 2022). In Finland, contextual changes in ECEC policies have sparked controversial expectations and conflicting goals regarding the fundamental mission and core of leadership for ECEC center leaders (Kupila, Fonsén, and Liinamaa 2023). Shifting ECEC oversight from the Ministry of Social Affairs and Health to the Ministry of Education and Culture in 2013 bolstered ECEC's position within the Finnish educational system. Subsequent reforms in the ECEC curriculum (FNAE 2016) emphasized leadership's responsibility for curricular content, further reinforced by the new ECEC Act (540/2018), mandating leaders to hold a master’s degree in education and possess adequate leader competence after the 2030 transition period. Consequently, ECEC center leaders in Finland face multifaceted competence requirements, driving the need for systematic qualifications (Siippainen et al. 2021). This contextual backdrop forms the basis of a study examining how ECEC center leaders position themselves within the evolving professional landscape and the future trajectory of their profession. Leadership within the ECEC domain is considered a multifaceted process within multi-professional working communities, intertwining educational theory, practical application, and interpersonal leadership development (Damiani, Haywood, and Wieczorek 2017; Sullivan 2005). It reflects a departure from traditional authoritarian leadership to a collaborative, egalitarian model aimed at fostering trust, autonomy, and communal learning within the working community (Hard & Jónsdóttir 2013; Lund 2021). This contemporary understanding requires leaders to balance formal authority with creating a supportive environment that encourages professional growth without undermining their position (Gibbs 2021; Hard and Jónsdóttir 2013). To understand ECEC center leaders' perceptions of their profession, the study employs Positioning Theory. This theory explores the dynamic and contextual nature of how individuals assume roles and statuses within their work environment (Bamberg, 1997). Bamberg (1997) sees positioning as a three-level process: the first level considers characters positioning in relation to one another within events, enabling observation of the foundation of leadership and examination of how ECEC center leaders position themselves within leadership roles. The second level examines a character’s position in relation to others included in the narrative, providing insight into how ECEC center leaders are situated within multi-professional working communities. The third level explores how characters position themselves in relation to themselves, shedding light on how ECEC center leaders perceive themselves as leaders and their responsibilities from a professional perspective. By examining leaders' positioning regarding their roles, relationships within the community, and self-perception as leaders, the study aims to illuminate the evolving landscape of ECEC leadership.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research data, ECEC center leader essays (N=20), were collected in 2022 as pre-assignments of an 18-month in-service training at the University of Helsinki (UH). In Finnish written essays, leaders were instructed to use their own words to answer two statements concerning ECEC center leadership as a profession. We accomplished two step analysis process where we combined the structural method of Labov and Waletzky (1967) with Bamberg’s (1997) narrative positioning framework defined above to identify and compare core narratives wherein narrators recount and evaluate their experiences of ECEC center leadership. We began with content analysis in which we identified essays were written in three temporal sequences: past persona, present teacher, and future leader (Krippendorf, 2018). We then applied Labov and Waletzky's structural analysis to all individual essays within these temporal groups to identify its five categories: Abstract (A), Orientation (O), Complicating action (CO), Result (R), and Coda (C), which focuses on evaluation and considerations for the future (Labov and Waletzky, 1967). Inside the five formed categories we continued again with content analysis to compare their differences and similarities (Krippendorff, 2018). Based on this we identified four different type narratives to which we made positioning questions based on Bamberg's positioning levels: How leader position is acquired and managed? How leaders position to other people? How leaders positions to themselves as leaders? After reflecting the narratives with these positioning questions, we were able to determine the final positioning relative to leadership as a profession: professional leader, contextual leader, teacher leader and leader persona.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of our study revealed diverse perspectives, highlighting similarities and differences among the narratives. There's a significant emphasis on cultural context shaping ECEC leadership, with some narratives defining it as a distinct profession tied to education and context. Professional and contextual leaders see leadership as a praxis, focusing on operational culture, vision, and the development of leadership structures. They position themselves as facilitators aligning with the needs of working communities. Meanwhile, teacher leader and leader persona narratives view leadership primarily as an administrative task, disconnected from the multi-professional community, focusing more on their role in implementing pedagogical practices. The study identifies contrasting views on how leaders perceive their work and how they envision their future as leaders. Teacher leaders and leader personas struggle with the present challenges, lacking a clear vision for the future, while professional and contextual leaders are motivated to invest in education and structural development for manageable work.
The research stresses the need for clarification and coherence in understanding ECEC leadership as a profession. It highlights challenges, including hierarchical role-based leadership, intensification, and the need for clear professional roles between ECEC leaders and teachers. The study advocates for systematic ECEC leadership education, starting from teacher education and continuing throughout a leader's career, emphasizing the importance of continuous training to support quality leadership. Overall, the study underscores the critical role of ECEC leadership in ensuring quality and the well-being of children, emphasizing the urgency to address barriers hindering its development and success. Although this study is conducted in Finnish context it is internationally beneficial and can be shaped in international contexts. ECEC systems do have similarities across borders and development of  leadership as a profession needs cross sectional, scientific discussion to implement both national and global actions.  

References
Ahtiainen, Fonsén & Kiuru. "Finnish early childhood education and care leaders’ perceptions of pedagogical leadership". Australasian
Journal of early childhood 46, no. 2 (2021)

Aubrey, Godfrey & Harris. "How do they manage? An investigation of early childhood leadership." Educational Management Administration & Leadership 41, no. 1 (2013)

Bamberg. "Positioning between structure and performance." Journal of
narrative and life history 7, no. 1-4 (1997)

Damiani, Haywood Rolling Jr & Wieczorek. "Rethinking
leadership education: narrative inquiry and leadership stories." Reflective Practice 18, no. 5 (2017)

Cortázar. "Long-term effects of public early childhood education on academic achievement in Chile." Early Childhood Research Quarterly 32 (2015)

Cumming, Wong & Logan. "Early childhood educators’ well-being, work environments and ‘quality’: Possibilities for changing policy and practice." Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 46, no. 1 (2021)

Dennis & O'Connor. "Reexamining quality in early childhood education: Exploring the relationship between the organizational climate and the classroom." Journal of Research in Childhood Education 27, no. 1 (2013)

Douglass. "Leadership for quality early childhood education and care." (2019).

Fenech. "Leadership development during times of reform." Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 38, no. 1 (2013)

Gibbs. "Leading through complexity in early childhood education and care."
Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 46, no. 4 (2021)

Hard & Jónsdóttir. "Leadership is not a dirty word: Exploring and
embracing leadership in ECEC." European Early Childhood Education Research
Journal 21, no. 3 (2013)

Heikkinen, Ahtiainen & Fonsén. "Perspectives on leadership in early childhood education and care centres through community of practice." SAGE Open 12, no. 2 (2022): 21582440221091260.

Labov & Waletzky. Narrative Analysis. In Essays on the
Verbal and Visual Arts, pp. 12-44. U. of Washington Press, 1967.

Lund. "‘We are equal, but I am the leader’: leadership enactment in early childhood education in Norway." International Journal of Leadership in Education (2021)

McVee. "Positioning theory and sociocultural perspectives." Sociocultural
positioning in literacy: Exploring culture, discourse, narrative, & power in diverse
educational contexts (2011)

Palaiologou & Male. "Leadership in early childhood education: The case for pedagogical praxis." Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood 20, no. 1 (2019)

Peleman, Lazzari, Budginaitė, Siarova, Hauari, Peeters & Cameron. "Continuous professional development and ECEC quality: Findings from a European systematic literature review." European Journal of Education 53, no. 1 (2018)

Riessman. "Doing narrative analysis." Narrative Analysis. London: Sage Publications
(1993).


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Coordinating Inclusion: A Study on the Roles and Impact of Inclusive School Leaders in Italian and Maltese Educational Contexts

Flavia Capodanno1, Erika Marie Pace1, Jonathan Borg2, Paola Aiello1

1University of Salerno, Italy; 2University of Malta, Malta

Presenting Author: Capodanno, Flavia; Pace, Erika Marie

This study delves into the intricate realm of schools as complex organisations embedded in human relationships (Argyris, 1995; Daft, 2002; Brundrett, Burton & Smith, 2003), tasked with navigating societal challenges through a systemic approach. The research aims to examine the distinct role of inclusive school leaders to guarantee the provision of inclusive education within the Italian and Maltese educational contexts, both characterised by an inclusive system that promotes the eradication of a traditional divide between mainstream and special schools. These leaders, acknowledged as integral components of the school system (Pirola, 2015; Paletta & Bezzina, 2016; Bufalino, 2017; Agrati, 2018), actively collaborate with the school community to coordinate the provision of inclusive education in mainstream schools.

A qualitative approach employing semi-structured interviews was chosen to capture the perspectives of these middle leaders. The inquiry covers the leaders’ perceptions regarding:

- their function;

- the resources, both internal and external, that they believe contribute to their successful job performance;

- collaboration with other stakeholders;

- the salient factors for the creation of strong leadership teams;

- effective approaches to promote inclusion;

- prospects and areas for further improvement.

The study is grounded in the theoretical construct of distributed leadership, emphasising the efficacy of a collaborative model, contrasting with traditional hierarchical structures (Bennett et al., 2003). Distributed leadership embodies collaboration and organisational learning, signifying a transition from individual to shared and group knowledge. A model rooted in distributed leadership yields multifaceted improvements, fostering increased enthusiasm and collaboration among teachers, a propensity for change, and heightened effectiveness in decision-making processes (Hallinger & Heck, 2010; Alma Harris & Jones, 2017; Paletta, 2020). International studies underscore the link between distributed leadership and positive student learning outcomes, particularly through the actions of middle leaders bridging school leadership, classroom teachers, parents and other stakeholders (Leitwood, 2016; Bezzina et al., 2018; Fullan, 2015; Harris & Jones, 2017; Hargreaves & Ainscow, 2015). These middle leaders emerge as pivotal figures in promoting distributed leadership at both organisational and classroom practice levels. They play a central role in cultivating an organisational culture founded on inclusive principles and values such as trust, active participation, and a shared vision (Harris & Jones, 2019; De Nobile, 2018) to ensure quality education for all.

The research methodology, specifically the semi-structured interviews, draws inspiration from the Appreciative Inquiry approach (Cooperrider & Whitney, 2001). Appreciative Inquiry, recognised for positive outcomes in organizational and educational contexts (Cooperrider & Srivastva, 1987), aims to uncover strengths within an organisation to design constructive change. The positive, strength-based approach used in this design reframes the inquiry, promoting positive change based on existing practices and structures. This aligns with the philosophical consistency of Appreciative Inquiry with strength-based approaches in inclusive education (Dockrill Garrett, 2022), contributing to a holistic understanding of the inclusive school leader's role and fostering a culture of positive change within educational institutions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In total, 16 semi-structured interviews were conducted between November 2023 and January 2024, ten of which in the Campania region (Italy) and six in Malta. All participants were female, worked within lower and upper secondary state schools and had at least three years of experience in their role as inclusive school leaders (Funzioni Strumentali per l’inclusione in Italy and Heads of Department for Inclusion in Malta). As for the Italian sample, two leaders were selected from each of the five provinces, one working in an urban area and one in a suburban area. Convenience sampling was employed, wherein leaders were selected based on their voluntary willingness to participate in the study.
The core interview questions were consistent across both the data collection phases, with a few additional questions tailored to each country’s organisational context. The first part of the interview explored the inclusive school leaders’ professional background and motivation to take on this role. The following questions were intended to collect data on their opinions regarding their role, internal and external resources, collaboration with stakeholders, factors for strong leadership teams, approaches to promote inclusion, and areas for improvement.
Transcriptions are being analysed following Braun & Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis protocol as it provides an inductive and reflective approach, allowing themes to emerge from the data. The MAXQDA2020® software for qualitative and mixed methods data analysis is being used to code and categorise data systematically. The conference presentation will focus on the outcomes of the interviews carried out in Italy and in Malta, emphasising inclusive school leaders’ perspectives on internal and external resources vital for effective job performance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, the initial findings of this study reveal striking similarities in the opinions of inclusive school leaders, transcending cultural and organizational differences. Their primary role, universally acknowledged, centres around cultivating inclusive cultures deemed essential for enhancing policies and practices. Noteworthy factors contributing to this inclusive ethos include open communication, close collaboration with stakeholders, non-judgmental approaches, mutual trust, empathy, tolerance, professionalism, and staying abreast of current policies and practices.
The study underscores the significance of these commonalities as a foundation for fostering inclusive education philosophies. The identified elements form a comprehensive framework that, if embraced, has the potential to transform policies and practices to align more closely with the principles of truly inclusive education.
Furthermore, the investigation aligns with the broader discourse on distributed leadership, emphasising its relevance in effective school governance and the enhancement of students’ learning outcomes, particularly in the realm of equity. The unique perspective of framing the study through Appreciative Inquiry adds a distinctive dimension by reinforcing motivation toward positive, inclusive educational initiatives among inclusive school leaders.
This emphasis on strengths-based interventions, rather than focusing on challenges or resource constraints, signifies a paradigm shift with a dual aim: fostering increased social participation and a shift in teachers’ perspectives from deficit-based to asset-based models. In addition, by adopting an appreciative lens, the study not only enriches our understanding of the roles played by inclusive school leaders but also presents an opportunity to inform policies and practices for the advancement of a truly inclusive educational philosophy. The implications extend beyond the individual schools studied, offering insights that can potentially contribute to a broader, more equitable educational landscape.

References
Agrati, L. S. (2018). The systemic thinking of the school middle-manager. Ideas for professionalization. Form@ re – Open Journal per la formazione in rete, 18(2), 48–61.

Argyris, C. (1995). Action science and organizational learning. Journal of Managerial Psychology 10, 20-26.

Bennett, N., Wise, C., Woods, P.A. et al. (2003). Distributed Leadership: A Desk Study. NCSL.

Brundrett, M., Burton, N., & Smith, R. (2003). Leadership in Education (1st ed.). SAGE Publications.

Braun V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi: https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Bufalino, G. (2017). Leading schools from the Middle. Middle leadership in a context of distributed leadership. Formazione & Insegnamento, 15(3), 151-161.

Cooperrider, D. L., & Srivastva, S., (1987). Appreciative Inquiry in organizational life. In W. A. Pasmore & W. Woodman (Eds.), Research in organizational change and development (Vol. 1, pp. 129–169). JAI Press.

Cooperrider, D. L., Whitney, D., & Stavros, J. M. (2008). Appreciative inquiry handbook for leaders of change (2nd ed.). Crown Custom.

Daft, R. L. (2002). Management. Mason, Oh: Thomson Learning/South-Western.

De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395-416.

Dockrill Garrett, M. (2022). Applying Appreciative Inquiry to Research in the Field of Inclusive Education. Canadian Journal for New Scholars in Education, 13(1), 104-115.

Fullan, M. (2002). Principals as leaders in a culture of change. Educational leadership, 59(8), 16-21.

Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2010). Collaborative leadership and school improvement: Understanding the impact on school capacity and student learning. School Leadership and Management, 30(2), 95-110.

Hargreaves, A., & Ainscow, M. (2015). The top and bottom of leadership and change. Phi Delta Kappan, 97(3), 42-48.

Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: reflections, recognition, and renaissance. School Leadership & Management, 37(3), 213-216.

Leithwood, K. (2016). Department-head leadership for school improvement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(2), 117-140.

Paletta, A. (2020). Dirigenza Scolastica e Middle Management. Distribuire la Leadership per Migliorare l’efficacia della Scuola. Bononia University Press.

Paletta, A., & Bezzina, C. (2016). Governance and Leadership in Public Schools: Opportunities and Challenges Facing School Leaders in Italy. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(4), 524-542.

Pirola, L. (2015). Middle Management and school Autonomy in Italy: The Case of Teacher as Instrument Function. Journal of Educational, Cultural and Psychological Studies (ECPS), 11, 89-101.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Needs and Challenges for ECEC Centre Leaders from an International Perspective: Their Perception and Possible Solutions for Strong Leadership

Daniel Turani

German Youth Institute, Germany

Presenting Author: Turani, Daniel

Although leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) has increasingly been a focus of scientific interest and is currently high on the agenda of international institutions like OECD or EU and identified as a "key position”, it remains insufficiently explored compared to e.g. structural quality features of the ECEC landscape (Movahedazarhouligh 2023). The leadership role is characterised by multiple and complex tasks and serves as an interface between various stakeholders. With the continuous growth of both, sector and centres, the need for coordination, especially in management tasks, is increasing (Hujala et al. 2023; Turani 2022). Rising expectations from society, families, staff, providers etc. are putting pressure on ECEC and, consequently, on leaders to provide an adequate, high-quality offer of ECEC (Strehmel 2017).

To meet these expectations, leadership requires not only the relevant knowledge but also an efficient system of stakeholders, stability, support and planning (BMFSFJ/JFMK 2016).

Conversely, centre leaders often feel insufficiently appreciated by politics and society and are exposed daily to a variety of challenges and their consequences (e.g. staff shortage, diversification). This leads to negative effects on working conditions, health and satisfaction resulting in an excessive workload, stress and a lack of gratification (Viernickel et al. 2017).

While the role of leadership as a crucial actor in a "competent system" (Urban u. a. 2011) in ECEC has been recognized, and their tasks and various challenges in this context have been outlined, little is known about institution leaders themselves, their daily routines, task distribution, and needs (e.g. Douglass 2019; Strehmel 2017; Schreyer et al. 2014).
Based on the data from the TALIS Starting Strong Surveys 2018 from nine countries with a focus on Germany (OECD 2019), this contribution aims to examine how the actions of leadership are manifested internationally, what specific tasks they undertake, and their own expectations and needs. Additionally, the study explores conclusions for the professional discourse and insights provided by international comparisons. The research delves into the practical implementation of the work of centre leaders and the areas of tasks and responsibilities to which leaders dedicate their time in ECEC centres. The goal is to adequately represent the everyday actions of leadership. Hereby it examines differences in organisational aspects of institutions (e.g. provider affiliation) and personal characteristics of leaders (e.g., experience, qualification). Different social contexts (e.g. urban vs. rural) are also considered to clarify how various areas of leadership tasks interconnect in the daily work and how individual characteristics and overarching characteristics on the centre level structure and influence daily work of leaders and their time distribution across task areas.

Due to the nature of the study and the self-reporting by institution leaders, not only statements regarding structural conditions and activities can be captured but also subjective assessments by the leaders themselves. This provides the opportunity to particularly capture expectations and potentials on the leadership level. Needs regarding specific training and development contents for leaders as well as aspects of workload and job satisfaction are considered. Here data shows that the lack of staff and too much administrative work are main drivers of stress for centre leaders. Not only are these aspects barriers for personal professional development but also limit the effectiveness in their function as leaders.
The contribution therefore sheds light on the perspective of leaders themselves and let them have their say with the help of data from the TALIS Starting Strong study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The TALIS Starting Strong Survey is the first international large-scale survey of staff and leaders in ECEC and is aligned to the OECD Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS), targeting teachers in primary and secondary education (Sim et al. 2019).
A total of more than 3,000 centre leaders and more than 15,000 staff participated in the study in 2018 including data from nine countries (Chile, Denmark, Germany, Iceland, Israel, Japan, Norway, South Korea and Turkey) in the ISCED 0.2 study and from four countries (Denmark, Germany, Israel and Norway) in the U3 study (OECD 2019a).
More than 2,000 centre leaders took part in the study on the ISCED 0.2 level which is the focus of this contribution. The representative data collection is based on a two-stage, stratified sampling design. The data was weighted to compensate for factors such as design-related differences in the probability of selection of individuals and random non-response (OECD 2019b). The target groups produce self-reported data through paper/online questionnaires, which are specifically designed to the role of leaders and staff to reflect the specific tasks and needs of these roles.
The study covers a broad spectrum of topics covering the whole range of activities of centre leaders and staff in their daily work. The leader questionnaire hereby focuses on aspects such as demographics and qualifications, professional development, working conditions and job satisfaction, characteristics of the ECEC centres, aspects of pedagogical and administrative leadership and the cooperation with stakeholders.
The contribution focuses in particular on the needs and challenges from a German (N~250), but also international perspective. It can describe the needs and barriers in the areas of further training and cooperation, as well as with regard to the leaders’ satisfaction with their own conditions and potentials. Here it can show that the work of centre leaders is negatively influenced by the lack of staff e.g. in Germany and therefore intensifies the workload and burden of their work.
Multivariate analysis with regression models can moreover explain that the leader position is rather supported by shaping it on the centre-level according to the characteristics of the centre including staff and children instead of personal characteristics of the leader.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The contribution looks at what needs and challenges do centre leaders express themselves and hereby can describe the main stressors among ECEC centre leaders and how e.g. a lack of staff or too much administrative work are main challenges. This affects not only the daily work of leaders (looking at their time distribution across tasks) but builds also barriers to professional development, limits the effectiveness as leader and as a consequence can slow down or prevent positive outcomes of leadership within settings.
As an outlook, data from TALIS Starting Strong 2024 will help to improve knowledge about these aspects and make trends between 2018 and 2024 visible for the first time. The described topics are also part of the second edition of the study; at the time of the conference, first insights might be available as well and can possibly be presented for the first time to the public.
The presentation can show with regard to the time contribution of leaders that main differences across settings and countries occur in time spent on interactions with children and administrative leadership, while there is stability in cooperation with families and pedagogical leadership. Individual characteristics (e.g. qualifications or work experience) and community or environmental factors (e.g. size of the city or centre location) play no or little role how the daily work of leaders looks like when one looks at the time distribution among different tasks. How the leader position is shaped on centre-level is crucial, especially with regard to 1) time resources for leadership tasks, 2) size of the centre and 3) composition of children within the centre.
Finally, not only needs but also possible solutions and policy pointers can be identified in order to provide the best support for ECEC leaders and thus further improve the quality in ECEC centres (s. OECD 2020; OECD 2019c).

References
• Bundesministerium für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend/Jugend- und Familienministerkonferenz (BMFSFJ/JFMK) (2016): Frühe Bildung weiterentwickeln und finanziell sichern. Zwischenbericht 2016 von Bund und Ländern und Erklärung der Bund-Länder-Konferenz. Berlin.

• Douglass, Anne L. (2019): Leadership for quality early childhood education and care. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 211. Paris.

• Hujala, E./Vlasov, J./Alila, K. (2023). Integrative Leadership Framework for Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care. In: Modise, M et al (eds.), Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education. Helsinki: Helsinki University Press.

• Movahedazarhouligh, S., Banerjee R. & Luckner, J. (2023) Leadership development and system building in early childhood education and care: current issues and recommendations, Early Years, 43:4-5, 1045-1059.

• OECD (2019a): TALIS Starting Strong 2018 Database. Paris.

• OECD (2019b): TALIS Starting Strong 2018. Technical Report. Paris.

• OECD (2019c): Providing Quality Early Childhood Education and Care. Results from the
Starting Strong Survey 2018. Paris.

• OECD (2020): Building a High-Quality Early Childhood and Care Workforce. Further Results from the Starting Strong Survey 2018. Paris.

• Schreyer, I./Krause, M./Brandl, M./Nicko, O. (2014): AQUA – Arbeitsplatz
und Qualität in Kitas. Ergebnisse einer bundesweiten Befragung. München.

• Sim, Megan/Belanger, Julie/Stancel-Piatak, Agnes/Karoly, Lynn A. (2019): Starting Strong Teaching and Learning International Survey 2018 Conceptual Framework. OECD Education Working Papers. Paris.

• Strehmel, P. (2017): Professionalisierung der Kita-Leitung zwischen Pädagogik und Management. In: Balluseck, Hilde von (Hrsg.): Professionalisierung der Frühpädagogik. Perspektiven, Entwicklungen Herausforderungen. 2nd Ed., Opladen/Berlin/Toronto, S. 53–74.

• Turani, D. (2022): Leitung und Organisation von Einrichtungen: Determinanten des Leitungshandelns in Kindertageseinrichtungen. In: Turani, D., Seybel C., Bader, S. (Ed.): Kita-Alltag im Fokus – Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich (2022), Beltz Juventa, Weinheim.

• Urban, M./Lazzari, A./Vandenbroeck, M./Peeters, J./van Laere, K. (2011): Competence Requirements in Early Childhood Education and Care. A Study for the European Commission Directorate-General for Education and Culture. European Commission. London/Ghent.

• Viernickel, S./Voss, A./Mauz, E. (2017): Arbeitsplatz Kita. Belastungen erkennen, Gesundheit fördern. Weinheim und Basel.
 
17:15 - 18:4528 SES 03 A: Nordic Basic Schools as Past, Present and Future Sites for Diversity and Inclusion in Diverse Knowledge-based Societies
Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Lisa Rosén Rasmussen
Session Chair: Lisa Rosén Rasmussen
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

Nordic Basic Schools as Past, Present and Future Sites for Diversity and Inclusion in Diverse Knowledge-based Societies

Chair: Fritjof Sahlström (University of Helsinki)

Discussant: Lisa Rosén Rasmussen (Aarhus University)

This symposium presents an ongoing project focusing the ideals and practices of ‘One school for all’ as a core of the Nordic welfare state (cf. Blossing et al, 2014, Frønes et al, 2021; Lundahl, 2016). Internationally, Nordic education systems have been considered to promote educational equality and social inclusion by bringing together pupils from diverse backgrounds. From 1945 to about 1970, the Nordic school model was developed as the solution to the future challenges of its time (Telhaug, Mediås & Aasen, 2006). In a little more than ten years, beginning in Sweden in 1962, followed by Finland in 1968, Norway in 1969, and Denmark in 1975, all of the Nordic countries took the final step from parallel education systems to one, common basic education. Non-tracked common neighborhood Nordic schools became well-known for their ambitions in relation to quality and equality (Lundahl, 2016). In the One school for all model, the aim was to provide Nordic children with not only learning, but also diversity of class, culture, gender, ability, and language.

Since then, Nordic societies have faced ideological, economical and social changes and also the Nordic education model has lost some of its spark, with widening differences between schools and continued evidence of exclusion (Beach 2018; Thrupp et al. 2023; Lundahl, 2016). The 13-year olds of the 2020’s also come from a different social world than their predecessors. From 2010 onwards, the rapid and massive digitalization has caused on-going changes: increased individualization, altered notions of time, space and place, and the enabling of mobile, ever-present and place-independent social networks (van Dijk, 2012; Livingstone & Sefton-Green, 2016).

Against this background, this project examines how the Nordic basic school as a physical and social space shapes social interaction and learning with a particular interest in the challenges that material and digital re-configurations of sociality bring to the future of One common school for all. The project operates within a multidisciplinary framework – education, history and applied language studies – of analyzing Nordic comprehensive schools as spaces and places constructed in the intersections of their material qualities and social interaction (see Lefebvre 1991; Massey 2005). Through multidisciplinary studies of four Nordic schools we explore their changing role for inclusion and exclusion over a time-span of approximately 50 years, from the 70’s to date, organized in three sub-studies. The substudies address the following research questions:

  1. How have educational spaces, physical and digital, been locally enacted in the studied communities and schools during the period 1970 to 2020?

  2. How, in retrospect, did the basic school spaces during the 70’s provide opportunities for pupils to engage in social relations with peers with diverse social backgrounds, and what are their perceived long-term implications of the relations established in school?

  3. How do school spaces at present provide opportunities for pupils to engage in social interaction with peers with diverse social backgrounds, and what are the roles of digital sociality for the relations that develop?

The research material consists of policy documents and archive material from the selected schools, interviews with former students about their life histories, small projects carried out collaboratively with students, video material, field notes, and interviews from the schools today. The symposium consists of three presentations focusing on each of the sub-studies, followed by a fourth presentation about how they altogether make it possible to contrast past education and current developments, and as a next step can contribute to articulate basic education in new ways in the Nordic countries and beyond.


References
Beach, D. (2018). The Myth of Swedish Education Equity. In: Structural Injustices in Swedish Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-95405-9_1

Blossing, U., Imsen, G. & Moos, L. (2014). The Nordic education model: ”A school for all” encounters neo-liberal policy. Springer.

Frønes, T.S., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., Buchholtz, N. (2020, eds.) Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61648-9_1

Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell.

Livingstone, S. & Sefton-Green, J. (2016). The Class. Living and Learning in the Digital Age. New York University Press.
 
Lundahl, L. (2016). Equality, inclusion and marketization of Nordic education: Introductory notes. Research in Comparative and International Education, 11(1), 3-12. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499916631059

Thrupp, M., Seppänen, P., Kauko, J., Kosunen, S. (2023, eds.). Finland’s Famous Education System. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_1

van Dijk (2012). The evolution of the digital divide: The digital divide turns to inequality of skills and usage.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Establishment of Basic Schools in the Nordic Countries; Local Traditions and Educational Perspectives 1950-1970

Johan Samuelsson (University of Karlstad), Nikolaj Elf (University of Southern Denmark), Héctor Pérez Prieto (University of Karlstad)

This study is a historical analysis of how national school policies concerning basic education have been enacted in the local community and at the school sites (Clark 2010; Gamson, 2019; Westberg, 2014). Through studies of policy texts and archive material from the four local communities, the focus is on local and regional documents, and how pedagogical ideas have been enacted in the physical spaces of the school buildings. This is done through a reflecting interpretative approach (Alvesson & Sköldberg 2009). Theoretically, the starting point is that there is no single factor that can explain the establishment of basic schools in the cities studied; rather it is a complex interaction between a series of processes at local and national level. In this process, local traditions interact with national and international perspectives at school as a space for the development of a democratic society (Westberg, 2014). To capture local processes and how they interact with regional and national institutions, we have used a wide range of sources. Examples of material we use are drawings, planning materials, municipal commissions of school buildings, correspondence between the municipality and the national authorities and teacher interviews. In this presentation, empirical data from the four cases comprising the study will be presented. We have studied the overall process that led to the establishment of secondary schools in four municipalities. The material used is mainly based on local and regional source material where the process and planning of the school building was dealt with. The studies enable comparative analyses that explore the differences and similarities of how localities, including municipality policies and local communities, shaped the processes of envisioning and establishing schools in the Nordic countries. The study also contributes to an understanding of how the municipalities viewed the school itself as a specific place (or space) that could contribute to an inclusive society. These perspectives can then be related to the other sub-studies in the project. Overall, one conclusion of this study is that the school's location was governed by municipal ideals, resources and experiences, not primarily pedagogical ideas from outside the school. Here, the municipality's ideas about a democratic school came to be decisive. But when it comes to the physical design of the school itself, a clear inspiration came from outside pedagogical ideals.

References:

Alvesson, M., and Sköldberg; K. (2009). Reflexive Methodology. London: Sage. Clark, A. (2010). ‘In-between’ spaces in postwar primary schools: a micro-study of a ‘welfare room’ (1977–1993) History of Education Vol. 39, No. 6, 767–778. Gamson, D. The Importance of Being Urban. Chicago: The Chicago University Press, 2019. Westberg, Johannes. Att bygga ett skolväsende: Folkskolans förutsättningar och framväxt 1840–1900. Lund: Nordic Academic Press, 2014.
 

Inclusion and Democratization in Nordic Basic Schools with a Life History Approach

Tuuli From (University of Helsinki), Stig-Börje Asplund (University of Karlstad), Héctor Pérez Prieto (University of Karlstad)

This paper presents a subproject that aims to examine inclusion and democratization in Nordic basic schools by adopting a life history approach (Bertaux & Thompson, 1997). The focus is on the students of the 70’s and their narratives about school experiences described in hindsight (Freeman, 2010). We ask how the school spaces provided opportunities for pupils to engage in social relations with peers with diverse social backgrounds, and what the perceived long-term implications are of the relations established in school. The theoretical framework of this study is grounded on the concepts of space, place and time, seeking analytical connections between physical objects, narrated experiences, bodies and places. Informed by Massey’s (2005) notion of throwntogetherness, we aim to describe the plurality of individual trajectories that come together in the construction of the school as a social and physical space. This enables us to explore how the different social backgrounds of pupils have merged in the construction of schools as meeting places and how these encounters have further influenced the lives of the previous pupils. Methodologically, this study sets out from interviews of informants who attended the partner schools of this project in the 70’s. The interviews include elements of walk-along interviews (Kusenbach, 2003) where informants are encouraged to interact with objects that can set into play storytelling that informs the analysis of social relations, interactions, and material, cultural and historical constructions in which the life story is embedded (Goodson, 2013). The interviews have been conducted in and near the school buildings and in the informants’ present homes or other places of their preference. Participants in Sweden (N=8), Finland (N=9) and Norway (N=8) have been interviewed twice in 2022–23 and the participants in Denmark will be recruited and interviewed in the spring 2024. The interviews are analyzed in a framework of narrative analysis with a life history approach (Goodson, 2013). The life history approach will give access to the narrated memories and experiences of the school as a meeting place, the opportunities it provided to the informants and the difficulties they encountered. It also contributes with knowledge of what these lived experiences of the social relations established in the local school as a meeting place with its specific architectural divisions and spatial arrangements have meant for the students across the lifespan, providing socio-historical insight into the development of the Nordic basic school as a political and a educational project.

References:

Bertaux, D., & Thompson, P. R. (1997). Pathways to social class: A qualitative approach to social mobility. Transaction Publishers. Freeman, M. (2010). Hindsight. The Promise and Peril of Looking Backward. Oxford University Press. Goodson, I. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge. Kusenbach, M. (2003). Street phenomenology: The go-along as ethnographic research tool. Ethnography, 4(3), 455-485. Massey, D. (2005). For Space. Sage.
 

Participation in Hybrid School Spaces: Students’ Reflexive Experience and Practice in a Digitalised Society

Jens Jørgen Hansen (University of Southern Denmark), Marie Nilsberth (University of Karlstad), Fritjof Sahlström (University of Helsinki), Petteri Laihonen (University of Jyväskylä)

In the third substudy, we follow the students that presently attend the four Nordic schools. Massive investments in digital technology have found its way into schools of today, and most secondary students have access to a computer of their own for school work and, more or less openly, are constantly connected through their own smartphones (Sahlström et al., 2019). This possibility of always being connected to the internet has also been described as being “always-on” in “hybrid spaces” (Trentin, 2016). In this presentation we focus on the students’ experiences of participation with others in these new hybrid school spaces. The aim is to further understandings of what ongoing digitalisation means in relation to the role of classrooms and schools as shared spaces for knowledge and inclusion, from the perspective of the students. Theoretically we understand the concept of space as produced and emerging in relations between social and material dimensions of people’s lives, always entailing different connections to places and time (Massey, 2005; Lefebvre, 1991). We investigate the school's spaces as conceived, perceived and lived spaces and their importance and possibility for learning and knowledge communication (Leijon, 2016). The study is conducted in close collaboration with students (aged 14-15) at the project schools where we have employed citizen science for investigating the role of digital technologies in students' everyday sociality (Haklay, 2018). The students document their digital communication at school and beyond in the form of screenshots, video- and screen recordings as well as digital and analogue surveys and logs. Students and researchers then analyze these materials together in recorded data sessions. Still in the initial phases of analysis, we will present some preliminary findings from this innovative and collaborative field-work. Although findings point to a continued importance of schools as sites for meeting peers with different backgrounds, the boundaries between schools and families have become blurred due to the constant availability in both ways. Students can always be reached from the outside, and schools are always present in the homes through digital apps and platforms. Almost all screen-mediated social interactions are based on physical relations and we see few examples of relations based exclusively online. Based on preliminary findings we discuss how our study can contribute to knowledge about the role of contemporary schools as meeting places for students with diverse backgrounds, who attend the same schools.

References:

Haklay, M. (2018). Participatory citizen science. In S. Hecker, M. Haklay, A. Bowser, Z. Makuch, J. Vogel & A. Bonn. Citizen Science: Innovation in Open Science, Society and Policy, (pp. 52-62). UCL Press, London. Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell. Massey, D. (2005). For Space. Sage. Leijon, M. (2016). Space as designs for and in learning: investigating the interplay between space, interaction and learning sequences in higher education. Visual Communication, 15(1), 93-124. Sahlström, F., Tanner, M. & Valasmo, V. 2019. Connected youth, connected classrooms. Smartphone use and student and teacher participation during plenary teaching. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction 21: 311-331. Trentin, G. (2016). Always-on Education and Hybrid Learning Spaces. Educational Technology, 56(2), 31-37.
 

Nordic Schools as Diverse and Inclusive Meeting Places Now and Then?

Fritjof Sahlström (University of Helsinki), Tuuli From (University of Helsinki), Marie Nilsberth (University of Karlstad)

The final paper of this symposium presents a preliminary synthesis of the analyses undertaken in the substudies of the project. A core aim of the project Nordic Basic Schools is the integration of the substudies, related disciplines and the four Nordic research sites for furthering both national, Nordic and international understanding of the possibilities and constraints for basic education in providing the foundation for diverse and inclusive societies of the future.To better understand the ongoing changes in the Nordic education systems, phenomena such as digitalisation need to be related not only to a contemporary context but also to the school's spatial physical history, the changes in the space-times of schooling and the effects of digital media on classroom pedagogies (Dussel, 2018). In this presentation, we merge data from the three substudies to analyze the spatial and temporal construction of the Nordic basic schools as meeting places in a timespan of 50 years. The analyzed data include policy and planning documents, interviews with former and present pupils, ethnographic data and data produced by participatory methods. Informed by Henry Lefebvre’s theorization (1991, see also Larsson & Rönnlund 2021), we analyze space as socially constructed and three-dimensional, consisting of ideological and institutional space (conceptual space), everyday spatial practices (perceptual space) and the space experienced and negotiated by its users (lived space). Aligned with Doreen Massey (2005), we conceptualize places as spatio-temporal events, where a multitude of human and non-human trajectories come together. Utilizing this analytical framework, we aim to reach a preliminary analysis on how the different dimensions of space have been and continue to be co-constructed in the everyday lives of the schools. For instance, we expect to learn more about the role of spatial conceptualisations, i.e. ideas, policies and plans of school space of the 1970’s influencing the organized use of space and pupils’ agency today and gain a deeper understanding of the role of digitality in altering these dimensions of space. Moreover, we are interested in the meanings given to particular places in the school buildings and how they have contributed to students’ understanding of inclusion or exclusion in the past and today. The analysis will gain relevance not only in the context of Nordic basic schools but also in understanding the spatial and temporal change in European spaces of education from the perspective of social inclusion.

References:

Dussel, I. (2018) The Digital Classroom: A Historical Consideration on the Redesigning of the Contexts of Learning. In: Grosvenor, I. & Rosén Rasmussen. L. (Eds.). Making education: Material school design and educational governance. ProQuest Ebook Central. Larsson, A. & Rönnlund, M. (2021) The spatial practice of the schoolyard. A comparison between Swedish and French teachers’ and principals’ perceptions of educational outdoor spaces, Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 21:2, 139-150, DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2020.1755704 Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell. Massey, D. (2005). For Space. Sage.
 
17:15 - 18:4528 SES 03 B: The Sociologies of Elite Education
Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Jitka Wirthová
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

The Consecrated Youth and the Institutional Habitus of Elite Upper-Secondary schools in Iceland

Berglind Ros Magnusdottir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Magnusdottir, Berglind Ros

Elite identity formation is shaped differently from one nation to another, but generally, the secondary and higher education system has an important role in its (re)production (Bourdieu, 1998; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977). This study explores institutional habitus of elite schools through the choices, experiences, and future aspirations of Icelandic students. When the research is conducted, the students were about to finish their matriculation exams from schools known as elite schools in terms of academic performance.

The Nordic countries are often presented as model societies with high levels of happiness, commitments to democratic and meritocratic processes, and low levels of corruption and elitism. However, in recent years the social and cultural landscape of the educational field in the Nordic cities has been changing into a multicultural, class divergent and market-oriented society (Dovemark et al., 2018). Recent studies show clear correlation between student achievement and their backgrounds (Berglind Gísladóttir et al., 2019; Eiríksdóttir et al., 2022) as well as socio-geographical accumulation of economic and educational capital in certain neighbourhoods and schools (Magnúsdóttir et al., 2020). Despite the domination of neo-managerial policies in educational governance worldwide for the last 30 years the education system in Iceland bypassed most of the accountability policies but largely adopted the school autonomy policies. For the last decade, there have been no standardized tests at the end of the compulsory school level (Steiner-Khamsi et.al, forthcoming). The rationale for the importance of standardized tests was among other things to enhance meritocracy in selection process to elite secondary and higher education. In the last years, the hierarchy between school institutions at the upper-secondary level has become steeper and the route to success through the education system muddier. The combination of these factors has produced high importance to explore how elite institutions and identities are constructed and socially reproduced in this Nordic educational context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
One part of this research was conducted as a comparative study between Icelandic and Finnish education system using the same analytical framework (Magnúsdóttir & Kosunen, 2022) of Bourdieu’s conceptual framework (1998) to examine two elite educational institutions in each country from students’ perspective. This part of the analysis goes deeper into the institutional habitus of schools in the Icelandic system by  reaching out to 10 schools in Iceland, thereof five of them selecting students of high achievement. Highly selective schools tend to produce what Bourdieu (1998: 102) described as ‘consecrated elite, that is, an elite that is not only distinct and separate, but also recognized by the other and by itself as worthy of being so’. In the analysis the concept of habitus is extended to capture the set of predispositions, taken-for-granted expectations and schemes of perception inside the schools (Reay et al., 2005; Tarabini et al., 2017), what has been referred to as institutional habitus. This is done through the voices of students as well as head teachers/principals and statistical background information derived from school administration.

The aim is to explore the distinctive features of the schools and how the inherited and social capital of the students harmonize with their institutional habitus and play a part in their choices and experiences. What kind of habitus do they promote and discard through their academic and social practice? What kind of higher-education aspirations are framed in this context? How is the institutional habitus of these schools different and what do they have in common to elite schools in other countries?

The main data collection was through semi-structured interviews conducted with 4-5 students from each school, altogether 48 interviews in 10 schools. The analysis was qualitative content analysis. Theory-informed analytical categories were applied on all discourse about prior school path, parents’ and siblings’ school paths and occupational careers, everyday life in school, social relationships in school, teachers’ expectations towards the students, homework, role of money in life, leisure activities, family time, political views and future aspirations. In addition, interviews were conducted with head teachers or principals having a long history of working in the school to better understand the history and institutional habitus of the school. The data on the non-selective schools was only used to triangulate or counterbalance the analysis of the selective ones.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that most students did not experience much of a disjuncture between habitus and field in these elite schools. Educational choices were shaped and restricted by the inherited capital of their families, peers and friends and the young people did draw clear boundaries between school institutions. Family and fellow students’ values were ingrained into the habitus, and the awareness of privilege and class position was limited, as the schools were filled with other young people from higher social classes. The feeling of being the ‘right’ student for the school is an enactment of their habitus fitting well in the field of highly selective education. There were narratives of consecrative moments due to students’ visibility as members of elite institution, in terms of respect and popularity on the social media. The few that experienced being out of place were the ones coming from a more sociocultural distance in terms of social class or ethnicity. These schools were known to prepare students to be active in different fields of power, i.e. the economic, cultural or political field with very clear boundaries between them. They were serving different formations of middle-classness. Majority of the students in the selective schools were strongly directed towards status or canonical disciplines at the university level compared to students in the other schools. There is an obvious class (re)production mechanism driving their HE choices shaped by the institutional habitus of their upper-secondary schools and inherited capitals. The actual admission to the ‘right’ universities and disciplines requires certain capitals and habitus formation that is further nuanced in the selective upper-secondary schools.
References
Bourdieu, P. (1998). The State nobility: Elite schools in the field of power (L. C. Clough, Trans.). Polity Press.
Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage.
Dovemark, M., Kosunen, S., Kauko, J., Magnúsdóttir, B., Hansen, P., & Rasmussen, P. (2018). Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429768
Eiríksdóttir, E., Blöndal, K. S., & Ragnarsdóttir, G. (2022). Selection for Whom? Upper Secondary School Choice in the Light of Social Justice. In A. Rasmussen & M. Dovemark (Eds.), Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (pp. 175-197). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-08049-4_10
Gísladóttir, Haraldsson, & Björnsdóttir. (2019). Samband menntunar foreldra við frammistöðu þátttakenda í PISA-könnuninni á Norðurlöndum [The relation between parents’ education level and students’ performance in the PISA study]. Netla. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2019.32
Magnúsdóttir, B. R., Auðardóttir, A. M., & Stefánsson, K. (2020). The Distribution of Economic and Educational Capital between School Catchment Areas in Reykjavík Capital Region 1997–2016. Icelandic Review of Politics & Administration, 16(2), 285-308. https://doi.org/10.13177/irpa.a.2020.16.2.10
Magnúsdóttir, B. R., & Kosunen, S. (2022). Upper-Secondary School Choices in Reykjavík and Helsinki: The Selected Few in the Urban North. In A. Rasmussen & M. Dovemark (Eds.), Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (pp. 77-95). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-08049-4_5
Reay, D., David, M., & Ball, S. J. (2005). Degrees of Choice: Class, Race, Gender and Higher Education. Trentham books.
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Jóhannesdóttir, K. & Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (forthcoming). The school-autonomy-with-accountability reform in Iceland: Looking back and making sense. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy.
Tarabini, A., Curran, M., & Fontdevila, C. (2017). Institutional habitus in context: implementation, development and impacts in two compulsory secondary schools in Barcelona. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(8), 1177-1189. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1251306


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Beyond a Sense of Obliviousness: Elite Education and National Identity Among Palestinian Students in Israel

Dalia Halabi, Avihu Shoshana

Haifa University, Israel

Presenting Author: Halabi, Dalia; Shoshana, Avihu

Abstract

Many researchers of elite education argue that elite schools tend to cultivate apolitical attitudes, blindness towards race and ethnicity and obliviousness to privilege (Horvat & Antonio, 1999; Khan & Jerolmack, 2013). This is particularly true when describing elite education among hegemonic groups. Yet what happens in elite educational institutions targeting national minority groups? Do these students also exhibit a color-blind approach and/or a sense of obliviousness, as described by Khan (2011)? Is a culture of silence (Castagno, 2008) also dominant in these schools? These questions guided our research about private education among PCI (Palestinians, citizens of Israel), a national, indigenous minority that experiences stigmatization and ongoing discrimination (Ghanem & Mustafa, 2011).

Education in Israel is segregated based on nationality and religious orientation, resulting in separate educational sectors for religious and secular Jewish children, as well as Arab children (Arar, 2012). These sectors include both state and non-state schools. Private schools catering to moderately religious and ultra-orthodox Jewish students, as well as Arab church-affiliated schools, receive partial government funding. Most school children in Israel are enrolled in the state educational system (Agbaria & Pinson, 2019).

Findings in this article are based on thirty-five in-depth interviews conducted with high school students attending two elite private schools. One is located in an Arab city and the second in a city comprised of both Arabs and Jews (a ‘mixed’ city); both are in northern Israel. The findings presented here address two primary research questions. Firstly, what are the defining features of national identity exhibited by Palestinian students enrolled in elite schools? Secondly, how does an elite school contribute to the formation and shaping of national identity amongst its students? This research builds on previous studies that have examined the relationship between elite education, class, and the reproduction of elite identity (Bourdieu, 1986; Demerath, 2009; Khan, 2012). However, it examines a unique case study: Arab Palestinians in Israel who are a marginalized national minority facing discrimination and racism while simultaneously undergoing the emergence of their own self-defined elite (Haidar & Bar-Haim, 2022).

Our findings support existing research and bring forth new insights. Consistent with prior studies, we identified an elite identity (Demerath, 2009) and a positive self-perception, accompanied by a sense of entitlement and agency (Gaztambide-Fernández et al., 2003). Interviewees also expressed a positive orientation towards the future and an ability to aspire (Appaduri, 2004). Furthermore, the study confirms the role of schools in shaping and fostering elite identity through mechanisms such entrance exams, extracurricular programs, alignment with elite cultural norms, academic orientation initiatives, and discourses of excellence (Gaztambide-Fernandez, 2009). However, this research identified three distinct group-specific characteristics. Firstly, in the school selection process, parents and students seek institutions that emphasize academic excellence and also prioritize engendering a patriotic stance with special emphasis on Palestinian national identity. Secondly, interviewees demonstrated a high level of political awareness due to the unique practices and rituals implemented by both schools. This is noteworthy given that it deviates from the widely-held understanding of hegemonic elite groups, who often remain oblivious to inequality and consider social hierarchies to be the norm (Khan, 2011). Lastly, interviewees expressed profound pride in their national identity, which coexists with their pursuit of academic excellence within a deeply discriminatory reality.

This paper contributes to understanding how elite education intersects with the construction of national identity among minority elites. It offers insights into the experiences of Palestinian students facing discrimination while also highlighting the emergence of a self-defined elite within this specific sub-group.



Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
This research was qualitative; we conducted semi-structured interviews with 35 twelfth-grade students from two elite schools in northern Israel. Interviews focused on six main themes including (1) personal and educational backgrounds, (2) personal and collective identity, (3) culture and leisure activities, (4) school experiences and perceptions, (5) future orientation, and (6) the social and political situation in Israel and Arab Palestinian society. They generally lasted 60-90 minutes and were recorded and transcribed for analysis. The research received ethical approval from the ethics committee of the Faculty of Education at the affiliated university of both authors.
Students were recruited with assistance from twelfth-grade coordinators and homeroom teachers; home room teachers encouraged them to participate. Parental consent was required for participants under the age of 18; five interviewees were 18 and did not require parental consent. Of the 35 students interviewed, 18 were male and 17 were female. Over two-thirds of the students reported having a close family member who either currently attends or has previously attended one of the two schools, usually siblings. Nearly half of the students reported having at least one parent who is an alumnus of one of the schools.
We examined, categorized, and interpreted the data to identify patterns, themes, and connections in accordance with grounded theory (Glaser and Strauss, 1967). Accordingly, we employed open coding where we captured the essence of the data. We then organized the data into themes or categories, an iterative process which facilitated the emergence of new insights and perspectives (Glaser & Strauss, 1967). This enabled us to capture the perspectives of our research population.
The research was conducted at two different schools: the first school is located in an Arab town, while the second is in a mixed Arab-Jewish city. Both schools are categorized as private church schools. Students in both schools are of high socioeconomic status (SES)  a measurement is based on the education level of the most educated parent, family income and more. Both schools are top-ranked nationally in terms of student eligibility for matriculation certificates in scientific subjects such as biotechnology systems, physics, biology, electronics, and computers. They have highly competitive and exclusive admissions processes which attract students from their respective cities and also from other locales nationally.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions
Our research supports existing findings while offering new insights into educational elitism among national minority groups. Consistent with previous studies, interviewees demonstrated elite subjectivity (Demerath, 2009), a positive self-perception, a sense of entitlement, and agency (Gaztambide-Fernández et al., 2013), as well as positive future aspirations (Appaduri, 2004). However, we provide new insights into educational elitism which offer a deeper understanding of how elitism intersects with the formation of national identity within marginalized minority communities.
Our research population diverges from other elite groups in part due to their much more politicized orientation. We found that students and their parents select elite schools based on academic excellence while also taking into account political considerations. Specifically, they sought schools which emphasize Palestinian patriotism and the development of a Palestinian national identity. Interviewees also demonstrated a high level of political awareness due to their school’s unique programs and approaches. This deviates from the common perception of hegemonic elite groups who often remain oblivious to inequality and consider social hierarchies as normative (Khan, 2011). Lastly, interviewees expressed profound pride in their national identity along with pursuit of academic excellence within a deeply discriminatory reality. This contrasts with the more convenient option often selected by non-hegemonic elites who try to assimilate into a ‘raceless’ identity (Wright, 2009). Thus, this research highlights interviewee resilience and refusal to relinquish their distinct cultural and national heritage. By cultivating a deep emotional attachment to their national identity, these elite students not only navigate the complexities of their dual identities (Haidar & Bar-Haim, 2022) but also develop a strong sense of solidarity with their minority group.

References
Agbaria, A. K., & Obeid Shehadeh, H. (2022). “Minority within minority” or a “minority of two majorities”: Religious education and the making of Christian identity in Israel. British Journal of Religious Education, 44(3), 256–270.
Appadurai, A. (2004). The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition. In V. Rao & M. Walton (Eds.), Culture and public action (pp. 59–84). Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Cultural reproduction and social reproduction. In J. Karabel and A.H. Halsey (Eds), Power and Ideology in Education (pp. 56-68).  Oxford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In: J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for sociology of education. (pp. 46- 58). Greenwood.
Castagno, A. E. (2008). “I don’t want to hear that!”: Legitimating whiteness through silence in schools. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 39(3), 314–333.
Demerath, P. (2009). Producing success: The culture of personal advancement in an American high school. University of Chicago Press.
Gaztambide-Fernández, R. (2009). What is an elite boarding school? Review of Educational Research, 79(3), 1090–1128. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654309339500
Haidar, A., & Bar-Haim, E. (2022). Marginalized yet flourishing: The remarkable growth of the Palestinian middle class in Israel. The American Sociologist, 53(4), 532–556.
Howard, A. (2010). Elite visions: Privileged perceptions of self and others. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 112(8), 1971–1992.
Khan, S. R. (2011). Privilege: The making of an adolescent elite at St. Paul's School. Princeton University Press.
Khan, S. R. (2012). The sociology of elites. Annual Review of Sociology, 38, 361-377.
Ogbu, J. U. (1990). Minority education in comparative perspective. Journal of Negro Education, 59(1), 45–57.
Okun, B. S., & Friedlander, D. (2005). Educational stratification among Arabs and Jews in Israel: Historical disadvantage, discrimination, and opportunity. Population Studies, 59(2), 163–180.
Sa’di, A. (2004). Trends in Israeli social science research on the national identity of the Palestinian citizens of Israel. Asian Journal of Social Science, 32(1), 140–160.
Vincent, C., & Ball, S. J. (2007). `Making Up’ the Middle-Class Child: Families, Activities and Class Dispositions. Sociology, 41(6), 1061–1077.
Wright, B. L. (2009). Racial-Ethnic Identity, Academic Achievement, and African American Males: A Review of Literature. Journal of Negro Education, 78(2), 123–134.
Zembylas, M. (2013). Memorial ceremonies in schools: Analyzing the entanglement of emotions and power. Journal of Political Power, 6(3), 477–493.
 
17:15 - 18:4529 SES 03 A: Workshop. Towards the Assemblage of a Human-Piano: Exploring the HECological Cartographies of Existence
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz
Research Workshop
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop

Towards the Assemblage of a Human-Piano: Exploring the HECological Cartographies of Existence

Ana Luísa Paz, Ana Caetano

UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, ULISBOA, Portugal

Presenting Author: Paz, Ana Luísa; Caetano, Ana

What happens when we take historiographical research and engage in a collaborative arts-based proposal?

This was the ignite for exploring how can historiographical knowledge and document-based research be explored within a historiography of educational ecologies (HEC) – a trend that defends an intertwined timespan of present and past, and is concerned with spatial relations, within an interdisciplinary, collaborative, artistic, cartographical, and narrative approach (HEC, 2021). Also, in search for ways of knowledge building, HECological thinking forged the ecologies of thinking within the visuals by experimenting with Benjamin’s Archades. Mosaïque technique in particular (HEC, 2022) showed awareness of how non-humans may interplay with the conceptualization of the very same research objects.

In this context, having previously developed workshops with people from different areas of expertise – thus stressing “training and scholarship” as layer of power(s), or better said, “a form of gravity” (Bryant, 2013, p.13) – we have grasped to use HECological guidelines to develop them yet further as art educators and other teaching and training environments. This brough and additional awareness of the agency of the non-human (withdrawn to ensure anonymity).

At the same time, “to enunciate new assemblages of existence”, in different study groups can imply “collective assemblages of human-nonhuman that 'assemble' to form spaces and modes of being that subvert capitalist trajectories of destruction” (Greenhalgh-Spencer, 2014 , p. 324) and other modalities of power. It is from this potentiality that we seek to situate this proposal, which focuses on participatory, artistic, historical and ecological processes as lines of force that converge to make visible the utterance of a human-piano in movement, lived in the past and updated in the present from the agency of its objects.

- our main human actor ? - The Portuguese pianist and composer José Vianna da Motta was born in the African island of São Tomé (1868), and based in Berlin with a royal Grant since he was 13 years old (1882) up to the 1st World War (1914). Then he had to move to Switzerland and finally returned to Portugal, where he stayed most of the time up to his death in 1948, seamed the perfect case-study to explore other possibilities hybridizing the history of the arts and the education within a HEC approach, especially if focusing on the potential to frame a cartographic experiment (Hernández et al., 2018). In fact, in between, first as a young student that was ‘adopted’ by a German family and the protégée of several important teachers, he was constantly travelling around Germany; and as an adult that was a professional concerto player and major professor all over the world, he travelled regularly inside Germany, Europe, but also Asia and all the American Continent. n a basis of ecologies of existence. Most of these displacements, travels, study trips, vacations, etc., as possible ecologies of existence can also underline the need to further develop this concept: VM desires to settle – Berlin, Weimar, Frankfurt, Genève, Lisbon – but travels almost all his life; and in Benjamin’s view, “one can only get to know a place after having experimented with it in every possible dimension” (1926/2022, p.106)

By focusing on cartography and inviting the participants to engage in a collaborative experience of moving through time and space as fluid categories we stress the HEC guidelines in order to accommodate the participatory and transdisciplinary. In our research questions we wonder:

How can participatory and artistic processes allow for JVM’s cartography as processes of knowledge-building within a HEC perspective?

How does this process allow for the problematization of (inter)connection, simultaneity and void of JVM’s cartography of existence?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research questions will be the motto to set up a workshop where the attendees are invited to participate from their original standpoints as educators, pedagogues, artists, arts educators, historians, etc., moving towards a more hybrid and transdisciplinary perspective. The workshop consits on an invitaion to develop a collaborative cartography of Vianna da Motta's ecologies of existence. Whatever we produce will be highly contextual and a situated processess of collective (and invidual) knowledge builing. In this ephemeral reply the different archival objects that belonged to the life and work of Vianna da Motta will change their status as  research objects. For the example, objects such as a music sheet, a letter, some personal belongins may be issued, but also some soundscape will be activated. And in this enactment what is an original and what is the copy when we use it?
As longing for disobedient modes of expression, we hope to illuminate the possibilities to unlearn (Baldacchino, 2019) and disobey (Atkinson, 2018, 2023) our own knowledge and instructions, but in the current state we would display several groups with these historical materials and handwork materials in order to invite the group to organise an installation (working in smaller groups).
In the end of this exercice, some card-questions will be distributed opening up for discussion:
How can/could we participate in an investigation we know nothing about?
How did we allow ourselves to dwell today in a past time?
How can an artist that is no longer humanly with us actively participate in an investigation through the objects that were part of his life?
How participating in a cartography of an artist's existence transforms us and expands our knowledge about our original disciplinary academic area?
How can the artistic, eventually poetic creation that we may produce with archival elements about a past life gain the status of constituting itself as interdisciplinary/hybrid knowledge for these disciplinary areas?
What can a new-born installation add to the concept of ecologies of existence and its ways of catographing it/them?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first outcome predicted is overall the distance of most Musicology, history of education and music history approaches, that tend to demonstrate the processes by which a musician was raised, influenced, trained in specific technique, experimented in style, turned expert in specific repertoire and how his work was received and the importance of public and critique’s feedback into renewing his work, eventually being outcasted by new pianists and aesthetic currents.
The literature on the work and life of the Portuguese composer and pianist José Vianna da Motta is no exception and as a child-prodigy he is potentially added to the nature/nurture debate held both by Music Psychology and Sociology of Music and to enact it within the non-human elements is part of an important strategy of opening up new possibilities.
In a theorethical basis, the workshop will allow both to explore the concept of "ecologies of existence" and also discuss the collaborative (hopefully transdisciplinary) knowledge-building.
By underlining the supplementary arts education ground as necessary to develop this exploratory research, we expect to facilitate a framework allowing for the suddenly possible (Atkinson, 2018) to emerge and to suspend – at least momentaneously – the traditional approaches towards an historical object. Ranging from positivism (what really happened and the material evidence) to any kinds of the hermeneutics (what can it mean, and what it means in context), and including the poststructuralist essays (sometimes very conceptual, many times highly grounded into series of documents), the very idea of what does it take to assemble historical knowledge is here set aside, moving towards a post-humanist thinking, but specifically engaging in a HEC approach, proposing yet new ways to approppriate, entagle and expand it.

References
Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, Disobedience, and Ethics. The Adventure of Pedagogy. Pallgrave
Atkinson, D. (2022) Inheritance, disobedience and speculation in pedagogic practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43(5), 749-765.
Baldacchino, J. (2019). Art as Unlearning. Routledge.
Benjamin, W. (1926/2022). Diário de Moscovo. In Barrento, J. (Ed.), Diários de Viagem (pp. 81-245). Assírio & Alvim.  
Biesta, G. (2014). Freeing Teaching from Learning: Opening Up Existential Possibilities in Educational Relationships. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 34(3), 229–243.
Bryant, L.R. (2013). The Gravity of Things: An Introduction to Onto-Cartography. Ontological Anarché,  2 [Special issue: Beyond Materialism and Idealism], 10-30.
Greenhalgh-Spencer, H. (2014). Guattari’s Ecosophy and Implications for Pedagogy. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 48(2), 323-338.
Hernández, F., Sancho, J. & Domingo (2018). Cartographies as spaces of inquiry to explore of teachers’ nomadic learning trajectories. Digital Education Review, 33, 105-119.
HEC ([2021]). Manifesto [flyer]. History of Educational Ecologies. [website]. https://historyofeducationalecologies.wordpress.com/about-hec/manifesto/
HEC ([2022]). The Mosaïque [visual]. History of Educational Ecologies. [website]. https://historyofeducationalecologies.wordpress.com/mosaic/
several references are now excluded to ensure anonimaty
 
17:15 - 18:4530 SES 03 A: Whole Institution Approaches to ESE
Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Konstantinos Korfiatis
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Teaching through the whole-school-approach: The Austrian School Network ÖKOLOG - Case studies on Education for Sustainable Development in All-Day schools

Franz Rauch1, James Loparics2, Mira Dulle1, Markus Messerschmidt1

1University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 2Teacher University Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Rauch, Franz; Loparics, James

Austria’s largest network for sustainable development education in schools is ÖKOLOG, which currently comprises 11% (over 700 schools) of the Austrian schools of all types as well as all university colleges for teacher education. ÖKOLOG was developed in 1996 by an Austrian team of teachers working on the international ENSI project (Affolder & Varga, 2018). ÖKOLOG is a national support system with the aim of promoting and integrating a sustainability approach into the development of individual schools and attempts are being made to embed the programme in Austria's federal states inter alia by regional networks and a webpage (www.ecolog.at).

ÖKOLOG is structured in three levels to support schools in the ÖKOLOG program: (1) the coordination by the Institute of Instructional and School Development at the University of Klagenfurt in partnership with the Austrian Federal Ministry for Education, (2) nine ÖKOLOG regional teams (one in each Austrian province) in collaboration with educational and environmental authorities, University Colleges of Teacher Education and various organizations of environmental and sustainability education, and (3) ÖKOLOG coordinators and teams in all ÖKOLOG schools (Rauch et al., 2023). Schools analyse the ecological, technical, and social conditions of their environment and, resultingly, define objectives, targets, concrete activities, and quality criteria to be implemented and evaluated. Students and other stakeholders of a school should be involved in a participatory way, and collaboration with authorities, businesses, and other interested parties is encouraged. The measures concern, among others, areas like saving resources (energy, water, etc.), reduction of emissions (i.e., waste, traffic), spatial arrangement (from the classroom to the campus), the culture of learning (communication, organisational structure), health promotion, social learning, as well as the opening of the school to the community (Rauch & Pfaffenwimmer, 2020).

Since the beginning of the ÖKOLOG-schools network's existence, a series of evaluations, inquiries, and studies have been produced and published both using qualitative and quantitative methods (Rauch et al., 2023). Evaluation studies are carried out on an ongoing basis to gain a better understanding of organizational and individual educational processes and to ensure the quality of educational governance. The current evaluation study is also specifically dedicated to so-called all-day schools. Traditionally, school lessons in Austria are mainly held in the morning. In recent years, all-day schools have gained in importance, not least for social reasons (e.g. parents working). In principle, all-day schools spread school life over the whole day (usually from 8:00 to 17:00) and offer lunch. The structuring of lessons and extracurricular activities at the schools is additive or integrative.

The main theoretical model used is currently those on ESD effective schools by Verhelst et al. (2022). In this model six central processes are identified which influence a "whole school approach": Pluralistic communication, shared vision, democratic decision making, adaptability, collective efficacy and supportive relations. It is assumed that all-day schools have specific potential for transformative educational processes due to the fact that they go beyond conventional teaching, but at the same time specific demands are placed on them. The aim of the studies described below was to explore these relationships and their potential.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
2022 - 2023, a total of four case studies were carried out in different contexts. When selecting the participating schools, in addition to membership in the ÖKOLOG network, care was taken to cover the diversity of the Austrian school landscape as far as possible: Thus, a rural elementary school (pupils aged 6-10) and an urban grammar school (pupils aged 10-18) both receive a lot of support as well as a middle school (age 10-14) in a socio-economically challenging location and a vocational school (age 15+, training takes place in a company in addition to school) in a metropolitan area. Two were case studies developed as part of the ERASMUS+ project SustainAll - Sustainability at all-day schools. The greatest possible heterogeneity was also taken into account when selecting the cases with regard to the conceptual integration of education for sustainable development into the educational offerings, as well as the economic side of the school (buildings, purchasing, waste disposal, etc.).
The data collection consisted of in-depth interviews, observations and the analysis of documents.  The interviews were conducted with various stakeholders (teachers, pupils, parents, directors, social workers, leisure time educators) and focused on personal ideas of sustainability and transformative learning as well as implementation in the school. The observations consisted of participation in formal and informal activities, in non-specific and ESD-specific activities. The homepage, school concepts and the annual reports, which all ÖKOLOG member schools produce annually, were used as documents.
The data was evaluated using content analysis (Mayring 2022). Based on the research questions, the individual case studies were initially analyzed deductively using a coding scheme. In the next inductive step, it was important to include particularly central aspects that came from the actors in the school. Finally, the four individual case studies were evaluated by means of a contrastive case comparison. This shows common difficulties and development logics in terms of the integration of ESD, but also major specifics of the individual situation of the schools.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In line with Verhelst et al. (2022), the factors "shared vision" and "pluralistic communication" appear to play a particularly important role. The ÖKOLOG programme acts as a shared vision for the schools, providing a common focus. Pluralistic communication with regard to ESD means illuminating sustainability issues from different perspectives and the facilitation of a dialog. The schools are at very different stages of development in the anchoring of ESD in their day-to-day work; there appear to be internal system boundaries, some of which extend along professional groups (teachers and leisure educators), but also along personal lifestyles (e.g. own flying behavior). In addition, it is not surprising that those schools whose pupils have socio-economic starting advantages have a more comprehensive establishment of ESD.
For the further development of the ÖKOLOG network, these findings mean that further training and advisory services should be strongly related to organizational development in order to support schools in "shared vision" and "pluralistic communication" on the one hand, but also to be able to take into account the specifics of the individual school location with regard to the school types, the socio-economic and socio-cultural situation as well as the personal skills of the professionals on the other.

References
Affolter, C. & Varga, A. (2018) (Eds.), Environment and School Initiatives. Lessons from the ENSI Network - Past, Present and Future. Environment and School Initiatives, Vienna and Eszterhazy Karoly University, Budapest.

Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. (13. Aufl.). Beltz.

Rauch, F. & Pfaffenwimmer, G. (2020). The Austrian ECOLOG-Schools Programme – Networking for Environmental and Sustainability Education. pp. 85-102. In: A. Gough, J. Chi Kin Lee and E. Po Keung Tsang (eds.). Green Schools Globally: Stories of Impact for Sustainable Development. Dortrecht, Springer. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-030-46820-0_1

Rauch, F., Glettler, C., Steiner, R. & Dulle, M. (2023). Environmental and Sustainability Education in Austria, In R. Rieckmann, & R. Thomas (Eds.), World Review: Environmental and Sustainability Education in the Context of the Sustainable Development Goals. RiScience Publishers/CRC. (In Print)

SustainAll (2024). www.sustainall.eu/en

Verhelst, D., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2022). Development and validation of the education for sustainable development school organisation questionnaire. Environmental Education Research, 28(2), 241–259. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.2007219


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Navigating School-University Partnership: Evolving whole-institution engagement in sustainability-oriented education

Rosalie Mathie, Siv Paus Brovold, Aksel Hugo

Norwegian University of Life Sciences (NMBU), Department of Educational Sciences

Presenting Author: Mathie, Rosalie; Brovold, Siv Paus

In Norway, as in other countries the world over, to ensure sustainability education is to move beyond an ‘add-on’ approach (Scott, 2013; Sterling, 2004), a shift in what, where, how, and with whom students learn is required. For sustainability education to move beyond the traditional classroom setting, and proactively engage learners with real-world issues and solutions, engagement with multi-stakeholders is also required (Leicht, Heiss & Byun, 2018; UNESCO, 2017).

In 2017, a multi-stakeholder school-university partnership was established consisting of four upper-secondary schools, the school district, and a teacher education department situated in the southeast of Norway. The aim set was to improve professional practice between campus-based and school-based understandings of sustainability-oriented education. The third-space concept (Lejonberg et. al., 2017), was employed, where researchers, teachers, leaders, students, and pupils collaborate and co-construct knowledge (Daza et, al., 2021). Originally set to end in 2022 the partnership agreement was then renewed until 2025. This paper is situated in this renewal process, a point of reflexive transition within the partnership, where understanding the following is essential; to reflect on the challenges, tensions, and opportunities experienced in establishing a partnership from a third-space perspective; to understand better why systemically embedding sustainability education is challenging; and to explore if, and or, how collective capacity building can support and provide structures to overcome these challenges in future practice.

To examine the collaborative frameworks and conditions for cross-institutional collective capacity building developed in this partnership the research questions this paper addresses are:

1. How does a School-University partnership structure and evolve collective capacity building for supporting sustainability-oriented transitions?

2. How can the partnership itself navigate and evolve to support each of the partner's own whole-institution process?

A Whole School/Institution Approach (UNESCO, 2017; Wals & Mathie, 2022) frames multiple stages of this research; the development of the school-university partnership over time; informing co-developed and reflexive professional-development content creation; and the field of research, that the PhD study this artilce is situated in, aims to contribute to theoretically. As part of this theoretical contribution, this paper's theoretical framework builds upon and is informed by two publications; 1. Mathie (in press), where a broad understanding of a Whole School Approach as a reflexive thinking tool for general quality educational change processes is proposed and in turn a composite Whole School Approach model detailing "Overarching principles, processes, and strands of a Whole School Approach to Support Educational Change Processes" (Mathie, in press, p.24) is presented; and 2. Hugo & Iversen's (in press) Whole School Alignment Model, where, in a school-university partnership context "[...] the liminal space of collaborative inquiry processes assumes the central role of navigating and attuning inherent tensions and aligning structures, programme design, space and pedagogies to co-create coherency" (Hugo & Iversen, in press, p.15).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Situated within a larger PhD research design, Education Design Research (EDR) is chosen research method of enquiry. EDR is a participatory approach that combines scientific enquiry with systematic development to co-develop with stakeholders’ practical solutions to issues educators face in real-world learning contexts (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). EDR provides design processes whereby multiple stakeholders aims to; co-design innovative solutions to a specific challenge; ensure developing collective usable knowledge remains relevant and valuable to the stakeholders themselves; and contribute to theory building in a specific field (Barab & Kurt, 2004; Lagemann, 2002; McKenney & Reeves, 2018).

This paper focuses specifically on analysing qualitative data sources collected between 2021 and 2023 (video and audio-recordings from interviews, workshops, and meetings, alongside visual content, for example, visual timelines generated through these interactions). The data is critically examined to gain insight into how a ‘School-University partnership’ perspective can evolve, structure, and develop collective capacity building to support and stimulate whole-institution engagement in sustainability-oriented education and related transitions.

To systematically transcribe and process the multiple data sources, NVivo and the six phases of Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021), are employed for data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings:

To varying degrees all participants involved commit to moving from an ‘add-on’ to a ‘built-in’ (Scott, 2013; Sterling, 2004) approach to sustainability-oriented education. Specific conditions are identified as ways to support authentic integration of sustainability-oriented education, such as the need to; have a flexible structure to adapt to each specific institutional context; anchor commitment throughout the whole institution to avoid dependence on individuals; establish arenas for collaboration and reflection across all institutional levels; create multi-actor resource and development groups at each institute to mobilize distributed leadership and sync-up institutional and educational development; establish clear, tangible, short and mid-term goals that link to a `living´ long-term vision and overarching institutional plan; create a model for distributing continuous competency and capacity building involving all staff; to build up the culture of collaboration and sharing between all local education providers by developing an open-access resource/knowledge base platform.

Challenges encountered include, for example; shifts of project identity in relation to the institutions as the needs and direction of the partnerships evolve; shifts in roles and staff-turnover amongst all partners; and the need to be conscious of underlying power relations.

Preliminary conclusions:

The findings indicate that participatory methods that encourage ´learning from and with each other´ became a pivotal mechanism and overarching principle in the partnership development process for establishing mutually supportive, non-hierarchical capacity building for all stakeholders.

Establishing a ‘third room’, of shared ownership to shared questions, is seen to provide an applicable non-hierarchical space to navigate these challenges, where inquiry-based research and practice, alongside professional and institutional development, can simultaneously be developed.

References
Barab, S. and K. Squire (2004). "Design-based research: Putting a stake in the ground." The journal of the learning sciences 13 (1): 1-14.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238

Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338.

Hugo, A., & Iversen, E., (in press). The Whole School Alignment Model: Facilitating a  teacher team in sustainable entrepreneurship education within a whole school context. Springer SDG 4.7 series – Whole School Approaches. Springer.

Lagemann, E. C. (2002). An elusive science: The troubling history of education research: University of Chicago Press.

Leicht, A., Heiss, J., & Byun, W. J. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development (Vol. 5): UNESCO Publishing.

Lejonberg, E., Elstad, E., & Hunskaar, T. S. (2017). Behov for å utvikle” det tredje rom” i relasjonen mellom universitet og praksisskoler. Uniped, 40(1), 68- 85.

Mathie, R, G., (in press). A Whole School Approach: A synthesis of interconnected Policy, Practice and Research Conceptualisations. Springer SDG 4.7 series – Whole School Approaches. Springer.

McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.

Scott, W. (2013). Developing the sustainable school: Thinking the issues through. Curriculum Journal, 24(2), 181-205.

Sterling, S. (2004). Higher education, sustainability, and the role of systemic learning. In P. B. Corcoran & a. E. J. Wals (Eds.), Higher Education and the Challenge of Sustainability: Problematics, Promise, and Practice (pp. 49–70). Dordrecht: Springer.

UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives, UNESCO Publishing.

Wals, A.E.J & Mathie, R.G. (2022). Whole school responses to climate urgency and related sustainability challenges: A perspective from northern Europe. In: M. Peters & R. Heraud (Eds.), Encyclopedia of educational innovation. Springer.
 
17:15 - 18:4530 SES 03 B: Time, Existence and Hope in ESE Research
Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nicola Walshe
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Learning a Way Out of Unsustainability? Exploring a Pedagogical Space and Time in Sustainability Transition Initiatives.

Katrien Van Poeck1, Leif Östman2, Jonas Van Gaubergen1

1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Uppsala University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Van Poeck, Katrien

Learning a way out of socio-ecological problems is often seen as vital for transforming our society into a more sustainable direction (van Mierlo et al. 2020). There is a growing body of research literature on how learning processes may contribute to so-called ‘sustainability transitions’ (STs): profound and long-term transformations of non-sustainable structures, cultures, and practices into more sustainable alternatives (Köhler et al. 2019). A recent review of this literature shows, however, that ‘the complexity of the relationship between learning and transitions is not deeply analysed’ (Stam et al. 2023). This confirms earlier findings which revealed a poor conceptual and empirical underpinning of research on learning in STs. Van Mierlo and Beers (2020, p. 255) argue that well-established research fields related to learning which could provide valuable insights are ‘broadly ignored or loosely applied’. Van Poeck et al. (2020, p. 303) similarly report on conceptual haziness and a lack of ‘a clear, consistent understanding of the relation and distinction between “learning” and the changes in society that may be the result of it’. Van Mierlo et al. (2020, p. 253) edited a special issue on the topic and conclude that there is a need for conceptual work that goes ‘beyond a superficial use of notions such as social learning and double-loop learning’. Furthermore, they raise concerns about a weak empirical knowledge base which impedes progress in our understanding of learning in STs. Learning is often assumed to take place, the editors argue, but it is neither specified nor critically investigated. Van Poeck et al. (2020) also discuss how empirical research contributions often fail to convincingly reveal that, what, and how people are learning in practices striving for STs.

This paper aims to further explore – theoretically and empirically – how learning takes place in the context of ST initiatives. We do so with a focus on the occurrence of a pedagogical space and time within settings and initiatives that primarily have a political purpose of fostering social change. We theoretically conceptualise and empirically investigate the emergence of what Garrison (2010) calls ‘teachable moments’ and how these may be seized as unique pedagogical opportunities which may evolve into ‘educative moments’ (Garrison et al. 2015). Teachable moments are those moments when the participants are drawn into shared inquiry regarding some problematic situation and desire to explore possibilities together. In informal learning settings we call this ‘educable’ moments as there is no formal teaching at play. We investigate how such moments arise in ST initiatives and under which conditions they give rise to educative moments in which critical and creative inquiry results in imagining or developing novel possibilities for the future.

Through three case studies of a variety of initiatives aimed at fostering STs in the food, mobility, and energy system, we thus aim to contribute to strengthening the conceptual and empirical underpinning of research on learning in STs. On the one hand, we further conceptualise learning in STs by theorising how a pedagogical time and space within political settings of social change can be understood in terms of (not always predictable and plannable) educable moments which may or may not evolve in a shared inquiry into collective matters of concern and, eventually, educative moments where novel pathways for the future emerge. On the other hand, we create empirically grounded knowledge about how this takes place, conditions for it to happen, and how it can be facilitated.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We conduct multiple case studies of learning processes in ST initiatives in which a variety of actors are involved in attempts to transform non-sustainable systems and practices. The cases are selected through maximum heterogeneity sampling (Patton 2002) and vary as to the topics addressed (agri-food, energy, and mobility transitions), the locus of initiating and steering (government-led, community-based, social movement driven), the actors involved (policymakers, citizens, businesses, scientists, etc.) and the scale of the initiative (ranging from a neighbourhood to a transnational movement). The dataset consists of interviews with organisers, facilitators, and participants (recorded and transcribed), (transcriptions of) video-/audio-recorded observations of activities, and documents (websites, social media posts, internal documents, publications, flyers, posters, audio-visual productions, etc.).
Sensitizing concepts derived from theoretical work on teachable moments (Garrison 2010, Östman et al. forthcoming) and educative moments (Garrison et al. 2015) are in the first step of our analytical work used to select relevant excerpts from the data. We select data about those instances where aspects of teachable moments (e.g.  shared focus, attentiveness, inquiry, engagement) and educative moments (e.g. creativity, evolving values, epiphany) become visible. Next, we investigate the learning that takes place with the help of transactional learning theory (Östman et al. 2019), an analytical model that has proven to be useful to open up the black box of learning in STs (e.g. Van Poeck and Östman 2021). The third analytical step is to investigate the conditions under which educable moments may result in shared inquiry and in educative moments. We use a dramaturgical analytical framework for studying the facilitation of learning in terms of the scripting and staging of a setting and the performance of the activities taking place in it (Van Poeck and Östman 2022). Finally, we look for patterns in our findings that reveal diverse ways in which educable moments may occur, different ways of handling these, a variety of inquiry processes, and varied types of educative and non-educative moments that may result from this.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results contribute to the further conceptualisation of learning in STs and shed new light on when, what, and how people can learn in practices striving for social change in view of more sustainable practices, structures, and cultures. The question how learning is, or ought to be, related to societal transformation is a topic of vibrant debate in educational research (e.g. Masschelein and Simons 2013) and in sustainability education research in particular (Van Poeck and Säfström 2022). Our study provides further theorisation but also takes this topic beyond the realm of merely theoretical discussions by creating a thorough empirical knowledge base that also has vital practical relevance: insight in how to facilitate learning in a fruitful way.
We present typologies of different sorts of educable moments, different practices of inquiry, and different types of educative and non-educative moments. We also reveal how these varied learning processes and outcomes are influenced by the dramaturgy of the setting in which they take place and, thus, by people’s actions to script purposes and roles, to stage a learning environment and ways of acting within it, and to perform specific interventions in these settings. This provides ‘actionable knowledge’ (Hölscher et al. 2023) on how educable moments can be elicited and seized as well as on how, for example,  collective reflection on on-going experimentation or the way in which participants build upon each other’s input can influence whether and, if so, how this may result in a fruitful inquiry and educative moments.

References
Garrison, J. et al. 2015. The creative use of companion values in environmental education and education for sustainable development: exploring the educative moment. Environmental Education Research, 21(2), 183-204.
Garrison, J., 2010. Dewey and Eros: Wisdom and desire in the art of teaching. IAP, Charlotte, NC.
Köhler, J. et al. 2019. An agenda for sustainability transitions research: State of the art and future directions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 31(1), 1-32.
Masschelein, J. and Simons, M. 2013. In Defence of the School. A Public Issue. Leuven, Education,
Culture & Society Publishers.
Östman, L. et al. 2019. A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K. et al. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127-139.
Östman, L. et al. (forthcoming). Poignant Experiences and the Nonteleological Teachable Moment. Éducation & Didactique.
Patton, M.Q., 2002. Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks/London/New Delhi.
Stam, K. et al. 2023. How does learning drive sustainability transitions? Perspectives, problems and prospects from a systematic literature review. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 48, 100734.
van Mierlo, B., Beers, P. J., 2020. Understanding and governing learning in sustainability transitions: A review. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 255-269.
van Mierlo, B. et al. 2020. Learning about learning in sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 251-254.
Van Poeck, K. et al. 2020. Opening up the black box of learning-by-doing in sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 298-310.
Van Poeck, K. & Östman, L. 2021. Learning to find a way out of non-sustainable systems. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 39, 155-172.
Van Poeck, K & Säfström, C.A. (Eds.) (2022). Public pedagogy and sustainability challenges. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3).


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Students' Emotions and Learning About the Existential Challenge of Climate Change – a Didactic Approach

Ellen Vandenplas

UGent, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vandenplas, Ellen

In this paper, we address students' emotions in existential situations in climate change education (CCE) and present empirical research on how different didactic approaches affect experiencing, expressing and reflecting on these emotions and, by extension, learning about the existential challenge of climate change (CC).

Indeed, several studies highlight that CC can lead to existential experiences and associated emotions. For example, Bergdahl & Langmann (p. 407, 2022) state that "climate change is closely linked to the existential fear of losing something valuable and irreplaceable - here: planet earth as our only home - which generates feelings of worry, helplessness and hopelessness in both adults and children”. At the same time, several scholars have pointed out that we need to pay attention to these existential experiences and related emotions in climate education or to provide “an educational space and time for youth to confront and begin to deal with their own existential worries and concerns' (Todd, 2020: 1112) and “that emotions and existential questions must be taken into account, and when education about climate change proceeds, the educators must be sensitive to that which arises” (Pihkala, 2018, p. 560). Previous research (Verlie, 2019; Pihkala, 2018) provides insight into the emotions that climate change can evoke as well as into different approaches for educators to deal with these emotions (Ojala, 2016; Verlie, 2021). These approaches have been found to differ in the way they can either align more with a therapeutic pedagogy or with a critical affective pedagogy (Amsler, 2011). However, there is little or no research that focuses on developing detailed, precise didactic knowledge about how emotions in existential situations relate to the didactic work of the teacher nor how this didactic work affects students’ learning in relation to the existential challenge of climate change. It is precisely this kind of knowledge creation that this paper aims to contribute to. We do so by analysing a Master's course in English literature at a Belgian university, where the teacher deliberately sought to address the existential challenge of CC, while at the same time being very aware of the emotions that might arise among the students.

With this research, we are particularly interested in uncovering and understanding how different didactic approaches influence experiencing, expressing and reflecting on emotions and through this learning regarding the existential challenge of climate change. Thus, we gain further insight into how teachers can deal ethically and pedagogically with emotions in the context of CCE and how we can better understand the risks and opportunities of emotions emerging in the CCE classroom.

The theoretical framework underpinning our study is transactional didactic theory (Östman et al. 2019, a, b) based on the pragmatist work of John Dewey. This theory understands learning as being incited by a 'problematic situation', for instance through encountering existential anxiety or dilemmas, or alternative perspectives on what life is, what it means to live, and how to live well that one has never considered before. This triggers an 'inquiry' that can result in new knowledge, skills, values and beliefs. The transactional theory of teaching, then, focuses on how teachers' actions in, both, the preparation and implementation of lessons affect the encounters that take place and what students learn from them. This is grasped in terms of the scripting of purposes and roles, the staging of a learning environment (objects of attention and activities), and the performance of interventions that help to guide students' learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical data consisted of teaching materials, 100 forum posts of students, 6 transcripts of  video/audio-recorded observations of lessons, 38 student assignments, and two semi-structured interviews with the involved teacher of  our case-study.

In our first analytical step, we selected from the original data all existential expressions, more specifically: “profound questions and choices about what life is and what really matters in life - both our personal lives and human existence in general - that may involve threats, fears and incompatible values” (Vandenplas et al. 2023, p. 1733). We then selected only these expressions in which students expressed or described affect or emotions.

Our second step consisted of Practical Epistemology Analysis (PEA) in order to reveal students’ meaning-making regarding the existential challenge of CC. PEA is designed to study how learning takes shape through individual-environment transactions and allows for a detailed analysis of how perspectives on the existential challenge of CC are (trans)formed ‘in action’. PEA starts from the transactional understanding of learning as the creation of relations between what stands fast for a person – e.g. previously acquired knowledge, ideas, beliefs – and the new situation they encounter. Every time a person encounters a new situation there is a gap.  If one manages to bridge the gap by creating a relation to what stands fast, one has learned something. By analysing the created relations, we can investigate the content of what is learned. Analysing the encounters reveals how the learning was made possible. We employ PEA for analysing transcripts of observed conversations, forumposts and assignments.

As a final step, we conducted a dramaturgical analysis of the teacher’s scripting, staging, and  performance (teacher moves) (Van Poeck et al. 2023). In this way, we investigated the impact of the teacher’s didactic work on  the creation of specific encounters and thus how specific existential situations could arise in which students uttered emotions in relation to the existential challenge of CC could come about. As explained above we also analysed in detail how the teacher’s actions influenced the students’ learning in the performance as shown by the created relations between a gap and what stand fast. By analysing the didactic work of scripting, staging, and performance we gain insight into how a specific approach influence existential situations in which emotions where uttered and learning in relation to the existential challenge of climate change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By conceptualising, describing and empirically illustrating the impact of the teacher's didactic work on students' emotions and learning, we contribute to the much-needed detailed and empirically based understanding of how to deal with the existential dimension of CC and the emotions involved.
We therefore analysed the teachers’ work in an English literature master course in which the students read each week fiction combined with non-fiction texts. Our analyses showed how the teacher created a well-suited learning environment for both experiencing, expressing and reflecting on emotions and through this learning about the existential challenge of CC. Therefore well-considered choices in the design of the course were made, namely: (1) offering a spectrum of literary appearances that make the existential challenge of CC and different scenarios for the future concrete and experienceable, (2) offering theoretical concepts about the emotional experience as an analytical framework for their own emotions, and (3) providing a forum for emotions as a starting point for critical reflection. Through this didactic work, the teacher encourages the students to pay close attention to the concreteness of the existential challenge of CC and different scenarios for the future and to reflect extensively about the emotional experiences this entails before proceeding to deliberate (i.e. take and defend a position) about their own place in the universe and what they consider most important in life. As such, we describe the teachers’ work creating a space where students learn about the existential challenge of climate change fuelled by the emotional experience of living in times of climate change. This sheds new light on how to seize the educational opportunities involved, while avoiding potentially devastating effects on students' wellbeing, in the face of serious and far-reaching sustainability issues such as CC in the classroom (Todd 2020; Pihkala 2018; Garrison et al. 2015).

References
Sarah S. Amsler (2011) From ‘therapeutic’ to political education: the centrality of affective sensibility in critical pedagogy, Critical Studies in Education, 52 (1), 47-63,
Bergdahl, L., & Langmann, E. (2022). Pedagogical publics: Creating sustainable educational environments in times of climate change. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3), 405–418.
Garrison, J., Östman, L., & Håkansson, M. (2015). ‘The creative use of companion values in Environmental Education and Education for Sustainable Development: Exploring the Educative Moment.’ Environmental Education Research, 21 (2), 183–204.
Ojala, M. (2016). Facing anxiety in climate change education: From therapeutic practice to hopeful transgressive learning. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 21, 41–56.
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. and Öhman, J. (2019a). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. and Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127- 139.
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. and Öhman, J. (2019b). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. and Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 140- 153.
Pihkala, P. (2018).  Eco-anxiety, tragedy, and hope: psychological and spiritual dimensions of climate change. Zygon, 53, 545-569.
Todd, S. (2020). Creating aesthetic encounters of the world, or teaching in the presence of climate sorrow. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1110-1125.
Vandenplas, E., Van Poeck, K.  &  Block, T. (2023) ‘The existential tendency’ in climate change education: an empirically informed typology, Environmental Education Research, 29 (12), 1729-1757
Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. (2019). Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and political challenges. New York: Routledge.
Van Poeck, K., Vandenplas, E., & Östman, L. (2023). Teaching action-oriented knowledge on sustainability issues. Environmental Education Research, 1-26.
Verlie, B. (2019). Bearing worlds: Learning to live-with climate change. Environmental Education Research, 25(5), 751-766.
Verlie B, Clark E, Jarrett T, Supriyono E. (2021). Educators’ experiences and strategies for responding to ecological distress. Australian Journal of Environmental Education. 37(2), 132-146.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

“Hope and Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) Framework in the Face of Climate Uncertainty”.

Donna Rady, Alan Reid, Gillian Kidman

Monash University, Australia

Presenting Author: Rady, Donna

Within this paper, we consider hope through two key aspects of the TPACK framework. Firstly, how the role of technology in the TPACK framework intersects with hope for a sustainable future, and how may hope and hopeful practices play a role in the learning design. And, secondly, the role of context and how, and in what ways do teachers focus on hopefulness (hope elements) in the TPACK framework in response to building capacity and resilience towards a sustainable and hopeful future? This paper forms part of a larger doctoral thesis project on hope and hopeful practices in the classroom in response to climate issues.

Education for social change is largely based on hope, with hope and education inspiring each other. Paulo Freire states that “Without hope there is no way we can even start to think about education” (2007, p.87). In positioning teachers as active respondents, a core component of their work is as learning designers, in which teachers turn to the use of models or frameworks for designing curriculum and making pedagogical decisions. One such framework is the Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework (Mishra & Koehler, 2006). Based on Shulman’s Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK), the TPACK framework seeks to capture the essential elements of teacher knowledge required by teachers for the effective integration of technology in teaching whilst addressing the complex and situated nature of this knowledge. The three primary forms of knowledge that intersect each other are content, pedagogical and technological. As a framework, it has much to offer to the discussion of technology integration at multiple levels including, theoretical, pedagogical and methodological. Whilst TPACK has been predominately used for learning design, in response to climate related issues this paper considers how the TPACK model fits with educating for a sustainable future. Significant environmental events can be unpredictable, they often cause disruption, uncertainty and instability. The complexity to be discussed here is in the form of the intersection of hope, hopeful practices in education and in understanding how it may fit into curriculum and pedagogies. In the rapidly changing socio-environmental landscape we have seen, at extraordinary rates, socio-ecological crises, such as floods, wildfires and heatwaves across the globe. With eco-anxiety increasing and the wellbeing of our young people being a concern, it is timely to look at this model with a new set of eyes to see what it has to offer in way of dealing with the unprecedented climate uncertainties young people are facing.

In the face of current climate uncertainty, teachers have a multi-faceted and challenging role of educating and caring for the whole student. Exacerbated by successive extreme weather events and natural disasters, there is growing evidence linking mental health and climate change with it being reported that students are experiencing greater levels of environment related stress and anxiety. Along with stress and anxiety frequently comes the feeling of despair. Hope is often discussed in terms of its binary opposite, despair. At the essence, hope is something that is universally experienced by everyone and can be found in a multitude of arenas, for example in sport, religion, the media, technology, medicine, politics, education. Snyder et al (2017) simply describes hope as “the belief that one can find pathways to desired goals and become motivated to use those pathways” (p. 28). We often look to the feeling of being hopeful to draw on resilience in the face of adversity. Our contribution to the ongoing narrative of eco-anxiety is to discuss the conditions of TPACK as a possibility for more hopeful teaching practices for a sustainable future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is a theoretical discussion that engages with the literature of hope theory and its position in educating for climate uncertainty. Using climate change as a representative, timely and urgent socio-environmental topic, this paper explores how building capacity and resilience in response to the unprecedented extreme weather events and natural disasters being experienced around the globe may be enacted using hope and hopeful practices through the TPACK framework. It draws upon research from the fields of psychology, sociology and philosophy to provide insights into how we might characterise and explain hope. It combines theoretical work from Freire and Snyder with other hope and positive psychology theories. It then examines how it might be positioned in educating for climate change. Further to this, Maria Ojala has generated a rich program of research on hope and climate change. Her works proceeds largely from a psychological perspective into education focussed situations. What Ojala’s (2021) continuing research highlights is the affective behaviour, emotional needs, and responses of young people to global environmental problems and more specifically to climate change. In comparison to Snyder’s focus on individual goals, pathways and actions, Ojala (2023) shifts the emphasis, seeing a need to consider collective pathways of hope, yet acknowledging that different groups and communities experience hope differently, highlighting the complexities of hope elements and practices.
We unpack the TPACK framework by first summarising the components of the framework with the theoretical framework from Mishra and Koehler (2006) for understanding teacher knowledge for effective technology integration, based on Shulman’s construct of Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK). Then, we describe and explore the various ways TPACK has been conceptualised, showing where things are going and what it has to say about hope and hopeful practices. Highlighting that the intersubjective space in the TPACK model has the potential to enable particular practices through its flexibility (Phillip 2016) or constrain particular practices through being too rigid in the approach (Phillips & Harris, 2018).
Finally, we bring together the literature on hope with the TPACK framework, to discuss and understand ways of teachers’ thinking and responding to climate change issues and uncertainty, that build capacity and resilience in young people. Importantly, it draws together the significance of hope and hope practices in educational planning frameworks to recommend areas for further research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We argue that the role of hope has a very significant place in education. If this is the case, then it would be prudent for teachers, educational leaders and teacher educators to adopt some of the key findings and enact them in their practices. We suggest that there is a synergy between hope and the TPACK framework that has the potential to position hope and hopeful practices as a driver for educating for a sustainable future by putting hope at the forefront, underpinning the Content Knowledge, Pedagogical Knowledge, and Technological Knowledge elements and thus strengthening the TPACK framework for educating in times of unprecedented uncertainty. However, some of the challenges include the processes and practices of how TPACK is enacted along with the complexities of hope.
Finding pathways for hopeful practices in the classroom that build capacity and resilience in young people so that they cope in stressful situations, requires careful consideration. To address these challenges, certain aspects of the TPACK framework suggests that it is likely to be able to support the role of hope and hopeful practices as:
• It acknowledges contexts
• It acknowledges culture
• It supports knowledge of hope
• It supports domain-specific hope
• It can draw upon pedagogies of hope
• It can use hope as technology for teaching
• It fosters specific goals and pathways
• It incorporates hope into the classroom through structured, dedicated, and intentional practices (activities, actions,); developed as hopeful practices
• It provides for authentic and real-life challenges
• It allows the ‘hope’ driven educator to engage in the pursuit of hopeful goals
This paper makes the case for a hope rich elaborated extension of TPACK, providing a wholistic perspective which embodies the socio-environmental and social-emotional aspect as drivers for education, powerfully prioritizing the well-being and mental health of young people whilst educating them towards a sustainable future.

References
Alacovska, A. (2019). ‘Keep hoping, keep going’: Towards a hopeful sociology of creative work. The Sociological Review, 67(5), 1118-1136.
Webb, D. (2013). Pedagogies of hope. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32, 397-414.

Bourn, D. (2021). Pedagogy of Hope: Global Learning and the Future of Education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 13(2), 65-78.

Cook, J., & Cuervo, H. (2019). Agency, futurity and representation: Conceptualising hope in recent sociological work. The Sociological Review, 67(5), 1102-1117.

Freire, P. (2021). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving pedagogy of the oppressed. Bloomsbury Publishing.

Freire, P., Macedo, D., & Freire, A. M. A. (2007). Daring to dream: Toward a pedagogy of the unfinished. Paradigm Publishers.

Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers college record, 108(6), 1017-1054.

Ojala, M. (2021). Safe spaces or a pedagogy of discomfort? Senior high-school teachers’ meta-emotion philosophies and climate change education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 52(1), 40-52.

Ojala, M. (2023). Hope and climate-change engagement from a psychological perspective. Current Opinion in Psychology, 49, 101514.

Phillips, M., & Harris, J. (2018, March). PCK and TPCK/TPACK: More than etiology. In Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education International Conference (pp. 2109-2116). Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE).

Phillips, M., Koehler, M., & Rosenberg, J. (2016, March). Looking outside the circles: Considering the contexts influencing TPACK development and enactment. In Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education International Conference (pp. 3029-3036). Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE).

Porras-Hernández, L. H., & Salinas-Amescua, B. (2013). Strengthening TPACK: A broader notion of context and the use of teacher's narratives to reveal knowledge construction. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 48(2), 223-244.

Snyder, C. R., Lopez, S. J., Edwards, L. M., & Marques, S. C. (Eds.). (2020). The Oxford handbook of positive psychology. OUP.

Snyder et al, in Gallagher, M. W., & Lopez, S. J. (Eds.). (2018). The Oxford handbook of hope. OUP.

Cox, S. (2008). A conceptual analysis of technological pedagogical content knowledge. Dissertations Publishing, 28109792. Brigham Young University.

Te Riele, K. (2009). Pedagogy of hope. Making schools different: Alternative approaches to educating young people, 65-73.

Webb, D. (2010). Paulo Freire and ‘the need for a kind of education in hope’. Cambridge Journal of Education, 40(4), 327-339.
 
17:15 - 18:4530 SES 03 D JS: Fostering Sustainability through Citizenship (JS NW 30/34)
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Joint Paper Session NW 30 and NW 34
17:15 - 18:4531 SES 03 A: Heritage Language Education in Europe: Embracing multilingualism
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Session Chair: Tatjana Atanasoska
Symposium
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium

Heritage Language Education in Europe: Embracing multilingualism

Chair: Irina Usanova (University of Hamburg)

Discussant: Tatjana Atanasoska (University of Wuppertal)

Multilingualism in Europe often contrasts with a seemingly monolingual society. This tension can present obstacles, especially in terms of education and advancement (e.g. Gogolin 1997). Despite the undeniable growth of multilingualism caused by migration movements and its continued existence, monolingualism dominates educational structures. According to Peleman (2023), this is "reinforced by feelings of alienation and dislocation and the fear of losing a national identity in response to the growing complexity of diversity within the society". Regardless to that, several studies have noted the advantages of multilingualism, such as those conducted by acknowledging multilingualism as an advantage rather than a disadvantage can prove particularly beneficial, particularly in the field of education (see Ağırdağ 2014 and Bialystok 2018).

Dirim & Khakpour (2018) attribute the ralation between the multilingual society and the monolingual institutions as a power asymmetry among languages, where certain languages are considered legitimate while others are seen as illegitimate. Consequently,this reproduces power relations, which will be discussed in this symposium by focusing on, how do these power relations affect educational contexts, especially with regard to so-called heritage languages?

In order to discuss this question, the symposium first thematises general structures and organisational forms of heritage language education (in Austria, Switzerland, Sweden). Furthermore will be argued, that a tight interdisciplinary collaboration between all teachers will improve the standing of HL teachers as well as the HL in the school hierarchy (for exclusion of HLE teachers in Germany, see Ayten & Atanasoska 2020).

In a second step, we look how Translanguaging can be used as an empowering tool for students and in teaching, in order to enhance multilingualism for the individual and in the school settings.

Thirdly, in the last section we will discuss the predominance of research on Chinese as a heritage language originating from English-speaking regions, which cannot be directly applied to the European context.

In the symposium, we present various perspectives on didactics, including those at the level of teachers and students' literacy, as well as translanguaging. We examine the hierarchical position of Home Language Education (HLE) in the school system of languages, particularly with regard to second language development. Finally, we broaden the understanding of HLE in Europe by discussing the situation of one of the recently migrated languages. In conclusion, considering multiple perspectives can aid in moving away from a monolingual stance. Monolingualism does not reflect the reality of school or society. Embracing multilingualism as the norm from a broad perspective is crucial for social prosperity in Europe.


References
Ağırdağ, O. (2014). The Long-Term Effects of Bilingualism on Children of Immigration: Student Bilingualism and Future Earnings. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 17(4), 449-464. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2013.816264

Ayten, A. & Atanasoska, T. (2020). Turkish is a Stepchild”. A Case Study of Language Policies in North Rhine Westphalia, Germany. Heritage Language Journal 17(2), 156-178. DOI: 10.46538/hlj.17.2.3

Bialystok, E. (2018). Bilingual Education for Young Children: Review of the Effects and Consequences. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 21(6), 666-679. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1203859

Dirim, İ. & Khakpour, N. (2018): Migrationsgesellschaftliche Mehrsprachigkeit in der Schule. In İ. Dirim & P. Mecheril (eds.), Heterogenität, Sprache(n), Bildung (pp. 201-225). UTB.

Gogolin, I. (1997). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Waxmann.

Peleman, B. (2023). Unsilencing multilingualism : supporting professionals in early childhood education and care. Ghent University. Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Ghent, Belgium.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Paradox of Multilingualism(s) or Experiences in Dealing with (Il)legitimate Languages

Irene Zingg (PH Bern)

The linguistic repertoire of bilingual and multilingual pupils is one of their strongest resources. However, schools still make little use of these multilingual skills in (specialised) teaching, even in an officially quadrilingual country with a long history of immigration such as Switzerland. School teaching is orientated towards the norm of monolingualism in the language of instruction, although the social reality is characterised by linguistic superdiversity (Blommaert, 2015; Vertovec, 2007). Pupils who grow up bilingual or multilingual are disadvantaged by monolingual language practice, the concept of "monolingual habitus", as Ingrid Gogolin (1994) called it, and are unable to utilise their entire repertoire of linguistic resources for learning. Based on Bourdieu's distinction between legitimate and illegitimate languages (Bourdieu, 1982/ 1991), the delegitimisation of languages of migration in the Swiss education system is the starting point for subsequently addressing the untapped pedagogical potential of multilingualism in the growing migrant population (Martin-Rojo, 2011). The practical-orientated research project "From A, like Arabic to Z, like Zulu. Language diversity in post-migrant Switzerland" explored the question of how teachers of the heritage language (HL) and regular teachers can work together to practise integrated language support (Zingg & Gonçalves, 2022). As part of the project, the HL and mainstream teachers observed each other. This qualitative approach by means of observations was continuously reflected upon, supplemented with further training sequences and resulted in documentation of the jointly designed teaching units (Heller, Pietikäinen & Pujolar, 2018). The project, supported by the Federal Office of Culture (Switzerland), aimed to use action research (Altrichter, Posch & Spann, 2018) and the model inclusion of HL teachers in the mainstream structure to overcome monolingual superiority and break down the linguistic stigmatisation of these illegitimate languages of migration, and to critically rethink current models of teaching the so-called legitimate languages.

References:

Altrichter H., Posch, P. & Spann, H. (2018). Lehrerinnen und Lehrer erforschen ihren Unterricht. 5. grundlegend überarbeitete Auflage. Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Blommaert, J. In K. Arnaut, J. Blommaert, B. Rampton M. & Spotti (Eds.). (2015). Language and Superdiversity (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315730240 Bourdieu, P. (1982). Ce que parler veut dire. L’économie des échanges linguistiques. Paris: Fayard. English version 1991: Language and Symbolic Power (J.B. Thompson (ed.), Cambridge: Polity Press. Gogolin, I. (1994) Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Münster: Waxmann. Heller, M., Pietikäinen, S. and Pujolar, J. (2018). Critical Sociolinguistic Research Methods. Studying Language Issues That Matter. New York: Routledge. Martin-Rojo, L. (2013). (De) capitalising Students Through Linguistic Practices. In Language, Migration and Social Inequalities, edited by Alexandre Duchêne, Melissa Moyer and Celia Roberts. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Vertovec, St. (2007). Super-diversity and its implications. Ethnic and Racial Studies 30 (6), 1024–1054. Zingg, I., & Gonçalves, M. (2022). Línguas (i)legítimas ou 'o que falar quer dizer': o caso da Suíça. Sisyphus, Journal of Education 10 (3): 265–293. https://doi.org/10.25749/sis.27255
 

Empowering Migrant Languages. Leveraging Translanguaging in School Settings

Aybike Savaç (University of Hamburg)

In schools in Germany, the prevailing "monolingual habitus" (Gogolin 1994, translated) collides with the pupils’ plurilingual' (*) reality while simultaneously creating a language hierarchy (Dirim/Khakpour 2018, 215). By conferring legitimacy upon certain languages considered foreign and denying it to other languages categorized as migrant, like Arabic, Farsi, Turkish or Yoruba, a discriminatory power dynamic emerges. This dynamic reinforces the notion that some languages, are intrinsically superior to others. In the context of schools, especially concerning learning and academic achievement, this hierarchical system leads to a deficit-oriented perspective on pupils' abilities, which is often associated with their migrational multilingualism. This situation results in to the underutilisation of existing resources and creates tension between the plurilingual reality of pupils and the monolingual habitus of schools. Therefore, it is important to find ways to resolve this tension through pedagogical and didactic means in the classroom. It introduces at least five different patterns of children's use of Translanguaging in written narrations, which were generated as part of my doctoral research (Savaç, forthcoming). This presentation examines Translanguaging as a didactic strategy to address the issue of developing and enhancing literacy skills in classrooms. The presentation aims to explore the didactic and pedagogic use of these patterns in skill-based approaches. Secondly, it will illustrate that children's translanguaging is not only a problem-solving or coping mechanism but can also be an aesthetic stylistic device for writing fictional texts. Thirdly, it will demonstrate how translanguaging can be beneficial in learning situations for acquiring knowledge of genres in different languages and for composing texts aesthetically using their entire language repertoire. From an educational perspective, this highlights how Translanguaging can assist in transcending the dominant monolingualism in learning contexts by embracing plurilingualism. - ---------------------------- *: The term plurilingual is referring to the different kind of languages and language varieties like dialects or accents at the same time (e.g. García, Barlett, Kleifgen 2007).

References:

Canagarajah, A. (1999). Resisting linguistic imperialism in English language teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Dirim, İ./ Khakpour, N. (2018): Migrationsgesellschaftliche Mehrsprachigkeit in der Schule. In: Dirim, İ./ Mecheril, P. (Hgg.): Heterogenität, Sprach(n), Bildung. S. 201-225. García, O., Bartlett, L. & Kleifgen, J. (2007). From biliteracy to pluriliteracies. In P. Auer & L. Wei (Ed.), Handbook of Multilingualism and Multilingual Communication (pp. 207-228). Berlin, New York: De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110198553.2.207 Gogolin, I. (1994): Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Münster: Waxmann. Jenkins, J. (2006): Current perspectives on teaching world Englishes and English as a lingua franca. In: TESOL Quarterly 40 (1), 157-181. Savaç, A- (forthcoming): Mehrsprachiges Schreiben. Dissertation. University of Hamburg.
 

Heritage language Teaching in Austria. Current Situation and Necessary Measures for Professionalization

Daniel Wutti (PH Carinthia), Eva Hartmann (PH Carinthia)

Statistically, the status of heritage language education in Austria (currently: Muttersprachlicher Unterricht/Erstsprachenunterricht) is well documented; there are a few recent studies on certain aspects of heritage language education in Austria (Hawlik 2021; Schrammel & Geldner 2022; Unterköfler-Klatzer et al. 2022), however in-depth studies are not yet available. This topic has received little attention in Austria, both from a scientific and a social point of view (Dalton-Puffer, Boeckmann & Hinger 2019). A research project by four universities of teacher education in the Austrian provinces of Carinthia, Styria, and Burgenland aims to fill these gaps. Using qualitative and quantitative research methods, heritage language teachers and school administrators have been interviewed about the training and professional development of heritage language teachers, their role and position in school teams and the organisational and methodological implementation of heritage language education. This presentation firstly sheds light on the most important project results. They are one more step towards scientific and systematic research into heritage language teaching in Austria and are aimed on developing measures to professionalise teachers and strengthen the role of heritage language education in research and practice. Secondly, a further focus of this presentation is on the tension between heritage language education and “German as a second language education” in Austria, which - politically promoted and propagated - increasingly occupies the most important position in the Austrian educational landscape concerning "intercultural education" (by a wide margin). For some time now, a trend can be observed: The number of schoolchildren with first languages other than German is rising, while the number of enrolments in heritage language education is falling. The latest political drafts for curricula at teacher training colleges only propagate German as a second language. This seems problematic from the perspective of critical intercultural pedagogy.

References:

Dalton-Puffer, C., Boeckmann, K.-B. & Hinger, B. (2019). Research in language teaching and learning in Austria (2011–2017). Language Teaching, 52 (2), 201–230. Fleck, Elfie (2011): „Der muttersprachliche Unterricht: Schulrechtliche und schulorganisatorische Rahmenbedingungen“. In: Kroatisches Kultur- und Dokumentationszentrum (hKdc) und Landesschulrat für das Burgenland, Hg.: Der Weg zur Mehrsprachigkeit. Eisenstadt, 37–46. Rainer Hawlik (2021). How do teachers of mother tongue tuition in Austria perceive their role? In: Education in the North, Volume 28 (1) Wayfinding Conversations: rethinking education to disrupt marginality, https://www.abdn.ac.uk/education/research/eitn/journal/636/ Schrammel, B. & Geldner, A. (2022). Der Muttersprachliche Unterricht als Teil der sprachlichen Bildung in Österreich. Zeitschrift für Deutsch im Kontext von Mehrsprachigkeit, 38(1+2), 175-188. Unterköfler-Klatzer, Dagmar; Ressmann, Markus; Wutti, Daniel (2022): „Lehrer/innen des Muttersprachlichen Unterrichts in Kärnten/Koroška“. Gegenwärtige Situation und mögliche Professionalisierungsmaßnahmen. In: Elena Stadnik, Hg.: Sprachenvielfalt und Mehrsprachigkeit im Unterricht. Linguistische, sprachdidaktische und bildungswissenschaftliche Beiträge zur sprachlichen Bildung. Wien: Lit-Verlag, 263–273
 

A Systematic Review of Chinese Heritage Language Education in Europe: Challenges and Opportunities

Paiwei Qin (University Jyväskulä)

With the trend of global mobility and immigration, the Finnish government has been promoting integration and multiculturality since 1990. According to the Finnish National Agency for Education (FNAE), Heritage Language (oma äidinkieli) lessons aim to protect and develop immigrant students’ competencies in their heritage languages and cultures. Among the research on different heritage language (HL) programmes in Nordic contexts, few studies have paid sufficient attention to the Chinese language. Given the increasing number of Chinese immigrant families in and beyond Finland, the past decade has witnessed a growth of immigrant pupils in the Chinese HL programme (FNAE, 2011; 2022). The enrolled number of pupils has doubled compared with that of 2010, reaching over 850 Chinese HL learners in the Autumn term of 2021 (FNAE, 2022). This article aims to systemically review 20-year publications of Chinese HL courses in European contexts. Following Cooper’s (2017) guidance for research synthesis, the author will search relevant publications in both English (e.g. Web of Science and Scopus) and Chinese (i.e. CNKI) databases according to this paper’s research scope. Then, the author will set inclusion and exclusion criteria for abstract screening and eligibility for the next phase of in-depth review. The in-depth review results will summarise the research trends (e.g. focus, sites, participants, methods, and key findings) and suggest future research directions (e.g. new speaker identity, curricula and translanguaging pedagogy, parent-teacher partnership, teacher training and inclusion). More importantly, as many studies on Chinese HL have been conducted in traditional immigration contexts, mainly in Anglophone countries (Pu, 2019), this paper is expected to shed light on the understanding of HL education in Europe – which endows with multilingualism - by showing the complexity of HL education in European contexts.

References:

Cooper, H. (2017). Research synthesis and meta-analysis. SAGE Publications, Inc, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071878644 FNBE (Finnish National Board of Education). (2011). Omana äidinkielenä opetetut kielet ja opetukseen osallistuneiden määrät vuonna 2010. FNBE (Finnish National Board of Education). (2022). Omana äidinkielenä opetetut kielet ja opetukseen osallistuneiden määrät vuonna 2021. Pu, C. (2019). Teaching Chinese as a heritage language. In C. Shei, M. M. Zikpi, & D.-L. Chao (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Language Teaching. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315625157-11
 
17:15 - 18:4531 SES 03 B: Learner Autonomy and Agency
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Svenja Lemmrich
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Eportfolio: A High Impact Practice for English Language Development

Maureen Andrade

Utah Valley University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Andrade, Maureen

Employers give hiring preference to university graduates with skills that apply across areas of study such as communication, teamwork, ethical decision-making, critical thinking, and knowledge application (Finley, 2021, 2023; Gray, 2023; Hart Research Associates, 2015, 2018; Social Research Centre, 2019). They value breadth and depth of learning, work ethic, persistence, and applied learning (Finley, 2021, 2023). The Council of the European Union similarly advocates for skills appropriate to the knowledge economy, including problem solving, creativity, cooperativeness, and self-regulation rather than memorization and factual learning, and strongly advocates for language learning (EUR-Lex, 2018). ePortfolios are a high impact educational practice that can help students develop these skills (Kuh et al., 2017; Watson et al., 2016).

ePortfolios are a product—an archive of learning artifacts—as well as a process that supports learning. They help students make valuable connections across learning activities through reflection. They encourage self-assessment and provide evidence of learning outcome achievement. An English language ePortfolio illustrates to students themselves, professors, classmates, and future employers what students can do in English and what they have achieved. It showcases their best work with reflections on their learning processes.

Multilingualism is a key principle of the Council of the European Union, which promotes language learning for personal and professional advancement, social cohesion, and intercultural competences (European Commission, n. d.; Le Pichon-Vorstman et al., 2020). English language skills are often a prerequisite to success in higher education and professional contexts. With 6.4 million globally mobile students worldwide comprising up to 29% of higher education enrollments in some countries (Project Atlas, 2022), integrating English language development with degree attainment is a clear directive for higher education institutions.

Flexible learning, an alternative to physical relocation, is increasing access to higher education. In the U.S., 61% of undergraduate students took at least one course by distance in fall, 2021 (National Center for Education Statistics, 2021). A prerequisite for student success in these contexts is self-regulated learning (SRL), or the ability “to control the factors or conditions affecting [students’] learning” (Dembo et al., 2006, p. 188). SRL entails forethought (purpose, goals), performance (strategy application), and self-reflection (performance monitoring) (Zimmerman 2002). Autonomy (self-direction, choice), structure (course design), and dialogue (interaction) are also important aspects of distance learning (Moore, 2013).

This study examines how students enrolled in English language workshops delivered in a blended modality developed SRL behaviors through an ePortfolio assignment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
English language students at a small, private, non-profit liberal arts university in Eastern Europe who were enrolled in English for Academic Purposes workshops created ePortfolios to demonstrate their English language skills. The 41 workshop participants were at the C1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). The delivery model for the workshops was blended with four in-person workshops and five synchronous online workshops over 12 weeks.

The instructor explained the purpose of the English language ePortfolio and introduced students to the ePortfolio platform (Google Sites). She provided them with an outline of the ePortfolio content and descriptions of each required artifact (language learning profile, learning plan, personal writing, disciplinary writing, presentation, reflection). Each assignment included a list of resources to enable students to complete the tasks and develop their academic English language skills (e.g., the writing process, paragraph and essay structure, narrative and descriptive writing, reflective writing, paraphrasing and citation conventions; public speaking and presentations, academic writing style). The workshops focused on helping students understand and practice the tools in these resources. In addition to a comprehensive reflection on learning outcomes achievement, English language learning strategies, and plans for continuing linguistic development, several artifact assignments entailed peer review and reflection on how students applied various tools.

Reflections were analyzed using R software, which assisted with coding and categorizing the data into themes (Dauber, 2023). The constant comparative method within the broader framework of grounded theory was applied (Glaser & Strauss, 1967; Strauss & Corbin, 1990). Quality assurance techniques for qualitative research were utilized. These included examining multiple entries from students’ ePortfolios and use of rich, in-depth descriptions to accurately reflect students’ learning journeys (Trochim, 2006; Yilmaz, 2013).

The model of self-regulated distance language learning guided the analysis (Andrade & Bunker, 2009, 2011). Based on the theories of transactional distance (Moore, 2013) and self-regulated learning (Zimmerman, 2002), the model posits that students have varying levels of knowledge, self-regulation, and commitment at the onset of a distance course. Structure and dialogue within the course help them monitor their performance, increase their competences, and increase their self-regulation and autonomy.

The data analysis identified learning outcomes for workshop participants and insights into their practices for English language development. Key themes included self-evaluation, metacognition, and strategy use leading to increased motivation, confidence, autonomy, and performance (self-reported) in terms of English language proficiency, as evidenced through ePortfolio artifacts and accompanying reflections.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this study showed how the course design for the English language workshops, delivered through a blended modality, supported the development of SRL and autonomy, leading to self-reported increases in English language proficiency. Students showed evidence of SRL behaviors, guided by the structure and dialogue in the course, to apply English language learning strategies, and become more self-directed and effective learners. They set and monitored goals, explored the use of new learning strategies, reflected on their performance, and modified their learning approaches.

The study also showed evidence of the development of employer-valued skills such as communication, critical thinking, communication, application of knowledge, cooperativeness, and self-regulation (EUR-Lex, 2018; Finley, 2021, 2023; Gray, 2023; Hart Research Associates, 2015, 2018; Social Research Centre, 2019). These skills were evident in the students’ ePortfolio artifacts and in their reflections as they wrote about what they learned, how they applied new knowledge and developed new skills, their processes for and results from required peer reviews, and their goal-setting, monitoring, and performance review behaviors.

Findings from this study illustrate how a blended modality online course can be designed with the guiding principles of structure, dialogue, and autonomy (Moore, 2013) to help English language learners increase their SRL behaviors, capacity for autonomy, and language proficiency (Andrade & Bunker, 2009, 2011). By doing so, they also develop related employer-valued skills such as communication, collaboration, and critical thinking (EUR-Lex, 2018; Finley, 2021, 2023; Gray, 2023; Hart Research Associates, 2015, 2018; Social Research Centre, 2019). To reach goals set by the Council of the European Union (European Commission, n. d.; Le Pichon-Vorstman et al., 2020) pertaining to language acquisition, intercultural awareness, and professional skill development, research should continue to examine innovative practices that integrate the learning of content knowledge with knowledge application and skill development.

References
Andrade, M. S., & Bunker, E. L. (2011). The role of SRL and TELEs in distance education - Narrowing the gap. In G. Dettori & D. Persico (Eds.), Fostering self-regulated learning through ICTs (pp. 105-121). Hershey, PA: IGI Global.
Dauber, D. (2023, April 26). R for non-programmers: A guide for social scientists. https://bookdown.org/daniel_dauber_io/r4np_book/
Dembo, M. H., Junge, L.G., & Lynch, R. (2006). Becoming a self-regulated learner: Implications for web-based education. In H. F. O’Neil, & R. S. Perez (Eds.), Web-based learning: Theory, research, and practice (pp. 185-202). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
European Commission (n. d.). European education area. Quality education and training for all. About multilingualism policy. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/multilingualism/about-multilingualism-policy
EUR-lex. Council recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2018.189.01.0001.01.ENG&toc=OJ:C:2018:189:TOC
Finley, A. (2021). How college contributes to workforce success: Employer views on what matters most. Association of American Colleges and Universities. Hanover Research. https://www.aacu.org/research/how-college-contributes-to-workforce-success
Finley, A. (2023). The career-ready graduate. What employers say about the difference college makes. Association of American Colleges and Universities. Morning Consult. https://www.aacu.org/research/the-career-ready-graduate-what-employers-say-about-the-difference-college-makesLinks to an external site.
Gray, K. (2022, November 15). As their focus on GPA fades, employers seek key skills on college grads’ resumes. National Association of Colleges and Employers. https://www.naceweb.org/talent-acquisition/candidate-selection/as-their-focus-on-gpa-fades-employers-seek-key-skills-on-college-grads-resumes/
Hart Research Associates. (2015, January 20). Falling short? College learning and career success. Hart Research Associates. https://www.aacu.org/sites/default/files/files/LEAP/2015employerstudentsurvey.pdf
Hart Research Associates. (2018, July). Fulfilling the American dream: Liberal education and the future of work. Hart Research Associates. https://www.aacu.org/sites/default/files/files/LEAP/2018EmployerResearchReport.pdf
Kuh, G. D., O'Donnell, K., & Schneider, C. G. (2017). HIPs at ten. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 49(5), 8–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00091383.2017.1366805
Le Pichon-Vorstman, E., Siarova, H., Szőnyi, E. (2020). The future of language education in Europe: Case studies of innovative practices, NESET report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/81169.https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/NESET_AR_2020_Future-of-language-education_Full-report.pdf
Moore, M. G. (2013). The theory of transactional distance. In M. G. Moore (Ed.), Handbook of distance education (3rd ed., pp. 66–85). Lawrence Erlbaum.
National Center for Education Statistics. (2021). Fast facts. Undergraduate enrollment by distance education participation. https://nces.ed.gov/fastfacts/display.asp?id=80
Project Atlas. (2022). Global mobility trends. https://www.iie.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Project-Atlas_Infographic_2022.pdf
Social Research Centre. (2019). Quality indicators for learning and teaching (QILT). The Social Research Centre. https://www.srcentre.com.au/our-research/quality-indicators-for learning-and-teaching-qilt
Watson, C. E., Kuh, G. D., Rhodes, T., Light, T. P., & Chen, H. L. (2016). Editorial: ePortfolios—The eleventh high impact practice. International Journal of ePortfolio, 6(2), 65-69.
Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory into Practice, 41(2), 64–42. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Autonomy and Agency. A Case Study of the Influence of Portfolio Work on Learners’ Investment in the French Language Classroom

Lisa Marie Brinkmann

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Brinkmann, Lisa Marie

Motivation constitutes a fundamental aspect of language acquisition, as posited by Dörnyei (2020). The sociological framework of investment, encompassing a student’s identity and commitment within the language learning process, complements the psychological dimension of motivation (Norton, 2013). Within the sociological perspective on foreign language acquisition, research explores how learners negotiate or partially reject different positions within learning contexts and analyses power relations in classrooms and language communities that either facilitate or impede the language learning process (Norton, 2022).

The theoretical foundation of investment resides at the intersection of capital, identity, and ideology. From a societal standpoint, language learning investment hinges on the cultural and human capital at one’s disposal and/or the desired capital to be attained (e.g., improved socioeconomic status), and the impact on one’s identity, particularly concerning aspects discriminated against in their first language or culture, such as homosexuality. Additionally, ideologies that structure power and dictate the inclusion or exclusion of specific societal groups play a crucial role. This triad of capital, identity, and ideologies is accessible through the social construct of agency, i.e. an individual’s ability to act within society (Darvin, 2019).

In the European context, where students are required to learn at least two additional languages, the role of third language acquisition is pivotal in education. In the German context of grammar schools (Gymnasien), students commonly choose between French and Spanish as their third language. Third language learning is characterised by intricate interactions between languages, denoted as foreign language-specific factors by Hufeisen (2018) and the multilingual factor by Herdina and Jessner (2002). Existing research indicates that the learner’s multilingual profile significantly influences their language learning motivation (author; Henry, 2017). Furthermore, recognizing the complexity and dynamic nature of multilingual systems, Włosowicz (2013) asserts that the role of motivation in third or additional language acquisition surpasses the intricacies observed in second language acquisition.

Building upon these insights, this study contends that findings on motivation for third or additional languages are transferable to the concept of investment in third or additional language learning. Dagenais (2003) underscores the complexity of investment, attributing it to the different languages learned and the varied aspects of investment associated with each language and between them. While the concept of investment has predominantly been explored in the context of English language learning among adults or immigrants, this presentation seeks to extend this scholarly domain to the third language classroom in schools. The primary objective is to address the research question: (RQ1) What causes French adolescent learners’ investment to emerge in formal French language learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address the first research question (RQ1), an empirical longitudinal study was undertaken in a French language classroom within a German grammar school. Notably, this class employed student-designed portfolios encompassing various sections (e.g., grammar, vocabulary, creativity), systematically integrated into the students' three-year French learning journey. A secondary research question surfaced during classroom observations, adding depth to the investigation: (RQ2) How does portfolio work contribute to the emergence of investment in the French language classroom?
From a cohort of 22 students aged 14-15, the teacher and I identified nine as "special" based on observable fluctuations in motivation throughout the school year. After this identification, I designed an interview setting using multiple methods. The method of mapping cards (Heinemann, 2018) was used to present factors influencing motivation according to Man et al. (2018) to the students so that they could select three pivotal cards and elucidate their significance. After this, I converged the methods of ethnographic interviews (Knoblauch, 2001), portfolio examinations (Baturay & Daloğlu, 2010) and stimulated recall methodology (Gass & Mackey, 2017), when we examined their portfolio and aspects of their perception of their French language learning. Interview guidelines were prepared for each section of the portfolio (section 1: my languages and I representing the student’s multilingual learning; section 2: the French language and culture and methods focusing on their formal learning; section 3: creativity containing autonomously written texts; and section 4: exams also containing assessment and corrections) but used independently according to each participant and their portfolio. After the interview, the students were asked to map the cards again and changes were analysed.

Given the longitudinal use of portfolios since the students’ initial learning year, they serve as comprehensive documentation, enabling a holistic analysis of their language learning trajectory. The data was then transcribed and analysed using grounded theory analysis. The analysis included different coding methods, most importantly line-by-line coding, open coding and focused coding (Bryant, 2017). I could establish connections between the different codes that result in a structured map. In this presentation, I aim to illustrate the findings in the structured map and provide the analysis (line-by-line coding) of a dense excerpt of the interview on students’ investment and the portfolio work’s contribution to the emergence of investment.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this case study show that drivers and inhibitors of investment, the focused codes, are interconnected. The central drivers that lead investment to emerge are not only single factors but also their interactions between working autonomously and agentively, learning with enjoyment, exploring and creating, working on relevant issues and skills but also learning in a plurilingual and multimodal way. Collaborative endeavours and interactive learning also contribute significantly to the emergence of investment. Conversely, solitary activities, particularly homework, fail to instigate investment. Learners value variety in activities, emphasizing the importance of avoiding frustration and boredom while presenting diverse learning opportunities. Additionally, psychological factors such as self-concept, extrinsic motives, the desire for improvement, and the need for security play pivotal roles in fostering investment.
Examining the impact of portfolio work on these core factors reveals a pronounced influence. Portfolio activities promote autonomy and agency through autonomous writing and design, facilitate learning with enjoyment as well as exploring and creating through creative tasks, and encourage the pursuit of relevant topics and skills through individualised selections. Moreover, learning in a plurilingual and multimodal way aligns with the multilingual learning opportunities offered in the portfolio. Some extrinsic motives can be found in the assessment moments of the portfolio but also the need for security when it comes to presenting one’s portfolio. Here, the contrasting inhibitor of “participating only if one is prepared” also applies to portfolio work.  
In this case study, the emergence of investment is attributed to psychological, didactic, and social factors, with portfolio work emerging as a tool for bounding and sustaining investment in French language learning. The didactical implications drawn from these results highlight the importance of fostering learner autonomy and agency, promoting collaborative work, addressing psychological security needs, and cultivating a strong will to learn.

References
Baturay, M. & Daloğlu, A. (2010). E-portfolio assessment in an online English language course. In: Computer Assisted Language Learning 23(5), 413–428. DOI: 10.1080/09588221.2010.520671.

Bryant, A. (2017). Grounded theory and grounded theorizing. Oxford University Press.

Dagenais, D. (2003). Accessing Imagined Communities Through Multilingualism and Immersion Education. In: Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 2(4), 269-283, DOI: 10.1207/S15327701JLIE0204_3

Darvin, R. (2019). L2 Motivation and Investment. In M. Lamb, K. Csizér, A. Henry & S. Ryan (Hrsg.), Palgrave Handbook of Motivation for Language Learning (pp. 245–264). Palgrave Macmillan.

Dörnyei, Z. (2020). Innovations and challenges in language learning motivation. Routledge.

Heinemann, A. (2018). Professionalität und Professionalisierung im Bilingualen Unterricht. Klinkhardt.

Henry, A. (2017). L2 Motivation and Multilingual Identities. The Modern Language Journal, 101(3), 548–565.

Herdina, P. & Jessner, U. (2002). A dynamic model of multilingualism. Multilingual Matters.

Hufeisen, B. (2018). Models of multilingual competence. In A. Bonnet & P. Siemund (Eds.), Foreign language education in multilingual classrooms (pp. 173–189). John Benjamins.

Gass, S. & Mackey, A. (2017). Stimulated Recall Methodology in Applied Linguistics and L2 Research. Routledge.

Knoblauch, H. (2001). Fokussierte Ethnographie. In: Sozialer Sinn 1 (2), 123–142.

Man, L.; Bui, G. & Teng, F. (2018). From second language to third language learning. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 41(1), 61-90.

Norton, B. (2013, 2nd ed.). Identity and Language Learning. Multilingual Matters.

Norton, B. (2022). Identity and Second Language Acquisition. In C. A. Chapelle & C. Chapelle (Eds.), The encyclopedia of applied linguistics (S. 1–10). Malden, Mass.: Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0521.pub2

Włosowicz, T. M. (2013). The Role of Motivation in Third or Additional Language Acquisition and in Multilingualism Research. In D. Gabryś-Barker & J. Bielska (Eds.), The Affective Dimension in Second Language Acquisition (pp. 77–88). Multilingual Matters.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Quantitative Exploration of Autonomous Learning among Adult Immigrants Learning German as a Second Language in Germany

Klara Antesberger, Emese Schiller, Helga Dorner

Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary

Presenting Author: Antesberger, Klara

Learner autonomy is a cornerstone of effective foreign language acquisition and is deeply intertwined with the principles of lifelong learning (Nakata, 2010). Holec (1979) defines autonomy as the ability to take charge of one’s learning journey, while Dickinson (1994) emphasizes the learner’s complete accountability for every decision made and implemented during the learning process.

Mastering the host country’s language is an indispensable step for adult immigrants’ successful integration into the new society (Dustmann & van Soest, 2001). To achieve this goal, self-directed language learning plays a pivotal role (Dörnyei, 1994; Robles, 2008).

Despite its immense social significance, the process of immigrant language acquisition remains an understudied area, encompassing limited understanding of the factors influencing the learning journeys of migrants. The heterogeneity of the immigrant population in Germany, characterized by diverse educational backgrounds and learning paths (Hünlich et al., 2018) further complicates the research landscape. In response to this need for comprehensive insights, this study embarked on the development and validation of a questionnaire designed to assess autonomous language learning among adult immigrants in Germany.

A pilot study preceding this one employed the concept of self-regulated language learning strategies (Oxford, 1990, 2011, 2016) to examine the characteristics of participants' independent learning. While the language learning strategy use questionnaire (Habók & Magyar, 2018) yielded valuable insights into participants' strategy usage, it fell short in addressing several facets of autonomy, including the ability to take responsibility for one's learning.

As the first step of this study, a comprehensive literature review identified six key factors (beyond the self-regulated language learning strategies) influencing autonomous language learning, including 1. Motivation, 2. The planning, monitoring, and evaluating of learning, 3. Attitudes towards learning, 4. Managing learning, 5. Taking responsibility, 6. Being engaged in autonomous learning activities. These factors served as the foundation for developing a comprehensive questionnaire comprising 106 items.

Following thorough translation and expert review, the questionnaire underwent pilot testing to ensure its validity and reliability (Tsang et al., 2017). Based on the pilot sampling, we conducted an exploratory factor analysis to refine the questionnaire, reducing its original 106 items to a smaller number (38). This refined questionnaire will be employed in the next phase of the research, involving a larger cohort of German language learners at A1, A2, and B1 levels (Council of Europe, 2001), to gain a deeper understanding of their autonomous learning practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The pilot testing utilized convenience sampling (Cohen et al., 2002) to recruit readily available participants. The 43 language learners who completed the initial (extensive) version of the Autonomous Language Learning Questionnaire for Adult Migrants are enrolled in German language courses at B1 and B2 levels, specifically designed to facilitate the social and labor-market integration of adult immigrants.

Descriptive statistics were used to describe the participants' demographic characteristics.

This pilot testing faced the challenge of a relatively small sample size. As Field (2009) points out, a sample size of 5-10 times the number of questionnaire items is typically recommended for robust statistical analysis. In our case, the 106-item questionnaire would have necessitated a minimum of 550 participants, which was not feasible within our constraints. However, Field (2009, p. 679) suggests an alternative approach, utilizing the Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin (KMO) measure of sampling adequacy (Kaiser, 1970).

To streamline the analysis and ensure data adequacy, we organized the questions into thematic groups based on the results of the initial comprehensive literature review. We selected those items with factor loadings (≥ 0.7) for each aspect. By analyzing responses separately for each thematic unit, we were able to gather sufficient data from a smaller number of participants to achieve statistically significant results (p ≤ 0.05) and a satisfactory KMO value (> 0.500).

Exploratory factor analysis revealed 14 distinct factors: 1. Intrinsic motivation (interest and pleasure), 2. Extrinsic motivation (practical language need), 3. External pressure (family pressure), 4. Planning and preparation for learning, 5. Perceived effort, 6. Anxiety and apprehension, 7. Self-confidence, 8. Determination and self-efficacy, 9. Personal responsibility for learning, 10. Transfer of responsibility to the teacher (making progress and choosing content), 11. Transfer of responsibility to the teacher (objectives and activities), 12. Solitary exercise habits, 13. Collaborative learning habits, 14. Listening exercise habits.

Cronbach's alpha reliability analysis established acceptable internal consistency for all 14 factors (0.8 ≤ a) (DeVellis, 2012).

The results imply that these 14 distinct factors collectively contribute to shaping immigrants' language learning behavior. The diversity of these factors highlights the multifaceted nature of language acquisition, encompassing elements of internal and external factors that contribute to individuals' learner autonomy development.

Finally, based on the factors, we made a shortlist of 38 questions and thus obtained a new questionnaire which will be used in the next phase of the research for learning more about the autonomous language learning of adult migrants in Germany.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Developing learner autonomy is essential (Chan, 2001; Ellis & Sinclair, 1989; Karlsson et al., 2007). Utilizing a comprehensive questionnaire can thus effectively assess the various facets of immigrants’ autonomous learning, paving the way for new learning approaches that may empower them to gain a deeper understanding of autonomy development and transfer successful study habits to new learning environments.

This study successfully developed and validated a questionnaire to assess the autonomous language learning of this particular population. This valuable tool thus serves as a resource for researchers and educators to delve into and promote autonomous learning among immigrants aiming to learn German as a Second Language. The study shed light on the influential factors shaping autonomous learning in their language acquisition journey.

Subsequently, the findings serve as a foundation for further exploration and dissemination in international journals dedicated to the foreign language education of this specific audience. Our analyses and interpretations would benefit from the integration of additional international perspectives from diverse contexts and regions. Accordingly, we anticipate that our findings will spark scholarly engagement and foster a constructive dialogue on this topic.

References
1.Chan, V. (2001). Readiness for Learner Autonomy: What do our learners tell us? Teaching in Higher Education, 6(4), 505–518. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13562510120078045
2.Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2002). Research methods in education. Routledge.
3.Council of Europe (2001). Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment. Council of Europe. https://www.coe.int/en/web/common-european-framework-reference-languages.  
4.DeVellis, R. F. (2012). Scale development: Theory and applications. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
5.Dickinson, Leslie (1994). Preparing Learners: Toolkit requirements for Preparing/Orienting Learners. In E. Esch, Self-access and the Adult Language Learner, pages 39 to 49, London: CILT.
6.Dörnyei, Z. (1994). Motivation and second language acquisition. Language Teaching, 27(1), 1-27.
7.Dustmann, Christian & van Soest, Arthur (2001). Language Fluency And Earnings: Estimation With Misclassified Language Indicators. The Review of Economics and Statistics. 83. 663-674. 10.1162/003465301753237740.
8.Ellis, G. & Sinclair, B. (1989). Learning to learn English learner's book: A course in learner training (Vol. 1). Cambridge University Press.
9.Field, Andy (2009). Discovering Statistics Using SPSS (third edition).
10.Habók A and Magyar A (2018). Validation of a Self-Regulated Foreign Language Learning Strategy Questionnaire Through Multidimensional Modelling. Front. Psychol. 9:1388. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01388.
11.Holec, H. (1979). Autonomy and foreign language learning.
12.Hünlich, David, Wolfer, Sascha, Lang, Christian, Deppermann, Arnulf (2018). Wer besucht den Integrationskurs? Soziale und sprachliche Hintergründe von Geflüchteten und anderen Zugewanderten. Institut für Deutsche Sprache und Goethe Institut, Mannheim.
13.Kaiser, H. F. (1970). A second generation little jiffy. Psychometrika, 35, 401–415.
14.Karlsson, L., Kjisik, F., & Nordlund, J. (2007). Language counseling: a critical and integral component in promoting an autonomous community of learning. System, 35(1), 46–65. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0346251X06001187
15.Nakata, Y. (2010). Toward a framework for self-regulated language-learning. TESL Canada Journal, 1, 1. https://doi.org/10.18806/tesl.v27i2.1047.
16.Oxford, R. (1990). Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House.
17.Oxford, R. (2011). Teaching and researching language learning strategies. Harlow: Longman.
18.Oxford, R.L. (2016). Teaching and Researching Language Learning Strategies: Self-Regulation in Context, Second Edition (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315719146.
19.Robles, T. R. (2008). Learning for life: Adult immigrant and international students adopting self-directed learning skills. Unpublished master‘s thesis, Saint Fransis Xavier University, Canada.
20.Tsang, S., Royse, C. F., & Terkawi, A. S. (2017). Guidelines for developing, translating, and validating a questionnaire in perioperative and pain medicine. Saudi Journal of Anaesthesia, 11(1), 80–89. https://doi.org/10.4103/sja.SJA_203_17.
 
17:15 - 18:4532 SES 03 A: The Trend towards Digitalization - Organizational Education Perspectives
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz
Paper Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Dealing with Uncertainty in AI-supported Teaching in Distance Learning at Universities. Theoretical Positioning and Empirical Results

Katharina Peinemann, Marc-André Heidelmann

IU International University of Applied Sciences, Germany

Presenting Author: Peinemann, Katharina; Heidelmann, Marc-André

The release of the language-based AI application ChatGPT in November 2022 attracted international attention and led to a nuanced scientific debate on the opportunities, challenges and implications of generative AI for research, practice and policy (Dwivedi et al. 2023). The 'big language models' were also found to have both benefits and risks for the dimensions of teaching and learning when used in differentiated educational contexts (Kasneci et. al. 2023). In the context of higher education, the changes brought about by technological developments have led to considerable uncertainty from the perspective of both teachers and students (Gimpel et. al. 2023). In addition to (examination) legal issues (Fleck 2023), the objectivity, reliability and validity of the information generated by AI is also viewed critically (Rademacher 2023). Like the general debate on the possible uses of AI technologies, the debate on AI at universities is also largely characterised by weighing up the opportunities and risks of such technologies in areas of application such as governance, administration, research and teaching. These issues relate to the support of decision-making processes as well as the promotion of innovation and the personalisation of learning processes (Wannemacher/Bodmann 2021).

Particularly in social science programmes, the question arises as to what importance will be attached to reflexive, ethical, social and pedagogical dimensions in AI-supported teaching in the future (Zawacki-Rinter et al., 2020, p. 513). Despite all these uncertainties, there is no question that the use of AI-based applications in digitised education at universities will intensify. AI technologies are now reaching a certain level of diffusion in research, study and teaching at universities (Wannemacher/Bodmann 2021). Particularly in the field of higher education, a far-reaching automation of didactic interaction patterns can be expected in the near future, with classic teaching formats being successively expanded or supplemented by the use of chatbots in the context of sophisticated learning scenarios (Schmohl/Löffl/Falkemeier, 2019).

In view of the growing number of students worldwide, concepts are also gaining in importance that use AI applications to provide as many students as possible with fast, individualised advice without having to accept a significant loss in quality compared to advice provided by humans. According to a study by the Georgia Institute of Technology, chatbots can be used successfully to provide such advice. The study showed that learners in selected online courses were unable to distinguish the chatbot from a "real" teacher (Kukulska-Hulme/Bossu/Coughlan et al., 2021, p. 23f).

At the same time, various studies in this field also show that many teachers and students at universities have a certain fundamental scepticism towards highly developed AI technology, which makes it difficult to use (Ferguson/Coughlan/Egelandsdal et al., 2019, p. 12 f.). Only a few studies have been conducted on the pure distance learning sector.

The initial situation for the empirical study in this paper is that "Synthea" has been used at IU International University since December 2023 to answer students' questions in distance learning. These primarily relate to the teaching materials provided so that the AI has a sound basis for answering them. This means that the uncertainty regarding the accuracy of the answers is already reduced. To further increase security, the teachers of the individual modules verify the answers provided by Synthea and can change them if necessary. The system is designed in such a way that the AI understands this as a learning process, further questions on the same subject area are then answered accordingly and no further verification is necessary. This means that students do communicate with an AI, but primarily to generate knowledge rather than for consultation processes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In discussions among teachers, it becomes clear that the scope of questions, the content and also the process of verification vary. Particularly in modules that are not exclusively about knowledge transfer, but also about personal and professional development (e.g. practical reflections), there is uncertainty about the extent to which AI can actually provide advice in a meaningful way and, above all, in the context of the students' actual topics, as it is often a process to comprehensively clarify the problem and initial situation in personal consultations in order to develop targeted solutions. Whether an AI can do this and how it can be implemented - the experiences to date should provide information on this. For both students and teachers, the focus will also be on how interaction with the chatbot has changed compared to interaction with real people, the extent to which trust has been built, etc.
The first step in the empirical design is to determine the sample. As far as possible, all degree programs in the Department of Social Sciences are to be included; for this purpose, modules are identified in which different examinations are integrated and which take place in different semesters (Gläser/Laudel, 2009). The specific lecturers will be contacted with a request to participate in the study and to send information to the students. The online survey will be divided into 2 sub-surveys in order to specifically address the target group of lecturers and students. The areas surveyed will be subdivided into the following, among others:
• Organizational questions about the course, module, semester, examination performance
• Questions about the general use of AI in an academic context
• Questions on the use of AI in the context of the module
• Questions about satisfaction with the AI answers
• Questions about uncertainty, confidence in working with AI
• Questions about criticism and opportunities for improvement
The questions are both closed with scale-based answer options and open. This enables both quantitative and qualitative evaluation. The former is analysed statistically, while the open answers are subjected to content analysis. By combining the methods, it is possible to gain a comprehensive insight into the status quo and aspects such as uncertainty and trust (Döring/Bortz, 2016; Mayring/Frenzl 2014)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
With 130,000 students, the IU International University of Applied Sciences is the largest university in Germany and one of the largest and fastest growing universities in Europe. The distance learning sector in particular is growing rapidly across Europe. The AI-based teaching and learning assistant 'Syntea' was developed to enable personalised interaction with students and improve their learning outcomes, and has now been implemented in almost all social science distance learning modules.
This article presents the results of a mixed method (Brüsemeister, 2008; Kelle, 2014) study in which both learners and teachers of the modules supported by Syntea were interviewed. Users are asked about their experiences with Syntea through an online questionnaire survey. For this purpose, surveys will be conducted in modules of different social science courses over a period of several weeks and then analysed quantitatively and qualitatively. The main focus will be on the question of how the learning and teaching experience has changed as a result of the permanent support provided by the AI-based chatbot. Which uncertainties have been added and which possibly reduced?
In addition to gaining insights into the general current situation and obtaining feedback from both teachers and students, the aim is to be able to compare the results of the individual modules. In this way, it can be determined whether there are differences between the degree programs or the examination results.

References
Brüsemeister, T. (2008): Qualitative Forschung. VS Verlag. Wiesbaden.

Döring, N./Bortz, J. (2016): Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Verlag.

Dwivedi, Y. K. et al. (2023). Opinion Paper: “So what if ChatGPT wrote it?” Multidisciplinary perspectives on opportunities, challenges and implications of generative conversational AI for research, practice and policy. In: International Journal of Information Management, Volume 71, 102642.

Fleck, T. (2023): Prüfungsrechtliche Fragen zu ChatGPT. Hg. v. Stabsstelle IT-Recht der bayerischen staatlichen Universitäten und Hochschulen. https://www.rz.uni- wuerzburg.de/fileadmin/42010000/2023/ChatGPT_und_Pruefungsrecht.pdf.
Ferguson, R. et al. (2019). Innovating Pedagogy 2019: Open University Innovation Report 7. Milton Keynes: The Open University.

Gimpel, H. et al. (2023). Unlocking the power of generative AI models and systems such as GPT-4 and ChatGPT for higher education: A guide for students and lecturers, Hohenheim Discussion Papers in Business, Economics and Social Sciences, No. 02. https://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bsz:100-opus-21463.

Gläser, J./Laudel, G. (2009): Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: als Instrumente rekonstruierender Untersuchungen. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag.

Kasneci et. al. (2023). ChatGPT for Good? On Opportunities and Challenges of Large Language Models for Education. https://osf.io/preprints/edarxiv/5er8f.

Kelle, U. (2014): Mixed Methods. IN: Bauer, N./Blasius, J. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 153-166). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Kukulska-Hulme, A. et al., (2021). Innovating Pedagogy 2021: Open University Innovation Report 9. Milton Keynes: The Open University.

Mayring, P./Franzl; T. (2014): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In: BAUER, N./BLASIUS, J. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 543–556). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Rademacher, M. (2023). Warum ChatGPT nicht das Ende des akademischen Schreibens bedeutet. https://digiethics.org/2023/01/03/warum-chatgpt-nicht-das-ende-des-akademischen-schreibens-bedeutet/.

Schmohl, T./Löffl, J./Falkemeier, G. (2019). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Hochschullehre. In: Tobias Schmohl, Dennis Schäffer (Hrsg.): Lehrexperimente der Hochschulbildung. Didaktische Innovationen aus den Fachdisziplinen. 2., vollständig überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Bielefeld: wbv, S. 117-122.

Wannemacher, K./Botmann, L. (2021). Künstliche Intelligenz an den Hochschulen Potenziale und Herausforderungen in Forschung, Studium und Lehre sowie Curriculumentwicklung. Arbeitspapier 59 – Künstliche Intelligenz an den Hochschulen.

Zawacki-Richter, O./Marin, V./Bond, M./Gouverneur, F. (2020). Einsatzmöglichkeiten Künstlicher Intelligenz in der Hochschulbildung – Ausgewählte Ergebnisse eines Systematic Review. In: R. A. Fürst (Hrsg.), Digitale Bildung und Künstliche Intelligenz in Deutschland. Nachhaltige Wettbewerbsfähigkeit und Zukunftsagenda. Wiesbaden: Springer, S. 501-517.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Shaping Uncertainty - Organizations as Co-actors in Digitalized Transformation Processes

Linda Maack, Inga Truschkat, Leoni Vollmar

Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Maack, Linda; Truschkat, Inga

Organizations can be identified as central actors in transition processes (cf. Truschkat 2013; Truschkat et al. 2019) and therefore play a central role in successfully shaping the passages characterized by uncertainty. On the one hand, transitions are considered to have great potential (cf. Dunlop 2017), as they support individual learning processes and biographically relevant changes (cf. Griebel/Niesel 2017). On the other hand, however, transitions are associated with the fact that they require the individual to make "a variety of adjustments" (cf. Mackowiak 2011, p. 21). Therefore, the individual and temporal uncertainties associated with transitions are often looked at and considerations of how to design transitions in a successful way are developed from this. Organizations play an important role here (cf. Krähnert et al. 2022; Truschkat/Stauber 2011). (cf. Krähnert et.al. 2022). This is because organizations themselves construct, control and accompany these uncertain processes through representatives of organizations (gatekeepers) (Behrens/Rabe-Kleberg 2000) by counselling or evaluation (cf. Truschkat/Stauber 2011).

At the same time the increasing digitalization, not least due to the digitalization of the working world, is also leading to reshaping the organization of transitions (cf. Heisler/Meier 2020). It is not only access to digital technologies and the availability of digital skills that are now a basic requirement for integration into work (cf. D21/Kanter 2023), transitions themselves are also increasingly organized and shaped in digital contexts i.e. by digital job markets, digital career networks or digital application portals. Accordingly, the acquisition and possession of digital skills can be considered central to the safe management of digitalized transitions into work.

By understanding digitalized transitions as a multi-actor and multi-situated process of uncertainty, the focus is on the constitutive conditions and negotiation processes between the individual actors (cf. Wanka et al. 2020). An organizational pedagogical perspective opens up the possibility of looking at organizations as co-actors in negotiation and support, as well as focusing on the organizational nature of digitalized transition processes. In the lecture, this perspective will be presented further on the basis of a future research project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
theoretical approach on the relation between organization and digitalized transitions
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
An organizational pedagogical perspective opens up the possibility of looking at organizations as co-actors in negotiation and support, as well as focusing on the organizational nature of digitalized transition processes. In the lecture, this perspective will be presented further on the basis of a future research project.

References
Behrens, J./Rabe-Kleberg, U. (2000): Gatekeeping im Lebenslauf – Wer wacht an Statuspassagen? Ein forschungspragmatischer Vorschlag, vier Typen von Gatekeeping aufeinander zu beziehen. In: Hoerning, E. M. (Hrsg.): Biographische Sozialisation. – Stuttgart: Lucius & Lucius, S. 101–136.

D21/Kantar (Hrsg.): D21-Digital-Index 2022/23. Jährliches Lagebild zur Digitalen Gesellschaft. Herausgegeben von der Initiative D21. www.initiatived21.de/app/uploads/2023/02/d21_digital_index_2022_2023.pdf. Last access: 25.01.2024.

Dunlop, A.-W. (2017): Transitions as a Tool for Change. In: Ballam, N./Perry, B./Garpelin, A. (Eds.): Pedagogies of Educational Transitions. European and Antipodean Research. Cham, s.l.: Springer International Publishing, S. 257–273.

Griebel, W./Niesel, R. (2017): Übergänge verstehen und begleiten. Transitionen in der Bildungslaufbahn von Kindern. 4. Auflage. Berlin: Cornelsen.

Heisler, D./Meier, J. (2020) (Hrsg.): Digitalisierung am Übergang Schule Beruf. Ansätze und Perspektiven in Arbeitsdomänen und beruflicher Förderung. Bielefeld: wbv Publikation.

Krähnert, I./Zehbe, K./Cloos, P. (2022): Polyvalenz und Vulneranz. Empirische Perspektiven auf inklusionsorientierte Übergangsgestaltung in Elterngesprächen. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.

Mackowiak, K. (2011). Übergänge - Herausforderung oder Überforderung?. In: Grundlegende Bildung ohne Brüche. Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, Wiesbaden.

Truschkat, I. (2013): Biografie und Übergang. In: Böhnisch, L./Lenz, K./Schröer, W./Stauber, B./Walther, A. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Übergänge. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa, S. 43-62.

Truschkat, I./Weber, S.M./Schroder, C./Peters, L./Herz, A. (2019): Organisation und Netzwerke. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Truschkat, I./Stauber, B. (2011): Beratung im Übergang: organisations- und subjektorientierte Perspektiven. In: Walther, A./Weinhardt, M. (Hrsg.): Beratung im Übergang. Zur sozialpädagogischen Herstellung von biographischer Reflexivität. Reihe Übergangs- und Bewältigungsforschung. Studien zur Sozialpädagogik und Erwachsenenbildung. Weinheim: Juventa, S. 220–235.

Wanka, A./Rieger-Ladich, M./Stauber, B./Walther, A. (2020): Doing Transitions: Perspektiven und Ziele einer reflexiven Übergangsforschung. In: Walther, A./Stauber, B./Rieger-Ladich, M./Wanka, A. (Hrsg.): Reflexive Übergangsforschung. Theoretische Grundlagen und methodologische Herausforderungen. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, S. 11–36.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

The Implementation of Digital Technologies in Schools. Identification of Causal Conditions for Successful School Development Using Fuzzy-set Qualitative Comparative Analysis

Anne Wagner, Karl-Heinz Gerholz

University of Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Gerholz, Karl-Heinz

The digital transformation is not only leading to technological progress in everyday life and society, but is also changing the world of work. Digital technologies are increasingly influencing work processes and organization. This means that (vocational) schools are also confronted with the need to integrate digital technologies into school lessons in order to prepare learners for a digitalized world of work. In this context, schools usually act under uncertainty, as teachers often lack the essential skills, will or tools for pedagogically meaningful and authentic digitally supported teaching (Knezek & Christensen 2016).

The integration of digital technologies into the classroom is associated with changes at the administrative, organizational and cultural level of the school (Blau & Shamir-Inbal 2017; Pettersson 2018). Rather, digitalization in the school context means a fundamental change (Islam & Grönlund 2016). Digital technologies in education can be seen as an innovation, which entails a school innovation process when implemented in the classroom (Rogers 2003). This process takes place in the context of school development, which occurs in various dimensions (Eickelmann & Gerick 2017; Ilomäki & Lakkala 2018), which can be seen as an indication of a successful innovation process. The successful implementation of digital technologies in the classroom therefore requires a holistic innovation process in which, in addition to pedagogical adaptations, extensive changes are required in the school organization, particularly at an organizational and structural level.

The innovation process affects, for example, the design of structural and procedural areas of the school organization. Both hindering and facilitating factors play a decisive role at the school meso level, which can lead to school development succeeding or failing. Barriers to innovation can therefore occur in the change process (Reiß 1997), which can manifest themselves, for example, in a lack of digital skills among teachers or in a lack of IT equipment in schools (Fraillon et al. 2020). Barriers to innovation can change, delay or even prevent the implementation of innovation (Mirow 2010). The promoters in an organization play a decisive role in overcoming innovation barriers (Witte 1973). These are actors in the organization who intensively push the innovation process and want to successfully implement the innovation with personal commitment. The focus is on the promoter's contributions to innovation (e.g. training of colleagues) based on their sources of influence (e.g. expert knowledge). There are four different types of promoter: Expert promoter, power promoter, process promoter and relationship promoter. The success of an innovation process therefore depends on the conditional configuration of hindering innovation barriers and conducive promotional activities. Complex causal structures can be assumed. A successful school development process is influenced by several different conditions, which themselves are interconnected.

The aim of the study is to analyse which constellations of innovation barriers and promotional activities as conditions lead to (un)successful school development when implementing digital technologies in schools. In this way, the causal complexity of the innovation process should be considered. The research question to be addressed is which combinations of conditions in the implementation of digital technologies in schools lead to (not) successful school development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This causal complexity is explored using fuzzy-set Qualitative Comparative Analysis (fsQCA). This causal method aims to clarify which constellations of conditions cause a certain outcome (Ragin 2009; Schneider & Wagemann 2012). The aim is to describe the complexity of school innovation processes in the implementation of digital technologies in schools using innovation barriers and promotion activities as conditions to derive insights for the design of school innovation processes using fsQCA. It can be assumed that different combinations of the conditions lead to an (un)successful implementation of digital technologies in schools, but that common patterns can be identified in successful and unsuccessful schools. From a methodological point of view, the aim is to identify necessary and sufficient conditions for (not) successful school development. For this purpose, an interview study was conducted at vocational schools in a federal state in Germany (n=16) that took part in a project to promote the use of tablets in the classroom. School leaders, IT administrators and department heads were interviewed at the schools. The aim of the interviews was to examine the organizational design of tablet use at vocational schools and the associated innovation process in the implementation of tablets. Based on the categories and text passages generated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2018), the interview data was calibrated using Generic Membership Evaluation Templates according to Tóth, Henneberg & Naudé (2017) and then necessary and sufficient conditions were identified using fsQCA. Based on theoretical and empirical assumptions, it can be assumed that the presence of promoters and the absence of innovation barriers are essential for successful school development and, vice versa, relevant for unsuccessful school development.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The fsQCA has identified the existence of promotional activities of expert, power and process promoter as necessary conditions for successful school development for the implementation of digital technologies. With regard to sufficient conditions in successful school innovation processes, the fsQCA has identified two solutions. These are configurations consisting of promotion activities of the expert and power promoter paired with a process or relationship promoter. The efficiency of such troika structures has already been empirically confirmed several times (Hauschildt & Kirchmann 2001). Against all expectations, missing innovation barriers are not part of the sufficient configurations of conditions for the successful implementation of digital technologies in schools and have thus proven to be irrelevant for successful school development processes. Rather, promotional activities appear to play a prominent role in the school digitization process (Prasse 2012; Wagner & Gerholz 2022). The prominent role of the expert promoter can be confirmed here (Chakrabarti & Hauschildt 1989), as this is not only necessary for the success of the innovation process, but was also identified as sufficient on its own.
No necessary conditions could be identified for unsuccessful innovation processes. However, two configurations of conditions were found to be sufficient for unsuccessful innovation processes, which are relatively complex. The result follows theoretical assumptions and empirical findings that innovation barriers have a negative influence on the innovation process (Mirow 2010; Reiß 1997; Witte 1973) and that innovation processes without promotional activities do not lead to success (Prasse 2012).
The results of the fsQCA reveal the high causal relevance of promotion activities. It is therefore about the commitment of school actors in the innovation process. This needs to be promoted in a systematic way.

References
Blau, I. & Shamir-Inbal, T. (2017). Digital competences and long-term ICT integration in school culture: The perspective of elementary school leaders. Education and Information Technologies, 22(3), 769-787.
Chakrabarti, A. K. & Hauschildt, J. (1989). The Division of Labour in Innovtion Management. R&D Management, 19(2), 161-171.
Eickelmann, B. & Gerick, J. (2017). Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien – Zielsetzungen, Rahmenbedingungen und Implikationen für die Schulentwicklung. Schulmanagement Handbuch, 164(4), 54-81. München: Oldenbourg.
Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Friedman, T. & Gebhardt, E. (2014). Preparing for life in a digital age: The IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study international report. Springer.
Hauschildt, J. & Kirchmann, E. (2001). Teamwork for Innovation – the ‘Troika’ of Promoters. R&D Management, 31(1), 41-49.
Ilomäki, L. & Lakkala, M. (2018). Digital technology and practices for school improvement: innovative digital school model. Research and Practice in Technology Enhanced Learning. Berlin: Springer.
Islam, S. & Grönlund, Å. (2016). An international literature review of 1:1 computing in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 17(2), 191-222.
Knezek, G. & Christensen, R. (2016). Extending the will, skill, tool model of technology integration. Adding pedagogy as a new model construct. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 28(3), 307-325.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Mirow, C. (2010). Innovationsbarrieren. Wiesbaden: Gabler Verlag.
Pettersson, F. (2018). Digitally competent school organizations – developing supportive organizational infrastructures. International Journal of Media, Technology & Lifelong Learning, 14(2), 132-143.
Prasse, D. (2012). Bedingungen innovativen Handelns in Schulen – Funktion und Interaktion von Innovationsbereitschaft, Innovationsklima und Akteursnetzwerken am Beispiel der IKT-Integration an Schulen. Dissertation. Münster: Waxmann.
Ragin, C. C. (2008). Redesigning social inquiry. Fuzzy sets and beyond. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Reiß, M. (1997). Change Management als Herausforderung. In M. Reiß, L. v. Rosenstiel & A. Lanz (Hrsg.), Change-Management. Programme, Projekte und Prozesse (5-30). Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel.
Rogers, E. M. (2003). Diffusion of Innovations. New York: Free Press.
Schneider, C. Q. & Wagemann, C. (2012). Set-Theoretic Methods for the Social Sciences. A Guide to Qualitative Comparative Analysis. Cambridge u. a.: Cambrige University Press.
Tóth, Z., Henneberg, S. C. & Naudé, P. (2017). Addressing the ‘Qualitative’ in fuzzy set Qualitative Comparative Analysis: The Generic Membership Evaluation Template. Industrial Marketing Management, 63, 192-204.
Wagner, A. & Gerholz, K.-H. (2022). Promotionsaktivitäten bei der Implementation digitaler Medien an beruflichen Schulen. Empirische Ergebnisse einer Interviewstudie. MedienPädagogik, 49, 22-47.
Witte, E. (1973). Organisation für Innovationsentscheidungen: Das Promotoren-Modell. Göttingen: Schwartz.
 
17:15 - 18:4532 SES 03 B: ***CANCELLED*** Middle Leaders, School Uncertainty and Organizational Learning
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Nicolas Engel
Paper Session
17:15 - 18:4533 SES 03 A: Intersecting Inequalities in STEM and Academic Careers
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Andrea Abbas
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

”The Surprise Element” – Racialized Female Junior Scholars in STEM

Iram Khawaja

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Khawaja, Iram

This paper investigates high achieving racialized and minoritized female junior scholars’ negotiations of (in)visibility in academia – more specifically within STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) in Denmark. Women are generally underrepresentated in STEM and even more so when it comes to women with ethnic minoritized backgrounds.

Some bodies by their mere presence become a source of surprise and disruption in the settings and spaces of academia. This paper takes, as its point of departure, the question of what it means to become a surprise. Working from a conceptual framework of racialized differentiation as an affective, intersectional, and spatialized process (Deleuze 1990, Ahmed 2012, Manning 2023) and an empirical foundation of qualitative interviews with racialized minoritized female scholars in STEM, the analysis delves into the affective, spatial and embodied experiences of standing out or passing as a racialized and gendered Other in academia. Focus is specifically on how the experience of being a surprise element relates to structural and hegemonic orderings of the university as a space embodying some bodies and not others as naturally belonging (Puwar 2004). This entails a focus on the meritocracy of academia, the negotiation of visibility-invisibility and the right to stay opaque.

The analysis shows how the female scholars’ narratives, experiences and strategies can expand our knowledge on how processes of racialization, othering and opacity take form in higher education in ways that fixate them in a state of perpetual arrival and as a source of potential surprise. This has relevance to how it is possible to think about diversity and inclusion in higher education.c


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on semi-structured qualitative interviews conducted in the period of fall 2021 to spring 2023 with racialized, minoritized female junior scholars in STEM as part of the larger project, Affective investments in diversity work in STEM at Danish universities .
In this article I will draw on the empirical material from the interviews conducted with junior scholars with ethnic minoritized immigrant and refugee background as their position in academia exemplifies a paradoxical situation of racialized (non)belonging. On the one hand they know Danish, the Danish society and have succeeded in progressing in the educational system. On the other hand, they are made to feel that they do not rightfully belong both in Denmark and academia because of their visible otherness. Some have refugee and others have immigrant background. They are all Danish citizens and racialized minoritized, visible through for example skin-, hair colour, and hijab. Most of them are first generation academics and high achieving scholars within their respective fields. In the interviews I have focused on questions regarding their academic journey, their ways of making it in academia, their future-plans, and moments of success and challenges.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper sheds light on the complex negotiations of being positioned as hypervisible but at the same time invisible- and how the racialized female junior scholars take upon the logics and strategies of the meritocracy of academia by in some instances invisiblizing themselves and making "their results speak" for themselves.
Being marked but invisible is a poignant way of understanding what is at play for the female racialized minoritized scholars in STEM.  It can also be described as a case of being apparent but transparent- that is being invisible and obvious at the same time which can be linked to Edouard Glissant’s (2006) point of who has the right to stay opaque. Glissant defines opacity as an alterity that is unquantifiable- a form of differentiation and diversity that transcends categories of identifiable difference, visibility and representation. The female scholars in this study can in some ways be seen as embodying an opacity- a form of differentiation always in motion oscillating between visibility, recognition, invisibility, misrecognition via their different intersectional positionings regarding gender, religious affiliation, race, cultural and class background.
The paper offers a theoretical understanding of how processes of racialization come into being as differentiations and disruptions to the existing logics and ontological scheme of the given context- which is here specifically STEM in Denmark.  

References
Ahmed, S. (2012) On being included- Racism and diversity in institutional life, London, Duke University Press.
Deleuze, G. (1990) Negotiations. New York, Columbia University Press.
Diallo, O. (2019). At the Margins of Institutional Whiteness: Black Women in Danish Academia. 10.2307/j.ctvg8p6cc.20.
Glissant, Édouard (2006): Poetics of Relation. Translated by Betsy Wing and Ann Arbor. Michigan, Michigan University Press.
Manning, E. (2023) The being of relation, eFlux journal, Issue #135, April 2023, retrieved May 2023 https://www.e-flux.com/journal/135/529855/the-being-of-relation/
Massumi, B. (2009) Micropolitics : Exploring Ethico-Aesthetics. Inflexions: A Journal for Research-Creation. No. 3. October 2009. www.inflexions.org
Puwar, N. (2004). Space invaders: Race, gender and bodies out of place. Oxford and New York, NY: Berg Publishers.
Wekker, G. (2022) ‘How Does One Survive the University as a Space Invader?’: Beyond White Innocence in the Academy, Dutch Crossing, 46:3, 201-213, DOI: 10.1080/03096564.2022.2145048
Zembylas, M. (2015) Rethinking race and racism as technologies of affect: theorizing the implications for anti-racist politics and practice in education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 18:2, 145-162, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2014.946492


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Women Academics and the Demonstrative Mangle of Promotions Practices in the Performative University

Carol A. Taylor, Sally Jayne Hewlett

University of Bath, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hewlett, Sally Jayne

Promotions criteria are often held to be neutral, objective descriptors of the standard tasks and levels required to achieve promotion. As such, they provide institutions with apparently transparent mechanisms for sorting out the deserving and the not yet deserving, and they offer those applying for promotion an apparently clear list of requirements and standards that must be demonstrated in order for promotion to be achieved. And yet, research indicates the continuation of gender pay gaps (HESA, 2023), research funding gaps (Weale and Barr, 2018), and an academic promotions success gap shaped by gender, race and class (Bailey, 2022). Despite many years of Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (EDI) initiatives in institutions, promotions practices continue to act as gatekeepers for women academics, producing inequitable outcomes. The result is that in the UK women are highly underrepresented in senior management roles, particularly in SET subjects, but overrepresented in part time roles, lower salary bands and teaching only contracts (AdvanceUK, 2021). In 2019/20 fifty percent of academics were women but seventy-two percent of professors were men (AdvanceUK, 2021). These UK trends are mirrored across Europe.

In this context of these ongoing equities, this paper puts promotions criteria and promotions practices in the spotlight. It argues that the apparently ‘neutral’ promotions criteria are the vehicle for the enactment of deeply embedded and often hidden gendered political micropractices. Many women academics applying for promotion to professor have had the experience of being told they are ‘not ready’ for promotion by male peers but this notion of ‘readiness’ is itself deeply shaped by gendered factors that hide under the radar. Interpretations regarding who or how ‘professorship’ or research leadership should and can be demonstrated, or who possesses the required attributes for promotion, are shaped by gendered assumptions. The paper builds on work by Yamamoto’s (2019: 167) which indicates that women in research leadership positions are often there at the behest of a patriarchal powerbase built on ‘elite, academic, male, social and cultural capital’; on Thornton’s (2013: 3) exploration of the masculinist cultural practices of neoliberal universities; and on Morley’s (2016: 5) comments on the ‘virility culture’ of competitive individualism that thrives in contemporary HEIs.

This paper arises from a current UKRI/UK University funded project entitled WomenCAN: Breaking Promotion Barriers, Changing University Cultures, this paper develops a feminist theoretical approach which highlights, attends to, and seeks to address the demonstrative mangle of promotions practices in the performative university. The objectives of the project are to:

  • Provide a robust evidence base for culture change initiatives to advance women’s research leadership skills and career progression;
  • Build a flexible, distributed leadership structure of women change agents to embed practical systemic change across the university
  • Pilot a coaching programme of targeted initiatives for women academics.

Based on empirical data, the paper explores how promotions criteria contribute to the invisibilisation and stigmatisation of women’s’ chosen career and promotion pathways. It illuminates how prevailing structures, cultures and identities (O’Connor, 2020) within HEIs construe women’s choices as lacking in legitimacy in academic authority structures which continue to privilege research over leadership, teaching, citizenship and engagement. The paper contributes a detailed understanding of how the specifics of promotions criteria and promotions practices gain micropolitical animacy, force and power in institutions, in ways which have significant and negative effects on women’s career progression and on perceptions of women’s institutional value. Project findings indicate that, while long-standing patterns of inequality are changing, they are doing so at a glacial pace, and that institutional EDI initiatives are insufficiently agile or targeted to prevent the continual re-entrenchment of power and the reproduction of inequitable gendered practices at the micro-level.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research evidence base was gathered in relation to the project objectives as outlined above. In the first stage of the project, twenty-one narrative interviews were conducted with senior female academics at Reader or Professorial levels in a UK university, and a qualitative survey capturing the perspectives of sixteen Heads of Department and Deputy Heads of Department (objective 1). The narrative interviews were carried out across three faculties and the School of Management, with participants drawn from Humanities and Social sciences, Sciences, Technology, Engineering and Maths and the School of Management, and the qualitative survey likewise obtained data from across the university. These data provided an evidence-base for pursuing the second project objective of building a distributed change agents network (CAN) of women academics to improve women’s leadership capacities, enhance career progression, and raise senior women academics’ visibility across the organisation. We disseminated our research findings at three keynote events which also provided a platform to publicize the distributed network. The change agents’ network was soft launched through two workshops for twenty women academics who, through group discussion, outlined their aims and the intended structure and planned activities for the network, their own intended contributions and their expected challenges. Our third objective, to pilot a coaching programme, ran in parallel to the other two activities and comprised of three external coaching workshops for women academics intending to apply for promotion in the next two years. These were attended by up to sixteen women academics at all levels, per session. Ten women were offered an additional one-to-one coaching session to help them prepare for the promotions’ applications process. The coaching sessions were a pilot for testing the feasibility and effectiveness of a promotions coaching programme that could be proposed to the university.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Insights from the project challenge the view that promotions criteria are neutral, objective descriptors of standard tasks and levels which can/are ‘applied equally’ to individual cases across all contexts. In fact, data revealed that promotions’ practices are intimately and invisibly shaped by gendered perceptions of career paths, and sexist interpretations of readiness and deservingness. Project findings demonstrated how promotions practices shape academic women’s perceptions that they have to discipline themselves and their careers within and around institutional inequalities. Data indicates that women academics negotiate ways of bending their minds and accommodating their bodies to try to fit in with (and failing to fit in with) the rules of the neoliberal game which continue to privilege white, middle class, able-bodied, internationally mobile male academics, and to embody individualist, competitive and performative values. Empirical evidence from the project disclosed that women academics’ experiences of promotion are often bruising, and that institutionally gendered micro-practices continue to ensure that ‘merit sticks to men’ (Woodhams et al., 2022). It confirms how it causes affective damage – shame, despair, burnout, for example (Morley, 2003: Taylor, 2020). Findings from the project aim to achieve the following:
• Provide new recommendations as to how women can be better supported in promotion through institutional practices at departmental, faculty and university level;
• Develop and embed the distributed change agents’ network for women academics;
• Use project insights to drive institutional change in structures, norms and behaviours and contest gendered microplitical practices
• Equip a cohort of senior and mid-career women academics with research leadership skills to apply for successful promotion.
The main outcome is that the WomenCAN project will to model, scaffold and enable diffusion of more diverse, inclusive, creative, effective research leadership across the institution.

References
AdvanceHE (2021). Equality+ higher education Staff statistical report 2021 [Online]. AdvanceHE. Available from: https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document-manager/documents/advance-he/AdvHE_Equality%20in%20higher%20education_Saff_stats_2021_1635342217.pdf
[Accessed: 26.01.24].
Bailey, P. (2022). The promotion process needs bigger, better data if we’re to make it fairer.
https://www.timeshighereducation.com/campus/promotion-process-needs-bigger-better-data-if-were-make-it-fairer

HESA (2023). Who’s working in HE: Personal characteristics. https://www.hesa.ac.uk/data-and-analysis/staff/working-in-he/characteristics

Jarvinen, M., Mik-Meyer, N., (2024). Giving and receiving gendered service work in academia. Current Sociology. 00(0), pp. 1 – 19.

Morley, L. (2003). Quality and Power in Higher Education. Maidenhead: Society for Research
into Higher Education and Open University Press.

Morley, L. (2016). Troubling intra-actions: Gender, neo-liberalism and research in the global academy, Journal of Education Policy, 31(1): 28–45.

O’Connor, P. (2020). Why is it so difficult to reduce gender inequality in male-dominated higher educational organizations? A feminist institutional perspective, Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 45:2: 207–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/03080188.2020.1737903

Sharafizad, F., Brown, K., Jogulu, U., & Omari, M. (2022). Avoiding the burst pipeline post-COVID-19: Drivers of female academic careers in Australia, Personnel Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1108/PR-12-2021-0909  

Taylor, C.A. (2020). Slow singularities for collective mattering: new material
feminist praxis in the accelerated academy, Irish Educational Studies, 39(2): 255–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2020.1734045

Thornton, M. (2013). The mirage of merit: Reconstituting the ‘ideal academic’, Australian
Feminist Studies, 28 (76): 127–143.

Weale, S., & Barr, C. (2018). Female scientists urge research grants reform to tackle gender bias. The Guardian.
https://www.theguardian.com/education/2018/aug/10/female-scientists-urge-researchgrants-reform-tackle-gender-bias

Woodhams, C., Trojanowski, G. & Wilkinson, K. (2022). Merit sticks to men: Gender pay gaps and (in)equality at UK Russell Group universities, Sex Roles, 86: 544–558. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11199-022-01277-2

Yamamoto, B. (2019). Actively constructing yourself as a professor after promotion. In R. Murray & D. Mifsud (Eds.) The Positioning and Making of Female Professors. London: Palgrave MacMillan.
 
17:15 - 18:4534 SES 03 A JS: Global Citizenship Education and Education for Sustainable Development
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ralph Carstens
Joint Paper Session NW 30 and NW 34
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Platforms and Possibilities for Global Citizenship Education

Louise Phillips1, Liberty de Rivera2, Pauline Harris3

1The University of Queensland, Australia; 2Southern Cross University, Australia; 3University of South Australia

Presenting Author: Phillips, Louise

In these precarious times, children and youth require (and are demanding) education on how to address the myriad of convergent global challenges. The United Nations attest that only by working with children and youth across diversity and difference will global communities be able ‘to achieve peace, security, justice, climate resilience, and sustainable development for all’ (Clark et al., 2020, p. 617). Engaging in dialogue about global challenges involves global meaning-making that acknowledges and capitalises on diverse understandings and ways of knowing to re-imagine and transform realities (Tierney, 2018). In developing these capabilities, education has a critical role to play—as made clear in the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD, 2018a, 2018b) appeal for collective action and a re-thinking of educational approaches that address global challenges in ways that place ‘collaboration above division, and sustainability above short-term gain’, so that children might ‘value common prosperity, sustainability and well-being’ (p. 3). Global citizenship education (GCE) is a response to this clarion call of enabling globally aware and engaged citizens (Thomas & Banki, 2021).

On review of authoritative texts (OECD, UN, UNESCO, UNICEF) on global citizenship, we see global citizenship education as centring two concepts: global mindedness and taking action

(i.e., to enact change). We do not see ‘global mindedness’ in a literal sense, but rather more broadly like Andreotti (2010) proposed as how individuals multidimensionally think and feel about and engage with otherness and difference. There are multiple GCE approaches that challenge western-centric, neoliberal interpretations of GCE for global market competence and employment (Torres & Bosio, 2020). These approaches include post-colonial and critical theory approaches (e.g., Torres, 2017); transformative approaches oriented to cultural diversity, human rights, and collaboration (e.g., Gaudelli, 2016); and approaches favouring a value-creating orientation to nurture students’ humanity through creative co-existence with others (e.g., Sharma, 2018). We take a critical theory approach informed by Carlos Torres (2017) with emphases on social justice, diversity and difference, peace, planetary rights and responsibilities and local and global political participation. We also draw from Vanessa de Oliveira Andreotti (2014) who argues that “responsible education in current “global times” requires a deeper understanding of the social, cultural, economic and historical forces and flows that connect peoples, places, spaces and world views, and of the difficulties of intervening in complex and dynamic systems” (p. 33).

We see education playing a key role in developing broad awareness of diverse perspectives

(ethical and intercultural understanding), political literacy, contestation and dialogue, and strategic civic action (e.g., see Collins, 1992; Torres, 2017). However, the space afforded to GCE remains contested in Australian education policy pronouncements (Peterson, 2020). Much of the burden is predominantly borne by the goodwill of teachers who understand the value of global citizenship education and so locate and assess materials and novel ways to squeeze in complex concepts and controversial topics in an already overcrowded curriculum (Buchanan et al., 2018).

To support teacher uptake of global citizenship education in Australia, we searched for and mapped open-access global citizenship education materials to create a systematic, research-based resource catalogue for teachers and students. Our scoping study inquiry broadly asked: what are the open access online curricular resources available for critical global citizenship education? With the following sub-questions:

  1. How do these curricular resources align with Australian curricula components (i.e., outcomes of the Early Years Learning Framework (EYLF) for Australia and relevant general capabilities and cross-curricular priorities of the Australian Curriculum)?

How do these curricular resources align with international GCE-related frameworks (i.e., OECD dimensions of global competence and UN Sustainable Development


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We employed a scoping study (as developed by Arksey and O’Malley, 2005) to examine each resource’s alignments with Australian Curricula and global GCE frameworks and identified the areas where there is insufficient resourcing. In this project, we endeavoured to meet the first (a rapid review of materials maps the field of study where it is difficult to visualise the range of materials available), third (a summary for disseminating findings to policymakers and practitioners), and fourth (identify the gaps and points to areas for further research) rationales for scoping research that Arksey and O’Malley propose. Instead of literature sources, we have chosen to examine the extent, range, and types of curricular resources available for GCE across early childhood, primary, and secondary education.

Our scoping study mapping exercise adapted Arksey and O’Malley’s six key processes. One – Identifying research questions: We developed sub-questions a) to support Australian teacher application as study was located in Australia; and subquestion b) to support the application of these international frameworks in Australia and to enable international use of the catalogue.
Two - Identifying relevant organisations as resource providers: Through purposive sampling, we identified NGOs and community sector organisations and institutions with a strong commitment to human rights, global minded ethos, and advocacy that produced and made available GCE resources freely available online. Three - Resources selection: As informed by the study design, the inclusion and selection criteria were loosely on a) materials produced for children and young people that b) emphasise participation, engagement, and leadership in global issues. Attention to key terms of global citizenship (as identified by project’s literature review of GCE) also guided the selection of resources. Four - Charting the data: The curriculum resources were assessed for suitability (as per prior criteria) and coded according to a set of indicators (education sector; OECD dimensions of global competence; and seventeen SDGs). Five - Collating, summarising, and reporting results:  While following the above process, the scoping study was iterative and generative rather than linear in execution, with categories for resource collation iteratively reviewed. Six – Consultation: Arksey and O’Malley (2005) indicated that consultations with experts and stakeholders are essential and encouraged practice for scoping studies. To locate as many resources as possible, the research team regularly consulted with the project’s advisory group and GCE experts throughout the research from May to November 2022.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results showed that of the 252 resources scoped most were targeted to primary (n=143) and secondary school students (n=145), with only 23 materials deliberately targeted to early childhood education. The resources highlight the building of four Australian Curriculum (ACARA, 2022) general capabilities. There is equal emphasis on critical and creative thinking (n = 90), personal and social capability (n = 90), and ethical understanding (n = 90), with notably fewer resources focussing on intercultural understanding (n = 67), though it was common for a single resource to be coded for all four general capabilities.

The materials were spread across all seventeen UN SDGs (United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, n.d). Most related to Goals 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities) and 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production), particularly on topics of and reuse of materials and renewable energy. Issues on inequality, violence, inclusion/and exclusion were coded under Goals 16 (Peace and Justice Strong Institutions) and 10 (Reduced Inequality). Interestingly, only a moderate number of resources attend to gender equality, quality education, and good health and wellbeing when these significant issues affect education.

Across the OECD global competence dimensions, the majority (n = 97) were mainly on the examination of issues of global and local significance (Dimension 1), followed by Dimension 2 (Understand and appreciate the perspectives and worldviews of others) (n = 70). Fewer materials push the narrative to open communications (n = 46) across cultures (Dimension 3). Finally, some materials encourage active participation (Dimension 4, n = 55), such as through letter-writing, setting up special projects, creating audio-visual materials, protesting, and leading initiatives (taking action).
The outcome of the scoping study generated an open access GCE resource catalogue https://enablingyoungvoicesforcivicaction.com/resource-catalogue/ that continues to be added to and is utlised by teachers and student teachers across multiple nations.

References
Andreotti, V. (2010). Global education in the ‘21st century’: Two different perspectives on the ‘post-’ of postmodernism. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 2(2), 5–22.
Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA) (2022). The Australian curriculum ver. 9.0. Retrieved from https:// v9.australiancurriculum.edu.au/
Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https:// doi. org/ 10. 1080/ 13645 57032 00011 9616
Buchanan, J., Burridge, N., & Chodkiewicz, A. (2018). Maintaining global citizenship education in
schools: A challenge for Australian educators and schools. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 51–67.
Clark, H., Coll-Seck, A. W., Banerjee, A., Peterson, S., Dalglish, S. L., Ameratunga, S., Balabanova, D., Bhan, M. K., Bhutta, Z. A., Borrazzo, J., Claeson, M., Doherty, T., El-Jardali, F., George, A. S., Gichaga, A., Gram, L., Hipgrave, D. B., Kwamie, A., Meng, Q., Mercer, R., Costello, A. (2020). A future for the world’s children? A WHO–UNICEF–Lancet commission. The Lancet, 395(10224), 605-658. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(19)32540-1
Collins, H. (1992). Political literacy: Educating for democracy. Papers on parliament, 14, https:// www.aph.gov.au/About_Parli ament/Senate/Powers_ practice_n_ procedures/ pops/pop14/ c03
Gaudelli, W. (2016). Global citizenship education: Everyday transcendence. Routledge.
OECD. (2018a). The future of education and skills: Education 2030—The future we want. OECD.
OECD (2018b). PISA 2018b Global competence. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/pisa/ innovation/global- competence/#
de Oliveira Andreotti, V. (2014). Critical and transnational literacies in international
development and global citizenship education. Journal of education, 2 (3), 32-50.
Peterson, A. (2020). Global citizenship education in Australian schools: Leadership, teacher and student perspectives. Springer Nature.
Sharma, N. (2018). Value-creating global citizenship education: Engaging Gandhi, Makiguchi, and Ikeda as examples. Springer.
Thomas, M., Banki, S. (2021). Toward a framework for assessing the 'global' and 'citizen' in global citizenship education in Australia and beyond. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(5), 732-748.
Tierney, R. J. (2018). Toward a Model of Global Meaning Making. Journal of Literacy Research, 50(4), 397-422. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086296X18803134
Torres, C.A. (2017). Theoretical and empirical foundations of critical global citizenship education. Routledge.
Torres, C. A., & Bosio, E. (2020). Global citizenship education at the crossroads: Globalization,
global commons, common good, and critical consciousness. Prospects, 48, 99–113.
United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (n.d). Sustainable development: The 17 goals.  https://sdgs.un.org/goals


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Teaching of/as/for Global Citizenship and the Question of Education

Stephen Chatelier1, Nicholas Palmer2, Nicky Dulfer1

1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Deakin University, Australia

Presenting Author: Chatelier, Stephen; Palmer, Nicholas

The concept and practice of global citizenship education (GCE) is now widespread in schools and universities across the world. At a surface level, the meaning of the term appears self-evident. Yet, within the context of U.S. higher education, Stein (2015) has argued that ‘global citizenship remains untheorized’ (p.242). Nevertheless, various scholars have sought to understand the different ways in which GCE is conceptualised as an agenda for education, often with reference to its implications for global and local policy and curriculum (Gaudelli, 2009; Oxley & Morris, 2013; Pashby et al., 2020; Bourn, 2021). A further study conducted by Goren & Yemini (2017) has aimed to identify differences in regional approaches to GCE. According to their analysis, European research on GCE is: often framed by the context of population changes related to immigration; viewed as an alternative model to national citizenship, and; aimed at inclusion and social cohesion (p.174). The typical European approach to GCE, they argue, is connected to moral and cultural concern rather than, for example, political advocacy.

The intentions behind GCE raise questions about its function and role in education settings. While GCE is often thought about in connection to the curriculum, the focus of this paper is on the practice of teaching. The first key question driving the analysis is: what do the teaching choices related to GCE suggest about how it is conceptualised? In responding to this question, we have adapted the now common way of framing different orientations to assessment (Schellekens et al., 2021), to consider three orientations in teaching GCE: teaching of, as, and for, global citizenship. Teaching of global citizenship can be understood as teaching about global citizenship as something connected to but distinct from, for example, national citizenship. This orientation may aim for impartiality, or a dispassionate approach. Teaching as global citizenship can be understood as a politicising orientation, whereby the teaching of global citizenship is connected to enacting global citizenship. For example, experiential service learning. Teaching for global citizenship can be understood as a moralising orientation, whereby students are encouraged - perhaps even implored - to embrace the values and dispositions connected to global citizenship as a moral response to global issues.

Commonly, scholars have concerned themselves with conceptualisations of global citizenship (ie. the ‘G’ and the ‘C’). However, the second key question raised in this paper asks what each of the above orientations suggest about the nature and role of education (ie. the ‘E’) within the construct of GCE. Responding to this question, the current paper is primarily conceptual. However, our theorising draws on data collected in Austria, Azerbaijan, and Australia pertaining to how GCE is enacted in the classroom and how teachers describe their understanding of GCE. These perspectives on the teaching of GCE problematise abstract conceptualisations of GCE from ‘above’ and instead suggest that global citizenship is understood by teachers in relation to grounded everyday experiences, both within and outside the classroom. In this paper, we make the argument that GCE from both ‘above’ and ‘below’ tends to involve moralisation and politicisation, and that this raises questions about the role and nature of education itself within GCE practice. In other words, this paper asks whether teaching as and for global citizenship can properly be considered education and, if so, how contested views regarding globalism and citizenship can be addressed in a way that allows students to genuinely inquire into such matters.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is primarily conceptual insofar as it is a philosophical inquiry into the nature of GCE. It is driven by the questions posed above, namely: Can teaching for moral and political aims be considered education and if so, how can such teaching ensure genuine student inquiry? While these questions are attended to philosophically, they emerge from empirical considerations in line with other such conceptualisation (see Tarozzia and Mallon, 2019, for example). The empirical work previously conducted that has given rise to this particular philosophical inquiry was based on Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) for data collection and analysis (Charmaz, 2014). One sample comprised 33 teachers, parents and students sharing their perspectives on the development of GCE. The second school was a sample of administrators and teachers. The data was obtained through interviews and observation. Some document analysis was also used to triangulate some participant articulations and events. The third ongoing sample has involved interviews with rural teachers about their understanding and practice of GCE stemming from changing perspectives on globalisation and education (Palmer and Chandir, 2023)
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper does not make an argument for one of the above orientations of GCE over the other. Instead, we draw the tentative conclusion that while politically and morally motivated teaching for and as global citizenship can be properly considered as education, this is contingent on such teaching leaving space for students’ open and critical inquiry. Such open inquiry means that the prior commitments of the teacher, and the values and ideas promoted in the dominant global citizenship discourse, are always open to question and reasonable contestation. The implications of this is that GC and GCE are constructs that should always be under interrogation rather than simply promoted as unquestioned ‘goods’ for today’s world. GCE, then, is not simply something to be promoted but a process in which issues of global significance are subjected to ethical and political questions. Such deliberation, we suggest, may well best be achieved through an approach to GCE that involves all three orientations (of, as, for). This conceptualisation of GCE has the potential to not only influence the teaching of GCE in schools and universities, but also policy and research related to GCE.
References
Bourn, D. (2021). Pedagogy of Hope: Global Learning and the Future of Education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 13(2), 65-78.

Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage.

Gaudelli, W. (2009). Heuristics of Global Citizenship Discourses towards Curriculum Enhancement. Journal of Curriculum Theory, 25:1, 68–85. https://journal.jctonline.org/index.php/jct/article/view/GAUDHEU/22

Goren, H., and M. Yemini. 2017. “Global Citizenship Education Redefined – a Systematic Review of Empirical Studies on Global Citizenship Education.” International Journal of Educational Research 82:170–183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.02.004.

Oxley, L., and P. Morris. (2013). Global Citizenship: A Typology for Distinguishing Its Multiple Conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies,61:3, 301–325. doi:10.1080/00071005.2013.798393

Palmer, N., & Chandir, H. (2023). Education Beyond Techno-global Rationality: Transnational Learning, Communicative Agency and the Neo-colonial Ethic. Journal of Creative Communications, 09732586231206651.

Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S. & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education, Comparative Education, 56:2, 144-164, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352

Schellekens, L. H., Bok, H. G. J., de Jong, L. H., van der Schaaf, M. F., Kremer, W. D. J., & van der Vleuten, C. P. M. (2021). A scoping review on the notions of Assessment as Learning (AaL), Assessment for Learning (AfL), and Assessment of Learning (AoL). Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, Article 101094. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101094

Stein, S. (2015). Mapping Global Citizenship, Journal of College and Character, 16:4, 242-252, DOI: 10.1080/2194587X.2015.1091361

Tarozzi, M., & Mallon, B. (2019). Educating teachers towards global citizenship: A comparative study in four European countries. London Review of Education, 17(2), 112-125.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Literacies that Enable Hopeful and Globally Minded Participation in Uncertain Times

Pauline Harris1, Louise Phillips2, Andrew Peterson3, Jenny Ritchie4, Cynthia Brock5

1University of South Australia, Australia; 2University of Queensland, Australia; 3University of Birmingham, United Kingdom; 4Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand; 5University of Wyoming, USA

Presenting Author: Phillips, Louise

In today's uncertain, inequity-ridden world, children and youth are increasingly called upon, and call upon themselves, to engage with hope as active global citizens to help advance collective wellbeing and sustainability for all – as evidenced in UNICEF’s open letter to the world’s children (2019). These calls are well grounded in research that has long supported children’s participation as capable, insightful active citizens (Harris, 2013; Mayall, 2002; Phillips, Ritchie et al, 2020). Such calls, too, situate children as globally minded individuals and communities who, in networked relationships with people and the planet, act beyond state limitations to advance actions for human rights and justice (Bachelet, 2018). Such is the essence of active global citizenship (AGC), which involves enacting social, political, and civil responsibility in service of the common good (Phillips, 2011; Peterson, 2011)—including dialogue about what constitutes ‘the common good’.

But just what are the literacies required for children’s hopeful participation as globally minded citizens in uncertain times, and how do we ensure they have access to these literacies? This question is the focus of this paper. Our objective is to foreground globally-minded literacy practices that are oriented to global mindedness and involved in building and negotiating common worlds that foster collective wellbeing and sustainability. Our objective supports education’s pressing imperative for children to have the necessary capabilities, including literacies, to participate as globally minded citizens – as made clear in the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal 4.7 (2015), UNESCO’s learning objectives for this goal (2017), OECD’s global competence framework (2018a), and UNICEF’s open letter to the world’s children (2019). As the United Nations attests, it is only by working with children as globally minded citizens that global communities can achieve collective wellbeing and sustainability (Clark et al, 2020).

Viewed multidimensionally, global mindedness concerns individuals’ engagement with otherness and difference in complex, uncertain, inequity-ridden contexts (Andreotti, 2010). We emphasize the relational basis of global mindedness within which understanding the interests and lives of others is fundamental, and without which injustices cannot be fully recognized and addressed—while critically heeding how cultural and national specificities shape how individuals engage.

We draw on cosmopolitan and cosmopolitical perspectives to consider what it means for global citizens to engage across diverse humanities, and historic, social, economic, and political divides – acknowledging tensions between these perspectives (see Stournaiuolo & Nichols, 2019). While we value cosmopolitanism scholars’ focus on engaging with diversities (e.g., Hansen, 2014), we acknowledge its problematic assumptions about mobility, access, and dispositions for engaging in and across cultures, without which cultures are essentialized rather than engaging with lived realities (e.g., Kurasawa, 2004). In response to these critiques, cosmopolitics emphasises the labor in constructing common worlds across historic, social, and political conditions that divide us (e.g., Saito, 2015), which resonates with our quest to lay bare the literacy practices involved in AGC work across diversities, differences and divides in an uncertain world.

Making visible these literacy practices is founded on understanding literacy as lived, multimodal practices travelling and changing across time and space (Pahl & Rowsell, 2020), and connected with social, cultural, political, environmental, and economic interests and contexts (Street, 2017). Our search encompassed literacies vis-à-vis wide-ranging texts, platforms, media, and modes including written, spoken, visual, auditory, spatial, corporeal, digital, haptic, multimodal, and socio-material modes (McVee & Boyd, 2016). This conceptualization aligns with our quest to pursue a broad vision of AGC literacy practices that are enabling and accommodate complexity, contradiction, and uncertainty.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our paper presents findings from our systematic literature review of AGC literacy practices for building and negotiating common worlds that foster collective wellbeing and sustainability. Guided by processes for conducting systematic literature reviews (Booth et al. (2016), search terms we initially applied to databases (notably ProQuest Central) were active citizenship; global citizenship; and (global) citizenship literacy. In response to the variety of literacies that emerged, subsequent search terms included civic literacies; cosmopolitan literacies; global literacies; critical literacies; critical global literacies; cultural literacies; collaborative literacy; geo-literacy; transnational literacies; critical literacy for global citizenship; and digital literacy for global citizenship.

Inclusion criteria were that materials must fall 2006-2023, with some exceptions to allow for key or seminal works; be a peer-reviewed academic journal article, book, or book chapter; or document developed by an authoritative transnational organisation (e.g., United Nations; UNESCO; OECD) that is clearly founded on strong scholarship; be an empirical study, literature review, or theoretical paper; and be trustworthy in accord with the research or scholarly paradigm within which the work was developed.

We tabulated the intersection of the literacy practices found in the review, with the four dimensions of the OECD’s (2018) Global Competence Framework:
- D1. Examine issues of local, global, and cultural significance.
- D2. Understand and appreciate the perspectives and worldviews of others.
- D3. Engage in open, appropriate, and effective interactions across cultures.
- D4. Take action for collective wellbeing and sustainable development.

Whilst we acknowledge this Global Competence Framework is connected with measurable human productivity terms that we were eschewing, we instead read its dimensions as serving collective wellbeing and sustainability. Our reading resonates with the OECD’s (2018b) explicit calls for re-thinking educational approaches to prioritize ‘collaboration … common prosperity, sustainability and well-being’ (p. 3).

We categorised these tabulated literacies by drawing on the Four Resources Model (4RM) (Freebody & Luke, 2003), resulting in four sets of literacy practices, each framed by global mindedness across differences, diversities and divides:
• Literacies for accessing information, knowledge, perspectives, and interactions germane to global/local issues (aligned with de/encoding texts in 4RM)
• Literacies for understanding texts, and generating understanding through texts, about global/local issues (aligned with meaning-making in 4RM)
• Literacies for critically inquiring into global/local issues  (aligned with critical reflection and analysis in 4RM)
• Literacies for creating and acting through texts to fulfil the purposes of acting on global/local  issues (aligned with using texts for social purposes in 4RM).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Transformative Literacies for AGC Framework makes literacy practices visible across diversities (cultural, socio-economic, age, generational, ability, neurological, gender, sexual, racial, ethnic, and faith-related backgrounds and experiences), differences (divergent worldviews and perspectives), and divides (social, historic, economic, and political realities separating us), which contribute to inequities in distribution of rights, access, and opportunities.

In relation to access, AGC literacy practices endowed with global mindedness are required to access and engage with multiple views, including perspectives of people living  in marginalised communities or circumstances. Digital agency, access and dexterity are important to raising marginalised voices and democratising knowledge, including Indigenous knowledges. Culturally authentic global literature can create pathways to global realities.

AGC literacy practices for understanding  what unites, diversifies, and divides us requires but transcends tolerance and sympathy, to include engaging with heterogeneity, and nurturing a narrative imagination. Explicit awareness of one’s own and others’ positionality,  and interest in understanding diverse perspectives, are critical – as are engaging with suppressed knowledges and valuing and understanding unseen realities. This work can be supported by collaborative literacy practices that foster divergent thinking.

AGC literacy practices for inquiry constitute globally minded praxis to enhance critical consciousness of global issues and their inherent inequities. Drawing on critical global literacies, inquiry involves moving beyond individual responsibilities to engage in group interrogation of constructed narratives to identify motives and biases hindering social justice and humanitarian decision-making – thereby collaboratively reading and re-writing the world.

AGC literacy practices for creating and acting through texts for collective wellbeing and sustainability include producing and enacting texts that amplify unheard voices and visibilise people’s lived realities - thereby disrupting the chain of hegemonic command that marginalises diverse realities. Globally minded creative thinking and imagination are crucial for envisioning and enacting effective, equitable, and sustainable solutions to global challenges and their local impacts.

References
Andreotti, V. (2010). Global education in the “21st century”. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 2(2), 5–22.
Bachelet, M. (2018). Global citizenship. United Nations.
Clark, H. et al. (2020). A future for the world’s children? A WHO–UNICEF–Lancet Commission. The Lancet, 395(10224), 605–658.
Booth, A., Papioannou, D., & Sutton, A. (2016) Systematic approaches to a successful literature review. Sage.
Freebody, P., Luke, A. (2003). Literacy as engaging with new forms of life: The “Four Roles” Model. In G. Bull & M. Anstey (Eds.), Literacy lexicon (pp. 51–65). Pearson.
Freire, P. (1972). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Penguin.
Hansen, D. T. (2014). Cosmopolitanism as cultural creativity: New modes of educational practice in globalizing times. Curriculum Inquiry, 44(1), 1–14.
Harris, P. & Manatakis, H. (2013) Children as citizens: Engaging with the child’s voice in educational settings. London: Routledge.
Ignatieff, M. (2017). The ordinary virtues. Harvard University Press.
Kurasawa, F. (2004). A cosmopolitanism from below: Alternative globalization and the creation of a solidarity without bounds. European Journal of Sociology, 45, 233–255.
Mayall, B. (2002) Towards a sociology for childhood: Thinking from children's lives. Open University Press.
McVee, M., Boyd, F. (2016). Exploring diversity through multimodality, narrative, and dialogue. Routledge.
OECD (2018a). Preparing our youth for an inclusive and sustainable world: The OECD PISA global competence framework.
OECD (2018b). The future of education and skills: Education 2030 - The future we want.
Pahl, K., Rowsell, J. (Eds.). (2020). Living literacies: Literacy for social change. MIT Press.
Peterson, A. (2011). Civic republicanism and civic education: The education of citizens. Palgrave Macmillan.
Phillips, L. (2011). Possibilities and quandaries for young children’s active citizenship. Early Education and Development, 22(5). 778–794.
Phillips, L. G., Ritchie, J., Dynevor, L., Lambert, J., & Moroney, K. (2020). Young children’s community building in action: Embodied, emplaced and relational citizenship. Routledge.
Saito, H. (2015). Cosmopolitics: Towards a new articulation of politics, science and critique. British Journal of Sociology, 66(3), 441–459.
Stornaiuolo, A., & Nichols, T. P. (2019). Cosmopolitanism and education. In G. Noblit (Ed.), Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Oxford University Press.
Street, B.V. (2017). New literacies, new times: Developments in literacy studies. In B.V. Street & S. May (Eds.), Language and literacies education, Encyclopedia of Language and Education (pp.3-15). Springer International Publishing.
UNESCO (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives.
UNICEF (2019). An open letter to the world’s children.
United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Cultivating Sustainability Citizens: The Transformative Role of School Volunteer Programs

Nadja Čekolj

University of Rijeka, Croatia

Presenting Author: Čekolj, Nadja

Our society is at a pivotal moment where human impacts on the planet are undeniable, presenting urgent sustainability challenges like climate change, biodiversity loss, and security concerns (Schröder et al., 2020). Amidst these crises, rethinking educational models is vital for nurturing the civic engagement of our youth, who are the inheritors of these global issues (Wals, 2015) and the architects of tomorrow (Hickman & Riemer, 2016). In this context, the need for their empowerment is emphasised so that they are trained to transform unsustainable environmental, social and economic structures (Schank & Rieckmann, 2019). It is recognised that much is expected of young people when it comes to taking responsibility for creating a sustainable future (UN, 2015; UNESCO, 2014).

The transition toward a sustainable future requires fundamental changes in existing ways of thinking and acting. The most important tool for such a transition is education, especially in the context of achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (UN, 2015). There is a need to create appropriate mechanisms and conditions for educating new generations that promote the development of sustainability citizenship characteristics. These characteristics involve the interrelation between 1) cognitive, 2) socio-emotional, and 3) behavioral domains. Education for sustainable development (ESD) should motivate educational institutions to provide platforms where students can practice what they have learned, as captured by the phrase "walk the talk" (Holst, 2023). The aim is to equip young people with skills that enable them to actively participate in sustainable transformation (Rieckmann, 2021), and ultimately to cultivate sustainability citizens (UN, 2015).

Volunteering is recognized as a key factor in solving social issues, promoting solidarity and empathy, and redefining the fundamental structures of society (European Volunteer Centre, 2019; UNV, 2021). In this context, school volunteer programmes (SVPs) are recognised as platforms with the potential to cultivate sustainability citizens. SVPs are seen as models of ESD as they embody its main characteristics. The fundamental characteristics of ESD include holism and pluralism (Rudsberg & Öhman, 2010). Moreover, it is crucial for ESD models to incorporate experiential and transformative learning that promotes a shift in thinking, creative problem-solving, and the cultivation of reflective citizens (Rončević & Rafajac, 2012). Additionally, teaching in such programmes should be student-centered, connect course content, and promote interdisciplinarity and transdisciplinarity. In this sense, the connection with the community is also crucial (Wals, 2011). All these characteristics are necessary for the development of sustainability citizenship characteristics in students, particularly because previous research indicates that ESD programmes focusing only on certain elements have an impact on knowledge but limited impact on attitudes and behaviours (e.g., Boeve-de Pauw & van Petegem, 2017; Krnel & Naglič, 2009; Pirrie et al., 2006).

There is limited research on SVPs, particularly those exploring their relationship with the concept of sustainability citizenship among students. Given the increasing implementation of these programmes in Croatian primary and high schools, there is a need for comprehensive research to capture the complexity of this phenomenon. The research question is therefore: What experiences, processes, and activities that are part of SVPs, are encouraging high school students' potential in developing characteristic of sustainability citizenship and how?

This paper presents part of the results from a larger study conducted for the purpose of a doctoral thesis. It focuses on presenting the development of students' knowledge, attitudes, values, and behaviour in the context of school volunteer programmes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative case study was carried out with the aim of comprehending the phenomenon of school volunteering programs (SVPs) and their significance in cultivating sustainability citizenship characteristics in high school students.
To ensure the selection of information-rich case studies, a number of criteria were set: 1) integration of SVP into the school curriculum, 2) a minimum programme duration of one school year, 3) collaboration with external partners, 4) the linking of volunteer activities with the sustainable development dimensions, 5) accessibility of the programme to all students.

The case study was selected as the research strategy due to its characteristics of comprehensiveness and a holistic approach. This approach is particularly suitable for analysing the phenomenon of SVP, which is still poorly researched.
The subject of the case study, which answers the question of which case of the selected phenomenon to investigate, refers in this research to the SVP. The object or analytical framework of the research refers to the case of developing characteristics of sustainability citizenship. For the purpose of this research, six case studies were selected that also meet the conditions for analytical generalisation.

A triangulation of data collection methods was used in this research. Focus groups were conducted with student volunteers, a total of 34 female students and 4 male students, between the ages of 15 and 18. Additionally, interviews were conducted with 7 SVP coordinators. Finally,  a qualitative content analysis of school curricula was conducted to gain a comprehensive and deeper understanding of the institutional context in which SVPs take place.

Thematic analysis was chosen for the data analysis. The analyses were conducted separately for each method through and across the cases. Based on the constructivist paradigm, the analysis sought to unravel latent content aligned with the established research strategy, aim, and research question. Thematic analysis, noted for its ability to provide a rich and detailed description of data, was considered particularly suitable for under-researched areas such as the field of this research. The analysis was conducted following a rigorous and systematic process in six phases: 1) familiarisation with the data, 2) generation of initial codes, 3) search for themes, 4) review of themes, 5) definition and naming of themes, 6) producing the report (Braun & Clarke, 2006).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings clearly indicate that participation in the activities of the school volunteer programmes (SVP) encourages the maturation and personal development of the students. Student volunteers perceive themselves as more mature, evolved, and responsible. The SVP coordinators confirm this result and add that they observe a more pronounced maturity and resilience in the students who have participated in the volunteer activities. Coordinators work long-term and closely with most of the students at all stages of volunteering, which allows them to observe and recognise these changes in detail. In addition, students and, coordinators state that they feel fulfilled, useful, happy, and satisfied as a result of their involvement in school volunteer programmes.

In relation to the characteristics of sustainability citizenship, the study reveals that participants in the SVPs had the opportunity to gain understanding of sustainable development and their role in promoting it. Within the socio-emotional domain, students developed skills, empathy, altruism, and solidarity. They developed a sense of collective identity, both within the SVP and a sense of belonging to a wider community. The results also highlight that students can perceive themselves and their opportunities in relation to others around them. Within the behavioural domain, the results shows that active participation in SVP led to pro-ecological, frugal, altruistic, and just behavioural changes in students. Particularly noteworthy is the result that all students, without exception, expressed their intention to continue volunteering after completing their school education.

Within the SVP, students acquire the knowledge and values necessary for personal and social transformation in the direction of sustainable development. In such a pedagogical framework, they become capable of acting in favour of the common good. By learning about sustainable development, its goals and dimensions and developing various skills, students are empowered to deal with the uncertainty and challenges of sustainability.

References
Boeve-de Pauw, J. i Van Petegem, P. (2017). Eco-school evaluation beyond labels: The impact of environmental policy, didactics and nature at school on student outcomes. Environmental Education Research, 1-18. doi: 10.1080/13504622.2017.1307327
Braun, V. i Clarke, V. (2006), Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
European Volunteer Centre (2019). Volunteer vision. European Parliament.
Hickman, G. i Riemer, M. (2016). A Theory of Engagement for Fostering Collective Action in Youth Leading Environmental Change. Ecopsychology 8(3): 167–173. doi:10.1089/eco.2016.0024.
Holst, J. (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015-1030.
Krnel, D. i Naglič, S. (2009). Environmental Literacy Comparison between ECO-Schools and Ordinary Schools in Slovenia. Science Education International, 20, 5-24.
Pirrie, A., Elliot, D., McConnell, F. i Wilkinson, J. E. (2006). Evaluation of Eco Schools Scotland. The SCRE Center, University of Glasgow.
Rieckmann, M. (2021). Emancipatory and transformative Global Citizenship Education in formal and informal settings: Empowering learners to change structures. Tertium Comparationis, 26(2), 174-186.
Rončević N. i Rafajac B. (2012). Sustainable Development – Challenge for the Universities? [Održivi razvoj - izazov za sveučilište?]. Faculty of Humanities and Social Science in Rijeka.
Rudsberg, K. i Öhman, J. (2010). Pluralism in practice–experiences from Swedish evaluation, school development and research. Environmental education research, 16(1), 95-111.
Schank, C., i Rieckmann, M. (2019). Socio-economically substantiated education for sustainable development: development of competencies and value orientations between individual responsibility and structural transformation. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 13(1), 67-91.
Schröder, L. M. U., Wals, A. E. i Van Koppen, C. S. A. (2020). Analysing the state of student participation in two Eco-Schools using Engeström’s Second Generation Activity Systems Model. Environmental Education Research, 26(8), 1088-1111.
UN (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for sustainable development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/21252030%20Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20Development%20web.pdf
UNESCO (2014). UNESCO roadmap for implementation of the global action programme on education for sustainable development. Paris: UNESCO.
United Nations Volunteers (UNV) programme (2021). 2022 State of the World’s Volunteerism Report. Building equal and inclusive societies. Bonn.
Wals, A. E. (2015). Beyond unreasonable doubt: education and learning for socio-ecological sustainability in the anthropocene. Wageningen UR: Wageningen University.
 
17:15 - 18:4534 SES 03 B: School Experiences and Practices on Citizenship Education
Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Joost Vaesen
Paper Session
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Fostering Civic Participation: An Analysis of Citizenship Education Initiatives in Secondary Schools in Border Regions of Mainland Portugal

Nicolas Martins da Silva, Sofia Marques da Silva

CIIE - FPCEUP, Portugal

Presenting Author: Silva, Nicolas Martins da

This proposal aims to discuss how schools can promote the development of personal and social competencies and social capital in young people for political and civic participation. Also, it aims to demonstrate how schools can become platforms for civic participation by young people in their contexts. In order to achieve those purposes, we will use data from a study carried out in 29 secondary schools located in border regions of Mainland Portugal, considered mostly rural and low-density (Silva, 2014). These regions have social and economic disadvantages and less opportunities of participation (Silva et al., 2023). In these regions, school appear as an essential element for liveliness and dynamism and is central to the lives of young people. Authors such as Amiguinho (2005) and Canário (2000) emphasize the role of schools in guaranteeing this vitality in rural areas. Schools can, therefore, be seen as an essential space for promoting cultures of citizenship and youth participation (Silva et al., 2023), both because of its centrality and the importance it is recognized as a mechanism for valuing and including peripheral and rural environments (Amiguinho, 2005).

As youth participation is becoming a priority at international and national level (EU, 2018; Council of Ministers Resolution number. (2022) - National Youth Plan II), schools are assuming a fundamental role in preparing young people for civic and political participation, particularly through citizenship education. Several authors have recognised this aspect (Biesta, 2011; Osler & Starkey, 2005; Perrenoud, 2002) and at policy level (Council of Europe, 2018; Portugal, 2017; UNESCO, 2015), especially with a focus on issues of democratic citizenship and the development of competences for democratic citizenship based not only on the valorisation of traditional democratic institutions and participation, but also on the development of a transformative citizenship focused on social and community well-being and social justice (Addler & Goggin, 2006; Banks, 2017; Whesteimer & Khane, 2004). In this vein, the valorisation of experience (Dewey, 1916; Lawy & Biesta, 2006) and the development of active and community-based methodologies focusing on young people's contexts have been referred to as fundamental to promoting the skills necessary for young people's civic participation in community-life for community’s well-being (Gruenewald, 2003).

This proposal is a component of an ongoing PhD research project (Ref: SFRH/BD/143733/2019) focusing on the study of citizenship education practices in secondary schools located in border regions of mainland Portugal. The aim is to explore how these schools address dimensions such as youth involvement, aspirations, and local cultural aspects within their citizenship education initiatives. This project is part of the broader GROW:UP – Grow Up in Border Regions in Portugal: Young People, Educational Pathways, and Agendas project (PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017), which investigates how young individuals shape their biographical and educational paths, examining responses from various contexts to meet their aspirations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This proposal is grounded in empirical data derived from the collection and analysis of school guiding documents, semi-structured interviews with teachers coordinating Citizenship Education in their schools, and a questionnaire survey completed by young students.

Three types of structural documents - Educational Projects, Annual Activity Plans, and Schools’ Strategy for Citizenship Education – were analysed to comprehend the educational practices developed by each school regarding citizenship education. A total of 26 Educational Projects, 21 Annual Activity Plans, and 18 Schools' Citizenship Education Strategies were analysed focusing on the following dimensions: formal aspects around citizenship education; initiatives/projects/areas valued by the school in Citizenship Education (CE); networking strategies around citizenship education; valorisation of local aspects; and youth involvement in the decision-making process. Since the implementation of the National Citizenship Education Strategy in 2018, through Decree-Law 55/2018, only documents developed by schools from that date were considered.
Additionally, 24 interviews (out of the potential 29 contexts) were conducted. These interviews were carried out online, covering dimensions such as: a) Perceptions and priorities around citizenship education; b) Citizenship Education and networking with the wider educational community; c) Valorisation of local culture in the development of initiatives in citizenship education; d) Youth involvement in the decision-making process, including projects to develop and themes to work on. The primary goal of the interviews was to understand how schools embraced the National Strategy on Citizenship Education (PORTUGAL, 2017) and the resulting school practices.
Finally, a questionnaire was distributed to young people in secondary schools of Border Regions (n=344), including dimensions such as: Strategies around citizenship education at the school level and at the class level; levels of youth involvement in the decision-making process; positive and less-positive aspects identified by young people regarding schools’ work around citizenship education.
Concerning data analysis, content analysis procedures (Bardin, 2011) were performed for qualitative data (guiding documents analysis, semi-structured interviews, open-ended questions from the questionnaire), resulting in 5 dimensions of analysis contributing to understanding aspects that unify and differentiate various contexts regarding the appropriation of this educational policy: a) perceptions and priorities of the school regarding citizenship education; b) initiatives, activities and projects around citizenship education; c) network engagement with the surrounding community to develop CE; d) integration of local specificities and local cultural heritage in citizenship education; e) openness and inclusion of young people in decision-making processes regarding CE. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics (Field, 2013)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results indicate that practices concerning citizenship education, aimed at promoting civic participation, are developed both at the overall school level and within individual classes. At the general school level, citizenship education strategies that focus on fostering young people's civic participation can be observed in projects initiated by schools (such as volunteer clubs and civic centres) or adopted by them (national projects or projects co-constructed with local and regional stakeholders). Particularly noteworthy are volunteering projects designed to enhance community well-being and address social issues within their specific contexts. Additionally, intra-school initiatives, such as awareness-raising actions or improvements to school conditions for the entire school population, play a significant role.
Similarly, at the class level, strategies such as the use of project methodologies appear to promote the development of youth projects for the advancement of their communities and the promotion of well-being and social justice (Adler & Goggin, 2005). In these initiatives, young people not only serve as constructors of projects but also emerge as active agents within their communities.
In summary, the results suggest a focus on localized citizenship education initiatives for the benefit of young people's communities. This indicates that these schools, situated in contexts with fewer cultural and participation opportunities, are not only pivotal in the development of young people's participation and citizenship skills through experiential and community-based approaches but also serve as platforms for exercising this participation (Menezes & Ferreira, 2014; Silva et al., 2023).

References
Adler, R., & Goggin, J. (2005). What do we mean by “Civic Engagement”? Journal of Transformative Education, 3, 236–253.  

Amiguinho, A. (2005). Educação em meio rural e desenvolvimento local. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 18 (2), 7-43.

European Union (EU) (2018). Estratégia da união europeia para a juventude 2019-2027,
Jornal Oficial da União Europeia.

Banks, J. A. (2017). Failed Citizenship and Transformative Civic Education. Educational Researcher, 46(7), 366-377.  

Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70.

Biesta, G.(2011). Learning Democracy in School and Society: Education, Lifelong
Learning, and the Politics of Citizenship. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.

Canário, R. (2000). A Escola no Mundo Rural: Contributos para a Construção de um
Objeto de Estudo. Educação, Sociedade & Culturas, 14, 121-139.

Council of Europe. (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture, Volume 2: Descriptors of competences for democratic culture. Strasbourg

Council of Ministers Resolution number. (2022). 77/2022]—Diário da República n.° 177/2022,de 13 de setembro, 10 a 102.

Field, A. (2013). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics (4th ed.). SAGE Publications.

Gruenewald, D. A. (2003). The Best of Both Worlds: A Critical Pedagogy of Place. Educational Researcher, 32(4), 3 12.  

Lawy, R. & Biesta, G.J.J. (2006) Citizenship-as-practice: the educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British Journal of Educational Studies. 54(1), 34-50.

Menezes, I. & Ferreira, P. (2014). Cidadania participatória no cotidiano escolar: a vez e a voz das crianças e dos jovens, Educar em Revista, n. 53, 131-147.

Osler, A. & Starkey, H. (2006). Education for Democratic Citizenship: a review of research, policy and practice 1995-2005. Research Papers in Education. 24. 433-466. 10.1080/02671520600942438.

Perrenoud, P. (2002). A escola e a aprendizagem da democracia. Porto : ASA Editores.
PORTUGAL (2017). Estratégia Nacional de Educação para a Cidadania.

Silva, S. M. (2014). Growing up in a Portuguese borderland. In S. Spyrou & M. Christou (Eds.), Children and
Borders (pp. 62-77). Palgrave Macmillan.

Silva, S.M., Silva, N., Arezes, S., Martins, P., Faria, S., Dias, V., & Silva, A. (2023). Constraints on and facilitators of young people’s participation: The case of border regions of mainland Portugal. JSSE - Journal of Social Science Education, 22(3).

UNESCO (2015). Educação para a Cidadania Global: Desafios para os jovens no Séc.  XXI. (Trad. P. Almeida). Brasília: UNESCO.

Westheimer, J., & Kahne, J. (2004). What Kind of Citizen? The Politics of Educating for                Democracy. American Educational Research Journal, 41(2), 237-269.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Performing Individual and Collective Identities When Learning About Solidarity: Lessons From a Participatory Citizenship Education Project With Children

Elena Ungureanu1, Catalina Ulrich-Hygum1, Leyla Safta-Zecheria2, Luisa-Maria Roșu3

1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2West University of Timisoara, Romania; 3University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign

Presenting Author: Ungureanu, Elena; Safta-Zecheria, Leyla

Our research critically examines the concept of citizenship education, particularly its role in balancing individual agency with collective identity in democratic societies. Anchored in the theory of 'citizenship-as-practice' (Lawy & Biesta, 2006) and the 'funds of knowledge' approach (Moje, 2008; Hogg, 2011), our study is situated within the field of the new sociology of childhood. This framework offers a unique lens for understanding how children, as integral members of society, understand solidarity.

Citizenship education, traditionally aimed at cultivating responsible members of society, often risks endorsing a homogenized set of values and behaviors as emblematic of the "good citizen" (Schugurensky & Myers, 2003). Yet, it also possesses the potential to empower individuals to critically engage with societal norms, advocating for change and social justice as well as global issues. This dual nature necessitates a critical reflection on the objectives and outcomes of citizenship education, particularly in how it balances individuality with collectivity.

Building on this, we delve into the concept of solidarity as an integral aspect of citizenship education (Santora, 2003; 2011) and characterized by the same type of tension. Solidarity, often at odds with the principles of diversity and individualism, poses the challenge of fostering unity without diminishing the value of diverse perspectives, a crucial element in democratic communities. This exploration of solidarity leads us to investigate its manifestations and understandings among children in educational settings.

Our research into children's understandings of solidarity in educational environments provides an insightful perspective on the interplay between individuality and collectivity. Employing 'citizenship-as-practice', we aim to understand how children, as active agents, navigate the complexities of solidarity amid their diverse experiences and collective educational objectives. This investigation is further enriched by incorporating the 'funds of knowledge' concept (Gaztambide-Fernández, Brant & Desai, 2022), which emphasizes the importance of leveraging the culturally and contextually rich knowledge that students bring from their communities. By doing so, citizenship education transforms from abstract principles to a lived, community-connected practice, making the concept of solidarity more tangible and relevant to students.

Our methodological approach, informed by the new sociology of childhood (James, Jenks & Prout, 1998; Epstein et al, 2006), places a strong emphasis on children's agency and perspectives. We adopt participatory qualitative methods, valuing students' backgrounds and experiences as integral to the research process.

Guided by the questions: How do children in Romania understand and engage in practices of solidarity in the current European context? and How do children engage in constructing and performing individual and collective identities in the process of learning about solidarity? our research seeks to uncover new insights into how children conceptualize and practice solidarity, contributing to a more nuanced understanding of citizenship education in diverse and dynamic societal settings.

The relevance of our study is twofold. First, focusing on Romania (a country grappling with high economic inequality and receiving a significant influx of refugees) provides a critical context for researching how these broader issues shape children's understandings of solidarity. Second, it complements the data provided by ICCS2022 study, that investigates the ways young people are prepared to undertake their roles as citizens from a curriculum, school and classroom perspective.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research informing this paper was carried out in six schools in Romania by six different women researchers. Each researcher carried out a 4-day workshop with approx. 15 participants aged 11-13 years old, based on dialogic participatory research and active learning methods in one school. The middle schools were selected from all regions of Romania, both in urban and rural areas, to cover a diversity of socio-economic and cultural contexts: a school in an area close to the Ukrainian border, a school that caters to children coming from educated middle class family background, a school that caters for mostly institutionalized or highly marginalized children, for example with parents working abroad, or belonging to families with a low socio-economic status etc.    

The research methods were compiled in guidebooks by members of the research team. These involved drawings about themselves, the  community and the future (Mitchell et al, 2011) ; photovoice about encountering solidarity in everyday life settings (Wang, 1999; Abma et al, 2022), forum theater plays about solidarity (Hammond, 2013), as well as artificial intelligence based story-telling (Murgia et.al 2023), alongside focus group discussions about each of the activities and the children’s process of learning about solidarity (Green, 2002).  All meetings were documented with audio-recordings, as well as with fieldnotes. Occasionally short videos (e.g. of forum theater plays), as well as photographs were taken for internal use. Following the workshops, researchers met online, as well as offline to reflect on the research experience and about ways forward in the participatory process. All conversations were recorded and the data is in the process of being transcribed and analyzed.
The corpus consists of both textual and image based data compiled into a shared database and analyzed by all contributing researchers.
The data was analyzed through the lenses of our research questions: How do children in Romania understand and engage in practices of solidarity in  the current European context?  and How do children engage in constructing and performing individual and collective identities in the process of learning about solidarity?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our exploration into the multifaceted concept of solidarity, as experienced by children, reveals that students find participative methods like collages, drawings, AI storytelling, theater, and Photovoice both innovative and engaging for expressing themselves and grappling with social issues. These children frequently reflect on current global crises — pollution, conflicts, energy challenges, poverty, and democratic deficits — which prominently influence their perception of today's world and future outlook.
Children's representations of the future reveal a dichotomous structure. On a personal level, children express desires for “expensive cars”, “glamorous jobs”, and ‘amusing experiences”. From a collective perspective, children foresee a future marked by climate crises, environmental damage, a society governed by robots, and animals suffocated by plastic and pollution. These dominant themes are derived from drawings and collages. Notably, in the theater workshop, children primarily expressed experiences of exclusion, bullying, and seeking/receiving help. In utilizing Chat GPT as a platform, children predominantly employed vocabulary linked to the curriculum framework, incorporating key concepts from subjects such as critical thinking, children's rights, and civic education for democratic citizenship. In the development of stories and various scenarios, frequent references were made to “local authorities”, “laws”, “rules”, and “regulations”.
Preliminary interpretations suggest that learning about solidarity leads children to actively engage with both local and global issues by means of participative methods that create space for their agency. Educators could leverage such examples to enhance students' capacities and skills, fostering their involvement in co-creating meaningful solutions within their communities. Embedded in a specific place and time, children's expressions about solidarity reflect their individual and collective identities. Moreover, these activities allow children to explore complex concepts like research methods, societal equity, and power dynamics, typically considered adult-centric topics.

References
Abma, T., Breed, M., Lips, S., & Schrijver, J. (2022). Whose voice is it really? ethics of photovoice with children in health promotion. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, 16094069211072419.

Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo elicitation interview (PEI): Using photos to elicit children's perspectives. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(3), 1-11.

Gaztambide-Fernández, R., Brant, J., & Desai, C. (2022). Toward a pedagogy of solidarity. Curriculum Inquiry, 52(3), 251-265.

Green, S. L. (2001). Boal and beyond: Strategies for creating community dialogue. Theater, 31(3), 47-61.

Hammond, N. (2013). Introducing Forum Theatre to elicit and advocate children’s views. Educational Psychology in Practice, 29(1), 1-18.

Hogg, L. (2011). Funds of knowledge: An investigation of coherence within the literature. Teaching and teacher education, 27(3), 666-677.

James, A., C. Jenks and A. Prout (1998) Theorizing Childhood. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Lawy, R., & Biesta, G. (2006). Citizenship-as-practice: The educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British journal of educational studies, 54(1), 34-50.

Mitchell, C., Theron, L., Smith, A., Stuart, J., & Campbell, Z. (2011). Drawings as research method. In Picturing research (pp. 17-36). Brill.

Moje, E. B. (2008). Everyday funds of knowledge and school discourses. Encyclopedia of language and education, 3, 341-355.

Murgia, E., Pera, M. S., Landoni, M., & Huibers, T. (2023, June). Children on ChatGPT Readability in an Educational Context: Myth or Opportunity?. In Adjunct Proceedings of the 31st ACM Conference on User Modeling, Adaptation and Personalization (pp. 311-316).

Santora, E. D. (2003). Social studies, solidarity, and a sense of self. The Social Studies, 94(6), 251-256.

Santora, E. D. (2011). 21st Century democratic social and citizenship education. Contemporary social studies: An essential reader, 7-32.

Schugurensky, D., & Myers, J. (2003). A framework to explore lifelong learning: The case of the civic education of civics teachers. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 22(4), 325-352.

Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 assessment framework. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3- 031-20113-4

Wang, C. C. (1999). Photovoice: A participatory action research strategy applied to women's health. Journal of women's health, 8(2), 185-192.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Empowering Voices: A Systematic Review of Activism Among School-Aged Migrant Youth

Tanya Khavenson1, Miri Yemini1, Garth Stahl2

1Faculty of Education, Technion, Israel; 2University of Queensland, Australia

Presenting Author: Khavenson, Tanya; Stahl, Garth

Abstract: Global flows of migrant youth continue to be a highly topical and controversial issue with an increased focus on undocumented, unaccompanied and 1.5/second generation migrants. These populations are often perceived as vulnerable due to fluctuating legal status, feelings of marginalization as well as the trauma associated with forced migration. This study presents findings from a systematic review of research published in academic journals on migrant school-aged youth activism, foregrounding the role of formal and informal education. In a systematic analysis of the field, we ask how migrant youth activism is shaped, conceptualised and operationalised in contemporary research. In particular, our focus centres on examining the scholarly discourse pertaining to migrant youth activism and its implications for both education and social justice.

Over the last decade, a steady increase in youth activism had been documented, mainly concerning issues such as climate change, environmental activism (Hayik, 2021), human rights, LGBTQI+ activism (Terriquez, 2015), #BlackLivesMatter, Indigenous rights, #MeToo, etc. (Taft & O’Kane, 2023). We are witnessing to youth working both within the political system (Kwon, 2019), including seeking for inclusion as full-fledged citizens (Farini, 2019), as well as outside of it (Kosko et al., 2022). Research continues to highlight the role youth play in raising awareness regarding not only social and legal issues (Müller-Funk, 2020), but also seeking justice (Cin et al., 2023) and recognition for their own communities and the world in general (Riniolo & Ortensi, 2021; Shin et al., 2023). According to Choudry (2015) youth activists learn and produce valuable knowledge as they navigate diverse contexts. They often show a capacity to “link their personal problems to a broader set of social, political, and economic forces and to direct their energies toward transforming them” (Ismail & Pottier, 2023, p. 2).

There is an imperative to comprehensively study the current research agenda concerning youth activism. Scholars have showed that, despite variations in interest and participation across racial, ethnic and religious groups, and cultural contexts (Liu et al., 2023; Shin et al., 2023), the study of migrant youth has received less attention (Mora et al., 2018). School-age students is another underrepresented group in activism research. First, this group is often considered challenging to reach due to the legal regulations about minors (Black et al., 2022; Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik, 2018). Secondly, in many countries it is assumed that school-age students have a limited voice (Karsgaard & Davidson, 2023). However, what limited research exists emphasizes how youth develop as activists over time (Astuto & Ruck, 2010; Bellino et al., 2021), and how their life experiences motivate them (Ballard et al., 2015). It also highlights that migrant youth deserves its own niche in activism studies (Azzolini, 2016; Hochman & García-Albacete, 2019; Trisokka et al., 2021).

We are interested in mapping the landscape of school-age migrant youth activism. Drawing on a systematic literature review approach, our presentation addresses three central research questions: 1) What are the prevailing trends in research on migrant youth activism? 2) What theoretical and methodological foundations underlie the research in this domain? 3) What are the key focal areas within the field of migrant youth activism?

For the purpose of this study, a broad definition of activism was accepted, where we interpreted activism as any action aimed at social change. This working definition was utilised during the screening phase to determine whether to include a particular paper or not. This allowed the inclusion of different forms and representations of activism, which are often context-specific and go beyond a preset form of activities (Taft & O’Kane, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The review employs a comprehensive systematic literature review methodology following the PRISMA statement (Alexander, 2020; Page et al., 2021) and utilizes a wide range of search terms to capture a diverse selection of peer-reviewed publications in the range of years 2007-2023.
The process of developing a comprehensive set of search terms for the systematic review involved multiple stages and considerations. The initial step included the creation of an extensive list of potential search terms related to the three core topics: "migrant," "youth," and "activism." Synonyms for each core term were then identified, intentionally incorporating redundancy in the initial version. Collaborative discussions between the authors resulted in a consensus on modifications, leading to the creation of a final list of search terms for each topic. The permutations of these terms generated a total of 5700 search phrases, which proved impractical to execute across three databases. To address this challenge and narrow down the scope, an expert survey was conducted involving seven international experts with diverse experience in youth activism. The experts independently ranked the search terms based on their likelihood to appear in peer-reviewed articles. The average rank for each term was calculated, and the lists were sorted accordingly. The final list of search terms included eight terms for "migrant" and "activism" topics and seven terms for the "youth" topic. Notably, the terms "Agency" and "Campaign*" were added to the final list for "Activism," while "Emigrant" and "Young adult" were excluded from the "Migrant" list. The survey results and expert recommendations guided the selection of these terms.
ISI WOS (Topic), ERIC, and EBSCO (Abstract) databases were chosen for the study, and the search was conducted in September and November 2023 for all the 448 combinations. Additionally, backward and forward citation searches were conducted, and influential journals and authors were identified for further exploration.
8810 papers after removing duplicates and technical leaning were screened resulted with 163 included for full text analysis. The eligibility criteria focused on peer-reviewed articles in English, with full-text access, and related to activism of school-age children and adolescents of migrant background. The comprehensive analysis not only encompasses the general attributes of the papers but also delves into the underlying theories, methodologies, and substantive themes present within the literature.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that the USA predictably taking the lead (n=69), followed by many studies which place significant emphasis on the European context (n=31), where the 2015 migrant crisis has not only influenced political and social lives but has also shaped the research agenda.
The review highlights various forms of activism manifestation, including protests, art-based projects, community service, volunteering, and political participation in a broad sense. Not only migrants themselves, but also various NGOs, schools, and social work representatives, were documented in research as actively involved in defending the rights of migrant youth and working towards integrating this often marginalised population into social and political spheres at both the local and global levels.
The results showed that salient topics such as gender issues, including #metoo movements, human rights in general, climate change, which are well-identified in the citizenship education and activism literature, are not as prevalent in the cases where school-age migrant students decide to engage in activism (De Jesús et al., 2015). We found that research in the field of youth migrant activism often focus on the issues of their own rights as migrants, their inclusion into the host society or local communities, and their fight against anti-immigrant or religious sentiments.
In mapping the field of research migrant youth activism, our study furthers knowledge in educational research in three ways: first, we highlight the specific forms of activism migrant youth are engaged in which is of relevance to educators and school leaders. Second, we highlight the role education, conceived broadly, plays in migrant youth activism. Third, we consider the gaps in the research agenda to date and provide possible research directions for the future.

References
Alexander, (2020). Methodological Guidance Paper: The Art and Science of Quality Systematic Reviews. Review of Educational Research
Azzolini, (2016). Investigating the link between migration and civicness in Italy. Which individual and school factors matter? Journal of Youth Studies
Ballard, et al. (2015). Motivations for Civic Participation Among Diverse Youth: More Similarities than Differences. Research in Human Development
Bellino, et al. (2021). “Slowly by Slowly”: Youth Participatory Action Research in Contexts of Displacement. Teachers College Record
Black, et al. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology
Cin, et al. (2023). Political participation of refugee and host community youths: Epistemic resistance through artistic and participatory spaces. Journal of Youth Studies
De Jesús et al., (2015). Global Kids Organizing in the Global City: Generation of Social Capital in a Youth Organizing Program. Afterschool Matters
Farini, (2019). Inclusion Through Political Participation, Trust from Shared Political Engagement: Children of Migrants and School Activism in Italy. Journal of International Migration and Integration
Hayik, (2021). Through their lenses: Arab students’ environmental documentation and action. Environmental Education Research
Hochman, & García-Albacete, (2019). Political interest among European youth with and without an immigrant background. Social Inclusion
Ismail, & Pottier, (2023). Youth activists from Khayelitsha, Cape Town, reflections on their experiences of activism for social justice. Globalisation, Societies and Education
Karsgaard, & Davidson, (2023). Must we wait for youth to speak out before we listen? International youth perspectives and climate change education. Educational Review
Kwon, (2019). The politics of global youth participation. Journal of Youth Studies
Literat, & Kligler-Vilenchik, (2018). Youth online political expression in non-political spaces: Implications for civic education. Learning, Media and Technology
Mora, et al. (2018). Immigrant rights and social movements. Sociology Compass
Müller-Funk, (2020). Fluid identities, diaspora youth activists and the (Post-)Arab Spring: How narratives of belonging can change over time. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies
Riniolo, & Ortensi, (2021). Young Generations’ Activism in Italy: Comparing Political Engagement and Participation of Native Youths and Youths from a Migrant Background. Social Indicators Research
Shin, et al. (2023). Engaging Students with Art-Based S-R-C (Sense of Belonging, Resistance, and Coalition Building) Strategies for Anti-Racism. International Journal of Art & Design Education
Taft, & O’Kane, (2023). Questioning children’s activism: What is new or old in theory and practice? Children & Society
Terriquez, (2015). Intersectional Mobilization, Social Movement Spillover, and Queer Youth Leadership in the Immigrant Rights Movement. Social Problems


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Creating New History-related Artefacts to Counter Master Narratives. Exploring Teachers’ Perspectives on Participatory Visual Methods in Diverse Classrooms in Brussels.

Joost Vaesen, Jetske Strijbos, Iris Gysels, Marijke Van Vlasselaer

VUB, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vaesen, Joost; Strijbos, Jetske

Is Brussels (Belgium), a small world city characterised by (super)diversity and division, a laboratory for (dealing with) multiculturalism in Europe? The intense philosophical-religious and politico-linguistic (between French speakers and Dutch speakers) struggles made Brussels a politically divided city with a high degree of instability kept in check by a series of pacification techniques (Witte & Van Velthoven, 2011). In recent decades, sweeping globalisation ensured that more than three in four of its inhabitants have roots abroad (STATBEL, 2022). In such a combined context of a divided past with contemporary diversity of backgrounds, how is it possible to achieve social cohesion, a shared identity and bridges that connect?

Despite strong needs for learning how to deal with (super)diversity (Driezen, Clycq, & Verschraegen, 2023), people of a diverse background hardly find each other (Costa & de Valk, 2018). In the Brussels’ educational landscape, these walls are figuratively reflected in the gap between school, city and home environments. Certain topics, especially concerning the past and identity(s) such as colonisation, the Shoah or conflicts in the Middle East, are sensitive and treated as a taboo by teachers in some schools (Maréchal et al., 2015), if only because many teachers feel inadequately prepared to address them (Van Droogenbroeck et al., 2019; more generally: Savenije & Goldberg, 2019). Yet, in their living environment youngsters come daily into contact with identity-laden artefacts. Indeed, public space is packed with memory markers, which are carriers of (imaginary) identities (Halbwachs cited in Grandhomme & Jalabert, 2022). Even more, in many cities both in Belgium and abroad, the question of how to deal with (contested) commemorative objects in public space is high on the political and societal agendas (Rigney, 2022).

The latter question offers unique learning opportunities in terms of critical thinking on societal issues (Veugelers, 2017). To achieve this, students need both an open and reflective stance (competences of citizenship), as well as knowledge and skills to understand society (competences of historical awareness) (Gelinck, 2020, 99). A multiperspective approach holds the potential to intertwine both domains and appears effective for dealing with controversial issues (e.g., Goldberg and Savenije, 2018). Multiperspectivity is considered as a critical and interpretational approach in which local historical controversies or tensions are approached from different viewpoints (based on Abbey & Wansink, 2022). Although multiperspectivity has been promoted for several decades, it appears a concept that has not yet been sufficiently operationalised or translated into educational practice (Wansink et al., 2018). In this exploratory study, we therefore explore the challenges and opportunities that teachers experience when preparing for a multiperspective approach. Accordingly, the following research question is at the focus: what challenges and opportunities do teachers in two Brussels' secondary schools experience for guiding their students towards the creation of new historical artefacts on topics that are polarising or sensitive among youngsters?

In this contribution, we focus on a Brussels double case study. The former is pinned to one of the great icons of recent Brussels political life: former mayor Roger Nols (cf. Jaumain & Vaesen, 2022), a public figure who already in his own reign received virulent criticism because of his discourse and policy actions featuring overtones of discrimination and racism. The latter has to do with traces of colonisation and, in particular, the role of the then Belgian monarch in a process characterized by ‘violence and cruelty’ (cf. Stanard, 2019). By starting from an authentic societal phenomenon or issue, students create (new) solutions and narratives that start from or connect to their background and thus become meaningful (van Boxtel et al. 2016). Moreover, when their voices are heard and acted upon, it has the potential to have an empowering effect (Mitra, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is set up as a multiple case study design. Two Brussels secondary state schools, purposefully selected, constitute the cases. Both cases are situated in Brussels, a metropolitan region characterized by a super-diverse population (in terms of socioeconomic status, cultural, religious and linguistic background). This context of heterogeneity poses specific challenges in terms of multiperspectivism and social cohesion, and thus constitutes an outstanding setting for exploring the virtues of the creative design process. Next, in both cases, contested statues are part of the public space in the surrounding school environment. In consultation with both their local government, it has been agreed that young local residents may propose an alternative to these statues. The teacher teams of both schools are committed to having their students create a valid and substantiated alternative.  
In both cases, an intervention is initiated, i.e., a workshop that prepares teachers to guide this creative process, comprising several elements:  
1. Providing context information regarding the importance of memorial objects in public space, their contestation and strategies used by local policy makers to deal with the contested objects;  
2. Mapping existing knowledge used by teachers regarding the selected theme and their emotions about it;  
3. Creating a new, more unifying (?) memorial object (immersive experience);
4. Reflecting on that immersive experience.  
This intervention will be led by the researchers (authors). The participants of this research are the history and citizenship teachers who will supervise the students' creative process in both participating schools (three to five participants per case).  
In each case a broad set of qualitative data will be collected: (1) (the prototype/ design/ sketch) of the new objects, (2) oral group discussion in which participants explain their new objects (audio recorded) and (3) oral reflective group discussion by the participants on the (added) value, challenges, opportunities and conditions of such participatory visual method (audio recorded).  
In preparation for the analysis, the group discussions for each case are transcribed, and linked to the objects. The data analysis consists of two phases: a within-case analysis, followed by a cross-case analysis (Miles et al., 2014). The within-case analysis consists of a software-assisted thematic analysis (Castleberry & Nolen, 2018) of all qualitative data, resulting in a schematic outline for each of the two cases.  The cross-case analysis compares the two diagrams in terms of similarities and differences to discover patterns (Eisenhardt & Graebner, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
his study aims to gain a better understanding of the conditions for inducing an informed, multi-perspectival dialogue on controversial issues among students. History and citizenship teachers from two Brussels schools, who were invited to create with their students an alternative to a contested statue in the school environment, were immersively prepared to guide this process of creation. Their experiences and reflections were captured in group discussions and compared cross-cases. The findings of this exploratory multiple case study are compiled in a checklist of conditions for the process of creating new history-related artefacts, that will be detailed in the paper presentation. Consistent with the findings of Abbey and Wansink (2022), this checklist addresses the different systems that place cognitive, emotional, and environmental demands on teachers and that may hinder them from approaching contested themes from multiple perspectives. The solution-oriented conditions in the checklist consequently contribute to the lack of research on the operationalisation of multiperspectivity (Wansink et al., 2018).

Furthermore, this study parallels other studies on participatory visual methods. Like, for example, photovoice, this creation process proves highly suitable for discussing personal or sensitive topics in various learning environments. This is explained by the fact that (1) students decide for themselves what they will and will not bring to the discussion, allowing them to engage safely, (2) it allows students to incorporate their own perspective into a creative output, rendering self-reveal indirectly, and (3) students are invited to consider a theme through an open lens, thus taking a broader approach to a topic (Chio & Fandt, 2007).

References
Abbey, D. & Wansink, B. (2022). Brokers of multiperspectivity in history education in post-conflict societies, In: Journal of Peace Education, vol. 19:1, 67-90.
Chio, V.C.M., & Fandt, P.M. (2007). Photovoice in the diversity classroom: engagement, voice, and the “Eye/I” of the camera. Journal of Management Education, 31(4), 484-504.  
Costa, R. & de Valk, H. (2018). Ethnic and Socioeconomic Segregation in Belgium: A Multiscalar Approach Using Individualised Neighbourhoods. In: European Journal of Population, 34(2):225-250.  
Driezen, A., Clycq, N., & Verschraegen, G. (2023). In search of a cool identity: how young people negotiate religious and ethnic boundaries in a superdiverse context. In: Ethnicities, 23(1), 3-25.  
Eisenhardt, K.M., & Graebner, M.E. (2007). Theory building from cases: opportunities and challenges. Academy of Management Journal, 50(1), 25-32.  
Gelinck, C. (2020). Waar geven we burgerschapsonderwijs een plek in het curriculum? In: Eidhof, Bram, Gelinck, Coen & Nieuwelink, Hessel: Handboek Burgerschapsonderwijs. Utrecht/Amsterdam/Den Haag, VO, Bureau Common Ground & ProDemos.
Goldberg, T.& Savenije, G. (2018). Teaching Controversial Historical Issues. In: Metzger, Scott Alan & McArthur Harris, Lauren eds.: The Wiley International Handbook of History Teaching and Learning. Hoboken, Wiley, pp. 503-526.
Grandhomme, J.-N. & Jalabert, L., eds. (2022). Les marqueurs mémoriels de la guerre et de l’armée. Villeneuve d’Ascq, Septentrion.
Jaumain, S. & Vaesen, J. (2022). Roger Nols: a mayor to be forgotten? In: Brussels Studies, nr. 168.
Mitra, D.L. (2018). Student voice in secondary schools: the possibility for deeper change. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(5), 473–487.  
Rigney, A. (2022): Toxic Monuments and Mnemonic Regime Change. In: Studies on National Movements, vol. 9:1.
Stanard, M.G. (2019). The Leopard, the Lion and the Cock: Colonial Memories and Monuments in Belgium. Leuven, Leuven University Press.  
van Boxtel, C., Grever, M., & Klein, S. (2016). Sensitive Pasts. Questioning Heritage Education. New York / Oxford, Berghahn Books.
Van Droogenbroeck, F. et al. (2019). TALIS 2018 Vlaanderen - Volume I. Brussels, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, research report.  
Veugelers, W. (2017). Education for Critical-democratic Citizenship: Autonomy and Social Justice in a Multicultural Society. In N. Aloni, & L. Weintrob; eds., Beyond Bystanders. Rotterdam, Sense Publishers, pp. 47-60.
Wansink, B., Akkerman, S., Zuiker, I. & Wubbels, T. (2018). Where Does Teaching Multiperspectivity in History Education Begin and End? An Analysis of the Uses of Temporality, In: Theory & Research in Social Education, vol. 46:4, 495-527.
Witte, E. & Van Velthoven, H. (2011). Languages in contact and in conflict: The Belgian case. Kapellen, Pelckmans.
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2024
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.153+TC
© 2001–2025 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany